eee ak ak Dep mire? > Jr ba T ot A We a Pe it i) eae Ledge ei teu ee
Save eho ey Verte pat ang if i wy mah nuatre ioe
' ‘ fe ma) ue id ,
‘ ee Hal mes repaired abee ¥

he we pede jghin
eit nes singe on sui Meibee etary

thts ate i

Piya logis Mabe tbe ta D> Av fe cad its iH
Yep

4 ne Pier py bes ad los Be hd
» bee ee be hime Leib Wty Aue Pot eee Sia
OAL haba 4 bein Belo hee thd) Ueto,
' ' . + +
,

wane ny

jas nn): seta a) mote

ea lead hoa baa Det Os bill be 14)
hie? . bop Mapa reer
; ‘ q SLE etait dey adabenss
’ } 1 thea } w rn!
; ete 1 cH
' rt ype ye telly? int
‘ ¥) Pelerde anges ey }

aehe he mht ian

: rine
PMA whew
’ ity ere

‘va awe

bay
ware

ey pins hi ‘te th ded rs
' un u \, Ms Hiheds & & :
43)

Nd
7 “ 4 J ye yy
gh dgleised ee ee?

ae Tile

is e ide ay
ey oo ‘a

4 Gas be eines
Se pete
yeti

=)
==»
aE ee @-

ae

lt

=

liga ie Mf ‘ ti re
ae ae

Nt Et, be " Aunts si
Meal et Hat)
Hae iatat rete ri ie tetite

ve te) edt peda ts i {\ ofa

=.
= i
ceo

SS e355 =5F = 352

pS sees

<> +>oees

>!
=o-

we

ae
$e
wae
=
2
SSF.
=>
ry
Bat
==
= 3s
-—<e . Scere
=o
=
ESS
=
=
$<
Soe
SSF
=<
+=
at
—Is>s

=t
ss.
>
~~
=
5
2
=
a5 =
=
as
STs
renut

3a.

=
&
~
=
Ls
matte
=

eaves.

==
gas

3 ith Ail mel ian
ae ih an ae pam hee pe neericsc as SatataD tea
sth ae iia ais tas hoe)
SRN et A an a
th eit) ue revels
inf pails et 1 te it

Ki

i)

Chiat tad ie rib n
iba hve Hit

; yy
lea se at adbeast bh ine
ics Yi nih Hai HAL ign ea : Arty

Stee

ii

al
He a ee an
} Loa adit apes
Vehedede ot hi ted Hi fettt ey {}
HA Gt ay ian ait it asi

hn: Bt

Hh (isha
r 4 ‘

zs c.
sex
=:
Sere ere
Sopa

a
a Maas ests

Tete

' Lee Me py ui r ' t ft ity
icnuabir eit ertic a ER SC Lt i
Aaah yh Nie oe seit i
Ne iy f ne Tiel hota Bt erey itd h , yn hs si
{ mii * mig? neahive} ! “ith iain
f bs , a) vim, fa iy .
{iis ted {Hi ima) *
ety H ay ite Pe 77 9qe } aye
Pat ah iraede CACO A ive Mgt 3 iti
ree “eek ih Matec mt
Bae eg cre Man TU A th
OLacae aed pene eT eave seh be fade aise dang ne pi dad /
aateby Cay Ht Aig wnt vt ike | Fr is} i Hep in) } nee) i:
Viet 4 i 4 j yh tae tse pi “i MA
44 aps ede Wt v4 t Lhe High sean
Lek eta side crt ci
iit aed tias ia Meth
id) haiated tre

=

=

~ ics
te

xia =
State
>ee5t

=
=
2
SFr
=e
=

=
=
-

at

3 eS

veto tent!
ae

he
ot

$9 \) + by he vat a ae hk (i shy
nae Hi se beans

i Jee is bel Wane eine eins

we pi

eee Mae t ids + pate dete el

ree ny iat ‘) Hie ms Besse Bees
\

490 fot Vidalia i)

cc wobec Pate - fi wing i
Gated iy anit i babel 4 ) i

} titel) ati in iM

iat ne nie

{ sitet ti gat i
Viwey it aie alee ie ie, ial
i

4

eae err fasts b f
i } wom eat i ie Mf 7
Nt 7 i

Meat 4
ny sy

ay. in PT me Soa
lH by bedee .
at Ly ith Adyar esl ures sta ait 4 itty" Ate

ha Ay if
iiauit Aart | sibaes he “ee Wbsritatent
ikea) tA } A itet UA Sale ees bree
rena se gs eth 4d Vaan Bntap date ny Y ity inva
Fecha ine ’ Bt etatlh nie rr Ne

orm an al rity Lh aebaeat
ih Lodi Hi ade *
feeas that is i

\ UL, wh te th
TG omadeve dg cde? Siitertbea

Ueto Hs

ACES LIBRARY

0505040505 O50505O9 OOS
ILLINOIS STATE

LABORATORY =
$

OF NATURAL HISTORY 3
LIBRARY 2
OO OOOO 4-94 OOO OL @

$ OL OL OLY OV OO

Return this book on or before the
Latest Date stamped below. A
charge is made on all overdue
books.

U. of I. Library

14685-S

TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEBDINGS

OF THE

ROVAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA

(INCORPORATED).

——42——-

ae een?) Re x

(Wire Seventy Prates anp Frrry Fieures 1N THE TEXT. |

EDITED BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S.,
Assistep sy ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S.

Peover, ~WENTY-ONE° SHILLINGS.

Adelarwe :

PUBLISHED BY THE SocrEeTy, Royau Society Rooms, NortH TERRACE..
DECEMBER, 1915.

PrRInTED BY HussEy & GILLINGHAM LimiItTED, 106 anp 108, CuRRIE
STREET, ADELAIDE, SouTH AUSTRALIA.

Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus-
tralia from the United States of America can be forwarded:
through the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

vi.

Royal Society of South Australia

(INCORPORATED).

Patron:
HIS EXCELLENCY SIR HENRY LIONEL GALWAY,
K.C.M.G., D.S.O.

——< fp— —_

OFFICERS FOR 1915-16.

President :
JOSEPH C. VERCO, M.D., F.R.C.S.

Vicc=Presidents:
PROF. E. H. RENNIE, M.A., D.Sc., F.C.S.
R. S. ROGERS, M.A., M.D.

‘fbon. Treasurer:
W. B. POOLE.

‘tbon. Secretary:
WALTER RUTT, C.E.

Members of Council:
SAMUEL DIXON.
PROF. T. G. B. OSBORN, M.Sc.
PROF. R. W. CHAPMAN, M.A., B.C.E.
"W. HOWCHIN, F.G.S. (Editor and Representative Governor)
EK. ASHBY.
R. H. PULLEINE, M.B.

Auditors:

W.. L. WARE, J.P. H. WHITBREAD.

Vil.

ee GL yn)

—— op—-

Howcuin, W.: A Geological Sketch-Map, with Descriptive
Notes on the Upper _and Lower Torrens-Limestones in
the Type District. Plate 1.

—Josnua, E. C., and KE. Creep: South Australian Holo-
thuroidea, with ‘nap hanes of New Species. Plates il.

to lv. te at
—CLeLAND, Dr. J. een The qrauaeiel ds of ee vee
Birds.—No. 3 wl , aS ‘33 his as

- Cretanp, Dr. J. Burton: A Further Comparison of the Sizes
of the Red Cells of some Australian Vertebrates :

CHapMAN, Pror. R. W.: ope wae ae Observations for
Azimuth as

~Frreuson, Dr. HK. W.: Notes on the Amycterides in ‘his South
Australian Museum, with Descriptions of New Species.
—Part II. * op ae ae 2. te

~ Asuton, Howarp: Synonymic Notes on a Recent Catalogue
of Cicadidae in the South Australian Museum ...

Lea, A. M.: An Insect-catching Grass. Plate ix.

_~ Brack, J. M.: Additions to the Flora of South Australia,
No. 8. Plate x. 4

—CuHEEL, E.: On two New Species of Eaeoude duh

—~AsuBy, Epwin: On the Occurrence in South Australia of two
Previously Unrecorded Ferns

-Lea, A. M.: Notes on Australian mh aelides elaghtens,
Chrysomelidae), with Descriptions of New Species. Plates
W240 Vill. ... Ay aA +4 abe a

~WartE, E. R.: A ae Incidental eure of a
Sucker Fish in Australian Waters. Plate xi.

Howcnuin, W.: A List of Foraminifera and other Organic

Remains obtained from Two creas on the Lilydale
Sheep-station ee S af

~ Ossporn, Pror. T. G B.: Some New Records oe Pere for
South Australia 2

~Lower, O. B.: The Lepidoptera of Broken Hill oa South
Wales). SP art. I:

lined A. P.: Australian Hymenoptera, Proctotrypoidea.— —
oe tT AF *

~Waite, E. R., and A. R. McCurttocH: The Fishes of ies
South Australian. Government sil Cruise, 1914.
Plates xii. to xv.

—McCouttiocn, A. R., and EB. R. Wide: A Bevibicd of the
Genus Aracana and its Allies.. Plates xvi. to xxv. ;

Wipeuc state ittta ataralatay

100:

vill.

Matinowsxk1, Dr. B.: The Natives of Mailu: Preliminary
Results of the Robert Mond Research Work in British
New Guinea (communicated by Dr- ae hati
Plates xvi. te zn. c..

Wauirr, S. A., and Others: Scientific Notes on an Eapodis
tion into the North-western Regions of South Australia.
Plates xliv. to Ixx.:

(a) Narrative, by S. A. Waite

(b) Aboriginals of the Everard Range, © S. A. ee
Language of the Everard epee sabe by J. M.

Buack

(c) Mammalia and Gules: ty E. R. ‘Wites

(d) Aves, by S. A. WuitE as

(e) etpinael Contents of Birds, by AD M. Lima

(f) Lacertilia, by F. R. Zrerz ...

(g) Mollusca (Pulmonata), by A. R. Busweee

(h) Arachnida, by W. J. Rarnsow

(1) Insecta :— .
Coleoptera, by an Lea. 8
Lepidoptera, by A. J. TURNER

Hymenoptera [Westantetd ae) vee W. M. WHEELER
(7) Botany, by J. M. Brack
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS ...
ANNUAL REPORT
BALANCE-SHEETS
Donations TO LIBRARY
List or MEMBERS

APPENDICES : —
Field Naturalists’ Section: Annual Report, etc.

Twenty-seventh Annual] Report of the Native Fauna and
Flora Protection Committee of the Field Naturalists’
Section of the Royal Society ...

Malacological Section: Annual Report, Ae
INDEX

Page.

494

707
725

732
735
740
760
766
770
772
793
801
805
823

843
852

. 854

856
869

872

879
882
883

THE
Transactions
OF

The Royal Society of South Austrailia.

Vol. XXXIX.

A GEOLOGICAL SKETCH-MAP, WITH DESCRIPTIVE NOTES
ON THE UPPER AND LOWER TORRENS-LIMESTONES
IN THE TYPE DISTRICT.

By Water Howcuin, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and
Palaeontology, University of Adelaide.

[Read April 8, 1915.]
With Map (Piatt [.).

The valley of the River Torrens, near the confluence of
the Sixth Creek, may be regarded as the type district for the
occurrence of the lower members ot the Cambrian series.
There is less alluvial cover, and consequently less obscuration
of outcrops, in this locality than in most places where similar
beds occur. On the other hand, the disturbed condition of
the country makes it very difficult to follow and define the
respective beds, as their continuity is repeatedly broken by
faulting, and the faulted segments are more or less displaced,
repéated, or obscured. Yet it is hoped that the geological
map which accompanies this paper will be found, at least,
approximately correct.

PRE-CAMBRIAN MASSIF.

- The township of Houghton is situated almost immediately
on the western boundaries of the Pre-Cambrian outcrops, and

2

from there the line of junction between these fundamental
rocks and the Cambrian series runs southerly, a little to the
east of Goodwin Creek (Deep Creek), which latter flows in a
north and south direction, forming a junction with the River
Torrens just above the confluence of the Sixth Creek. The
Pre-Cambrian rocks cross the Torrens a little east of the outlet
of Goodwin Creek, in Sec. 5598 (Hd. of Onkaparinga), and,
after entering Sec. 335, recross the river to its northern banks,
in a north-easterly direction, about half a mile below the con-
fluence of Kangaroo Creek.

The Pre-Cambrian country, in proximity to the river, is
extremely rough, thickly wooded, forming a _ high-level
plateau which, in physical features, is strongly differentiated —
from the Cambrian rocks that fringe the area. It is here that
the river has cut the deepest and most impressive of its
gorges. The hard crystalline rock forms the chief barrier to
the river’s action in establishing a uniform grade. On the
left bank the rocks rise to about 500 ft. above the river-bed,
whilst on the right they reach about twice that height, in
precipitous and dark-coloured frowning walls that cannot be
much less than 1,000 ft. in height. This very bold river
scarp 1s known locally as the “Devil’s Staircase.”’

The Pre-Cambrian rocks, as exposed in the river section,
consist of highly pegmatized schists, which pass into gneissic
rocks. The hardness of the rocks has limited the lateral action
of the river. The gorge is narrow, the sides and bottom are
deeply grooved and sculptured. Numerous pot-holes of all
sizes up to 6 ft. in diameter, and often very deep, cover the
uneven floor, and have even been excavated on the sides of
the cafion. The severe corrasion by the stream has carved
the rocky floor into graceful curves, and has smoothed and
polished the surfaces. The finest part of this gorge is where
the river takes a sharp turn to the south, in Sec. 5495 (Hd. of
Yatala), from which point there are tumultuous rapids, ending
in a water-hole that carries the name of the “Devil’s Hole.” .

CAMBRIAN.

Between the Aldgate Pre-Cambrian inlier and that which
outcrops in the River Torrens, near Castambul, there is a
distance of eight miles. The intervening country consists of
the lower members of the Lower Cambrian series. In the
locality dealt with in this paper the Cambrians run out against
the older rocks and form a semi-circle of outcrops around the
southern end of the Pre-Cambrian massif, as explained below.

3

Basat GRits, -ETC.

The basal beds of the Cambrian here, as for the most part
elsewhere, consist of coarse arkose grits. The fragments of
felspar are often large, angular, sub-angular, or rounded ; as
also are the quartz grains. The beds are coarsest near the
bottom of the series, and pass up into finer material as
quartzites of the normal type. The junction of these bottom
grits with the Pre-Cambrian can be well seen along the western
limits of the Pre-Cambrian, on both sides of the river. In
Sec. 5598 (Onkaparinga) the line of junction follows, mainly,
a small lateral creek, the Pre-Cambrian gneissic beds being
exposed on the northern banks of the creek and the basal grits
on the southern side. The line of demarcation is here, how-
ever, a little irregular, as the northern side forms a dip-slope
and the removal by denudation of the overlying grits has been
partly determined by the le of the ground. The basal beds
can be traced along the flanks of the ridge on the south side
of the Torrens, through Sec. 335 (Onkaparinga) down to and
across the river at the “galvanized-iron hut,’’ not far from
Kangaroo Creek.

Lower TORRENS-LIMESTONE.

There are two limestones near the base of the Cambrian
series. These can be distinguished from each other by their
lithological features, as well as their stratigraphical position
in the series.

The lower limestone is a granular, crystalline, white and
buff-coloured rock, generally more or less schistose with
sericitic faces and small flakes of talc. The bed is over 100 ft.
in thickness and is moderately uniform in composition, but is
broken by numerous bedding-planes and joints.

This limestone, like the basal grits, skirts the Pre-Cam-
brian massif in a roughly semi-circular contour.. Its most
northerly position in this locality, known to the writer, is at
Highercombe House (Sec. 5520, Yatala), where it was proved
in sinking a well in the kitchen of the house. From this
point it can be traced southwards, through Highercombe
orchards and along the western banks bordering Goodwin
Creek, down to the River Torrens, where it is seen in the angle
of the river in Sec. 334 (Onkaparinga). This is, perhaps, the
most important outcrop of this limestone in the district, and
is known as “Marble Bar.” The limestone makes a wide
spread in the bed of the river, taking the form of three parallel
ridges of rock, covering an area of about 100 yards wide. (a)
The central ridge is at the acute bend of the river where Good-

win Creek joins the main stream. The strike is north-west
B2

4

and south-east, with the dip at south-west. The stone is very
much contorted and broken, apparently from overthrusts from
the north-east. (6) Another prominent outcrop, or ridge, of
the marble occurs a short distance to the eastward of the bend,
and crosscs the river with a strike north, 20° west, with dip
westerly. (c) The third outcrop occurs in the river, on the
western side of the bend, about 60 yards lower down the
stream, where it crosses to the left bank of the river and is
overlain by quartzite. The base of the marble beds can be
seen a little higher up the river from the bend mentioned
above, where the stone, while still calcareous, becomes strongly
arenaceous. This is near the junction with the bottom grits into
which the bed passes. The arenaceous limestone has a dip
30° south of east, at 30°.

A few yards higher up the river the basal grits outcrop
with a low angle of dip to the south. We have there an instruc-
tive illustration of the effect of the Pre-Cambrian massif on the
lie of the basal beds of the Cambrian. In Goodwin Gully, the
dip of the beds is west; at the angle of the Torrens, the dip
becomes south-west ; and in the case of the grits, which skirt
the southern side of the massif, the dip is south.

_. The Lower Torrens-limestone, which in its eastern exten-
sion runs almost parallel with the river, is greatly broken by
faulting. There are three such fragments in Mr. Hersey’s
and Mr. F. Batchelor’s grounds, within half a mile of “Marble
Bar.” (See Geological Map.) These fragments are as fol-
lows:—(1) The “Marble Bar,” in the bed of the River
Torrens, which can be traced by slight surface indications in a
south-easterly direction to a small excavation for ironstone—
the limestone having been metasomatized into limonite at the
fault-plane, which cuts the limestone transversely. (2) A
fragment on the respective borders of Messrs. Hersey’s and
Batchelor’s properties, and is cut off to the east as it touches
the old road going up the ridge. (3) In Mr. Batchelor’s
orchard, where it also passes over the old ridge-road and runs
out in the paddock on the opposite side of the road, with much
ironstone at the surface.

From this point the limestone is cut off on its eastern
side by quartzites, which form the high ground between
Batchelor’s gully and the galvanized-iron hut valley, along
which ridge the old easterly road runs. On the eastern limits
of the quartzites the bottom limestone is met with again, near
the saddle passing over into the galvanized-iron-hut valley.
(Sec. 335, Onkaparinga.) The limestone follows the eastern
side of the valley to the dividing fence, beyond which a segment
is slightly faulted—thrown south by about its own width ©

5

—and is again faulted by a throw to the north, making
in all a very extensive outcrop. The eastern limb then
follows the bank down to the River Torrens, where it makes
an important scarp. (Dip, 20° south of east, at 40°.) It
crosses the river to the right bank and forms a cliff along the
straight reach of the river to within a short distance of the
outlet of Kangaroo Creek. It is here a dip-slope to the river
at’ 50°.

An isolated fragment of the Lower Torrens-limestone
occurs at the first turn of the river (Sec. 333) below the Sixth
Creek. The new road has cut into the beds and exposed them
for a distance of 13 chains. The stone is a white, grey, and
yellow marble (similar to that at “Marble Bar’’), of cryto-
erystalline structure, much stained by ferro-manganese
dendrites. In the bed of the river, on the opposite side of the
road, a coarse calcareous grit outcrops parallel to the strike,
and is probably at the base of the limestone beds. This bed
appears to be on the same horizon as the siliceo-calcareous rock
noted in the succession at “Marble Bar,” referred to above.
‘The limestone is circumscribed by faults. A fault, which is in
a line with the river, brings it into juxtapositon with the over-
lying phyllites. A second fault occurs on the opposite side,
where it is backed by quartzites and phyllites, and is marked
by a great development of metasomatic ironstone. On the
western limits the limestone overthrusts a portion of the
phyllites, which occupy a higher horizon, and the base of the
limestone along the line of junction is sheared, changed to a
dark colour, and has been leached of much of its calcareous
content. A gradual change of dip also takes place in the
direction of the thrusts. At the eastern end the dip of the
limestone is 20° west of south, at 45° ; but as it approaches the
disturbed area the dip gradually increases to 76°, and swings
round to the south and some points east of south. The
phyllites which are thus overthrusted are greatly bent, con-
torted, and crushed.

Immediately overlying the Lower Torrens-limestone is a
thick series of slates that include two zones of quartzite. The
upper quartzite is about 12 ft. in thickness and the lower bed
about 15 ft. in thickness. These beds can be well seen behind
Mr. Smith’s house, and they occupy the high ground included
within the important southerly bend of the river at the con-
fluence of the Sixth Creek. The lower of these quartzites runs
parallel with the Lower Torrens-limestone, and is a good indi-
cation for its adjacent presence. It can be traced in this
position across the Torrens and through NHersey’s and
Batchelor’s grounds.

THe Upper Torrens-LIMESTONE.

The Upper Torrens-limestone is, as a rule, bluish in
colour and somewhat slatey; but in places it takes on a more
calcareous form and hecomes subcrystalline. It is an impure
limestone, with much earthy and siliceous matter included,
and, under weathering, exhibits wavy mineral lines in relief.
It also carries black cherty-quartz, both as nodules in the
limestone and also as cherty bands. ‘The latter are sometimes
found as surface stones when the calcareous contents have been
largely removed by solution. It is often found along depressed
surfaces, the limestone having suffered greater waste than the
associated siliceous beds. When this limestone forms scarp-
faces the stone has a characteristic black surface, arising from
the growth of a dark-coloured lichen on the face of the stone.
The more calcareous portions are interbedded with a dark-
coloured, carbonaceous-looking blue slate, which is often a
guide to the discovery of the blue limestone in the adjacent
rocks. At Teatree Gully it is quarried, burned, and manu-
factured into a lime-cement.

In the much-faulted district of the River Torrens, now
under description, the blue limestone is greatly interrupted
and follows many diverse lines of strike. The general trend
is that of an outer circle to the Lower Torrens-limestone in
investing the Pre-Cambrian massif, and in its erratic course
sometimes approaches very close to the lower limestone, but in
other places becomes far removed from it. The steep, hilly
country has also had something to do with determining the
erratic nature of the strike. An examination of the geological
map (facing page 1) will make this clear.

Montacute.—An important outcrop of these beds is found
at the top of the “Corkscrew,” on the ridge at the back of
Montacute Church, where it has been quarried for road metal
(dip south-east at 50°). It can be followed for some distance
on the western side of the hill, parallel to the road that
descends from the hill-top towards Adelaide. Another out-
crop, about on the same level, is seen just inside of the fence

(1) In my Geology of the Mount Lofty Ranges, pt. i1., Trans..
Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xxx. (1906), p. 239, I erroneously referred the
blue limestone of Anstey Hill and Teatree Gully to the ‘“‘blue
metal’’ limestone, which it much resembles; but the latter occurs.
higher in the series. The ‘‘blue metal’’ limestone outcrops along the
western slopes of the foothills, further to the south. The occur-
rence of a similar limestone at Teatree Gully was referred, in the
first instance, to the same geological horizon, a mistake that might
easily follow from the disturbed and complex arrangement of the
rocks that occur at that point.

_
‘

of Mr. Curnow’s garden (Sec. 833, Onkaparinga), as well as
on the road adjoining, that goes down to Pinkerton Gully.
The limestone is of a buff colour on the exterior, but is blue
within. At about 100 ft. lower in the series another outcrop
of blue limestone occurs, 45 ft. in thickness (dip south-east at
40° to 48°), and can be well seen in the cutting on the old
“Corkscrew” Road. On the new “Corkscrew”? Road the same
beds are strongly developed at what is known as the “blue-
bend,’ where they have been excavated in the construction of
the road. The scarp shows the limestone to be split up by
impure, earthy, and schistose bands, with layers of cherty
material (dip south-east at 20°). This exposure is at a con-
siderably lower level than the two outcrops mentioned as
occurring at Montacute Church and on the edge of Pinkerton
Gully. It is possible that this low-level outcrop may be the
result of the great landslip that occurred in prehistoric times
and caused the precipitous cliff on the eastern side of the ridge.
It is the greatest landslip that I have hitherto seen. At the
base of the remarkable scarp, left by the slide, an extraordinary
medley of piled-up rocks occurs, through which the older
“Corkscrew” Road was cut, and its effects can be traced to
the level of the valley below. A fault-plane may have existed
and created a line of weakness from which the imperfectly
supported rocks on the side of the steep valley slipped away.

The ‘‘Corkscrew,’’ Hunter Gully, Montacute Mine, ete.—
Between the Montacute ridge and the old Montacute Mine there
are several parallel outcrops of the Upper Torrens-limestone.
It is not very clear whether these several calcareous horizons
are independent beds, and follow in consecutive order, or
whether they are repetitions of the same bed caused by strike-
faulting as occurs in other parts of the field. The limestone is
of very irregular development, varying from a calcareous shale
to lenticles of hard crystalline limestone. In this way there
is often an apparent want of continuity in the limestone, and
calcareous horizons may develop within the range of a consider-
able vertical thickness, which occasions some difficulty in
mapping. ‘There are three such limestones in the locality now
under description, and it will be convenient to refer to them
respectively in ascending order as limestones a, 0, and c.

Outcrop (a). From the hill-top, near Montacute Church,
the blue limestone can be traced along the southern side of the
valley, going down the “Corkscrew,” and faces into Mr.
‘Trebilcock’s garden (Sec. 834). It crosses the spur’ near the
bottom of the valley (Hunter Gully), and passes up and over
the ridge on the opposite side (Sec. 5525), making strong out-
crops in places. In the next gully (Cock’s), going east, it is

obscured (on its western side) by deep soil and orchards, but
was proved in the well-sinking at the bottom of the valley,
and it can then be traced up on the eastern side to the prom-
inent ridge in which the old Montacute copper mine is
situated (Sec. 5584). This ridge is steeply truncated on its
northern side (probably a fault face), showing a scarp of about
200 ft. in height. The section seen on this face, in ascending
order, is as follows:—(«) slates, ()) strong quartzite, (c)
thin slates, (dj blue limestone, (v) thick slates. The quartzite
and limestone together make a bold, precinitous face. On the
western edge of this scarp the limestone is very strong, with
a white crystalline texture, and has been quarried to a slight
extent. On the eastern side the limestone passes down to the
Sixth Creek in massive beds, and varies from a bluish, earthy
limestone to a white, marble-like rock. The country is much
disturbed and mineralized, and the limestone appears to have
been locally altered under these special circumstances.

The beds on the Montacute Mine hill have a general dip
to the south, at a low angle, but on the eastern side there is
a sharp downthrow to the east. On the old roadway that goes
up to the workings on the eastern side of the hill, above the
Sixth Creek, the quartzites have a dip south, at 50°. This is
immediately followed by a sharp pitch to the south-east,
which carries the limestone by a dip-slope down to the creek
below. The limestone here dips south-easterly, and as the:
strike accords very nearly with the direction of the creek the
former makes a spread of 130 yards. The limestone passes to:
the opposite bank, a few feet above the creek level, and then
disappears under the overlying phyllites (dip south-east, at
28°). This change of dip and strike at about the meridian:
of the creek is probably accompanied by a fault.

The Montacute Mine is located near the fault ; or, perhaps,,.
along the lines of a series of small faults. The development
of quartz veins and vein-stones, in addition to the change of
strike, suggests the presence of faults. Copper sulphides occur
freely in the vein-stone, and have been partially dissolved and
carried by percolating water through the adjacent slates and”
quartzites, the colouring of which by green carbonate films has:
prompted much abortive prospecting in poor country. On
the eastern edge of the hill a long stope, open to the surface,
has been worked along the angle of downthrow to the east.

The limestone on the eastern pitch (which is best seen ir
the gorge cut by the creek) has been considerably altered,
probably by mineral waters rising through the fractures. The
limestone has been changed from a bluish and earthy limestone:

9

‘to a white, crystalline, marble-like stone, with free develop-
ments of quartz and calcite. In places the stone is coloured
brown, or becomes metasomatic by the presence of iron.

The hill on the eastern side of the Sixth Creek consists of
the overlying phyllites, but in the succeeding valley of the
Little Creek (a tributary of the Sixth Creek), at about three-
quarters of a mile distance, the limestone again makes its
appearance half a mile below the house of Mr. Brooks. From
this point it rises with the ground in a north-easterly direction,
through Sec. 5586, crosses the old sheep station (The Springs)
road on the ridge (Sec. 336), from which position 1t passes over
into the head of the gully on the opposite side of the road,
skirts the ridges, and passes down to Kangaroo Creek, which
it crosses (dip east 20° south, at 40°) within a short distance
of the latter’s confluence with the River Torrens, and after
passing up the right bank of the creek strikes the Torrens at
Anstey’s old copper mine. )

The beds associated with the blue limestone can be well
seen throughout the greater part of this line of outcrop. The
limestone is underlain by slaty beds that have a variable thick-
ness of a few feet up to 50 ft. These slates rest on a strong
and, for most of the way, very prominent quartzite, which is
well exposed on both sides of Hunter Gully, and passes over
‘into Cock’s gully, and forms the chief feature in the scarp at
Montacute Mine. Its greatest development is, however, after
it rises from Little Creek and passes the Springs Road into the
slope towards the River Torrens, where it makes bold mural
scarps about 50 ft. in thickness. Below the quartzite is a slaty
‘rock, sometimes flaggy, including quartzites of inferior
thickness. Overlying the blue limestone are very thick slates
or phyllites, including the additional hmestones described
below.

Outcrop (0). Parallel with the last described line of
outcrop of the blue limestone, about 300 yards higher up the
gully (Secs. 835 and 5527), is another outcrop of very similar
character and strike. It is seen on the private road just above
the house of Mr. Robert Hunter, ‘?) where it has been quarried
for road metal. The limestone and associated impure beds
are about 30 yards in width, with a dip to the south-east
which varies from 46° to nearly 90°. The limestone is divided
into two by a band of slate (or phyllite), which is of variable
thickness, a om a few feet up to 30 ft. or 40 ft. The outcrop

(2) "d must express my Abie atione to ea Baber, Hunter, whose
‘intimate knowledge of this locality has been of much service to
me in following the outcrops, more particularly where they are
-obscured by orchards and other cultivated ground.

10

can be traced across Hunter Gully and over the eastern ridge.
On this ridge the limestone has a considerable spread, and the
intervening phyllites have been somewhat altered by the
intrusion of quartz veins, which has given these beds a hard
and siliceous texture, and developed in connection with the
limestone much black cherty-quartz. This hardening of the
beds has led to their making prominent features on the top
of the ridge.

The beds can be easily followed down the eastern slopes:
into Cock’s gully; the irregularities of the strike (as shown on
the map) are occasioned by the beds following around the
projecting spurs at the head of the gully. They next pass over
the saddle of the Montacute Mine ridge, where the limestone
just touches the east and west boundaries of Secs. 5528 and
5584. From thence it slopes very gradually, at a low angle
of dip, along the eastern side of the hill, which carries it to
the south of the northerly bend in the Sixth Creek (Sec. 5529)
and into a north and south valley, which has its confluence
with the Sixth Creek at the bend just referred to. The out-
crop along the slope is somewhat obscured by bracken thickets,
but it can be followed by surface stones, and about half-way
down the hill it is seen in strong features at a prospector’s
costeen.

The limestone can be well seen on the opposite side of
the valley, but at a different angle. A small fault (probably
an extension of the same as that in which the Montacute Mine
is situated) has led to differential readings of dip and strike on
either side of the valley, and has given a southerly thrust to
the beds on the western side of the fault. On the eastern side
the dip is south-east, at about 28°, while on the western side
the dip is south, at 18°.

The easterly trend of the limestone, from this point, can
be easily followed through Sec. 5529, where it follows the face:
of the hill, parallel with the Sixth Creek, and crosses the latter
a little before it makes a westerly bend near the eastern side
of the section mentioned. A quartzite underlies this lime-
stone and forms a low scarp that can be followed for most of
the distance from the eastern side of Hunter Gully, over the
saddle of the Montacute Mine ridge, and to the limits of its
outcrop, described above.

Outcrop (c). A third bed of bluish limestone occurs in
Hunter Gully, a little higher up than Limestone (0). It
crosses the gully, but appears to run out on the eastern ridge
near the eastern boundary of Sec. 5527. In the north and
south valley (referred to above), confluent with the Sixth

1}

reek at its sharp northerly bend, fragments of blue limestone
were seen in the dry watercourse, and were traced for about
half a mile above the spot where the (4) limestone crossed the
valley. These boulders certainly indicate another band of
limestone higher up the valley, which may prove to be Lime-
stone (c) in its easterly extension.

Sixth Creek and Pinkerton Gully.—The steep face on the
northern side of the Montacute Mine hill is probably a fault-
scarp—the fault being east and west and parallel with the
strike of the beds—and is cut on its eastern limits by the mine-
fault (already described), which has a north-north-west by
south-south-east direction. A shaft recently sunk on the flat
in front of the hill proved the blue limestone at a depth of
60 ft., which, in relation to the same limestone in the scarp
of the hill, shows a vertical displacement of over 200 ft. As
the material thrown out from the shaft contains lmestone
broken by quartz and calcite veining, together with some
sulphides, it has evidently been sunk either on or in close
proximity to these faults.

Taking the new shaft on the flat (just referred to) as our
starting-point, we find the blue limestone series outcrops a
little to the west, on the public road (dip east, at 50°). The
beds can be followed at the water level of the Sixth Creek,
through Mr. T. T. Trebilcock’s garden, where the strike of the
beds is south-east, with a low angle of dip, the latter being
apparently influenced by a lateral thrust at this point. The
limestone is seen again at one or two points on the Montacute
Road, before reaching the road on the right (which branches
off to Castambul), and cuts across the fork separating these
two roads. It then becomes a marked feature in the left bank
of the Sixth Creek, where it shows a strike parallel with the
creek and outcrops nearly level with the water’s edge, until
shortiy before reaching Mr. Walter Smith’s sawmill on the
creek. Here the beds are thrown to an upcast, which alters
the strike, causing the limestone to make a return bend, when,
rising to the hill on its left bank, it crosses over into Pinkerton
Gully. Before reaching the crest of the hill, however, its
continuity is broken by a dip fault, which throws the beds to
the north-west. On passing into Pinkerton Gully, the lime-
stone skirts the head of a small tributary to the main valley,
forming a strong mural scarp, and, rounding the spur along
the face of which the Pinkerton “‘screw-road’’ passes, develops
an extraordinary scarp face of about 150 ft. (the greatest
thickness of these beds that have come under my observation),
and then, having reached the bottom of the “‘screw,’’ passes up
the valley towards the head of the gully.

12

Near the dividing fence, between Secs. 350 and 832, the:
limestones are faulted against the slates, the latter forming
the outcrops until, near the head of the gully, the limestones
once more make their appearance. They form two parallel
outcrops, one seen in the orchards at the head of the gully,
and the other a short distance to the east, where it outcrops
on a private road and along the spur on that side of the valley.
These are but two small isolated fragments, for they are once
more cut off by the slates and quartzites which form the ridge
near the top of the Montacute ‘‘Corkscrew.”

If we retrace our steps to the Sixth Creek, we find that
between Mr. Walter Smith’s water-mill and the River Torrens
another much-faulted area occurs. A group of dismembered
fragments of the blue limestone are found on both sides of the:
creek, which, notwithstanding their irregular distribution,
may be regarded as being roughly parallel with the outcrops
just described as following the Sixth Creek and Pinkerton
valleys. On the west side of the Sixth Creek, a little lower
than the water-mill, a strike-fault repeats the beds, and the
blue limestone once more rises from the water-level and strikes
up the side of the hill for a short distance, when it is cut off
by another fault, almost vertical on the rise, which can be
easily followed by the eye on account of its““magpie’’ features
—white quartz and slate-breccia sharply defining the fault-
plane. The limestone is thrown up at a sharp angle in
sympathy with the high angle of dip in the faulted block,
and becomes attenuated along the fault-plane as it passes up:
to the top of the ridge, where it can be seen in Sec. 332, in a
line with the old north-west fence. A small fragment that
outcrops in the same section, near the bottom of Pinkerton
Gully, appears to be on the same strike, and has been cut by
the same strike-fault.

Returning once more to the Sixth Creek, we examine
the steep ridge that occupies the fork between the junction
of the Sixth Creek and the River Torrens. On the creek
road, near the water-mill, we find an outcrop of the same
limestone, which rises to the hill on the east side of the valley,
and crosses the ridge at the saddle, passing over to the other
side in Mr. Hersey’s grounds, and just enters Mr. F.
Batchelor’s property on the west side of Sec. 335, where it is
faulted. It can be picked up again, at a little lower level,
on the side of the hill, but continues only for a short distance,
when it is again faulted in two segments, following each other
in steps, and is then cut off by slates near. the top of the ridge.
At the summit a prominent quartzite is developed, which
passes down the ridge in the direction of Montacute Mine,,.

13

showing mural scarps that end in a bold, steep face to Sixth
Creek, in Mr. T. T. Trebilcock’s garden, referred to above.
The blue limestone lies on the eastern side of this quartzite,
and can be traced from the top of the ridge, on Mr. Batchelor’s
property—first, only by occasional surface stones, but it
gathers strength as it descends towards the bottom of the hill
(Sec. 5523), where it becomes a distinct and broad outcrop.
At high-level the strike of the limestone is 10° east of north,
but as it descends towards the valley it swings round to north-
east, with a south-westerly dip at a high angle. The lime-
stone reaches the Sixth Creek near Mr. Trebilcock’s house, and
is cut (like the same limestone a little higher up the stream)
by the north and south fault of the Montacute Mine. In this
way the blue limestone makes an almost complete circle of the
lower portions of Sixth Creek, following the left bank from
Mr. Trebilcock’s garden as far as Mr. Smith’s water-wheel, and
then returning by the right bank of the stream to nearly the
same spot in Mr. Trebilcock’s garden, from which it started.

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS.

The two main geological systems developed in the district
exhibit marked differences in physiographical form. The
Pre-Cambrian massif stands out in bold relief. Viewed from
the hills on the southern side—as, for example, from the top
of the ‘‘Corkscrew,’’ or from the ridges that enclose Pinkerton
Gully—it has the appearance of a tableland, edged with dark-
coloured, frowning rocks and thick scrub, rising to a height
of about 1,000 ft. above the level of the River Torrens, which
has dissected a southern fragment from the main mass. The
surrounding Cambrian beds are distinguishable from the Pre-
Cambrian complex by a sharply-defined passage into open
grass lands, gardens, and cereal cultivation. It is probable
that this great Pre-Cambrian iniier formed a monadnock when
the old peneplain passed below base-level at the beginning of
the Cambrian period. The lowest members of the Cambrian
series encircle the older land-form, and have been built up
by its waste. Near the points of junction between the two
- systems the Cambrian beds dip away from the Pre-Cambrian
inlier in a curvilineal fashion, but at some distance away from
the base, the phyllites, as seen on the new road along the
Torrens gorge, have an easterly dip. Thus, just beyond the
limestone that outcrops at the sharp angle in the road below
the confluence of the Sixth Creek, the phyllites dip south-east,
at 35° ; a little further west the dip becomes 10° north of east,
at 24°, and at the sharp north-east bend, in Sec. 5539, the: dip
is 20° north of east, at 24°.

14

An important factor in the tectonic phenomena has been,
no doubt, the strong and unyielding Pre-Cambrian massif,
which led to differential movements and fractures in the over-
lying beds. The Cambrian rocks give evidence, in many
places, of powerful thrust movements operating from the east.
These are well seen in the phyllites exposed in the cuttings on
the new road through the Torrens gorge. Large folds, over-
folds, and crush-zones occur, with plentiful splashes of quartz,
which often take the form of augen structure. The Cambrians
have been forced forward, and as the Pre-Cambrian floor
possessed greater stability and, consequently, less susceptibility
to movement, the newer series dragged on the surface of the
older, and became thereby much faulted and dismembered.
This seems to be the explanation of the exceptionally broken
condition of the rocks within the district, especially near the
basement.

The two limestones (described in this paper) which occur
near the base of the Cambrian series form excellent horizons
for sectional determinations. The two principal quartzose
horizons within the area described are—(a) the basal grits
and quartzites, which underlie the Lower Torrens-limestone ;
and (6) a hard siliceous quartzite, which is inferior to the
Upper Torrens-limestone, and is separated from it by a slaty
zone of about 25 ft. in thickness. This quartzite is a useful
indicator for the upper or blue limestone, as, from the greater
solubility of the latter, it is sometimes inconspicuous or masked
in the outcrop. There are two smaller quartzites sometimes
seen in the phyllites which separate the two limestones, as
already described, but these are relatively thin and unim-
portant. Above the upper limestone the phyllites are very
thick, but it is difficult to estimate their true thickness on
account of the crushed condition and frequent faulting of the

beds.

The remarkable variations that occur in the strike of the
beds, within the district, are partly due to the comparatively
low angle of dip, in many places, together with the very hilly
nature of the ground. Narrow valleys and steep gorges inter- —
sect the old peneplain, giving rise to tortuous outcrops and
repetitions. In consequence of this irregularity in the out-
crops the descriptive notes may appear, I fear, somewhat
laboured and tedious, but under the circumstances could
scarcely be avoided. Whatever difficulties might have been
experienced in following the descriptions, it is hoped will be
obviated by references to the map which accompanies this
paper.

Ci imity id

~ ITCH-MAP
nces of the

NS-LIMESTONE
Pm TRICT.

CHIN, F.G.S.

Precambridvoyal Society of South
Basal Gri 1915.)

Lower Rive

Upper River

Baseizeee,| TO COLOURS. |
pper
Peale} <a

ower
caper ,

and ae
tes) ~ aa

35
F sw oyrian Rees

08 SN

f

7
206

;

‘

. 3°

; STONE “ee
o8

THe SPR iy,

os

. VOL. XXXIX., PLATE l.
SKETCH-SECTION, GEOLOGICAL SKETCH-MAP
To Illustrate the Occurrences of the

ee UPPER AND LOWER TORRENS-LIMESTONE
IN THE TYPE DISTRICT.

LOWER SIXTH CREEK TO RIVER TORRENS ==

BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S.

(Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South
Australia, Vol. xxxix, 1915.)

Precambrian

5 Basal Grits

Lower RiverZorrens-Limeslone

INDEX TO COLOURS.

Upper
Tacene Linantite} >
qual -uieusiniay st er ESoON
Slates and }
Quartzites J “"

I Upper River TorrensLimestone

| F Phyllites

Cambrian

38
Pre-Cambrian ...

¥ & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS.

15

The following sketch gives a vertical section of the beds,
With a rough estimate of their thickness : —

i
|

|!
!

y
|

{|

FP
i!
|

m7
i

|

=o Phyllites.
=== (?) 1,500 feet.

me

i

l
|
|

eee Upper Torrens-Limestone
: 3 in Black Slates.
200 feet.

Phyllites and Quartzites.
(?) 1,000 feet.

Lower Torrens-Limestone.
150 feet.

Basal Grits, etc.
150 feet.

Pre-Cambrian Massif.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE I.

A Geological Sketch-map to illustrate the occurrence of the
Upper and Lower Torrens-limestones in the Type District.

16

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN -HOLOTHUROIDEA, WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.

By E. C. Josuua and E. Creep.

a

(Communicated by Dr. E. C. Stirling.)
[Read November 12, 1914. ]
PrAvee midge: TV;

The material which forms the basis of this paper is a
collection of Holothuroidea in the possession of the South
Australian Museum, Adelaide, and was kindly placed at our
disposal by the Honorary Curator, Dr. E. C. Stirling.

The majority of the species represented was collected by
Dr. J. C. Verco from an area which may, be regarded as
lying between latitudes 33° and 37° S. and _ longitudes
132° and 140° E.

We have to note seventeen species from South Australian
waters; this number includes two species not represented in
the collection, but which are recorded by Lampert“ as having
been collected at Adelaide.

We describe four species which we believe to be new to
science.

The following is a list of the Holothurians included in
this paper :—

Holothuria hartmeyeri, Erwe.

Holothuria, sp. wdeterm.

(2)Holothuria fusco-cinerea, Jager.
(2) Holothuria vagabunda, Selenka.

Stichopus ludwigi, Erwe.

Cucumaria squamata, Ludwig.

Cucumaria imeconspicua, Bell.

Cucumaria striata, n. sp.

Cueumaria mutans, Joshua.

Pseudocucumis bicolumnatus, Dendy.

Phyllophorus ventripes, n. sp.

Thyone vercot, n. sp.

Thyone, sp. indeterm.

Thyone nigra, n. sp.

Colochirus doliolum (Pallas).

Colochirus quadrangularis. (Lesson).

Trochodota allan (Joshua).

Caudina chilensis (J. Miiller).

(1) Lampert, Kurt, ‘“Die Seewalzen’? (In: Semper, Reisen im
Archipel der Philippinen, iv., Bd., 3. Abth.). Wiesbaden, 1885.

(2) Not represented in the collection, but recorded by Lampert.

17
Family ASPIDOCHIROTAE.

HoLorHURIA HARTMEYERI, Erwe, 1913.

Erwe, Willy. ‘‘Holothuroidea,’’ in ‘‘Die Fauna Siidwest Aus-
traliens,”’ Band iv., Lief. 9, Gustav Fischer, Jena, 1913, p. 383.

There are two very wrinkled and contracted specimens
which we tentatively identify as belonging to Erwe’s species.
Their condition is quite inhibitive of a determination of the
arrangement of the podia. The spicules, however, appear to
agree closely, both in form and size, with those of Erwe’s
species.

Ho.Loruuria, sp. indeterm.

There are several specimens of a Holothurian the condi-
tion of which is inhibitive of a satisfactory identification.

STICHOPUS LUDWIGI, Erwe, 1913.
Stichopus ludwigi, Erwe, p. 388, antea.

There is a single example of this species collected in South
Australian waters by Dr. J. C. Verco.

The specimen is not in very good condition, the external
surface having apparently become somewhat eroded, and it
is therefore difficult to determine the arrangement of the
podia and papillae. However, the deposits are in good con-
dition in the uneroded portions of the perisome, and are
perfectly characteristic of the above species. The length of
our example is 120 mm. Colour is fawn, darker dorsally.
The dorsal papillae are of a dark-brown tint. The oral open-
ing is placed in a distinctly ventral position, and is surrounded
by a rosette-like structure.

Family DENDROCHIROTAE.

CUCUMARIA squamaTA, Ludwig.

Cucumaria squamata, Ludwig, 1898, ‘‘Holothurien’’; in
“Ergebn. der Hamburg,’ Magalhaensischen Sammelreise,
Hamburg.

There is one specimen from Encounter Bay. It is of
interest to record this species for South Australia.

This specimen is in an excellent state of preservation, and
is quite in accord with Ludwig’s description, both as to
podial distribution and spiculation.

CUCUMARIA INCONSPICUA, Bell.

1887, Bell, F. Jeffrey, ‘‘Holothuroidea, Descriptions of New
Species.”” Proc. Zool. Soc., London, June 21.

18

1914, Joshua, E. C., ‘‘Victorian MHolothuroidea, with
Descriptions of New Species.’”’ Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, vol.
XXVii. (new series), part i., Melbourne, 1914.

There are three specimens collected by Dr. J. C. Verco.
One of us has already commented on the evidently close
relationship between this species and Cucwmgria parva, Lud-
wig. The South Australian specimens appear in all respects
similar to those collected in Victoria.

CUCUMARIA STRIATA, N. Sp.

The two specimens in the collection were obtained by Mr.
J. W. Howard in August, 1888, from the Great Australian
Bight.

: The length is 25 mm. by 12 mm. in breadth. The form
is cylindrical, curved dorsally. The podia are confined to the
radii, and form on each of the two dorsal radii four fairly
regular rows, which diminish anteriorly and posteriorly to two
or three rows only. On each of the ventral radii there are
five rows, which also lessen in number towards the ends of
the body.

The colour of the specimen is inter-radially of a smoky-
black, with dirty-white radi, giving a striped appearance.

The calcareous ring is of the usual generic configuration.
The deposits are in the form of delicate tables (plate ii., fig.
2), the disc of which is markedly concave, and is perforated
with from four to ten holes. The spire, which does not
always arise from the centre of the disc, consists of two rods,
joined by a transverse beam in the vicinity of the disc, and
converging for some distance until they become fused,
enclosing a small perforation. Subsequently they again
diverge, and terminate in two points only. There is a con-
siderable variation in the number of holes in the disc, but
the form of the spire is very uniform. These deposits are not
very thickly disposed in the perisome.

The rather striking colouration and peculiar spicules
would appear to separate the species from any hitherto
described.

CUCUMARIA MUTANS, Joshua.
1914, Joshua (antea), Cucumaria mutans.

There are two quite typical young individuals collected
by Dr. J. C. Verco. This Holothurian is peculiar from the
circumstance that during life (and generally in alcohol) it
is, while young and half-grown, of a deep blue-black colour,
which almost disappears as the animal advances in age,
mature specimens being nearly white.

19

PsEUDOCUCUMIS BICOLUMNATUS, Dendy.

Journ. Linn. Soec., vol. xxvi., No. 166, ‘‘Holothurians of New
“Zealand.”

There is an excellently preserved and very typical speci-
men of this species collected by Dr. J. C. Verco.

PHYLLOPHORUS VENTRIPES, n. sp. Plate u., fig. 1.

The collection contains several specimens of a Phyllo-
phorus which apparently belongs to a species not hitherto
described. They were collected by Dr. J. C. Verco.

Description.—Length, about 60 mm.; shape, fusiform,
and truncated anteriorly. The podia are restricted to the
mid-ventral region, and are numerous and thickly disposed
in both the radial and inter-radial areas; a very small number
of imperfectly developed podia may occur scattered outside
of the region referred to, but the mid-dorsal region for a
space of about 30 mm. by 10 mm. is devoid of any podia or
papillae. The calcareous ring consists of ten compound mem-
bers, both the raidial and inter-radial having posterior pro-
longations (plate i11., fig. 5).

There are no calcareous deposits in the perisome. The
podia are provided at their terminations with cribriform
plates and supporting rods. The tentacles, twenty in num-
ber and disposed in the typically generic manner, contain
-stout branched rods having expanded perforated ends which
are often bifurcated.

The most remarkable feature of this species is the distri-
bution of the podia. We know of but one other species in
‘which that feature is the same, wiz., Thyone meridionalis,
Bell, and but for the circumstance that the arrangement of
the tentacles in our species is quite typical of the genus
Phyllophorus, we should not have hesitated to identify it
with that of Bell, since it agrees well with the latter in all
-other respects.

THYONE VERCOI, n. sp.

There is a single specimen collected by Dr. J. C. Verco.
~The animal is of a brown colour, and apparently considerably
contracted. Its length is 36 mm., and it tapers both pos-
teriorly and anteriorly, the latter extremity being truncated.
The podia appear to be thickly disposed over the whole of
the body, but are, perhaps, not quite so numerous on the
dorsal surface; no arrangement in rows is discernible any-
‘where. The calcareous ring is of substantial build, and con-
sists of ten composite members, the radial pieces being
prolonged posteriorly. The tentacles are ten in number, the
dorsal being about two and one-half times as long as the
ventral.

20

There is a single polian vessel and but one madreporite.
Dependent from the anterior region of the intericr of the
pharynx are over one hundred digitiform processes, the
nature of which is discussed elsewhere. The deposits in the
perisome consist of cruciform bodies with spinous processes
projecting in a plane perpendicular to their surface (plate iii.,
fig. 1,a,b,c,d). The arms of the cross are in some cases produced
so as to form a hole. The spicules give one the impression
of being in a developing stage. The species appears to differ
from any previously described, but Zhyone sacellus, Selenka,
would seem to be a near relative. The latter, however, differs
in the form of the calcareous ring, and, moreover, the
spicules of our present species could not very well, even if
they be regarded as not fully developed, proceed to the form
of those found in 7’. sacellus.

THYONE, sp. indeterm.

There is a single specimen of a Thyone, in which cal-
careous deposits are completely wanting. Their absence from
the perisome would not be regarded as inhibitive of a deter-
mination, but as they have in this case disappeared from
the tube-feet, where there is some evidence of their having
been previously present, we do not care to endeavour to
identify the species.

THYONE NIGRA, Nn. sp.

One specimen collected by Dr. J. C. Verco.

Description.—Shape fusiform, the posterior and anterior
ends being upturned. Podia distributed without arrange-
ment all over the body. Tentacles ten, frondose; the dorsal
are about double the length of the ventral. Colour, deep
purphsh-black, podia white. The calcareous ting consists of
ten processes (plate i1., fig. 4), having prolongations pos-
teriorly. Calcareous deposits are thickly disposed throughout
the perisome; they consist of tables of two kinds (plate iii.,
fig. 3). The first, which measure about 0°096 mm. x 0°064
mm., are of an irregular oblong shape; the disc is flat, and
is pierced with four large central holes. These form a cross.
There are other holes, which are irregularly disposed. The
spire of the table is very short; it consists of two rods which
are joined only at their extremities, which are spinous.
The second kind of table consists of a rhomboidal plate,
pierced as in the first- mentioned with four central
holes and with a few holes at each extremity. The
plate is distinctly concave, the spire is similar to that
in the first kind; these rhomboidal plates occur exclu-
sively in the skin of the podia. Tfnternally the anatomy shows

21

no peculiarities; the single polian vessel is, however, very
large in proportion to the size of the animal, measuring
3mm. x 15 mm. We believe the above species to have been
hitherto undescribed. Ludwig’s 7'hyone similis is, perhaps,
its closest relative.

CoLOcHIRUS DOLIOLUM (Pallas).

For synonymy see Erwe, Willy, antea.

Numerous characteristic specimens from various stations.
The species evidently has a range embracing the whole
Southern Australian coastline.

CoLOCHIRUS QUADRANGULARIS (Lesson).

For synonymy see Erwe, Willy, antea.

There are two excellently preserved specimens of this
well-characterized species. They were collected in the Great
Australian Bight by Mr. J. W. Howard.

Family SYNAPTIDAE.

TROCHODOTA ALLANI (Joshua).

(31912, Joshua, Taeniogyrus allant.

(41912, Dendy, Chiridota allani.

(5)1913, Joshua, Trochodota allanz.

A single typical specimen from Kangaroo Island. It is
interesting to note the occurrence of this species so far west
of its hitherto recorded habitats.

Family MOLPADIIDAE.

CaUDINA CHILENSIS (J. Miiller).

For synonymy see ‘‘Dendy and Hindle.’’ (®)

This species is represented by over forty specimens
collected in various localities off the South Australian coast.
Very great variation is exhibited in the size and form of the
individuals, and to some extent also in their colour and spicu-
lation. The series furnished specimens of which the largest
measured 125 mm. in length and about 60 mm. in breadth,

(3)On a new Holothurian of the genus Taeniogyrus. Proc.
Roy. Soc., Victoria, vol. xxv. (new series), part i., Melbourne,
1912.

(4) Jour. of the Quekett Microscopical Club, ser. i1., vol. xii.,
No. 72, pp. 105 to 107, 1912.

(5) 1914, antea.

(6) Jour. Linn. Soe., vol. xxx., Zoology, London, 1907.

22

and were of massive build, but with no approach to the
caudate character assigned to this species; the colour was
yellow, with patches of rusty-pink; the spiculation was per-
fectly specific, as were also the calcareous ring and the
tentacles.

At the other end of the scale we got individuals of about
70 mm. in length, white in colour, and markedly caudate,
the ‘‘tail’’ portion being one-half the length of the animal,
and constricted abruptly at its junction with the body; the
ring, ossicles, and tentacles were specific. The remaining
specimens furnished links between the two extremes given
above.

We do not at present propose to enter upon a taxonomic _
review of the family Molpadiidae, but would point out that
this great variation in form occurring in one species makes it
doubtful whether the division into the two genera Molpadia
and Caudina is justifiable.

On SOME STRUCTURES FOUND IN THE PHARYNX OF
Thyone vercot, . sp.

In making the necessary dissections for the identification
of the several species contained in this collection, our atten-
tion was drawn to some very unusual structures occurring in
the pharynx of Thyone vercoi, n. sp. The pharynx, on being
opened, displayed a large number (over 100) of small
pedunculated processes depending in several somewhat
irregularly disposed rows from the whole of its inner surface
(plate 11., figs. 2, 3, and 4; plate i., fig. 1,e,f,g; plate iv.).
These processes measured from 2 to 4 mm. in length, and aver-
aged about 1 mm. at their greatest diameter. Their colour was
a dead white, and they were very conspicuous. The white
colour was shown by microscopical examination to be due to
a dense aggregation of calcareous particles, foliaceous in form,
and measuring about 0°048 mm. in length (plate in., fig.
1,¢,f,g). These particles coalesced to form a reticulated mass in
the interior of the process. After decalcification, longitudinal
sections were cut of one of the processes with a portion of
the pharyngeal wall from which it depended. The wall of
the pharynx was found to be histologically normal; the pro-
cesses were extensions of this normal tissue, the longitudinal
muscles not being, however, continued into them, but pro-
ceeding in a direct line along the pharyngeal wall. The con-
nective tissue of the interior of these processes was almost
entirely replaced by the mass of ossicles already referred to.
The structure cannot be homologized with any part of the
recorded anatomy of MHolothurians, but a remark by

23

Ludwig, which we quote herewith, appears to have some:
bearing on the subject :— '

‘“‘Hier aber sind noch einige Anhangsgebilde zu erwahnen,
welche bei einzelnen Arten vorkommen. So_ beschreibt
Selenka, dass er an je einem Exemplare von MJiilleria
mauritiana und miliaris (Quoy und Gaim.) rundum am
Ringkanal eine grosse Zahl von kleinen, etwa 2/3 mm.
dicken, gestielten Blaschen gefunden habe, welche unmittel-
bare Ausstiilpungen des Ringkanales darstellen. In ihrem
Inneren liegen Hunderte von kleinen, ellipsoiden, isolirten
Zellen, deren vorderes Ende sich tutenformig offnet, wahrend
das hintere einen langen Faden tragt; erfiillt sind die Zellen
von kleinen Fetttropfchen. Selenka vermuthet in diesen
Zellen parasitaére Gebilde.* | Dagegen scheinen die kleinen,
zahlreichen Blindsacke, welche Théel bei seinem //yodaemon
maculatus und anderen Elasipoden am Ringkanale beobach-
tete, normale Bildungen zu sein.

“*Weshalb (Lampert, pp. 6 and 7) in den oben geschilderten,
von Selenka erwahnten Blaschen Steinkanadle sehen will, ist mir
ebenso unverstandlich wie seine fernere Behauptung, dass jene
Blaschen, sicher dieselben Gebilde sind, deren Semper und Ludwig
bei Beschreibung neuer Colochirus-Arten Erwahnung thun und
die sie als Steinkanale bezeichnen.’’

Now in reference to the above remarks we think that
there is very little doubt that Selenka’s assumption of the
parasitic nature of the structure mentioned by him 1s correct.
The bodies he describes and figures closely resemble the
sporocytes of a gregarine, an organism, species of which are
not infrequently found infesting Holothurians. The real
nature of the structure found in Thyone vercot, n. sp., is
rendered obscure by reason of the character of the contents
of the processes—a very definite aggregati-n of calcareous
spicules with no indication of any structure at all resembling
that described by Selenka. Further than the above descrip-
tion we are not at present prepared to go. It may be patho-
logical in its origin, or may, on the other hand, be a per-
fectly normal structure.

DESCRIPTION. OF PLATES.

Prate I.

Fig. 1. Phyllophorus ventripes, n. sp., lateral view.

» 2. Thyone vercoi, n. sp. Pharynx opened longitudinally,
showing masses of processes containing calcareous
deposits. Enlarged.

,, 3. Two of the processes further enlarged.

4. The ‘‘neck’’ of a process further enlarged to show the

character of the contained ossicles.

(7) Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reiches. Echino-
dermen, I. Buch., ‘‘Die Seewalzen,’’ p. 112.

24

Pyuate II.

Fig. 1. Thyone vercot, n. sp.
a,b,c,d—Various ossicles from perisome, x 200.
e,f,g—Ossicles from pharyngeal processes and from
tentacles, x 200.
2. Cucumaria striata, n. sp.
a,b,c,d—Ossicles from perisome, x 275.
3 o. Thyone nigra, n. sp.
a,b,c—Ossicles from perisome, x 250.
d,e—Ossicles from tube feet, x 250.
» 4. Thyone nigra, caleareous ring. Enlarged.
5, 9. Phyllophorus ventripes, calcareous ring. Enlarged.

+3

Puate LV.

Thyone verco.. Diagram of a section of the pharyngeal wall and
of a single process dependent therefrom.
a—Spicules as in plate ili., fig. i., e.f,g.
b—Endothelium.
c—Lymphocytes.
d—Longitudinal musele.
e—Connective tissue.
f—Cireular muscle.
g—Peritoneum.

|

ate

P|

5

X

ro eee. 8

Y

\

o
3

Vol: XXXTX., Plate LIT:

HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADE LAIDE, SO. AUS.

Vol. XXXIX., Plate IV.

us eae 2m,
oe SR se ies fe ee a8

\\ ihr Ss 3 eres er ee ee . Os
<ce Ey ~ z = e

v

see 5
Bee eon ee

: = . Se CINE Sess eD
Sect as vee EOD”
oe oe ae a Pears vorete? SS

CtanannaaNAD

: SQ
as se Svan naLED

° eee ARR dk eee °: ne,
LP toe Cy "eee eo;
pts “ees . ae Gs Mos = 38 oe
SO BUCA ° moe See. .

SNE INN

IN) UEC

ADELA

NTERS & PUBLISHERS

TED, PR

Mm LIM

ews

,
ehh

-7t.®
‘

25

THE HAEMATOZOA OF AUSTRALIAN BIRDS.—NO. 3.
By J. Burton CLELAND, M.D., Ch.M. (Sydney).
[Read April 8, 1915. |

The present paper is a continuation of the systematic
examination for haematozoa of blood slides from Australian
birds, of which two previous numbers have already been
contributed by Dr. T. Harvey Johnston, in association with
the present writer. The present paper deals with the examina-
tion of further slides up to the end of 1914. The majority of
the birds were obtained in New South Wales, but some came
from South Australia, Queensland, and the islands of Bass
Straits.

I would here like to express my gratitude to Dr. T. L.
Bancroft, of Eidsvold, Queensland, who has so generously
forwarded many blood-films for examination, as well as to
my former colleague, Dr. T. Harvey Johnston, with whom
some of the earlier specimens in this paper were conjointly
examined.

The haematozoa found in Australian birds are comprised
in the protozoan genera //alteridium, Plasmodium, Trypano-
soma, and Leucocytozcon (?), whilst Microfilariae have also
been found.

Our joint and separate researches have now shown the
presence of Halteridia in birds in all the States of the Com-
monwealth, except Victoria, from which latter State we have
as yet had no opportunity of examining specimens. The genus.
Plasmodium has been found in sparrows in Sydney, and has
been recorded from Victoria by Gilruth, Sweet, and Dodd, and
from Queensland by Breinl. We have met with trypanosomes
in Queensland birds, and in two instances in birds from New
South Wales, one of these cases being from Grafton and the
other from near Sydney.. Trypanosomes seem rarer in birds
in New South Wales than in those from Queensland. Lewco-
cytozoon (2), which we have thought may possibly be an intra-
corpuscular stage of a trypanosome, has been found chiefly in

(1) ‘The Haematozca of Australian Birds, No. 1,’’ by J. Burton
Cleland, M.D., Ch.M., and T. Harvey Johnston, M.A., D.Sc.,
appeared in Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xxxiv., 1910. ‘The
Haematozoa of Australian Birds, No. 2,’’ by the same authors,
appeared in the Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc., N.S.W., vol. xlv., 1911.

26

‘Queensland birds. In the present paper, however, an instance
of infection in a spiny-cheeked honey-eater as far south in New
South Wales as Yanco is recorded. We have detected
Microfilarviae in birds from Queensland and New South Wales.

In this paper, as in previous papers, a list of birds, whose
bloods have yielded negative results in our hands when micro-
scopically examined, is given.

We have now examined 160 species of Australian birds,
comprising 339 individuals, for haematozoa with negative re-
sults. In the list of species in this paper giving the negative
results I have indicated those species from which we had
previously obtained haematozoa. We have now detected the
presence of Halteridia in 32 species of Australian birds; 11 of
these are mentioned in the present paper, the host in six
‘instances being new. We have met with the genus Plasmodium
in several sparrows captured in the neighbourhood of Sydney.
A. parasite of the black swan, forwarded to us by Dr. Bancroft,
of Queensland, contains a large intracellular parasite, which
we have provisionally placed in the genus Plasmodium, though
possibly it should be referred to Halteridium. These parasites
are in general oval, but occasionally show a tendency to assume
a halter form. No schizonts were detected to enable the matter
to be settled. We have found the presence of trypanosomes
in eight species, three of which are referred to in the present
paper, two of them being new hosts, though in one of these two
we had previously found Lewcocytozoa. Leucocytozoa have
been detected in ten species, of which four are included here,
two being new hosts. In five species trypanosomes and
Leucocytozoa have both been detected, in three species
trypanosomes alone, and in five species Lewcocytozoa alone.

From these figures it will be seen that trypanosomes and
Leucocytozoa are often present in the same species of bird, and
even in the same individual bird. This fact may be due merely
to the coincidence that the one invertebrate host will serve
for the transmission of both parasites to the avian host. On
the other hand, it may indicate what we have suggested in
previous papers—viz., that the Lewcocytozoon is an intra-
cellular phase of the trypanosome. At present it seems
advisable to record the intracellular bodies as separate para-
sites, though in our previous papers they were included under
the heading ‘““Trypanosomes.’’ Parasites of this nature are
known from other parts of the world, and are generally con-
sidered as in no way related to trypanosomes.

The following list indicates those species harbouring one
or both of these blood parasites, and the number of individuals
in which they have been found : —

27

Trypanosomes. Leucocytozoa. Both.

Podargus strigoides ...
Microeca fascinaus a
Pardalotus melanocephalus
Myzomela sanguineolenta
Ptilotis fusca .. uae
Ptilotis chrysops
Myzantha garrula
Anellobia chrysoptera
Acanthogenys rufigularis
Entomyza cyanotis
Oriolus sagittarius
Sphecotheres mazillaris
Corcorax melanorhampus

cvoo | | oe

Total individuals affected
Total species affected
Microfilariae have been found in 26 species of birds, of
which six are included in the present paper, one host being
new.

well lit) i] eel eel

one | ro no ne | at de
otel | | Hol wl |earl | |

I.—PLasMopDIvm.

(1) Plasmodium biziurae (1) from Chenopsis atrata
(Black Swan).—A large intra-corpuscular parasite of the black ©
swan, for the slide containing which I am indebted to Dr.
Bancroft, has the general appearance of a Plasmodium. The
parasites appear as rounded or irregularly oval bodies, often
at one end of the host cell, displacing the nucleus. Sometimes
the parasites are oval and lying alongside the host-nucleus,
occasionally they are bean-shaped, and in one or two instances
they tended to curl round the host-nucleus after the fashion of
Hlalteridium. There were no marked halter-forms, however,
and their absence, coupled with the displacement of the host-
nucleus, suggest that the parasite is a Plasmodium, and not a
Halteridium. No schizonts were detected to set the matter at
rest. The parasites showed an alveolar appearance of the
protoplasm, some (male forms) staining a paler blue than
others (female). Melanin appeared as fine scattered granules
(about 20 small grains in one male form), as fine granules
grouped at one side in another male form, as scattered
coarser granules also in a male form, or as two large coarse
masses in the centre in a female form. Some of the infected
corpuscles were partly dehaemoglobinized. Even in a small
pale spherical form of 7 » diameter, the nucleus was displaced.
One of the largest parasites, which assumed a slight halter
form, measured 14 x 5 yp, the host-cell containing it
15°38 x 82. Descriptions of other examples of the parasites,
which were few in number, are as follow: —

(1) Oval, deep blue, 9 x 5°5 p, placed alongside the host-
nucleus, and displacing it, corpuscle partly
dehaemoglobinized.

28

(2) Placed obliquely at one end of the corpuscle, 8 to 10 p
long, coarse masses of melanin.

(3) Elongated oval, 12 x 5:2 yx, placed alongside the host-
nucleus, scattered fine grains of pigment.
(4) Oval, tending to curl round the ends of the host-
nucleus, 13°8 p» long.

These parasites are much larger than the Plasmodium
we have found in sparrows in Sydney. They are also
larger than the V/alteridia we have met with. Gil-
ruth, Sweet, and Dodd (Proc. Roy. Soc., Vic., xxiii,
n.s. p. 231) have recorded P. bizurae from the
musk-duck, Biziura lobata. This latter species is 8°5 to
10 x 4°8 to 97 yw, displaces the host-nucleus, and causes
slight enlargement of the infected cells from 13°5 to 14°2 x
78 to 85 pw, to 156x977 to 10°6 p. As the musk-duck
inhabits the same localities as the black swan, it seems possible,
in spite of slight differences in size and shape, that our parasite
Gf a true Plasmodium, and not a Halteridiwm) is also P.
biziurae, under which designation it is provisionally placed.

(2) Plasmodium passeris, from Passer domesticus (House
Sparrow).—In the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales, in 1909, vol. xxxiv., p. 505, Dr. Johnston and
myself have recorded the presence of a malarial parasite in
sparrows in Sydney. Another instance of infection has been
met with, a few red cells in one of two sparrows obtained in
October, 1914, showing spherical forms of about 4°8 » diameter
at one end of the host-cell, displacing its nucleus. There were
a few fine scattered grains of pigment. It is of interest to
note that so far no indigenous species of birds in the neighbour-
hood of Sydney has shown an infestation by a Plasmodium,
whilst this parasite, presumably imported into Australia with
its present host, must have existed in Sydney for at least
half a century, and probably for longer (no sparrows have
been introduced into Australia of recent years). Notwith-
standing, apparently ample opportunities for transmission to
other birds, this seems not to have been achieved, either because
the parasite is specific to its passerine host, or because the
invertebrate host has opportunities of biting sparrows much
more frequently than other birds. An intermediate host lke
the mosquito, Culex fatigans, would fulfil this latter 76/e, since
it confines its activities to the immediate neighbourhood cf

houses to which few native birds resort.

TT.—HALTERIDIUM.
There are several additional infected species to be recorded,
as well as further records of species already shown to be
infected : —- :

29

(1) Halteridium of Catheturus lathami.—A further speci-
men obtained by Dr. Bancroft at Eidsvold, Queensland, in
December, 1911, has been found infected.

(2) Halteridium of Ninox boobook.—In our first joint

aper we recorded the presence of //alteridium in Ninox
boobook (%) from Queensland. Another blood-slide from this
species, forwarded by Dr. Bancroft in September, 1911, from
Eidsvold, also showed their presence.

(3) Halteridium of Ninox strenua.—Halteridia, very few
in number, were seen in slides made from this bird, and kindly
given to us in February, 1913, by Dr. Bancroft from
Eidsvold.

(4) Halteridium of Gerygone albigularis.—Blood-slides
were obtained from a specimen of this species shot at Molong
in 1913. Halteridia of large size were present, occupying the
side and both ends of the host-cell, in some instances distinctly
but slightly displacing the nucleus. In some instances five-
sixths of the available space in the red cell was occupied by
the Halteridium. Occasionally the side of the host-cell opposite
the parasite was reduced to a mere rim of protoplasm. The
pigment was coarse.

(5) Halteridium of Dicaeum hirundinaceum (Swallow

Dicaeum).—Halteridia were detected in a specimen of Dicaeum
obtained on the Hawkesbury River, near Sydney, in March,
1912. The parasite occupied the side and both ends of the
containing red cell. Pigment was moderately abundant, the
individual grains being of medium size. Pale forms were not
noticed. ,
(6) Halteridium of Pardalotus melanocephalus (Black-
headed Pardalote).—Dr. Johnston and I have previously
recorded the presence of //alteridia in this species. Dr. Ban-
croft forwarded from Eidsvold in October, 1911, a further
film from this bird showing a few //alteridia.

(7) Halteridium of Melithreptus validirostris (Thick-
billed Honey-eater).—A blood-film was obtained from this
species on Flinders Island, in Bass Straits, at the end of
November, 1912. AHalteridia were present, but scarce. Both
pale- and dark-staining forms were noticed. A remarkable
feature was the scarcity of pigment, even in adult forms ex-
tending from end to end of their host-cells. In.these just a
few minute grains or none at all were detected. Possibly this
is a specific feature.

(8) Halteridium of Myzomela sanguineolenta (Sanguineous
Honey-eater).—We have previously recorded Halteridia from
this species. Another infected specimen was forwarded by
Dr. Bancroft from Eidsvold in October, 1911, infested also
with Microfilariae, trypanosomes, and Leucocytozoa. The
Halteridia were numerous, with one or a few large grains of

30

pigment, and surrounded the host-nucleus, leaving only a thin
rim of protoplasm externally.

(9) Halterrdium of Ptilotis chrysops.—In a blood-slide
made from one of these birds, shot at Milson Island, in the
Hawkesbury River, in November, 1914, numerous /Halteridia
and a few trypanosomes were detected. The Halteridia, which
we have previously recorded from this species, presented no
special features, occupying one side and most of both ends of
the affected host-cells, and showing coarse grains of pigment,
collected into groups, sometimes at one end only, sometimes at
both ends, and sometimes in the middle.

(10) Halteridium of Ptilotis penicillata.—In a specimen
of this honey-eater, obtained at Overland Corner, Murray
River, South Australia, a few Halteridia were detected, some»
mature, some half-grown. Pigment was present as large
granules. |

(11) Halteridium of Acanthogenys rufigularis (Spiny-
cheeked Honey-eater).—A few Halteridia have been detected
in blood-films from one of these birds obtained at Cobar in
October, 1911, and in another shot at Merrool, near Yanco,.
in October, 1912. In the latter case, Lewcocytozoa were also:
present.

IiI.-—Lrvcocyrozoa (‘‘Intra-corpuscular Trypanosomes(?)’’).

In No. II. of our Haematozoa of Australian Birds, Dr.
Johnston and myself have described intra-corpuscular bodies
in the blood corpuscles of various Australian birds. We have
thought that these might be intra-corpuscular forms of the
_ trypanosomes with which they are often associated, and have
referred to them as such, or as Lewcocytozoa. These rounded.
parasites seem not uncommon in birds in other parts of the
world, and are usually referred to as “Lewcocytozoa,” a term
which it seems preferable to use rather than a more or less
committal one, such as “intra-corpuscular trypanosomes.” All
the specimens we have so far examined from various birds are-
of spherical form and seem specifically indistinguishable. The
following specimens have been examined since our last
paper :—

(1) Leucocytozoon of Podargus strigoides.—In 1913 Dr..
Bancroft sent us slides from this Podargus from Eidsvold,
Queensland. Aicrofilariae were present, and in addition
moderately numerous male and female forms of a Lewcocy--
tozoon, measuring 8°5 to 10°5 pw in diameter. We have not
previously recorded Lewcocytozoon from this species of bird.

(2) Leucocytozoon of Myzomela sanquineolenta.—An addi-.
tional bird, obtained by Dr. Bancroft in October, 1911, has-
been found infected with Lewcocytozoon, as well as_ with:
trypanosomes, Microfilariae, and [Malteridia.

31

(3) Leucocytozoon of Ptilotis fusca.—We have previously
recorded “free and intra-corpuscular trypanosomes” from
‘Queensland birds of this species. In a bird shot near Grafton,
New South Wales, in April, 1912, both trypanosomes and
Leucocytozoa were detected. This was the first New South
Wales bird in which either of these parasites had been found.

(4) Leucocytozoon of Acanthogenys rufigularis (Spiny-
cheeked Honey-eater).—In a bird shot at Merrool, near Yanco,
in October, 1912, these Lewcocytozoa were detected. In young
forms the host-nucleus was bayed by the parasite, in older
forms it lay as a cap or a band on the parasite. The coloura-
tion of the host-nucleus by Giemsa’s stain in infected cells was
more purplish than in the case of non-parasitized cells, the tint
being the same as is obtained when a red corpuscle has been
partly injured in making a film. In some of the largest forms
the protoplasm of the parasites contained a few dark granules.
The infection of this bird is of considerable interest. The
locality is in the south of New South Wales, not very far from
‘the Victorian border, the only other bird in this State that
we have so far found infested with the Lewcocytozoon having
come from the opposite, north-east, corner—v7z., Grafton. The
bird is also more of an interior, dry-loving species, whereas
~Grafton is sub-tropical.

LV .—TRYPANOSOMES.

One new infected Australian species of bird has been met
With since our last report. The species of trypanosome is
probably the same as that found in other Australian species
and called by us Trypanosoma anellobiae :-—

(1) Trypanosome of Myzomela sanguineolenta (Sanguineous
Honey-eater).—We have previously recorded the presence of
Leucocytozoa (‘“Intra-corpuscular Trypanosomes’’) in this
species from Eidsvold, Queensland. In October, 1911, Dr.
Bancroft kindly forwarded another specimen from the same
locality, in which a few trypanosomes, as well as Leucocytozoa,
Halteridia, and Muicrofilariae were detected. The posterior
end of the only uninjured. trypanosome seen was finely attenu-
-ated with the micro-nucleus 12 » from the extremity. The
micro-nucleus, 2°5 » long, was 11 p anteriorly, the body at
this level being 5 » wide. From the macro-nucleus the para-
site gradually tapered anteriorly to end at 26 ». There was a
broad, undulating membrane. This is another instance of the
association of Leucocytozoa and trypanosomes.

(2) Trypanosome of Ptilotis fusca.—We have previously
recorded Leucocytozoon and trypanosomes from Queensland
specimens of this bird. The bird shot at Grafton in April,
1912, referred to under Leucocytozoon, also contained trypano-
somes.

32

(3) Trypanosome of Ptilotis chrysops.—In a bird shot aft
Milson Island, Hawkesbury River, in November, 1914,
numerous //alteridia were present, and a single well-preserved
trypanosome was seen, as well as several degenerated forms
without flagella. This parasite was dark blue, with a pointed
posterior end with the micro-nucleus close to the tip. The
body was about 17 » long, apart from the curves, which would
make it about 20 p, the free flagellum was 12 p long, and the
greatest breadth 3°5 ». A search for Leueocytozoa did not
reveal any.

V .—-MICROFILARIAE.

(1 and 2) Microfilariae of Plotus novae-hollandiae and
Phalocrocoraz sulcirostris.—In October, 1911, we received
from Dr. Bancroft at Ejidsvold, Queensland, blood smears
from these two species of birds. My former colleague, Dr. T.
Harvey Johnston, was with Dr. Bancroft when the birds were
shot, and describes the two species as commingling together.
Dr. Johnston has recorded our findings in a paper read before
the Royal Society of Queensland in June, 1912. An examina-
tion of these slides shows the presence of sheathed Miecro-
filariae specifically different from the unsheathed forms pre-
viously recorded by us from Phalocrocoraz melanoleucus in
our second paper. The Microfilariae showed a well-marked
sheath, either as an empty envelope extending beyond one
end of the worm, or as a long empty tube left trailing behind
as the M/icrofilariae “wriggled” forwards in the drying blood
smear. The anterior ends of the bodies were rounded, and the
posterior ends rapidly attenuated to a sharp point, this feature
being somewhat obscured by the sheath. There was indistinct
cross-striation. The anterior end showed a clear area from a
few up to 7 uw in length, being sometimes mostly occupied by
isolated nuclear masses, at others possessing only a small mass.
The following are the measurements, in micromillimetres, of
several individuals from both species : —

From

P. sulcirostris. From Plotus.

: TORRES.
Anterior clear area ...| Nuclei occupy | .
most of the
specimen 7 5 7 | 4|
Anterior end to Ist ‘spot’ 43 40| 35] 48] 36) 38/34
Ist ‘‘spot’’? (incomplete) ... 2 Ma 2; 2|
lst ‘‘spot’’ to 2nd ‘‘spot’’ 15°5 15:5), DA SEV: 17) Sag
2nd ‘‘spot’’ (V-shaped’’) ... 35 35) 35) 35
2nd ‘‘spot’’ to end we 95 | 104 95 112 ge
: ne EG Es eee | aie a
|
Total length 1/57... 159 | 165/154°5| 185 181 173
Breadth sierra ae ee | 5) uSta hones ei a
| | Mates

30

(3) Microfilaria of Podargus strigoides.—In our second
paper we have referred to the Microfilaria of this species of
frogmouth. In a further specimen, also forwarded to us from
Eidsvold, Queensland, by Dr. Bancroft, these parasites were
very numerous, and Lewcocytozoa were also present. The
Microfilariae showed fine transverse striations, and the tail
tapered to a sharp point, whilst the anterior end was blunt.
In our previous paper we gave the total length as 90 to 100 p,
but an examination of this bird shows they may reach nearly
140 pp. The following are the measurements, in micromilli-
metres, of several individuals:—Total lengths, 98, 100°3,
105°4,'131°5, 137°4, 138; anterior “‘clear’’ area, 3°4 to 5°5;
anterior end to first “‘spot,’’ 29°5, 27°5, 29°5, 31, 38, 39°5;
length of first ‘spot,’ 2 to 3°4; from first ‘spot’ to second
“spot,” 26, 24, 26, 24, 38, 29°5; length of second “spot,”
2 to 5 mw, in one instance, perhaps due to injury, 7 »; from
second “spot” to posterior end, 38, 43°5, 43, 52 (with a doubt-
ful third “spot” in the exact middle of this area), 51, 44 (with
a third “spot” 27 » from the anterior end of this area). The
greatest diameter was 3°5 to 4 ww. Microscopically, though
the measurements vary in individuals and seem to group them-
selves about two means, there is nothing to suggest that more
than one species is present.

(4) Microfilaria of Eurystomus pacificus.— Another speci-
men of the roller infested with Microfilariae was forwarded by
Dr. Bancroft from Queensland in January, 1912.

(5) Microfilaria of Collyriocichla harmonica.—Micro-
filariae were detected in the blood of a specimen of the har-
monious thrush obtained at the Hawkesbury River, New South °
Wales, in June, 1912. Their features may be summarized as
follows: Anterior end, blunt; breadth throughout more or
less uniform, though the posterior third diminishes slightly ;
posterior end also blunt; fine cross-striations; a very short
“clear” area at the anterior end. Total length, 96 to 103 p;
anterior “clear’’ area, sometimes 2°5 p long; first “‘spot,”
20°5 » from anterior end in three specimens, and 26 p in a
fourth; a V-shaped “break” at about 36 to 38 p» from the
anterior end; a third “spot” at 57 to 62 » from the anterior
end ; greatest breadth, 3°5 pn.

(6) Microfilaria of Myzomela sanguineolenta.—Another
specimen of the sanguineous honey-eater infested with the
exceedingly long J/icrofilaria mentioned in our second paper,
and also harbouring Halteridia, Leucocytozoa, and trypano-
somes, was kindly forwarded in October, 1911, from Eidsvold
by Dr. Bancroft.

Cc

34

The :following are the tabulated lists of the material
examined for the pui pose of this paper. The numbers (M. 216,
etc.) refer to Mathews’ ““Hand-list of the Birds of Australasia,”
published in The Emu (vol. vi., 1907-8).

1.—List oF BrrDs IN wuHicH Plasmodia WERE FOUND.

Chenopsis atrata (M. 216), Eidsvold, Queensland, 1914 (1 with
Plasmodium, 1 nil).

Passer domesticus (introduced), Sydney, October, 1914 (1 with
Plasmodium, 1 nil).

9.--List oF BIRDS IN wHicH Halteridia WERE FOUND.

Catheturus lathamt (M. 7), Eidsvold, Queensland, December,
191.

Ninox boobook (M. 283), Eidsvold, September, 1911 ; Eidsvold,
January, 1913 (niu); Mannum, South Australia,
November, 1913 (nl).

Ninox strenua (M. 291), Eidsvold, February, 1913.

Gerygone albigularis (M. 451), Molong, October, 1913.

Dicaewm hirundinaceum (M. 722), Hawkesbury River, March,
1902.

Pardalotus melanocephalus (M. 729), Eidsvold, October, 1911.

Melithreptus validirostris (M. 740), Flinders Island, Bass
Straits, November, 1912.

Myzomela sanguineolenta (M. 746), Hidsvold, October, 1911
(with Microfilariae, trypanosomes, and Leucocytozoa).

Ptilotis chrysops (M. 775), Hawkesbury River, November,
1914 (with trypanosomes).

Ptilotis penicillata (M. 791), Overland Corner, River Murray,
South Australia, December, 1913 (1 with Halteridia,
1 nil).

Acanthogenys rufigularis (M. 812), Cobar, September, 1911;
Yanco, October, 1912 (with Leucocytozoa).

3.—List oF BIRDS IN wHIcH Leucocytozod WERE FOUND.

Podargus strigoides (M. 376), Eidsvold, 1913 (with Micro-
flariae); Hawkesbury River (nil).

Myzomela sanguineolenta (M. 746), Eidsvold, October, 1911
(with trypanosomes, Halteridia, and Microfilariae ).

Ptilotis fusca (M. 769), Grafton, April, 1912 (with trypano-
fei ; Wellington, New South Wales, October, 1914
(ml).

Acanthogenys rufigularis (M. 812), Cobar, September, 1911
(Halteridia only); Yaneo, October, 1912 (with
Halteridia also). .~

35

4.—List oF BIRDS IN WHICH TRYPANOSOMES WERE FOUND.

Myzomela sanguineolenta (M. 746), Hidsvold, Queensland,
October, 1911 (with Leucocytozoa, Halteridia, and
Microfilariae ).

Ptilotis fusca (M. 769), Grafton, April, 1912 (with Lewcocy-
tozoa); Wellington, New South Wales, October, 1914
(nil).

Ptilotis chrysops (M. 775), Hawkesbury River, November,
1914 (with Halteridia).

5.—List oF BirRDS IN wHIcH Microfilariae WERE FOUND.

Phalacrocorasz sulcirostris (M. 238), Eidsvold, October, 1911.

Plotus novae-hollandiae (M. 242), Queensland, October, 1911.

Podargus strigoides (M. 376), Hidsvold, 1913 (with Lewcocy-
tozoa); Hawkesbury River (nl).

Eurystomus pacificus (M. 381), Hidsvold, January, 1912.

Collyriocichla harmonica (M. 636), Hawkesbury River, June,
1912; Eidsvold, April, 1913,. (nil).

Myzomela sanguineolenta (M. 746), Eidsvold, October, 1911
(with Halteridia, trypanosomes, and Leucocytozoa).

6.—List oF BIRDS IN WHICH HAEMATOZOA WERE NOT FOUND.

(The figure (1) placed before a bird’s name indicates that
we have on previous occasions found Halteridia in the species,
(2) a trypanosome, (3) Lewcocytozoon, and (4) a Microfilaria).
Dromaeus novae-hollandiae (M 1), Eidsvold, Queensland,
September, 1913.

Geopelia humeralis (M. 33), Gular, October, 1911.

Geopelia plucida (M. 34), Gular, October, 1911.

Chaleophaps chrysochlora (M. 36), Eidsvold, September, 1913.

Phaps chalcoptera (M. 37), EKidsvold, Queensland, April, 1913.

Podiceps novae-hollandiae (M. 65), Hawkesbury River, Octo-
ber, 1911.

Pelagodroma marina (M. 75), Flinders Island, Bass Straits,
November, 1912.

Puffinus tenuwirostris (M. 84), Flinders Island, November,
1912.

Diomedea exulans (M. 109), South of Tasmania, 1914.

Haematopus fuliginosus (M. 145), Flinders Island, November,
1912.

Aegialitis melanops (M. 158), Eidsvold, September, 1911.

Heteropygia aurita (M. 181), Gular, October, 1911 (2);
Flinders Island, Bass Straits, November, 1912 (2).

Notophoyx novae-hollandiae (M. 204), Eidsvold, October,

1911.

Notophoyx pacifica (M. 205), Gular, October, 1911.

Phalacrocorax carbo (M. 237), Queensland, October, 1911 (2).

Phalacrocoraz, sp., Hawkesbury River.

c2

36

Uroaétus audax (M. 262), Eidsvold, February, 1913.

Falco melanotus, Flinders Island, November, 1912.

Hieracidea berigora (M. 278), Eidsvold, January, 1912.

Hawk sp., Eidsvold, January, 1912 (2).

Large owl, Eidsvold, 1913.

Glossopsittacus pusillus (M. 309), Hawkesbury River, July,
1912.

Cacatua galerita (M. 320), Eidsvold, September, 1911 (2).

Polytelis barrabandi (M. 328), Cobar, September, 1911.

Aprosmictus cyanopygius (M. 332), Eidsvold, January, 1912.

Platycercus exvmius (M. 343), Eidsvold, January, 1912.

Barnardius barnardi (M. 349), Willbriggie, October, 1912.

Psephotus haematorrhous (M. 354), Dubbo, September, 1911.

Psephotus haematonotus (M. 361), Cowra, September, 1911.

Halcyon sordidus (M. 394), Queensland, October, 1911.

Eurostopus albigularis (M. 397), Eidsvold, January, 1912.

Scythrops novae-hollandiae (M. 416), Eidsvold, January, 1912.

Chelidon ariel (M. 432), Gular, October, 1911; Morgan, South
Australia, November, 1913 (2).

(2) Microeca fasconans (M. 433), Morgan, November, 1913.

Petroeca rosea (M. 443), Hawkesbury River, June, 1912.

Smicrorns brevirostris (M. 449), Cobar, September, 1911;
Hawkesbury River, June, 1912.

Myiagra rubecula (M. 488), Hawkesbury River, 1912.

Coracina robusta (M. 504), Queensland, October, 1911.

Coracina parvirostris (M. 505), Flinders Island, November,

1912

Cinclosoma castanonotum (M. 516), Alawoona, South Austra-

lia, December, 1913.

Drymaoedus brunneopygius (M. 521), Alawoona, December,
£913:

Pomatorhinus ruficeps (M. 531), Cobar, September, 1911
(young bird).

Ephthianura tricolor (M. 547), Molong, October, 1913.

Origma rubricata (M. 557), Sydney, May, 1912.

Chthonicola sagittata (M. 558), The Oaks, June, 1914.

Acanthiza nana (M. 559), Sydney, November, 1911.

Acanthiza diemenensis (M. 565), Flinders Island, November,

1912.
Acanthiza pyrrhopygia (M. 568), Monarto South, South Aus-
tralia, July, 1914; Willbriggie, New South
Wales, October, 1912.

Acanthiza uropygialis (M. 573), Dubbo, September, 1911 (2).

Acanthiza reguloides (M. 575), Dubbo, September, 1911.

Sericornis flindersi, Flinders Island, November, 1912.

Malurus cyaneus (M. 592), Flinders Island, November, 1912.

Malurus melanotus (M. 595), Overland Corner, South Aus-

tralia, December, 1913.

37

Artamus superciliosus (M. 625), Cowra, September, 1911.
Artamus tenebrosus (M. 634), Hawkesbury River, October,
1912.
Collyriocichla rectirostris (M. 637), Flinders Island, November,
1912.
(1) Grallina picata (M. 646), Cowra, September, 1911.
Pachycephala rufiventris (M. 674), Yanco, October, 1912;
Eidsvold, August, 1913.
{1) Aphelocephala leucopsis (M. 689), Narrabri, February,
1912; Gular, October, 1911.
(1) Zosterops coerulescens (M. 712), Ourimbah, November,
1911; Flinders Island, November, 1912.
Pardalotus ornatus (M. 723), Gular, October, 1911 ; Alawoona,
South Australia, December, 1913.
Pardalotus affins (M. 725), Flinders Island, November, 1912.
Pardalotus punctatus (M. 726), Hawkesbury River, March,
1912.
Pardalotus xanthopygius (M. 727), Mannum, South Austra-
lia, November, 1915.
(1) Melithreptus atricapillus (M. 733), Sydney, November,
1911; Hawkesbury River, June, 1912.
Melithreptus brevirostris (M. 741), Hawkesbury River, June,
1912; Mannum, South Australia, November,

$913.

Melithreptus Re (M. 744), Flinders Island, November,
19

Ptilotis eet (M. 776), Flinders Island, November,
1912 (2).

Ptilotis leucotis (M. 778), Hawkesbury River, June, 1912.
Ptilotis melanops (M. 781), Hawkesbury River, June, 1912.
Ptilotis ornata (M. 786), Murray River, South Australia,
November, 1913; Alawoona, South Australia,
December, 1913; Monarto South, South Austra-
hia, July, 1914.
Mecliornis sericea (M. 801), Sydney.
(1,3) Myzantha garrula (M. 804), Hawkesbury River, May,
1912.
(1, 2,3, 4) Oriolus sagittarius (M. 850), Eidsvold, June, 1911.
Chibia bracteata (M. 854), Eidsvold, February, 1913.
(4) Corvus coronoides (M. 872), Hawkesbury River, Septem-
ber, 1911.
Strepera, Eidsvold, September, 1913.
(4) Struthidea cinerea (1. 882), Kidsvold, April, 1913 (2)
(3,4) Corcorar melanorhampus (M. 883), Hawkesbury River,
May, 1912.
INTRODUCED Birp.

Dear suratensis, Indian Dove, Sydney, December, 1911.

38

A FURTHER COMPARISON OF THE SIZES OF THE RED

CELLS OF SOME AUSTRALIAN VERTEBRATES.
By J. Burton CLeLtanpD, M.D., Ch.M. (Sydney).
[Read April 8, 1915.]

To The ELmu. (vol. xi., 1912, p.°188) Dri To Harvey

Johnston and myself contributed a paper giving the measure--

ments of the red cells of a number of Australian vertebrates
that had been examined by us.

During the visit of the British Association for the —

Advancement of Science to Sydney in August, 1914, I contri-
buted a further paper, giving a summary of the results of
these measurements, and of others conducted since the first
paper was published. These further results, which are
included in the present paper, support the contention made in
the first conjoint paper, that the sizes of the red corpuscles
vary considerably, not only in the classes of vertebrates, but
amongst the orders, and even in some cases amongst genera,
and that a comparison of the sizes one with another may be
of some service in showing the relative relationships of families,
and sometimes even of genera, to each other.

The measurements have all been taken from blood-slides
stained by the Giemsa dry method, wet fixation and staining
methods being impracticable in the field. Experience seems
to show clearly that the measurements thus obtained in good
films are reliable.

The red cells of the mammals call for no special comment..

Amongst the Aves, the emu has the largest red cells that

we have so far met with, ranging from 14 to 16°5 p by 8°5 to

95 p. Then follow the Procellartiformes, Ardeiformes,

Pelecaniformes, and the Anseriformes. These have measure--

ments approximating to 14 by 85 p. Coracuformes have

apparently slightly smaller cells, followed by the hawks and

parrots. In the pigeons and cuckoos the size approximates

more to 12 to13 p by 7to 8p. The highest order of birds, the-

Passeriformes, have red cells ranging from 10 to 12 p. It
may be noted that in the families Dicruridae and Corvidae
the size is a little greater than in the other families of this
order.

Amongst the reptiles, the size is usually from 15 to 20 p by

9 to 12 pw, occasionally in some skinks as small as 14 or even
12 » in length. The frogs show red cells usually of from

17 to 20 » in length. Amongst the fish, the Dipnoi, as-

39

exhibited by Ceratodus forsteri, show enormous red cells,
varying from 36 to 41°5 p by 207 up.

Amongst the 7'e/costom:, the red cells are much smaller,
being sometimes nearly spherical, some of the latter being
7 to 8 » in diameter and in other species 12 wp. The usual
size, however, of the red cells of these fishes seems to be about
10°4 to 12 by 8 to 9 np.

These figures seem to indicate that with later specializa-
tion has eventually come, both in fishes and birds, a diminution
in size of the red cells. The cumbersome corpuscles of
(eratodus have doubtless played a part in the gradual extinc-
tion of the Dipnoan fishes. The relationships of the various
classes to each other is clearly shown in the size of the red
cells. The red cells of the Elasmobranchs approximate more
in size to those of Batrachians and Reptiles than do the red
corpuscles of Teleostean fishes, which latter do not link on to
any of the higher vertebrate stems. The enormous red cells
of the Dipnoi approach those of such Amphibians of the order
Urodela as Proteus (said to be 58 x 35 p) and Amphiuma
{given as 77 x 46 »). In the frogs and reptiles the size has
diminished somewhat, whilst in the birds, the ‘‘oldest’’ forms
show distinctly a tendency to larger cells than the more
specialised ones, the smallest being met with in some families
of Passerine birds. The results of the measurements of the
red cells of a large number of Australian birds seem to indicate
that such may be of some help in ascertaining the broader
relationships of some aberrant species.

‘TABLE OF THE SIZES OF THE RED CORPUSCLES OF VARIOUS
AUSTRALIAN VERTEBRATES.

(The sizes given are in micromillimetres (1/1000th of a
millimetre). The first figures given indicate the length and
breadth of the cells, the second the same dimensions of the
nucleus, if present.) ‘

MAMMALIA.
Order CHIROPTERA.
Pteropus gouldi (Gould’s fly-

ing fox) . a2 ta 7
Chalinolobus gouldi (Gould’s
bat) [ ?] - .5°5 to 6°5

Subclass METATHERIA.
Suborder D1proTopONTIA.
Macropus ualabatus (black-
tailed wallaby) ten
Subclass ProtrorHertA.

Echidna aculeata ... ... ... 66to7
68

40

AVES.
Order CASUARIIFORMES.
Dromiceius novae-hollandiae

Rao ree VE REC ae Bae
1858510 88 ...
14 to 15°5x8'5 to 93”
14 to 16°5 x 8°5

Order CoLuMBIFORMES.

Chrysauchoena humeralis
(barred-shouldered dove) ...

Chalcophaps chrysochlora
(green pigeon) . yy:

Phaps estat AR ar _(bronze-
winged pigeon) . !

12h 7
12 to 12°2 x 6°9
, Laer

Order PROCELLARIIFORMES.

Neonectris tenuirostris (mut-
: . 13°8x7'8 to8

Om VIE). n.5, ieee hae
Diomedea exulans (wander-
ing albatross) Mxss

Order CHARADRIIFORMES.

Timnocinclus acuminatus

(sharp-tailed stint) 0 U2 te 124 7-2

Order “ARDEIFORMES.
Myola pacifica (? Notophoyzr
novae-hollandiae) (heron) 14x8
Order ANSERIFORMES.
Chenopsis atrata (black swan) 138°9x7°2

Order PELECANIFORMES.
Phalacrocoraz, sp. (cormorant) 14 to 15°8 x 87 to 9

Order ACCIPITRIFORMES.
Uroaetus audazx (wedge-tailed
Gales fe em \ved eae ne 12°5 to 13°5 x 8°5.
Faleo — longipennis ‘(little
falcon) 13 to 13°85 x7 to

IA 3 gs Jere
Hawk, Fidsvold, Queensland 12°2 to 12°8 x7 to a

12°2 to 12°8 x7 to

eer ee strenua Mee ee
ful owl) . as . 10°2 to 42x 72408

Large Owl

Order PsiTTACIFORMES.

Glossopsitta ... ; eae
Alisterus cyanopygius “(king

parrot): 12 to 12° 4x7°2
Barnardius barnardi (mallee

parrot) Penne Gh) ase . 13°9x7°5 to 85

Order CorAcIIFORMES.
Eurostopodus argus Pe ah

nightjar) . 13°8 to 14x 7°8 to 85

‘6 t to 16°4 x 8°7 to 9°5
a3) :

" 13°8 to 15°5x7°8 to 8°6~

55x18

.oexe
». S2toC8x?Z

4e OS Dae

Mie

a 5 ay 4
U6
. PIRGTOZS
lx te2-h
vty ed
,. Sto FxZ
. ree
nee tee
2. FORRS

ae

4]

Order CoccyGEs.
Cacomantis rubricatus (fan-

fem enekoo). ... «.. ««. 121+012°4x7'2 to8
Scythrops novae - hollandiae
fonemmen pill) = ... «v.02. 192to138x7?

Order PASSERIFORMES.

Family Muscicarrpak.

Microeca oo s (brown

flycatcher) .. 10°4 to 11°2 x 6°5 to 6°8
Belchera rosea (r ose- e-breasted

robin) .. .. 10°5 to 11°8 x 5°5 to 6°5
Smicrornis brevirostris (short-

billed tree-tit) ... ... . 10°4-to 17-2 «6
Lewinornis rufiventris

(rufous-breasted thick head) 10 to 10°5 x 5°2 to 5°8

Family TIMELIIDAE.

Cinclosoma castanotum aes

nut-backed ground bird) ... 10°8 to 11°8x6 to 68
Drymodes brunneopygia

(scrub robin) Pe Twin tO) bo, LE 2 X6'°S

Family TurpIDAE.
Parephthianura tricolor (tri-
Gee cnaay .... .. ... 87 to lO5x62to67
Family Syivirpak.

Origma solitaria (rock warbler) 11°8 x 6°9
Acanthiza pusilla (brown-

rumped tit) ot, 10°5 x 6°5 to 7
Acanthiza uropygialis (chest-
nut-rumped tit) . Mas 10°5 to 11°5 x 6°7

Malurus cyaneus (blue w ren) 10°4 to 11x6°8
Malurus melanotus (hieek-
backed wren) _... } . 95 to 10°3 x 5°8

Family PRIoNOPIDAE.

Oollurieincla harmonica (grey
Seeinetntush) . .... ... 1l°2to12x6°7

Family Paripae.
Aphelocephala leucopsis
(wemermeey—...- ... ... .-. LVZtol2xd52t055

Family Dicaripae.

Pardalotus aaa ‘bela
pardalote) ... 3 . 10°4 to 10°8 x 6°2 to 6°9

Pinciy MELIPHAGIDAE.
Melithr eptus atricapillus
(brown-headed honey-eater) 10°5 to 11°2 x58 to 6°8
Melithreptus affinis (black-

headed honey-eater) 1 10440 12x55
Nesoptilotis flavicollis (yellow-
throated honey-eater) , 10540 11x65

10°4 to 11 x6

tp Aad

as ob pgs)

Ls ie te.

erly Oe
Sere ate) bord
, 43x%2

Leama 4s a
. FDO

BW pear!

ae ere eee
aro eS

i oe TS
uae Re

248 %2

ex?

52x 2

a Aly GOR!

: 52x
. 2x2

1 3x2
Leo 2

42

Meliornis niger (white-cheeked
honey-eater) 3 ee LU 4 tO 10' BX OS tor

Myzantha melanoc -ephola
(black-headed minah) 104 to 1V°3 x5 bt0 6's
faintly FRINGILLIDAE.
(house
re . 10°4 to 11 x52 to7
Family DicruripAg.
Dicruropsis bracteatus a.
(spangled drongo) 3 LP §O a 25 xX 7
Family CorvibDAar.

Passer domesticus
sparrow) ie

Sruthidea cinerea (eres ey 12°2x 7
jumper) on SPRY
REPTILIA.

Order OpHiptia.
Family CoLuBrinae.

- 173tol9x10°4 ...
--. 15°6 to 17°3.x 12°2
. 19 to 20°75 x 11°4

Order CHELONIA.

Pseudechis australis (?)
Denisonia olivacea re
Small Snake, Eidsvold

Emydura — kreffti (Kr efft’s

tortoise) 17°3 x 11°8 to 13°8
Elseya dentata “(nor ‘thern

tortoise) ae . 17°3 to 20°5 x 10°4 to 12

Order LACTERTILIA.

Family GECKONIDAE.
. 15°8 to 19°8 x 11°25 to 12

Family AGAMIDAE.
Physignathus lesueurii (east-

Gehyra variegata

ern water dragon) . 15°7 to 19x9 to 103 ..
Family VARANIDAE.
Varanus punctatus, var.
orientalis Hs . 15°5 to 17°5 x 9°5 to 12

Family Scrncrpae.
Trachysaurus rugosus eres
tailed lizard) : 17 to 19 x 10°4
Tiliqua scincoides (blue.
tongued lizard) ae
15°6'to 17°3 X10°5

Tiliqua nigrolutea » 16°35 to 17x 10-4

17°3 to 19 x 8°5 to 10° 4
Lygosoma (LIiolepisma ) 14 to 15°5 x 8°75). Le
entrecasteauxi » 14°7 to 153) x8)
Lygosoma (Liolepisma) —
hmilineatum <0 we 2 . 14t0 155 x85
Ablepharus, sp. . 12t0 18°8x7°2

Skink, Sydney, April, 1913 14to lS5x8 6t094
Skink, Sydney, January, 1914 15°35 to 16°5 x 8°5 to 8°8

. 17°5 to 20°75 X40 25 tolss

» Be
, Foe

, 535x225

. 3°5 (spher.)
. 68x42

ep ae

a. Ste TX ars

. 43t0 53x35 t

CHONNER OYATEP AAI
bo bo bo bt bd xX po XK K XK

43

AMPHIBIA.
tasmanien-
... 15°6 to 19°7 x 10°4 to 12
... 19 to 20°75 x 12 to 12°5

Limnodynastes
sis(P).. :
Limnodynastes dorsalis _

17°3 to 19°2x12°2 to138 ...

tee tO as <i S to 12
(sometimes smaller)
3... 19°83 t0.20°S%12 Bi
2. 19 tomrecia 75
19 to 20°7 x 13°75
Tey Gin Geeta ee. ih. hk
wl to 20:75 x13'8 to 155

Limnodynastes peronii

Phractops australis
Hyla coerulea

Hyla ewingui
Hyla aurea

FISH.

Dipnot.

Ceratodus forsteri / S6t641°5x 20-7

TELEOSTOMI.
Anguilla reinhardtii (eel) ... 10°4to12x9°5_ ...
10°4 to 12x 8 to 8°5
Copidoglanis tandanus (cat-
fish) 2 13°5 to 13°8 x 10°3
Konosirus erebi (bony bream) 10°4x7 3

Trachystoma petardi (fresh-
water mullet) Be. OGD
10°4 x7

Mionurus = gilli (Krefft’s

perchlet)

aa . 12 (nearly spherical)
Notesthes robusta (bullrout) we

10°4-x 8-2
POA GAN
10° Ax7 (to 8°5
10°4 x 85
Therapion unicolor Le
Therapion percoides (grunter) < 8 to 8 6x6

Ororvoror
orX wor

Nrororgrsy

, to 7°7 (nearly spherical)

44

CIRCUM-ELONGATION OBSERVATIONS FOR AZIMUTH.

By R. W. Cuapman, M.A., B.C.E.
[Read April 8, 1915.]

On account of its convenience and comparative simplicity,
the observation of a circumpolar star at elongation is, amongst
surveyors, the favourite star observation for the determina-
tion of a true azimuth. The great disadvantage of the method
is that only one observation can be made with the star actually
at elongation, and there is thus no opportunity to eliminate

instrumental errors in the same way as may be done, when a _

series of observations of the same star are made, by taking
half the readings with the instrument reversed. As a rule
the motion of the star in azimuth is so slow, when near to
elongation, that with an ordinary transit theodolite two
observations can be made and treated as though the star were
actually at elongation without introducing an error sufficient
to be measured by the instrument. Buta much higher degree
of accuracy is possible with the method if a series of half a
dozen observations are made on each side of elongation, and
the object of the present paper is to discuss the convenient
reduction of such a series of observations. For the reduction

of a similar set of observations made upon a close circumpolar

star there is a well-known method that is particularly applic-
able to the Pole star of the Northern Hemisphere. Unfor-

tunately in the Southern Hemisphere our close circumpolar

stars are very faint and not easy to work with. o Octantis hasa
polar distance between 46’ and 47’, but its magnitude is 54, so
that it is not readily picked out by the surveyor. The bright
southern stars that are most convenient for the determination
have commonly a polar distance of about 30°, and to these
the formula for close circumpolar stars cannot always be
applied without introducing appreciable error.

Two methods are possible for a series of observations

made before and after elongation. We may read the verniers.

of the horizontal circle and note the time at each observation,
or we may read the horizontal circle and also the altitude of
the star at each observation. The former method is prefer-
able, provided that the surveyor has the correct local time, as
errors due to a defective knowledge of atmospheric refraction
are not then introduced. The latter method, however,
involves no knowledge of the time, and is much more con-
venient when the observations have to be carried out single-
handed. In both cases the azimuth of the star at each

45

observation is corrected by the appropriate formula to give
the azimuth of the star at elongation, so that practically we
obtain a series of observations at elongation instead of only
one.
NoratTIon.
The following abbreviations will be used throughout :—
z denotes the zenith distance of the star in any position.
Pp x. ,, polar distance of the star.
A Pe ,, horizontal angle between star and pole.
l i ,, latitude of place of observation.
c ,, co-latitude of place of observation.
h », hour angle of the star in angular measure,
t a ,, value of hour angle expressed in sidereal time.
Z,, Ay, A,, and ¢, denote the values of z, A, h, and ¢
respectively when the star is at elongation.

First MetHop, HorizontraL ANGLE AND TIME BEING NOTED
AT EACH OBSERVATION.

In the spherical triangle having the star, the celestial
pole, and the zenith as its angular points, we have the follow-
ing fundamental relations :—

eos A sin 2+cos psinc—coscsinpcosh ... oot

sin A sin z=sin p sinh. Ee
and from the corresponding richt- -angled triangle ae the

star is at elongation

sin p cos p cosh,

111 ee = —__ Me ald G3)
sin ¢ COS ¢

cos A,=cos p sin h, oy bis he aie (4)

(1) x (3) — (2) x (4) gives
sin z sin (A,—A)=cos psin p 2 sin? 4 (h,—h) (5)
This is an exact equation, but is unsuitable as it stands
for use in reduction cf observations.
sin p sin A
Putting Bs , (5) may be written
sin z sin h
sin (4,—A) 2 sin? $ (h,—h)
sin 4 sin h
2 sin? $ (h, —h)

or, writing y = cos p
sin h
sin A, cot A—cos A,=
A, is constant, ae therefore A 2h be regarded as a
function of y.

46

Differentiating, we have

1 dA
—sin A, hat Of
sin?A dy
d? A d A
and—sin A, = 2 sin A cos A
dy? dy
Therefore, when y=0
aA d? A
—— = — sin A, and ==! em 2 Ag
dy dy?
and consequently, by Taylor’s Theorem
cos p 2 sin? 4 (h,—h) cos? p2sin*4(h,—h)
A=A,—sin A,——— $ sin 2 A,
sin h sin 1” sin? h sin 1”

provided that A,—A is measured in seconds of arc.

This is a convenient converging series for the determination
of the difference between A and A,, in which the terms
diminish so rapidy that in all ordinary work it is not neces-
sary to take into account any term except the first. Thus,
if the observations are made at a place in latitude 30°, on
a star with a polar distance of 30°, and are continued for
fifteen minutes of time on each side of elongation, the extreme
value of h—h,=3° 45’. The corresponding value of the first
term in the series then works out at 229", or 3’ 49”, and that
of the second term at less than 4”. If ¢—¢,=350 minutes,
or h—h,=T7° 30’, then under the same conditions the first
term=902" and the second term only 53”. With the same
polar distance and in the same latitude, the limiting value
for ¢—?#,, in order that the second term may not be greater
than 1", is about 19 minutes. On repeating the calculations
for a place in latitude 20°, and again for a place in lati-
tude 40°, it is found that in neither case does the limiting
value of t—¢, differ by more than a minute from the value
previously found if the second term in the series is to be
less than 1”.

It thus appears that, even if the mathematical reduction
of each single observation is to be correct within 1” of are,
it is sufficient to use only the first term of the series if the
observations extend over a period of about 19 minutes on
each side of the elongation. The average of the whole series
may be correct within this limit, even if the time extends
over a considerably longer period, because the error in reduc-
tion will exceed 1” only in the case of the extreme observations.

47

A further considerable simplification would be made in
the reduction if it were possible to treat the denominator as
constant and write sin /, instead of sin h. With any single
observation the error made, if this is done, may be considerable.
For instance, at a place in latitude 30°, if p=30°, for an
observation made 15 minutes before elongation, the difference
made in the value of the second term, when sin h, is written in
the denominator instead of sin fA, is about 5”, whilst for an
observation made 30 minutes before elongation the difference
is about 35”. But, if we have a series of fairly well-balanced
observations made both before and after elongation, the
values of # range fairly evenly on each side of h,, and on
averaging up the set there will be very little difference
whether we use / or h,, the difference being generally of the
order of 1”. So that in such a case it is usually quite suffi-
cient for the surveyor to use /, instead of h. We may then
make a further slight simplification by putting

sin A, cos p ;
= 7 ae es AL COSs-. 2
sin h,

PRACTICAL COMPUTATION.

We therefore conclude that, for the ordinary work of the
surveyor, a series of well-balanced observations extending to
about half an hour on each side of elongation on any circum-
polar star may be reduced to a series of observations at
elongation hy the formula

2 sin? $ (h,—h)

A,—A=tan A, cos*? p ——_____ S247 66)

sine Le

in which A,—A is given in seconds of arc.

If, however, only one or two observations are to be
reduced, as may be the case if the star at elongation has been
obscured by clouds, or the observations are badly balanced
and have been made mostly on one side of elongation, or if
the greatest possible degree of accuracy is required in the
computations, the formula used should be

cos p 2 sin? 4 (h,—h)
A,—A=sin A, ie i @etal)

sin A sin 1”
This form may be obtained directly from (5) by considering

A,—A as a small angle so that the sine may be written equal
to its circular measure.

48

Tf it is required to make the computation within 1” then,
for observations more than 18 minutes from elongation, the
value of 4,—A given by formula (7) should be corrected by
being decreased by the amount

cos? p 2 sin* 3 (h, —h)
sin 2 A, -————______ m- ree

sin? A sin 1”

.2 sin? 4 (h, —h)
As the expression -—-----————_ has to be evaluated in
sin 1”

the reduction of circum-meridian observations for latitude,
tables of the values of the expression and its logarithm have
been prepared, and are available in Chauvenet’s Astronomy,
Close’s Trigonometrical Surveying, and other works. Similar

2 sint $ (h, —h)
tables for ——————————- are also available. The computa-
sin |"

tion by any one of these formulae is much facilitated by the
use of these tables. Five-figure logs. are sufficient.

2 sin? 4 (h, —h)
Writing tan A, cos? p=B, m = —————_,,
sin 1”

(6) becomes
A,—A=B8 m, where B is a constant.

Thus for each observation we get A,=A+8 m, and,
averaging the whole series,

. mean value of 4, =mean value of A + B x mean value of m.

Therefore, mean angle between R.M. and star at elongation =
mean observed angle between R.M. and star + 6 x mean value
of m.

EXAMPLE.

In the following example the method is applied to the
reduction of a series of observations taken by Mr. Calder,
surveyor, upon Canopus near elongation :—

Star observed—Canopus.

Place—Rendelsham.

Right Ascension—6h. 22m. 06s.

Latitude—37° 32' 40" S.

Declination—52° 38' 43" 8.

Longitude—9h. 20m. 40s. E.

Date—December 9, 1914.

Standard Meridian—9h. 30m. E.

49

CoMPUTED VALUES.

Standard time at elongation—9h. 45m. 32s. p.m.
A,=49° 55’ 44"
hy = 54° 04" 50"

Interval of Geerea

| Mean Vernier Standard Time pe Pane ponding
Face. Object. Readings on OF Observa- | . terval
Horizontal Circle. Observation. Modand | \tn Sidereal
Elongation. Teen
| | | |
+e iy , Hui MALS Se bien). Si} Is. iS
R R.M. | 360 | |
R Star 83 | 16 | 00 eis |. 441 2 | 487% 12 | 50
L Star Se reo | 15 w eae ar } Woo: | LO Se
L R.M. 360
eee | es) 13) 45) 9°)'38 | 25 | 7 | 07 7 | 08
R Star 83 | 13 |; 00 +o 0 a F5 oy ee LS
R | BM. 360 eee |
R | Star Boer 82.115 9 | 43 | 05 PN SAT Di QE
L.::| | Star 83.) 12 | 45 Go |: 450) bs P| ‘| 21
L | RM. 360 | |
ki | Star 83 | 12 | 15 9 | 48 | 40 3 | 08 3 | 09
B | Star g8} 13/15] 9] 50155! 5|23) 5 | 24
R R.M. | 360 |
R Star | 83 | 16 | 45 | 9 | 5a.) Ee | 22) 45, | 12 | -4%
L tar S18 tool tO | OF! OO.) .35 |: 28.1 15 |.38]
S| ew) | 360 | | |

Mean observed angle between star and R.M., 83° 14’ 21".
Solving by means of (6), we obtain from the tables :—

t,t m
m 8 N
H2° 50 323°3
LO} D7 : 235°4

(4,08 oo°9

5 18 BD’ 1

ok 118

21 : 0°2

3 609 : 19°5

5 24 572
12, At : 320°8

wa. dt 472°6
10 ) 1595°38 |
Mean value of m 159°6
log tan A, = 10°07509
log’ cos” p= 9°30062
bee 7159" 6* 2029112520303
log 120 Soe) eh BTA

Seiya ky | 2!

50

,mean value of angle between R.M. and star at elongation
= 837° 14! 3)" —2” 0° =83° 12"'21"
The computation by means of the more accurate formula
(7) is rather longer. In this case we write
2 sin? 4 (h, —h)
B = sin A, cos p and m =————————_
sin f sin 1”
and work on the same lines as before. To illustrate the
method the computation in this case is also worked out as
follows :—

| | eae
tot h,—-h h eee | log sin h enesuf tro m
sin | preceding |
ae 74 columns. |
| | ! no} | ! | ” |
Ns it . eae }
12|50/3|12|30157|17 20} 12:50960 | 9°92501 | 2°58459 | 384-2
10 | 57 | 2 | 44 | 15 | 56 | 49 | 05 12°37178 9°92269 2°44909 | 281°5
7| 08/1/47 | 00 | 55 | 51 | 50 11°99958 9°91788 | 2°08170 | - 120°7
5|18!1/19| 30| 55 | 24 | 20 11°74157 9°91550 | 1°82607 | 67°0
9197| |36|45154141/35| 11-07136 (991173 | 1115963 | 14-4
21 515/54 10/05 9°38117 990888 | 1°47229 0°3
8|09;} |47| 15) 53) 17; 35 11°28965 9°90401 1°38564 24:3
5 | 24111 21 | 00 | 52 | 43) 50 11°75780 §°90080 | 1°85700 | 71°9
12 | 47 | 3| 11|.45 | 50 53 | 05 | 12°50621 9°88979 2°61642 | 413°4
15 | 31:| 3 | 52 | 45 | 50 | 12] ve 12°67446 9°88553 | 2°78893 | 615°1
10) 1992'8
Mean value of m 199
log cos p = 9°90031
log sin A, = 988380
log 199 = 2729885
log 121 = 2708296
* B m= D1 2 ee
*.mean value of angle between R.M. and star at elongation
83° 14’ 21"=—2' O01 =83" a2 ae

The difference between the results of the two calculations
is so small that clearly the more simple approximate method
is quite sufficient for the surveyor. If the computation be
made for the last four observations only, the difference between
the results of the two methods amounts to 8”, and for the
last observation alone the difference is 19”. For the surveyor
it is only necessary to use the more accurate method of calcu-
lation for unbalanced observations at a considerable time
from elongation.

51

THe EFFECT OF AN ERROR IN THE TIME.

In the final reduction of the results we sum up a number
of terms of the form (6), and since h,—/ is a small angle we
may practically take each term to be of the form k x’, where
k is a constant and « is the difference in time between elonga-
tion and the observation. Taking the mean of a number of
evenly distributed terms of this form is equivalent to finding
the mean value of the ordinate to the curve y=/ «?. The
observations may thus be represented by a parabolic curve as
in the figure, the ordinate ? V at any point representing the
correction 4,—A corresponding to an observation made at a
time from elongation represented by O V.

y

AA, O NO eee

It the observations extend evenly over a time, a, on each
side of elongation (from A to 4), the mean value of the
ordinate y is

1 -+¢ ka?
a | /; r d 2) eS 5 SS
PRET =e 3

If, however, there is an error, 7, in the time, the obser-
vations will really extend from 4A, to /, (from a—b on one side
to a+ on the other), and the computed mean value of the
ordinate will be

1 a+b 3 Babes a2
1 aetna - Je.
Qa hgh 3

The error in the computed azimuth will thus be & 6?,
‘varying as the square of the error in time.

52

We have already computed that in latitude 30°, with a
star having a polar distance of 30°, the value of k b?=3' 49",
if b=15 min. Therefore, if under these conditions of obser-

vation the error amounts to 1’, the value of b= vet x15=76
min. If the error=1", the value of b= x15=1 min.

It thus appears that, provided the observations extend
evenly over an equal time on each side of elongation, there
is no need for the surveyor to know the local time with great
precision, an error of 1 minute in the time producing an error
of only about 1” in the azimuth.

But if the observations do not extend on each side of
elongation the case is different, and a more accurate know-
ledge of the time is essential. Suppose, for instance, that the
observations are all on one side of elongation, extending from ~
o to a, the mean value of the ordinate to the curve is then

ie a?
ee }: 4? das he ye A.

as a

O

If, however, there is an error. }), in the time, the com-
putation will extend from } to a+6, and the computed mean
value of the ordinate is

1 a+b a2
—|i vdx=k(-—+ab-+ 6?)
a-, 3

The error here amounts to k b (a+).

If 6 is 1 min. and a is 15 min., the error=16 & and under
the same circumstances as before will=16", being 16 times as
great as when the observations extend for 15 min. on each
side of elongation.

Where an accurate determination is sought, the investi-
gation shows the desirableness of obtaining a series of
observations distributed as evenly as possible on each side of
elongation.

SeconpD METHOD, HorizontaL ANGLE AND ALTITUDE BEING
NOTED AT EACH OBSERVATION.

With the same notation as before, the star being in any
position, we have
COS P=cOS ¢ cos 2+. sin c sin z cos A
Writing =z—z,, this becomes
cos P=COSs ¢ cos (2,+ )+8in c sin (z,+ 2) cos A
p, c, and z, being constants, this equation gives A as an
implicit function of az.

53

Differentiating the equation three times in succession, the
work being rather long but quite straightforward, we find
that when x=0

ad A

—— = 0

ad x

ad” A cot p

CO Sin. 2:

eg a 3 cot p COs Zz,
a. z° sim 2

0

Therefore by Taylor’s Theorem

cot p (z—2z,)’ cot pcosz, (z—2z,)°
- sin 1” + —W——
M2, (|, 2 sin? z, 2

A= A=

sin? Ais .(9)

provided that A,—A and z—z, are expressed in seconds of arc.

To get some idea of the relative values of the terms in
this series, we find, if the star observed has a polar distance
of 30° and the latitude is also 30°, then z,=54° 44’ 09”, and
if z—z,=1°, the second term works out at 66” and the last
term to 0°8”. If z=z,=2° the values become 264” and 6"
respectively.

The last term in (9) is equal to
cos” p cos ¢ (z—2z,)°
—-———____—___—— x sin? E!
sin p (cos? p—cos? ¢c) 2

and has therefore an infinite value if p=c, in which case the
star passes through the zenith. This is clearly of no practical
importance.

The following are the values of the last terms in different
latitudes for a star 30° distant from the celestial pole, if
2—2z,=1°:—

Latitude. Value of last term in (9).
0° aie Sate ren ‘* ei
ee eer wei beh ztriit T,
30° Pi ae ods es 0°8”
20° Je awa ay me 0°4”
10° hs ee ce af Or2!
0° Sy cy

If z—z,=2° the preceding values should be multiplied
by 8.

54

It follows, therefore, that for the ordinary work of the
‘surveyor the correction involved in the last term of the series
is quite negligible for observations extending over a range of
altitude of 2°, or 1° on each side of elongation, provided that
the star does not pass within 10° of the zenith. At places
near the equator the observations may clearly extend over a
very much greater range of altitude with the same degree of
precision.

To determine over what range of time the observations
may extend, we find on differentiating the equation

cos 2=cos ¢ cos p+sin ¢ sin p cos h

az sin ¢ sin p sin h
that eS

|

= sin p for a star at elonga-
dh sin 2

taon.. This=%, ut poe
Thus the rate of change of altitude at elongation does not

depend on the latitude, but simply on the polar distance of
the star, and for a star distant 30° from the pole we have

ah=2dz

Therefore, -if. d.z=1°,.d. h=120" of iare, .or 8) mimutesson
time, the altitude of the star near elongation thus changes
by 1° in about 8 minutes. For stars closer to the Pole the
‘time taken for the same change of altitude will be greater.

PRACTICAL COMPUTATION.

We conclude that for a set of observations extending over
a range of altitude of about 2°, or 1° on each side of elonga-
tion, occupying, in the case of a star with a polar distance of
30°, about 16 minutes of time, it is amply sufficient to use the
formula
cot p (z—z,)?
A,-A= Sim ay Bee Ne Ni

Simi, 2

It should be noticed that the error made by the use of
this formula in the final reduction of a set of observations will
be very much less than the error made in the reduction of
the single observation furthest from elongation. We have
based the stated limitations upon the error made in the reduc-
tion of the single observation, so that for a complete set of
observations the time occupied may be extended somewhat
beyond the limits given above. In low latitudes the observa-
tions may extend over a greater range than in high latitudes.
In latitude 10°, for instance, the observations may extend
over half an hour, and formula (10) will still give the average
result of the set of readings correct within less than 1”.

55

If the range of altitude is too great, or it is desirable to
compute 4,—4A with the greatest precision possible, then this
value must be reduced if z>z,, or increased if z<z,, by the
amount

cot pcosz, (z—2,)°

sit 1; be. sera ¢ 2)
a 2

The computation by means of (10) is somewhat facilitated
by making use of the same tables for cireum-meridian calcula-
tions as have been shown to be suitable for the reduction by
the first method. For since z—z, is a small angle, we have,
within the degree of accuracy to which the tables are
computed,

(z—2z,)? 2 sin? 4 (z—2,)
sm 10. c=
2 PON sin 1”

Ge 0
2

sin 1”

and consequently we can take the value of

straight from the tables.

Then, writing
cot p (z—z,)?
B= ee
sin Z, 2

Sim ih”

we get for each observation, just as in the previous method,
A,=AtBm
or, angle between R.M. and star at elongation,
= observed angle between R.M. and star + B m.

Since B is a constant, we therefore get, on averaging the
whole set of observations :—

Mean angle between R.M. and star at elongation

= mean observed angle between R.M. and star
+ B x mean value of m.

Whether the + or — sign is to be used depends upon
the position of the R.M. and upon which angle between the
star and R.M. is measured. It will be obvious in any par-
ticular case which sign should be taken.

If the tables for m are not available, then it is better
to write ;

cot p sin 1”
bs at =—(2—2,)?
sin Z, 2
and proceed as before, this time computing m for each

observation. The use of the tables does not thus really make
very much difference.

56

A defective knowledge of refraction does not seriously
affect the accuracy of the work. For even if the altitude is
in error by 15", the resulting error in azimuth is only about
three-quarters of a second of arc.

The following example illustrates the method of reduc-
tion. It will be seen that the calculations are simple, and
the method is undoubtedly capable of much greater accuracy
than the ordinary methods of making elongation observa-
tions : —

Star observed—a’ Crucis.

Right Ascenston—12h. 21m. 54s.
Declination—62° 37' 47" 8.
Date—March 5, 1915.
Place—Burnside.

Latitude—34° 55’ 38" S.
Longitude—9h. 14m. 36s. E.
Standard Meridian—9h. 30m. E.

CoMPUTED VALUES.
Standard time at elongation—9h. 13m. 18s. p.m.

A Pe 067 25"
Z9= = 49° 51" 29"
| ilies we |
M Vv jer — (Ob a
S| onject. Readings on Chenin Yenith | ged
z }. Bagiegatel. | iitmnse lg Doane
| | Refraction. | H
| a PT ta Bie
[e) | ! YW (e} | ! " ° ! nN / | " |
R R.M. 360 | | |
R | Star 76 | 56 | 30 | 50 | 53 | 00 | 50 | 54 | 10 | 62| 48} 34°36
R | Star 76 | 55 | 80 | 50 | 26 | 60 | 50 | 27 | 09 | 35 | 47] 11°15
R ; Star 76 | 55 | OO | 49 | 57] 15 | 49 | 58 | 23) 7 | 01 | 0°43
L Star 76 | 55 | 15 | 49 | 36 | 00 | 49 | 37 | 07 | 14 | 15 ETF
L Star 76 | 55 | 45 | 49 | 13: | 45 | 49 | 14 | 51 | 36 | 31 | 11°63
bg Star 76 | 57 | 00.| 48 | 38 | 30 | 48 | 39 | 34| 71 | 48] 44°92
ei BEAL: 360 | | | | | |
6 ) 104°26
Mean value of m _... 17°38

Mean observed angle between star and R.M.=76° 55’ 50”
cot p tan 62°°3% 44
B= = S= — = 2527
sin Z, sin 49°51’ 22”
Therefore mean value of angle between R.M. and star at
‘elongation

= 76° 35 50” —F527 «x FSS"
= 76° 5b’. 50” — 44"
=76>Vep 106"

D7

NOTES ON THE AMYCTERIDES IN THE SOUTH AuUS-
TRALIAN MUSEUM, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW
SPECIES.— Part II.

By Eustace W. Fercuson, M.B., Ch.M.
[Read April 8, 1915.]

In the present part the remaining genera of the sub-
family are dealt with. These comprise chiefly Acantholophus,
Cubicorrhynchus, and the genera of the Huomides. Twenty
species and two genera are proposed as new; the new species
belong to the following genera: Acantholophus (6), Cubico-
rrhynchus (6), Molochtus (1), Acherres (3), Melanegis (1),
Amorphorrhinus (1), Brachymycterus (1), and Cucullo-
thorax (1). The two new genera are: Brachymycterus
and Cucullothorax. In addition to the species con-
tained in the accompanying list, there were a number
of female specimens of Cubicorrhynchus which it was
impossible to identify; these were not listed, though
some may be possibly new. It was also found impos-
sible to absolutely identify a number of species belonging to
the Huomid genera, in particular to Lialeptopus and Tetra-
lophus. Many of these species are so poorly described that
comparison with the types, mostly in the British Museum,
will be necessary to fix the species. A number of specimens
sent belong to species and genera already dealt with in the
first part of this paper. A separate lst of these has been
given, for the sake of recording their localities.

130. Acantholophus gladiator, Pasc., ¢.—Western Aus-
tralia: Mullewa (J. F. May).

131. Acantholophus apicalis, Macl.—South Australia:
Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow). Several specimens
of both sexes, mostly without exact locality label.

132. Acantholophus dwmosus, Bohem.—Western Australia:
Swan River, York. Some of the specimens differ
from the usual form in having small but acute sub-
apical spines on the elytra. Specimens from Black-
burn’s collection also differ in having the external
rostral margin acutely raised in front.

133. Acantholophus dumosus, Bohem., var. brevicornis,.
Ferg.—A single female labelled “South Australia.’”

134. Acantholophus transitus, Macl.—Western Australia:
Capel River (W. D. Dodd).

135. Acantholophus browni, n. sp.

136.

AST:

138.

139.

140.

141.

142.

143.

144.
145.

146.
Lee

58

Acantholophus amycteroides, Macl.—One female
labelled ‘‘Ardrossan.’’ One female was labelled
“North-west South Australia, Wells Expedition,
1903. H. Basedow.”’

Acantholophus niveovittatus, Blackb.—Western Aus-
tralia: Cue, Mullewa, Southern Cross.

Acantholophus franklinensis, Blackb. (?)—South Aus-:

tralia: Yeelanna. Several specimens which I doubt-
fully identify as this species, partly because they
come from fairly close to the type-locality.

Acantholophus hypoleucus, Bohem. Western Austra-
lia: York, Fremantle.

Acantholophus humeralis, Macl.—Western Australia:
Ankertell (H. W. Brown).

Acantholophus spinosus, Macl.—Western Australia:
Warren River, York.

Acantholophus suturalis, Bohem.—Western Australia:
Darling Ranges, Bunbury. <A_ female labelled
“North-west South Australia, Wells Expedition,
1903. H. Basedow.” Specimens from Blackburn’s
collection, labelled “A. lateralis, Bohem.,’’ appear
to belong to this species; probably the names will
prove to be synonymous. A. spinosus seems little
more than a variety.

Acantholophus kreffti, Macl.—Queensland: Charters
Towers.

Acantholophus tennantensis, n. sp.

Acantholophus tribulus, Macl.—South Australia:
Yeelanna, Port Lincoln.

Acantholophus simulator, n. sp.

Acantholophus adelaidae, Waterh.—South Australia:
Adelaide, Mount Lofty, Wilmington, Kangaroo
Island.

. Acantholophus, sp. (?)—A female from Nairne differs

in being decidedly larger than typical specimens ; it
is possibly distinct.

. Acantholophus .halmaturinus, n. sp.
. Acantholophus gravicollis, Macl.—South Australia:

Port Lincoln, Yeelanna, Pinnaroo.

. Acantholophus tasmamensis, Lea.—Tasmania: Hobart.
. Acantholophus marsham, Kirby.—New South Wales:

Sydney.

. Acantholophus mucronatus, Macl.—New South

Wales: Blue Mountains.

. Acantholophus spinifer, Macl.—Victoria: Tallarook.

155.

156.
157.
158.
159.
160.
161.

162.

163.
164.

165.
166.

167.

168.

169.

170.
ivi.

172.

173.

174.

59

Acantholophus, sp (?)—New South Wales: Yass.
Several specimens of a species allied to A. spinifer,.
but probably distinct.

Acantholophus echidna, Macl.—New South Wales:
Blue Mountains (Blackburn).

Acantholophus alpicola, n. sp.

Acantholophus squalidus, Macl.—No locality.

‘Acantholophus aureolus, Bohem.—Western Australia.

This species is almost certainly A. echinatus, Guer.

Acantholophus crenaticollis, Macl.—South Australia:
Port Lincoln, Ardrossan.

Acantholophus denticollis, Macl.—-New South Wales:
Blue Mountains, Sydney.

Acantholophus planicollis, Waterh.—South Australia:
Adelaide, Mount Lofty, Kangarilla, Victor Har-
bour, Wilmington. |

Acantholophus foveirostris, Lea.—South Australia:
Kangaroo Island.

Acantholophus squamosus, Macl.—Victoria.

Acantholophus scaphirostris, n. sp.

Acantholophus blackburn, nom. nov. = A. simplex,
Blackb.—A new name is necessary, as Blackburn’s
name is preoccupied by A. simpler, Pasc. The
specimen in the collection is labelled “Q type.”’

Acantholophus granulatus, Sloane (type).—Central
Australia: Barrow Range(d); Everard Range (9 ).

Cubicorrhynchus (2) maximus, Macl.—Western Aus-
tralia: Beverley, Cue, Kalgoorlie. The position of
this species is open to considerable question ; to my
mind it is certainly congeneric with Acantholophus
granulatus, Sloane, and A. blackburm (= A.
simplex, Blackb.). The position of these two species
in Acantholophus is, however, open to doubt.

Hyborrhynchus bicornutus, Macl.—South Australia:
Port Lincoln, Kangaroo Island.

Hyborrhynchus maculatus, Macl.—Western Australia.

Hyborrhynchus, sp (?)—Western Australia: Capel
River (Dodd). A single female apparently belong-
ing to an undescribed species.

Hyborrhynchus (%) rugosus, Macl.—Western Aus-
tralia.

Acantholophus (1%) converiusculus, Macl.—South Aus-
tralia: Kangaroo Island, Port Lincoln; Victoria.
A new genus is required for the reception of this
species, which Macleay put both in Acantholophus
and Hyborrhynchus (H. masters: ).

Molochtus hercules, n. sp.

175.

176.

G7.

LS.

179.

180.

181.
182.

. 183.

60

Molochtus tibialis, Sloane.—Central Australia (Elder
Exped., co-type): Idracowra Spring; North-west .
South Australia (Wells Exped.); South Australia:
Murat Bay. Specimens from Cue, Western Australia,
(Horace Brown), differ from typical specimens in
their rather rougher elytral sculpture. This, how-
ever, appears to be a variable character, as some of
the Elder Exped. specimens are rougher than others.

Molochtus gagates, Pase.—Western Australia: Mul-
lewa. This is the species usually identified in Aus-
tralian collections as M/. gagutes. I believe, correctly
so; at the same time, Pascoe’s description and figure
would fit almost equally well some females of J.
tibialis, Sloane. If this identification be correct,
M. gagates is certainly specifically distinct from JZ.
tibialis.

Cubicorrhynchus dohrni, Waterh.—Western Austra-
ha: Perth. Specimens from Beverley, Western
Australia, differ somewhat from the Perth specimens
in the elytral tubercles. I do not think they are
really distinct.

Cubicorrhynchus bohemanni, Bohem,—Western Aus-
tralia: Beverley, Geraldton, Kalgoorlie.

Cubicorrhynchus oceultus, Sloane.—Central Austra-
lia: Frazer Range (Elder Exped., type); Western
Australia: Kalgoorlie, Coolgardie.

Cubicorrhynchus modestus, Sloane. — Type, Elder
Exped. Unfortunately, the type is a female, and
cannot, therefore, be readily placed. It agrees
fairly well with the female of C. valgus, Lea; but
until a male from the type locality of C. modestus
(Barrow Range) is available it would be extremely
unwise to identify C’. modestus with (. valgus.

Cubicorrhynchus valgus, Lea.—Western Australia.

Cubicorrhynchus calcaratus, Macl.—South Australia:
Port Lincoln, Mount Lofty, Blinman, Arno Bay,
Blanchetown, Terowie, Ardrossan, Murat Bay, Dow-
lingville, Moonta, Port Pirie. The extensive series
of this species shows considerable variation in size,
and to a slight extent in sculpture. Most of the
female specimens of ('whicorrhynchus, returned as
unidentifiable, belong either to this species or to
(’. maculatus, Macl.

Cubicorrhynchus maculatus, Macl.—South Australia :
Mount Lofty, Adelaide, Wilmington, Lyndoch,
Terowie, Blanchetown, Mannum, Murray Bridge,
Wirrabarra, Ardrossan, Ouldea; New South Wales ;

184.

192.

193.

194.

61

Victoria: Victorian Alps. An extensive series,
showing considerable variation in size and sculpture.
I cannot, however, regard them as belonging to
more than one species.

Cubicorrhynchus taurus, Blackb.—South Australia:
Lake Callabonna, Adelaide, Farina, Blanchetown,
Lucindale ; Victoria. A specimen, from Lake Calla-
bonna, is labelled ‘“Cubicorrhynchus taurus’? in
Blackburn’s handwriting, and seems likely to be the
type, which was from this locality, and should be
in the Museum collection. Specimens from Long-
reach, Queensland, probably represent a variety ;
they are smaller than typical specimens, and have
more evident elytral granules.

. Cubicorrhynchus strigicollis, n. sp.

. Cubicorrhynchus quadraticollis, n. sp.

. Cubicorrhynchus substrigosus, n. sp.

. Cubrteorrhynchus curvipes, n. sp.

. Cubicorrhynchus aureomaculatus, n. sp.

. Cubicorrhynchus rectipes, n. sp.

. Cubicorrhynchus mussoni, Blackb..(?)—A specimen

labelled ‘““Mount Lofty Ranges’’ agrees fairly well
with New South Wales specimens of this species in
my own collection. I think the South Australian
locality is probably wrong.

Cubicorrhynchus, sp. (?)—Queensland: Dalby. A
single male belonging to a species allied to (.
mussont, Blackb. JI have numerous specimens of
this species from Southern Queensland, but as its
position is somewhat anomalous have deferred
naming it until the genus as a whole is revised.

Cubicorrhynchus, sp. (?)—Northern Territory. Two
specimens, labelled “Northern Territory,’ belong
to a new species, but are both females. In the
absence of a male, I hesitate to describe, particularly
as it is closely allied to, if not identical with, a
species in Mr. Lea’s collection from Darling Ranges,
Western Australia.

Cubicorrhynchus, sp (?)—North-west South Austra-
lia (Wells Exped.). A single female, in bad condi-
tion, belonging to a new species, with curious head
and rostrum.

. Cubteorrhynchus (2) spinicollis, Macl.—Western Aus-

tralia: Beverley.

. Cubicorrhynchus (7) sp. aie Western Australia: Kal-

goorlie. A species close to, but distinct from, C.
spinicollis, Macl. It is also close to Pilot hanch us

ee
1938:

195"

200.

201.

202.
203.

204.
205.

206.

210.

62

aurigena, Blackb.; it, however, differs from the
specimen I have so named. As, however, the
Museum specimen comes from the same locality as
Blackburn’s type, it is possibly his species.

Cucullothorax horridus, n. gen. and sp.

Alexirhea, sp. (?)—Western Australia. A_ single
female, agreeing, in the preapical elytral projection,
with A. falsifica, Pase., but with projecting
shoulders.

Euomus insculptus, Bohem.—Western Australia: Bun-
bury, Capel River.

Fuomus stephensi, Gyll.—Western Australia: Warren
River. A specimen from Mount Barker differs.
slightly, and perhaps represents a variety.

Huomus, sp. (?)—A specimen from Western Australia,
Blackburn’s collection; probably belongs to a dis-
tinct species. As it is very closely allied to Z£.
stephensi I prefer to leave it undescribed for the
present.

Euomus scorpio, Boisd.— Western Australia: Bunbury..

Mythites basalis, Boisd.—Western Australia. A
specimen from South Australia (F. R. Zietz) repre-
sents either a distinct species or a well-marked
variety of J/. basalis. 'The specimen is, however, a.
female, and I do not care to describe it without
seeing the other sex.

Mythites degener, Pasc.—South Australia: Port Lin-
coln.

Mythites tuberculatus, Lea.—Tasmania; South Aus-
tralia: Lucindale; Victoria.

Mythites sulcicolis, Germ.—South Australia: Ardros-
san, Dowlingville, Yorke Peninsula. Most of the
specimens are without locality. The series shows a.
good range of variation in size, and, to a less extent,
in sculpture; but I do not think the specimens
belong to more than one species.

. Mythites foverpenns, Lea.—New South Wales: Blue:

Mountains (Blackburn).

. Mythites asperatus, Pasc.—New South Wales:

Sydney.

. Mythites, sp. (?)—New South Wales: Blue Moun-

tains. A single female belongs to a species which
is probably new, but which fs so close to 7. asperatus-
that at present I do not think it advisable to:
describe it.

Bubaris pithecius, Pase.—New South Wales: Coota-—
mundra, Forest Reefs.

63

. Acherres mamillatus, Pasc. — Western Australia:

Geraldton, Beverley.

. Acherres globicollis, Lea.—Western Australia.

. Acherres latus, n. sp.

. Acherres pilosus, n. sp.

. Acherres granulatus, n. sp.

. Melanegis halmaturina, n. sp.

. Amorphorrhinus australis, Germ.—South Australia:

Ardrossan.

. Amorphorrhinus muriceus, n. sp.
. Brachymycterus auritus, n. gen. and sp.
. Atychoria rudis, Blackb. (co-type).—Central Aus-

tralia.

. Aedriodes fastigatus, Pasc.—Western Australia:

Capel River.

. Aedriodes nodipennis, Bohem.—Western Australia:

Geraldton.

. Aedriodes inuus, Pasc.—Western Australia: Warren

River, Beverley.

. Dialeptopus echinatus, Wea.—Western Australia:

Mullewa, Lennonville, Lake Austin.

. Dialeptopus lindensis,* Blackb.—South Australia:

Yeelanna, Port Lincoln (co-type).

. Dialeptopus pyrifer, Lea.—South Australia: Mount

Lofty, Kangaroo Island.

. Dialepiopus collaris, Bohem.—Western Australia:

Tammin.

. Dialeptopus longipes, Lea.—Western Australia:

Mount Barker.

. Dialeptopus validus, Blackb.—South Australia:

Israelite Bay (co-type).

. Dialeptopus lugubris, Blackb. (?)—South Australia:

Fowler Bay. I have attached the above name with
some doubt to a pair of specimens from Fowler Bay.
On the whole, they agree with Blackburn’s descrip-
tion, and are, I think, distinct from D. validus. I
am unable to detect, however, the difference in the
comparative lengths of the scape and claw-joint of
the anterior tarsi, which Blackburn lays stress on.
The depressions on the apical ventral segment are
also more in keeping with D. validus. I might state
here that, in my opinion, a deep circular depression
is always indicative of the female in this genus.
Two other specimens, one a male from Kangaroo
Island, are considerably smaller, but I can detect no
structural differences between them and_ the

64

specimens from Fowler Bay. One of the two speci-
mens bears a number, ‘‘I. 1439,’’ and attached to it
is a note by A. M. Lea:—‘‘T. 1439 in Blackburn’s
collection was named /ugubhris, and from Ooldea
(Prof. Tate). But was struck out. Blackburn some-
times cancelled a number and made use of it later on
for a different species, forgetting that he had more
than one specimen bearing the number originally.
This may or may not be his /wgubris, therefore.”’

231. Dialeptopus, sp. (?)—Among the examples of this
genus sent are a number of specimens which, after
considerable and careful examination, I am inclined
to regard as belonging to one variable species.
Individual specimens vary much in size and in the ~
number of the elytral tubercles, and to a less extent
in the prothoracic crests. Several of the specimens
are reddish in colour, but the majority are black ;
possibly, I think probably, the reddish colour is a
mark of immaturity. A name has not been
attached to these specimens, as I think that in all
probability they may belong to J. ferreus, or D.
monachus. Indeed, in several collections one or
other of these names is attached to specimens which
I regard as conspecific with the Museum examples.
Unfortunately, both of Pascoe’s descriptions are too
meagre to enable one to identify his species from
them, and until specimens can be compared with
the types I think no good can result from attaching
either of his names to these specimens. The series
are mostly labelled “S. Australia, Rev. A. P.
Burgess,”’ or ‘““Australia, old collection,’’ but several
are from Ardrossan.

232. Dialeptopus, sp. (?)—Two females labelled ‘Western
Australia” probably belong to the same species as
the last, but are slightly larger.

233. Dialeptopus, sp. (?)—South Australia. Several speci-
mens, mostly without locality label, differ from the
previous species, but were labelled ‘“‘). ferreus’’ in
Blackburn’s collection. Until the identity of
Pascoe’s species are established, I think it wiser to
leave these specimens undescribed.

234. Tetralophus elevatus, Pase. (?)—South Australia:
Ardrossan, Mount Lofty, Clarendon. A long series
of a species which I identify with some slight doubt
as 7’. elevatus, Pasc. It is, moreover, the species to
which that name is attached in all Australian collec-
tions. The specimens vary in size and in shape,

65

some of them appearing broader across the base of
the elytra; probably these are males. The granules
on the prothorax are also variable. The third
elytral interstice bears a single tubercle abrupt
posteriorly, but sloping anteriorly, the interstice
being slightly raised but rapidly sinking towards the
base; there are a few obsolete granules at the base
of the tubercle.

235. Tetralophus excursus, Pasc. (?)—South Australia:
Port Lincoln, Gawler. I attach this name to a
species differing from the last, in having a row of
granules or small tubercles on the third interstice
anterior to the large tubercle, and gradually dis-
appearing towards the base. It is named 7.
excursus in Blackburn’s collection.

236. Tetralophus, sp. (?)—Kangaroo Island. Three speci-
mens from Kangaroo Island perhaps represent a new
species. One of them differs rather decidedly in the
more granulate prothorax, with the crests farther
apart; the other two seem closer to 7. elevatus(?)
but I‘am unable to separate them from the first-
mentioned specimen. Until more are available I
prefer to leave the species undescribed.

237. Tetralophus sculpturatus, Waterh.—South Australia:
Lucindale ; Victoria.

238. Tetralophus, sp. (?).—Victoria. A species, differing
from 7. sculpturatus in the smaller number of the
elytral tubercles, may prove to be 7. incanus, Pasc.
or a variety of that species.

List of species belonging to genera listed in Part I. : —
Psalidura reticulata, Boisd.—New South Wales: Galston.
Psalidura lear, Ferg.—Victoria.

Psalidura brevicauda, Ferg.—Queensland: Dalby.

Psalidura grandis, Ferg.—Queensland: Bluff.

Psalidura flavosetosa, Ferg.—South Australia: Crecy,
Murray River.

Talaurinus riverinae, Macl.—South Australia: Yeelanna.

Talaurinus simplicipes, Lea.—South Australia: Lucin-
dale.

Talaurinus maculipennis, Lea.—Western Australia:
Beverley, Kalgoorlie.

Talaurinus septentrionalis, Ferg.—Queensland: Coen
River.

Talaurinus plagiatus, Ferg.—Queensland: Coen River.

Talaurinus tessellatus, Pasce.—Western Australia: Cue.

Talaurinus variegatus, Macl.—Queensland: Dalby.

66

Talaurinus M-elevatus, Lea.—New South Wales: Sydney.
Talaurinus bucephalus, Oliv.—New South Wales:

Sydney.

Talaurinus semispinosus, Bohem.—Western Australia:
Beverley. ‘

Sclerorionus tristis, Boisd. (?)—South Australia: Mount
Lofty.

Sclerorinus eldert, Sloane.—Western Australia: Cue.

Sclerorinus sublineatus, Germ.—Victoria: Sea Lake.

Sclerorinus vestitus, Macl.—Victoria: Sea Lake.

Sclerorinus stewarti, Macl.—South Australia: Murray
River.

Sclerorinus mucronipenms, Ferg.—South Australia:
Mount Gambier.

Sclerorinus bubalus, Oliv.—Tasmania: Hobart.

Sclerorinus germari, Macl.—South Australia: Mount
Lofty. A single male varies from typical specimens
in being narrower, in the absence of the white
clothing along the third elytral interstice, and in the
smaller and fewer tubercles on that interstice.

Notonophes cichlodes, Pasc.—Western Australia: Cue.

Notonophes taurus, Ferg.—Western Australia: Cue.

ACANTHOLOPHUS BROWNI, 0. sp.

3. Elongate, subparallel; closely allied to A. transitus,
Macl., but larger, more elongate. Black; clothing moderately
dense, subsquamose, pale golden-yellow, with silvery-white
vittae. White scales scanty on head; present along median
line and at base of sublateral vittae of prothorax ; trivittate
along each elytron; on the sides clothing the head, forming
two broad lines on prothorax, indistinctly separated, a narrow
line along eighth interstice and a broader line along
lower border of elytra; under-surface rather thickly set with
broad white squames; legs densely clothed with white.

Rostrum a little narrower than the head; dorsal surface
much narrower than total width of rostrum; the external
borders slightly raised, continued back into the supra-orbital
crests; dorsal surface with a deep, almost linear, fovea in
centre, and a fovea on each side of base; the oblique ridges
present, but little marked off from rest of surface; rostrum
limited behind by the intercristal ridge. Head concave in
front, behind the intercristal ridge ; supra-orbital crests short,
single, with the apex directed backwards and upwards. Pro-
thorax (5 x 6 mm.) rather flat on disc, with three transverse
impressions, a subapical, a median (indistinct in centre), and
a basal, the subapical impression extending backwards in the
median line to two-fifths of the length of the prothorax ; ocular

67

lobes prominent ; median line rather deeply impressed in the
middle; median area of disc moderately broad, with a few
scattered granules; sublateral areas with a few fine granules ;

median group of tubercles small, a pair moderately large,

anterior to subapical constriction, a group of four small ones
about middle, and a larger one nearer the middle line over-
looking the basal impression, one on either side of middle line,
at extreme base; lateral tubercles triangular, flattened above,
outwardly directed, two anterior to middle, the second the
larger, one posterior to middle, about size of anterior tubercle,
also a small tubercle present anterior to subapical impression.
Elytra (13 x 7 mm.) rounded behind shoulders, thence sub-
parallel to before apex ; base truncate ; disc with rows of small
punctures, the intrastrial granules moderately prominent ; with
three rows of tubercles ; first row with about fourteen tubercles,
extending from base to edge of declivity, basal tubercles very
small, becoming progressively larger, the last three spiniform,
the apical tubercle the largest ; second row with nine to eleven
similar tubercles, not quite reaching base, lower tubercles
somewhat outwardly directed, reaching a slightly lower level
than the first row ; third row with a strong outwardly directed
humeral tubercle, a subbasal tubercle about the same size or
slightly larger, then four smaller ones to about middle; sides
with intrastrial granules moderately evident, the interstices
non-granulate. Beneath almost flat over ventral segments,
excepting the first; metasternum glabrous, with scattered
squames, but without evident punctures; ventral segments
with a coarse reticulum of large oval punctures, separated by
narrow septae, a white squame present as a rule in each punc-
ture. Intermediate tebiae with a strong subapical emargina-
tion or notch.

Q. Rather larger, more ovate than the niet Head
and prothorax similar. Elytra (14x9 mm.) more widened
posteriorly, not parallel-sided ; tubercles smaller, thirteen in
first row and twelve in second (in the type), third row with
two strong basal tubercles as in the male, followed by a row of
eight, gradually becoming smaller, the first four or five dis-
tinctly tuberculiform. Beneath convex, with white squames,
but without evident punctures. Intermediate tibiae hardly
emarginate. Dim.—Male, 21x7 mm.; female, 22 x9 mm.

Hab.--Western Australia: Ankertell (H. W. Brown).
Type in author’s collection.

Closely allied to A. transitus, Macl., but larger and rela-
tively narrower, with much more numerous and considerably
smaller elytral tubercles. The median prothoracic tubercles
are more distinct than in A. transitus, though considerably
smaller and differently arranged than in A. amycteroides. The

D2

68

puncturation of the ventral surface is much more distinct than
in A. transitus. I have described A. browm at some length,
partly because, though well known, A. transitus is far from
adequately described, partly because I am not certain what
features may be regarded as of generic or group, rather than
specific, importance.

ACANTHOLOPHUS TENNANTENSIS, N. sp.

3. In general appearance close to A. simplex, Pasc.
Black; densely clothed with golden-brown squames, on the
elytra obscurely maculate with white.

Rostrum short, rather wide, much dilated on the sides
below the scrobes ; the upper surface feebly concave in front,
the external margins feebly raised, not angulate in front; the
oblique ridges hardly traceable, and the basal foveae shallow.
Head concave behind intercristal ridge; supra-ocular crests
strongly developed, bifid; as viewed from in front, sloping
inwards at base and joined across head in a strong intercristal
ridge ; posterior ramus of crest the larger, about the same size
as in A. simplex, projecting outwards, upwards, and slightly
backwards, the anterior ramus shorter, stouter, projecting
forwards, the apex upturned. Prothorax (3x4 mm.) much
as in A. simplex, the mesial series consisting of six spines on
each side, arranged in single series, showing a slight deviation
outwards in the middle; the spines short, blunt at apex, the
basal two somewhat smaller than the others; external margin
with a strong outwardly projecting spine about the middle,
and a much smaller one conjoined with it at base anteriorly ;
the postero-lateral spine represented by a mere granule.
EHlytra (9x5 mm.) in general appearance as in A. simplex;
seriate punctures shallow, only traceable from some directions ;
with three rows of tubercles, on the third, fifth, and seventh
interstices, the other interstices with small granules, little
evident except on the second ; the first row of tubercles small
and granuliform at the base of the elytra, the apical three
large, spiniform, the apical spine projecting over the declivity ;
the second row about eight in number, the basal ones small,
the last three or four large, acutely spiniform, the apical one
situated halfway down declivity, at a more posterior level than
the apical spine of the first row; the third row with a large
outwardly projecting humeral tubercle, followed by four
others, gradually decreasing in size, and extending to about
the middle of the elytra. Beneath with apical segment
rugosely punctured, the other segments with subobsolete
punctures. Legs simple.

2. Rostrum, head, and prothorax as in the male; the
postero-lateral tubercles rather stronger, triangular. Elytra

69

{10 x 7 mm.) broader, with the granules rather more pro-
minent, the second interstice with a single spine on each side,
situated above the apical spine of the first row; first row of
tubercles much degraded, only the apical tubercle really spini-
form, though the preceding two are larger than the others and
subspiniform; the second row similarly degraded, about
thirteen in number, the last four larger and becoming spini-
form ; the third row with humeral and second tubercle large,
the others much smaller than in the male, and rather more
numerous. Dim.—Male, 14x5 mm.; female, 15°57 mm.

Hab.—Central Australia: Tennant Creek. Type male in
South Australian Museum ; type female in National Museum,
Melbourne.

Close to A. simplex, Pasc., but separated, inter alia, by
the difference in the supra-ocular crests. A. tatev, Blackb., is
probably closely allied, but the postero-lateral spine in that
species is described as bifid.

ACANTHOLOPHUS HALMATURINUS, DN. Sp.

3.- Close to A. adelaidae, Waterh., but larger and
broader. Black; sparsely clothed with minute brownish
adpressed subpubescence, hardly squamosity; the posterior
femora with a pale subapical ring.

Rostrum much as in A. adelaidae; the external margins
raised into a strong tubercle or spine, larger than in A.
adelaidae, the margins sloping backwards from this spine to
the base of the supra-ocular crests, low at the base, but closing
in the outer side of the basal foveae; the supra-ocular crests
bifid, the anterior branch much stronger than in A. adelaidae,
projecting forwards and somewhat upwards, the posterior
branch more slender (both branches, however, comparatively
stout), the notch between deep and moderately wide; inter-
cristal ridge slightly lower than in 4A. adelaidae. Prothorax
(4 x 45 mm.) rather wider than in A. adelaidae, the dorsal
surface rather closely set, all over, with small, but evident,
granules; the median tubercles arranged much as in A.
adelaidae, the anterior pair cristiform but less prominent, the
median ones smaller and less definite than in A. adelaidae
hardly larger than granules, the subbasal pair large, back-
wardly projecting, the basal tubercles moderately large ; lateral
tubercles triangular, more obtuse than in A. adelaidae, granu-
late on the upper surface, the anterior pair conjoined, the first
being very small, the posterior tubercle single but with a
small tubercle at base, posteriorly. Hlytra (9x6 mm.) sub-
parallel, gently rounded to base, and before apex; with rows
of small granules, larger and more conspicuous than in A.
adelaidae; with three rows of tubercles; first row granulate

70

at base, becoming tuberculate about the middle, the last three
only conical and spiniform, the apical tubercle the largest,
situated on the edge of the declivity; second row with basal
tubercles small, but definite, about ten in all, the last four
conical, reaching about the same level posteriorly as the first
row; third row smaller than in A. adelaidae, eight to ten in
number, equal or subequal in size, the last two or three be-
coming smaller, and thence degenerating in a row of obsolete
granules. Ventral segments subglabrous, with scattered punc-
tures; apical ventral segment longitudinally convex, very
feebly transversely concave posteriorly, the greater part sub-
glabrous, with scattered punctures, the lateral parts with
more dense subsetose clothing. Legs simple.

Q. Broader, more ovate than the male. Elytra with
only the last two tubercles of the first row spiniform, the others
traceable though small; second row with eight, third row with
seven to eight tubercles. Beneath convex, subglabrous ; apical
segment with a feeble depression at apex. Dim.—Male,
15x 6 mm.; female, 15 x 7 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Kangaroo Island (J. G. O.
Tepper). Closely allied to A. adelaidae, the differences noted
above should readily separate it. Typical specimens of A-
adelaidae also occur on the island.

ACANTHOLOPHUS SIMULATOR, 0. Sp. .

d. Small, elongate. Black; rather sparsely clothed
above with minute brownish squames, the elytra feebly
maculate with white on the sides and posteriorly; beneath
with white, depressed, subsetose clothing; legs with similar
clothing.

Rostrum short, broad; the dorsum hardly excavate, the
margins raised into a strong conical tubercle above the insertion
of the antennae ; oblique ridges hardly raised above the general
dorsal surface; the basal foveae deep, open laterally. Head
concave in front behind the intercristal ridge, longitudinally,
somewhat obsoletely, ridged ; the supra-orbital crests conspicu-
ous, bicornuate, the two horns arising from a common stem,.
the anterior directed forwards with a feeble curve upwards,
the posterior and larger branch directed upwards with a feeble
curve backwards. VProthorar (3°5x3°5 mm.) not greatly
ampliate ; the anterior margin slightly produced over the head
above, without ocular lobes; the disc with three narrow trans-
verse impressions and with the median line strongly depressed
in the middle ; median group of tubercles about six in number,
the anterior pair cristiform, projecting over head, the other
tubercles small, rounded, somewhat irregularly disposed, the
subbasal tubercle slightly projecting over the basal impression ;

71

lateral group of tubercles outwardly projecting, somewhat peg-
shaped, not triangular, nor flattened above; three of the
tubercles larger, two of these conjoined at base and situated
anterior to the middle, the third posterior to the middle, a
small tubercle situated in front of subapical impression, one
in the middle but below the other tubercles, one posterior to
the third large tubercle, and a smaller one posterior to the basal
impression. Zlytra (8 x 4°5 mm.) little widened on the sides,
rounded to base and apex; punctures small and regular ; with
regular rows of rather prominent granules and three rows of
tubercles ; first row of tubercles about twelve in number, small
at base, becoming progressively larger posteriorly, the last two
or three spiniform, the apical tubercle the largest, overlooking
the declivity ; the second row running backwards and outwards,
mot quite reaching base, with about eight tubercles, the last
four spiniform, outwardly directed, extending slightly beyond
level of first row; the third row with a large humeral and
second, or subbasal, tubercle, of about equal size, followed by
a row of eight, becoming progressively smaller, not extending
much beyond middle. Beneath very feebly convex, sub-
glabrous, without evident punctures. Legs simple.

Q. Larger, more ovate; elytra wider, more rounded, the
apex more produced, with tubercles smaller, the basal ones
mere granules, and rather more numerous; beneath more
strongly convex. Dim.—Male, 12x45 mm.; female, 14x 6
mm.
Hab.—-South Australia: Lucindale (A. M. Lea), Kan-
garoo Island (J. G. O. Tepper). Type in South Australian
Museum.

The Kangaroo Island specimens show practically no
clothing, but I cannot detect any difference between them and
the Lucindale specimens. In general appearance this species:
resembles A. adelaidae, Waterh., and is so named in some col-
lections, but the shape of the lateral prothoracic tubercles is
quite different from the species which is common about
Adelaide, and which I regard as adelaidae. A. simulator is
closely allied to A. tribulus, but that species is smaller, with
more acute lateral prothoracic tubercles and less conspicuous
elytral granules.

ACANTHOLOPHUS ALPICOLA, n. sp.

g. Large, elongate-elliptical, comparatively narrow.
Black; fresh specimens densely clothed with dark-brownish
squames.

Rostrum short, the upper-surface openly concave, with a
deeper median impressed line ; lateral margins strongly convex,
declining towards apex and base; oblique ridges evident,

rp

though not greatly raised, arising separately from the inter-
cristal ridge ; basal foveae closed, although the outer boundary
is somewhat depressed. Head strongly convex above, concave
in front ; supra-ocular crests single, elongate, running upward

parallel to the head, with a slight inclination outwards, for
the greater part of their length attached to the head; inter-

cristal ridge distinct, though not greatly raised. Scrobes
terminated far from the eyes ; a rather wide impression running
up into the base of the supra-ocular crest, behind the scrobes.

Eyes large, ovate. Prothoraz (3x 4mm.) gently convex from

side to side; apical margin feebly produced above, with feeble
ocular lobes ; disc moderately closely set with small, depressed,
subobsolete granules ; with a shallowly depressed median area,

widest in the middle, the median line more deeply impressed
immediately in front of the middle; median tubercles about
six in number, irregularly set, all small and rather incon-

spicuous, but some larger than others; lateral margins with

two subequal triangular projections, the anterior composed of
two conjoined tubercles, the second of which is the larger, the
posterior of a single tubercle ; a small tubercle situate in front
of the subapical constriction, one between and below the two
large tubercles, and one on the lateral-basal angle; sides
irregularly scarred above, with a few obsolete granules; with
a few scattered punctures below. JLlytra (13 x 6°5 mm.)
elongate-elliptical, comparatively narrow, strongly convex, the

posterior declivity sloping much more gradually than usual ;
apex with a small, narrow incisure; base without the inter-
stices projecting anteriorly ; disc with seriate punctures small,
obscurely connected across the interstices ; with the third, fifth,
and seventh interstices tuberculate, the others with small,

subobsolete granules; first row of tubercles ten in number,

extending from base to beginning of declivity, the basal
ones small, slightly elongate, little raised, the last three or
four becoming progressively larger and subacute, but none
reaching a large size; second row with eleven tubercles, not
reaching base, but extending to a more posterior level than the
first row, the last six or seven subacute; third row six to
seven in number, all comparatively small and backwardly
projecting, the first and second sometimes conjoined ; sides with
punctures more defined, the interstices neither granulate nor
tuberculate. Beneath convex over the abdomen from the
second to fifth segments; rather closely set with small

setigerous punctures, more distinct on the apical segment.

Legs simple.

Q. Differs from the male in being broader and more
robust. Head and prothorax as in the male. Elytra (14x8
mm.) obovate, each elytron separately produced at the apex

73

into a strong mucro, the apex between being deeply
emarginate; sculpture similar to that of the male, but the
granules practically obsolete, only traceable with difficulty ;
first row of tubercles eight in number, more elongate but not
more prominent, and more isolated than in the male; second
row nine in number, the last four subacute ; third row seven in
number. Ventral segments convex, the basal segment also
convex. Jim.—Male, 19x 6°5 mm.; female, 20 x 8 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (H. J.
Carter); Victoria: Mount Baldy (H. J. Carter), Victorian
Alps (T. Blackburn). Type in author’s collection.

A remarkably distinct species, not close to any I am
acquainted with. The types are completely destitute of
clothing, but most of the Victorian specimens are moderately
densely clothed. The Mount Baldy specimens differ somewhat
in being smaller, and in having the supra-ocular crests project-
ing slightly more prominently from the head ; in one specimen
also there is distinct evidence of a division of the crest into
two component parts.

ACANTHOLOPHUS SCAPHIROSTRIS, Ni. Sp.

3d. Elongate, subparallel. Black; rather sparsely
clothed above with minute, dingy-brown subpubescence; on
the sides of the prothorax, sternal, and ventral segments, with
larger, sparse, subsetose clothing; legs moderately densely
clothed with greyish, femora with a lighter preapical ring.

Rostrum moderately long ; the upper-surface rather deeply
concave, the depressed area slightly narrowed and rounded off
at base; the external margins straight, not greatly raised,
subrectangulate, but not produced at apex, not depressed at
base. Head separated from rostrum by a transverse sulcus
above, not extending to the sides, no intercristal ridge present ;
convex, hardly, if at all, depressed in front, with two small
granules on the forehead ; supra-orbital crests rather short, set
upright to plane of head, the upper margin slightly bidentate,
the anterior dentation very feeble. Scrobes running back
almost to eye, with an oblique upward extension towards base
of crest. Prothorax (4x5 mm.) very slightly produced above ;
without ocular lobes; subapical constriction deep, parallel to
and moderately close to apical margin; subbasal impression
hardly traceable; disc gently transversely convex, set with
small, discrete granules; median area not depressed, median
tubercles small, granuliform, a large one present on each side
of middle line, in front of the subapical impression, tubercles
about six in number on each side, irregularly placed ; lateral
margins with a strongly produced, outwardly projecting

74

tubercle, in front of middle, the posterior portion the larger,
also with a very small subconical tubercle, posterior to middle,
and with a small tubercle on each side, anterior to subapical
impression; sides vertically scarred above, impunctate and
non-granulate. Hlytra (10x5°5 mm.) elongate-oval, apex
widely rounded; base truncate, with forward projecting
tubercles or granules at the bases of the first, third, and fifth
interstices; seriate punctures small, open, somewhat trans-
verse, with rows of small but distinct granules, somewhat con-
fusedly arranged, appearing to lie between the punctures
rather than on the interstices; interstices third, fifth, and
seventh, tuberculate; third interstice with a row of small
granules, becoming tuberculiform about the middle, the last
three or four moderately large, spiniform, the apical tubercle -
situated on the edge of the declivity; fifth interstice with a
row of nine tubercles, becoming progressively larger posteriorly,
not quite reaching base, but extending to the same level
posteriorly as the first row, the last four tubercles acute and
spiniform, the apical tubercles of the first and second rows
being about the same size; seventh interstice with a row of
small outwardly projecting tubercles, extending from the
humeral tubercle, and degenerating after the sixth or seventh
into a row of granules, the third or fourth from the base
generally slightly larger than the others; sides with seriate
punctures more distinct, rather strongly transverse, giving
sides a vertically rugose appearance; the interstices non-
granulate. Beneath subnitid, with fine scattered setigerous
punctures, set more closely on apical segment, the extreme
apex slightly rugulose, metasternum obscurely, transversely
tricarinate ; basal ventral segment flattened, the others feebly
transversely convex. Legs simple. Dim.—16x5°5 mm.

Hab.—-Western Australia: Bridgetown (H. J. Carter, A.
M. Lea), Warren River (W. D. Dodd). Type in author’s
collection.

There is a female of this species in Mr. Lea’s collection ;
it differs from the male in being broader, and in having the
basal abdominal segments convex. The elytral tubercles are
also somewhat smaller. In the male the metasternum is
transversely carinate about the middle, and the anterior and
posterior margins are raised, to a less extent, giving the seg-
ment somewhat of a tricarinate appearance. The species is
most closely allied to A. eximius, Macl., but is smaller, with
smaller elytral tubercles.

MoLocHTUS HERCULES, Nn. sp.

gd. Size large; elongate-ovate. Black; without clothing
on body; setae present only on sides, of a light colour.

75

Rostrum deeply excavate, the centre depressed; the
-external dorsal borders thick, strongly raised, sinuous in out-
line, incurved towards base, rather coarsely punctate. Head
strongly convex, sublaevigate, minutely transversely strigose
posteriorly, with scattered obsolete punctures in front, with
a semi-circular impression running from behind crests across
the front of the head, ill-defined above, deeper laterally ;
with a small bidentate, supra-ocular crest on either side,
the processes small, dentiform, the posterior the larger;
forehead feebly convex between the crests; head separated
from rostrum by a deep transverse sulcus, somewhat V-shaped
in centre. Prothorax (7x7 mm.) subquadrate, widest in
front of middle, the sides sloping very gradually towards
base, much more abruptly towards apex; anterior margin
truncate, with a small, obtusely-angulate projection behind
eye; disc feebly convex, somewhat flattened above; with a
deep circumferential sulcus, interrupted in the middle line,
immediately behind apex, and with a wider concave depressed
area at base; median line impressed anteriorly, thence hardly
traceable ; set with flattened, irregularly polygonal, contiguous
granules, the facets fitting into each other; with four small
dentiform tubercles on either side, an anterior pair on apical
declivity, and a posterior pair near latero-basal angle; sides
with granules more rounded, not extending more than about
halfway towards coxae. Elytra (14x9 mm.) elongate, widest
near base, gradually rounded towards apex, the latter some-
what produced, with a mucroniform projection, separated by
a narrow emargination, on each side; base truncate, with a
small dentiform tubercle on each side at humeral angle; disc
flattened above, strongly declivous posteriorly ; puncto-striate,
striae narrow, punctures small, connected transversely by
irregular sulci, frequently running across whole width of
elytron; interstices not raised, granules depressed, flattened,
confluent laterally; the whole sculpture confused, consisting
of a series of wavy transverse elevations and depressions.
Beneath flattened over basal ventral segments, the first seg-
ment somewhat hollowed out between the posterior coxae.
Metasternum and two basal ventral segments with scattered
granules, apical segments not granulate, somewhat rugosely
punctate. Anterior tibiae without subapical emargination ;
all with moderately conspicuous granules on the under-
surface; tarsi short, flattened, with peculiar claw-joint char-
acteristic of the genus. |

Q. More ovate than the male. Head and rostrum
similar. Prothorax (55x6 mm.) smaller, widest about
middle, tubercles at sides rather stronger, mesial line
impressed throughout. Elytra (16x9 mm.) longer, more

76

rounded on sides, less produced at apex, without humeral
denticle at base; sculpture similar. Beneath, convex; basal
segments not flattened, obscurely rugulose, with minute trans-
verse scratches at sides of basal segments. Tibiae lighter, with
long setae beneath but without granules. Dim.—Male, female,
23 x 9 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Kookynie (types), Kalgoorlie,
Cue (W. H. Brown). In the Museum collection from Cue,
also from Central Australia (Elder Exped.) and Coolgardie
(Blackburn’s collection). A male in the British Museum is
from Hermannsburg, Central Australia (H. J. Hillier).
Type in author’s collection.

Among described species of Molochtus the present one may
be readily identified by the small bidentate supra-ocular crests. —
Another, undescribed, species in my collection has similar
crests, but is a much smaller insect, and differs in other
respects. One of the female specimens from Cue in my
collection shows whitish squames forming feeble maculae, on
the sides and on the apical declivity, and also present on the
legs.

A female collected by Capt. S. A. White at Fincke
River, MacDonnell Ranges, perhaps represents a variety of
this species. It is smaller (18x7 mm.), with even more
obliterate elytral sculpture ; the rostrum also is more shallowly
excavate, and has a narrow, impressed, median line. It agrees
fairly well with a male in my own collection from the Ash-
burton River, Western Australia, but more specimens are
necessary to decide whether the form is a subspecific one or
merely due to individual variation.

CUBICORRHYNCHUS CURVIPES, N. Sp.

3. In general appearance close to UC. maculatus, Macl.
Black; densely clothed with dark-greyish squames, the pro-
thorax with three or four whitish spots, and the elytra
obscurely maculate with white; the apical portion of the:
femora and the tibiae with dense white clothing; setae light
coloured.

Rostrum gently concave, the sides hardly raised; with
rather coarse punctures; separated from the head, above, by
a distinct, impressed, transverse line, not reaching to the
sides. Head flattened in front, with scattered, umbilicate-
granules, strigose between ; the upper part of the head finely
transversely strigulose; supra-ocular crests rather short but
distinct, projecting almost at right angles to the surface.
Prothoraz (3x35 mm.) with distinct subapical transverse
impression, and a rather deeply-impressed median line, deepest.
in front of middle, but not reaching apex or base; lateral

77

margins with about five obtuse dentations, the two anterior
the larger, also with a smal! one in front of subapical impres-
sion; disc moderately closely set with small, round, slightly
depressed, umbilicate, setigerous granules; sides with granules
distinct above, obsolescent towards coxae. FL/ytra (7 x4°5
mm.) feebly convex on disc, strongly declivous posteriorly ;
base with small granules at the ends of the first, third, and
fifth interstices; punctures small, regular; intrastrial granules
not traceable; interstices little raised, each with a row of
small granules, obsolete anteriorly, becoming distinct towards
the sides and posteriorly; lateral interstices not granulate.
Below, feebly depressed over basal ventral segment; sub-
glabrous, with small, scattered, setigerous punctures; apical
segment with punctures closer together, and rather coarser,
especially towards apex. Posterior t7biwe moderately long,
strongly curved forwards towards apex, the apical end very
slightly thickened, the inner-surface set with small granules;
the anterior tibiae also strongly curved, though less so than
the posterior; the intermediate pair feebly curved.

2. Similar to male; convex beneath, the apical segment
with finer punctures, though closer than on the other seg-
ments; the tibiae less strongly curved than in the male.
Dim.—Male, female, 10 x 4°5 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Geraldton (W. D. Dodd and
H. W. Brown).

At first sight the tibiae appear to be evenly curved
throughout, but the basal portion is almost straight, the cur-
vature occurring in the apical half. The serrate prothorax
would associate this species with C. crenicollis, Waterh., from
which the tibial curvature, inter ulia, will separate it. The
anterior femora are contiguous, which, in addition to many
other features, will separate it from C. bohemanni and C.
occultus. C. maculatus and its allies may be readily dis-
tinguished by their non-serrate prothorax and different tibial
structure.

CUBICORRHYNCHUS STRIGICOLLIS, N. sp.

dg. Of average size and appearance; prothorax
rotundate, with widely separate granules, strigose between.
Black; clothing dark-grey, squamose; setae light.

Rostrum feebly concave above, the lateral margins little
raised; the upper-surface somewhat rugose. Head flattened
in front, separated from rostrum by a transverse impression ;
rather closely and finely longitudinally and obliquely strigose,
with a few indistinct granules amongst the strige; the back
of the head very finely strigulose; supra-ocular crests small,
almost upright. Scape moderately long, rather thin.
Prothorar (35x45 mm.) strongly rounded on the sides;

78

with marked subapical constriction ; median line not impressed,
but very finely carinate; an obscure indefinite impression
present at each side of disc; disc with small, widely separate
granules, the derm between finely strigose, the central strigae
longitudinal, the more lateral ones running transversely
inwards and obliquely downwards and inwards from the sides;
sides non-strigose, with a few granules above. Slytra (7x5
mm.) gently convex above, strongly declivous towards apex ;
puncto-striate, the punctures small and regular; the median
interstices flattened, without granules, the more lateral inter-
stices each with a row of closely-set granules, more evident
towards the sides and posteriorly; lateral interstices not
granulate. Beneath with scattered punctures, much closer,
semiconfluent and coarser on the apical segment. Anterior
tibiae slight, curved towards the apex, the under-surface gently
sinuate; posterior tibiae not curved, the under-surface dis-
tinctly, though not greatly, thickened in the middle; the
intermediate tibiae feebly sinuate on under-surface ; all with
small granules along the under-surface, but most marked at
the thickening on the posterior tibiae.

@. Differs from the male in the somewhat less strongly-
rounded prothorax, in the more convex under-surface, and
in the posterior tibiae being practically straight and hardly
thickened on the under-surface. Dim.—Male, 12x5 mm.;
female, 10 x 4°55 mm.

Hab.—-Victoria: Nathalia, Tallarook; South Australia:
Lucindale, Naracoorte, Murray Bridge. Type in author’s
collection.

Most of the specimens before me are labelled ‘‘Victoria’”’
without locality ; probably it has a wide range in the western
portions of that State. A‘specimen from Oodnadatta differs
in having the head non-strigose; I do not think it is distinct.
The species may be differentiated from all other known ones,
with the exception of the two following, by the strigose pro-
thorax. Of these (. quadraticollis is a much smaller species
with much less strongly-rounded prothorax; while CU. sub-
strigosus, besides being smaller, has somewhat different granu-
lation of the prothorax and lighter tibiae not noticeably
thickened beneath. . Mr. Sloane previously considered this
species to be (’. sterilis, Pasc., but Mr. Blair states, after
comparison of my specimens with Pascoe’s types, that it is
not that species.

Specimens sent to me as C. maculatus, Macl., var.
brevipes, Lea, by Mr. Lea himself, belong to this species ; but
the specimens in Mr. Lea’s collection do not. I may add that
unless the prothorax is more or less abraded the sculpture
cannot readily be distinguished. Normally the species is

79

densely clothed, and very similar in appearance and clothing
to C. maculatus, Macl.

CUBICORRHYNCHUS QUADRATICOLLIS, n. sp.

¢. Size small; prothorax subquadrate, finely strigose,
with scattered granules. Black; rather densely clothed with
obscure brownish squames; setae light coloured.

Rostrum and head much as in C. strigicollis, the granules
on the head more distinct; the supra-ocular crests slightly
larger and more sloping. Prothorax (25x3 mm.) sub-
quadrate, rather feebly rounded on sides, the lateral basal
angles subangulate, not widely rounded; the sublateral
impressions more definite, when viewed from some directions,
appearing to indent the lateral margins; median line not
impressed or carinate; disc finely and closely strigose, more
evidently so than in C. strigicollis, the strigae running down-
wards and inwards from the anterior margin; with fine,
widely-separated granules among the strigae; sides finely
strigose, with scattered granules above and in front. EHlytra
(6x45 mm.) more ovate than in C. strigicollis; the median
interstices with fine granules, rather irregularly arranged and
more or less widely separate, on the third interstice showing a
tendency to form two incomplete rows; the more lateral inter-
stices with granules more closely set, forming more or less
continous rows; lateral interstices non-granulate. Under-
surface as in (. strigicollis. Posterior tzbiae short, thickened
and granulate on the under-surface, about the middle, feebly
incurved.

@. Rather more robust than the male; prothorax
similar, but with lateral notch somewhat more conspicuous ;
under-surface convex, with scattered yellowish setae, posterior
tibiae very little thickened, almost straight. Dim.—Male,
95x45 mm.; female, 11 x5°5 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Nairne, Fowler Bay, Mount
Compass, Mount Lofty. Type in South Australian Museum.

Closely allied to both the preceding and the following
species, but I think distinct from both; the differences are
noted under those species.

CUBICORRHYNCHUS SUBSTRIGOSUS, Nn. sp.

d. Small, elongate-ovate. Black; densely clothed
(fresh specimens), with light-brownish squames; setae light
coloured.

Rostrum short, feebly concave above, separated from
head by a narrow impressed line; definite punctures not
traceable. Head closely, rather strongly strigose, the strigae
running upwards in the centre, obliquely outwards towards

80

the sides ; supra-ocular crests moderately large, acute, project-
ing backwards and slightly outwards. Prothorx (3x4 mm.)
moderately rounded on the sides, basal angles rounded;
moderately closely set with flattened, setigerous granules;
the derm between the granules somewhat obscurely strigose,
the central strigae running parallel to the median line, the
more lateral ones running transversely and obliquely; the
regions of the anterior and posterior lateral angles without
traceable strigae; sides granulate above, obsoletely strigose
below and behind. Jlytra (7x4'75 mm.) ovate, convex,
strongly declivous posteriorly; puncto-striate, the punctures
small, open, indefinitely separated from each other ; interstices
hardly granulate, a few indistinct granules alone distinguish-
able, these somewhat more evident towards the sides and on
the declivity; sides with interstices non-granulate. Beneath,
depressed over the metasternum and first ventral segment;
moderately closely set with rather small punctures, the apical
segment rather densely clothed with yellow setae. Anterior
cozae contiguous; anterior and intermediate tibiae slightly
curved, the anterior the more so; posterior tibiae almost
straight, feebly incurved.

Q. Differs in the prothorax being less strigose, the
strigae being only traceable with difficulty, in the convex
abdomen, and in the posterior tibiae straight. Dim.—Male,
10x 4°75 mm. ; female, 10x 5 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty Ranges, Coorong ;
others labelled “Australia, old collection.”’ Type in South
Australian Museum.

Close to C. quadraticollis, but I think distinct. The
strigae are less distinct on the prothorax, and the granules
more numerous and more distinct. In both these respects
the series shows a good deal of variation, but the longer and
more slender posterior tibiae will always separate from C.
quadraticollis.

Some specimens, from Mount Lofty Ranges, have the
prothoracic granules much more distinct, and possibly repre-
sent a different species. For the present I prefer to regard
them as a variety of C’. swbhstrigosus.

CUBICORRHYNCHUS AUREOMACULATUS, Nn. Sp.

gd. Size moderately large; prothorax dentate at sides;
elytral interstices granulate. Black; upper-surface with
minute brownish squames, conspicuously maculate with larger
metallic coppery-golden and white squames; under-surface
with fine hair-like setae; basal two-thirds of femora scantily
clad with white squames, apical third and tibiae with dense
white squames interspersed with golden; setae light-brown.

81

Rostrum separated from head by a distinct impression ;
upper-margins convex in profile; upper-surface lightly con-
cave, with a median, triangular, laevigate area, extending on
to head. Head convex, flattened in front, with two small,
separated granules, on upper portion of front; supra-ocular
crests strong, projecting upwards and slightly outwards.
Prothorax (4x4°75 mm.) dentate at sides; disc almost flat,
with strong subapical constriction ; median line barely traceable
in places; the lateral margin with three moderately large
dentations anterior to middle, and a number of smaller
granules, posterior to middle; anterior margin with closely-set
granules, posterior margin also granulate; centre of disc with
moderately large, rounded, setigerous granules, moderately
closely set, leaving a submarginal area extending almost all
round disc, free or comparatively free from granules; sides
granulate above. Hlytra (75x55 mm.) flattened on disc,
strongly declivous posteriorly; puncto-striate; the interstices
with evident, rather large granules, somewhat irregular on
the central interstices, closer and more regular on the more
lateral ones; sides with the seventh interstice granulate, the
others non-granulate. Under-surface rather feebly concave
over the metasternum and first abdominal segment; sub-
glabrous, with scattered setigerous punctures, the fifth seg-
ment with punctures closer and rather coarser at the apex.
Anterior covae contiguous ; anterior and posterior tibiae evenly
and moderately curved, intermediate tibiae feebly curved, all
with small, but evident granules on the under-surface.

©. Differs in the more convex, nitid ventral surface,
the punctures being apparently completely obsolete, except
on the apical segment, where they are large and shallow, and
in the straight posterior tibiae. Dam.—Male, 13 x5°5 mm. ;
female, 14x6 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown), Onslow
(C. French) ; North-western Australia.

The golden maculae are irregularly distributed on the
elytra, the white occur in association with the golden; on the
prothorax the golden squames clothe the submarginal area, the
white are limited to a small spot on each side at the middle
of the lateral margin. Apart from the following species, I
know of no described species closely allied to the present one.
C. curvipes has much more strongly curved tibiae; C. creni-
collis is a smaller insect, and differs in many ways. The
species appears to have a wide distribution. The Onslow
specimens, perhaps, represent a variety, as the prothorax is
more evenly granulate all over; I do not regard it as
specifically distinct.

82

CUBICORRHYNCHUS RECTIPES, Nn. Sp.

3g. Size comparatively large; in general appearance
close to (. awreomaculatus. Black; densely, almost uniformly
clothed with squames of a coppery-golden colour ; setae light-
yellow; legs densely clothed with creamy squames.

Rostrum much as in C. awreomaculatus. Head with the
supra-ocular crests stronger, and projecting slightly forwards
as well as upwards. Prothorax (4x45 mm.) apparently
somewhat less transverse; the subapical constriction wider,
less regular, the lateral margins more strongly and irregularly
dentate; the anterior margin distinctly sinuate in the middle ;
the posterior margin without granules, except the two central
basal ones, which are slightly larger than in C. awreomacu-
latus; disc with granules larger, arranged after the same
plan. EHlytra (9x6 mm.) more obovate, feebly convex
above; interstices with the granules slightly, but distinctly
larger, somewhat variable in size; sides and under-surface as
in C. aureomaculatus, except that the apical punctures are
somewhat coarser. Anterior corae contiguous ; anterior tibiae
rather feebly curved; posterior tibiae straight; granules on
under-surface of tibiae fine, obscured by clothing.

Q. Resembles male; clothing dense, variable, coppery-
gold, variegated with darker brown and silvery-white; legs
thickly clothed with whitish and coppery scales. Beneath
convex, nitid, the intermediate segments each with a trans-
verse row of shallow, rather wide, but almost obsolete punc-
tures; apical segment with shallow punctures at apex, with a
conspicuous creamy patch of squames, with coppery reflections,
on either side; the other segments very feebly maculate at
sides. Dim.—Male, 15 x6 mm.; female, 14x 6 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Type
in author’s collection.

The scales clothing this species are, particularly on the
female, most beautiful when seen with a lens. The clothing
of the female is variable, but in all specimens the coppery-
metallic scales predominate. Many of the specimens show no
silvery scales on the prothorax and elytra; in the female
type, however, these are present along the middle and sides
of the pronotum, and are scattered in irregular maculae on
the elytra. The rostrum and anterior portion of the head
are always clothed, except in the middle, with white or
creamy squames, the posterior portion of the head being
clothed with coppery-golden squames. Though closely allied
to C’. aureomaculatus, this species is, I think, distinct. Apart
from the clothing, and slight differences in the comparative
sizes of the supra-orbital crests and of the granules, the male
of (. rectipes may be readily distinguished by the straight

83

posterior tibiae. Mr. Brown informs me that C. awreomacu-
latus is common about Cue, in damp localities; whereas
C. rectipes is rare, and only found on red sandy soil about
12 miles from Cue.

ACHERRES LATUS, 0. sp.

Close to A. mamillatus, Pasc., but larger and wider.
Black ; with scanty yellowish clothing in depressions.

Rostrum and head as in A. mamullatus, but rostral crests
more prominent. /Prothorax (2x25 mm.) comparatively
narrow, subparallel on sides; strongly convex antero-
posteriorly, and from side to side; with a deep median longi-
tudinal impression, and irregularly bi-impressed near apex ;
set with moderately large granules, about the same size as in
A. mamillatus, each with an umbilicate puncture at apex.
Elytra (65 x5°5 mm.) obovate, widest across infra-humeral
tubercles, thence narrowing rather rapidly to base, and more
gradually to apex; base about as wide as prothorax, gently
emarginate, humeri moderately prominent; disc flattened
above, moderately declivous towards sides, and strongly decliv-
ous posteriorly ; with rows of moderately large, open, foveiform
puctures, the intervening ridges not granulate; first and
second interstices with a single row of low granules, each with
a large umbiliform puncture; fourth with a few similar
granules, anterior to middle; third and fifth each with a row
of tuberculiform elevations, on the third, small, hardly
elevated at base, merely indicated by the punctures, becoming
larger posteriorly, the last three definitely tuberculiform, each
with several open punctures, arranged in a cluster, the apical
tubercle situated on the edge of the declivity ; fifth with a row
of eight or nine, the basal ones small but evident, the apical
four larger, spiniform, a small spinule present on declivity, the
basal elevations with several punctures, the apical ones with
a single puncture only; an infra-humeral tubercle present,
situated on seventh interstice, low, rounded, irregularly punc-
tate; lateral interstices not granulate. Beneath as in A.
mamillatus. Dim.—10 x 5°5 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Cue, Lake Austin (H. W.
Brown). Type in South Australian Museum.

I am doubtful of the sex of the type, but think it is
probably a male; four specimens are before me, but except for
some difference in size I cannot indicate any sexual distinctions.
The species is close to A. mamillatus, and perhaps should be
regarded as a variety only. Compared with specimens of A.
mamillatus from Geraldton, the present species differs in its
larger size, more deeply channelled prothorax, and broader

84

elytra with larger punctures, larger and more definitely
punctate granules, and smaller tubercles.

ACHERRES PILOSUS, 0. sp.

Small, elongate-ovate. Black; moderately densely covered
with minute brownish squames ; midline of head and prothorax
with a narrow, cinereous vitta, a similar, interrupted vitta
along upper edge, and a less definite one along lower edge of
the sides of the elytra; beneath maculate with cinereous in
middle of metasternum and abdominal segments, and at sides
of the two basal segments ; setae long and conspicuous.

Head and rostrum as in A. mamillatus, but rostral crests
longer, broader, more flattened out above. Prothoraxr
(2x2 mm.) subcylindrical, convex antero-posteriorly, and
from side to side; median line deeply impressed ; closely set
with moderately large, conical granules, each bearing a long
seta. Hlytra (6x4 mm.) strongly and evenly rounded on the
sides; base gently emarginate, humeri slightly produced;
seriate punctures open, foveiform, regular; interstices granu-
late, sutural granules small, barely traceable, elsewhere small
but larger and evident, rounded above, conical posteriorly and
laterally, each with a long seta arising from a deep pucture ;
granules arranged in single series, generally duplicated or
triplicated on the third interstice, and occasionally elsewhere ;
set close together, but farther apart on the more lateral inter-
stices; sides with interstices more obsoletely granulate.
Beneath with scattered setigerous punctures. Dim.—
9x4 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Type
in author’s collection.

Differs from all previously described species in having the
elytra granulate, not tuberculate. The differences between
this species and A. granulatus are noted under the latter. I
think the type is probably a male, but there seems to be little
sexual difference in this genus.

ACHERRES GRANULATUS, N. sp.

Very similar in general appearance to A. pilosus. Black;
elytra with scattered, yellow maculae; setae short, dark:

Kostral crests similar to those in A. pilosus, but slightly
shorter, and more flattened out; antennal scape somewhat
shorter, and much more incrassate at apex than in A. pilosus.
Prothorax (2°5x2°5 mm.) similar to A. pilosus, but with
mesial line much less strongly impressed. Flytra (6x5 mm.)
in shape as in A. pi/osus, but more or less depressed along the
suture ; punctures shallower, more open, less regular, and often

ae

85

communicating across the interstices; granules larger, umbili-
cate, quite definite on the sutural interstice, on the other
interstices set rather farther apart than in A. pilosus, and
generally in single series, larger, conical posteriorly and
laterally. Dim.—8°5 x5 mm.

Hab.—Australia (Blackburn’s collection); South Aus-
tralia: Tarcoola (H. Hacker). Type in South Australian
Museum.

Founded on two specimens, probably males, without
locality labels, from Blackburn’s collection. A third specimen
is in Mr. Lea’s collection from Tarcoola. The species is
closely allied to A. pilosus, but the differences noted above,
especially those in the scape and elytral granules, appear to
me sufficient to warrant their separation. A specimen in the
Museum collection seems to me to belong to this species. The
size is larger and the elytra are, relatively to the prothorax,
much longer than in the type, and there are slight differences in
the elytral sculpture. The specimen is from Central Aus-
tralia, and measures 11x6 mm.

AMORPHORHINUS MURICEUS, Nn. Sp.

Small, elongate-ovate. Black; densely clothed with
brown subpubescence, variegated with creamy on the elytra; ©
the light clothing forming a broad basal transverse band, a
longitudinal patch on the suture at the apex, slightly touching
the posterior tubercles and irregularly clothing the sides; sides
of sternal and abdominal segments and the legs with light
clothing punctate with black, ventral segments feebly macu-
late in the centre, knees black.

Rostrum short, wide, upper-surface slightly depressed in
centre, rather coarsely punctured on the ridges; the external
margins curved over the scrobes, depressed at base, the internal
ridges nodulose, not very prominent. Head broad, front
hardly concave, obsoletely longitudinally ridged, with a
central median impression ; supra-ocular crests broad, project-
ing outwards and slightly upwards. Prothorax (2x3 mm.)
with the sides tuberculate-angulate in the middle ; ocular lobes
feeble ; with an irregular depression on each side of apex, and
well-defined median line, deepest posteriorly ; closely set with
moderately large, somewhat mamilliform granules; sides
granulate. Hlytra (5'5x4 mm.) widened on the sides
posteriorly, rather strongly narrowed to apex; base strongly
emarginate; humeri strongly advanced, cristiform, slightly
inturned ; punctures obscured by clothing ; intrastrial granules
rather prominent ; suture granulate about middle; third inter-
stice slightly produced forwards at base, with small granules,
becoming larger posteriorly, the last four or five definitely

86

tuberculiform, the second last the largest, tubercles ending at
commencement of declivity; fifth interstice with a row of
tubercles extending from humeral crests, which are outwardly
serrate, posteriorly and somewhat outwardly, the basal
tubercles small and granuliform, the last four or five stronger
and definitely tuberculiform ; sides with a moderately strong
infra-humeral spine. Ventral segments flat. Legs simple.
Dim.-—9'5 x 4 mom.

Hab.—Western Australia: South Perth, Mundaring (H.
M. Giles), Gingin (H. J. Carter), Beverley (South Australian
Museum). Type in author’s collection.

Closely allied to A. polyacanthus, Pasc., under which
name it appears in most Australian collections. A specimen
was sent to Mr. Blair, who states that it is labelled “A.
muriceus, Pasc.,” in the British Museum. I cannot, however,
find any evidence of this name ever having been published.
Mr. Blair kindly sent the type of A. polyacanthus for
examination. Among other differences A. polyacanthus has
the elytral tubercles much larger and more spiniform. It is
possible that the two may be extreme forms of one species, but
I do not think so. Too much stress should not be laid on differ-
ences of tuberculation, but in this case the difference is decided,
and is supported by several minor differences. I think also
that more than one species are included under the allied
species, A. australis; the form in the Museum collection, how-
ever, appears to be typical.

MELANEGIS HALMATURINA, N. sp.

Small, elongate, subangulate at the sides posteriorly, much
produced apically. Black; rather sparsely covered with minute
dull-golden, subsquamose clothing ; the middle of the ventral
segments and the legs with golden subsetose pubescence.

Rostrum moderately long and narrow; the upper-surface
deeply grooved along the middle; a strongly elevated ridge
along each side of median sulcus, more elevated and strongly
convex in profile posteriorly; a faint groove along the outer
side of the posterior portion, probably indicating the separa-
tion between the internal and external ridges. Scrobes curved.
wide posteriorly, touching eyes. Head partly concealed
by the prothorax, small, convex. Eyes flat, elongate-
obovate, slightly compressed antero-posteriorly. Scape short,
moderately incrassate externally. Prothorar (1°75 x 1°75 mm.)
little widened, evenly rounded on sides, apical margin slightly
produced over the head; ocular lobes moderately distinct ;
dise with a deep median longitudinal impression, and a more
irregular one towards each side ; the derm between the furrows
raised into a strong ridge on each side, the lateral margins also

87

somewhat raised; ridges with moderately large, closely-set
granules, one or two granules also present about the middle
of the sublateral furrows; sides granulate. Hlytra (5 x 3 mm.)
about as wide as prothorax at base, thence gradually but
strongly widened to behind middle, then strongly narrowed to
apex, the widest part forming an obtuse angle on each side,
the apex much produced ; base deeply emarginate, the humeri
strongly produced, the third interstices less strongly, but
evidently, produced; disc with punctures obscured, with
numerous fine granules irregularly arranged, partly intrastrial
granules, partly granules belonging to the third and fifth
interstices; with two transverse rows, each consisting of two
nodulose elevations, the inner in each row situated the more
posteriorly, the first row about the middle, the second across
the edge of the declivity and forming the lateral angle; sides
with rows of rather large punctures, the interstices with a few
feeble granules. Beneath, flattened on the apical segments,
slightly convex on the two basal ones, with a few scattered
punctures. Legs simple; tarsi short, spongiose on each side
of median furrow. Dim.—9x3 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Kangaroo Island (F. R. Zietz)..
Type in South Australian Museum.

I believe the specimen described to be a male, but can
distinguish no sex characters in the short series before me.
The nodulose elevations on the elytra are somewhat flattened
above, and are situated primarily on the third and fifth inter-
stices, but extend over and involve the adjacent ones ; the more
posterior row is the larger.

I am not at all sure that I have placed this interesting
species in the correct genus, but as in general appearance and
sculpture it approaches closest to Melanegis stygia, I am con-
tent for the present to leave it in that genus.

BRACHYMYCTERUS, n. gen.

Short, relatively broad. Rostrwm short, wide, not
excavate, the upper-surface with a deep, longitudinal, median
impression. Scrobes curved, reaching eye. Scape short,
widely ampliate and incrassate at extremity. Head convex.
Prothorax rounded on sides, widest in front of middle, apex
feebly rounded above; ocular lobes absent; granulate. Elytra
wide, evenly rounded on sides, strongly declivous posteriorly ;
base emarginate, with the first, third, and fifth interstices
projecting anteriorly ; seriate punctate, interstices granulate.
Tarsi short, broad.

In general appearance not unlike a small species of
Bubaris, and with a similar scape, the present genus differs
in the absence of the ocular lobes. The propectus appears to

88

be slightly excavate, and, on this character, the species would
fall, in Pascoe’s table of the Huomides, beside Amorphorhinus.
Moreover, Mr. Blair informs me that specimens were placed in
Pascoe’s collection at the end of that genus. The absence of
the supra-ocular crests, iter alia, removes it, however, from
Amorphorhinus.

BRACHYMYCTERUS AURITUS, 0. sp.

Small, ovate. Black; densely clothed with cinereous and
brownish depressed subpubescence, the lighter colour pre-
dominating in fresh specimens, the brown forming maculae,
interspersed with metallic reddish-golden pubescence, this
predominating along the median line.

fostrum short, wide, not excavate; the upper-surface
coarsely punctate, the median line deeply impressed, not
differentiated into internal and external ridges. Head convex,
a very feeble transverse impression present at the base of the
rostrum, but not distinctly separating it from the head.
Prothorax (1°75 x2 mm.) wide, broadest in front of middle,
shightly narrowed to apex, more strongly narrowed to base;
mesial and subapical impressions distinct ; closely set with small
but prominent granules, subconical towards the sides. Llytra
(455x3 mm.) wide, gently rounded on sides, more strongly
rounded to base and apex; base gently emarginate, the first,
third, and fifth interstices projecting anteriorly ; with regular
rows of elongate punctures; interstices closely set with small
granules, obscured by the clothing, more evident posteriorly.
Beneath gently concave over the base of abdomen, the meta-
sternum and first abdominal segment coarsely punctate.
Dim.—6°'5 x 3 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Type
in author’s collection.

The clothing varies somewhat in different specimens, in
some the light clothing predominating, in others the darker.
The metallic colour is apparent only in certain lights. In the
type, which I think is probably a male, there is absolutely no.
trace of internal rostral ridges, and the head appears to run
into the rostrum without interruption; in another specimen,
however, there appear, when viewed from behind, to be two
very feeble elevations at the base of the rostrum; these
probably represent the internal ridges. This species adds
another to the list of novelties discovered by Mr. Brown in
Western Australia.

CUCULLOTHORAX, n. gen.

__ftostrum moderately long, separated from the head by a
distinct transverse sulcus ; under-surface comparatively narrow,

89

composed of two parallel ridges, separated by a median linear
impression ; side widely ampliate; scrobes moderately curved,
ending not far from eye. Head strongly convex, partially
concealed by prothorax; eyes rotundate, set well forward.
Antennae moderately long; scape moderately incrassate,
passing eye, but not reaching prothorax ; funicle six-jointed ;
club obovate. Prothorax strongly produced into a cowl-like
median lobe, enclosing and partly concealing the head ; ocular
lobes present, small ; disc of pronotum passing into sides with-
out definite demarcation. Hlytra narrow, slightly widened
posteriorly ; posterior declivity almost perpendicular; with
three rows of tubercles on each side of back. Under-surface
sloping posteriorly and dorsally from metasternum to apex of
second segment, thence practically flat to apex; prosternum
not apparently excavate ; metasternum moderately short. Legs
moderately long, simple ; anterior tarsal-joints short ; posterior
moderately long.

The above genus is proposed for a most extraordinary
looking weevil. I think I am correct in assigning it to the
Amycterides, although I have seen it in Sydney collections
placed among the Aterpides. Although, in general facies,
unlike any Amycterid known to me, critical examination has
failed to reveal any character definitely excluding it from that
subfamily. The mouth parts I have not been able to dissect
out, but as far as I can judge on external examination, they
do not differ trom the Amycterid type. The rostral structure
is not dissimilar from other Euomid genera. The six-jointed
funicle is typical of the Amycterides, although Aterpus
has also a _ six-jointed funicle. The short metasternum
without visible episterna is also characteristic. The tarsi are
like those of many other Amycterid genera. The dissimilarity
of the genus from other Amycterid genera arises from the shape
of the prothorax, and the setting of the elytral tubercles. In
regard to the prothorax, the extension is not more extra-
ordinary than, though very different from, that of Dialeptopus,
to which genus, indeed, Cucullothorax seems most nearly
allied. The elytral tubercles are set on the back, in three
rows, placed closely together. I believe that these rows prob-
ably represent the first, third, and fifth interstices, the inter-
mediate ones having been crowded out and obliterated. In
other Amycterid genera it is difficult to trace the intermediate
interstices. I might add that Mr. A. M. Lea agrees with me
in allocating this genus to the Amycterides.

CUCULLOTHORAX HORRIDUS, Nn. sp.

Small, elongate. Black; subnitid, elytral tubercles:
diluted with red. Setae small, black.

90

Head with rather large, somewhat obsolete, punctures.
Rostrum rather coarsely punctate along dorsal ridges and on
sides; not excavate above, with a deep median linear sulcus,
dividing the surface into two parallel ridges. Eyes small,
round; their anterior margin almost impinging on base of
rostrum. Antennae with second funicular joint longer than
the first. Prothorax (3'5 x3 mm.) almost oval as viewed from
above, convex; as viewed from side, strongly produced
upwards and forwards to apex, then turning downwards to
form a large hood- or cowl-shaped median lobe enclosing head,
the cavity for the head looking downwards and forwards;
closely set with rather strong, rounded, setigerous granules,
the depressions between the granules forming, on the sides, a
foveate reticulum, most marked near coxae. EHlytra (6 x 3°25
mm.) narrow, gradually widened from base to beyond middle,
greatest width not wider than prothorax; apex strongly
rounded, flanged by a thickened margin on either side, with
a small but distinct median emargination; base with four
tuberculiform projections extending anteriorly; each elytron
with three rows of strong subconical tubercles above ; the rows
closely placed, the depressions of the striae hardly, if at all,
traceable; the tubercles fairly closely set in the rows, their
apices obsoletely multipunctate; the tubercles larger in the
more external rows, and in all the rows increasing in size
posteriorly; sides with three rows of depressed, closely set,
tubercles, the intervals more definitely puncto-striate. Beneath
with moderately large, round punctures on coxae, sterna, and
the two basal ventral segments, fewer and smaller on the
other segments ; fifth segment not excavate. Legs moderately
long; anterior coxae contiguous; femora rather strongly
curved; tibiae simple. Dim.—10 x 3°25 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Mount Barker (A. M. Lea),
Warren River (W. D. Dodd). Type in South Australian
Museum.

I think the type is probably a male, but have not ventured
to dissect it to make certain. The specimen from Warren
River differs somewhat in having a transverse, scar-like impres-
sion near the basal third of the prothorax, apically to which
the projection of the median lobe suddenly rises. The elytral
tubercles are of a much more pronounced red colour, and the
rostral punctures are somewhat coarser. I do not think it is
specifically distinct, as the scar of the prothorax appears to me
unnatural, and to some extent the insect is therefore a
monstrosity. If, however, further specimens should be found
to bear this peculiarity i in the prothorax, it will be necessary
to specifically separate it.

91

SYNONYMIC NOTES ON A RECENT CATALOGUE OF
CICADIDAE IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

By Howarp Asaron.
(Communicated by A. M. Lea.)

[Read April 8, 1915.]

Amongst the species described in my recent Catalogue of
the Cicadidae of the South Australian Museum (©) are several
from Cue, Western Australia, collected by H. W. Brown. In
respect to some of these, I find I have been forestalled by Mr.
W. L. Distant in the Magazine of Natural History (xii.,
1913). The following are the synonyms :—

AsBRIcTA Noctua, Dist., Mag. Nat. Hist., xu., 1913,
p. 487. |
Abricta rufomgra, Ashton, Proc. Roy. Soc., S.A.,
xxxvill., 1914, p. 349, pl. xvii., figs. 6, 6a, 60.

Kosonea FROGGATTI, Dist., Mag. Nat. Hist., xu., 1913,
p. 490.

Kobonga castanea, Ashton, Proc. Roy. Soc., S.A..,.
xxxvil., 1914, p. 351, p. xvu., figs. 5, 5a.

MELAMPSALTA CUENSIS, Dist., Mag. Nat. Hist., xi.,
1913, p. 489.

Melampsalta hermannsburgensis, Dist., Ashton, Proc.
Roy. Soc., 8.A., xxxvili., 1914, p. 354 (nec. Dist. ).

ERRATUM.

Ashton, Proc. Roy. Soc., §.A., xxxvill., 1914, p. 354,
for M. susBGLUSA read M. SUBGULOSA.

(1) Ante, 1914, pp. 345-358.

92

AN INSECT-CATCHING GRASS

(Cenchrus australis, R. Br.).

By Artuur M. Lea, F.E.S., Museum Entomologist.

{Contribution from the South Australian Museum. |
[Read April 8, 1915.]
PratTe xe

In 1892 when on the Tweed River in New South Wales
_I saw a large and powerful beetle, Lamprima aurata, strug-
gling on the seed-head of a grass, apparently without power
to escape. It was caught by a lind leg. The grass was
growing close to a small watercourse and in rather deep shade;
on looking around many other specimens, mostly flies and
small Hymenoptera, were seen caught by the same kind of
grass.

In 1912 I again came across the grass at Tolga Junction
near Cairns in Queensland, but there it was growing ia the
open, at the sides of roads and tracks. In such situations it
grows, in rather thick clumps, to a height of about 2 feet, the
heads ranging from 5 to 7 inches in length, and being thickly
covered with dark (almost black) burr-like objects, these being
the seed-coverings. The burrs often catch in horses’ manes
and tails, in the hair of dogs and wool of sheep, and mat
these together, as other burrs do.

At Tolga Junction many insects were caught by the grass,
in particular thousands of a destructive species of ladybird,
Epilachna 28 punctata, and of a soldier-beetle, Telephorus
masters’; a moth measuring 2 inches across the expanded
wings was caught, and several fairly large grasshoppers.
Many of the specimens were dead and more or less in frag-
ments, but many were alive and doing their best to escape.
It was not uncommon to see from two to ten insects on one
head, and sometimes one insect would be attached to two
heads. Fragments of the largest Australian tenebrionid,
Chartopteryx wmperialis (a bulky beetle measuring over an
inch in length), were seen on one head.

Most of the insects were caught by the hind portion of
the body or by the legs, very few by the head. The insects
appear to have been crossing in a casual way when the burrs
caught and detained them; but no doubt many of them were
attracted by the sight of those already trapped, and went

Vol. XXXIX., Plate IX.

HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS.
’

aes Pie J

Pa ee Fa

ie “ a
Ae |

93

either to mate with or to devour them; but once an insect got
a leg or any portion of its body in the fringe around the seed
it was doomed. Watching a clump of grass it was quite
common to see an insect walk casually over a head, and sud-
denly commence to struggle when caught; not one was seen to
escape after being caught.

The catching of the insects appears to be purely mechani-
cal, and of no use whatever to the grass, whose heads have an
average of about 80 burrs, each of which is surrounded by a
fringe of prickly hairs, averaging about 50. On examining a

Prickty Harr or GrRAss (GREATLY MAGNIFIED).

hair under the microscope it is seen to be thickly studded with
minute spines directed backwards; the spines are semi-
transparent, and look like minute and exceedingly sharp
triangles of glass. There appears to be an average of at least
500 to each hair, or a total of 2,000,000 (80 x 50 x 500) to the
average head of grass.

Some of the Tolga specimens were sent to Mr. J. H.
Maiden (Government Botanist of New South Wales), who
wrote that the grass was ‘‘Cenchrus australis, and I have
known of it as an insect-catching grass for a number of years,
but do not know how the information first came to me. I
think you would be quite justified in drawing attention to
the matter in a scientific journal.”’

I have therefore thought it desirable to bring the matter
under the notice of the Royal Society of South Australia,
as I have never seen any reference to it in any publication,
and Mr. Turner did not refer to its insect-catching habits
when dealing with the species in his monograph of the Aus-
tralian grasses. ()

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Heads of grass with ‘trapped insects (from photograph by
Edgar R. Waite).

() Agri. Gaz., N.S.W., vol. iv., p. 83.

94

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA‘tOF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
No. 8.

By J. M. Brack.
[Read May 13, 1915.]
PLATE X.

POTAMOGETONACEAE.—Pectinella. The inspection of
further specimens leads me to believe that what I had classed
(Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xxxvii., 4) as two forms of P.
antarctica are really two well- marked species. The distinc-
tion is as follows :—

* Folus brevibus (laminé 12-35 mm. longa, vaginéd 8-10 mm.
longa), pedunculis brevissimis, floribus femineis circulo bract-
eolarum cinctis, styli ramo extimo bifido. . . . P. antarctica.

Folus longioribus (lamindé 40-70 mm. longa, vaginé 15-20
mm. longa), pedunculis conspicuis, floribus femineis ebracteo-
latis, stylt ramo extimo indiviso. . . . P. Griffithii, sp. n.

As regards pl. 1. of vol. xxxvu., figs. 2 and 10 show
the female and male flowers of P. Griffithi; figs. 3, 4, 5,
and 6 show the female flower of P. antarctica, but in No. 3
the peduncle is made too long. Fig. 10 shows the anthers
of P. Grifithu.. In November, 1913, Mr. H. H. D. Griffith
(after whom the new species is called) found at Henley Beach
the male and young female flower of P. antarctica; both are
almost sessile, whereas even in the very young female flower
of P. Griffith the peduncle is twice as long as the ovaries.
Owing to the difference in length of the leaf and of the
sheathing-base the two species are distinguishable at a glance,
whether fresh or dried. Labillardiére’s drawing shows that
his Ruppia antarctica was our P. antarctica, and the same
remark applies to Gaudichaud’s description and figure of the
male flower. The outermost style-branch of P. antarctica is.
again divided into two branches, and this species flowers a
couple of months earlier than the other.

GRAMINEAE.—Sporobolus virginicus, Kunth., var. palli-
dus, Benth. This slender form, very different from the:
maritime type in appearance, has been gathered near the-
River Murray in South Australia (exact locality unknown)
by S. A. White and H. H. D. Griffith.

CHENOPODIACEAE.—Bassia inchoata, J. M. Black (see
Trans. Roy. Soc) usaans 222 val, 462). Professor Ewart
suggests that this new Central Australian species would be-

95

better placed under Threlkeldia. Certainly if Bassa salsu-
ginosa, F. v. M., be retained in Threlkeldia, which was
Mueller’s second choice (see Fragm., vii., 12), then B.
inchoata must also be placed in that genus. It seems a more
practical arrangement to restrict Bassa to the spinous species,
and I therefore propose to rename B. inchoata as Threlkeldia
obliqua.

AMARANTACEAE.—Trichinium Whiter, J. M. Black (see
‘Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xxxvili., 464).

CARYOPHYLLACEAE.—Herniaria hirsuta, L. Woolshed
Flat, near Quorn (November, 1914, Miss J. Mills). Replies
have not yet been received as regards specimens submitted
to European botanists, so that there is a possibility of error
in a genus where the specific distinctions are so slight. An
exactly similar specimen, gathered near Wallaroo in Novem-
ber, 1880, is in the Tate Herbarium, placed under Cheno-
podium cristatum. H. hirsuta is a Mediterranean and
Central European plant, and appears from the foregoing to
have been established for some time in South Australia, but
is probably localized and rare. ‘The same may be true of H.
mmeana, Lam., which was found in the eighties near Blanche-
town on the Murray and at Aroona Water, in the Far North,
and was recorded by Mueller and Tate as indigenous. Evi-
dently, however, there was plenty of time for its introduction
from Europe during half a century of settlement. (Since the
above was written, the determination of H. hirsuta has been
confirmed by the authorities at Kew and at the Muséum
@ histoire naturelle, Paris.)

LEGUMINOSAE.—In the Flora Australiensis, u., 177,
Bentham states that the anthers of Goodia are ‘‘all versatile,
alternately smaller,’’ and this description is repeated in all
the botanical works dealing with the genus which I have seen.
The fact is, that the anthers of Goodia (like those of Bossiaea
and Platylobium) are all uniform and versatile (dorsifixed),
while the filaments are alternately long and short in the bud,
but become almost equal in length when the flower opens.
In Templetoma and Hovea not only are the filaments alter-
nately long and short, but the long filaments bear long basi-
fixed anthers and the short filaments bear short dorsifixed
anthers. In these two genera also the filaments tend to
become equal in the open flower. In the bud of Crotalaria
five of the filaments are long and broad, bearing long, basi-
fixed anthers, while the five alternate filaments are short and
slender, bearing short, dorsifixed anthers; in the expanded
flower the position is reversed, for the slender filaments have
grown until the short anthers far surpass the long ones, and

96

so keep pace with the elongated style. The place of attach-
.ment in the dorsifixed anthers varies somewhat. Thus in
Crotalaria the small anthers are lobed at base and the filament
is inserted on the back of the anther and close to its base.
In Goodia the anther is orbicular and entire, and the inser-
tion is higher up, nearly in the middle of the back. None
of these anthers are versatile in the sense in which that word
is applied to the anthers of many liliaceous plants and
grasses (pl. x.).

Pultenaea cymbifolia, sp. nova. (tab. Lae Be Fruticulus
ramosus, ramulis folusque novellis incanis, folus parvis (3-4
mm. longis) confertis decussatis scabris mucronulatis infra
valde convexis margine revolutis, stipulis conspicuis
patentibus, floribus lutets paucis terminalibus subsessilibus, ~
bracteolis lato-lanceolatis ad basin calycis imsertis, calyce
albo-pubescente S mm. longo, lobis 2 superioribus magnis
oblique obovatis mucronatis lobos inferiores lanceolato-
subulatos multo suwperantibus, petalis calyce paulo longioribus,
vexiuli lamind duplo latiore quam longa infra bidenticulata,
ovariovilloso. Between Kingscote and Cassini, K.IL.,
flowering May, 1914 (H. W. Andrew). Section Huchilus,
and near P. rotundifolia, Benth., and P. calycina, Benth.,
but differs from both in the convex mucronate leaves, the
larger stipules, etc.

THYMELAEACEAE.—Pimelea continua, sp. nova. (tab.
x.). Herba erecta ramosa appresse puberula, folus alternis
lineartbus, bracteis folws similibus paucis caducis, spicd
quniore capituliformi multiflora, rhachi fructiferd ad circiter
15 mm. elongaté continua densd pmilosd, perrianthu tubo
villosulo circumscisso 3 mm. longo, epicarpio membranaceo
endocarpio striato-punctulato. Sent from Ketchowla (north-
east of Hallett) to the Department of Agriculture in January,
1911, by a correspondent who desired to know whether the
plant was poisonous. Only the upper part was received.
_ Belongs to the subsection Choristachys, and is near P.
sumplex and P. sericostachya, but differs from the first in the
head lengthening into a fruiting spike and from the latter in
the dense and compact character of the spike and the smaller
flowers.

MyoporacEAE.—Vremophila neglecta, J. M. Black. See
Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xxxvill., 469; also note on the
similarity of this species to H. viscida, Endl., in ‘“‘Botany’’
of Captain White’s expedition to the Musgrave and Everard
Ranges.

CompositaE.—Senecio odoratus, Hornem., var. obtusi-
folius. This maritime variety, rare at Port Elliot, has been

Vol. XXXIX., Plate X.

Pimelea conlinuad sp.nova.
a

97

found growing at Robe (Miss C. D. Black). Griffithia
helipteroides, J. M. Black. This name should be deleted and
replaced by the prior one of Helipterum oppositifoliwm, 8.
Moore, in Journ. Bot., ann. 1897, p. 165. Moore’s specimens
came from Coolgardie, Western Australia, and mine from
the Gawler Ranges, South Australia.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE X.

Pultenaea cymbifolia, n. sp. 1, lower face of leaf; 2,
standard; 3, calyx spread open (outside view); 4, pistil.

Pimelea continua, n. sp. 5, perianth; 6, pistil; 7, perianth
spread open (inner view); 8, fruit; 9, endocarp after removal of
epicarp; 10, seed; 11, embryo.

Stamens of Leguminosae. 12, stamens of Goodia lotifolia,
Salisb.; 13, dorsifixed anther of Goodia; 14, stamens of Templetonia
egena, Benth. (from bud); 15, the same (from open flower); 16,
stamens of Crotalaria dissitiflora, Benth. (from bud); 18, the
same (from open flower); 17, dorsifixed anther of Crotalaria.

98

ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF LEUCOPOGON.

By Epwin CHEE, Botanical Assistant, National
Herbarium, Sydney.

(Communicated by J. H. Maiden, Honorary Fellow).
[Read May 13, 1915.]

In May, 1911, Dr. J. Burton Cleland made a collection
of about fifty-seven species of plants in the neighbourhood
of Coonalpyn, Ninety-mile Desert, South Australia, which
apparently has been imperfectly explored, and the two fol-
lowing species of plants included therein appear to be
undescribed : —

LEUCOPOGON CLELANDI, n. sp.

Frutex parvus erectus 5-6 poll. altus, ramis gracilibus
implicatis paulo .pubescentibus, foliis parvis obovatis vel
ovatis, leviter basi cordatis sessilibus, 14 lin. longis
convexis supra glabris subtus minute pubescentibus
striatisque apice mucronatis, floribus solitariis in axillis
foliorum pedunculo leviter recurvo circiter 14 lin.
longo, bracteis minutis, bracteolis 2 longis 4-2 lin. acutis,
sepalis 14-2 lin. longis acuminatis, corolla extra tuba
hirsuto sepales aequante, lobis acuminatis leviter recurvis
circiter 4 lin. Ovario dense hirsuto 5 squamis linearibus,
styla corollam paene aequante filiforme.

An erect, small shrub about 5 to 6 inches high, with
somewhat intricate slender branches, which are more or less
pubescent. Leaves small, obovate to ovate, slightly cordate
at the base, sessile, about 14 lines long, convex, glabrous
above, minutely pubescent and striate beneath, with a dis-
tinct mucro at the apex. Flowers solitary in the axil of the
leaves on a slightly recurved peduncle about 14 lines long.
Bracts very minute; bracteoles two, about one-third as long
as the sepals, sharply pointed; sepals 14 to 2 lines long,
acuminate. Corolla slightly hairy outside the tube, equal in
length with the sepals, with acuminate, slightly-reflexed
lobes about 3 line long. Ovarium densely hirsute, with five —
linear scales; style about as long as the corolla; filiforme.

The species has affinities with L. cordifolius, Lindl., but
may be distinguished by the much smaller leaves and distinct
floral characters.

The species has been named in honour of Dr. J. Burton
Cleland, Principal Microbiologist, Department of Public

99

Health, Sydney, New South Wales, who has made several
valuable collections of Australian plants, and presented them
to the National Herbarium, Sydney.

LEUCOPOGON INTERMEDIUS, N. sp.

Ramis gracillimis diffusisque, ramulis minute pubescentibus,
foliis glabris 24-34 lin. paulo recurvis oblongo-ellipticis
et mucronatis, floribus paene sessilibus solitariis. vel raro
per paria in axillis foliorum, bracteis minutis, bracteolis
tribus vel pluribus acutis maxima longa paene 3 lin.,
sepalis 1} lin. longis acuminatis, corolla tuba gracile
sepales aequante, lobis tubam aequantibus, primum
inflatis elongatis acuminatis demum recurvis detegentibus
magnas fuscas antheras, ovario glabro cincto disco
undulato anulato, stilo paene corollam aequante, stig-
mate leviter capitato.

Habit of plant not given, but the branches of the
specimens examined are slender and of a straggling nature;
the branchlets minutely pubescent. Leaves glabrous, 24 to
34 lines long, slightly recurved, oblong-elliptical, tapering
into a pungent point. Flowers almost sessile, solitary (or
rarely in pairs) in the axil of the leaves. Bracts minute:
bracteoles 3 or more, acute, the largest barely more than
4 line long. Sepals 14 lines long, acuminate. Corolla tube
slender, about as long as the sepals, the lobes about as long
as the tube, at first inflated, and tapering at the apex into
an acute point, afterwards recurving and exposing the rather
large dark-coloured anthers. Ovarium glabrous, surrounded
by a wavy annular disc; style nearly as long as the corolla
with a slightly capitate stigma. ;

This has close affinities with ZL. hirtellus, F. v. M., and
L. Fraseri, A. Cunn., and is intermediate between the two
species, but may be distinguished from the former by the
leaves and branchlets being glabrous, and from the latter in
the leaves being less acuminate and smooth margin, whereas
those of L. Fraseri have the margin minutely serrulate.

I desire to express my thanks to Miss Frances Graham
for kind assistance.

E2

100

ON THE OCCURRENCE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA OF TWO
PREVIOUSLY UNRECORDED FERNS (FILICES).

By Epwin Asupy, M.B.O.U.
[Read May 13, 1915.]

SITUATION.

During the first week in January last (1915) I had an
opportunity to inspect the cliffs on the River Murray, in the
Hundred of Younghusband, commencing about half a mile
above the so-called township of Younghusband, on the left
bank of the river. The cliffs are nearly half a mile in length
and, I should judge, about 100 feet in height, and almost
vertical. They face a little to the south of east. The rock
is of a porous nature, the moisture from the river rising by
capillary attraction for several feet above the level of the
water. The lower portion of the cliffs has been worn away
in places into shallow shelves, and here and there softer layers
of rock have weathered away for some distance back from the
river front, forming shallow caves. The ferns are growing
more or less continuously for almost the whole length of the
cliffs, but rarely higher than a few feet above water level.
They are growing luxuriantly in the seams of softer material,
overhung by horizontal layers of harder rock. In some cases
I should judge that the fronds of Pteris tremula were fully
2 feet long. I was only able to land in one or two places and
identify two species of ferns, both I believe previously
unrecorded from this State; it is quite possible that further
investigations may reveal others.

DESCRIPTION.

I had no difficulty in recognizing one of the ferns as
Pteris tremula, R. Br., a fern familiar to all who visit the
damp tree-fern gullies of Victoria, New South Wales, and
elsewhere under similar conditions.

The other species was evidently an Aspidiwm, and I con-
cluded that as Professor Ralph Tate’s ‘‘Handbook of the
Flora of Extratropical South Australia’’ gives the Murray
Cliffs as a locality for Aspidiwm molle, Swartz, that these
specimens must be referable to that species. I think it pos-
sible that that species has been included in our flora through
misidentification, but without reference to the original speci-
mens this cannot be determined.

101

On sending specimens of the two ferns to the Assistant
‘Curator of the Melbourne Botanic Gardens, Mr. F. Pitcher,
he writes confirming my identification of the one as Pteris
tremula, R. Br.; the other he determines, on reference to
their Herbarium, as Aspidiwm unitum, var. propinquum, F.
M. Bailey, and comments on it as follows:—‘‘The other
specimen appears to be that of Aspidiwm wunitum, var.
propinguum, F. M. By. It is much more deeply lobed and
has more acute dentations than is the case in 4. molle. It
‘corresponds to our specimen under that name, although, as
far as I can ascertain, 4. wnitwm, is only recorded from Wes-
tern Australia, New South Wales, Queensland, and North
Australia. The variety propinqguum was so named by F. M.
Bailey, and is found in Queensland.”’

PECULIAR CONDITIONS. -

The circumstances under which these two ferns occur are
very remarkable. The climatic conditions which obtain at
the locality (20 miles above Mannum) are of the dry arid
character common to districts with a similar low rainfall.
‘The two conditions that make it possible for these two ferns
(whose true habitat is in a moist and more or less continuously
wet climate) to live in such a locality are moisture derived
by capillary attraction from the river and the aspect, shaded
as it is during the greater part of the day from the sun’s
rays. It is just possible that the evaporation of the water
of the river may give a moisture to the atmosphere immedi-
ately surrounding the ferns, and thus, to some extent, miti-
gate the effects of the dry, scorching winds so common in
that locality.

ORIGIN.

There are only two possible hypotheses, as far as I can
see, to account for their occurrence in this locality. Either
they are survivals, the sole remaining representatives of the
time when the Murray Valley was blest with an abundant
rainfall, or the spores of these ferns were carried by the
agency of the river and retained their vitality throughout
their long journey from the mountains where the River Mur-
ray, or the River Darling, has its source in far-off New South
Wales or Queensland.

The identification of one of the specimens with a variety
that has only been recorded from Queensland throws con-
siderable light on the subject, and suggests that the source
from which the spores originally came was in the mountains
of Queensland, where the river Barwon, or other tributary
of the Darling, has its rise. If this surmise is correct the
spores must have travelled some 2,200 miles.

102

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN EUMOLPIDES (COLEOPTERA
CHRYSOMELIDAE), WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW
SPECIES.

By Arruur M. Lea, F.E.S., Museum Entomologist.

[Contribution from the South Australian Museum.|
[Read April 8, 1915.]
Puates V. to VIII.

The HLumolpides are represented by an abundance of
species in most parts of Australia, and many of the species are ~
extremely abundant in specimens, the young foliage of
Eucalypti being often considerably injured by them.” The
species are frequently brilliantly metallic, and often cause
young trees to appear to be studded with gems; nevertheless,
the Australian members of the subfamily have been greatly
neglected, probably on account of the difficulties that must
have been experienced by almost every worker in trying to get
some ideas as to the generic and super-generic features.

Baly in 1860 wrote of “The chaotic state of the Humol-
pidae, the crowd of species which remain unnamed and un-
arranged in our collections, and the want of generic landmarks.
. . . .’ At the present time (1915) the subfamily appears
to be in a still more chaotic state. The fact seems to be that
in the subfamily very few genera have strongly-marked dis-
tinguishing features, and this fact should be taken into
consideration when the subfamily is again considered as a
whole. Thus in checking former descriptions I have examined
not only the species of the genus to which a description would
apparently refer, but all others of the subfamily; and this
I believe to be essential in many groups of Australian
Coleoptera, if it is desired to avoid very extensive synonymy.
The absence of constant generic features renders it probable
that exception will be taken to many of my generic references ;
more particularly in Cleptor, Colaspoides, Agetinus, and
Geloptera; but it is practically certain that almost every author
will attach different values to various combinations of features.
In Hdusa, for instance, whilst the pubescent species are seldom
aberrant, the glabrous ones might have been referred to

(1) With the exception of Geloptera tuberculata I know of no
species that is at all seriously destructive to cultivated plants.

(2) Except Agetinella minuta and Platycolaspis australis; but
of these I have seen authenticated specimens.

103

various other genera, glabra might quite as well have been
referred to Cleptor, and some others to Geloptera or
Colaspoides. I have, in fact, generically separated several
species of Cleptor and Edusa, that at first glance would appear
to belong to but one genus.)

With few exceptions the Australian genera are either now,
or once were, monotypic, and very few are sharply defined.
To the original species of many genera additions frequently
appear to have been made at random, characters regarded by
some authors as important beng regarded by others as unim-
portant. There is, therefore, great difficulty in apportioning
many species to their correct genera, and it is very desirable
in most cases to make sure of the original species, if this can
possibly be done. Unfortunately for Australian workers, the
typical species is often ex-Australian.

The main features relied upon for dividing the subfamily
into genera, and groups of genera, are the front margin of
the prosternal episternum (highly unsatisfactory), the presence
or otherwise of a notch near the outer apex of each of the
four hind tibiae (a very useful feature, although the notches
are sometimes very feeble), the presence or otherwise of
rugosities on the elytra caused by the punctures becoming
transversely confluent (a feature that is sometimes variable
within the limits of a species, and is almost always variable
in a large genus), the upper-surface glabrous or clothed, the
claws, the sides of the prothorax,® and the femoral
dentition.

So much importance has been attached to the front
margin of the prosternal episternum by various authors that
it is necessary to give special consideration to same. A sketch
of the prosternum of Rhyparida dimidiata has, therefore, been
made, and the letters on same will serve as an index to the
names of the parts as regarded by Leconte and followed by

(3) See note at Cleptor bigener.

(4) Simple appendiculate or bifid. I doubt if they are ever truly
simple; even in Spilopyra each claw (pl. vii., fig. 101) has a slight
basal swelling. The change from an appendiculate claw to a bifid
one is frequently so gradual that it is dificult to define a dividing
line, so that*(as previously pointed out by Mr. Blackburn) the
decision as to the nature of a claw must often be an arbitrary one.

(5) Evenly rounded in middle, dentate or subdentate. - Also
highly unsatisfactory.

(6) The presence or otherwise of teeth on the femora (usually
on the front pair only) would appear at first to be very satisfactory
characters, especially as the teeth, when present, are often of
large size; but in many species it is difficult to decide as to whether
the femora are only angulate or truly dentate, and the teeth are
sometimes so small that they could be easily overlooked.

104

Sharp (with some slight alterations). The parts are as
follows : —

a. Medisternum (in the
subfamily the coxae are so

large that for all practical ea
purposes this may be re-
garded as an intercoxal pro-

cess). 06. Episternum. c.

Epimeron. d. Coxal cavity.

e. Inflexed side of pronotum.

But as in the subfamily RHYPARIDA DIMIDIATA.
there is a sharply-defined

border between the upper- and lower-surfaces of the prothorax,
I prefer to call this the flank of the prosternum. ?)

It is, therefore, part 6 to which so much importance is
attached: Baly (8) referred to this as the “‘antero-lateral pro-
cess (or plate) of the ante-pectus,’ and he puts beyond all
question the part he so named by giving six figures on plate i.,
in which at 6 this part is specially indicated. He also stated
that “this process varies much in shape, and might often, I
think, be made available in determining the limits of the
genera in this difficult group of insects.’

Subsequently (9) he refers to it as ‘the anterior episternum.
This part was formerly named by me the antero-lateral process
of the ante-pectus.” And apparently he then attached much
less importance to it than at first.

Chapuis, however, attached primary importance to it, and
founded the main divisions of the subfamily upon its front
edge being convex or concave.7° In this he was followed by
Lefevre.71) They were, no doubt, deceived as to its import-
ance by the examination of but few species of even the larger
genera ; aS where large series of species are available it is quite
evident that its front edge is variable. The lower-surface of
each side of the head immediately in front of the process and
behind the eye usually has a transverse or oblique elevation,
frequently hairy, and often concealed unless the head is quite
free from the body. When the head is resting on the breast
(the normal condition of unset specimens) the episternum and

(7) Although seldom of generic use its punctures and striae are-
frequently of use in distinguishing allied species, but some
a tie Mae of the front legs is usually necessary to see these-

(8) Jour. of Ent., i., p. 25.

(9) Z..0., Al, Oe ae.

(10) Gen. Coleopt., x., 1874.

(11) Kumolpidarum Catalogus, 1885.

105

elevation are so closely approximated that it is difficult to
separate them, more especially on such species as have the
under-surface clothed. It appears to me quite possible that,
in some cases, owing to the clothing, the front of the elevation
on the head has been regarded as the front of the episternum,
and consequently the same has been noted as convex, when it
was really concave. Moreover, the clothing frequently obscures
the lateral sutures of the episternum, and to see these at all
clearly, even when the derm is glabrous, the legs must be
forced aside.

A certain amount of ambiguity also seems inseparable
from the use of a word signifying the elevation of surface
when applied to the edge of same. Strictly speaking, when a
flat margin is produced forwards with a rounded outline it
should be called rounded, not convex; conversely, when pro-
duced backwards with an incurved outline, it should be called
incurved (in some cases emarginate), not concave. But in
Rhyparida, some species have the front portion of the
episternum perfectly flat, with the margin itself rounded or
slightly incurved ; on other species the front of it is slightly
depressed (concave), or feebly elevated (convex), with the
margin similarly rounded or incurved; but on nearly all the
species the greater portion of each side of the prosternum is
depressed.

In Hdusa the front margin of the episternum, whilst
normally feebly rounded, is sometimes incurved. To strictly
apply Chapuis’ and Lefevre’s definitions, therefore, the species
of each of these genera would be distributed between the two
main divisions of the subfamily. Moreover, the point of view
from which the margin is examined must be taken into con-
sideration. From behind (and owing to the front being
frequently partially concealed by the overlapping palpi or base
of head this must have frequently been the point of view) the
front margin may appear to be gently rounded, but the same
margin when examined perpendicularly to its middle (the only
correct way of seeing its true shape) may appear to be quite
straight or even gently incurved; nor is it always sharply
defined even when free of clothing ; so that on small specimens
its use has often to be abandoned.(2) Whatever may be the
case in other parts of the world, I have found it quite impos-
sible to rely upon parts of the prosternum to separate
Australian genera of the subfamily.

Lefevre’s table was a translation (with a few additions)
into Latin from Chapuis’ table in French. Excluding all
groups not recorded as Australian, and transposing some of

(12) See also comments under Colaspoides picticornis.

106

the lines to bring the table into similar shape to others given
herein, it might be done into English as follows: —

A. Prosternal episterna with front margin
straight or concave, internal angle
never produced forwards.

a. Claws appendiculate or simple.

. Four hind tibiae simple, the
middle ones sometimes lightly
emarginate towards eran

c. Claws simple .. s

cc. Claws appendiculate.

d. Prothorax with sides more or
less dentate or undulated ..
dd. Prothorax with sides entire,
rarely subdentate
bb. Four hind tibiae strongly emar-
ginate towards apex a
. Claws bifid.
ie Head deeply sulcate behind eyes
ee. Head not so sulcate.

f. Four hind tibiae strongly emar-

ginate towards apex ,
ff. Four hind tibiae entire ..._ :

AA. Prosternal episterna with front mar-
gin convex, internal angle pro-
pated forwards, sometimes strongly

B. Elytra towards sides more or less
strongly rugose HY ay ge
BB. Elytra not so sculptured.
C. Upper - surface pubescent or
squamose eat | ee
CC. Upper-surface glabrous.
D. Four hind tibiae emarginate
towards outer apex ..
DD. Four hind tibiae simple, the
middle ones jee subemar-
ginate oi

Spilopyritae (13)

Colaspitae (14)
Iphimeitae (15)
Tomyritae (16)

Scelodontitae (17)

Metachromitae (18)
Eumolpitae (19)

Edusitae (20)
M yochroitae (21)
Typophoritae (22)

Endocephalitae (23)

The tibiae are frequently noice and the notches are
of considerable use in distinguishing genera and species. In
some genera each of the four hind tibiae (the middle pair often
more noticeably than the hind ones) has a notch near the outer

(13) Spilopyra.

(14) Colaspis, Agetinus, Hypoderes, Geloptera, and Dermorhytis-

(15) Noda, Alittus, and Terillus.
(16) Tomyris.

(17) Scelodonta.

(18) Rhyparida.

(19) Colasposoma.

(20) Thaumastomerus, Ocnida, Edusa, and Cleptor.

(21) Neocles.

(22) Typophorus, Eurydemus, and Cleorina.

(23) Colaspoides.

107

apex, bounded behind by a small tooth or swelling (figs.
102-104, 108), and not running on to the general line of the
tibia, notches of this character have been, and are here,
regarded as of generic importance. Frequently, however, the
tibiae near the apex are clothed (at the position of the notches)
with some silvery hairs, and in certain lights these cause the
tibiae to appear notched ; where the apex of the tibia is dilated
and the incurved space behind same runs on to the general line
(figs. 133 and 135) this has not been considered as a true notch.
A notch is frequently at the apex itself, and in such the basal
joint (or part of same) of the tarsus can rest ; it is usually due
to a strong ridge or carina on each side of the upper edge of
the tibia, which at the apex project on each side of the notch
like flanges. On some species (figs. 128 and 141) also there is
a more or less triangular notch at the lower apex (or near
same) of the front, or of the four hind ones, or of the hind
ones only. The notches in the upper-surface or apex are not
confined to one sex, although they are sometimes more pro-
nounced on the males than on the females; but when on the
lower-surface of the hind tibiae they are confined to the males.

The pygidium frequently semi-circularly encroaches on
the apical segment of the abdomen, so that this appears to be
composed of six segments instead of five; this is usually more
noticeable on the males than on the females. Although the
greater portion of the pygidium is normally concealed, it is
sometimes accidentally uncovered, and on all such specimens
its hind part is seen to have a deep median groove.

In a subfamily many of whose species are characterized
by great variability of size and colour, it is desirable that
structural features, not (or but little) liable to variation, should
be fully noted; and it is curious that, almost with the sole
exception of the late Rev. T. Blackburn, the strongly-marked
sexual features of the abdomen and legs should have been
overlooked, and yet these lead to the rapid and certain
identification of many species. Unfortunately, with many
species such features cannot be noted with specimens set out
on cards in the ordinary way, it being necessary to mount them
so that both surfaces may be readily examined. In the tables
given use has frequently been made of masculine characters ;
no doubt tables that could be used for both sexes would be
more convenient, but so many species are closely allied, and
the characters that would have to be used for both sexes are
so unsatisfactory, and dependant upon comparative degrees,
that it was considered much better to use the frequently highly-
characteristic male features. In probably no other subfamily
of the Vhrysomelidae are these so useful in distinguishing the
species, although in khyparida and a few other genera they

108

are not of much use. It is usually also necessary to state the
sexes of the specimens described, because the males are
frequently green, and the females golden, or brassy, or bronzy,
and frequently with several joints of the antennae partly or
entirely dark, where on the males only the tip is dark; they
frequently also differ in size. The sexes, in fact, are often so
dissimilar in appearance that, without the aid of specimens
taken in cop., it would be practically impossible to mate them.

The presence of clothing on the upper-surface, or its com-
plete absence, was considered by Chapuis and Lefevre as of
more than generic importance; but is sometimes only
of specific importance. Specimens also that are nor-
mally clothed on the upper-surface sometimes appear to be
glabrous through abrasion. In Hdusa, although most species
are more or less densely clothed, several glabrous species
have been described. In that genus also the transverse
running together of the punctures (also treated as of more
than generic importance) is also of only specific importance.
In Khyparida one species, quite normal otherwise, has long
hair on the upper-surface. On many of the species, otherwise

glabrous on the upper-surface, each angle of the prothorax has

a rather long hair, but these appear to be so easily abraded,
and are often so indistinct, unless specially searched for, that

I have usually omitted to mention them, even when noticing

their presence on the types.
The majority of the species are metallic, frequently bril-

liantly so, and as with so many other metallic species, many
are extremely variable. On all of them the tips of the

mandibles and the eyes are black or blackish, and it was not

considered necessary to mention same, even when the species:

are otherwise entirely pale.

Of the genera recorded in Masters’ Catalogue as Austra-
lian, WNoda,@) Dermorhytis,®) Eumolphus,?) and Typo-

phorus,(2) must be expunged, and probably Zurydemus 28) as

well. In the catalogue, 74 species are noted, to which 70 (29)
have since been added, bringing the number, after deducting
20 for previously unrecorded synonyms and varieties, to 124.

(24) Now Nodonota, an American genus; the position of proxima
is very doubtful, and tasmanica is a synonym of Agetinus sub-
costatus.

(25) D. femoralis is probably either an Abirus or a Geloptera.
(26) H. viridiaeneus is a Rhyparida.

(27) 7. australis is a Rhyparida.

(28) H. grandis is probably not Australian.

(29) Including some overlooked species.

109

To these I am now able to add 228,(°) making the grand total
352—a number that probably does not represent half of the
actual total that will eventually be found to occur in
Australia.

In addition to the specimens in the Museum (including
those of the late Rev. T. Blackburn), the whole of the speci-
mens belonging to Messrs. H. J. Carter, J. C. Goudie, H. H.
D. Griffith, Dr. E. W. Ferguson, and myself were examined,
and permission was received to retain the types of the new
species (even uniques). By the courtesy of Professor Haswell
all the specimens belonging to the Macleay Museum were also
examined, and a few types have been returned to that institu-
tion. Mr. Gilbert J. Arrow, of the British Museum, also sent
numerous specimens for examination, but these were received
after the main portion of the work was done; some authenti-
cated specimens that he sent were of great assistance, and
enabled some synonymy to be confidently noted. Unless
expressly stated to the contrary, all the types of the new
species remain in the South Australian Museum.

The following additions and previous corrections are
necessary to bring the catalogue of the Australian members
of the subfamily up to date from the issue of Masters’ Cata-
logue. Fresh corrections are noted under special headings : —

AGETINELLA, Jac., Entomologist, xli., p. 26; MINUTA,
Bp. 2.

AGETINUS AEQUALIS, Blackb., Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W.,
1888, p. 1478; l.c., 1889, p. 465.

CLEePror HAROLDI, Blackb., Ante, 1900, p. 168.

CoLASPIS PALMERSTONI, Blackb., Proc. Linn. Soc.,
N.S.W., 1888; p. 1477.

CoLASPOIDES. XANTHOPUS, Har.-Blackburn, Ante, 1900,
p- 168, notes as a Cleptor; picipES, Weise, Die Fauna, S.W.
Aus., li., p. 5; GEMINATA, p. 6.

CuDNELLIA, Blackb., Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1889,
p. 461; mystica, p. 462.

Epvusa Germari, Lef., C. R. Ent. Belge, xxxv., p. cclxix. ;
CHRYSURA, Germ., Blackb., Ante, 1891, p. 143 ; VARIANS,
Blackb., p. 144; DIVERSICOLLIS, p. 144; FROGGATTI, p. 145;
SPINICOLLIS, p. 145 ; DISTINCTA, p. 146; MINOR, ve 146; OENEA,
p. 146; pERPLEXA, p. 147; LINEATA, Dp. 147; LAETA (in error

(50) Many others were examined, but being of doubtful dis-
tinctness, or represented by damaged or female specimens, they
were passed over without comment.

110

printed LATA), p. 148; BELLA, p. 148; GLAvcA, p. 149 ; PILIFERA,
p. 149; FRATERNA, p. 150; Hirta, p. 150; PAVENS, p16;
MEYRICKI, p. 151; INERMIS, p. 151; GLABRA, Pp. 152; SINGU-
LARIS, p. 152; ANGUSTULA, ee 1900, p. 66.

EpusorpEs, Blackb., Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1889,
p. 477 ; PULCHER, p. 477.

EURYDEMUS INSIGNIS, Chp., Atlas, pl. exxii., fig. 4.
NEOCLES INNocuUS, Blackb., Ante, 1900, p. 169.

Noponora, Lef., Cat. Eumolp., 1885, p. 166. Proposed
as a substitute for Noda. Although two Australian species
have been referred to Voda, Lefevre (Cat., p. 18) regards them
as not belonging to the genus. In his catalogue three species
are recorded as Australian, but of these puma in error, its
locality being originally noted as Rio Janeiro.

PLatTyCcoLaspPis, Jac., Entomologist, xli., p. 27 ; AUSTRALIS,
pe 2s:

RHEMBASTICHUS, Weise, Die Fauna, 8.W. Aus., il., p. 4;
VARIABILIS, p. 4.

Ruinopouvs, Blackb., Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1889,
p. 463 ; NrTIDuS, p. 464.

RHYPARIDA VIRIDIAENEUS, Blanch. (formerly Eumolphus),
Clark, Journ. of Ent., ii., p. 259 : SIMPLEX, Clark, l.c., p. 254 ;
LIMBATIPENNIS, Jac., Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1895, p. 56; BREVILI-
NEATA, Jac., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, 1898, p. 357 ; TRIMACULATA,
p. 358; PALLIDA, p. 359; BLACKBURNI, p. 360; morRoSA, Jac.,
Blackb., Proc, Linn. .«Soc., : N-SiW4) 71888, ..p. 14665
AENEOTINCTA, Blackb., /.c., p. 1479; mepropicra, p. 1480;
AMPLICOLLIS, p. 1481; PuNCTULATA, p. 1482; POSTICALIS, p.
1482; PICEITARSIS, p. 1483; UNIFORMIS, p. 1483; HERBACEA,
p. 1484; SATELLES, p. 1485; DiscopuncTuLaTA, p. 1486;
INTERIORIS, p. 1486; masTERSI, Blackb., Trans. Roy. Soc.,
S.A., 1892, p. 236. |

ScELoponta, the generic name for SIMONI (No. 6587), was
accidentally omitted from the catalogue; var. PALMERSTONT,
Blackb., Proc. Linn. -Soc., ah 1888, p. 1479.

SPILOPYRA OLLIFFI, Blackb., 1891, 544, since re-

ferred to Richmondia be rome STIRLINGI, Lea, Ante,
1914, p. 344.

TERILLUS MICANS, Blackb., Proc. Linn. Boon N Swe
1888, p. 1475; poLirus, p. 1476; .carrinatus,.. p 1476;
SUTURALIS, lie. 1889, p. ‘461; ROTUNDICOLLIS, Chp., Atlas,
pl. exvili., fig. 4.

7

111

ToMYRIS RASA, Blackb., Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1889,
p. 465; NEGLIGENS, p. 466; opscurRa, p. 467; LAETA, p. 468 ;
GRACILIS, p. 468; IMPRESSICOLLIS, p. 469; LONGICORNIS, p.
470; AENEA, p. 471; ANTENNATA, p. 472; DIFFICILIS, p. 473;
PARADOXA, p. 473; MINOR, p. 475.

Notes on previously named genera have also been made by
Blackburn as follows:—Epusa, THAUMASTOMERUS, and
Ocnipa, Ante, 1891, p. 140, and 1900, p. 66; CLEePTor, 1900,
p. 167; CoasporpEs, p. 168; Nroctss, p, 169; CoLaspis,
Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1888, p. 1478; and Ruyparipa,
p. 1487.

RHYPARIDA.

This genus is represented by a great many species in
Australia, especially in the warmer parts,@) and many of
them are extremely common. Some of them are almost or
quite constant in their colours, some have apparently quite
fixed colour varieties, and a few are extremely variable; in
consequence several have been named more than once. On
many species, especially amongst the smaller ones, the sides
of the prosternum are conspicuously longitudinally striated
from base to apex; but the majority are not striated through-
out, although very few species are without remnants of
striation about the base. The antennae vary somewhat in
length and thickness, but are seldom of use in distinguishing
the species, the second and third joints are sometimes of
exactly the same length, sometimes the second and sometimes
the third is slightly the longer, but in cases where antennal
joints are subequal their apparent proportions are so liable to
alteration from the point of view that I have purposely avoided
using them. The scutellum also appears to be of very little
use in distinguishing species. With the exception of the
species of Tomyris, Cleorina, and Scelodonta, I have referred
to the genus all the members of the subfamily now before me,
whose four hind tibiae are notched near apex, and have
excluded all those whose tibiae are not so notched. The
projection behind each notch, and the notches themselves,
differ slightly amongst the various species, but the degrees are
so slight that they cannot be usefully employed in specific
descriptions. All the species here referred to the genus also
have regular single rows of elytral punctures; the punctures
frequently diminish in size, or may even vanish posteriorly,
but they are never confused or geminate in arrangement.

Following is a table of species known to me: —

GD It appears to be absent from Tasmania.

112

s2ppooraspd

SUsU Cy ha jou
SUPPOIUNID UA

sdaou nd

S10] UL
SU) D4} SD

DpDLIUINA
1wa}yD

norujpnyzydo
sadissv.1o

sdojpbaw
pzpjnbuvngns

vydsowfijod

vosoped

‘BIJZATO JO YFPIM 4S0}VOIS Ol} UBT} SSO] PALYJ-9uO YSOW FB XBIOTJOIg “wu
BAZA[O JO YFPIM ySozVoID OY} J[VY UvYY 910 AJOOTVOS XBIOYJOIgG “U
‘asvq puv snedajo uoomgoq soungound Jourystp YIM prop *-/
aingns peedAyo YyIM peqoouuod uoIssordwil JOUT}SIP B YIM OVW “Ww
ns” = a UOISSA1d WIT PoJOUUODSIP MOT[VYS B YJIM OV “WwW
‘a10UL BOUBYSTCE *))
“+ 9£9 UB JO IOJOUVIP OSIOASUBIY OY} UBT} Sse] SoAD UOBMYOG BOURYSIG ‘j
‘aseq 1veu OF aINyns [vedA[O WOT OS JSOW[e Io eyeyoUNdU peop] “Y
‘paanoyoo AjursojytuN ssey 10 er0u AT[VNsN
pue “YIVU [VUIPNYISUO] Yavp eimosqo ouo YYIM 4sowW 48 UOT}ATO YOu “22
a “77 xodv rvou OF vseq WOT} snOnuUIyUOD Y4ANoF Jo worqyvosnjuy “Ll
uvrpeuysod pue 4AOYS 9d14s10,UL YJINOF fo uorvosnjuy “f
‘YIVUL [VUIPN}LSUO, YAVp ouo UvYyy GIOU YIM UOAJATO YORY “2
‘6 Ul ueyy 1a9MOdIvU AT[eNSN pue JapeuUg “Hh
“es yovyq Ajeityue ysouye VizA[y “YY
tee see see eyed BIdATH "Yy
‘qsnqol pue osiey “6
‘qnoysnoiy} yoRyq Jou vayATo puv XBIOYJOIg “99
Ajqo119ysod JeTTVws yYoNwM suruooeq seliys ul seinyoundg ‘ff
ie xedB 09 JOUIZSIP PUB SUOT4S OVLIJS UI SoInjgouUNng “f
“‘qnoysno1y} Yyoulq vazATO puv xvIo0yIOIg 9
"WIOY} USOMJOG UOTSSELAUI [VUIPNLSUOT YOUTYSTP V YALA “oBarVey] Jt “10 Joy[euUs seAy “p/P
Wey} WeEeMjeq UOIssoIdu [eULpNyIsu0, OU pu ‘10Y4}eR0} eSOTO ‘oDIe[ ATeA SEAG “P
‘goinjound JOULSIP Sse] IO O1OUL [JIM XBIOYJOIg °99
vee wee wee wee vee wae see see eyejoundut XBIOYJOIg *9
‘gainjgound yons ynoyjim xeBI1oyjorg “9g
‘ : SepIs puv oseq jnoqge
seimjound ‘poieqjvos ATIV[NBe11t ‘os1vod YYIM (S10q}O 0} UWOIJIppe Ul) XBIOYJOIg *g
‘snoiqe[s sovjains-1eddyQ ‘vp
Arey vovjans-reddy *p
‘xode 0} oseq UO} poyelays WNuJIeyso1d fo seplg "V

eee eee e eee oe ese eee eee eee

eee eve eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee

113

SIUUIAUADA
DZDQO
qavd ul ‘sapuawny

WLOF [BOIAAY ‘NADI prwip
syoorj}sod

waoy peordéy ‘sapoidy
stuuadiidp

salaphynjd
sypusazsowd
DLbwmoripau

stuuadiavy

poydiyya

vadoo
(¢) Stuotsaqutr

avhivu

SUAang

4218p Apert} ue (poydeoxe souljeutos xode pue septs e174) “ah SU “fifi
SUO[T SV OPIM S¥ OOIM} UVY} SSE] XB.IOYJOIg *
‘* SUC] Sv opr sv ddI} ULY}Z oO A[GVIOpIsUOD XVIOYIOIg *
‘sorngound youlgstp yim wngouo1g “49
Os ysowm[e JO eyvjoundwI wnyouorg ° a
‘]peus AIBA ZIG °
U9d9IG-OT][VJoUL JOU SSUIYIVU Yarqg DD
U9IIG-OT][VJOUL SSoj 10 B9IOU B JO VAZATA JO SSUIMIVU YIVG
“ODIV] ZIG
‘ojed oseq eyy jo worgaz0d qSvo_ 3B YQIM BZA “A
‘Pal YUJIM poyN[Ip ATeINOsgO sowjouLOS si xodv oy} 7VYy Ydooxe ‘yaep AToIT¥USe WINJOUOIg ‘“g
‘qnoySnoiy} pezeiigs Jou wnuseqsoid Jo soptg "yy
sopIs uo Tose] 4[}0U19SIp sornjound OLOVLOYIOL “LK
osIp uo uvYyy
SOpIS SpivMmo} Jes1vy_ Ajeorvos seingound o1ovi0oyyolg ‘x
*19Y}9S0} OSO[D AOYJVI SOAG “Aa
yovyq yOu xv10yJOIg “nm
any es ae ae a “+” yoRTq XBIoyJOIg “mM
‘queqsip Ajeyvrepou sod be
‘O[pplul UL UeA® popuNnod ATJUeD sseT 10 BLOW sopTg *
YISusl toy} s[Vy ysvel ye 1oJF poprs-joyyered vayzAyo Jo soptg aA
Sea ASTD S80] HON UL sede ye uoIzVredeg 77
vee eee see ao
uv JO LOJOWIVIP OSLOASUBIY OY} UBYZ O10W soo Jo uoTyeIedeg “4
‘sso[d B YONs ynoyZIM oovjins-10oddy ‘ss
ssojd Ystuoeis snonordsuoo wv yjIM oovzans-aoddy ‘s
“peuavun xv1oyyoud jo sopsur aot me
ie “* Yons YPM wBagaygy *
YIVUL [V1IOJV] YIVp oDAVKy, wv ni lg VIVAL
‘AJuO serngound yyim peop, “DP
“* peinqound sv [fom se neiebtiabe prop o
‘peuie xe10yyoid jo sojsue quoi *
‘ynoysno1y} snonoidsuo0d uolpeLiyg “oo
oP “* sqied Ul peuyop-][I 10y4e4 winuseysord JO UOTPeLIyG *

114

DSOLOU
srusofrun

$27]09098NH UD
WO} YAVp ‘yzoiprvwmep
WO} YAVp ‘vzopngownd
suaidwap
DL}D

LUsngyov7q |
“IBA ‘DoDQuiyoapn{
ppvjnzoauUNndoosrip

TH.I10F |

yeorddy ‘vpvquioapnf
vLapzojovny

(¢) ppiziu
svuwadrajn1aDvo
pauvhivo1bU
"IVA ‘DaIDQLaY

qavd ut ‘vo1dou1}
qued ul ‘sinuawny

sapro9rg)vy

eee eee eee eee eee

soingound peuyop Aydavys ynq [pews YIM wingouorg ‘lL

“8 a" sarnjyound joulystpul pue [jvus AoA YJIM UINZOUDTd “L

‘oryeqour Ajsnonordsuos ssey 10 oro eovzjans-1oddy “bb
sh My; 130 4 powlvuUNn se[suv JUOIY ,y
; pow xevioyjord jo sejsuv yuoIg ,
‘SSO[S Ystnyq onsva v YPM 4sour yw oovjans-reddy *D
‘orout soda uoemyoq oouvysiq “dd

ee eee eee eee

“+ 9K UB JO JOJOUIVIP OS1IASURI} OY} ULY} SsoT Soo USBMYoq GdURYSIG “A
‘odojs yvorde jo yruiumms ye possorduit ATsnonordsu0d you ewr4qs [BAZATH *)/

soingound youltystp Ygim ungouorg ‘00
soungound qourjstpul oyNulM YAM WINnyJouUdDIg ‘0
‘orT[eqou Jou sovjans-reddy “uu
orpeyour Ajsnonordsuoo oovjains-reddy “wu
‘snonurjuo0d OS JOU SoeUT]ING “ww
at xevioyyord jo esoy} YIM snonutzuo0d vV1iydsTO JO SoUT[INO “WwW
‘edoys peorde jo yruuns ye posserdut Apsnonordsuoo ovtsys [etyATH *]
‘(os ysow]v 10) OSIP YRIM pounofoo ATuLoftun v1zATo Jo saptg “LL
“a “A ; osIp uvyy aoped Aysnonordsuoo you xedy “4%
nas af yy ‘ea osIp uvy} azoped ATsnonordsuoo os[e xedy “¥
‘osIp uvyy asoyed A[snonordsuoo (aed ur 10 AT[oyM) vaizkTo Jo sapig “/
‘poussiseys Jou wunyjouolg “bb
Asseiq eiyApy “12
e[dind 10 ueois-oT[[eyou eVIZATH “2
‘Y{Suel UBIPOU OY} SV OpIM SB GoM} AT[NF XVIOYIOI x
YSUCT UVIPOU OY} SV OPIM SB OOIM} UVY} SSO] KVIOYIOId ,
‘pouserseys jou BiyATy “YY
peucsoiseys os[e eaiqA[q “Y
‘pouseiseys unjouolg “Ob
‘a UL UBY} TeSIV] YONUI EZIg ‘aa
a oui “ie ae eS soainzyound snonordsuoo yyta wngjouolg “ff
55 tae “Se os ysow[e 10 oyejyoundut wnjgouorg ‘f
[Tews ATeA VZIg “4
‘soungound yons ynoy}IM wnuseysoid Jo septg “Pp
“+ gormgound os1voo puv osuep [JIM wNureysoi1d jo seplg */

ee eee eee eee see

eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee

ese eve eee

115

syyoougp2arg

sinua}

1192409

nyvadli}o

stpudib

jeordAy ‘nznjnzound
U0 |

“ava “nutfipip

peorddéy ‘sruuadizoqury
U110; |

$4JOIY NL

vavyiuas
stuuadisnq

DZOPLASDL} 04
Dynpypod
SUDDDA
DLpUuruLas
pDyooUNsuUr

qaed ut ‘noido14

WAoF [BOIdAy “DadDqQuay

‘jnoysno1y} poeyeosnjul A[deep you eingng 99
of nes ar OJVIJLAIG XBIOYIOIT yy
oe ay oyVpnovMU XBIOyJOId ,,
‘qnoysno1y} poeyeosnjur Ajdesp 10 yovyq oaungng °9
“"YYpIm [eusou Jo SUISIvVUT [BIJATH yy
[ensn uvyy JOpIMm YONU sulsivuU [VAZATH x
‘goinqound your}stp ssey JO e10ul Yim sneddTg *4q
"P 4) “* OS ysoumye to ozeqyoundu snedA[Q *¢
‘a10Ul poyeiledes sody “ND
suo] uvy} JOpIM YOnuU you xXeV10yy,OIg ,,
BUCO] SB OpIM SB 9dIM} AT[NF XBIOyJOIg ,
‘ako UB JO IOJOWVIP OSTOASUBIY OY} ULY} SSaT poyeredoas soAy “Y
‘poydeoxe saulyewos oingns ayy ‘oped Ajeitgue BIgZATW] “OLOT
Ny — possordut OS JOU BBII4YS OUIOG *2z
edojs jvorde uo pessaidut ATsnonordsuoo oevtiys [[y *2
‘orpeyour you eayAT “fifi
“4 orpeyou vaya “A
‘aGIL[ OZIG “MM
ay Set soingound yourjstp Y4IA XBIOYJOIg ‘Hw
os ysowye 10 oyejyoundWI xeBI0yjolg “x
m ‘TTeVuIs eZIg “Mm
‘poy daoxe SouIIJOUIOS oseq 9UIeI}xXO IO SUISIvUL oY} “YIVp AToIIQUO VIZATHT “OT
‘powlsre Sopsue JuoIF YGLM xvsI0yqQoIg “qd
nas oe sjods yoryq imof YI ynq ‘oped vaqdpy “nan
Ajtor1eqysod youtystp Ayarey sornzound [earzsTy “aa
Q[qIstA Ajoorvos (eseq ynoqe ydeoxe) sorngound j[easqzapy “a
‘gyed Ayoutyue BarqA[ “nn
see one eee see eee yep [e11}U9 VIYATO nN
‘OZIS a4V1EpouL JO ysou 4¥ sounyound OLloVIOyJOIg *}}
mete esivoo Ayjensnun oeyimb soinzound o1ov10yyoud *}
- -odoys peorde uo yourystp yyoq jou sornqzound pue ovl@ys [BZA] ‘ss
+o ‘ edoys yeorde uo yourystp YJoq seangound pue ovlsys [VrzApop ‘s
‘poulvun sejsuv quorty YGIM XVIOTIOIg “CT
‘[[np you wood Jl 10 ‘use1d you BaydlT “OO
. he “+ @NIq 10 Woee1d-91T]]Vjow [Np BaZATW “O
‘sBulyivu yap Yyyia oyed «0 ‘oped Ajorgue wnjoudKlg “qq

see eee

ef oer eee ee see .

116

pf{nwsovpawu

ojed ‘stuuadinqut)
WLIO} |

$2))090)d WD

qavd ut ‘puliprp

VED)NIDWAL}

D}IU1}09 WIAD

VLI {UNH UDLL}

iswagsDUL

D}D7}UA01pa UW

DPDIUYLAILG

“IVA ‘DLafyNnbuvr1t}

$2]}091)NIDUL

DINIsnNUurUu

pavy

p{nu
awolia)n

suvLnjnsoasnf

wioy ojed ‘vzviprwep
SULQDINWULOI

sg = _ a a “* gods @ yons ynoyyIM Yano “yy
yods uvtpeuysod poqvjost uv YIM oo14s10}Ul YQINO “yy
‘d10Y} POPVOSNJUL Jou VaAZA[HE “FE
oo BS WIN{[egnos ynoqe poeZBosnjul BaZALY “Lf
‘odojs [vorde uo possordwl ATJOUTASIP BLAS [TB YIM BAZATH “PT
ans ae 014} UBY} SS2, 10. OL0U YPIM BAPATHY “wu
“* sjyods Yyovyq e014} YIM BIZA[OpP “Ww
‘adojs [vordv uo possardurl APJOUTISIP JOU OVTIYS OWLOS TYLA VAIZAL “]
‘sso[d @ yons ynoyyIM syaed yarqg “HH
“* ssojs ystueord snonordsuoo & YyIM vazdAjo jo gavd yaeg “HY
‘SLOSBE UVIPOUL OSIOASUBIZ BV YNOYIIM BAJA “OD
“* xedv o1ojoq peyvulus0} uolys0d youl *))
xodv 0} ponurzuo0o uory10d youlq uBIpe4sog *)
‘BLOSBJ UBIpeu ofed ‘esreAsuBIy ‘snonotdsu0d B YYIM BIzA[TY “9
‘sgods snonordsuo0d ynoyyIm xB10yjolg “a
us oat “85 “* gods & Yons JnoYyyIM Gano “yy -
gods poyejost uvipewysod & Y4IM 9d14sI0}ZUL YZUNO “Y¥
‘[eulpnylsuol ssuryreur [eayATy “OL
BIOSVT OSToAsuviy V@ AG poyervdes soyoyoTG Youyq OM} YAM waizATH “Lf
"po4VOSI Sse[ 10 e10UL BIZATO JO SuOTJIOd youpg “2
ae ee “83 “+ dn ueyorq jou vizAfo Jo uotqsod yovlg “2
‘OLV[NOVWUIG XBIOYIOIg “WJ
‘OSIP UO SSULYIVUT SnONndIdsuOd sso] IO 910M YQIM BAYA “OA
“+ peqyvosnjut A[qooy ynq 10 “T[V 7e JOU Is1v} puv UUNUIEYSBIePT “YY
peyevosnjul Ajdeep 10 yovyq ‘YO 10 AoYy4IE ‘Isrv} pUB UUNULEYsVJoPT “Y
‘adojs [worde uo e[qees Area ‘Y}oq 10 reyye ‘soungound pue ovliyg “ff
sh an SUC] SV OPIM SB OOIMY ULYZ SSO] YONU XVIOYIOIgG ,,
oa "+ SUOT SV OPM SB GOI} AT[NF KXVIOYJOIgG ,
‘peuyep-]]I pue [jews Area sornjzound ooevsoyyorg “60
peuyep Ajdieys jnq os1ey AreA you seinyound o1ovs0oyjor1g “6
‘adojs [eorde uo peuyep ]jea yyOQ sernjgound pue eevliyg ‘f
‘so.inqound
Q[qISIA AToorvoOs YIM ysour ye 10 ‘soko UoaMjzoq ozeqyoundu pray “pp
wt “ss grey} efqooy ATOA ovIAYS puv soangound [eays[y ‘aa
edojs [vorde uo yourjsip A[arey ovis puv semmyound yeagayqy *a
‘sneddAjo uo sv [[oM sv ‘soko usamjoq seinjyound youlysIp YyIM prop “p

eee

117

Notes ON TABLE.

The femoral teeth, when present, are sometimes so
extremely feeble, and could so easily be overlooked, that it
was not considered desirable to use them in the table. The
sexual variation in the eyes also rendered it desirable not to
use these where possible. The depths of the prosternal striae,
and the diminishing in size posteriorly of the elytral punctures,
are very useful features in distinguishing the species, but the
gradations in size between them are so fine that they could not
be usefully employed for the larger divisions of the table.
The claws might have been used, as they are often strikingly
different between species apparently almost identical (compare
decipiens and atra); but as at the best of times it is often
difficult without considerable manipulation to decide even as
to whether they are bifid or feebly appendiculate, and as a
slight amount of dust or gum readily obscures them, especially
on the smaller specimens, it was decided not to use them in the
table.

A. On many species, not here included, the prosternum
is conspicuously striated at the base, or at the base and apex,
but the striae are not traceable throughout. On the present
group at least some striae are so traceable, although in a few
cases rather indistinctly so.

A. e. On elliptica and on prosternalis, and on even the
darkest forms of apicalis, the elytra are more or less conspicu-
ously diluted with red posteriorly, so they are not included
here.

A. g. This species seems rather out of place amongst
those with striated prosternum, and the striae there are less
distinct than on most species of A, although some of them are
traceable throughout.

A. j. Counting from the middle and excluding the short
basal one. The short vitta on the fourth interstice is some-
times connected with the main longitudinal one, but on such
specimens the interstice itself is partly pale towards the base.

A. kk. On some species of the genus the base of the
head has fairly distinct, or even moderately strong, punctures,
but these are usually concealed by the overlapping base of
prothorax. The space here referred to may be taken as from
the clypeal suture to a line connecting the hind margin of the
eyes; on some species of kk the punctures are rather small,
but they are always sharply defined.

A. p. On flavipennis each angle, when viewed from
below, appears to be armed with a minute tooth, but these
are quite invisible from above.

A. vv. In the male the separation is considerably less
than the transverse diameter of an eye.

118

B. ii. On some of these species the punctures in the striae
are fairly distinct at and below the summit of the apical slope,
but the striae themselves (except the sutural and si 9-9
ones) are feebly or not at all impressed.

D. To make quite sure of this the prothorax must be
viewed from below.

DD. To see the armature clearly it is sometimes necessary
to examine the under-surface of the prothorax from behind,
as the projections are often small, and if the slight constric-
tions that they are really due to are clogged with dust or
grease the projections themselves are scarcely visible. On
many species, however, they are quite distinct from above.

E. The apex also is sometimes obscurely diluted with red,
but never has conspicuous markings.

EE. A variety of clypeata has some infuscate basal spots.

_ EE. gg. On two specimens of alcyone the prothoracic
punctures are more distinct than on the Darwin specimens.

F. One specimen of maculicollis has the prothorax
immaculate, but its elytral blotch is as on typical ones. But”
brevilineata and limbatipennis vary in each other’s direction
so much that it is not always easy to decide as to the position
of a specimen with immaculate prothorax.

I. Referring to the striae only. On some specimens of
didyma the punctures are fairly distinct in all the rows.

RHYPARIDA DIDYMA, Fab.
var. vittata, Blanch.
var. fulvoplagiata, Jac.
var. mediopicta, Blackb.
Pl. v., figs. 1-14; pl. vii., fig. 96; pl. vaii7 figs! 102; 1067 167,
and 171. |

This is an abundant, widely-distributed, and extremely-
variable species. The commonest (and typical) form (fig. 1)
in Queensland (but it extends to the North-west as well) has
three disconnected spots along the middle of each elytron, the
first subbasal and composed, as it were, of three arms (of
which the outer one is sometimes almost disconnected), the
second median and briefly transverse, the third elongate and
subapical. On this form the suture may be partly or entirely
black, or but vaguely infuscated posteriorly ; the margins are
sometimes infuscated towards the apex, and occasionally have
a median spot.

An almost equally abundant form (fig. 2) has the median
and apical spots conjoined.

A very common form in North-west. Australia (but extend-
ing to Queensland) has each elytron with an irregular vitta,

119

extending from each shoulder to near the apex (fig. 3) ;.
frequently on this form each vitta has an inner projection at.
the basal third (fig. 4). One specimen near this form has the
median vittae joined at the apex, with dark sutural and
marginal markings, so that when viewed from behind the tip
of the suture appears to be the starting-point of five longi-
tudinal vittae (fig. 5). This specimen agrees well with the
description of vittata.

On the variety named mediopicta ‘52) the elytra are black,
with the extreme base, the basal margins, suture (except
posteriorly), and a dilated postmedian space (on the suture),
more or less reddish. This is perhaps the least constant of all
the forms, and it is abundant in the Northern Territory.
Frequently the postmedian blotch is split up into two by the
suture being dark throughout.) One such specimen has
most of the prothorax and a considerable portion of the head
infuscated. It, and one other, are the only specimens I have
seen with those parts not entirely pale. Frequently the post-
median spot has two lateral extensions on each elytron (fig. 8),
and these may become conjoined laterally so as to enclose a
black spot (fig. 9). Or the suture may have a fairly wide
space at the base pale, and the red rapidly narrowed till it
disappears about the middle (fig. 10). This form naturally
leads to one in which the elytra at first appear to be entirely
dark, but on examination the base and basal half of the sides
are seen to be very narrowly reddish (fig. 11).

Most of these forms are represented by an abundance of
specimens in the Museum, but in addition there are many
other individual variations. One of the most interesting of
these appears to have the elytra entirely black, but on examina-
tion some parts are seen to be darker than others, these darker
parts consisting of spots as on the typical form. Its head and
prothorax also are deeply infuscated over most of the surface.
Its scutellum, the whole of its under-surface, 4 and the major
portion of the legs are black.

RHYPARIDA AUSTRALIS, Boh. (formerly Typophorus ).
Marsaeus simplex, Clark.
Pl. v., figs. 15-17; pl. viii., fig. 168.
This species was referred by Boheman to 7'ypophorus.
Lefevre ‘55) excluded it from that genus, but without assigning’

(32) The type (fig. 6) is in the South Australian Museum.

(33) The variety (fig. 7) described by Jacoby as fulvoplagiata.

(34)I have seen no other specimens with the scutellum and
under-surface black.

(35) Cat., p. 182.

120

it to any other. Itisa khyparida. In colour it is of a more
or less dingy testaceous or flavous, deepening to a dull (on
some specimens almost a blood) red, and with conspicuous
black or infuscate markings. These on the head usually con-
sist of a fascia in front, connected along the middle more or
less widely with a rounded, medio-basal spot. On the pro-
thorax there is usually a very large spot on each side, but
these are frequently so extended that only the extreme apex
and sides are reddish. The scutellum varies from red to black.
‘On each elytron there is a fairly-wide variable vitta near the
side, extending from the shoulder to about the apical third or
fourth ; the suture is usually black or infuscated throughout,
but towards the base the black portion is usually rapidly (sub-
triangularly) dilated, and then just behind the scutellum
suddenly truncated, and at its widest part it is frequently
joined to the sublateral vitta ; on the fourth interstice beyond
the middle there is usually a narrow spot, but sometimes it is
alogether absent, either through the space there being pale, or,
if dark, forming part of the sublateral vitta. Each side is
usually narrowly black, with the black part either isolated or
joined to the sublateral vitta in one or two places. The sides
of the prosternum, except the extreme margins, are striated
throughout, but more deeply towards the base than elsewhere,
and on some specimens more deeply than on others. On
brevilineata (some varieties of which approach some varieties
of this species) the prosternum is occasionally vaguely striated
at the base, but apparently never on the sides or apex.

A specimen from Moreton Bay, sent by Mr. Arrow for
examination, and as having been compared and agreeing with
the type of simplex, is simply a fairly dark specimen of
australis ; its prothorax is almost entirely dark, but the elytral
markings are of the usual type. In the original description
the colours of the prothorax and elytra are not mentioned,
apparently being included in the general expression “rufo-
niger.”’

Hab.—Queensland: Bloomfield River, Dalby, Brisbane,
Mount Tambourine; New South Wales: Albion Park, Tam-
worth, Liverpool; Victoria: Alps, Geelong, Ararat.

RHYPARIDA RUFICOLLIS, Clark.
howitti, Baly.
satelles, Blackb.

The elytra of this species vary from brassy-green to
purple; with the shoulders and apex occasionally obscurely
diluted with red (but apparently never conspicuously reddish).
The legs are seldom entirely pale, but usually have the knees,

121

tips of tibiae, and the tarsi black or infuscated. The abdomen
is usually infuscated, and frequently has a brassy gloss; the
metasternum is also usually infuscated, but is sometimes much
paler than the abdomen; rarely the whole under-surface is
pale. The species occurs in abundance in the warmer ports
of Australia; specimens in the Museum being from Port
Curtis © and Charters Towers in Queensland, the Northern
Territory,‘° and Roebuck Bay in North-western Australia.

RHYPARIDA NITIDA, Clark (?)

Two specimens from North-western Australia 8) possibly
belong to this species. One is brassy-purple, with dark under-
surface and legs; the other is brassy, with legs obscurely
reddish. They have the head and prothorax finely shagreened,
and with fine, scattered punctures. The clypeus is indistinctly
separated from the face, and has fairly dense and distinct, but
not sharply-defined punctures. The elytral punctures are
coarse, but beyond the middle rapidly decrease in size.

RHYPARIDA NIGROCYANEA, Clark.

Two specimens, measuring eight mm. or four lines
(decidedly above the average for a dark species), and labelled
“Interior §.A.,’’ may belong to this species, but they differ
from the description in having the legs and antennae partly
reddish (although obscurely so), and in the head being not
“foveolato,’’ but with a narrowly impressed median line; the
clypeus (not mentioned in the original description) has dense
and rather strong punctures, the others on the head being very
small. The prothorax, whilst not strongly transverse, is
distinctly wider across the middle than the median length ;
but this is also the case with didyma (which was given as the
type of Marseus), to which nigrocyanea was referred, although
it was said to be ‘‘quadrate or subquadrate,’”’ and ‘‘sub-
quadrato, non transverso.’’

Since the above was written, Mr. Arrow sent a specimen
of the species for comparison that was compared with the type,
and it agrees with these.

RHYPARIDA RUFA, Clark.

A co-type of this species, sent for examination, is struc-
turally extremely close to nigrocyanea, except that the median

(36) Identified by the late Rev. T. Blackburn as ruficollis.

(37) Including the type of satelles.

(38) The type was recorded as from New South Wales, but
several of the localities, given by the Rev. H. Clark in the paper
eames the description of this species, seem to be rather
ubious.

122

line on the head is deeper and that the punctures on the clypeus
are more numerous ; most of its appendages are missing. The
colour was given as “stramineo-flavus,” but that of the co-type
is now of a reddish-castaneous, with a distinct greenish gloss.

RHYPARIDA FULVOLIMBATA, Lef.

var. blackburni, Jac.
Pl. v., figs: 18748049;

On the typical form of this species the elytra have a fairly
wide flavous border, extending from near each shoulder to the
apex, but it often terminates before the apex, and sometimes
all that is left of it is a small medio-lateral spot. Frequently
it is altogether absent, and the form with such elytra has been
described by Jacoby as blackburn. The tibiae are usually pale,
but occasionally are more or less greenish. The prothorax is
usually shining, but on an occasional specimen appears to be
lightly shagreened. There are specimens in the Museum from
Fortescue River, Roebuck Bay, and Port Denison. The type
of fulvolimbata was described as from Sydney, but probably in
error. |

RHYPARIDA APICALIS, Jac.
Pl: v:, Sigs: 2O0-and 21.

The two original specimens of this species differed in the
punctures of the head and elytra, in the space between the
eyes, and in the colours of the legs and elytra.

Two specimens from Port Denison evidently belong to
the species. Each has the sides of the prothorax with dense
and fairly coarse punctures having a tendency to become
oblong and confluent. Their eyes are large, closer together
than usual, and there is a conspicuous longitudinal impression
between them. One has the shoulders and apical portion of
elytra conspicuously paler than the other parts. The sides
of the prosternum are conspicuously longitudinally striated.)

Five specimens from Gladstone, and two from Mungar
Junction, differ from the preceding ones in having the head
quite as dark as the prothorax, the eyes smaller and more
distant, the lateral punctures of the prothorax smaller, quite
round and not at all confluent (although somewhat denser
than on the disc), the shoulders and apex of elytra rather
obscurely paler than the other parts, and with fairly distinct
punctures about apex (although much smaller than about

(39) As they are on all the other specimens here considered as
belonging to the species. Many of the small species of the genus
have the sides of the prosternum similarly striated, but I cannot
find that such sculpture has been referred to in any previously

described species, although presumably some of them must have
been so striated.

123

base). The antennae and legs are of an uniform dingy-brown,
somewhat paler on some specimens than on others, but of one
colour only.

Three specimens from Mackay are also conspecific. Of
these one has the lateral punctures of prothorax more, and
the others have them less, conspicuously confluent. The pro-
thorax is of a rather dark-brown, and on two of them is
notably darker than the head. The elytra are uniformly
reddish-brown, becoming slightly paler posteriorly, but one
has a vaguely infuscate spot on each side. One has the under-
surface black, one has it somewhat paler, and the other has
it still paler. |

A specimen from North Queensland is sculptured as those
from Gladstone, but has the head of a dark-red, with an obscure
median blotch, the elytra with the shoulders and apex flavous
and the suture and base obscurely diluted with red, so that
an elongated black patch is obscurely isolated on each elytron.
The legs and antennae are more or less flavous.

Four specimens from the Fortescue River (North-western
Australia) (4°) also appear to belong to the species; but have
the head with denser punctures, and the median line only
moderately impressed ; the prothoracic punctures are partially
confluent at the sides, but not oblong, and the elytra have
about one-third of the apex flavous, the pale portion connected
with the base at the sides (except on one specimen). One has
an elongated black patch on each elytron, as on the North
Queensland specimen.

A specimen from the Behn River is of a rather dingy
reddish-brown throughout, except that the legs, antennae, and
the lateral and posterior parts of the elytra are somewhat
paler. Jt is rather narrower than the Port Denison ones,
and the lateral prothoracic punctures are not confluent.

A specimen from the Fortescue River is still paler (the
elytra are flavous throughout, except for a slight deepening
of colour towards the base and on the margins). Its head
(except for the clypeus) is impunctate, the prothoracic punc-
tures are small and comparatively sparse (even on the sides),
and the seriate punctures on the elytra (except for the mar-
ginal and sutural rows) are not traceable even to the middle.

Putting some of the extreme forms together (say the
last-mentioned one beside the wider, darker, and more coarsely
punctured ones from Gladstone), it is rather difficult to believe
that they belong to but one species; but there are so many
intermediate ones that I am convinced all the specimens here

(40) All the specimens from the North-west are narrower than
those from Queensland, but this appears to be of varietal import-
ance only.

124

commented upon do so belong. There are specimens from
other localities (including Melville Island), and with other
slight differences, in the Museum.

RHYPARIDA LIMBATIPENNIS, Jac.
Pl. v., figs. 22-24.

Of this species Jacoby had eight specimens belonging to
two forms; but the one (with almost entirely dark elytra) he
described as typical is much less abundant than the one with
a few spots; this form being very abundant in many parts
of Queensland (Rockhampton, Charters Towers, Cairns, Cook-
town, Coen River, etc.). He described the antennae and legs
as fulvous, but the former are frequently infuscated, except
towards the base, and the knees, tip of tibiae, and tarsi are
‘usually infuscated. On the pale form the spots on each elytron
‘very in number from one to three.

RHYPARIDA CLYPEATA, Jac.

Three specimens from North Queensland (Blackburn’s
collection) and Cairns (E. Allen) evidently belong to this
species, which is readily distinguished by its entirely pale
colour and ‘“‘the entirely impunctate head and clypeus, which
latter is not separated from the face.’’ Two of them (both
males) have a feeble longitudinal impression on the head, but
on the other (a female) it is more distinct. The female has
elytral punctures as in the type, but on the males they appear
to be much larger, owing to each being surrounded by a
watery-looking ring “)); their actual sizes, however, are much
as on the female. Jacoby described the femora as unarmed,
but on close examination a very minute tooth (invisible from
most directions) may be seen on each, those on the four hind
ones nearer the apex than base, and on the others nearer base
than apex. At first sight each appears like a speck of dust.

Two other females agree so closely in sculpture (including
the femora) with these that it does not appear desirable to
regard them as more than slight varieties. They have a few
minute punctures on the clypeus, and the base of this is
marked off from the head by a feebly-curved bisinuate line. (42)
One has a very vague spot on the middle of each elytron near
the base; the other has a similar spot, and in addition one
on each shoulder, and a vague stripe on each side of the
prothorax.

(41) Similar rings appear to occur on occasional specimens in
many other families of beetles.

(42)On most species of the genus the punctures and basal
suture of the clypeus are more or less variable.

125

RHYPARIDA MOROSA, Jac.

An abundant species from Brisbane to Port Darwin.
Specimens usually have a bluish, greenish, or purplish gloss,
but sometimes are slightly brassy. On an occasional specimen
the elytra are of a different colour to the prothorax and head.
From three to five of the basal joints of antennae are pale.

RHYPARIDA TRIMACULATA,(45) Jac.
Pl. vi., figs. 25-27.

This species (the type of which was from Northern Aus-
tralia) was described as having the antennae black (except
for the first five joints) and the under-side and legs nearly
black.

There are before me four specimens from Cloncurry which
possibly represent a variety of the species, but they have the
antennae, under-surface, and legs (except for a feeble infus-
cation of the knees and parts of the tarsi) no darker than
the upper-surface. But as the size (4?-54 mm.) is similar to
that of the type (5 mm.), and the sculpture of the head and
prothorax, with the conspicuously trimaculate (4) elytra, are
in accordance with the description, it would be inadvisable
to describe them as new without knowing the typical form.

Since the above was written I have seen (fig. 25) a
Macleay Museum specimen (from Port Denison) that agrees
with the original description and is quite evidently trzmacu-
lata; it differs from the Cloncurry ones (in addition to the
differently coloured antennae, legs, and under-surface) in
being narrower (especially as regards the prothorax), clypeus
less conspicuously separated from the face, punctures in the
elytral rows almost disappearing posteriorly, and in several
minor details. Nevertheless, as it appears possible that the
two forms may belong to but one species, I refrain from
describing the Cloncurry specimens as belonging to a new
one.

RHYPARIDA BREVILINEATA, Jac.

Pl. vi., figs. 28 and 29.

The type of this species was described as having “the
suture and two short stripes beyond the middle piceous.”
This form, however, is rather rare; on the common form the
stripe on the fourth ‘5) interstice is as described, but that on
the eighth ‘*) usually extends to the shoulder, sometimes with

(43) In error originally printed bimaculata.
(44)On one of the specimens the postmedian spot on each
elytron is split up into two longitudinal approximate ones.

(45) The third and seventh according to Jacoby, but he evi-
dently did not count the sutural interstice.

126

a slight interruption before same.(46) The dark sutural mark-
ing is seldom continued to the apex, and frequently terminates
before the middle; the epipleurae are frequently dark. The
scutellum varies in colour. On the prothorax the two dark
spots are seldom completely absent, but they vary in size;
there is also frequently a median spot as well, and the three
are sometimes conjoined; one specimen has a conspicuous
black M. On the head there is occasionally a medio-basal
spot. On the prosternum the base is usually striated, and
the striae may or may not be continued close to the coxae,
but they appear never to extend to the apex, and this will
distinguish the species from amplicollis and allen. The eyes
are smaller but more prominent than in limbatipennis, and
the elytra as a rule are decidedly less convex. The majority
of specimens in fact have a peculiarly flattened appearance.
The length varies from 4 to 7 mm.

Two specimens from North-western Australia (Black-
burn’s collection) are unusually small and ccnvex, and with
the clypeus more distinctly punctured than usual; the pro-
thorax is infuscated almost throughout, and the elytra with
suture infuscated, and the spots so faint as to be practically
absent. |

Hab.—North-western Australia: King Sound, Fortescue
River; Northern Territory; Queensland: Cairns, Kuranda,
Charters Towers, Mackay, Rockhampton, Gladstone, Mungar
Junction, Brisbane.

RHYPARIDA DIMIDIATA, Baly.
Marsaeus rufoflavus, Clark.
Pl. ‘vi. ; fig. (80; pl. vii4 fig. 97; plow phese 104 ead a7:
The typical form of this species is the rarest of three
quite sharply defined ones, and I have taken them all in
company at Tamworth (the third, and the second and third
forms, freely mating). On the elytra of all the forms the
punctures are of large size close to the base, but they rapidly
become much smaller and almost disappear posteriorly. On
the two first forms there is usually a vague bluish gloss, that
is usually fairly distinct on the apical portion of the elytra,
and is seldom altogether absent. The size varies from 44 to
74 mm.
"On the typical form the prothorax, apical half of elytra
(the line of demarcation sharply defined), and most of the
under-surface and legs are black or blackish.

(464)On many specimens there appears to be a_ bifurcated
humeral stripe, with the outer arm extending to beyond the
middle, and the inner one abbreviated at the base, but with the:
stripe on the fourth interstice representing where it would be if
continued, |

127

The second form is entirely black, except that the head,
apex of prothorax, parts of under-surface and of antennae
are often obscurely diluted with red.

The third (and most abundant) form is of a pale-brown
(almost stramineous), with the elytra and base of femora
still paler. With age it becomes considerably darker (more or
less castaneous). This form comes very close to the description
of rufoflava; but it has distinct although rather small pro-
thoracic punctures, (47) whereas that species is described as
having the prothorax impunctate. Mr. Arrow, however, sent
five specimens (three from Moreton Bay) as rufoflava after
comparison with the type, and they are quite normal specimens
of this variety.

Four black specimens, from Brisbane, should perhaps be
regarded as belonging to the second form, but they are less
convex, the bluish gloss is entirely absent, and the elytral
punctures are rather more distinct posteriorly (although much
smaller than anteriorly). A specimen from Northern Queens-
land agrees with these in sculpture of elytra, but has the
sides obscurely flavous from base to apex, and the eyes and
prothoracic punctures somewhat smaller.

Hab.—New South Wales: Tamworth, Clarence River ;
Queensland: Brisbane, Mount Tambourine, Mackay, Cairns.

RHYPARIDA GRANDIS, Baly.
| Burydemus insignis, Chp.

A specimen (numbered 33, but without locality label)
sent by Mr. Arrow as this species, and agreeing with the
original descriptions, is simply a large Rhyparida (to which
genus it was originally referred), with bifid claws and front-
margins of prosternal episterna gently incurved. Baly
described the four hind femora as being armed, but the front
‘ ones are also armed, although the tooth on each of these
is much less distinct than on the others. Baly recorded the
species from New Caledonia; Chapuis recorded FL. insignis
as from Australia; Lefevre also recorded it in his catalogue
as Australian. Its right to a place in Australian catalogues,
however, needs confirmation.

RHYPARIDA BASALIS, Baly.

A variety of this species has been recorded from Queens-
land, but is not represented in the Museum. Mr. Arrow,
however, has sent for examination a specimen of the typical

(47)On some specimens, however, they are smaller than on
others, and if such specimens are greasy or dirty the punctures
could easily be overlooked.

128

form (from Dorey), and in the table this (except that the
apical parts of the elytra are somewhat diluted with. red)
would be referred to E, and associated with the variety zz
of didyma, with which, however, it has very little connec-
tion. In size and (except for the paler prothorax) general
appearance it appears close to melvillensis, but the flanks of
the prosternum are not striated from base to apex as on that
species.
RHYPARIDA MACULICOLLIS, Baly.
Pl. vi., figs. 81 and 32.

The two conspicuous spots on the prothorax of this species
vary considerably in size, and from one of the numerous
specimens in the Museum are altogether absent. The legs
are occasionally almost entirely pale, but frequently the
knees (very rarely the entire femora), tibiae (wholly or in
part), and tarsi are black or infuscated. ‘The abdomen is
usually paler than the metasternum. The sides (except in
front) and base of prosternum are rather faintly but dis-
tinctly striated.

RHYPARIDA MASTERSI, Blackb.
Pl. vi., figs. 383 and 34.

Structurally this species is extremely close to maculi-
collis, and the colours are usually exactly alike (the ground
colour varies on individuals from a rather dark-straw colour
to almost ruby-red), although the markings are strikingly
different. Both forms also have the prosternum close to the
coxae and about the base with fine striae; more conspicuous
on some specimens than on others. The type was described
as having unarmed femora, and those of a co-type in the
Museum are certainly unarmed; but several specimens
coloured exactly the same have the hind femora minutely
dentate, the tooth invisible from most directions.

RHYPARIDA INTERIORIS, Blackb. (?)

The type of imterioris (now in the British Museum) was
the only specimen of the species known to the late Rev. T.
Blackburn. There is now before me a specimen from Mount
Painter (close to Leigh Creek) that I hesitate to regard as
distinct from it, although most of its under-surface and the
apical half of the antennae are infuscated (these, however,
are common variations). But its eyes are widely separated,
whereas they should be closer together than usual. I think
it probable, however, that the eyes are sexually variable in
size and distance, as they certainly are in several species of
which I can be sure of the sexes. .

129

RHYPARIDA UNIFORMIS, Blackb.

The type of this species was described as ‘‘cyanea,”’ a
specimen somewhat doubtfully considered as a variety as
“aenea.’’ But as a matter of fact the brassy form is more
abundant than the bluish. (4)

Four small (44-5 mm.) greenish or purplish-blue speci-
mens from Cairns and Cooktown may represent a variety,
besides in size they differ in being somewhat narrower, with
the median impression on the head deeper, but the clypeus
less distinctly separated from the face. Their femora are
black with a bluish gloss, and three have the tibiae rather
deeply infuscated.

Four small (4-5 mm.) specimens from Roebuck Bay may
represent another variety. They are black with a slight
coppery gloss, and parts of the under-surface and legs have a
slight bluish or greenish gloss, the legs and antennae are
mostly of a dingy testaceous, more or less infuscated in
parts.

RHYPARIDA DISCOPUNCTULATA, Blackb.
PE vii.; figs. 169 and 173.

A short, broad form with the elytra scarcely wider
than the prothorax at the base, so that their outlines are
practically continuous. Although described as ‘‘cyaneo-
nigra,’’ it is only the elytra ‘49) that have a bluish (sometimes
a greenish) gloss; occasionally the gloss is entirely absent.
The head and legs (wholly or in part) are sometimes obscurely
reddish, and the elytra are sometimes diluted with red about
the apex. The prosternum has a few oblique striae about
the base, but they are usually faintly impressed. The length
varies from 5to 6mm. The species is abundant in Northern
Queensland (Bloomfield and Coen Rivers, Bundaberg, Cairns,.
and Darnley Island).

RHYPARIDA HERBACEA, Blackb.

The type and a co-type of this species have the prothorax
reddish, and are the only specimens in the Museum so:
coloured. One marked by the late Rey. T. Blackburn as
“(?) herbacea, var.,’’ has the prothorax of the same dull
metallic-green as the elytra, but its head is of a dingy-red,
with a metallic-green gloss. Two specimens (from Chillagoe)
have the head and prothorax coloured as the elytra; two
others (from Chillpgoe and Port Damean) have the head

(48) On this form, iielading ‘the type, the ely tra are more or
less purplish.
(49) The tvpe and three co-types are in the Museum.
F

130

and prothorax of a dull coppery-blue, and one (from Nor-
manton) has the head, prothorax, and elytra of a dark
greenish-bronze. All these agree in their dull metallic
appearance, due to the shagreened surface, and all have the
sides of the prosternum with remnants of striae.

It is probable that if some of these specimens could be
compared with the type of viridiaenea, they would be found
to agree with same, but even if this should prove to be the
case the name herbacea should be retained as varietal for the
form with red prothorax.

RHYPARIDA AENEOTINCTA, Blackb.
Pl, wiz, tie., 35:
The type of this es is in the Museum.

RHYPARIDA POSTICALIS, Blackb.
Ply, tie 36:
Three specimens of this species, with almost identical
elytral markings, are in the Museum.

RHYPARIDA AMPLICOLLIS, Blackb.
Plu viggh®23/-

The type and many co-types of this species are in the
Museum. The elytra were stated to have ‘‘regione suturali
antice late subaeneis, latera versus nonnullis exemplis
longitudinaliter aeneo- -notatis.”’ It is over twenty years since
they were described, and possibly some alteration has taken
place, but there is mow not the least metallic appearance on
any of them. There is an obscure infuscate blotch (of vary-
ing size) in the scutellar region, and on some specimens a
vague infuscate humeral spot and a postmedian one on the
seventh interstice of each elytron; on one co-type there is
also a vague postmedian spot on the third interstice. The
prosternum is without medio-lateral striae, but a few faint
ones may be traced at the base. A specimen from the Coen
River has very minute punctures on the head; the prothorax
and elytra, except for portions of the margins, are deeply
infuscated throughout.

Variety A. Some large (74-84 mm.) specimens from the
Northern Territory (apparently sent with the typical form)
and King Sound differ in being of a brighter colour, pro-
thorax with a vague infuscate blotch towards each side, and a
still more vague one in the middle; the elytra with a small
post-scutellar space (but the suture throughout), each
shoulder and a spot on the fourth interstice, and another on
the eighth about the middle, more or less conspicuously

131

infuseated. The punctures on the head (including clypeus)
and prothorax are also more distinct. On the typical form
(14 specimens) the punctures decidedly decrease in size
towards the apex of the elytra, and are quite regular in the
striae; at the apex between the marginal and submarginal
striae the interstice is conspicuously wider than the others,
and either impunctate, or with but one or two punctures.
On the variety (5 specimens) the interstice there is covered
with coarse, crowded punctures, and the whole of the apical
portion is more or less coarsely punctured.

Two specimens from Northern Queensland are rather
smaller (7 mm.) and narrower, with most of the prothorax
entirely black, but the elytral markings and apex are as on
the variety. A specimen from Charters Towers has markings
as on the variety, but the apex of elytra is as on the typical
form.

RHYPARIDA FLAVA, Clark.
preeitarsis, Blackb.
var. pallida, Jac.

This species is abundant in the Northern Territory and
North-western Australia, and there are two in the Macleay
Museum from Port Denison, and varies in length from 4 to 6
mm. The knees, tips of tibiae, and the tarsi are usually
infuscated or black; the abdomen and metasternum are also
sometimes black or infuscated. Pallida appears to have been
described from specimens (of which there are several (50) in
the Museum) with entirely pale legs. Mr. Arrow sent a
specimen labelled ‘‘New Holl.’ as flava after comparison with
the type; it is simply a fairly large specimen of the species
subsequently named piceitarsis by Blackburn.

RHYPARIDA PUNCTULATA, Blackb.

This species has eyes decidedly larger than usual, the
space between them considerably less than the diameter of
an eye (less in the male than in the female), and the front
notched in the middle. It is also distinct by the conspicuous
punctures of head and prothorax, the elytral punctures.
strong at the base and small posteriorly, a small acute pro-
jection on each front angle of prothorax, and by the
dentate hind femora; the tooth is small, but from some
directions is quite distinct.

Two specimens from Melville Island differ from the type,
and some co-types, in having the upper-surface black, in
places with a vague bluish gloss, and the elytra obscurely

Nae Including one from Melville Island.
F

132

diluted with red posteriorly; the under-surface and legs are
also more or less deeply infuscated.

RHYPARIDA PILOSA, Nl. Sp.

Castaneous ; sides and apical half of elytra, abdomen, and
appendages paler. Elytra with rows of fairly long and dis-
tinct hairs, head and prothorax with shorter and less distinct
ones.

/Iead with dense and fairly coarse punctures throughout,
with a feeble medio-basal elevation. Prothorax about half
as long as greatest width, sides strongly rounded, front angles
lightly armed; with dense and fairly large but rather shallow
punctures, becoming smaller about apex and subconfluent on

sides. Hlytra parallel-sided from shoulders to apical third,

greatest width scarcely more than that of prothorax, but con-
siderably wider than base of same; with fairly dense, rather
large, and somewhat irregular punctures, becoming smaller
posteriorly, and almost disappearing from apical slope.
Flanks of prosternum conspicuously striated from base to
apex. Hind femora minutely dentate; claws bifid. Length,
3-34 mm.

Hab.—North-western Australia: Fortescue River (W.
D. Dodd). Type, I. 3079. 13

The conspicuous elytral clothing readily distinguishes this
species from all others of the genus. The basal portions of
the elytra are paler than the prothorax, but each has a feeble
longitudinal vitta extending from the shoulder to about the
middle, where the shade is the same as that of the pro-
thorax. The two specimens in the Museum differ somewhat
in size, but in very little else; they appear to be females.

RHYPARIDA MEGALOPS, 0. sp.

gd. Blackish-piceous; elytra at apex, an indistinct spot
on each shoulder, and the appendages testaceous.

Head with rather dense and strong punctures; not longi-
tudinally impressed. Eyes unusually large, distance between
them only about one-third the transverse diameter of an eye.
Prothorax scarcely twice as wide as median length, front
angles almost unarmed; with fairly numerous, rather small
but clearly defined punctures, becoming slightly more
numerous and larger on sides than on disc. Hlytra sub-
parallel-sided to beyond the middle; with clearly defined rows
of fairly large punctures about base, becoming smaller pos-
teriorly, and (except about suture and sides) almost dis-
appearing from apical slope. Flanks of prosternum strongly
striated throughout. Length, 2% mm.

i ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee —

133

Hab.—Queensland: Gladstone (A. M. Lea). Type
(unique), I. 3422.

A minute species evidently allied to apicalis, but differ-
ing from all the specimens commented upon as probably
belonging to that species by the even larger eyes, the space
between them being only about one-third of the diameter of
an eye, and the head being without a median longitudinal
impression. The prothoracic punctures, although sharply
defined, exhibit no tendency to become oblong or confluent.
I have been unable to see the claws clearly, but they appear
to be bifid.

RHYPARIDA APICIPENNIS, n. sp.

6. Black; head, apical portion of elytra, an obscure sell
on each shoulder, and the appendages of a more or less dingy-
red.

Head with dense and rather coarse punctures; with a
vague median impression. LHyes large, separation about one-
half the transverse diameter of each. Prothorax at base about
once and one-half the median length, front angles unarmed ;
with fairly numerous, clearly-defined punctures, of rather
small size, becoming slightly denser towards but absent from
extreme sides. Llytra suboblong-ovate, distinctly but not
much wider than prothorax, widest beyond the middle; with
-clearly-defined rows of moderate punctures about base, becom-
ing much smaller towards but traceable almost to apex. Flanks
of prosternum distinctly striated throughout. Claws bifid.
Length, 4-45 mm.

Hab.—North-western Australia (Macleay Museum).
Type, I. 3447.

Larger and wider than any specimen in the Museum that
could be referred to apicalis, to which it is very close, but the
prothorax is less transverse and more convex, and with smaller
punctures, not at all confluent laterally, and elytra with punc-
tures even less distinct posteriorly. The femora appear to be
truly edentate. A specimen, evidently a female, differs from
the type in being slightly wider, head not reddish and with
somewhat smaller eyes, elytra with pale portion occupying
more of the apex, and less encroached upon at suture, and
abdomen more evenly convex.

RHYPARIDA MAYAE, N. sp.

Black ; head, apex of prothorax, elytra (suture and a large
spot on each side towards base excepted) and parts of under-
surface, more or less reddish; appendages (parts of the legs
somewhat infuscated) paler.

Head shagreened ; with moderately dense but rather small
punctures, rather stronger on clypeus than elsewhere; with a

134

feeble median elevation from base to clypeus. Eyes rather
widely separated. Prothorar rather small, not twice as wide
as median length, front angles unarmed ; with sharply-defined
and fairly-dense but rather small punctures, becoming slightly
larger but sparser towards sides. Llytra at base distinctly
wider than prothorax, sides feebly dilated to beyond the
middle ; with regular (on parts of the lateral slopes irregular)
rows of fairly large punctures, becoming smaller towards but
quite conspicuous to apex; interstices with minute punctures.
Flanks of prosternum strongly striated throughout. Hind
femora feebly dentate; claws acutely appendiculate. Length,

Hab.—Western Australia: Mullewa and Lennonville
(Miss J. F. May); South Australia: Gawler Ranges (S. A~-
White)... Type, FE. 3081.

In general appearance close to some forms of apicalis, but
eyes more distant (in both sexes), smaller, and more prominent,
head with smaller and denser puctures, median impression more:
feeble and connected with the base by a fine ridge, prothoracic:
punctures not laterally confluent and oblong, and series of
elytral punctures quite distinct to apex. Of the five specimens.
before me, three (including the type) have a large blackish
blotch on the basal half of each elytron, not very sharply
defined and not extending to base, suture, or side; the fourth
has each spot larger and still less sharply defined; the fifth
has the upper-surface entirely castaneous, except that the
elytra become flavous about apex, parts of its sterna are rather
deeply infuscated. The sexual differences, apart from the
front tarsi, are slight.

RHYPARIDA PARVICOLLIS, N. sp.

Dark piceous-brown ; head, elytra (except for a wide vitta.
covering most of each), and appendages more or less castaneous
or flavous.

Head specially convex about base; with sparse and small
punctures there; with a short median impression towards the
front ; clypeus with dense and distinct punctures. Eyes widely
separated. Prothorax small, base scarcely once and one-half
the median length, front angles not distinctly armed; with
minute punctures becoming slightly larger on sides. Hlytra at
base distinctly wider than prothorax, sides feebly dilated to
beyond the middle, where the width is almost twice that of the
prothorax ; with regular rows of fairly large punctures, becom-
ing smaller towards but distinct to apex. Flanks of prosternum
striated throughout. (Claws acutely appendiculate. Length,
41+ mm.

135

Hab.—Western Australia: Geraldton (A. M. Lea).
Type (unique), I. 3448.

In general appearance close to wpica/is and the preceding
species, but head smaller and swollen at base, prothorax
smaller and with minute punctures (even at sides). From
apicalis also it differs in the elytral punctures, being distinct
to apex. The elytra have the sides and apex almost: flavous,
the base and a sutural space darker, and elsewhere almost
black, but the shades of colour are only sharply defined
laterally.

RHYPARIDA ELLIPTICA, N. sp.

Black, upper-surface with a vague metallic greenish gloss ;
apical portion of elytra, muzzle, abdomen, and appendages
more or less testaceous, parts of antennae and of legs
infuscated.

Head with rather small and not very dense, but distinct,
punctures, becoming larger and more crowded on clypeus.
Eyes widely separated and rather prominent. /Prothorar
almost twice as wide as the median length, sides and angles
evenly rounded ; with fairly dense and small, sharply-defined
punctures, becoming slightly larger on sides. Elytra at base
no wider than base of prothorax, sides gently rounded and
widest across middle; with regular rows of fairly-large punc-
tures, becoming smaller towards but distinct to apex. Flanks
of prosternum striated throughout. Metasternum with some
large punctures towards sides. Hind femora minutely dentate ;
claws acutely appendiculate. Length, 3-3? mm. |

//ab.—Queensland: Cape York (Blackburn’s collection),
Stewart River (W.D. Dodd). Type, I. 3095.

In size and general appearance something like some of the
dark varieties of apicalis, but with a metallic gloss (absent,
however, from the Cape York specimen, but which is in poor
condition), elytral punctures distinct to apex and eyes smaller,
more prominent and more widely separated, and the median
groove on one specimen so indistinct that it could be fairly
regarded as absent, and from two others altogether wanting.
‘The clypeus, although without a distinct suture posteriorly, is
‘quite distinctly separated from the rest of the head by being
slightly separately convex, and with punctures much denser
than on the space immediately behind it. The three specimens
before me appear to be all males, as the four front tarsi are
distinctly inflated, and their eyes are of the same size. The
notch on each of the hind tibiae is rather feeble, but on the
middle ones of normal size. The general outlines are almost
perfectly elliptical.

136

RHYPARIDA MEDIONIGRA, N. sp.
Pl. viz, fig. 38:

Black ; head (a conspicuous median spot excepted), elytra:
(wholly or in part), and part of abdomen more or less reddish,
appendages paler.

Head with moderately dense but not very large punctures,
becoming larger and more crowded on clypeus; with a short
medio-frontal impression. Eyes rather widely separated.
Prothorax at base scarcely once and one-fourth the median
length, sides rather strongly rounded, and widest nearer base
than apex, front angles unarmed ; with fairly dense but rather
small punctures, becoming larger and denser on sides. Llytra
distinctly wider than prothorax, sides parallel for about half °
their length, or very feebly dilated to beyond the middle; with
rows of rather small punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly,
and absent from apical slope. Flanks of prosternum striated
throughout. Femora minutely dentate; claws bifid. Length,
33-4 mm.

/fab.—South Australia: Leigh Creek (Blackburn’s col-
lection), Mount Painter (near Leigh Creek) (H. G. Stokes).
Type, I. 3059.

Closely allied to apicalis, but eyes more widely separated,
and head more convex about base. From mayae it is readily
distinguished by the elytral punctures almost disappearing
posteriorly, and head with a medio-basal carina.) The three
specimens before me vary somewhat in colour. On the type
each elytron has a large blackish blotch (becoming paler in
places) connected with the side (this narrowly black through-
out) at the summit of the apical slope. A specimen (associated
with the type in the Blackburn collection) has the base and
apex of prothorax reddish, and the elytra almost entirely red-
dish, becoming paler posteriorly, but with the suture and
sides feebly infuscated. The specimen from Mount Painter
is without » cephalic spot, the prothorax is reddish (vaguely
infuscated towards each side), and the elytra are mostly
flavous, becoming darker towards base and suture, and with
a vaguely-defined infuscate spot on the basal half towards each
side.

RHYPARIDA FLAVIPENNIS, 0. sp.

Dark reddish-brown ; elytra (suture and sides excepted),.
legs, and antennae (the apical joints more or less infuscated)
flavous.

(51) No doubt on specimens with the base of the head partially
concealed the carina would be covered; but of both species there-
are specimens before me with the base of the head not concealed.

137

Head with rather small and not very dense punctures,
becoming larger towards and densest on clypeus; without a
median impression. Eyes small and widely separated. Pro-
thorax at base almost equal to median length, front angles
unarmed ; with moderately dense and rather small, clearly-
defined punctures, becoming larger and denser on sides. Hlytra
considerably wider than prothorax, almost parallel-sided to
beyond the middle ; with rows of fairly large punctures, rapidly
becoming smaller and disappearing (except near suture and
sides) from apical slope. Flanks of prosternum striated
throughout. /emora minutely dentate; claws acutely appen-
diculate. Length, 3? mm.

_ Hab.—-Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Type,
I. 3123. !

In some respects resembling some of the pale forms of
apicalis, but readily distinguished by the widely-separated
eyes (these, for the genus, are exceptionally small and distant),
and absence of a median groove. The series of punctures on
the elytra appear to almost abruptly terminate before the
middle, but in certain lights they are vaguely traceable almost
to the apex, although extremely small and shallow. On the
head and prothorax of one specimen, although there are no
distinct markings, certain parts are obscurely darker than
other parts.

RHYPARIDA BREVIS, Nn. sp.
Pl. vi., fig. 39.

Dark-red ; elytra (suture excepted), abdomen, and appen-
dages more or less flavous.

Head without punctures, except on clypeus, where they
are rather small and sparse, although distinct; with a distinct
medio-frontal impression, connected in middle with an oblique
clypeal suture. Eyes rather large, widely separated, a narrow
depression behind each. Prothorazx more than twice as wide
‘as median length, front angles armed; with numerous rather
small punctures, almost disappearing from near all the mar-
gins. LHlytra short, very little wider than prothorax; with
regular rows of fairly large punctures, becoming smaller to-
wards but distinct to apex. Flanks of prosternum rather
lightly striated. Femora minutely dentate; claws bifid.
Length, 3-33 mm. |

Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection),
“apt (Macleay Museum, E. Allen, and A. M. Lea), Type,

. 3110.

The prothorax and sterna are almost of a deep blood-red,
but the head is somewhat paler (although darker than the
elytra). Four specimens have colours exactly as described,
but two others have three conspicuous spots on the elytra, one

138

about the middle of each, and the third common to both ow
the suture near the scutellum. Another specimen has some-
what similar but less sharply-defined spots. A specimen in
the Macleay Museum is black, except for the head and parts
of the appendages. The flanks of the prosternum have many
striae extending from base to apex, but on the apical half they
are not very sharply defined, they cover a space at least half-
way from the coxa to the outer margin on each side, the outer
side being smooth; this character will readily distinguish the
species from trimaculata, whose prosternum, even at the base,
is not longitudinally strigose.

RHYPARIDA PLATYDERES, N. sp.

Reddish-castaneous ; elytra somewhat paler about their
apex, abdomen and appendages more or less flavous.

Head with moderately dense but rather small punctures,
becoming denser and somewhat larger on clypeus; with a
narrow medio-frontal impression, connected with a feeble
clypeal suture. Eyes rather large and moderately separated,
a shallow groove behind each. VProthorax across middle about
thrice the median length, front angles unarmed; with rather
small and not very dense but clearly-defined punctures, almost
disappearing before all the margins. SHlytra suboblong to
beyond the middle, very little (at extreme base not at all)
wider than prothorax ; with rows of not very large punctures,
becoming distinctly smaller towards but distinct to apex.
Flanks of prosternum striated throughout. Yemora minutely
dentate ; claws appendiculate. Length, 3-34 mm.

Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection).
Type.) iy sus.

In general appearance rather close to the preceding
species, but head more convex, and with much more conspicuous
punctures, eyes rather larger and less prominent, front angles
of prothorax more rounded and not armed, and punctures in
general slightly different. On the forehead there is a vaguely-
infuscate spot.

RHYPARIDA PROSTERNALIS, Nl. Sp.

Piceous-brown, sides and apex of elytra slightly paler ;
abdomen and appendages more or less testaceous.

/Tead with small and rather dense punctures, becoming
larger on clypeus; with a narrow medio-frontal impression,
connected with a vague clypeal suture. Eyes large, separation
about equal to the transverse diameter of an eye. Prothorax
about thrice as wide as the median length, sides feebly rounded
and decreasing in width from base to apex, front angles un-
armed ; with fairly numerous sharply-defined but rather small

139

punctures, almost disappearing laterally. Hlytra suboblong-
ovate, very little wider than prothorax, widest at about
middle; with rows of fairly large punctures, becoming smaller
towards but quite distinct to apex. Flanks of prosternum con-
spicuously striated throughout ; episterna densely and coarsely
punctate. Femora minutely dentate; claws bifid. Length,
34 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd). Type
(unique), I. 3092. 5 |

In general appearance like some of the darker forms of
apicalis, but seriate punctures of elytra distinct to apex.

RHYPARIDA BIMACULICOLLIS, Nn. sp.
Pie ea. tre. 402,

Flavous; prothorax dark reddish-castaneous, a large ill-
defined black spot on each side; elytra with the suture and
epipleurae infuscated, and with a conspicuous blackish spot
on suture near base, sterna and apical half of antennae infus-
cated.

_ Head with small punctures at base, disappearing before
clypeus ; with a feeble disconnected frontal impression ; clypeus
with fairly dense and distinct punctures, without suture pos-
teriorly. Eyes large, prominent, and widely separated. Pro-
thorax rather more than twice as wide as long, all angles
armed; with dense and rather small punctures, but absent
from close to base and at sides. H#/ytra distinctly wider than
prothorax, parallel-sided to beyond the middle; with rows of
rather large punctures, becoming much smaller towards, but
traceable to apex; interstices with sparse and minute punc-
tures. Flanks of prosternum distinctly striated throughout.
Femora minutely dentate ; claws bifid. Length, 34-33 mm.

/Tab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea), Kuranda
(H. H. D. Griffith). Type, I. 3119.

In general sculpture close to tenwis, but, apart from the
very different colour, prothorax more transverse, with much
more conspicuous punctures, and with front angles conspicu-
ously armed. In these it agrees with minuscula, but from that
species it differs in being larger, with bimaculate prothorax
and striated prosternum.

RHYPARIDA SUBANGULATA, Nn. sp.
Phi vis fe. 41
Of a dingy reddish-castaneous, elytra paler but with dark
markings, prothorax with more or less conspicuous markings ;
abdomen and appendages more or less flavous.
Head shagreened, impunctate; with a narrow medio-
frontal disconnected impression ; clypeus impunctate or almost

140

so, its hind suture distinct only at each side, where it is con-
nected with a narrow depression margining the eye. Eyes
rather large and widely separated. /rothorax shagreened and.
impunctate ; at base about twice the median length, sides sub-
angularly dilated near base, and then rapidly diminishing in
width to apex, front angles obtusely armed. “H/ytra suboblong-
ovate, at base scarcely wider than greatest width of prothorax ;
with rows of rather large punctures, becoming much smaller
towards, but distinct to apex. Flanks of prosternum with
striae fairly strong at base, and traceable to but very feeble
towards apex. Femora minutely dentate ; claws bifid. Length,
4-41 mm.

Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection),
Cairns (Macleay Museum and E. Allen). Type, I. 3426.

Close to some of the smaller and more convex forms of
brevilineata, but clypeus impunctate (on two specimens, how-
ever, very vague punctures may be traced); the sides of the
prosternum also have striation traceable to apex. The seven
specimens before me all differ somewhat in their markings, but
all have five blackish spots or stripes on the prothorax, the
penultimate one towards each side being the longest ; on three
specimens (including the type) they are all more or less
obscurely connected, but on four others the middle one is:
isolated. On each elytron of the type there is a blackish spot
near the base of the fourth interstice, and the sides are nar-
rowly black. On three others the markings are smaller and
less defined; but on another they are greatly extended but
very ill-defined, owing to the obscuring of the paler parts.

RHYPARIDA CRASSIPES, Nn. sp.

Black, with a vague metallic gloss; legs sometimes ob-
scurely diluted with red, basal joint of antennae obscurely
reddish.

Head with sparse and minute punctures about base,
becoming fairly numerous in front and dense’and rather coarse
on clypeus; with a narrow, disconnected, medio-frontal im-
pression. Eyes widely separated and not very large. Pro-
thorax not twice as wide as the median length, front angles
unarmed ; disc with small and sparse punctures, becoming
decidedly larger and denser towards sides. Hlytra suboblong,
very little wider than prothorax ; with rows of large punctures,
becoming smaller (but still of fairly large size) to apex. Flanks
of prosternum conspicuously striated throughout. Metaster-
num with dense and rather coarse punctures, in places
transversely confluent, but absent from sides. Legs unusually
stout ; femora minutely dentate ; claws appendiculate. Length,
37-44 mm.

.
:

141

Hab.—Queensland: Stewart River (W. D. Dodd). Type,
I. 3093.

A rather narrow, black species, somewhat suggestive of
Chalcolampra, with unusually stout legs and antennae. From
elliptica it is distinguished by its narrower form, thicker and
darker legs, coarse punctures, and different cephalic impres-
sion. The head is densely punctate on the clypeus and near
same, then there is a shiny and almost (or quite) impunctate
space, and then at the base the punctures are again dense and
conspicuous, but the basal punctures are quite concealed when
the head is partially retracted. The femora from most direc-
tions appear to be edentate, but from one a very minute tooth
becomes visible; the claws from most directions appear to be
simple, but really each has a small and acute, but feebly
separated, appendix.

RHYPARIDA OPHTHALMICA, N. Sp.

Black; a flavous spot on each side of base of head, base
of antennae, and parts of tarsi more or less flavous.

Head with fairly dense and rather small punctures,
becoming larger but not denser on clypeus; with a vague,
medio-frontal impression. Eyes rather large, very prominent,
separation about equal to the transverse diameter of an eye.
Prothoraz, at widest, about thrice the median length, sides
subangularly dilated near base, rapidly diminishing thence to
apex, front angles unarmed; with fairly dense and small,
sharply-defined punctures, becoming slightly denser on sides.
Elytra at base scarcely wider than prothorax, sides feebly
dilated to beyond the middle; about base with fairly large
punctures, rapidly becoming smaller and almost disappearing
before apex. Flanks of prosternwm with striae from base to
apex. Femora minutely dentate; claws bifid. Length,
34 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type -
(unique), I. 3429.

The prosternum is distinctly striated posteriorly, and the
striation is narrowly continued along the sides to the apex;
the individual striae, however, do not appear to be so con-
tinued, but those from the base appear to extend almost to the
apex, and then inwards from these a fresh lot starts and extends
to apex. The antennae are thicker than is usual in the genus.
The elytra have a faint bluish gloss, as on some forms of
dimidiata, and the elytral punctures are somewhat as on that
species, but the two have little else in common. The head is
somewhat as on tropica, but the prothoracic punctures and
prosternum are very different.

142

RHYPARIDA RUFICEPS, 0. sp.

Black ; head, tips of elytra, and epipleurae towards base,
and appendages more or less reddish-flavous.

Head with small punctures at base, but almost disappear-
ing before clypeus ; with a narrow median impression ; clypeus
with distinct but not very large punctures, posterior suture
defined only at sides. Eyes large, distance between them
slightly less than the transverse diameter of an eye. Prothorax
about twice as wide as the median length, front angles scarcely
armed; with small and rather sparse punctures. //ytra sub-
ovate, at extreme base very little wider than prothorax, but
across widest part (at about the apical third) considerably
wider ; with rows of fairly large punctures, almost disappearing
posteriorly. Flanks of prosternwm conspicuously striated from
base to apex, except on outer margins. Femora very minutely
dentate; élaws appendiculate. Length, 3 mm.

Hab.—-New South Wales: Jenolan (J. C. Wiburd).
Type (unique), I. 3449.

A small, oval, black species, with conspicuously reddish
head and appendages.

RHYPARIDA MELVILLENSIS, 0. sp.
Plivi.9 ies 2.

Blackish-brown, some parts more or less flavous or
testaceous.

Head shagreened; with small and feeble punctures at
base, disappearing entirely before clypeus, the latter with
rather dense and large ones; with a narrow medio-frontal
impression connected with a bisinuate clypeal suture. Eyes
large, prominent, and widely separated. Prothorax scarcely
twice as wide as the median length, all angles armed; with
rather small but well-defined, and rather irregularly distri-
buted, punctures. Hlytra suboblong, distinctly wider than
prothorax; with rows of large punctures, becoming much
smaller towards, but distinct to apex. Flanks of prosternum
distinctly striated throughout. Femora unarmed; claws
appendiculate near base. Length, 5 mm.

Hab.—Melville Island (W. D. Dodd). Type, I. 3084.

The prominent eyes, conspicuously punctate clypeus, with
the head elsewhere practically impunctate, the conspicuously
striated prosternum and rows of large elytral punctures, form
a combination of characters that should be peculiarly distinc-
tive, even if (as is probably the case) the colours are not to be
depended upon. The paler parts are the head (except for a
subtriangular basal spot and the clypeal suture), two obscure
spots near the base of each elytron, and a narrow strip almost

-

143

at apex, part of abdomen, legs (basal parts of tibiae excepted),
palpi, and most of anennae.

Three specimens from Adelaide River (in the British
Museum) belong to this species ; one is coloured exactly as the
type, except that a greater portion of the apex of the elytra
is pale; on the other two the apex is as on the type, but the
basal markings are reduced to an elongate spot on each
shoulder, where the black is diluted to red.

RHYPARIDA MILITARIS, 0. sp.
Pl. vi., fig. 43.

Reddish-brown, palpi and parts of antennae and legs
paler ; elytra conspicuously striped.

Head shagreened and minutely punctate ; with a narrow,
deep, medio-frontal impression, connected with clypeal suture ;
elypeus with fairly dense and rather large punctures. Eyes
moderately large and widely separated. Prothorax across
middle almost twice the median length, all angles armed ; with
fairly dense and rather small, but clearly-defined punctures,
disappearing from close to all the margins. Hlytra of the same
shape as in the preceding species, and with similar but slightly
smaller punctures. Flanks of prosternum conspicuously
striated about base, but feebly elsewhere. Femora edentate.
Length, 4 mm.

Hab.—Melville Island (W. D. Dodd). Type (unique),
I. 3121. ;

In sculpture rather close to the preceding species, but
strikingly different in colours. JI have not been able to see
the claws clearly. The flanks of the prosternum are conspicu-
ously striated about the base, but the major portion of each
side is shining and smooth, about one-fourth from each margin
to the coxa there are fine striae that are traceable to the apex,
but discernible practically only by the surface appearing
opaque. On each elytron the suture and margin, and the
fourth, sixth, and eighth interstices are conspicuously darker
than the others, these being almost flavous.

RHYPARIDA . POLYMORPHA, 0. Sp.
Pl. vi., figs. 44 and 45.

Black, some parts reddish, or reddish some parts black, or
reddish, parts of antennae infuscated.

Head with fairly dense but small punctures about base,
becoming very feeble in front; with a narrow medio-frontal
impression, connected with an irregular clypeal suture; clypeus
with dense and rather coarse punctures. Eyes large, promi-
nent, and widely separated. Prothorar about twice as wide

144

as the median length, all angles rather strongly armed; with
very feeble scattered punctures, but with some very con-
spicuous about the base and sides, and forming a short irregular
oblique row near each front angle. Flanks of prosternum
with distinct striae from base to apex. Femora minutely
dentate ; claws bifid. Length, 3-4 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Nowra (Macleay Museum),
Ourimbah (E. W. Ferguson), Picton (H. H. D. Griffith),
Sydney (A. J. Coates, H. J. Carter, and British Museum, from
C. Darwin), Wollongong, Clifton, Galston, National Park
(A. M. Lea) ; Victoria (Blackburn’s collection). Type, I. 3053.

The general appearance is very suggestive of Arsipoda of
the Halticides. The large punctures on the prothorax forming
an irregular, transverse row at the base, a few at the sides, and
a few forming a short, oblique line inwards from each of the
front angles, together with the conspicuously striated flanks of
prosternum are alike on the forty-three specimens before me,
so that, despite the great variations in colour, I believe them
to belong to but one species. It is difficult to be sure which
should be regarded as the typical form, but as there are nine-
teen almost similarly coloured specimens, one of these has been
regarded as the type; it belongs to the first form. The various
forms are as follow : —

1. Of a dingy reddish-castaneous, some parts slightly paler
than others; apical half of antennae with joints more or less
infuscated (nineteen specimens).

2. Head and prothorax of a deeper red, the latter with an
infuscate spot in middle, each elytron with an infuscate spot
in the middle, at about the basal two-fifths ; legs partly black
(two specimens).

3. Of a rather dark-red, elytra paler posteriorly, and each
with a conspicuous black vitta extending from the inter-
humeral depression (where it is narrowest) to slightly beyond
the middle (four specimens ; but one with markings so pale that
it should, perhaps, be regarded as belonging to Form 1).

4. Under-surface more or less deeply infuscated, prothorax
and legs as on Form 2; elytra as on Form 3 (four specimens).

5. Deep-red; apical half of elytra black (the two colours
sharply defined, but the junction uneven), under-surface
mostly black, but outer half of each flank of prosternum con-
spicuously reddish, legs mostly black, antennae entirely pale,
except tip of eleventh joint (one specimen).

6. Black, head and prothorax deep red; scutellum, parts
of base of elytra (on one specimen base of epipleurae as well),
parts of meso- and metasternum, of abdomen and of legs, more
or less obscurely reddish ; palpi and basal third of antennae
flavous, the rest: black (six specimens).

145

7. Black, head red, front angles of prothorax, parts of
base of elytra (including epipleurae), and parts of legs more
or less obscurely reddish, antennae with basal third flavous,
the rest infuscate in parts, palpi flavous (one specimen).

There are in the Museum three specimens from South
Australia (Petersburg, Blackburn’s collection, and Morgan,
Mrs. Kreusler) that I cannot satisfy myself are distinct from
this species. They have coarse, irregular punctures at sides
and base of prothorax, rather more numerous than on the other
forms, but not forming a distinct oblique row on each side
towards the front; the punctures are present there, but not
conspicuous, owing to many others being in their vicinity ; the
striation of prosternum is not quite so extensive, and the elytra
are rather more parallel-sided. Regarding them as conspecific,
they might be treated as another form as follows : —

8. Of a rather bright-castaneous; elytra flavous, suture,
sides, and the scutellum infuscate, under-surface mostly infus-
cated, appendages flavous, but knees sometimes infuscated,
and apical half of antennae more or less dark (three specimens).

9.52) Like Form 5, but with prothorax black and an-
tennae (except the five basal joints) deeply infuscated (one
specimen).

10. Entirely black, except palpi and base of antennae (one
specimen).

In addition, there are several less well-defined forms.

RHYPARIDA COPE, N. sp.

Reddish-castaneous; elytra paler, towards apex, suture
and sides infuscated, a fairly large blackish blotch connected
with each side, commencing near base and terminating about
middle; under-surface more or less deeply infuscated, or
blackish in parts; appendages flavous.

Head with fairly dense but rather small punctures, some-
what denser on clypeus, but scarcely larger than elsewhere ;
with a short medio-frontal impression. Eyes rather large, not
very prominent, separation somewhat less than the transverse
diameter of an eye. Prothorax about twice as wide as the
median length, front angles very feebly armed; with sparse
and small punctures, becoming larger and denser towards
sides. Elytra suboblong, distinctly wider than prothorax ;
with rows of punctures of moderate size, almost disappearing
posteriorly. Flanks of prosternum conspicuously striated
throughout. Femora very minutely dentate; claws appen-
diculate. Length, 31 mm.

(52) Forms 9 and 10 were sent for examination some time after
the others were noted.

146

Hab.—South Australia: Murray River (H. 8. Cope).
Type (unique), I. 3450.

In general appearance resembles some of the smaller forms
of apicalis, but elytra wider, prothorax and head with different
punctures, striation of prosternum, etc., different. In colour
it resembles some forms of the preceding species, but the pro-
thoracic punctures are very different. In the table it is
associated with interioris, but it differs from the species I have
doubtfully so identified in colours, punctures of head and pro-
thorax, and in the eyes, etc.

RHYPARIDA ALLENT, 0. sp.
Of two or more shades of castaneous.

Head with moderately dense but rather small punctures,
becoming much smaller in front; with a narrow medio-frontal
impression, connected with clypeal suture in front, and with
base by a feebly-elevated line; clypeus with fairly dense and
distinct punctures. Eyes fairly large, rather widely separated,
a narrow depression behind each. Prothorar about twice as
wide as the median length, all angles acutely armed; with
rather small, clearly-defined, unevenly distributed punctures.
Elytra rather briefly suboblong, distinctly wider than pro-
thorax ; with rows of rather large punctures, becoming smaller
towards, but quite distinct to apex. Flanks of prosternum
striated from base to apex, but rather ines so in places.
Femora edentate; claws bifid. Length, 55-7 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (Macleay Museum,
HK. Allen, and A. M. Lea). Type, 1. 3425.

The sides of the prosternum are rather strongly striated
at the base, and lightly but distinctly along the middle. This
character will readily distinguish it from some of the varieties
of brevilineata. The elytra, except the sides and suture, are
shghtly paler than the prothorax, and have rows of watery-
looking punctures (on some specimens looking like rows of small
infuscate spots) ; the legs are sometimes as dark as the under-
surface, but usually are partly flavous. One specimen has a
rather large infuscate spot on each side of the prothorax, and
some vague postmedian spots on the elytra; another has a
vague spot on the forehead; its prothorax has sides almost
black, and dise with three large blotches, all vaguely connected
together, but the outer ones blackish ; each elytron has a dark
spot on the shoulder, and a small one on the fourth interstice
beyond the middle, and another on the eighth, and each
puncture is distinctly infuscated; parts of its under-surface
and the knees are also infuscated.

147

RHYPARIDA ANGUSTICOLLIS, n. sp.

Shining-black; front of clypeus, labrum, under-surface
{parts of metasternum black), and appendages (apical two-
thirds of antennae and middle of front tibiae infuscated) more
or less reddish, scutellum obscurely diluted with red.

Head with a small median impression; with rather
numerous punctures and transverse wrinkles between eyes,
towards base with sparse punctures ; clypeus finely rugose and
with some large punctures. Prothorax not much wider than
long, basal two-thirds almost parallel-sided, front angles
rounded off and unarmed; with scattered punctures of
moderate size, becoming very small in front. Hlytra suboblong,
parallel-sided to near apex, much wider than prothorax ; with
rows of punctures, fairly large about suture and shoulders,
very small elsewhere, and disappearing posteriorly. Flanks
of prosternum with feeble transverse striation, and with some
large punctures at base. Front of femora lightly dentate ;
claws each with a large basal appendix. Length, 74 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns. Type (unique) in Macleay
Museum.

The outlines of this and of the following species are much
as in vulnerata, but, apart from the different colours, the
deep cephalic impression and conspicuously striated flanks of
prosternum of that species should prevent them from being
confounded together.

RHYPARIDA TETRASPILOTA, N. sp.
Plovvi. fie 46.

Bright flavous-red ; antennae with apical two-thirds infus-
cated, elytra with four large blackish spots.

Head with a rather feeble median line ; with fine wrinkles
and numerous distinct punctures between eyes, both becoming
more numerous on clypeus, but towards base without wrinkles,
and the punctures rather sparsely distributed. Prothorax
rather lightly transverse, sides feebly rounded, front angles
unarmed ; with scattered punctures of moderate size, becoming
very small in front. Hlytra with outlines and punctures much
as on preceding species. Flanks of prosternum with fine trans-
verse striation, base rugose.. Front femora distinctly dentate,
the others very feebly so; claws each with a large basal appen-
dix. Length, 7 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns. Type (unique) in Macleay
Museum.

The spots on each elytron do not quite extend to the side
or suture, the basal one is the smaller, is transverse and does
not include the shoulder, the subapical one is longer than wide,
jagged on its front edge and rounded on its hind one.

148

RHYPARIDA VULNERATA, 0. Sp.

Bright-castaneous; a wide, irregular prothoracic fascia
(interrupted in middle and nearer base than apex), elytra
(part of base, sides, and apex all narrowly excepted), a spot
on each side of meso- and of metasternum, tibiae, most of tarsi
and of antennae black or blackish.

_ Head with fairly large and deep basal punctures, becom-
ing smaller in front, transversely wrinkled between eyes; with
a deep medio-frontal impression ; clypeus with large punctures
and transversely wrinkled. Eyes prominent, of moderate size
and widely separated. Prothoraz not twice as wide as the
median length, angles feebly armed; with irregularly distri-
buted punctures, varying from minute (where at first the sur-
face appears to be impunctate) to large; an irregular oblique
impression towards each side. Hlytra oblong, much wider than
prothorax; with rows of punctures, large close to scutellum
but smaller elsewhere, and almost disappearing posteriorly,
except about suture and sides. Flanks of prosternum with
conspicuous striae throughout, but many of the striae oblique
even near the apex. Metasternum finely transversely striated ;
towards the sides and the episterna with conspicuous punctures.
Front femora distinctly dentate ; claws each with a wide basal
appendix. Length, 8 mm.

Hab.—Northern Territory (J. P. Tepper). Type (unique),
I. 3412.

An unusually distinct species. The medio-frontal impres-
sion of the head is unusually deep, although rather narrow.

RHYPARIDA ALCYONE, Nn. sp.

Flavo-castaneous, some parts slightly paler than others.

Head shagreened ; with moderately dense, small punctures,
becoming sparse in front ; with a narrow medio-frontal impres-
sion feebly, or not at all, connected with base; clypeus with
fairly large and moderately dense punctures, posterior suture
not defined, but sometimes with distinct punctures. Hyes
fairly large and widely separated. Prothorax at base rather
more than twice as wide as the median length, all angles
armed; with sparse and very small punctures. SHlytra sub-
oblong, not much but distinctly wider than prothorax; with
rows of rather large punctures, becoming smaller towards, but
still very distinct to apex; interstices with small scattered
punctures. Flanks of prosternum with a few oblique basal
striae. Femora edentate; claws bifid. Length, 54-74 mm.

Hab.—-Northern Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill’s No. 150,
and H. H. D. Griffith); Queensland: Cairns (A. M. Lea);
North-western Australia: Roebuck Bay (C. French). Type,
I. 3078.

149

This and the two following species I cannot structurally
distinguish from limbatipennis (of which two more or less
constant forms are already known), but the strikingly different
plan of colouration warrants them being described as new,
even if the names eventually have to be regarded as varietal.
The present one is distinguished from piceitarsis (apart from |
colour) by its larger size, slightly more convex form, larger
eyes, and more shining prothorax. From the description of
pallida by its larger size and entirely pale antennae and under-
‘surface. From the pale form of dimzdiata its elytral punctures
distinct to apex will readily distinguish it. One specimen from
Cairns has the knees, tibiae, and tarsi rather deeply infuscated,
and the elytral punctures rather lightly so. Another from
Roebuck Bay 5) has the elytra and appendages (knees ex-
cepted) conspicuously flavous.

RHYPARIDA MEDIORUFA, 0. sp.
Pl. vi., fig. 47.

Reddish-castaneous ; elytra (a wide sutural space, some-
times disappearing posteriorly, and the margins excepted) and
most of legs black or blackish; parts of under-surface and of
antennae infuscated (sometimes rather feebly so), palpi flavous.
Length, 6-74 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd). Type,
I. 3063.
The six specimens before me have almost identical mark-
ings, except that on some of them the pale sutural portion of
the elytra is continued to the apex, whilst on others it
terminates before same.

‘

RHYPARIDA ATRA, 0. Sp.
Plo wil.~ ae, 96.
Black; parts of head, ‘and occasionally other pant,
obscurely reddish or testaceous; palpi and a variable portion
of antennae flavous. Length, 6-7 mm.

Hab.—Queensland (British Museum, from F. P. Dodd),
Charters Towers (Blackburn’s collection), Cairns district (E.
Allen and A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3088.

In colour like the black variety of dimidiata, but elytral
‘punctures and striae quite conspicuous to apex. Some speci-
mens (except for the labrum, antennae, and palpi) are entirely
black, but on the majority of them the clypeus and a space
behind same (usually triangularly encroached upon in the
middle) and the claw joints are usually paler, occasionally also

(55) This and the Cairns specimen are the only ones I have
seen from outside of the Northern Territory, where the species
appears to be abundant.

150

the elytral epipleurae and parts of the under-surface are very
-obscurely diluted with red.

RHYPARIDA DECIPIENS, n. sp.
Pls vita jheaies.

Black ; parts of head, of under-surface, and of appendages
more or less obscurely diluted with red, palpi paler.

Head with fairly dense but rather small punctures,
becoming coarser and more irregular on clypeus; with a short,
medio-frontal impression. Eyes large, separation slightly
more than the transverse diameter of an eye. Prothorazr |
about twice as wide as the median length, angles acutely
armed ; with fairly dense but not very large punctures, becoming
larger towards sides. Hlytra distinctly wider than prothorax,
shoulders prominent; with rows of rather large punctures,
becoming slightly smaller posteriorly ; interstices with numer-
ous minute punctures, and in places with a few large ones.
Flanks of prosternwm with some feeble striae about base and
near coxae. Memora edentate; claws almost simple. Length,

Hab.—Queensland: Coen River; North-western Austra-
lia: Derby (W. D. Dodd), King Sound (Blackburn’s collec-
tion) ; Northern Territory: Adelaide River (British Museum).
Type, I. 3065.

In appearance close to the preceding species, but the eyes
considerably larger, punctures distinctly larger, and the claws
very different. On the present species each claw-joint is ter-
minated by two claws, at first sight appearing simple, but
really each with a feeble appendix; on the preceding species
each claw-joint is terminated by four distinct claws, of which,
however, the median ones are much smaller than the others.
The elytral punctures and striae readily distinguish from the
black variety of dimidiata. The eyes are almost as large and
the prothoracic punctures are almost as coarse as on punctu-
lata; but the edentate femora will distinguish from the black
variety of that species. On several of the interstices (but on
all the specimens before me always on the second, fourth, and
sixth) there are some very large punctures, quite as large as
in the adjacent rows, and by this character alone the species
may be readily distinguished from all the other black Aus-
tralian species of the genus. The labrum, basal joints of
antennae, and the palpi are not dark on any of the specimens
before me, but except for these no parts are conspicuously pale,
and at first glance the whole insect appears to be deep black.
On two specimens the medio-frontal impression is connected
with the base of the head by a feebly elevated line; on two
others by an impunctate, but not elevated, line.

151

RHYPARIDA CARTERI, Nn. sp.

Of a dingy castaneous-brown, some parts obscurely infus-
cated.

H1ead rather wide, median line well defined in front, but
not traceable to base; behind clypeal suture with minute
punctures; clypeus with rather dense and fairly large, deep
punctures. Prothorax about thrice as wide as long, sides
rather strongly rounded ; with numerous punctures of moderate
size, but becoming sparse and small towards all margins.
Elytra wide, with unusually wide lateral margins ; with regular
rows of fairly large punctures, becoming smaller but in well-
defined striae posteriorly. Flanks of prosternwm not striated.
Femora edentate; claws bifid. Length, 74-8 mm.

Hab.—Northern Queensland (British Museum and H. J.
Carter). Type, I. 3620.

A large depressed species, rendered very distinct by the
wide elytral margins; each of these from the shoulder almost
to the apex is considerably wider than any of the adjacent
interstices. In general appearance it is fairly close to some
of the more depressed forms of brevilineata, but on that species
the elytral margins, even at their widest, are decidedly nar-
rower than any of the adjacent interstices. In the table it
is associated with alcyone and fuscosuturalis, but it is not at
all close to either of those species, and the elytral margins
should prevent it from being confused with any other of the
genus ; the elytra are widest at about one-third from the apex,
but if the margins were excluded they would be widest across
the shoulders. Of the three specimens under examination
one has yague remnants of prothoracic spots, but on the others
even these are not traceable.

RHYPARIDA CAERULEIPENNIS, N. sp.

Brassy or brassy-blue; head, prothorax, scutellum, and
parts of under-surface shagreened ; elytra deep metallic-blue,
labrum, palpi (black tips excepted), basal portion of antennae
and legs (black tarsi excepted) more or less reddish.

Head with feeble and indistinct punctures, becoming
larger, but still of small size, on clypeus ; medio-frontal impres-
sion short, disconnected, arid usually rather feeble. Eyes of
moderate size, prominent and widely separated. Prothoraxr
at base not twice the median length, but fully twice across
middle, all angles armed; with sparse and minute punctures.
Elytra suboblong, considerably wider than prothorax; with
rows of large punctures, becoming smaller towards, but distinct
to apex, and coarser about basal fourth (except towards suture)
than elsewhere ; interstices with sparse and minute punctures.
Flanks of prosternum with remnants of striation about base

152

and near coxae. Hemora edentate; claws bifid. Length,
54-64 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Somerset (L. M. d’Albertis), Bowen
(Aug. Simson), Charters Towers (Blackburn’s collection),
Cairns (E. W. Ferguson, H. Hacker, and A. M. Lea) ; North-
western Australia: Roebuck Bay (C. French); Northern Ter-
ritory: Port Essington (British Museum). Type, I. 3055.

In general appearance strikingly close to wniformis, but
prothorax shagreened, head with the median impression very
faint, and the clypeus not distinctly separated from the face.
These differences are quite conspicuous on many specimens of
both species in the Museum; but the colours and variations
of same are so similar as to suggest a doubt of their specific
distinctness. The head, prothorax, and scutellum are usually
brassy-black or brassy-green, but occasionally shade off to
deep-blue or even purple; the elytra are usually of a deep blue,
but occasionally are almost black or deep purple. Three speci-
mens have brassy elytra with a vague greenish gloss, and have
the legs (and one even has the antennae) almost entirely dark.
One of the British Museum specimens was labelled (without
doubt in error) as from South Australia.

RHYPARIDA FLAVOLATERA, D. sp.
Pl. vi., fig. 48.

Black; labrum, sides, and apex of elytra, palpi, base of
antennae, and legs (knees and tarsi excepted) flavous.

Head shagreened ; with dense and rather small punctures,
becoming much larger on clypeus; medio-frontal impression
short and deep, connected with the (usually well-defined)
clypeal suture. Eyes of moderate size and widely separated.
Prothorax about once and one-half as wide as long, all angles
distinctly armed ; with small and not very dense punctures on
disc, becoming slightly larger towards sides. Hlytra suboblong,
considerably wider than prothorax ; with rows of large punc-
tures, becoming much smaller posteriorly ; interstices with very
sparse and minute punctures. Flanks of prosternwm without
distinct striation. Memora edentate; claws bifid, the inner
ones acute and much smaller than the others. Length,
51-6 mm.

Hah.—North-western Australia (Blackburn’s collection),
Roebuck Bay (C. French and H. H. D. Griffith) ; Queensland
(British Museum, from Aug. Simson). Type, I. 3066.

The twenty-four specimens before me all agree in the pale
border to the elytra being continuous throughout, but at the
apex it dilates so that the major portion of the apical slope
is occupied, and it is sometimes irregularly advanced for a
short distance on each side of the suture. The pale borders

153

are suggestive of approximation to fu/volimbata, but the black
has nowhere a metallic gloss, the prothoracie punctures
‘although small are quite distinct, and the elytral punctures
are considerably smaller than on that species, especially pos-
teriorly. There are two specimens in the Macleay Museum,
labelled as from New South Wales. |

RHYPARIDA TRIANGULIFERA, N. Sp.
PL Vi2., fig. Ay:

Flavo-castaneous ; palpi flavous, elytra with a large basal
blotch and a triangular post-median one, meso- and meta-
sternum (wholly or in parts) and legs (femora, except knees,
and claw-joints excepted) black.

ilead, with rather small and sparse punctures, more
sharply defined but not much larger on clypeus; with a short,
deep, medio-frontal impression, touching the (rather ill-
defined) clypeal suture, and connected with the base by a
feebly elevated line. Eyes fairly large, prominent, and widely
separated. Prothorar across middle about twice the median
length, all angles armed; with minute, scattered punctures.
Elytra suboblong, distinctly wider than prothorax; with rows
of fairly large punctures, becoming much smaller posteriorly ;
interstices with sparse and minute punctures. Flanks of
prosternum striated about base and near coxae. Memora eden-
tate; claws bifid. Length, 53-6 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (EK. Allen and A. M.
Lea). Type, I. 3421.

Tt will possibly be eventually found that this form repre-
sents but one of a trimorphic (perhaps polymorphic) species.
I cannot structurally distinguish it from maculicollis or
masiersi, and yet the markings of all three forms are quite
sharply defined, and although there are numerous forms of
each before me (4) I have seen none with intermediate mark-
ings.{5) But in any case it seems desirable (as Blackburn
considered with mastersi) that the present form should have a
name. The large basal blotch extends on each side to about
the sixth or seventh row of punctures, with the hind angles
acute; the post-median triangle is of irregular shape and
usually has a short sutural extension towards the basal blotch.
On two specimens it is obscurely connected with the basal
blotch along the suture; one of these specimens has a feeble
spot on each side of prothorax, the other has three conspicuous
_ ones, of which the median one is much larger than the others;

pS ee eee. Tee Oe ee ee, oe ee ee

ae ee

Re ee a

(54) The majority of the specimens were taken by myself in the
Cairns district, but as I saw none in cop., no record was made at
the time.

(55)In limbatipennis and herbacea there are at least two
sharply defined forms, and in dimidiata at least three.

ss aye tiv

‘

154

but seven others have the prothorax immaculate. The elytral
punctures become very small posteriorly, but on some speci-
mens each is surrounded by a watery ring, so that, at a glance,
the punctures appear to be large and of almost even size
throughout, but when the elytra are examined so that the
apical punctures are clearly visible they are seen to be very
small.
RHYPARIDA MEDIOVITTATA, N. sp.
Pl. vii., figs. 50 and 51.

Flavous; head and prothorax reddish-flavous, the latter
with a conspicuous black spot on each side; each elytron with
a black irregular vitta, extending along the middle from near
the base to about the apical fourth, the two sometimes con-
nected by a narrow fascia across the basal fifth; tarsi and
knees usually slightly infuscated.

Head shagreened ; with very indistinct punctures, except
on clypeus, where they are fairly dense and sharply defined ;
with a narrow medio-frontal impression, touching the rather
ill-defined clypeal suture. Eyes large, prominent, and rather
widely separated. Prothorax across middle almost thrice the
median length, all angles armed; with minute and not very
dense punctures. Hlytra parallel-sided to beyond the middle,
distinctly wider than prothorax; with rows of punctures
of moderate size, becoming very small posteriorly ; interstices
with very minute punctures. Flanks of prosternum feebly
striated about base only. Femora edentate; claws feebly
appendiculate. Length, 4-45 mm.

/Tab.—North-western Australia: Fortescue River and
Derby (W. D. Dodd) ; Northern Territory: Batchelor (G. F.
Hill’s Now237).” Ty pe,cd= S002.

A small and very conspicuously marked species; each
vitta sends out an inner spur at the basal third, and on three
of the twelve specimens before me these meet at the suture;
on these specimens also the suture is narrowly infuscated. Of
the other species with the prothorax conspicuously bimaculate,
maculicotlis is much larger, more convex, elytral markings
very different, and hind femora minutely dentate. Brevilineata
is also much larger, and with very different elytral markings.
The claws, except on very close examination, appear to be
quite simple.

RHYPARIDA INSULICOLA, N. sp.
Pihiwvii., fie.52:

Flavous ; some small] spots on upper-surface and parts of
under-surface black.

/1ead with well-defined punctures at sides of base, absent
between there and clypeal suture, and dense and well-defined
on clypeus; with a narrow and deep medio-frontal impression,

155

_ touching the well-defined clypeal suture. Eyes of moderate:
size, prominent, and widely separated. Prothorax about twice
as wide as the median length, front angles unarmed; with
coarse punctures, not very dense on middle, but crowded on
sides. Hlytra parallel-sided to beyond the middle, very little
wider than prothorax at its widest; with rows of large punc-
tures, rapidly becoming smaller, and almost disappearing
before apex. Flanks of prosternum rather strongly striated
about base, and moderately about middle, but not elsewhere.
Femora minutely dentate ; claws bifid. Length, 3? mm.

Hab.—Darnley Island (H. Elgner). Type (unique), I.
3451.

The lateral punctures of the prothorax are coarser than on
any other species in the Museum. On the type the elytral
punctures appear to be very large, even to the apex, but this
is due to watery rings; at the base they are really large, but
posteriorly (as impressions) they almost disappear. There is
a small black spot on each side of prothorax, on each
elytron there is a postmedian one on the third interstice, one
on each shoulder, and some irregular ones on the sides behind
same, on each femur there is a small spot, the sterna (except
part of prosternum) and base of abdomen are blackish.

RHYPARIDA VARIIPENNIS, n. sp.
Metiuwit. hes, 53 and.54.

Black and flavous.

Hlead more convex than usual; with fairly dense, well-
defined punctures, becoming slightly denser and larger on
clypeus; medio-frontal impression feeble or absent, clypeal
suture feeble. Eyes comparatively small, prominent, and
widely separated. Prothorax not much wider than long, sides
subangulate at basal third, front angles unarmed ; with dense
and large punctures, smaller in middle than elsewhere. Llytra
briefly suboblong, much wider than prothorax ; with rows of
large punctures almost, or quite, disappearing posteriorly.
Planks of prosternum with dense and large punctures. Femora
minutely dentate; notches of hind tibiae rather feeble; claws
each with a large basal appendix. Length, 2-24 mm.

Hab.—Melville Island (W. D. Dodd). Type, I. 3099.

The conspicuous punctures on the prosternum, although
not unique in the genus, together with the small size, should
render the species easy of recognition. There are two speci-
mens in the Museum, differing strikingly in the colours of
elytra, but quite evidently belonging to but one species. They
have the head and prothorax black, with a brassy or brassy-
green gloss, under-surface black, antennae flavous at base, but
infuscated outwardly, and legs entirely flavous. On one the

156

elytra are entirely black, except for a small, isosceles, flavous
triangle on each side of base. On the other the elytra are
flavous, except for a vitta on each side (invisible from above),
the suture and a curved mark attached to same near base;
it appears also to have rows of very large punctures distinct
to apex, but posteriorly this is due to waterlogging; from
‘certain directions the punctures, as impressed points, are seen
to be almost or quite absent, exactly as on the darker specimen.

A specimen from Adelaide River (in the British Museum)
has the elytra red, except for a narrow black sutural vitta.

RHYPARIDA HALTICOIDES, n. sp.

Black, upper-surface with a coppery gloss; appendages,
labrum, and sometimes the throat and tip of abdomen, red.

Head with rather dense and sharply-impressed punctures
of moderate size, becoming larger and more crowded on
clypeus ; with a narrow medio-frontal impression, touching the
very feeble clypeal suture. Eyes large, prominent, and widely
separated. Prothorax across middle more than twice the
median length, sides strongly rounded, front angles almost
unarmed; with dense and not very small, sharply-defined
punctures. Hlytra parallel-sided to beyond the middle, dis-
tinctly but not much wider than prothorax ; with rows of large
punctures, suddenly becoming much smaller, some rows com-
pletely absent from apical slope; interstices with sparse and
very minute punctures. Flanks of prosternum with dense
and rather coarse punctures, in places becoming longitudinally
confluent. Iemora isthe dentate; claws each with a stout
basal appendix. Length, 34-44 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: ieee Gosford, Kurrajong,
Blue Mountains, Mount Irvine (H. J. Carter), Mount
Kosciusko (W. E. Raymond), Jenolan (J. C. Wiburd), Armi-
dale, Mount Victoria, Sydney, National Park (A. M. Lea),
Nowra (Macleay Museum); Victoria: Gisborne (H. H. D.
Griffith from G. Lyell), Nelson, Castlemaine, Dividing Range,
Victorian Alps (Blackburn’s collection) ; South Australia:
(Macleay Museum), Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper).
Type, I. 3399.

In general‘appearance, at first glance, strikingly like many
species of Arstpoda of the [Halticides.

Two specimens from the Blue Mountains (KE. W. Ferguson)
possibly belong to this species, but they are rather more convex
and have the punctures on the flanks of the prosternum much
less numerous (quite absent from some parts), the prothorax
with the punctures smaller and with the sides rather angularly
dilated in the middle. In the table they would be placed with
the dark variety of dimidiata, but they are much smaller than

157

any specimen of that species in the Museum, and the punctures
on the pronotum are more distinct; their convexity is about
midway between that of halticoides and of dimidiata.

RHYPARIDA TROPICA, Nn. sp.
Pl. vii., figs. 55-57.

Colours and markings variable.

Head rather convex; with rather small and not very
dense punctures, becoming larger and denser on clypeus;
medio-frontal impression narrow and rather feeble, or moder-
ately well defined. Eyes fairly large, very prominent, and
widely separated. Prothoraxz across middle about twice the
median length, front angles unarmed ; with dense and fairly
large punctures, smaller on disc than elsewhere. JHlytra short,
at base not much wider than prothorax, sides feebly dilated to
beyond the middle ; with rows of fairly large punctures, becom-
ing smaller towards but quite distinct to apex ; interstices more
convex than usual, the one starting from each shoulder rather
acutely elevated for some distance; a vague depression across
basal third, but not extending to sides or suture. Flanks of
prosternum feebly striated about base. Femora very minutely
dentate; claws bifid. Length, 24-3 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Bundaberg (Blackburn’s collection),
Innisfail (C. French), Cairns district (Macleay Museum and
A. M. Lea), Torres Straits (H. J. Carter). Type, I. 3098.

A small, wide, and extremely variable species, with rather
coarse punctures. The elytra appear to have a longitudinal
carina starting from each shoulder and continued for a short
distance backward, parallel with the margin. The species is
so abundant, and there are so many forms of it, that it 1s not
desirable to describe more than some of these ; from the first the
type has been selected.

1. Head and prothorax reddish, elytra flavous, a large
subtriangular infuscate blotch about scutellum, and a large
rounded similarly-coloured median one on each elytron, ob-
securely connected with the side; under-surface more or less
infuscated, appendages flavous. This form graduates by slight
steps to Form 2 on the pale side, and to Form 3 on the dark
side.

2. Entirely pale-flavous; head, prothorax, scutellum, and
a space about same slightly more reddish than other parts.
Some specimens have the legs and abdomen almost white.

3. Entirely black, except that the head is sometimes of
a dull-red, with a subtriangular infuscate basal blotch, that
parts of antennae are obscurely reddish, and that the palpi
tarsi, and sometimes parts of the tibiae, are flavous.

158

Form | gradually changes to Form 3 by the basal and
median spots of the elytra gradually becoming conjoined and
dilating till they approach the sides and suture, these also
becoming black. On an occasional specimen the prothorax is
dull-red mottled with black; one specimen (except for parts
of the appendages) is entirely of a lurid red.

RHYPARIDA OVATA, 0. sp.

Blackish-brown; head, front margin of prothorax,
shoulders and apical fourth of elytra (suture excepted), and
appendages castaneous or flavous.

Head with rather small and sparse punctures on clypeus,
almost or quite absent elsewhere; medio-frontal impression
rather feeble and disconnected. Eyes moderately large, pro-
minent, and widely separated. Prothoraz more than thrice
as wide as long, apical angles unarmed ; with fairly numerous
punctures of rather small size, and becoming smaller on disc.
Elytra short, not much wider than prothorax, sides feebly
dilated to beyond the middle; with rows of punctures of
moderate size, becoming much smaller posteriorly. Flanks of
prosternum feebly striated about base. Femora edentate ;
claws bifid. Length, 24 mm.

Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection).
Pype; Pslok:

In markings almost identical with some specimens of the
preceding species, but with very much smaller punctures, pro-
thorax more transverse, elytra without the conspicuously
thickened post-humeral interstice, striation of elytra very
feeble, even towards the base, and absent posteriorly, although
the rows of punctures may be traced almost to the apex. At
a glance the outlines appear to be perfectly oval. A specimen
in the Macleay Museum (from Cairns) differs in being larger
(3 mm.), head and apex of prothorax darker, and the dark
elytral markings almost disconnected, so that there appears to
be a large scutellar blotch (continued some distance along
suture), and a large blotch on each side.

RHYPARIDA BASIPENNES, N. Sp.

Reddish-castaneous ; elytra (extreme base flavous and apex
obscurely diluted with red excepted) and abdomen black;
antennae with basal joints pale, the others blackish ; legs more
or less flavous, tarsi somewhat darker.

/1cad with minute and ill-defined punctures, more sharply
defined, but still very small, on clypeus; medio-frontal impres-
sion rather feeble, touching the ill-defined clypeal suture, and
connected with the base by a very feeble elevation. Eyes com-
paratively small, prominent, and widely separated. Prothorax

159

shagreened and impunctate, or almost so; base about twice the
median length, sides rather strongly rounded and widest near
base, front angles acutely armed. JL/ytra slightly wider than
prothorax, sides feebly dilated to beyond the middle; with
rows of fairly large punctures, becoming much smaller pos-
teriorly. Flanks of prosternwm lightly striated, but not to
apex. Femora very feebly dentate; claws bifid. Length,
4-4} mm.

Hah.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection and
H. J. Carter), Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3071.

The degree of infuscation of the legs is not alike on any
two of the five specimens before me: on one the metasternum
is somewhat infuscated in the middle; on another parts of the
elytral epipleurae and of the abdomen are diluted with red;
the scutellum is blackish. On the type, the striation of the
prosternum is fairly distinct, although not continuous; but
on the others it is so faint (except at base) that it could fairly
be regarded as absent. On four of the specimens extremely
small femoral teeth are present, but the other anpears to be
without such.

RHYPARIDA SEMINIGRA, Nn. sp.

Reddish-castaneous; elytra, mesosternum, metasternum,
and abdomen black, antennae slightly infuscated towards the
apex.

Head almost impunctate, even on clypeus; with a short
medio-frontal impression, touching a_ well-defined clypeal
suture, the latter straight in middle, but towards each side
obliquely directed to hind margin of eye. Eyes fairly large,
very prominent, and widely separated. Prothorax across
middle about twice as wide as median length, sides strongly
rounded, front angles unarmed; with small and rather dense
punctures. Hlytra scarcely wider than middle of prothorax ;
with rows of fairly large punctures, rapidly becoming smaller,
and (except that a few small, irregularly-placed ones are pre-
sent) disappearing from apical slope. Flanks of prosternum
non-striated. Femora scarcely visibly dentate; claws bifid.
Length, 3-34 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd). Type,
I. 3070.

A small species, with colours somewhat as in the preceding
one, but prothorax considerably larger in proportion, shining,
with small and dense but distinct punctures, apical angles
unarmed, sides more strongly rounded, scutellum red, elytra
entirely dark, and metasternum, as well as the abdomen, black.
A second specimen (from Mackay, R. E. Turner) agrees so well
with the type in all details of colour and sculpture, except of

160

the head, that I am averse to regarding it as distinct; its
head, however, is shagreened, has small but distinct punctures,
becoming larger and fairly dense on clypeus, medio-frontal
impression feeble and disconnected, and posterior suture of
clypeus absent. The type is a male, the Mackay specimen a
female, but the differences mentioned are probably not sexual.

RHYPARIDA SEMIFLAVA, 0. sp.

Flavous ; elytra (extreme base obscurely diluted with red),

scutellum, mesosternum, metasternum, and abdomen black;
apical half of antennae infuscated.

‘lead with fairly dense and well-defined punctures about:
base, becoming sparser towards front, and then somewhat
coarser and denser on clypeus; medio- frontal impression rather
shallow. Eyes not very large, very prominent, and widely
separated. Prothorar about twice as wide as long, front
angles lightly armed ; with moderately dense and rather small
punctures, becoming slightly denser and larger on sides. Elytra
across shoulders somewhat wider than prothorax, sides dilated
to beyond the middle; with rows of fairly large punctures,
becoming much smaller towards but traceable to apex. Flanks
of prosternum striated only about extreme base. Femora very
minutely dentate; claws bifid. Length, 3 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).
Type (unique), I. 3069.

A small species, in general appearance close to the two
preceding ones, and in shape almost intermediate, but dis-
tinguished from both by the much more distinct cephalic punc-
tures, and the rows of elytral punctures more distinct to. the
apex. From basipennis it is further distinguished by the more
shining prothorax, with more rounded sides, and very distinct
punctures, and by its black metasternum. From seminigra by
the prothorax with more conspicuous punctures, the front
angles armed, and by the black scutellum.

RHYPARIDA HUMERALIS, Nn. sp.
Pl. vii., fig. 58.

Piceous-brown, sometimes almost black; head, shoulders,
and apical third of elytra (except suture) and appendages of
a dingy-flavous or testaceous.

Head with scarcely visible punctures, except on clypeus,
where they are small but sharply defined ; medio-frontal im-
pressions short and disconnected ; clypeal suture distinct at

(56) Its elytra, however, are slightly dilated + to beyond the
ad and on the type they are parallel-sided; probably a sexual
lterence.

161

sides, scarcely (or not at all) traceable across middle. | Eyes
large, prominent, and widely separated. Prothorax shagreened
and feebly, or not at all, punctate; more than twice as wide
as long, front angles distinctly armed. JL/ytra moderately
long, distinctly wider than prothorax, sides feebly dilated to
beyond the middle; with rows of fairly large punctures, be-
coming much smaller posteriorly. Flanks of prosternum feebly
striated on base and sides, but not to apex. Hund femora very
minutely dentate; claws bifid. Length, 23-34 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd), Cairns
district (H. Hacker and A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3423.

In size, colour, and general appearance strikingly like
some forms of apicalis, but prothorax shagreened and with
searcely traceable punctures, sides of prosternum not longi-
tudinally striated, and eyes more prominent and less close
together. On some specimens the pale apical portion of elytra
is quite sharply defined, occasionally appearing as an oblique
spot on each side; on others it is very little darker than the
adjacent parts; on the latter specimens the shoulders are also
not well-defined, and the legs and antennae are of a rather
dingy colour, the antennae are sometimes of uniform
colour, but are usually darker towards the apex. Some
small specimens are almost entirely of a smoky-brown. One
specimen (the only one from the Coen River) is of a lurid
reddish-brown, with the scutellum, elytra, and all the appen-
dages of a dingy-flavous. On some specimens the prothorax
appears to be entirely without punctures, but on others some
very small ones are to be seen.

RHYPARIDA VAGANS, 0. sp.

Flavo-castaneous; labrum, tips of palpi, apical half of
antennae, and tarsi darker; elytra flavous.

lead wider than usual; with small and fairly distinct
punctures at sides of base and on clypeus, sparser or absent
elsewhere ; medio-frontal impression short and disconnected,
clypeal suture sometimes traceable at sides, but not across
middle. Eyes small and widely separated. Prothorax about
thrice as wide as long, front angles unarmed; punctures
moderately dense and small, becoming denser and larger on
sides. Hlytra short, not much wider than prothorax, sides
feebly dilated to beyond the middle; with rows of unusually
small punctures, disappearing (except close to suture and sides)
on apical slope. Flanks of prosternum striated about base, but
not elsewhere. Femora scarcely visibly, if at all, dentate;
claws feebly appendiculate. Length, 3-4 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cunnamulla (H. Hardcastle); New

South Wales: Wentworth (Miss Cudmore); Victoria (H. H.

G

162

D. Griffith), Sea Lake (J. C. Goudie, Nos. 384 and 610);
South Australia (Macleay Museum): Quorn, Port Lincoln
(Blackburn’s collection); Western Australia: Geraldton
(Blackburn’s collection, from W. Meyrick). Type, I. 3125.

The shape of the prothorax and its punctures to a certain
extent are somewhat as on commutabilis, but the head (includ-
ing the eyes) and the elytra and legs are very different. The
apical parts of the antennae vary from but feebly infuscated
to deep black, the legs are occasionally almost black, the
metasternum and abdomen (or the former only) are sometimes
darker than the rest of the under-surface ; one specimen has
a very dark (but not black) head. The elytral punctures are
unusually small, and with the striae scarcely defined, even at
the base. The punctures on the heads of the smaller speci-
mens are sometimes rather more defined than on the larger
ones, and on a few specimens there are fairly distinct ones
between the clypeus and base.

RHYPARIDA PALLIDULA, HN. Sp.

Flavous ; apical half (or more) of antennae infuscated.

Head with fairly dense and distinct punctures, denser
and larger on clypeus, and sparser and smaller between eyes
than elsewhere; medio-frontal impression rather feeble, and
feebly connected with base by a scarcely elevated line. Eyes
rather small, very prominent, and widely separated. Prothorax
about twice as wide as the median length, front angles very
feebly, or not at all, armed; with rather dense and somewhat
small punctures, becoming more crowded and larger on sides.
Elytra rather short, not much wider than prothorax; with
rows of fairly large punctures, becoming much smaller but not
disappearing posteriorly. Flanks of prosternum transversely
striated about base. Femora very minutely dentate; claws
bifid. Length, 3 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).
Type, 1.°3431.

In general appearance close to the pallid form of tropica,
but longer and less compact, elytra with less conspicuous punc-
tures and striae posteriorly, without the conspicuously thick-
ened post-humeral interstice, etc. In size and shape it is fairly
close to semiflava, but apart from the very different colours
the prothorax is slightly different at apex, the elytra are not
dilated posteriorly, and the punctures are not quite the same.
Of the two specimens in the Museum one has the under-surface
of uniform colour, but on the other parts of the metasternum _
and of the abdomen are infuscated. _

163

RHYPARIDA FUSCOSUTURALIS, n. sp.

Flavous; suture and apical two-thirds of antennae
infuscated.

Head with fairly dense but small punctures about base,
becoming scarcely visible between eyes, but moderately large
and numerous on clypeus; medio-frontal impression narrow
and well-defined. Eyes fairly large, prominent, and widely
separated. Prothorax about thrice as wide as long, all angles
distinctly armed ; punctures rather small but sharply defined.
Elytra not much wider than prothorax, sides gently rounded ;
with regular rows of fairly large punctures, becoming slightly
smaller posteriorly ; interstices gently convex throughout, with
minute scattered punctures. Flanks of prosternum vaguely
striated about base. /emora very minutely dentate; claws
bifid. Length, 3? mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea)
Type (unique), I. 3114.

In some respects close to commutabilis, but slightly more
elongate, and prothoracic punctures somewhat larger than on
most specimens of that species; but readily distinguished by
the elytra; on these the punctures, and striae in which they
are placed, are quite strong to the apex, being scarcely less
pronounced there than they are at the base.

RHYPARIDA BIVITTICOLLIS, Nn. sp.

Of a rather dingy-flavous; a rather wide vitta on each
side of middle of prothorax, scutellum, a wide sutural
vitta becoming narrow posteriorly, most of sterna, sides of
abdomen, and apical portion of antennae more or less deeply
infuscated.

Head rather narrow, median line distinct but short and
entirely free ; punctures minute, except on clypeus, where they
are distinct and moderately dense. Prothorax not twice as
wide as long, sides strongly rounded, all angles armed; with
numerous rather small but distinct punctures on disc, becoming
much smaller towards sides. Hlytra subovate, apex rather
acute: with regular rows of not very large punctures, both
punctures and rows becoming feeble posteriorly. Flanks of
prosternum very smooth. Femora edentate; claws bifid.
Length, 3 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns. Type (unique), in Macleay
Museum.

In the table associated with tenwis, but not very close to
that species, from which it differs in having prothorax wider,
with conspicuous punctures and black vittae, the elytra wider,

with wide sutural vitta and different punctures, etc. Its
G2

164

general outlines are something like those of clypeata on a smal]
scale. At first glance it appears to belong to bimaculicollis,
but the non-striated flanks of prosternum are at once distinc-
tive. The dark parts of the prothorax, if a rather narrow pale
median line was excluded, would be almost perfectly circular,
the dark sutural marking commences suddenly near the base,
and disappears at the tip.

RHYPARIDA TENUIS, n. sp.

Reddish-castaneous; elytra flavous, suture, scutellum,
mesosternum, metasternum parts of palpi, most of antennae,
knees, and tarsi black or infuscated.

Head with scarcely visible punctures except on clypeus,
where they are rather large and dense, and posteriorly form an
irregularly transverse or bisinuate row; medio-frontal impres- ,
sion feeble (sometimes absent). Eyes of moderate size, not
very prominent, and widely separated. Prothorax not quite
twice as wide as long, front angles armed; with sparse and
minute punctures. JHlytra elongate, distinctly wider than
prothorax ; with rows of fairly large punctures, becoming much
smaller posteriorly. Flanks of prosternum vaguely obliquely
striated about base. Jegs rather long; femora edentate ; claws
bifid. Length, 4-44 mm.

Hab.—-Queensland: Normanton (R. Kemp), Mackay (R.
E. Turner), Cairns (KE. Allen and A. M. Lea), Rockhampton,
Bundaberg (Lea). Type, I. 3102.

The colours as described are those of the great bulk of the
specimens under examination, but on many the abdomen is black
or infuscated ; two specimens, however, have the mesosternum,
metasternum, scutellum, and suture not much darker than the
adjacent parts. The rows of punctures on the elytra are
sometimes traceable to apex, but on many specimens the apical
slope is entirely without rows, although even on such specimens
a few minute scattered punctures are usually to be seen. The
species is attracted in abundance to lights.

RHYPARIDA MINUSCULA, N. sp.

Pale reddish-castaneous, elytra paler; antennae (except
towards base) more or less infuscated.

Head with scarcely visible punctures, except on clypeus,
where they are fairly numerous and distinct, although small ;
medio-frontal impression short, feeble, and disconnected ;
clypeal suture distinct only on sides. Eyes of moderate size,
prominent, and widely separated. Prothorax about twice as
wide as long, front angles rather acutely armed ; with minute
and not very dense punctures. F#lytra rather narrow, not

i65

much wider than prothorax ; with rows of not very large punc-
tures, becoming much smaller posteriorly. Flanks of pro-
sternum striated about base only. Hind femora minutely
dentate; claws bifid. Length, 34-33 mm.

Hab.—-Queensland: Cairns district (E. Allen, H. Hacker,
and A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3432.

Allied to the preceding species and similarly attracted in
abundance to lights, but consistently smaller and paler, pro-
thorax somewhat wider, and with distinctly larger (although
small) punctures, apical angles distinctly armed, and some-
what stouter antennae. On some specimens most of the body
and appendages are flavous, some parts paler than others ;
on an occasional specimen the abdomen is rather deeply infus-
cated.

RHYPARIDA COMMUTABILIS, n. sp.
Pl. vii., fig. 59.

Flavous; apical half (or more) of antennae infuscated.

Head with fairly dense and distinct punctures throughout,
but becoming larger and denser on clypeus; medio-frontal
impression short and deep, feebly (or not at all) connected
with base by a scarcely elevated line. Eyes fairly large, very
prominent, and widely separated. Prothorax about thrice as
wide as long, front angles obtusely armed, usually with a
shallow impression on each side; with moderately dense and
small punctures, becoming somewhat larger on sides. EHlytra
very little wider than prothorax; with rows of punctures of
moderate size, becoming smaller towards but quite distinct
to apex. Flanks of prosternwm striated only about extreme
base. Femora edentate; claws bifid. Length, 34-44 mm.

Hab.—North Queensland (Blackburn’s collection), Cairns
district (E. W. Ferguson, E. Allen, and A. M. Lea), Mungar
Junction, Magnetic Island; New South Wales: Tweed and
Richmond Rivers, Glen Innes, Wollongong, Gosford, Galston
(Lea), Nowra, Kurrajong, Sydney; Victoria (Macleay
Museum). Type, I. 3103.

The colour except for (sometimes, especially in the smaller
Specimens, even including) the antennae, is usually entirely
flavous, some parts slightly paler than others; but frequently
on the larger specimens the head at base, and the clypeus, are
deeply infuscated; such specimens also frequently have a
blackish spot on each femur. Occasionally there is a vaguely
infuseated spot on each side of the prothorax, and rarely there
is one on the suture near the base ; in two specimens, however,
there is a fairly large sutural blotch near the base. One speci-
men has various parts of both surfaces obscurely infuscated ;
and some parts of the lower-surface are occasionally deeply

166

infuscated. One specimen has the prothorax almost of a
blood-red, with a large black spot towards each side, each
elytron with three obscure spots (one near middle of base and
two across middle), and head with a median spot, the sterna
are distinctly darker than the abdomen. On the majority
of specimens the median impression of the head is decidedly
strong, but it varies through moderately defined or rather
light to altogether absent. The front tibiae of the male are
decidedly more inflated about the apex than is usual in the
genus. In Northern Queensland the species appears to attain
its maximum size about Cairns, all the specimens south of that
locality being on the smaller scale, although some specimens
from Galston are slightly larger than the smallest Cairns ones-

CLEORINA.

On this genus, which is unsatisfactorily close to Rhyparida,
the four hind tibiae are lightly notched near apex, and the
elytra are about as wide as long, and much wider than the
prothorax.

CLEORINA PULCHELLA, Lef.

A beautiful little insect, common in many of the coastal
districts of Northern Queensland. The elytral markings are
frequently as on the type, but frequently the second spot,
except at the suture and sides, covers almost the entire apical
two-thirds ; rarely the elytra are entirely of a coppery-green.
There is a minute projection on each side of the prothorax at
about the basal third, but it is invisible from most directions.

CLEORINA PURPUREA, N. sp.
Pl. .vai,{-fig, (638e als viii feels

¢. Purple; antennae black, parts of palpi obscurely
reddish.

Head with well-defined but not very large and somewhat
unevenly distributed punctures; clypeus subquadrate, sides:
distinctly carinate. Antennae with second joint stouter and
distinctly shorter than third, fifth to eleventh stouter than
the third and fourth. Prothorax not twice as wide as the
median length, sides rather strongly rounded, but near middle
with a small dentiform projection, front angles also armed ;
with minute scattered punctures on disc, but becoming larger
on sides. Hlytra subquadrate, considerably wider than pro-
thorax, with an obtuse swelling between each shoulder and
suture, and with rows of punctures. Flanks of prosternum
smooth in front, finely wrinkled elsewhere. Abdomen feebly
depressed in middle of apex. VFemora stout, hind pair very
feebly dentate, the others not at all: middle tibiae rather
lightly notched near outer apex, the hind ones still more lightly

167
notched ; basal joint of front tarsi moderately inflated. Length,

Q. Differs in being more compact, eyes somewhat
smaller, abdomen more convex, all femora edentate, and basal
joint of front tarsi distinctly smaller.

/Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (Macleay Museum and
A.M. Lea). Type, I. 3433.

Readily distinguished from puichella by its larger size,
and very different colours and punctures. The head and
prothorax sometimes have a vague greenish gloss; the under-
surface and legs are sometimes quite distinctly purplish or
purplish-green, but sometimes have but little metallic gloss.
The elytral punctures are fairly large, and in conspicuous rows
on a shallow depression at the basal fourth; posteriorly,
although still in rows, they become very minute, on the apical
slope they are almost invisible, except for a few in the sub-
sutural stria (the only one on the slope). The tooth on the
hind femora of the male is very small, but quite distinct from
certain directions, but the others are ‘edentate.

SCELODONTA.

The species 57) of this genus have the middle and hind
tibiae notched near apex, but the hind ones much less conspicu-
ously so than in Rhyparida; from which genus also it may be
distinguished by all the femora being dentate.“8) There is a
curious groove behind each eye.

SCELODONTA SIMONI, Baly.
palmerstoni, Blackb.
Pl. viii., fig. 106.

There are in the Museum four specimens of this species
from the Northern Territory. Two of these bear the late Rev.
T. Blackburn’s label, “‘sioni, Baly,’’ and one ‘‘Scelodonta ( ?)
simoni Baly, var.(?) palmerstoni, Blackb.”; the latter evi-
dently the one he commented 9) upon as having “some rather
conspicuous golden spots.’”’ These spots, however, appear to
be due to grease, or perhaps abrasion, diminishing the gloss of
certain parts. On the fourth specimen (recently received from
Mr. G. F. Hill, and taken on Melville Island), evidently in
perfect condition, and agr eeing in sculpture and clothing with

(57)T am only acquainted ei, ‘Australian ones.

(58) Baly described simoni as having the four hind femora
armed, but he evidently overlooked the small tooth on each of the
front ones.

(59) Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1888, p. 1479.

168

the others, the spotting is not traceable. There are also
specimens in the Macleay Museum from North-western
Australia.
SCELODONTA BREVIPILIS, Nn. sp.
Pl. viii., fig. 107.

3. Brassy or bronzy; sides of prothorax (the disc
glabrous) and the elytra with very short and sparse pubescence,
under-surface, legs, and head with somewhat denser and rather
longer pubescence, becoming dense and almost of a snowy
whiteness on flanks of metasternum; tibial notches rather
densely ciliated.

Head with dense and rather small punctures; with three
conspicuous impressions connected with clypeal suture—a
median one vanishing on the forehead and a deep groove
curving round each eye. Antennae moderately long, second
joint stouter and shorter than third. Prothorax about as long
as wide, sides evenly rounded ; with dense punctures, many of
which are transversely confluent. Scutellam parallel-sided,
apex feebly produced in middle. H#lytra much wider than
prothorax, shoulders prominent, sides behind them feebly
decreasing in width; with rows of rather large punctures,
becoming small posteriorly, the interstices with small punctures
and feebly wrinkled. dbdomen with fifth segment shghtly
shorter than third and fourth combined. /emora stout, middle
pair strongly, hind pair moderately, front pair lightly dentate : =
tibiae with several acute ridges, middle pair rather suddenly
bent downwards at middle; basal-joint of front tarsi rather
strongly inflated. Length, 4-5 mm.

Q. Differs in being somewhat stouter, abdomen more
convex, with the apical segment somewhat shorter, middle
tibiae less curved, and basal joint of front tarsi much smaller.

Hab.—Queensland: Cape York (W. D. Dodd), Bunda-
berg (Blackburn’s collection), Cooktown (C. French), Kuranda
(H. J. Carter from G. E. Bryant), Cairns district (Macleay
Museum, E. Allen, . W. Ferguson, and A. M. Lea), Brisbane
(H. Hacker), Wide Bay, Endeavour River ; New South Wales:
Darling River (Macleay Museum). Type, I. 3283.

Structurally very close to s¢moni, but the elytral clothing
very much shorter, pronotum glabrous in middle, and middle
tibiae very different. Even the antennae are more or less
metallic on the basal half; many specimens have two bluish
or purplish spots on each elytron, one between the shoulder
and suture, the other a short distance behind the first; some
specimens are more conspicuously metallic than others, and
an occasional specimen is almost of a golden red. The elytra
have several shallow depressions in the vicinity of the shoulders,,
and the punctures there are larger than elsewhere.

169

ToMYRIS.

This genus is a very unsatisfactory one to deal with,
despite the great beauty of many of the species. In general
‘appearance many of them are extremely like many of the
smaller ones of Hdusa, but from that genus they are readily
distinguished by the notched four hind tibiae, although the
notches are sometimes very feeble. But with a little experi-
ence many of the species may be recognized at a glance to
belong to Tomyris, by the clothing and prothoracic punctures.
‘The character of the convexity or concavity of portion of the
prosternum by which Chapuis and Lefevre placed the two
‘genera in widely separated groups of the subfamily I believe
to be quite unreliable ; and it is certainly very unsatisfactory.

There are now before me many hundreds of specimens,
including all those described or commented upon by the late
‘Rev. T. Blackburn, except some types (©) ; and also including
many taken in cop. by myself and so marked. Of these latter
some species have both sexes green, some have both brassy,
and some have the male green and the female brassy. The
‘antennae also may or may not vary in colour sexually. Struc-
turally and in clothing some of these are so much alike that
it is often difficult (I believe in many cases it is for all prac-
ticable purposes impossible) to decide as to whether a
particular specimen belongs to one with the sexes similar or
different in colours. That the sexes of several species have
been described as distinct is almost certain; I have, for
instance, repeatedly seen specimens of viridula (male) in cop.
with proxima (female). There are in the Museum (and I
have seen more in other collections) many unmated specimens
belonging to species that are close to but distinct from viridula,
that I have passed over without describing as, except where
they possess very distinctive features, it is undesirable to
describe species allied to it, without having positive information
as to the correct mating of the sexes.

All the species of the genus have the four hind tibiae
notched near the outer apex, and all have the upper-surface
more or less densely clothed ; the clothing is frequently dense
and short, often as in rasa, of which Blackburn remarked:
“The shortness and comparative coarseness of the pubescence
in this species suggests the idea of a hairy surface that has
been closely shaved.’’ Two species, however, have been referred
to the genus whose upper-surface is glabrous and tibiae not
notched ; but these (paradoxa and minor) I believe to belong
to Cleptor, and have commented upon them under that genus.

On the head there is a small shining space close to each

(60) All the species are represented.

170

antenna, and there is generally another on the forehead; or
the latter may be lengthened into a short carina; occasionally
it is completely absent, but its absence appears to be individual
rather than specific.

Under the genus Chapuis described the femora as being
slightly swollen, but in an enlarged figure “) of the hind leg
of pulchella (the typical species of the genus) the femur is
shown as having a fairly large subapical tooth. Lefevre also
described the femora as moderately incrassated, and made no
mention of a tooth. I have seen no species with dentate
femora, but must presume (on account of the figure) that
pulchella has such, and consequently that it is unrepresented
in the Museum, but all the other known species are there
represented.

The antennae are usually long and thin, but on the
females are usually much (or, at any rate, distinctly) shorter
than on the male, and on some species they differ sexually in
width ; but the relative lengths of the joints are seldom of use
in distinguishing allied species. The sides of the prothorax
and its proportions in comparison with the elytra are also of
but little use.

The sexual differences are frequently very pronounced in
colour, and the male has usually distinctive characters on the
abdomen ; on the male the basal joint of the two or four front
tarsi is often slightly larger than on the female, but it is
seldom conspicuously much larger, as in so many other genera
of the subfamily.

The following table is of the new species only : —

se Rete ts not impressed across middle.
. Prothoracic pubescence paren uonaly par sie
In Middle: spo. kes. mediana
aa. Prothoracic pubescence ‘not so parted.
b. Elytral pubescence entirely very short
and more or less depressed.
c. Elytra much more conspicuously nar-
rowed posteriorly than usual in

genus... wiburdi
cc. Elytra normally. narrowed ‘posteriorly.
d. Size large... Bevo heb tae Ms enone
dd. Size very small ... ... queenslandice

bb. Elytral pubescence not entirely “short
and depressed.
e. Prothoracic punctures large and sharply
defined in front... apicicollis
ee. Prothoracic punctures smaller and
crowded throughout.
f. Size Very SiMe, voc” at. joe), apm Erte
ff. Size considerably larger.

(61) Pl. cxix., fig. 2a.

171

. Antennae with four or five apical
joints conspicuously tipped with
black ;
Antennae with élev enth joint only
so tipped
AA. Prothorax transversely
middle.
B. Elytral pubescence not entirely short and
depressed.
h. Depressed pubescence dense.
Size very small .
4 Size considerably lar: ger.
}. Longer hairs inconspicuous.
* Male br ight metallic-green
** Male not green . :
7). Longer hairs. in conspicuous. Tows.
* Prothoracic punctures not indi-
vidually distinct
** Prothoracic puaetur es individually
distinct
Ah. eerste’ pubescence sparse, and long
hairs more or less conspicuous.
k. Conspicuously narrower than usual in
genus... bas
kk. Of normal width.
1. Prothoracic punctures crowded and
not individually sharply defined ....
ll. Prothoracic punctures, at any rate in
front, sharply defined.

gg.

impressed across

m. Prothoracic impression nowhere
well defined efel nh eb thd ks
mm. Prothoracic impression con-

spicuous on each side of middle.
n. Prothorax almost as long as wide
nn. Prothorax decidedly transverse
BB. Elytral pubescence entirely short and
usually depressed.
C. A conspicuous shining niger in front of
impression A afte
CC. Without such a ridge.
D. Punctures on prothorax mostly sharply
defined and individually distinct.
o. Hind tibiae unusually wide, with the
notch unusually deep
oo. Hind tibiae of normal width and
with the notch much smaller.
p. Of large size. —
* Elytra not shagreened
** Elytra shagreened
pp. Of small size.

q. Punectures in prothoracic de-
pression less sharply defined
than elsewhere ;

qq. Punctures there quite as dis-
tinct as elsewhere.

r. Elytral pubescence suberect ...
rr. Elytral pubescence depressed

picticornis

aureoviridis

tantilla

soror
ilaetabilis

tepperr

sublaeta

-exilis

femoralis

inconspicua

compacta
villosa

sculpticollis

incisa

insignis
fugitiva

aerata

irrasa
foveientris

172

DD. Punctures in nrothorax too crowded
to be individually distinct, except
occasionally about apex.
EK. With a costiform elevation behind
each shoulder _... =» ase opulcherromer
EE. Without such.
F. Transverse impression of pro-
thorax feeble.
s. Median line of prothorax distinct

when viewed obliquely ... ... curnowi
. Median line not traceable ... similis
FF. Transverse impression distinct
G. Size above average sven a) ote / etree

GG. Size decidedly small.
H. Unusually narrow, with longer
antennae and legs than
usual sus |, idee weedy, . one, GTa@euscornis
HH. Not eaves ae oes. | f icodt Nae

Notes on TABLE.

A. On aprercollis the prothorax is not transversely
impressed, but towards the base the punctures are more
crowded than elsewhere, and it is possible that on some speci-
mens a vague depression would be visible. If placed in AA
it would fall beside v7//osa, whose prothoracic impressions are
very different.

AA. The impression is sometimes very feeble, but usually
may be clearly seen, on account of the punctures there being
denser than elsewhere ; it is seen most clearly from an oblique
direction; on several species (including insignis, one of the
most distinct of the genus) the impression, although not dis-
tinct in the actual centre of the disc, is represented by a
distinct remnant each side of same.

h. Soror might have been referred to the group with
elytral pubescence entirely short, but as on each of the thirteen
specimens before me a few upright hairs are to be seen it has
been placed here.

ToMYRIS PUSILLA, Lef.

The description of this species is extremely short, and
would apply to the females of many species of the genus; but
in the late Rev. T. Blackburn’s collection there was a specimen
from Perth so identified. I have taken the same species at
the Swan River, Bridgetown, and Pinjarrah, but all these are
larger (24-3 mm.) than the type (2 mm.). I doubt if it is
more than a western representative of viridula, and like that
species the legs of its females (the only sex known (62)) are

(62)On one card before me a small green male is mounted
with a female, but not marked as having “been taken in cop. It
differs from the male of viridula in being smaller, transverse
impression of prothorax more distinct, an interrupted ridge in
front of same; and punctures considerably larger.

173

sometimes infuscated in parts. Its prothorax is transversely
impressed and elytral clothing short, but without the curious
appearance as in rasa.

TOMYRIS ELEGANTULA, Lef.
impressicollis, Blackb.

Typical specimens of this species may be readily distin-
guished from most species by the conspicuous golden or coppery
gloss on the apical portion of elytra, especially along the
suture, but the gloss is sometimes rather feeble and is occa-
sionally absent. The size is also variable. Both sexes 5) are
green, but the male has only the tip of the eleventh joint of
antennae black, whereas the female has many of the joints
more or less deeply infuscated, with the median joints usually
darker than the subapical ones, although the tip of the eleventh
is black.

The species, as such, was unknown to the late Rev. T.
Blackburn when he described impressicollis, but subsequently
he identified a Tasmanian specimen as el/egantula, and this
specimen agrees well with two of his own co-types. These
have a distinct coppery gloss on the apical portion of the
elytra, although in his table they were mentioned as “entirely
green.” There are many Australian specimens in the Museum
with the gloss quite as pronounced as on Tasmanian ones. The
species is widely distributed and common in Tasmania, Vic-
toria, and South Australia.

ToMyRIS FOVEOLATA, Baly (formerly Terillus).

This species is readily distinguished from all others of the
subfamily by the elytra; these have the interstices elevated,
shining, and impunctate, or almost so, but between them are
rows of large shallow foveae, varying in shape from irregularly
rounded to quadrate or oblong, and usually each separated
from the adjoining ones by a transverse ridge at each end ;
each is also densely punctate and has very short pubescence.
The sex of the type was not noted, the two before me (taken
at the Swan River by Mr. Carter) are males, and each has a
large fovea on the apical segment of abdomen.

The species was referred to Terillus by Baly, but each of
the four hind tibiae has a conspicuous notch near the outer
apex, and the species is quite obviously a Tomyrvs.

ToMYRIS INSIGNIS, n. sp.
Pl. viii., fig. 156.
¢. Bright metallic golden-green, elytra brassy about
apex, labrum and appendages flavous, but eleventh joint of

(63) I have frequently taken specimens m cop.

174

antennae and tip of tenth infuscated. Upper-surface with
extremely short and sparse pubescence, distinct only at apex of
elytra.

Head with very dense, asperate punctures. Antennae
passing middle of abdomen. Jrothorax with sides gently
dilated to near base, with a fairly distinct impression along
middle, towards each side a distinct transverse impression, the
two scarcely visibly connected across middle; punctures very
dense, and subasperate, but mostly well defined. Llytra with
dense, asperate punctures, and fine transverse rugae, striation
distinct but not sharply impressed. Abdomen with a wide
and deep apical fovea. Basal joint of four front tars: elongate
and dilated towards base. Length, 6 mm.

Q. Differs in being much larger (74-8 mm.), of a beauti-
ful golden-violet colour on the upper-surface, with the margins
golden, abdomen upturned at middle of apex, and with a very
feeble depression before same, antennae and legs somewhat
shorter, and basal joint of four front tarsi narrowed from apex
to base.

Hab.—-New South Wales: Blue Mountains (H. J. Carter
and E. W. Ferguson). Type, I. 3622.

An extremely beautiful species, the female considerably
larger than any previously described one, being quite as large
as many of the large species of Hdusa, but with the conspicuous
tibial notches of Tomyris. On the under-surface the clothing
is white, and moderately dense in places, but the middle of
the abdomen glabrous, margined in the males by some longer
hairs. The types were taken im cop.; a second female (returned
to Mr. Carter) is more of a golden-red than the other, and the
sides of its prothorax and elytra and the scutellum are golden-
green.

ToMYRIS FUGITIVA, N. sp.

2. Metallic-green; labrum and appendages (except tip
of antennae) flavous. Rather densely clothed with very short
subdepressed pubescence, becoming longer, denser, and de-
pressed on under-surface.

Head with very dense, subasperate punctures. Antennae
extending to hind coxae. Prothorax with almost evenly
rounded sides, with a vague remnant of a transverse impression
towards each side; punctures slightly better defined than on
head. Elytra rather coarsely shagreened and with vague
remnants of striation. Tip of abdomen upcurved. Length,
64 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales. Type (unique) in Macleay
Museum.

A large green species, the general sculpture much as in
rasa. In general appearance it is somewhat like a very large

+175

specimen of /aeta, but the labrum is much longer than in that
species, being less than twice as wide as long, instead of more
than twice as wide as long, the elytral clothing is less depressed
and not quite so dense, and the tibial notches are less con-
spicuous. Viewed at right angles to the derm, the upper-
surface appears to be green or bluish-green, but from an
oblique direction it is conspicuously purplish; and when
appearing purplish the pubescence also disappears. I have
referred it to AA, in the table, as vague remnants of the
transverse prothoracic impression may be seen, but regarding
it as belonging to A, it might be associated with mediana, as
from certain directions the prothoracic pubescence of one side
appears to disappear exactly at the middle, but this is due
more to the fugitive colour rather than to a distinct parting,
as on mediana; it is also much larger than that species. Re-
garding it as belonging to aa, it would be associated with longa,
which is considerably narrower and otherwise very different.
Short as is the clothing on the elytra, it is still shorter on the
head and prothorax.

ToMYRIS MEDIANA, N. Sp.

6. Bright golden-green ; labrum and appendages (black
tip of antennae excepted) flavous. Densely clothed with short,
silken pubescence, on the prothorax conspicuously parted in
the middle. .

Densely covered with small asperate punctures, less clearly
defined on elytra than on head and prothorax. Antennae
thin, slightly passing tips of elytra. Fifth segment of
abdomen with a rather large median fovea. Length, 3 mm.

2. Differs in being larger (4 mm.), of a beautiful golden-
red, only the tip of clypeus green, antennae shorter and
abdomen more convex and non-foveate.

[Iab.—New South Wales: Sydney (A. M. Lea), Hill-
grove (C. Hardcastle). Type, I. 3473.

The prothorax of both sexes, when viewed obliquely,
appears to have a conspicuous median line, due to the parting
of the pubescence, and this character will readily distinguish
it from most species of the genus. The sexes are strikingly
different in appearance, but the types were taken in cop. The
male is much like Jaeta in miniature. The derm of the female
is much the colour of that of rasa, but the punctures are much
smaller.

TOMYRIS APICICOLLIS, n. sp.

Q. Brassy; labrum and appendages (black tips to some
of the antennal joints excepted) flavous. Moderately densely
pubescent, with elytra, in addition, with fairly numerous,
longer erect hairs.

176

Hlead with three small shining spaces; punctures very
dense but well-defined. Antennae moderately stout, extending
to second segment of abdomen, sixth to tenth joints dilated at
apex of each. Prothorax with somewhat larger punctures
than on head, on apical portion sparse and more sharply
defined. Hlytra with a vague depression behind each shoulder;
punctures about base much as on head, becoming smaller and
less crowded posteriorly. Length, 24-3} mm.

Hab.—South Australia (Blackburn’s collection): Mount
Lofty, Kangaroo Island (J. G. O. Tepper); Victoria: Mon-
bulk and Emerald (H. H. D. Griffith from E. Jarvis). Type,
I. 3243.

In some respects close to aenca, but prothorax not trans-
versely impressed. The prothoracic punctures, which are un-
usually conspicuous in front, from certain directions appear to
each have a smail central pit, from other directions each
appears to have a feeble median elevation. On the majority
of species of the genus the prothoracic punctures are more or
less similar, but being more crowded their individual sculpture
is less distinct. An occasional specimen has a purplish gloss.

Two males before me probably belong to this species ; they
are of a brassy-green, becoming of a vivid-green on head and
almost purplish towards apex of elytra; the abdomen is less
convex, there is a feeble transverse impression on the fifth
segment, and the antennae (especially on the apical half) are
thinner and extend to the tip of the abdomen.

ToMYRIS DUMBRELLI, Nn. sp.

Of a metallic but rather dull green, becoming brassy on
parts of under-surface; labrum and appendages flavous-red,
but many of the antennal joints tipped with black. Moderately
clothed with very short pubescence, but elytra with some
longer hairs scattered about.

Rather narrow; densely covered with small asperate
punctures. Antennae rather thin, extending to about middle
of abdomen. Length, 23 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (British Museum from
C. Darwin), Galston (S. Dumbrell). Type, I. 3474.

A small dull-green species, smaller than wiridula, and
prothorax not transversely depressed. The prothorax, when
viewed obliquely, appears to have an extremely feeble median
parting of pubescence. The three specimens before me appear
to be all males, as the abdomen, although without an apical
fovea, is rather less evenly convex than is usual in females.

TOMYRIS PICTICORNIS, n. sp.

3. Bright metallic-green, parts of under-surface brassy-
green; labrum and appendages flavous, but tips of five apical

177

joints of antennae conspicuously black. Rather densely
clothed with short pale pubescence, elytra in addition with
rows of short, suberect hairs, or thin setae.

With crowded asperate punctures, much smaller on elytra
than on head and prothorax. Antennae long and thin, dis-
tinctly passing elytra. Abdomen with a conspicuous elevation
in middle of second segment, apical segment rather strongly
incurved to middle and transversely impressed. Length (¢,
2), 44-42 mm.

Q. Differs i in being of a beautiful golden-red, with under-
surface almost entirely brassy, antennae shorter and slightly
thinner, and abdomen simple and more convex.

Hab.—Western Australia: Mount Barker (R. Helms),
Warren River (W. D. Dodd), King George Sound (Macleay
Museum). Type, I. 3236.

Readily distinguished from other species of the genus by
the curious abdomen of the male, and by the conspicuously
black-tipped antennal joints.

TOMYRIS AUREOVIRIDIS, n. sp.

¢. Bright golden-green, in parts sometimes more golden
than green, parts of under-surface brassy, labrum and appen-
dages flavous, but tip of antennae black. LElytra densely
clothed with short pubescence, and with a few rows of longer
hairs, other parts more sparsely clothed.

With crowded asperate punctures, of uniform size on head
and prothorax, but becoming smaller (although mostly well-
defined) on elytra. Antennae thin, extending to tips of elytra.
Fifth segment of abdomen with a rather large but shallow
median fovea. Length, 34-45 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Kangaroo Island (J. G. O.
Tepper) ; Victoria: Birchip (J.C. Goudie) ; New South Wales:
Jenolan (J. C. Wiburd). Type, I. 3256.

Like small specimens of Jaeta, but elytra with conspicuous
rows of longer hairs; from elegantula and viridula the absence
of a transverse prothoracic depression will readily distinguish
it.

TOMYRIS LONGA, Nn. sp.

2. Golden-green; labrum and appendages flavous.
Densely clothed with short golden pubescence, becoming white
on under-surface.

Elongate, densely covered with small subasperate punc-
tures, smaller on elytra than on head and prothorax. Antennae
long and thin. Length, 54-6} mm.

% Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin (N. Davies). Type,
3238.

178

A narrow species, with a peculiarly silken lustre. The
elytra from certain directions have a vaguely ribbed appear-
ance. A second specimen agrees in all details with the type
except that it is of a beautiful golden-red, somewhat as in rasa,
from which, however, it differs in many particulars. The
antennae are damaged on both specimens, but at least the nine.
basal joints are entirely pale. They both have the fifth seg-
ment of abdomen strongly incurved to middle and transversely
impressed ; characters which would appear to be masculine,
but from the type a lengthy ovipositor is protruding. It is.
the first species recorded from the Territory.

TOMYRIS WIBURDI, n. sp.

Of a dull bronze, the head brassy ; labrum and appendages
more or less of a dingy flavous, but eight apical joints of
antennae more or less conspicuously infuscated or black, apical
joint of palpi black, and femora and parts of tarsi distinctly
infuscated. Densely clothed with short white pubescence.

Rather compact. Densely covered with small asperate
punctures; smaller on elytra than on head and prothorax.
Antennae not very thin, extending to about middle of
abdomen. F#lytra with apical third more conspicuously nar-
rowed than is usual in genus. Abdomen with an impression
extending across almost the entire fifth segment. Length,
3 mm.

Hab.— New South Wales: Jenolan (J.C. Wiburd). Type:
(unique), I. 3475.

A curious greyish-looking species, with distinctive elytra..

° ToMYRIS QUEENSLANDICA, 0. sp.

Q. Bronzy, under-surface almost black; labrum and
appendages of a more or less dingy flavous or testaceous, but
tips of palpi, tips of most of the antennal joints, and parts of
legs more or less conspicuously infuscated or blackish. Rather
densely clothed with short whitish pubescence, longer on elytra.
than elsewhere.

With crowded asperate punctures, more sharply defined
(although somewhat smaller) on elytra than _ elsewhere.
Antennae rather thin, extending to about middle of abdomen.
Length, 23 mm.

/1ab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection).
Type (unique), I. 3268.

The elytra appear to have vague remnants of striation.
The types of this species and of similis are the only specimens
of the genus that I have seen from Queensland.

179

ToMYRIS TANTILLA, N. sp.

6. Golden-green, becoming vividly green on head and
brassy on parts of elytra; under-surface more or less brassy ;
labrum and appendages flavous, but tips of five or six apical
joints of antennae blackish. Elytra with rather dense short
pubescence, and with more or less regular rows of longer
hairs; elsewhere more sparsely clothed.

Rather elongate. Head with crowded asperate punc-
tures. Antennae long and thin, extending almost to apex of
abdomen. Prothoraxz with a moderately distinct transverse
subbasal impression, on which the punctures are much as on
the head, but in front they are sparser and more clearly
defined. H#lytra with much smaller punctures. Fifth seg-
ment of abdomen with a small median fovea. Length(d, Q),
‘2-23 mm.

Q. Differs in being slightly larger and stouter, nearly
always brassy, or at least with the elytra brassy, antennae
shorter, abdomen more convex and non-foveate.

Hab.—Western Australia: Darling Ranges, Donny-
brook, Beverley (A. M. Lea), Swan River (H. J. Carter),
Fremantle (British Museum). Type, I. 3476.

The punctures on the elytra are so small, crowded, and
ill-defined (in addition to being partially obscured by
clothing) that most of the surface apears little more than
shagreened. This species may be the real pusilla; but, till
evidence to the contrary is forthcoming, it appears desirable
to recognize, as that species, the one identified by Blackburn
as such. The present species is certainly different to the one
he so identified, but the original description would apply
almost equally well to several species before me.

TOMYRIS TEPPERI, n. sp.

Q. Bronzy, or of a purplish-bronze, or brassy, tip of
elypeus bright-green ; under-surface more shining than upper,
labrum and appendages (black tip of antennae excepted)
flavous. Elytra with dense, depressed pubescence, and with
almost regular rows of gee hairs, elsewhere more
sparsely clothed.

With dense asperate punctures, somewhat smaller on
parts of elytra than on head and prothorax. Antennae thin,
extending to about middle of abdomen. Prothorax with a
rather vague, postmedian, transverse depression, and a still
more vague longitudinal one. Length, 4-44 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Kangaroo Island (J. G. O.
ee Victoria: Birchip (J. C. Goudie’s No. 126). Type,

3248.

180

With rather vague depressions on the prothorax as om
curnowi, but readily distinguished from that species by the
rows of conspicuous hairs on the elytra. The five specimens
from Kangaroo Island are ail females. Two specimens
mounted, as sexes, on one card (but not marked as having
been taken im cop.) were sent by Mr. Goudie; of these the
female agrees perfectly with the Kangaroo Island ones, but
the male (4) differs in being of a vivid golden-green, slightly
smaller and narrower, prothorax somewhat longer, with more
rounded sides, abdomen more convex and with a circular
apical fovea; it differs from the male of wiridula and of
elegantula in being narrower and less compact, eyes rather
more prominent, and longer hairs on elytra more conspicuous ;
the prothoracic punctures are much denser than on ezilis,
and it is rather more compact than that species; the long
hairs on the elytra distinguish it from foveiventris.

TOMYRIS SUBLAETA, Nl. sp.

3d. Bright golden-green; labrum and appendages (tip
of antennae excepted) flavous. Densely clothed with short
depressed pubescence, the elytra in addition with rows of
longer suberect hairs.

Head with very dense, subasperate punctures. Antennae
long and thin. Prothorax with rather strongly rounded
sides, with a shallow transverse depression on each side of
middle; punctures slightly larger than on head and indi-
vidually distinct. Elytra shagreened, but with punctures
(although very small) moderately well-defined posteriorly.
Fourth segment of abdomen flattened in middle, fifth with
a wide shallow and somewhat irregular depression, the derm
there darker than that of the adjacent parts. Length,
53 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains (H. J.
Carter). Type (unique), I. 3623.

Of the size and at first glance the appearance of /aeta,
but rather narrower, prothorax with transverse depressions
and less crowded punctures, most of which are individually
distinct, elytra with pubescence less dense and mixed with
longer hairs, and notches of hind tibiae longer and shallower.
Its much greater size readily distinguishes it from the males
of clegantula, viridis, soror, etc. From tepperi it differs in
being considerably larger, femora much stouter, and pro-
thoracic punctures clearer; from the presumed male of that

(64) Its position in the table would associate it with tepperi,
and I believe it belongs to that species.

18]

species it differs also in the abdominal fovea being wider,
shallower, and of different shape.

TOMYRIS SOROR, N. Sp.

3. Bright metallic-green; labrum and appendages
(black tip of antennae excepted) flavous. Densely clothed
with short, golden pubescence, on the elytra some longer
but not very conspicuous hairs scattered about.

Densely covered with small asperate punctures, rather
smaller on elytra than elsewhere. Antennae long and thin,
passing tips of elytra. Prothoraxr with transverse impression
fairly distinct, Fifth segment of abdomen with a con-
spicuous median fovea with a central longitudinal elevation.
Length, 4 mm. |

Q. Differs in being larger (44-54 mm.), of a beautiful
golden-red (sometimes brassy with a greenish gloss), antennae
shorter, abdomen more convex, and fifth segment depressed
but not foveate in middle.

Hab.—Tasmania: Hobart (British Museum, Blackburn’s
collection, and A. M. Lea), Mount Wellington (Lea); New
South Wales: Blue Mountains (Blackburn). Type, I. 3240.

In general appearance close to wridula, but the sexes
differ from the sexes of that species as follows :—Female.—
More of a golden-red than bronzy (its colour approaches that
of rasa), somewhat narrower and with the antennae con-
siderably longer and thinner, the seventh joint decidedly
longer than the eleventh (instead of equal to same) and quite
five times as long as wide, instead of at most thrice as long
as wide.(65) Male.—Slightly narrower, eyes slightly more
convex, and antennae slightly longer and thinner. The differ-
ences in the antennae of the female render it certain that this
species is quite distinct from wiridula, and of both species I
have taken pairs 17 cop.; but the males are so extremely
closely allied that there will probably always be some difficulty
in distinguishing them.

ToMYRIS ILLAETABILIS, Nl. sp.

3d. Bronzy-black; head brassy, becoming brassy-green
on front of clypeus, labrum and appendages more or less
flavous, but tips of several apical joints of antennae and base
of hind tibiae infuscated, knees very feebly so. Moderately
densely clothed with depressed, whitish pubescence, the elytra
in addition with some longer hairs.

Head with dense, asperate punctures. Antennae long
and thin. Proethorar with strongly rounded sides, a vague

(65) To see the true proportions of the joint it must be viewed
perpendicularly to its greatest width.

182

transverse depression towards each side, the two scarcely
connected across middle; with very dense punctures, well
defined only at apex. Slytra with a fairly distinct swelling
on each side at base; with fairly dense, subasperate punc-
tures. Abdomen with a shallow but fairly large apical fovea.
Length, 4 (9, 47) mm.

@. Differs in being less metallic, head opaque, except
that the clypeus is brassy in front, elytra piceous-brown, the
under-surface somewhat paler, (©) ude non-foveate, more
convex, and upcurved at apex, and antennae and legs some-
what shorter.

/Hlab.—Victoria: Sea Lake (J. C. Goudie’s Nos. 710 and
71d). Dy peg 1. 3624. ;

Although in the table referred to B, and associated with
soror, it 1s not at all close to that species; the longer hairs
amongst the elytral pubescence are inconspicuous, and are
clearly visible only from the sides on the apical slope on both
specimens, but on the female from certain directions several
rows of hairs stand out fairly conspicuously, even when the
elytra are viewed from above. If, however, the species was
referred to BB, it would be associated with s:mlis, which is
considerably smaller, more compact, and otherwise different.
In general appearance it resembles obscwra, but differs in
being smaller and thinner, less coarsely sculptured, and the
legs much paler. The tibial notches are rather feeble. The
abdominal fovea of the male from some directions appears to
have a feeble medio-longitudinal ridge, but from other direc-
tions this cannot be seen.

ToMYRIS EXILIS, nN. sp.

3. Bright metallic-green, prothorax and apical portion
of elytra often more or less golden; labrum and appendages
(tip of antennae and the claws excepted) flavous. Elytra
with rather short pubescence, and some longer hairs scattered
about, elsewhere sparsely clothed.

Head with dense, asperate punctures. Antennae thin,
extending to tips of elytra. Prothoraxr with a transverse
postmedian depression interrupted in middle; punctures on
it much as on head, but elsewhere with somewhat larger,
sparser, and more clearly defined ones. Llytra with distinct
punctures throughout, at and about base they are much as
on head, but smaller elsewhere. Fifth segment of abdomen
with a conspicuous median fovea. Length (d, 9), 34-43 mm.

@. Differs in being somewhat widens buaeey: “tip only

(66) There is but one specimen of each sex in the Museum, and
the female is perhaps not quite mature.

183

of clypeus green; antennae shorter, many of the joints
(including the upper-surface of the first) infuscated, abdomen
more convex, the fifth segment lightly notched in middle of
apex, and the legs somewhat thinner.

Hab.—Tasmania: Hobart (Blackburn’s collection and
A. M. Lea), summit of Mount Wellington, Huon River
(Lea); Victoria: Dividing Range (Blackburn), South
Wandin, Monbulk (H. H. D. Griffith, from E. Jarvis).
Type, I. 3147. |

A rather long and thin species whose sexes (I have
taken specimens im cop.) vary in colour as those of wridula,
but readily distinguished from that species by the much
narrower form, prothorax with decidedly coarser punctures,
and with the depression different. With the antennae con-
cealed some males at first sight have a curious resemblance to
some of the smaller species of Lemidia (of the Cleridae). Some
males are decidedly more golden than green, but the females
are all more or less brassy, or brassy-purple. One female has
the base of the head and most of the prothorax of a beautiful
purple. Another (in Mr. Griffith’s collection) has the
antennae conspicuously infuscated in the middle, but with
the first and eleventh joints also partly infuscated.

TOMYRIS FEMORALIS, Nn. sp.

Q. Brassy or bronzy, under-surface with a vague
greenish gloss; labrum, palpi, antennae (tips of several or
but one joint excepted) and legs (middle of femora excepted)
more or less reddish. Elytra with fairly numerous suberect
hairs, mixed with not much shorter subdepressed pubescence,
elsewhere with short pubescence.

Head with dense, asperate punctures. Antennae not
very thin, not passing hind coxae, joints sixth to tenth dilated
to apex. Prothorar with punctures as on head, except that
they are even denser on a vaguely defined postmedian
impression. L/ytra with not very large but mostly sharply
defined punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly, on parts of
basal half sublineate in arrangement. Length, 3-34 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Mount Barker (R. Helms),
Darling Ranges (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3477.

A rather compact species, close to antennata, but elytra
wider and distinctly brassy, and eyes smaller and more convex.
The depression on the prothorax is very feeble, but as the
punctures there present are more crowded than elsewhere it
appears to be fairly distinct, especially as, on one specimen,
the colour there is darker than on the adjacent parts. On
the (two) specimens before me the femora are deeply

184

infuscated in the middle, and on one of them the dark parts
have a metallic gloss.

TOMYRIS INCONSPICUA, N. sp.

Q. Brassy; elytra of a somewhat purplish-bronze;
under-surface darker, with a vague bluish gloss; labrum,
palpi, most of antennae, knees, and tarsi more or less red-
dish. Elytra with sparse pubescence and sparse hairs scattered
about, elsewhere with short and sparse pubescence.

Rather compact. Head more convex than usual; with
crowded subasperate punctures. Prothorax with clearly
defined punctures, becoming somewhat more crowded (but
even there individually distinct) on a very vaguely defined
postmedian depression. lytra with rather small but clearly
defined punctures on basal half, becoming smaller posteriorly.
Length, 2+ mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Darling Ranges (A. M.
Lea). Type (unique), I. 3478.

A small dark species, at first glance approaching anten-
nata, but shape, clothing, antennae, and punctures all very
different. The notches on the four hind tibiae are very feeble.
The antennae are damaged on the type, but the fifth to
tenth joints are each somewhat dilated towards and infus-
cated at apex, and the basal joint is dark on the upper-surface.

ToMYRIS VILLOSA, Nn. sp.

3. Head and prothorax bright metallic-green (the
prothorax sometimes golden); elytra bronzy, mesosternum,
metasternum, and abdomen brassy or brassy-green ; labrum and
appendages (tip of antennae, base of femora, and the claws
excepted) reddish-flavous. Upper-surface (more conspicuously
so on elytra than elsewhere) with numerous long erect hairs
scattered amongst rather sparse pubescence.

Head with crowded, asperate punctures. Antennae long
and thin, extending almost to apex of abdomen. Prothoraxr
with a moderately distinct postmedian depression, on which
the punctures are much as on head; elsewhere they are
sparser and more sharply defined, especially in front. //ytra
with a depression behind each shoulder vaguely connected
with base in two places; with numerous rather small sharply
defined (but subasperate) punctures about base, becoming
smaller posteriorly. Fifth segment of abdomen with a con-
spicuous median fovea. Four front tars: with basal joint
distinctly inflated. Length (¢, 9), 34-4 mm.

2. Differs in being somewhat wider, bronzy, antennae
shorter, considerably wider, and with most of the joints
infuscated, prothoracie depression more conspicuous, abdomen

185

more convex, fifth segment feebly impressed in middle, and
basal jormt of four front tarsi much smaller.

Hab.—Tasmania: Hobart (H. H. D. Griffith and A.
M. Lea); South Australia (British Museum, from — Bake-
well). Type, I. 3479. °

A rather compact species. The long and conspicuously
erect hairs, transverse depression on prothorax, and subbasal
impression on each elytron should render distinct, in con-
sequence of the subbasal impressions, the base appears to
have four obtuse elevations, two (the smaller ones) of which
are humeral. On one female the femora are black with the
knees reddish, and tlie tibiae and tarsi are infuscated in parts.
A male from New South Wales (Galston) has the elytra
darker than on the type, and the prothoracic depression less
conspicuous.

ToMYRIS COMPACTA, Nn. sp.

Bright metallic-green, becoming golden towards apex of
elytra, under-surface brassy-green; labrum and appendages
(tip of antennae and the claws excepted) flavous. LElytra
with numerous fairly long erect whitish hairs, set amongst
rather sparse and not very short pubescence, elsewhere
sparsely clothed.

Head with dense asperate punctures. Antennae not very
thin. Prothoraxr almost as long as wide, postmedian depres-
sion well defined on each side of middle, with a feeble
longitudinal impression ; punctures rather sparser and smaller
than usual but well defined, becoming crowded on sides and
on postmedian depression. Hlytra with rather dense sub-
asperate punctures of various sizes (but all rather small)
about base, becoming much smaller posteriorly. Length,
3 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Darling Ranges (A. M. Lea).
Type (unique), I. 3480.

A small, compact species; with prothorax decidedly
longer than is usual in the genus; in general appearance it
is close to the preceding species, but the prothorax is dis-
tinctly longer, and the eyes are more prominent. The
abdomen of the type is rather strongly convex, and is without
an apical fovea, so it is probably a female, despite its green
colour.

ToMYRIS SCULPTICOLLIS, Nn. sp.

d. Head of a vivid green, gradually altering to brassy
at apex of elytra; under-surface more or less brassy, labrum
and appendages (tip of antennae and claws excepted) flavous.
Moderately densely clothed with short, depressed pubescence.

Head with dense, asperate punctures. Antennae long

186

and thin. Prothorax with a conspicuous, shining, transverse,
feebly elevated, median ridge, marking the front edge of the
postmedian depression, this well defined; punctures rather
larger and better defined than on head. S#lytra with dense
and rather Small, but well-defined punctures, becoming
smaller posteriorly. Fifth segment of abdomen transversely
impressed. Length, 3 mm.

Q. Differs in being of a golden-red or golden-purple,
with the clypeus green, antennae shorter, and abdomen more
convex, with the fifth segment not transversely impressed.

Hab.—South Australia: Nuriootpa (J. G. O. Tepper).
Type, I. 3242. -

A minute and rather narrow species, readily distinguished
from all previously described ones by the conspicuous ridge
(interrupted in middle on one specimen) across prothorax.
On each of the three specimens before me the small median
shining space on the head is lengthened into a feeble carina,
but it 1s probably not to be depended upon.

ToMYRIS INCISA, Nl. sp.
Pl. ‘win,5 fe 9208:

3. Bright metallic-green; under-surface brassy-green,
labrum and appendages (black tip of antennae excepted)
flavous. Clothed with short, golden pubescence, denser on
elytra than elsewhere.

Head with dense, asperate punctures. Antennae thin,
extending to middle of abdomen. Prothorax with transverse
depression rather well defined; the punctures on it much as
on head, elsewhere they are mostly individually distinct.
Elytra with smaller punctures than on head, becoming still
smaller posteriorly. Fifth segment of abdomen with a con-
spicuous median fovea. Legs rather stout; four hind tibiae
with subapical notch very conspicuous on each; four front
tarsi with basal joint distinctly inflated. Length, 3-34 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: King George Sound (Macleay
Museum), Mount Barker (R. Helms), Darling Ranges (A.
M. Lea). \typerahwo28 |,

In general appearance like small specimens of laeta, but
prothorax transversely depressed, and the four hind tibiae
each much more conspicuously dilated towards the apex, and
with the subapical notch unusually conspicuous, certainly
much more so than on elegantula, impressicollis, viridula, or
any other green species in the Museum. A _ specimen from
Bridgetown is smaller (2% mm.) and thinner, but otherwise
agrees with the type. The male of the Macleay Museum is
more of a golden-green than the type, and is mounted on a

187

card with a female); the latter ts somewhat larger, tibial
notches less conspicuous, and the upper-surface is entirely of
a beautiful golden-red colour.

TOMYRIS FOVEIVENTRIS, Nn. sp.

6. Bright metallic-green or golden-green; labrum
and appendages (black tip of antennae excepted) flavous.
Elytra with rather dense, short, depressed pubescence ; sparse
elsewhere.

Head with crowded, subasperate punctures. Antennae
long and thin; distinctly passing elytra. Prothorar with
postmedian depression distinct; with dense, clearly defined
punctures. Elytra with small, densely crowded punctures,
not much larger about base than elsewhere. Fourth and fifth
segments of abdomen with a wide median fovea common to
both. Length, 3 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow),
Kangaroo Island (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3436.

The prothoracic punctures are coarser than usual, and,
although slightly smaller and more crowded in some places,
are well defined throughout; they are alone sufficient to dis-
tinguish the species from the male of wirzdula. The abdominal
fovea is not confined to one segment as on the males of most
species of the genus.

TOMYRIS AERATA, 0. Sp.

3. Brassy; head metallic-green, labrum and appendages
(one or more joints of antennae tipped with black excepted)
flavous. Elytra rather densely clothed with short, depressed,
whitish pubescence; sparser elsewhere.

Head with dense, asperate punctures. Antennae moder-
ately thin, scarcely passing middle of abdomen. Prothorax
with postmedian depression fairly distinct, and with punc-
tures much as on head, elsewhere sparser, somewhat larger
and usually sharply defined. Hlytra about base with crowded
and rather small punctures, becoming more crowded and
smaller posteriorly. Fifth segment of abdomen with a small
median fovea. Length (3, 9), 24-23 mm.

Q. Differs in having the head brassy, antennae shorter
and more infuscated, and in the abdomen.

Hab.—Tasmania: Huon River (a pair taken im cop.),
Hobart (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3482.

(67) The specimens are not marked as having been taken in cop.,
but the late George Masters seldom so marked specimens that he
had so taken.

188

Close to gracilis, but male as well as female with brassy
elytra, prothorax with sides not subangularly dilated in
middle (as they frequently are on that species), and depression
and punctures not quite the same.

TOMYRIS PULCHERRIMA, Ni. sp.

Q. Bright golden-red; labrum and appendages (tip of
antennae and claws excepted) flavous. Clothed with short,
depressed, whitish pubescence, denser on elytra than
elsewhere.

Rather narrow; with small, dense, asperate punctures,
smaller on elytra than elsewhere. Antennae long and thin.
Prothorax with transverse depression somewhat curved and
very distinct. Hlytra with a costiform elevation extending
from each shoulder to middle, then abruptly deflected for a
short distance towards the side, and then continued to about
apical third, when it gradually disappears. Length, 2% mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River (A. M. Lea).
Type (unique), I. 3483.

A small and very beautiful species, with well-marked
features.

TOMYRIS CURNOWI, N. sp.

Q. Brassy or coppery; front of clypeus metallic-green,
throat and parts of sterna greenish, labrum and appendages
(tip of antennae and claws excepted) flavous. Clothed with
short, depressed, whitish pubescence, denser on elytra than

elsewhere, and on prothorax rather vaguely parted along
middle.

With dense, asperate punctures, smaller on elytra than
on head and prothorax. Antennae thin, extending to about
middle of abdomen. /Prothorax with transverse depression
feeble, and with a still more feeble longitudinal one. Length,
4-5 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty (S. H. Curnow),
Yeelanna (W. A. Dorward), Lucindale (F. Secker).

The prothorax when viewed obliquely appears to have
the pubescence parted in the middle, although not so dis-
tinctly as on mediana,; from that species also it differs in
being narrower, head and prothorax with considerably larger
punctures, and prothorax with the transverse depression
traceable.

. A specimen from New South Wales (Jenolan, J. C.
Wilburd) possibly represents a variety of this species, but as
it has some longer hairs scattered amongst the elytra!
pubescence, it may belong to an, as yet, undescribed one.

189

TOMYRIS DISTRIBUTA, n. sp.

¢. Golden-red or brassy-red; head and_ scutellum
metallic-green, labrum and appendages flavous, but tip of
antennae and the claws black. LElytra densely clothed with
short, pale pubescence, much sparser elsewhere.

With dense, asperate punctures, slightly larger on head
than on prothorax, and becoming much smaller on elytra.
Antennae thin, extending almost to tip of abdomen. Pro-
thorax with transverse depression distinct. lytra with a
rather distinct depression on each side at about basal third,
with vague remnants of striation. Apical segment of
abdomen with a conspiciious median fovea. Legs stout; four
hind tibiae very conspicuously notched; basal joint of each
tarsus distinctly inflated. Length (¢, 9), 43-53 mm.

Q. Differs in being more robust, only the front of the
clypeus green, antennae shorter, abdomen more strongly
convex, fifth segment flat in middle, and basal joint of tarsi
‘smaller.

Hab.—Victoria: Dividing Range (Blackburn’s collec-
tion); South Australia: Mount Lofty (J. G. O. Tepper);
‘Tasmania: Hobart (H. H. D. Griffith and A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 3237.

In general appearance close to rasa, but prothorax trans-
versely depressed. Two females from the Blue Mountains are
rather smaller than usual: one is of a beautiful golden-purple,
but the other is of a rather dull purplish bronze.

ToMYRIS AUREA, N. sp.

Q. Golden, becoming golden-red about apex of elytra;
lypeus more or less green in front, under-surface brassy ;
labrum and appendages (black tip of antennae excepted)
flavous. Elytra densely clothed with short pale pubescence,
clothing sparser elsewhere.

With dense, asperate punctures, smaller on elytra than on
head and prothorax. Antennae thin, extending to about
middle of abdomen. /rothorax with transverse depression
distinct, and with remnants of a longitudinal one. Length,
23-32 mm.

k Hab.—Western Australia: Mount Barker (R. Helms).
‘Type, I. 3484.

Differs from the species identified as pusilla by the late
Rey. T. Blackburn in being narrower, more golden in colour,
elytral clothing distinctly shorter (much as on rasa), and punc-
tures different.

190

TOMYRIS GRACILICORNIS, Nn. sp.

3. Golden-red ; clypeus golden, labrum and appendages
(parts of antennae excepted) flavous. Densely clothed with
short, depressed, pale pubescence.

Long and thin. With dense, asperate punctures, smaller
on elytra than on head and prothorax. Antennae unusually
long and thin. Prothorax with transverse depression distinct.
Fifth segment of abdomen with a deep, transverse, median
fovea. Length, 25-23 mm.

Hlab.—South Australia (Macleay Museum): Kangaroo:
Island. ‘Type, I. 3260.

A minute, narrow species, with unusually long antennae:
and legs, and very prominent eyes; in colour it resembles
pulcherrima. 'The four basal joints of antennae are entirely
pale, the others are infuscated at their tips.

ToMYRIS SIMILIS, n. sp.

Brassy ; under-surface brassy-green ; labrum and append-
ages (tips of some of the antennal joints excepted) flavous.
Rather densely clothed with short, pale, depressed, whitish
pubescence. e

Head with small, dense, asperate punctures. Antennae
thin, extending to middle of abdomen. Prothorax with fairly
distinct punctures about apex, but elsewhere much as on head ;
transverse depression feeble and ill-defined. H/ytra with very
dense and small punctures, a few more distinct (but not very
large) towards base. Length, 3 mm.

Hab.—-Queensland: Rockhampton (A. M. Lea). Type
(unique), I. 3435.

From queenslandica differs in being more brassy, in the-
paler legs, in the elytral punctures being smaller, and those:
at apex of prothorax more distinct; the depression across the.
prothorax is also traceable, although rather feeble, but as the-
punctures are denser there than on the adjacent parts it is:
rendered fairly distinct. The small, shining spaces near the
clypeus, in some lights, appear like small, beautifully purple:
spots.

ToMYRIS IRRASA, Nn. sp.

Q. Purple; scutellum and front of clypeus brassy-green,
under-surface metallic-blue, becoming golden-green on flanks
of prosternum ; labrum and appendages flavous, but tips of
palpi, of some joints of antennae, and the tarsi, lightly or
moderately infuscated. With short, moderately dense, sub-
erect pubescence, becoming extremely short on head and pro-
thorax, but depressed on under-surface.

191

Head with very dense, subasperate punctures. Antennae
not very thin, scarcely passing hind coxae. /rothorax scarcely
wider at base than at apex, sides evenly rounded, with a
shallow depression along middle, and a very shallow transverse
one, scarcely traceable across middle; with very dense but
well-defined punctures, each with a small central pit. Hlytra
roughly granulate-punctate, especially about base, and with
remnants of striation. Abdomen strongly upcurved at apex,
and with a shallow depression before same. Length, 5} mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Clyde River. Type in Macleay
Museum.

The prothoracic punctures, although crowded, are con-
siderably larger than usual, each is more or less circular in
outline, with short vertical walls and a central pit ; somewhat
similar ones are to be seen in other species—¢e.g., rasa, obscura,
elegantula, viridis, etc.—but being much smaller and shallower
their sculpture is much less conspicuous than on the present
species. The elytra, about the base, are also more roughly
sculptured than is usual. The tibial notches are elongated and
very ill-defined, those of the hind pair particularly so. In
general appearance it is somewhat like a rough purplish rasa,
but the prothoracic punctures are more than twice the size of
those of that species, and the tibial notches are much more
feeble. The transverse prothoracic depression is very feeble,
but as it is traceable the species has been referred to AA of the
table ; if regarded as belonging to A, it could be readily dis-
tinguished from all the species of that group by the prothoracic
punctures and elytral clothing; the latter, although short, 1s
not depressed, and when viewed from behind appears to be in
almost regular rows; it is a trifle longer at the base than else-
where, but there are no hairs conspicuously longer than others.

EDUSA.

This genus was formally diagnosed by Chapuis in 1874,
and divided by him into three subgenera. Blackburn in
1891 wrote, ‘‘I do not think that this subdivision can be
maintained, at any rate unless a number of other subgenera
be added,’’ and certainly he referred to EHdusa species (such
as singularis,‘®) glabra, and angustula) that could not be cor-
rectly referred to any of the three.

Regarding chrysura as the typical species, the features
regarded as generic so gradually change that it is difficult to
‘Indicate dividing lines between subgenera. That the genus
will be eventually again split up is almost certain, but I

(68) Now referred to Geloptera.

192

neither purpose doing this myself nor accepting Chapuis’
subdivisions, although probably his names will eventually be
maintained for restricted groups. In Blackburn’s comments
on the genus a character noted as being constant was ‘‘elytra
transversely wrinkled at the sides.’’ Nevertheless, he referred
species to it whose elytral punctures are nowhere transversely
confluent. He also referred to it various species whose femora
were unarmed, or upper-surface glabrous, or prothorax with
sides dentate in middle; all characters at variance with the
original diagnosis. He also said that the sexes differed in
the basal ventral segment. This is usually the case with the
larger species, but many of the smaller ones have the basal
segment exactly alike sexually; they usually have the apical
segment more or less conspicuously impressed (usually with
a circular fovea) in the male, and sometimes the preceding
segment is impressed; but the female also occasionally has
abdominal impressions.) On the larger species the labrum
is usually conspicuously metallic; and many specimens of such
species appear to have the upper-surface glabrous, but this is
nearly always due to abrasion; in the lateral gutters of the
elytra of such specimens there is generally to be seen a
remnant of the clothing. On some of the large species the
hind tibiae are curiously shaped at the apex in the male, but
they are not notched as in Tomyris, Rhyparida, etc.; the ex-
cavation being on the apical slope, not before same, as on
those genera. On each side of the head, usually just behind
the clypeus, there is generally a small impunctate space, fre-
quently highly polished, and usually a vague depression
adjacent to same, but its presence or absence apears to be
individual rather than specific, so.I have usually not men-
tioned it in the descriptions. The antennae are long and
thin and, apart from colour, of but little use in descrip-
tions (70) ; in all the new species here described, unless stated to
the contrary, the second joint is much shorter than the third,
but the third varies from slightly shorter to slightly longer
than the fourth.

In the accompanying table the sole consideration was to
present the species known to myself in such a way that their
identification might be hastened :—

(69) The male also usually has the abdomen conspicuously
glabrous along the middle, whereas on the female it is usually
clothed as the rest of the surface.

(70) They have, however, all been examined.

LOU

DJOILUOUW
sipjoovuids

sipULlWwopaqv

$1))0918.La AUp

(dg) sadipa
DPIULYSUP

193

suppad tipo
2ULNGYIDIQ

$9 P10.L0900D4LD
Sttpzuaarpyyod
IDZIVE
DUD}WOU

DULOSO UDI]AaUL

pasnf
sLpDINgns

"peytosul OS JOU Is1ey pulpy “ww
“* oBIql} JO dr} oW9A}xO JU poJOSUI ofeUT JO Is1v} PULP, “Ww
“JUSS LOYJoRO}V 10 “Gursuvysoao you 4700} yQIM odors [vorde fo yrurumng “yy
pi a oe oe a Asseiq 10 WodIs-ol[[BJoW oVIqI, Jo ose ,.,,
7 ai : YStppol oviqt} Jo oseg ,
‘oylf-dey [[e@ ze you puev poyzRavsje ssel e[ppry *)/
axe “- dey 8 Sul[qutosat septs oy} Woy
pue pezevaeje Ajsnonordsuood ojeur Jo ueWOpge jo JueWBes jeseq Jo oTppIpy +)
"YI 9004
SUIBUBYIOAO OJNOV UB YL ofeuUr JO oVIql}y puTYy jo edoyjs peorde io yeni “oY
‘poonpord Ajoynow sso] 10 o10ul sefsuR yuoag “fl
= go pepunor xetoyjord jo sepdue yuory “/
“OL[[VJOW LO Youlq vaiowmoy “yy
Sopts UO Uv} (OSUEP Sso_ YOnoyy/V) Ao[[vus AJeo1vos o[ppuu UL somnyouNng “Ww
un po SopIs UO UvYy LoT[VUIS UINJOUOAd Jo a_pprut UL sornyoung “2
‘Ysippol Bowe *Y
‘xodev puv sopis 03 pouyuoo Suryjopo [eaqdyy “Ob
ee “* OLOYMOSTO SV BINNS spxvMmozy OSuUEp Sv BurlyyorO [Vaya *O
‘O[Pplul UL 4sBvoT ye “OL[[eyou WMAQuIT “Gg
“OTTO. VY
(snudd oY} TOF) YFIM xvr0yyorg “ff
sornjound [jews II xXvioyjorg */
‘syivd UL peyevosnjur AyTdoop ysvo] ye oovsans-ropuy ‘9a
Br es sis be eyed Ajaitgue edvj.INs-1epuy 2
“WAOJLUN Ssoy IO a10UL Buryyoro peazA[oyy “pp
ny “* goe¥ds uvipoul BevzZ-31z BV UO JeyAvp A[snonordsuod Suryzop YIM wagapop “p
‘(poydooxe soultyomos aInyns eY}) Yyousrq Jou oovjans-1oddy “qq
ey ee “* gedivy YOUU ezis puv YSIppel vaiourajy *99
pi ste a ee yr we ; OJNUIUE OZIS PUB YoOvlq VIoOWla Ty “9
“youyq oovjans-1eddy *q
‘eyejuep ‘ATQISIA A[aOIvOS IO “T[V 4B Jou BIOWIO, JUOI YT “DY
$y of ous “is poulre OS 4OU OvIqt) PUTT yy
xodv WOOL} YJANOJ-040 JNOGK 4V OOVJAINS-IOMO[ UO O}VZUEp o[VUT JO OVIGIy PUTET ,
‘OVUZUOP ATJOUTJSIP VIOMIEF JUOAT *D
“OM[SFOUI-UON “VY

‘
eee eee eee

see tee sae sae eee

soingound os.vo0o

eee see wae

eee sae see see see

m

194

DPOPNIDWUGNS

D{NL09.LND
eyorihaw
$1)JOILULD LD UL
DIYID}A WAP LULA
sadiavy
vsoLtbopod
DLY9LL}D
punydoLo]ya
pLqn) 6

DLO POLI Y
pynjgsnbuo
vpoIYyd
SUDLLDY

(¢) wnw.tab

panshoyo

“ ‘ha si iy ‘5 waiop oy} SB ANO[OO oes 94
SI BuryyzoyO oy} oxoym soyoyed osavy 04 onp oouvrvodde oyelnoeum oy, “rx
eyIyM jo sodiiys pojydnarojzur yroys 03 onp oouvsvodde siete eu, x
‘reynoys ATGVIOpIsuod puv PATTY} se Suol sv ysowye qJutol puodsg ,,
een “* -pAlyZ wey} 1oz10YS YOnut evuuozue jo qurol puooveg ,
‘oouvIvedde oyVjNovUL BV YJIM SUIyJOTD [eazAT ~M
‘snoiqe[s jou BiqZdATy “aa
see : A ae anes AR snoigv[s ery ATA “a
‘aTqooy A[OULOIZXO OINIVUAB GAIAM 10 07VJUOpe VIOULOF JUOIY “|
‘snoiqes-Ajeirtyue you sovyjans-1eddg “gO
peyojou uldsreu Juory yyIm sneddTQ “nn
“* AYSIVIYS ULSIVUL JUOIT YIM snedATg “n
‘quonyuoo seovjd ul sornjound [earyATa ostvoy *77
JuOnyUuos o1eyMou soinjyound [eayATa esIVOD *}7
‘Tesuep puv JeT[VUS YON sornjgound o1ovi0yyorg ‘ss
see see sae aoe sae : eZIS VdIV JO ey
oe ae ths dat azis [[@us JO .
‘adie, Ajoamvaedwmos soinjgound o1ov10oyyorg ‘s
‘gsuep PUB OZIS O}JVIOPOU JO pvoy UO saInzouUNnd “LL
oseq vou osuvds pue [[Vus pvoy UO soInjouNnd “4
‘popunod A[UOAO SSoT IO O10UL SopIs YgIMm wvaizATY “DD
@[PPIwW UI oJVTNSUBqns xevIOYyjord Jo seplg ,.
ajpplu UL pepunor AyueAS oyinb xevaoyyoud jo septg ,
' ‘qnoysnoi1y} pepts-jorered ysowye vagaTq ~D
‘YSIPpol sso] JO o10Ul BVIoWwey “dd
ee ‘ o[Vyeur Bowley “a
‘snoiqe]s Ajeitjue eovyains-1eddq “9
‘YSIppoi Sse, JO oO WInIQGeT “Gg
"* poLBYUL OS JOU [BUI JO OVIGI} PUIF] ‘00
Q[ppiu os1ojeq poxepur Ajsnonordsucod o[vur Jo evIql} pulpy “oO
‘9AB0U00 OS JOU xode poJIOJSIGE “wu
= a #. ey sy oe OOVTANS

pxajdsad

suypdjyod
DLO DLUNIAS

Ly 7 Yfreb
DLVUL

Dsowvnbsoaaru

suadsaunaa
UWOLLOzY9

195

SIULLIUA
stuUadriprila
DLaqzOPLpruua

S1DLaUNYyAsSOd
siusooiany

SUOufrprsAa
stwuadrjzas

DSLn

‘onbedoqns jou wnjouolg "wu
ee see ses see eee oe seinjgound qourtystp
Ajiley pue esuep YyIM puev ‘seprs uo Tuo poystjod A[YySty snedajg “uu
soinzound o[qista AJaorvos YIIM pu “Gnoysnoazyy poystfod ATYySty snedATD ‘wu
‘onbedoqns wnjouolg “Ww
‘pessoidep esduedseqng x,
B? RN eee ae qould oouedseqng ,
‘aoueoseqnd waojlun Buryyojo [erqdApy “q
‘eeyes 10 eduUedseqnd fo sqsisu0d Suryyzo[O pearqalyy “OPO
tae wae eee cee . aSN4.q0 sersue pul 1]
eynoe xe1oyzord Jo sajsue pulpy *)
‘SoTvos JOU PvE UO SUIqIO[O “yy
SaTBVOS FO S}SISUOD OS[e PvoOy UO SUIYyAoO[LO “Y
‘SOTBVOS JO SysISUOD SULYAOPO [BAA “GW
‘oyequep
A[snonordsuoo (suorpoedIp Uulez100 WOT ysvoy 4e) 10 A[BuUOI4S vIOWIDy UO “Gq
eee eee + eee eee cee eee oe QOIM4 ueyy ssory “El
“* Yjsue] uUeIpou oY} eormz AT[NJ xvsoy,oard jo YYpPIM ysoyvory *L
“UOISBIQe O10foq JOULJSIpUL soinjgound o1lov10yyoIg ‘22_
UOISeIqe a10joq JOUTYSIp sornyound d1ov1oyyo1g “2
‘uses Y4OQ BvayATO puR xvIOYyJoIg “YY
Assviq (e14A4][9 OY} SouTjyemOS pue) xvLoyJOIg *Y
‘uoerd Io Assviq A[WAojIun vayATay “66
SepIs UO used Sutwooeq ‘ooeds uvBIpeut opIm Bw Buole Assviq waAZATH *O
‘suolssoidep [vieuny-jsod ynoyImM waqga[qy 9a
: : youyq YIM peddr ovuuojuy ‘ff
yovrq yyim poddry you ovuueyuy ‘f
‘e0I4s10}UT possardep-uou wv Aq
spied OM} 0JUL pepraIp uoissordep v YAIM JOpfnoys Yove puryeq vayATG *2
‘Ysipper Alorrjue Bowley *Qq
snonotdsuoour soinjgound o1vi0oyyorg “pp
pouygep A[divys soinqzound o1ovi0yjolg “p
‘esuep AT[vuotydeoxoe Jou Bulyyolg °90
esuep A[jeuotydeoxe ojrnb Suty.o[g °9
‘yiep xodv oy} jo yavd 4svol ye YJIM BIOWAT *q
‘eouedseqnd wiaostun Jo szsisuoo Joyo [waqal “Afi

eee eee eee see

see eee wee eae eee

H2

196

WIULNG
pjoaanns
S1joovasep

paaypyo

pjpnwaqnad
sadrgnbsre
DZLVY
puLazvuf

syjoruprsra
p}daU2)

DIY) }9 UL

pauan

SEPLLLAOaLND-

Lndsip
ponp)b
sdaaissatdur

SLLQD TY NL
1ZJOLZ

D9ILLIS

uo 1edeep uotsse1dep es1eAsuBIy, “NN
sopIs uO UY} e[pprtu uL 1edeep
aye Jo uewopqe jo Juouses YAY UO uOIssordop oOsIessUBIT, “N
‘e10yy xoauo0od Ajjued wnyouolg “WIN
OSIp JO O[PPIU UL yVy WNjouoI, “JL
‘Yons JNOYYIM 9B TT
a a a sh ai te ee ae WdUIOpye
jo juowses pwseq uo uotssordmt jvorde-orpem @ YRIM o[BW “'T
‘SuryyZolo pernojoo Ay[WAO}IUN YFIM xvsIOy old “WMH
osIp UO UY} SepIs UO SutyyopO seped YpIA xvs0yjoId “Y
‘OrTVjou you ‘YstIppet vioWleT “CL
dI]][VJouL puwv Yep Vlowoyq “£
‘ayequepe BiOUle} Puy, “[]
a1eyuep BIOWa} PULP “[
‘UOISVIGV aLOJEd JOUIYSIpUT xvIOyJOId fo seingound “HH
UOISBIGV s1OJoq JOUTSIP xvsoyjord jo sornjound “H
‘Suryyopo aed jo seul, peuyep ynoyya wayATY “HH
ae + + g7ed A[JSOUI SuIVy JesuOTT “nN
: ot ee wi yep A[}SOU sIIvy JesuoT “n
‘oinqns eau sornyzound Suowys jo sod snonordsuoo ynoyyIM VaAZATH “74
ainyns OF eso]o ueao ‘sornqound Suo14s Jo smod snonordsu0d YAIM e1yATy *2
‘YSIppol BiOUley “ss
eae eee tee on qstyov[q AT} soul VIOUS “¢
‘SuLyyoTO ofed jo soul, pouyep-[[OM Sse_ IO e100 [FTA BeIyaTq “9
“goueoseqnd
ay} YIM poexIuL sBjas IO suey pesserdep sse[ pu¥ IoSuoT GM VIVAL “TA
ae a asVq IveU JUENPUOD ATOsIOASUBI} samngound ON “st
quenyuos Ajesreasuviy VIzATA JO oseq IV seinjound Auvy “4
‘uInT]JoINOSs IBOU goinjound os1v0d Jo SMOT UPA: BaIZAT “DD
a Pe -gounjound osivo0o Jo SMOL JHOYIIM aIZAsTA “dD
‘OUT] UBIPSUL V[qosej V YIM 4SOtUW BV PvoFT ‘dd
eseq 0} OUT] UBIPSM BUOI4S B YPM peoF] “d
‘poynqtystp ATWaojrun souesseqnd [eViqATY 4.
“+ gotssoidep MOT[VYS oprm VB YFIM YP 44
BOAOJ AV[NOAID [[VUS V YPM o[VuL JO usuTOpge fo quouses YY 4
‘poynqiaystp A[Wrojtun you eousdseqnd [ViqAa[q ,
“MOISVIge B1OJoq JOUTPSIp seanqgound ofovloyyoId *00
UOISBIqe s1OJOq sfTqveor1} ATrpver Jou sainqound o1ovi10yjolg ‘0

“+ g[ppru wo wey} soprs

197

Notres on TABLE.

In treating certain parts as more or less reddish all the
various paler shades (reddish-brown, reddish, flavous,
testaceous, etc.) are included, and all the metallic ones are
excluded. The metallic colours of the species of Hdusa are
so variable, amongst the majority of species, that they are
almost useless for the identification of single specimens of any
species, by means of tables; although with long series of some
species certain definite colours are ike mised found to be
more or less constant.

A. d. On ziczac the elytra at first, even to the naked eye,
appear to have a zig-zag fascia due to nude spaces, but on
close examination the fascia is seen to be due to the pubescence
there being darker than on the adjacent parts.

AA. On melanoptera the prothorax is slightly metallic,
and on abdominalis the metallic gloss is sometimes but little
in evidence.

B. The species here deutie correspond to the first B of
Blackburn’s table, and free use has been made of some of
his divisions, although they cannot all be maintained; the
clothing, for instance, is so liable to abrasion that to rely
upon it for partially abraded specimens would lead to
confusion.

AA. h. That the specimens identified by Blackburn as
varapes of Boisduval will eventually be regarded as represent-
ing a variety of distincta I think is possible, but it is at least
a typically coloured variety, differing also in the size of its
prothoracic punctures from the larger specimens of that
species; although from the smaller ones the colour only can
be relied upon. I do not purpose here, however, treating
distincta (the later name) as a variety or synonym of varipes,
as the identification of that species from its original descrip-
tion ‘) can only be a matter of guesswork, and was evidently
so regarded by Blackburn. Standing under the name in his
collection was a specimen sent by Chapuis as Hdusa australis,
Hope (evidently an M.S. name). But till further informa-
tion is forthcoming it seems desirable to recognize the species,
identified by Blackburn as varipes, to be such.

AA. mm. To see this clearly the tibiae must be examined
from the sides.

AA. n. The concavity here referred to is not the curva-
ture of the tibia, but a conspicuous irregular depression
bounded by narrow walls.

(71) Aenea, plicato-rugulosa; elytris pilis albis prostratis sub-
fasciculatis ; subtus aeneo-pilosa.

198

BB. On grifitht the labrum is darker than on the
majority of specimens referred here, but it is entirely with-
out gloss.

C. All these species also have the apex of the labrum more
or less distinctly incurved to middle, except on flavipes.

D. These species have the front femora either unarmed,
or with the teeth so minute that they could easily be over-
looked ; quite possibly some of the species that I have regarded
as having entirely unarmed femora will be found eventually
to have feebly armed ones, but I have examined them care-
fully from all directions and could not see any. A slight
amount of dust, gum, or grease, however, easily obscures
them; but of every species here tabled some specimens have
been examined entirely free from cardboard. And here it
might be pointed out that with many species the teeth cannot
be seen on small specimens when ‘‘set’’ in the ordinary way,
even when the teeth are of fairly large size. With the legs
hunched together, as they usually are on small unset speci-
mens, or on pinned ones, they are normally concealed.

D. a. I cannot regard the tooth on pavens as distinct;
by Blackburn it was tabled as having front femora ‘‘widely
angulate but not with a distinct tooth.” In general appear-
ance it is extremely close to wiridipennis and evanescens, but
the longer hairs on the elytra appear to be distinctive.

y. To use this character the elytra are best viewed from
an oblique hind direction; from straight above, in front, or
even sometimes from perpendicular to the sides, the longer
hairs are often not conspicuous, owing to their backward slope.
For specimens that have at any time been mounted on their
backs, or that show evidence of abrasion, it had better not
be used.

D. 6. Usually the whole femora are black, and sometimes
metallic as well.

D. d. Setipennis is obviously closely allied to griffithi,
but as its elytral clothing is certainly different to that of that
species, and I can find no femoral tooth from any point of
view, I am compelled to regard it as distinct. On griffith:
the femoral tooth, although not large in itself, is rendered
conspicuous by the angulation of the femur.

D. dd. On one specimen of viridifrons the femora, except
at extreme base, are entirely reddish, but on six others they
are as tabled.

D. e. Such a depression is to be found on many other
species of the genus, and although seldom sharply defined it
is very useful in distinguishing closely allied forms, and with
a little experience is quickly detected.

199

D. g. This would appear to be a thoroughly untrust-
worthy character, but it is quite distinctive of six specimens
that I refer to the species, and all of the eighteen specimens
belonging to D. gg. have the elytra of a uniform shade through-
out; moreover, where (as on some of the larger species) the
elytra are partly brassy and partly green, it is the sutural
portion that is green.

D. h. The characters given for D. h. and D. hh. are
sufficient to distinguish the specimens before me, but it is
doubtful if they can be maintained when many are known,
although (with the exception of inermis) I have not less than
five of each to judge from.

F. rr. Aureoviridis would possibly have been tabled by
Blackburn as having the ‘‘anterior femora widely angulate
but not with a distinct tooth.’’

FF. These hairs or setae are usually more distinct towards
the base and apex than in the middle.

K. This is especially evident on fresh specimens.

M. In Blackburn’s table swaveola and perplexa were first
noted (D.D.D.) as having “‘anterior femora with a well-
defined tooth,’’ and later (I.), “‘tooth on anterior femora ex-
ceptionally small.’’ As a matter of fact, the tooth itself,
although small, forms the pinnacle of an angular enlargement
of the femur, so that it*is very conspicuous.

EDUSA VIRIDICOLLIS, Lef.

A very beautiful but variable species, with shagreened
head and prothorax. These on the commoner forms are green,
or coppery-green, or blue; on such specimens the elytra are
brassy, or brassy-green, or brassy-red or purplish. But on
many specimens the whole of the upper-surface is more or less
brassy, or purplish, or brassy with purplish reflections. Ou
the elytra there are numerous long hairs scattered about, and
the pubescence has a distinctly lined appearance. On fresh
specimens each elytron is seen to have eight lines (indistinct,
however, towards the base), the first and eighth are joined at
the apex, the second joins the third at about one-fourth from
the apex, and later these join the conjoined fourth and fifth,
and still later the conjoined sixth and seventh ; a slight amount
of abrasion, however, renders the junctions inconspicuous. On
the prothorax a feeble remnant of a median carina is occa-
sionally traceable.

EDUSA GERMARI, Lef.

Two specimens from Wellington (New South Wales)
probably belong to this species, the type of which was evidently
afemale. The hind femora are angularly inflated, but scarcely

200

dentate. The male differs from the female in having the
abdomen glabrous along the middle, with the apical segment
impressed on each side; the hind tibiae are of very different
shape, and the first joint of each tarsus is more noticeably
inflated. In Blackburn’s table the species would be associated
with smmnicollis, but the male differs from the male of that
species, as also of distincta, in the hind tibiae having the apical
portion longer, the excavation of the apical slope not bounded
behind by a conspicuous tooth, and the middle of the tibiae
more conspicuously dilated on the under-surface; the basal
segment of abdomen is also different. The hind tibiae are
suggestive of those of chrysura, but the apical slope is some-
what shorter, less flattened out, less shining, and not longi-
tudinally concave on the lower surface, and on that species
there is no trace whatever of the median inflation. From
varians it also differs in the apex and middle of the hind tibiae.

EpDUSA CHRYSURA, Germ.
Pl. viii., figs. 109-111.
This species appears to be confined to South Australia and
the western parts of Victoria.

EDUSA SUTURALIS,,Chp.
Pl. viii., fig. 112.
This species occurs in New South Wales and Victoria, as
well as in South Australia.

EDUSA VIRIDIPENNIS, Boh.

Many specimens from Sydney and near same (Galston and
National Park) probably belong to this species, but differ from
the description in having the front femora armed, the tooth,
however, is so small that it could easily be overlooked, and it
is invisible from most directions. The clypeus was described
as “‘rufo-testaceis,”’ but almost certainly (as with the similarly
described puberula and evanescens) it was the labrum that was
meant. The elytra of the females vary from bright-green,
through golden-green, to golden.

EDUSA EVANESCENS, Boh.

The femora of this species were also described as unarmed,
but on the front pair a very minute tooth (appearing like a
speck of dust) is visible from certain directions; but it is so
extremely small that it is invisible from most directions, and
distinct from none. The male (as also the male of the preceding
species) has a small median fovea on the fifth abdominal
segment.

201

EpUSA PUBERULA, Boh.

Typical specimens of this species have the upper-surface
entirely green, or golden-green; occasionally the elytra are
golden-green and prothorax green, sometimes the entire upper-
surface is ‘more or less brassy. On fresh specimens the sides
of the prothorax have a hoary appearance, owing to the
clothing there being distinctly paler than on the disc; on old
or greasy specimens, however, this is not so noticeable. Four
females from Sydney have the head (except muzzle), prothorax,
and elytra of a uniform and beautiful golden-red, and the
clothing rather denser than usual.

Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney, National Park, Shoal-
haven, Forest Reefs, Jenolan, Blue Mountains, Mittagong,
Galston, Hillgrove, Tamworth, Clarence River ; Queensland :
Brisbane.

EDUSA AUREOVIRIDIS, Clark.

There are two specimens (from Albany and Perth) of a
species in the Museum from Blackburn’s collection, and bear-
ing his name-label, “awreowridis, Clark”; but although
received by him five years prior to the date of his table they
were not included in same, possibly from some doubt as to
their identification. They differ from the description in having
the elytra fairly densely clothed throughout, not “‘laevia
versus apicem subtiliter pubescentia” ; the elytra as a rule are
also but feebly rugose, the punctures being practically all
isolated. Till evidence to the contrary is forthcoming, how-
ever, I shall regard these specimens as being correctly
identified, as possibly the type was somewhat abraded and with
stronger sculpture than usual.(72) The species so identified
is widely distributed in Western Australia, and is usually green,
but varies to almost entirely golden-red, and golden-violet ;
some specimens have the head, prothorax, and scutellum more
or less golden, and the elytra golden-green. One green male
has the elytral pubescence forming fairly distinct stripes,
although these are less conspicuous than on lineata and viridi-
collis ; a golden female has the stripes still less conspicuous. The
front femora have a small tooth at the apex of a widely
angulate median portion. The male (I have taken a pair in
cop. on the Swan River) differs from the female in having the
fourth segment of abdomen depressed in middle, and the fifth
with a wide and fairly deep impression ; the basal joint of the
four front tarsi is also distinctly inflated. From some direc-
tions each of the hind femora appears to have a feeble but

(72) An abraded male in the Macleay Museum agrees fairly
well with the description.

202

polished groove in which portion of the tibia can rest, the
groove bounded on one side by a feeble ridge.

A brassy male, compared with the type of setosa, and sent
for examination by Mr. Arrow, agrees perfectly in all struc-
tural details with several males that I refer to aureovirsdis.

EDpUSA PAVENS, Blackb.

Of this species only the type (a female) was previously
known. It was described as having “‘femoribus anticis late
angulatis vix dentatis,” and so tabled. There are before me
numerous specimens from Western Australia (Donnybrook,
Geraldton, Mount Barker, Swan and Warren Rivers) that
probably belong to the species. From certain directions their
front femora appear to be evenly rounded, from others rather
widely angulate, but from others a small and quite distinct
tooth is visible. The male differs from the female in being
decidedly smaller (2 mm. only), green or golden-green, and on
the under-surface somewhat brassy-green. The legs are
stouter, fifth abdominal segment with a small median fovea
(with a shining central space), and the longer hairs on the
elytra less conspicuous.

EDUSA DIVERSICOLLIS, Blackb.
Pl. vii., fig. 64.

A female of this species in the Macleay Museum is labelled
as from Sydney, 5) and is rather more uniformly golden-red
than is usual; the species is readily distinguished by its un-
armed front angles of prothorax and elongate form.

EpDUSA FROGGATTI, Blackb.

Apparently this species was described from a unique
female, (74) whose colour was stated to be almost as in
chrysura.() Tts impunctate scutellum was relied upon as its
most striking feature. I have seen no specimen of the larger
pubescent species with the scutellum altogether without punc-
tures; but a female of spinicollis (76) before me has three small
ones only ; it was taken imcop. with a male whose scutellum
has about a dozen. Both these specimens have the elytral

(73) The locality needs confirmation.

(74) The type is now in the British Museum; in Blackburn’s
collection it was represented by a label only.

(75) One of the most variable species of the genus. Specimens
in the Museum are green, golden-green, golden-red, blue, purple,
brassy and bronze, and with many intermediate shades or com-
binations of shades.

(76) Quite as variable a species as chrysura, and abundant on
many parts of the Blue Mountains.

203

clothing in small clusters, whereas on froggatti it was described
as not fasciculate. Many specimens of the metallic species,
however, owing to partial abrasion appear to have the elytral
clothing not fasciculate.

Whilst not affirming that froggatti should be treated as a
variety of spinicollis, it appears to me that its specific differ-
ences from that species (especially as regards the males) need
to be demonstrated.

EDUSA PERPLEXA, Blackb.
var. laeta, Blackb.
var. bella, Blackb.

It appears to me that these three names should be treated
as varietal ; bella was considered to differ from /aeta by slight
characters of the prothorax and abdomen. On the prothorax
of a specimen labelled by Mr. Blackburn as bella a vague carina
may be seen when viewed from an oblique direction; but its
absence is not of importance. As regards the abdomen, it 1s
to be remembered that specimens that have been carded for
years, on being floated off do not regain the slight upward
direction of the pubescence of fresh specimens, nor, unless the
soaking is prolonged for some time, does all the gum disappear
from the minute inequalities of the derm, consequently fresh
specimens usually have the under-surface more shining than
prepared old ones.

In Blackburn’s table they were separated by the upper-
surface of bella being “‘entirely green,’’ and of the others ‘‘not
entirely green.’’ But one specimen labelled by him as bella
has the prothorax of a purplish-blue. Perplezxa‘7) and
suaveola were distinguished by ‘‘tooth on anterior femora
exceptionally small,’”’ as against ‘‘normally large’’ on laeta.
As a matter of fact, the actual size of the tooth appears to be
almost exactly the same on all the specimens I have examined
of perplexa, laeta, bella, and suaveola, although the apparent
size varies from almost every point of view. The commonest
form of the species is the one named /aeta, but as it was named
on the following page to that of perplexa it must be treated as
varietal, and perplexa (a rather rare form) as typical. The
suture and sides are generaly blue (or violet), as are the
shoulders occasionally. On the elytra the clothing sometimes
has a vaguely striped appearance, and in Blackburn’s table
this might be regarded as associating such specimens with
lineata and aenea. One male has the head, except in front,
prothorax, and scutellum brassy, and elytra green; another
has the head, prothorax, and scutellum green, and elytra

(77) There is a co-type in the Museum.

204

golden-green. I have only seen one male that could be re-
garded as having an obsolete carina on the prothorax ; on all
the others, and on all the females, it is altogether absent, or
represented by a short, feebly-shining line, scarcely the length
of the scutellum. The fifth segment of the abdomen is strongly
incurved to middle, and across the narrowed portion there
extends a shallow depression, but deepened at its ends.

The female differs from the male in having the basal joint
of the four front tarsi less dilated, the fifth segment of abdomen
with a fairly large fovea, and the basal one convex and sparsely '
clothed across the middle. It is sometimes coloured as laeta,
but occasionally has the entire upper-surface green, or golden-
green.

Epvusa pDistincta, Blackb.

Although not mentioned in the original description, the
hind femora of this species (78) are distinctly dentate.

Some specimens from Stanthorpe (Queensland) and Ben
Lomond (New South Wales) may represent a variety of this
species; the males have the hind tibiae more conspicuously
angulate in middle; on the typical form the apex of each has
a conspicuous curved tooth overhanging a semicircular notch,
the notch itself longer than the space between it and the tip ;
on the variety the notch is only about half the length of the
space between itself and the tip, and it is without an over-
hanging tooth.

EDUSA MEYRICKI, Blackb.
Pl. viii., fig. 113.

Two specimens (sexes) in the Macleay Museum labelled
as from Western Australia appear to belong to this species ;
the male agrees well with the description, except that it is
larger (24 lines). The elytral pubescence is as described by
Blackburn, and its submaculate appearance appears to be
natural. The female differs from the male in being larger
(3 lines), more brassy, abdomen more convex, with fifth seg-
ment elevated in middle of apex, hind tibiae somewhat
different at apex, and basal joint of four front tarsi smaller.

EpDUSA SPINICOLLIS, Blackb.
Pi. vitt., fon 116:

A dark specimen of this species was in the Blackburn
collection labelled as having been sent by Chapuis as varipes ;
a similar specimen was also sent so named by Jacoby. The
characters given in the table, however, will serve to dis-
tinguish them from the species recognized as varipes by
Blackburn.

(78) There are two co-types and many other specimens in the
Museum.

205

EpDUSA BLACKBURNI, new name.
Terillus suturalis, Blackb., n. pr.

Terillus suturalis was doubtfully referred by Blackburn
to Terillus. The species is a common one in Western Aus-
tralia (Swan and Capel Rivers, Mount Barker, Donnybrook,
Bridgetown, and Pinjarrah). Its femora are unarmed, but:
it belongs to Hdusa, and there are several closely allied species.
with similarly unarmed femora. From £#. sutwralis (Chp.) it.
is distinguished by its unarmed femora, slightly (but con-
sistently) smaller size, elytral clothing longer and without a
trace of lineate arrangement, and prothoracic punctures dis-
tinctly coarser. As the name swtwralis was previously used
in the genus Hdusa, I have to propose the above substitute.

EDUSA MELANOSOMA, 0. sp.

Black, non-metallic; tip of clypeus, labrum, antennae
(tip excepted), palpi, tarsi, and tips of femora and of tibiae
more or less reddish. Moderately clothed with greyish-white
pubescence, becoming mostly sooty on elytra.

Head shagreened and punctures ill-defined, with a vague
median line. Second joint of antennae stouter and more than
half the length of third. Prothorax shagreened; punctures
fairly distinct on sides, but scarcely traceable elsewhere.
Elytra with distinct but not very large punctures, becoming
smaller posteriorly, and nowhere transversely confluent.
Femora edentate. Length, 2? mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Forest Reefs (A. M. Lea).
Type (unique), I. 3452. :

A small black species, not very close to any other known
to me. The type has a small median fovea on the apical
segment of its abdomen, so it is probably a male, although
the basal joint of its front tarsi is not conspicuously inflated.

EDUSA MONTANA, 0. sp.

Q. Black, non-metallic; labrum, palpi (tip excepted),
basal joints of antennae (the others partly or entirely infus-
cated), femora, tibiae, and claw joints (but not the claws)
more or less reddish. Moderately clothed with whitish
pubescence.

Head with dense and rather small but clearly defined
punctures; median line distinct in front. Prothorax with
slightly larger punctures than on head. Llytra with dense
punctures of moderate size, becoming larger but not trans-
versely confluent at about basal third (but not very large
towards suture) and small on apical slope. femora stout,
unarmed. Length, 54 mm.

206

Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (W. E.
Raymond). Type (unique), I. 3453.

A deep black species entirely without metallic lustre,
although shining, but appearing out of place amongst the
small non-metallic ones; in appearance it is fairly close to
melanoptera, but that species is considerably smaller and with
a metallic gloss (although less noticeable than on most species).
The type is evidently somewhat abraded.

EDUSA ZICZAC, N. sp.

¢. Reddish-castaneous, non-metallic, appendages (tip
of antennae excepted) usually paler; extreme base of pro-.
thorax, scutellum, base suture and margins of elytra, and
under-surface (flanks of prosternum excepted) black. Moder-
ately clothed with stramineous pubescence, becoming white on
under-surface and legs, but darker on a median zig-zag space
on elytra.

Head shagreened and almost impunctate, median line
feeble. Second joint of antennae stouter and not much shorter
than third, Prothorax shagreened, punctures minute through-
out but fairly distinct on sides. Hlytra with rather dense
punctures, larger about basal third (except towards suture)
than elsewhere, but not transversely confluent, and becoming
small on apical slope. Abdomen glabrous along middle,
apical segment with a small median fovea. Front femora
angulate on lower-surface, but not dentate; basal joint of
front tarsi distinctly larger than on other tarsi. Length
(d, 2), 34-35 pbioile

Differs in having smaller eyes, abdomen more con-
vex, not glabrous along middle, apical segment simple, legs
thinner, and front tarsi with basal joints no larger than on
other tarsi. |

Hab.—New South Wales: Armidale (Macleay Museum),
Tamworth, Forest Reefs, Queanbeyan (A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 3456.

Allied to suwtwralis and blackburm. but elytra with a
conspicuous, irregular median space, on which the clothing
is sparser and darker than elsewhere, so that it has a dis-
tinctly zig-zag appearance.

EDUSA PALLIDIVENTRIS, 0. sp.
Pale-castaneous; non-metallic; appendages generally
somewhat paler; suture usually very narrowly infuscated.
Rather densely clothed with short stramineous pubescence,
becoming white on under-surface, and denser on flanks of
metasternum than elsewhere.

207

Head with dense and small, but fairly well --defined
punctures; median line feeble or absent. Second joint of
antennae stouter and not much shorter than third, and quite
as long as fourth. Prothorax with small and more or less
concealed punctures. lytra with fairly dense and rather
small punctures, nowhere transversely confluent. /emora
edentate. Length, 34-3$ mm.

Hab.—South Australia (Macleay Museum): Morgan
(Mrs. Kreusler), Murray Bridge (A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 3223.

The sexual differences are much as on the preceding
species, from which, and from all others of the genus, it is
readily distinguished by its entirely pale under-surface.

EDUSA ARAEOCEROIDES, n. sp.

¢. Reddish-castaneous, non-metallic, appendages (tip
of antennae excepted) somewhat paler; under-surface (parts
of sterna and tip of abdomen excepted) black; suture infus-
cated. Moderately clothed with stramineous pubescence, be-
coming paler on under-surface. |

Head shagreened, and with rather indistinct punctures ;
median line faint. Second joint of antennae stouter and not
much shorter than third. Prothorax shagreened ; with minute
punctures. Hlytra with dense and rather small punctures,
becoming larger about basal third (except towards suture), but
nowhere transversely confluent. Abdomen glabrous along
middle; apical segment with a median fovea. Femora eden-
tate ; basal joint of front tarsi inflated. Length, 23 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Port Denison (Macleay Museum),
Rockhampton; New South Wales: Tamworth (A. M. Lea).
Type, I. 3224.

In general appearance, at first glance, strikingly like some
of the smaller species of A raeocerus (of the Anthribidae). Itis
fairly close to blackburm, but is smaller, prothorax with punc-
tures scarcely traceable before abrasion, and elytral punctures
also smaller. On the type the elytral clothing appears to be
slightly irregular, but this may be due to partial abrasion.

EDUSA FUSCA, n. sp.
Pl. vili., fig. 114.
dg. Of a dingy reddish-brown, prothorax somewhat
darker; under-surface almost black. Rather densely clothed.
Head shagreened and with dense but more or less con-
cealed punctures. Prothorax shagreened, with minute
punctures; front angles acutely dentate. lytra short, with
some fairly large punctures at basal third, but elsewhere
small, dense, and more or less concealed. Abdomen rather

208

short, with a glabrous median space margined with longer
hairs along middle, fifth segment with a widely transverse
impression, subfoveate in its middle. Wemora stout, front
pair strongly dentate; hind tibiae compressed, apical half wide
and subparallel-sided; basal joint of front tarsi inflated.
Length, 5 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Forbes (H. J. Carter, from
A. Stephens). Type, I. 3632.

The antennae and tarsi of the type are almost wholly
missing, and the surface is perhaps somewhat abraded, but
the species being a very distinct one it has been described.
The clothing on the head consists of dense and somewhat
golden depressed pubescence, parted in the middle; on the
prothorax and elytra most of the clothing is darker, but as
these parts are more or less greasy, and as where the derm
is clean the pubescence is similar to that of the head, it is
probable that normally the entire pubescence of the upper-
surface is more or less golden. The tooth of each front femur
is placed so far back that it could be easily overlooked. . The
most conspicuous feature of the species is the great width of
the hind tibiae, and these are not notched near the lower
apex as on the male of sutwralis.

EDUSA CLYPEALIS, N. sp.

3. Dark: metallic coppery-green, head (clypeus ex-
cepted), prothorax, suture, and parts of under-surface more
or less brassy; labrum black, with a brassy gloss; antennae
(tips of five apical joints excepted), palpi (tips excepted),
and legs more or less reddish. Moderately clothed with
whitish pubescence, on the elytra forming feeble lines, and
no sparser towards suture than elsewhere.

Head shagreened and with fairly dense but rather indis-
tinct punctures; median line distinct and in front dilated;
clypeus highly polished and minutely punctate. Prothorax
shagreened, with small and well-defined but not very dense
punctures. Hlytra with dense punctures of moderate size,
becoming larger in places, and smaller posteriorly, about basal
third many transversely confluent. Abdomen glabrous along
middle; apical segment foveate. Front femora strongly
dentate; basal joint of front tarsi strongly, of middle ones
moderately inflated. Length (d, 9), 5-6 mm.

Q. Differs in being of a beautiful golden-red, clypeus
more brassy than green, eyes smaller and less prominent, and
in the usual particulars of abdomen and tarsi. (79)

(79) Abdomen more convex, not glabrous along middle, apical
segment not foveate, and front tarsi with basal joint not. con-
spicuously inflated.

209

Hab.— Western Australia (British and Macleay
Museums); Geraldton (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3455.

Rather smaller than the other species with metallic
labrum, and elytral clothing uniformly distributed instead
of being confined to the sides and apex; the clypeus is:
unusually conspicuous. The British Museum specimens are
more obscurely coloured than the types, but otherwise agree
with them.

EDUSA ABDOMINALIS, n. sp.
PL, viii) fie. B16)

6. Black with a vague purplish or bronzy-gloss; labrum
deep metallic-blue or brassy, palpi with basal joints flavous,
antennae infuscated, basal joints more or less pale on under-
surface, upper-surface of first metallic. ._Upper-surface with
rather sparse whitish pubescence, condensed into small dis-
tinct spots on elytra, but basal half of same in middle glabrous.

Head shagreened, with dense and distinct but rather
shallow punctures; median line narrow at base, dilated in
front; clypeus depressed and minutely punctate. Prothorax
with front angles rather acutely produced; with very dense
punctures of moderate size, becoming larger towards sides,
and frequently transversely confluent. Hlytra with dense
and fairly large punctures, transversely confluent almost
throughout, and very conspicuously so in places. Abdomen
glabrous along middle, basal segment with a subtriangular
apical process, apical segment rather shallowly transversely
impressed at base. VYemora stout, front pair strongly
dentate, the others subangulate; hind tibiae with apical slope
long, and with a conspicuous tooth overhanging summit of
same; basal joint of nd front tarsi conspicuously inflated.
Length (3, Q), 64-74

Q. Differs in her tibiae with apical slope much shorter
and without a tooth overhanging same, and in the abdomen
and tarsi.

Hab.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains (Blackburn’s
collection), Braidwood, Loftus, National Park, Sydney (A. M.
Lea), Port Stephens (British Museum), Sydney (Macleay
Museum and E. W. Ferguson). Type, I. 3457.

In Blackburn’s table would be associated with spinicollts,
from which it differs in its darker colour, darker legs, and
different abdomen of male. On the male of the present, species
the basal segment has a conspicuous triangular space in the
middle with numerous transverse striae, and the apex, when
viewed from the side, appears as a pointed flap, considerably.
elevated above the adjacent parts. On sprnicollis the median
Space is considerably wider, more rounded posteriorly, not
elevated as a flap above (although somewhat higher than) the

210

adjacent parts, and very feebly (scarcely visibly) striated.
The female is generally more conspicuously brassy than the
male.

EDUSA MONTICOLA, D. sp.
Pl..viis fever

3. Metallic brassy-green or greenish-blue ; under-surface
brassy or bluish, labrum metallic, parts of antennae more or
less reddish. Elytra with small spots of whitish clothing
about the apex and sides.

Head densely and finely obliquely strigose, and with
numerous subasperate punctures; a shallow transverse depres-
sion between eyes, and from its middle (where it is rather
deeper than elsewhere) a median line extending backwards
to base. Prothorax with front angles acute; with dense punc-
tures mostly conspicuously transversely confluent. Scutellum
transversely oblong, with a few small punctures. Hlytra with
dense punctures, transverse sculpture very conspicuous except
on parts of the apical slope. Abdomen glabrous along middle,
basal segment finely transversely striated, middle of apex less
metallic, fourth flat in middle, fifth irregularly depressed in
middle, apex incurved for reception of pygidium. Front
femora strongly dentate, hind ones moderately and obtusely,
middle ones still more obtusely dentate; hind tibiae somewhat
sinuous on lower-surface, apical slope rather long and
irregular. Length, 64-7 mm.

Q. Differs in being more robust, hind tibiae with the
apical slope much more abrupt and in the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (H. J.
Carter). Type, I. 3633.

Close to spinicollis, but tibiae entirely metallic instead
of reddish at the base, the hind ones of the male with the
apical slope longer and the overhanging tooth less conspicuous.
The basal joint of the antennae is metallic on the upper- and
reddish on the under-surface, the three following joints are
partly dark on the upper-surface; parts of the next two joints
are subject to variation in colour. The head, and more especi-
ally the clypeus, appears to be shagreened, but on close
examination its finer sculpture is seen to be due to very fine
striation. On the prothorax only some of the medio-apical
punctures are separately impressed, elsewhere they so run
together that the surface appears to be covered with fine trans-
verse ridges, and these on close examination are seen to be
strigose. The basal joint of each of the four front tarsi is
alike in length on the sexes, but whilst that of the male is
almost parallel-sided for at least three-fourths of its length,
on the female it is narrowed from apex to base; the tooth of

211

the middle femora is feeble, and could be easily overlooked,
but is alike on both sexes.

Some specimens recently received from Dorrigo (W.
Heron) show a range of metallic colours much as those of
ehrysura and spinicollis, but on all of them the femora and
tibiae are entirely metallic.

EDUSA RUFILABRIS, Nl. sp.

d. Metallic-green, in parts with a brassy gloss, labrum
and parts of appendages more or less reddish. With short,
depressed, stout, whitish setae.

Head with dense punctures of rather small size, becoming
longitudinally and obliquely confluent, and smaller but more
sharply defined on clypeus than elsewhere. Prothorax with
dense but not very large punctures becoming more or less
_ confluent on sides, interspaces with minute punctures; front
angles feebly dentate. Scutellum feebly punctate. Hlytra
very little wider than prothorax; with dense punctures, trans-
verse sculpture conspicuous, except about suture and on parts
of the apical slope. Abdomen with fourth segment flat in
middle, almost as long as third and fourth combined, fifth
shallowly depressed across middle. Front femora lightly
dentate ; hind tibiae at apex rather wide and truncated ; basal
joint of four front tarsi somewhat inflated. Length, 6-64 mm.

@. Differs in the usual particulars of the abdomen and
tarsi.

Hab.—Western Australia. Type, in Macleay Museum ;
co-type, I. 3634, in South Australian Museum.

A large green species, but readily distinguished from
most of the large ones by its non-metallic labrum. The tooth
of the front femora, although small, is fairly conspicuous on
account of its position. The clothing on the elytra is rather
too thin to be regarded as scales, but considering it as such
the species would be associated with griffithi, which struc-
turally it is certainly very close to, but the elytra of that
species are certainly squamose, and the abdomen of the male
is not quite the same; the colour is probably not to be relied
upon, but the three specimens before me all have green elytra,
and those of griffithi are not at all green. On the female
the upper-surface is without the ‘brassy gloss, the under-
surface of one male is mostly bronzy; parts of the first and
of the fifth and sixth joints of antennae and the whole of
the second to fourth are reddish, the apical joint of each
palpus is infuscated, the femora are usually deeply infuscated
in parts, and where darkest they have a metallic gloss; the
tarsi are rather deeply infuscated. The males are evidently
rather badly abraded, but the female appears to be normally

212

clothed, and on the elytra the pubescence is absent from a
fairly wide sutural space on the basal two-thirds. The median
line on the head is but feebly impressed, but on one male,
owing to its being green, and the adjacent surface brassy, it
is very conspicuous.

EpUSsA ATRICHIA, Nh. Sp.

3. Brassy-green, labrum and appendages reddish, but
tip of antennae infuscated. Upper-surface glabrous.

Head with crowded asperate punctures becoming obliquely
or longitudinally confluent posteriorly, a shallow depression
between eyes, median line feebly impressed. Prothorax with
dense and rather large punctures, becoming still larger and
denser on sides, the interspaces with minute punctures.
Scutellum semicircular, impunctate or almost so. Hlytra very
little wider than prothorax; near suture with punctures sub-
seriate in arrangement, becoming confined to deep striae on
apical slope, elsewhere between conspicuous transverse or
oblique ridges, these towards base encroaching even on the
suture. Abdomen glabrous along middle, fourth segment dis-
tinctly longer than third, and slightly longer than fifth, the
latter shallowly depressed and purplish in middle. Front
femora conspicuously but not strongly dentate; hind tibiae
rather long, apical slope abrupt; basal joint of four front
tarsi distinctly inflated. Length, 74-8 mm. due

Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney. Type, in Macleay
Museum; co-type, I. 3635, in South Australian Museum.

The three specimens before me (two of which were with-
out labels of any kind) are entirely without elytral clothing
even in the lateral gutters, so apparently they are not
abraded ; one of them has the scutellum gently convex, highly
polished, and impunctate; the others have it feebly depressed
and faintly rugulose, although without distinct punctures.
This is suggestive of froggatt:, but the glabrous elytra and
uniformly red legs should be distinctive from that species.
Its nearest ally is plicata, which is somewhat smaller, with
darker legs, smaller and denser prothoracic punctures, and
even more pronounced transverse sculpture of elytra. In the
table it is associated with chlorophana, although differing in
many particulars from same. In general it is like members
of the group with metallic labrum. One has the elytra
almost entirely brassy, another has it almost entirely green,
the third being intermediate. Seen directly from above the
sides of the elytra appear to be slightly incurved behind the
shoulders, but the margins themselves are not at all incurved
there. The flanks of the prosternum are glabrous, and have
numerous large punctures; the episterna are pilose, with

213

dense, partially concealed punctures and the front edge
rather strongly rounded (as viewed from behind).

EDUSA PLICATA, b. sp.

dé. Dark metallic brassy-green; labrum, palpi (tips
darker), and basal portion of antennae reddish; legs metallic,
but in places obscurely diluted with red. §Under-surface
rather sparsely clothed, but with some long hairs along each
side of middle of abdomen ; upper-surface glabrous.

Head with dense and rather strong punctures, about aes
longitudinally confluent, in front larger and more clearly
defined, becoming smaller and sparser on clypeus; median line
deep in middle, feeble towards base and apex. Prothoraz
rather strongly convex, front angles feebly produced; with
dense, fairly large, and sharply defined punctures. Llytra
suboblong; with dense punctures conspicuously transversely
or obliquely confluent almost throughout. Abdomen glabrous
along middle, but with some long hairs near same, apical
segment transversely impressed. /Femora stout, edentate; hind
tibiae spinose at lower apex; basal joint of four front tarsi
strongly inflated. Length, 7 mm.

Hab.—North-western Australia (Blackburn’s collection,
from C. French) ; Western Australia (British Museum, from
Baly’s collection). Type, I. 3400.

A glabrous species with transverse sculpture of elytra
more pronounced than usual, many of the elevations separ-
ating the punctures appearing to extend, with but feeble
interruptions (sometimes entirely without any), from the
suture almost to the margin, so that they have quite a corru-
gated appearance; on the apical slope, however, there are a
few irregular striae about the suture. Its right to a position
in the genus is open to question, but it is certainly conspecific
with several Ydusae of Blackburn. A female evidently belong-
ing to this species (but from the old collection without locality
label) differs from the type in being more conspicuously green,
transverse sculpture of elytra less pronounced, although
strong, only the tips of four apical joints of antennae dark,
and in the sexual features of the abdomen and tarsi.

EDUSA CHLOROPHANA, 01. sp.

Q. Bright metallic-green, some parts with a slight
brassy gloss; labrum, tip of abdomen, and all the appendages
(tip of antennae excepted) flavous. Under-surface very sparsely
clothed, upper glabrous.

Head with fairly dense, sharply defined punctures of
moderate size, becoming sparser and smaller on clypeus;

214

median line distinct in middle. Prothorax with sides evenly
rounded, front angles gently produced; with rather large
punctures, becoming crowded on sides. JZlytra with sides
gently and evenly rounded ; with clearly defined punctures of
rather large size, on basal half (but not about base itself)
many transversely confluent, apical slope with small punctures
and a few distinct subsutural striae. Front femora moder-
ately dentate. Length, 34-3? mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Comboyne (W. H. Muldoon).
Type, I. 3458. ¥
| The entirely glabrous upper-surface of this, and of the
five following species, is strikingly at variance with the
majority of species of Hdusa, but apart from this character
they would appear to belong to that genus, and several
glabrous species have previously been referred to it. The
three specimens before me of the present one evidently belong
to but one sex, as the abdomen is simple they are probably
females, but the basal joint of each of the four front tarsi
is rather longer than is usual on females. The prothorax
has considerably larger and sparser punctures, especially on
the disc, than on flavipes or podagrosa.

Of four specimens recently obtained from Dorrigo (8) (W.
Heron) three are males, and these differ from the type in
having the fourth segment of abdomen larger, the fifth nar-
rowly transversely impressed on each side, the basal joint of
the four front tarsi larger, and the antennae somewhat longer ;
five females (of which one is purple), also from Dorrigo, differ
in being larger (44-44 mm.). All the Dorrigo specimens have
the head more convex and with smaller punctures than on
the type.

EDUSA FLAVIPES, Nn. sp.

Bright metallic-green; labrum, palpi (tips excepted),
antennae (parts of five or six apical joints excepted), and
legs (parts of tarsi excepted) reddish-flavous. Upper-surface
glabrous, the under rather lightly pubescent.

Head with fairly dense, well-defined punctures of
moderate size, becoming small on clypeus; median line well
impressed ; front of clypeus almost straight. Prothorax with
sides evenly rounded, front angles moderately acute; with
dense and sharply defined but rather small punctures. Hlytra
with sides gently rounded; with dense and fairly large punc-
tures, becoming smaller posteriorly and towards (but not at)
base more or less transversely confluent. Front femora
strongly dentate. Length, 3? mm.

Hab.—Victoria (Blackburn’s collection). Type, I. 3174.

(20) Near Comboyne.

215

Readily distinguished from glabra by the punctures. One
specimen has the basal joint of the front tarsi more strongly
inflated than on another, so it is probably a male, but I
have been unable to clean its abdomen sufficiently well to see
the apical segment clearly.

Since the above was written I have seen eight specimens
from New South Wales (Clyde River, Macleay Museum, and
Gosford, H. J. Carter), of which four are males, and each
of these has a distinct round fovea on the apical segment of
abdomen; a Clyde River female is deep blue, with purple
elytra, and legs somewhat infuscated.

EDUSA VIRIDIMETALLICA, N. sp.

3d. Bright metallic-green; labrum, palpi, antennae (tip
excepted), and legs (third tarsal joints and the claws
excepted) flavous. | Upper-surface glabrous, the under
almost so.

Head with dense punctures of moderate size; median
line rather wide in front, narrow at base; clypeus distinctly
notched in front, punctures almost as dense as on rest of
head. Prothorax and elytra much as in preceding species.
Abdomen with a rather shallow apical fovea. Front femora
rather strongly dentate; basal joint of four front tarsi dis-
tinctly wider, but not longer than on hind pair. Length,
33-44 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Richmond River (British
Museum), Albion Park (R. Helms). Type, I. 3459.

In general appearance strikingly close to the preceding
‘species, and with very similar punctures, but front edge of
clypeus distinctly notched, instead of almost perfectly
straight.

EDUSA PODAGROSA, Nn. sp.

Bright metallic-green; labrum, palpi (tips excepted),
antennae (tips excepted), and legs (an infuscate spot with a
greenish gloss on each femur excepted) flavous. Glabrous.

Head with fairly dense, sharply-defined punctures of
moderate size, becoming smaller and subconfluent about base,
and smaller but not sparser on clypeus ; median line narrowly
impressed. Prothorax rather strongly convex, front angles
rather feebly produced; with rather small and moderately
dense, but well-defined punctures. /Hlytra with sides more
rounded than usual; with moderately large and fairly dense
punctures on basal half, becoming smaller posteriorly, and
nowhere transversely confluent. Flanks of prosternwm with
numerous distinct but irregularly distributed punctures.
Abdomen with a conspicuous apical fovea. Front femora

216

‘ strongly dentate; basal joint of front tarsi strongly inflated.
Length, 37-4 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Tamworth (A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 3460.

In general appearance close to flavipes, but elytral punc-
tures nowhere transversely confluent (a character which would
exclude it altogether from the Hdusites as defined by Chapuis),
and with the cephalic punctures and median impression less
distinct.

EDUSA HETERODOXA, 0. sp.

3. Of a vivid metallic-green; labrum and appendages
flavous, coxae and abdomen somewhat darker. Upper-surface
entirely glabrous, elsewhere almost so.

Head with dense punctures of moderate size, becoming
confluent posteriorly ; median line well defined, becoming deep
infront. Antennae long and thin. Apical joint of palpi sub-
ovate, but truncated at apex. Prothorax scarcely twice as
wide as the median length, all angles armed, sides obliquely
dilated to middle; with fairly dense punctures of moderate size
on disc, becoming larger and more crowded on sides. Scutellum
comparatively small and almost impunctate. EHlytra with
shoulders and apex rounded, but elsewhere parallel-sided ; with
dense and fairly large punctures, transversely confluent behind
shoulders, in feeble subgeminate rows in places, and towards
suture on apical slope confined to distinct striae. Flanks of
_prosternum with dense and rather large punctures, smaller and
denser elsewhere. Abdomen glabrous along middle, fourth
segment as long as second and third combined and distinctly
longer than fifth, the latter foveate in middle. Front femora
dentate ; tibiae rather thin; basal joint of four front tarsi
elongate and strongly inflated. Length, 5-54 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Illawarra (H. J. Carter). Type,
I. 3636.

The greatly inflated basal joint of the four front tarsi, and
larger fourth abdominal segment, would seem to indicate that
the species belongs to Colaspoides or Geloptera, but the palpi
truncated at the apex (although much narrower than those of
securigera or of palpalis) are more in accordance with those of
several species of Hdusa, and, in fact, at first glance it appears
close to such species as chlorophana, flavipes, ete. On two of
the three specimens before me the antennae are entirely pale,
on the third the tip is very feebly infuscated ; the abdomen is
lightly infuscated in the middle of the basal segment; the
metasternum is more or less brassy. The sides of the prothorax,
whilst not dentate at the middle, are rather conspicuously
angulate there. The dentition of the front femora is rather
feeble, but quite conspicuous from certain directions.

217

EDUSA ZIETZI, Nn. sp.

3. Metallic-green ; labrum and appendages reddish, but
tip of antennae infuscated. Very sparsely clothed.

Head with dense but not very large punctures, slightly
larger on clypeus than elsewhere ; median line distinct. Pro-
thorax about twice as wide as median length, sides strongly and
evenly rounded, front angles very feebly armed; with dense
but rather small punctures on disc, becoming crowded but
searcely larger on sides. Hlytra short, distinctly wider than
base of prothorax, and widest slightly beyond the middle ; with
dense and fairly large (but not confluent) punctures behind
shoulders, smaller elsewhere,- about middle in more or less
irregular subgeminate rows, towards suture on apical slope
confined to fairly deep striae. Flanks of prosternwm glabrous
and with fairly large punctures. Abdomen with a small, cir-
cular apical fovea. Legs stout; front femora lightly dentate ;
tibiae dilated to apex and almost vertical there; basal joint of
four front tarsi inflated. Length, 34-34 mm.

©. Differs in the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—New South Wales: Clarence River (A. and F. R.
Zietz), Grafton (H. J. Carter, from 8S. Jackson). Type,
I. 3587.

A rather small, compact green species, with unusually
thick legs. The three specimens before me at first appear to
have the upper-surface quite glabrous, but on close examina-
tion some extremely fine and sparse pubescence may be seen at
the apex and sides of elytra, and some more distinct (but still
very fine) on the head and sides of prothorax. The tooth of
the front femora is small, but, as from certain directions it is
distinct, the species has been referred to DD in the table. The
male has the under-surface not much darker than the upper,
but in the females it is brassy.

EDUSA MARGINICOLLIS, n. sp.

Bright metallic-green, in places with a brassy or brassy-
red gloss; under-surface mostly brassy, labrum, palpi (tips
excepted), and legs more or less reddish.

Head with dense, sharply-defined punctures of moderate
size, becoming somewhat larger between eyes, and smaller on
clypeus; median line absent. Prothorax with sides evenly
rounded ; with dense and not very large, but sharply-defined
punctures, becoming crowded on sides. JHlytra suboblong,
rather narrow; with dense punctures of moderate size from
near base to beyond the middle frequently transversely con-
fluent ; apical slope with smaller punctures, and with distinct
subsutural striae. Length, 44 mm.

218

Hab.—Queensland: Dalby (Mrs. F. H. Hobler). Type
(unique), I. 3461.

Close to angustula, but prothoracic punctures and clothing
different. The elytra are entirely glabrous, but all the mar-
gins of the prothorax are quite densely clothed. The front
femora from most directions appear to be edentate, but from
one direction a very minute tooth becomes visible. On the
type (probably a female) both antennae are broken, four joints
of one and two of the other being all that are left, and these
are entirely reddish.

EDUSA AUREORUFA, 0. sp.

Q. Golden-red, under-surface more or less brassy;
labrum and all appendages (tip of antennae excepted) reddish.
Moderately densely clothed with rather dark pubescence, but
becoming whitish along middle and sides of prothorax, on
scutellum, and on many interrupted lines on elytra.

Head shagreened ; with rather dense but inconspicuous
punctures; median line feeble. Antennae with second joint
stouter and not much shorter than third. Prothorax with
some vague transverse impressions, front angles feebly produced
and strongly depressed below basal ones; with fairly dense,
minute punctures. Hlytra with dense minute punctures
throughout, becoming larger towards base; and with numerous
rather feeble but distinct striae. Femora unarmed. Length,
3 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).
Type, I. 3222.

The spotted appearance of this, and the following species,
is certainly not due to partial abrasion, but to the clothing in
places being conspicuously paler than elsewhere. The striation
of the elytra, although feeble, is quite distinct throughout,
but the punctures in the striae are larger towards the base
than apex; the interstice starting from each shoulder has a
distinctly carinated appearance to beyond the middle, but
more distinct on one specimen than on another.

EDUSA SUBMACULATA, N. sp.

.¢. Brassy, clypeus and under-surface brassy-green ;
labrum and all appendages (tips of antennae excepted) more
or less red. Moderately clothed with rather short pubescence,
somewhat variegated on upper-surface.

Head shagreened ; with dense and shallow but moderately
distinct punctures; median line distinct, but not deeply im-
pressed. Second joint of antennae stouter and not much
shorter than third, third shorter than fourth. Prothoraz with

219

all angles evenly rounded ; with moderately dense, small, evenly
distributed punctures. Hlytra rather wide, suboblong; with
dense and rather small punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly,
with a feeble transverse depression on each side at about basal
third (where the punctures are larger than elsewhere, but not
transversely confluent), and a longitudinal submedian one.
Abdomen glabrous along middle, apical segment convex in
middle of apex, feebly depressed before same. Femora eden-
tate; four front tarsi with basal joint distinctly inflated.
Length (¢, 92), 3-34 mm.

©. Differs in the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—Victoria: Dividing Range (Blackburn’s collec-
tion); New South Wales: Eden (H. J. Carter). Type,
I. 3233. |

The elytra have a submaculate appearance, but the species
is very different to the preceding one, as the darker parts of
the elytra are due to the pubescence there being of the same
shade of colour as the derm, with the paler portions less lineate
in arrangement. But the punctures are also different, the
outlines differ considerably, and each elytron is without the
post-humeral carina.

EDUSA MELANOPTERA, DN. Sp.

3. Black, head and prothorax with a slight coppery
gloss; labrum and appendages (tips of palpi and of antennae,
and the claws excepted) more or less reddish. Moderately
clothed with rather short, whitish, silken pubescence; on the
elytra some longer hairs scattered about.

Head shagreened ; with dense but not very large punc-
tures, more clearly defined on clypeus than elsewhere ; median
line rather wide and distinct in front, feeble about base. Pro-
thorax shagreened; with small and rather dense punctures.
Elytra suboblong ; with dense and fairly large punctures, larger
(and a few transversely confluent) about basal third than else-
where, and becoming rather small posteriorly, but smaller at
summit of apical slope than at end of same. Apical segment
of abdomen transversely impressed in middle. Front femora
scarcely visibly dentate; four front tarsi with basal joint dis-
tinctly inflated. Length (¢d, 2), 44-5 mm.

QO. Differs in the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—New South Wales: Jenolan (J.C. Wiburd). Type,
I. 3462.

A dark species with elytra almost entirely non-metallic,
and the gloss on head and prothorax not very pronounced. The
elytra in places appear to have remnants of geminate striae.
The front femora have a subangulate swelling, that from cer-
tain directions is seen to culminate in a small tooth, but it is

220

so feeble that Blackburn would probably have tabled it as
having ‘‘anterior femora widely angulate, but not with a
distinct tooth.”’

EDUSA TRIDENS, N. sp.

d. Bright metallic brassy-green ; in places more brassy
than green ; labrum, palpi (apical joint black), antennae (some
of the apical joints partly or wholly infuscated) and legs (parts
of tarsi excepted) more or less reddish. Moderately clothed
with whitish pubescence, on the elytra mixed with rather
numerous longer hairs.

Head with dense and sharply-defined, but rather small
punctures; median line well defined. Prothoraz shagreened ;
front angles feebly produced ; with dense and small punctures.
Elytra suboblong; with dense punctures of moderate size,
becoming smaller posteriorly, and larger about basal third, and
near same, than elsewhere. Abdomen glabrous along middle,
apical segment lightly transversely impressed. Femora un-
armed; four front tarsi with basal joint rather strongly
inflated. Length (¢, 9), 54-553 mm.

Q. Differs in being of a brassy-red, with only the front
of the clypeus green, and in the usual particulars of abdomen
and tarsi.

Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (R. Helms
and W. E. Raymond). Type, I. 3463.

The three specimens before me all differ in colour; on the
type male the head (from certain directions) appears to have
a conspicuous green trident, the space between the tines being
brassy ; on the female the trident is traceable by slight impres-
sions, although not by colour; but on another male the head
is entirely green. A few of the elytral punctures appear to be
feebly confluent, but there are no distinct transverse ridges
separating them. In some respects it resembles some of the
varieties of virtdicollis, but the femora are edentate.

EDUSA URSA, Nn. Sp.

3. Golden-bronze, upper-surface shagreened throughout ;
femora and parts of under-surface sometimes with a greenish
gloss, labrum, palpi (apical joint black), basal joints of
antennae, and parts of tibiae more or less reddish. Very
densely clothed with short, stramineous pubescence.

//ead with dense, but small and well-defined punctures ;
median line feeble. Prothorax with punctures minute and
scarcely traceable before abrasion. Hlytra suboblong ; striate-
punctate, punctures fairly large about base, becoming smaller
posteriorly; striae rather lightly impressed, but distinct
throughout. Abdomen glabrous along middle ; apical segment

221

with a small median fovea. Legs stout ; front femora angulate
but scarcely dentate; four front tarsi with basal joint some-
what inflated. Length(d, 9), 43-52 mm.

Q. Differs in the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—New South Wales: Lllawarra, Otford (Macleay
Museum and H. J. Carter), Sydney (Blackburn’s collection),
Wollongong (A. M. Lea). Type, I, 3220.

The clothing is denser than on any other species in the
Museum, being denser even than on hirta, whose femora also
are very different. ) ~

EDUSA SETIPENNIS, Nn. sp.

Q. Black with a slight or moderate coppery gloss,
becoming bluish on part of suture; labrum (its middle
infuscated), basal joints of palpi, joints three to six of
antennae and parts of others, tibiae, and base of femora, more
or less reddish. Moderately clothed with short, depressed
white setae, or pubescence.

Head with dense and rather shallow punctures, fairly well
defined but in places subconfluent ; median line feeble. Pro-
thorax with front angles moderately acute, but scarcely visible
from above ; with dense and rather small punctures, becoming
longitudinally confluent on sides. EHlytra suboblong; with
fairly large punctures, more or less transversely confluent over
most of surface, but becoming smaller and shallower posteriorly.
Front femora subangulate, but not dentate. Length, 54 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Mullewa (Miss J. F. May).
Type (unique), I. 3464.

In general appearance close to griffithi, but clothing
different and femora edentate. The type is possibly somewhat
abraded, but on the elytra the setae (which are sparser towards
and absent from suture, except posteriorly, than elsewhere)
nowhere exhibit a tendency to form fascicles.

EDUSA VIRIDIFRONS, N. sp.

Golden-bronze, or purplish-bronze, or brassy, in places
green or coppery-green; labrum, palpi, and antennae (tip
excepted) more or less flavous; legs reddish, in places darker.
Rather densely clothed with short, depressed, whitish or
greyish pubescence.

Head shagreened ; with dense and rather small punctures,
sharply defined on and near clypeus, but less distinct else-
where; median line distinct but not deep. Prothorax
shagreened, all angles rounded off; punctures small and _ ill-
defined. Hlytra suboblong ; with dense and rather small punc-
tures, becoming larger about basal third. Memora unarmed.
Length, 4-5 mm.

222

Hab.—-New South Wales: Jenolan (J.C. Wiburd). Type,
I. 3465.

There are seven specimens under examination, but I can
find no positive sexual differences between any of them. Some
have more of the head green and the abdomen less convex,
and these are possibly males; but as the abdomen is not con-
spicuously glabrous along the middle of any of them, and the
basal joint of the front tarsi is much alike in all, they are
probably all females. On one specimen the legs (tarsi excepted)
are almost efitirely reddish, but on the others the femora and
tibiae are both more or less infuscated (and sometimes sub-
metallic) towards the apex, and the tarsi (claw-joint but not
the claws excepted) are dark. The clypeus is always of a vivid
green, and the green sometimes extends backwards almost to
the base, or narrowly along the middle. The tip of the
prothorax and the scutellum are sometimes green, the meta-
sternum is generally brassy-green, the abdomen generally
brassy-purple or brassy. Each elytron about the basal third
has a vague transverse depression, and obscurely connected
with this a feeble submedian longitudinal one; on the de-
pressed parts the punctures are larger than elsewhere, although
not transversely confluent, and the striation is fairly distinct ;
but from various directions feeble striation may be seen on
almost any part of the elytra.

EDUSA FLAVICORNIS, 0. sp.

Coppery, with a vague greenish gloss; parts of under-
surface brassy-green, front of head and a median line from
same bright green; labrum and appendages more or less
flavous. Densely clothed with rather short, golden pubescence,
becoming paler in places.

Head with punctures and median line much as on pre-
ceding species. Prothorax shagreened ; with dense and small
but fairly distinct punctures. Hlytra suboblong; striate-
punctate, striae feeble but distinct; punctures fairly large on
basal half, becoming small posteriorly ; interstices with dense
minute punctures; a vague post-humeral depression on each
side. Abdomen glabrous along middle, apical segment highly
polished. Femora edentate; basal joint of four front tarsi
distinctly inflated. Length, 4 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: National Park (A. M. Lea).
Type (unique), I. 3466. ,

In general appearance close to ursa, but size somewhat
smaller, clothing sparser, and legs reddish. On the type not
even the tips of the antennae are infuscated. The elytral
punctures are nowhere transversely confluent. The abdomen
is without sexual impressions, but the basal joint of the four

223

front tarsi seems too large for the specimen to be other than a
male.

EDUSA POSTHUMERALIS, 0. sp.

Brassy or brassy-green, or golden-purple, head more or
less green ; labrum and appendages (tip of antennae and claws
excepted) flavous or reddish. Moderately densely clothed with
short, depressed, silken pubescence, becoming paler on under-
surface.

Head shagreened ; with dense and small punctures, becom-
ing larger and more sharply defined towards and on clypeus ;
median line narrowly impressed towards base, becoming almost
foveate in front. Prothorax shagreened with minute but
fairly distinct punctures. Zlytra rather short, suboblong ; on
basal half with fairly large punctures, becoming smaller pos-
_ teriorly, especially about suture ; a feeble depression about each
shoulder. Basal segment of abdomen glabrous along middle.
Femora unarmed ; four front tarsi with basal joint somewhat
inflated and larger than on hind pair. Length (¢, Q),
3-32 mm.

Q. Differs in being more brassy, and in the abdomen and
tarsi.

Hlab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo and Gosford (H.’ J.
Carter), Sydney (Macleay Museum), Galston (A. M. Lea).
Type, I. 3467.

There were several species (including wiridipennis and
evanescens) mixed with the present one, but all now regarded
as belonging to the species have a depression behind each
shoulder, interrupted in middle by a ridge that divides it into
two parts; from the two species named these depressions are
entirely absent. From glauca the femora are at once distinc-
tive. The colour of the prothorax and elytra (and including
the scutellum or not) varies from a brassy-green to a beautiful
golden-purple, occasionally the elytra are darker than the
prothorax, but they are usually of one uniform shade of colour.
On the males (a pair in the Macleay Museum are marked as
haying been taken in cop.) the head is almost entirely of a
vivid-green, and sometimes almost the entire under-surface
is greenish ; the apical segment of abdomen appears to be with-
out a transverse impression, but from certain directions a very
feeble one may be seen ; on the females the clypeus and adjacent
parts are usually brassy-green, but occasionally with the green
tinge scarcely indicated.

EDUSA VIRIDILATERA, 0. Sp.

Brassy or brassy-green, in places becoming coppery or
green; labrum and appendages (tip of antennae and claws

224

excepted) flavous or reddish. Clothing much as on preceding
species.

Head shagreened, with dense and small punctures, sharply
defined only on clypeus; median line distinct but feebly
impressed. Prothorax shagreened; with small but distinct
punctures. Llytra briefly suboblong, distinctly wider than
prothorax ; punctures somewhat as on preceding species, but a
few transversely confluent. Femora unarmed. Length,
3-34 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Galston (A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 3468.

On all the (seven) specimens before me the elytra are
conspicuously green on the sides, and become brassy along the
middle; on the prothorax the sides are sometimes green, and
the disc brassy, but on some the prothorax is uniformly green ;
the head varies from almost entirely green, to green, or brassy-
green only on the clypeus and adjacent to same. The speci-
mens, if all of one sex, are females, but as there are feeble
differences in the clothing of the abdomen, and in the basal
joints of tarsi, it is possible that some are males, and that the
sexes are but feebly defined.

e

EDUSA CHLORION, N. sp.

3. Bright metallic-green; labrum and appendages (tip
of antennae and the claws excepted) more or less reddish.
Densely clothed with short, depressed, stramineous or whitish
pubescence, becoming quite white on under-surface.

Head very feebly shagreened; with dense and small
punctures, becoming sharply defined on clypeus; median line
fairly distinct in front, vague towards base. Prothorax
shagreened; punctures small and indistinct before abrasion.
Elytra briefly suboblong ; with dense but rather small punc-
tures, larger about basal third than elsewhere. Abdomen
glabrous along middle, apical segment with a small median
fovea. Femora unarmed. Length (d, 9), 24-31 mm.

©. Differs in the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—Western Australia: King George Sound (British
Museum, from C. Darwin), Rottnest Island, Bunbury (A. M.
Lea). Type, I. 3440.

Close to pavens, but elytra entirely without long hairs, and
front femora evenly rounded ; the females also are green. From
cvanescens, to which it is closer, it is distinguished by the
greater comparative width of the prothorax; it is also con-
sistently somewhat larger. Before abrasion the prothoracic
punctures are much less distinct than on imermis, and after
abrasion they are seen to be smaller and denser; the five
specimens before me are also more of a golden-green, whereas

a re i i i i ee

;
.
:

225

on the type (the only specimen known) of that species the
elytra have a distinct purplish gloss. On the under-surface
of the female the colour is more brassy than green.

EDUSA NIVEOSQUAMOSA, 0. Sp.

¢. Blackish-bronze: labrum and appendages (tip of
palpi and of antennae, and the claws excepted) reddish or
flavous. Rather densely clothed with snowy-white elliptic
scales. |

Head rather wide; with small and dense partially-con-
cealed punctures; median line indistinct. Prothorar more
than twice as wide as long, front angles feebly acute: with
small scattered punctures. L/ytra rather elongate, no wider
than prothorax, parallel-sided to beyond the middle, punctures
not very large, somewhat irregularly distributed, and larger
about basal third (where some of them are confluent) than
elsewhere. Abdomen with a conspicuous median fovea on
apical segment. /emora stout, front pair strongly dentate;
basal joint of each tarsus inflated. Length, 44 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Cook Plain (J. G. O. Tepper).
Type (unique), I. 3235.

Readily distinguished from all others of the genus by the
snowy-white elliptic scales; these are uniform in character on
the upper- and under-surfaces, and on the legs; on the pro-
thorax and elytra they are not quite uniformly distributed
(but this may be due to partial abrasion), they are denser than
elsewhere on the flanks of the sterna.

EDUSA MIRA, 0. sp.
Pl. vii., fig. 65; pl. vill., fig. 118.

¢. Blackish-bronze, parts of under-surface with @
greenish gloss; labrum, palpi (apical joint excepted), and part .
of antennae reddish or flavous, parts of legs obscurely diluted
with red. Rather densely clothed with snowy-white pub-
escence, denser on flanks of metasternum than elsewhere, but
on the elytra becoming rather thin scales, and which are com-
pacted into numerous small, evenly-distributed fascicles.

Head wide; with small and sparse, more or less concealed
punctures ; without median line: clypeus indistinctly separated
from the face; labrum short. Eyes of moderate size, widely
separated, distinctly notched. Antennae thin, extending to
about second segment of abdomen; first joint rather stout, as
long as third, second more than half the length of third, third
to fifth subequal in length, the following ones somewhat longer.
Prothorar about twice as wide as the median length, base
bisinuate, sides almost straight, slightly narrowed in front,
front angles produced and acute, hind ones acute: with small

: .

226

are not very dense punctures. SHlytra elongate-oblong, not
much wider than prothorax; with dense and not very large,
but sharply-defined punctures, becoming larger and more or
less confluent at basal third. Abdomen rather sparsely clothed
along middle, apical segment rather strongly incurved to
middle of apex, with a wide but rather shallow median impres-
sion. Femora stout, front pair strongly dentate, the hind pair
less strongly dentate but conspicuously angulate, middle pair
unarmed ; hind tibiae long, lower-surface at about one-third
from apex with an acute tooth, the line of the tibiae then
altered ; four front tarsi with basal joint somewhat inflated,
claws each with a stout basal appendix. Length (¢, 9Q),
6-64 mm.

Q. Differs in having abdomen more convex, more regu-
larly clothed along middle, apical segment not transversely
impressed, femora less stout, hind tibiae unarmed on lower-
surface, and the apical curvature regular, and the tarsi with
basal joint less inflated.

Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Type,
I. 3411.

The front angles of the prothorax as seen from the sides
appear to be rather acutely produced, but from below they
appear like large conical teeth, very different to those of any
other species of the genus, but the prosternal episterna have
the front edge quite straight, although slightly oblique, the
front coxae are very close to the front of the prosternum, and
not much more distant from the base. On the male the basal
joint of antennae, most of the eleventh and the tips of some of
the others are infuscated ; on the female the basal joint and the
apical half (or more) are infuscated ; the knees, trochanters,
and claws are usually of a dingy-red, but sometimes are scarcely
paler than the adjacent parts. My reference of the species to
Edusa may be called in question. The general outlines, from
above, are much as those of several species of Megasceloides,
but the dentate femora and hind tibiae should exclude the
species from that genus.

EDUSA GRIFFITHI, n. sp.

3. Brassy or bronzy, under-surface sometimes with a
vague greenish gloss; parts of labrum, of palpi, of antennae,
and of legs, of a more or less dingy-red. Rather lightly (more
densely on parts of under-surface than elsewhere) clothed with
white pubescence, becoming scales on elytra.

/Tead shagreened ; with dense punctures of moderate size,
longitudinally or obliquely confluent about base, rather larger
and sparser between eyes, and smaller and denser on clypeus
than elsewhere; median line feeble or absent. Prothorax

227

rather strongly’ convex, sides evenly rounded, front angles
acute, hind ones obtuse ; with dense but not very large punc-
tures, becoming conspicuously transversely or obliquely con-
fluent on sides. H#lytra not much wider than prothorax ; with
rather large punctures, more or less conspicuously transversely
confluent, except on parts of the apical slope. Abdomen
glabrous along middle, apical segment with a transverse impres-
sion. Front femora lightly dentate; basal joint of four front
tarsi distinctly inflated. Length (¢d, 9), 53-74 mm.

©. Differs in the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—Western Australia: Perth (H. H. D. Griffith),
Capel River (W. D. Dodd), Darling Ranges (A. M. Lea).
Type, I. 3469.

The front femora are certainly dentate, but the tooth is
invisible from most directions. I have, however, placed the
species in the table with those having conspicuously dentate
femora, as from certain directions the tooth is seen to be the
culmination of a widely angulate space. Joints two to four
of the antennae, and the lower portion of the first are usually
conspicuously paler than the others; the tibiae are usually
entirely of a dingy-red, but sometimes their tips are deeply
infuscated ; the knees and trochanters are also usually reddish.
The elytral scales are somewhat unevenly distributed, but are
nowhere fasciculate in arrangement; they are rather denser
on the sides and apical half than elsewhere. The front margin
of the labrum from some directions appears to be evenly
rounded, but from others finely serrated. On the prothorax,
owing to the irregularity of the punctures on the disc, there
appear to be feeble tubercular elevations.

EDUSA PALPALIS, n. sp.
Pl. viii., fig. 119.

¢. Brassy-purple, some parts coppery, clypeus metallic-
blue in front, posteriorly becoming green, then coppery ;
labrum, palpi (tips infuscated), antennae (tips of many of the
joints blackish), and legs more or less reddish. Upper-surface
with moderately dense, but somewhat unevenly distributed,
whitish, depressed pubescence.

Head shagreened; ‘punctures dense but small and
indistinct, median line distinct in front, but feeble elsewhere ;
clypeus depressed, highly polished, at base with some small
and fairly distinct punctures, but scarcely traceable elsewhere.
Prothorax shagreened ; with strongly rounded sides, hind angles
rounded, front subdentate; with small punctures. Elytra
with sides gently rounded; punctures not very large, but
transverse rugulosity very conspicuous almost throughout.

Abdomen widely glabrous along middle, apical segment with a
12

228

deep transverse impression. FYemora very stout, front pair
strongly dentate ; middle tibiae more strongly dilated to near
apex than the others, hind ones with the apical third cut
away on upper-surface and excavated along same; four front
tarsi with basal joint distinctly inflated, the hind ones
decidedly longer than usual. Length (d, 9), 5-6 mm.

Q. Differs in having the hind tibiae at apex similar to
the middle pair, the palpi smaller and less securiform, and in
the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—Western Australia (F. H. du Boulay). Type,
I. 3226.

Allied to meyricki, but differs in the front femora of both
sexes being strongly dentate, hind tibiae of male very different
at apex, and apical fovea of abdomen more transverse. The
apical joint of each maxillary palpus of the male is wide and
truncate at the apex, much as on many //eteromera, those of
the female are more ovate, but still truncate at apex; the
labial palpi are smaller but otherwise much the same. The
specimens sent were either from Kalgoorlie or Beverley.

EDUSA SERICEA, 0. sp.
PL svi. fig. j68.

3. Brassy or coppery or golden-bronze, head metallic-
green in front, coppery-green elsewhere ; labrum and append-
ages (tip of antennae and claws excepted) reddish or flavous.
Rather densely clothed with uniform, depressed, silken
pubescence, becoming white on under-surface.

Head shagreened; punctures scarcely traceable; median
line distinct but very feebly impressed. Prothoraz shagreened,
sides feebly rounded, front angles acute ; punctures minute and
scarcely visible before abrasion. Hlytra suboblong; punctures
dense and mostly small, frequently concealed before abrasion,
fairly large only about basal third, and nowhere transversely
confluent. Abdomen widely glabrous along middle, apical
segment with a conspicuous transverse impression, slightly
interrupted in middle. Front femora strongly dentate ; basal
joint of four front tarsi.somewhat inflated. Length (d, Q),
5-6 mm.

2. Differs in the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—Western Australia (Blackburn’s collection), Bever-
ley (F. H. du Boulay and A. M. Lea), Swan River, Darling
Ranges (Lea). Type, I. 3225.

Although without any strikingly distinctive feature, this
species has yet a very unusual appearance, owing to the sides
of the prothorax being but very feebly rounded in the middle.
The under-surface varies from brassy to dark metallic-green.
Each side of the head, adjacent to the clypeus, has one or two

229

small impunctate spaces, looking like highly-polished tubercles,
somewhat similar but less conspicuous spaces are to be seen on
many other species of the genus. The four hind femora are
narrowly ridged along the middle, but each ridge does not
culminate in a tooth.

EDUSA IMPRESSICEPS, N. sp.
3.. Golden-red, or coppery-red, the punctures sometimes
with a greenish gloss; under-surface black, with a purplish or
bronzy gloss, labrum, palpi (apical joint excepted), basal half
(or less) of antennae and legs (claws excepted) more or less
reddish. Moderately clothed with very fine, uniformly distri-
buted, silken pubescence.

Hlead feebly shagreened ; with dense, clearly-defined, and
uniform, but rather small punctures ; median line conspicuous
throughout and becoming rather deep in front. Prothorax
with front angles somewhat acute; punctures much as on
clypeus. Llytra suboblong ; with dense and rather large punc-
tures, larger and irregularly confluent about basal third, and
smaller but inconspicuous striae on apical slope. Abdomen
glabrous along middie, apical segment with a wide shallow
impression. Front femora strongly dentate; basal joint of
four front tarsi somewhat inflated. Length(d, 92), 64-8 mm.

Q. Differs in having shorter antennae, and in the
abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains (Macleay
Museum and E. W. Ferguson), Jenolan (J. C. Wiburd).
‘Type, I. 3470.

The very tip of the clypeus and a median line on the head
are sometimes greenish; the suture is usually very narrowly
greenish, and one specimen has a green scutellum. On two
specimens the femora are almost entirely black, with a slight
metallic gloss. Although on the larger scale in the genus
the elytral clothing is nowhere squamose or fasciculate in
character. The elytral punctures are mostly in irregular rows,
of which a few are subgeminate in arrangement.

Two specimens from Guyra (H. J. Carter) perhaps repre-
sent a variety; they differ in being smaller (6 mm.), of a
purplish-red, elytra nowhere greenish, six apical joints of
antennae and part of the first dark, legs entirely black with a
slight metallic gloss, and the punctures on the head decidedly
smaller.

EDUSA DISPAR, Nn. sp.

¢. Brassy-green, sometimes with a bluish gloss: under-
surface more or less brassy, clypeus of a vivid-green, labrum
and appendages (tip of antennae and claws excepted) more or
less reddish. Moderately clothed with fine, depressed, whitish
pubescence.

230

Head with rather small and shallow punctures; median
line feebly impressed towards base, and dilated (but very
shallow) in front; clypeus highly polished, in places with
small but clearly-defined punctures. Prothorax about thrice
as wide as long, front angles rather feeble, a vague depression
towards each side; punctures small but fairly distinct. Hlytra
suboblong; with rather large punctures, more or less trans-
versely confluent about base, but becoming small and ill-defined
posteriorly. Abdomen with apical segment transversely im-
pressed. Front femora strongly dentate; basal joint of four
front tarsi inflated. Length, 4-44 mm.

Q. Differs in being larger (47-54 mm.) and brassy (the
front of the clypeus sometimes brassy-green), antennae some-
what shorter, and in the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—Western Australia: Perth (H. H. D. Griffith),
Warren River (W. D. Dodd), Karridale, Darling Ranges (A.
M. Lea). Type, I. 3228.

A beautiful species, the female consistently larger and
brassier than the male.

EDUSA METALLICA, 0. sp.

3. Coppery-bronze; tip of clypeus green, labrum and
appendages (tip of antennae and claws excepted) more or less
reddish. Moderately clothed with whitish pubescence, denser
and more conspicuous on odd interstices of elytra than else-
where, and mixed on elytra with numerous longer hairs.

Head shagreened, with dense and small but fairly distinct
punctures ; median line fairly distinct in front, becoming feeble
towards base. Prothorax shagreened and with punctures as on
head. E#lytra suboblong, considerably wider than prothorax ;
with geminate rows of strong punctures, becoming smaller
posteriorly, but striation more evident on apical slope, the
interspaces (except between the geminate rows) with as large,
or almost as large punctures as in the rows. Abdomen widely
glabrous along middle, apical segment with a wide shallow
impression. Front femora strongly dentate; basal joint of
four front tarsi strongly inflated. Length (d, @), 6-74 mm.

Q. Differs in being more robust, antennae somewhat
shorter, and in the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—Victoria: Dividing Range (Blackburn’s collec-
tion), Kewell (J. Kershaw), Fern Tree Gully (T. Kershaw).
Type, I. 3471.

In Blackburn’s table would be associated with lineata, but
differs from that species in being consistently larger, and by
the conspicuous rows of rather strong punctures in well-defined
striae. One large specimen is darker than the others, but
except for this the metallic colour is singularly constant in

231

numerous specimens. The depression on the apical segment
of abdomen of the male is not very deep, but is very conspicu-
ous on account of being of a bluish colour, while the sides are
brassy. On the female the basal joint of each tarsus is
decidedly larger than is usual in that sex, but those of the four
front ones are distinctly smaller than on the male.

EDUSA VIRGATIPES, N. sp.
? 3. Colours variable. Moderately clothed with short,
depressed, whitish pubescence, becoming quite white on under-
surface; elytra with numerous long erect blackish hairs,
becoming shorter but not much sparser on prothorax.

Head shagreened ; with dense, small, and rather feeble
punctures, more clearly defined on clypeus than elsewhere ;
median line moderately distinct in front, feeble at base. Pro-
thorax shagreened and punctured as head. Llytra suboblong,
much wider than prothorax; with rather large but not con-
fluent punctures about basal third, becoming smaller towards
base and suture, and much smaller elsewhere. Abdomen
widely glabrous along middle, apical segment rather feebly
depressed in middle, but the depressed part of a darker colour
than the sides. Front femora strongly dentate ; basal joint of
four front tarsi very conspicuously inflated. Length (d, 9),
54-6} mm.

©. Differs in the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains (Blackburn’s
collection, Macleay Museum, E. W. Ferguson, and H. J.
Carter), Jenolan (J. C. Wiburd), Mount Victoria (A. M. Lea).-
Type, I. 3171.

The colours are very variable, and whilst decidedly
metallic are seldom brightly so. The front tibiae are always
reddish on the under-surface and dark on the upper; the
femora are more or less reddish at the base, the antennae have
the tip black, and the five or six preceding joints (independently
of sex) varying from almost entirely pale to entirely infuscate,
the basal joint is dark on its upper-surface ; the apical joint of
each palpus is conspicuously black. The commoner forms (the
type belongs to the first) are as follows : —

1. Metallic-green, with (or without) a vague bluish tinge,
under-surface and legs more or less brassy.

2. Dark-bronze, head brassy-green in front, under-surface
in places with a brassy-green gloss.

3. Coppery or purplish-bronze, scutellum greenish, head
and under-surface as on Form 2.

4. Brassy-green, prothorax more brassy than green.

A male of this variety in Mr. Carter’s collection has the
front tibiae almost entirely pale.

5. Purple.

232

There are also many intermediate forms, but the species
may be readily distinguished by the long blackish hairs scat-
tered amongst the elytral pubescence, and ‘by the longitudinally
striped front tibiae.

EDUSA CHALCEA, N. sp.

3. Brassy, sometimes with a golden or purplish gloss ;
head of a vivid-green in front, becoming brassy towards base ;
labrum and appendages (tip of antennae and claws excepted)
flavous or reddish. Densely clothed with short, depressed,
whitish pubescence, becoming snowy on under-surface: elytra
with longer but not very conspicuous hairs scattered about.

/Ilead shagreened; with dense, minute, and indistinct

punctures, rather feebly defined even on clypeus; median line

feeble and narrow. /Prothoraxv shagreened and punctured as
head. Hlytra suboblong; with dense and small punctures,
becoming of moderate size, but not transversely confluent,

about basal third. Abdomen glabrous along middle, starting

with a depressed space at middle of apex of first segment, fourth
depressed at apex, fifth with an almost continuous transverse

impression. Front femora strongly dentate; basal joint of

four front tarsi strongly inflated. Length (¢, 2), 45-57 mm.
Q. Differs in the abdomen and tarsi.
Hab.—Queensland (British Museum, from — Damel),

Rockhampton (Macleay Museum), Bundaberg (Blackburn’s

collection). Type, I. 3221.
In general appearance close to swaveola, but darker, and

male with a medio-apical depression on basal segment of

abdomen, viewed from the side it is well defined : on the males

of swaveola and of the following species there is no such depres--

sion; the fourth segment is also different.

EDUSA TURNERI, 0. sp.

d. Bronze or purplish-bronze, in some places with
greenish reflections; clypeus of a vivid-green; labrum and
appendages (tip of palpi), of antennae, and the claws excepted).
more or less reddish. Rather densely clothed with short, de-

pressed, silken pubescence, becoming white on under-surface ;
elytra with some longer hairs scattered about, but rather

indistinct, except posteriorly.

Hlead shagreened ; punctures dense, small, and ill-defined,

even on clypeus; median line feeble. Prothorar shagreened

and punctured much as head. /lytra suboblong, distinctly

wider than prothorax, vaguely striated ; with dense and small

punctures, becoming larger in the rows toward base, and larger”
about aan third thi elsewhere, but not transversely con-

fluent. Abdomen glabrous along middle, fourth segment

233

feebly depressed at apex, fifth strongly incurved at apex, and
with a conspicuous transverse impression, slightly deeper at
sides than in middle. Front femora strongly dentate; basal
joint of four front tarsi moderately dilated. Length, 5 mm.

Q. Differs in the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—New South Wales: Ben Lomond (A. Jefferis
‘Turner). Type, I. 3472.

In general appearance fairly close to swaveola, but darker
and less conspicuously metallic, median line on head less con-
spicuous, and transverse impression of abdomen of male with
a slight depression at each end, instead of with a median one
as on that species. On some specimens there appears to be a
play of purplish and green colours almost as on a soap-bubble.

EDUSA DISCICOLLIS, n. sp.
Pl. vi., figs. 165 and 166.

3. Metallic-green, head and prothorax subopaque ;
under-surface brassy-green or brassy, labrum and appendages
reddish, but tips of palpi and tips of five apical joints of
antennae blackish. Head and prothorax moderately, the
elytra densely, clothed with stramineous pubescence, the elytra
in addition with numerous long, suberect hairs of similar
colour.

/Tead flat ; shagreened and minutely punctate. Antennae
very long and thin. VProthoraz shagreened and punctate as
head; fully thrice as wide as the median length, sides evenly
but not strongly rounded, quite flatin middle. Hlytra rather
long and parallel-sided to near apex; with rather dense but
not very large punctures, in regular or almost regular rows on
most of the surface, although in striae only on parts of the
apical slope, larger and more distinctly confluent (although
not separated by distinct transverse ridges) behind shoulders
than elsewhere. Abdomen with apex of each segment glabrous
in middle, fifth transversely depressed across middle, the de-
pression shallow, especially in its middle. /emora stout, front
pair strongly dentate; hind tibiae with apical slope oblique
or feebly rounded; basal joint of four frout tarsi inflated.
Length, 6-65 mm.

Q. Differs in having the abdomen more convex, nowhere
glabrous, fourth segment shorter than the adjacent ones, and
the fifth with the depression less transverse and with a slight
swelling behind it on each side of apex, apical slope of hind
tibiae more abrupt, and in the tarsi.

Hahb.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains (Blackburn’s
collection and H. J. Carter). Type, I. 3637.

In the table associated with swaveola and turneri, but
larger, prothorax more depressed, antennae much longer, ete.

234

In build and clothing it is much like wirgatipes, but the legs
are entirely pale, and the abdomen of the male is somewhat
different. From perplexa, and all its varieties, it differs in
being larger and elytra with numerous hairs amongst the
pubescence. On one specimen the clothing is almost white.
The elytral punctures from some directions appear to be in
quite regular rows, but this appearance is less noticeable about
the basal third, owing to the punctures there having a tendency
to become transversely confluent. The basal joint of the four
hind tarsi of the male is lop-sided, of the female only on the
hind pair.

EDUSA SECURIGERA, N. sp.

Pl. vii., figs. 60, 67, and 68.

3. Of a rather dark metallic-green; labrum and
appendages flavous, but tip of antennae infuscated. Elytra
with suberect pubescence.

Head with dense, sharply-defined punctures of moderate
size, a few becoming confluent posteriorly. Antennae rather
long and thin, second joint stouter and shorter than third.
Apical joint of each palpus inflated to and truncate at apex.
Prothorax scarcely twice as wide as the median length; with
crowded and rather coarse punctures ; sides uneven. Scutellum
very small and sparsely punctate. Hlytra rather elongate;
with crowded and rather large punctures, most of which are
more or less transversely confluent. Prosternum with dense,
well-defined punctures, larger on flanks than elsewhere.
Abdomen with fourth segment distinctly larger than the adja-
cent ones, the fifth with a wide median impression. Femora
stout, front pair strongly dentate ; tibiae rather long and thin ;
basal joint of four front tarsi lightly inflated. Length,
34-4 mm. :

Q. Differs in being more robust, more or less brassy,
prothorax more than twice as wide as the median length, apical
joint of palpi much thinner, abdomen more convex, fourth
segment shorter than the adjacent ones, and the fifth shallowly
depressed in middle of base and the apex upcurved.

‘ Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron). Type,
. 3638.

The securiform palpi of the male resemble those of many
Heteromera, but the palpi of the female are almost normal.
On the male of palpalis (which otherwise is quite an ordinary
Hdusa), and to a certain extent on the males of several other
species they are similar, so that it appears desirable to regard
the species as an aberrant Ydusa. It might have been referred
to Geloptera; of the three specimens before me the female has
the sides of the prothorax feebly tridentate about the middle,
one male has each side very feebly bidentate there, and on the

235

other male one side is subangulate (much as on heterodoza),
but the other is very feebly tridentate. On one male the
abdomen is not much darker than the legs, except that the
basal segment is greenish in the middle, on a second specimen
only the apical segment is pale, the rest of the under-surface
being more or less brassy ; on the female the abdomen is red-
dish, with a slight metallic gloss, and the sterna are golden-
red. The elytral pubescence is not dense, but being suberect
and almost evenly distributed in subseriate rows, it is quite
conspicuous ; the prothorax, however, is almost glabrous. On
the female the median line of the head is well defined, but
on the male it is feeble. On the male the pygidium appears
to add a short sixth segment to the abdomen. About the base
and on the apical slope most of the elytral punctures are
separately impressed, but on the slope they are confined to
well-defined striae, although these (except near the suture)
are somewhat irregular.

' GELOPTERA (type twberculata).

TERILLUS (type rotundicollis ).

ALITTUS (type foveolatus).

AGETINUS (Agetus n. pr.; type subcostatus).

HyYPopDERES (type denticollis ).

Of the above genera their typical species are indicated,
and of these twberculata is a well-known and abundant species
in Western Australia; swbcostatus is a well-known and abun-
dant species in South Australia, Victoria, and Tasmania; and
denticollis is a well-marked species, occurring in northern New
South Wales and southern Queensland. I am unacquainted
with rotundicollis; but elsewhere am commenting upon
_ foveolatus.

According to Lefevre, the genera in question all agree in
the following details, regarded by him as generic : —‘‘Proster-
nal episterna with front margin straight or concave. Base of
prosternum straight or arcuately truncate. Femora unarmed. (8)
Tibiae (at least the middle pair) longitudinally carinate, the
four hind ones not notched near outer apex. Claws appendicu-
late.” And a table based on differences as noted by himself
and Chapuis would be as follows : —

Upper-surface clothed.
Prothorax with sides entire.

Prothorax with sides straight... sod Allat its
Prothorax with sides rounded in middle . ale» ers
Prothorax with sides more or less dentate or un-
dulated + son eae op au ... Hypoderes
Upper-surface glabr ous.
Antennae with joints two and three subequal ... Agetinus

Antennae with these joints very different in length Geloptera

(81) Several species with armed front femora have been referred
to Geloptera.

236

But as the genera at present stand there are exceptions
to every one of these characters. That they will all be main-
tained I am exceedingly doubtful. That the late Rev. T.
Blackburn considered the armature of the sides of the pro-
thorax and the clothing of the upper-surface as of only specific
importance in the subfamily is proved by his referring to
Edusa a species (singularis) whose prothorax is quite acutely
armed, in addition to its upper-surface being entirely glabrous ;
he also referred other glabrous species to that genus.

GELOPTERA.

To this genus Baly originally referred two species, tuber-
culata (noted as the type) and geniculata. The latter, in,
Masters’ Catalogue, is placed as an Agetinus. Jacoby has re-

ferred to Geloptera, a well-marked Queensland species:

(albertisi), which I am satisfied is congeneric with geniculata.

There are in the Museum numerous species ‘8) whose generic

features are so weak that they might be referred to several

genera, but I refer them all to Geloptera. They are all more

or less coarsely punctured, and more or less irregularly striated,
but the striae are usually deep and regular on the apical slope

of elytra. ‘The comparative lengths of the antennae and the

proportions of the joints are seldom of use in distinguishing the
species, the second joint is nearly always much shorter than

the third. The sides of the prothorax are usually distinctly

toothed in the middle, but sometimes only gently undulated.
They may be placed in divisions, characterized as follows : —

Div. 1.—Upper-surface glabrous.) Eyes distinctly

notched. Sides of prothorax dentate or subdentate about

middle. Front of prosternal episterna. oblique, or feebly

rounded, or feebly incurved. Femora edentate ; tibiae dilated
to apex, longitudinally canaliculate (the middle pair usually
more distinctly so than the others), the four hind ones not
notched near outer apex; claws each with a large basal
appendix.

Div. 2.—With the specified characters of Div. 1, except
that the front femora are dentate (two species, however, elidger
and lateridens, are extremely feebly clothed on the apical slope
of elytra).

Following is a table of the species in the Museum, with
the exception of scitula:—

_ (82) Of these porosa was identified by the late Rev. T. Blackburn:
as a Geloptera.
(83) The head, however, is occasionally feebly clothed.

StLJUA AULD
sippnbap UL

vsOpou
DIVINILIQN)

suapvUuoauUbr
(¢) vivjnoqnp
td] {SVDIPLVY

sadyjvd
DULLULUL

237

: DpOPLdsSVL a4
shuUuUdd DIYS

stuppnbrel
SUdPLlayD]

1a b pul!

SLppOotmbUy
DUNTIUOD

Isupsaqyy
srry

S1JOIILAAV]

‘pouivun ojvut jo Juewuises jeseg '7/
xodv jo o[ppiui Ul pow ofRuL Jo UaMOpGe Jo JuUeUIBes [eseg *7
"poeyVAI[a A[GOIF D194} SepITEGNy oy “fy
pezyeasjo A[snonordsuo0d a.1ey} Sepo1eqny oy, ~
‘SUOIZVA[O IB[NILIGN} Sse, 10 BOUL FILM o[pplur ynoqe Baya “VW
‘edo[s [vorde UO soforeqn} poyefost qnoyyIaM vaqATy “Cd
ae ae os eu. a = IOMOIIVU PUB JeTTeUS Yon “L
ro vee er wae ses soe see see qsnqot pur edie] t
‘ado[s [vorde Wo sajo1oqn} pozVost YYIM eVaApAT “CQ
‘odojs [vordv uo sornjound Juonpuod ATos1OASUBIY INOYYIM VIYATA “OO
a ci ye ““* souo UBIPEUL ULY} JoT[VUS YOO) [eseg "12
ss nas oe . “* sgauo UBIPOM UBYY TASI1v] YOO [eseg *2
‘o[PPHu Ur eyequep SepIg “YY
=a ss = re UL oJeyUEep Jou xXeAIOYyoId Jo seplg “y
‘odoys [wordy uo yuenfuod AjesaoAsuer sormgound Aueut YIM BATA “O
‘odojs [vordv 0} osvq WIJ JOUTISIP VIAZS UBTpouT OU YIM BAVA “GY
tae sae see eee sae eee sae eee sae yreqd ‘DD

eee sae cee

sae tae sae tae ee aoe tee see sae cee a[vq mp)
‘o“ts oynulut JQ “ff
cl es at? > ea ee sjyods o7¥vosngul YIM BAZATOL 4 x

: * OFV[NIVUIUWL BAZATH ,,
‘OZIS o}YVIIpOUT JQ ‘f
‘odo[s [BoIdB OF osBG WOT} JOUTYSTP OVLIYS UBIpsWT oY} JO OUNOS YIM BIQATHP “|
‘peuIvun BIOW, JUOIY “VV
uo pit oid as VOAOF JPOULYSIP V YIIM JuoSULses FRY, yy
UdIssvIdep UBIpsl o[Goof V JIM oVUL Jo UouTOpge Jo Juoutsos YAP ,
‘O[pptur ynoqe YZoee} OMY YALM opis YoRnp ‘va
aes Se Ss “* ofpplur 7B ZOO} euo YL opis Yoegp ‘a
‘ayeqyuep A[snonordsuod sepig “ppp
oyvjJuep Jou JNq oe[pplur ul oZVpNSuK sopig “pp
oyvjuep Afsnonvidsuod jou ynq peyeynpun xevaoyyoad jo sepig "p
‘OPR[NOLIGNy-uUOU BVAIZATHP “Gq
Ks Pe di; 2 Aare oi “* poeuLle JOU JUOUTGES [RSVg ‘90
* o[ppru ul potude Ajsnonordsuoo o[vut JO UBWOpPGR JO FUNDS PesYg *9
‘OP U[ROLIGNY VIZATHP “G
‘SOPOJOU YONS JNOYZLAL “VY
se “ @[pplat FROGe sevyvjou JoOulysip OMF YJIM XBolgord JO opis Yous vy
. ‘peu Bowes JO *V

see see sae

238

SUVLOILIZ UL

DI)DIOLIVUL
pipautpua prq

Dynja

Dua wI0ga dy

DpPDILYSUULIS
$149 WI LISD

Usd }VO0
DpDULIUN

$142 UWI VUNILIQN}
Dia frjas

DuLiss.ppz9UNd
psoLod

DINID.LVU

vpp)nNI1Ua B

$170} W91LO

posnforpa us

Dprsodwoao

see see wee see see AT pre Mut XOA WOO sespryy wat
o. see o. see eee eee ATparv ano
XOAUOO o[VU JO UBWOpe Jo ssedo1d [BVxooIE}JUL Jo sespryy “gq
‘OZIS OFVIOpOW JO “OO
ot a Av ads “+s” gars oInUtUL IO “CO
‘o[ppra Ul oyvqueplun ATqoe} ysou qe oprIs YyoRY “NN
e[ppru ul eyequeptq ATJOUTYSIp xeroyyord Jo opis You “NY
‘orrjeyour Aysnonordsuoo pur yreq “WIN
opeqeut A[snonordsuod you pure e[eg “JW
‘ured e[ppru Jo
xodev uvy} Joprm ][[@ ye Jt AToorvos opeum Jo ovrqr}, pury Jo xedy “7rT
et ae a ie oe fe: ie anes
jo FIUIUINS FNoqe IBpNse1 ssey Yonut odojs [vorde Jo uorjzersyg “Db
ma ; qhoysno1y} snonordsuos odojzs [votde jo uoyriyg “Bb
‘ured o[ppru jo xodv uvy? 19ptM YOnw e[vu jo ovIqry puly jo xedy “ry
‘ O10} OSpII O[SuIs & YJIM Jsou 4e UOTLOPqY “yy
ee ee Bs pay ssooord [exoo.1ezUt
jo @pIs Yove uo aspti onbipqo efqnop & Y4IIM eeu jo uswopqy “yf
‘O[PpIuU UL poyBoSNyUL Jou eTVUT Jo oRIqIT, “FF
ess O[pprul UI poeYVosNyul ofvur Jo ovIqIy, “¢
SOUS HOUT P[BUL JO: OBlGry “pul “IT
xodv 48 YOoY poamnood & YAIM o[eVUL Jo 9VIql} PULA ‘T
— “Yons JNoyyIM ovum fo Juouses [eseg “FAH
e[o1eqn} uviIpeur ‘osnyqo ‘os1e] V YIIM o[eu Jo USUTOpge Jo yUoUTdES [eseg “
OTs Or BO oe eee ae
ep4staq [worde snonordsuood A1oA puv SUCT & YIM Yove ovum Jo oeIqty pul, “YO
‘asrvoo pue osuep A[[ensnun you seungound yeaydiq “qa
eee eee eee eee eee see eee oT pprutr ul 9} ey USpPTq SOPIg ‘ad
“* 9[pplur ul ojeJueplun xe1oyyo1d jo sepig ‘d
‘qQeyIVuel Jou s[vur JO usMIOpqy ‘oo
a[qeyrwwmer ATYSIY ofeut Jo uowopqy -o
‘O10Y} JOUTYSIP OBIIJS [VANJNSQNS 9a1Y} 4SvVI_ YW “wu
edo[s [vorde uo JOULISIP VIIys [eInynsqns oy} ATUQ “wu
‘osrvoo pus osuep AT[Vnsnun seinjound [emdAlq “7
‘o[PptU JNoqe SUOIYVAZTO IB[MOIOGN} JNoYyyIM wvIZATOT “POT
see coe see ose wee xode 0} penuly
-u0d WOTYVOSRZUT usyy ‘os JI ‘10 ‘o[pplw UI poeyvosnjur you ovuUEJUy “ww
xode pue omvs usomyoq Jejed pu ‘efpprur ur pozevosnjur ovuueyuy “w

ose

239

Notes on TABLE.

A. The sides of the prothorax of jugularss are variable,
but most specimens of it would be associated with lateridens ;
it is, however, a very distinct species, and widely separated
geographically from all others of A.

B. The striae of striatipennis contain in parts two irregu-
lar rows of punctures; and on many species irregular rows of
punctures are traceable throughout, but it is usually only on
the apical slope that the striation becomes pronounced.

E. On armiventris and mediofusca the tubercular eleva-
tions are very feeble, but as they are differently coloured to
the adjacent parts, and impunctate, they are fairly distinct.

FF. Scitula should be included here, but was omitted as
its male is unknown.

I. The hook at the apex of the fina tibiae of uncinata is
very conspicuous from certain directions, but owing to the
adjacent clothing it is partly concealed from others.

GELOPTERA GENICULATA, Baly.
Agetus corinthius, Lef.
Pl. vii., fig. 69.

In Masters’ Catalogue geniculata is given as a synonym
of Colaspis corinthius, Boi. It is an abundant species in
Western Australia, from the Swan River to King George
Sound, and I have seen it from no other State. But C.
corinthius was described by Boisduval from New Guinea. The
original description is quite useless for purposes of identifica-
tion, as it would apply to many species of the subfamily ; but,
if the locality given be correct, I cannot believe that it is
identical with geniculata. But Agetus corinthius, Lef., (84)
described as from King George Sound, is certainly synonymous
with that species.

GELOPTERA TUBERCULATA, Baly.
Pl. vii., fig. 84.
A very abundant species in Western Australia, and
although normally living on eucalypti, it has frequently been
known to do serious injury to almond and apple trees.

GELOPTERA NODOSA, Clark (1865).
Terilus vittatus, Baly (1877).
(?) T. rotundicollis, Chp. (1874).
Pl. vii., fig. 83.
Mr. Arrow sent for examination a specimen of Terillus
vittatus, labelled both as “Type” and ‘Co-type” (evidently

(84) 1 have only seen a written copy of Lefevre’s description,
without comments.

240

the latter, although it agrees exactly with the description),
with a locality label “Albany River’’ (evidently, however,
Albany or King George Sound). It was recorded as from
Rockhampton, in Queensland, but evidently in error. A
specimen from Beverley in the Museum belongs to the same
species, but its prothorax has but four small tubercles near
the apex, instead of six, and the sublateral foveae much
reduced in size, although traceable; the post-humeral foveae
of its elytra are also much less conspicuous than on the
co-type; on another specimen there are but two small sub-
apical tubercles on the prothorax. The species occurs from the
Swan River to King George Sound, and varies‘in length from
5to7 mm. It was previously named nodosa by Clark; and it
is possibly also the species named T'erillus rotundicollis by
Chapuis.

GELOPTERA JUGULARIS, Er. (formerly Colaspis ). (85)
Edusa singularis, Blackb.
Pl. vii., fig. 70.

A fairly common species in Tasmania and the mountainous
parts of Victoria.» The commonest form is bronzy, sometimes
with a brassy gloss; but the species varies to golden-red,
green, brassy-green, blue, and deep purple. The uneven sides
of prothorax and glabrous upper-surface are at variance with
Fdusa, to which genus it was referred by Blackburn.

Division 1.
GELOPTERA INAEQUALIS, Nn. sp.

3. Of a coppery-bronze, in places with greenish reflec-
tions; antennae infuscated, two basal joints and tips of the
four following ones flavous ; legs varying in places from flavous
to bronze.

Head with several slightly-elevated impunctate spaces,
elsewhere with fairly large irregularly distributed punctures,
denser and smaller on clypeus than elsewhere. Eyes large.
Prothorax uneven, with three conspicuous impunctate eleva-
tions and some very irregular smaller ones; punctures fairly
large but very irregularly distributed ; each side with two very
feeble teeth about middle. Hlytra very uneven; each with a
fairly large tubercle about middle, shoulder subtuberculate,
between same and suture an elevation with three or four
ridges, apical slope conspicuously striated, the interstices there
conspicuously elevated and of irregular widths; punctures
rather dense, large, and irregular. Basal segment of abdomen
with an interrupted longitudinal median ridge, fourth segment

(85) In Masters’ Catalogue standing under Agetinus.
|

241

elevated in middle of apex, fifth transversely impressed.
Length (¢, 2), 5-53 mm.
Differs in having somewhat smaller eyes, and more

strongly convex and simple abdomen.

/Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3485.

With more conspicuous tubercles than usual and in very
different positions to those of albertise. The knees are more
or less metallic, the tibiae are pale at the base and gradually
darken to near apex, when they suddenly become much paler.
The impunctate spaces on the head are not alike on any of the
three specimens in the Museum.

GELOPTERA ARMIVENTRIS, n. sp.

3. Ofa greenish-bronze, the elevated parts more or less
coppery; labrum and appendages of a more or less dingy-
flavous, but tips of some antennal joints, tarsi, and knees
infuscated.

Head with dense punctures of small and moderate size
intermixed. Eyes fairly large and conspicuously notched.
Prothorax with dense and rather coarse punctures, but leaving
two small impunctate spaces about middle ; each side with two
obtuse submedian teeth, angles rather distinctly armed.
_Elytra with punctures much as on prothorax ; apical slope with
regular striae and conspicuously elevated interstices, elsewhere
with remnants of same. Abdomen with an acutely conical
tubercle at middle of apex of basal segment, fourth elevated
in middle of apex, fifth depressed in middle and encroaching
on third. Hind fzdiae with a conspicuous obtuse spur at inner
apex. Length, 5 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd). Type
(unique), I. 3486.

In general appearance like t2bialis, and abdomen of male
also with basal segment armed, but front femora edentate, and
hind tibiae different at apex. The striation of the elytra is
very pronounced posteriorly.

GELOPTERA MEDIOFUSCA, n. sp.

¢. Of a greenish-bronze, the elevated parts more or less
coppery; labrum and appendages more or less flavous, but
middle of antennae and knees infuscated.

Head with rather numerous punctures of moderate size ;
a shallow impression between eyes; these rather lightly
notched. Prothoraxr with dense and rather coarse punctures ;
each side with a small median tooth. Hlytra with punctures
mostly slightly larger than on prothorax; apical slope with
regular striae and rounded interstices, only traceable as rem-
nants elsewhere. Basal segment of awhdomen depressed in

242

middle, fourth elevated in middle of apex, fifth depressed in
middle. Length (3, 9), 34-4 mm.

Q. Differs in having somewhat smaller eyes, shorter legs,
and more strongly and evenly convex abdomen.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 3487.

On two females the tibiae and tarsi are rather deeply
infuscated.

. GELOPTERA ORIENTALIS, 0. sp.
Pl. vii., figs. 71 and 72.

3. Ofalivid-brown with a bronzy or bronzy-green gloss,
subtuberculate parts of prothorax and of elytra darker ; labrum
and appendages flavous, knees, and sometimes other parts of
legs, and apical parts of antennae infuscated.

Head with numerous (but not crowded) punctures of
moderate size, becoming smaller and more crowded about base.
Prothorax somewhat uneven, a shallow depression towards
each side, a small submedian tooth on each side; with dense
and fairly coarse punctures. EHlytra with well-defined but
somewhat irregular striae and punctures on apical slope, else-
where with but remnants of same; punctures much as on
prothorax. Abdomen flattened along middle, fifth segment
transversely impressed. Length (3, Q), 34-6 mm.

@. Differs in having the abdomen more strongly and
evenly convex, and in the basal joint of four front tarsi being
much smaller.

Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane (Blackburn’s collection, A.
J. Coates, T. McGregor, and A. J. Turner), Gympie (R.
Illidge), Mount Tambourine ; New South Wales: Wollongong,
Gosford, Galston (A. M. Lea), hou! (H. J. Carter and
British Museum). Type, I. 3488.

Frequently only the basal half of each femur is con-
spicuously flavous; sometimes only the three basal joints of
antennae are entirely pale. On each of the three or four basal
segments of abdomen of the male there are some long con-
spicuous hairs, and these form a straggling row on each side
of the middle. Similar hairs are to be seen on the males of
many other species of the genus, but as they appear to be
easily abraded it was usually not considered desirable to men-
tion them. The submedian tooth on each side of the prothorax
varies from being fairly acute to being a scarcely traceable
angulation of the margin, and the one on the right sometimes
differs from the one on the left. There are usually two or three
fairly distinct impunctate spaces on the pronotum, but they are
often absent. On each elytron the third interstice about the
middle is feebly elevated and darker than the adjacent parts,
so that it appears as a fairly well-defined depressed tubercle ;

243

it is somewhat similarly defined about the base, and the fourth
is somewhat similar but longer about summit of apical slope,
each shoulder also appears to be subtuberculate.

Eight males (from Galston and Sydney) appear to belong
to this species, but differ in being thinner, more depressed, and
paler. On the apical segment of abdomen there is a distinct
depression across most of its extent, and appearing subfoveate
in middle ; anterior to this there appear to be feeble tubercular
swellings. On the typical form the median subfoveate impres-
sion is more than twice as wide, shallower, and the subtuber-
culate appearance is absent. One specimen (from Brisbane)
has elytra of a rather pale-flavous, but with three series of
elongated brassy spots, the first near base, the second before
middle, and the third crowning the apical slope; its punctures
are also decidedly coarser than usual.

GELOPTERA SETIFERA, DN. sp.
Pi vii.s fe. 73; (pl. -viil., fig: 120.
3. Of a livid-brown or testaceous, with a bronzy-green
gloss, but,some parts bronzy-green ; appendages paler.

Head with punctures of moderate size but not very dense,
becoming denser and smaller about base and on clypeus;
shallowly impressed between eyes; these rather conspicuously
notched. Prothorax somewhat uneven, usually with two or
three small impunctate spaces, each side with two small sub-
median teeth; punctures dense and rather coarse, denser on
sides than in middle. Jlytra with well-defined striae and
interstices on apical half, elsewhere punctures more or less
irregularly distributed. Abdomen depressed along middle,
intercoxal process with a distinct ridge on each side, its end
appearing as a subconical tooth, fourth segment shallowly
foveate in middle, fifth elevated in middle of apex. Hind
tibiae each with a small recurved hook, and a long apical
bristle; basal joint of four front tarsi strongly inflated.
Length, 4-44 mm.

Q. Differs in having the abdomen evenly convex and
simple, hind tibiae without apical hook and bristle, and basal
joint of four front tarsi much smaller.

Tab.—Queensland: Mackay (R. E. Turner), Bundaberg,
Cairns district (E. W. Ferguson and A. M. Lea), Cairns,
Rockhampton (Macleay Museum). Type, I. 3036.

The abdomen of the male appears to be composed of six
segments owing to the pygidium strongly encroaching on the
fifth, across the middle of the pygidium there is a conspicuous
ridge, and this from the sides appears as a subconical tubercle,
the two basal segments have numerous long hairs in the middle

244

The hind tibiae are also very distinctive. The intensity of the
colours varies considerably; on many specimens the head,
prothorax, metasternum, and abdomen appear to be of a livid-
brown, with a distinct metallic gioss, on others the colour is
so much darker that they appear to be almost black, with a
conspicuous greenish gloss; the knees (frequently only the hind
ones), some (or none) of the tarsal joints, and the tips of from
one to five of the apical joints of antennae are more or less.
infuscated.
GELOPTERA TUBERCULIVENTRIS, N. sp.

¢. Of a livid greenish-bronze, the elevated parts more
or less coppery ; appendages flavous, some parts infuscated. ~

Head with several impunctate spaces, elsewhere with
crowded punctures, denser at base and on clypeus than else-
where. Prothorax somewhat uneven, with three small
impunctate spaces, each side with two feeble submedian teeth ;.
punctures dense and moderately large. Hlytra with regular
striae and interstices only on apical slope, but elsewhere the
punctures (which are generally slightly larger than those on
prothorax) frequently have a sublineate arrangement. Basal
segment of abdomen with a large obtuse tubercle, fourth longer
than second and third combined, fifth with a small median
fovea. Hind tibrae curved, dilated and compressed in middle ;
basal joint of four front tarsi inflated. Length, 5-55 mm.

@. Differs in having the abdomen strongly and evenly
convex, basal segment non-tuberculate, fourth no longer than
third, fifth non-foveate, hind tibiae shorter and simple, and
in the tarsi.

Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection),
Brisbane (H. J. Carter), Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).
Type, I. 3489.

Of the antennae the fourth to eleventh joints are each
partly infuscated, the knees and middle of tibiae are also
infuscated. At the basal third of elytra some of the punctures
are transversely confluent.

GELOPTERA UNCINATA, N. sp.
Pow ee es DLAvIM., me, tees

¢. Colours much as in preceding species.

Head, prothorax, and elytra much as in preceding species,.
except that each side of the prothorax is obtusely undulated
about the middle, leaving but one obtuse median tooth. Basal
segment of abdomen depressed in middle, fifth very short in
middle. Hind tibiae long, rather strongly curved about apex,
terminated by a recurved hook, upper-surface longitudinally
concave near apex; basal joint of four front tarsi strongly
inflated, of the hind ones unusually long. Length, 4? mm.

245

Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection).
Type (unique), I. 3490.

In general appearance strikingly close to the preceding
species, but readily distinguished therefrom by the non-tuber-
culate abdomen. From composita the hooked hind tibiae are
at once distinctive, the hook from some directions is partially
concealed by setae, but from others is very conspicuous.

GELOPTERA COATESI, N. sp.

d. Of a dark greenish-bronze, the elevated parts with a
feeble coppery gloss; appendages flavous or testaceous, but
eight apical joints of antennae, knees, and middle of tibiae
more or less infuscated. |

Head with dense and somewhat irregular punctures,
denser and smaller at base and on clypeus than elsewhere.
Prothorax and elytra much as in tuberculiventris. Basal seg-
ment of abdomen flattened in middle, fourth and fifth elevated
in middle of apex. Basal joint of four front tars: distinctly
inflated. Length (d, @), 5-54 mm.

Q. Differs in having abdomen more evenly convex, hind
tibiae shorter and less curved, and basal joint of four frout
tarsi smaller.

Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane (C. McGregor and A. J.
Coates), Cairns (E. Allen). Type, I. 3491.

In general appearance strikingly close to composita, with
which I had at one time confused it, but readily distinguished
by the hind tibiae of the male; these are longer, more curved,
with different clothing, upper-surface different and thinner,
and otherwise different towards and at apex. Parts of the
under-surface are obscurely diluted with red. On the male
there is a distinct depression, almost a fovea, between the eyes,
on one female the depression is traceable, but from another it
is entirely absent.

GELOPTERA INTERCOXALIS, N. sp.

-

¢. Of a vivid-green or brassy-green; head and under-
surface castaneous with a greenish gloss; appendages flavous,
tip of palpi and tips of three (or more) of apical joints of
antennae infuscated.

Head with dense and fairly coarse punctures between eyes,
becoming smaller and denser at base and on clypeus, a shallow,
irregular impression between eyes. Prothoraz slightly uneven,
sides feebly undulated and without distinct submedian teeth ;
with dense and coarse punctures on sides, smaller about middle,
and leaving three almost impunctate spaces. Hlytra with
regular striae and interstices on apical slope, elsewhere with

246

irregular punctures. Abdomen flattened along middle, each
side of intercoxal process with an acute ridge terminating as
a subconical tubercle, fifth segment very short in middle, where
it is encroached upon by pygidium, fourth as long as second
and third combined. Basal joint of four front tarsi distinctly
inflated. Length, 44 mm.

Q . (8) Differs in having the abdomen strongly and evenly
convex, without ridges on basal segment, the fourth no longer
than third, hind tibiae somewhat shorter, and in the tarsi.

Hlab.—Queensland: Endeavour River (Macleay Museum),

Cairns (EH. Allen). Type, I. 3492.
; The ridges on the basal segment of abdomen are curved,
with the convex side so placed that if the two were continued
they would at length form a circle or ellipse ; in this they differ
from the following species, where each ridge follows the line
of the coxa.
GELOPTERA COMPOSITA, 0. sp.

3. Coppery-bronze, under-surface diluted with red;
appendages flavous, knees and tips of four (or more) of apical
joints of antennae infuscated.

Head with some small smooth spaces, and with dense
punctures, becoming smaller and denser at base and on
clypeus ; with a vague depression in middle. Prothorar and
elytra much as in tuberculiventris. Basal segment of abdomen
depressed in middle, a curved ridge margining each hind coxa.
Four front tarsi-with basal joint inflated. Length (¢, 9),
4-43 mm.

Q. Differs in having abdomen more evenly convex, hind
tibiae shorter, and basal joint of four front tarsi smaller.

Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (Macleay Museum and
A. J. Coates), Haiipe (D. Dumbrell and A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 3493.

In general appearance close to tuberculiventris, but
abdomen and hind tibiae very different.

GELOPTERA SCITULA, N. sp.
Q. Greenish-bronze, elevated parts with a vague cop-

pery gloss; appendages testaceous or flavous, some parts
darker.

/Tead with numerous punctures of moderate size, becoming
smaller and denser on clypeus and just behind same. Prothorax
rather convex, sides gently undulated and scarcely dentate
about middle, sides with very dense punctures of moderate
size, becoming sparser about middle, and leaving two or three
small, almost impunctate spaces. Elytra with regular striae and

(86) In the: Macleay Museum.

247

interstices only on apical slope, elsewhere the punctures are
mostly subgeminate in arrangement, but becoming denser and
irregular about basal third. Length, 43-5 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Gayndah (A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 3494.

The hind knees are deeply infuscated, the others are not
at all or scarcely darker than the adjacent parts; the tips of
the five apical joints of antennae are also infuscated.

This species was not included in the table as only females
are known of it; itis, however, sufficiently distinct, and differs
from the five preceding ones by the considerably denser and
smaller prothoracic punctures, somewhat different margins,
and different elytral punctures. One specimen (from Brisbane,
T. McGregor) is of a bright bluish-green, but otherwise agrees
with the ones from Gayndah; it at first appears to belong to
intercoxalis, but the punctures at sides of prothorax are much
denser and not half the size of those of that species.

GELOPTERA ELUTA, 0. sp.
Plo wii., fig.’122.

3d. Flavo-castaneous, with a vague metallic gloss;
appendages flavous, but knees and tips of three apical joints
of antennae infuscated.

Head with rather small and not dense but well-defined
punctures, becoming smaller and denser on clypeus; a shallow
depression between eyes. Prothoraz with sides somewhat
undulated about middle; punctures neither very large nor
dense about middle, but becoming larger and crowded on sides.
Elytra with dense punctures of moderate size, more crowded
behind shoulders than elsewhere, and transversely confluent
there, in places in subgeminate rows, and on apical slope con-
fined to regular deep striae. Flanks of prosternwm shining,
and with a few scattered punctures. Abdomen with some
long hairs along each side of middle, fourth segment about as
long as third and fourth combined, fifth shallowly depressed
in middle. Femora stout, edentate ; hind tibiae rather long,
gently curved in middle, lightly dilated to apex, which is
acutely armed on the lower-surface, and scarcely wider than
the apex of the middle pair; basal joint of four front tarsi
distinctly inflated. Length, 44-51 mm.

Q. Differs in having the abdomen more convex, fourth
segment much shorter, hind tibiae straighter, unarmed at
apex, and in the tarsi.

Hab.—Queensland: Port Denison. Type, in Macleay
Museum ; co-type, I. 3641, in South Australian Museum.

Although tabled with composita, not very close to that
Species in general appearance, from which also it differs in the

248

elytra strongly striated posteriorly, and hind tibiae of male
wider and otherwise different at apex. In build it is close to
intercoralis, but the abdomen is very different. The female
differs from the female (the only sex known) of sevtula in
having the elytra longer, less conspicuously wider than the
prothorax, with larger punctures, more of which are trans-
versely confluent, and striation even deeper on apical slope.
On one male there is a fairly distinct median line on the head,
but from another male and from a female it is entirely absent.

GELOPTERA BASIVENTRIS, Nn. sp.
Pl. vii., fig. 94.

3. Flavo-castaneous, appendages flavous.

Hlead with rather dense and well-defined but not very
large punctures, becoming irregular between eyes, and minute
on front of clypeus. VProthorax. with sides feebly dentate or
undulated about middle, surface somewhat uneven ; with dense
and fairly large punctures, becoming crowded on sides. Hlytra
much as those of preceding species, except that the punctures
are somewhat larger. Flanks of prosternwm with distinct and
rather numerous punctures. Abdomen with a conspicuous,
double, oblique ridge on each side of intercoxal process, the two
connected by a single ridge, fourth segment as long as second
and third combined, fifth with a wide and deep median fovea,
open posteriorly. Femora unarmed: hind tibiae rather thin
and gently curved, not very wide at apex. Length, 43-5 mm.

Q. Differs as in preceding species.

Hab.—-Queensland: Endeavour River. Type, in Macleay
Museum ; co-type, I. 3642, in South Australian Museum.

In general appearance strikingly close to the preceding
species, but readily distinguished by the abdomen of the male,
each side of the intercoxal process of which has a double ridge.
On intercoxalis there is a strong ridge on each side, but each
is single, and from the side appears to end in a conspicuous
triangle; that species also has not the conspicuous apical fovea
of the present species.

On the type there is scarcely any metallic gloss, but on
three females the upper-surface has a distinct bluish gloss,
becoming fainter on the under-surface, but on one female the
pronotum is conspicuously metallic; the knees are lightly
infuscated ; on the male the tip of the antennae only is infus-
cated, on the females the tips of the three apical joints are.
On the male the median line of the head is feebly impressed,
but from the females it is entirely absent. The front tarsi
of the male are missing, but the basal joint of the middle pair
is distinctly inflated.

249

GELOPTERA SEMISTRIATA, N. sp.

¢. Flavous.

/lead with not very dense punctures of moderate size,
becoming smaller and denser on front of clypeus; a depression
between eyes. Prothorar with sides somewhat undulated about
middle, but scarcely dentate ; surface uneven and with irregu-
larly distributed punctures of moderate size, becoming larger
and crowded on sides. //ytra with regular deep striae
from before middle to apex, each stria with distinct punc-
tures, elsewhere with more or less geminate rows of punctures.
Flanks of prosternwm with a few scattered punctures.
Abdomen with fourth segment as long as second and third
combined, fifth narrowly impressed across middle. Jemora
stout, unarmed; hind tibiae with apical fourth distinctly
inflated and conspicuously wider than that of middle pair ;
basal joint of four front tarsi elongated, but not conspicuously
inflated. Length, 3 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns. Type (unique) in Macleay
Museum.

The elytral striation is conspicuously continued to a
greater distance from the apex than on most species of the
genus, but is not continued to the base, although irregular
rows of punctures are almost so traceable. Except for the
black eyes, no part is distinctly darker than another, but the
apical half of the antennae is slightly darker than the basal ;
metallic gloss is entirely absent from the type.

GELOPTERA RHAEBOCNEMA, N. sp.
PY. viii,, fips’ 123 and’ 124.

$. Bronzy with a greenish gloss, part of abdomen paler ;
labrum and appendages flavous, but knees and five apical
joints of antennae more or less distinctly infuscated.

Head with fairly dense but not very large punctures,
becoming confluent in places and smaller on front of clypeus
than elsewhere, a vague depression between eyes. Prothorax
with almost evenly rounded sides; punctures dense and
moderately large, not much larger on sides than elsewhere.
Elytra rather elongate; with subgeminate rows of moderately
large punctures, larger across basal fourth than elsewhere and
mostly confined to striae on apical slope. Abdomen with
fourth segment as long as second and third combined, its apical
third transversely irregularly impressed across middle, fifth
narrowly unpressed across middle, and in middle deepened to
a fovea. Femora stout, edentate; hind tibiae rather long,
distinctly curved in middle, apex wide and irregular ; basal
joint of four front tarsi rather long, of the front ones some-
what inflated. Length, 51 mm.

250

Hab.—North-western Australia. Type (unique) in
Macleay Museum.

Of the general appearance of twherculiventris and uncinata,
but abdomen and apex of hind tibiae very different. From
some directions the elytra appear to be uniformly bronzy, but
from others the depressed parts appear to be dark metallic-
green, and the elevated parts (the feebly-elevated interstices
between the subgeminate rows) brassy.

GELOPTERA BIDENTIMEDIA, n. sp.
Pi vit, Tu, 7D.

3. Of a greenish-bronze, elytra and under-surface some-
what paler; labrum and appendages flavous, but knees and
five apical joints of antennae infuscated.

Head with dense, and not very large, but sharply-defined
punctures, larger between eyes and smaller in front of clypeus
than elsewhere. Prothorax with two conspicuous teeth on
each side about middle; punctures slighter larger but other-
wise as on preceding species. Hlytra with somewhat denser and
larger punctures than on preceding species, but otherwise
much the same. Flanks of prosternum with punctures as on
adjacent portion of pronotum. Fourth segment of abdomen
gently convex, almost as long as second and third combined,
fifth transversely foveate in middle of apex. Femora stout,
edentate ; hind tibiae rather elongate, gently dilated to apex,
which is scarcely wider than that of middle pair; basal joint
of four front tarsi somewhat inflated. |

Hab.—Queensland: Endeavour River. Type (unique)
in Macleay Museum.

In general appearance like the preceding species and
composita, but sides of prothorax conspicuously bidentate in
middle.

GELOPTERA POROSA, N. sp.

¢d. Of a livid-brown with a bronzy-green gloss; appen-
dages somewhat paler, knees (frequently only the hind ones)
and tip of antennae infuscated.

Head with dense punctures of moderate size, becoming
smaller and more crowded on clypeus; eyes smaller but more
prominent than usual and rather conspicuously notched.
Prothoraz evenly and rather strongly convex, each side with
an acute median tooth; with dense, rather large and deep
punctures, rather more crowded on sides than on disc. Elytra
with dense punctures, somewhat larger than on prothorax.
Abdomen widely flattened but somewhat uneven along middle.
Basal joint of four front tars: strongly inflated. Length,
4-6 mm.

251

Q. Differs in being somewhat stouter, abdomen evenly
convex, and basal joint of four front tarsi smaller.

Hab.—New South Wales: Clarence River (A. and F. R.
Zietz), Sydney (Macleay Museum, H. H. D. Griffith, E. W.
Ferguson, and British Museum, from C: Darwin), Camden
(Macleay Museum), Gosford (H. J. Carter), Wollongong,
Galston (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3040.

In general appearance strikingly close to the following
species, but abdomen of male utterly different. The sizes of
the punctures vary considerably between different individuals,
on some of them the basal ones on the head are more or less
obliquely confluent ; on the basal half of elytra they are almost
honeycomb-like in arrangement, but posteriorly they are in
almost regular rows, with regular or feebly undulated inter-
stices.

GELOPTERA MIRACULA, N.. sp.

3. Of a dull-red, with a greenish or bluish gloss;
appendages paler, tips of palpi and of antennae, knees (fre-
quently only the hind ones), and sometimes parts of tarsi
infuscated.

Head with crowded punctures, becoming sparser towards
base, on clypeus smaller and sparser about base, and much
smaller and sparser in front. Prothorax moderately convex,
each side with a distinct but obtuse submedian tooth, with
crowded, deep, and fairly-large punctures, more irregular
about middle than on sides. Hlytra rather short and wide,
with crowded punctures, distinctly larger than on prothorax,
becoming lineate in arrangement with undulated interstices
posteriorly. Abdomen widely concave along middle, inter-
coxal process with a strongly elevated tubercle on each side,
each tubercle partly overhanging the coxa and with a con-
spicuous fascicle, third and fourth segments each with a
fascicle on each side of excavation, fifth largely excavated in
middle and each side of excavation with a round fovea. Basal
joint of four front tars? inflated. Length, 5-6 mm.

Q. Differs in having the abdomen strongly convex and
simple, and basal joint of four front tarsi somewhat smaller.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (E. Allen, J. A.
Anderson, H. Hacker, and A. M. Lea), Rockhampton
(Macleay Museum). Type, I. 3495.

Very distinct from all others of the subfamily by the
abdomen of the male; this at first appears to be composed of
seven segments, but this is due to the pygidium (which is itself
transversely depressed so as to appear double) greatly encroach-
ing on the under-surface. The prothorax and sides of elytra
frequently appear to be of a rather vivid-green. On many

252

specimens the front of the clypeus appears to be almost
impunctate.
GELOPTERA PUNCTATISSIMA, N. sp.
Pl. wn 4: Sg. Fee

Q. Castaneous; margins of prothorax and of elytra
metallic-blue, labrum and appendages flavous, but knees
lightly, and apical portion of antennae deeply infuscated.

Head with crowded and fairly large punctures, suddenly
becoming much smaller on clypeus. Prothorax with front and
hind angles more distinctly armed than usual, each side with
two conspicuous teeth about middle; with crowded punctures
of moderate size, but leaving a few subgranulate spaces.
Scutellum polished and minutely punctate. Hlytra with
crowded punctures, about base as large as those of prothorax,
but smaller posteriorly, mostly in irregular double rows, the
interstices between same irregularly elevated. Flanks of
prosternum with punctures as on adjacent portion of prono-
tum. femora unarmed. Length, 6-6} mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns. Type, in Macleay Museum ;
co-type, I. 3639, in South Australian Museum.

The sculpture of the elytra is somewhat similar to that of
Alittus rugipennis, but that of the prothorax is very different.
In the table it was not referred to C as the punctures on the
apical slope of the elytra, although crowded, are not trans-
versely confluent, being deeply separately impressed; and it
has been associated with oo (although I do not know its male).
as the abdomen of the male of miracula is so remarkable that
the two species are not likely to be confused. Parts of the
under-surface have a vague bluish gloss, the abdomen is paler
than the upper-surface although darker than the legs, there
is some fine pubescence on the apical slope of the elytra. The
elytral striae are distinct, but are not sharply defined even on
the apical slope; seen directly from behind, the elytra appear
to have irregular striae with irregular interstices, the latter
from some directions appear to be in the form of partially
connected rows of granules, many of which, however, are
transversely placed.

GELOPTERA STRIATIPENNIS, Nn. sp.
Plo vids! hes, ) 7 (oaud. 78.

3. Of a dingy livid-brown, some parts with a slight
metallic gloss; hind knees and parts of under-surface infus-
cated.

/Tcad with crowded and rather coarse punctures, becoming
much smaller on clypeus. Prothorar with crowded, deep, and
rather large punctures; each side with two small submedian

253

teeth. Ziytra with dense and large punctures, in irregular
double rows from base to apical slope, thence in single rows to
apex: interstices sharply defined. Abdomen evenly convex
along middle. Basal joint of four front tars: strongly inflated.
Length, 47-54 mm.

2. Differs in having somewhat smaller eyes, abdomen
wider, and basal joint of four front tarsi much smaller.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 3496.

Readily distinguished from all others of genus by the
elytral sculpture ; the interstices are sharply convex and quite
straight on the apical slope, where each is separated by one
row of punctures, but where the rows become double they
somewhat decrease in height, and in places become gently
undulating. The eyes are larger and the legs and antennae
longer than is usual. From some directions each shoulder
appears to be feebly armed. The antennae and palpi are of
uniform colour throughout. On six specimens each side of the
prothorax has a small median tooth, and another between
same and base, but on a seventh only the median tooth is
present, a deep notch separating it from the basal angle. The
sexes are readily distinguished by the tarsi, but not by the
abdomen.

GELOPTERA TETRASPILOTA, N. sp.

¢. Castaneous, base of femora and elytra paler, but the
latter with suture darker and with four infuscated spots;
apical joint of antennae blackish.

Head with crowded punctures of moderate size, becoming
smaller on clypeus ; median line rather well defined. Prothorax
with sides subangulate about middle, near base distinctly
notched; with crowded, deep punctures of moderate size.
Elytra with crowded punctures in double rows, becoming
smaller posteriorly, but even there in double or semi-double
rows. Basal segment of abdomen flat in middle, second, third,
and fourth subequal, fifth with a small median fovea. Femora
stout, edentate; hind tibiae almost regularly dilated to apex
and not much wider there than on middle pair; basal joint of
four front tarsi somewhat inflated. Length, 5 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Acacia Creek (H. J. Carter).
Type (unique), I. 3640.

The elytral spots, whilst distinct to the naked eye, are
not sharply defined; on each elytron the first is median and
transverse, touching the side but not the suture, the second
is just below summit of apical slope and touches neither the
side nor suture. The interstices between the double rows of
punctures on the elytra are rather narrow and distinctly

254

raised, and are so encroached upon by the punctures that from
some directions they appear almost regularly undulated from
base to apex; they cause the elytra to appear striated from
base to apex, although true striae should perhaps be regarded
as absent.

GELOPTERA MINIMA, N. sp.

Of a rather dingy-flavous or testaceous; under-surface
somewhat darker than upper, appendages paler, but tip of
antennae infuscated. :

lead with numerous punctures of moderate size, smaller
on front of clypeus than elsewhere; eyes fairly large,
moderately notched. Antennae long and thin, second joint
stouter than third and almost aslong. Prothoraz about twice
as wide as median length, sides strongly rounded and sub-
angulate about middle: with dense and rather coarse punc-
tures, becoming sparser and irregular about middle. Elytra
punctate-striate, punctures well defined but becoming smaller
posteriorly, and somewhat crowded and irregular on basal
third, especially near suture. Length, 24-2} mm.

Hab.—-Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type,
TS ite. :

A very minute species, but I think correctly referred to
Division I., although the angulation of the sides of the pro-
thorax is very feeble, and on some specimens the sides about
the middle appear to be quite evenly rounded ; on examination
from the under-surface, however, a vague angulation may be
seen, even on these specimens. The canaliculation of the tibiae
is unusually feeble. The sexual differences are but slight;
the male has the basal joint of the four front tarsi larger than
in the female, the abdomen less convex, and the apical seg-
ment with a small fovea.

GELOPTERA PALLIPES, N. sp.

Dark piceous-brown,’in places almost black; head and
parts of under-surface diluted with red, appendages flavous,
tips of one to five apical joints of antennae infuscated.

Head with numerous punctures, becoming sparser towards
base and smaller and denser on clypeus. Prothorazx with sides
strongly rounded and obtusely dentate at middle; with
crowded and rather large punctures, denser on sides than
middle. Hlytra with punctures and striae much as on pre-
ceding species, except that the punctures are rather larger
about the base, and slightly smaller posteriorly. Length,
24-3 mm.

/Tab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 3497. .

255

Close to the preceding species and with similar sexual
differences, but larger and darker, etc. There is* usually a
vague metallic-green gloss on the prothorax; the tips of the
elytra are usually paler than before same, the base also, and
the scutellum, are usually paler than the adjacent parts. On
some specimens the punctures on the head are sparser than
on others; although usually rather numerous they are never
crowded together.

GELOPTERA MICROCALLA, Ni. sp.

¢. Purple; abdomen brownish, labrum and appendages
flavous, but tip of antennae infuscated.

Hiead with dense punctures of moderate size, larger be-
tween eyes and on base of clypeus than elsewhere, but small on
lateral angles of clypeus. Prothorax with sides feebly undu-
lated about middle, basal angles distinctly armed; with dense
and fairly large punctures, becoming crowded on sides. EHlytra
with dense and rather large punctures on basal half, becoming
somewhat larger behind shoulders, about middle subgeminate
in arrangement and becoming seriate posteriorly, where, to-
wards suture, they are confined to striae. Fourth segment of
abdomen about once and one-half the length of third, fifth very
short. Femora rather stout, edentate; hind tibiae not very
wide at apex ; basal joint of four front tarsi somewhat inflated.
Length, 3 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Port Denison. Type in Macleay
Museum.

On the type there is neither a distinct median line on the
head nor a distinct impression between the eyes. A specimen
originally mounted on the same card with the male is possibly
the female of the species; it differs in being somewhat wider,
head with a small inter-ocular fovea and with a narrow median
line traceable from same to base, abdomen with fourth segment
longer and fifth shorter; the head, prothorax, and sterna
brassy-green, in places becoming a vivid-green, and the elytra
bronzy, with green margins; the abdomen and the appendages
(but only the basal joint of each antenna and the hind legs are
present) are coloured as those of the type.

GELOPTERA IGNEONITENS, Baly.
Biwi ge hie. 79:

@. Head purple, with three oblique metallic-green lines
starting from between eyes; prothorax purple, with all the
margins narrowly green; scutellum green and purple; elytra
bronzy-black, becoming purple towards sides, but the margins
green; under-surface and legs bronzy or bronzy-green, in

256

places pupuees antennae black, the three basal joints in
places diltited with red.

HTead with dense but not very large punctures, many of
which are confluent, especially near the eyes ; these subreniform
and widely notched. Prothorax almost thrice as wide as the
median length, each side (including the angles) with five small
teeth; with dense and fairly large punctures, becoming very
crowded on sides, the elevated parts with much smaller ones.
Elytra wide; with dense punctures more or less transversely
confluent almost throughout, the elevated parts with small
punctures. Length, 10 mm.

Hab.—North-western Australia: Shark Bay (C. French).

An unusually large, robust species, with transverse rugo-
sities of elytra unusually long, and giving most of the surface
a somewhat vermiculate appearance, even on the apical slope,

where only a few of the subsutural striae are traceable. The

under-surface is rather densely pubescent, and the head is
lightly so. On close examination the prothoracic punctures
are seen to be of three kinds: dense and fairly large ones
having a somewhat jagged appearance on the sides, much
smaller but sharply-defined ones, and dense and minute ones
that could easily be overlooked. Of the lateral teeth of the
prothorax those at the angles are each provided with a distinct
seta, of the others the subbasal one is much less defined than
those in front of it.

IT had the description of this species written out as new,
but fortunately Mr. Arrow sent a specimen for examination
that was compared with the type, although from the descrip-
tion I would never have considered it zgneonitens; the speci-
men he sent is considerably smaller than the one in the South
Australian Museum, and the colours vary somewhat, but
otherwise they agree well.

GELOPTERA HARDCASTLEI, Nn. sp.
BL sii. re 80: .

d. Black; palpi, three basal joints of antennae and
parts of others, and the claws testaceous.

/Tead with rather small, crowded punctures; with three
feeble impunctate spaces. Eyes unusually large. Prothorax
less than twice as wide as the median length, sides feebly
undulated about middle, basal and apical angles armed ; with
fairly dense punctures of moderate size, becoming larger and
crowded on sides, interspaces with small punctures. L/ytra
suboblong; with dense and somewhat irregular punctures,
mostly larger than on prothorax, becoming crowded, smaller,
and frequently transversely confluent on apical slope, but many
transversely confluent elsewhere as well. Basal segment of

257

abdomen depressed in middle, fifth irregularly transversely
depressed, and encroached upon by pygidium. Basal joint of
each tarsus distinctly inflated. Length, 74 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cunnamulla (H. Hardcastle). Type
(unique), I. 3499.

In general appearance somewhat like the following species,
but narrower, eyes larger, sides of prothorax less conspicuously
irregular, etc.; like that species also, it might have’ been
referred to Colaspoides. The tibiae from some directions
appear to be very obscurely diluted with red. There is some
very short pubescence between the eyes. There are a few
subsutural striae on the apical slope, but elsewhere neither
striae nor interstices are well defined; but there are feeble
remnants of two or three interstices on each elytron almost
throughout.

Division 2.
GELOPTERA LATERICOLLIS, N. sp.
Pi vn. fig. 81.

Q. Black; labrum, palpi, four to six basal joints of
antennae, and parts of some others testaceous, parts of under-
surface and of legs obscurely diluted with red.

Head with rather small but crowded punctures, many of
which are obliquely confluent ; with a small median fovea and
two small impunctate spaces; labrum almost as long as wide.
Eyes distinctly notched and subreniform. Prothorax about
twice as wide as median length, each side with a distinct notch
on each side of middle ; with moderately dense and fairly large,
deep punctures, interspersed with numerous small ones. Hlytra
suboblong; sides with dense, coarse, and frequently trans-
versely confluent punctures, becoming smaller about base and
much smaller about middle; striae and interstices distinct on
apical slope only. Legs stout; front femora lightly but dis-
tinctly dentate. Length, 10-103 mm.

Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection and
* J. Carter), Endeavour River (Macleay Museum). Type,

. 3043.

This species might have been referred to Colaspoides, and
to the vicinity of such species as similis and parvidens, but as
the undulation of the sides of prothorax is very pronounced
it was referred to the present genus, several species of which
have dentate femora; in general appearance it is close to the
Species identified (with doubt) by the late Rev. T. Blackburn
as G. duboulayi. The upper-surface has in places a vague
brassy gloss, and the under-surface a greenish one. The head
is clothed with short pubescence. The labrum is of quite
unusual length.

J

258

GELOPTERA TIBIALIS, n. sp.
Pl. vil., figs. 125 and 126.
3. Bronzy ; appendages testaceous, in places infuscated.

Head with crowded punctures of moderate size, becoming
smaller and denser on clypeus. Eyes rather widely notched.
Prothorax somewhat uneven, each side with a conspicuous
median tooth ; with dense and fairly coarse punctures, almost
or quite absent from three feebly-elevated submedian spaces.
Elytra uneven ; with dense and coarse punctures; striae and
interstices well defined on apical slope. Basal segment of
abdomen with a conspicuous conical tubercle in middle of apex,
fourth depressed in middle of apex, and in middle before same
with a feeble tubercle, sides encroaching on fifth, fifth with a
wide median fovea. Front femora lightly but acutely dentate ;
hind tibiae with a wide, thin, and somewhat curved apical
flange, wider than the following joint and about the same
length; basal joint of four front tarsi inflated. Length,
43-5 mm.

Q. Differs in having the abdomen evenly convex and
simple, hind tibiae without the apical flange, and in the basal
joint of four front tarsi being smaller.

Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection and
H. J. Carter): Coen River (H. Hacker and W. D. Dodd),
Cairns (E. Allen and A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3500.

Readily distinguishable from all other species by the
abdomen and hind tibiae of the male ; the former, owing to the
pygidium, appears to be composed of six segments. The under-
surface has usually a greenish gloss, but in places is obscurely
diluted with red. From five to eight of the apical joints of
antennae, the hind knees (or all of them), middle of tibiae,
and three basal joints of tarsi, are more or less deeply infus-
cated. On many specimens there are some small impunctate

spaces on the head, but they are frequently absent; on the ~

elytra, as well as on the prothorax, several small spaces, owing
to absence of coarse punctures, appear like feebly-elevated
tubercles.

GELOPTERA CONCINNA, N. sp.

3. Golden-red; under-surface bronzy-green, becoming
brassy in places, labrum and appendages flavous.

Head with crowded punctures of moderate size, somewhat
smaller on front of clypeus than elsewhere, and in places
longitudinally confluent. Prothorax rather strongly convex,
sides feebly undulated; punctures as dense as on head, but
somewhat larger. Hlytra with punctures of almost even size
throughout, but somewhat larger than on prothorax, and

259

posteriorly becoming confined to striae. Front femora
lightly but acutely dentate. Length, 35 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).
Type (unique), I. 3501.

In some lights the elytra appear to have narrow green
margins. Although the elytral punctures (except on parts of
the apical slope) are not in regular striae they appear to be in
almost regular rows, but about the basal third a few are
transversely confluent. There are but seven joints of one
antenna (and less of the other) present on the type, and these
are entirely pale, but the tips of the palpi are infuscated.

GELOPTERA ANGULICOLLIS, n. sp.
Piiavai., fig: ; 82.

Q. Bronzy; under-surface reddish-castaneous, append-
ages paler, but tip of antennae infuscated.

Head with dense punctures of moderate size, larger on
base of clypeus and smaller on front of same than elsewhere ;
an irregular depression between eyes, and a narrowly impressed
median line. Prothorax with sides distinctly armed at base
and apex, sides obliquely dilated to middle, which is con-
spicuously angulate but not dentate; with rather large punc-
tures, crowded on sides, but somewhat sparser on disc. Hlytra
suboblong, not very long; sutural half with subgeminate punc-
tures, becoming confined to striae on apical slope, lateral
portions with crowded and irregular punctures, many of which
are irregularly confluent. Flanks of prosternuwm with rather
dense punctures. Abdomen strongly convex; fifth segment
with a distinct carina along middle. Yemora stout, front pair
lightly dentate; hind tibiae rather elongate, not very wide at
apex. Length, 5-54 mm.

Hab.—-New South Wales: Mount Wilson (H. J. Carter).
Type, I. 3643.

The tooth of the front femora, although in itself very
small and from some directions invisible, is rendered fairly
conspicuous by being the summit of an angular inflation. The
tarsi and the strongly convex abdomen are indicative that the
three specimens before me are females, but the conspicuously
carinated abdomen should be a useful aid to identification.
In general appearance it is like some species of Agetinus.
On one specimen the upper-surface has a vague bluish gloss,
this being especially the case with the punctures. On each
elytron there are several feebly-elevated interstices, of which
the most conspicuous one forms the dividing line between the
subgeminate and the crowded punctures, but it is traceable
neither to base nor apex.

J2

260

GELOPTERA ILLIDGEI, N. sp.

3. Bright metallic-green, with a golden gloss, parts of
under-surface brassy ; labrum and appendages flavous, but tips
of antennae and of palpi infuscated.

Head with very dense (and in places confluent) punctures
of rather small size, a small impunctate elevation near each
antenna. LProthorax scarcely twice as wide as the median
length, each side with a small median tooth ; with dense, deep,
and fairly-large punctures, more crowded on sides than on
disc, with much smaller punctures scattered about. Zlytra
with dense and fairly large punctures, transversely confluent
with conspicuous transverse ridges over most of the surface;
striae present only on parts of apical slope. Basal segment
of abdomen depressed in middle, fifth transversely impressed
and encroached upon by pygidium. Front femora lightly
dentate, the hind ones widely but obtusely dentate; four front
tarsi with basal joint greatly inflated. Length, 53-6 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane (R._ Illidge). Type,
I. 3502.

This and the following species are certainly closely con-
generic with Hdusa singularis (synonymous with VColaspis
jugularis), but I refer them all to Geloptera, on account of
the conspicuously dentate sides of prothorax; the two have
some short and sparse golden pubescence about apex of elytra ;
it could easily be overlooked, but from certain directions is
fairly distinct. The hind femora appear to be largely angu-
late, with the summit of the angular portion truncated. A
second specimen differs from the type in being of a greenish-
bronze colour.

There are two specimens of this species in the British
Museum from Moreton Bay; one is of a bluish-green, the
other is coloured as the type.

GELOPTERA LATERIDENS, 0. sp.

3. Bright metallic-green; labrum and appendages
flavous, under-surface somewhat darker.

Head with rather small, crowded punctures; becoming
smaller and denser on clypeus, and smaller and sparser
towards base; a smooth impunctate space near each antenna.
Prothoraxz not twice as wide as median length, each side con-
spicuously bidentate about middle; with dense and rather
large punctures on sides, becoming sparser about middle.
Elytra with dense and rather coarse punctures, in places
transversely confluent; striation distinct only on apical slope
near suture... Abdomen gently convex, fifth segment
depressed in middle and encroached upon by pygidium.
Front femora strongly and acutely dentate; basal joint of
four front tarsi somewhat inflated. Length, 5 mm.

261

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (E. Allen). Type (unique),
I. 3503.

The under-surface of the type, although not at all
metallic, except on parts of the prosternum, has the peculiarly
livid appearance that is sometimes indicative of immaturity,
and the three terminal joints of antennae are missing; but
the species is so abundantly distinct by other characters that
1 have not hesitated to describe it. It is readily distinguished
from the preceding species by the sides of prothorax, and by
the hind femora; the tibiae are also much less conspicuously
ecanaliculate. Each basal and apical angle of the prothorax
is provided with an elongate seta. In structure it is close to
jugularis, but the type is of a much more vivid green than
any specimen I have seen of that species, the male of which
has also a distinct round fovea on the fifth segment of
abdomen and the basal joint of the front tarsi decidedly
shorter and wider; its prothorax is also more uneven and
‘with different punctures.

TERILLUS.

This genus appears to have been regarded as one to which

almost any doubtful pubescent species could be referred.

TERILLUS ROTUNDICOLLIS, Chp.

There is nothing in the generic description of this species,
or of the short specific one, inccnsistent with its being
Geloptera nodosa. The elytra were described as having three
interrupted costae, but on nodosa each has really four or five,
the outer or the two outer ones being smaller, more posterior,
and even more broken up into granules than the others. The
antennae were described as flavous-brown, and are figured as
considerably paler than on nodosa; the figure also represents
the costae as starting almost in a line, whereas on nodosa the
one near the suture is considerably in advance of the others;
the figure also represents the elytra as being arcuate towards
and obtusely bimucronate at apex, but these may be artistic
exaggerations. Whilst not stating definitely, therefore, that
the names are synonymous, I consider it probable that if the
type, or an authenticated specimen of either, could be com-
pared with the other type, they would be found to be iden-
tical. In any case I believe them to be absolutely congeneric,
and, as nodosa appears to have been correctly referred to
Geloptera, that the genus Terillus cannot be maintained. (87)

(87) Of the other species referred to Terillus, vittatus, Baly, is
Synonymous with Geloptera nodosa; squamosus, Baly (certainly),
perplezus, Baly, and duboulayi, Baly (probably), belong to
Megasceloides; foveolatus, Baly, is a Tomyris; porosus, Jac.,
micans, Blackb., politus, Blackb., and carinatus, Blackb., belong
5 to Alittus ; and ‘suturalis, Blackb., to Edusa.

262

AGETINUS.

Of this genus Lefevre described the sides of the prothorax
as angularly undulated, and the tibiae as simple. But even
on many specimens of the typical species the sides of the pro-
thorax are evenly rounded in the middle; evidently Black-
burn regarded the sides of the prothorax as of minor import-
ance, as in aequalis they are not at all angulate in the middle.
In subcostatus the tibiae are strongly ridged, but the four
hind ones are not notched near the outer apex (as in
Rhyparida, Tomyris, etc.) ; but on several species (including
aequalis) here referred to the genus, the front tibiae are con-
spicuously notched, so that they cannot be regarded as
simple. Of the other species referred by Lefevre to the genus
I am regarding Geloptera geniculata as a true Geloptera
(although it is very close in many respects to swbhcostatus),
and as but doubtfully synonymous with corinthius; Colasms
jugularis is also regarded as belonging to Geloptera; Colaspis
australis may be almost anything from its description. In’
the majority of species the elytra have several oblique impunc-
tate spaces, and on a few of them these are moderately
elevated, giving a subcostate appearance .to those organs. The
front margins of the prosternal episterna are oblique and
usually quite straight, the flanks have fairly large punctures,
usually sharply defined, but occasionally partly obscured by
shagreening. All have edentate femora. On all of them the
second and third joints of the antennae are subequal, or the
second is slightly (sometimes distinctly) the longer, the five
apical joints are stouter than the five preceding ones, and
the eleventh is usually about once and one-fourth the length
of tenth. The colour of the legs is sometimes variable.
Aequalis, obliquus, and admirabilis are very different in
general appearance to swbcostatus, and should it be eventu-
ally decided to regard the genus as forming a section only
of Geloptera, it may be desirable to generically separate them.
Following is a table of the species :—
ne eee strongly convex along middle.

. Greatest elevation of elytra aghgican near

base obliquus
we we eatest elevation not distinctly near base.

. Some punctures on apical slope of elytra

transversely confluent... admirabilis
bb. No punctures transversely confluent there aequalis
AA. Klytra gently convex.
B. Medio-apical punctures of prothorax prey
tudinally confluent... .. confluens
BB. Punctures at apex not so confluent.
C. Prothorax with a conspicuous impunctate
median line on basal half ... ... ... cicatricosus:

263

‘CC. a without a distinct median
ine.
* Front femora lightly dentate Me
** Front femora edentate.
D. Above average size and with com-
paratively large punctures.
c. Subcostate appearance of elytra

conspicuous... subcostatus
cc. Subcostate appear ance very “feeble
or wanting . hackerz

DD. Much smaller ‘and with “much
smaller punctures.
E. Subcostate appearance of ape ie
wanting 2 abjectus
EE. Subcostate ‘appearance ‘more or
less conspicuous.
F. Hind tibiae not suddenly dilated
at apex.
d. Middle a suddenly dilated
compositus

dd. Maddie "thine not So dilated cacozelus
FF. Hind tibiae suddenly dilated at

apex.
G. ae tibiae triangularly

notched at apex ... nitidivirgatus
GG. Front tibiae not triangu-

larly notched. ... ... .... juvencus

NotTes on TABLE.

A. Their lateral slopes are curious; see notes under
aequalis.

F. Their hind tibiae are wider at apex than elsewhere,
but the increase in width is almost regular from about the
apical third. On FF. the tibiae are suddenly dilated there,
the outer apex appearing almost equilaterally triangular.

d. See pl. vili., figs. 129 and 130.

AGETINUS sUBCOSTATUS, Chp.
Noda tasmanica, Jac.

Pl.. vu.,, fig. 85.

This species is the type of Agetinus (Agetus, n. pr. of
Chapuis); the sides of the prothorax were described by
Chapuis as ‘‘dilatés arrondis au milieu, ondulés-anguleux’’ ;
by Lefevre they were stated to be ‘‘in medio ampliato-
rotundatus, ibique angulato-undulatus.’’ The genus belongs
to the Colaspitae, tabulated by Lefevre as having prothorax
“‘with sides more or less dentate or undulated,’’ as against .
“‘sides entire’ of /pheimeitae.

There are in the Museum several specimens identified by
Mr. Blackburn as swbcostatus, and one received by him from
Dr. Chapuis as a co-type. This latter specimen agrees well

264

with the figure, and its identity does not seem open to ques-
tion. The prothorax on Chapuis’ co-type, and on several
other specimens in the Museum, has each side obtusely sub-
angulate in two places about the middle, but on many speci-
mens they are quite evenly rounded. The colour, whilst
usually bronzy or brassy, also varies considerably, many
specimens being blue, or deep bluish-green with purple
reflections, or entirely purple, except that the legs and
antennae are more or less reddish (occasionally, however,
the femora are more or less dark, sometimes with a metallic
gloss). The species is common in many parts of South
Australia, Victoria, and Tasmania, and specimens from the
latter State were named Noda tasmanica by Jacoby; there
are also two specimens in the Macleay Museum labelled as
from Port Denison, in Queensland.

AGETINUS AEQUALIS, Blackb.
Pl. yiil.,. figs. 127°and 198:

The type, and a co-type, of this species are in the
Museum. The legs are stout; the tibiae longitudinally
canaliculate and dilated to the apex, each of the front ones
has a conspicuous subtriangular notch near the apex due to a
portion of the apex being scooped out for the reception of
the base of the tarsus, so that when viewed from below the
apex: appears to be terminated by a thin flange. The notch
is invisible from directly above, but from behind it is very
conspicuous; it is bounded posteriorly by a triangular tooth.
In general appearance the species is very unlike the typical
one (subaequalis), but as the front tibiae are much as on
nitidivirgatus, it may be as well to leave it in Agetinus. In
addition to the specimens mentioned there are numerous:
others identified as aequalis by the late Rev. T. Blackburn;
but these differ in being smaller and green, or brassy-green,
or blue, or purple. They all have the elytra strongly convex
along the middle, and from the suture to the margin each has a
curious sloping (almost obliquely flattened) appearance, so
that a section across the middle would be almost triangular.
The elytral costae are so extremely feeble that it would be
better to regard them as absent. The male differs from the
female in having the abdomen slightly less convex, more
depressed at the sides and the apical segment with a small
- fovea; the front tarsi (more especially the basal joint) are
also wider.

There are also in the Museum four males from Darwin
(G. F. Hill’s No. 65) that perhaps represent a variety. They
are brassy like the type, but considerably smaller, and the

265

abdominal fovea is decidedly larger and quite circular. The
front tibiae are more acutely produced outwards at the apex,
and the notch is less distinct from behind, although quite
distinct from certain directions.

AGETINUS OBLIQUUS, N. sp.
Pl. vii., fig. 86.
Golden-green, under-surface brassy; femora, tibiae,

palpi, and basal half of antennae reddish, apical half of
antennae and tarsi more or less infuscated.

Head finely shagreened, somewhat irregular between
eyes; with dense punctures of moderate size. Prothorax
with sides scarcely rounded, but rapidly decreasing in width
from base to apex; punctures much as on head. Alytra
strongly convex, greatest height near scutellum, sides
obliquely flattened ; with dense punctures of fairly large size,
becoming smaller towards suture, and a few confluent behind
shoulders, interspaces with minute ones; a few well-defined
striae on apical slope. Abdomen with a round apical fovea.
Legs stout; tibiae strongly ridged, triangularly dilated at
apex, the front pair conspicuously notched at the outer apex;
tarsi wide. Length, 44-45 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd), Cook-
ttown (H. J. Carter). Type, I. 3296.

With the curious front tibiae and sloping sides of elytra
of aequalis, but differs from that species, and from the fol-
lowing one, in the suture being very decidedly more elevated
towards the base, so that when viewed from the sides their
greatest elevation is quite distinctly seen to be near the base;
on aequalis and on the following species the sutural slope is
much more gradual, so that from various points of view
almost any part of the hasal third may appear to be the
highest part. The labrum is of a dingy-red. The elytral
punctures are decidedly larger than the prothoracic ones;
except on the apical slope there are no distinctly elevated
spaces, although feeble remnants of impunctate lines may be
traced on some specimens; although dense the punctures could
scarcely be regarded as crowded, neither are they lineate in
arrangement, but on some specimens the remnants of impunc-
tate lines appear to divide them into longitudinal areas.
Three specimens differ from the types in having the upper
surface of a golden-red, but becoming green on sides of elytra;
another is golden-purple, and two others have the upper-
‘surface entirely purple, the under-surface also purple, but
becoming green in parts; they are probably all males.

266

AGETINUS ADMIRABILIS, N. sp.

Of a vivid green, parts of under-surface brassy ; labrum
and appendages more or less reddish, but parts of antennae
infuscated.

Head shagreened, somewhat irregularly impressed.
between eyes, with a feeble median line; with dense punc-
tures of moderate size; clypeus semicircularly incised. Pro-
thorax and legs as in preceding species. Hlytra rather
strongly convex, sides somewhat obliquely flattened, greatest
height submedian; with dense punctures, distinctly larger
than on prothorax, and many transversely confluent; a few
moderate subsutural striae on apical slope, but elsewhere
without defined lines. Length, 33-4 mm.

Hab.—North-western Australia: King Sound (W. W.
Froggatt). Type, I. 3401.

With the curious front tibiae of aequalis, but differs from
that species in the elytra between the suture and sides more
evenly rounded, with punctures rather more crowded and
frequently transversely confluent, many of the punctures on
and at the sides of the apical slope are confluent, whereas
on aequalis the elytra are usually without any confluent punc-
tures, and even when a few are present these are confined
to the vicinity of the shoulders. Of six specimens, all of a
vivid green, under examination four have the front tarsi
slightly wider than those of the others, the abdomen less.
convex, longitudinally depressed on each side, and the apical
segment with a small round fovea. They appear to be males.
Each of the others, however, has a larger fovea on the apical
segment, and one of these has a short soft projection issuing
from the tip of the abdomen and tipped with two minute
processes, so it is evidently the tip of an ovipositor. The
punctures on the clypeus are usually, but not always, smaller
than on other parts of the head.

AGETINUS CONFLUENS, 0. sp.

Brassy, in some places brassy-green; labrum and
appendages reddish, but tips of some antennal joints in-
fuscated.

Head with very dense and frequently confluent punc-
tures, median line ill-defined; clypeus slightly depressed.
Prothorax with moderately rounded sides, greatest width sub-
median, with an ill-defined but fairly distinct median line;
with very dense_and mostly longitudinally confluent punc-
tures of moderate size. Hlytra moderately long, gently con-
vex; with rather large asperate punctures, crowded on basal
half and becoming smaller posteriorly ; apical slope with well-
defined striae separated by conspicuous ridges, some of the

267

latter traceable, but less distinctly so, almost to base. Legs
moderately stout; tibiae strongly ridged and dilated at outer
apex. Length, 34-35 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Dalby (Mrs. F. H. Hobler); New
South Wales: Whitton (A. M. Lea); South Australia:
Nuriootpa (J. G. O. Tepper). Type, I. 3414.

The punctures of prothorax and sculpture of elytra
should render this species very distinct. From some direc-
tions the outer apex of the front tibiae appears to be almost
evenly rounded, but from others it appears to terminate in
an acutely triangular tooth. The abdomen is non-foveate on
the four specimens under examination, but as one of these
has the basal joint of the front tarsi distinctly larger than
on the others, it is probably a male, and the others females
(one certainly is, as its ovipositor is extended). Three speci-
mens have the clypeus and sides of elytra greenish, but on
another no green is present.

AGETINUS CICATRICOSUS, Nn. sp.

3. Brassy; base of antennae and tip of tibiae of a more
or less dingy-red.

Head rather strongly convex, with a distinct but rather
small inter-ocular fovea; with dense punctures of moderate
size, smaller about fovea than elsewhere, and becoming con-
fluent towards sides. Prothorar with strongly rounded sides,
with an impunctate median line very conspicuous on basal
half ; with dense punctures of moderate size, in places obliquely
or transversely confluent, but separately impressed in middle
of apex. H#lytra rather elongate, with fairly large, crowded,
asperate punctures, frequently transversely confluent, even
posteriorly ; suture and remnants of costae shining. Apical
segment of abdomen flattened in middle. Legs stout; tibiae
strongly ridged, outer apex dilated; basal joint of four front
tarsi strongly dilated. Length, 33-43 mm.

Q. Differs in having the abdomen more convex, legs
thinner, and basal joint of four front tarsi much smaller.

, Hab.—Western Australia: Vasse River (A. M. Lea).
Type, I. 3563.

A narrow species, at first glance. suggestive of Geloptera
nodosa in miniature. Differs from all the costate species of
the genus by the shining median line on prothorax. The
elytral costae are more or less broken up, but the one near the
suture is occasionally traceable throughout; there are no
distinct elytral striae except a rather feeble subsutural one on
the apical slope; the running together of the punctures is
especially conspicuous behind the shoulders, where some of the

268

transverse ridges are traceable almost from the suture to the
side. The antennae are sometimes entirely dark, as are also
the legs; on several specimens parts of the upper-surface are
obscurely purplish. The elytra are very feebly pubescent
posteriorly.

AGETINUS HACKERI, N. sp.

3. Brassy ; labrum and appendages more or less reddish.

Head shallowly impressed in middle; with dense punc-
tures of moderate size, becoming small on front of clypeus.
Prothorax with sides strongly rounded, about the middle fre-
quently subangulate, with dense punctures of moderate size,
becoming larger and more crowded on sides, with some feebly-
elevated impunctate spaces. Hlytra short and wide, costae
either absent or represented by feeble remnants only; with
dense and fairly large punctures, frequently transversely con-
fluent ; apical slope with numerous small tubercles or obtuse
granules, and without striae, except one on each side of suture.
Abdomen with a small apical fovea. Legs stout; tibiae dis-
tinctly ridged, somewhat dilated at apex, the front ones
notched at outer apex; basal joint of each tarsus dilated.
Length, 54-64 mm.

Q. Differs in being more robust, abdomen more convex
and non-foveate, and basal joint of tarsi smaller.

Hab.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains (Blackburn’s:
collection), Galston (D. Dumbrell), Lawson, Mittagong (A. M.
Lea), National Park, Sydney (H. J. Carter and Lea) ; Queens-
land: Stradbrooke Island (H. Hacker). Type, I. 3564.

In size and general appearance close to swbhcostatus, but
elytra without the conspicuous flat costae of that species; on
some specimens, however, there is an appearance in places as
of remnants of same. On many specimens each side of pro-
thorax is feebly angulate about the middle, but frequently it
is quite evenly rounded. The labrum is usually dark in the
middle, but varies from entirely pale to entirely dark; usually
the second to fifth joints of antennae are entirely pale, and
the under-surface of the first and of the sixth and seventh are
pale, but occasionally only parts of the three basal joints are
pale ; the apical joints of the palpi are dark; usually only the
tarsi are black, but occasionally the legs are entirely black ;
on an occasional specimen many of the elytral punctures have
a greenish or purplish gloss. The impunctate spaces on the
prothorax are neither sharply defined nor large, and occasion-
ally are altogether absent, they usually appear to be in three
transverse series, of which the median series (composed of from
four to six spaces) is generally more distinct than the others.
The transverse ridges between the confluent punctures on the
elytra are very conspicuous except posteriorly, where they are.

269

replaced by small irregular elevations, appearing like irregu-
larly rounded granules or small tubercles, much more
conspicuous on some specimens than on others; on one
specimen the left elytron only has a large rounded tubercle.

AGETINUS ABJECTUS, Nh. sp.

¢. Brassy; parts of antennae and of palpi reddish.

Head rather strongly convex about base, with a shallow
médian impression ; with rather dense punctures of medium or
small size, rather smaller and sparser behind middle than in
front. Second joint of antennae distinctly longer than third.
Prothorax with strongly and evenly rounded sides ; with small
and fairly numerous punctures in middle, becoming denser
and larger on sides. Hlytra with fairly large punctures on
basal half, becoming smaller and sublineate in arrangement
posteriorly, and nowhere confluent. Abdomen feebly de-
pressed in middle of apex. Leys stout; tibiae strongly ridged,
almost evenly dilated to apex; basal joint of four front tarsi
dilated. Length, 23-3} mm.

Q. Differs in having abdomen more strongly convex,
legs thinner, and basal joint of four front tarsi smaller.

Hab.—New South Wales (Blackburn’s collection): Gals-
ton (D. Dumbrell), Sydney (A. M. Lea, British Museum,
from C. Darwin); Tasmania (Blackburn): Hobart, Huon
River (Lea).

A minute species, with the oblique lines on elytra scarcely
or not at all traceable ; about the middle the elytral punctures
become subgeminate in arrangement, and on the apical slope
they are in almost regular rows; striation, however, is absent
posteriorly, except close to the suture and sides. An occa-
sional specimen has a vague greenish gloss; usually three or
four basal joints of antennae (except the upper-surface of the
first) and the basal joints of the palpi are obscurely reddish.

AGETINUS COMPOSITUS, n. sp.
PL vut., fie> 129.

Brassy ; second and third joints of antennae, and under-
surface of first, of a dingy-red.

Finely shagreened. Head rather strongly convex about
base, with a small median impression ; punctures fairly dense
and rather small. Prothorax with strongly and evenly
rounded sides; punctures much as on head. Elytra with
moderate punctures about base, becoming smaller posteriorly,
but at extreme apex somewhat increasing in size, from near
base in more or less conspicuous semi-double rows. Tibiae
distinctly ridged, apex distinctly but not suddenly dilated ;
basal joint of four front tarsi wide. Length, 44 mm.

270

Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (A. M. Lea). Type
(unique), I. 3565.

Considerably smaller than swhcostatus, prothorax with
much smaller punctures, sides without the least irregularity
about middle, and elytra with the impunctate lines not dis-
tinctly elevated above the adjacent parts. On each elytron
there are six impunctate lines, the first three (including the
suture) separated by semi-double rows of punctures, the others
separated by two semi-double rows. The abdomen of the type
is not foveate, the apical segment being but feebly depressed
at the middle of the apex, but the tarsi appear to be
masculine.

AGETINUS CACOZELUS, Nn. sp.
Pl. yairs, fig. 120.

Bronzy, in places brassy ; parts of appendages reddish.

Finely shagreened. Head with a feeble median impres-
‘sion ; with dense but rather small punctures. Prothorax with
strongly and evenly rounded sides; disc with numerous small
punctures, becoming larger and crowded on sides. EHlytra
with crowded and fairly large subasperate punctures on basal
third, transversely confluent near shoulders, and sublineate
in arrangement in places. Tvbiae distinctly ridged, somewhat
dilated at apex (but not suddenly so). Length, 32 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River (A. M. Lea).
‘Type (unique), I. 3566.

Close to juvencus, but four hind tibiae less dilated at
apex, upper-surface with denser and more distinct punctures,
and shining lines on elytra much less noticeable; from the
preceding species it differs in being narrower, middle tibiae
less dilated at apex and elytral punctures decidedly coarser,
the subcostate appearance of the elytra is less defined and the
subgeminate arrangement of the punctures less pronounced
and for a shorter distance; the abdomen is much as on the type
of that species, but, as the basal joint of no tarsus is dilated,
the type is almost certainly a female. Parts of the six basal
joints of antennae and the tip of each tibia are more or less
reddish.

AGETINUS NITIDIVIRGATUS, N. sp.
Pl. viii., figs. 131 and 157.

3g. Brassy or bronzy ; parts of appendages more or less
reddish. | |

Head with a small median impression ; with dense punc-
tures of moderate size. Prothorax with strongly and evenly
rounded sides; disc with rather small and not very dense
punctures, becoming denser towards and crowded on sides.
Elytra with fairly large punctures, about base fairly dense

271

and with smaller punctures interspersed, apex with crowded
punctures, elsewhere with small ones divided into well-defined
areas by shining lines. Fifth segment of abdomen incurved
to middle of apex, feebly depressed across middle. Legs stout ;
tibiae strongly ridged, apex of each triangularly inflated,
front pair notched at outer apex; basal joint of four front
tarsi strongly dilated. Length, 4-44 mm.

Q. Differs in having abdomen more strongly convex,
legs thinner, and basal joint of four front tarsi much smaller.

Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River (Blackburn’s
collection and A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3567.

The elytra have a conspicuously striped appearance, but
the smooth spaces are not elevated as on swbcostatus; it also
differs from that species in being smaller, narrower, more
convex, and more ovate, punctures much smaller, and tibiae
more dilated. In some respects it is close to compositus, but is
decidedly narrower, and the tibiae are different. From one
point of view the front tibiae appear much as in the figure
of that of the following species, but from others the notch is
very evident, but on that species from no direction does it
appear deeply notched at apex. The first six joints of antennae
(wholly or in part), basal joints of palpi, tibiae, and parts of
femora and of tarsi are reddish. The punctures on the head
are sometimes almost evenly distributed, except that behind
the eyes they are usually somewhat confluent, and denser than
elsewhere, but on many specimens they are sparser and smaller
about the middle towards the base than elsewhere ; the median
impression is usually shallow, but on one specimen is fairly
deep. The sides of the elytra are scarcely visibly pubescent
posteriorly; each elytron has three distinct oblique lines, im-
punctate or almost so; adjacent to them the punctures are
more or less seriate in arrangement, with smaller scattered
ones between the rows; towards the sides, however, the punc-
tures are denser; the base, sides, and apex are shagreened.

AGETINUS JUVENCUS, DN. sp.
Pl. viii., figs. 182 and 133.

2. Brassy or bronzy, parts of antennae obscurely red-
dish.

Head evenly convex, without a median impression ; with
rather dense and small punctures, more crowded in front and
behind eyes than elsewhere. Second joint of antennae dis-
tinctly longer than third. Prothorax and elytra much as on
preceding species, except that the punctures are slightly
denser and on the elytra rather more sharply defined. Tibiae
distinctly ridged, the four hind ones triangularly dilated at
outer apex.

272

Hab.—Western Australia: King George Sound (Macleay
Museum), Swan River (Blackburn’s collection and A. M.
Lea), Bunbury (Lea), Capel River (W. D. Dodd); Perth,
Albany (British Museum). Type, I. 3568.

There are six specimens before me, apparently all females ;
in general appearance they are like small ones of the preceding
species (in fact, both the late Rev. T. Blackburn and I had
them mixed with that species), but with legs entirely dark,
tibiae less dilated at apex, and front ones notched near outer
apex ; from compositus it differs in being smaller and narrower,
and elytra with more conspicuous punctures. On some speci-
mens the antennae (from above) appear to be entirely dark,
but usually the second and third, and the under-surface of the
first, and of the fourth and fifth, are more or less obscurely
reddish.

A specimen from South Australia (Lucindale, B. A.
Feuerheerdt) is probably a male of this species, but it has the
elytra rather more parallel-sided, prothoracic punctures more
“conspicuous and somewhat sparser, smooth spaces on elytra
more sharply defined, and tibiae somewhat wider at apex; on
its head from certain directions a vague median impression
may be seen, but on the females such an impression is visible
from no direction; its abdomen has a feeble longitudinal
depression, and the basal joint of the four front tarsi is some-
what dilated.

AGETINUS CROESUS, Ni. sp.
Pl. viii., fig. 184.

Q. Bright golden-red ; labrum and appendages more or
less reddish, but labrum infuscated in middle and palpi at
tip, and six or seven apical joints of antennae black.

Head with a suleate median line ; with crowded but rather
small punctures, mostly longitudinally or obliquely confluent,
but separately impressed on clypeus. Eyes feebly notched.
Antennae not very long, second to sixth joints subequal in
length, the five following ones distinctly wider. Prothorax
about twice as wide as median length, sides evenly rounded,
angles very feebly armed; with rather dense punctures of
moderate or small size, separately impressed on disc, conspicu-
ously transversely confluent on sides. Scutellum semicircular ;
with rather dense, minute punctures. Hlytra short, scarcely
wider than prothorax ; with fairly dense punctures of moderate
size, becoming larger (and often transversely confluent) behind
shoulders, in places in subgeminate rows, the interspaces with
minute punctures; striation of apical slope distinct towards
suture and sides, feeble elsewhere. Flanks of prosternum
with fairly large and dense punctures and fine striae. 4 bdomen
rather strongly convex. Legs short and stout; front femora

273

subangulate and lightly dentate; tibiae longitudinally canali-
culate and dilated to apex, the front ones rather suddenly
narrowed near base. Length, 4-4} mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: King George Sound. Type,
in Macleay Museum ; co-type, I. 3649, in South Australian
Museum.

A very beautiful species which it does not seem desirable
' to leave unnamed, although there are but two females of it
before me. From some directions parts of the under-surface
appear more or less greenish, but from others the same parts
are scarcely different to the upper-surface. The sides of the
prothorax might quite fairly be regarded as strigose. The
upper apex of the four front tibiae, when viewed from along
the upper edge, appear to be triangularly notched.

ALITTUS.

This genus is unsatisfactorily close to Colaspoides ; indeed,
but for the clothing of the head and prothorax (and even this
is sometimes very slight), I should have referred all the species
in the Museum to that genus. Four of the species (micans,
carinatus, politus, and porosus) were previously referred to
Terillus. The species in the Museum may be thus tabu-
lated : —

A. Prothorax with a distinct median channel ... porosus
(? foveolatus)
AA. Prothorax with a distinct median carina ... macleayi
AAA. Prothorax with neither distinct channel
nor carina
B. Elytra distinctly clothed scutellaris

BB. Elytra with extreme tip. ‘only clothed,
and that very indistinctly.
C. Apical half of elytra with numerous

disconnected tubercles ... ... ... ... rugipennis
CC. Apical half without ie
D. Size large ... ... BP aaa tote coh | TUCOALS
Sy me emialior |... isi ie. Ges... P politus

ALITTUS FOVEOLATUS, Chp.
Terilus porosus, Jac. (7).
Pl. vii., fig. 87.

In these Transactions (Ante, 1898, p. 232) Mr. Blackburn,
from information received from Mr. Jacoby, noted these
names, together with 7’. micans, as being synonymous. But
if Jacoby had information leading him to consider foveolatus
and porosus synonymous, most certainly he was wrong in also so
treating micans ; although they all belong to the genus Alittus.

A. foveolatus was described as from Port Denison and
figured (pl. cxviii., fig. 2); the figure was not referred to at

274

the description, and was apparently overlooked by both entom-
ologists named ; but it shows an insect having sides of prothorax
quite straight and narrowing to apex, agreeing with the
description “‘bords latéraux tout a fait droits, convergents en
avant”; moreover, the sides were specially mentioned in com-
parison with those of Dermorhytis. Lefevre (Cat., p. 23) also
described the sides as “rectis, versus apicem attenuatis’ ;
whereas the sides of micans (there are ten named specimens
from the Blackburn collection in the Museum, and from the
original locality, Northern Territory) are quite strongly
rounded.

I’. porosus was described as from Cooktown, and as having
the prothorax “longitudinally obsoletely sulcate from base to
apex.” There are before me, from the Endeavour River
(Cooktown is at the mouth of that river), three specimens that
agree well with Jacoby’s description, and these differ from
micans in having the sides of the prothorax obliquely converg-
ing from base to apex (practically straight except at the
extreme ends), and with a conspicuous median channel from
base to apex (on micans there is occasionally a feeble longi-
tudinal impression about the apex, but it is usually altogether
absent), and there are numerous other distinctions in the
colour, clothing, punctures, etc.

I am even doubtful as to porosus being a synonym of
foveolatus; the latter was described as having elytra with
“fovedles assez larges et profondes”’; and figured as having
rows of very large punctures or seriate foveae. Lefevre
described the elytra as “‘longitudinaliter foveolata.’’? Whereas
the elytra of porosus are not foveate, but punctate, and the
punctures are very irregular in distribution.

ALITTUS MICANS, Blackb. (formerly Terzlus).
Pl. vii., fig. 88.
This species 1s not a synonym of foveolatus or porosus.
See preceding note.

ALLITUS SCUTELLARIS, N. sp.

3. Rather pale castaneous or testaceous, in places with
a brassy, or brassy-green, or purplish gloss; suture infuscated.
Clothed with rather dense, short, silken pubescence, sparser
and shorter on elytra than elsewhere, except that the scutellum
is glabrous.

Head with crowded punctures of small or moderate size ;
with a fairly distinct median impression. Second joint of
antennae much shorter than third. Prothorax with sides
moderately and evenly rounded, but base distinctly wider than
apex; with dense punctures of moderate size, but leaving

275

several feebly elevated on subtuberculate spaces about middle,
the interspaces with numerous small punctures. LHlytra con-
siderably wider than prothorax ; with numerous rather large
punctures, in places seriate in arrangement, but with numerous
transverse irregular ridges or costae, on most of basal two-
thirds, on apical third with series of small depressed tubercles,
or large granules of irregular shapes. Flanks of proster-
num with numerous punctures, but partially concealed by
clothing. Fifth segment of abdomen with a rather wide
shallow basal depression. Legs stout; femora edentate ; tibiae
dilated at apex and with many acute ridges; basal joint of
front tarsi strongly dilated. Length, 5-74 mm.

@. Differs in having the abdomen more strongly and
evenly convex, non-foveate, and in the front tarsi.

Hab.—Queensland (H. J. Carter); Northern Queensland
(Blackburn’s collection), Coen and Stewart Rivers (W. D.
Dodd), Endeavour and Bloomfield Rivers (C. French), Char-
ters Towers and Cairns (H. Hacker). Type, I. 3595.

In general appearance fairly close to carinatus, but
striation less pronounced posteriorly, and transverse sculpture
of elytra towards base quite evident and strong, more con-
spicuously clothed, etc. ; the interstices on carinatus, micans,
and porosus on the apical slope are usually entire, although
somewhat undulated, but on the present species they are
broken up into series of granules or small tubercles. The
metallic gloss is always conspicuous on the head, prothorax,
and base of elytra, the scutellum and the subtuberculate parts
of the pronotum are nearly always purplish: on the male the
upper-surface of the head frequently appears to be brassy,
without a trace of the castaneous colour showing ; the antennae
are usually somewhat paler than the legs, the latter are some-
times feebly infuscated in places. On the elytra the pubescence,
although distinct, is confined to the depressed parts. The
median impression on the head is usually distinct, but is
occasionally rather feeble ; on some specimens it becomes almost
subfoveate towards the base. Two specimens from Mr.
French were sent as from Roebuck Bay (North-western Aus-
tralia).

ALITTUS MACLEAYI, n. sp.

d. Flavous or castaneo-flavous, in places with a bright
metallic gloss; suture infuscated. Head, prothorax, and
under-surface with short, and not very dense, silken pub-
escence, tip of elytra very feebly clothed.

Hlead with dense and rather small punctures; with a
distinct impression along middle, and with a small polished
impunctate space near each antenna. Second joint of
antennae less than half the length of third. Prothoraxr with

276

feebly rounded sides, distinctly decreasing in width from base
to apex, with dense punctures of moderate size, the inter-
spaces with minute ones; with several feebly elevated spaces
along each side of middle, and with a distinct median carina.
Hlytra not much wider than prothorax, with rather large,
deep punctures, in numerous more or less irregular series.
Flanks of prosternum with conspicuous punctures and feebly
striated, but close to coxae without punctures and conspicu-
ously striated. Abdomen with fourth segment as long as third
and fourth combined, fifth transversely depressed in middle.
Femora edentate; tibiae somewhat dilated at apex, all with
numerous acute ridges; basal joint of front tarsi inflated.
Length, 6-7 mm.

@. Differs in having the fourth segment of abdomen no
longer than third, the fifth convex in middle, and in the front
tarsi. ,

Hab.—Queensland: Somerset (C. French), Cairns district
(A. M. Lea), Port Denison; New South Wales (Macleay
Museum). Type, I. 3596.

In general appearance closer to porosus than to any other
species in the Museum, but differs in having the median pro-
thoracic channel of that species replaced by a feebly-elevated
carina; a character which will also readily distinguish it from
all other described species ; the carina is very narrow about the
apex, but elsewhere is conspicuous. The sides of the prothorax
and of the elytra, and the base of the latter, are conspicuously
metallic-green or blue; the elytral punctures have a more or
less conspicuous purplish gloss, becoming green towards the
suture and sides, but few of the body parts or of the legs are
without a trace of metallic lustre, although the head and
prothorax are less conspicuously metallic than on the preceding
species, and the scutellum is not conspicuously purplish, but
the subtubercular elevations of the pronotum are sometimes
purplish ; the antennae are pale-flavous. The elytra at first
appear to be quite glabrous, but on close examination some
minute and sparse clothing may be seen at the tip. The elytral
punctures are large and closely placed, especially behind the
shoulders, where, however, they are not confluent, as trans-
verse ridges are entirely absent; on the apical slope some
irregular striae containing one or two rows of punctures are
apparent. The abdomen of the male is glabrous along the
middle, and with the glabrous portion margined by long
straggling hairs.

ALITTUS RUGIPENNIS, n. sp.

2. Flavous; head (except in front), prothorax, scutel-
lum, metasternum, and abdomen darker and with a purplish

277

gloss, suture and sides of elytra and apex of hind femora
infuscated. Head, prothorax, and under-surface with
moderately dense, short, silken pubescence.

Head with small and dense, but not crowded punctures,
becoming subabsolete on front of clypeus; median line well
defined in front, becoming feeble posteriorly. Second joint
of antennae about half the length of third. Prothorax with
rather strongly and evenly rounded sides; surface somewhat
uneven, and with numerous punctures of moderate size, the
interspaces with minute punctures. Zlytra distinctly wider
than prothorax; with rather large punctures, and with
numerous transverse or oblique ridges on basal half; apical
half with series of irregular, depressed tubercles. Flanks of
prosternum impunctate in middle, but with some fairly large
ones about base and apex. Femora edentate; tibiae with
distinct but not very acute ridges. Length, 53-6 mm.

/fab.—Northern Territory: Darwin (G. F. Hill’s No. 38).
Type, I. 3597.

As on the preceding species, the elytra appear to be quite
glabrous until the tip is closely examined; their sculpture,
however, approaches that of scutellaris, except that the series
of subtubercular elevations are more extended, and that the
transverse ridges or rugae on the basal half are more irregular,
being in places slightly elevated or subtuberculate ; from that
species also it differs in being smaller, paler, less metallic,
punctures smaller, etc.

CoLASPIS MUTICA, Germ.

This species (unknown to Australian workers) was cata-
logued by Lefevre as belonging to Hdusa, without authority or
_ note being given for the transfer. (. chrysura and C. suaveola
of Germar, described at the same time, certainly belong to that
genus, but mutica was noted as having unarmed femora and
glabrous upper-surface, so that its right to a position in the
genus is open to question. Judging by the description, it
seems close to Agetinus subcostatus, but as the head is
described as having scattered punctures, and as on swbcostatus
they are very dense, it is probably not that species.

EDUSOIDES PULCHER, Blackb.
Pi. vili., fig; 158.

- The late Rev. T. Blackburn was in doubt when he
described this species as to whether some females really
belonged to the same species as the type male ; later he appears
to have been satisfied that they belonged to the species, as he
marked them, without a query, as co-types. One male and

278

two females are now in the Museum, and they appear to belong
to but one species; the great differences in the colours of the
sexes are far from unique in the subfamily.

COLASPOSOMA SELLATUM, Baly.
Pl: vi., fig. 98.

This species occurs in abundance in many of the tropical
parts of Australia. The commonest form is of a bright-green
with a more or less brassy gloss in places, but it varies to
golden-red, brassy, bronzy, blue, and purple.

CoLASPOIDES.

This genus, of almost world-wide distribution, is unsatis-
factorily close to many others (Terillus, Geloptera, Cleptor,
etc.), and it is extremely probable that exception will be taken
to the inclusion of several species here referred to it. The
main characters of the genus, as regarded by Lefevre in his
table, and in the generic diagnosis, are as follows :—‘‘Upper-
surface glabrous. Eyes notched. (8) Prothorax with sides
margined. Elytra not conspicuously transversely rugose.
Prosternal episterna convex in front. Four hind tibiae not
notched near outer apex. Claws appendiculate.’’ The species
that I here refer to the genus all agree in these characters,
except that the prosternal episterna are not always convex in
front, and that the elytral punctures are sometimes trans-
versely confluent. On some specimens also the sides of the
prothorax are very feebly undulated, but certainly not dentate.
They all have the tibiae more or less conspicuously longitudin-
ally canaliculate. Lefevre regarded it as including species
with dentate and others with edentate femora. On most species
of the genus the abdomen of the male appears to have six
segments, owing to the intrusion of the pygidium. The deep
median sulcus of the latter, that appears to be invariably
present on members of the subfamily, often appears like a
notch to the tip of the abdomen; this is especially conspicuous
on pictipes. For purposes of classification I am regarding the
genus as comprising three divisions : —

Div. I.—Femora edentate.

Div. 2.—¥ront femora dentate. Sides of prothorax evenly
rounded in middle.

Div. 3.—Front femora dentate. Sides of prothorax feebly
undulated in middle.

(68) Blackburn (Ante, 1900, p. 168) wrote, ‘‘I can really find no
very marked character to distinguish Oleptor from Colaspoides,
except in its eyes being almost without sinuation.’’

279

The species in the Museum may be tabulated as follows : —

A. Femora edentate.
a. Flanks of prosternum at most with small
shallow punctures.
* Dark metallic-blue
** More or less castaneous.
b. Sides of prosternum adjacent to coxae
strongly striated .
bb. Sides there scarcely visibly striated .
aa. Flanks of prosternum with distinct and
usually large punctures.
c. Punctures there mostly small but mixed
with considerably larger ones
cc. Punctures there more or less uniform in
size.
d. Elytral punctures much smaller than
the spaces between them ...
dd. Elytral punctures mostly wider than
the spaces between them.

e. Fifth segment of abdomen of male
overhanging fourth ; ;

ee. Fifth not overhanging fourth |

AA. Front femora dentate.
B. Sides of prothorax gently undulated in
middle.
f. Prothoracic punctures comparatively dense
and coarse... .
ff. Prothoracic punctures much smaller and
sparser : a
BB. Sides of prothorax not undulated in
middle.
C. Hind femora strongly dentate .
CC. Hind femora edentate.
D. Sides of prothorax oblique and straight
DD. Sides more or less evenly rounded.
E. Third joint of antennae at least one-
third shorter than fourth.
* Hind tibiae of male suddenly and
strongly inflated near base
** Hind tibiae not so inflated.

g. Seventh and eighth joints de-
cidedly darker than the pre-
ceding ones oe

gg. Those joints not darker ...

EE. Third joint not much, if at all,
shorter than fourth.
F. Of small size and feebly, if at all,
metallic.

h. Each elytron with at least five
distinct striae on apical slope

hh. Each with less than five there

FF. Larger and conspicuously metallic.

G. Elytra with transverse rugae on
parts of apical slope.

7. Many punctures confluent on
sides of prothorax
vi. No punctures confluent there

GG. Elytra with no transverse rugae

on parts of apical slope.

e

Tara

howensis

norfolcensis.

frenchi

quieta

complicata
hoblerae

similis

parvidens

pictipes

rectilatera

anomogastra

picticornis:
tarsalis

pallidula
oddi

acervata
CTaSSUpes:

280

H. Punctures of prothorax mostly
longer than wide ... SsUavis
HH. Punctures of prothorax sel-
dom or never longer than
wide.
I. Fourth segment of abdomen
of male conspicuously
bicarinate 7 bicarinata
II. Fourth segment not bicar-
inate.
J. Fourth segment of male
carinated or ridged
along middle.
7. Third segment of male
armed at apex towards
each side _... mimeta
yj). Third segment not so
armed,
k. Basal joint of hind
tarsi of male as long
as the restcombined elegantula
kk. Basal joint much
shorter ... poeciloderma
JJ. Fourth segment of male
not carinated along
middle.
K. Hind tibiae of male
suddenly and strongly

dilated near apex ... foveiventris
KK. Hind tibiae not so
dilated.

L. Hind tibiae of male
notched near lower

apex haemorrhoidalis
LL. Hind tibiae not so
PLOECHEC Shela heront

Division 7.

COLASPOIDES HOWENSIS, Nn. sp.
Pl. viii., figs. 135-137.

3. Dark-castaneous, some parts darker, with a more
or less conspicuous coppery-green gloss; antennae variegated.

Head with dense punctures, fairly coarse in front,
becoming smaller towards base; with an impunctate elevated
space near each antenna and with a short median line;
clypeus deeply notched. Antennae long; first joint stout,
second short, third to seventh somewhat dilated and each
longitudinally depressed on one side, eighth to eleventh
thinner. Prothorax with sides (for the genus) rather strongly
reflexed, each angle obtusely dentate and bearing a bristle;
with fairly dense and deep but not very large punctures,
interspersed with much smaller ones. SLlytra with semi-
double rows of punctures of moderate size, larger and more

5?

281

irregular behind shoulders than elsewhere, with much smaller
ones scattered about; reflexed margins almost as wide as on
prothorax. Yrosternum with each episternum straight and
oblique in front, strongly produced to each side, and with
conspicuous sutures; each epimeron strongly striated close to
the coxa; flanks with scattered shallow and small punctures.
Fifth segment of abdomen with a small but deep median
fovea. Legs stout; tibiae dilated at apex, upper-surface
conspicuously grooved throughout. Length, 10-12 mm.

- Q. Differs in the clypeus being less conspicuously
notched, labrum shorter, antennae shorter and much thinner,
fifth segment of abdomen with a feeble depression only and
basal joint of four front tarsi smaller.

Hab.—ULord Howe Island (Macleay Museum and J.
Waterhouse). Type, I. 3504.

At first appears to be a very large Rhyparida, but each
tibia has a conspicuous groove extending from the base to
the apex, bounded by acutely raised costae and widely open
at the apex; the outer apex is subtriangularly dilated, so
that the space before same is incurved, but as there is no
projection between the curve and the base the tibiae cannot
be regarded as notched near the outer apex (such as they
are represented to be in the figure of Hurydemus insignis—
stated to be a synonym of FZ. (Rhyparida) grandis). Each
claw has a wide basal appendix rectangular at its outer apex.
One male has the head and prothorax almost black. The
antennae of the type have the first and eleventh joints red-
dish, the second black, and the others with the upper portion
black and the lower red, the two colours being sharply hmited,
but another male and two females have much less conspicu-
ously variegated antennae.

This and the following species are referred with some
doubt to the genus. According to Chapuis’ and Lefevre’s
tables they would belong to the 7phimeitae, but the sections
of the subfamily, according to that table, so largely depend
on the utterly untrustworthy character of the prothoracic
episterna that I cannot regard the table as other than mis-
leading. According to it Terillus, Rhyparida, Eurydemus,
and Colaspoides all belong to different sections, but they are
really all closely allied.

COLASPOIDES NORFOLCENSIS, Nn. sp.

¢. Reddish-castaneous; parts of head, of prothorax,
and of under-surface more or less deeply infuscated.

Head with small punctures, larger (but not very large):
between eyes than elsewhere; with a small impunctate space
near each antenna, with a conspicuous median line from base:

282

to near clypeus, this conspicuously notched. Antennae rather
long and thin, third and fourth joints subequal. Prothoraz
with narrowly reflexed sides, angles very feebly armed; with
small and rather sparse punctures, and with much smaller
(scarcely visible) ones. Hlytra shagreened, with semi-double
rows of small punctures, becoming single posteriorly and
irregular towards sides; margins very narrow. Fifth segment
of abdomen with a circular median fovea. Length, 6-7 mm.
Q. Differs in having clypeus less deeply notched,

antennae somewhat thinner, and in the abdomen and tarsi.
Hab.—Norfolk Island (J. C. Wiburd). Type, I. 3505.

Fairly close to the preceding species and with somewhat:
similarly grooved although thinner tibiae, but smaller,
differently coloured, with different punctures, and lateral
gutter of each elytron much narrower; the parts of the pro-
sternum are of much the same shapes, but the sides close to
the coxae are scarcely visibly striated, and the flanks are
entirely without punctures. On the prothorax there is a
large blackish blotch towards each side; on one specimen
each blotch is sharply defined, but on three others its limits
are much less conspicuous; the dark parts sometimes have
a vague greenish lustre. Some specimens have the elytra
almost of a blood-red.

CoLASPOIDES FRENCHI, N. sp.

3. Reddish-testaceous; all margins of prothorax, base,
suture, and sides of elytra metallic-green, or blue, or purple.

Head with rather dense punctures of moderate size; with
a lightly-impressed impunctate median line. Antennae ex-
tending to hind coxae, third and fourth joints subequal.
Prothorax with fairly dense punctures of moderate size but
rather deep, and denser towards sides than on disc, inter-
spersed with much smaller ones. Hiytra with rather large
punctures with a somewhat lineate arrangement, on apical
slope in regular deep striae towards suture, and feebly trans-
versely confluent towards sides, larger behind shoulders than
elsewhere. Prosternum with front margin of each episternum
distinctly elevated in middle; flanks with small punctures
and with a few larger ones scattered about. Fifth segment
of abdomen with a wide median fovea. Basal joint of each
tarsus somewhat inflated. Length, 63-8 mm.

Q. Differs in being larger (9 mm.), abdomen more
strongly convex and non-foveate, and in the tarsi.

Hab.—North-western Australia: Roebuck Bay (C..
French); Western Australia (British Museum, from Baly’s
collection). Type, I. 3287.

283

A beautiful insect; the metallic parts are sharply
defined at the edges and the suture, but then rapidly fade
into the general colour, the elytral punctures from some
directions have a watery look, and from others a purplish
gloss; parts of the under-surface have a metallic gloss.

CoOLASPOIDES RARA, 0. Sp.

Q. Dark metallic-blue, in places with a greenish or
coppery gloss; parts of antennae and of palpi obscurely
diluted with red.

Head rather convex, not depressed between eyes, median
line rather strongly impressed at base but feeble elsewhere ;
punctures between eyes rather dense and of moderate size,
smaller and sparser towards base, and much smaller and
denser on front of clypeus. Eyes rather narrow. Antennae
not very thin, third and fourth joints subequal. Prothorax
strongly convex, rather lightly transverse, with the apex
scarcely as wide as the median length, sides strongly rounded
and with very narrow margins; with not very dense and
rather small punctures, and some much smaller ones scattered
about. H#lytra with punctures much as on prothorax, except
that in places a feeble seriate arrangement may be noticed,
apical slope with distinct sutural and lateral striae, but else-
where without same. Flanks of prosternum somewhat
wrinkled, and with rather small and unevenly distributed
punctures; episterna strongly rounded in front, and with
deep sutures. Femora unarmed; tibiae conspicuously canali-
culate along upper-surface. Length, 9 mm.

Hab.—South Australia. Type (unique) in Macleay
Museum. |

A well-marked species with the front of the prosternal
episterna more strongly rounded than on any other species
of the genus, or perhaps of the subfamily.

COLASPOIDES QUIETA, N. sp.

Q. Of a rather dingy flavous, prothorax with a vague
metallic gloss and in places feebly infuscated, suture narrowly
infuscated; parts of under-surface more or less deeply
infuscated.

Head with rather dense punctures of moderate size.
Antennae rather thin, second joint more than half the length
of third, the latter slightly shorter than fourth. Prothoraz
with rather dense punctures of moderate size, becoming
denser on sides than on disc. SLlytra with semi-double rows
of moderate punctures, becoming condensed into single rows
in deep striae posteriorly, near shoulders feebly transversely

284

rugose. Prosternum with front edge of each episternum very
gently incurved, lateral extension very narrow; flanks with
numerous sharply-defined punctures of moderate size. Length,
63-7 mm.

Hab.—North-western Australia: Roebuck Bay (C.
French). Type; I. 3506.

Closely allied to the preceding species, but colour, punc-
tures, and prosternal episterna different. One specimen has
almost the whole of the under-surface infuscated, but on
another the infuscation is confined to the metasternum; one
has a fairly well-defined impunctate line on the head, but
the other is without same.

COLASPOIDES COMPLICATA, Nl. Sp.
Pl. vii., fig. 95.

3d. Dark reddish-brown, with a conspicuous brassy or
brassy-green gloss; under-surface blackish with a metallic
gloss, parts of legs and apex of antennae more or less deeply
infuscated.

Head with dense and rather coarse punctures, becoming
smaller on clypeus and sparser towards base, with a fairly
distinct median line, and with a small impunctate elevated
space near each antenna. Antennae rather long, third joint
slightly shorter than the fourth. VProthorax about once and
one-half as wide as long; with dense, rather large, and deep
punctures, becoming crowded on sides. Hlytra with larger
punctures than on prothorax, crowded and in places trans-
versely confluent, with deep but irregular striae on apical
slope. Prosternum with distinct striae close to coxae; flanks
with large but not very dense punctures. Abdomen with
fourth segment strongly incurved to middle, and with fifth
overhanging same. Basal joint of four front tars: strongly
inflated. Length, 7-74 mm.

Q. Differs in having somewhat thinner antennae,
abdomen simple, and basal joint of four front tarsi much
smaller.

Hab.—Queensland (British Museum, from ‘‘Challenger’’
Expedition): Brisbane (A. J. Coates); New South Wales:
Richmond and Clarence Rivers (Macleay Museum), Rich-
mond River (British Museum). Type, I. 3507.

The fifth segment of the abdomen of the male is very
peculiar; it looks as if, when soft, the pygidium had been
driven inwards, forcing its middle backwards, and with the
adjacent sides elevated into keels, these being quadrilobed pos-
teriorly; the middle of the segment has two small tubercles
connected with the base of the keels by slight ridges. Two
specimens (sexes) from the Tweed River (H. H. D. Griffith)

285

differ in being of a dull red and without metallic gloss, hut
the structure of the abdomen of the male is exactly 2 on
the type.

COLASPOIDES HOBLERAE, 0. sp.

6. Reddish-brown, with a conspicuous brassy or brassy-
green gloss; most of under-surface and tips of antennae infus-
cated.

Head with rather crowded and coarse punctures, becoming
smaller on clypeus and sparser and smaller towards base.
Antennae moderately long, second joint more than half the
length of third, the latter slightly shorter than fourth. Pro-
thorax almost as long as wide, sides subangularly dilated in
middle ; with dense, rather large and deep punctures. Llytra
with larger punctures than on prothorax, in deep striae on
apical slope, but crowded and irregular elsewhere, many trans-
versely confluent about middle, except near suture. Prosternum
striated close to coxae; flanks with large crowded punctures.
Fourth segment of abdomen strongly incurved to middle, fifth
depressed transversely, middle of base elevated, each side of
middle of apex lobed. Length, 54-64 mm.

Q. Differs in having abdomen more convex and simple,
and in the tarsi.

Hab.—Queensland: Dalby (Mrs. F. H. Hobler). Type,
I. 3508. |

Closely allied to the preceding species, but smaller and
thinner, and with abdomen of male very different ; the front
margins of its prosternal episterna are gently rounded, and on
the preceding species feebly incurved, characters that, accord-
ing to Chapuis, would cause the species to be placed in two
widely-separated divisions of the subfamily. Of the three
specimens under examination, one of each sex has a fairly
well-defined median line on head, and a small inter-ccular
depression, but the other is without same.

Division 2.

COLASPOIDES RECTILATERA, Nl. sp.
Pl. vii., figs. 61 and 89.

Flavous, abdomen with a slight reddish gloss.

Head almost impunctate, except close to eyes and on
elypeus; medio-frontal impression short and distinct. Eyes
of moderate size, prominent, and widely separated. Antennae
extending almost to apical segment of abdomen, second joint
about half the length of third, tenth distinctly inflated at
apex, where the width is more than that of eleventh. Pro-
thorax about twice as wide as long, sides obliquely decreasing
in width from base to apex, front angles acute, but not armed ;

286

with small punctures scattered about, and a few moderately
large ones on sides. L/lytra rather elongate, scarcely wider
than base of prothorax; with fairly dense punctures, not
arranged in regular rows, and of almost even size throughout.
Flanks of prosternwm impunctate. Front femora strongly
dentate. Length, 5 mm.

Hab.—North-western Australia: Fortescue River (W. D.
Dodd). Type (unique), I. 3418.

The elytral punctures are not arranged in regular rows,
but a few feeble longitudinal elevations (about four on each
elytron) appear to divide them off into certain feebly-defined
areas; on the apical slope, however, the striation is sharply
pronounced, and the punctures in each stria are distinct. The
middle tibiae appear to be very feebly notched near the outer
apex, but the notch is much less distinct than on any species of
Ithyparida; the antennae, front legs, and elytral striation are
also different to those of any species of that genus. The tip
of the antennae is but lightly infuscated. The type is prob-
ably a male, as the fourth segment of its abdomen is decidedly
longer than the third, the fifth is widely incurved at the apex,
but not distinctly impressed ; the basal joint of the four front
tarsi 1s moderately large.

CoLASPOIDES TARSALIS, N. sp.
Pl. ‘viti., figs: Js6°and 159:

3. Reddish-brown with a metallic-green gloss, appen-
dages (tips of antennae and claws excepted) paler.

Head depressed and with rather numerous distinct punc-
tures between eyes, much smaller and sparser elsewhere, with
a feeble median line. Antennae elongate, second joint almost
as long as third, the latter scarcely half the length of fourth,
fourth and fifth subequal in length and wider than the follow-
ing ones. Lrothorax with rather large irregtlarly distributed
punctures, nowhere very dense, but larger on sides than on
disc. Hlytra with dense and rather large punctures, becoming
smaller and in regular striae posteriorly, and frequently con-
fluent behind shoulders. Flanks of prosternwm with punctures
on basal half only. Fourth segment of abdomen with a wide,
shallow median impression and a smaller one on each side;
fifth about half the length of fourth and irregularly trans-
versely impressed. Front femora acutely dentate ; hind tibiae:
with apical two-fifths dilated on lower-surface; basal joint of
four front tarsi strongly inflated. Length, 64-74 mm.

©. Differs in having evenly convex abdomen, with fifth
segment scarcely shorter than fourth, simple hind tibiae, and
basal joint of four front tarsi much smaller.

287

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (F. P. Dodd and A.
M. Lea). Type, I. 3509.

The metallic gloss, although distinct on all the specimens
before me, is not so pronounced as to cause them to appear of
a bright-green colour. The fifth joint of the antennae of the
male is rather densely-clothed on the under-surface, becoming
fasciculate at apex ; on the female the third joint is distinctly
longer than the second, and more than half the length of the
fourth, although decidedly shorter; the fourth and fifth also
are somewhat thinner (instead of stouter) than the following
ones. :
This and the eight following species (89) at first appear
to be forms or varieties of but one species, and the punctures
on the heads of the majority of them appear to be individually
variable, the colours are also usually variable; but the males
may be quite readily distinguished by characters of the
antennae, abdomen, and legs. The females, however, are less
readily distinguished, and probably without the males it would
be difficult or impossible to satisfactorily identify most of them.

CoLASPOIDES PICTICORNIS, Nn. sp.
Pl. viii., fig. 139.

¢d. Reddish-brown with a conspicuous brassy or brassy-
green gloss; appendages flavous, but seventh and eighth joints
of antennae almost black, and tips of ninth, tenth, and
eleventh infuscated.

Head depressed between eyes ; with rather dense punctures
of moderate size, becoming smaller and denser on clypeus, and
sparser towards base. Antennae rather long and thin, second
joint about half the length of third, the latter somewhat
shorter than fourth. Prothorax with fairly dense punctures
of moderate size, becoming slightly larger on sides. Hlytra
with fairly large punctures, rather dense and irregular behind
‘shoulder (where a few are occasionally confluent), in regular
deep striae on apical slope, and mostly in semi-double rows
elsewhere. Flanks of prosternum with unevenly distributed
punctures of moderate size. Fourth segment of abdomen
much wider at sides than along middle, with an obtuse tubercle
or ridge in middle; fifth much shorter than fourth, depressed
in middle and obtusely lobed on each side. Front femora
acutely dentate ; hind tibiae with apical half somewhat inflated
and moderately curved; basal joint of four front tarsi dis-
‘tinctly inflated. Length, 53-6 mm.

Q. Differs in having evenly convex abdomen, whose
fifth segment along the middle is quite as long as fourth, hind

(89) Haemorrhoidalis less noticeably so than the others.

288

tibiae simple, basal joint of four front tarsi much less inflated,
and antennae not conspicuously paler between the eighth joint
and apex.

Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane (A. J. Coates, R. Illidge,
A. J. Turner), Dalby (Mrs. F. H. Hobler), Mount Tam-
bourine, Rockhampton (A. M. Lea). ‘Type, I. 3275.

Some males have the upper-surface slightly paler than the
under, but usually much darker ; on females the body parts are
sometimes almost black; on the males the knees are slightly
infuscated, on the females they are usually deeply infuscated,
and some have the legs almost entirely dark. The inflated
joints of the male tarsi, although large, are much less con-
spicuous than on the preceding species. Each of the prosternal
episterna, when viewed from behind, appears to have its
front margin gently rounded; from above it appears to be
straight in an oblique direction, and from in front (with the
head removed) it appears to be gently concave. Similar com-
ments might be made about many other species of the sub-
family.

CoLASPOIDES BICARINATA, N. Sp.

d. Brassy-green; under-surface castaneous, appendages
flavous.

Head uneven between eyes, with fairly large punctures
there, becoming smaller and denser on clypeus and much
smaller elsewhere ; with a strongly defined but not continuous
median line. Antennae long and thin, second joint about half
the length of third, the latter somewhat shorter than fourth,
eighth wider than the adjacent ones. Prothorax and elytra
with smaller punctures, but otherwise much as on ¢tarsalis.
Flanks of prosternum almost or quite impunctate. Fourth
segment of abdomen with a very conspicuous carina from base
to apex towards each side; fifth much shorter than fourth
and somewhat irregularly depressed. Legs much as in pre-
ceding species. Length, 53-74 mm.

Q. Differs in having the abdomen simple, and in the
tibiae and tarsi.

Hab.—New South Wales: Tweed and Richmond Rivers
(Macleay Museum, R. Helms, and A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3274.

Very distinct by the abdomen of the male. The females
are usually less metallic than the males; the tip of the
antennae is usually lightly infuscated. Some specimens appear
to have the head almost impunctate between the eyes and on
the clypeus, but on others the punctures, at least those beween
the eyes, are fairly coarse. A small, pale, almost non-metallic
female, from Mount Tambourine, probably belongs to this
species.

289

CoLASPOIDES HERONI, n. sp.

¢. Brassy-green ; under-surface castaneous, appendages
flavous, but four apical joints of antennae and part of seventh
black.

Head uneven between eyes, with dense and rather coarse
punctures there, becoming smaller and denser on clypeus, and
much sparser and smaller elsewhere ; median line well defined.
Antennae rather long and thin, second joint slightly more
than half the length of third, the latter distinctly shorter than
fourth. Prothorar with large, irregularly distributed punc-
tures, sometimes becoming crowded on sides. JSlytra with
somewhat smaller punctures, but otherwise much as on ¢arsalis.
Flanks of prosternum with a few scattered punctures. Fourth
segment of abdomen somewhat irregularly transversely elevated
in middle; fifth somewhat shorter than fourth, rather widely
foveate in middle. Legs much as on gicticorms. Length,
54-6 mm.

2. Differs in having thinner antennae, more convex and
simple abdomen, and in the tibiae and tarsi.

Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron) ; Queens-
land: Killarney (H. H. D. Griffith, from R. Illidge). Type,
I. 3277.

On some specimens parts of the under-surface are deeply
infuscated, as occasionally are parts of the legs.

COLASPOIDES ELEGANTULA, 0. sp.
Pl. vail. fiz. 160.

d. Brassy-green; under-surface reddish-castaneous ;
appendages flavous, but four apical joints of antennae
blackish.

Head irregular between eyes, and with some fairly large
but irregular punctures there, elsewhere much smaller and
sparser ; with a small, impunctate, elevated space near each
antenna. Antennae long and thin, second joint not half the
length of third, the latter equal to fourth. Prothorax with
irregularly distributed and sparse, comparatively small, but
sharply defined punctures. H/ytra with punctures of moderate
size, becoming larger, crowded, and more or less confluent
behind shoulders, smaller and in almost regular striae on
apical slope, and in semi-double rows elsewhere. Flanks of
prosternum with a few scattered punctures. Abdomen de-
pressed along middle, third, and fourth segments, each with
a median ridge, the fourth transversely depressed across apex,
and twice as long as third, fifth short and irregularly im-
pressed. Front femora acutely dentate; hind tibiae rather
feebly dilated on apical half; basal joint of four front tarsi

K

oe

290

strongly inflated, basal joint of hind ones unusually long.
Length, 7 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (Macleay Museum,
E. Allen, and A. M. Lea), Kuranda (H. J. Carter, from G. E.
Bryant). Type, I. 3510.

In general appearance close to the preceding species, but
more elongate, prothoracic punctures considerably smaller and
sparser, basal joint of each of the four front tarsi even larger,
and that of the hind ones distinctly longer and thinner. The
prothoracic punctures are smaller and sparser than on any of
the closely-allied species, and on the type are no larger or
denser on the sides than on the disc, but on one female they.
are somewhat larger and denser there. The basal segment of
the abdomen is moderately clothed, and in addition there are
some long hairs scattered about. Two females (54-6 mm.)
that probably belong to this species differ in being more robust
and under-surface darker (on one almost entirely purplish) ;
one has antennae coloured as the type, but on the other only
the apical joint is dark ; the abdomen is evenly convex, fourth
segment no longer than third and not much longer than fifth,
hind tibiae shorter but otherwise much the same, basal joint
of four front tarsi much smaller, and of the hind pair much
shorter.

COLASPOIDES ANOMOGASTRA, 0. sp.
Pl. viii., fig. 140.

3. Reddish-castaneous, with a metallic coppery or
bluish gloss.

Head irregularly depressed between eyes, median line
well defined, a conspicuous impunctate, slightly elevated space
near each antenna; with irregularly distributed and rather
small punctures, becoming rather dense on clypeus, and very
small on front of same. Antennae long and thin, third joint
conspicuously shorter than fourth. Prothorax about twice as
wide as long; with rather dense and large punctures on sides,
much sparser about middle. JHlytra elongate; with fairly
large punctures, larger (and sometimes transversely confluent)
behind shoulders than elsewhere, in places in subgeminate
rows, and becoming small posteriorly, on apical slope confined
to distinct striae. Flanks of prosternwm finely wrinkled, and
with numerous fairly large punctures. Abdomen with fourth
segment as long as second and third combined, obtusely raised
in middle, thence widely subtriangularly flattened to near
apex, the apex itself narrowly depressed, fifth somewhat
oblique, shallowly depressed in middle. Front femora
strongly dentate, hind ones subangulate; hind tibiae rather
long, suddenly dilated near base and then gently curved
to apex; basal joint of four front tarsi strongly dilated,

291
of the hind ones :elongate-triangular.. Length, 64-64 mm.

'Hab.—Queensland. ‘Type in Macleay Museum ; co-type,
I. 3644, in South Australian Museum..

_ The prothoracic margins are very feebly undulated in
middle, but the degree is so slight that it could be easily over-
looked, and the species is so obviously allied to picticornis and
tarsalis that it was not referred to Bin the table; from the
species named, however, it is readily distinguished by the hind
tibiae. The two specimens before me have parts of the
appendages somewhat paler than the general colour, but prob-
ably on fresh ones the contrast would be more accentuated.
Owing to the sculpture of the fourth segment the abdomen at
first appears to be composed of six segments, or seven if the
pygidium is included. Both specimens had parts of the
under-surface and appendages eaten by Anthrent when
received, but between the two .all parts are available for
description.

: CoLASPOIDES MIMETA, N. sp.

_ ¢. Reddish-castaneous with a conspicuous coppery-green
gloss; appendages mostly paler, but apical and half of sub-
apical joints of antennae black.

Head shallowly impressed between eyes, median line
lightly impressed ; with moderately dense punctures of medium
size, becoming smaller towards base, and small and sparse
on front of clypeus. Antennae long and thin, third joint very
little shorter than fourth. Prothoraz with strongly and evenly
rounded sides, angles distinctly armed; with rather large,
unevenly distributed punctures, sparser about middle than
elsewhere. Hlytra as on preceding species, except that the
punctures are somewhat larger. Flanks of prosternum feebly
wrinkled in places, and with a few scattered punctures.
Abdomen with a shallow depression common to the three
median segments, the depression bounded on each side of third
with a conspicuous but short apical ridge, fourth about once
and one-third the length of third, narrowly depressed at apex,
and with a conspicuous median carina, fifth with a small
median fovea. Front femora strongly dentate; hind tibiae
moderately long, nowhere suddenly dilated, but lower-surface
somewhat sinuous; basal joint of four front tarsi strongly
inflated. Length (¢, 9), 6-7 mm.

Q. . Differs in being more compact, abdomen more convex,

fourth segment shorter than third, and all simple, hind tibiae

shorter, straighter, and evenly dilated from base to apex, and

> om tarsi ; more conspicuously metallic, and more of antennae
ack.

Hab.—New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron). Type,
I. 3645.

K2

292

Allied to bicarimata and with somewhat similar legs, but
fourth segment of abdomen of male shorter, carinated along
middle, and with but feeble elevations at the positions of the
acute carinae of that species ; the third segment is also different,
as it has a short acute ridge (from the side it appears almost as
a subconical tubercle) at about one-third the width of the
segment from the side; the second appears to have remnants
of similar elevations in a line with those on the third. The
femora, palpi, and antennae are mostly flavous; parts of the
under-surface are paler than other parts, but the various
shades of colour are not sharply limited.

COLASPOIDES POECILODERMA, ND. sp.
Pl. viii., fig. 161.

3. Brassy-brown, or Liar or brassy-green; under-
pata blackish, with a bluish or greenish gloss, but tip of
abdomen diluted with red; labrum, front of clypeus, and
appendages more or less reddish, but ‘apical joint of palpi and
apical half (or less) of antennae blackish.

Head shallowly depressed between eyes, median line
rather feeble; with irregularly distributed punctures of
moderate or rather small size, becoming very small on front
of clypeus. Antennae rather long and thin, third and fourth
joints subequal. Prothorax about twice as wide as the median
length ; with large and not very dense punctures, becoming
sparse towards middle. Slytra with punctures and striae
much as on anomogastra. Flanks of prosternuwm with some
punctures about base only, elsewhere shining and with a few
wrinkles. Third segment of abdomen with a rather short
median ridge, fourth distinctly longer than third, with a con-
spicuous subtriangular median ridge, behind same oblique to
apex, fifth irregularly transversely depressed, and with a
median fovea. Front femora strongly dentate; hind tibiae
feebly dilated from base to middle, and then gently curved
to apex ; basal joint of four front tarsi rather strongly dilated,
of the hind ones elongate-triangular. Length, 6-7 mm.

Q. Differs in being more compact, abdomen more convex
and simple, legs shorter, hind tibiae gently dilated from base
to apex, and in the tarsi.

Hab.—New South Wales: Acacia Creek (H. J. Carter).
Type, I. 3646.

Fairly close to elegantula, but male with basal joint of
four front tarsi less conspicuously inflated, and of the hind
ones much shorter and differently shaped. Heroni is of
smaller average size, with the abdomen of the male very
different, and basal joint of hind tarsi distinctly longer

293

(although shorter than on elegantula). From tarsalis (to which
at first glance it appears to belong) it is readily distinguished
by the abdomen and tarsi. One male is without the ridge on
the third abdominal segment, but from picticornis it is dis-
tinguished by each basal joint of tarsus distinctly shorter
than the corresponding one on that species, and antennae with
third and fourth joints not conspicuously differing in length.
Some specimens are reddish-castaneous with but a slight
‘metallic gloss, others are almost black, and others again are
of a vivid-green; on the paler specimens sometimes only the
apical joint of the antennae is black. Some specimens appear
to have the clypeus almost equilaterally triangular, owing to
its lateral sutures being better defined than usual.

Two pale specimens from the Clarence River (Macleay
Museum) probably belong to this species, but the male has the
basal joint of the four front tarsi somewhat larger than usual
(although much smaller than on tarsalis and elegantula); the
punctures on the prothorax of the female are also much larger
and denser than on the male, but the abdomen and tibiae
of the male are as on the type.

COLASPOIDES HAEMORRHOIDALIS, n. sp.
Pil. vin., fig. 141.

3. Brassy-black, or bronzy with a greenish gloss;
labrum, tip of abdomen, and legs bright-red, palpi (tips ex-
cepted) flavous, antennae flavous or reddish, three or four
apical joints partly or entirely black.

Head feebly impressed between eyes, and with median
line very feeble ; with fairly dense and rather large punctures,
denser on clypeus and smaller on front of same than elsewhere.
Antennae moderately long, second and third joints subequal.
Prothorax about thrice as wide as long; with large and fairly
dense punctures, becoming smaller and sparser about middle.
Elytra suboblong ; with fairly large punctures, larger behind
shoulders than elsewhere, in places in subgeminate rows, and
confined to distinct striae on parts of apical slope. Flanks of
prosternum faintly wrinkled, and with numerous distinct
punctures. Fourth segment of abdomen slightly longer than
third, fifth with a curved transverse impression. Front:
femora strongly dentate; tibiae rather stout, the hind ones
distinctly notched near lower apex. Length, 54-53 mm.

Q. Differs in having the fourth segment slightly shorter
than third, fifth not transversely impressed, appendages some-
what shorter, and hind tibiae not notched.

Hab.—New South Wales: Kurrajong (Macleay Museum,
from G. Masters), Gosford, Springwood (H. J. Carter), Dor-
rigo (W. Heron). Type, I. 3647.

294

Of the size of heron, but darker and with very different
hind tibiae of the male, these being notched much as on similis.
and parvidens. In some lights the impunctate spaces on the
head are conspicuously brassy; the legs are of an unusually
bright-red. The tip of the abdomen, although red in the
female, is less conspicuously so than on the male. The elytral
punctures are nearly all isolated, but a few of them from
some directions appear to be feebly transversely confluent.
The sexual differences are sufficiently distinct, but less pro-
nounced than usual, especially with the tarsi, the basal joint
of the four front ones of the male being but little larger than
the corresponding ones of the female. On one specimen the
sides of the prothorax are very feebly undulated in the middle,
but on all the others they are evenly rounded there.

CoLASPOIDES FOVEIVENTRIS, Nn. sp.
Pl. viii., fig. 142.

dg. Of a vivid golden-green, labrum and appendages
reddish-flavous.

Head uneven between eyes; with dense and fairly large
punctures there, becoming denser and smaller on clypeus, and
denser and sparser elsewhere; with an impunctate elevated
space near each antenna, median line and clypeal sutures well
defined. Antennae rather long and thin, third and fourth
joints subequal. Prothorax with irregularly distributed punc-
tures of moderate size. Hlytra more robust than in elegantula,
but with very similar punctures. Flanks of prosternum with
fairly numerous punctures about base, but sparse elsewhere.
Fifth segment of abdomen not much shorter than fourth along
middle, and with a quite circular median fovea. Front femora
moderately dentate; hind tibiae with apical third suddenly
and strongly dilated on lower-surface, and with a long apical
bristle; basal joint of four front tarsi inflated. Length,
543-64 mm. )

Q. Differs in having the abdomen more convex and
simple, and in the hind tibiae and four front tarsi.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum and F. P.
Dodd).

On the female the under-surface is sometimes purplish
instead of green; the antennae are sometimes slightly infus-
cated at the tip. A female from Kuranda, in Mr. Griffith’s
collection, is of a bluish-purple, in some places with reddish-
purple reflections, and in others with brassy-green ones, the
two apical joints of its antennae are black. A male almost
similarly coloured is in the Macleay Museum. The clypeus,

295

except for a slight apical incurvature, is almost equilaterally
triangular. The prothoracic punctures are not much larger
towards the sides than on the disc, near the margins they are.
very sparse. In the late Rev. T. Blackburn’s collection a
specimen of the species was numbered 4412, and that number
was noted as Colaspoides xanthopus, but xanthopus struck
out ; I have, in fact, seen it in several collections as that species,
but it differs from it in the armed front femora, hind tibiae
with apical bristle, and in the different punctures.

COLASPOIDES SUAVIS, 0. sp.

Q. Of a vivid golden-green; parts of under-surface
bluish-green, labrum and appendages flavous, but four apical
joints of antennae blackish. |

Head with fairly dense punctures of moderate size ; median
line in places well defined. Antennae rather long and thin,
third and fourth joints subequal. Prothorax with dense
punctures of moderate size, and mostly longer than wide,
denser on sides than on middle. Llytra with dense punctures
of moderate size, becoming smaller posteriorly, but crowded,
larger, and more or less confluent behind shoulders. Flanks
of prosternum with fairly large, crowded punctures. Length,
53-52 mm.

Hab.—Queensland (Macleay Museum), Coen River (W.
D. Dodd and H. Hacker). Type, I. 3511.

This species might very well have been referred to Cleptor,
but as the front femora are strongly dentate, and eyes moder-
ately notched, it was referred to Colaspoides ; at first glance the
specimens appear as if they were small ones of the preceding
species, but the prothorax has much denser punctures, they are
also nearly all elliptic, and when viewed from the sides a few
appear to be vaguely confluent. One specimen has most of
the body-parts purple, with head and prothorax brassy-purple,
and scutellum and suture bluish. On parts of the elytra the
punctures appear to be in semi-double rows, but they do not
become condensed into distinct striae posteriorly, only one
subsutural stria being distinct on each elytron.

COLASPOIDES PALLIDULA, N. sp.

3. Flavous.

Head rather more convex than usual; with fairly dense
punctures of moderate size between eyes, becoming denser on
clypeus, and sparser and smaller elsewhere, with an impunc-
tate elevated space near each antenna. Antennae moderately
long, third and fourth joints subequal. Prothorax more than
twice as wide as long, sides evenly rounded; with irregularly

296

distributed punctures of moderate size, becoming larger and
denser, but not crowded, on sides. Hlytra with punctures of
moderate size, becoming smaller and in fairly deep striae pos-
teriorly, in places in semi-double rows and nowhere trans-
versely confluent. Abdomen with fifth segment as long as
fourth, and with a median fovea. Front femora moderately
dentate; apical half of hind tibiae gently dilated ; basal joint
of four front tarsi distinctly inflated. Length, 5-54 mm.

@. Differs in the evenly convex abdomen, hind tibiae
gently and evenly increasing in width from base, and in the
tarsi.

Hab.—Queensland: Dalby (Mrs. F. H. Hobler), Rock-
hampton (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3276.

A small pale species, one specimen entirely without
metallic lustre and the other almost without same; the tips
of the antennae are missing from both. The elytral punctures
are not crowded even behind the shoulders.

oe

CoLASPOIDES DODDI, n. sp.

3. Flavous; upper-surface with a vague purplish gloss,
under-surface somewhat darker than legs.

Head with fairly dense punctures of moderate size between
eyes, becoming smaller and denser on clypeus and somewhat
sparser elsewhere; median line fairly well defined. Second
joint of antennae more than half the length of third, the latter
equal to fourth. Prothorax about twice as wide as long, sides
evenly rounded; with moderately dense and rather small
punctures. LHlytra with not very large punctures, nowhere
very dense or transversely confluent, in places in semi-double
rows, becoming smaller posteriorly. Flanks of prosternwm
with sparse punctures. Fourth segment of abdomen fully
twice the length of fifth, the latter with a median impression.
Front femora strongly dentate. Length, 34 mm.

Hab.—North-western Australia: labnee (W. D. Dodd).
Type (unique), I. 3420.

An unusually small pale species. There are but two
subsutural striae on each elytron, and the outer one of these
is not very deep ; it commences below the summit of the apical
slope. The basal joint of each of the four front tarsi is
slightly larger than is usual in females, but much smaller than
is usual in males, but the abdomen is essentially masculine.

CoLASPOIDES ACERVATA, N. sp.

Q. Brassy or bronzy; labrum and appendages red, tip
of antennae infuscated.

297

Head with dense punctures of moderate size, and more or
less obliquely confluent, except on clypeus, where they are
slightly smaller but separately impressed ; median line well
defined. Antennae rather long and thin, fourth joint slightly
shorter than third and fifth. Prothorax about thrice as wide
as long, with rather dense punctures of moderate size on disc,
becoming larger and crowded on sides, where many are con-
fluent. H#lytra with dense and coarse punctures, on apical
slope in deep striae near suture, in places in feeble geminate
rows, but mostly transversely rugose, the rugae more conspicu-
ous behind shoulders than elsewhere, but traceable almost te
apex. Flanks of prosternum with rather large and crowded
punctures. Front femora rather strongly dentate. Length,
63-74 mm.

Bas. —New South Wales: Galston (D. Dumbrell), Gos-
ford (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3512.

The punctures on the sides of the prothorax are unusually
dense. The comparative shortness of the fourth joint of
antennae, although similar in the two following species, is
rather unusual, the difference between it and the adjacent ones
is not very great but is readily seen.

Since the above was written I have seen three Macleay
Museum specimens, of which one (labelled as from Kurrajong)
is a male; it differs from the female in having the prothorax
less transverse (hardly more than twice as wide as long),
abdomen less convex, fourth segment much longer than the
fifth, and both depressed in middle. The tarsi are all too
dirty to be described, but the hind tibiae are much as on the
female, except that they are somewhat stouter.

CoLASPOIDES CRASSIPES, n. sp.
Pl. vui., fig. 143.

3d. Bronzy-black, parts of under-surface and of muzzle
diluted with red; legs red, palpi and antennae paler, but two
apical joints of the latter blackish.

Head with fairly dense punctures of moderate size be-
‘tween eyes, becoming denser on clypeus, subconfluent near
hind margins of eyes, and smaller and sparser elsewhere.
Antennae with joints proportioned as in preceding species.
Prothorar about twice as wide as long, with fairly dense but
evenly distributed punctures of moderate size. EHlytra with
dense punctures of various sizes, large and more or less trans-
versely confluent from shoulders to beyond middle, but a few
‘confluent almost to apex, in semi-double rows, mostly of small
‘ones, in parts, and in two distinct subsutural striae on apical

298

slope of each elytron. Flanks of prosternum with fairly large
and rather dense punctures. Fourth segment of abdomen more
than twice the length of fifth along middle, and the sides much
longer, with a shallow median depression, fifth incurved to
middle of apex, and with a fairly large median depression.
Legs stout ; front femora feebly dentate ; hind tibiae suddenly
and strongly dilated at apical third, the others rather strongly
but regularly dilated to apex; basal joint of four front tarsi
strongly inflated. Length, 64 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Somerset (C. French). Type (unique),.
T. 3513.

The hind tibiae are much as on farsalis, and in fact the
species appears to be intermediate between such species as
tarsalis and the preceding one. The legs are unusually stout,
from most directions the front femora appear to be edentate,
but from certain directions a subangulate swelling may be
seen to be topped by a minute tooth ; this will distinguish the
species from Cleptor inermis, to which structurally it is very
close. Most of the under-surface has a greenish gloss, and in
some lights the scutellum also. The general outlines are much
as in the preceding species, but the punctures are very dif-
erent ; on the prothorax they are slightly denser on the sides
than on the disc, but they are nowhere confluent; there is a
vague transverse depression behind each shoulder. The median
line on the head is fairly distinct only in front.

Three specimens in the Macleay Museum (from Port
Denison) are possibly females of this species; one is coloured
as the type, but the others are brassier ; they differ in having
the abdomen more convex, hind tibiae regularly dilated to
apex, and in the tarsi.

CoLASPOIDES PICTIPES, N. Sp.
Pl ivi, tiger 163

d. Black with a bronzy-green gloss, becoming brassy or
brassy-green on under-surface; legs red, middle of femora
brassy-green, tarsi blackish, antennae testaceous, six apical
joints blackish.

Head somewhat uneven between eyes, and with dense
punctures of moderate size there, becoming denser on clypeus,
and somewhat sparser towards base; median line rather dis-
tinct. Antennae with joints proportioned as in acervata.
Prothorax with comparatively small and sparse, but clearly
defined punctures. SHlytra with feeble rows of small punc-
tures, nowhere confluent, and of fairly large size only on an
irregular post-humeral depression, only one subsutural stria om
each elytron. Flanks of prosternum with rather large, evenly

299°

distributed punctures. Fourth segment of abdomen almost
twice the length of the fifth along middle, and much more at
sides, fifth with a curved transverse impression, somewhat
inflated in middle. Legs stout; front femora feebly dentate,
hind ones with a strong obtuse tooth ; hind tibiae strongly but
not suddenly dilated to apex; basal joint of four front tarsi
strongly dilated. Length, 7 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Bundaberg (A. M. Lea). Type
(unique), I. 3294.

The punctures are unusually small, many of the seriate ones
on the elytra could even be called minute; on the head and pro-
thorax they are much the size of those of parvidens, but on the
head they are much denser. The general appearance is sug-
gestive of Puraphanes mitidus of the Tenebrionidae. The tooth
on the front femora is so small that it could easily be over-
looked, but the one on the hind pair (but which is probably
confined to the male) is very ‘conspicuous.

Division 8.

CoLASPOIDES SIMILIS, 0. sp.
Pl. vii., fig. 90; pl. viii., fig. 163.

¢.: Brassy or bronzy, under-surface in parts diluted with
red; legs red, labrum, palpi, and antennae paler, but four or
five apical joints of the latter infuscated.

Head with crowded, rather coarse, and frequently con-
fluent punctures between eyes, becoming still more crowded
on clypeus, but sparser and seldom confluent towards base;
median line well defined. Antennae moderately long, third
and fourth joints subequal. Prothorax with rather dense but
somewhat unevenly distributed punctures of moderate size,
becoming larger, crowded, and sometimes confluent on sides,
Ynterspaces with minute punctures; sides gently undulated in
middle. H#lytra with dense punctures of moderate size, becom-
ing larger, more crowded, and more or less confluent behind
shoulders, but a few feebly confluent to near apex; only one
subsutural stria on each elytron. Flanks of prosternwm with
rather large and crowded punctures. Fourth segment of
abdomen along middle about once and one-half the length of
fifth, the latter transversely impressed in middle. Legs stout;
front and hind femora each with a small tooth ; tibiae strongly
dilated to apex ; basal joint of four front tarsi rather strongly
dilated. Length, 64-7 mm.
©. Differs in having abdomen evenly convex and simple,
fifth segment slightly longer than fourth, hind femora edentate,
tibiae less dilated, and in the tarsi.

300

Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane (Queensland Museum’s No.
321, A. J. Turner and R. Illidge). Type, I. 3514.

In general appearance close to acervata, but sides of pro-
thorax not the same (although quite evidently closely allied to
that species, it would, by both Chapuis’ and Lefevre’s tables
be widely separated from it), punctures on the head not quite
as dense and less conspicuously confluent, but on the clypeus
some of them are confluent, whereas on that species they are all
free. There is usually a rather conspicuous impunctate space
on the head near each eye, and on some specimens there are
remnants of an impunctate median line on prothorax; the
punctures on the middle of the elytra, although not in striae,
appear to be in almost regular, closely placed rows, but else-
where the lineate arrangement is less, or not at all, evident.
On perfect specimens each prothoracic angle is provided with
along hair. The hind tibiae of the male of this and of the
following species are triangularly notched near the lower
apex, with a conspicuous tooth behind the notch; on many
others of the genus there is a somewhat similar but less con-
spicuous notch.

CoLASPOIDES PARVIDENS, N. sp.

3d. Bronzy, with a vague greenish gloss; under-surface
and appendages more or less castaneous, parts of metasternum
with a golden-green gloss, five apical joints of antennae
infuscated.

Head with fairly dense and not very large punctures
between eyes, becoming more crowded on clypeus, and much
smaller and sparser elsewhere; median line well defined.
Antennae rather long, third and fourth joints subequal. Pro-
thorax with moderately undulated sides, with sparse and
rather small but sharply defined punctures, becoming larger
but not crowded on sides. Hlytra with semi-double rows of
small and rather distant punctures, of moderate size only om
a post-humeral depression, only one subsutural stria on each
elytron. Flanks of prosternwm with rather large but not
crowded punctures. Abdomen and legs much as on preceding
species. Length, 6? mm. |

Hab.—Queensland (Blackburn’s collection, from F. M.
Bailey). Type (unique), I. 3286.

In general appearance close to the preceding species, but
with much sparser and finer punctures on the whole of the
upper-surface, sides of prothorax more undulated, etc. In
general appearance it is strikingly close to some specimens of
Cleptor xcanthopus, but sides of prothorax more undulated and
front and hind femora dentate, etc.

301

CLEPTOR.

Although placed in the Hdusitae (whose elytra are given
as more or less evidently transversely rugose) the elytra of this
genus were described as “‘vix perspicue rugosa.” Blackburn
(ante, 1900, p. 167) has commented upon the extreme closeness
of the genus to Colaspoides, and has referred to it Colaspis
xanthopus. I have identified, with some doubt, Colaspis
australis, which also appears to belong to the genus. It is
doubtful if the genus can be maintained as distinct from
Colaspoides, but, nevertheless, I venture to here treat it as
distinct, and to split it up into several divisions, each with
definite structural features (but of doubtful importance).
Some of the divisions might very well be regarded as belonging
to Colaspoides, but at least it is probable that future workers
will be able to recognize them. Quite possibly also some of
them might be regarded as belonging to Hdusa (to which genus
several species with entirely glabrous upper-surface have been
referred). In all the species the second joint of the antennae
is always distinctly shorter than the third. They are nearly
all brightly metallic, greatly variable, and of small or medium
size. The tibiae are usually supplied with conspicuous ridges
or carinae; of these there are usually several on the sides and
two on the supper-surface, extending from the base, or near
same, to apex, gradually becoming more distant till at the
apex they are rather wide apart, and a notch appears in which
the base of the tarsus can rest ; the ridges, with the accompany-
ing channel, are usually more distinct on the middle pair or
on the two hind pairs than on the front ones. The sexes differ
in the apical segment of abdomen, in the tarsi, and usually in
the tibiae.

Div. 1.—Upper-surface glabrous. Eyes entire or almost
so. Prothorax with margins not dentate or subdentate about
middle, and at base scarcely, if at all, narrower than base of
elytra. Femora edentate; tibiae longitudinally canaliculate,
and not notched near outer apex ; claws appendiculate.

Div. 2.—With the specified characters of Div. 1, except
that the tibiae are not longitudinally canaliculate.

Div. 3.—With the specified characters of Div. 1, except
that the front femora are dentate; the tooth itself is some-
times small, but in such cases the femur itself is distinctly
angulate.

Div. 4.—With the specified characters of Div. 1, except
that the front femora are dentate, and that the tibiae are not
longitudinally canaliculate.

Div. 5.—With the specified characters of Div. 1, except
that the front femora are dentate, the tibiae not longitudinally
canaliculate, and that the eyes are notched.

302

Rufimanus and haroldi were not included in the following
table as their positions could not be definitely assigned without
knowing the males; they certainly, however, belong to ce:—

A. Front femora edentate.
a. Middle tibiae not longitudinally canali-
culate.

* Head and prothorax flavous, not metallic semiviridis
** Head and prothorax metallic.
b. Prothorax shagreened and with minute
punctures. :
ys be with fairly well-defined aa
ures. globulus
mileueae without such . tersus
bb. Prothorax scarcely or not at all
shagreened, and with distinct
punctures. ;
* Knees not at all infuscated . bigener
_ ** Knees conspicuously infuscated .° minutus
_ aa. Middle tibiae lone vaginalis: canaliculate.
c. Size minute ee 5 eva acelin 5 age aC
cc. Size larger.
d. Flanks of la Fare with Se
striae ; striatipectus
dd. Flanks with neither conspicuous ‘striae
nor punctures on apical half multicolor

ddd. Flanks with conspicuous punctures.
e. Under-surface of ‘hhind tibiae of male

c incurved near apex ..

ee. Under-surface of hind tibiae not so

incurved subhumeralis
AA. Front femora dentate.
B. Middle tibiae not canaliculate.
f. Punctures on head subequal to: those of
prothorax minor
ff. Punctures:on head larger. ‘than on ‘pro- eo.
thorax.
g. Eyes feebly notched coriaceus
- ‘gg: Eyes strongly notched goudier
BB. Middle tibiae canaliculate.
C. Prothorax reddish, not sees chloropterus
CC.. Prothorax metallic.
D. Sides of prothorax with crowded con-
spicuous’ punctures.
h. Punctures at sides of prothorax mick
smaller than the adjacent ones on
elytra pc ges gtwatk Toast Sey Rese aegaeILINGs DIGTAEES
hh. Punctures there scarcely smaller |
than the adjacent ‘ones on elytra apicistriatus
DD. Sides of prothorax with sparse and | .
usually very small punctures.
E. Few, if any, punctures Tae ar rls
confluent behind shoulders ... laevicollis.
EE. Many elytral punctures confluent a
behind shoulders. a
F. Punctures much denser on clypeus’ | mre
than on vertex sumplicipennis —

FF. Punctures eg on | clypeus and
vertex j ; ,

inermis (? )

électus

303

Division I.
CLEPTOR INERMIS, Lef.
(2) Colaspoides australis, Jac.
(?) Colaspoides xanthopus, Har.
Pl. viii., fig. 144.
The sexual characters of imermis, the typical species of
Cleptor, were not mentioned. There are in the Museum the

three specimens previously commented upon by Blackburn,
and bearing labels as follows : —

: “Queensland,” “99,” “Cleptor imermis, named by
Jacoby.”
2. “Austral Damel,” “106,” oer zanthopus, named
by Jacoby”’ ; “Xanthopus, Har.”
3. “Sidney,” (90) “Coll. Chapuis,’”’ “Weotaris fulgida,
Lefevre-Chapuis.”

Of these the first two are bronzy females, and agree per-
fectly in all structural details, but the second specimen has
the margins of the elytra bluish and of the prothorax greenish,
its legs are reddish, with the tarsi infuscated; on the first
specimen the prothorax and elytra are of uniform colour
throughout, and the legs are entirely red; those of the type
were described as “nigro-brunneis.” The third specimen is
certainly, I think, conspecific with the others, but is a male
and more brightly metallic (golden-red with greenish reflec-
tions, the margins as on the second specimen), with blackish
legs having a metallic blue gloss, but the tarsi infuscated only ;
the apical segment of its abdomen is irregularly depressed in
the middle, the hind tibiae (fig. 144) are curiously shaped at
the apex, and the basal joint of each of the four front tarsi
is distinctly inflated. Two other males (from Mackay) agree
well with the third specimen, but tend more to a purplish-
bronze, with margins violet (on one of them the prothoracic
margins are green), the legs (except the tarsi) are also dark.
Another male was labelled “Platymela (%) sapphira, Boisd.,’’(Y)
in Blackburn’s collection; it is of a vivid-green, with violet
margins and under-surface, and dark legs (tarsi and knees
paler). There are also numerous specimens in the Macleay
Museum, from Rockhampton and Dawson River, and varying
in colour from brassy to deep-purple. All the specimens have
the flanks of the prosternum with numerous sharply defined
punctures, and non-striate except close to the coxae ; the latter

(90) The locality is almost certainly wrong.
(91) It is not Chrysomela fulvilabris, Germ., of which C.

sapphira, Fab. (Boisd.), is supposed to be a synonym, as that
Species certainly belongs to the Chrysomelides.

304

character alone is sufficient to distinguish them from multicolor
and striatipectus.

The description of zanthopus is insufficient for its positive
identification, as the sexual features are not noted ; if varietal,
it has precedence of inermis, in which case the red-legged form
should be known as zanthopus and the dark-legged one as var.
inermis. The description of Colaspoides australis also agrees
fairly well with specimens of this species, but here again the
essential sexual features were not mentioned. In the short
diagnosis the legs were described as fulvous, but in the lengthier
description they were stated to be piceous or dark fulvous; if
australis should also prove to be synonymous it would appear
that Jacoby had specimens of both the typical form and of the
variety.

CLEPTOR RUFIMANUS, Lef.

In the original description of this species the legs (except
as to their colour) and abdomen were not even mentioned, and
as it evidently belongs to a section of the genus whose species
are most readily identified by the male tibiae, it seems inad-
visable to positively identify any species as rufimanus, without
comparison with the type, unless the same happens to be a
male, and its sexual features are noted; it is desirable also
that the sculpture of the flanks of its prosternum should be
noted.

There are, however, five females before me, of which two
(mounted together) from the Blackburn collection bear labels
as follows:—‘‘N. Austral.,’’ ‘“‘Cleptor rufimanus, by Jacoby,”’’
“rufimanus, Lef.’’; and these specimens have the prothoracic
punctures, apparently the most distinctive characters of the
species, as described. The others are from Mackay, Cairns,
and Somerset. I have seen no males that could be confidently
associated with them.

CLEPTOR HAROLDI, Blackb.

Of this species the legs (except as to their colour) and
abdomen were not even mentioned. The type is now in the
British Museum ; in the collection of the late Rev. T. Blackburn
it was represented by a label only. Possibly two females in
the Museum (from Cairns), one purplish-blue, the other brassy,
may belong to the species; but as the essential sexual features
were not mentioned it is quite impossible to identify the species
with certainty from the original description.

CLEPTOR MULTICOLOR, Nn. sp.
3. Of variable colours.
Head with fairly numerous but rather small punctures,
denser between eyes than elsewhere ; median line well defined
in front, but becoming feeble or absent about base. Prothorax

305

with rather strongly and evenly rounded sides, base much
wider than apex; with scattered punctures of moderate size.
Elytra with irregular rows of rather small and distant punc-
tures, becoming smaller and more distant posteriorly, and
larger and denser (but not very dense) just behind the
shoulders ; apical slope with subsutural stria only distinct, but
with feeble remnants of others. Flanks of prosternum without
punctures, and without striation on most or all of the surface.
Fifth segment of abdomen with a small distinct fovea. Femora
edentate ; tibiae conspicuously ridged, regularly increasing in
width to apex ; basal joint of four front tarsi distinctly inflated.
Length, 3}-6 mm.

Q. Differs in having the abdomen more convex, without
fovea, tibiae somewhat thinner, and in the tarsi.

Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection),
‘Cairns district (E. Allen, F. P. Dodd, A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 3293.

The comparatively sparse prothoracic punctures render
it certain that this species is not inermis, canthopus, australis,
rufimanus, or haroldz, the flanks of the prosternum with neither
conspicuous striae nor punctures also readily distinguish it
from those species, and the hind tibiae of the male are con-
spicuously different from those of the species that appear to
be inermis. It is an abundant species, very variable in colour
and size, but readily distinguished by the prosternum and
tibiae. The commonest form of the species has the elytra more
or less purplish, with the head, prothorax (the margins usually
excepted), and under-surface brassy-green or bluish, and the
labrum, front of clypeus, and the appendages more or less
reddish, but with part of the antennae infuscated. But the
elytra are frequently brassy at the sides, or entirely brassy,
or brassy-green, or steel-blue, or bronzy; the head and pro-
thorax nearly always have a greenish or brassy-green gloss,
except that the margins are usually violet or deep-blue; but
even when conspicuously green they frequently have a purplish
gloss in places. Sometimes only the apical joint of antennae
is infuscated, and sometimes only the five basal joints are
entirely pale; usually the tip of the abdomen is obscurely
diluted with red; the legs are occasionally deeply infuscated,
the tarsi less noticeably so than the other parts. On many
specimens the flanks of the prosternum are entirely non-
striated ; but on others striae are visible on the sides from
about the middle to the base ; they are usually rather distinct,
but vary through various degrees of intensity till they alto-
gether vanish ; punctures, however, appear to be always absent,
‘but on the episterna they are numerous, but the episterna
‘themselves, being separated by deep sutures from the flanks,

306 |

no confusion should arise from same. On the smallest speci-
mens the punctures on the pronotum are sparse and rather
small, on the largest ones they are distinctly larger and more
numerous, although by, no means dense; the punctures on the
head and elytra also differ somewhat in size, but there are
so many intermediate forms in the Museum that I cannot
believe these differences to be more than individual. The
elytra are not transversely depressed behind the shoulders,
but the punctures there are larger than elsewhere, although
even on the largest specimens they are not transversely con-
fluent. The elytral striation on this, as on most species of
the genus, is practically confined to a subsutural stria on the
apical slope of each elytron ; on the apical slope rows of small
punctures are fairly distinct, but the striae in which they are
set are so feeble that without the punctures they could be easily
overlooked.
CLEPTOR SUBHUMERALIS, 0. Sp.
Pl, ovai:., ig. 145;

3. SBrassy or bronzy; labrum and appendages more or
less reddish, but antennae infuscated about apex.

Head irregularly depressed between eyes, median line
distinct ; with numerous sharply defined, but not very large
punctures, absent from a small space near each antennae, and
denser on clypeus than elsewhere. Prothorax with sides
obliquely diminishing in width from base to near apex, but
with front angles rounded ; with dense punctures of moderate
size and frequently suboblong, rather sparser (but still fairly
dense) on middle than elsewhere, with very small punctures.
scattered about. Hlytra with numerous rather irregular (in
places semi-double) rows of punctures, of rather small size
towards suture and posteriorly, and larger (but not confluent)
behind shoulders (the shoulders themselves impunctate) than
elsewhere; apical slope of each elytron with a well defined
subsutural stria, and with feeble remnants of others. Flanks
of prosternum with rather dense and fairly large punctures.
Fifth segment of abdomen with a shallow median depression.
Femora edentate; tibiae conspicuously ridged, front ones
almost evenly dilated to apex; basal joint of four front tarsi
inflated. Length, 5-6 mm. :

Q. Differs in having the abdomen more strongly and
evenly convex, tibiae thinner, and in the tarsi.

/lab.—Queensland: Somerset (C. French). Type,
I. 3576.

One male has the prothorax with a conspicuous greenish
gloss, on another it is almost of a golden-red, but the colour
varies to a certain extent with the point of view. The margin
of each elytron (as seen from the side) appears to slope rapidly

307

downwards to about the basal fourth, then to be rather
strongly rounded, and then to be very gently arcuate to the
apex ; in consequence there appears to be a rather conspicuous
post-humeral swelling ; somewhat similar, but less pronounced,
swellings are to be seen on most species of the genus.

CLEPTOR STRIATIPECTUS, N. sp.

¢. Brassy-green or bluish-green; labrum and appen-
dages reddish, tip of antennae infuscated.

Head shallowly depressed between eyes, median line dis-
tinct ; with sharply defined punctures of moderate size, but not
quite evenly distributed. Flanks of prosternum conspicuously
but irregularly striated and impunctate. Fifth segment of
abdomen with a wide, shallow, irregular depression. /emora
edentate ; tibiae with conspicuous ridges, the hind pair strongly
dilated near apex; basal joint of four front tarsi strongly
inflated. Length, 43-5; mm.

Q. Differs in having the hind tibiae regularly increasing
in width to apex, and in the tarsi and abdomen.

Hab.—Queensland: Dalby (Mrs. F. H. Hobler), Bris-
dane (A. J. Turner). Type, I. 3577.

In general appearance close to the preceding species and
to those herein commented upon as inermis, rufimanus, and
haroldi, but readily distinguished by the flanks of the proster-
num; these are conspicuously impressed throughout with
oblique, longitudinal, or transverse striae, and are entirely
without punctures, although on the episterna the latter are
dense. There are seven specimens of the species before me,
and two of these have the sculpture of the pronotum and elytra
exactly as described in the preceding species, except that on
the apical slope of each elytron there is an additional distinct
stria adjacent to the subsutural one, and that the post-humeral
‘swellings are less conspicuous, these differences being common
to the seven ; but two of them have the prothoracic punctures
smaller and more rounded, and the elytral punctures smaller ;
on two others the prothoracic punctures are much as on that
species, but the elytral ones are distinctly larger and many
are transversely confluent ; the other (a female) has still larger
punctures, of which many are confluent, even on the apical
slope, where also the striae are more numerous and well defined.
One female has most of the body sok brassy, with the elytra
verging to brassy-purple.

CLEPTOR CAERULEUS, n. sp.
¢. Deep-blue, head with a greenish gloss, under-surface

nd legs black, but parts of the latter obscurely diluted with
red ; palpi and antennae partly reddish.

308

Head with fairly numerous and sharply defined but not
very large punctures, denser on clypeus than elsewhere. Pro-
thorax with rather strongly rounded sides, angles obtusely
armed ; with fairly dense and not very large punctures on disc,
becoming suboblong and rather crowded on sides. Hlytra with
numerous almost regular rows of rather small punctures, of
almost even size throughout, except that they are fairly large
behind the shoulders; striation rather strong on apical slope.
Flanks of prosternwm with numerous strong punctures, except
close to outer margin. Metasternum with dense and fairly
large punctures. Fifth segment of abdomen with a feeble
median depression. Femora edentate; tibiae with strong
ridges, almost evenly dilated to apex ; basal joint of four front
tarsi inflated. Length (d, 9), 2-22 mm.

Q. Differs in having somewhat thinner tibiae, and in
the abdomen and tarsi.

Hab.—Queensland: Kuranda (H. Hacker and H. J.
Carter, from G. E. Bryant). Type, I. 3578.

A small deep-blue species, not very close to any other
known one; the shoulders have a vague coppery gloss. The
male has a rather distinct median line on the head, but on
the female it is scarcely traceable. Partly owing to its punc-
tures, and partly to the impunctate spaces adjacent to the
antennae, the clypeus appears to be subtriangularly depressed.

Division 2.
CLEPTOR GLOBULUS, N. sp.

Brassy, in places with a slight greenish gloss; appendages:
reddish, tip of antennae infuscated.

Head with crowded punctures of moderate size; median
line shallow. Prothorax with sides feebly rounded but rather
strongly diminishing in width from base to, apex ; shagreened
and minutely punctate. Hlytra almost as wide as long; with
dense punctures of moderate size, smaller towards suture and
larger behind shoulders than elsewhere. Abdomen convex ;
fifth segment with dense and fairly large punctures. Length,.
2? mm.

Hab.-—Western Australia: Kalgoorlie (F. H. du Boulay).
Type (unique), I. 3419.

A small, compact species, at first glance suggestive of
Ditropidus, but with the pygidium concealed. The type
appears to be a female, as the fifth segment of its abdomen
is without a depression, and the basal joint of no tarsus is
distinctly inflated. The shagreening of the prothorax causes
the same to appear less polished than the scutellum and elytra.
The elytral punctures are mostly in rows, some of which are

309

geminate ; on the apical slope the striation is distinct towards
the suture, and the punctures are quite as large as on the
sides (except close to the shoulders) and larger than towards
the suture. The flanks of the prosternum in places have dis-
tinct punctures, and in others striae, but elsewhere are quite
smooth. The tibiae are not longitudinally ridged and canali-
culate, but each of the four hind ones has a feeble apical notch
in which it is possible for the base of the tarsus to rest ; also
near the outer apex each is feebly incurved, but not conspicu-
ously notched as in éhyparida.

CLEPTOR BIGENER, N. Sp.

Of a vivid-green ; labrum and appendages reddish, tip of
antennae infuscated. |

Head with crowded punctures of moderate size ; a shallow
depression between eyes, median line feeble but traceable to
base. Prothorax with sides obliquely decreasing in width
from base to near apex ; with dense small punctures, becoming
crowded and suboblong on sides, the interspaces with minute
punctures. Scwtellum with dense, small punctures. Elytra
suboblong ; with fairly dense punctures of moderate size, rather
smaller towards suture, and larger behind shoulders than else-
where ; apical slope with distinct striae only near suture and
sides. Flanks of prosternwm with numerous distinct but not
very large punctures. Fifth segment of abdomen shallowly
depressed in middle, and with numerous punctures. Vemora
edentate; tibiae regularly increasing in width to apex, and
not longitudinally canaliculate; basal joint of front tarsi
rather lightly dilated. Length, 3 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Whitton (A. M. Lea). Type
(unique), I. 3579.

Although the non-canaliculation of the tibiae associates
this with the preceding species, it has but little in common
with it. In fact, it, pallidiventris, and electus appear in some
respects (strikingly so in colours) to be close to Hdusa poda-
grosa, flavipes, metallica, and chlorophana, nor am I at all
certain but that they should be generically associated with
those specfes. The prothorax appears to be feebly shagreened,
but this is almost solely due to the minute punctures scattered
amongst the larger (but still small) ones. The depression on
the apical segment of the abdomen is so slight, and the front
tarsi are so feebly dilated, that I am doubtful as to the sex
of the type.

CLEPTOR SEMIVIRIDIS, Nn. sp.
Pl. vili., fig. 146.

¢. Flavous; scutellum, elytra, and metasternum

metallic-green, abdomen almost black, its tip diluted with red.

310

Head with crowded asperate punctures of moderate size,
‘becoming smaller towards base and very small on front of
‘clypeus; with several very feeble depressions. Eyes rather
large. Prothorax about thrice as wide as long; with rather
dense subasperate punctures of moderate size, becoming larger
and crowded on sides, the interspaces with minute punctures.
Scutellum with small, dense punctures. Hlytra not much
wider than prothorax; with rather dense and fairly large
punctures, larger behind shoulders than elsewhere, about
middle in subgeminate rows, and towards suture on apical
slope confined to distinct striae. Flanks of prosternum lightly
striated, and with scattered distinct punctures. Fifth segment
of abdomen depressed in middle. Femora edentate ; tibiae not
longitudinally canaliculate, the hind ones rather suddenly
dilated about apex. Length, 34 mm.

- #ab.—Queensland: Gayndah (A. M. Lea). Type
(unique), I. 3618.

I had this species associated with Lucolaspis tricolor, ready
to be described, before noticing that it was congeneric with
Cleptor chloropterus; the three species, in fact, are very
similar in appearance; but the present differs from the latter
species in its much larger eyes, larger and denser punctures,
unarmed front femora, and very different tibiae ; from tricolor
it differs in its much larger eyes, head with much denser punc-
tures, and in the tibiae. The four hind tibiae are feebly
incurved near the outer apex, but not distinctly notched as in
Rhyparida, nor are the elytral punctures, a few of which are
transversely confluent, as on any species of that genus.

CLEPTOR MINUTUS, N. sp.

d. Metallic-green, in places with a slight coppery
gloss ; under-surface almost entirely coppery, labrum blackish,
appendages reddish, in parts infuscated.

Head with fairly dense, sharply defined punctures of
moderate size; clypeus very short, lateral sutures feeble, the
hind one obsolete ; labrum very short. Antennae comparatively
short, second joint almost as long as first, and distinctly longer
than third, five apical joints rather wide. Prothorax scarcely
twice as wide as the median length, sides rather strongly
rounded, with dense punctures of moderate size, smaller in
middle than elsewhere. Hlytra not much wider than pro-
thorax ; with fairly dense subasperate punctures of moderate
size, larger behind shoulders than elsewhere, and many trans-
versely confluent there, in places in feeble subgeminate rows,
interspaces with minute punctures; apical slope with distinct
striae only towards suture and sides. Flanks of prosternum
with numerous distinct punctures. Fifth segment of abdomen

311

with a small but distinct apical fovea. Femora stout, eden-
tate ; tibiae not longitudinally canaliculate ; basal joint of four
front tarsi inflated. Length, 24-2} mm.

Q. Differs in having the upper-surface entirely brassy,.
abdomen more convex and non-foveate, and in the tarsi.

Hab.—Western Australia: King George Sound (British
Museum, from C. Darwin, and Macleay Museum), Karridale,
Swan River (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3648.

A minute insect, in general appearance very close to
Rhinobolus nitidus, but differing very considerably in the
clypeus and labrum; these were regarded by Blackburn as
the most characteristic features of the genus; both sexes also
are very similar to those of Hdusoides pulcher, but the tibiae.
are without the conspicuous apical process of that species,
and the elytra are entirely glabrous; on the whole it appears
better to refer the species to Cleptor rather than to any other,
as I am averse to proposing a new one for its reception ; the
comparatively long second joint of antennae is aberrant. In
the table, although associated with digener, it is really not
very close to that species. The dark parts of the appendages are
the apical joint of each palpus, parts of the basal and of the
six (or less) apical joints of antennae, the claw joints, and
the knees ; but the knees also have a metallic green gloss. The
male in the Macleay Museum has the scutellum conspicuously
brassy, but on the type it is green. The type female has the
abdomen malformed, as the fourth segment, although normal
on the right side, is suddenly pinched out before it reaches
the left side, its place there being taken by an enlarged portion
of the third segment.

CLEPTOR TERSUS, N. sp.

3. Bright metallic-green; labrum and _ appendages
flavous. _

Head flat between eyes; shagreened and with dense and
rather small asperate punctures; clypeus elongate, shagreened
and impunctate; labrum very short. Prothorar about twice
as wide as median length, sides lightly rounded; shagreened
and densely and minutely punctate. SHlytra very little wider
than prothorax, with fairly dense punctures of moderate size,
larger behind shoulders than elsewhere, the interspaces with
rather dense minute ones; apical slope lightly striate. Flanks
of prosternum finely striate, and with some scattered punc-.
tures. Femora edentate; tibiae not longitudinally canalicu-
late, basal joint of four front tarsi rather lightly inflated.
Length, 24 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia. Type (unique), in Macleay:
Museum. |

» B12

Allied to globulus, but (apart from the—possibly sexua]—
differences in colour) distinctly narrower, elytra with larger
punctures, many of which are transversely confluent behind
the shoulders; the four hind tibiae are feebly incurved near
the outer apex, as on that species. On the type not even the
tip of the antennae is dark. The fifth segment of the abdomen
from most directions appears to be flattened in middle, but
from others a vague median depression may be seen. The tip
of the apical joint of each palpus is narrower than the middle
of the same, but is truncated.

Division 3.

CLEPTOR LAEVICOLLIS, N. sp.
PI. vii, fig. 91; pl. va., figs..14/7 and 148.

dg. Of variable colours.

Head with fairly dense punctures of moderate or rather
small size and well defined, a few confluent; median line
usually well defined. Prothorax with sides rather rapidly
obliquely decreasing in width from base to apex, all angles
produced and acute; with sparse and small punctures. Llytra
with more or less irregular rows of moderately large punctures,
becoming smaller posteriorly, and larger behind shoulders than
elsewhere ; striation on apical slope distinct near suture and
sides. Flanks of prosternum lightly striated in places, but
elsewhere quite smooth. Fifth segment of abdomen lightly
transversely impressed, and with a small median fovea. Femora
stout, the front pair lightly dentate; tibiae rather strongly
dilated to apex and with conspicuous ridges, the front pair
notched at outer apex; basal joint of four front tarsi rather
strongly inflated. Length, 4-5 mm. |

Q. Differs in having the abdomen more convex, non-
foveate, tibiae less stout, and in the tarsi.

Hob.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection and
E. W. Ferguson), Coen and Stewart Rivers (W. D. Dodd),
Cooktown (H. J. Carter). Type, I. 3298.

In some respects agrees fairly well with Colaspoides sim-
plicipenmis, but with the front femora dentate, the tooth,
although small and invisible from certain directions, is fairly
distinct from others, as it crowns a subangulate inflation. In
general appearance close to multicolor, and like that species
extremely variable, but readily distinguished by the dentate
front femora, and different prothoracic punctures; these are
usually very small, and could be easily overlooked ; on some
specimens, however, they are fairly distinct, although not of
even moderate size. The elytral punctures are also variable
in size and density, so that on some specimens they could be

313

regarded as rather small, even behind the shoulders, whereas
on others they are rather coarse there, but on none do they
appear to be distinctly confluent. The most abundant form
is of a more or less brassy-green or brassy-blue, but specimens
vary from a vivid-green to deep-purple, or even black, with
but a slight bluish gloss; the brightly-green specimens as a
rule are males, and the purple ones females, but the brassy,
brassy-purple, and blue ones may belong to either sex. The
appendages are reddish, sometimes almost flavous, but with
antennae partly infuscated, the infuscation varying from only
the tip of the eleventh joint to the whole of the five apical
ones; the legs are occasionally deeply infuscated.

Some specimens from Cairns (Macleay Museum), Mackay
(R. E. Turner), and the Endeavour River (C. French) appear
to belong to this species, but have the prothoracic punctures
rather more conspicuous, although small; they vary in colour
in similar ways and the sexual differences are the same, so I
presume they represent but a variety.

CLEPTOR CHLOROPTERUS, Ni. Sp.

d. Flavous-red; elytra brassy-green.

Head with rather numerous well defined but rather small
punctures, more distinct between eyes than elsewhere ; median
line feeble in front, and disappearing before base. Prothorax
with strongly rounded sides; with a few scattered and rather
small punctures. H/ytra with fairly large and irregular punc-
tures on basal third, becoming lineate in arrangement and
smaller posteriorly ; with a deep subsutural stria on apical slope
of each elytron. and with remnants of others. Flanks of
prosternum without punctures or striae. Fifth segment of
abdomen depressed across middle, and with a feeble central
fovea. Femora stout, front pair angulate and dentate ; tibiae
with distinct ridges, dilated to and notched at apex; basal
joint of four front tarsi distinctly dilated. Length, 3 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type
(unique), I. 3580.

The reddish head and prothorax readily distinguish
from other species of the genus; the absence of notches from
near the outer apex of the four hind tibiae is evidence that the
species should not be referred to Rhyparida. The prothoracic
punctures, although not large, are sharply defined.

CLEPTOR APICISTRIATUS, N. sp.
Black, with a slight bronzy gloss; labrum, palpi (tips
excepted), five basal joints of antennae, and base of each of
the others, more or less reddish, legs deeply infuscated.

314

Head shallowly depressed between eyes, median line
absent ; punctures of rather small size, but sharply defined and
somewhat unevenly distributed. Eyes comparatively large.
Prothoraxz with strongly rounded sides; punctures on disc
small and rather sparse, but becoming coarse and crowded on
sides. lytra with irregular punctures; apical slope strongly
and almost regularly striated. Flanks of prosternum with
distinct punctures, episterna striated. Femora moderately
stout, front pair lightly dentate; tibiae rather lightly dilated
to apex, with distinct ridges, less conspicuous on the front pair
than on the others. Length, 44 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Gayndah (A. M. Lea). Type
(unique), I. 3581.

The tarsi of the type appear to be feminine, as the basal
joint is alike in all, but the abdomen is so irregularly con-
tracted (perhaps from immaturity) that its sculpture cannot
be given. The differences in size and density between the
punctures on the sides and on the disc of the prothorax are
much more pronounced than is usual in the subfamily. On
the elytra, behind the shoulders, the punctures are rather
dense and coarse, and exhibit a tendency to become confluent,
on the apical slope they are confined to the striae, elsewhere
they are small, or at most of moderate size, and are in more
or less irregular (usually subgeminate) rows.

CLEPTOR PALLIDIVENTRIS, N. sp.

3. Metallic-green; labrum and appendages more or
_less reddish, tips of five apical joints of antennae infuscated.

Head with fairly dense, sharply defined punctures of
moderate size. Prothorax with sides strongly rounded, and all
angles armed; with very dense punctures of moderate size,
rather less crowded on disc than elsewhere. lytra with fairly
dense punctures of moderate size, becoming larger behind
shoulders and smaller towards suture than elsewhere, mostly
more or less seriate (or geminate) in arrangement; striation
of apical slope rather conspicuous. Prosternum densely punc-
tate throughout. Fifth segment of abdomen with a
conspicuous median depression. Front femora distinctly
dentate ; tibiae with conspicuous ridges, rather strongly but
evenly dilated to apex ; basal joint of four front tarsi strongly
dilated. Length, 34 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane (A. J. Turner). Type,
I. 3582. |

Two females that appear to belong to the species differ
from the type in being larger (4 mm.), of an almost purplish-
bronze, but appearing black in parts, and with the margins
bluish or greenish; they have a well defined median line on

315

the head, especially towards the base, but on the type the
head is without such; they differ also in the usual sexual
features of the abdomen and legs. The front of the prosternum
on all three specimens is metallic-green, but the colour regu-
larly alters till the tip of the abdomen is scarcely darker than
the legs, and is entirely without metallic gloss. The femoral
tooth is not large, but is very conspicuous from certain direc--
tions.
CLEPTOR ELECTUS, n. sp.
Pl. vii., fig. 92.

3. Bright brassy-green;. abdomen. brassy, labrum and
appendages reddish-flavous, but apical joint of antennae
almost entirely infuscated.

Head with rather dense, sharply defined punctures of
moderate size, becoming confluent near eyes, and absent from
a small space near each antenna; median line rather distinct.
Prothorax with sides oblique on basal half and then rounded
to apex; with not very dense punctures of small or moderate
size. Hlytra with fairly large punctures, becoming lineate in
arrangement and somewhat smaller towards suture, and larger
behind shoulders, whence, almost to middle of apical slope,
many are transversely confluent ; apical slope with well defined
and regular striae, except in middle. Flanks of prosternum
with moderately distinct, but not dense, punctures and striae.
Fifth segment of abdomen shallowly depressed in middle.
Femora stout, front pair lightly dentate; tibiae with fairly
strong ridges, hind pair less dilated at apex than the others ;
basal joint of four front tarsi strongly pad Length,
3% mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd). Type
(unique), I. 3583. |

A very beautiful species. The prothoracic punctures,
although not very large, are sharply defined, and are no denser
(if as dense) on the sides than on the disc.

CLEPTOR SIMPLICIPENNIS, Jac. (formerly Colaspis).

A female of this species, sent for examination by Mr.
. Arrow (it is probably a co-type, as it is labelled “Somerset,
D’Albertis’”), in general appearance is very close to electws,
but it differs from the type of that species in being somewhat
larger, head with much smaller and sparser punctures, pro-
thorax with sparser punctures, and elytra with distinctly
sparser and smaller ones, fewer of the larger ones of which
are transversely confluent. Its eyes are feebly notched
(almost as feebly as in electws), and I consider it congeneric
with that species. Jacoby described the femora as unarmed,,

316

but the front ones are each armed with a small tooth, although
this is invisible from most directions.

Division 4.
CLEPTOR PARADOXUS, Blackb. (formerly Tomyris).
Tomyris minor, Blackb.

Pl. viii., figs. 149 and 150.
Specimens of paradoxus and minor, from the collection of
_ the late Rev. T. Blackburn, are in the Museum. They bear
his respective numbers, 1262 and 1263, and were both from
Port Lincoln. They appear to belong to but one species, the -
former the female, the latter the male. In the table he gave
of Tomyris they were separated by the head being coppery in
paradoxus and bright-green in minor; but such differences in
the subfamily are common in the sexes, or even individuals, of
the majority of metallic species.

They were referred with doubt to Tomyris; the tibiae of
paradoxus being described as “‘intermediis leviter, posticis vix
perspicue, emarginatis,’’ and ‘‘Its tibiae—although their ex-
ternal emargination is very feeble—are those of Tomyris.”
Of minor he wrote, ‘‘The external emargination of the inter-
mediate and hind tarsi (%) is a little stronger.’’ But I cannot
consider them at all notched in the way that those of Tomyris
and Khyparida are. The outer apex of each of the four hind
tibiae is slightly dilated, and in consequence the space before
it is slightly curved, but the curved portion is not bounded
behind by a raised space (frequently dentiform), but runs on
to the general line of the tibia, as in the majority of genera;
moreover, the sloping apex has a tarsal groove. The complete
absence of clothing from the upper-surface, although in itself
not perhaps warranting generic separation, would be aberrant
in Tomyris. I consider the species to be certainly congeneric
with Cleptor inermis.

CLEPTOR CORIACEUS, N. Sp.

3. Coppery-green and finely shagreened ; apical half of
abdomen brassy, labrum and appendages flavous, tip of
antennae infuscated.

Head with small and not very dense but fairly distinct
punctures, median line feeble; clypeus rather longer than
usual, and conspicuously notched in front. Prothorax with
sides conspicuously oblique from base almost to apex; with
minute punctures. Hlytra with feeble rows of small and
distant punctures, not very large even behind the shoulders ;
apical slope without distinct striae. Flanks of prosternwm

(92) Certainly in error for tibiae.

317

without punctures, and with but feeble remnants of striation.
Fifth segment of abdomen with a rather large median fovea.
Front femora feebly dentate ; tibiae not longitudinally canali-
culate, the front pair inflated towards apex and subtriangularly
notched at outer apex, the others less dilated to apex; basal
joint of front tarsi strongly inflated and elongate, of the
middle pair less strongly but still conspicuously inflated.
‘Length, 34 mm.

Q. Differs in being of a golden colour, with slight
greenish reflections in places, in the abdomen more strongly
and evenly convex, somewhat thinner tibiae, and in the tarsi.

Hab.—Northern Territory: Darwin (H. H. D. Griffith).
Type, I. 3584.

The angulation of the front femora is very distinct, but
the tooth crowning the same is very feeble. There is a curious
black line on the under-surface of the middle tibiae of the
male, but owing to its position it is entirely concealed from
most directions. The basal joint of the front tarsi of the
male is unusually large; on the female also the basal joint of
the four front ones is distinctly larger than is usual on females.
The basal segment of the abdomen of the male has some rather
conspicuous punctures on each side of the middle, the middle
itself being impunctate and slightly produced at the apex; it
has also some long hairs.

Division 4.
- CLEPTOR GOUDIEI, n. sp.

@. Coppery-green and finely shagreened; abdomen
golden-red, labrum and appendages flavous, tip of antennae
infuscated.

Head with fairly dense punctures of moderate size, median
line fairly distinct; clypeus distinctly longer than usual,
separated from face by a shallow depression, finely strigose,
and without distinct punctures, strongly notched in front.
Eyes distinctly notched near antennae. Prothorax more than
thrice as wide as the median length, sides strongly diminishing
in width from base to apex, but rather feebly rounded ; with
minute punctures. L/ytra not much longer than wide, with
numerous small punctures mostly in very feeble series, but
becoming larger (although not very large) behind the shoulders
and on part of the apical slope, the latter with remnants of
striation. Flanks of prosternwm with dense and irregular
striae, and some scattered punctures. Front femora lightly
dentate. Length, 44-43 mm.

Hab.—Victoria: Sea Lake (J. C. Goudie) . Type, I. 3585.

An unusually wide species, with all the body parts
shagreened ; it is one of the most beautiful of the subfamily,

318

hence I have described it, despite the fact that there are but
two females under examination. Except for its much greater
width, it is much like the male of the preceding species, which
is also shagreened and with an elongate clypeus, but the eyes:
are more conspicuously notched, the punctures on the head are
considerably larger, and are not continued on to the clypeus.
From certain directions each shoulder appears like a large,
obtuse, impunctate tubercle. »

EUCOLASPIS, n. g.

Hyes lateral, prominent, almost entire, facets of moderate

size. Clypeus widely transverse, not distinctly separated from
head. Labrum very short. Antennae rather long and thin.
Prothorax widely transverse, sides evenly rounded in middle.
Scutellum small. EHlytra decidedly wider than prothorax.
Prosternum with medisternum rather narrow; episterna very
short, front margin of each oblique. Metasternum about as:
long as following segment. Legs of moderate length and not
very stout; femora edentate, or very feebly dentate; tibiae
feebly dilated to apex, not longitudinally canaliculate, and
not notched near outer apex; claws each with a large basal
appendix.
The genus is close to Cleptor, but differs in the elytra
being considerably wider than the prothorax, and in the much
narrower medisternum (only about half the width of that of
species of Cleptor). From Rhyparida it is at once distin-
guished by the tibiae.. On the female of tricolor the tibiae are
gently and quite evenly dilated to the apex, with the apex |
itself not suddenly inflated ; on the male the four hind ones
are each produced at the outer apex, but there is not a distinct
notch before same. On the female of tranquilla (the only sex
at present known) they are as on the female of tricolor; its
front femora at first appear to be edentate, but from one
direction a vague tooth certainly appears to be present on
each, but it 1s very feeble; at its position there is a feeble
groove, and the tooth seems to mark one side of the groove
and not to be elevated above the general surface. The evenly
rounded outline of each eye is slightly interrupted by becom-
ing straight close to the antenna, but the eye could scarcely
be regarded as notched. Both species are glabrous on the
upper-surface and almost so on the under-surface. The genus,
according to Chapuis’ and Lefevre’s tables, would belong to the
Iphimeitae. Typical species, trecolor.

EUCOLASPIS TRICOLOR, n. sp.
d. Flavous; scutellum and elytra metallic green,
abdomen black or deeply infuscated.

319°

Head with moderately dense but not crowded punctures,
sharply defined but not very large, and denser and smaller on
clypeus than elsewhere. Antennae passing middle of abdomen,
second joint stout and considerably shorter than third, third
to sixth very thin, the following ones somewhat stouter. Pro-
thorax about twice as wide as the median length, sides strongly
and evenly rounded; with fairly dense and moderately large
punctures, becoming rather crowded on sides. Llytra sub-
oblong-ovate, about one-fourth wider than prothorax and
about four times as long; with dense punctures of moderate.
size, slightly larger behind shoulders and slightly smaller on
apical slope than elsewhere. Flanks of prosternum polished
and almost impunctate. Fifth segment of abdomen shallowly
depressed in middle. Tvbzae rather thin, feebly increasing in
width from base to apex; basal joint of four front tarsi rather
long, but not very wide, although decidedly larger than those
of the hind pair. Length, 23-34 mm.

Q. Differs in having the elytra brassy or brassy-red, but
with the margins greenish, the abdomen no darker than the
rest of the under-surface, the eyes slightly smaller, antennae
shorter, abdomen more evenly convex, and basal joint of all
the tarsi of even size and less parallel-sided.

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (H. J. Carter
and A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3616.

A beautiful little insect. The antennae are sometimes
feebly infuscated at the apex. On some specimens there is a
vague transverse impression between the eyes, and on the
others there is a feeble longitudinal one, but both are some-
times absent.. The elytral punctures, except on parts of the
apical slope, are not placed in striae, although on some other
parts a lineate arrangement may be vaguely traced; behind
the shoulders ‘%) many of them are transversely confluent, the
Space so occupied varies from a small one quite close to the
shoulder to fully half or more of each elytron, but on some
specimens they are all free; there are thus within the limits
of a well-marked species characters regarded by Chapuis and
Lefevre as of super-generic importance. The front femora
from some directions appear to be feebly angulate on the
lower-surface, but they are certainly not dentate. Two pairs
were taken in cop. and are still fastened together; of these,
one female (belonging to Mr. Carter) has the elytra almost as
conspicuously green as on the males, but four other females
have them coloured as described.

(93) The shoulders themselves are polished and impunctate.

320

EUCOLASPIS TRANQUILLA, 0. sp.

Q. Reddish-piceous with a slight metallic gloss; head,
prothorax, scutellum, and parts of legs paler, basal half of
antennae (the apical half infuscated) and palpi still paler.

Head with rather small and not very dense but clearly
defined punctures, becoming still smaller on clypeus; a vague
depression between eyes. Antennae extending to about middle
of abdomen, second joint stouter and much shorter than third.
Prothorax about thrice as wide as the median length, with
irregularly distributed (but nowhere very dense) punctures of
moderate size. Hlytra about one-third wider than prothorax,

shoulders rounded, sides parallel to apical third ; punctures of

moderate size about base, becoming much smaller posteriorly.
-Flanks of prosternum highly polished, but at base feebly
wrinkled. Front femora subangulate or very feebly dentate ;
tibiae gently and regularly increasing in width to apex.
Length, 4 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Ben Lomond, 4,500 feet (A. J.
Turner). Type (unique), I. 3617.

A soberly-coloured species, the shades of colour not
sharply contrasted although distinct ; the slight metallic gloss
is of a bluish tone, and is more noticeable on the elytra than
elsewhere. In general appearance it is not at. all close to the
preceding species, but in all generic characters it conforms
to same; at first it would appear to belong to Rhyparida, but
it seems undesirable to refer to that genus any species whose
four hind tibiae are not notched. The type is a female, but
as the sexual characters of the genus are rather slight it has
been described. The elytral punctures are larger and more
crowded behind the shoulders than elsewhere, about the middle
they are in irregularly geminate series, on the apical slope
they are very small and in single rows; striation is distinct
only near the suture on the apical slope.

DERMORHYTIS.

The type of this genus is the Cinghalese D. igneofasciata
of Baly ; Baly later on referred to the genus D. apicalis, from
Borneo, which in 1885 was listed by Lefevre as an Abzrus.
But Jacoby, in 1884, had described as a Dermorrhytis, D.
femoralis, from Queensland, stating that it was closely allied
to D. aycalis, and Lefevre listed it asa Dermorhytis. There is,
therefore, considerable doubt as to whether the species is a
Dermorhytis or an Abirus, whilst its description reads much
as if founded upon a species of Geloptera, similar to such
species as scitula or angulicollis. Of femoralis the legs and
abdomen (except as to the colour of the former) were not even

eens

321

mentioned, so that there is nothing to indicate the sex of the
type ; if really a Geloptera it probably has well-defined charac-
ters in the abdomen and legs.

PRYPNOCOLASPIS, N. g.

Hyes lateral, subreniform, moderately faceted. Clypeus
subtriangular, lateral sutures distinct. Labrum very short.
Antennae not very long, second joint short. Palpi short.
Prothorax transverse, base bisinuate, sides widely margined
and conspicuously diiated to base, apical angles produced for-
wards. Scutellwm semicircular. “//ytra not narrower than
base of prothorax. /rosternwm with medisternum rather wide
at base and apex, but encroached upon by coxae, front edge
conspicuously elevated and separated from episterna by a notch
on each side ; episternum on each side with front margin gently
rounded. Metasternum elongate. Legs moderately long;
front femora dentate; tibiae not longitudinally canaliculate,
and not notched near outer apex ; claws appendiculate.

The type of latibasis was standing with the Lumolpdes
in the Blackburn collection; nor can I see that it can be
referred to any other subfamily. The conspicuously appen-
diculate terminal joint of antennae, pronotum with a wide
transverse impression near base, the shape of the prosternum,
abdomen entirely concealed from above, tarsi with third joint
bilobed to base, and the appendiculate claws exclude it, by
various combinations, from all other subfamilies than the
Eumolydes. Certainly in that subfamily the genus does not
appear to have any close Australian ally, but I can find no
character to exclude it. From some directions the claws
appear to be simple, but they really have a fairly large basal
appendix. On J/atibasis the sides of the prothorax are con-
spicuously and evenly dilated from apex to base, the base
itself being slightly wider than the elytra. On submetallica
the sides are dilated from apex to near base, but are then
rounded off, so that the base is the exact width of the base
of elytra (these also having each shoulder rounded off). They
are both entirely glabrous’ on the upper-surface. Typical
species, latibasis.

PRYPNOCOLASPIS LATIBASIS, Nn. sp.
P}, yii., figs. 98 and 100; pl. viii., fig. 170.
Of a rather dingy-flavous; under-surface lightly infus-
cated, five apical joints of antennae (wholly or in parts), tips

of palpi, and parts of tarsi, more or less blackish.
L

322

Head with a subcircular impression in middle, with a
narrow impression from same to base; with irregularly distri-
buted and rather small punctures; clypeus with narrow,
oblique sutures, almost meeting posteriorly at the median im-
pression. Antennae not very thin, scarcely extending to hind
coxae, second joint about half the length of third ; third, fifth,
and seventh each a trifle longer than the fourth, sixth, and
eighth. Prothorax widely transverse, sides oblique, and
strongly increasing in width from apex to base, margins narrow
in front, rapidly becoming wider to base; with minute, scat-
tered punctures, and some larger ones, but still small, towards
sides. Llytra almost parallel-sided to near apex, base slightly
narrower than base of prothorax; with irregular double or
semi-double rows of not very large punctures, becoming con-
densed into single rows posteriorly ; interstices between same
more or less distinctly elevated, and themselves with small
punctures. Fifth segment of abdomen slightly upcurved in
middle. Front femora strongly dentate. Length, 8 mm.

Hab.—North-western Australia: Murchison (Blackburn’s
collection). Type, I. 3413. |

The prothorax is remarkable. The basal joint of the
middle tarsi is slightly larger than on the front pair, and
slightly smaller than on the hind pair, a reversal of the usual
proportions. Two of the interstices on each elytron, in addi-
tion to being slightly elevated above their fellows, are also
each supphed with a narrow median ridge, quite distinct from
some directions. The flanks of the prosternum are highly
polished, but from some directions light striae become visible.
The type is probably .a female.

PRYPNOCOLASPIS SUBMETALLICA, Nn. Sp.

Black with a slight metallic gloss, bluish on head and
prothorax, brassy on elytra, and greenish on parts of under-
surface ; front angles of prothorax, front of clypeus, labrum,
four basal joints of antennae, and base of each of the three
next, palpi (tips excepted), and legs (knees, tarsi, and tips of
tibiae excepted) more or less reddish.

Ilead with a rather wide, shallow, median impression,
feebly connected with the base; with irregularly distributed
punctures of moderate size or small, and slightly denser on
clypeus (whose lateral sutures are oblique) than elsewhere.
Antennae extending to hind coxae, second joint about half
the length of third, the latter equal to fourth, fifth to eighth
and the eleventh subequal in length and a trifle longer than
the ninth and tenth. Prothorax at base (which is lightly
bisinuate) about thrice as wide as the median length, sides

a ai a

323

moderately rounded and much wider at base than at apex,
margins rather wide; with numerous small punctures on disc,
becoming somewhat larger on sides, and asperate on margins.
Elytra slightly wider than base of prothorax, almost parallel-
sided to near apex; punctures and interstices irregular.
Under-surface feebly shagreened. Flanks of prosternum finely
wrinkled. Abdomen lightly upcurved at middle of apex.
Front femora acutely dentate. Length, 73-8 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Cue (H. W. Brown). Type,
I. 3409.

The prothorax has the sides more rounded and less
conspicuously dilated to base than on the preceding species,
and the front angles are more acutely produced ; and the front
edge of the medisternum is less conspicuously elevated and but
feebly undulated, instead of distinctly notched, where it joins ©
each episternum. The elytra appear to be very minutely
wrinkled all over, their punctures are of moderate size (slightly
larger than on the preceding species), and in places are in
feeble semi-double rows, becoming single posteriorly, but they
are mostly dense and irregular, from behind the shoulders
along the middle to about the apical third they are frequently
transversely or irregularly confluent; some of the interstices
are feebly traceable to base, and they are more distinct on the
apical slope than elsewhere. The basal joint of each tarsus
is moderately large, but as they are alike on all six the two
specimens in the Museum would appear to be females; one
of them has the fourth segment of abdomen depressed in
middle, but this appears to be due to irregular contraction.

TRYPOCOLASPIS, n. g.

Lyes large, rather coarsely faceted, lightly notched behind
antennae. Clypeus widely transverse, not separated from
head by a distinct suture. Labrum short, feebly notched in
front. Antennae long. Prothorax strongly transverse, base,
apex, and sides narrowly margined, sides evenly rounded in
middle. Secutellum small. EHlytra not much longer than wide,
closely applied to and very little wider than prothorax, each
(across middle) with about- twenty rows of fairly large punc-
tures of almost even size throughout, and nowhere transversely
confluent. Prosternwm with medisternum wide, front por-
tions very narrow in front, of coxae; episternum on each side
with front margin wide, oblique, and almost straight, lateral
suture deep. Metasternum short. Abdomen with basal
segment (along middle) at least as long as two following
combined. Legs short ; femora edentate ; tibiae longitudinally
eanaliculate, somewhat dilated at apex; the four hind ones
not notched near outer apex} claws appendiculate.

L2

324

The feature by which this genus may be most readily
identified is the punctuation of the elytra; the punctures across
the middle are usually in quite regular, closely placed rows,
although towards the base some of the rows run out at the
suture, and some of them disappear about the apex, but on
the apical slope the punctures are quite (or almost) as large
as elsewhere. On some of the species the interstices between

the punctures appear almost costiform, on others some of the

interstices are more distinctly elevated than the others, and on
multicarinata the elytra are acutely costate in a rather curious
way. The species are all compact, glabrous, and metallic,

and they usually have more or less reddish legs. Seen from.

behind, the prothorax appears to be considerably narrowed in
front, but this is largely due to the front angles being strongly
depressed: below the middle. The sexes differ in the abdomen
and legs. The genus, except for one species that occurs in
Southern Queensland and parts of New South Wales, appears
to be confined to Northern Queensland, and its nearest ally
is perhaps Cleorina, although it is not very close to that genus.
Typical species, bampressa.
Following is a table of the species (%) : —

A. Elytra with numerous piety abbreviated
carinae sf: we ee. )=6oMulticarinata
AA. Elytra without such.
B. Sutural stria without punctures on ee

slope ol Sembate
BB. Sutural stria with punctures there. 3 a
C. Prothorax with ordinary punctures... multiseriata

CC. Prothorax with reticulate punctures.
D. Fourth abdominal segment of male
with a curious median process... ventralis
DD. Fourth segment without such.
E. Hind tibiae of male widest at middle biimpressa
KE. Hind tibiae of male widest at apex.
F. Legs: mostly pale... .< .... .. punctatosiriam
FF, Legs mostly dark . in otk pn OUSURTES

TRYPOCOLASPIS BIIMPRESSA, Nn. sp.
Pi wiri.; tie. 15d,

3. Metallic; under-surface black, in places obscurely
diluted with red, labrum and appendages flavous or testaceo-
flavous, apical half of antennae usually infuscated.

Head with rather small, dense, reticulate punctures ;
feebly or not at all depressed along middle. Antennae extend-
ing to about middle of abdomen, second joint stouter than
but scarcely as s long as third, third to | sixth subequal in length,

(94) There are two females of a species as large as multicarinata
from Port Denison in the Macleay Museum; they probably belong
to a new one, but as it seemed possible that they were unusually
large specimens of punctatostriata, they were not described.

ve ee

oe ee ee

"i

325

the following ones longer and somewhat stouter. Prothorax
with evenly rounded sides, with two rather large, shallow,
circular depressions about middle towards base; punctures
much as on head.. Hlytra with numerous rows of well-defined
punctures ; many of the interstices distinctly elevated. Fifth
segment of abdomen with a shallow median fovea. Hind
tibiae widest in middle, thence strongly narrowed to base and
feebly to apex; basal joint of four front tarsi rather strongly
inflated. Length, 24-24 mm.

Q. Differs in having the eyes somewhat smaller and more
distant, abdomen non-foveate, hind tibiae thinner and feebly
increasing in width from base to apex, and basal joint of four
front tarsi much smaller.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (Macleay Museum, E.
Allen, and A. M. Lea). Type, I. 3406.

An abundant species in the Cairns district. The upper-
surface, whilst always metallic, is seldom brightly so; the
main colour is usually brassy-green, but sometimes brassy or
bronzy. On the elytra the margins are nearly always con-
spicuously bluish, and there are bronzy or obscure purplish
markings, sometimes in the form of large obscurely defined
spots, but frequently confined to some of the elevated parts,
occasionally there is an ill-defined bluish spot on the disc of
each. The prothorax varies from entirely brassy-green to
almost entirely bronzy, but the two colours are usually
obscurely mingled ; the head is usually more obscurely metallic
than the prothorax ; the palpi are nearly always pale-flavous,
and the knees are sometimes lightly infuscated. Many of the
rows of elytral punctures are short; about the base the striae
are not well impressed, but posteriorly they become very
evident owing to the greater elevation of the interstices ; many
_of these are oblique owing to the brevity of some of the rows; on
each elytron there are three interstices that are more con-
spicuously elevated than the others, but their respective
positions vary, thus (counting the sutural interstice as the
first) across the middle they are the fifth, eighth, () and
tenth, but towards the base they become the seventh, eleventh,
and fourteenth, and at summit of apical slope the third,
fifth, °° and seventh. Each of the circular depressions (they
could scarcely be regarded as foveae) on the pronotum is about
thrice the length of the scutellum; although not deep, they
are usually quite distinct.

(95) Retween the fifth and eighth for some distance along the
middle the other interstices are sometimes almost. or quite as
strongly elevated.

496) This one rather abruptly ends on the slope itself.

326

On the head and prothorax of this and of all other species,
except multiseriata and multicarinata, the punctures are closely
placed together and shallow, with thin walls, somewhat sug-
gestive of shallow honey-comb ; and even on the species named
there is an approach to same on the head. On all the species
there are rather large and distinct punctures on the flanks of
the prosternum, but adjacent to the episterna there are some-
times shining and almost impunctate spaces.

TRYPOCOLASPIS OBSCURIPES, nN. sp.

¢. Dark metallic brassy-blue or bronzy-green; elytra
with bronzy or purplish markings, under-surface black, legs
blackish, tarsi, antennae, and palpi reddish, labrum and front
tibiae somewhat darker.

Head much as on preceding species, except that the
antennae are somewhat shorter. Lrothorarx much as on that
species, except that there are no circular depressions towards
the base. #/ytra with numerous rows of well-defined punc-
tures, and with several interstices elevated above the others.
Abdomen with a small, circular apical fovea. Four front
tibiae lightly curved and increasing in width to apex, the
others rather acutely angulate at outer apex. Length,
2-24 mm.

@. Differs in having abdomen non-foveate and hind
tibiae somewhat thinner.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (Macleay Museum, E.
Allen, amd: A.) MM. Lea):|" Pype, 43599:

In size, and to a certain extent in appearance, close to the
preceding species, but less brightly metallic, prothorax without
subfoveate impressions, elytra more roughly sculptured, legs
darker, hind tibiae of male of different shape, and the basal
joint of the four front tarsi much smaller (scarcely larger than
those of the female). On each elytron of two females there are
three large purplish blotches—one at base, one at middle, and
one at summit of apical slope, but towards the side they are
all connected together; but on another female and on two
males the elytral markings are very obscure; the tip of the
middle tibiae is usually diluted with red. The elytral punc-
tures, although each is sharply defined, are in less regular rows
on the basal half than on the preceding species, but posteriorly
they are set in conspicuous striae; on each elytron across the
middle three interstices are usually distinctly elevated above
their fellows, but at the summit of the apical slope the four
adjacent to the suture are equally prominent. From some
directions the four hind tibiae seem to be feebly notched near
the outer apex, but this appearance is due partly to the dilated

~~ re

‘e-“eeygt

«on ape

327

apex and partly to clothing, but true subapical notches (as in
Rhyparida) are absent.

TRYPOCOLASPIS PUNCTATOSTRIATA, n. sp.
PL. viil., ‘fig,..462.

3. Metallic; under-surface black, tip of abdomen some-
times diluted with red, labrum and appendages more or less
reddish.

Head much as on bumpressa. Prothorax much the same,
except that the two circular depressions are much more feeble.
Elytra punctate-striate. Fifth segment of abdomen with a
transverse median fovea. Hind tibiae gently increasing in
width from base to apex, but the latter somewhat angular.
Length, 23-3 mm.

@. Differs in having the abdomen more convex and non-
foveate.

Hab.—-Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea), Moss-
man River (Macleay Museum), Kuranda (H. H. D. Griffith
and H. J. Carter, from G. E. Bryant). Type, I. 3600.

It is not always easy to distinguish small females of this
species from large ones of bampressa, although the elytral
sculpture is more regular; but the males are readily distin-
guished by the hind tibiae (see figs. 151 and 152), and by
the four front tarsi; the basal joint of each of these on the
present species is but slightly larger than on the female, instead
of being conspicuously inflated. From the preceding species,
which has somewhat similar hind tibiae, it differs in the sculp-
ture of elytra, colour of legs, and abdomen of male. The
general colour is more or less brassy, sometimes brassy-green,
and sometimes almost golden-red (but seldom brilliantly so) ;
the head and prothorax are usually uniformly coloured ; on the
elytra there are irregularly disposed blotches or streaks,
usually more or less purplish, but shading off to various other
tints, and seldom exactly alike on any two specimens; the
margins are nearly always bluish, but are occasionally green ;
one specimen has the elytra of a bright green with coppery-red
markings ; the antennae are usually flavous at the base, becom-
ing darker, but seldom distinctly infuscated, towards apex ;
the palpi are pale-flavous. The elytral punctures are well
defined, although somewhat smaller than on the preceding
species, and are in regular rows, the striae in which they are
set are everywhere well defined, and the interstices separating
them are regularly elevated and quite uniform, except at the
extreme base, on the sides behind the shoulders, and about the
apex, but no interstice is conspicuously elevated above its
fellows.

328

TRYPOCOLASPIS SINUATA, Nn. sp.

3. Brassy or brassy-green ; under-surface black; in parts
with a coppery-gloss, antennae and palpi somewhat flavous,
the former with some of the apical joints infuscated at apex,
legs partly dark.

[ead with somewhat shorter antennae, but otherwise
much as on bumpressa. Prothorar much the same, except ,
that the two subfoveate impressions are entirely absent. Elytra
with rows (mostly regular) of rather large, deep punctures;
some of the interstices elevated above their fellows. Abdomen
with a small, circular median fovea. Middle ¢tzhiae wider at
apex than the others, hind pair rather strongly narrowed from-
middle to base; basal joint of four front tarsi rather strongly
inflated. Length, 1-2 mm.

Q. Dhiffers in having the abdomen non-foveate, in having
thinner tibiae, and in the tarsi.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 3407.

A beautiful little species, and apparently the smallest of
the subfamily in Australia. The elytra are without distinct
markings, but as some parts are more brassy than others they
do not appear to be quite uniformly coloured: the femora,
except near the base, are usually deeply infuscated, sometimes
almost black; the hind tibiae are also sometimes infuscated ;
one specimen has the whole of the upper-surface of a beautiful
violet colour. The striation of the elytra is not well impressed,
despite the regularity of the punctures, but posteriorly it
becomes deeper, the subsutural stria, however, is without
punctures on the apical slope; across the middle of each elytron
the third, sixth, and ninth interstices are slightly elevated
above their fellows, but elsewhere °°”) their elevation is less
pronounced ; starting from each shoulder (but concealed from
above) there is a distinctly elevated interstice that commences
as the fourth (counting the margin as the first), rather
abruptly curves downwards to become the second, and con-
tinues till at the apex it joins the second and third subsutural
ones.

TRYPOCOLASPIS VENTRALIS, N. Sp.

dg. Brassy-green or brassy-blue; elytra with metallic
spots, under-surface black, labrum and appendages more or
less reddish, but apical half of antennae infuscated.

Head much as on biumpressa, except that the median
depression is more distinct and that the second joint of
antennae is shorter. Prothorax much the same, except that

(97) Elsewhere their numbers differ owing to the brevity of
some of the rows of punctures.

>

329

the two subfoveate impressions are scarcely traceable. Hlytra
with numerous, more or less regular rows, of rather large, deep
punctures. Fourth segment of abdomen almost as long as
second and third combined, and with a conspicuous double
ridge along the middle ; fifth segment very short in middle and
feebly concave there. Hind ti/rae feebly increasing in width
from base to apex, and angulate at outer apex. Length,
25-22 mm.

Hab.—-Queensland: Coen River (H. Hacker’s No. 265).
Type, I. 3615.

The two specimens before me differ solely in colour, one
having a bluish, the other a greenish appearance; on each
elytron there are three brassy spots, one near the base, a second
before the middle near the suture, and the third (little more
than a streak) about summit of apical slope. The elytral
punctures are larger than on punctato-striata, and almost as
regular, but the striae are so feebly impressed (except on the
apical slope, where they are strong) that they might fairly be
regarded as almost absent ; from some directions two or three
of the interstices are rather more distinct than their fellows,
but they are nowhere conspicuously elevated above them. The
basal joint of each of the four front tarsi is not strongly
inflated, being, in fact, scarcely larger than those of the hind
ones ; the hind tibiae are also without conspicuously masculine
features, but the abdomen is so peculiar that the specimens
would certainly appear to be males.

TRYPOCOLASPIS. MULTISERIATA, Nn. Sp.

¢. Brassy; under-surface dark brown, labrum and
appendages more or less reddish.

Hlead yith dense, subreticulate punctures of moderate
size, with a vague median line, a small impunctate space near
each antenna. Antennae slightly shorter, but otherwise much
as on bumpressa. Prothorax considerably wider at base than
at apex, the front angles much lower than the middle, sides
strongly rounded; in middle with rather dense punctures of
rather small size, becoming more crowded and somewhat larger
towards sides, interspaces: with minute punctures. Llytra
suboblong ; with numerous regular rows of rather large punc-
tures, smaller towards suture, and larger behind shoulders
than elsewhere; striae feebly impressed even on apical slope
(except close to suture). Fourth segment of ab/omen distinctly
longer than the adjacent ones, fifth shallowly depressed for
about half of its width. Hind tihige somewhat dilated near
apex, on lower surface about apex with a conspicuous fringe
or loose fascicle; basal joint of four front tarsi distinctly
inflated. Length, 37-4 mm.

330

Q. Differs in having the abdomen evenly convex, hind
tibiae thinner and without the subapical fringe, and in the
tarsi.

Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (W. D. Dodd). Type,
I. 3408.

The prothoracic punctures are not reticulate in character
as on all the preceding species, although at the sides, owing
to being crowded together, there appears to be an approach
to same ; towards the base there are feebly oblique impressions
(with the punctures rather more crowded than on the adjacent
surface) at the positions of those of the circular ones of

bumpressa. No elytral interstice is ade a elevated -

above its fellows on the disc, but the fourth (counting at the
middle) from the side is rather distinctly elevated, although
not visible from above. The female has the lateral margins
of prothorax and elytra bluish, and the basal margins of the
former greenish, and some of the apical joints of antennae
are infuscated.

TRYPOCOLASPIS MULTICARINATA, N. Sp.

dg. Golden or golden-red, or brassy, occasionally with a
faint greenish gloss in places; under-surface black with a
brassy gloss in places, or entirely brassy ; appendages more or
less reddish.

Head with crowded subreticulate punctures of moderate
size; with a feeble median line. Antennae with second joint
stouter and slightly shorter than third, the joints slightly
increasing in length to seventh, which is a trifle longer than
each of the three following ones, and a trifle shorter than the
eleventh. Prothorax with seven shallow depressions, causing
the surface to appear uneven ; with crowded punctures. Hlytra
with crowded punctures of moderate and almost even size
throughout ; with numerous acute carinae. Abdomen with a
small circular fovea in the middle of a shallow apical depres-
sion. Tibiae more conspicuously carinated than usual, the
four hind ones obtusely produced at outer apex; basal joint
of four front tarsi not conspicuously inflated. Length, 3-4 mm.

Q. Differs in being more brightly metallic, abdomen
nonfoveate, and legs somewhat thinner.

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea);
New South Wales: Dorrigo (W. Heron), Coramba (H. J.
Carter, from W. Heron), Blue Mountains (Blackburn’s collec-
tion and E. W. Ferguson). Type, I. 3405.

One of the finest species of the subfamily. Some of the
specimens have an appearance as of old gold; the femora are
occasionally infuscated; the seventh and eighth joints of

*

331

antennae are usually infuscated, sometimes the eighth only,
and occasionally none at all. The carinae are usually less
shining (they sometimes appear almost black) than the
adjacent parts, this being especially the case with the male ;
they are all acute and conspicuously elevated, and appear
like more or less elongated remnants of acutely elevated inter-
stices; counting from the suture across each elytron (but
excluding that not visible from above) there are near the base
five (two very short),(%) across the middle there are two,
shortly after same three or four, at summit of apical slope
four, and below same from one to three; true striation appears
to be entirely absent from the elytra, the punctures being so
close together that, although in rows, those of one row fre-
quently partially displace those of the adjacent rows, although
not confluent with them. The prothoracic punctures are
everywhere crowded together, but they are not net-like, as on
most species of the genus, being deeper, round (although some
are elongated), and not flat-bottomed ; the shallow depressions
are placed as follows:—Two on each side (the front one of
these is sometimes almost absent), two about the middle
towards the base (as on bwmpressa), and the seventh (and
largest) between the same and the apex. The abdomen of the
male is more convex than is usual in males of the subfamily.
The sexual differences of the tarsi are but slight.

LEPIDOCOLASPIS, n. g.

Hyes rather small, lateral, prominent, entire, and rather
coarsely faceted. Clypeus widely transverse. Labrum the
length of clypeus, but somewhat narrower. Antennae elon-
gate. Prothoraz lightly transverse, sides gently rounded and
simple. Scutellum distinct. Hiytra suboblong, much wider
than prothorax. Prosternuwm with medisternum wide, parts
in front of coxae very narrow; episternum on each side small,
front edge oblique. Metasternum about as long as basal
segment of abdomen. Legs moderately long; all femora
dentate; tibiae longitudinally canaliculate, not notched near
outer apex; claws bifid. Squamose.

The only species known is a minute, rather densely
squamose insect, in general appearance somewhat like ypo-
deres denticollis in miniature. Its nearest (but not very close)
ally is perhaps Cleorina; from Tomyris it is distinguished by
the absence of tibial notches; from Ydusa and //ypoderes by
the bifid claws and entire eyes.

(98)On two specimens there are seven, of which three are
short. On these specimens also the carinae are, more conspicuous

elsewhere.

332

LEPIDOCOLASPIS ACANTHOMERA, DN. sp.

g. Of a rather dingy castaneous-brown; appendages
somewhat paler. Densely clothed with thin stramineous scales
(scarcely setae), somewhat irregularly distributed on elytra.

Head with dense, normally concealed punctures, except
that on clypeus they are not concealed ; with a narrow median
line. Antennae passing hind coxae, second joint stouter and
slightly longer than third, seventh to eleventh stouter than
third to sixth, eleventh about once and one-half the length
of tenth. Prothorax across middle slightly more than the
median length, across apex slightly less, sides slightly rounded,
base not much wider than apex. SHlytra almost double the -
width of prothorax, sides parallel to near apex, with closely
set rows of fairly large but partially concealed punctures, but
interstices not elevated, and striation apparently absent.
Fifth segment of abdomen almost as long as third and fourth
combined. All femora acutely dentate. Length, 24-3 mm.

Q. Differs in being somewhat stouter, abdomen strongly
convex, and with fifth segment much shorter, and its middle
encroached upon by pygidium, and by the somewhat shorter
appendages.

Hab.—Northern Queensland (Blackburn’s collection),
Cairns district (Macleay Museum and A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 3402.

The elytra are usually paler than the prothorax, but are
sometimes obscurely mottled, and the mottling is rendered
more conspicuous by the absence of clothing from the darker
parts, or to the clothing there being of a smoky colour. On
the under-surface the clothing is not uniformly distributed,
and is denser (and usually of a snowy-whiteness) on the sides
of the sterna than elsewhere. On abrasion the prothorax is
seen to have dense and fairly large punctures, but they are
normally concealed by the clothing; some specimens have a
feeble remnant of a median carina. The basal joint of the
front tarsi of the male is but slightly larger than on the
female.

CUDNELLIA.

The species of this genus certainly “look’’ as if they
belonged to the Clidonotides, and to the vicinity of Chalco-
lampra, but I shall not question Blackburn’s reference of the
genus to the EHumolpides. They may be tabulated as follows : —

A. Elytra with conspicuous rows of strong

punctures ... eee §=6oMYStiCa
AA. Elytra with much smaller punctures. :;
B. Head with minute punctures... OL angwlarrs

BB. Head with very distinct punctures.
©. Tibiae acutely ad ea armed at ine
outer apex ee Wisi, aed e Yen «penne tam RUD
COC. Tibiae not so. armed act es Habel es COO LTOUEE

333

CUDNELLIA APICALIS, n. sp.
Pl. vini., figs. 153-155.

¢. Black, with a coppery gloss; labrum and appendages
reddish, but tips of several joints of antennae blackish. Upper-
surface glabrous, under-surface and legs very feebly pubescent.

Head with fairly dense but not crowded punctures of
moderate or small size, becoming much smaller on clypeus, not
depressed between eyes, but with a feeble longitudinal impres-
sion towards base. Eyes rather small, prominent, and entire.
Antennae elongate, first joint rather stout, second not much
shorter than third, eleventh somewhat stouter and longer than
tenth. Prothorax about twice as wide as the median length,
sides strongly rounded, front angles greatly below middle ; with
numerous small punctures interspersed with much smaller ones,
Hlytra scarcely longer than the greatest width, which is before
the middle, base truncate and the width of base of prothorax ;
with rather small punctures, in places in double or semi-double
rows, and rather dense and irregular on sides, where (behind
the shoulders) they are somewhat larger than elsewhere. Flanks
of prosternum with scattered punctures and many fine wrinkles.
Lbdomen shallowly depressed at apex. Legs stout and rather
long; femora edentate; tibiae with acute costae, acutely
triangularly armed at outer apex; basal joint of four front
tarsi strongly inflated. Length, 32-4 mm.

Q. Differs in having the abdomen more convex, apical
segment simple, in the tarsi, and in the sides of the elytra.

fiab.—Western Australia: Swan River (A. M. Lea).
Type, I. 3034.

Considerably larger and more robust than mystica, and
the elytra very different towards sides, but in all features
agreeing with the original generic diagnosis; the tibiae, how-
ever, are much more produced at the apex than on mystica,
much, in fact, as on Hdusoides pulcher. Specimens were sent
some years ago to the late Rev. T. Blackburn, and although
not described by him they were standing in his collection as
belonging to Cudnellia. The elytra (except at the margins)
are entirely without true striae; those of the female differ
considerably from those of the male, as towards each side they
have three (four posteriorly) undulated ridges, on some speci-
mens appearing as irregular series of elongated tubercles. The
front tibiae at the apex are concave on the lower-surface for
the reception of the base of the tarsi; seen from below a small
subapical tooth (suggestive of several species of Agetinus)
may be seen, in addition to the strong apical armature.

334

CUDNELLIA CANALICULATA, Ni. 8p.

3. Colour and clothing much as in preceding species.

/Iead with crowded punctures of moderate size, becoming
longitudinal at base, and scarcely smaller on clypeus than
elsewhere ; with a vague longitudinal impression. Eyes and
antennae much as on preceding species, except that the second
joint of the antennae is quite as long as (or a trifle longer than)
the third. Prothorax scarcely twice as wide as the median
length, sides strongly rounded, front angles much below
middle; with numerous rather small but well-defined punc-
tures, rather more crowded and larger on sides than on disc,

but almost absent from hind angles. L/lytra subovate, about —

once and one-fourth as long as wide, base truncate and no
wider than base of prothorax; with numerous punctures of
' moderate size, becoming larger and somewhat crowded behind
shoulders and smaller and seriate in arrangement posteriorly.
Flanks of prosternum with scattered punctures and wrinkles.
Abdomen with a circular apical fovea. Femora stout, eden-
tate; tibiae strongly but almost evenly dilated to apex, with
acute costae, two of which, on the upper-surface of each of the
four hind ones, enclose a channel that at its apex becomes
excavated for the reception of the base of the tarsi ; basal joint
of front tarsi inflated. Length, 34 mm.

©. Differs in having the abdomen more convex and non-
foveate, tibiae thinner, and in the tarsi.

Hiab.—Western Australia (Macleay Museum and Black-
burn’s collection). Type, I. 3417.

An apterous species (as are probably all species of the
genus), at first glance much like the preceding one, but readily
distinguished therefrom by the tibiae and elytra, the latter of
which also embrace the abdomen to a much less extent. Of
the two specimens before me, the female (belonging to the
Macleay Museum) agrees perfectly in colour with the descrip-
tion of that of the preceding species, but the type has most
of the apical half of the antennae, and parts of the legs, infus-
cated. The elytral striae are not deep on the apical slope, but
are very distinct there on account of the punctures being
confined to them.

CUDNELLIA INSULARIS, N. sp.

4. Black with a coppery gloss, becoming slightly greenish
on abdomen; appendages of a more or less dingy-flavous or
testaceous, but antennae with apical half lightly infuscated,
base of tibiae and of femora, and middle of labrum also infus-
cated. Under-surface and legs sparsely pubescent.

a a a ae OO

_ =

335

Head obscurely shagreened and with minute punctures.
Eyes rather small, prominent, and entire. Antennae elongate,
second joint much shorter than third, eleventh very little
longer than tenth. Prothorax about twice as wide as the
median length, sides strongly rounded, front angles much
below middle; with minute punctures, with some larger ones
(but still small), scattered about. Hlytra subovate, not much
longer than wide, base truncate and no wider than base of
prothorax; with almost regular rows of small punctures, and
a few scattered about on basal half. Flanks of prosternum
smooth and almost impunctate. Abdomen with a rather small,
round, apical fovea. Femora stout, elongate; tibiae stout,
dilated to apex, with several costae; basal joint of front tarsi
moderately inflated. Length, 44 mm. -

Hab.—Lord Howe Island (J. C. Wiburd). Type (unique),
I. 3598.

An apterous species, in some respects close to the preceding
one, but with much smaller punctures, and hind tibiae less
conspicuously canaliculate. On close examination the elytra
appear to be very feebly shagreened, the punctures in the
rows are quite as large posteriorly as towards the base, and,
being closer together, cause an appearance as of feeble striation
on the apical slope.

RHINOBOLUS NITIDUS, Blackb.

The type (now in the British Museum) and a co-type (now
in the South Australian Museum) of this species are evidently
females. The male differs in being slightly smaller, and with
the upper-surface entirely of a brassy-green (the prothorax
usually more brassy than green) ; the under-surface is of a dark
metallic green, the antennae and legs are stouter, and the
basal joint of each of the four front tarsi is fully twice as wide
as the corresponding joint in the female. One female before
me has the head and prothorax entirely bronzy-black, and the
elytra purplish-black, except for a narrow bluish border.

fiab.—South Australia: Quorn, Kilkerran, Murray
Bridge ; Victoria: Sea Lake.

RHINOBOLUS PARVICOLLIS, nN. sp.

¢. Bright metallic-green, in some places with a brassy
gloss; labrum and appendages reddish-flavous, but tips of
palpi and parts of antennae blackish.

Head flat and with a small median impression between
eyes ; with dense and fairly large punctures there, becoming

336

smaller posteriorly, and almost absent at base; clypeus
moderately long; notched on each side of base, with punctures
as between eyes, but becoming much smaller in front ; labrum
short, apex incurved. Antennae long and thin, first joint
stout, second about half the length of third, third to sixth thin,
the following ones somewhat stouter, but all distinctly longer
than wide. Prothorax strongly convex, very little wider than
long, sides strongly rounded; with large and fairly dense
punctures, becoming crowded on sides. Scutellum semi-
circular, with sparse, minute punctures. WHlytra much wider
than prothorax ; with dense and fairly large punctures, larger
behind shoulders (where a few are transversely confluent) than —
elsewhere, from about middle more or less seriate in arrange-
ment ; apical slope striated towards sides and suture. Flanks
of prosternum with fairly numerous and rather large punctures.
Fourth segment of abdomen about as long as the second and
third combined, fifth with a shallow median fovea. Femora
rather stout, edentate; tibiae rather thin, not longitudinally
canaliculate ; basal joint of four front tarsi distinctly inflated.
Length, 33-4 mm.

Q. Differs in having the prothorax slightly more trans-
verse, abdomen more strongly convex, fourth segment scarcely
longer than third, fifth simple, hind tibiae not quite so wide
at apex, and in the tarsi.

Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River (A. M. Lea).
Type, I. 3650. :

The combination of glabrous upper-surface, eyes not
notched, tibiae not longitudinally canaliculate and not
notched, edentate femora, evenly rounded sides of prothorax,
and base of elytra considerably wider than base of prothorax,
are sufficient to exclude this species from Hdusa, Tomyris,
Cleptor, Geloptera, Hdusoides, Agetinus, and other genera.
The clypeus is rather long, and its base on each side is con-
siderably encroached upon by an antenna, as on LW. nitidus,
although not quite as on that species; the antennae are also
considerably longer and thinner, and the fourth abdominal
segment of the male is considerably longer ; but as it does not
appear desirable to propose a new genus for its reception, and
as it appears to be less aberrant in Rhinobolus than in any
other, I have referred it to that genus. The apical half of the
eleventh joint of antennae is black, but only the tips of the
four to six preceding ones. Of the three females before me,
one is quite as green as the three males, but the others have
the upper-surface almost entirely of a golden-red, with greenish
reflections in places.

XXXIX., Plate V.

Vol.

Vol. XXXIX., Plate

Vol OxXxt xX...” Plate VIL,

x

Tf yA
\
|
/
y
- . Boe

SC

) Benn

G4 65 66

ig
ZAIN ae ae

Vol. XXXIX., Plate VIII.

Al)

a il
We 473 We 71S f76

é
joz 703 170% yos yob

oy Wy
fl / (of
a a a
¢| & ia ih 130 137 SLE
Meee 20 72/8) tad 12% 148 feb ley 1 i
a
| / a Ne
yl ihe 735-36. *18F ‘138 199 140 tel yg td thay tb

tI i

337

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.(99)
Prats V.
Markings of elytra of—
Figs. 1 to 14. Rhyparida didyma, Fab.

A ee oa australis, Boh.

» 18and 19. H. fulvolimbata, Lef.

», 20and 21. A apicalis, Jac.

»» 22 to 24. 4 limbatipennis, Jac.
Puate VI.

Markings of elytra of—
Figs. 25 to 27. Rhyparida trimaculata, Jac.

» 28and 29. be brevilineata, Jac.
a a. = dimidiata, Baly.
», sland 32. “A maculicollis, Baly.
», soand 34. “i mastersi, Blackb.
a0. ome “ aeneotincta, Blackb.
a 30. mak 2 posticalis, Blackb.
aS 1 ty i amplicollis, Blackb.
> oo. an % medionigra, Lea.
a a. oan brevis,. Lea.
3 40. Ea * bimaculicollis, Lea.
~ 41. ae at subangulata, Lea.
y 42. a e melvillensis, Lea.
43. a militaris, Lea.
», 44and 45. - polymorpha, Lea.
40. Ni tetraspilota, Lea.
ae a =z . mediorufa, Lea.
a a8. ee “ flavolatera, Lea.
Pruate VII.
Markings of elytra of—
Fig. 49. ... Rhyparida triangulifera, Lea.
» oO0and 51. + mediovittata, Lea.
aus Ds: 3 a insulicola, Lea.
», oodand 54. os variipennis, Lea.
5» oo to 57. 2 tropica, Lea.
v9 ee sf A humeralis, Lea.
Sy 2 aa commutabilis, Lea.
i ire Maxillary palpus of Edusa securigera, Lea.
5) ae ... Apex of antenna of Colaspoides rectilatera, Lea.
», 62,(100)
Side of prothorax of—
7 ... Cleorina purpurea, Lea.
> ... Edusa diversicollis, Blackb.

(99) In the patterns of the elytra of the species of Rhyparida, to ensure
a perfectly straight suture, the markings are usually shown a little to the
left of their true positions, as seen from a slightly oblique direction. Many
other species and varieties of Rhyparida. in addition to those shown, have
elytral markings, but these are often so vaguely limited (although the
markings themselves are often very conspicuous) that they do not lend
themseves to illustration by plain black and white methods. Parts of
the legs, and especially the apical portions of the tibiae, look very
different from different points of view. Compare figs. 109-111, 123, 124,
127, 128, 135-137, 153, and 154.

(100) Accidentally missed.

65.
66.

67 and 68.

69.
(ip

109 to 1.

LIZ,
113.
114,
115.
116.
ALZ,
118.
119.
120.
121.
122.

71 and 72.

338

Side of prothorax of—
Edusa mira, Lea.

3
29

sericea, Lea.
securigera, Lea.

Geloptera geniculata, Baly.

9
+>
3

9

jugularis, Er.
orientalis, Lea.
setifera, Lea.
uncinata, Lea.
bidentimedia, Lea.

punctatissuma, Lea.

striatipennis, Lea.
igneonitens, Baly.
hardcastlei, Lea.
latericollis, Lea.
angulicollis, Lea.
nodosa, Clark.
tuberculata, Baly.

Agetinus subcostatus, Chp.

obliquus, Lea.

Alittus porosus, Jac. (?)

micans, Blackb.

Colaspoides rectilatera, Lea.

similis, Lea.

Cleptor laevicollis, Lea.

3)

electus, Lea.

Prypnocolaspis latibasis, Lea.

Intercoxal process of Geloptera basiventris, Lea.
Part of abdomen and pygidium of Colaspoides

complicata,
Claw of Rhyparida didyma, Fab. (also of atra,

Lea.

Lea).
A dimidiata, Baly.
A decipiens, Lea.

Colasposoma sellatum, Baly.
Prypnocolaspis latibasis, Lea.
Spilopyra sumptuosa, Baly.

Pruate VIII.

Middle tibia of Rhyparida didyma, Fab.

Hind
Middle

be)
be)

Fund

ge}

3
2)) 33

a Le 5
dimidiata, Baly.

», Cleorina purpurea, Lea.
», Scelodonta simoni, Baly.
ee + brevipilis, Lea.
BS Tomyris incisa, Lea.

3) |. ELdwsa, ch rysura,
suturalis, Chp.
meyricki, Blackb.

9 >)
3 3)

Germ.

* 9s ai 4 eos Lea.

ie », spinicollis, Blackb.
‘ »5, abdominalis, Lea.
95 », monticola, Lea.

3 » mra, Lea.

” palpalis, Lea.

i Geloptera setifera, Lea.

a) -P)
) 9)

uneinata, Lea.
eluta, Lea.

339
Figs. 123 and124. Hind tibia of Geloptera rhaeboenema, Lea.
, », 125and 126. _,, +5 . tibialis, Lea.
,, 127and 128. Front # Agetinus aequalis, Blackb.
>» 129. Middle a pi compositus, Lea.
», 180. ba Pe ” * cacozelus, Lea.
oat MER ate and ss » nitidivirgatus, Lea.
| »> 192. an front ‘e se quvencus, Lea.
ee 5 8 ... Hind oh o
»» 134. Front SS CTOeSUS, Lea.
», 185 to 137. Hind A Colaspoides howensis, Lea.
», 138. : = < ra tarsalis, Lea.
93 139. AF: as ~ ee picticornis, Lea.
», 140. ey = os “f anomogastra, Lea.
cee: te tf ~ haemorrhoidalis, Lea.
»> 142. a we y fovewentris, Lea.
53 243. ay ¥ ~ crassipes, Lea.
», 144. on ij - Cleptor inermis, Lef.
», 145. rt i a ms subhumeralis, Lea.
», 146. as és 5 » semiviridis, Lea.
a tet. ... Front r. »» laevicollis, Lea.
m. 25 148. 4 rand iy $i ns 33
oy 249. “oe ig a 5», paradozus, Blackb.
», 150. ... Middle % Me i a
] aa i ime ay Trypocolaspis biimpressa, Lea.
3) 152. Pe e punctatostriata, Lea.
nk a and 154. Front He Cudnellia apicalis, Lea.
», 158. Hind
eno. _.. Middle tibia and tarsus of Tomyris insignis, Lea.
pares Vay ¥ in Font ~ ” Agetinus nitidivirgatus,
Lea.
ss, 2OG; aa “ 7, i Edusoides pulcher,
Blackb.
», 159. As » leg of Colaspoides tarsalis, Lea.
5, 160s ... Hind tibia and tarsus of Colaspoides elegantula,
7 Lea.
are | * . a ‘f 7" », poeciloderma,
Lea.
ow be. », femur and tibia of Colaspoides pictipes, Lea.
», 163. e. - sumilis, Lea.
sy 164. db Front tibia and tarsus of Cleptor coriaceus, Lea.
», 165. ... Basal joint of middle tarsus of Edusa discicollis,
Lea.
», 166. As * x hind a ms Bee,
7}, SOF: ... Side of ag a of Rhyparida didyma, Past
», 168. a% ¥ ‘i australis, Boh.
sg LGD. oy 2 Ms discopunctu-
lata, Blackb.
440. Whe se os Prypnocolaspis ‘abodes
sa.
may. ... Prosternal episternum of Rhyparida didyma, Fab.
e172. : a am _ dimidiata,
Baly.
as 173. yy BS £ a discopunctu-

lata, Blackb.

340

A SUPPOSED INCIDENTAL OCCURRENCE OF A SUCKER
FISH (ECHENEIS AUSTRALIS, Bennett) IN AUSTRALIAN WATERS.

By Epear R. Waire, F.L.S., Director S.A. Museum.

[Contribution from the South Australian Museum. |
|Read June 10, 1915.]
Piate XI.

ECHENEIS AUSTRALIS, Bennett.

Echeneis australis, Bennett, Narr. Whaling Voy., ii., 1840,

p. 273;

Echeneis scutata, Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), v
1860, p. 401, pl. x., fig. B: and Cat. Fish, Brit. Mus., ii., 1860,
De 381 : Liitken, Vid. Medd. KXjobenh, 1875, p. 42.

Remiegie deeeotie Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phil., 1864,
p. a ae and Evermann, Bull. 47, U.S. Nat. Mus. ; iii. , 1898,
p.

Description | Bs iy DO. cee (2A A
P. 22 dex., 24 sin.; C. 13+6. Length of head, 3°5; depth
of body, 786; and length of caudal, 4°9 in the length;
diameter of orbit, 9°9; of eye. 15°6; interorbital width, 1°5;
and length of snout, 2°06 in the head; width of body between
the pectorals, 4°3; length of disc, 2°0 in the body, or 2°4
caudal included; width of disc, 2°19 in its own length.

Sucker.—The disc, which is relatively larger than in
any other species of the family, is slightly broader behind
than in front; it extends as far forward as the margin of the
upper jaw and overhangs the head and body at the sides.
The anterior lamellae extend to within twice the diameter of
the eye of each other in front, but the posterior pair are
widely separated, and leave a considerable portion of smooth
skin between and behind them; each lamella is beset with
small spines; the free portion of the posterior edge of the
disc equals half the length of the snout and extends beyond
the extremity of the adpressed ventrals.

Fins.—Regarding the sucker as tlie modified first dorsal,
the second fin originates at a point nearly half its own length
behind the disc; the highest rays are in the anterior fourth
of the fin, whence they rapidly diminish. The relative posi-
tion, size, and shape of the anal is almost exactly that of
the second dorsal, and neither reaches the caudal. The ven-
trals are pointed, the first ray being the longest; they can
be received into a groove, and are placed one-third the length

:

341 —

of the body behind the mandible; the origin of the anal is
at the second third. The anterior insertion of the pectoral
is over the opercular margin and close to the upper edge of
the body, below the disc; the fin is rounded in shape, and
its length is two-thirds the width of the disc. The caudal
is well developed, and its margin is quite straight when
extended. The cleft of the mouth extends three-fourths the
distance from the tip of thé mandible to the orbit and the
lower jaw, which is narrow, projects beyond the upper, a
distance equal to the diameter of the orbit. The two nostvrils
on each side are virtually in contact, immediately above the
angle of the mouth, but distant therefrom a little more than
from the upper edge of the head; the anterior nostril has a
low rim. Gills four, the first only being double, a long slit
behind the fourth, gill-rakers moderate and slender, 14 on
the lower limb of the first arch and four tubercles on the
ascending limb; no pseudobranchiae.

Teeth.—The teeth are set in broad villiform bands,
slightly separated in front, the upper bands are widest at
some distance from the mid-line and lie outside the narrow
lower jaw when the mouth is closed; the lower bands are
widest in front, and extend forward beyond the upper jaw,
which is subtruncated ; the outermost series of teeth in each
jaw is the largest, and the teeth are directed outwards. The
bands of the vomerine and palatine teeth together form an
almost continuous gothic arch-like figure, those on the pala-
tines being the broader; the tongue is edentulous.

Scales.—The body is everywhere dotted with minute
pits containing microscopic scales of ovoid shape; the lateral
line is concurrent with the upper edge of the body below the
disc from its origin to the end of the pectoral fin, whence it
descends to the mid-line of the body, and runs straight to
the caudal peduncle, where it again rises slightly, to be lost
at the base of one of the rays.

Colour.—The colour when fresh was uniform dark
slaty-blue, the edges of the fins a little lighter, the disc was
brown.

Length.—472 mm. (183 inches).

The following details of the capture of the sucker fish
are kindly supplied by Capt. E. H. Hipkins, master of the
tug “‘Falcon’’:—‘‘On April 27, 1915, while removing the
coal lighter from the Norwegian steamer ‘Rena,’ outward
bound from Europe, the fish was, I believe, disturbed from
the side of the vessel by the wash of our propellor, for I
first noticed it swimming from the ‘Rena’ on the surface of
; the water towards us. After berthing the lighter we tried
to catch the fish, but though we got it into the net the latter

— = ©

342

was so small that the fish jumped out before we could land
it and swam under the tug. Later in the day we had to go
into dock to tow out a steamer, and passing in I saw the
fish coming out, swimming on the surface, and this time we
used a larger landing net and secured the fish. I believe
the fish came to the surface of the water warmed by the
sun’s rays, because it found it unusually cold below.’’ Our
thanks are due and are tendered to Capt. Hipkins for the
trouble he took in securing the stranger, and also for so
promptly sending it to the Museum.

Bennett called his fish the ‘‘Australasian Remora,’’ but

did not state whence it was obtained, nor did he definitely _

claim it as a new species; there does not, however, appear
to be any earlier reference to the name Hchenewis australis.
He writes :—‘“‘One individual we captured, and which was by
no means the largest we observed, measured one fcot five inches
in length, and was proportionately broad. Of three examples,
one only had 24 striae on the buckler; the other two had 26.”
The radial formulae of Bennett’s specimens may be thus
expressed : —

B. .x.;' D. =xiy,-x30i.1 ZL eo eV
Coy.

Grifiths® used the name ‘‘Australasian Remora’’ under
a plate of Hchenets naucrates and indexed it as ‘‘Australian
Remora’’; Day) improperly quotes the entry as Mcheneis
australis.

Giinther had two specimens from the Indian Ocean; the
larger measured 23 in. (585 mm.) in length, but was stuffed,
so that the proportions and dimensions given are those of
the smaller example, 7 in., 11 lines (202 mm.). The lateral
line is not mentioned; it is shown in the figure, but not
quite correctly. The disc is quite flat in the fresh fish, but
curls up at the edges after preservation, and in this condition
is described by Giinther, otherwise his account may be well
applied to my example.

Jordan and Evermann include Remilegia australis as a
North American species on the record of Liitken, but in the
synonomy given they credit Bennett with ‘‘Plates 24-26.”’
The ‘‘whaling yoyage’’ was not illustrated with plates, and
one may notice as suggestive of the possible source of error
that the dorsal striae in Bennett’s specimens are expressed as
‘94-26.”’

Although the fish was named ‘‘Australasian Remora,”’
evidently to be read in the sense australis (southern), Ben-
nett did not approach the coast of New Holland nearer than

(1) Griffiths, in Cuvier, Animal Kingdom, 2 Pisces, 1834. a
(2) Day, Fishes of India, 1878, p. 257.

!
;
|
3
|
P

Wolk: XXKIX.: Plate XE

Echeneis australis, Benn.

HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS.

i eae ‘mre.

343

Timor on his way to the Cape, and the present record is
apparently the first for Australia. It seems probable that
the fish had attached itself to the Norwegian vessel in the
Indian Ocean, bound for Adelaide, and when in dock trans-
ferred its patronage to the ‘‘Falcon.’’

The chief operative factor in the distribution of pelagic
fishes is that of temperature, and as the fundamental host
of the sucker fish is some larger fish or mammal, it may be
presumed that the limits of endurance of temperature as
enjoyed by the host is approximately that of the commensal
also.

Though a certain amount of discretion in the choice of a
host is doubtless indulged in by the sucker fish, it is believed
that some species are specially “‘attached’’ to specific animals
or fishes. Im the case of a species that exhibits less dis-
crimination its range is likely to be greater, but the inter-
esting question arises as to what happens when the fish
attaches itself to ocean craft? When the vessel is moving
north or south the change in temperature is likely to provide
the first element of discomfort, but if the vessel maintains
approximately the same latitude, the absence of the supply
of usual food would doubtless be an early factor in the mis-
placed attachment of the sucker fish.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Dise of the sucker fish (Echeneis australis, Bennett), from a
cast (seven-eighths natural size).

A Oratian Rock

~_

NO 3 Bore’ Ve 0/4

$e Faraway Hill

efarmer’s (Dam Bore
»Braemar H:S..

=Sturt Vale H S.

Map to show the situation of Bores on the Lilydale Sheep-station.

AI LIST OF: FORAMINIFERA AND OTHER ORGANIC REMAINS
OBTAINED FROM TWO BORINGS ON THE LILYDALE
SHEEP-STATION.

By Water Howcuin, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and
Palaeontology, University of Adelaide.

[Read August 12, 1915.]

INTRODUCTORY.

The Mutooroo Pastoral Company has recently put down
several trial bores on its property, situated near the intersec-
tion of 140° meridian of east longitude and 33° parallel of
south latitude, a little to the south of Lilydale sheep-station,
and about forty-two miles to the south-east of Yunta railway
station. By the courtesy of Mr. L. Keith Ward, -B.A., B.E.,
Government Geologist, my attention was called to these sink-
ings, and a small amount of fossiliferous material taken there-
from was placed in my hands, for examination. The above
company, through Mr. Ward, has also supplied information
as to the strata passed through, based on the log kept by
Messrs. Johnstone Bros., who were the contractors for the
work.

In the map kindly supplied by Mr. Ward, and reproduced
on the opposite page, the sites of the two bores are indicated.

Particulars of the Strata passed through in the Kruger Dam

more .—

Nature of ; Thickness in Depth from

Strata. feet. surface in feet.
Er ar zs oh i! 11
Gravel ote ase eh. 1 12
hock... 12 Las : 2 14
Gravel 3 M, i 3 17
Sand... Ps it! 12 29
Light-colour ed Clay fi 36

Reddish and Light- coloured

Clay 39 75
Reiieter-coloured Reddish Clay 20 95
Dark-coloured 2 ill 17 112
Sand-rock 1% - oy 86 198
BJuish Clay .. i Lr 360
Bluish Clay with Shells ... 14 374
Sand and Water ... ae 8 382
Pipeclay } a8 18 400

Bore atiahdoned at a depth of 400 feet.

346

Particulars of the Strata passed through in the Company’s
No. 4 Bore (Manunda Creek) :—

Nature of Thickness in Depth from
Strata. feet. surface in feet.
Red Clay ann ay Ae 40 AQ)
Yellow Clay ... oe Be 20 60
Sand foi: a MP i.) GOS 160
Said , ss 298
Sands with Shells (water) 2 300
Sandy Clay 18 318
Black Clay * 325
Dark- ser Clay w ith Pipe-
clay 50 375
Light - coloured Brownish
Ulay with Pipeclay al 35 410

Full depth of Bore, 410 feet.

REMARKS ON THE ABOVE SECTIONS.

Both the borings dealt with in this paper penetrated the
fossiliferous marine beds, which are co-genetic with the fossili-
ferous Lower Cainozoic series of the Murray Plains, Gulf St.
Vincent, and other localities in the southern portions of
Australia. Their occurrence near Lilydale is of considerable
interest as being the most northerly locality known fer these
beds in South Australia. As far back as 1876 beds of the
same age were proved in a Government well that. was sunk in
a position about half-way between the Burra and the Nor’-
west Bend of the River Murray—a distance of about thirty
miles from either place. It is highly probable that, although
obscured by a thick covering of recent sediments, the beds are
continuous from Lilydale to the Murray Plains.

The locality where the bores are situated is evidently near
the north-western limits of the marine series, as Mr. Ward
informs me that “there is an outcrop of Cambrian slates in a
wash-out beside the road, about three miles north of Lilydale
station.” It is possible, however, that, as the beds have
undergone great denudation in the district, they may have
originally transgressed the platform of older rocks much
further to the north and west than their present limits.

From the particulars supplied, it is not quite clear as to
the exact thickness of the marine beds in the two bores. In
the Kruger Dam Bore blue clay with shells is recorded from
the depths 360 feet to 374 feet, but it is possible that the blue
clay noted from 198 feet to 360 feet may belong to the same
marine series, and, if §o, the thickness of the beds may amount
to 76 feet. In No. 4 Bore the fossiliferous samples supplied
to me included depths from 298 feet to 325 feet, or a thickness
of 27 feet.

347

A point of interest is also seen in the occurrence of a
considerable thickness of recent alluvium in each bore resting
on the marine beds. In the case of the Kruger Dam Bore
there are 200 feet of clays, sands, and gravels, and in No. 4
Bore similar deposits have a thickness of about 300 feet. At
present the locality has no definite river channels, but the
drainage is entirely local and disconnected. The upper, or
fluviatile, portions in the respective bores probably represent
antecedent river channels which were formerly connected with
the older north and south drainage of the country. A sample
of the deposits supplied to me from the level, 60-100 feet, in
the No. 4 Bore consists of a clean white sand, the grains of
which are fine to medium in size, and are almost exclusively
composed of quartz, mostly of a transparent variety; the
particles are rounded by attrition, especially the larger grains.

With reference to the fossiliferous horizons, the material
that carries the organic remains in the Kruger Dam Bore is
a tenacious blue clay, but in the washings there are also some
extra large and rounded quartz grains that show a high degree
of polish. In No. 4 Bore, the material from 298 feet to 300 feet
is a dark-coloured clay; from 300 feet to 318 feet, a black to
greenish-black clay; and from 318 feet to 325 feet, a black
and very sticky mud. Each sample carries a considerable
number of glauconitic granules, which, in many instances,
have infiltrated foraminiferal shells and other organisms, or
reduced them to pseudomorphs. The glauconite readily
oxidises, by which the iron present, as a silicate, passes into
a hydrous oxide of iron, or limonite, and becomes of a dark-
brown colour. Most of the Amphisteginae present in the
material have suffered such a change. Carbonaceous material
is present in the form of black, cylindrical filaments or stems,
some of which are pyritized.

THE ORGANIC REMAINS.
FORAMINIFERA.

It is interesting to note that the first material examined
for microzoa from the Lower Cainozoic series of Australia was
obtained from a locality situated abcut sixty miles due south
of the bores now under description, which has been until now
the furthest north for these beds in South Australia. In
1876, Mr. R. Etheridge, jun., then of Edinburgh, sent to Mr.
H. B. Brady some material from a Government well that had
been sunk about half-way (thirty miles) between the Burra
Burra Mines and the Nor’-west Bend on the Murray. From
this material Mr. Brady determined twenty-four species of
Foraminifera; and his brother, Prof. G. 8. Brady, four species

348

of Ostracoda. The age of the beds was given, in error, as
that of Post-Tertiary. [See Geolog. Mag., 1876, p. 334.]

In the following table the letters in the columns denote
the relative number of examples present:—R, rare; RS,
rather scarce; C, common; MC, moderately common; VC,
very common.

ay No. 4 Bore.
NAME OF SPECIES. | Bore, { {tit Tighe a
298 to | 300 to | 318 to
374 ft. | 300 ft. | 318 ft. | 325 ft.
Nubecularia lucifuga, Defr. unk, eS A
Biloculina ringens, Lam., Spt Mitel lis. 2a eee
depressa, d’Orb. Ait, OE Peo ee | R R
Miliolina seminulum, Ee fh Ne Perey eh R | MC | RS
A vulgaris, d’Orb., Wea, as OS oe ee | MC
3 venusta, Kar, ai SEE OS en R R
“5 cuvieriana, dOrb., sp. 20) tent? a ee
bis ferussacii, d’Orb., s anh te Syas | | R
ws UNOS “AGT. (BID. ‘eee op eee ee Peace ee ae |
ae oblonga, Montagu, sp. oe | em) R
agglutinans, d’Orb. a) UM ngs iy AR Nl ila aN a R
Triloculina trigonula, d’Orb. fof WEST ERE, “4
a cuneata, Kanolwoe! Seer S MC
” se (biloculine variety) . ahs ECS ty Sh Sd
tricarinata, d’Orb. oa | | R
Spiroloculina grata, Terq. (feebly striated) el eS R
tenuis, Ozjzek, sp. : i. bial (ian
Pentellina angularis, Howchin, sp. .. | Lis C
Sigmoilina (Planispirina) sigmoidea, | Br prady : sp. | R RS
Cornuspira involvens, Reuss Mee ee | & R
Peneroplis arietinus, Batsch. ia R
Haplophragmium latidorsatum, Bor nemann, sp. / R
Textularia: gibbosas «’Orb.ilis | a...) lee pe Ri 9 See
Ag sad Aad d’Orb. ; | | BS glnerke
ie var, perr ecta, Br ady R
gramen, d’Orb. 4 Ja R
Verneuilina triquetra, Miinst., sp. Oe Shere. ; R R
Tritaxia tricarinata, Reuss oy ae Ce di
Bulimina clone Ore JIL SH ao | ; R
Clavulina parisiensis, i Pe Py Bie ie
Cussidulina subglobosa, Brady ... ... ... ...| MC | MG) C R
Lagena hexagona, Will. i ial, EEA Po RS R
» marginata, W. and B., Wa erta 2e>: R
o distoma, P. and J. Ra ai Lie, pale ‘ R
Nodosaria soluta, Reuss, sp. ere uses a pera R

ss costulata, Reuss Mane tarot Magar ns 5. R R

‘a obliqua, Linn., al SRR R R

ay scalaris, Batsch., tata R,

a (Glandulina) aa NAR EUIRS. sick R
Marginulina costata, Batsch, sp. ... ... .-.- R
Cristellaria cultrata, Montt., “| Rane Wa BBE A fae 3. Po kh

is gibba, Ore, eer Gace Lk K R

a ES

a a

349
: Kruger No. 4 Bore.
; Dam
NAME OF SPECIES. Bore. i; pee OD ee
£98 to | 300 to | 318 to
374 ft. | 300 ft.1| 318 ft. | 325 ft.
Polymorphina elegantissima, P. and J.......| RS MC
ne communis, d’Orb. Tee Be ale RS | RS
iS problema, d’Orb. plies: tu 22S) etl
; gibba, d’Orb. 4 Piya eed 8
regina, B., P., and J. ..._ ... hk
Pullenia sphaeroides, d’Orb., sp. sc pea R
Discorbina tufbo, @Orb., sp... «ew | R
(?) tabernacularis, Brady... ... ... R R
Planorbulina mediterranensis, Oe) RS
. larvata, P. and J. ... ... ...| RS
eeprwals, Brady. «0.6 ...5 >... |.
Truncatulina haidingerii, d’Orb., sp. ..._ ...| MC R
; ‘sp lobatula, W. and ie =] 0 lees -alene R R R
¥ wuellerstorfi, Schw., Si Me Ve R R
55 ungeriana, d’Orb., sp. pee rei . VC | RS C
es tenuimargo, Brady Bet eee Cs, R
| reticulata, Czjzek, sp. Avie RS R
Anomalina grosserugosa, Gumb., sp. Rie R
ammonoides, Reuss, Sp. Set ise ae! R
Pulvinulina oblonga, Will., ae SEN ee Bes R
* elegans, d’Orb., ef aes R
i? scabricula, Beinn Se eee) es | MC C
ys tumida, Brady - R
Rotalia papillosa, var. compr essiuscula, Brady VE > RSL OME. 1 -WC
m schroeteriana, PeraradJ. si it: C
i soldanit, d’Orb. ee ai eRe BA 844, lie #) R
orbicularis, d’Orb. ... ... eel MC
Gypsina globulus, Reuss, sp. Seca te 5 R
:. vesicularis, Band Je oe. R
~ Nonionina depressula, W. and J., R RS
umbilicatula, Montag., ae R
Polystomella macella, F. and M., ap R R
ty crispa, ‘Linn., ode Be Sa R R
4 craticulata, F. and M., ; cat R
verriculata, Brady So uit R R
‘Amphistegina lessonii, TE ie ae a aa We ree
- Operculina complanata, Vier dos ere. at RS

REMARKS ON SOME OF THE SPECIES.

| Pentellina angularis,.Howchin, sp.—The occurrence of

this species in considerable numbers in No. 4 Bore is of some

interest, as its only previous record is from the lower beds of

Muddy ‘Creek (Vic.), where the type specimen was obtained.

_ The specimens, in the present instance, show the same defects

_ by weathering of the final chambers as was seen in those

obtained from the Muddy Creek material. It seems to be
absent from the Kruger Dam Bore.

Discorbina (1) tabernacularis, Brady.—Two very small

examples, obtained from the lower portion of No. 4 Bore,

350

have been referred, with some reservation, to this species.
They have the form of a symmetrical cone, with the inferior
surface depressed. The presence of only two examples, and
these of very minute size, makes a definite determination
somewhat difficult.

Pulvinulina scabricula, Chapman.—This form was de-
scribed by Mr.- Chapman from the Batesford Limestone
(Moorabool River, Vic.). The examples from Lilydale are
more deeply pitted than the type, and are moderately common
in No. 4 bore. ;

Rotahia papillosa, var. compressiuscula, Brady.—Rotali-
form shells with strongly-developed surface ornament occur
in both bores, and, in varying numbers, at all depths
examined. They may be said to be of It. papillosa type, but
comprise variations from that form in the direction of other
species. The most prevalent features are those of 2. papillosa,
var. compressiuscula, but some specimens show a close resem-
blance to FR. schroeteriana, especially in No. 4 Bore, at 300
feet to 318 feet horizon. In the Kruger Dam Bore, and also
in No. 4 Bore to some extent, strongly-hbuilt examples occur
which approximate to the /?. clathrata, Brady, style of orna-
ment, but with some differences. In this latter case the seg-
ments of the inferior side are angulated, radially, as rndges,
and are marked by a strong limbation, while between the
limbate ridges are numerous transverse ridges. In some
specimens, again, one to three spines are developed on the
peripheral margin, akin to those in /?. calcar, d’Orb. The
variations indicated above may be but varietal in their cccur-
rence, or fuller research may give them a specific value.

Polystomella verriculata, Brady.—Two examples of this
very distinct and interesting species were obtained from the
lower portion of No. 4 Bore. It also occurred sparingly in
the lower beds of Muddy Creek.

Amphistegina lessonii, d’Orb.—This form is very
abundant in the lower levels of No. 4 Bore, but appears
to be absent from the upper levels, as well as from the Kruger
Dam Bore. This restricted distribution, limiting an abundant
form to one particular horizon, is somewhat remarkable, and
may have some geological significance. The specimens attained
fairly large size, but are not equal, in this respect, to the
very large examples of this species which occur at Muddy
Creek. Like those found in the last-named locality they have
been altered to brown ocherous-pseudomorphs.

The Foraminifera in the above list number about seventy-
nine species, and, on the whole, exhibit a facies that shows
relationship with the Muddy Creek (Vic.) lower beds (Bal-
combian), rather than with the Adelaide and Aldinga

%

Dee

rey es

ab

351

(Janjukian) beds. This is especially seen in such species as
Amphistegina lessoni and Pentellina angularis, which are
present in considerable numbers both in the Muddy Creek and
Lilydale material, as well as by Polystomella verriculata, in
lesser numbers, none of which species has been recorded from
the beds in the Adelaide district. Muddy Creek lies on the
eastern side of the Murray Basin and Lilydale is situated

’ almost on its extreme western limits, yet this agreement in the

foraminiferal fauna of the two localities may indicate a strati-

graphical co-ordination and similar geological horizon for

the respective beds.

The height of the Lilydale bores above sea-level has not
been accurately determined, but Yunta, the nearest railway
station, at.a distance of forty-two miles, is 992 feet above the
sea. Lilydale is probably a little lower than that.

OrcGanic REMAINS OTHER THAN THE FORAMINIFERA.
PorRIFERA : —

A few tri-radiate sponge spicules.
ACTINOZOA : —

Placotrochus deltoideus, Duncan (small and worn speci-

mens).

Amphihelia striata, T. Woods (one weathered fragment).
PoLyzoa : —

Numerous genera and species.

PELECYPODA : —

Cardium, sp. (young).

Cardita scabrosa, Tate (young).

Lucina affinis, Tate.

Limopsis insolita, Sow.

Trigoma, sp. (broken fragments, including teeth).
ScaPHOPODA : —

Dentalium mantelli, Zittel. (fragments).
GASTEROPODA : —

Turritella aldingae, Tate.

Erato minor, Tate.

(?) Drillia (several young examples).

Opercula (calcareous, probably of Turbo).
OsTRACODA : —

Not uncommon ; several genera as well as species.
Pisces: —-.

Ichthyolites in the form of small bones.

352

SOME NEW RECORDS OF FUNG! FOR SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

By T. G. B. Ossorn, M.Sc., Professor of Botany, University
of Adelaide.

[Read September 9, 1915.]

The fungi of South Australia have hitherto been neglected

as a field of study, as indeed have most of the cryptogams. In
the present note some forty species are recorded, the. occur-
rence of which I cannot find in the literature, though many
are common—a few exceedingly so. The majority have already
been recorded from the other States, but five have not, so far
as I am aware, been recorded for Australia before. One of
these occurred on a native plant in the field; the remainder
are pathogenic fungi attacking various cultivated plants, that
have no doubt been imported with the seed or by other means.
Fortunately, none of them promises to be very serious, but
the fact that they have been introduced serves to show how
necessary are the Commonwealth regulations governing the
importation of plants—regulations that have hitherto been
successful in preventing the introduction of several of the
more serious European and American diseases of cultivated
plants. However, one of these new Australian records merits
special mention. It is the fungus causing a wilt of tomato
plants, that I have provisionally referred to Hntorrhiza
(Schinzia) solani, Faut. Entorrhiza. solant was briefly
described by F. Fautrey in the “Revue Mycologique” for 1896
as causing a wilt of potato plants, but no further account hav-
ing appeared, Sorauer (‘‘Handbuch der Pflanzenkrankheiten,”’
3rd ed., vol. u1., p. 335) regards the results with scepticism.
The symptoms described for the wilt of tomatoes and the
occurrence and appearance of the spores agree closely with
Fautrey’s account of the potato disease, so that for the present
I have referred the fungus to his species.

“The Fungus Flora of Australia,’’ by Dr. M. C. Cooke,
appeared in 1892, but three years later a somewhat more
complete list was published by McAlpine. I have, there-
fore, given references to the latter by number where possible,
to render it easy to ascertain the range of a species in the
other States. Where more recent works of reference upon
special groups of Australian fungi have appeared these are
also cited.

SS) a |

353

It is a pleasure to express my thanks to Mr. C. C. Brittle-
bank, of Melbourne, who has helped me not a little by re-
ferring to literature not available in South Australia and
checking certain determinations by material in the herbarium
of the Agricultural Department of Victoria. The Hendersonia
on Hleocharis was determined by him.

UVromyces fusisporus, Cke. and Mass.—On living phyllodes
of Acacia pycnantha, Benth. Burnside, May 9, 1914, in.
Belair, May 11, 1914, ii. and iii. M., 1450. Rusts, p. 94 ©).

Uromyces microtidis, Cke.—On living leaf of Microtis
porrifoha, R. Br. National Park, Belair, October 2, 1912,
iii. M., 1454. Rusts, p. 88. The only record given by
McAlpine is Bullahdelah, New South Wales.

UVromyces striatus, Schrot.—On living leaves of Medicago
sativa, L. Fullarton, March, 1915 (C. E. Stephens), 11. and ii.

- Recorded for New South Wales, 2nd Report, Bur. Microbio-

logy, Sydney, 1912.

Uromyces tricorynes, McAlp.—On stems of T'ricoryne
elatior, R. Br. Parakie, October 17, 1913, 11. and iii. Rusts,
or.

Uromycladium simplex, McAlp.—On living phyllodes of
Acacia pycnantha, Benth. Burnside, May 9, 1914, iu.

Belair, May 11, 1914, ii. Rusts, p. 110.

46

Puccinia dampierae, Syd.—On living stems and: leaves of
Dampiera rosmarinifolia, Schl. Longwood, September 28,
1914 (Miss A. H. Rennie), i. and iii. The aecidia were only
found upon the leaves. Rusts, p. 146.

Puceima epilobii-tetragoni (D.C.), Wint. On living stems
and leaves of Hyilobium glabellwm, Forst. Brighton sand
dunes, February 28, 1914, 1., 11., andiii. M., 1473. Rusts,
p. 170.

Puceinia hederaceae, McAlp.—On living leaves of Iiola
betonicifolia, Sm. Burnside, May 9, 1914, ii. and iu. M.,.
1466, as P. aegra, Grove. Rusts, p. 183.

Puccima helianthi, Schw.—On living leaves and bracts of
Helianthus annuus, LL. Adelaide, fairly common, January-
April, ii. and ui. M., 1476. Rusts, p. 158.

Puceinia hypochoeridis, Oud.—On living leaves of Hypo-
choeris radicata, LL. Morialta Falls Reserve, September 13,

1913, ii. and iii. Rusts, p. 159.

1479. Rusts, p. 136.

Puccinia juncophila, Cke. and Mass.—On living stems of
Juncus, sp. Glenelg River, January, 1913, ii. and ii. M.,

(1) M. 1450 refers to the number assigned to the species in the:

“Systematic Arrangement of Australian Fungi,’ by D. McAlpine,

ha
&
o ."

Melbourne, 1895.

(2)“*The Rusts of Australia,’ by D. McAlpine, Melbourne, 1906.
M

354

Puccima morrisom, McAlp.—On living leaves of Pela-
gomum australe, Jacq. Victor Harbour sand dunes, November
5, 1913, 11. and iti. Henley Beach sand dunes, January, 1914,
il. and ili. Rusts, p. 180.

Puccinia poarum, Niels.—On living leaves of Poa annua,
L.. Adelaide, October 17,1913, 11. M., 1489. Rusts, p. 128.

Puccima tasmamca, Diet.—On living stems and leaves of
Senicio vulgaris, L. Mitcham, October, 1912,1. andi. Ade-
laide, August, 1913, i. Rusts, p. 163.

Puccinia tetragonae, McAlp.—On living leaves of Tetra-
gona iwmplexicoma, Hook f. Granite Island, Victor Harbour,
August 23, 1915, 4,1 Buste,op..173.

Puccima thuement (Thuemen), McAlp.—On living leaves
of Apiwum graveolens, L. Mount Lofty, November 10, 1912,
li. M., 1468. Rusts, p. 168.

Cintractia sorghi-vulgaris (Tul.), Clint.—In the ovaries
of Andropogon-sorghum, Brot. Roseworthy, February, 1915
(C. F. Stephens). McAlpine, “‘Smuts of Australia,’ 1910,

palitat

: Entorrhiza (Schinzia) solam, Faut.—In the roots and
base of the stem of Lycopersicum esculentum, causing a wilt
and final death of the infected plants. Fungus provisionally
referred to the species. Crystal Brook, June, 1914. Hntor-
rhiza solani was described by EK. Fautrey in the ““Rev. Mycol.,”’
1896, p. 11, as causing a new disease of potatoes. The account
was brief, and since then no further investigation of the fungus
has, so far as I am aware, been undertaken. It has not been
recorded in Australia before, nor have I heard of its occur-
rence in another part of the State.

Taphrina aurea, Fries.—On living leaves of Populus
pyramidalis, Salisb. Balhannah, October 30, 1913 (Geo.
-Quinn). I have not been able to trace the published record
of Taphrina aurea in Australia. Mr. Brittlebank informs me
the herbarium of the Department of Agriculture, Melbourne,
has a specimen from South Australia, dated 1901, while he
found it in 1883, but it does not appear in McAlpine’s list. It
is not common in this State, but is found occasionally on trees
in the gullies of the Mount Lofty Range.

Sphaerotheca pannosa, Lev.—On living leaves, stems, and
flower-buds of /osa, sp. Adelaide, common, May-October.
M., 1722.

Hrysiphe graminis, D.C.—Infesting the basal leaf sheaths
of wheat plants. Adelaide, August, 1913. Caulfield, Octo-
ber, 1913; DE.) 1724.

Poronia punctata, Fries.—Decayed horse dung. The Her-
mitage, October 9, 1912. M., 1599.

355

Sclerotima libertiana, Fuck.—On living leaves of lettuce,
causing a “drop” disease. The sclerotia only were found.
“Journal of Agriculture,’’ vol. xvi., 1913, p. 1080. Sturt
Creek, April, 1913 (C. H. Beaumont). This well-known

European and American disease of cultivated lettuce plants’

has not, so far as I am aware, been recorded in Australia
before. [(?) Report, Pathologist Dept. of Agric., Victoria (in
the press). |

Pseudopeziza medicaginis (Lib.), Sacc.—On living leaves
and stems of Medicago sativa, L. “Journal of Agriculture,’
South Australia, vol. xvii., p. 294, 1913. Turretfield, Decem-
ber 23, 1912. M., 1894. Ps

Peronospora schleidem, Ung.—On living glants of the

cultivated onion, Al/iwm cepa, L., causing a wilt. Longwood,
July 24, 1915., per Horticultural Branch of Department of
Agriculture, South Australia. M., 2202.

Empusa muscae, Cohn.—On bodies of dead house-flies.
Adelaide, May, 1915 (Miss A. H. Rennie). Torrensville,
May, 1915 (Miss M. M. Poynton). M., 2203.

Ascochyta corticola, McAlp.—On the bark of living navel
orange tree, causing necrosis of the tissues. Buckland Park,
June, 1915. McAlpine, ‘‘Fungus Diseases of Citrus Trees,’’
Melbourne, 1899, p. 110.

Actinonema rosae, Fries.—On living leaves of Hosa, sp.
The Hermitage, October 7, 1912. M., 2086.

Hendersonia scerpicola, Cke. and Hark.—Living stems of
Eleocharis sphacelata, R. Br.—Black Swamp, May 29, 1914.

Septoria petroselini, Desm.—Causing dry spots to appear
on the leaves of cultivated parsley, Carwm petroselinum, Benth.
and Hook, f. Mount Lofty, November, 1912.

Septoria petroselim, Desm., var. apw, Br. and Cav.—
Causing the leaf-scorch disease of celery, Apiwm graviolens, L.
On living stems, leaves, and fruits. “Journal of Agriculture,”’
South Australia, vol. xvi., p. 1, 1912. Mount Gambier, July,
1912. Adelaide, July, 1913. Recorded for New South Wales,
2nd Report, Bur. Microbiology, Sydney, 1912.

Septoria rubi, West. — Causing spots on the leaves of
Rubus fruticosus, L. The Hermitage, October 7, 1912.

Septoria tritici, Desm.—Causing appearance of elongated
spots on the basal leaves of wheat plants. Probably widely
distributed. Parafield, October, 1912. Aldinga, September,
1913. M., 2100.

Gloeosporium nervisequum, Fuck.—Causing brown spots,
especially along the veins of living leaves of Platanus
orientalis, L.. Adelaide, October, 1912; common each year.
Mount Lofty, November, 1912. ‘‘Jour. Agric.,’’ Victoria,
Wok, Xli., p. 335, 1914.

m2

Le ag
fm

356

Glocosporium mezerei, Cke. and Mass.—Causing brown
spots on the living leaves of Daphne mezercum, L. Adelaide,
June, 1915. Not hitherto recorded in Australia.

Colletotrichum lindemuthianum (Sacc, and Mag.), Schr.—
Causing discoloured spots (anthracnose) of stems and leaves of
living broadbean plants, Vicia faba, L. Adelaide, July, 1915.
M., 2133.

Oospora scabies, Thax.—Present as a greyish evanescent
mould upon some scabbed potatoes. “Journal of Agriculture,”
South Australia, vol. xvi., p. 191. Gumeracha, November,
1912, 1913. Blackwood, April, 1914. McAlpine, “‘Diseases
of Potato Plants in Australia,’’ 1912.

Fusicladium ervobotryae.—On living leaves, stems, and
fruits of loquat, Hriobotrya japonica, Lindl. Scott’s Creek,
October, 1912.

Alternaria solani (E. and M.), Jones and Grant.—On
living leaves of potato; general. McAlpine, “Potato Diseases.”

357

“THE LEPIDOPTERA OF BROKEN HILL, NEW SOUTH WALES.
PART I.

By Oswatp B. Lower, Paz ae hE. ,, ete.
[Read October 14, 1915.]

The Broken Hill district is a dry belt of country situated
about 334 miles from Adelaide, the nearest coastal port being
Port Pirie, about 250 miles distant. The rainfall has an
average of about 8 inches. The surface of the district con-
‘sists of low ranges of hills, with intervening sandy alluvial
plains, the rocks exposed being largely composed of an ancient
system of limestone and boulder beds, and although the dis-
trict has been characterized as a desert, the appellation is a
misnomer, as during a good rainy season the herbage flourishes
to an astonishing degree of prolific activity.

The flora is largely composed of representatives of the
Cruciferae (Blennodia, etc.), Malvaceae (Lavatera, Gom-
phrena, etc.), Myoporinae (Eremophila), Sapindaceae
¢Dodonoea), Salsolaceae (Kochia, Bassia), Compositae (Heli-
ehrysum), Leguminosae (Cassia, Acacia), Myrtaceae, the
mulga (Acacia aneura), and gum, Lucalyptus rostrata, being
predominant in the area under notice, whilst the generic
names in parentheses indicate those more commonly met with.

The climate during the summer period, 7.e., November to
February, is rather trying, but the remainder of the year is
mild and bracing, the mean temperature being, according to
J. B. Jacquet, about 65°5° F.

The insect fauna is tolerably well represented ; amongst
the Neuroptera, Orthoptera, and Myrmelionidae I have
secured several novelties. The Coleoptera are mostly repre-
‘sented by members of the Carabidae, Tenebrionidae, Bupres-
tidae, Curculionidae, and Scarabaeidae. The Lepidoptera
-of the district is particularly interesting, affording, as it does,
an insight into the peculiar, and in many instances probably
locally endemic, species of this hitherto unexplored region.
It has produced some startling discoveries, not only in the
large percentage of new species, but in the geographical dis-
tribution of others well known. A large proportion of the
Species herein enumerated are to the best of my knowledge
vendemic of the district, and the number of new genera and
‘Species adduce an important aspect as to what the inland
portion of the continent may be expected to yield during
the course of further search. One noticeable characteristic

358

is the entire absence of the Hesperiudue, the absence of
Cladium no doubt being responsible for such. Another
notable peculiarity is the large number of single stragglers
which I secured from time to time; nearly all the world-wide
species have been taken here, introduced no doubt through
agency of merchandise which finds its way here from every
portion of the globe. Especially is this applicable to
Deilephila ewphorbiae,a living specimen which Mr. J. Fairhead’
secured in the mail-room of our local post office. The prin-
cipal area from which the collection has been made does not
extend beyond five miles of the town itself, and doubtless —
many more interesting species remain yet to be discovered,
especially along the river district.

In forming the collection I encountered at once the
difficulty of having no scrub or undergrowth within fifty
miles of the town, and the continuous devastation of the
remaining scrub and low herbage by grazing, etc., and the
removal of street trees—mostly H’ucalypti—have added to the
difficulties of collecting. A large proportion of those enumer-
ated were taken at hight, but the advent of the electric street
lights, with the lamps fully 15 to 20 feet from the ground,
have not made the acquisition of specimens any easier. The
result of my labours, however, has been more than com-
pensated by the discovery of so many new forms. I think
IT can claim the unique distinction of having compiled the
first authentic list of species distributed in Central Australia,
and although I have the advantage of my critics by being on:
the spot, I sincerely trust that those who in due course add
to the catalogue will find nothing to cavil at in its contents,
but prove its utility to be of such importance as to justify
its publication. The types of the new species are in my
collection.

Family AMATIDAE.

The name Amata, Fab., having priority over Syntomis,
Ochs., the name of the family is altered accordingly. The-
three undermentioned species of the family are only
stragglers.

1. AMATA XANTHOSOMA, Turn.

Two specimens near Tibooburra, in January.

2. AMATA CLEMENTSI, Hmpsn.
One abraded specimen at light, in February.

3. AMATA MAGISTRI, Turn.
Four specimens, in January.

359

Family ARCTIADAE.
Subfamily NOLINAE.

4. CELAMA ALBALIS, WIk.
Four specimens, in October.

5. RoESELIA LUGENS, WIkK.
Taken occasionally during September and March,

light.
6. ZIA TACTALIS, W1lk.
Three specimens, in August.

7. CTENOSIA INFUSCATA,’ Low.
Two specimens, in April.

8. ScOLIACMA BICOLOR, Bdv.
One specimen from Wilcannia, without date.

9. ILEMA REPLANA, Lewin.
One specimen, in March.

10. Hatone sEsunctTa, Feld.
Taken occasionally in October and November.

11. HaLone sinuata, Wligrn.
Not uncommon in July and August.

12. CAPRIMIMA PROCRENA, Meyr.
Four specimens, in November.

13. PoLIODULE XANTHODELTA, Low.

at

Generally common in September, October, and Novem-
ber. I have not yet succeeded in discovering the female,
which is probably apterous. The generic name is misprinted

Poliodula in Hampson’s Catalogue.

t
14. XANTHODULE OMBROPHANES, Meyr.

Rather common in September and October. I also take
‘the form inquinata, Lucas, and have received it commonly

from Wompah, on the Queensland border.

15. XANTHODULE SEMIOCHREA, Butl.
Two specimens, in November.

360

16. AsuRA LypIA, Don.

Five specimens, taken at Tarrawingee in March and April.
The specimens are dwarfed, with the medial black band of
hindwings absent.

17. THALLARCHA ALBICOLLIS, Feld.
Taken occasionally, at light, during November.

18. THALLARCHA SPARSANA, WI1k.

Not uncommon, at light, during September and October.
The specimens taken here are larger than those from Queens-
land, and with the hindwings more orange.

19. THALLARCHA JOCULARIS, Rosenst.
Three specimens, at ight, in March.

20. THALLARCHA RHAPTOPHORA, N. sp.

3, 22 mm. Head and palpi yellow. Thorax fuscous,
patagia pale-yellow. Antennae fuscous. Legs fuscous, pos-
terior pair pale-yellow. Abdomen pale-yellow, somewhat
infuscated beneath in middle. Forewings elongate-triangular,.
costa hardly arched, termen obliquely rounded; white, with
blackish markings; a small spot at base of wing; a
narrow outwardly oblique dentate fascia, from costa at one--
sixth to fold; a round spot just above dorsum at one-fifth ;
a double dentate fine line from before middle of costa to
middle of dorsum, followed on its posterior edge by an inter-
rupted narrow dentate shade, most prominent on costa; a
twice outwardly sinuate, somewhat dot-like line, from costa
at about four-fifths to dorsum before anal angle, more or less:
interrupted on lower third; an elongate mark above middle,
between dot-like line and shade, indented on posterior edge ;
a rather thick shade, from costa near apex, where it is dilated,
to anal angle, twice excurved at and above middle, both
anteriorly and posteriorly, and sometimes interrupted above
anal angle; a row of round dots along termen; cilia dark-
fuscous, with an ochreous tooth above middle and anal angle.
Hindwings yellow; an elongate fuscous discal spot, above and
beyond middle; a moderate fuscous apical patch extending to
middle of termen, thence continued as a fine line to near anal.
angle; cilia pale-yellow.

Between isophragma, Meyr, and jocularis, Rosenst.

Two specimens, taken in November.

21. THALLARCHA CATASTICTA, N. sp.

¢, 18 mm. Head white. Palpi fuscous, internally
whitish at base. Thorax fuscous, patagia white. Antennae:

‘ q
bd
=

: 361

fuscous. Legs fuscous, posterior pair ochreous-yellow.
Abdomen yellowish-orange, deeper orange beneath. Fore-
wings very elongate triangular, costa hardly arched, termen
obliquely rounded; white, with fuscous markings; a small
spot at base of wing: three more or less confluent spots,
forming a narrow outwardly oblique band, from costa at
about one-fifth to middle of wing; a small spot just above
dorsum, and anterior to termination of band; a narrow
dentate fascia from middle of costa to middle of dorsum,
sharply sinuate inwards above middle; a twice outwardly
sinuate narrow line from five-sixths of costa to just before
anal angle, becoming interrupted and dot-like on lower third ;
an elongate discal spot above middle, between median and last
line, but nearer the latter; a short oblique dash from costa
near apex, nearly reaching first sinuation of last line; a row
of hind-marginal dots; cilia pale-yellow. Hindwings very
pale-yellow; a fuscous elongate discal spot above and beyond
middle; a pale-fuscous apical patch, obscurely continued along
termen to middle; cilia pale-yellow.

One specimen, in November. I have seen a specimen
from Birchip, Victoria.

22. CASTULO GRATIOSA, WIlk.

Three specimens, in October; these appear to fluctuate
between gratiosa, Wlk., and zonophanes, Meyr., the median
band of forewings being nearly filled in with fuscous, and
the post-medial band as broad as in zonophanes. Perhaps a
further series may indicate a new species.

23. CasTULO LAETA, W1k.

A single specimen, of the form zanthomelas, Low., taken
in November; the bands of forewings are much broader than
the type, and strikingly approach shepherdi, Newm.

Subfamily ARCTIANAE.

24. ARDICES GLATIGNYI, Le Guill.

Taken occasionally, in November.

25. CREMNOPHORA ANGASI, Wlk.

Not uncommon in the spring and in March.

26. UvETHEISA PULCHELLA, Linn.
Common from September to April.

362

Subfamily AGARISTIDAE.

27. CRURIA DONOVANI, Bdv.

I have a single battered specimen, taken at Balaclava,
near Broken Hill, in January. As some species of this group»
are said to feed on Loranthus, and as this plant is abundant
here, 1t is curious that the family is not more freely repre-
sented.

NOCTUINA.

This group is well represented here, and I possess several.
species which are probably new, but not in a fit condition for
.description. The genera Omphaletis and Ariathisa are most
abundant, but nearly every family is represented.

Subfamily AGROTINAE.

28. NEOCLEPTRIA PUNCTIFERA, WIk.
Tolerably common in October and November.

29. CHLORIDEA OBSOLETA, Fab.

Common from August to December, also in April. This:
species has stood for years as armigera, Hiib.

30. MELICEPTRIA MESOLEUCA, Low.
Five specimens, in March.

31. MELICEPTRIA PALLIDA, Butl.
Two specimens, in March.

32. BUCIARIA BIPARTITA, WI1k.
Three specimens, March and April.

33. EUxoA RADIANS, Gn.

Very common in August to November, and again fronz
March to May.
Evuxoa INFUSA, Bdv.

Not uncommon in September and October.

35. EUXOA PORPHYRICOLLIS, Gn.
Taken occasionally in March.

36. EUxoA RECLUSA, WIk.
Taken at rare intervals, in March.

37. AGROTIS compTa, WIk.
Several specimens, September and October.

363

38. AGROTIS SPINA, Gn. ‘
Several specimens, September and October.

39. PROTEUXOA MNIODES, Low.
A rare species, two specimens in November.

40. PROPATRIA MUNDOIDES, Low.
Rather common from September to November.

41. ECTroOPATRIA ASPERA, WI1k.
Taken occasionally in October.

42. POLIA CONSANGUIS, Gn.
Not uncommon in October.

43. PERSECTANIA EWINGII, Westw.
Taken occasionally in October.

44. DASYGASTER EUTHERMA, Low.
Five specimens, in March.

45. CIRPHIS UDA, Gn.
Two specimens, in March.

46. CIRPHIS LEUCOSTA, Low.
One abraded specimen, in May.

47. CIRPHIS LOREYI, Dup.
Not uncommon in March and April.

48. CirpHis ciuiata, Wlk.
Two specimens, in October.

49. CrRPHIS UNIPUNCTA, Haw.
Tolerably common in April and May.

Subfamily CUCULLIANAE.

50. EUMICHTHIS SEPULTRIX, Gn.
Five specimens, in October.

51. EUMICHTHIS SALIARIS, Gn.
Rather uncommon, in October.

52. PERIPYRA SANGUINIPUNCTA, Gn.
‘One specimen, in October.

364

53. COSMODES ELEGANS, Don.
Not uncommon during September and October.

54. SPODOPTERA MAURITIA, Bdyvy.
Four specimens, in October.

55. LAPHYGMA EXEMPTA, WIk.
Two specimens, in November.

56. LAPHYGMA EXIGUA, Hiib,
Very common, especially at light, August to November.

57. PROMETOPUS HOROLOGA, Meyr.
Tolerably common in March.

58. EREMOCHROA MACROPA, Low.

Not uncommon in March and April, the male pre-
ponderating.
59. KREMOCHROA PARADESMA, Low.

Several specimens, in May.

60. EREMOCHROA ALPHITIAS, Meyr.
Several specimens, in April.

61. EREMOCHROA THERMIDORA, Hmpsn.

A scarce species, two specimens in September.

62. MIcRoPiA RHODOCENTRA, Low.
A scarce species, two specimens in April.

63. OMPHALETIS FLORESCENS, W1k.

An abundant species, September to November and

March.
64. OMPHALETIS EXUNDANS, Gn.

One specimen, in May.

65. OMPHALETIS HELIOSEMA, Low.
Very common in September, October, and March.

66. OMPHALETIS NUNA, Gn.
Rather common in March and April.

67. OMPHALETIS MELODORA, Low.
Common during October and November, and again in
April.

365

68. OMPHALETIS METANEURA, Low.
Not uncommon in March and April.

69. OMPHALETIS SARCOMORPHA, Low.
A scarce species; two specimens, in April.

70. OMPHALETIS PETRODORA, Low.
Two specimens, in March.

71. OMPHALETIS(?) ACONTOURA, Nn. sp.

2,30 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax smoky-
brown, palpi dull-ochreous beneath, abdomen rather dark-
fuscous. Legs fuscous, mixed with whitish. Forewings
elongate-triangular, termen gently rounded; smoky-brown,
with black markings: a thick streak along submedian fold,
from near base to before middle, posteriorly attenuated; a
thick similar streak in middle of cell throughout; a row of
black dots along termen; cilia smoky-brown. Hindwings
with termen rounded, faintly waved ; light-fuscous; cilia grey,
with a fuscous sub-basal line.

In the absence of the male, the generic location is un-
certain.

One specimen, in October, at light.

72. OMPHALETIS SPODOCHROA, 0. Sp.
3d, 9; 24, 28 mm. Head and antennae fuscous, face
whitish-ochreous. Palpi ochreous-whitish, second joint infus-
eated laterally. Thorax ashy-grey-whitish, anteriorly with a

narrow fuscous band, collar rufous. Abdomen greyish-
ochreous. Legs greyish-white, tarsi fuscous, banded with
ochreous. forewings elongate-triangular, termen gently

rounded; ashy-grey-whitish; all lines obsolete; orbicular
small, reddish-ochreous; reniform white, moderate, edged on
either side with reddish-ferruginous, and with a small blackish
shade on lower lobe; an obscure reddish sub-basal median
spot ; three equidistant black dots on costa, first close to base,
from which emerge faint indications of sub-basal line, second
at one-quarter; third at about middle; faint indications of a
waved fuscous subterminal line; a row of fuscous-ferruginous
dots along termen; cilia dark-fuscous; terminal half greyish-
ochreous.

Near sarcomorpha, Low.

Seven specimens, in March.

73. ARIATHISA COELENOPTERA, 0. Sp.

_ ¢, Q, 34 mm. Head and thorax blackish, slightly
irrorated with whitish. Palpi ochreous-whitish, base of second

366

and upper edge of terminal joint black. Antennae fuscous.
Abdomen grey, beneath infuscated. Legs fuscous, banded |
with ochreous-white. Forewings elongate-triangular, termen
rounded, faintly waved ; dark-fuscous, mixed with black, and
sparsely irrorated with whitish; sub-basal line black, hardly
traceable; antemedial line waved, black, double, from costa
at one-quarter to dorsum at one-third; orbicular white;
reniform large, pale-yellow, with an irregular blackish patch
in lower lobe; postmedian line dentate, becoming double on
lower half; subterminal line waved, ochreous; space between
postmedian and subterminal very dark-fuscous, with veins
outlined in black on space; six or seven ochreous-white costal
dots, first at commencement of antemedial line, last on middle
of dark-fuscous groundcolour, one above reniform largest; a
waved black line along termen, preceded by a row of ochreous
interneural spots; cilia fuscous, basal half ochreous, with a
row of black median spots at extremities of veins. Hindwings
with termen rounded, faintly waved; white, becoming infus-
ated on apical third ; a fuscous discal lunule; a fuscous waved
line along termen; cilia white, mixed with fuscous at apex.

Nearest cornuta, Low.

Five specimens, in March; also from Pinnaroo, South
Australia,

74. ARIATHISA ENDESMA, Low.

Several specimens, November and April.

75. ARIATHISA CORNUTA, Low.
One specimen, in March.

76. ARIATHISA EUCHROA, pT,
Four specimens, in March. |

77. ARIATHISA ANGASI, Feld.
Five specimens, in April.
78. ARIATHISA TORTISIGNA, WI1k.

Three specimens, in March and April.

79. ARIATHISA CHRYSOSPILA, Low.
Not uncommon in March and April.

80. ARIATHISA PARAGYPSA, Low.

Two specimens, in April.

81. ARIATHISA GYPSINA, Low.
Fourteen specimens, in March and April.

367

82. ARIATHISA PARATORNA, Low.
Not uncommon in March.

83. ARIATHISA ETONIANA, Low.
Taken occasionally in March.

84. ARIATHISA HYDRAECIOIDES, Gn.
Nineteen specimens, in March and April.

85. ARIATHISA MICROSPILA, Low.
Rather common during April and May.

86. ARIATHISA AaTMOSCOPA, Low.
A rare species; three specimens, in April.

87. ARIATHISA CONFINIS, WIk.
Not uncommon in March.

88. ARIATHISA CAPULARIS, Gn.
Rather a scarce species, taken in March.

89. ARIATHISA ATRA, Gn.
Five specimens, in March.

90. ARIATHISA MICRODES, Low.
A winter species, rather common from April to July.

91. ARIATHISA HETEROGAMA, Low.
See page 37 4.
92. ARIATHISA MONOCHROA, Low.

Two poor specimens, in May.

93. ARIATHISA ADELPHODES, Low.
Taken occasionally in April.

94. ARIATHISA INTERFERENS, WIlk.
One imperfect specimen, in March.

95. ARIATHISA FLEXIRENA, WIlk.
Two specimens, in October.

96. HyPoPpERIGEA TONSA, Gn.
One specimen, in March, somewhat worn.

97. PROxENUS TENUIS, Butl.
Common during September and November.

368

98. PHRAGMATIPHILA TRUNCATA, Wlk.
A single specimen, taken in March.

99. CHASMINA PULCHRA, WIk.
A single specimen, in October.

Subfamily ERASTRIAN AE.

100. KUBLEMMA ANACHORESIS, Wllgrn.
Two specimens, in October.

101. EUBLEMMA COCHYLIOIDES, Gn.
Not uncommon in September.

102. KEUBLEMMA RIVULA, Moore.
‘Common from August to November.

103. EvuBLEMMA pDuBIA, Butl.
Common at light, in October.

104. EustTrotia AMORPHA, Butl.
Three specimens, in October.

105. EvstTRoTIA RITSEMAE, Snell.
Two specimens (worn), in October.

106. EULOCASTRA EURYNIPHA, Turn.
‘Tolerably common during October and November.

107. TARACHE NIVIPICTA, Butl.
Four specimens, in October.

108. TARACHE HIEROGLYPHICA, Low.
Rather common in October and November.

| 109. TARACHE CLERANA, Low.
Several specimens, in October.

Subfamily EUTELIANAE.

110. PATAETA CARBO, Gn.
A single specimen, in March.

111. PavaErTaA CONSPICIENDA, WIlk.
Taken at rare intervals during March and April.

369

Subfamily ACONTIAN AE.

112. Earias HUEGELI, Rogenh.
Fourteen specimens, March to May.

113. EaRIAS PARALLELA, Lucas.

One of the commonest species in September and October,
and again in March.

114. EaRIAS OCHROPHYLLA, Turn.

Also very common during September, October, and
November, and again in March and April.

115. ARMacTICA cCONCHIDIA, Butl.

Taken occasionally in February and March. The sexes
are somewhat dissimilar.

Subfamily CATOCALINAE. ’

116. NIGUZA HABROSCOPA, 0. sp.

6, 42mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax smoky-
brown, thorax with an anterior snow-white band. Abdomen
reddish-orange, with blackish segmental bands on basal half
and with blackish lateral tufts; beneath ochreous with whitish
segmental bands. Legs dark-fuscous, middle and posterior
tarsi spotted with ochreous. Forewings elongate-triangular,
termen rounded, slightly waved; smoky-brown with snow-
white markings; two orange basal spots, on costa and sub-
median fold; a moderately broad transverse fascia, from costa
at one-fifth to dorsum at about one-quarter, curved obliquely
outwards on upper third, and below middle, and with a
rounded projection outwards in middle, which contains an
elongate streak of groundcolour; a similar fascia, from costa
at five-sixths to dorsum before anal angle, curved obliquely
outwards on upper third, thence obliquely inwards to ter-
mination, from the anterior edge of the fascia spring two
snow-white circular lines encircling the large discoidal ocellus,
which is metallic-purple, surrounded completely with lines of
orange and black respectively, and containing a fine streak
of orange from posterior edge above middle; beyond the
second transverse fascia is a narrow metallic-purple somewhat
interrupted line throughout; this is followed by a parallel
series of orange triangular moderate spots, upper three becom-
ing ferruginous, this is again followed by a parallel series
of moderately large snow-white triangular spots, their apices
directed inwards; a fine waved fuscous subterminal line,
followed by a thick parallel shade of grey-whitish through-
out, except at tornus, where it is white; a fuscous waved line

370

along termen; cilia light-fuscous. Hindwings with termen
rounded ; snow-white ; a large, somewhat quadrate discal spot ;
subterminal metallic line and orange and white triangular
spots as in forewings, but the orange spots are the largest,
and white small, being the reverse of those on forewings;

submarginal and line along termen as in forewings; cilia as

in forewings.

Allied to anisogramma, Low., but apart from the larger

size, two transverse oblique fasciae, besides other details, are

sufficient to ensure its distinctiveness. It is a very beautiful

and striking insect.
One specimen, at light, in March.

117. Nicuza ANISOGRAMMA, Low.
Two specimens, at light, in November.

118. GRAMMODES OCELLATA, Tepp.

“Taken occasionally in March and April, usually at light.
The specimens are much larger than those taken at Adelaide.

119. GRAMMODES OcULICOLA, Walk.
Five specimens, taken in April.

120. GRAMMODES PULCHERRIMA, Lucas.
Taken occasionally in March.

121. Mocis aLTERNA, WIlk.
Taken at rare intervals during November and December:

122. Donuca SPECTABILIS, WIk.

Taken occasionally, at rest on Hucalyptus trunks, in:

March and October.

123. ANUA PARCEMACULA, Lucas.
Two specimens, in March, beaten from Hucalyptus.

124. Anua TIRHACA, Cram.

I have bred this species (the var. separans, Walk., xiv..,.

1357) from a larva feeding on ‘‘pepper tree’’ (Schinus molle ),

and as that tree is superabundant here, the insect may possibly

in due course become common. I have also taken two speci-
mens in March, at which period the imago emerged.

125. ACHAEA JANATA, Linn.
Four specimens, taken between October and March, all

probably belonging to the var. argilla, Swin. I have also

received two specimens of the same type from Alice Springs,
Central South Australia. The insect has been known for many:
years as melicerta, Dru., but the Linnean name has priority.

371
Subfamily PHYTOMETRINAE.

126. PHYTOMETRA CHALCYTES, Esp.
‘Taken occasionally in October and November.

127. PHYTOMETRA ARGENTIFERA, Gn.
Common in August and November, and again in March.

128. PHYTOMETRA SUBSIDENS, Wlk.
Three specimens, in March.

Subfamily NOCTUINAE.

129. PoLyDESMA SUBMURINA, WIlk.
‘Taken occasionally at light during October and November.

130. PoLyDESMA LAWSONI, Feld.
Very common in October and November.

131. PoLyDESMA IGNEIPICTA, Low.
Not uncommon in February and March.

132. PoLyYDESMA AGLOSSOIDES, Gn.

Rather scarce. Taken during March. It is generally

larger and paler than the preceding species, but otherwise
very closely allied.

133. DASYPODIA SELENOPHORA, Gn.

Not uncommon, generally taken in the house, preferring
shady spots, in November and March.

134. TaTHORHYNCUS ExsiccaTa, Led.
Common in November, March, and April.

135. SANDAVA XYLISTIS, Swin.
Not uncommon during March.

136. CALATHUSA ISCHNODES, Turn.

Fairly common at light, March to May. Turner describes
the hindwings as ‘‘fuscous, towards base suffused with
whitish’; this is probably correct. Hampson (Cat. Lep.
Phal., xi., p. 380, pl. clxxxiv., fig. 12) describes them as

“pale purplish-red,’’ whilst his figure (which is indifferent)
shows them clear ochreous.

137. CALATHUSA HEMISCIA, N. sp.

2,28 mm. Head blackish. Palpi and antennae fuscous.
Thorax fuscous, thickly irrorated with white, patagia white.

372

Abdomen ochreous-fuscous. Legs fuscous, posterior pair
mixed with grey-whitish. Forewings elongate, costa gently
arched, termen obliquely rounded; ashy-grey-whitish, upper
half of wing throughout blackish, separation rather sharply
defined ; antemedian line hardly traceable; orbicular and reni-
form not traceable; postmedian line perceptible from below
lower edge of to dorsum, with a rounded projection to sub-
median fold, thence oblique; subterminal line fuscous, very
faint, only perceptible on veins; a row of interneural black
spots along termen, sometimes obsolete; cilia greyish-fuscous,
chequered with dark-fuscous. Hindwings with termen faintly
sinuate, fuscous, becoming ochreous on basal two-thirds; cilia
grey-whitish, with a fuscous median line.

Closely allied to sschnodes, Turn., but apparently distinct.

One specimen, in March; also from near Dalby,
Queensland.

138. CALATHUSA THERMOSTICHA, 0. sp.

3, 9; 26, 30 mm. Head, palpi, antenna, and thorax
cinerous-grey. Abdomen greyish-ochreous, whitish beneath.
Legs cinerous-grey, posterior pair whitish. Forewings shaped
as in hemiscia,; cinerous-grey ; a strongly-marked black longi-
tudinal streak above middle of wing, from base to termen ;
all veins neatly outlined with black; all other markings
obsolete, with the exception of three or four suffused black
interneural dots along lower half of termen; cilia cinerous-
grey, with black streaks at extremities of veins. Hindwings
with termen slightly sinuate; greyish-ochreous in male, dull-
ochreous in female; both with a moderately broad fuscous
apical patch, continued along termen to beyond middle; cilia
grey-whitish in male, ochreous in female.

Two specimens, in March and April; also from Semaphore
and Pinnaroo, South Australia.

139. CALATHUSA AETHALISTIS, 0. sp.

Q, 28 mm. Head, palpi, antenna, and thorax smoky-
fuscous. Abdomen dull ochreous-fuscous. Legs cinerous-
grey, posterior coxae ochreous tinged. Forewings shaped as
in hemiscia, but termen less rounded; smoky-fuscous; an
obscure somewhat darker median shade, anterior edge from
beyond one-quarter costa to one-third dorsum; posterior edge
from beyond middle of costa to middle of dorsum, with a
strongly-rounded projection in middle, on which are four or
five raised tufts of fuscous scales; faint indications of a few
fuscous spots along termen; cilia light-fuscous. Hindwings.
with termen faintly sinuate above middle; dull-ochreous,

373

mixed with light fuscous on terminal half; cilia greyish-
ochreous. Forewings beneath light-fuscous, hindwings clear
yellow.

One specimen, in April, at light.

140. PRoRocOPIS MELANOCHORDA, Meyr.

Two specimens, in May; also from Derby, Western Aus-
tralia, and Duaringa, Queensland. The hindwings of the
Derby specimen are much whiter than those from Broken Hill
and Duaringa.

141. PrRorocopis HYPOXANTHA, Low.
Two specimens, in December.

142. PrRorocoPris EUXANTHA, Low.

Three specimens, in January and March; also from
Birchip, Victoria, and Brisbane, Queensland. I also possess
a specimen from Northampton, Western Australia, which
may probably be this species, but is too poor for identification.

143. PRorocoPiIs stTENOTA, Low.
Three specimens, in October.

144. PROROCOPIS ADELOPIS, Low.

Four specimens, in October; also from Derby, Western
Australia. In this specimen the hindwings are nearly white,
and markings of forewings obscure.

145. PRoRocoPiIs LEUCOCROSSA, Low.
One specimen (type), in October.

146. PROROCOPIS SYMMOPA, Nn. sp.

Q, 25-28 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax
ashy-grey-fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-fuscous, legs ochreous-
white, tibiae and tarsi infuscated. Forewings elongate,
costa rather strongly arched, termen rounded, hardly
Waved; cinerous-grey, thickly irrorated with fuscous
and dark-fuscous; markings narrow, black; sub-basal
line curved outwards, rea¢hing submedian fold; ante-
median line dentate, with a short acute projection outwards
below costa; postmedian line with a moderately outwards
curved projection above middle, slightly indented in centre,
gently curved inwards to dorsum; subterminal line crenulate,
indented above and below middle, and preceded by its own
width by a dull-whitish shade; a row of small black dots,
well before termen; a fine waved black line along termen;
cilia ashy-grey fuscous. Hindwings with ternren hardly

374

waved ; dull-ochreous, finely irrorated with fuscous on terminal
half; cilia greyish-ochreous.

Allied to preceding species, but lines are arranged
differently.

One specimen, in March; also from near Duaringa,
Queensland.

147. PRoconiIs EULOPHA, Low.
Proconis eulopha, Low., ante, 1903, p. 44.
Two specimens, in May.

Additional Noctuina.

148. PERIGEA CONFUNDENS, WIk.
Taken occasionally at light, March to May.

149. ARIATHISA CONFINIS, WI1k.
Several specimens, in August, September, and October.

150. ARIATHISA ADELOPA, Low.

Ariathisa adelopa, Hmps., Cat. Lep. Phal., viii., p. 407, pl.
CXXx11., fig. 23 (1909).

gd,42mm. Head and thorax greyish-fuscous, palpi and
antennae reddish-fuscous. Abdomen greyish-fuscous. Legs
ochreous, mixed with fuscous, tarsi banded with black. Fore-
wings elongate, costa hardly arched, termen obliquely
rounded; greyish-fuscous, thickly and minutely irrorated
with black, terminal area somewhat darker; sub-basal line
indistinct, only visible on costa as a black dot, antemedial
line obscure, blackish, oblique, waved, angled outwards at
submedian fold; reniform lunular, blackish, with a rufous
lunule on its anterior edge, placed on indistinct waved median
line, which is oblique from costa to lower angle of cell; post-
median line obscure, waved, outwardly bent below costa, twice
incurved on lower half; subterminal obscure, slightly angled
outwards at vein seven; a terminal series of indistinct striae;
cilia dark-fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded; dark-
fuscous; underside grey, costal area irrorated with black; a
small fuscous lunular mark in disc; terminal area blackish,
becoming deeper towards apex ; cilia fuscous. Abdomen with
large exsertible lateral tufts.

Gisborne, Victoria, one specimen (|? ] March).

151. ARIATHISA HETEROGAMA, Low.
Ariathisa heterogama, Hmps., Cat. Lep. Phal., vi., p. 404,
pl. cxxxii., fig. 17 (1909),
3, 9; 34,38 mm. Head and thorax whitish, irrorated
with reddish-fuscous, palpi dark-fuscous at base, tegulae with
the basal half blackish. Abdomen and legs ochreous-white,

375

abdomen whitish beneath; tarsi with blackish rings. Fore-
wings elongate, costa hardly arched; termen rounded,
oblique; reddish-ochreous, irrorated with fuscous and dark-
fuscous; sub-basal line only represented as black striae from
costa and cell; antemedian line black, oblique, undulated ;
orbicular an obscure minute reddish spot; reniform small,
lunulate, edged with brownish on inner side; median line
obscure, oblique, from costa to median nervure, thence
sinuous; postmedian line obscure, blackish, bent outwards
beneath costa, thence dentate, incurved below vein four and
angled outwards on submedian fold; some pale points beyond
it on costa; subterminal line obscure, anteriorly suffused with
dark-fuscous ; sinuate outwards on vein seven, thence dentate,.
oblique; a series of black points along termen; cilia greyish-
fuscous, with a pale line at base. Hindwings white, some-
what infuscated on veins and towards apex; cilia grey-whitish.

The female has the head, thorax, and forewings more
whitish, and hindwings paler.

Rather common during March, April, and May.

GEOMETRINA.

This group is tolerably well represented in the district,
the Selidosemidae being most numerous. The Hydriomenidae
are disappointing, being less than a score; and as the genus
Hydriomena embraces probably 200 species in Australia, it
is improbable .that this district will materially add to the
number. As will be seen the other families of the group,
with the exception of the Sterrhidae, have representatives,
but to no great extent.

Subfamily HYDRIOMENINAE.

152. PASIPHILA FILATA, Gn.
Taken occasionally in October and November.

153. PHRISSOGONUS LaATIcOosTATUS, WIk.
Rather common during August, October, and November.

154. ASTHENA PULCHRARIA, Dbld.
Three specimens, in February and May, at light.

155. HyDRIOMENA MECYNATA, Gn.
Very scarce here, three specimens in December.

156. HypRIOMENA UNCINATA, Gn.
Taken occasionally in October and December.

376

157. HyprRIOMENA SUBOCHRARIA, Dbld.
Not uncommen, January to March.

158. HyDRIOMENA CRYEROPA, Meyr.
Not uncommon in certain localities in October.

159. HypRIOMENA ACTINIPHA, Low.
Five specimens, in March.

160. HyDRIOMENA PENTODONTA, 0. Sp.

3, 9; 22,24 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, and
‘abdomen fuscous, fillet with a small ferruginous spot; palpi
two; antennal cilations half. Abdomen with blackish seg-
mental bands. Legs fuscous-whitish, tibiae and tarsi ringed
with whitish. Forewings triangular, termen waved, hardly
bowed, oblique; rather dark-fuscous, crossed by numerous fine
blackish lines, and with veins more or less streaked with
ferruginous, especially towards termen; anterior edge of basal
patch slightly curved, from costa one-sixth to dorsum at
about one-fourth; anterior edge of median irregularly and
finely dentate, gently and evenly curved inwards, from before
one-third of costa to one-third dorsum ; a blackish discal dot;
posterior edge of median band from three-fourths to before
two-thirds dorsum, with five rather sharp projections, one
below costa, two contiguous in middle, upper one longest,
and two others just above dorsal, abbreviated ; space between
basal patch and anterior edge of median, and _ between
posterior edge and subterminal line snow-white; subterminal
suffused, interrupted, waved, more pronounced on veins, where
it becomes dot-like; an inwardly oblique streak of fuscous .
from below apex towards middle of subterminal; a waved
black line along termen; cilia whitish, barred with fuscous at
extremities of veins. Hindwings with termen waved;
rounded; fuscous; three finely-waved transverse lines,
corresponding to lines of median patch of forewings; sub-
terminal line rather thick, waved; preceded by its own width
of dull-greyish; line along termen and cilia.as in forewings.

Two specimens, in April.

161. HypRIOMENA SUBRECTARIA, Gn.

Five specimens, in November; one specimen from
Milperinka.
162. HyDRIOMENA IMPERVIATA, WIk.

Ten specimens, during March and May.

163. Hypycnopa DELOTIS, Low.
Three specimens, in April and May.

377

164. XANTHORHOE PARADELPHA, Low.
Five specimens, in March.

165. XANTHORHOE SUBIDARIA, Gn.

Taken frequently at light, in March and April. I have:
taken but a single specimen of the var. urbana, Meyr.

166. XANTHORHOE HYPERYTHRA, Low.
Several specimens, in March.

Subfamily MONOCTENIAN AE.

167. TAXEOTIS EXSECTARIA, WIk.
Taken occasionally at light, in October.

168. TAxXEOTIS DELOGRAMMA, Meyr.

Tolerably common in the hills near the town in
December.
169. TAXEOTIS INTEXTATA, Gn.

Seven specimens, all females, in September.

170. TAXEOTIS XANTHOGRAMMA, Low.

Not common, occasionally met with in September and.
October.
171. TaxEOTIS PHAEOPA, Low.

Taken occasionally in May and June.

172. DiIcERATUCHA XENOPIS, Low.

Rather common during the winter months, very sluggish,,.
and generally taken at light.

173. DARANTASIA“) pERICHROA, Low.
Not uncommon in September and October.

DIcHROMODES, Gn.

It is a curious fact that, although this genus is pre-
dominant in this family, I have not succeeded in discovering:
a single individual in this locality, though I have made
diligent search.

Subfamily GEOMETRINAE.

174. Eors ALBICOSTATA, WIk.
Taken occasionally in March.

() As Hampson (Cat. Lep. Phal., ii., p. 271, 1900) employs
the name Darantasia for a genus of Arctiadae, with cuneiplena,.
Wlk., as the type, it may prove necessary to erect a new genus.
to receive perichroa.

.

378

175. Eois stENozonaA, Low.
‘One specimen (type), in September.

176. LEPTOMERIS LypIA, Butl.
Very common from October to March.

177. LEPTOMERIS RUBRARIA, Dbld.
Rather common from August to March.

178. LEPTOMERIS HYPOCHRA, Meyr.
Three (poor) specimens from Yancannia, without date.

179. LEPTOMERIS OPTIVATA, WIk.

Common in August and November; not observed during
‘the summer, 2.e., December to March.

180. PyLARGE EPISCIA, Meyr.

Not uncommon in September and October. Somewhat
variable in depth of colouring, some specimens being almost
clay coloured.

181. EmMILTIS TRISSODESMA, Low.

Not uncommon March to April, also June and October.
The sexes are markedly dissimilar.

182. EMMILTIS COSMADELPHA, Low.

Taken occasionally during April, also in September and
October, usually at light. This species is subject to some
slight variation in the hindwings of both sexes, those of the
male being occasionally deep yellow, and in the female pale-
yellow, thickly irrorated with fuscous.

183. EmMILTIS(?) ARGILLINA, Nn. sp.

6, 18mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax fuscous,
palpi long, porrected, second joint densely haired beneath.
Antennae annulated with white, shortly serrate(?); thorax
posteriorly ochreous, patagia ochreous. Abdomen fuscous,
segmental margins obscurely whitish. Legs whitish, irrorated
with fuscous. Forewings elongate, triangular, termen
rounded, oblique; ochreous-fuscous; an ochreous basal patch,
outer edge curved from costa at one-quarter to about one-
third dorsum; a slightly outwards curved, moderate, dull
orange transverse fascia, edged on either side by fine black
somewhat waved line, anterior edge separated from basal
patch by a narrow line of white throughout; a similar, but
duller orange transverse fascia, from costa at two-thirds
to dorsum before anal angle, slightly angled outwardly below

=

©

379

costa, and faintly sinuate above and below middle; a fuscous-
ochreous rather broad transverse fascia immediately beyond
second fascia, and only separated by a fine line of white
throughout; the fascia is strongly indented above and below
middle and followed throughout by a well-marked narrow
parallel line; a fine blackish interrupted line along termen,
preceded by minute white spots; cilia fuscous-ochreous, ter-
minal half barred with white, a fine blackish median line
throughout. Hindwings with termen rounded; dull whitish,
thickly overlaid with fuscous; two waved, whitish, transverse
parallel lines, antericr from costa at three-fifths to just above
anal angle, second line more obscure; cilia as in forewings,
but white bars less pronounced.

One specimen, in March, at light.

I.am not satisfied with the position of this species, and
I much doubt whether it is an Hmmiltis. The palpi and
antennae appear to suggest a new genus, but I consider my.
material insufficient to erect one at present.

184. EUCHLORIS VERTUMNARIA, Gn.
Two specimens, in May.

185. EvucHLORIS ALBICosTA, WIk.
Five specimens, in March.

186. HypocHROMA OCCULTARIA, Don.

Rather scarce here; two specimens, November and’
December.
187. PSEUDOTERPNA ARGYRASPIS, Low.

Two specimens, beaten from Lucalyptus, in March.

188. XENOCHLAENA PORPHYROPA, Low.

The type, taken in October, is still unique. The name-
is misprinted porphyropis. Ante, 1903, p. 192.

Subfamily SELIDOSEMIDAE.

189. OsTEODES PROCURATA, WIk.
Two specimens, in October.

190. Cosymstia (2) PENTHEARIA, Gn.
Four specimens, at light, in November.

(2)Mr. Mey rick, in 1991, sitmised that probably this genus.
extended right across the interior of Austraha, from east to ‘west, :
without touching the coast, and my experience tends to support
the theory.

380

190. ‘ScrociyPrts TRISYNEURA, Low.
One female specimen (which in markings is similar to
the male), taken in October. The type came from Arltunga,
South Australia, and was taken in November.
192. SELIDOSEMA SUASARIA, Gn.
Taken occasionally in March.
193. SELIDOSEMA EXCURSARIA, Gn.
Tolerably common in May and June.

194. SELIDOSEMA ACACIARIA, Bdy.
I have two specimens, probably referable to this species,
‘taken in October and November.
195. SELIDOSEMA ARGOPLACA, Meyr.
Two specimens, beaten from Hucalyptus, in October.

196. SELIDOSEMA DIAGRAMMA, Low.

Two specimens, in April.
197. HyBERNIA INDOCILIS, Latr.

Rather common locally. Larvae (undescribed) feed on
and Muehlenbeckia, and the

Chrysanthemum, Clematis,
imagoes emerge from July to March.

198. EcrRopis PRistTis, Meyr.
Four specimens, April and August.
199. EcTROPIS PLECTRONEURA, Low.
Four specimens, April and August.
200. EcTROPIS HIEROGLYPHICA, Low.
One specimen (type), in October, 1900.
201. PacHyTYLA DOLIOPA, Low.
One specimen (type), in June.
202. PAUROCOMA MOLYBDINA, Low.
Five specimens, April and May.
ANGELIA, Low.

This is the predominant genus of the family in this dis-
‘trict, and is destined to be increased; indeed, I possess two

additional species which are probably new, but too poor to

-describe.

203. ANGELIA TEPHROCHROA, Low.
Five specimens, April and May.

381

204. ANGELIA PLATYDESMA, Low.
Several specimens, April and May.

205. ANGELIA HETEROPA, Low.
Not uncommon in April, May, and June.

206. ANGELIA CALLISARCA, Low.
One specimen (type), April, 1902.

207. ANGELIA CRYPSIGRAMMA, Low.
Nine specimens, March and April.

208. ANGELIA EURYPSAMMA, N. sp.

3d, 9; 25-32 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax ochreous.
Antennae ochreous-whitish, pectinations fuscous, at greatest
length about six. Abdomen ochreous-grey. Legs whitish-
ochreous, anterior pair infuscated. Forewings elongate-
triangular; costa gently arched; termen bowed, oblique; pale-
ochreous, in female minutely, sparsely, and irregularly
irrorated with blackish; costal edge narrowly dark-ochreous
throughout ; a thick black elongate streak in cell on lower edge
throughout, continued at posterior extremity to upper edge
of cell, finely edged throughout on lower edge by a line of
whitish- ochreous, “which is continued to base of wing ; a short,
thick, black, elongate streak lying between vein one and lower
edge of cell, from near base to slightly beyond antericr edge
of first black streak; a similarly thick black dentate line at
two-thirds from base, commencing on vein one and continued
obliquely to vein seven, strongly bidentate outwards in
middle, suffusedly edged anteriorly with narrow shade of light
fuscous; cilia pale-ochreous. Hindwings with termen
rounded ; greyish-white, tinged with light fuscous on terminal
half of wing; a moderately large fuscous discal spot; traces
of a faint fuscous waved submedian line; cilia ochreous-grey,
mixed with fuscous at base.

Closely allied to the following, which in turn is allied
to crypsigramma, Low.

Four specimens, in April.

209. ANGELIA PHILOCOSMA, h. sp.

3, Q; 25-30 mm. Head and palpi fuscous. Thorax
ashy-grey-whitish, in female mixed with reddish-fuscous.
Antennae whitish, pectinations light fuscous, at greatest
length six. Abdomen grey-whitish in male; ochreous in
female. Legs grey-whitish, anterior pair fuscous tinged.
Forewings shaped as in eurypsamma; in male ashy-grey-
whitish, sparsely irrorated with minute black dots, in female

382

thickly irrorated with reddish-fuscous; markings black; a
moderately thick streak from base, continued along vein one
to before middle; an elongate, rather thick streak in cell,
resting on lower edge to extremity and then continued to
upper edge indicating discal spot, narrowly edged throughout
below by a streak of light ochreous; a thick dentate streak
from dorsum to vein seven, outwardly oblique, and strongly
bidentate in middle, bidentation less pronounced in female;
a very fine fuscous outwards curved line from one-sixth costa
to anterior edge of cellular streak, hardly traceable in female;
groundcolour of male between this and dentate obilque streak
wholly reddish-fuscous, except a thick streak of groundcolour -
along costa; in female the dentate oblique streak is pre-
ceded by a tolerably thick reddish-fuscous shade; a row of
blackish interneural spots along termen, absent in male; cilia
greyish-ochreous, chequered with fuscous bars in female.
Hindwings with termen rounded; grey, thickly irrorated with
fuscous, lighter on basal half; a moderately large fuscous
discal spot; a moderately thick waved submedian line, hardly
discernible in female; cilia grey-whitish.

The male has a close resemblance to platydesma, Low..,.
but the markings are differently arranged.

Three specimens, in May.

210. ANGELIA HAPLOCHROA, DN. Sp.
3, Q@; 25-30 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax grey-.

whitish, fuscous tinged in male. Antennae light fuscous,
pectinations four. Abdomen greyish-ochreous. Legs fuscous-
whitish. Forewings elongate, triangular, termen gently
bowed, oblique; pale grey-whitish, ochreous tinged in male;
an outwardly curved series of three reddish-ferruginous dots,
from below costa at one-quarter to just above dorsum at one--
quarter; a similarly coloured series of dots, from costa about
three-quarters to just before anal angle, gently curved out-
wards on upper two-thirds; cilia greyish-ochreous. Hind-
wings with termen faintly waved, rounded; greyish-fuscous,
darker on terminal half; a moderately large fuscous discal
dot; cilia grey-whitish.
Two specimens, in May.

211. ANGELIA STENOSCIA, Nn. sp.

Q, 26 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax greyish-ochreous..
Antennae broken. Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs greyish.
Forewings elongate, triangular, termen gently bowed,
oblique; grey-whitish, very sparsely sprinkled with lght
fuscous; an outwardly curved reddish-fuscous narrow line
from below costa at one-quarter to dorsum at one-third; a

383

‘similarly coloured line, finely waved throughout, and accom-
panied on its posterior edge by a line of whitish-ochreous of
similar width throughout; a large quadrate fuscous discal
spot; an indistinct row of fine black points before termen ;
cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings with termen faintly waved ;
greyish-fuscous, much darker on terminal half; a moderate
fuscous discal spot; cilia grey-whitish.

One specimen, in May.

212. AMELORA POLYCHROA, Low.

One specimen, in December. The type came from

Dundas, Western Australia.
213. PARAMELORA ZOPHODESMA, Low.
Four specimens, May and October:

214. PARAMELORA LYCHNOTA, Low.
Five specimens, April, May, and October, probably
‘attached to HLucalyptus.
215. THALAINODES TETRACLADA, Low.
One specimen (type), in May, 1900.

216. THALAINODES PARONYCHA, Low.
Not uncommon during April and May.

217. THALAINODES ALLOCHROA, Low.

Several specimens, during April and May. The male
‘does not differ from the female in appearance, excepting the
bipectinated antennae, the pectinations being four.

218. AMPHICROSSA HEMADELPHA, Low.
Several examples, April to June.

219. CHLENIAS ARIETARIA, Gn.
Very common at street lamps, April and May.

220. CHLENIAS HETEROMORPHA, Low.
Common during April, May, and June.

221. CHLENIAS SERINA, Low.
Several specimens, April and May.
222. CHLENIAS MELANOXysTA, Meyr.

‘Taken occasionally, during April and May.

223. CHLENIAS BANKSIARIA, Le Guill.
Three specimens, in May.

384

AUSTRALIAN HYMENOPTERA PROCTOTRYPOIDEA.
No. 3.

By Axan P. Dopp.

[Read October 14, 1915.]

The families Diaprudae, Belytidae, and Proctotrypidae ;
with additions to the Ceraphronidae and Scelionidae.

Family PROCTOTRYPIDAE.

The old name is used, for the present, instead of Serphidae.
The Australian representatives of the family do not appear
to be numerous, as rather extensive collections made by the
author, and others seen by him, have produced but five species,
represented by seven specimens. One remarkable and distinct
new genus is described, but the other new species fall into well-
known genera.

Table of Australian genera.

(1) Mandibles small or absent; pronotum

and postscutellum spined; scape

abnormal; venation abnormal;
stigma slender, lanceolate ... .... Acanthoserphus, n. g.

Mandibles large; pronotum and post-

scutellum not spined; scape nor-

mal; venation normal; stigma

large, semicircular ... (2)
(2) Parapsidal furrows complete and dis-
tinct: ..- . Disogmus, Foerster
Parapsidal furrows incomplete, at
the most indicated anteriorly ... (8)
(3) Propleura, striate’... 34.) °5:. .... i... Proctotrypes, Tatrewle
Propleura not striate Wey tent vecepe ye |
_ (4) Oviduct of female filiform ... .... .... Cryptoserphus, Kieffer
Oviduct of female not filiform ... ... Phaenoserphus, Kieffer

ACANTHOSERPHUS, 0. g.
¢ Q. Head, viewed from above, transverse; eyes
occupying the whole length of the vertex. large; ocelli large,
in a triangle, rather close together, and widely separated from
the eyes; frons triangular, about as wide as greatest length, the
antenna” inserted in its middle, and separated from each other
er \t erect tooth. Antennae 13-jointed in both sexes ;
er stout, prolonged on its dorsal edge into a sharp
completely hiding the pedicel and covering base of
joint, its outer edge also with a small sharp spur
‘e from apex, this scarcely defined in the male;

385

pedicel inserted within the scape, short. and stout; funicle
joints long, in the male filiform, in the female slightly
thickened distad. Maxillary palpi long and slender, 5-jointed,
the first joint short; labials 3-jointed. Mandibles small, or
absent (?). Pronotum short, situated far below the scutum
(lateral aspect), with a large, stout, semi-erect, sharp horn on
either side. Propleura not striate. Scutum with deep, com-
plete, parapsidal furrows, these meeting caudad. Scutellum
with a deep transverse groove at base. Postscutellum with a
large semi-erect spine, this blunt at apex. Metanotum rugose.
Petiole of abdomen very short; body of abdomen narrowed
somewhat at base, compressed laterally ; the male with two or
three segments visible, the first occupying almost all of surface ;
the female with one segment only visible, produced into a long
fleshy oviduct, this about as long as the abdomen. Legs long

and slender, tarsal claws simple. Forewings ample; sub-
marginal vein distant from the costa, the stigma slender,
lanceolate; radial cell closed, long, over twice as long as
greatest width; basal vein distinct, not attaining the sub-
marginal; median and submedian veins distinct, the latter
fading distad, the former curving upward and forming a rather
short discoidal vein, this separated from a proximal prolonga-
tion of the radial vein by a short interruption; median vein
with also at its apex a short vein curving downward, this
giving off a false recurrent vein running almost parallel with
the hind margin of the wing; another false recurrent vein
runs from near discoidal vein almost to the wing apex; veins,

_ except where otherwise stated, true, not brown lines or marks.
Hindwings with a costal vein only.

A remarkable genus, widely separated from other genera
of its family. The form of the scape, apparent absence of
mandibles, spined pronotum and postscutellum, slender stigma,
and well-developed venation readily distinguish it. Type.—
The following species.

ACANTHOSERPHUS ALBICOXA, N. Sp.

2. Black, shining, with a dull-yellowish patch involving

the tegula; coxae white, also joints 9 and 10 (except apex of
latter) of antennae; rest of antennae black, the scape and
_ pedicel golden-yellow, also trochanters, femora, and’ tibiae;
the tibiae faintly dusky, the tarsi fuscous. Body shining,
smooth, with very scattered pin-punctures, the metanotum
rugose. Forewings long and broad, uniformly darkly infus-

_ cate, the venation fuscous. Funicle joints long, rod-like,
_ gradually shortening, the first longest, the tenth not twice as
long as wide, the last joint one-third longer than preceding,

N

386

broadly rounded at apex. Length, 4:10 mm.; to end of
oviduct, 6°30 mm.

3. like the female, but the yellowish patch on the
thorax somewhat larger. Funicle wholly black, not widened
toward apex, the tenth joint two and a half times as long as
wide, the last joint pointed at apex. Length, 4°10 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Kuranda, 1,200 ft. Described from
two females and one male taken on decayed log in jungle,
April 3, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).

It is possible that the oviduct is freely retractile, as before
capturing the insects it was not noticed. Type.—I. 5087,
South Australian Museum. A male and female on two tags,
male and female heads, antennae, and wings on a slide.

Disoemus, Foerster.

Kieffer (1909) lists fifteen species, from Europe and North
America.

DISOGMUS NIGERRIMUS, n. sp.

Q. Shining black; cephalic tibiae and all tarsi ferru-
ginous. Thorax convex dorsad ; scutum and scutellum smooth,
shining, the metanotum coarsely rugose; parapsidal furrows
deep and complete, almost joining caudad; scutellum with a
deep groove separating 1t from scutum ; metanotum with a deep
transverse groove at base, this interrupted at meson, the
sclerite nearly as long as ‘the scutum. Petiole visible as a
transverse line; abdomen compressed laterally, somewhat
narrowed at base, as long as the thorax, striate at base ; oviduct
about as long as body of abdomen (the oviduct appears
retractile, as in Acanthoserphus, and possibly in life it is
withdrawn). Mandibles acute, edentate; maxillary palpi
5-jointed. Legs rather slender, the femora long, cylindrical.
Forewings long and broad; subhyaline, with a large square
blotch commencing at base of stigma and continued some
distance beyond radial vein, extending fully half-way across
wing, dusky ; venation fuscous, the stigma large, semicircular ;
radial cell small, not one-half as large as stigma; median and
basal veins indicated by brown lines. Antennae 13-jointed ;
scape moderately long ; pedicel short, wider than long ; funicle
joints long, filiform, the first fully twice as long as wide, the
tenth a little shorter, the last joint somewhat longer. Length,
to apex of oviduct, 5°50 mm.; without oviduct, 4°00 mm.

HTab.---Tasmania: Hobart (A. M. Lea).

T'ype.—l\. 5088, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, head, antennae, and forewings on a slide.

—_

Tit, et pie

387

ProctrorrypPEs, Latreille.

Serphus, Schrank, Kieffer, 1909.

Kieffer has split the old genus Proctotrypes into three
genera, which do not appear valid. The characters given for
Serphus are:—‘Propleures striées; abdomen ordinairement
rouge en majeure partie; oviduct filiforme.’’ The species
described below has some striae on the propleura, but the
oviduct is not filiform, and the body is wholly black. Kieffer’s
Serphus, Schrank, contains fifteen species, chiefly from Europe

yand North America.

PROCTOTRYPES AUSTRALIAE, Kieffer.
Berlin Ent. Zeitschr., vol. lii., 1907, p. 266. Australia.

PROCTOTRYPES JANTHINAE, 0. sp.

@. Shining-black, the antennae concolorous ; legs black,
the knees and anterior tibiae and tarsi golden-yellow ; posterior
tibiae and tarsi fuscous; apex of all coxae yellow. Head,
scutum, and scutellum smooth, with very fine pubescence ;
propleura smooth, but with some striae, the mesopleura striate
for dorsal half; parapsidal furrows wholly wanting; meta-
notum rugose, the anterior portion short at meson, the
dividing carina thus V-shaped with its apex cephalad. Petiole
not visible from above; the abdomen abruptly convex above
from its base (lateral aspect), produced into a long non-filiform
oviduct, this longer than body of abdomen. Forewings long,
broad; hyaline; venation fuscous; stigma large, as wide as
long, the radial vein small, scarcely distant from the stigma,
the radial cell visible as a narrow split; no other veins. Scape
as long as first funicle joint, the pedicel much wider than long ;
first funicle joint fully twice as long as wide, the others short-
ening, the penultimate one-third longer than wide; last joint
distinctly longer than scape. Length, to apex of oviduct,
4°05 mm.

Hab.—Victoria: Melbourne (?). One female, labelled
“No. 57, National Museum, -bred from larva of fungus beetle,
_ Thallis.janthina, 16/9/13, F.S.”’
‘ Type.—In the National Museum, Melbourne. A female
_ on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

CRYPTOSERPHUS, Kieffer.

Another of Kieffer’s divisions of Proctotrypes, and of very
_ doubtful validity. Eleven species are known—one, C’. wniden-

_ tatus, Kieffer, from Chili, the remainder from Europe.
a NZ

388

CRYPTOSERPHUS NIGRISCUTUM, Nn. sp.

Q. Black; thorax chestnut-brown, the scutum and
metathorax black; legs and tegulae wholly golden-yellow;
antennae brown, the scape yellow. Head very transverse, with
scattered short pubescence. Scutum convex, smooth like the
head and with scattered pubescence, without a trace of parap-
sidal furrows; scutellum rather small, somewhat convex;
metanotum divided into two halves; anterior half with a
median and lateral carinae, between these smooth, separated
from posterior half by a transverse carina, the posterior half
somewhat declivous, rugose, covered with dense whitish
pubescence. Petiole only visible from above as a transverse
line. Body of abdomen compressed, oval, with a filiform
oviduct which is nearly as long as body of abdomen ; abdomen
at base with a delicate median longitudinal impression, and a
few short obscure carinae, its anterior margin carinate. Fore-
wings long, broad; subhyaline; stigma longer than greatest
width, the radial vein longer than stigma, the radial cell
narrow; no trace of median, basal veins, etc. Scape stout,
somewhat shorter than first funicle joint; pedicel stout,
quadrate ; funicle joints slender, the first much narrowed at
base, the others less so; one over twice length of pedicel, the
others shortening, the penultimate two-thirds longer than
wide, the last joint as long as funicle one. Length, to apex of
oviduct, 3°25 mm. ; to base of oviduct, 2°25 mm.

Hab.—-Queensland: Cairns district, 1,500 ft. One female
caught by sweeping in jungle, September 18, 1913 (A. P.
Dodd). i,

Type.—t. 5089, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

CRYPTOSERPHUS NITIDUS, N. sp.

3. Shining-black; legs Gncluding coxae), tegulae, and
antennal scape and pedicel, golden-yellow. Prothorax and
mesothorax finely densely pubescent; parapsidal furrows pre-
sent anteriorly; metanotum as in nigriscutaum, also petiole
and base of abdomen. Forewings long, broad ; hyaline ; stigma
somewhat longer than greatest width, the radial vein almost
parallel with its distal margin; no trace of other veins, except
submarginal; radial cell narrow; venation fuscous. First
funicle joint two and a half times as long as wide, distinctly
longer than second, the tenth one-half longer than wide, the
last as long as first. Length, 3°00 mm.

/1ab.—Queensland: Cairns district. One male caught by
sweeping in jungle, July 24, 1913 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5090, South Australian Museum. A male on
a tag, head, antennae, and forewings on a slide.

389

PHAENOSERPHUS, Kieffer.
Kieffer, 1909, lists 32 species from widely distant habitats.

PHAENOSERPHUS INTRUDENS, Smith.
Trans. Ent. Soc., London, 1878, p. 5. Australia.

Family BELYTIDAE.

Few species have been obtained, and of these most fall
into new genera. More males have been collected, but were
left entirely alone, as it was thought they might belong to
wingless females yet to be discovered. Kieffer has erected many
genera on the male sex only, which does not seem a wise plan,
as wingless females are probably more numerous than has been
supposed, and would possibly differ greatly from their males.
Where sexes differ greatly in family or group it seems prefer-
able to use one only as the stable sex for generic erections.
The Australian genera, on the whole, appear to possess less
wing venation, as compared with the already known forms
from other countries.

Table of Australian genera.

(1) Wingless ON EG ee eee}
Winged _... (3)
(2) Baraneidal furrows - complete and dis-
tinct... ... ... Aclista, Foerster (part)
Parapsidal furrows | wanting eee Neobetyla, n. g.

(3) Abdomen after the second segment
produced into a long, fleshy, four- '
segmented protuberance, or stylus Stylaclista, n. g.

Abdomen not produced or ’ stylate Dead 3)
(4) Forewings split 1c ca aga from
apex... Haun, crete eal antolytomyia, Wi og
{eet normal, not spat from
(5)
(5) Reticle very long, a as long as body of
abdomen; scutellum semi-rugose Psilommella, n. g.
Petiole much shorter than body of
abdomen; scutellum smooth ... ... (6)
(6) Radial cell ’ closed Me Ree oy iM ewselin, Kiefer
Radial cell open ... EV EGP)
(7) Hindwings with one closed cell... Aclista, Foerster (part)
Hindwings without a closed cell ... Pantolytoidea, n. g.

STYLACLISTA, DN. g.

Q. Head normal, globular. Antennae 15-jointed, the
joints all longer than wide, without a distinct club, the apical
joints faintly incrassate. Mandibles not small, but not long ;
faleate; bidentate. Forewings ample; marginal vein long
and slender ; stigmal short, with a distinct knob ; median indi-
cated, the ‘basal distinct, the recurrent faintly indicated,

390

directed toward junction of basal and median veins. Hind-
wings narrow, with only the costal vein. Maxillary
palpi 5-jointed, slender, the labials at least 2-jointed.
Thorax normal; pronotum short; parapsidal furrows
complete and distinct; scutellum with a deep circular
fovea at base; metanotum moderately long, with a
median carina, its latero-caudal angles subacute. Petiole
over twice as long as wide, a little swollen in centre
(dorsal aspect), faintly carinate; viewed from the side it is
somewhat convex. Body of abdomen slender, straight above,
gently convex beneath, barely twice as long as petiole; com-

posed of only two segments, the second (7.¢., first body seg-—

ment) occupying almost all surface, with a short median groove
at base ; abdomen with a long fleshy protuberance, as long as
the petiole and body of abdomen combined, composed of four
segments of equal length and width.

The peculiar stylate abdomen at once distinguishes the
genus. Type.—The following species.

STYLACLISTA NOTABILIS, N. sp.

2. Head black, the thorax and abdomen dull reddish-
brown, the pronotum and scutum paler, the legs golden-yellow,
also the antennal scape and pedicel; rest of antennae dull-
reddish, the last joint pale yellowish-white. Forewings long,
not very broad, a little infuscate. First six funicle joints
subequal, as long and a little narrower than the pedicel, twice
as long as wide, the next six gently incrassate, the penultimate
one-fourth longer than wide; last joint over twice as long as
wide. Length, including protuberance of abdomen, 2°20 mm.
Hab.—-Queensland: Cairns district. Described from two
females caught by sweeping in coastal jungle.

Type.—I. 5091, South Australian Museum. A _ female
on a tag, head and forewings on a slide.

PANTOLYTOIDEA, n. g.

Q. Head normal; smooth, except for scattered long
setae ; antennal prominence very distinct ; eyes and ocelli large ;
mandibles not large, bidentate, the outer tooth longer ; maxil-
lary palpi 5-jointed. Thorax convex dorsad; parapsidal
furrows deep and complete; scutellum with a large circular
depression at base; postscutellum unarmed; metanotum
smooth, tricarinate. Petiole not or barely twice as long as
greatest width, carinate, the sides somewhat swollen in centre.
Abdomen short and stout, usually wider than the thorax,
depressed medially at base, twice or thrice as long as greatest
width, composed of four body segments only, the second (first
body segment) occupying fully two-thirds length, the third

et ee ee. ee

391

shortest, the fifth pointed at apex, as long as the two preceding
united. Forewings ample ; marginal vein linear, about thrice
as long as wide, the stigmal not half its length, short, and
oblique ; basal, median, and recurrent veins scarcely indicated.
Hindwings without a basal cell. Antennae 15-jointed, with
a club of seven or eight joints.

Differs from Pantolyta, Foerster, in having one less
abdominal segment, and in the less complete venation.

Type.—P. splendida.

PANTOLYTOIDEA SPLENDIDA, Nn. Sp.

2. Bright-reddish or chestnut-brown, the metanotum,
sides of thorax, and petiole darker ; first five club joints black,
the apical three pale golden-yellow; eyes and ocelli black;
abdomen wholly concolorous or margined with blackish.
Petiole with its meson tricarinate. Forewings long and broad ;
infuscate, this deepest beneath venation and in centre of wing,
with a white strip in lieu of a median vein, and another con-
tinued through meson of wing; venation blackish. Scape long
and slender ; pedicel one-half longer than wide, the first funicle
joint much longer, nearly thrice as long as wide; 2-5 shorten-
ing, the fifth one-half longer than wide; first club joint as
long as wide, 2-7 all wider than long, the club 8-jointed.
Abdomen barely twice as long as wide. Length, 3°60 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from two females caught by sweeping in jungle, May 10, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

- Type.—I. 5092, ‘South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

PANTOLYTOIDEA RUFINOTUM, Nn. sp.

2. Black; thorax dorsad brilliant chestnut or reddish-
brown, the metanotum black, also a large blotch involving most
of each parapside, and another at cephalic third of median
lobe; legs wholly golden-yellow; scape reddish-yellow, the
pedicel and funicle joints deep-red, the club black. Abdomen
not plainly wider than the thorax, two and a half times as
long as wide. Forewings as in splendida, the marginal vein
a little longer. Pedicel two-thirds longer than wide, the
funicle joints narrower, the first two and a half times as long
as wide; 2-6 shortening, the sixth as wide as long; club
7-jointed, joints 1-6 distinctly wider than long. Length,
2°55 mm.

Hab.—-Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from one female caught by sweeping in jungle, May 8, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

392

T'ype.—I. 5093, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

PANTOLYTOIDEA CASTANEICORPUS, n. sp.

Q. Chestnut or golden-brown, the metanotum and
petiole darker, the head and sides of thorax nearly black ; legs
golden-yellow, also basal eight antennal joints, the next six
joints fuscous, the apical joint pale yellow. Abdomen some-
what wider than the thorax, slightly over twice as long as wide.
Forewings as in splendida and rufinotum. Pedicel nearly twice
as long as wide, the first funicle joint a little narrower, two
and a half times as long as wide; 2-5 shortening, the fifth as ~
wide as long; club 8-jointed, the joints all wider than long,
except the last. Length, 3°15 mm.

Hlab.—Queensland: Childers. Described from one female
caught by sweeping in forest, July 2, 1914 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—l. 5094, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a. slide.

PANTOLYTOIDEA NIGRICANS, 0. sp. |

Q. Black; pronotum, parapsidal furrows, posterior
margins of median lobe of scutum, margins of scutellum, and
first eight antennal joints red ; the legs rather paler. Structure
as In castaneicorpus.

Hab.—New South Wales: Upper Tweed River. Described
from one female caught by sweeping in open forest, 1,000 ft.,
May 17, 1914 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5095, South Australian Museum. A female
on a tag, antennae, head, and forewings on a slide.

PSILOMMELLA, N. g.

Q. Head normal, globular, the antennal prominence
conspicuous; eyes rather large; ocelli rather large, close
together ; maxillary palpi long, 5-jointed, the labials 3-jointed ;
mandibles small. Antennae 15-jointed; scape long and
slender ; pedicel and funicle joints not long ; the club 6-jointed.
Thorax stout; pronotum not visible from above; parapsidal
furrows complete and distinct ; scutellum with a deep depres-
sion at base, caudad and laterad of this irregularly rugose-
sulcate ; postscutellum short, its caudo-lateral angles semi-
acute ; metanotum with a median carina. Petiole very long,
about six times as long as wide, viewed from the side distinctly
convex dorsad ; carinate. Body of abdomen ovate, pointed at
apex ; no longer than petiole, and one-half longer than greatest
width; flat above, convex beneath, the second segment
occupying most of surface. Forewings ample; submarginal

393

vein distant from the costa and joining it at nearly half the
wing length; marginal vein long; stigmal moderately long,
its apex curved and pointed distad, one-third as long as. the
marginal ; basal vein distinct, the median indicated by a brown
line beyond junction of basal vein; radial not indicated, the
recurrent indicated, directed towards junction of basal and
median veins. Hindwings with a costal vein ; without aclosed
basal cell. Scutum very convex from cephalad. Body of
abdomen composed of three segments only.

The long petiole and semirugose scutellum will serve,
mter alia, to distinguish the genus. Running, in Kieffer’s
table, 1910, near Pantolyta, Foerster. Type.—The following
species.
ae : PSILOMMELLA PETIOLATA, Nn. Sp.

@. Black; legs blood-red, the coxae and _ posterior
femora and tibiae washed with dusky ; first ten antennal joints
clear testaceous, the apical five dusky-black; tegulae fulvous.
Forewings long and broad; a little infuscate, with a darker
obscure blotch in centre just beyond marginal vein; venation
fuscous. Head and scutum with numerous scattered punctures,
not large; lateral lobes of scutum faintly depressed. Pedicel
quadrate ; the first funicle joint a little longer, one-third longer
than wide, 2-7 gradually shortening, the seventh a little wider
than long; club joints, except the last, wider than long.

Hab.—New South Wales: Upper Tweed River. Described
from one female caught by sweeping in forest, 1,000 ft., May
17, 1914 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—l1. 5096, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, head, antennae, and wings on a slide.

Meuse tia, Kieffer.
A European genus previously containing but one species,
M. fuscicornis, Kieffer. The species described below may, on
account of the thickened scape, nonclavate antennae, and
shorter apical abdominal segment, form a new genus, but the
characters appear hardly sufficient for that purpose.

MEUSELIA AUREIPES, Nn. sp.

2. Dull black; legs wholly golden-yellow, also antennal
scape and pedicel. Antennae 15-jointed ; scape thickened, as
long as next three joints combined; pedicel one-half longer
than wide, the first funicle joint a little longer ; flagellum not
clavate, joints 2-12 subequal, wider than long. Mandibles
small. Maxillary palpi slender. Parapsidal, furrows deep.
and complete; the thorax convex dorsad; scutellum with a
circular fovea at base; metanotum tricarinate. Forewings

394

long and broad ; a little infuscate ; marginal vein long, several
times longer than wide ; radial cell closed, triangular, as long
as the marginal vein; recurrent vein indistinct, directed
towards junction of median and basal veins; discoidal only
faintly indicated. Femora somewhat thickened, especially the
hind pair. Abdomen composed of seven segments; petiole
not twice as long as wide, carinate; body of abdomen ovoid,
barely more than twice as long as greatest width, gently convex
above and below ; segments after the second slightly more than
half as long as that segment; 3-5 very short, 6 longer, 7 still
short, but as long as two preceding segments united. Length,
2°05 mm.

Hlab.—Queensland: Bundaberg. Described from one
female caught by sweeping in forest, June 26, 1914 (A. P.
Dodd).

Type.—I. 5097, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, head, antennae, and forewings on a slide.

AcuistTa, Foerster.

A world-wide genus of over 70 species; Kieffer has
described one species from Australia. The two _ species
described herewith are placed here provisionally, since, being
apterous, their position is quite uncertain.

ACLISTA AUSTRALIENSIS, Kieffer.
Berlin Ent. Zeitschr., vol. li., 1907, p. 264. Austraha.

ACLISTA LEAI, n. sp.

Q. Bright chestnut-brown, the petiole and sides of
thorax somewhat darker, the apical half of second abdominal
segment black ; eyes and ocelli black ; legs clear testaceous, also
the antennae. Apterous. Eyes small; ocelli minute. Scutum
with deep complete parapsidal furrows and numerous scattered
pin-punctures; scutellum with a deep fovea at base, smooth ;
median carina of metanotum distinct. Abdomen composed of
eight segments; petiole stout, a little longer than wide, some-
what swollen laterally, with a median carina only, its surface
somewhat roughened and with stiff black and finer white setae ;
body of abdomen stout, distinctly wider than the thorax,
ovate, about twice as long as greatest width, with several
depressions and striae at its base, the second segment occupying
two-thirds of surface; 3-6 very short, the last two-a little
longer. Antennae 15-jointed ; scape asi long as next five joints
combined ; pedicel one-half longer than wide; first funicle joint:
longer, twice as long as wide, the second quadrate ; 3-12 wider
than long, the apical seven or eight joints slightly widened.
Mandibles bidentate. Length, 3°15 mm.

395

Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington. Two females
collected by A. M. Lea, after whom the species is named.

Type.—1. 5098, South Australian Museum. Two females
on a tag, head and antennae on a slide.

ACLISTA TASMANICA, 0. sp.

Q. Very like leai, but smaller; apical third of second
abdominal segment somewhat dusky, not black; second and
third funicle joints a little, yet distinctly, longer than wide;
thorax somewhat narrowed, the pronotum more distinct, the
seutum without pin-punctures; abdomen more _ slender.
Length, 2°25 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea). _

Type.—l. 5099, South Australian Museum. A female on —
a tag, head and antennae on a slide.

PANTOLYTOMYIA, N. g.

2. Head normal for the family, globular, the antennal
prominence distinct; mandibles not prominent; eyes
moderately large, bare; ocelli close together. Thorax as
high as wide; glabrous; parapsidal furrows deep and
complete, wide apart and nearly parallel; scutellum unarmed,
with a circular fovea at base; postscutellum well defined, its
caudo-lateral angles subacute; metanotum glabrous, with a
median and lateral carinae. Petiole slender, nearly thrice as
long as wide, carinate ; body of abdomen somewhat wider than
thorax, conic-ovate, pointed at apex, barely twice as long as
greatest width, gently convex above and beneath, with a
short median depression at base, the second segment occupying
fully two-thirds its length. Antennae 15-jointed, with an
ill-defined club of seven or eight joints; the scape slender,
also the proximal funicle joints. Forewings reaching apex of
abdomen, broad ; split longitudinally from apex as in Galesus,
Curtis, and other Diapriid genera; submarginal] vein close to
the costa at base, then curving downwards, joining the costa a
little before middle of wing and thus forming a wide costal cell ;
marginal vein linear ; the stigmal vein very long for the family,
and slender, distinctly longer than the marginal, somewhat
oblique; median vein distinct, curving and joining the
submarginal at half the latter’s length, and thus forming a
well-defined basal cell; no other veins. Hindwings with a long
costal vein and no others. Abdomen of six segments (counting
the petiole as first).

3. Antennae 14-jointed; pedicel short. the first funicle
joint very long, the others shorter, all normal. Otherwise like
the female.

396

The genus is distinguished, inter alia, by the split fore-
wings and peculiar venation. 1'ype.—The following species.

PANTOLYTOMYIA FERRUGINEA, ND. sp.

2. Bright-reddish or chestnut-brown, the coxae con-
colorous; petiole darker; rest of legs and basal six antennal
joints bright golden-yellow, next six joints dusky-brown, the
apical three pale silver-yellow. Forewings broad, subhyaline,
the venation rather pale. Pedicel one-half longer than wide,
subequal to third funicle joint, the first two-thirds longer, the
fifth slightly longer than wide; club joints (except the last)
somewhat wider than long. Length, 2°75 mm. ,

gd. Antennae black, the apical three joints pale
yellowish ; pedicel no longer than wide; first funicle joint as
long as the scape and more slender, the second two-thirds its
length ; 2-11 gradually shortening, the eleventh nearly twice
as long as wide.

Hab.—-Queensland: Cairns district. Described from two
males, three females, caught by sweeping in jungle. The
colouration varies in intensity.

Type.—I. 5100, South Australian Museum. Two females
on a tag, male and and female antennae and forewings on two
slides.

NEOBETYLA, N. g.

@. Apterous. Head normal, globular, viewed from
above distinctly wider than long; eyes rather small, not as
long as their distance from the occipital margin ; ocelli close
together; antennal prominence conspicuous; mandibles not
large; maxillary palpi 5-jointed, labials 3-jointed. Antennae
15-jointed ; scape long and slender; funicle joints all longer
than wide; club ill-defined, 7-jointed, the joints (except the
last) wider than long. Thorax narrowed, distinctly narrower
than the head ; over twice as long as greatest width; pronotum
visible on the sides; scutum distinctly longer than greatest
width, without parapsidal furrows, but with a depression
running all round, except on caudal margin, the central area
raised and gently convex ; scutellum rather small, with a deep
fovea at base; postscutellum short, emarginate; metanotum
covered with dense pubescence. Petiole somewhat longer than
wide, not pubescent but carinate, stout, its dorsal surface with
a distinct hump in centre ; body of abdomen stout, ovate, much
wider than thorax, convex above and beneath, without impres-
sions or carinae at base, the second segment occupying almost
all of surface ; composed of four body segments.

Distinguished, inter alia, by the absence of parapsidal
furrows.

T'ype.—N. pulehricorms.

397

NEOBETYLA PULCHRICORNIS, n. sp.

Q. Dark-brownish black, somewhat suffused with dark
red, the coxae concolorous, the femora and tibiae more or less
dusky, the tarsi testaceous; antennae red, the first three club
joints dusky, thé last four joints honey-yellow. Whole body
with scattered long setae. Pedicel one-half longer than wide ;
the first funicle joint a little longer and narrower, over twice
as long as wide; the others shortening, the sixth quadrate ;
club joints (except the last) transverse. Length, 2°65 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from two:
females caught by sweeping in jungle.

-Type.—I. 5101, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, head and antennae on a slide. 3

NEOBETYLA AUREA, Nn. Sp.

Q. Very similar to the genotype, but the body wholly
bright golden-yellow, apical two antennal joints still paler ;
depression of scutum shallow, the raised central portion not
distinct. Length, 2°70 mm. |

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from two
females caught by sweeping in coastal jungle, October 18, 1914
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5102, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, the antennae on a slide.

Family DIAPRIIDAE. .

Numerous as are the species herewith listed, this paper
must be considered merely as a preliminary index to the Aus-
tralian forms. The rich jungles or scrubs of North-eastern
Queensland, yielding the dampness and humidity to which the
family is so addicted, must eventually produce many
times the species already obtained from their precincts. The
_ Majority of the species described herein are from the jungles
of the Cairns district, at elevations up to 2,500 ft., the only
locality where extensive collections have been made. The
remainder, mostly collected by Mr. A. M. Lea, of the South
Australian Museum, and loaned by that institution, are from
various localities in Eastern Australia and Tasmania; not one
has been obtained from other parts of the continent. Males,
as in the Belytidae, have been left almost entirely alone;
possibly, at some future period, an attempt will be made to
make known the members of that sex. Meanwhile the state-
ment can be made that, on the whole, where the female has
12-jointed antennae those of the male are 14-jointed, and
where 13 joints are present in the female the male has the
Same number ; also it is probable that in those genera where

398

thoracic foveae and depressions are well developed the male
will possess these characters in a more modified degree. As
would be expected in a new country, new genera have been
found, but not to a surprising extent, and to confirm the new
segregates i in some instances more than one species thereof have
been found. When the Papuan forms are made known, it is
suggested that their relationship with the Australian forms
will be found very close, and it is not unlikely that a few of
the mainland species will be identical with forms from that
island. .
Table of Australian genera.

Females.

CL) SV tre bee 3 secu oe Sn ei em et a
Winged Wes pane tam Sarat Bl CD

(2) Antennae 11-jointed | was, «¥e ces SOLCHODSICUA, Te.
Antennae 12-jointed ........... .... Loxotropa, Foer. (part)
Antennae 13-jointed . (3)

(3) Mandibles very long, falcate ; maxil-
lary palpi not more than 2-jointed TLeaiopria, n. g.
Mandibles not long; maxillary

palpi 5-jointed ... ... ... ... Paramesius, West. (part)
(4) AGette 11-jointed ; scutellum
with five foveae at base ... ... Polydiapria, n. g.
Antennae 12-jointed . CO SEL BS
Antennae 138-jointed . (14)

(5) Scape abnormal; forewings “split
longitudinally ” from apex, and
without venation ... Galesus, Curtis
Scape normal; forewings not ‘split
from apex, and always with dis-
_ tinet venation ’ (6) °
(6) Body of abdomen long, ‘conically
pointed, produced cephalad at

base ventrad Cardiopria, n. g.
Body of abdomen ‘not pr oduced
cephalad at base ventrad . 3

(7) Scutellum with three foveae at
base; submarginal vein distant
from the costa, the venation ter-
minating at half-wing length; é
parapsidal furrows complete Yo NeOpria;y he a
Scutellum with ore or two fovea
at base; submarginal vein con-
fluent with the costa, the vena-
tion terminating before half-
wing length; parapsidal furrows

absent (8)
(8) Frons with one to three short spines
or projections br Acidopria, Kieffer
Frons without spines or projections 9
(9) Forewings with a eT, basal
vein ... Loxotropa, Foer. (part)
Forewings without a basal vein ... (10)
(10) Head, dorsal aspect, pentagonal . Tetramopria, Wasmann

Head globular, from rede aspect
not pentagonal TA She (11)

|
.
2
|
.
|

399

(11) Scutellum without a depression or
fovea at base as)
Scutellum with one or two depres-
sions or foveae at base d
(12) Seutellum without a median car ina
Scutellum with a median carina ...
(13) Anterior margin of body of abdomen
raised
Anterior margin of body of abdomen
not raised 3
(14) Seutellum with five foveae at “base
isch neon with one or two foveae at

Tae
(15) Scape RrickGned at apex and cover-
ing base of pedicel
Seape normal, at the most with a
sharp point on either side of
base of pedicel...

(16) Mouth directed somewhat “back-
ward; base of abdomen with a
median impression or groove ...

Mouth not directed backward; base
of abdomen without a median
impression or groove ...

(17) Antennal prominence, from dorsal
aspect, very conspicuous ; cephalic
margin of abdomen incised...

Antennal prominence, from dorsal
aspect, hidden; cephalic ag cp
of abdomen straight Bei Se oe be:

(18) Scutum with two deep impressions
or foveae Peake on median
lobe

Scutum without
median lobe ...

(19) Scutellum with two basal foveae, the
lateral foveae present #

Scutellum with one or two basal
foveae, the lateral foveae absent

(20) Forewings emargined or depressed
in centre of distal margin .

Forewings normally rounded on
distal margin "

(21) Abdomen abruptly truncate at apex
from lateral aspect

Abdomen not truncate at ‘apex from
lateral aspect

(22) Abdomen without
striae at base ;

Abdomen with fine impressions or
striae at base ;

Also see Diphoropria, Kieffer.

impressions on

impressions or

Phaenopria, Ashmead

(12)

Trichopria, Ashmead
(13)

Diapria, Latreille

Ashmeadopria, Kieffer
Propentapria, n. g.

(15)
(16)

bah

(17)

Hoplopriella, n. g.
Neurogalesus, Kieffer
Euhoplepria, n. g.

Polypria, n. g.

(19)

Bothriopria, Kieffer
(20)

Entomaeis, Foerster
(21)
Hemilexis, Foerster
(22)

Spilomicrus, Westwood

Paramesius, West. (part)

Enromacis, Foerster.

Fourteen species have been described,

America, and the Seychelle Islands.

from Europe,

The Australian species

400

are all from the Cairns district, and can be separated by means

of the following table : —

Table of species.

A. Parapsidal furrows wanting.

Antennae long, most of the joints nodicorn,
the apical three joints contrasting pale
silver-yellow SNS. SAP roman, 25 11,

B. Parapsidal furrows complete.

Abdomen broadly truncate at apex; funicle
joints not moniliform, the basal joints
long, the first not narrower than second «australis

Abdomen not broadly truncate at apex;
funicle joints mostly moniliform, the
basal joints not long, the first somewhat
narrower than second... ..._ .... .... monilicornis

elegans

ENTOMACIS AUSTRALIS, nN. sp.

©. Head and abdomen coal-black, the thorax and
petiole (except caudad) bright red-brown ; antennal scape and
the legs golden-yellow; rest of antennae fuscous. Head,
dorsal aspect, much wider than long; eyes large, bare; thorax
convex ; parapsidal furrows wide apart, complete and distinct;
scutellum with a large circular fovea at base ; metanotum long,
with a median carina; head, scutum, and scutellum smooth,
impunctate. Petiole feebly striate, fully twice as long as
wide; the second segment not raised from petiole; body of
abdomen as long and as wide as thorax, abruptly truncate at
apex, the second segment occupying almost all of surface.
Forewings long, broad, almost hyaline ; the distal margin some-
what depressed at meson; marginal. cilia not very long;
venation terminating slighily befcre middle of wing ; marginal
vein somewhat longer than the rather long stigmal; basal and
median veins not present. Antennae 13-jointed ; scape slender,
long ; pedicel over twice as long as wide; funicle incrassate, the
first joint narrower than pedicel and fully four times as long
as wide; joints 6-10 not twice as long as wide, their distal
margins truncate. Length, 1°65 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Many females caught
by sweeping in lowland jungle, September 27, 1914 (A. P.
Dodd).

Type.—I. 5103, South Australian Museum. <A female on
a tag, a female on a slide.

ENTOMACIS MONILICORNIS, Nn. sp.

©. Head and abdomen dull-black; thorax dark dull-
brown, the metanotum lighter, also abdominal petiole; legs
and first three antennal joints intense lemon-yellow, rest of

__

40]

antennae black. Eyes not especially large. Parapsidal fur-
rows rather wide apart, not very distinct. Marginal and
stigmal veins rather shorter than in australis and elegans.
Abdomen rounded at apex. Antennal scape slender ; pedicel
fully twice as long as wide; first funicle joint distinctly shorter
and narrower than pedicel, and a little narrower than second,
twice as long as wide; 2-10 more or less moniliform, the tenth
as wide as long. Length, 1°25 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female caught by sweeping in heart of jungle, 1,500 ft.,
September 12, 1913. .

Type.—I. 5104, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewing on a slide.

ENTOMACIS ELEGANS, N. sp.

Q. Bright reddish or chestnut-brown, the legs golden-
yellow, also the antennal scape; next nine joints brown, the
apical three pale silver-yellow; eyes and ocelli black. Eyes
not especially large; parapsidal furrows absent ; head not much
wider than long (dorsal aspect). Abdomen broadly truncate
at apex. Forewings rather more slender than in australis,
the marginal cilia longer. Antennae slightly widening toward
apex ; scape slender, claviform ; pedicel slender, nearly thrice
as long as greatest breadth; first eight funicle joints more or
less nodicorn, the basal ones very slender, the first narrower
and distinctly longer than pedicel, several times as long as
wide ; 8-10 with their distal margin more or less truncate, the
tenth one-third longer than wide. Length, 1°75 mm.

/1ab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from two
females caught by sweeping in lowland jungle, May 8, 1914
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—1. 5105, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

Hemttexis, Foerster.

This genus differs from Mntomacis, Foerster, only in that
the forewings are normally rounded at apex. Four species
have been described hitherto, two from Europe, one from
North America, and one from New Guinea.

HEMILEXIS TRUNCATA, Nn. sp.
©. Dull-black, the thorax dark red-brown, the
seutellum lighter, the metanotum bright-ochreous; legs and
petiole golden-yellow, also the antennal scape, the rest of the
antennae fuscous. Head globular, smooth; also the scutum
and scutellum; parapsidal furrows complete and distinct ;
scutellum with one large fovea only, at its base. Petiole

402

slender, almost thrice as long as wide, with several carinae
dorsad ; body of abdomen without impressions at base, widening
toward apex of second segment, where it is almost truncate,
viewed from the side abruptly declivous at apex of this
segment. Forewings ample, broad; subhyaline; venation
terminating somewhat before half wing-length ; marginal vein
linear, rather long; the stigmal Icng, cover one-half length of
marginal; basal thick and distinct, the median indistinct.
Antennae slender, 13-jointed; without a distinct club, the
last five or six joints gently incrassate ; pedicel twice as long
as wide ; the first funicle joint narrower and longer, five or six
times as long as wide ; 2-10 shortening, the tenth a little longer -
than wide. Length, 1°55 mm.

Hiab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea).

Type.—I. 5106, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

SPILOMICRUS, Westwood.

A genus containing over fifty species from all over the
world. The Australian species are not numerous.

SPILOMICRUS GRACILIS, n. sp.

Q. Dull-black; legs, petiole of abdomen, and antennal
scape golden-yellow; metathorax reddish, the antennae
fuscous. Head, dorsal aspect, distinctly wider than long;
scutum and scutellum smooth, shining; parapsidal furrows
deep and distinct; scutellum with one large fovea at base;
metanotum with an elevated median carina. Petiole of
abdomen very slender, four times as long as wide; body of
abdomen gently convex above and beneath ; viewed from above,
conic-ovate, about as long and as wide as the thorax, the
second segment occupying most of surface, without impressions
at base. Forewings reaching beyond apex of abdomen ; broad ;
hyaline; marginal cilia long; venation terminating a little
before middle of wing ; marginal vein short, not as long as the
perpendicular stigmal ; basal vein distinct, the median less so.
Antennae 13-jointed ; scape slender ; pedicel over twice as long
as wide; funicle joints very slender, much narrower than
pedicel, first about five times as long as wide, 2-5 shortening,
but much longer than wide, next six joints forming a slender
club, of which joints 1 and 2 are a little longer than wide, 3-5
quadrate. Length, 1°40 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Tweed River. Described from
one female caught by sweeping miscellaneous vegetation along
a roadside, May 11, 1914 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—t. 5107, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

4038

SPILOMICRUS QUADRICEPS, Smith.
Trans. Ent. Soc., London, 1878, p. 6. Australia.

PARAMESIUS, Westwood.

A large genus, containing over forty species from all over
the world. The Australian species may readily be separated
by the following table : —

Table of species.

A. Apterous.
Male; head with numerous punctures;
scutellum without foveae at base... .... punctatus
Female; head not punctate; scutellum
with two foveae at base... ... ... ... aureicorpus

B. Winged; females.
Parapsidal furrows present; scutellum with
two foveae at base; forewings not
reaching beyond apex of abdomen _... leander
Parapsidal furrows wanting; scutellum
with one fovea at base; forewings
reaching well* beyond apex of abdomen grandipennis ()

PARAMESIUS AUREICORPUS, Nn. sp.

2. Bright brownish-yellow, last three antennal joints
darker brown; eyes and ocelli black. Body shining, impunc-
tate. Head subquadrate, a little wider than long (dorsal
aspect), wider than the thorax; eyes rather small; ocelli
minute. Thorax slender, over twice as long as wide; pronotum
visible on the sides ; parapsidal furrows absent ; scutellum with
two foveae at base, separated by a thin carina; body with
scattered hairs. Petiole barely as long as wide; body of
abdomen as long as head and thorax united, wider than
thorax, rounded at apex, with a median impression at its base.
Apterous. Antennae 13-jointed; scape long, cylindrical ;
pedicel one-third longer than wide; first funicle joint distinctly
narrower, as long as wide, 2-8 short, transverse, the eighth
somewhat widened; club abrupt, 3-jointed, joints 1-2 wider
than long. Length, 1°65 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea).

Type.—I1. 5108, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, the antennae on a slide.

PARAMESIUS LEANDER, Nl. sp.

©. Reddish or chestnut-brown, the head almost black ;
antennae red, the funicle dusky, the club black; legs golden-
yellow. Thorax shining, with a few scattered long setae;
parapsidal furrows deep and complete; scutellum with two
large foveae at base, and a line of small foveae along its caudal

() Angusticornis falls here; see description.

404

margin; metanotum with a raised tooth at base. Petiole a
little longer than wide; body of abdomen about as long and
as wide as the thorax; convex above and beneath; not well
separated from petiole, with a short median impression and
several shorter striae at base ; second segment occupying fully
two-thirds of surface. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen,
broad ; almost hyaline ; venation terminating about middle of
wing ; marginal vein linear, the stigmal over one-half as long
as the marginal, the recurrent indicated, the basal rather
distinct, the median less so. Antennae 13-jointed; scape
rather long and slender; pedicel barely one-half longer than

wide; first funicle joint narrower than pedicel, about one-half

longer than wide, 2-7 shortening, the seventh transverse ; club
stout, 4-jointed, the first joint much narrower than others, 1-3
much wider than long. Length, 1°95 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female caught by sweeping on edge of jungle, May 18, 1913
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5109, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

PARAMESIUS GRANDIPENNIS, 0. sp.

Q. Black, the thorax and petiole bright red- brown :
legs and _ first eight antennal joints golden-yellow, the two
next brown, the apical three black. Head subquadrate, wider
than long (dorsal aspect), smooth, as also the thorax.
Parapsidal furrows wanting; scutellum with one large fovea
at base; metanotum with a plain median carina. Petiole
slender, over thrice as long as wide; body of abdomen oval,
pointed at apex, with a short median impression at base.
Forewings very long, reaching well beyond apex of abdomen,
broad ; a little infuscate ; marginal] cilia rather long; venation
terminating somewhat before middle of wing; marginal vein
linear, no longer than the long stigmal; basal vein thick and
distinct, the median indistinct. Scape slender ; pedicel fully
twice as long as wide; the first funicle joint narrower, nearly
thrice as long as wide, 2-6 shortening, but all distinctly longer
than wide, the sixth slightly widened ; club gradual, 5-jointed,
first joint narrower than others and a little longer than wide,
2-4 a little wider than long. Length, 2°05 mm.

/1ab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea).

Type.—l. 5110, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

PARAMESIUS PUNCTATUS, n. sp.

; Head and thorax dark red-brown, the abdomen and
legs golden-yellow, also the basal four antennal joints, the

405

next five joints dark red-brown, the apical four pale honey-
yellow. Head, viewed from above, subquadrate, distinctly
wider than long ; eyes large, bare ; ocelli absent ; with numerous
small setigerous punctures. Thorax slightly narrower than
the head; scutum and scutellum glabrous, with a very few
small scattered punctures; parapsidal furrows wanting;
seutellum much wider than long, without foveae at base;
metanotum of moderate length. Petiole of abdomen as wide as
long ; body of abdomen oval, distinctly wider than thorax, with
a short median impression at base. Antennae 13-jointed ; scape
rather long and slender ; pedicel no longer than wide, the first
funicle joint slightly longer, the second much longer, nearly
twice as long as first, remaining joints (except the last)
moniliform, slightly incrassate, all a little wider than long.
Wings entirely wanting. Length, 1°70 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine. One male,
labelled “Rotten leaves, A. M. Lea.’’

Type.—tI. 5111, South Australian Museum. A male on a
tag, antennae on a slide.

Wingless male forms are very rare among the Micro-
Hymenoptera. This species probably does not belong to
Paramesius, on account of its entire scutellum, but it agrees
very well otherwise with that genus.

PARAMESIUS ANGUSTICORNIS, n. sp.

Q. Thorax and petiole dull-brown, the head and
abdomen black; legs golden-yellow; antennae fuscous, the
scape more or less yellow. Form slender; head subglobose ;
scutum without parapsidal furrows; scutellum with one large
fovea at base ; metanotum with a raised medial scale. Petiole
thrice as long as wide; body of abdomen oval, the second
segment occupying almost all of surface, with a long median
impression at base. Forewings reaching beyond apex of
abdomen; not very broad; somewhat darkly infuscate ;
marginal cilia long; venation terminating somewhat before
middle of wing ; marginal vein scarcely longer than the rather
long stigmal, the basal thick and distinct. Scape slender ;
pedicel twice as long as wide; the funicle joints narrower, the
first about thrice as long as wide, the sixth fully twice as long
as wide; club gradual, 5-jointed, first joint narrower than
others, 2-4 all somewhat longer than wide. Length, 1°50 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female caught by sweeping in coastal jungle, June 6, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5112, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

406

Very similar to yrandipenms, but the forewings are much
narrower and the club joints are a little longer.

Boruriopria, Kieffer.

Formerly contained only one species, from Madagascar.
The Australian species differ from certain species of the genus
Hoplopriella, Dodd, only in having the scape not swollen at
its apex, and covering base of pedicel. In one species,
aureipes, the scape terminates in two sharp points, which
Kieffer uses as a generic difference to distinguish Hoplopria,
Ashmead; the character is too trivial, however, for generic
significance, and Ashmead himself did not mention it; thus
other characters must be found to distinguish that genus, and
may be found in “the carina that runs from the ocelli to the
occipital margin and the groove separating the eyes from the
antennal prominence’’ (freely translated from Kieffer). From
Paramesius, Westwood, and Spilomicrus, Westwood, Bothri-
opria differs in having ‘lateral foveae on the scutellum, which
in the Australian species are always narrow and obscure.

Table of species.

A. Parapsidal furrows complete and tat
(1) General colour chestnut-red . i Oger iat
(2) Colour of body wholly black. .
(a) Petiole one-half longer than wide victoriae
(b) Petiole two and a half times as

long as wide unicolor
B. Parapsidal furrows incomplete, abbreviated
cephalad.
(1) Antennae wholly black; scape produced
into acute points at apex 4 aac aureipes
(2) Scape not produced into acute points
at apex.
(a) Pedicel distinctly shorter than
first funicle joint |... ....... -splendida

(b) Pedicel not shorter than first
funicle joint.
Second funicle joint no longer

than wide atra
Second funicle joint Aistinetly
longer than wide ... infuscipes

BoTHRIOPRIA SPLENDIDA, N. Sp.

QO. Black; tegulae, legs, and first five antennal joints
golden-yellow. Head normal, the vertex much wider than long,
with a few minute setigerous punctures, also the scutum and
scutellum; scutum convex, the parapsidal furrows one-half
complete from caudad, deep and distinct, the sclerite without
depressions ; scutellum with two very large, irregularly circular
foveae at base, and a very narrow shallow one along either
side ; metanotum with a raised median carina at base. Petiole

407

one-half longer than wide, with several fine carinae and some-
what pubescent; body of abdomen not raised from petiole, .
but without impressions at base; ovate, pointed at apex;
somewhat convex above and beneath; the second segment
occupying a little more than one-half of surface, the remainder
minutely densely punctate; abdomen suffused with brown.
Forewings long and very broad; a little infuscate, with a
white longitudinal stripe through centre ; venation terminating
about middle of, wing, the marginal vein thickened, thrice as
long as width at base, one-half longer than the stigmal ; basal
vein very distinct, the median well marked for some distance
beyond juncture of basal. Antennae 13-jointed ; scape slender ;
pedicel twice as long as greatest width, the first funicle joint
a little narrower and distinctly longer, nearly four times as
long as greatest width, the second one-half length of first, the
fifth quadrate, a little widened; club ill-defined, scarcely
wider than funicle, 6-jointed (7-jointed ?), joints 1-5 almost
subequal, scarcely wider than long, the last joint two-thirds
longer than preceding. Length, 3°50 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).

Type.—I. 5113, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewing on a slide.

BoTHRIOPRIA LEAI, N. sp.

Q. Polished chestnut-brown, the tegulae and legs lighter,
the head black; antennae fuscous, the basal three joints deep
red. Parapsidal furrows deep and complete ; foveae at base of
scutellum large, circular, these separated only by a thin carina,
the lateral foveae shallow and narrow; metanotum with a
raised median carina. Petiole a little longer than wide, with
fine obscure carinae and some pubescence; body of abdomen
as in splendida. Forewings as in splendida, but the marginal
vein shorter, scarcely longer than the stigmal. Pedicel stout,
barely one-half longer than wide; the first funicle joint scarcely
narrower and somewhat longer, over twice as long as wide, the
second as wide as long, 3-5 somewhat wider than long; club
6-jointed, slightly wider than funicle, joints 1-5 subequal,
distinctly wider than long, -the last joint distinctly longer.
Length, 2°70 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea).

Type.—I. 5114, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewing on a slide. Named in honour of
the collector.
: BoTHRIOPRIA UNICOLOR, N. sp.

2. Black, the tegulae and antennae wholly black; legs
bright red, the femora somewhat dusky. Parapsidal furrows
deep and complete ; foveae at base of scutellum large, circular,

408

only separated by a thin carina; metanotum with an acute
- erect scale at base, caudo-lateral angles with two points, one

above the petiole, the other lower down. Petiole two and a

half times as long as wide, with several strong carinae dorsad ;
body of abdomen distinctly raised from petiole, rounded
caudad, the second segment occupying fully three-fourths of
surface. Forewings long, moderately broad; marginal vein
twice as long as wide, the stigmal short, the basal delicate,

the median obsolete. Pedicel twice as long as wide, the funicle:

joints somewhat narrower, the first thrice as long as wide, the
second one-half longer than wide, the fifth distinctly longer
than wide; club ie 2 aii first joint narrower than others,
as long as wide, -5 distinctly wider than long, the last joint
a little longer a preceding. Length, 2°50 mm.

FHab.—New South Wales: Tweed River. Described from
one female caught by sweeping foliage of jungle plants, May
13,1914. (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5115, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

BoTHRIOPRIA VICTORIAE, N. Sp.

Q. Black, the antennae concolorous, also the tegulae ;
legs reddish-yellow, the coxae, femora, and apical half of
tibiae dusky. Foveae at base of scutellum distinctly separated ;
caudo-lateral angles of metanotum witheut sharp pcints;
petiole one-half longer than wide; first funicle joint twice as
long as wide, the second one-third longer than wide, the fifth
scarcely so, the sixth only slightly widening and not appearing
part of club, the club thus 5-jointed, the last joint no longer
than preceding. Otherwise asin wncolor. Length, 2°35 mm.

I/ab.—-Victoria: Ballarat district. One female, labelled
“National Museum, No. 54.”’

Type.—In the National Museum, Melbourne. A female
on a tag, the antennae on a slide.

BovrHRIOPRIA ATRA, N. Sp.

Q. Black, the tegulae and antennae concolorous; legs
clear golden-yellow. Parapsidal furrows less than one-half
complete from caudad, rather narrow; foveae at base of
scutellum moderately large, circular, distinctly separated, the
lateral foveae shallow, obscure ; metanotum with an acute
raised scale at base, its caudo-lateral angles simple. Petiole
scarcely longer than wide, with several c7rinae dorsad ; body
of abdomen somewhat raised from petiole, rounded caudad,
the second segment occupying almost two-thirds of surface,
the remaining segments densely minutely punctured. Fore-

wings moderately long and broad; faintly infuscate; marginal

SMa et eget

cm I

ee a
a

i

he

409

yein twice as long as wide, the stigmal very short, the basal
barely indicated. Pedicel two-thirds longer than wide, the
funicle joints somewhat narrower, the first twice as long as
greatest width, the second as wide as long, the fifth wider than
long; club 6-jointed, joints 1-5 distinctly wider than long,
the sixth a little longer than preceding. Length, 2°15 mm.

/1ab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female caught by sweeping in jungle, 1,200 ft., April 3, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—Il. 5116, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

BoTHRIOPRIA AUREIPES, DN. sp.

Q. Black, the legs golden-yellow ; tegulae suffused with
yellow, the antennae wholly black. Scutum flat, the parap-
‘sidal furrows present only as short, rather narrow grooves
against caudal margin; foveae at base of scutellum not very
large, circular, well separated, the lateral pair shallow and
obscure; metanotum without a distinct raised scale at base.
Petiole scarcely longer than wide, with several dorsal carinae ;
body of abdomen a little raised from petiole, rather long, over.
twice as long as greatest width, rounded caudad, the second
segment occupying three-fourths of surface. Forewings
moderately long and broad, faintly infuscate ; marginal vein
barely twice as long as wide, the stigmal very short, the basal
scarcely indicated. Scape terminating in a sharp point on
either side of base of pedicel ; pedicel nearly twice as long as
wide, the funicle joiits somewhat narrower, the first almcst
twice as long as wide, the second a little longer than wide, the
fifth somewhat wider than long; club 6-jointed, joints 1-5
distinctly wider than long, the first narrower than the others,
the last joint no longer than preceding. Length, 1°75 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from one female caught by sweeping in jungle, May 9, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—1. 5117, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

BoTHRIOPRIA INFUSCIPES, n. sp.

Q. Black; legs fuscous, the coxae washed with yellow,
the trochanters, tarsi, and base of tibiae yellow; antennal
joints 2-5 yellow, the rest black; tegulae black. Scutum not
flat, the metanotum with a small semi-acute scale at base;
structure of thorax otherwise as in aureipes. Petiole twice as
long as wide; body of abdomen oval, somewhat raised from
petiole, barely twice as long as greatest width, pointed caudad,
the second segment occupying barely two-thirds of surface.
Forewings with an obscure blotch beneath marginal vein, the

410

_basal vein delicate but rather distinct, otherwise much as in
aurevpes. Pedicel nearly twice as long as greatest width, the
funicle joints somewhat narrower, the first fully twice as long
as greatest width, the fifth one-half longer than wide; club
6-jointed (5-jointed ?), the first joint narrower than others,
longer than wide, 2-5 barely wider than long, the last joint
somewhat longer. Length, 1°60 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. One female,
taken with aureipes.

Type.—I. 5118, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

POLYPRIA, N. g.

Q. Head, viewed from above, distinctly wider than
long, the vertex with two or three obtuse raised ridges across
it, and scattered punctures; eyes large, bare; ocelli large;
antennal prominence small, inconspicuous; maxillary palpi
5-jointed, the labials 3-jointed. Antennae 13-jointed; scape
normal; funicle joints longer than wide; club 5-jointed, not
well defined. Mandibles not large or prominent, at least one
bidentate at apex. Forewings ample; venation terminating
slightly before middle of wing; marginal vein barely twice as
long as wide, the stigmal very short; basal and median veins
not distinct. Scutum with deep complete parapsidal furrows ;
lateral lobes with a large, deep, circular depression, the median
lobe with a large, deep oval depression on either side of meson
cephalad. Scutellum with two large foveae at base, and one
on either side. Metanotum tricarinate, without a raised scale
at base. Petiole of abdomen striate, nearly thrice as long as
wide; body of abdomen well raised from petiole, ellipsoidal,
somewhat longer than thorax, gently convex above and
beneath, the second segment occupying most of surface,
without depressions at base.

¢@. Median lobe of scutum without depressions, the
lateral lobes only faintly depressed. Antennae 13-jointed, the
funicle joints long and slender, cylindrical, the first and
second subequal, plain.

The male antennae are like those of Odontopria, Kieffer,
but that genus has the head coarsely punctured and the scutum
with four grooves. Hexapria has the depressed lateral lobes
of the scutum in the female (the male is unknown), but there
are two distinct foveae against caudal margin of scutellum.
The new genus is like Bothriopria, and is separated by the
depressions on the scutum; these same characters were not
thought sufficient to form a new genus in the case of some of the
Australian species of Hoplopriella, but the depressions were
not so deep and distinct, and gave indications of grading.

«
|

4]]

Running in Kieffer’s table to Hevrapria, Kieffer, or Bothri-
opria, Kieffer. Z'ype, the following species.

POLYPRIA NIGRIVENTRIS, N. Sp.

Q. Black; legs and tegulae golden-yellow, the femora
and tibiae somewhat dusky; prothorax and mesothorax dark
deep-red ; antennae black, the last joint pale-yellow, the pre-
ceding washed with yellow. Forewings long and broad; a
little infuscate, with an obscure blotch beginning beyond basal
vein, this area with a white curved longitudinal streak.
Pedicel a little shorter than first funicle joint, which is twice
as long as wide, the others shortening, the sixth a little longer
than wide; club joints 1-4 wider than long, the fifth small,
narrower, and no longer than preceding. Length, 2°70 mm.

6. Antennae black, the last joint pale-yellow; first
funicle joint fully twice as long as pedicel; 3-10 shortening,
the tenth over twice as long as wide.

Hab.—-Queensland: Cairns district. Described from
several specimens of either sex; a common species in and
around jungle.

Type.—l. 5119, South Australian Museum. A male and
female on two tags ; female head and antennae, male antennae,
and forewings on a slide.

NEvUROGALESUS, Kieffer.

@. Head quadrate, viewed from above, the vertex very
much roughened, its surface with obtuse irregular carinae and
large shallow punctures (in diss?milis distinctly less roughened
and the punctures smaller) ; with a depression in centre against
occipital margin, running toward ocelli; antennal prominence
very large and conspicuous, when viewed from above projecting
conspicuously beyond the frons and not much wider than long ;
face straight from antennal prominence to caudal margin
(ventrad), the mandibles thus projecting backwards; eyes
large, bare. Scutum with deep complete parapsidal furrows,
the lateral lobes feebly or deeply depressed, the median lobe
sometimes with a depression on either side cephalad and one
caudad, these sometimes absent; scutellum with two large
foveae at base, and one along either side; metanotum with a
raised scale at base, its posterior margin rather deeply exca-
vated. Petiole stout, scarcely wider than long, its lateral
margins with a sharp excision or only feebly swollen, covered
with long pubescence, or this only present on its sides, the
dorsum then showing carinae. Body of abdomen not raised
from petiole, its dorsal surface flat, its cephalic margin incised,
with a long deep median groove or impression at base, scarcely
wider across centre than at base, the second segment occupying

412

most of surface. Forewings ample; venation terminating
about middle of wing; marginal vein thickened, about twice
as long as wide, the stigmal very short; no basal or median
veins. Antennae 13-jointed; scape prolonged at apex and
covering base of pedicel; club ill-defined, about 5-jointed.
For other characters see Kieffer’s diagnosis.

Table of species.
A. Abdomen with three grooves at base; stigmal
4 vein one-half longer than the marginal carinatus
B. Abdomen with one groove at base; stigmal
vein very short.
(1) Median lobe of scutum with two depres-
sions cephalad, the lateral lobes
with a deep fovea or depression ;
vertex on either side of median
impression, more or less roughened ;
petiole sharply excised on lateral
margins.
(a) Scutellum longitudinally striate hackeri .
(b) Scutellum not striate ... ... ... grandis
(2) Median lobe of scutum without depres-
sions cephalad, the latter lobes
only feebly depressed; vertex on
either side of median impression at
the most with a few punctures;
petiole feebly swollen on lateral
margins.

(a) Vertex with a few large punc-
tures; legs and antennal funicle
red; carina running from above
eye, conspicuous; first funicle
joint distinctly shorter than
pedicel EDR WAN hasta) eli ¢ ht

(b) Punctures on vertex small; legs
mostly black, the antennae
wholly so; carina running from
above eye, not conspicuous;
first funicle joint not shorter
than pedicel abhbeer Munarnatnen teria 75 6 AS

rubripes

NEUROGALESUS CARINATUS, Kieffer.

The type and only previously described species is from
Australia, and its description appeared in the “Berlin Ent.
Zeitschr.,” vol. li., p. 298 (1907). The original description
is not available in Northern Queensland, but from Kieffer’s
generic diagnosis it 1s evident that carinatus differs from all
the species described in this paper, thus carinatus has three
longitudinal grooves at base of abdomen, and the stigmal vein
is a half longer than the marginal. Dissimilis does not possess
the carina running from above the eye to near the antennal
prominence present in the other three species, but in
(apparently) having the head less roughened, the absence of
the cephalic depressions on the median lobe of the scutum,

413

the non-incised tricarinate petiole, carinatus approaches closer
to dissimilis than to grandis or hackert. In length it is even
larger than grandis. Length, 5°5 mm.

NEUROGALESUS GRANDIS, Nn. sp.

©. Black; legs concolorous, the knees and tarsi ferru-
ginous, the antennae also concolorous, the last joint contrasting
light-reddish, the four basal funicle joints washed with red.
oad much roughened, the punctures large. Scutum and
scutellum with large scattered punctures, the depressions of
scutum deep and distinct; foveae at base of scutellum longi-
tudinally oval, extending for about two-thirds its length,
beyond this smooth. Petiole sharply excised on lateral
margins, covered with long pubescence; body of abdomen
smooth, highly polished. as long as the head and thorax united,
distinctly more than twice as long as greatest width. Forewings
attaining apex of abdomen; very broad; embrowned, this
deepest in centre. Pedicel one-half longer than wide, the
first funicle joint slightly narrower and distinctly longer,
nearly thrice as long as wide, 2-6 shortening, the sixth
quadrate ; club joints 1-4 wider than long, the fifth distinctly
over twice as long as wide. Length, 5 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female caught by sweeping in coastal jungle, September 27,
1914 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—l. 5120, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

NEUROGALESUS HACKERI, N. sp.

@. Similar to grandis, but differs as follows: —Apical
antennal joint concolorous with preceding; club joints 1-4
rather less wider than long; abdomen not so slender, no more
than twice as long as greatest width; depressions of median
lobe of scutum shallower; head and scutum with less distinct
punctures ; foveae of scutellum shallower, the basal ones much
shorter, not extending one-half its length, beyond these
longitudinally striate. Length, 4°85 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane. Described from one female
received from the Queensland Museum, and labelled “Caloun-
dra, September 28, 1913 (H. Hacker) ; on tree trunk.”

Type.—In the Queensland Museum. A female on a tag,
the antennae and forewings on a slide. Named in honour of
the collector.

NEUROGALESUS DISSIMILIS, nN. sp.

Q. Similar to grandis but smaller, the antennae wholly
black ; head less roughened, the punctures on it and the thorax
not large ; median lobe of scutum almost smooth, with only a
faint depression caudad; foveae at base of scutellum not

414

reaching half its length; lateral lobes of scutum with feeble
depressions ; petiole not excised on lateral margins, only feebly
swollen, the dense pubescence only present on the sides, the
meson tricarinate; first funicle joint twice as long as wide,
the sixth distinctly wider than long; last club joint shorter,
not twice as long as wide. Length, 3°55 mm.

flab.—Queensland: Kuranda. Described from one
female caught by sweeping in jungle, April 4, 1915 (A. P.
Dodd). A second female was caught by sweeping in lowland
jungle, June 6, 1915, Cairns district (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5121, ‘South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

NEUROGALESUS RUBRIPES, N. sp.

Q. Black; legs and tegulae deep-red, also apex of scape,
pedicel, and funicle joints; apical antennal joint brownish at
apex. Vertex smooth, except for large scattered punctures ;
carinae running from above the eyes down the frons with their
latero-cephalic angle acute and prominent, when viewed from
above. Scutum without depressions, with a few small
scattered punctures ; foveae at base of scutellum not reaching
half its length, the lateral foveae large. Petiole as in disszmilis.
Body of abdomen two and a half times as long as greatest
width. Forewings more lightly infuscate than in grandis,
hackert, or dissumilis, the marginal vein less stout. Pedicel
one - half longer than wide, the first funicle joint somewhat
shorter and narrower, one-half longer than wide, the fifth
quadrate ; club 6-jointed, joints 1-5 wider than long, the first
somewhat narrower than others, the sixth nearly twice as long
as greatest width. Length, 3°90 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from one female caught by sweeping in jungle, May 10, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Ty pe.—I. 5122, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

EUHOPLOPRIA, N. g.

Q@. Head shaped much as in Weurogalesus, Kieffer,
viewed from the side trapezoidal, straight from antennal
prominence to mouth, which projects backwards slightly ;
viewed from above, as long as wide, with a carina running
from above eyes down and around the frons convexly, the
antennae inserted below this on a frontal prominence, which
is hidden by the frontal carina ; vertex with scattered punctures
and a line of punctures along ‘its occipital margin ; mandibles
edentate, crossed at apex, not large ; maxillary palpi 5-jointed.
Scutum normal, with a few scattered punctures, the parapsidal

a

415

furrows deep and complete, the parapsides very feebly
depressed ; scutellum with two large circular foveae at base,
and a longer one on either side; metanotum with a raised
tooth at base, its posterior margin feebly concave. Petiole
normal, not twice as long as wide; body of abdomen with a
short median groove at base, its cephalic margin quite straight,
the second segment occupying most of surface, gently convex
above and beneath. Forewings ample; venation terminating
about middle of wing; marginal vein thickened, the stigmal
vein short, the basal rather well defined. Antennae 13-jointed ;
scape prolonged at apex and covering base of pedicel; club
gradual, 5- or 6-jointed.

This genus differs from Veurogalesus, Kieffer, in that the
antennal prominence, when viewed from above, is not very
large, but is hidden, and the cephalic margin of the body of
the abdomen is quite straight ; also the median groove at base
of abdomen is very short, and there is no median impression
on the vertex. In habitus the species of this genus are very
distinct from those of NVewrogalesus, and are much smaller.

Type.—FE. carinatifrons.

Table of species.

A. Abdomen slender, about thrice as long as
wide; petiole ‘plainly tricarinate ... ... carinatifrons
B. Abdomen not slender, twice or less as long
as wide; petiole with at most a complete
delicate median carina, the others pre-
sent only at extreme base.
(1) Forewings normally rounded at apex;
segment 2 much more than twice
as long as the following united... lativentris
(2) Forewings truncate and a little de-
pressed at distal margin; segment 2
of abdomen not or barely twice. as
long as the following united ... ... emargipennts

EUHOPLOPRIA CARINATIFRONS, Nn. Sp.

2. Black, the antennae concolorous, the tegulae and
legs reddish-yellow, the femora somewhat dusky. Petiole of
abdomen one-half longer than wide, tricarinate; body of
abdomen long-ellipsoidal, about thrice as long as greatest
width, the second segment over twice as long as following
united, the remainder with numerous pin-punctures, and a few
long setae. Forewings lightly infuscate; broad; the distal
margin normally rounded. Pedicel nearly twice as long as |
wide, the funicle joints a little narrower; first fully twice as
long as greatest width, second not one-half longer than wide,
the fifth as wide as long; club 6-jointed, not well defined,
merging into the funicle, joints 1-5 distinctly wider than long,

416

the sixth nearly twice as long as preceding joint. Length,
2°35 mm.

[lab.—Queensland: Cooktown and Cairns districts; New
South Wales: Clarence River. Described from two females
caught by sweeping in coastal jungle at former habitats, March
6 and October 14, 1914, respectively, and one female sweeping
miscellaneous vegetation, chiefly jungle, Clarence River, June
3, 1914 (A. P. Dodd). The southern specimen has the apex
of scape and all funicle joints suffused reddish.

Type.—I. 5123, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae, head, and forewings on a slide.

EUHOPLOPRIA LATIVENTRIS, 0. Sp.

@. Similar to carinatifrons, but. punctures in occipital
row smaller ;-abdomen not slender, broad, broadest at apex of
second segment, no more than one-half longer than wide, the
segments after the second very short; petiole with a median
carina, but no others; second funicle joint two-thirds longer
than wide, the fifth a little longer than wide, the sixth
quadrate, club only 5-jointed. Length, 2°15 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from one female caught by sweeping in jungle, May 9, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5124, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

E,UHOPLOPRIA EMARGIPENNIS, Ni. Sp.

Q. Like lativentris, but the abdomen not so stout, twice
as long as wide, the segments after the second half as long as
that segment; petiole with the median carina subobsolete (in
both species there are short other carinae at extreme base) ;
punctures in occipital line, scattered ; forewings not rounded
at apex, almost truncate, faintly depressed in centre; first
funicle joint thrice as long as wide, second twice as long as
wide, the sixth a little wider than long, and the first joint of
the club; the club thus 6-jointed, its second joint (first of
lativentris ) not perceptibly smaller than following (plainly so
in lativentris). Length, 2°45 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described

from one female caught by sweeping in jungle, May 9, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5125, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

HOPLOPRIELLA, Nn. g.

Q?. Head, viewed from above, wider than long, the
vertex with scattered punctures, more rarely rugose-sulcate,

ee ee eee CU

a le

St ee (ee

417

occasionally with a median longitudinal depression, the frontal
prominence conspicuous ; viewed from the side more high than
long, the mouth not directed backwards, the mandibles not
large; maxillary palpi 5-jointed. Thorax convex dorsad ;
scutum often with scattered punctures, the parapsidal furrows
deep and complete, rarely incomplete, the median lobe often
with two depressions cephalad, in one instance depressed
caudad, the lateral lobes sometimes depressed ; scutellum with
two large foveae at base, and one along either side, these latter
rarely narrow and obscure, the caudal margin foveate ; meta-
notum with a raised scale, sometimes absent, at base. Petiole
not more than thrice as long as wide, carinate, normal. Body
of abdomen raised from petiole, without impressions at base,
gently convex above and below, rounded caudad, the second
segment occupying over one-half of surface. Antennae
13-jointed; scape prolonged at apex and covering base of
pedicel ; flagellum joints never slender, with a club of from
five to seven joints, the last joint small, rarely lengthened.
Forewings long and broad, in one instance shortened and
narrow ; venation terminating about middle of wing ; marginal
vein sometimes thickened, two to four times as long as wide,
the stigmal short, the basal usually more or less distinct; a
white longitudinal stripe through middle of wing always
present. Size moderate.

The numerous species placed in this genus form a natural
segregate. The genus can be distinguished from all other
genera of the family, except Vewrogalesus and Huhoplopria, by
the distal prolongation of the scape. From the two genera
named it differs in the different form of the head, and the
non-grooved base of abdomen. It is possible that it is but
one of Kieffer’s numerous genera, but I cannot reconcile it
with any previously described genus. The species are from
various parts of Eastern Australia, and there are no doubt
many more to be discovered. Type.—/H. bicoloricornis.

Table of species.

(1) Vertex more or less rugose-suleate; median
lobe of scutum with two depressions
cephalad ... .. (2)

Vertex at the most with scattered ‘punctures (4)

(2) Apical antennal joint small, no longer than

preceding and narrower _... bicoloricornis
Apical antennal joint long, much longer
than preceding ... (3)

(3) Frons below ocelli with numero ous ‘fine cross-

sulci; second segment of abdomen dis-

tinctly more than twice as long as the

following united ... ... ... ... .. ... sulcaticeps
18)

418

Frons below. ocelli without cross-sulci;
second abdominal segment not more than
twice as long as the following united

(4) Forewings very narrow; Ley Katy furrows
abbreviated ... .. ee eee

Forewings not narrow... mes

(5) Forewings conspicuously bisicucne Meviils
brown, one blotch in centre against distal
margin :

Forewings not conspicuously blotched with
brown, at most feebly so, without a blotch
in centre against distal margin

(6) Thorax mostly red; scutum without deve
sions ; parapsidal furrows complete ...

Thorax wholly black

(7) Median lobe of scutum with two depressions
cephalad, small or elongate, the lateral
ee tipi! parapsidal furrows com-

ete bist ae epee

Santion without depressions ; parapsidal
furrows sometimes abbreviated

(8) Basal foveae of scutellum widely diver gent
from base

Basal foveae of. sentellum not divergent
from base

(9) First funicle joint no longer than pedicel,
twice as long as greatest width; cephalic
depressions on scutum not ‘elongate ;
petiole not twice as long as wide

First funicle joint distinctly longer than
pedicel, almost thrice as long as greatest
width; cephalic depressions on scutum
elongate; petiole over twice as sdk as
wide

{10) Parapsidal furrows forming deep grooves
and complete

Parapsidal furrows incomplete, or if com-
plete only as a fine groove Samat
forming deeper grooves caudad u

(11) Punctures on head and thorax not emai
lateral foveae of scutellum much longer
than the basal ones; parapsidal furrows
about one-half complete from caudad,
deep and distinct, not op ahaa cephalad
as fine grooves :

Punctures on head and thorax : small; lateral
foveae of scutellum not longer than basal
ones; parapsidal furrows complete, or
nearly, as fine grooves aaa deep and
distinct caudad ....

(12) Tegulae concolorous ; Las var ree Naan
basal foveae of scutellum well separated
caudad from lateral pair and not oblique

Teague yellow; legs wholly yellow; basal
foveae of scutellum only separated caudad
from lateral pair by a thin line, and
somewhat oblique .. ssp ia

longiventris
abnormipennis
(5)

maculosa

(6)

rubrinotum

(8)
(10)
tasmanica

(9)

punctaticeps

tricarinata

simulans

(11)

concoloricornis

(12)

fuscitegula

parvipunctata

419

HoPLoPRIELLaA BICOLORICORNIS, Nn. sp.

2. Black, shining, the legs and antennae (except the
club) bright red, the scape dark at base ; tegulae suffused red.
Head with numerous scattered moderately large punctures ;
the vertex with several irregular fine cross-sulci, and a longi-
tudinal median impression against occipital margin. Median
lobe of scutum with a long depression on either side of meson
cephalad, these shallow, the lateral lobes shallowly depressed ;
parapsidal furrows deep and complete; with a few punctures.
Foveae at base of scutellum large, oval, the lateral ones much
longer. Metanotum with a raised scale at base. Petiole over
twice as long as wide, with about four carinae dorsad ; body
of abdomen scarcely longer than thorax, a little over twice as
long as wide, the second segment occupying over two-thirds of
surface. Forewings long and broad; hghtly infuscate, with
a darker obscure blotch beneath marginal vein; marginal vein
over twice as long as wide; basal vein very faint. Pedicel
one-third longer than wide, the funicle joints narrower ; first
nearly thrice as long as wide; second slightly shorter, the fifth
distinctly longer than wide; club 6-jointed, first joint rather
small, 2-5 much wider than long, the sixth much smaller.
Length, 2°85 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from two females caught by sweeping in jungle, May 10, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5126, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

HOPLOPRIELLA MACULOSA, N. sp.

Q. Black, legs and tegulae reddish-yellow, the femora
somewhat dusky; antennal scape and club black, the pedicel
and funicle deep-red, the apical antennal joint yellowish.
Vertex of head with scattered punctures, and a line of punc-
tures round occipital margin, the sides of the head and the
frons below ocelli much more densely punctate. Parapsidal
furrows deep and complete; median lobe of scutum without
depressions, the lateral lobes very feebly depressed ; a row of
punctures on either side of parapsidal furrows, and a few
punctures around outer margin of lateral lobes. Scutellum
with scattered punctures, with two deep foveae at base, large
and circular, and a longer deep fovea along either side;
metanotum with an acute semi-erect medial tooth at base.
Petiole twice as long as wide, the dorsum strongly tricarinate ;
body of abdomen twice as long as greatest width, the second
segment occupying barely two-thirds of surface ; segments after
second with long scattered setae. Forewings long and broad ;
— ; a large irregular blotch extending across wing at

0

420

marginal vein, this split by the longitudinal white stripe,
below this stripe with a narrow distal prolongation ; a large
rectangular blotch midway between marginal vein and wing
apex, nearer to cephalic than caudal margin; a triangular
blotch against distal margin in centre, its apex proximad;
marginal vein about twice as long as wide, the basal obsolete.
Pedicel one-half longer than wide, the first funicle joint
somewhat narrower,’ fully twice as long as wide, the fifth
distinctly longer than wide; club 6-jointed, joints 1-5 much
wider than long. Length, 2°65 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Upper Tweed River. Described
from one female caught by sweeping in open forest, 1,000 ft.,
May 17, 1914 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5127, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, head, antennae, and forewings on a slide.

HOPLOPRIELLA LONGIVENTRIS, n. sp.

Q. Black; legs bright red; antennal pedicel and funicle
joints deep-red; tegulae dusky-red. Vertex of head with a
long median impression running from front ocellus to occipital
margin, lateral of this with irregular oblique sulci and thus
appearing rugose ; immediately below front ocellus there is a
small depression, the frons above antennae otherwise glabrous ;
vertex also with a few scattered punctures. Scutum and
scutellum alutaceous, not shining ; median lobe of scutum with
two long shallow depressions cephalad, these joining and
forming a single shorter depression against caudal margin,
the lateral lobes depressed, the parapsidal furrows deep and
complete; no distinct punctures on scutum and scutellum ;
foveae at base of scutellum large, the lateral pair longer, the
scutellum also with a median carina; raised scale at base of
metanotum obscure. Petiole, viewed from the side, somewhat
convex dorsad, viewed from above over twice as long as wide,
with several dorsal carinae ; body of abdomen long-ellipsoidal,
thrice as long as greatest width, the segments after the second
half as long as that segment. Forewings long and broad; a
little infuscate; marginal vein fully thrice as long as wide,
the basal rather well marked, also the median distad of its
juncture with the basal. Pedicel nearly twice as long as
greatest width, the first funicle joint as long and narrower,
nearly thrice as long as greatest width, the sixth a little longer
than wide ; club 5-jointed, joints 1-4 wider than long, the first
small ; last joint long, twice as long as penultimate. Length,
2°90 mm.

//ab.--Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from one female caught by sweeping in jungle, May 10, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

421

Type.—I. 5128, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewing on a slide.

HOopPLOPRIELLA ABNORMIPENNIS, Ni. sp.

Q. Black, the tegulae and legs reddish-yellow, the
femora dusky ; apical half of scape and next seven joints clear-
reddish, the last five joints and base of scape black. Vertex
with rather small, scattered punctures, the eyes rather small.
Scutum with numerous scattered punctures, without depres-
sions, the parapsidal furrows only present at extreme caudad ;
scutellum with a few punctures, the basal foveae rather wide
apart and somewhat oblique, the lateral pair shorter than basal
ones and very obscure ; metanotum with a blunt tooth at base.
Petiole nearly twice as long as wide, the dorsum strongly
tricarinate. Forewings not attaining apex of abdomen ; very
narrow for the family, at least six times as long as greatest
width ; infuscate ; marginal vein about thrice as long as wide,
the basal rather faint. Pedicel one-half longer than wide,
the first funicle joint a little narrower, twice as long as wide,
the sixth a little wider than long; club 5-jointed, joints 1-4
much wider than long, the last joint scarcely longer than
preceding. Length, 3°25 mm.

Hab.—King Island, Bass Straits (A. M. Lea).

Type.—I. 5129, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

HOPLOPRIELLA RUBRINOTUM, N. Sp.

2. Black; pronotum, scutum, scutellum, and propleura
bright chestnut-red, the median lobe of scutum with a black
patch cephalad ; tegulae and legs bright reddish-yellow; base
of scape and the club black, rest of antennae bright reddish-
yellow. Head with rather large scattered punctures, the
scutum with a few smaller ones; median lobe without depres-
sions, the lateral lobes feebly depressed, the parapsidal furrows
deep and complete; foveae at base of scutellum moderately
large, circular, the lateral foveae much longer; metanotum
with a raised scale at base. Petiole barely twice as long as
wide; body of abdomen not long, oval, the second segment
occupying fully two-thirds’ of surface. Forewings ample;
subhyaline ; marginal vein about twice as long as wide. Pedicel
one-half longer than wide, the first funicle joint narrower,
twice as long as wide, 2-6 shortening, the sixth a little wider
than long; club 5-jointed, joints 1-4 distinctly wider than
long, the last joint no longer than preceding. Length,
2°45 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Clarence River. Described
from one female caught by sweeping vegetation, chiefly jungle,
June 3, 1914 (A. P. Dodd).

422

Type.—I. 5130, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

HOPLOPRIELLA TASMANICA, NL. sp.

?. Black, the tegulae and legs bright reddish-yellow ;
apical half of scape red, the antennae otherwise black. Head
with scattered, rather small punctures. Median lobe of
scutum with a shallow depression on either side of meson
cephalad, extending for over one-third its length, the lateral
lobes with a feeble depression; parapsidal furrows deep and
complete, with a row of scattered punctures on either side, the
lateral lobes with a few punctures around the outer margin >
basal foveae of scutellum long, situated obliquely to each other
from base, the lateral pair deep, but no longer; metanotum
rugose, with a triangular raised scale at base medially. Fore-
wings long and broad; somewhat infuscate; marginal vein
rather long, over thrice as long as width at base, the basal
rather well marked. fPedicel one-half longer than wide, the
first funicle joint narrower, one-half longer than wide, the
fifth a little wider than long, the sixth a little widened ; club:
5-jointed, joints 1-4 distinctly wider than long, the last joint
scarcely longer than preceding. Length, 3°40 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea).

Type.—I. 5131, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, forewings and antenna on a slide.

HoPpLOPRIELLA PARVIPUNCTATA, N. Sp.

@. Black, the tegulae and legs bright reddish-yellow ;
antennae wholly black. Head with scattered small punctures,
also the scutum; scutum without depressions, the parapsidal
furrows deep and distinct caudad, shallow and indistinct for
greater part, and apparently not attaining the cephalic
margin; foveae at base of scutellum large, situated a little
obliquely from each other, and caudad separated from
cephalic end of lateral foveae only by a thin line, the lateral
foveae shallow and not longer than basal ones; metanotum
with a raised medial scale at base. Petiole barely one-half
longer than wide, with several carinae dorsad; body of
abdomen not long, the second segment occupying over two-
thirds of surface. Forewings long and broad; somewhat
infuscate; marginal vein nearly thrice as long as width at
base, the basal delicate. Pedicel a little longer than wide, the
funicle joints distinctly narrower, first one-third longer than
wide, the sixth a little wider than long; club 5-jointed, joint
1 distinctly narrower than the others, 1-4 distinctly wider than
long, the last joint slightly longer than preceding. Length,

2 AD mn:

oe ee eo

423

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea).
Type.—I. 5132, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

HOPLOPRIELLA FUSCITEGULA, N. sp.

Q. Very similar to parvipunctata, but the tegulae are
dusky, also the femora; the parapsidal furrows do not widen
so perceptibly caudad, and are more distinct cephalad; the
foveae at base of scutellum are not obliquely situated to each
other, are well separated from the lateral foveae, and are
shorter, not extending for half the length of scutellum (extend-
ing for that distance in parvipunctata); club joints 2-4 longer,
only a little wider than long, the first scarcely widened and
apparently not forming part of club, the last joint a little
longer. Length, 2°25 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea).

Type.—I. 5133, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

Possibly an insular form of parvipunctata, but the differ-
ences are too many to consider it a variety of that species.

HOPLOPRIELLA PUNCTATICEPS, n. sp.

Q. Black, the tegulae and legs wholly reddish-yellow ;
apex of scape and the seven following joints deep-red. Head
with rather large scattered punctures, the scutum with a few
small ones on either side of parapsidal furrows, and around
outer margin of parapsides ; parapsidal furrows deep and com-
plete ; parapsides plainly depressed, the median lobe with a
‘small oval depression on either side against cephalic margin ;
foveae at base of scutellum large, circular, the lateral pair
deep and plainly longer ; raised scale at base of metanotum not
prominent. Petiole twice as long as wide, with three strong
carinae dorsad ; body of abdomen not long, the second segment
occupying over two-thirds of surface. Forewings long and
broad, a little infuscate ; marginal vein barely twice as long as
wide, the basal rather delicate. Pedicel one-third longer than
wide, the funicle joints narrower ; first almost twice as long as
wide, the fifth quadrate, the sixth a little widened; club
5-jointed, joints 1-4 distinctly wider than long, the last joint
no longer than preceding. Length, 2°90 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (A. M. Lea).

Type.—I. 5134, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide. |

HOoPLOPRIELLA CONCOLORICORNIS, Nn. sp.

Q. Black, the tegulae and legs bright reddish-yellow,
the antennae wholly black. Head, scutum, and scutellum

424

with a few scattered punctures; scutum without depressions,
the parapsidal furrows one-third complete from caudad, as
deep grooves; foveae at base of scutellum circular, the lateral
pair much longer ; metanotum without a scale at base. Petiole
fully twice as long as wide, with several carinae dorsad ; body
of abdomen long-ellipsoidal, thrice as long as greatest width,
the second segment occupying fully three-fourths of surface.
Forewings long and broad; a little infuscate; marginal vein
barely twice as long as wide, the basal rather delicate. Pedicel
one-half longer than wide, the funicle joints scarcely narrower,
first twice as long as wide, the fifth a little wider than long,

slightly widened; club 6-jointed, joints 1-5 distinctly wider:

than long, the last joint no longer than preceding. Length,
2°90 mm. |
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from
several females caught by sweeping in coastal jungles.
Type.—tI. 5135, South Australian Museum. A female or
a tag, forewings and antennae on a slide.

HLOPLOPRIELLA SIMULANS, 0. sp.

Q. Very similar to concoloricornis, but the tegulae are
black; the parapsidal furrows are deep and complete; the
petiole is barely one-half longer than wide; body of abdomen
not long, about twice as long as greatest width, the second
segment occupying a little more than two-thirds of surface:
marginal vein not one-half longer than width at base; apical
antennal joint rather long, distinctly longer than the preced-
ing. Length, 2°30 mm.

//ab.—-Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female caught by sweeping in jungle, 1,200 ft., April 3, 1915
(A. P. Dodd). |

Type.—I. 5136, South Australian Museum. A female om
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

HOPUuOPRIELLA TRICARINATA, N. Sp.

Q. Black, the tegulae and legs bright reddish-yellow,.
the femora dusky in centre; apical half of scape, and next
seven joints, bright-red. Head with scattered moderate-sized
punctures, also the scutum and scutellum ; parapsidal furrows
deep and complete, the median lobe with a shallow depression
on either side of meson cephalad, reaching for half its length,
the lateral lobes plainly depressed ; foveae at base of scutellum
large, oval, the lateral pair much longer; metanotum with a
raised triangular scale at base. Petiole over twice as long as.
wide, with three strong carinae dorsad; body of abdomen
somewhat over twice as long as greatest width, the second
segment occupying almost all of surface. Forewings long and

hag DS ein e.

425

broad ; with an obscure blotch beneath marginal vein and a
smaller one a little further distad; marginal vein over twice
as long as width at base, the basal rather delicate. Pedicel a
little longer than wide, the funicle joints a little narrower,
the first thrice as long as greatest width, the fifth a little
longer than wide, the sixth a httle widened; club 5-jointed
the first almost quadrate, 2-4 a little wider than long, the
last joint very small. Length, 3°20 mm.

//ab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from two
females caught by sweeping in jungle, 1,200 ft., September 12,
1913, and April 5, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—l. 5137, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

HOPLOPRIELLA SULCATICEPS, n. sp.

Q. Black, the tegulae and legs reddish-yellow, the
femora and tibiae somewhat dusky: scape and pedicel almost
black, the next six joints bright-red, the club black. Vertex
of head with a shallow depression between ocelli and occipital
margin, with numerous oblique irregular narrow sulci, the
frons above the antennae with these sulci transverse; head,
scutum, and scutellum with a few rather small punctures;
parapsidal furrows deep and complete, the median lobe with
a Shallow depression on either side of meson cephalad, extend-
ing for nearly half its length, the lateral lobes plainly
depressed ; foveae at base of scutellum large, oval, the lateral
pair much longer, the sclerite also with a median carina
extending half its length from caudad; metanotum with a
raised triangular scale at base. Petiole over twice as long as
wide, carinate; body of abdomen over twice as long as wide,
the second segment occupying a little over two-thirds of surface.
Forewings long and broad; beneath marginal vein with an
obscure blotch continued distad somewhat; marginal vein
over thrice as long as width at base, the basal vein delicate.
Pedicel one-third longer than wide, the funicle joints scarcely
narrower, the first rather more than twice as long as ‘greatest
width; the sixth a little wider than long; club 5-jointed, joints
1-4 distinctly wider than long, the last joint twice as long as
preceding. Length, 3°10 mm.

Hah.—New South Wales: Sydney. Described from one
female labelled “Rotting leaves, National Park, A. M. Lea.”

Type.—I1. 5138, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, the antennae and forewings on a slide.

PROPENTAPRIA, N. g.

Q. Head normal ; dorsal aspect wider than long ; smooth;
eyes large. Antennae inserted on a frontal prominence;

426

13-jointed ; scape normal ; last six joints forming an ill-defined
club. Parapsidal furrows deep and distinct; lateral lobes of
scutum depressed, the median one smooth; scutellum with five
foveae at its base, the outer two large, circular, the inner
three elongate, narrow; also there is a large oval fovea on
either side, and the caudal margin is foveate ; metanotum with
a raised scale at base. Petiole nearly thrice as long as wide,
carinate ; body of abdomen not raised from it, with a short
impression at base, long-oval, gradually coming to a point
toward apex. Forewings ample; venation terminating about
middle of wing; marginal vein about thrice as long as wide;
stigmal vein very short; basal and median veins obsolete.

The genus is distinguished by the number of foveae at
base of scutellum. 7'ype.—The following species.

PROPENTAPRIA MULTIFOVEATA, Nn. sp.

Q. Black, the legs and tegulae blood-red; antennae
black. Forewings somewhat infuscate ; long and broad. Head
and scutum with a few setigerous pin-punctures. Petiole with
four carinae dorsad. Pedicel and funicle joints narrowed at
base ; pedicel twice as long as greatest width, the first funicle
joint as long and slightly narrower ; 2-5 shortening, the fifth
one-third longer than wide, club not plainly wider than funicle,,
the first joint longer than wide, the fifth wider than long, last
joint twice as long as wide. Length, 3°10 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Kuranda. Described from one female
caught by sweeping in jungle, April 4, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5139, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

LEAIOPRIA, Nn. g.

Q. Head transverse, the vertex and frons gently
rounded ; eyes moderate, situated rather low down on sides
of face; ocelli present ; maxillary palpi not long and slender,
apparently abnormal, and consisting of not more than two
joints; antennal prominence not conspicuous ; mandibles very
large, perpendicular, widely separated, when closed not meet-
ing, falcate, consisting of two teeth, the outer one long, the
inner one short. Thorax a little convex dorsad; parapsidal
furrows complete, widely separated ; scutellum almost circular,
separated from the scutum by a deep groove; metanotum
rugose, with a raised median carina. Tegulae large, the wings
represented merely by short bristles. Petiole very short,
transverse ; body of abdomen raised from petiole, without
impressions at base; convex above, scarcely so beneath ; com-
posed of several segments, the second occupying two-thirds of

————

427

surface. All femora somewhat thickened, the anterior tibiae
thickened toward apex. Antennae 13-jointed, scape some-
what thickened toward apex; flagellum almost filiform, very .
slightly incrassate distad.

A genus rather differing in appearance from other Diapriid
genera; the long falcate mandibles, circular scutellum, and
short petiole suggest its alliance with the Proctotrypidae, but
it would be hardly feasible to place it in that family. Dis-
tinguished by the abnormal palpi and long falcate mandibles.
Named after Mr. A. M. Lea, the well-known Australian
coleopterist, whose collecting has added many interesting forms
to the Micro-Hymenoptera of Australia. Type.—The follow-
ing species.

LEAIOPRIA TERMITARII, nN. sp.

2. Red or chestnut-brown, the legs and antennae a little
paler; head (except face around antennae), anterior half of
median lobe of scutum, metathorax, and basal two-thirds of
abdomen, black. Occiput and face around antennal insertion
with transverse scaly reticulation ; face with a few scattered
small punctures. Scape as long as next three joints combined ;
pedicel twice as long as greatest width, the first funicle joint
narrower, twice as long as greatest width; second shorter, a
third longer than wide, the fifth quadrate ; 6-11 a little wider,
6-10 subequal, somewhat longer than wide. Length, 2°45 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty. Associated with
termites. (A. M. Lea.)

Type.—I. 5140, South Australian Museum. Five females
on a tag, two heads and antennae on a slide.

POLYDIAPRIA, Nn. g.

Head normal ; much wider than long (dorsal aspect),
with scattered long setae; eyes large; antennal prominence
inconspicuous. Thorax with scattered setae ; scutum with deep
complete parapsidal furrows; scutellum distinctly wider than
long, with five foveae at base, all circular, lateral foveae absent,
the caudal margin foveate; metanotum short, with a small
raised tooth at base. Petiole a little longer than wide, with
numerous fine carinae ; body of abdomen oval, broadly rounded
behind, not raised from the petiole, with several fine carinae ~
at base. Forewings ample; venation terminating a little
beyond middle of wing, the submarginal vein distant from the
costa, the marginal three times as long as wide, the stigmal
distinct, with a distinct knob, somewhat shorter than the
marginal, the basal very distinct. Antennae 11-jointed, with
an abrupt 3-jointed club; the scape normal, the funicle joints
rather short.

428

Distinguished by the 11l-jointed antennae and the five
foveae at base of scutellum; related to Veopria, Dodd. Type.
—The following species.

POLYDIAPRIA ATRICEPS, Nn. sp.

Q. Bright-reddish or chestnut-brown, the head black ;
legs golden-yellow ; scape red, the pedicel and funicle joints
suffused-red, the club black. Forewings long and broad; a
little infuscate. Pedicel one-half longer than wide, the first,
funicle joint narrower, one-half longer than wide ; 2-6 shorten-
ing, the sixth very transverse, somewhat widened ; club joints:

very much wider than funicle, 1 and 2 wider than long.

Length, 1°75 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from
three females caught by sweeping in jungle, April, 1915 (A. P.
Dodd). Later a female was captured in jungle, Yungaburra,
2,500 ft., May 10, 1915.

Type.—I. 5141, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae’ and forewings on a slide.

This species bears a very decided resemblance to Veopria
trifoveata, Dodd.

SOLENOPSIELLA, N. g.

Differs from Solenopsia, Wasmann, in having the
head lengthened, from dorsal aspect somewhat longer than
wide; the petiole is without a hump or excision as in the
Formicaridae; and the antennal club is 3-jointed. Type.—
The following species.

SOLENOPSIELLA DISTINCTA, N. sp.

Q. Head and abdomen black, the thorax bright-reddish
or chestnut-brown ; legs and antennae (except the club, which
is black) golden-yellow. Head, viewed from above, somewhat
longer than wide, with scattered long setae ; eyes rather small,
smaller than their distance from the occipital margin ; ocelly
small, close together; antennal prominence very distinct.
Thorax slightly narrower than the head, its dorsal surface
almost flat; smooth, with a few long scattered setae; scutum
as long as greatest width ; scutellum distinctly wider than long,
with one large fovea at base, without a median carina; meta-
notum of moderate length, its posterior margin concave, the
latero-caudal angles acute. Body of abdomen oval, a little
longer and distinctly wider than the thorax; gently convex
above and below; broadly rounded behind ; somewhat raised
from the petiole; second segment occupying almost all of
surface. Petiole stout, one-half longer than wide; covered,
except caudad, with dense, whitish pubescence. Wings entirely
wanting. Antennae 1l-jointed; scape long and _ slender;

429

pedicel one-third longer than wide ; first funicle joint narrower
than pedicel, one-third longer than wide ; 2-6 wider than long,
the sixth very transverse; club very abrupt, 3-jointed, the
joints wider than long, the first longer than the second.
Length, 1°70 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine. Described from
one female labelled “Rotting leaves, A. M. Lea.”’

Type.—l. 5142, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, the antennae on a slide.

CaARDIOPRIA, 0. g.

Q. Head, viewed from above, distinctly wider than long ;
smooth; eyes moderately large; mandibles small; antennal
prominence distinct. Thorax convex above; scutum and
scutellum smooth, shining; parapsidal furrows wanting:
seutellum with a very large circular fovea at base, without a
median carina; metanotum with a raised median tooth at base.
Petiole stout, one-half longer than wide. Body of abdomen
raised from the petiole ; the venter produced cephalad at base,
asin the Belytid genera, Acanosema, Kieffer, and Cardiopsilus,
Kieffer ; viewed from above, somewhat longer than the head,
thorax, and petiole united, produced into a long, narrow
point, the second segment thus occupying scarcely one-half of
surface. Forewings ample; venation as in Diapria, the vena-
tion terminating at about one-third wing length in a triangular
marginal vein. Antennae 12-jointed, without a well-defined
club, the last four or five joints slightly thickened. 7'ype.—The
following species.

CARDIOPRIA VENTRALIS, Nn. sp.

@. Shining-black ; legs blood-red, the coxae dusky-black,
also the femora and apical third of tibiae ; antennal scape and
apical five joints black, others dark-red. Head and thorax
with a few scattered long setae; abdomen smooth, shining.
Forewings long and broad; subhyaline, with an elongate
fuscous blotch beneath marginal vein and continued distad.
Scape long and slender ; pedicel twice as long as wide, the first
funicle joint slightly narrower and about as long, the remain-
ing joints scarcely decreasing in length; club joints distinctly
longer than wide. Length, 3°30 mm.

Hab.—Victoria: Ballarat district.

Type.—In the National Museum, Melbourne. A female
on a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

NEOPRIA, 2. g.

2. Head, viewed from above, distinctly wider than
long : smooth ; except for long setae scattered over its surface ;

430

mandibles small; eyes not very large. Antennae 12-jointed,
the club abrupt, 3-jointed. Thorax rather stout, convex
dorsad ; scutum with distinct parapsidal furrows; scutellum
with three large foveae at base, the lateral foveae absent, the
caudal margin foveate; metanotum with a large raised
longitudinal scale at base. Petiole stout, about one-half longer
than wide, striate; second segment with a few short striae at
base, also a short median impression ; body of abdomen as long
as thorax and petiole united, stout, ovoid, gently convex above
and beneath, the second segment occupying almost all surface.
Forewings well developed, attaining apex of abdomen, broad ;
costal, submarginal, marginal, stigmal, and basal veins well

developed; venation terminating at one-half wing length;

marginal vein about four times as long as wide, the stigmal
short.

Distinguished by the three foveae at base of scutellum.
In Kieffer’s table of genera (1911) running to Idiotypa,
Foerster, and Neuropria, Kieffer.

Type. —Trifoveata.

Table of species.

A. Median fovea at base of scutellum twice as

long as the one on either side... ... .... sordida
B. Foveae at base of scutellum nearly pabeauel
(1) Body wholly reddish : ... trifoveata
(2) Head and body of abdomen black... erythrothorax

NEOPRIA TRIFOVEATA, N. Sp.

@. Bright-reddish or chestnut-brown ; eyes, ocelli, and
apical three antennal joints, black ; legs golden-yellow. Wings
subhyaline. Scape long and slender; pedicel one-half longer
than wide; funicle joints narrower than pedicel, first one-half
longer than wide, 2-7 wider than long, the seventh widened ;
club stout, the first and second joints wider than long. Length,
2°10-1°75 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from
several specimens; a not uncommon species in and about
jungle.

Type.—I. 5143, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, head and forewings on a slide.

NEoPRIA ERYTHROTHORAX, 0. Sp.

Q. Head and abdomen black, the thorax bright-red, also
the petiole; legs and antennae red, the antennal club black.
Like trifoveata, but forewings somewhat darkly infuscate, the
marginal vein shorter, less than thrice as long as wide ; petiole
no longer than wide, the abdomen with more striae at base;
first funicle joint slightly longer than wide. Length, 1:60 mm.

431

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from one female caught by sweeping in jungle, May 10, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—l. 5144, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

NEOPRIA SORDIDA, 0. Sp.

2. Dull-black, the thorax dull chestnut-brown, also
abdominal petiole, the scutum and scutellum dull-black; legs
wholly golden-yellow; antennae wholly fuscous. Similar to
trifoveata, but pedicel shorter, only a little longer than greatest
width ; marginal vein somewhat shorter; forewings somewhat
fuscous, more especially around venation; thorax rather
stouter; foveae on either side of median one at base of
scutellum, not half as large as median one (nearly as large in
trifoveata). Length, 1°40 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from two
females caught by sweeping in jungle, 1,200 ft., April 6, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—l. 5145, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae’and forewings on a slide.

Acrpopria, Kieffer.

This genus was erected by Kieffer in 1913, and contains
four species from the Philippines. The species described below
comes nearest to monachanta, in that the frons is armed with
one thorn only.

ACIDOPRIA UNIDENTATA, D. Sp.

Q. Black; thorax very dark-red; legs bright orange-
yellow, also the antennae, the club black. Head, viewed from
above, wider than long; frons with a single small spine or
thorn between the median ocellus and the antennae; antennal
prominence distinct. Scutum smooth, shining ; without parap-
sidal furrows, but with shallow depressions in their stead ;
scutellum with a single large shallow fovea at base; meta-
notum with a raised triangular tooth or scale at base, its
caudo-lateral angles acute. _Petiole twice as long as wide, with
three obtuse carinae dorsad, the body of the abdomen distinctly
raised from it, ellipsoidal, no longer than the thorax, rounded
behind. Forewings ample: very broad: faintly infuscate ;
venation terminating slightly beyond basal third: marginal
vein triangular, no longer than its greatest width; basal vein
faintly indicated. Antennae 12-jointed; scape squarely cut
off at apex, with a small projection at either lateral corner ;
pedicel two-thirds longer than wide, the first funicle joint
narrower, one-half longer than wide: 2-7 shortening, the

432

seventh much wider than long ; club abrupt, 3-jointed, joints
1 and 2 not much wider than long. Length, 1°95 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Mittagong; Queensland:
Cairns district. Described from one female labelled “Mitta-
gong, N.S.W., A. M. Lea,” and one female caught by
sweeping in coastal jungle, Cairns district, February 20, 1914
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5146, South Australian Museum. <A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

Loxotropa, Foerster.

Another large genus, containing over sixty species from |

throughout the world. The Australian species are probably
numerous.

Table of species.
(1) Apterous; head and thorax ia ochreous,

the abdomen black e9 grandiceps
Wings fully developed. (2)
(2) Abdomen slender, gradually narrowing and
pointed at apex . +1 «ss QT@etlbentTis
Abdomen. broadly rounded caudad..._ ... (3)
(8) Petiole of abdomen distinctly pubescent sig OD
Petiole without distinct pubescence ... (5)
(4) Body wholly black ; pers a little longer
than wide quadriceps
Thorax and petiole ‘chestnut-red ; petiole
twice as long as wide ... pubescens
(5) Petiole over twice as long as w ide, its dorsum
somewhat convex ... bicolor
Petiole a third longer than wide, its dorsum
quite straight RS ee wos ane fuseinotum

LOXOTROPA GRANDICEPS, nN. sp.

Q. Bright-ochreous ; abdomen and antennal club black;
rest of antennae and the legs golden-yellow. Head, viewed
from above, somewhat longer than wide, the eyes much smaller
than their distance from the occipital margin, the ocelli small
and situated far cephalad. Thorax slender, a little narrower
than the head; pronotum distinctly visible on the sides;
scutum not convex; scutellum with one fovea at base; meta-
notum without an erect scale at base. Petiole about as wide
as the metanotum, a little longer than wide, somewhat
pubescent ; body of abdomen without impressions at base,
distinctly wider than the thorax, not long, the second segment
occupying almost all of surface. Antennae 12-jointed ; pedicel
two-thirds longer than wide, the funicle joints plainly
narrower, the first a little longer than wide, the rest wider than
long; club abrupt, 3-jointed, the first a little longer than
second, both somewhat wider than long. Apterous. Length,
1°35 mm.

433

Hab.—New South Wales: Ourimbah. One female cap-
tured in moss by A. M. Lea.

Type.—lI. 5147, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae on a slide.

LOXOTROPA QUADRICEPS, Nn. sp.

@. Black, the tegulae and legs bright golden-yellow, the
coxae a little dusky; scape dusky-yellow, the pedicel nearly
black; rest of antennae.clear golden-yellow, the club black.
Head, viewed from above, as long as wide: eyes rather shorter
than their distance from the occipital margin. Scutum not
convex ; scutellum with one large shallow fovea at base; meta-
notum without a raised scale at base. Petiole densely
pubescent, a little longer than wide; body of abdomen not
long, broadly rounded caudad, the second segment occupying
three-fourths of surface. Forewings moderately long and
broad; a little infuscate; marginal cilia not long; venation
terminating in a triangular marginal vein somewhat beyond
basal third of wing; basal vein delicate but distinct. Pedicel
twice as long as wide, the funicle joints distinctly narrower,
the first twice as long as wide, second scarcely longer than wide,
the seventh transverse ; club abruptly 3-jointed, first joint as
long as wide, a little longer than second. Length, 1°75 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Tweed River. Described from
one female caught by sweeping in open forest, 1,000 ft., May
17, 1914 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—l. 5148, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

LoOxoTROPA GRACILIVENTRIS, Nn. Sp.

©. Black, thorax deep chestnut-red, also the petiole;
abdomen suffused with red ; legs golden-yellow ; antennae clear
reddish-yellow, the club black. Head, viewed from above,
slightly wider than long. Scutum somewhat convex ; scutellum
with a large deep fovea at base; metanotum with a plain
median carina. Petiole one-half longer than wide, pubescent ;
body of abdomen long-pointed-ovate, as long as rest of body,
slender, the second segment occupying not quite two-thirds of
surface. Forewings rather broad, moderately long ; marginal
cilia not very short; venation terminating at one-third wing-
length. Antennae as in preceding, but funicle joints after
the first longer, the second one-half longer than wide, the
sixth as long as wide. Length, 1:80 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from one female caught by sweeping in jungle, May 10, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

434

T'ype.—I. 5149, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

LoxoTROPA PUBESCENS, 0. sp.

@. Head and abdomen black, the thorax and petiole
chestnut-red ; legs and antennae golden-yellow. Head sub-
quadrate, almost as long as wide (dorsal aspect); scutellum
with a large shallow fovea at base; metanotum with a raised
acute scale at base, its latero-caudal angles acute. Petiole
pubescent, fully twice as long as wide; body of abdomen
rounded caudad, the second segment occupying almost all of
surface. Forewings moderately long and broad; a little
darkly infuscate ; venation terminating somewhat beyond basal
third of wing; marginal vein triangular, the basal well
marked. Pedicel nearly twice as long as wide, the funicle
joints narrower, the first twice as long as wide, the second a
little longer than wide, the seventh very transverse ; first club
joint as long as wide, distinctly longer than the second.
Length, 1°45 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female*caught by sweeping in lowland jungle, June 6, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Tupe.—I. 5150, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

LoxoTROPA FUSCINOTUM, Nn. Sp.

©. Black, the thorax dull red-brown, the scutum and
scutellum dusky; legs golden-yellow, the antennae bright-
reddish, the pedicel a little dusky, the club black. Head,
viewed from above, a little wider than long; scutellum with
one large fovea at base; metanotum without a raised scale at
base; its latero-caudal angles acute. Petiole a little longer
than wide, not pubescent; body of abdomen broadly rounded
caudad, the second segment occupying three-fourths of surface.
Forewings moderately long and broad; almost hyaline;
venation terminating at basal third of wing; basal vein
delicate but distinct. Pedice]l fully twice as long as wide, the
funicle joints somewhat narrower, the first twice as long as wide,
the second slightly longer than wide, the seventh transverse ;
first club joint almost as long as wide, a little longer than
second. Length, 1°40 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from two
females caught by sweeping in jungle, 1,200 ft., April 3, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

T'ype.—I. 5151, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

s
;

7

= a

435

LOXOTROPA BICOLOR, Nn. sp.

@. Head and abdomen black; thorax deep chestnut-red,
the legs and funicle joints of antennae brighter reddish, the
pedicel nearly black, the club black. Head distinctly wider
than long (dorsal aspect); scutellum with one large, deep
fovea at base ; metanotum with a raised scale at base. Petiole
over twice as long as wide, carinate; non-pubescent, when
viewed from the side somewhat convex dorsad; body of
abdomen not long, broadly rounded caudad, the second
segment occupying almost all of surface. All femora distinctly
swollen. Pedicel one-half longer than wide, the funicle joints
somewhat narrower, the first twice as long as wide, the second
a third longer than wide, the seventh very transverse; first
club joint as long as wide, a little longer than second. Length,
2°45 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female caught by sweeping in jungle, 1,200 ft., April 5, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5152, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

Tricuopria, Ashmead.

Under this heading Kieffer has placed 100 species, so
that the genus is a large one. Only five Australian species
have been found.

Table of species.

A. Colour of body wholly black; legs more or
less dusky, the antennae mostly so.
(1) Petiole of abdomen one-third longer
than wide; antennae without a club,
the penultimate joint somewhat wider
than preceding .... atricorpus
(2) Petiole of abdomen about twice as ‘long
as wide; antennae with an ill- defined
club of 4 or 5 joints, the penultimate
joint no wider than preceding .. Nigricor pus
B. Colour of body mostly chestnut; legs wholly
clear yellowish, the antennae mostly so.
(1) Scutellum with two foveae at base ... affinis
(2) Scutellum with one fovea at base.
Apical antennal joint a little eRe

than preceding acuminata
Apical antennal joint ‘twice as “Jong
as preceding ieee, +h)... longiciava

TRICHOPRIA NIGRICORPUS, Nn. sp.

Q. Black; coxae golden-yellow, also the tarsi; the
femora and tibiae dusky; antennal scape yellow, dusky at
apex, the funicle joints suffused dusky, the club black. Head
transverse-quadrate (dorsal aspect); eyes rather small; ocelli

436

small. Thorax dorsad convex ; scutum and scutellum smooth,
shining; parapsidal furrows wanting; scutellum with one
large fovea at base; metanotum with a raised triangular scale
medially at base. Petiole striate, barely twice as long as wide,
with scattered pubescence; body of abdomen raised from
petiole, without impressions at base ; gently convex dorsad and
ventrad; conic-ovate, pointed at apex; second segment
occupying three-fourths of surface. Forewings attaining apex
of abdomen ; broad ; sub-hyaline; marginal cilia rather long ;
venation terminating at basal third in a triangular marginal
vein ; basal vein not indicated. Antennae 12-jointed; scape
slender ; pedicel nearly twice as long as wide; funicle joints
narrower than pedicel, the first almost thrice as long as wide,
2-5 subequal, each a little shorter than first; club gradual,
5-jointed, first joint narrower than others, somewhat longer
than wide, 2-4 shghtly wider than long; flagellum with short
hairs. Length, 1°80-2°20 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Bribie Island; New South Wales:
Tweed River. Described from one female received from
Queensland Museum, and labelled, “Bribie Island, Moreton
Bay, November 3, 1913, H. Hacker”; and one female taken
on foliage of jungle plants, Tweed River, May 13, 1914 (A. P.
Dodd). The Queensland specimen is the larger.

Ty pe.—l. 5153, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

TRICHOPRIA ATRICORPUS, N. Sp.

Q. Black, the antennae concolorous; legs golden-yellow,
the hind coxae, all femora, and apical third of hind tibiae
dusky. Very similar to nigricorpus in structure; metanotum
with an obscure raised scale at base; petiole one-third longer
than wide; marginal vein no longer than greatest width.
Pedice! one-half longer than greatest width, the first funicle
joint only slightly narrower, twice as long as greatest width,
2-4 subequal, each little shorter than first, next six joints
slightly gradually widening, not forming a distinct club, the
joints more or less oval, all longer than wide, the penultimate
somewhat larger than preceding. Length, 1°60 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from two
females caught by sweeping in jungle, April 3, 1915 (A. P.
Dodd).

Type.—l. 5154, South Australian Museum. A female on

a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

TRICHOPRIA ACUMINATA, Ni. sp.

2. Chestnut-red, the abdomen suffused with black ; legs
golden-yellow, antennae red, the penultimate joint fuscous,

—_

437

the apical joint black. Head globular, somewhat wider than
long (dorsal aspect) ; eyes not large, situated low down on the
sides of the head. Thorax dorsad convex ; scutellum somewhat
convex, but apparently without a median carina, with one
large fovea at base; metanotum with a raised triangular scale
at base, its caudo-lateral angles acute. Petiole twice as long
as wide, covered with long whitish pubescence; body of
abdomen conic-ovate, without impressions at base, the second
segment occupying three-fourths of surface. Forewings
reaching a little beyond apex of abdomen; broad ; practically
hyaline ; marginal cilia moderately long ; venation terminating
in a triangular marginal vein at basal third of wing. Antennae
without a distinct club, but the apical joints somewhat
thickened ; scape long and slender; basal joints of flagellum
somewhat narrowed at base; pedicel one-third longer than
wide, the first funicle joint as wide and somewhat longer, fully
twice as long as wide; joints 2-5 slightly increasing in length,
6-9 a little shortening, the ninth joint subquadrate, a little
longer than wide, the apical joint a little longer. Length,
2°50 mm.

' Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Several females
taken in coastal jungles.

Type.—l. 5155, South Australian Museum. A female on

a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

TRICHOPRIA LONGICLAVA, 0. Sp.

Q. Like acuminata, but funicle joints 1-3 about sub-
equal, a little longer than 4 and 5; apical joint long, twice as
long as preceding; apical abdominal segments gradually
narrowing, the second segment occupying only two-thirds of
surface, the abdomen beyond that segment distinctly longer
than width across apex of that segment (in acuminata apical
abdomen segments abruptly narrowing, the abdomen beyond
second segment distinctly wider across apex of that segment
than long). Length, 2°55 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. A very common
species in jungles.

Type.—I. 5156, South Australian Museum. Two females
on a tag, antennae on a slide with type appendages of
Trichopria affinis.

TRICHOPRIA AFFINIS, N. sp.

©. Like acuminata, but scutellum with two foveae at
base, separated by a carina; forewings longer, attaining well
beyond apex of abdomen, the marginal cilia shorter ; pedicel
stout, only slightly ‘longer than wide, the first funicle joint
almost twice as long, thrice as long as greatest width, 2-9

438

gradually shortening, the seventh only a little longer than
wide, the eighth dusky, 8 and 9 a little wider than long, the
last joint not much longer than preceding. Length, 2°45 mm.

/Tab.—-Queensland: Cairns district. Described from two
females caught by sweeping in jungle, 1,200 ft., September 13,
1913 (A. P: Dodd):

Type.—I. 5157, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide with type antennae
of Trichopria longiclava.

ASHMEADOPRIA, Kieffer.

This genus does not seem to be distinct from Diapria,
Latreille. Kuieffer’s main determining character of Diapria is
“bord anterieur du grand tergite découpé en angle et relevé.”’
What this means exactly I cannot ascertain. Is it that the
anterior margin is itself “découpé en angle et relevé,”’ or that
the base of the abdomen in relation to the petiole is such?
The character appears trivial, but at present I must accept
Kieffer’s genus. On the other hand, Diapria and Ashmead-
opria run very close to T'richopria, Ashmead, and it is probable
that the two forms of the scutellum are intergraduate.
Ashmeadopria contains nearly sixty species from throughout
the world.

Table of species.

A. Antennae without a distinct club; petiole
without distinct pubescence ... laeviventris
B. Antennae with an abrupt 3 or 4-jointed
club; petiole with distinct Reap ne aes
(1) Antennal club ASointed <2) ist. Se wenn
(2) Antennal club 3-jointed.
(a) Scutellum depressed at base, with-
out a well-defined fovea at base ;
first club jue eee longer
than wide . pulchrithorax —
(b) Seutellum with a distinct well-
defined fovea at base; first club
joint no longer than wide... rubrithorax

ASHMEADOPRIA RUBRITHORAX, N. Sp.

Q. Head and abdomen black ; thorax and petiole bright
chestnut-red, the legs and antennae golden-yellow, the club
black. Head globular, normal; eyes not large. Thorax a
little convex dorsad ; scutum smooth ; scutellum with one large
fovea at base, with a delicate median carina for caudal half,;
metanotum with a blunt raised scale at base. Petiole nearly
twice as long as wide, densely pubescent ; body of abdomen
slender, pointed conic-ovate but not produced, without impres-
sions at base, the second segment occupying fully three-fourths

439

of surface. Scape rather long and slender ; pedicel and funicle
joints a little narrowed at base ; pedicel two-thirds longer than
wide, the funicle joints slightly narrower, the first two-thirds
longer than wide, the seventh slightly longer than wide; club
abrupt, 3-jointed, the first a little narrower than second, both
as long as wide. Forewings long, broad, a little stained
yellowish ; marginal cilia moderately long ; venation terminat-
ing in a triangular marginal vein at basal third of wing.
Length, 1°60 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from
several females ; a common species in jungle country.

Type.—l. 5158, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide..

ASHMEADOPRIA PULCHRITHORAX, Nl. Sp.

@. Very similar to rubrithoraz, but rather more slender ;
scutellum without a well-defined fovea at base, but distinctly
depressed, the median carina very distinct; petiole thrice as
long as wide; forewings somewhat longer, the marginal cilia
longer; pedicel twice as long as greatest width, the funicle
joints almost subequal, twice as long as wide, the first club
joint one-half longer than wide, the second a little longer than
wide. Length, 1°75 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from
several specimens ; a common species in jungles.

Type.—l. 5159, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, forewings and antennae on a slide.

ASHMEADOPRIA ACUTA, 0. sp.

Q. Colorationally like the two preceding species.
Scutellum with one large fovea at base, the median carina
delicate, but distinct. Petiole barely twice as long as wide;
body of abdomen pointed conic-ovate, the second segment
occupying a little less than two-thirds of surface. Forewings
reaching well beyond apex of abdomen; broad; subhyaline ;
marginal cilia rather long. Pedicel two-thirds longer than
wide ; funicle joints a little narrower, the first two-thirds longer
than wide, the sixth a little longer than wide; club 4-jointed,
the joints a little longer than wide, the first distinctly narrower
than second, which is a little narrower than third. Length,
1°55 mm.

/Tab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from two
females caught by sweeping in jungle, 1,000 ft., April 4, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5160, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

440

ASHMEADOPRIA LAEVIVENTRIS, Nn. sp.

Q. Abdomen pale dusky-brown; colour otherwise as in
other three species. Forewings rather narrower than in other
three species; the marginal cilia long. Antennae without a
distinct club, the apical three or four joints somewhat widened ;
funicle joints scarcely narrower than pedicel; pedicel two-
thirds longer than wide; first funicle joint two-thirds longer
than wide, the penultimate two joints as wide as long, the
penultimate distinctly larger than preceding. Scutellum with
a shallow depression at base, the median carina not very
distinct. Petiole barely twice as long as wide, without distinct
pubescence ; body of abdomen pointed conic-ovate, the second
segment occupying a little less than two-thirds of surface.
Length, 1°65 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female caught by sweeping in jungle, 1,200 ft., April 3, 1915
(A. EeDadd).

Type.—I. 5161, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

GALESUS, Curtis.
A wide-world genus containing about eighty species.

GALESUS ATRICOXA, N. sp.

Q. Black, the coxae concolorous; rest of legs golden-
yellow; antennae wholly black. Head, viewed from above,
distinctly longer than wide; smooth, except for scattered
punctures, but rugose anteriorly; anterior margin truncate,
carinate ; also a carina continued from lateral angles of anterior
carina for nearly one-half length of head; the eyes moderately
large and situated below this latter carina; ocelli situated far
cephalad; below the eye a deep sulcus runs from posterior
margin right round, and separates the dorsal anterior carina —
from the cornuted antennal protuberance; mandibles large,
conspicuous, dentate, situated at extreme caudad of head,
almost perpendicular. Antennae 12-jointed ; the scape greatly
excised at half-length of inner margin, its apex covering base
of pedicel, which is somewhat longer than wide; funicle joints
slightly shortening, the first one-third longer than wide, the
fifth slightly so; club 5-jointed, joints 1-4 subequal, some-
what wider than long, the fifth nearly twice as long as wide.
Forewings attaining apex of abdomen, broad ; subhyaline ; the
apex with a median slit continued toward base of wing, so that
in normal position the wing is folded double; without veins,
except for an indistinct submarginal. Thorax dorsad slightly
convex ; pronotum slightly visible from above, rather densely
punctate; scutum smooth except for a few small scattered

441

punctures,- the parapsidal furrows deep and complete, not
distinctly enlarging caudad; scutellum with two large foveae
at base, and one on either side, the basal foveae somewhat
divergent. Petiole nearly twice as.long as wide, slightly
swollen on the sides, its dorsum tricarinate ; body of abdomen
about as long as head and thorax combined, rather slender,
gently convex above and beneath; no segments visible from
above but the second, with a median groove from base to half
its length, and small setigerous punctures scattered over its
surface. Length, 2°70 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Upper Tweed River. Described
from one female caught by sweeping jungle vegetation, 1,000
tt., May 17, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).

Type. sae 5162, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

GALESUS ASSIMILIS, n. sp.

Q. Like atricora, but fourth funicle joint as wide as
long, the fifth a little wider than long; abdomen smooth with
a few small scattered setigerous punctures near apex, the
median groove not continued beyond one-third of length ;
abdomen not so slender, the petiole only a little longer than
wide. Length, 2°65 mm.

/T1ab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female caught by sweeping in lowland jungle, September 20,
1914 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—l. 5163, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

PHAENOPRIA, Ashmead.

About thirty species have been described, the majority
from America. So far one Australian species has been
captured, and is described below.

PHAENOPRIA SEMICASTANEA, Ni. Sp.

Q. Black; thorax and petiole chestnut-red ; the scutum
and scutellum darker; legs golden-yellow; antennae red, the
club black. Head subglobular, much wider than long (dorsal
aspect). Scutum and scutellum smooth, shining, the scutellum
without a median carina or basal fovea ; metanotum with a
raised median carina. Petiole densely pubescent, not twice
as long as wide; body of abdomen without an impression at
base, oval, pointed at apex, the second segment occupying over
two-thirds surface. Forewings reaching well beyond apex of
abdomen: moderately broad; marginal cilia long, somewhat
darkly infuscate; venation terminating about basal third of
wing. Pedicel two-thirds longer than greatest width, the first

442

funicle joint narrower, not twice as long as greatest width ;
2-7 shortening, the seventh wider than long; club abrupt,
3-jointed, joints 1-2 wider than long. Length, 1:35 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female caught by sweeping in jungle, 1,200 ft., April 4, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5164, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

TETRAMOPRIA, Wasmann.

A European genus, containing four myrmecophilous
species. Two species are herewith included in the genus, but
they do not agree very well with the generic characters as given
by Kieffer, since the petiole is longer and the scutellum is
without a large fovea at base.

TETRAMOPRIA LONGICILIATA, DN. sp.

Q. Black, the thorax chestnut-brown, its sides darker ;
legs golden-yellow, also the antennae, the apical three or four
joints fuscous. Head, viewed from above, pentagonal, the
antennae inserted on the vertex against the cephalic margin,
the ocelli situated in the centre; viewed from the side the
vertex is regularly convex from occiput to antennal insertion,
the eyes situated below an imaginary line drawn from antennal
insertion to occiput. Thorax dorsad convex; parapsidal fur-
rows wanting; scutellum somewhat depressed at base, but
without a basal fovea, without a median carina; metanotum
tricarinate, its latero-caudal angles acute. Head and scutum
with a few long setae. Petiole slender, over thrice as long as
wide, densely pubescent; body of abdomen without impres-
sions at base, pointed conic-ovate, the second segment
occupying a little more than one-half of surface. Forewings
extending well beyond apex of abdomen, rather slender ;
marginal cilia long, the longest two-thirds as long as greatest
wing-width ; discal cilia in about twelve rows; subhyaline;
venation terminating in a triangular marginal vein somewhat
beyond basal third of wing; no basal vein. Antennae
12-jointed, long and slender; joints 1-10 slender at base,
thickened at apex; scape very long, slender, with scattered
long setae, as also next five or six joints; pedicel over twice
as long as greatest width; first funicle joint a little longer and
narrower than pedicel; 2-4 subequal, each a little longer than
first; the remainder slightly shortening and widening, the
ninth one-third longer than wide. Length, 1°80 mm.

//ab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine. Three females,
labelled “Rotting leaves, A. M. Lea.”’

443

Type.—I. 5165, South Australian Museum. Three females.
on a card, head, antennae, and forewings on a slide.

TETRAMOPRIA PULCHRA, Ni. sp.

Q. Head and abdomen black; thorax and petiole rich
chestnut-red ; legs and antennae golden-yellow, the antennal
club fuscous. Structure of body much as in longiciliata, but
the thorax is somewhat flattened, scarcely convex ; scutellum
on either side at base with a minute fovea, widely separated ;
petiole not twice as long as wide; second segment occupying
over two-thirds of body of abdomen. Forewings not especially
Slender ; marginal cilia not long, the discal cilia dense. Scape
normal, also the pedicel and funicle joints; pedicel twice as
_ long as wide, the funicle joints distinctly narrower ; first twice
as long as wide, 2-6 shortening, the sixth a third longer than
wide ; next joint widened to form part of club, but distinctly
longer than wide, the following joint a little wider, as wide as
long, the penultimate still wider, wider than long. Length,
175 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female caught by sweeping in jungle, July 21, 1913 (A. P.
Dodd).

Type.—I. 5166, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

There is still another species from the Cairns district
resembling puichra, but the body is distinctly more flattened,
and there are other differences.

DrpHoropria, Kieffer.
Based on a male from Australia. The genus is unknown
to me.
DIPHOROPRIA RUFIPES, Kieffer.

Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat., Metz, vol. xii., 1905;-p. 103. Australia.

Drapria, Latreille.
See notes under Ashmeadopria, Kieffer.

Drapria (2) coccopHaGa, Maskell.
Trans. New Zealand Instit., vol. xi. (1879), p. 229. Australia
(Kieffer).
Family SCELIONIDAE.

From time to time new members of this family present
themselves and call for description. It is a noteworthy fact
that all species described here fall into genera already recorded
from Australia.

444

MACROTELEIA PAUCIPUNCTATA, Nl. sp.

3. Black, the antennae concolorous; legs golden-yellow,
the coxae dusky, the femora and tibiae more or less washed
with dusky. Head subquadrate, the vertex broad (but much
wider than long), with a few large scattered punctures, and
two rows of punctures along occipital margin ; eyes large, bare,
the lateral ocelli almost touching the eye margins; lower two-
thirds of face depressed for most of its surface, smooth, dorsad
and laterad of the depression with numerous large punctures.
Scutum as long as greatest width, the parapsidal furrows deep
and complete ; median lobe with dense punctures at cephalic
third in centre, the rest of the lobe smooth except for scattered
minute punctures; parapsides smooth except for a row of
punctures along cephalic margin, and a foveate row along
lateral margin for two-thirds its length from caudad ; scutellum
almost smooth except for a row of foveae along cephalic and
caudal margins; metanotum with four strong longitudinal
carinae. Abdomen one-half longer than the head and thorax
united ; slender ; distinctly narrower than thorax, the first six
segments longer than wide; 2 and 3 subequal, the longest ;
wholly strongly striate, the striae not dense, about seven or
eight, somewhat irregular; apex with two short sharp spines.
Forewings almost reaching apex of abdomen ; broad ; hyaline;
venation fuscous, the marginal vein a third longer than the
stigmal, as long as the postmarginal. Scape not long, no
longer than next two joints united; pedicel one-third longer
than wide, shorter than penultimate joint; the first funicle
joint distinctly longer, twice as long as wide; the apical joint
somewhat longer. Abdomen linear, as wide at base as in
centre. Length, 2°60 mm.

HTab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from one male caught by sweeping in jungle, May 10, 1915
(AvP. Deda:

Type.—I. 5167, South Australian Museum. A male on a
tag, forewings and antennae on a slide.

PLATYSCELIO MIRABILIS, Dodd.

Originally described from a single fetes the species has
remained unrediscovered until recently, a second female being
captured running over leaves of maize, type locality (Gordon-
vale, N.Q.), May 27, 1915. Additional characters are :—
Head smooth, except for fine longitudinal striae around ocelli ;
pronotum densely punctate ; median lobe of scutum densely
shagreened, due to dense shallow punctures and fine longi-
tudinal striae; parapsides smooth, as also scutellum and
postscutellum, the scutellum with a few punctures on either
side in a row laterad near caudal margin ; metanotum smooth,

445

produced slightly at meson caudad, with a median groove, this
joining an arched short cross-groove posteriorly ; laterad of the
median projection with a few striae running from caudal
margin. Abdomen with segments 1-5 with dense punctuation,
this somewhat longitudinal; segment 6 smooth at base, then
with numerous fine punctures and dense blackish pubescence,
this present on extreme laterad of other segments. Coxae
black. Forewings nearly hyaline in centre.

CACELLUS REGALIS, n. sp.

Q. Very similar to augustus, Dodd, but the scutellum
is wholly punctate without the smooth mesal area; the spine
on the postscutellum is shorter ; the abdominal segments after
the first are confluently punctate, with a somewhat longi-
tudinal tendency (in augustus the punctures are not so distinct
and the longitudinal tendency is much more pronounced) ;
forewings without a mid-longitudinal stripe, faintly infuscate,
the marginal vein distinctly longer than the stigma] (a little
but distinctly shorter in augustus). In both species the
sculpture of the head, scutum, and scutellum is confluently
umbilicately punctate, the punctures large; also the median
vein is a thick brown line, and the basal vein an obscure very
oblique brown line. Length, 4°45 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from two
females caught on decayed log in jungle, 1,200 ft., April 4,
1915 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5168, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

BaRYCONUS MAGNIFICUS, Dodd.
Ceratoteleia magnifica, Dodd, ante, 1913, p. 142.

¢. Head longitudinally densely rugose, the vertex
tramsverse, rugose-punctate. Scutum densely confluently
punctate, the punctures not small, less dense on scutellum.
Abdomen with segments 1 and 2 striate, 3 and following with
scattered setigerous minute punctures. Postscutellum biden-
tate, the teeth inconspicuous on account of whitish pubescence
about them.

Several males taken in jungle, 1,200-2,500 ft., Cairns
district, April-May, 1915. Antennae in these specimens
wholly black, except the yellow scape. Head somewhat red-
brown.

BaAaRYCONUS SUPERBUS, Dodd.

Ceratoteleia superba, Dodd, ante, 1918, p. 174.

Female type re-examined. Sculpture of thorax as in
magnificus; postscutellum with an acute tooth on either side

446

fitting rather close to apex of abdominal horn. First and
second abdominal segments striate, 3 practically wholly
smooth, 4-6 with scattered small punctures, 4-5 almost smooth
at meson. Forewings with a white stripe in lieu of basal vein,
and a mid-longitudinal white stripe. !

BARYCONUS SUBSTRIATICEPS, N. sp.

©. Dark dull-red-brown, the scutellum more or less
blackish ; abdomen dusky black, the third segment yellow,
except laterally; legs golden-yellow; antennal scape dusky,
pedicel and funicle joints yellow, the club black. Head
sculptured as in magnificus, but the rugae are much sparser
and stronger, being thus substriate. Thorax as in superbus.
Abdomen shaped as in superbus, with a distinct horn at base,
nearly twice as long as head and thorax united, gradually
coming to a point at apex; segment 1 longitudinally rugose-
striate, 2 and 3 striate, 4-6 with rather dense small punctures,
4-5 not smooth at meson; 3'a little longer than 2, as long as
4-7 united (a little shorter in swperbus). Forewings
moderately long and broad; somewhat infuscate; as in
superbus, but stigmal vein rather more oblique; marginal
rather longer, almost one-third as long as stigmal. Antennae
as in superbus, but pedicel and funicle 1 rather longer, two
and a half times as long as wide, 2 a little longer than wide;
club joints 1-5 of nearly equal length. Length, 2°65 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from one female caught by sweeping in jungle, May 10, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5169, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

BARYCONUS ALBICOXA, Nn. Sp.
~O. Black; thorax dull chestnut-brown, the scutellum

(except its margins) and scutum black, the parapsides suffused
with brown ; abdomen suffused with brown in centre; legs pale
yellow, the coxae white; antennae black, the funicle joints
brownish. Head much wider than long (dorsal aspect).
Thorax one-half longer than wide, impunctate and shining,
like the head ; parapsidal furrows complete and distinct ; post-
scutellum with a short blunt tooth on either side some distance
from meson. Abdomen over one-half longer than the head
and thorax united ; first segment nearly twice as long as wide,
with a raised tubercle at base; segments 2 and 3 somewhat
longer, of about equal length; segments 6 and 7 forming a
short cone; first segment striate, its horn smooth, 2 striate at
base, the rest of that segment, also 3, with a few striae laterad,
smooth otherwise; 4 and 5 smooth, 6 and 7 with setigerous

447

pin-punctures. Forewings long, almost reaching apex of
abdomen; not very broad; somewhat infuscate; discal cilia
moderately fine, very dense; submarginal vein attaining costa
about middle of wing, marginal as long as the stigmal, which
is rather short, oblique, its apex curved somewhat caudad ;
postmarginal about four times as long as the stigmal, the basal
distinct, nearly perpendicular. Pedicel twice as long as wide,
subequal in length to second funicle joint, the first distinctly
longer, the third slightly shorter, the fourth a little longer
than wide; club 6-jointed, compact, joints 1-5 much wider
than long. Length, 2°45 mm.

3. Like the female, but median lobe of scutum with
numerous scattered fine punctures, postscutellum unarmed ;
segment 2 of abdomen without a smooth meso-caudal area,
striate but smooth far laterad, 3 practically wholly smooth,
4 with a few pin-punctures, these denser on 5, still more so
on 6; 5-7 transverse, 6-7 not forming a cone. Antennae long
and slender, as long as body; scape pale at base, antennae
otherwise black ; pedicel not much longer than wide, distinctly
shorter than funicle 1, which is about subequal to 2, 3-5 sub-
equal, nearly twice as long as | or 2, 6-9 decreasing in length,
9 somewhat longer than 1, 10 a little longer. Length, 2°05 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district, 1,200-2,500 ft.
Described from many specimens taken on decayed logs in
jungle, April-May, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).

Tape.—l. 5170, South Australian Museum. A male and
female on a tag, forewings and antennae on a slide.

BARYCONUS PERPULCHER, N. Sp.

Q. Bright orange or golden-yellow; abdomen shining
black, the first, base of second, and basal half of sixth segment
bright yellow ; eyes and ocelli black, also apical five antennal
joints, the pedicel dusky; apex of posterior tibiae dusky.
Head, viewed from above, transverse; ocelli wide apart, the
lateral ones close to the eye margins; eyes not very large,
pubescent. Thorax about one-half longer than wide; pro-
notum visible only as a narrow line; scutum with the
parapsidal furrows complete and distinct; postscutellum and
metanotum unarmed; head, scutum, and scutellum densely
finely granulate or coriaceous. Abdomen one-half longer than
the head and thorax united; first segment somewhat longer
than wide, with a horn that reaches to apex of scutellum;
second segment longer, the third widest but barely as long as
second ; 4 and 5 combined about as long as third ; sixth forming
a straight cone, about as long as 4 and 5 combined, the seventh
very short; first segment longitudinally rugose, the second
Striate at base, the central striae continued down segment, the

448

rest of the segment and 3 and 4 smooth, 5 with sparse
pubescence, 6 with dense pubescence. Forewings reaching to
apex of segment 4; narrow; crossed by three dark bands, one
at base, the second darkest, its distal margin just touching base
of stigmal knob, as long as wide, the third at wing-apex and
rather longer than the second, the hyaline bands between much
shorter than the dark bands; discal cilia excessively dense;
submarginal vein attaining costa a little beyond middle of
wing; marginal vein almost as long as the stigmal, which is
short, oblique, slender, with a distinct round knob, the post-
marginal very long; no trace of basal vein. Scape slender;
pedicel twice as long as wide, the first funicle joint slightly
longer, the second a third longer than wide, the fourth
quadrate ; club 6-jointed, compact, joints 2-4 of equal length,
all distinctly wider than long. Length, 2°40 mm.

flab.—Northern Territory: Darwin. Described from one
female received from G. F. Hill.

Type.—I. 5171, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

A very beautiful and distinct species. The narrow
banded forewing is much like that of fasciatus, Dodd, and
varipes, Dodd, but the general structure is quite different.

ANTERIS NIGRISCUTELLUM, 0. sp.

¢. Black; thorax dull-reddish, the scutellum black, the
prothorax and scutum bright-reddish, the median lobe faintly
washed with dusky ; legs golden-yellow, also basal six antennal
joints. Head much wider than long (dorsal aspect), the eyes
very large, bare, the lateral ocelli touching the eye margins;
vertex rather broad, with numerous small punctures ; face with
a deep impression occupying most of surface, with very fine
scaly sculpture, and on lower face with a few striae converging
toward mouth. Mandibles tridentate. Scutum and scutellum
with very fine scaly sculpture, and small scattered indefinite
punctures, these more pronounced on the scutellum ; parapsidal
‘furrows complete, as in rufinotum; postscutellum with a stout
acute spine. Abdomen stout, the third segment occupying
less than one-half of surface, the two first strongly striate, the
third more finely so; the remaining segments with very fine
scaly sculpture and scattered punctures. Forewings moderately
long and broad ; deeply infuscate ; discal cilia dense ; marginal
vein over one-half as long as the stigmal, which is rather
oblique, moderately long and slender. Antennae short, usual
for the genus; scape long and slender ; pedicel one-half longer
than wide, the funicle joints narrower, the first a little longer
than wide, 2-4 wider than long ; club compact, wide, 6-jointed,
joints 1-5 very transverse. Length, 1°75 mm.

449

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from one female caught by sweeping in jungle, May 10, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.—lI. 5172, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

This species falls nearest to rufinotwm, Dodd, but that
species differs, intex alia, in having the third abdominal
segment smooth, the scutum and scutellum without the fine
punctures, with the fine scaly sculpture only.

SCELIO AUSTRALIS, Froggatt.
The range of this common species, formerly recorded from
various districts in Eastern Queensland and New South Wales,
must be further extended, since a female has been forwarded

’ by Mr. G. F. Hill, labelled “Darwin, N.T., G. F. Hill.”

MICROTELEIA PULCHRICORPUS, Nn. sp.

@. Head, thorax, and first abdominal segment bright
orange-yellow, the legs golden-yellow ; abdomen shining black ;
antennae varicolored, scape dusky-yellow, the next two joints
black, the four following pale yellowish-white, the apical five
black. Head a little wider than the thorax, the vertex very
narrow; viewed from in front, wider than long; smooth,
except for scattered minute punctures; eyes occupying whole
side of face, bare; ocelli in a slightly curved line, the lateral
pair slighly nearer the eye margins than“to the median ocellus.
Seutum and scutellum smooth, without sculpture; parapsidal
furrows parallel, very wide apart, delicate, but complete ;
scutellum much wider than long. Abdomen oval, no longer

_ than head and thorax united, narrowed at base; the first seg-

ment transverse, third the largest, occupying about one-third
of surface ; the first striate, second more feebly so and smooth
laterad, third with irregular impressed lines forming fine
impressed reticulation, fourth with the fine reticulation with
no longitudinal tendency, the rest practically smooth. Fore-
wings just reaching apex of abdomen; moderately broad ;
marginal cilia rather short ; discal cilia fine, not dense ; with a
dark band across wing at apex of submarginal and most of

_ marginal vein, and a broader band from before apex of stigmal
_ vein almost to wing apex, these two bands black and joined in

a

centre of wing; submarginal vein attaining costa at slightly
before middle of wing, the marginal somewhat longer than the
stigmal, which is oblique, rather short; postmarginal over
twice as long as stigmal. Pedicel over twice as long as wide,
the first fuinicle joint two-thirds longer than wide, the second

a little longer than wide, the next three wider than long; no

_ distinct club, but the sixth funicle joint abruptly longer than

P

450

preceding joint, 6-9 all as long or a little longer than wide;
antennae much as in certain Ceraphronids.’ Length, 1:10 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female captured running over foliage of sugarcane, lowland
districts, April 29, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5173, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

A very beautiful and distinct species.

HLoPLOGRYON FUSCICOXA, N. sp.

Q. Black; thorax red brown, dark; the scutellum
centre of scutum, and sides of thorax dusky-black; first
abdominal segment reddish; coxae dusky-black, the legs
otherwise golden-yellow, the tibiae somewhat dusky at apex;
antennae wholly fuscous. Head transverse, the vertex narrow ;
reticulate, this with a slightly longitudinal tendency ; lower
half of face smooth in centre, the sides with striae converging
toward the mouth; a carina runs from front ocellus to inser-
tion of antennae. Scutum and scutellum densely reticulate-
punctate, the punctures not large; postscutellum with a large
acute spine, the latero-caudal angles of the metanotum with
sharp spines. Abdomen only a little longer than greatest
width, the first segment short and transverse, 1 and 2 strongly
striate, 3 with a smooth area mesad at caudal half, cephalad
and laterad of this striate, then farther laterad with rather
dense punctures; 4 amd 5 short, densely punctate at base;
segment 3 ventrad, wholly densely punctate. Forewings
extending beyond apex of abdomen; rather broad, truncately
rounded at apex; rather deeply infuscate; discal cilia very
dense, fine; stigmal vein rather long for the subfamily, some-
what oblique, the venation fuscous. Scape long and slender,
pedicel one-half longer than wide; first funicle joint as wide
and much longer, two and a half times as long as wide, the
second subequal to first, third abruptly shorter, somewhat
wider than long, the fourth transverse ; club slender, 6-jointed,
the second joint longest and widest, a little wider than long.

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from two females caught by sweeping in jungle, May 10, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

Type.-—I. 5174, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

HoPLoGRYON CASTANEITHORAX, N. sp.

g. Like the preceding species, but the thorax brighter,
only the centre of scutum and scutellum dusky ; first abdominal
segment bright reddish-yellow, and as long as wide, the third
with rather dense small punctures at base, with a smooth area

451

caudad and mesad, laterad with scattered punctures; punc-
tures on segments 4 and 5 not dense; face and vertex longi-
tudinally striate ; sculpture of scutum and scutellum somewhat
coarser, appearing somewhat rugose; spine on postscutellum
shorter and stouter, the latero-caudal angles of metanotum
merely acute. Antennae black, the scape brown; nearly twice
as long as the body, the pedicel very short, the funicle joints
long and subequal. Length, 1°65 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Several
males taken with fuscicoza.

Type.—l. 5175, South Australian Museum. A male on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

This species is strongly suspected of being the male of

fuscicoxa, with which it was obtained, but the differences are

too pronounced to appear sexual, and it seemed wiser to
describe it as a distinct species.

ODONTACOLUS LAEVIVENTRIS, 0. Sp.

2. Black; abdomen bright brown, narrowly margined
darker, also the apex darker and the horn at base ; coxae black,
the legs otherwise golden-yellow; antennae dusky-yellow, the
club black. Antennae 7-jointed; scape moderately long;
pedicel two and a half times as long as wide, the funicle joints
somewhat narrower, the first twice as long as wide, the others
very transverse ; club distinctly longer than the funicle, fully
twice as long as wide. Forewings attaining apex of abdomen ;
noderately broad ; subhyaline ; discal cilia moderately coarse,
dense; venation golden-yellow; marginal vein somewhat
shorter than the postmarginal, which is nearly one-half as long
as the long stigmal; basal vein faintly marked. Head and
thorax with shallow close thimble-punctures and fine surface
sculpture. Abdomen as long as head and thorax combined ;
first and second segments striate, the third occupying two-
fifths of surface, reticulated; horn on basal segment almost
_ reaching apex of scutellum. Length, 1°35 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
_ female caught by sweeping on edge of jungle, 1,200 ft.,

February 20, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5176, South Australian Museum. A female on

a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

TRISSOLCUS CORIACEUS, Nn. Sp.
©. Black, the coxae concolorous; rest of legs and first
six antennal joints golden-yellow. Head, viewed from above,
transverse, wider than the thorax, the occiput concave, the
frons a little convex; densely coriaceous; eyes large, bare.
Scutum and scutellum with similar sculpture to the head, the
' p2

452

scutum with two short grooves at caudal margin, wide apart,
the thorax somewhat wider than long. Abdomen a little
narrower than thorax, somewhat wider than long, the first
segment short, striate, the second occupying fully one-half of
length, with dense longitudinal scaly reticulation, the
remainder with fine pin-punctures. Forewings extending a
little beyond apex of abdomen ; rather broad ; hyaline; discal
cilia fine and dense; venation pale-yellow; the stigmal vein
very long, the marginal not one-half as long, the postmarginal
over twice as long as stigmal. Scape slender; pedicel fully
twice as long as wide, the funicle joints slightly narrower, the
first barely twice as long as wide, the second quadrate, the
third transverse; club 6-jointed, the first joint small, the
second the longest, but wider than long. Length, 1:00 mm.

H1ab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from two
females caught by sweeping forest growth, mountain side,
2,000 ft., May 8, 1915 (A. P. Dodd).

Type.—I. 5177, South Australian Museum. Two females
on a tag, forewings and antennae on a slide.

Eumicrosoma, Gahan.
Proc. U.S. National Museum, vol. xlvi., 1913, p. 442, pl.
Bt. d.me Lea aa
Baeoneura (Foerster), Dodd, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1913,
pw 176.

Baeoneurella, Dodd, l.c., 1914, p. 124.

Eumicrosoma antedates Baeoneurella by several months.
Baeoneurella has all along been wrongly described, on account
of its indistinct venation. Gahan’s description of L. benefica,
the type species, and the accompanying figure, show its very
close relationship with the Australian species.

Family CERAPHRONIDAE.
LYGOCERUS UNILINEATUS, Nn. Sp.

@. Shining black, the scutum and_ scutellum rich
reddish-brown, with a rather broad, black, median stripe,
running from cephalic margin of scutum to apex of scutellum ;
legs golden-yellow, the posterior coxae black for basal half;
antennae black, the scape yellow, the next few joints fuscous.
Head distinctly wider than the thorax, the vertex not thin;
vertex and upper half of face with setigerous pin-punctures,
the lower half scaly ; eyes occupying whole side of face, hairy;
occiput coarsely scaly; a foveate groove runs from median
ocellus to posterior margin of occiput. Scutum and scutellum
with fine, dense, scaly sculpture; parapsidal and median fur-
rows of scutum deep and distinct, the former foveate, the
latter simple; grooves between scutellum and axillae foveate ;

453

secutellum distinctly longer than greatest width; metanotum
coarsely rugose, with a short but distinct neck. Abdomen a
little shorter than head and thorax united, slightly concave
above, deeply convex beneath, pointed at apex ; second segment
occupying one-half of surface; striate at base, smooth for the
rest, with a circular fovea some distance from base on either
side dorsad. Forewings long; very broad; somewhat infus-
eate ; discal cilia moderately fine and dense ; venation fuscous,
stigma over twice as long as greatest width, the stigmal vein
nearly twice length of stigma. Pedicel over twice as long as
greatest width, the first funicle joint distinctly longer, over
thrice as long as greatest width, second a little shorter than
pedicel, 2-8 shortening, but all distinctly longer than wide.

Length, 2°45 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district. Described from one
female taken on decayed log in jungle, 1,200 ft., April 6, 1915

(A. P. Dodd),

:

d
7

Type.—1l. 5178, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

LYGOCERUS ALBOVARIUS, N. sp.

©. Black; the metathorax, extreme base of abdomen,
and the legs, pure white; the anterior coxae, trochanters, and
femora, black; antennae pure white, the apical joint black,
the scape black at extreme base and with a black transverse
stripe at two-thirds its length. Forewings attaining apex of
abdomen ; rather broad ; lightly infuscate, with a hyaline patch
just distad of stigma, and another opposite this on caudal
margin, the proximal third or more subhyaline; venation
white, the stigma fuscous but white proximal; discal cilia not
fine, very dense ; stigma over twice as long as wide, the stigmal
vein a little longer. Pedicel two and a half times as long as
wide, the first funicle joint narrower, two-thirds longer than’
wide, the funicle slightly incrassate, the joints as long or a
little longer than wide. Head somewhat wider than the
thorax, the frons convex; eyes occupying whole side of face,
hairy. Thorax rather stout, the parapsidal and median fur-

rows of scutum delicate, not distinct, also the grooves between

seutellum and axillae ; scutellum longer than wide ; metanotum
with a short distinct neck. Head, scutum, and scutellum with
very dense and fine rugosity. Abdomen not or scarcely longer
than the thorax ; pointed-ovate ; straight above, gently convex
beneath, the second segment occupying one-half of surface;
Smooth, with a few striae at base. Length, 1°45 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Carins district. Described from one
female caught by sweeping in jungle, 1,200 ft., April 4, 1915
(A. P. Dodd).

?

y

rd

454

Type.—I1. 5179, South Australian Museum. A female on
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

CONOSTIGMUS PRETIOSUS, 0. sp.

©. Head black; metanotum, sides, and venter of thorax,
a large spot involving most of each parapside and another on
median lobe cephalad, and centre of scutellum more or less,
dusky-black ; rest of thorax bright chestnut ; abdomen dusky-
black, its base yellowish; legs golden-yellow, also basal five
antennal joints, the sixth dusky, the apical five black. Head
transverse, no wider than thorax; eyes large, hairy; ocelli
close together; a foveate line from front ocellus to occiput.
Head, scutum, and scutellum smooth, except for minute
setigerous punctures ; median and parapsidal furrows of scutum
deep and foveate ; scutellum longer than wide, with a foveate
groove around it laterad and caudad. Abdomen no. longer
than head and thorax united, no wider than thorax, almost
straight above, convex beneath, the apex a little upturned, the
second segment occupying nearly two-thirds its surface;
smooth, except for striae at base. Forewings attaining apex
of abdomen; broad, the apex broadly rounded; discal cilia
rather dense; infuscate, this deepest in centre; venation
fuscous, the stigmal vein over twice as long as the semicircular
stigma; a longitudinal white stripe through centre of wing.
Pedicel two-thirds longer than wide, the first funicle joint
over twice as long as wide, the second as wide as long, 3-8
somewhat wider than long, the fifth rather larger than fourth,
the apical joint over twice as long as wide. Length, 1°50 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Yungaburra, 2,500 ft. Described
from three females caught by sweeping in jungle, May 10, 1915
(A VPS Dodd).

Type.—I. 5180, South Australian Museum. A female om
a tag, antennae and forewings on a slide.

ERRATA.

This opportunity is taken to correct errors appearing in a
recent paper of the author’s: —

Transactions Royal Society of South Australia, 1914.

Page 122, line 4 from bottom, “ScELronaz,’’ read

“SCELIONINAE. ”
Page 122, line % from bottom, “9,” read “¢d.”
Page 123, line 25, “female,’’ read “male.’’

455

THE FISHES OF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT
TRAWLING CRUISE, 1914.

By Epear R. Waire, Director, South Australian Museum,
* 4s
and
Autan R. McCutrocnu, Zoologist, Australian Museum.

[Contribution fram the South Australian and Australian
Museums. |

Piates XII. to XV. ann Text Ficure 1.

[Read October 14, 1915.]

As a result of the prospecting cruise of the ill-fated
Federal trawler “‘Endeavour”’ in South Australian waters,
the Director, the late Harald C. Dannevig, reported rich
fishing grounds in the Great Australian Bight.

With a view to reaping some of the harvest there indi-
cated, the South Australian Government chartered the trawler
“Simplon’’ (Capt. W. Brown), and the senior author accom-
panied the vessel on her cruise in the interests of the Govern-
ment and of the South Australian Museum, while the
Fisheries Department was represented by Inspector W. D.
Bruce. Owing to extremely unfavourable weather and the
consequent limitation of operations, together with unpayable
catches of fish, one essay only was made. The cruise extended
from September 16 to October 1, 1914, and embraced the area
between lat. 32° 36’ and 34° 50’ S., and long. 128° 45’ and
133° 12’ E., the depths exploited ranging from 22 to 140
fathoms. Of the ten hauls made, eight were technically suc-
cessful, but of these, two only were regarded as payable. The
best haul produced ten baskets of fish, about 700 tb. in
weight, composed almost wholly of Swallow-tails (Trachich-
thodes lineatus).

In the absence of a larger and faster vessel, it can
Searcely be expected that trawling will be commercially profit-
able on grounds so far distant from the port of Adelaide as
those prospected by the ‘‘Endeavour.’’ As regards the
“Simplon,’’ it necessitated a voyage of 500 miles before the
trawl was put over, and a similar distance had to be
traversed when the fishing was concluded. The cost in coal,
Wages, etc., under these conditions is such a heavy item, that
phenomenal ¢atches would have to be made to recoup the
outlay. The first step towards the institution of trawling
in South Australia must undoubtedly be a systematic survey

456

of our waters, to ascertain what trawling grounds we possess
nearer market, their extent and capabilities.

It may not be out of place in the record of a trawling
cruise, to draw attention to the fact that, whereas formerly
the people of Australia and New Zealand were extremely pre-
judiced against eating any but what were regarded as the
primest fish, such a change of opinion or practice has taken
place, that species previously despised now command a ready
and eager sale. In Adelaide, as doubtless everywhere else,
fish is served and accepted at public tables under assumed
names, but, further than this, the public is buying so-called
inferior kinds in the open market. In New South Wales the .
State trawlers are regularly disposing of large quantities of
fish which a few years ago would have had to be thrown away
as unsaleable. Now, however, tons of Rays (Urolophus,
Aetobatis, Raja) are utilized; even the largest Sting Rays
(Dasyatis) are cut up and sold, generally under the name of
‘‘Skate,’’ and the fishermen themselves eat them on board
in preference to other fish. The ‘‘fish-bone’’ trouble will
thus, at any rate, be avoided. The much despised Leather
Jacket (Cantherines ayraudi), the bete noir of the line fisher-
man, is now eagerly purchased, while the Flying Gurnard
(Pterygotrigla polyommata), formerly regarded as of small
account, is not only readily marketed, but has proved to be
one .of the most abundant of the edible fishes of the deeper
waters of New South Wales.

The change here briefly indicated may be due to the
increased cost of meat consequent on the war and on drought
conditions, but the encouraging fact remains that having thus
eaten despised fishes as a quasi enforced experiment, the
public will, it is believed, in future purchase such fishes under
any condition, and the trawling industry is likely to be ~
enormously benefited, and it is hoped extended thereby. We —
believe that it is well within the mark when we say that
hitherto fully half a trawler’s catch of good wholesome fish
had to be returned to the sea owing to prejudice. In thus
making greater use of our marine wealth we are but following
the lead of Britain, where twenty years ago Dog Fishes and
other so-called coarse fish were thrown away as. offal, but
to-day find a ready market.)

Further discussion on the economic aspect of trawling is
outside the province of the paper, the object of which is to
enumerate the fishes obtained. |

The Ostracions, merely listed here, form the subject of a
separate paper.

(1) Waite, “Sci. Results N.Z. Govt. Trawling Exp.,’’ Rec., Cant.
Mus., i1., 1911, p. 260, et seq.

— follows :—
TIME.
2 PosITION.
=| 1914.
Sept. 20, | Lat. 33° 29’ S,
7.30 to | Long. 128° 55’ E.
10.45 p.m.
Sept. 21, | Lat. 32° 36’ S.
| 9.30 to | Long. 129° 54’ KE.
11.30 a.m,

Sept. 21, | Lat. 33° 38'S.
5.40 to | Long. 128° 45’ BE.
9 p.m.

a

~ees SEO pg RET pa BEN NO
wee eer ~
ey Se ee -
et th ell

§
‘i
Sept. 22, | Five miles north-
| 12.15 to west from Sta-
| 4 a.m. tion 3

| (night

ad
i

a haul)

t
i

Details of the eight eff

457

FatTHoms.

45-82

S0-140

88-94

All localities may be quoted as the Great Australian Bight.
ective hauls (stations) are as

FisiEs TAKEN,

Trachichthodes gerrardi

Parascylliium ferrugineum
Eugaleus australis

| Urolophus cruciatus

Dasyatis brevicaudatus
Carange georgianus
Pseudolabrus tetricus
Cantherines ayraudi
Cantherines setosus
Capropygia wnistriata
Aracana aurita
Tetraodon armilla

Squatina australis
Urolophus cruciatus
Trachichthodes gerrardi
Trachichthodes lineatus
Dactylosparus macropterus
Oplegnathus woodwardi
Zanclistius elevatus
Pentaceropsis recurvirostris
Cyttosoma boops
Neosebastes thetidis
Pterygotrigla polyommata
Neoplatycephalus conatus
Kathetostoma nigrofasciatum
Cantherines ayraudi
Capropygia wnistriata
Aracana angusta
Tetraodon armilla
Atopomycterus nicthemerus

Heterodontus philippi
Scylliorhinus analis
Galeorhinus antareticus
Squalus fernandinus
Squatina australis
Trachichthodes gerrardi
Trachichthodes lineatus
Paratrachichthys traiili
Callanthias allporti
Plagiogeneion macrolepis
Dactylosparus macropterus
Oplegnathus woodwardi
Zanclistius elevatus

458

4. | Continued

5. | Sept. 28, | Lat. 34° 43'S, 85
4.15 to | Long. 133° 12’ E
5.30 p.m.

Same as 85

6. | Sept. 28,
8 to Station 5
11.15 p.m.
7. | Sept. 29, | Lat. 34° 50’ S. 85

12.30 to
4.30 a.m.
(night
haul)

Long. 133° 11’ E.

8. | Sept. 29, | Lat. 34° 46’ S. a2
11.30 a.m.| Long. 133° 10’ E.
to 3.30

p-m.

A Timk. DEPTH
& Position. IN

BS 1914. FaTHoms.
D

FisHes TAKEN.

Pentaceropsis recurvirostris
Cyttosoma boops

Neosebastes thetidis
Neoplatycephalus conatus
Chelidonichthys kwmu
Kathetostoma nigrofasciatum
Cantherines ayraudi
Anoplocapros gibbosus
Tetraodon armilla

Urolophus cruciatus
Trachichthodes gerrardi
Trachichthodes lineatus
Pterygotrigla polyommata
Cantherines ayraudi
Cantherines hippocrepis
Capropygia unistriata
Aracana aurita

Galeorhinus antarcticus
Pristiophorus nudipinnis
Trachichthodes gerrardi
Trachichthodes lineatus
Dactylosparus macropterus
Oplegnathus woodwardi
Zanclistius elevatus
Pentaceropsis recurvirostris
Pterygotrigla polyommata
Kathetostoma nigrofasciatum
Cantherines ayraudi
Capropygia unistriata
Tetraodon armilla

Pristiophorus nudipinnis :
Trachichthodes gerrardi |
Trachichthodes lineatus ~ .
Paratrachichthys trailla
Dactylosparus macropterus
Oplegnathus woodwardi
Neosebastes thetidis
Neoplatycephalus conatus
Kathetostoma nigrofasciatum
Cantherines mosaicus
Tetraodon armilla

Trachichthodes gerrardi
Trachichthodes lineatus
Callanthias allporti
Dactylosparus macropterus
Pterygotrigla polyommata
Cantherines setosus
Capropygia wnistriata

459

Family HETERODONTIDAE.

HETERODONTUS, Blainville, 1816.
HETERODONTUS PHILIPPI, Bloch and Schneider.

Squalus philippi, Bloch and Schneider: Syst. Ichth., 1801,
p. 134.
Heterodontus philippi, Blainville: Bull. Soc. Phil-, 1816,
©, 121.
Cestracion philippi, Cuvier: Reg. Anim., ii., 1817, p. 129.
Centracion philippi, Garman: Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,

xxxvi., 1913, p. 182.
Port. Jackson Shark.

Station 4, 88-94 fathoms; also taken on hand lines in
Streaky Bay in 8 fathoms.

Family SCYLLIORHINIDAE.

SCYLLIORHINUS, Blainville, 1816.
SCYLLIORHINUS (HALAELURUS) ANALIS, Ogilby.

‘Scyllium maculatum, Ramsay: Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., v.,;
1880, p. 97 (not S. maculatum, Bloch and Schneider).

Scyllium anale, Ogilby: ib., x., 1885, p. 445.

Scyliorhinus analis, id.: ib. (2), iv., 1889, p. 180.

Catulus analis, Waite: Mem. Aust. Mus., iv., 1899, p. 31,
ot. ii., fig. 1.

Halaelurus analis, Garman: Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxvi.;

1913, p. 85.
Spotted Dog Fish.
Station 4, 88-94 fathoms.

Family ORECTOLOBIDAE.

PARASCYLLIUM, Gill, 1861.
PARASCYLLIUM FERRUGINEUM, McCulloch.

Parascyllium ferrugineum, McCulloch; ‘‘Endeavour’’ Sci. Res.,
me soll, p. 7, pl. i1., fig. 2, and text fig. 2.

| Rusty Dog Fish.
Station 2, 22 fathoms.

| Family GALEORHINIDAE.

GALEORHINUS, Blainville, 1816 (fide Garman).
GALEORHINUS ANTARCTICUS, Giinther.

Mustelus antarcticus, Giinther: Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii.,
_ 1870, p. 387.
F Galeus antarcticus, Waite: Mem. Aust. Mus., iv., 1899, p. 33.
, Gummy.
r Station 4, 88-94 fathoms, and Station 6, 85 fathoms.

460

Family CARCHARHINIDAE.
EUGALEUS, Gill, 1864 (fide Garman).
EUGALEUS AUSTRALIS, Macleay.

Galeus australis, Macleay: Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., vi.,
1881, p. 354.
Galeorhinus australis, Hutton: Index Faunae, N.Z., 1904,

p. 54.
School Shark.
Station 2, 22 fathoms.

Family SQUALIDAE.
SQUALUS, Linnaeus, 1758.
SQUALUS FERNANDINUS, Molina.
Squalus fernandinus, Molina: Saggio sul. stor. nat. Chili,
1782, p. 229.
Spinax fernandezianus, Gay: Hist. Chile, ii., 1854, p. 365.
Spiny Dog Fish.
Station 4, 88-94 fathoms.

Family PRISTIOPHORIDAE.
PRISTIOPHORUS, Miiller and Henle, 1837.
PRISTIOPHORUS NUDIPINNIS, Giinther.

Pristiophorus nudipinnis, Giinther: Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus.,
Vili. 1870, po. Adz: |
Saw Shark.

Stations 6 and 7, 85 fathoms.

Family SQUATINIDAE.
SQUATINA, Valmont, 1768.
SQUATINA AUSTRALIS, Regan.
Squatina australis, Regan: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7), xviii.,

1906, p. 438.
Angel Shark.
Station 3, 80-140 fathoms, and Station 4, 88-94 fathoms.

Family DASYATIDAE.
UROLOPHUS, Miiller and Henle, 1837.
UROLOPHUS cRUCIATUS, Lacépéde.

Raia cruciatus, Lacépede: Ann. Mus., iv., 1804, p. 201.

Leiobatus cruciatus, Blainville: Bull. Soc. Phil., 1816, p. 121;
1837, p. 117. |

Urolophus cruciatus, Miiller and Henle: Monatsb. Akad.
Wiss., Berlin, 1837, p. 117.

Urolophus ephippiatus, Richardson: Voy. ‘‘Ereb. and Terr.,’’
1848, p. 35, pl. xxiv.

Banded Stingaree.

Station 2, 22 fathoms; Station 3, 80-140 fathoms; and

Station 5, 85 fathoms.

461

DASYATIS, Rafinesque, 1810.
(?) DasyaviIs BREVicAUDATUS, Hutton.
Trygon thalassia, Hutton: Cat. Fish., N.Z., 1872, p. 85.

Trygon brevicaudata, Hutton: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4),
xvi., 1875,.p. 317.

Dasybatis brevicaudatus, id.: Index Faunae N.Z., 1904, p. 53.
Dasyatis brevicaudatus, McCulloch: ‘‘Endeavour’’ Sci. Res.,
ie eee. ph xv., fig: 1, pl. xvu., fig. 1
Sting Ray.
Station 2, 22 fathoms. A smooth-backed Sting Ray,
presumed to be of this species, was thrown overboard before
it could be further examined.

Family BERYCIDAE.
TRACHICHTHODES, Gilchrist, 1903.
TRACHICHTHODES LINZATUS, Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Beryx lineatus, Cuv. and Val.: Hist. Nat. Poiss., iii., 1829,
p. 226. Giinther: Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., i., 1859, p. 13.

Beryx mulleri, Klunzinger: Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien., Ixxx.,
1880, p. 359, pl. iii., fig. 1.

Swallow-tail.

ete. 14: Av, 14: PM4.°V;7..7; C. 18+10:
L. lat. 51; L. tr. 6415.

Length of head 3°17, height of body 2°6, and length of
caudal 2°01 in the length, diameter of eye 2°6, interorbital
space 3°5, and length of snout 3°9 in the head.

Head short, deeper than long, its profile steep and
straight. The eye is round, half the depth of the head at the
orbit; its hinder edge lies midway
between the posterior nostril and
the margin of the opercle. The
hinder nostril is the larger, and the
bridge 1s comparatively narrow. The
maxilla extends slightly beyond the
middle of the eye; it is greatly
broadened behind, its distal portion
being fully half the diameter of the
orbit; a jagged spine at its upper
end, the base of which is received
into a notch in the preorbital. Tur-
binal bones with sharp spines; edge
of preorbital finely serrated; infra-
orbital and supraciliary bones rough-
ened. The interorbital ridges arise

Trachichthodes lineatus, together in a_ rosette; their outer
C. and V.

462

edges diverge and run subparallel to the supraciliary
bones, their inner ones at first diverge and then become
parallel, as shown in the cut. The postocular and _pre-
opercle diverge widely below; both have finely serrated
margins, becoming spinous at the angles; border of the
opercle also spinous, but without definite strong spines.
Lower jaw strongly projecting, its symphysis receivable
into a wide edentulous notch in the premaxilla; two strong,
blunt, and short spines project horizontally forward from the
tip of the mandible. Gills four, a narrow slit behind the
fourth ; gill-rakers long and slender, 35 on the first arch, of
which 26 are on the lower limb. ;

Teeth.—A band of coarse villiform teeth in each jaw;
those bordering the premaxillary notch and those at the man-
dibulary symphysis much enlarged; a triangular patch on the
vomer and a band on each palatine; tongue smooth.

Fims.—The dorsal commences well behind the base of the
pectoral; the first spine is short, the following regularly in-
crease in size to the sixth or last, which is one-fourth longer
than the diameter of the eye; the first ray is longest, a little
longer than the last spine. The first spine of the anal lies below
the fifth dorsal ray, and the fin extends much further back
than does the dorsal. Pectoral almost as long as the head; it
is pointed above and extends to above the insertion of the
anal. Ventral spine flat and strong, half the length of the
head; the first ray is longer, and reaches beyond the vent.
Caudal very deeply forked; the middle rays are not half the
diameter of the eye, while the longest ray of the upper lobe,
which slightly exceeds the lower one, is one-half longer
than the head; the length of the peduncle above is nearly
twice, and its depth slightly more, than the diameter of the
eye.

Scales.—Scales are present on the lower part of the cheek
and on the anterior half of the opercle; preopercle naked. All
the scales covered with fine striae, which terminate in points
averaging 25 in number; a sheath is formed at the bases of
the vertical fins, and a triangular scale les at the axil of the
ventral. The lateral line arises with a slight curve at the
upper part of the opercle and runs almost straight to the
middle caudal rays, each scale with a median notch.

Colowr.—Crimson, with the middle of each scale silvery,
an alternate longitudinal line of red and silver being thus
formed; fins crimson, with the spines and the outer rays of
the caudal colourless. :

Length.—260 mm.; to end of caudal lobe, 356 mm.

:

463

The more elongate form, the smaller and more numerous
scales, and the long and more deeply forked caudal are
features by which this species may be readily recognized from
either 7. affinis or T. gerrardi.

The Swallow-tail, by which very characteristic name the
species is known to the South Australian fishermen, was the
commonest fish taken on the cruise. The catch at Station 3
weighed 70 tb., while no less than 700 tb. weight was netted
at Station 4.

Stations 3,'4, 5, 6, 7, and 8; 72-140 fathoms.

TRACHICHTHODES GERRARDI, Giinther.

Beryz gerrardi, Giinther: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5), xx.,
1887, p. 238.
Austroberyx gerrardi, McCulloch: ‘‘Endeavour’’? Sci. Res.,
i fold. p42, pl. Viil.
_ Red Snapper.

Contrary to local belief, the ‘‘Red Snapper’’ of South
Australia is 7. gerrardi, and not 7’. affinis; not a single speci-
men of the latter was recognized in the hauls, nor have I so
far seen it in the markets, though 7. gerrardi is to be had
daily, often in large quantities. The colouration is similar to
that of the Eastern species, and may be thus:described :—The
ground is iridescent silver suffused with blood-red; this colour
occurs where the scales overlap, so that longitudinal lines are
produced, separated by the silver tint of the body of the scales.
The dorsal spines are colourless, the membrane red, whereas.
the rays are red and the membrane untinted; the coloura-
ticn of the anal is similar to the soft dorsal. The pectorals.
and ventrals are slightly suffused with red; the caudal is red,
with the outer and middle rays colourless.

Sions 1), o, 4, 5,6, 7, and 8; 45-140 fathoms.

PARATRACHICHTHYS, Waite, 1899.

PARATRACHICHTHYS TRAILLI, Hutton.

Trachichthys trail, Hutton: Trans. N.Z. Inst., viii., 1876,
p. 212.

Trachichthys macleayi, Johnston: Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas.,
1880, p. 56.

Paratrachichthys traili, Waite: Mem. Aust. Mus.,; iv., 1899.
p. 65.
. Roughy.

Station 4, 88-94 fathoms, and Station 7, 85 fathoms.

464

Family SERRANIDAE.

CALLANTHIAS, Lowe, 1839.
CALLANTHIAS ALLPORTI, Giinther.

Callanthias allporti, Giinther: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (4),
xvil., 1876,, p. 800.

Callanthias platei, Boulenger: id. (7), iii., 1899, p. 346.

Callanthias platei australis, Ogilby: Proc. Linn. Soc.,
N.S.W., xxiv., 1899, p. 173.

Anogramma allporti, Ogilby: 7ib., p. 175.
Allport’s Perch.
Station 4, 88-94 fathoms, and Station 8, 72 fathoms.

Family ERYTHRICHTHYIDAE.

PLAGIOGENEION, Forbes, 1890. ‘
PLAGIOGENEION MACROLEPIS, McCulloch.

Plagiogeneion macrolepis, McCulloch: ‘‘Endeavour’’ Sci. Res.,
it,; 1914. Sp. 104) “pl =x.

Station 4, 88-94 fathoms.

Family CHETLODACTYLIDAE.
DACTYLOSPARUS, Gill, 1862.
DACTYLOSPARUS MACROPTERUS, Forster.

Sciaena macroptera, Forster: in Bloch and Schneider, Syst.
Ichth., 1801, p. 342.

Cheilodactylus macropterus, Richardson: Proc. Zool. Soc.,

1850, p. 62.
Jackass Fish.
Stations 3, 4, 6, 7, and 8; 72-140 fathoms.

Family OPLEGNATHIDAE.
OPLEGNATHUS, Richardson, 1840.
OPLEGNATHUS WOODWARDI, Waite.

Hoplegnathus woodwardi, Waite: Rec. Aust. Mus., ii1., 1900,
p. 212, pl. xxxvii.
Knife Jaw.

Stations 3, 4, 6, and 7; 80-140 fathoms.

Family CARANGIDAE.

CARANX, Lacépéde, 1802.
CARANX GEORGIANUS, Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Caranx georgianus, Cuv. and Val.: Hist. Nat. Poiss., ix.,
‘1883, p. 86.
Trevally.
Station 2, 22 fathoms.

465

Family TRICHIURIDAE.
THYRSITES, Cuvier, 1829.

THYRSITES ATUN, Euphrasen.

Scomber atun, Euphrasen: K. Vetensk. Acad. Nya. Hand1.,
xii., 1791, p. 315.

Tharsites atun, Cuy. and Val.: Hist. Nat. Poiss., viii., 1831,
. 196, pl. cexix.

Thyrsites altivelis, Richardson: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1839, p. 99.
Thyrsites chilensis, Cuv. and Val.: ib., p. 204.
Barracouta.

Caught on hand-lines near the coasts. All specimens I
have seen in South Australia, including those offered in the
markets, are very lean and ill-conditioned, quite different
from examples with which I was familiar in New Zealand.

Family HISTIOPTERIDAE.
ZANCLISTIUS, Jordan, 1907.

ZANCLISTIUS ELEVATUS, Ramsay and Ogilby.

Histiopterus elevatus, Rams. and Ogil.: Proc. Linn. Soc.,
N.S.W. (2); iii., 1888, p. 1811.

Zanclistius elevatus, Waite: Proc. N.Z. Inst., i., 1910, p. 25.
Long-finned Boar Fish.
Stations 3, 4, and 6, 80-140 fathoms.

PENTACEROPSIS, Steindachner, 1883.

PENTACEROPSIS RECURVIROSTRIS, Richardson.
Histiopterus recurvirostris, Richardson: Voy. ‘‘Ereb. and
‘Terr.,’? 1845, p. 34, pl. xxii., figs. 5 and 6.

Pentaceropsis recurvirostris, Steindachner: Denk. Akad.
Wiss. Wien., xlviii., 1883, p. 13, footnote, pl. vi.

Prosoplismus sca eile Waite: Rec. Aust. Mus., v.,
1903, p. 58, pl. v

Striped Boar Fish.
Stations 3, 4, and 6, 80-140 fathoms.

Family CYTTIDAE.
CYTTOSOMA, Gilchrist, 1904.

CytTrosoma Boops, Gilchrist.

Cyttosoma boops, Gilchrist: Marine Invest. S. Africa, iii.,
1904, p. 6, pl. xxiii.

Ox-eyed Dory.
Stations 3 and 4, 80-140 fathoms.

466

Family PSEUDOLABRIDAE.

PSEUDOLABRUS, Bleeker, 1861.

PSEUDOLABRUS TETRICUS, Richardson.
Labrus tetricus, Richardson: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1840, p. 25.

Labrichthys ephippium, Giinther: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3),.

xi.,. 1863, p. 116

Labrichthys tetrica, Klunzinger: Arch. fiir Naturg., xxxviii.,.
led

1872, p.a%-
Labrichthys vestita, Castelnau: Proc. Zool. Soc., Vict., i.,
1872; p.. 15d.

Labrichthys cyanogenys, Rams. and Ogil.: Proc. Linn. Soe.,.

N.S.W. (2), ii., 1887, p. 242.
Parrot Fish.
Station 2, 22 fathoms.

Family SCORPAENIDAE.
NEOSEBASTES, Guichenot, 1868.
NEOSEBASTES THETIDIS, Waite.

Sebastes thetidis, Waite: Mem. Aust. Mus., iv., 1899, p. 100,.

pli xx
Sebastodes thetidis, Waite: Mem. N.S.W. Nat. Club, u.,
1904, p. 47. .

Neosebastes thetidis, McCulloch: ‘‘Endeavour’’ Sci. Res.,.

iii., 1915, p. 154.
Thetis Fish.

Stations 3, 4, and 7; 80-140 fathoms.

Family PLATYCEPHALIDAE.

PLATYCEPHALUS, Bloch and Schneider, 1801.
NEOPLATYCEPHALUS, Castelnau, 1872.
The species of this subgenus are distinguished from the

typical Platycephalus by the great development of their
mandibular and palatine teeth, which, together with some near

the premaxillary symphysis, form strong canines.

PLATYCEPHALUS (NEOPLATYCEPHALUS) CONATUS, N. Sp.
Deep-water Flathead.
Pt) xxii:

D. vi.-ix. 147 (Ales Pode wv a Se

L. lat. 74-78.
Length of head, from the premaxillary symphysis to the
end of the opercular lobe, 2°7-2°8, in that from the premaxil-

lary symphysis to the hypural joint. Snout, including the:

lower jaw, 3°1-3°2 in the head. Orbit 1°5 in the snout and

467

47-5 in the head. Interorbital space 2°1-2°3 in the length of

the orbit and 3°2-3°6 in the snout. Breadth behind the pec-

‘torals 1°9-2°09, third dorsal spine 2°3-2°4, and longest dorsal

ray 2°6-2°8 in the head.

Head.—Cranial ridges numerous and distinct, but without
spines. Anterior orbital spine moderately prominent; inner
orbital margins raised, leaving the interorbital space concave.
Spines of the preorbital bone small. Cheek with two parallel
ridges, with a hollow between them; the upper one bears a
microscopic spine just behind the verticle of the postorbital
margin, from which a series of ridges radiate over the exposed
preopercular bone. Two strong preopercular spines, the lower

-of which is the larger, and the upper one is directed obliquely

upward. Anterior nostril with a short tentacle. The maxilla
extends to below the anterior third of the eye. Gull-rakers

developed only on the hinder portion of the lower limb of the

first arch, where they are short and thick, becoming longer as
they approach the angle; anteriorly they are represented by
mere groups of spines.

Teeth.—Upper jaw with a band of villiform teeth on
each side, which is expanded near‘the symphysis, where there
are also several strong canines. Sides of mandible with a
single row of enlarged canine-like teeth, which are largest in
the middle of the series and near the symphysis; some minute
teeth are present on the outer side of the bases of the larger
ones. Vomerine teeth arranged in a single arched series, those
in the middle being very small, the outer ones larger. Pala-
tines armed with a row of strong canines, which decrease in
size backwards, and have some minute teeth external to their
bases.

Scales.—Body covered with ctenoid scales of moderate
size, which extend forward to the anterior margin of the eye.
Lateral line scales not differentiated from the others ; the first
two are usually spiniform. There are about 78-88 rows of
scales above the lateral line, according to the direction in

which they are counted.

Fins.—Origin of the first dorsal fin behind the opercles ;
the first spine is very small, the third the longest ; the second

_ ray is the longest, the others decreasing in length backwards.

Anal commencing a trifle behind and terminating well behind
the dorsal; its rays are shorter than those of that fin, the
fourth the highest, the others decreasing backwards. Ventrals
reaching a little beyond the origin of the anal. Caudal sub-

truncate.

Colour.—Light sandy-yellow after long preservation in

formalin, almost without darker marking. There is a dark

area in the middle of the opercle, and some bluish blotches

eS a Doe

468

along the side below the lateral line. Pectorals, ventrals, and

middle of caudal fin very slightly darker than the rest of the
fins.

Described from three specimens, 287-300 mm. long; the

specimen figured is 300 mm. in length, and is selected as the
type. It is deposited in the South Australian Museum. A
series of thirty-six specimens, 227-560 mm. in length, exhibits

some variation in the length of the eye and the breadth of the:

interorbital space; the former is 45 in the head in small
examples and 5°9 in the largest specimen; the interorbital
space is much broader in older specimens than in younger ones,
varying from 2°7-1°3 in the orbital length.

This species was discovered by our friend, the late Harald

C. Dannevig, who obtained it in considerable quantity in
deep water in the Great Australian Bight, and considered it
would later become an important addition to the fish supply
of the Southern States.

P. conatus is very closely allied to P. macrodon, Ogilby,
but is readily distinguished by its much shorter and thicker
gill-rakers (plate xil., figs. 3 and 4) ; it usually has a narrower
interorbital space and its fins are lighter in colour, while a less
striking difference lies in the sculpture of the preopercular

bone, portion of which is generally exposed and radially

carinate in P. conatws, and smooth and covered by skin in
P. macrodon. P. conatus is possibly identical with either
P. grandis, Castelnau, or P. speculator, Klunzinger, but the
descriptions of both these species lack all reference to several
structures characteristic of our species; further, both were
obtained from shallower water in the neighbourhood of Port
Phillip, whereas we have no record of P. conatus except from
deep water in the Great Australian Bight.

Loc.—Great Australian Bight, 80-120 fathoms; Great

Australian Bight, south-west of Eucla, 130-320 fathoms ;

Investigator Strait, South Australia.
‘““‘Simplon’’ Stations 3, 4, and 7, 80-140 fathoms.

Family TRIGLIDAE.
PTERYGOTRIGLA, Waite, 1899.

PTERYGOTRIGLA POLYOMMATA, Richardson.
Trigla polyommata, Richardson: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1839, p. 96.
Hoplonotus polyommatus, Guichenot: Ann. Soc. Linn, Maine:
et Loire Ichth., ix., 1866.
Pterygotrigla polyommata, Waite: Mem. Aust. Mus., iv.,.
1899, p. 108.
Flying Gurnard.

Stations 3, 5, 6, and 8, 80-140 fathoms.

’

—-— =e.

—— sl UL ' a ail

en. £6) Be. (et Oe he

469

CHELIDONICHTHYS, Kaup, 1873.

CHELIDONICHTHYS KUMU, Lesson and Garnot.

Trigla kumu, Less. and Garn.: Voy. ‘“‘Coquille’’ Poiss., 1826,.
p. 214, pl. xix.

Trigla spinosa, McClell.: Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist., iv., 18—,.
p. 396, pl. xxii., fig. 2.

Trigla pictipinnis, Kaup: Arch. fiir Naturg., 1873, p. 87.

Trigla kumu, var. dorsomaculata, Steindachner: Sitzb. Akad.
Wien., Ixxiv., 1876, p. 168.

Chelidonichthys kuwmu, Jordan and Evermann: Rep. U.S.
Fish. Comm., 1896, p. 488, footnote.

Red Gurnard.

Station 4, 88-94 fathoms.

Family URANOSCOPIDAE.
KATHETOSTOMA, Giinther, 1860.
KATHETOSTOMA NIGROFASCIATUM, Nl. sp.
Banded Stonelifter.

Pl. xi., figs. 1 and 2; and K. laeve, fig. 3.

Meee: P19 V1.5; C. 11.

Length of head from the chin to the opercular margin, |
2°5-2°6, depth of body 3°8-3°9 in the length from the chin
to the base of the caudai rays. Orbit 1°6-1°7 in the inter-
orbital width. The greatest breadth is just behind the pre-
opercle, where it is almost equal to the length of the head.

Head.— Cranial armature sculptured into rounded
tubercles ; its hinder margin interrupted by two more or less
prominent backward projections, which are extensions of two
indefinite ridges extending from behind the orbits. The naked
cavity between the orbits is subquadrate, but, varies in shape,
its width being equal to its length in some specimens, and
much narrower in others. Eyes superior, surrounded by raised
rugose bones; the postero-exterior angle of the orbit forms
an open hiatus, but the hinder internal portion is complete
and rounded. Preorbital bone with several raised ridges,
which project as obtuse spines on the margin. Lower border
of the preopercle with three strong spines, the anterior of
which is directed obliquely forward. Opercle unarmed, its
surface with radiating, tubercular ridges. Mouth vertical, the
lips with rows of short papillae. Maxilla subvertical, broad ;
its posterior angle below the middle of the eye when the mouth
is closed.

A short spine projects forward from the lower portion of
each ramus of the lower jaw. The skinny folds crossing the

470

«chin from the branchiostegals are densely fimbriate in older
specimens, but less so in young examples.

Tceth.—Upper jaw with a band of villiform teeth on each
side, separated by a short interspace at the symphysis. Lower
jaw with a row of very large pointed teeth, and a short row
of small ones in front of them on each side of the symphysis.
A patch of small teeth is present on each side of the very wide
vomer. Palatines toothless. Pharangeal teeth very large.
Tongue, and a fold behind the mandibular teeth, densely
papillose.

Body depressed anteriorly, compressed posteriorly ; it is
covered with smooth, naked skin. Lateral line consisting of
minute pores arranged on each side of a slightly raised canal :
each commences above the base of the humeral spine and con-
verges towards its fellow as it extends backward ; the two are
very close together on the upper portion of the caudal peduncle,
whence they suddenly dip towards the median caudal rays.
Humeral spines well developed. Small pelvic spines project
forward in front of the ventral fins.

Fins.—-The dorsal fin originates about the middle of the
length ; its rays increase in length to the middle, and then
decrease again, leaving the margin rounded. Anal commenc-
ing before and terminating behind the dorsal ; its rays increase

in length to the third last. Pectoral reaching backward to
below the anterior fourth of the dorsal; the eighth upper ray
is the longest, and the lower ones are somewhat thickened, with
their tips free. Ventral inserted below the verticle of the
eye; the spine is short and hidden in the skin, but the rays
are thick and coarse, and increase in length to the fourth.
Caudal shghtly rounded. |

Colour.—Pale grey above, with four broad blackish cross-
bars; the first crosses the hinder portion of the head, and is
more or less interrupted ; the second is between the pectoral
fins; the third is below the dorsal fin; the fourth envelops the
greater portion of the caudal. There is a narrow dark bar
between the eyes, and three dark lines extend outwards from
the orbits; the anterior runs forward on to the maxilla, the
median on to the cheek, and the posterior backwards. Pec-
torals dusky, with broad whitish margins; dorsal and caudal
blackish, with broad white borders.

Described from three specimens 157-220 mm. long. The
largest is figured, and is selected as the type. It is deposited
in the South Australian Museum.

This species is closely allied to K. laeve, Bloch and
Schneider, but differs in the form and sculpture of the cranial
armature, and in the arrangement of the colour-marking on

the head.

?
/

471

Loc.—Doubtful Island Bay, South-western Australia ;
20-25 fathoms.

“Simplon’’ Stations 3, 4, 6, and 7, 80-140 fathoms.
Great Australian Bight.

Comparing XK. nigrofasciatum with K. laeve,® the two:
species are seen to differ in the following characters :—In
K. laeve the hinder margin of the cranial armature is nearly
straight, whereas in our new species it 1s interrupted by two
backward projections. The surface of the exposed bones 1s
sculptured into reticulating ridges in K. laeve, and into
tubercles in A. nigrofasciatum. The postero-internal portion
of the orbit of A. laeve presents a small hiatus, while it is
entire and rounded in the new species. The dark cross-bars
are much darker in A. mgrofasciatum than in K. laeve, and
are differently arranged on the head; in the latter the pre-
opercle is largely covered by a dark area, and there are no
dark marks radiating from the eye, while the opercle is
without marking; in A. ngrofasciatum three black lines:
radiate from the eye, the preopercle is almost without mark-.
ing, and the upper portion of the opercle is deep black.

K. gigantewm, Haast.,© is readily distinguished from
both A. laeve and K. nigrofasciatum by its colour-marking’
and by the granular sculpture of the cephalic armature. The:
three may be identified by the following key :—

a. Head and body with broad dark cross-bars ;
no white stripe along the lateral line.
b. Three dark bars radiating from the eye;
no large dark blotch on the preopercle nigrofasciatwm
bb. No bars radiating from the eye; a large

dark blotch on the preopercle ... ... laeve
aa. Head and body marbled, without cross-bars ;
a white stripe along the lateral line... gigantewm

Kk. laeve 1s recorded from New South Wales, Victoria,
and Tasmania. We have a specimen from 37 fathoms off the:
Investigator Group, South Australia.

(2) Uranoscopus laevis, Bloch and Schneider: Syst. Ichth.,
1801, p. 47, pl. viii.; Cuvier and Valenciennes: Hist. Nat. Poiss.,.
m., 1829,"p. 319. . :

Kathetostoma laeve, Giinther: Cat. Fish, Brit. Mus., ii.,
feoo,) p. 231; Kilunzinger: Arch. Naturg., xxxvill., 1872,
p. 28, and Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien., lxxx., 1879, p. 369;
Castelnau: Proc. Zool. Soc., Vict., i., 1872, p. 91; Macleay: Proc.
Linn. Soc., N.S.W., v., 1881, p. 562; Johnston: Proc. Roy. Soc.,
Tasm., 1882 (1883), p. 115, and 1890 (1891), p. 33; Waite: Mem.
Aust. Mus., iv., 1899, p. 113.

@) Haast: T.N.Z.1., v., 1873, p. 274, pl. xvi., fig. 2.

a

:
4792 |

Family MONACANTHIDAE.
CANTHERINES, Swainson, 1839.
CANTHERINES AYRAUDI, Quoy and Gaimard.
Balistes ayraudi, Quoy and Gaim: Voy. “Uranie,’’ Poiss.,
1824; ps 216," ol. \ xiyai.,) fe 2
Aluteres velutinus, Jenyns: Voy. ‘‘Beagle,’’ Fish., 1842,
p. L577,
Monacanthus vittatus, Richardson: Voy. ‘‘Ereb. and Terr.,”’
Fish., 1846, p. 66
Monacanthus frauvenfeldii, Kner: Voy. ‘‘Novara,”’ Fische,
1867, p. 397. ]
Monacanthus ayraudi, Giinther: Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii., |
1870, p. 244.
Pseudomonacanthus ayraudi, Waite: Mem. N.S.W. Nat.
‘Club, 11., 1904, p. 56.
Chinaman Leather Jacket. ;
Stations 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, 22-140 fathoms.

CANTHERINES HIPPOCREPIS, Quoy and Gaimard. r
Balistes hippocrepis, Quoy and Gaim.: Voy. ‘‘Uranie,’’ Poiss., >
1824, p. 212.

Aleuterius variabilis, Richardson: Voy. ‘‘Ereb. and Terr.,’’
Fish, 1846) opi°67, ‘pl. ii., figs. 2 to 7,

Monacanthus hippocrepis, Hollard: Ann. Sci. Nat., 11., 1854,
p. 338.

Pseudomonacanthus hippocrepis, Waite: Mem. N.S.W. Nat.
‘Club, 11., 1904, p. 56.

Variable Leather Jacket.
Station 5, 85 fathoms. iy

CANTHERINES MOSAICUS, Ramsay and Ogilby.

Monacanthus mosaicus, Rams. and Ogil.: Proc. Linn. Soc.,
NSW, xi¢, L886, ps eo,

Cantherines mosaicus, McCulloch: ‘‘Endeavour”’ Sci. Res., 1i1.,
1915,..p.° 170) pl. exvir,, fips. 1 ands D,

Mosaic Leather Jacket.
Station 7, 85 fathoms.

CANTHERINES SETOSUS, Waite.
Monacanthus setosus, Waite: Mem. Aust. Mus., iv., 1899,

p. OF, \pli aya
Velvet Leather Jacket.
Phy sv:

In well-preserved specimens of this species the scales are
papilliform and not setiform. Each consists of several curved,
upstanding spinules, which are surmounted by rounded fleshy
papillae (fig. 3), but these latter are entirely lost by shrinkage
in old spirit specimens (fig. 2); the spinules are usually

473

arranged in short, subvertical rows of two to four on the sides
of the head and body, but the rows are oblique and longer on
the ventral expansion.

The colour is light-green, with darker cloudy markings
disposed over the body and across the throat; these are more
distinct in the young than in older specimens, and are
usually lost in preservation. The dorsal and anal fins are‘plain’
yellow, but the caudal usually bears a blackish curved band
on its posterior portion.

C’. setosus is very similar to (. granulatus, Shaw, but
differs in the armature of the dorsal spine, structure of the
scales, and number of dorsal and anal rays. The anterior
rows of spinules on the dorsal spine are very small in young
specimens (fig. 4), and quite obsolete in adults (fig. 5); the
scales each consist of several curved spinules instead of a single ~
truncate one, and the dorsal and anal rays number 33-35 and
31-36 respectively.

Tt is, of course, well known that some fishes when drawn
from deep water have their organs more or less displaced
owing to diminution of pressure when at the surface; this
is especially noticeable in those forms which possess an
unyielding body. Nearly all the Ostracions, for example, were
affected in this manner, their eyes being forced far out of the
sockets, and the intestines, etc., driven through the mouth
or vent. Softer-bcdied fishes suffer a more general distension,
and the eyes appear to be the first organs to be seriously
affected. The photograph of Cantherines setosus here repro-.
duced (pl. xiv., fig. 6) well exhibits the appearance presented
by the bulging eyes, and it may be added that, owing to the
tenseness of the membranes, it was impossible to restore them
to their sockets by pressure of thumb and fingers.

Loc.—This species occurs in moderately deep water off the:
southern portion of the coast of New South Wales, Victoria,
Tasmania, and South Australia. A number of specimens
were taken between Port Hacking and Wollongong, New
South Wales, in 50-70 fathoms. Six others are preserved
from east of Babel Island, Bass Strait, in 40-100 fathoms, and
off the Investigator Group, South Australia, 37 fathoms.

“Simplon’’ Station 2, 22 fathoms, and Station 8,
72 fathoms.

Notre ON CANTHERINES GRANULATUS, Shaw.

Balistes granulata, Shaw: in White, Voy. N.S. Wales, 1790,
p. 295, pl. —.

Monacanthus granulatus, Richardson: Voy. ‘‘Ereb. and’
Terr.,’’ Fishes, 1846, p. 63, pl. xl., figs. 1 and 2;. Steindachner:
Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wein. liii., 1866, p. 476; Castelnau: Proc..
linn. Soc., N.S.W., iii., 1879, p. 398; Macleay: Proc. Linn..
Soc., N.S.W., vi., 1881, p. 324.

474

Monacanthus granulosus, Giinther: Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus.,
~vilil., 1870, p. 243; Klunzinger: Arch. Nat., Sayin 1872,
p. 43, and Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien., liii., 1879, p. 421.

Monacanthus perulifer, Castelnau: Proc. dt Soc., Vict.,

18725 '"p. DAS,

Monacunthus margaritifer, Castelnau: Proc. Zool. Soc.,
Vict,,/ 114° 18/3, op, -80: substitute for perulifer; id.: Proc. Linn.
SOCd 7 NOB. Wa, (tle, 1G p. 247; Macleay: Proc. Linn. Soc.,
NUS. Wo vi., eels 320.

Monacanthus: Rinne Castelnau: Proc. Zool. Soc., Vict.,

, LOLS, wp. Io (preoccupied );

Witinicban ths obscurus, Castelnau: Res. Fish. Aust. (Vict.
‘Offic. Rec. Philad, Het 1875, p. 51, substitute for brunneus;
od.::. Proc, dimn., Soc., N.S.W. os baal 1879, p. 3957.

Monacanthus damelii, Giinther: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4),
-xvil., 1876, p. 402, substitute for brunneus.

Monacanthus santi-joanni, Castelnau: Proc. Linn. Soc.,
N. Oe esis re tot p. 246; Macleay : Proc. Linn. Soc!, N.S. W,,

Po eee granulatus, Waite: Rec. Aust. Mus.,
vi., 1905,.p,:80, and loe. crs, w1., 1906, p. 2G:

According to Giinther’s description of C. granulatus, the
dorsal spine has no barbs in front, though they are clearly
shown in Richardson’s figure, and are present in all the
specimens examined. Giinther’s error has led to considerable
confusion, and the species has received several names in con-
sequence. The accompanying synonymy, which appears to
be correct, has already been suggested by Castelnau and
Klunzinger in their various papers quoted.

Giinther has very doubtfully included Balistes papillosus,
Linnaeus,(4) in the synonymy of C. granulatus. That. species
as described as having 29 dorsal and 21 anal rays, whereas we
find 28-30 dorsal and 26-29 anal rays in 10 specimens; this,
together with the fact that the locality of B. papillosus was
unknown, leaves nothing to justify its association with C.
granulatus.

Loc.—Twenty specimens, 66-207 mm. long, are in the
Australian Museum collection from Port Jackson, New South
‘Wales, and Fremantle, Western Australia.

Family OSTRACIIDAE.

For particulars of the species of this family see the fol-
lowing paper, page 477 et. seq.

CAPROPYGIA UNISTRIATA, Kaup.

Station 2, 22 fathoms; Station 3, 80-140 fathoms; Sta-
tion 5, 85 fathoms; Station 6, 85 fathoms; and Station 8,
72 fathoms.

ANOPLOCAPROS GIBBOSUS, Nn. sp.

Station 4, 88-94 fathoms.
(4) Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 328.

475

ARACANA AURITA, Shaw.
Station 2, 22 fathoms, and Station 5, 85 fathoms.

ARACANA SPILOGASTER, Richardson, var. ANGUSTA, Nn. var..
Station 3, 80-140 fathoms.

Family TETRAODONTIDAE.
TETRAODON, Linnaeus, 1758.
TETRAODON ARMILLA, N. sp.

Pl. xv.
Seeeete. we. 9-11; P. 21; C. 942.
Head, measured from the upper lip to the gill-opening,,.
2°6-2°9 in the length without the caudal fin. Snout, from
the upper lip to the eye, 1°6-1'7 in ‘the head. Eye 2°4-3°5 in
the snout and 42-56 in the head. Longest dorsal rays,
2°7-2°9, anal 3-3°2, and caudal fin 1°2-1°4 in the head.

Head.—Snout subconical, without any chin. Nostrils
absent, represented by a small simple tentacle on each side.
Eye much nearer the gill-opening than the mouth and close to
the upper profile of the head. The anterior angle of the orbit
projecting slightly above the general contour; upper and
lower eyelids adnate to the ocular membrane. Margin of the
gill-opening without lobules. The inner flap usually concealed.

Body.—The skin of the back is usually smooth, some-
times slightly plicate hke that of the abdomen. It is closely
beset with minute spinules, which extend from the middle of
the snout backward to the caudal peduncle on the upper-
surface and sides, and cover the whole abdominal surface
below; these spinules cannot always be traced in formalin
specimens, being hidden in the skin, but they are quite
distinct in examples preserved in alcohol. No fold along the
lower portion of the sides.

Fins.—Dorsal and anal fins rounded, and variable in
size; they are generally short and narrow as figured, but may
be longer and broader. -Pectorals more or less bilobed, the
median rays being shorter than those above or below them.
Caudal fin much larger in the young than in adults, its margin
more or less rounded.

Colour.—Upper-surface of snout, back, and tail grey
or brown, this colour descending on to the lighter sides
behind the pectoral fins. A broad, oblique, dark band from
the eye to the lower-surface of the snout, leaving the lps
white. A large black curved band encircles the gill-opening
and pectoral fin, the enclosed area being darker than the
surrounding parts. Lower portion of the caudal fin blackish,
the remaining fins without markings. These markings vary in
their intensity, and are much more distinct in small examples:
than in larger ones.

476

Described from 12 specimens, 103-211 mm. long. The
specimen figured is 200 mm. long, and is selected as the type;
it is deposited in the South Australian Museum.

Loc.—Off Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40 fathoms;
Marsden Point, Kangaroo Island; nine to ten miles west of
Glenelg jetty, Gulf St. Vincent, 10-12 fathoms; off St.
Francis Island, Investigator Group, South Australia, 30
fathoms; off Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South
Australia, 37 fathoms; Doubtful Island Bay, South-western
Australia, 20-25 fathoms.

‘‘Simplon’’ Stations 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7, 22-140 fathoms,
Great Australian Bight.

Family DIODONTIDAE.
‘ATOPOMYCTERUS, Bleeker.
ATOPOMYCTERUS NICTHEMERUS, Cuvier.
Diodon nicthemerus, Cuvier: Mem. Mus., 1818, p. 135, pl. iv.

Atopomycterus nychthemerus, Giinther: Cat. Fish. Brit.
Mus., viil., 1870, p. 315.

Station 3, 80-140 fathoms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Puate XII.
Platycephalus (Neoplatycephalus) conatus, n. sp. Type

1. ype,
300 mm. long, Great Australian Bight, 80-120 fathoms.
», 2.° Head of type.
,, 3 Gill-rakers of first gill-arch of type.
,, 4. Gill-rakers of first gill-arch of N. macrodon, Ogil.
» & Teeth of N. conatus. Type.

Puate XITI.

Fig. 1. Kathetostoma nigrofasciatum, n. sp. Type, 220 mm.
long, Great Australian Bight, South Australia.
,, 2. Side view of same specimen as fig. 1.
,, 3. Kathetostoma laeve, Bl. Schn. Head of a specimen,
226 mm. long, New South Wales.

PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. Cantherines setosus, Waite. A specimen 196 mm. long,
between Port Hacking and Wollongong, 50-70
fathoms.

Scales of type.

Scales of a well-preserved formalin specimen.

Dorsal spine of a young specimen.

Dorsal spine of an older specimen.

,, 6. Portion of specimen from 72 fathoms, Great Australian

Bight, illustrating the effect of reduction of pressure

on the eyes.
Puate XV.

Tetraodon armilla, n. sp. Type, 200 mm. long, Great Aus-
‘tralian Bight.

Gum So 89

Vol. XXXIX., Plate XII.

s

yy ;

Medd arpag cir:

"Ly,
7
Ly ss

ro yo ®

roe

cE a ee

A. R. McCulloch, del.

Ne ep:

.

a
=
~
5
~
=
oo)
LQ
w
=
~~
=
~
=
ce
~
Y
S
=
~
~
~
~~
=
Lars |
en)
v
R
me

LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS.

“Eg

Vol, XXXIX., Plate XIII

R. McCulloch, del. Sue Saeed se

1,2. Kathetostoma nigrofasciatum, n. sp. 3. K. laeve, Bl. Schn.

GHAM TEO, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS.

&

Vol. XXXIX., Plate XIV.

A. R. McCulloch, del.

nh.

Cantherines setosus, Waite.

ol. XXXIX., Plate XV.

aa

\

sp.

Rn,

CAAA
SRW

Tetraodon armilla,

A. R. McCulloch, del.

US.

S0.A

,

SHEARS ADELAIDE

TED, PRINTERS & PUBL

sf

477

SA REVISION OF THE GENUS ARACANA AND ITS ALLIES.

By Autxian R. McCuttocn, Zoologist, Australian Museum,
“ Va
and
Epear R. Waite, Director, South Australian Museum.

[Contribution from the Australian and South Australian
Museums. |

|Read October 14, 1915.]
Puatres XVI. tro XXV.

The paper results, primarily, from an examination of the
fishes obtained during the cruise of the trawler ‘‘Simplon”’
in the Great Australian Bight, and of which a more general
‘account appears in the preceding pages (pp. 455 to 476). The
Aracanae in the Australian and South Australian Museums
have also been examined, and others obtained by the col-
lectors of the ill-fated Federal trawler ‘‘Endeavour’’ have
likewise been reviewed.

In all ninety-three specimens have been examined, which
prove the several species to be exceedingly variable in form
and colour-marking, in the development of the spines on the
carapace, and in the ornamentation of the scutes. We recog-
nize five genera, of which one is new; the others were defined
by Kaup in 1855, but were later united with Aracana, Giay,
by Giinther, which genus he further regarded as a
subgenus of Ostracion, Linnaeus. The species of the genera
Capropygia, Caprichthys, Kentrocapros, and Anoplocapros
are easily separated, but those of Aracana are not so readily
determined.

Key to the genera allied to Aracana.

a Back elevated into a ridge.
b. Tail encircled by a bony band, which may
be incomplete in the young. No supra-
orbital spine.
c. Each lateral ridge of carapace with a
single, large, straight spine, which is
Dreme and fab e.75 8 lt 2 ~6Capropygia
ec. Lateral ridges without, or with several
small spines AS 2S i i
bb. Tail not encircled by a bony band. Each
lateral ridge with a single recurved
spine. which is broad and flat. Supra-
orbital spine present or absent ... .... Caprichthys

Anoplocapros

478

aa. Back broad and flattened.

d. Two supralateral spines on each side.
Supraorbital spine present. Abdomen
keeled RET Pa mL Cray et Se ORT ge

dd. One supralateral spine on each side.
Supraorbital spine feebly developed.

Abdomen scarcely keeled Kentrocapros

Capropyeia, Kaup.

Capropygia, Kaup : Arch. fiir Naturg., xxi., 1855, p. 220°

(Acerana umstriata, Kaup).
Carapace with six ridges—a dorsal, an abdominal, two

supralateral, and two infralateral. Each lateral ridge with
a single large spine, which is broad and flat; no supraorbital
spine. Caudal peduncle with a complete ring of scutes

posteriorly. Dorsal with 12-14, anal with 12-13 rays.

CAPROPYGIA UNISTRIATA (Gray), Kaup.
EL ORyL

Acerana (Capropygia) wnistriata (Gray, MS.), Kaup: Arch..
fiir Naturg., xxi., 1855, p. 220; Giinther: Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus

viii., 1870, p. 266.
11241 4A 18h Te edad.

Length of head, from the rostral end of the carapace
to the gill-opening, 3°5-3°6, depth of body 11-13 in the

length exclusive of the caudal rays. Narrowest interorbital

width scarcely greater than the orbital diameter, which is
1°3 in the snout; snout, measured from the rostral end of the

carapace to the anterior orbital margin, 1°3-1°4 in the head.

Longest pectoral ray 1°07, dorsal 1°3, anal 1°6, and caudal

1°3 in the head.

Back and belly each with a compressed keel; lateral edges:

elevated above the general surface of the carapace. Snout
but little produced, not compressed. Forehead flat between
the eyes, the supraorbital margins more or less elevated, and

unarmed. Supralateral spine in the posterior portion of the
median third of the carapace; it is flattened, with a broad
base, and is directed outward and upward. Infralateral
spine similar but smaller, inserted below the origin of the

dorsal fin, and directed outward, downward, and backward.
Gill-opening below the hinder portion of the eye; pectoral

usually entirely behind the verticle of the eye, its anterior

portion sometimes below the hinder orbital margin.

Scutes of the carapace in close contact everywhere except
before the gill-opening, where they are slightly separated.
Their surfaces are rougher on the head than on the body, and
those on the throat are tubercular. Three or four scutes

are present behind the dorsal and anal fins, and there is a

.
,.
4
J

a;

aa

| ; 479

‘more or less complete ring of scutes around the end of the
-caudal peduncle.

| Life Colours.—Ground pale-yellow, with black spots and
bars distributed as follows:—Bases of the dorsal and anal
fins each with a large black spot, which may be divided into
two; caudal peduncle with two spots, one behind the caudal
ring, and another larger one in front of it; base of pectoral
more or less completely black, as is the fleshy area behind
the lips and the nostrils; a black band from below and behind
‘the eye to the hinder part of the carapace is usually present,
but may be incomplete or absent; a broad black ring around
each of the body spines.

Described from eight specimens, 72-106 mm. long; the
specimen figured is 90 mm. in length.

Loc.—Off the mouth of the Murray Bie South Aus-
tralia, 20 fathoms; 40 miles west of Kingston, South Aus-
tralia, 30 fathers. Spencer Gulf, South Australia, 20
fathoms; off Flinders Island, Investigator Group, South Aus-
traha, 37 fathoms; Rocky Peint, Eastern Cove, Kangaroo
Island.

@*‘Simplon’’ Station 2, 22 fathoms; Station 3, 80-140
fathoms; Station 5, 85 fathoms; Station 6, 85 fathoms;
Station 8, 72 fathoms.

ANOPLOCAPROS, Kaup.

Anoplocapros, Kaup.: Arch. fiir Naturg., xxi., 1855, p. 220
(Ostracion lenticularis, Richardson).

Carapace compressed, the back elevated into a ridge:
there are six ridges in the young, but the lateral ones usually
become obsolete in adults, while the abdominal ridge is not
always well defined. Young generally with several small
spines on the lateral ridges, which are usually wanting in
adults; no supraorbital spine. Tail encircled by. a band of
osseus scutes, which may be incomplete in the young. Dorsal
and anal fins each with about ten rays.

Key to the species of Anoplocapros.

a. Occiput not gibbous before the dorsal crest .... lenticularis
aa. Occiput gibbous before the. dorsal crest .. gibbosus

ANOPLOCAPROS LENTICULARIS, Richardson.
Pr. “xvy1y.
Ostracion lenticularis, Richardson: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1841,
Pp. 21, and Trans. Zool. Soc., iii., 1849, p. 158.
Sedrand (Anoplocapros) lenbidutaris, ee Arch. fiir Naturg.,
xxi., 1855, p. 221.
Acerana (Anoplocapros). grayi, Kaup: loc. cit.

1) For further de fails of “Simplon” Stations see pp. 457 “and
458 of previous paper.

480

Ostracion (Aracana) lenticularis, Giinther: Cat. Fish. Brit-
Mus., viii., 1870, p. 268; Macleay: Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., vil,
1881, p. 335.

Aracana lenticularis, Castelnau: Proc. Zool. Soc., Vict., ii.,
1873, p. 148, and Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., ii1., 1879, p. 401;
Waite: Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1899, p. 95, pl. xvii., fig. 2, and
pl. xviii., and Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 1902, p. 190, and loc. cit.,
vi, 1905, p. 82.

A representative series of twenty-nine specimens, 102-300
mm. long, shows that this species varies in form to an extra-
ordinary degree, some of the variations being due to the
regular changes with growth, while others are merely indi-
vidual peculiarities.

In the young, the supralateral and infralateral ridges of
the carapace are well defined, and sometimes armed with short
thick spines; both ridges and spines usually become obsolete
in adults, but are sometimes retained. Small specimens have
the scutes very rugose with widely-spaced granules, and
elevated ridges radiating from central tubercles; these ridges
become more or less reduced with age, and some large speci-
mens have the carapace uniformly and minutely granular.
The snout is always oblique in the young, and rarely also in
adults, but larger specimens generally develop a more or less
prominent hump on the snout which may make its anterior
profile almost vertical. The carapace is usually compressed,
and the back and abdomen form sharp crests; some speci-
mens, however, are much thicker, and the dorsal crest is
obtuse, while that of the abdomen is almost obsolete. The
depth varies greatly, and in two specimens, 183 and 226 mm.
long, respectively, the greatest depth is 1°4-2 in the length,
exclusive of the caudal fin.

The young and adult forms of this species have been
described in detail and illustrated by Waite. The specimen
here figured is a particularly slender example, and is evi-
dently of the form which was briefly described by Kaup as
A. grayt.

Loc. — Port Jackson, and near Sydney, New South
Wales; Shoalhaven Bight, New South Wales, 19-20 fathoms
(‘‘Thetis’’ expedition) ; off Cape Three Points, New South
Wales, 23-34 fathoms (‘‘Thetis’’ expedition); South Aus-
tralia; Fremantle and Mandurah, Western Australia.

ANOPLOCAPROS GIBBOSUS, N. sp.
Plo xvii,
D. 9-14 3) Als DO gine teens a te
Length of head 3°2, depth of body 1°4-1°6 in the length
without the caudal rays. Snout 1°2-1°3, orbit 3°2-3°3, and
narrowest interorbital width about 2 in the head. Longest

ic

481

pectoral ray 1°6-1°7, dorsal 1°7-2°1, anal 2°1-2°5, and caudal
17-18 in the head.

Form of the body variable. Snout somewhat produced
and compressed. Interorbital space concave or flattened, the
supraorbital margins somewhat elevated. The back rises
more or less abruptly from the interorbital space, generally
forming a broad occipital hump; thence it narrows, becoming
compressed into a keel on its upper and hinder portions, which
is higher in some specimens than in others. Abdominal profile
either flattened below and more or less compressed, or evenly
arched and broader. Lateral ridges obsolete, no true spines
on the carapace. Gill-opening behind or below the posterior
orbital margin; pectoral entirely behind the eye.

Scutes of the carapace in close contact everywhere except
in advance of the gill-opening, where they are more or less
separated by naked interspaces. On the head they are orna-
mented with close-set rounded granules. The body-scutes are ~
also beset with similar granules, and their centres are elevated
to form obtuse or spiniform tubercles on the lower portions
of the sides; these tubercles are well developed and widely
distributed in some specimens, but are obsolete in others. A
broad saddle-shaped scute is present behind the dorsal, and
another behind the anal fin, and there may be others irregu-
_larly placed between them; a complete ring of scutes extends
around the caudal peduncle.

Life Colours.—Ground colour yellow, tinged with pink,
with two dark-greyish areas on the back, which are bordered
with indefinite dark wavy lines; the anterior extends from
the occiput to the back, while the other covers its postero-
lateral portion, and extends forward toward the eye.

Described from four specimens, 177-250 mm. long. The
largest is selected as the type, and is the example figured.

Two young specimens, about 80 and 124 mm. long,
respectively, differ from the larger ones in their great depth
and in the pronounced sculpture of the scutes of the carapace,
while their colour-marking is greatly accentuated. The
greatest depth is 1°2 in the length, exclusive of the caudal
fin, the dorsal ridge being very high. - Prominent, elevated,
granular ridges radiate from the centre of each scute to its
angles, and the spaces between them are covered with spaced
granules; a few irregular granular nodules are situated on
the ridges on one side of one of the specimens, but are absent
on the other side. The arrangement of the colour-marking
is similar to that shown in the figure, but the dark areas are
defined by conspicuous dark-brown lines.

g

482

Loc.—Marsden Point, Kangaroo Island; Flinders Island,
Investigator Group, South Australia, 37 fathoms; Corney
Point, Spencer Gulf, South Australia.

‘“‘Simplon’’ Station 4, 88-94 fathoms.

CAPRICHTHYS, n. gen.

This genus is allied to Aracana, but differs in having
the back elevated into a ridge instead of being broad and
flattened. It is distinguished from Capropygia and Anoplo-
capros by having the caudal peduncle naked posteriorly
instead of encircled with a bony band. Carapace with six
ridges—a dorsal, an abdominal, two supralateral, and two
infralateral. Each lateral ridge with a single recurved spine,
which is broad and flat; a supraorbital spine present or
absent.

CAPRICHTHYS GYMNURA, N. sp.
Pl) xix:

2-155) AC ae ee ee, ie

Length of head, from the rostral end of the carapace to
the gill-opening, 3°3-3°5, depth of body 1°2 in the length
without the caudal rays. Narrowest interorbital width sub-
equal to the diameter of the orbit, which is 1°4-1°7 in the
snout; snout, measured from the rostral end of the carapace
to the anterior orbital margin, 1°2-1°3 in the head. Longest -
pectoral ray 1°1, dorsal 1°4-1°5, anal 1°4-1°6, and caudal
1°3-1°4 in the head.

Back and belly each with a compressed keel; the lateral
edges less pronounced though well defined. Snout somewhat
produced, a little compressed. Forehead flat between the
eyes, the orbital margins elevated; the younger specimens
have a flattened curved spine over each eye, directed upward,
outward, and backward, but the orbits are spineless in the
largest example. Spine of supralateral ridge in the anterior
portion of the hinder third of the carapace; it is flattened,
curved, and striated, and directed outward, upward, and
backward. Infralateral spine similar, inserted behind the
verticle of the upper one, and directed outward, downward,
and backward. Gill-opening below or in advance of the
verticle of the hinder orbital margin; the pectoral may be
wholly behind the eye, or the anterior portion of its base may
be placed below the posterior portion of the eye.

Scutes of the carapace in close contact in the young, but
irregularly separated on the abdomen by naked areas in the
larger example, which has also a few free scutes around the
bases of the dorsal and anal fins; those before the gill-opening
are more or less separated in all specimens. The scutes are

483

much rougher on the head than on the body, especially
around the lips and on the throat, where they become tuber-
cular; the body-scutes are ornamented with rows of granules
radiating from a central point. About three distinct scutes
are present behind the dorsal and anal fins; caudal peduncle
otherwise naked.

Colour.—Creamy-white in formaline, with more or less
numerous blackish spots and lines distributed as follows :—
Naked parts with a varying number of narrow black lines;
some large black spots on and around the bases of the body-
spines, which become smaller as they recede from them; the
greater part of the back is also spotted in one example.

Described from four specimens, 86-113 mm. long. The
example figured is 100 mm. in length, and is selected as the
type. ;
dg Loe.—Doubtful Island Bay, South-western Australia,
20-25 fathoms; between Cape Naturaliste and Geraldton,
Western Australia.

ARACANA, Gray.

Ostracion, subgenus Aracana, Gray: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Bs ie p. 110; Giinther: Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii., 1870,
p. 266.

Platycanthus, Swainson: Nat. Hist. Classif. Fishes, ii., 1839,
pp. 194, 324 (P. auratus, Shaw).

Acerana, Kaup.: Arch, fiir Naturg., xxi., 1855, p. 219
(misprint).

Carapace with five more or less distinct ridges—two supra-
lateral, two infralateral, and an abdominal. A supraorbital
and two supralateral spines on each side; a mediolateral, and
one to four infralateral spines are more or less developed,
Caudal peduncle with broad saddle-shaped scutes, which may
form an osseous ring around the base of the tail. Dorsal with
9-11, anal with 10-11 rays.

Type.—According to Giinther (loc. cit., p. 267), the name
Aracana was first used by Gray in his ‘Illustrations of Indian
Zoology,’’ published about 1829, for a fish which he figured
as A. aurita, Richardson. He later considered that his figure
represented a distinct species, which he called A. reevesw, and
which must therefore be accepted as the type of the genus.
Unfortunately Gray’s figure is not available to us, so we rely
upon Giinther in the above statement.

The species of Aracana are subject to considerable varia-
tion in form, development of the spines, ornamentation of the
scutes, and colour-markings. We have examined a series of
twenty-five specimens of different sizes from various locali-
ties, and find them to be separable into several groups; but

which of these groups represent species, subspecies, sexual
Q2

484

forms, or merely varieties we are unable to say. Kent ‘2) has
described and roughly figured two very differently-marked
specimens as A. ornata and A. aurita, which he regards as
sexual forms of the one species. His figures are very crude,
and do not quite agree with any specimens in our series,
and as he offers no proof of his contention, we suggest that
the two names be retained until further information is
available.
Key to the species of Aracana.

a. Supraorbital spines inclined more or less

backward.
A Oaudal ‘tot ornate 2048 Bek aia ASR eee
. Caudal ornate. spilogaster
i Body subcircular, more than half as deep
as long.
d. One mediolateral, two infralateral
spines jen eee tee Jd Oo peak nee
dd. Two mediolateral, four infralateral
spines var. spinosissima
cc. Body ovate, ‘Jess than half as ; deep as
long ... var. angusta

aa. Supraorbital spines “inclined “upward and
slightly forward.

e. Dark bars on caudal peduncle paired,

much broader than the light interspaces.

Snout subvertical in adults, oblique in

the young.
f. Sides of carapace with numerous poly-
gonal spots; caudal fin ornate ... . ornata
ff. Sides of carapace with broad bars, not
spots; caudal fin plain 2 ornata, var.

ee. Dark bars of caudal peduncle not paired,
usually narrower than the light inter-
spaces; snout oblique; caudal fin plain flavigaster

ARACANA AURITA, Shaw.
Pit =x.

Ostracion auritus, Shaw: Nat. Miscel., ix., 1798, pl.
cccxxxvili., and Gen. Zool., v., pt. 2, 1804, p. 429, pl. elxxiil. :
Bloch and Schneider: Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 561.

Ostracion (Aracana) auritus, Gray: Illustr. Ind. Zool.,
1829(?), pl. xevili., fig. 2; Gray: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1., 1838,
p. 110; Richardson: Trans. Zool. Soc., iil., 1849, p. 160; pl im
figs. 1 ‘and 2; Bleeker: Verh. Akad. Amstrdm. ; ri be 1855, p. 26;
Giinther: Cat. car Brit. Mus., viti., 1870, 266; Macleay:
Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., vi., 1881, p. 334 ; Tohanioe: Proc. Roy.
Soc., Tasm., 1882 (1883), p. 136, and 1890 (1891), p. 38; Lucas:
Proc. Roy. Soc., Viet. (2). ar, 1890, p. 41.

Aracana aurita, He fatibikierer Ave fir Naturg., xXXXviil.,
1872, p. 43, and Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien., Ixxx., 1879, p. 424;
Castelnau : Proc. Zool. Soc., Vict., ii., 1873, p. 147; Hutton:

(2) Kent: Naturalist in Australia,’’ 1897, p. 187, chromo
pl. vii., figs. a-c

485

Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., v., 1873, p. 271; Waite: Rec.
Austr. Mus., vi., 1905, p. 82; Fowler: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philad., 1907 (1908), p. 4389.

Acerana aurita, Kaup: Arch. fiir Naturg., xxi., 18565,
p. 219.

Ostracion quatuordecim aculeatus, Lacépéde: Ann. Mus.
Hist. Nat., iv., 1804, pp. 202, 211, pl. lviii., fig. 1.

Ostracion striatus, Shaw: Gen. Zool., v., pt. 2, 1804, p. 430.)

Ostracion tobinu, Donovan: Nat. Repos., ii., 1824, pl. Ixvi.(4)

Ostracion (Aracana) lineatus, Gray: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
i., 1838, p. 110.

Ostracion (Aracana) reevesii, Gray: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
i., 1838, p. 111.)

Serene a 10-11; P. 1410-11; C. 11-12.

Length of head 3°4-3°5, depth 1°3-1°7 in the length
excluding the caudal rays. Narrowest interorbital width
- 2°3-2°4 in the head, and greater than the orbital diameter,
which is 2°7-3°3 in the head. Longest pectoral ray 1°5-1°7,
dorsal 1°4-1°6, anal 1°7-1°8, and median caudal rays 1°5 in
the head.

Form very variable, principally owing to the different
development of the abdomen; in the large specimen, figured
on pl. xx., it is strongly compressed, and forms a deep
rounded keel, but in a narrower example the keel is scarcely
developed. Snout oblique, not gibbous. Interorbital space
flat mesially, but the supraorbital margins are strongly
elevated, making it appear concave. Back almost flat in
front, sometimes forming a low crest behind. Gill-opening
just behind the verticle of the eye in the young, farther back
in adults. Spines variable in form, being either short and
somewhat thickened, or elongate and strongly compressed.
Supraorbital spine inclined slightly outward and backward.
Two supralateral spines on each side. Mediolateral spine
situated below or slightly behind the verticle of the hinder
supralateral one. Two infralateral spines usually present, but
one or both are occasionally absent; the anterior is below the

(3) Ostracion striatus, Shaw. This name was founded on a
drawing, which Shaw himself considered possibly represented his
0. auritus.

(4) Ostracion tobinit, Donovan. This name was offered as a
substitute for O. auritus and O. striatus, Shaw, which were
regarded as unsatisfactory.

(5) Ostracion (Aracana) reevesii, Gray, was proposed for a fish
figured in Gray’s ‘‘Illustrations of Indian Zoology” as A. aurita,
but later regarded as a distinct species. It was reunited with
A. aurita by Giinther.

486

interspace of the supralateral spines and far behind the
pectoral base.‘

Carapace uniformly granular in most larger specimens,
but in some, including all smaller examples, the scutes are
ornamented with radiating lines of larger granules. The
scutes are widely separated in front of the gill-opening, and
sometimes also on the abdomen near the vent. One or two
large saddle-shaped scutes are present behind the dorsal and
anal fins, and others form a more or less complete ring around
the caudal peduncle. Dorsal and anal fins either somewhat
angular or rounded; caudal slightly emarginate, truncate, or
rounded.

Colour.—Creamy-yellow in formalin, with a varying
number of dark lines which are more or less sinuous, and-
anastomosing on the supero-posterior portions of the sides;
they are almost horizontal on the sides of the snout, and are
nowhere wider than the lighter interspaces. Bases of the
fins with oblique dark bars, their rayed portions plain.

Described from eleven specimens, 77-205 mm. long; the
proportional measurements are those of the narrowest and
broadest specimens, one of the latter being figured.

Loc.—Tasmania; off the east coast of Flinders Island,
Bass Strait; 40 miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 30
fathoms; off the mouth of the Murray River, South Aus-
tralia, 20 fathoms; Gulf St. Vincent, South Australia ;
Fremantle, Western Australia.

‘‘Simplon’’ Station 2, 22 fathoms, and Station 5,
85 fathoms.

ARACANA AURITA, Shaw, (?) young.
1 loge 6.4 B

Fourteen young examples, 22-47 mm. long, resemble 4.
aurita in their general colour-marking. The smallest speci-
mens, one of which is figured on pl. xxi., are almost globular,
with the sides a little compressed ; the back and abdomen are
rounded. The scutes are very distinct and irregular; the
centre of each is elevated into a rounded tubercle, from which
raised ridges radiate towards the centres of each adjoining
scute, and fine radiating striae cover the entire surface. No
spines are developed, but their positions are indicated by

(6) None of our specimens has a third infralateral spine below
or in advance of the pectoral fin, and they agree with Shaw’s
description and figure in this respect. Richardson figures two
specimens as A. aurita, in which, however, these spines are pre-
sent; as his illustrations seem to agree with Shaw’s species in
other details, it is probable that the presence or absence of these
spines is not of specific value. Ostracion quatuordecim aculeatus,
Lacépéde, also has subpectoral spines.

487

enlarged tubercles. The eye is very large, and the nostrils *
are prominent and tubular. The fins are similar to
those of larger specimens, but their rays are either simple or
bifurcate.

As the fish grows the striations on the scutes become less
pronounced, and give way to scattered granules. The en-
larged tubercles become more spiniform, and the general form
and proportions alter to those of the adult. The dark stripes
on the carapace and tail are few in number and widely spaced
in the smallest specimens, but in others 47 mm. long, they
do not differ from those of the adult A. aurita.

Loc.—Gulf St. Vincent, South Australia; Western Port,
Victoria.
ARACANA SPILOGASTER, Richardson.
Ostracion (Aracana) spilogaster, Richardson: Proc. Zool.

Soc., 1840, p. 27, and Trans. Zool. Soc., iii., 1849, p. 163, pl. x.,
fig. 1; Bleeker: Verh. Akad. Amstrdm., ii., 1855, p. 27.

meg0-t1- A. 10-11: P.-1+ 10: C. 11.

Length of head 3°3, depth of body 1°5-1'7 in the
length without the caudal fin. Narrowest interorbital width
2°2-2°4 in the head, almost equal to the orbital diameter,
- which is 2°4 in the head. Longest pectoral ray 1°5, dorsal
15, and median caudal rays 1°3 in the head.

Snout oblique. Interorbital space flat, but the supra-
orbital ridges are elevated, making it appear concave. Back
almost flat anteriorly, sometimes obscurely keeled posteriorly.
Gill-cpening behind the verticle of the hinder orbital margin.
Supraorbital spine inclined backward, and more or less out-
ward. Two supralateral spines on each side; a mediolateral
spine is placed below or a little in advance of the verticle
of the posterior supralateral one. Two infralateral spines,
which are sometimes but little developed ; the anterior is below
the interspace of the supralaterals, and well behind the base
of the pectoral fin.

Carapace covered with small rounded granules, which
are usually more numerous on the lighter parts than on the
dark (blue) lines and spots; this character is particularly
marked on the sides of the snout. A large saddle-shaped
scute is present behind the dorsal and anal fins, and others
form a more or less complete ring around the base of the
tail; numerous irregular smaller scutes are scattered over the
sides of the caudal peduncle.

Colour.—Carapace and tail with numerous broad and
more or less sinuous light-blue stripes, which are generally
broken up into rounded spots on the sides; abdomen with a
network of blue lines enclosing golden spots. Caudal fin

488

ornate, with broad blue bars between the rays, which are

united with an intramarginal loop of the same colour.
Described from eight specimens, 143-200 mm. long.
Loc.—Tasmania; Gulf St. Vincent, South Australia.

ARACANA SPILOGASTER, Richardson.
var. SPINOSISSIMA, N. var.
PL aaa.

An example, 160 mm. long, differs from the typical form
of A. spilogaster only in the excessive development of the
spines of the carapace. There are two mediolateral spines on
each side, though the posterior one of the left side is only.
rudimentary. The infralateral ridges are armed with four
spines; in addition to the normal two, there is one below
the gill-opening and another smaller one below the hinder
portion of the pectoral fin.

We have no doubt that this is merely a variation of
A. spilogaster.

Loc.—Tasmania.

ARACANA SPILOGASTER, Richardson.
var. ANGUSTA, Nl. var.
PL sea.

D. 105 Ae tg Ses

Length of head, from the snout to the gill-opening, 3°4,
depth of body 1°7 in the length without the caudal fin.
Narrowest interorbital width almost equal to the orbital
diameter, which is 2°7 in the head. Longest pectoral ray 1°4,
dorsal 1°3, anal 1°5, and caudal fin 1°1 in the head.

Snout oblique, slightly convex. Interorbital space flat,
but the supraorbital margins are considerably elevated,
making it appear concave. Back broad, almost flat.
Abdomen compressed into a keel, its profile evenly arched
from the snout to the caudal peduncle. Supraorbital spine
well developed, inclined strongly backward and outward.
Two supralateral spines on each side, and a strong medio-
lateral one situated slightly in advance of the verticle of the
posterior supralateral one. Three infralateral spines; the
anterior is the smallest and is placed below the anterior base
of the pectoral, and the second is a little behind the verticle
of the anterior supralateral spine.

Carapace uniformly granular except around the gill-
opening, whence there is a naked space extending forward
to the snout. Saddle- -shaped scutes are present behind the
dorsal and anal fins, and others form a nearly complete ring
around the base of the tail; small irregular scutes are also

489

present on the lower parts of the caudal peduncle. Dorsal
and anal fins obscurely angular, their hinder margins almost
straight. Middle portion of caudal fin emarginate, the outer
lobes rounded.

Colour.—Sides of head, body, and tail with sinuous dark
(blue) lines, which are not so broad as the light interspaces ;
very indefinite intermediate bars can be traced on the sides
of the snout, portions of the body, and on the caudal
peduncle. The dark bars become broken up into spots on
the upper parts of the sides, and they give place to a network
of light-blue lines on the abdomen. Caudal ornate, with an
intramarginal dark band, with which several irregular dark
inter-radial bars are connected.

Described and figured from a specimen 180 mm. long.

A second example, of about the same length, differs
in the form of the dark bars on the carapace and in having
the spines but little developed. The supraorbital, medio-
lateral, and two infralateral spines are rudimentary, and the
anterior infralateral spine is absent. The dark bars on the
body and tail are much broader than the lighter interspaces,
and are defined by a narrow darker line on each margin.
This is evidently a variation of the form described above.

Loc.—East of Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

“Simplon’’ Station 3, 80-140 fathoms.

ARACANA ORNATA, Gray.
Peexiy,
_ _Ostracion (Aracana) ornata, Gray: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1., 1838, p. 110; Richardson: Trans. Zool. Soc., iii., 1849, p. 165,
oom, up. 2; Hollard: Ann. Sci. Nat., (4), vii., 1857, p. 142
(O. nasus, MS.).

Aracana ornata, Giinther: Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii., 1870,
p. 267; Castelnau: Proc. Zool. Soc., Vict., i., 1872, p. 246;
Macleay: Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., vi., 1881, p. 334; Johnston:
Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasm., 1882 (1883), p. 136, and 1890 (1891), p. 38;
Kent: ‘‘Naturalist in Australia,’’ 1897, p. 187, chromo pl. vii.,
figs. a-c.

ott A 10-1 +9-10; C.-T1.

Length of head 3°08-3°5, depth of body 1°4-1'5 in the
length without the caudal rays. Snout, measured from the
orbital margin to the lips, 1°3-1'5 in the head. Narrowest
interorbital width a little greater than the orbital diameter,
which is 2°5 in the head. Longest pectoral ray 1°4-1°5,
dorsal 1°2-1°5, anal 1°5-1°7, and median caudal ray 1°5-1'6
in the head.

Snout compressed, its anterior profile oblique in the
young, subvertical and elevated above into a prominent
hump in larger specimens. Interorbital space flat, the supra-
orbital margins slightly raised. Back broad, almost flat, and

490

evenly arched: Abdomen compressed into a keel, its profile
more or less evenly arched from the mouth to the vent. A
very long compressed spine above the middle of each eye is
directed upward, and sometimes slightly forward. Two
similar but smaller spines are present on each side of the
back. Another on the middle of the side, well behind the
pectoral fin. Lower lateral ridge obsolete, its usual position
indicated by two or three spines; the first below the posterior
base of the pectoral fin, the last below the base of the dorsal
fin, and a smaller one, usually present, midway between these
two.

Carapace uniformly granular, its scutes not clearly
defined. Abdominal surface more or less deeply and irregu- -
larly grooved. Imperfect scutes are present behind the dorsal
and anal fins, and on the upper and lower surfaces of the end
of the caudal peduncle. Anterior dorsal and anal rays very
slightly produced in some specimens, forming a distinct angle
to the margins of the fins.

Colour.—Entire carapace and tail ornamented with
polygonal spots and paired brownish bars on a light ground-
colour of pale-blue, white, or pale-yellow. The sides of the
snout bear more or less numerous oblique bars, which also
extend over the sides of the abdomen, where they are some-
times irregular and vermiculate. The polygonal spots on the
sides of the carapace form distinct rows in some specimens,
but are more irregular in others, and each usually has a
central blue spot. Caudal peduncle and bases of dorsal and
anal fins with dark paired stripes, separated by narrow blue
streaks, and disposed more or less horizontally; the inter-
spaces are pale-blue or white. Anterior portions of dorsal
and anal fins darker. Caudal with blue inter-radial bars,
which are symmetrically disposed and connected by an intra-
marginal series of loops; these bars are defined by darker
lines, and vary in form; they are scarcely developed in our
smallest specimen.

Two young specimens, 87 and 93 mm. long, respectively,
differ in having the sides of the carapace marked with brown
bars, similar to those on the snout, abdomen, and tail, instead
of being ornamented with polygonal spots. The caudal fin
is almost or quite plain.

Described from fourteen specimens, 87-114 mm. long,
the largest of which is figured.

Kent regarded this species as the male form of A. aurita,
though he offered but little proof of his contention. We are
unable to examine the sexual organs of our specimens, and
in the absence of more definite information prefer to keep the
two forms separate.

491

Loc.—East of Flinders Island, Bass Strait, 40 fathoms ;
off the mouth of the Murray River, South Australia, 20
fathoms; Glenelg, Gulf St. Vincent, South Australia; nine
to 10 miles west of Glenelg, Gulf St. Vincent, 10-12 fathoms ;
Henley Beach, Gulf St. Vincent.

Klunzinger ‘7 has recorded A. ornata from Port Darwin,
but this locality is doubtless incorrect. As far as known, the
species is confined to Victoria, South Australia, and
Tasmania.

ARACANA FLAVIGASTER, Gray.
Pit seey:

Ostracion (Aracana) flavigaster, Gray: Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., 1., 1838, p. 110; Richardson: Trans. Zool. Soc., ii1., 1849,
me 204, pl. xi., fig. 1.

Acerana flavigastra, Kaup: Arch fiir Naturg., xxi., 1855,
p. 219.

Aracana flavigastra, Fowler: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,
1907 (1908), p. 489.

Aracana amoena, Castelnau: Proc. Zool. Soc., Vict., i., 1872,
p. 207; Macleay: Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., vi., 1881, p. 3365.

eee 10-11; P-1+10;.C. 11.

Length of head 3°07-3°2, depth of body 1°4 in the
length without the caudal rays. Narrowest interorbital width
1°9-2°05 in the head, and greater than the orbital diameter,
which is 2°3-2°6 in the head. Longest pectoral ray 1°4,
dorsal 1°3, anal 1°5, and median caudal ray 1°4 in the
head.

Snout slightly compressed, oblique, gibbous above in
larger specimens. Interorbital space flat, the supraorbital
margins scarcely elevated. Back broad, almost flat. Abdomen
compressed, keeled; its profile variable, being almost evenly
arched in our largest specimen, and more or less flattened in
the smaller ones. A long compressed spine above the middle
of each eye, directed upward and sometimes slightly forward.
Two large compressed supralateral spines inclined backward.
A large mediolateral spine is present in the small specimens,
but is reduced in the larger one. Two or three infralateral
spines, the anterior placed below the hinder base of the
pectoral fin, and the posterior below the dorsal fin; a smaller
one may be present midway between these two, but is wanting
in the largest example, and the other spines are reduced.

Carapace uniformly granular. The scutes are rather
widely separated in front of the gill-opening, and somewhat
irregular naked areas are present on the posterior portion of
the back and abdomen. Small scutes are present behind the
dorsal and anal fins, and on the upper and lower surfaces of

()Klunzinger: Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien., Ixxx., p. 424.

492

the caudal peduncle. Anterior dorsal and anal fins a little
produced; caudal either truncate, slightly emarginate, or
slightly rounded, according to the extension of the exterior
rays.

: Colour.—Sides of carapace and caudal peduncle with
more or less sinuous dark bars, which become irregular and
anastomosing on the supero-posterior portions of the sides;
they are variable in number, there being about twelve on each
side in a small and twenty- one in a larger specimen; they
are oblique on the sides of the snout and about as wide as or
slightly wider than the light interspaces, but are almost
horizontal on the sides and on the caudal peduncle, and
usually become broader on the latter. Bases of the dorsal, —
anal, and pectoral fins with oblique dark bars, which vary in
number and disposition. Fins plain, the anterior dorsal and
anal rays slightly darkened.

Described from five specimens, 101-135 mm. long. The
smallest is in general agreement with Richardson’s figure,
though the dark bands are not wider than the interspaces as
he shows them, and the abdomen is less angular, and its depth
not so great. Our largest specimen, which is figured, differs
in having the bands more numerous and the snout gibbous
in front of the eyes.

Giinther has united A. flavigaster with A. ornata, basing
his opinion upon an examination of the types of both forms.
We scarcely think the specimens here described and figured
can be regarded as forms of A. ornata, since they differ from
that species in having the snout oblique instead of subtruncate
in adults, and the dark bars on the caudal peduncle single
instead of in pairs. If A. flavigaster is correctly associated
with A. ornata, our specimens should apparently be identified
as 4. amoena, Castelnau.

Loc.—Tamar River, Tasmania; off the mouth of the
Murray River, South Australia, 20 fathoms; nine to ten miles
west of Glenelg, Gulf St. Vincent, 10-12 fathoms.

KENTROCAPROS, Kaup.

Acerana, subgenus Kentrocapros, Kaup: Arch. fiir Naturg.,
1855, xxi., p. 220 (Ostracion heaagonus, Thunberg).

This genus is apparently valid. It is allied to Aracana,
having the carapace flat above, but the supralateral ridge
bears only one large spine; there is a mediolateral ridge armed
willi more or less numerous spines, and the abdomen is
scarcely keeled.

Ostracion hexagonus, Thunberg, is synonymous with
O. aculcatus, Houttuyn, according to Giinther and Jordan and

A. R. McCulloch, del.

Vol. XXXIX., Plate XVI.

Pe ati

ae ee
he ee a
i. | eo

Capropygia unistriata, Kaup.

Vol. XXXIX., Plate XVII.

Fae
oe
ey

A. R. McCulloch, del.

Anoplocapros lenticularis, Richardson, var. grayt, Kaup.

Vol. XXXIX., Plate XVIII.

A. R. Mec ( ulloch, del.

4

rae |

one
4G

Org

<

EE
“ek

£

_

noplocapros

Sw .
WMA

BI

SS

ts
wages

gibbosus, n. sp.

me Re. McCulloch, del.

Caprichthys

gymnura,

1

gen.

Vol. XXXIX., Plate XIX.

and sp.

GHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS

Vol. XXXIX., Plate XX.

seentiesoris
ee

=
eee
es

A. R. McCulloch, dei.

A LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. Au

eee)

are,

—

e

pees

Caer.
mi

Sod

of

abe

RRQecvck

= R. McCulloch, de].

ita, juv., Shaw.

UCUANda AUrt

Ay

AUS.

ISHERS ADELAIDE, SO.

NGHAM LIMITED PR,NTERS & PUB

HUSSEY & G

Vol) 2 ARI. Plate XO,

‘ulloch, de?

Aracana spilogaster, Richardson, var. spinosissima, n. |

R. MeCulloch, del.

Aracana

Vol. XXXIX., Plate XXIII.

\

R.

MecCullech, def.

WH

Vol. XXXIX., Plate XXIV.

bh pd
eh

Aracana ornata. Gray.

a wa a *e) i

Volv XXXIX., Plate XXV.

RNAAVVS

Ss
SSS

SS
SQ

Or

\+*
RS
WOH!

ERE ah AE
S Sw

ay.

.e

1
x1

Aracana flavigaster, (

493
. Fowler,‘® but the latter authors have erroneously placed it in
the subgenus Capropygia. Aracana spilonota, Gilbert, also
belongs to the genus Kentrocapros.

; ;

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Pratt XVI.

Capropygia unistriata, Kaup. Specimen 90 mm. long,
Investigator Group, South Australia, 37 fathoms.

Pratt XVII.

Anoplocapros lenticularis, Richardson, var. grayi, Kaup.
Specimen 230 mm. long, Port Jackson, New South Wales.

Pirate XVIII.

Anoplocapros gibbosus, n. sp. Type, 250 mm. long, Investi-
gator Group, South Australia, 37 fathoms.

PratE XIX.

Caprichthys gymnura, gen. et. sp. nov. Type, 100 mm. long,
Doubtful Island Bay, South-western Australia, 20-25 fathoms.

PratE XX.
Araccna aurita, Shaw. Specimen 205 mm. long, off Flinders
Island, Bass Strait.
Pirate, XXII.

Aracana aurita, Shaw. (?) Young specimen 22 mm. long,
Western Port, Victoria.
Pirate XXII.

Aracana spilogaster, Richardson, var. spinosissima, nov.
Type of variety, 160 mm. long, Tasmania.

Pirate XXIII.

Aracana spilogaster, Richardson, var. angusta, nov. Type
of variety, 180 mm. long, east of Flinders Island, Bass Strait.

PiLate XXIV.

Aracana ornata, Gray. Specimen 114 mm. long, Mouth of
the Murray River, South Australia, 20 fathoms.

{ Prats XXV.

Arucana flavigaster, Gray. Specimen 135 mm. long, Tamar
River estuary, Tasmania.

(8) Jordan and Fowler: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxv., 1902,
Pp. 283-284; Tanaka: Fig. Descr. Fish. Japan, vii., "1912, D- 119,

Xxxi. and xxxii.

(9) Gilbert: Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm., 1903, ii. (1905), p. 626,
fig. 242.

494

THE NATIVES OF MAILU: PRELIMINARY RESULTS OF THE
ROBERT MOND RESEARCH WORK IN BRITISH NEW
GUINEA.

By B. Matinowsx1, Ph.D., Cracow,
Robert Mond Travelling Student in the University of London.

(Communicated by Dr. Stirling, C.M.G., F.R.S.)
[Read October 14, 1915.]
PuaTES XXVI. tro XLITI.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PREFACE te am a3 iss ee se Be tbe

INTRODUCTION.

Prof. Seligman’s Classification of the Papuo-Melanesians;
the Mailu Problen—The Natives of Mailu, or Toulon
Island, and the Mailu-speaking Inhabitants of the
Mainland—The Ethnic Position of the Mailu; their
Relation to the Motu-speaking Tribes; Use of the
Motuan Language—Remarks on the Conditions of
Work and on the Methods of presenting the Material 497

CHAPTER I.

GEOGRAPHY.

The Country of the Mailu; Rainfall; Rivers; Flora and
Fauna; Reefs; Quarries—The Villages—The Neus

bours of the Mailu ... 503
CHAPTER II.
Sec. SocraL Divisions.
1. The Tribe. General Remarks—The Mailu Tribe and the
Relations between the Different Villages ie oe

2. The Village Community. The Type of the Mailu
Villages; Surroundings; Village une Vil-
lage Community as a Social Unit - bis

3. The Dibu (Clan and Subclan). Daseriiion. of ihe
Clan, the Subclan, and their Relation; the Clubhouse

— Sociological Character of the Clan and Subclan ... 517
4. The Household and the Family; Kinship. Household
and Family—-Houses and Housebuilding—Kinship ... 521

CHAPTER Itt.
Sec. TripaL Lire
1. Daily Life. Division of Day tine Sleapine—taneme
Dress, Cleanliness —_ Meals — Vevéni Custom — Food:
Raw Materials and Preparation—Cooking and Dishing-
up—Sago Dishes and Coconut Cream—Narcotics ... 537
2. Village Life. The Seasons and their Influence upon the
Social Life of the Natives—Normal Life in the
Village ... sr oe oa rf ie a .. 604

495
Page.
3. Sexual Life and Marriage. Sexual Life before Marriage
: —General Remarks about Marriage—Marriage in its
: Individual Aspect; Marriage Ceremonies—Relations
between a Man and his Wife’s Family as established
by Marriage—Essentials of the Marriage Contract ... 559
4. Children and their Play. Birth and infancy SOidldhaod
and Initiation of Boys—Play and Games—Toy Boats
and Sailing Games of the Boys ... alate 3 oe"
5. Regulation of Public Infe; Legal Tiseutions: Gora
(Taboo). _ General Remarks—Rudimentary Measurers
corresponding to Criminal Law—Taboo ((é6ra) 2 eae
6. Warfare and Headhunting _... ‘a ae an .. 688

CHAPTER IV.
Sec. Economics.

1. Land and Gardens. Land Tenure—Garden Making—
The Coconut and Betelnut—Use made of some Jungle

Plants... oh a He oa ie 2 pekial elee
2. Hunting .... ah: att a a 4 5 ve) OE
3. Fishing Eke 606
4. Transport and Trade. Tebroductory emis ee Deccrip:

tion of Native Canoes and of Native pasta) wnorshty

of Canoes—Trading Expeditions ... 612
5. Forms of Work. General eee" Comuvial: Tea hone

—Sexual Division of Labour a .. 629
6. Property and Inheritance. Patodactony Berke

Communism—Native View of Economic Value—
Inheritance Be 634

7. Industries. ealedductory Bet ele = Pottery Arm- anal
and other Shell Ornaments—Baskets—Stone ce 7
ments—Carvings nas 640.
CHAPTER V.
Sec. MAGIco-RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES AND BEreErs.

1. Dreadful Beings; Spirits; Sorcery. Fear of Darkness—
Nature of the Dreaded Beings; the Bard’u—Spirits

of the Dead—Karavéni; O’o as ig Po si GATE
2. Magic. Black Mae White Magic peer aonee to
Individuals—Magic of General Usage ... : 654

3. The Feast (Madina). Sociological ioctiatice os ‘ine
Feast—Connection between the Feast and the Dance
performed at it—Changes in Village Life when the
Feast approaches—Series of Minor Feasts and Pre-
parations for a Govi Maduina—The Main Feast—Parts
played by Different Social Divisions in the Feast ... 664

4. Death, Burial, and Mourning. General Remarks—The
Mourners—The Mourning—Weeping for the Dead, and
Burial; Mortuary Feasts—After Tale Kina! Mortuary
Feast and Treatment of the Skull of the Deceased ... 685

CHAPTER VI.
Sec. ArT AND KNOWLEDGE.
1. Art. Decorative Art—Dances and Songs ... 697

2. Knowledge. Knowledge of Stars and Weather—Know-
ledge of Disease and Doctoring ... 3708

496

PREFACE.

The ethnological information presented in this memoir
was collected during a stay of six months in Papua, from
the beginning of September, 1914, till the end of February,
1915. The expedition was suggested by my friend and
teacher, Prof. C. G. Seligman, and its organization and
scientific direction has also been in his hands. I owe him a
further debt of gratitude in that he has made himself respon-
sible for the financing of the expedition, the funds for which
were to a great extent supplied by Mr. Robert Mond,

F.R.S.E., the well-known scientist and benefactor of science. —

In every way I am under the greatest obligation to Prof.
Seligman, and I hope my work will prove not altogether
unworthy of the great trouble and kind care he has taken
to make it possible.

I would not have been able to conduct my investigations
with any hope of success without the kind and very effective
assistance given me by the Federal Department of External
Affairs, and by the Papuan Government. Both Mr. Atlee
Hunt, C.M.G., Secretary to the Commonwealth Department
of External Affairs in Melbourne, and His Excellency Judge
J. H. P. Murray, Lieutenant-Governor of British New Guinea.
have taken a friendly interest in my work and have given
me the best opportunities for carrying it out. To both these
gentlemen my sincere thanks are due.

For much help in my investigations I have to thank
the Hon. H. W. Champion, Secretary to the Papuan Govern-
ment, and Dr. W. M. Strong, of Port Moresby.

I also owe much to the kindness of the Resident Magis- —
trates of the Divisions which I visited—Mr. L. P. B. Armit,
of Abéu; Mr. C. B. Higginson, of Samarai; and Mr. A. H.
Symons, of Woodlark Island.

In actual field work I have been greatly helped by the
Rev. W. J. V. Saville, of the London Missionary Society,
missionary in Mailu, and by Mr. Alfred Greenaway, a resi-
dent of long standing in that district. I had also the good
fortune to meet Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S., in the field
during his short visit to Mailu.

Prof. E. C. Stirling, C.M.G., F.R.S., of Adelaide, has
read and corrected my manuscript and given me his invaluable
advice on many points. He has also undertaken to edit this
memoir. I owe him personally and scientifically more than
mere words of acknowledgment can express.

Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer, C.M.G., F.R.S., of Mel-
bourne, whose investigations have marked an epoch in ethno-
logy, gave me the benefit of his unique experience in field
work. The personal interest he has been good enough to show

497

an the work of a beginner has been the greatest encouragement
I could have received.

My thanks are due to Dr. R. Pulleine, of Adelaide; to
Mr. C. Hedley, F.L.S., of the Australian Museum; and to
Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.S., Lecturer on Geology in the Uni-
versity of Adelaide, for much help given me in connection
with the publication of this memoir.

The drawings in the text have been executed by Miss
P. F. Clarke, partly from actual specimens and partly from
rough sketches made in the field.

Some parts of the manuscript might have been amplified
by adding comparative notes and by incorporating such in-
formation as has been obtained among the kindred and
neighbouring tribes, the Southern Massim to the east and the
Sinaugholo and Motu to the west. I hope, however, that
I shall be able to collect some more material, especially
among the Southern Massim of Swd’u and Boénaboéna, and I
am eager to resume field work as soon as possible.

Bech

Samarai, Papua, June 9, 1915.

INTRODUCTION.

Seligmun’s Classification of the Papuo-Melanesians; the
Mailu Problem .—tin his well-known treatise on the ‘‘Melanesians
of British New Guinea,’’ Prof. Seligman has laid the founda-
tions of Papuo-Melanesian ethnology. He classifies the natives
of the territory in the following manner, taking into account
physical, linguistic, and cultural data. Calling all the inhabi-
tants of the ‘‘Great Island’’ Papuasians, he says: —‘‘The term
Papuan will be limited to the, geographically, more western
Papuasians, a congeries of frizzly-haired, and often mop-
headed, peoples, whose skin-colour is some shade of brownish-
black. The eastern Papuasians—that is, the, generally,
smaller, lighter coloured, frizzly-haired races of the eastern
peninsula of New Guinea and its archipelagos—now require
a name, and, since the true Melanesian element is dominant in
them, they may be called Papuo-Melanesians.”’

These latter (the Papuo-Melanesians) present again two
entirely different types, both from the anthropological (phy-
sical) and ethnological (cultural) points of view. In this
pamphlet I shall adopt Prof. Seligman’s classification and
terminology and, with him, “shall call the two great divisions
of the Papuo-Melanesians the Massim (Eastern Papuo-Melane-
‘sians) and the Western Papuo-Melanesians respectively.’ @)

_@C. G. Seligman: “The Melanesians of British New
Guinea.’”? Cambridge, 1910, pp. 1 and 2

(2) Loc. cit.

498

In his book, Prof. Seligman has given the results of his:
researches among five different tribes, or groups of tribes.
These may be considered representative of the different cultural
types found in the Papuo-Melanesian area. The Loro-
speaking people and the M/ckeo are typical of the most westerly
of the Western Papuo-Melanesians. Their culture shows signs
of some modification, due to the influence of pure Papuan
tribes in their neighbourhood. The Aoita, described in the
first part of Prof. Seligman’s work, represent a perfect type of
the pure Western Papuo-Melanesian culture, as it exists
amongst the bulk of tribes inhabiting the (administrative)
Central Division of the Territory. The two last parts of the
treatise deal with the two subdivisions of the Massim, the
Northern Massim, who inhabit the Trobriand Islands and
Woodlark Island, and the Southern Massim, who live in the
extreme eastern end of the mainland and on the islands which
run south-eastwards from it—the d’Entrecasteaux Group, the
Louisiades, and the minor groups lying around and between.
Thus we owe to Prof. Seligman a complete picture of the
ethnographical area covered by the term Papuo-Melanesian.

Prof. Seligman says, however, in the introduction to his.
book :—‘‘Very little is known concerning the population of the
country between Aréma and Mullins Harbour, in the neigh-
bourhood of which the territory of the Massim begins; in fact,
this is one of the least-known portions of British New
Guinea.’ (5) It is with this area that the present study is:
concerned.

“A people, who may be called the Mailu, inhabit the
country around Port Glasgow and Milport Harbour . . .” (4
The name Malu, by which Prof. Seligman calls these natives,
has also been adopted in this paper. Maizulu is the name of the
most important village of the tribe, which is situated on a small
island (called Toulon, or Mailu Island), some four to five miles
off the mainland, opposite Amazon Bay. The Mailu islanders
have played quite a special and prominent part in the trade
of the southern coast, and they also possessed certain industries:
(pottery, canoe-building, etc.) unknown, or hardly known, to-
the other natives of the district. Physically, they are un-
doubtedly much more robust and healthier than the average.
mainland native. They seem also to enjoy a certain amount
of aristocratic prestige among the neighbouring villagers. Thus.
the term Mailu, applied to the natives of the whole district,
is a fair use of the pars pro toto figure. I have also reason to
believe that the whole district was known by that name to the

(3) On. cit., pp. 22 and 23.
(4)Ibid., p. 24.

499

other tribes on the southern coast, even before the white man’s
advent. The natives of the district sometimes call themselves
by the generic name /dgi, which term I have occastonally used
when I wished to imply that a statement referred to the whole
-district.

The Natives of Mailu Island and the Mailu-speaking
Inhabitants of the Mainland.—The natives of Mailu Island
-differ in several points from their fellow-tribesmen, though in
broad outline their culture and their social institutions seem
to be identical. The bulk of my work was done in a Mailu
village on Toulon (or Mailu) Island. Since I made only a
few short visits to three points on the mainland, I was unable
to do more than to ascertain broadly whether certain state-
ments were true of the whole district, or applicable exclusively
to Mailu Island. On the other hand, many of my Mailu
informants had spent much time on the mainland, and, know-
ing the differences and similarities, were able to enlighten me
in this respect on many points, and I have always been as
-eareful as I could to state the geographical range of my state-
ments. Generally speaking, where there is no special reserva-
tion, a statement, though obtained in Mailu village, has been
considered by me to hold good for the whole district.

Ethnic Position of the Mailu; their Relation to the Motu-
speaking Tribes; Use of Motuan Language.—The Mailu are
the most eastern of the Western Papuo-Melanesians; in fact,
their immediate neighbours on the east belong to the southern
Massim stock (comp. next chapter). The social constitution
of the Mailu and the essential features of their culture are of
the same type as those of the Koita, described by Seligman in
the first section of his treatise as representative of the Western
Papuo-Melanesians.

This masterly outline of a Western Papuo-Melanesian
-culture and sociology I always kept before me as a model. (©)

(5)In fact, being obliged to wait in Port Moresby for over
three weeks for a boat to Mailu, I had the good fortune to work
with Prof. Seligman’s own informant Ahiiia Ova, a man of great
natural intelligence, who, moreover, had been trained by Prof.
Seligman and Capt. Barton as an accomplished native ethnologist.
Since Seligman and Barton have left the territory Ahiiia has been
-conducting investigations on his own account for the last ten
years. I have been able to obtain a certain amount of informa-
tion through my conversations with Ahiwiia and during two
native hunting expeditions at which I was present. Thus I had,
-on the one hand my own raw materials, and on the other similar
materials skilfully shaped into a final form by Dr. Seligman. By
‘comparing the two sets of information I was able to learn in the
way of method a great deal more in those few weeks than I could
have done in many months had IJ been obliged to depend entirely
upon my own efforts unaided by Dr. Seligman’s previous
-experience.

500

The cultural resemblance of the Mailu to the Koita and
allied tribes is the reason why I am giving in the text frequent.
footnotes referring the reader both to Prof. Seligman’s descrip-
tion of the Aotta and to some data I was able to collect among
the Motu and Sinaughélo tribes, who live in close contact with
the former but differ from them in some respects. I had
specially good opportunities among the Sinaughdlo, as I went
there (at the end of my stay in Papua) in company with my
friend Ahwa, by whom I was introduced to a number of well-
informed, intelligent, and outspoken natives. The Sinaughdlo
customs and folklore closely resemble those of the Mailu, and
in many cases comparison is very useful.

Besides the Mailu names of things, customs, etc., I am
also giving as many Motuan terms as possible. This is partly
because the Motu is a universal language among the natives:
in British New Guinea, or, at least, it is beginning to become
such. If it were adopted (as was partially done by Dr. Selig-
man, who has given the Motu equivalents of all Koita terms)
as an ethnological standard language for all the Papuasian
tribes it would greatly facilitate matters, since it would bring
into prominence identities and correspondences between the
customs, ideas, and material culture of various tribes. I have
been able to give the Motuan terms the more easily as I used
that language in my conversations with the natives, especially
towards the end of my work. I had been advised to acquire
as much as possible of Motu, and I studied the grammar and
vocabulary of the late Mr. Lawes before arriving in Papua.

During my first weeks in Port Moresby I made the most
strenuous efforts to get a conversational smattering of the
language. I took with me to Mailu a Motuan cook-boy, /gua
Pim, whom I used to employ as interpreter when talking with
the natives. He translated my English into Motuan, and
then the natives’ statements back again from Motuan to Eng-
lish. I was sufficiently advanced in Motuan by that time to-
be able to check the conversation, and this was indeed
essential, as my interpreter often misunderstood my questions..
Gradually I began to ask questions in Motu myself, and
relegated Zguwa from the position of an interpreter to that of a.
personified pocket dictionary, which was brought into requisi-
tion whenever a word was lacking or if the natives refused
to penetrate the somewhat barbarous Motuan I was using. It
must be added that it is much easier to speak and understand
Motu when conversing with a non-Motuan, since he speaks it
more slowly, less elaborately, and uses a much narrower range
of words. In fact, a kind of “Pidgin-Motu’”’ is now in process
of formation. This ‘‘Pidgin-Motw’’ is, however, a form of
the pure Motuan which, though simplified, is by no means:

501

"distorted. It is infinitely better adapted to the natives’ forms
_of thinking, and infinitely more expressive for him and for the
“investigator, than that dreadful mixture called “Pidgin-
English.” Moreover, in Mailu absolutely no one spoke the
: -Jatter, whereas practically all men under forty, and some of
the elderly men, spoke Motu, some of them even excellently.
Towards the end of my time in Mailu I was quite able to talk
freely with my informants, discuss matters, raise objections,
and, in short, use Motu as a completely satisfactory instrument
of investigation. When I returned to Port Moresby, and then
went with Ahwa to the Sinaughdlo country for a fortnight, I
was able not only to talk with the natives in Motu, but to
follow their discussions in that language, though they speak
it in the pure, unsimplified form. Iam afraid I must
explicitly boast of my facility for acquiring a conversa-
tional command of foreign languages, since I understand that
the time in which I learned to speak the Motu would have been
‘normally too short a period for acquiring a foreign, and
especially a native, tongue. I wish also to state that the
ability to speak Motu and to follow a conversation was of no
small advantage in my work. Over and over again I was led
on to the track of some extremely important item in native
sociology or folklore by listening to the conversation of my boy
Igua with his Mailu friends, who used to come from the
village to see him.

Remarks on the Conditions of Work and on the Methods
of presenting the Material.—I may also mention that during
the best part of December, January, and February I was living
quite alone with the natives, except for short periods of about
two or three days, when I travelled on board a steam launch,
or stayed at Port Moresby. I found that work done under
such circumstances is incomparably more intensive than work
done from white men’s settlements, or even in any white man’s
company ; the nearer one lives to a village and the more one
sees actually of the natives the better. In fact, as I work out
my notes, I see that only such information is quite satisfactory
as has been obtained by witnessing an occurrence or seeing a
thing, and subsequently (or previously) discussing it with the
natives. In the course of this memoir I am always careful to
State explicitly what I have not seen, and what therefore is
described merely from information gathered by questioning
natives. I also try to convey to the reader, as clearly as
possible, under what circumstances and with what degree of
accuracy every item of information has been collected. The
somewhat personal data just given have the object of allowing
the reader to visualize and to judge the methods of field work
used in collecting this material.

502

The division into chapters and sections which I have
adopted needs also a word or so of explanation. By adopting
a fairly systematic division—Geography, Sociology, Economics,
Magico-religious matters, etc.—I have, of course, deviated
from a purely topical presentation of facts. I shall undoubt-
edly be taken to task for having thus “put some theory into
the facts,’’ and, in the first place, for having swerved from the
native forms of thinking and abandoned the native classifica-
tion.

A thorough reply to such an objection would require a
long philosophical digression, for which there is no room here.
T wish, however, to emphasize the fact that I have always tried
to leave all preconceived ideas on one side when working among
the natives, and to classify and register facts according to their
essentials as I saw them then and there. In discussing facts,
which may be called religious or magical, according to the
student’s point of view and definition, I have followed Dr.
Marett’s excellent advice and hints, given in the “Notes and
Queries,’ and, in accordance therewith, I have called them
throughout by the impartial term Magico-religious. I have
tried to preserve the same attitude in all the various subjects
investigated.

Again, I have always endeavoured to preserve as far as
possible the natives’ own way of looking at things, and when-
ever I was able to obtain a native classification of facts—as, for
instance, that implied in the term Gora (chap. ii., sec. 5)—I
was careful to record it and to state it as exactly as possible.

In the spelling of native names I have adopted the system
recommended by the “Notes and Queries,” which practically
consists in the use of the consonants with their English sounds
and the vowels with their Italian values. I found this system
entirely sufficient with Mailu. The only sign I found necessary
to introduce refers to the distinction between the diphthongal
sounding of two vowels and their separate sounding. Wherever
the vowels are simply juxtaposed they are to be sounded
dipthongally. Wherever the two vowels retain their separate
values I have indicated this by putting an apostrophe between
them, but it *1 important to note that the apostrophe so placed
does not imply any pause or any specific sound, similar to the
Arabic ain. Thus in the word B6’i the apostrophe between o
and 7 means that the vowels have to be pronounced as in the
Italian pot, and not asin the English boy. I have also put an
accent upon nearly every word, except those in which I failed
to record it through haste in taking the notes. On some com-
pound words I have put a double accent. As a matter of
fact, the natives join the component parts and pronounce them

more or less as is done in the German compound words.

It must be remembered that the sounds 7 and 1 ought to
be replaced by an intermediate sound, as the natives do not
distinguish between them. it is certainly a fact that the
natives, nowadays, sound very distinct 7’s and /’s when pro-
-nouncing words slowly and clearly for the European to take
them down. There is not the slightest doubt, however, that

this is a phonetic corruption, under European influence.
Originally the natives had one “‘intermediate’’ sound, and
there was no distinction between r and /. This is the reason
why they, at the present time, always mix the two sounds.
The same native will, on the same day, say both J/aiu and
then Mairu; or mix freely Kurére and Kuléle, if you press
him for clear 7’s and /’s.
. The same holds good in Mailu with reference to the sounds
_¢ and s; these are always mixed, a Mailu native saying quite
as often Tamarai as Samaral, for instance. There is, or rather
was originally, no distinction between ¢ and s among the Mailu,
the “intermediate” sound ¢s (Polish and Slavonic c—the sound
“in car=tsar). In contact with Europeans, and under the
necessity of adapting their words to our spelling, the natives
have learned to split the sound fs into ¢ and s, the result being
that the two latter sounds are interchangeable, as they cannot
really decide which to use. I have used the spelling ts through-
out. Whenever the Mailu natives talk to each other they
always use the original sound ¢s; never ¢ or s.

503
like one word, though they place the accent on each component

CHAPTER I.

GEOGRAPHY.

The Country of the Malu; Rainfall; Rivers; Flora and
Fauna; Reefs; Quarries.—The Mailu inhabit the seaboard
from Cape Rodney in the west to the middle of Orangerie Bay
‘in the east. Near Cape Rodney there is a belt of flat alluvial
soil, extending far inland, and eastwards as far as Cloudy Bay.
Near the latter the hills, which in this part of the continent
run in a series of longitudinal parallel ranges, rising one
beyond the other and culminating in the Main Range,
approach the sea, though they do not rise to any great vertical
height.

Cloudy Bay is closed on the east by Dedéle Point; then
comes Baxter Bay terminated by Table Point, so named after
the flat table-topped hills which rise a couple of miles beyond
the level foreshore of the Cape. From Table (or Batumata)
Point to Cape Mogtibo (Greenaway Point) an alluvial flat
again stretches for some distance inland. From the sea the

3

504

ranges, rising in succession one above the other, here and there
‘broken by deep gorges, and with the dim, bluish profile of the
main range in the background, present a fine scene. Towards
Mogtibo Point the hills approach the shore again, and beyond
the small Amazon Bay a range of little hills rises straight from
the sea, forming a series of extremely picturesque bays, sur-
rounded by heavily timbered, and luxuriously green, slopes,
with here and there a fringe of coconut palms running along
the shore in the neighbourhood of the villages.

After that the hills recede again to a certain extent and
the vast expanse of Orangerie Bay opens, running in a slightly
curved line as far as the entrance to Mullins Harbour. Only
the western shores of Orangerie Bay are inhabited by the
Mailu. Almost exactly through its centre, at a village called
Gadaisiu, runs the boundary line between the Mailu and the
Southern Massim.

The Mailu country is situated beyond the so-called dry-
belt. It has a fairly heavy rainfall, especially during the
north-western season, but there are good rains even at other
times. It is clothed with tropical vegetation, and the hills
are always green. The contrast with the parched brown
slopes near Port Moresby, when one goes eastwards in the dry
season, is very striking. The small island of Mailu and the
two flat coral islands of Laruéro and Loupom are exceptions to
this luxuriance, as they do not get the same rainfall, in conse-
quence of their distance from the hills. The steep slopes of
the Mailu hills are covered with Lalang grass, and, in the dry
season, are parched and yellow. There are no big rivers in the
district which are navigable for any appreciable distance even
for small craft. The alluvial flats of Amazon Bay, Table Bay,
Cloudy Bay, and those near Cape Rodney are drained by a
series of streams, some of which may be navigated by light-
draught vessels, though for a few miles only. There are also
swamps throughout the district, on which sago grows freely.

The high tropical jungle yields a rich supply of all the
kinds of timber used by the natives, as well as of many sorts
of fibre, bast, cane, and of other raw materials for native
industries. The fertile and well-watered soil encourages the
growth of all the native garden plants, such as taro, bananas,
sugar cane, yams, and taitu, as well as the introduced sweet
potato, pawpaw, and sago. It must be noted that the dry
tracts of the New Guinea coast are deprived of some of these
vegetables (especially taro), as well as sago.

The Mailu district has, of course, the same supply of
animals as the other parts of the continent—viz., wild pigs,
small kangaroos (wallaby), cuscus, bandicoots, etc., as well as

505

an enormous variety of birds, with magnificent plumage, and!

edible for the natives.

A The shore, and especially the reef, affords splendid oppor-
_ tunities for fishing and for the collection of shell fish. The:

‘ shells constitute an important raw material for implements and
- decorations.

: The Barrier Reef runs along some parts of the coast,

_ though it is absent on others. It extends from Cape Rodney
in the west to the middle of Table Bay. Then there are again

_ patches of reef off Mogtiibo Point. In Amazon Bay there are

_ring-barriers of coral encircling the islands.

There were no stone quarries affording really good
material in the district, and the majority of stone implements
was imported. The only place whence stone was taken for
making sago-pounders and other implements was in the island

of Abd’u in Amazon Bay. Tere was, however, good pottery
clay on Mailu Island.

The Villages.—The Mailu or Magi inhabit the coast of

_ this country, some of their villages lying directly on the beach,,.
others, built before the advent of white man’s influence, on
_ the hills, which rise straight from the sea between Amazon
and Orangerie Bays. Again, on some parts of the coast,
_ natives speaking a different ianguage, and probably belonging
_to a different stock, came quite close to the coast, though there:
were no non-Mailu villages on the beach. It will be best to
enumerate the Mailu villages and characterize them briefly,
as well as to say a few words about their neighbours on either
side and inland. (
| Beginning from the east, Gadaisiw is the first place
inhabited by the Mailu. Asa matter of fact, it is a mixed
village, about half the houses being built in the Massim
“Manner and inhabited by the Massim (Bénaboéna subdivision):
_and the rest showing the Mailu style and tenanted by Mailu-
Speaking natives. Succeeding Gadaisiu, westwards, comes a
group of Mailu villages—Gogotsiba, Oibdda, Ori, Naba—
“some built on the shore, some a few miles inland. These
villages have some specific customs, by which they differ from
the other Mailu (comp. chap. v., secs. 1 and 4). Beyond
these, all of which lie on the shores of Orangerie Bay, come
the places situated on the hills between Orangerie and Amazon
Bays. All the latter were built on the hilltops for purposes
of defence. Under the influence of the new conditions of
existence and of the complete personal security which these
assured, these villages moved to the shore. On the hills:

PA ae etre

I am indebted to Mr. Saville for no of the Pep Rees
on this subject.

yt

506

overlooking the first bay (Port Glasgow) stood the villages of
Banoro, Géagéa, and Gima, the last-mentioned being the only .
one that has not migrated, while Banéro and Géagéa now
stand on the shores of Port Glasgow. In the next bay
(Milport Harbour) are the villages of Tsaviribo and Pediri,
which removed to the shore relatively recently. In the next
bay—a broad and shallow one—the villages of Bérebo, Dagobo, —
and (Unévi are situated; further west comes Dérehai itself,
‘occupying the whole shore of a small bay. The T'seld,
Wowuéro, and Kurére villages lie Amazon Bay. The first
two came down from the hills, and the last-menticned is a
fairly recent Mailu colony, which came over in the first years
cafter the establishment of the white man’s rule and security
in the district.

In Amazon Bay, or, rather, opposite it, lie, as said above,
the two flat coral islands (Laruéro and Louwpém) and the rocky
island of Mailu (Toulon Island). Each of them harbours a
village. Mailu is, as has been stated, the most important and
largest. village in the district. Besides Kurére, it has sent out
the colony of Oraido or Boru. It was the leading trading
centre on the whole southern coast from Hulda to Sud’u, and
it was also the village most dreaded by the mainland com-
‘munities, with the majority of which it was constantly at war.

Going westward from Mogtibo Point (the western end of
Amazon Bay) we come upon the village community of
Magort, who now live on the plain up the Bairebo River, some
five miles from the beach. This community, which came down
from the hills only a couple of years ago, forms a non-Mailu
speaking village. There is another non-Mailu village, Deba,
“now on the seashore, which recently came from the hinterland.

Beyond these we meet with the villages of Daldva,
Magatibo, and Boru or Oraido. The first-named is a colony
from one of the Amazon Bay island villages, Larwéro, Oraido
is a Mailu colony, and Magaizho seems also to be one, dating
from an earlier period. All these villages are said to speak
exactly the same dialect as the Mailu proper. In Cloudy Bay
there are a few villages, not far from the shore, which speak
non-Mailu languages, but I was not able to ascertain their
names. Between Cloudy Bay and Ahd’u there are the villages
of Durém, Domara, and Dému, all of which speak Mailu, and
‘it is said, even the same dialectic variety as the Mailu
villages. These latter are also in very frequent communication
with those villages of the extreme west, where they used to,
and still, call on their westward expeditions (comp. chap. iv.,
sec. 4). I have not, however, been in this part of the district.
Beyond these settlements begins the next ethnographic district,
that of the Ardéma natives. :

»

‘
.

»
j

507

The Neighbours of the Mailu.—As the Mailu—and especi-
ally the Mailu islanders—came under the influence of their
neighbours, it seems advisable to say a few words about these,
though I cannot give much information about the intercourse
which takes place, or did take place in the past, between the
mainland J/dgi and the tribes of the hinterland. There were

a few things traded, such as some kinds of feather ornaments,

bamboo, ete., which the inland tribes could easily obtain in
exchange for the shell ornaments that were only accessible to
people on, or near, the seashore ; one or two Mailu dances also
were said to come from the inland tribes (comp. chap. vi.).
But on the whole the mutual influence does not seem to have:
been of great importance. I am not able to say anything
about how far the sociology and material culture of the inland
peoples resemble or differ from the Mailu.

The western neighbours of the Mailu, the Ardéma people,
possess a similar type of village, the same style of houses, and
the same system of clans with paternal descent. They are,
as far as I am able to judge, very much akin to the Mailu,.
and they were apparently always on friendly terms with the
Mailu villagers, who yearly visited Aréma on trading expedi-

tions, importing shell ornaments and exporting pigs. The

cultural influence could not have been very great, owing to
the great similarity of the two peoples. The Ardéma were the
link uniting the Mailu with other Western Papuo-Melanesians
and, in that way, their contact with, and influence upon, the
Mailu was important. The Mailu use the drums of the Hood
Bay type, and they have adopted a dance—the Sard—
originally coming from Kerepunu in Hood Bay.

With their eastern neighbours, the Southern Massim, the
Mailu were also in constant intercourse, and the influence of
their culture upon the Mailu is more conspicuous, if only
because of the fundamental difference between the two—the
Mailu being Western Papuo-Melanesians, with definite com-
Munities, patrilineal clans, patrilocal marriage; and the
Massim having their own different forms of social institutions
and material culture, as well as many different beliefs and
ideas. The influence of the Massim on the Mailu was both on
the side of material culture and artistic production, but I could
not trace any influence upon the social institutions of the tribe.
Thus the tattoo of the Mailu women is identical with that
found among the Southern Massim. Again, their technique

and ornamentation in pottery is the same as that of their

eastern neighbours. Some of their beliefs are parallel to those
of the Massim, and they also dance a considerable number of
dances originating from the east end. These similarities will

508

be pointed out subsequently, when describing the different
‘customs and institutions.

In order to make clear subsequent allusions to the various
tribes, I shall give a brief outline of the anthropogeography
of the Massim tribes of the Southern Coast.

The Western boundary runs, as we know, through the
village of Gaduaisiu, just at the centre of Orangerie Bay. The
eastern half of the bay, the island of Bonabona, at the entrance
to Mullins Harbour, and the southern shores of that harbour
-are inhabited by people who are said to speak the same dialect.
They are known by the generic names of Dahiuni or Bonabéna.
From the entrance of Mullins Harbour to Farm Bay live a
people almost identical with the former, but said to speak a
slightly different dialect. Their collective name seems to be
Daw. They have the same type of irregularly built village
as the other Massim. Scattered over a large area, amid
‘coconut palms and gardens, they are composed of what Dr.
Seligman calls “hamlets’’—7.e., small groups of houses; a
number, sometimes twenty or more, of such hamlets compose a
large village. () |

These natives also build the same kind of house as the
other Southern Massim, and the resemblance extends to the
internal arrangements, household implements, decorations, ete.

The line of demarcation running through the western end
of Farm Bay is, however, important, since it is the boundary
of cannibalism on the south-eastern coast of New Guinea.
The first village in Farm Bay, Savdia, was the first Southern
Massim village in which anthropophagy was practised. I have
inquired carefully into this matter on both sides of the divid-
ing line, and a thorough agreement between a great number
of independent informants leaves no doubt as to this anthropo-
geographical boundary. The natives of Farm Bay, of Sud’u
Island, and of the mainland coast as far as the Bay of Modéva,
speak the same dialect, and they can be called the Sud’u, by
which name they would also be best known to other natives.
‘The last Sud’w village to the east in Modéva Bay is called
Nuria.

The next groups of Southern Massim, also speaking a
slightly different dialect, are the Rogéa and Sdriba peoples,
inhabiting the two islands of that name and the extreme end
of the southern coast. Their first village on the coast is called
Guavil, Another group is formed by the Milne Bay people,
generically called Tavdra, which is the native name of the bay.
With these we arrive at the Southern Massim area, comprised
in Prof. Seligman’s description, to which the reader is referred.

(7) Comp. Seligman, op. cit., chap. XXxiv., for a detailed
‘description of the Southern Massim village system.

509

CHAPTER ITI.
SOCIAL DIVISIONS.

1. THe TRIBE.

General Remarks.—The tribe, village community, clan,
and household, or family, are the most important social divi-
sions among the majority of native peoples, and consequently
they must be described in connection with Mailu sociology.
Among the natives of that district the village community,
the clan, and the family are all extremely important units,
and it would be impossible to give an account of the customs
of the Mailu, or of their social life, without having drawn
a clear outline of these social groupings. The ‘“‘tribe,’’ on
the other hand, is a term which could scarcely be used when
dealing with the social institutions of one district. The
Mailu people, as a whole, possess a distinct cultural unity,
but they by no means form one great social group bound by
ties of solidarity; thus the term ‘‘tribe’’ may be applied to
them to express the fact that they form one class in the
ethnological sense, but not that they are a unit in the same
sense. The formation of smaller groups within the ‘‘tribe’’
—confederacies of several villages—is, and was in olden
days, of a much greater social importance than the cultural
uniformity of the whole district (see below, in this section).

In this chapter I shall only give an outline of the social
organization of the village community, clan, and household,
and of the relations between the villages and village con-
federacies within the tribe. In order to understand thor-
oughly a form of social grouping it is necessary to see it in
its active, functional aspect; to see how it acts as a unit in
social life; what are the internal relations of its members,
and what are its external relations with other groups. Such
data will be supplied throughout all the chapters of this
memoir in the detailed description of the different customs
and institutions when the sociological aspect of the various
customs, ceremonies, and beliefs are considered. But to be
able to use the terms ‘‘tribe,’’ ‘‘clan,’’ ‘‘village community,”’
etc., it is necessary to give a preliminary definition of these
terms.

The Mailu Tribe and the Relations between the Different
Villages.—As stated, the Mailu people as a whole have no
social solidarity. Nevertheless, their linguistic unity, their
local contiguity, and the identity of their material culture
and social institutions make it necessary to treat them as a

510

unit in this description. In the relations of village to village,
however, the ethnographical unity does not find its sociological
parallel. There were several groups of villages, which we
may design by the name of ‘‘village confederacies.’’ The
villages of such confederacies maintained friendly relations.
between themselves, and were, broadly speaking, on terms
of enmity with the others. Some of these confederacies were
also on permanently good terms with villages outside the
Mailu district. Thus the social and political unity of the
Mailu tribe was divided not only by internal dissensions, but
also by the adhesion of certain portions of the tribe to ex-
ternal centres.

In the foregoing chapter the various Mailu villages have
been enumerated. I shall now briefly state how those villages.
are grouped into small confederacies, which constituted the
most extensive tribal or political units of the Mailu.

The most important of such groups was the Mailu village
itself, with its recent colonies: Ovraido and Kurére. This
group was undoubtedly the most powerful politically, the
Mailu being the most populous village of the district, and
possessing the greatest number of war canoes. It is
also the most important economically, inasmuch as it is the
seafaring and trading community of the whole district, and
even of the whole south-eastern coast. The group was also
in possession of certain industries (pottery and canoe-building)
which were unknown to the other villages. f

The scattered Mailu villages to the west of Amazon Bay
—Daliva, Magaibo, Durém, DPomara, and Dému—formed,.
as far as my information goes, another group. These are, on the
whole, practically identical with the Mailu group in all cul-
tural respects, though they hardly did any trading to speak
of, did not build the big canoes, and knew not,pottery in
olden days, except perhaps the Domdra. Nowadays things
have changed considerably, all the natives adopting industries
and activities from which, by pure inertia of custom and pos-
sibly by other factors, they had been excluded in the past. The
western villages were on friendly terms with the Mailu group.

The two villages on the coral islands in Amazon Bay,
Loupém and Laruoro, form a group apart. They were both
living under identical conditions, and they were similar in
their economie activities and sociological features. They were
keen fishermen, but in olden days they did not do much
sailing, nor had they any big canoes. They were on good
terms with each other, but they were not permanently friendly
with the Mailu. This was especially the case with the village
of Laruéro, which was nearer to Mailu, and used to make

511

war with the latter. Thus tradition says that some time ago
the Laruoro attacked the Mailu successfully, killing some,
and forcing others to take flight on the boats. The Mailu
retaliated so thoroughly that they drove the whole village
away, after killing many. The fugitives sailed as far as
Gadaisiu, the frontier village of the Southern Massim. There
part of them remained, forming the Mailu half of the settle-
ment, and part returned to their island village.

The villages of Wowuoro, T'sélai, and Dérebai, all of
which are now on the coast, form another group. In olden
days they were perched on the tops of hills round Amazon
Bay. They were on permanent friendly relations with each
other and with the village of Mailu.

The next group was formed of several villages, ited
on the hills, towering above the three picturesque bays—
Mayri Bay, Milport Harbour, and Port Glasgow. There
was a long gap between Déreba: Hill, the place where the
most eastern village of the foregoing group was situated, and
Dagobo Hill, where the first village of this group lay in the
olden days. The group consists of Dagobo, Unévi, Borebo,
Pediri, Tsaviribo, Géagéa, Banéro, and Gima. All these
villages were mutually friendly, though I was told that there
was a closer bond of union between the first five and the
last three respectively. All these villages used to be at war
with the Mailu and with the Amazon Bay confederacy. They
were linked with each other by several co-operative functions,
as, for instance, by the common arrangements with regard
to the annual feasts, which they gave in turn, and again by
certain agricultural arrangements with regard to sago swamps
(comp. the respective paragraphs).

The next group of villages comprised the communities
living on the western shores of Orangerie Bay—Ozrbdda,
Nahai, Ore, and Gogotstiba. They had certain cultural char-
acteristics in common (burial customs, sorcery; see below),
and they seemed to have been on terms of political friendship
with each other, whereas they were dreaded, disliked, and
fought by the other Mailu, though the latter villagers seem
to have been on better terms with them than with their
own immediate neihbours, the Borcbo, Pediri, Géagéa, etc.

These groups, or confederacies, were, as said, political
units on account of their mutually friendly relations and
common foes. They were also to a certain, though hmited,
extent social units on account of the trace of co-operation
between them.

As there was a close resemblance between the villages of
each group in their culture and customs, and possibly also

512

‘jeuorydes
-x® oymb st YOO] OY} JO Stoo oy} wo. (o ) soshoy ngnpowppy et{} JO ouo Jo uoieivdes sy, “nqnposzoOTy
‘9 fngnpoqig ‘p snqnpownyy ‘9 Snqnp ping ‘q <ngnpvsziwp ‘v— :uelD nNQnpoLvT SY} JO SUOTSTATpqug
‘OSUI[LA NIV] Ul YSTxo 103 U0] ou snqnd eu}
sv ‘UOTJONAJSUOOIT V Sf} SULT, “UR[O YORe Jo (sosnoy-qnyo) sngng ey} Jo uorztsod oy} oyeorpul ‘Wy ‘y ‘Vy ‘V

‘NDLOTT “Pf ‘Ngnponww fT “& ‘PHOWNL] *G ‘oqvapog ‘T

“SNVIXQ) OLNI NOISIAIGQ FHL DNIMOHY AOVITIA ATIVIY 40 NVTG

‘YaVUul 10JVM-YSIPT

———

0 a0) ABEBEBOOONOCHOOOWIIO npooooonn WOUO

Grasse

MA SO oe oe or et. ees pa a a

Semrme ces

copooa , sie oon 000 poooud pono0000 o00

‘SUOTJVIURTG VURURG PUB JNMOD0D

513

in the dialectical variety of their speech,‘8) those groups
form ethnological subclasses. My studies have been, however,
made nearly exclusively among one group, consisting of the
villages of Matluw and Kurére, which in fact are identical, so
that I am not able to do justice to the differences among
the various groups, though I noted them in the few cases
where, from being prominent, they were brought under my
notice by my informants.

2. THe VILLAGE CoMMUNITY.

Type of Mailu Village; its Surroundings; Village
Buildings.—Perhaps the most important social division
among the Mailu is that into village communities. These
are the real political, economic, and sociological units of the
Mailu tribe. The Mailu villages of the Western Papuo-
_ Melanesian type, consisting of one compact group of houses,
as opposed to the scattered villages of the Southern Massim. (9)
They are extremely regularly built, more so than the villages
of the Simawghdlo, which can be considered representative of
the Western Papuo-Melanesians of the Central District. They
were all built on land, the houses standing on piles.

All the villages with one exception—Gima—are now built
on the shore, and they all represent the same type (see page
opposite for plan of Mailu village). They consist of two
parallel rows of houses, forming a street some 10 to 15 metres
broad, and, usually, they are quite close to the beach. Thus
in Mailu there is a belt of some 30 metres between
the high-water mark and the houses. The same holds good
with reference to Bérebo, Lowpém, Tsélai, Banoéro, Géagéa,
ete. (comp. pls. xxvii. and xxvili.). Some villages, however,
like Kurére, are about 100 metres distant from high-water
mark.

The fronts of the houses are always turned towards the
street, so that the fronts of the two rows face each other,
while their backs are turned to the sea and to the gardens

(8) As I have no knowledge of the Mailu language, I am
unable to speak with any authority about linguistic matters, and
am here only repeating what I was told by Mr. Greenaway
and by my native informants, none of whom was reliable on this
oint. I missed the opportunity of discussing the subject with
r. Saville, who knows the language well and who has studied
the problem scientifically (cf., his ‘“‘Grammar of the Mailu
Language’ in the Journal of the Royal Anthropological
— Institute).

(9) Prof. Seligman draws attention to this feature as one of
the cultural differences between the Southern Massim and the
Western Papuo-Melanesians; comp. op. cit. Introduction passim.

R

514

(see pls. xxvili. and xxix.). There is again a space of 10 to
20 metres between the village and the gardens (see pl. xxxvi.,
fig. 2).

I am unable to say for certain whether the same type
of street, formed by two parallel rows of houses, was also
typical of the mainland villages at the time when they were
still on the tops of the hills, though I was told by the natives
that this was the case, and that Géima, the only remaining
hill village, which I have not seen, is also built in the same
manner.

The villages of the mainland east of Amazon Bay have all
recently moved, and there are no extensive coconut groves near
their present sites except near Boérebo, Banéro, and Géagéa,
which were in olden days situated quite close to the shore
and had their coconuts on the beach (see pl. xxviii., fig. 2).
The villages on the islands and the older Mailu settlements
in the west lie among coconut plantations. In Mailu village
the palm trees overlook the houses on all sides (see pls.
XXVll., XXVIll., and xxix.). The street and the spaces
on the beach and garden side are quite bare, all grass and
weeds having been trampled down (see pls. xxix. and xlu.,
fig. 1). The beach is lumbered with canoes, the large Or6’us
forming in Mailu a fine decoration for the sea front (see
pls. xxvilil. and xxxv., fig. 2). On this side of the village the
nets are spread for drying and the canoes to be overhauled
are beached above high-water mark. All preparations for
sailing and fishing take place also on this side.

The women occupy themselves either on the beach or on
the garden side of the house, making pottery or doing house-
hold work. It may be said that as a rule the street is kept
clear of human encumbrances, being reserved by étzqwette for
thoroughfare. Dancing takes place in the street, as well as
the ceremonial preparation of food (see pls. xxxul., xl., xlii.,
and xliii.).

Small children, dogs, and pigs are, of course, exempt
from every rule in Papua, and they very often adorn the
main street.

A village consisted in olden days of two kinds of buildings
—the family houses and the men’s club houses, or Dubus.
Nowadays the latter class has almost completely died out in
the Mailu district, though it still flourishes among their
eastern neighbours, the Southern Massim. The houses and
Dibus were differentiated by their position in the village.
The former stand transversally, ranged in two rows, each
house with its long axis perpendicular to the line of the street.
The Dubus stood in the middle of the street, with their —

515

longitudinal axes coinciding with the median line of the
street. (10)

The style of building of the houses and of the Dibus was
positively stated to have been also different, though this
information refers to the village of Mailu only.)

The difference in structure between the ordinary houses
in Mailu village and a Dibw was that the latter was built
in the Southern Massim style. That means that the ridge line
of its roof was markedly concave, instead of forming a straight
line sloping slightly downwards from front to rear. Again,
the arrangement of piles which form the foundation structure
is different in the case of the Mailu and in that of the Southern
Massim. The Mailu house is described below, but I am not able
to give a description of the Southern Massim style of building.
The excellent picture of a Southern Massim house, given by
_ Prof. Seligman (op. czt., pl. hii.), will, however, be sufficient
to show the difference referred to.

The tree houses, or tree platforms, described later (chap.
iii., sec. 6) formed also another class of village buildings.
These were only possible on the mainland, because there
only existed trees high and strong enough for their support.

As temporary erections may be mentioned the ceremonial
platforms made during the feast for the killing and dis-
tribution of pigs and for the Gov: dance (comp. chap. v.,
sec. 3); the small huts and shelters usually erected near the
houses, on the beach, where people go to sleep during the
stifling hot nights at the end of the dry season; and similar
structures in the gardens and on distant points of the sea
beach, which were used when gardening or fishing (such a
shelter may be seen on pl. xxviii., fig. 2).

Sometimes the large canoes are used as houses. The
platform is covered with a roofing of Nipa palm mats, and
the shelter thus obtained is used as a dwelling-room. It is
always so used whenever people go on distant and protracted
visits (see pl. xxviil., fig. 1).

The sanitary arrangements near the villages are well
regulated by custom, and carefully observed by both sexes.
In the villages on the shore both sea and land are used for
these purposes. In daytime, when people are not afraid
to go a few hundred yards from the village, people utilize

(10)Comp. the plan of the Mailu village on page 512.

_ @)The only Dibu, which is built in the characteristic posi-
tion in the middle of the street, is that in Borebo, figured on
pl. xxix., fig. 2. This Diubu is built exactly in the same style
as all the other houses, and I was told in Bérebo that in the
_ days the Dubus and houses were all built alike.
R

516

some thick patch of bush near the village, where a certain
portion is always reserved for the women and another for
the men. In Mailu those places are so sheltered by rocks
and bushes that they are invisible either from the village or
‘from any of the main approaches to it. Similar arrange-
ments were said to exist in all villages. At night, when
anybody would be too frightened to venture any distance
from the houses, the sea is chosen.

Village Commumity as Social Umit.—As said at the begin-
ning of this chapter, the village community is a most
important social unit in the tribal life of the Mailu. As a
matter of fact, the village community is a body of people
living perpetually, and normally, in very close contact, to the
exclusion of all others—at least under ordinary conditions,
feasts, trading visits, etc., being the exceptions. They see
each other constantly, they co-operate in many ways, they
are all on permanently friendly, and fairly intimate, terms,
though the bonds between clansmen and kinsmen and those
of personal friendship were very prominent within the

village, and were by no means verged in the broader and ©

looser ties of village solidarity.

Strangers are not often to be seen in the villages, even —

at present, and in olden days they must have been quite
exceptional.

The difference between such a closely-linked village com-
munity, bound by permanent local proximity and by constant
contact, and a community, even such as that of the Southern
Massim who live in scattered hamlets, is undoubtedly very
prominent, and although I had but a short time in which
to study the Southern Massim, the effect of this difference was
apparent. |

Thus the village community is the local unit of the
Mailu. It is also the real political unit. Both in aggressive
and defensive warfare fellow-villagers would, of course, always
fight on the same side, and in raids the whole male popu-
lation would very likely take part as a single unit, though
the war canoes were separately allotted to the various clans
and subclans (see below next section, also chap. ui., sec. 6).
Again, in the economic sense, the village community was the
joint owner of Jand as far as certain rights were concerned ;
it was also the joint owner of fishing rights, and, though
the hunting rights were subdivided among the clans, it was
the village, as a whole, that possessed the final economic
benefit of those rights, as far as actual consumption of the
goods is concerned (comp. chap. iv., secs. 1, 2, and 3). In

the legal arrangements and institutions the village very often —

517

functioned as one body, as one ‘“‘legal person’’ (comp. the
Tona gora arrangements, or the Veburw in the case of an in-
fluential man, chap. ii., sec. 5). Again, it was so in the
_ giving of the feast, though the individuality of the clan then
came strongly to the fore, especially in Mailu. The village
as a body also played an important part (comp. chap. v.,
sec. 3).

Thus the village was the real rods of the Mailu man,
and its limits formed the social horizon within which he
moved.

3. THE Dibu (CLAN AND SuBcLAN).

Description of Clan, Subclan, and their Relation; the
Clubhouse.—The village community is not an entirely homo-
genous social body. It is divided into clans and subclans.
These subdivisions possess a distinctly local character; the
houses of a clan always form one block in the village, and
usually there is a certain distance between the different blocks.
The houses of a clan lie on both sides of the street, so that at
one end of the village there is one clan, then after one has
passed its houses one enters the next, and so on. In other
words, the village consists of a series of local subdivisions
ranged in a row. 12) The native name for a clan is Avra, or
Dibu. The first name is as a rule used with reference to
the rather large clans of Mailu village, where the term Diubu is
usually applied to the small subclans. On the mainland, where
the clans are smaller than in Mailu, the term Diubw is uni-
versally applied to clan, subclan, and clubhouse, which last
is the original meaning of the word. Originally the word
Avira means side, spot, direction—it has the same meaning
as the Motuan word Adha.

Each clan is, or more correctly was, connected with a
house, or clubhouse of the men (Diubw), which stood in the
middle of the street, between the houses of the clan. The
style of this building has been outlined in the preceding
section. No women or children were allowed to enter the
Dibu, nor was it safe for a stranger to go there without an
_ invitation. The young unmarried men, after ‘‘initiation’’ (see
chap. ili., sec. 4), used to sleep there, as also the widowed
old men, and at times the married men made similar use of
the Diibu.3)

Thus the clan was a local unit with the Diubu as a symbol,
so to say, of its individuality and independence, and it is not

_ 42)Comp. plan of Mailu village at the beginning of sec. 2 of
this chapter.
(13) All the details referring to the various uses and functions
of the Dibu will be described below in their respective places.

518

merely a figure of speech to say that the village was not a
texture of Dubus (clans and subclans), but a juxtaposition
of these. The clans were really fairly independent, and the
forces of social cohesion in a village community which bound
the different clans together were much weaker than those
holding together the members of a clan. Thus, whenever
there were emigration, colonization, or gregarious shifting of
people it was either a clan (or clans), or else a subclan (or
subclans) that moved. Thus, for instance, in the two
migrations which took place from Mailu, it was the clan
of Oraido that moved to settle in Table Bay. Again, when
the village of Kurére was founded in Mailu, several subclans
of Maradibu and Mordu moved there, no men of Bodéabo
or Uruméga joining them.

The clans of the Mailu are exogamous; they are also
patrilocal and with paternal descent. In other words, the
wife always comes from outside the clan; she joins her
husband, moves to his home, and the children belong always
to the same clan as their father.

There is, however, no tradition of a common male
ancestor of the clan, and as genealogies are seldom remem-
bered beyond the third generation back, it is, of course,
impossible to ascertain how far the clansmen are really related

by blood.

The number of clans varies, and so does their size.
Historical events, such as a raid in which one particular clan
suffered exceptionally, or such as the exodus to Kurére, for

example, in which two clans furnished the majority of |

emigrants, easily account for the varying sizes of the clans
and for their unequal number.

There are four Avras in Mailu village, each having had its
Diubu-house in the olden days.

The following names of clans and clubhouses, going from
west to east, are enumerated :—

Clan name. Dibu name.
Mordau A giw’ oro
Maradibu Omow’ 6ro
Uruméga Dariavara
Bodéabo Goise’ 6ro

To be added to these is the emigrated clan Oraido. The

only clan name which seems to have a meaning is Bodéabo,
Bodéa being the name of the south-east trade wind and of
the easterly direction in general (comp. chap. ili., sec. 2).
Curiously enough all the Dubu names have a geographical

derivation, thus Aqiw’éro is originally the name of a hill on

519

Mailu Island; Omou’éro is the table-shaped hill at the back
of Table Point; Dariavdra is a rock near Onibu Point;
and again Govse’6ro is a rock on the island of Mailu.

There are five clans in the village of Dérebac—Oraido,
Boiladiibu, Gébu, Wardtsa, and Abd’u. I failed to record
the Dibu names.

In Bérebo village there are six clans—-Tirihi, Abd’u,
Woe’u, Wartébo, Atsdna, Gadobo. In this village there is
one Diubu house still standing in the middle of the street,
while the Dubus of all the other clans stand in line with the
ordinary houses (see pl. xxix., fig. 2).

There are four clans in the village of Bandro: Arume,
Oraido, Dané’a, and Bard’u,; and two in Géagéa: Aritsa and

Gobu.

In Louwpém there were two clans :—

Clan name. Dibu-house name.
Gobu Lapilaéro
Boimara’t Moguraoro

Here, again, the Dubu houses are named after some
hills, Ore (in Mailu) meaning hill.

There seems to be always a headman in each clan, or,
more correctly speaking, perhaps, a man of greatest import-
ance, whose opinion commands a certain amount of respect,
and who would act as the authority and representative on all
occasions in which the whole clan was concerned. The posi-
tion of such a clan headman was, however, far from being
clear and well defined, and I think that in reality there was
no clan headman as such, but that he was only either the
most important and influential among the headmen of the
subclans, or else the headman of the most important and
influential subclan.

Each clan is subdivided into subclans, which are also
local— that is, the houses of each subclan form a separate
group within the clan’s block. The subclan is also to a cer-
tain degree an independent social unit. As mentioned before,
they are the units of cohesion in all cases when a village.
community splits up. Again, each subclan has its headman,
whose position, functions, and authority within the subclan
is very well defined; much better, indeed, than is the case
with the headman of the clan.

It is obvious that the subclan is also patrilocal and patri-
lineal. But though I have recorded a considerable number
of genealogies, I was unable to ascertain the actual relation-
ship, by blood, of the members of any of the subclans of
Mailu village.

520

These were the clans and subclans of Mailu village :—

Clan. Subclan. Clan. Subclan.
fBumadibu Banagadibu
Mordéu ... \Maraoraido F otladiibu
Diadibu
Uruméga )\Géndibu
Maradibu | Gdaradiibu
Dibodiibu Béraidibu
Maradibu < Bard’udibu Bodéadiibu
Motsodibu \4 ritsadubu
Aritsadibu Bodéabo W aratsadibu
Bamdibu

I believe there were no subdivisions of the small clans
in the mainland villages.

In order to make clear the relation between the clans
and subclans, it must be first remarked that the latter are ~
always subdivisions of the former. The main difference
between a clan and a subclan was, first, that a clan had an
independent Diubw, whereas a subclan always had to share
it with other subclans. Again, a clan would act as an
independent unit in giving the big annual feast, Madina;
hence also it was called Madina diubu, in distinction to the
other meanings of the word Dibw (1.e., subclan and club-
house. )

Sociological Character of Clan and Subclan.—As in the
case of all other social groups, it is only the study of their
respective functions which makes clear the relation between
the clan and the subclan. Those functions will be described
in detail further on, and I shall now only briefly enumerate
them, so as to give the sociological contour of the two groups
in question.

The social structure of the clan and subclan must be
borne in mind: the subclan consists of a few houses, one of
which is the “chief’s house,”’ and the house of the Dizbu head-
man. The clan consists of a few subclans, of which again
one is the most important, and its headman occupies the
somewhat ill-defined position of the clan headman.

The subclan. is, or was in the past, the joint owner of the
large seafaring canoes, the headman being the owner en ttre
(comp. chap. iv., sec. 4). Again, the large Gaduma nets are
owned jointly by the subclan (comp. chap. iv., sec. 3).

The clan is, as often mentioned, the joint owner of the
Dibu and the real giver of the annual Maduna feast. The
master of the clan was also master of the Dubw. The feast
was given by a clan as a whole (chap. v., sec. 3), but
the various headmen of the subclans acted in turn as masters —

521

of the Madina (comp. ibid.). Thus at feasts the individuality
of the subclans was not entirely merged in that of the clan.

In the mainland villages the clan was the most important
social group in connection with land tenure (see chap. iv.,
sec. 1), and the clan, as a whole, was the owner of the war
canoes (Bobdre; see chap. i11., sec. 6). The unity of the
clan was expressed in its being an exogamous group (chap. lii.,
sec. 3).

4. THe HovusEHOLD AND THE FAMILY.—KINSHIP.

Household and Family.—The household and family are
two very important units in the sociology of the Mailu. The
distinction between the family and the household corresponds
to that between family and what in comparative sociology is
sometimes called “greater family.’”’ The term “family”
usually denotes merely a married couple and their children,
such as are not independent. By “greater family” is meant
the group consisting of a married couple, all their children
and grandchildren. The house, among the Mailu, is usually
tenanted by as many generations as there are alive in the male
line, and if there are several married, grown-up brothers they
usually occupy the same house. Thus the “household’’—the
group consisting of the occupants of a house—corresponds
broadly to the “greater family.”
I have made a genealogical census of the Mailu village,
drawing genealogies of the inmates of each house. The results
may be summed up as follows:—Every house is habited by
people related by blood on the agnatic side and by women
married to members of the family. The children always live
with their parents. Nowadays they continue to live in the
paternal house, the girls till marriage, the boys indefinitely.
In olden days the boys moved to the Diibw, or clubhouse, after
puberty, and remained there until their marriage. After
marriage the man, in former times, lived in the same house with
his parents, his wife joining him. This is also the present
state of things. If there are several sons in the family, two
or three would live in the paternal house, the others building
anew home.
Thus, as stated above, three generations, comprising

several families, may form a Mailu household. In a few cases
only a house is occupied by a single family—a married couple
and their children. Usually two or three, sometimes as many
as four or five, families live in one house.

The ownership, or ‘‘mastership,’’ of a house is hereditary
in the male line, the eldest male of the household being always
regarded as its “master” (Gubina). Of course, this title does
not confer any special economic privileges upon a man; in

522

spite of which, however, the natives attach to it a certain
importance, and are never in doubt as to who is the master of
a house (comp. chap. iv., sec. on Property and Inheritance).

As the house is the scene of family life, this is the proper
place to give its description.

aL CG c
Fig. 1. Swowine THE MopeE or PREPARING Boarps.

a. The trunk in section; a deep longitudinal groove has been
scooped out on one side.
b. A second groove has been cut on the opposite side.

c. The trunk split in two halves with three pairs of poles,
wedged into one of the grooves. The two halves are subsequently
planed with an adze.

Houses and House-building.—The Mailu houses are built
on piles on dry land. They comprise two compartments—an
upper room, formed by the upper floor and by the oval-shaped
thatch, and the lower verandah, roofed by the upper floor and
open on all four sides (comp. figs. 3 and 4; also pl. xxviii.,
fig. 2, and pl. xxx., fig. 2). The upper room is practically
closed all round, there being no windows or doors, access being
gained by a small opening in the floor, where one climbs .up
by a ladder (the opening and ladder have not been shown in
the diagrams, figs. 3 and 4). The lower verandah is overhung
by the thatch, forming fairly long perpendicular eaves ; it may
also be sheltered on any side by portable screens, made of
pandanus mats (H/laki), plaited coconut leaves (T'sindu), and
reed mats (Hba), the latter being the kind used for sails.
(The verandah in the house on pl. xxx. is partially screened
with mats.)

Both the verandah and the upper room are used as general
living places. The household members sleep, have their meals,
cook the food, and do their work either in the lower or upper
compartment—according to the weather. Of course, when
engaged in work the people prefer to sit on the verandah
because the upper compartment is dark; whereas they sleep
usually in the upper room. But there is no sharp division of
functions between the two parts of the Mailu house, both
serving broadly the same purposes, according to circumstances.

From the point of view of construction, the house consists
of three practically independent parts, each possessing its own

523

foundations and each being scarcely connected in structure
with the two others. The lower floor, or verandah, rests on
eight to ten thick fairly-short piles (about 1°50 m. high) ; the
upper floor rests on the six main piles of the building; the
roof is supported by two wooden pillars, slenderer than the

B O) oe O Fa :

Cc

Fig. 2. Grounp Pian or House PItzs.

A. Piles of the lower floor, or verandah (Déu dogéta).
B. Piles of the upper floor (main piles; Dogéta).
©. Piles, supporting the roof.

524

‘(aun.o) ajod-o3pt rwoddy “f~ ‘fasznqg nod) $489. OOF IOMOT OY} YOIYM uo ‘sa

‘(nuboy) ejod-oSpit 1eMOT “H *(DL060L049 ) yoou out Suryzoddns ne ‘9
‘tooy a9ddg “9 ‘(pjobog ‘settd ureur) 1007 seddn oy} jo sotg “g
‘(ngg) syser roop aoddn oy} YOryM uo sefod “W ‘(pj0b0p nog) YepueieaA 10 OOF IOMOT OY} JO S2Iq “V

GSNOY{ FHL FO NOWVAATIQ IWuatw]T “¢ “Oly

= = =F
,
. ’ (
A! ;
’ '
ete) f
‘ .
& ? 1
. ‘
. . '
: .
’ '
; ee :
' i = s ' .
Pn . ' '
aa ' ‘
pi ae :
rt ek .
Phat ' z ‘
' bs ‘
é t
Sean Wins :
‘ e . ' '
' ’, '
1 ' - ‘
. ‘ ‘ '
' ' ‘
a? . ' '
. ‘ ‘ ‘
ae tt
hy .
' ‘ : }
sit a ' Cc
ee ee ene ee a as Sahm san Aes ame beet ST Re, ea a hee ol ee ee oS
ak ere a a eee eee ee ee Mee 2 OE RO ee SG ae Sal ea ae ee na a ES pio
ss eee a F
a a ne ee me ee eA a eo EN ——,- -3a-r---s
ee oe Sie i oly ae
' ) ifm > : : ’ 1 ' ‘
' ; ‘ : > A . .
; ‘ ‘

C

525

\
©
—

ioe ee
x

7 ee ee kee) em, ee en gm ee ent a | eed

t
!

om we owe ween

New on
4 -=s-

ee ck:

bs on -<—~- = Ty ee ~—“<—_-<— mame 50, ~ -.!

;
tener» fe re ers
: acs sae

t
‘
‘
(

N

C

Fig. 4. Front Exevation or Hovse.

Piles of lower floor, or verandah (Dou dogéta).

Piles of the upper floor (main piles; Dogéta).

Piles, supporting the roof (Géragoéra).

Longitudinal poles, on which the lower floor rests (Dou

Co >

Lower floor (Dou).

Poles, on which the upper floor rests (Otw).
Upper floor.

. Lower ridge-pole (Dagira).

I. Upper ridge-pole (O’ure).

Mes ass

526

main piles and much higher (comp. figs. 2, 3, and 4). The
order of construction is as follows:—First, the six main piles
are sunk ; then, before the upper floor, which rests on these six
main piles, is laid, the lower platform or verandah is made,
its size and position being determined by that of the six main
piles (hence the reason for its subsequent construction). The
men can now stand on the lower platform or verandah and
carry out the construction of the upper floor. When this is
finished the builders have a scaffolding ready for the making
of the roof. Thus they are able to construct the whole house,
which is a fairly high erection, without the necessity for
making a special scaffolding of any description.

The preparatory work of supplying the material for con-
struction (the posts, poles, and boards) was undoubtedly the
most difficult part of the task, especially in olden days, when
everything had to be done with stone implements. There is
also a great difference between the material employed nowadays
in the construction of the houses, and that used previously,
the better tools now available enabling the native to obtain
timber much superior to that which was previously used.

The six main piles had to be cut in the bush and brought
to the village, as well as the two higher ones which support
the roof, and the eight to ten short piles for the verandah. The
preparation of the boards was still more laborious in olden
days. A tree had to be cut down; a deep and fairly
narrow longitudinal groove was then scooped out (comp. fig.
la). After that the log was turned upside down so that the
groove was now underneath, and another longitudinal groove,
opposite the first one, was scooped out (fig. 1b). Then, with
the aid of three pairs of poles wedged into one of the clefts,
the log is levered asunder (fig. lc). The tree trunk has now
been split in halves, and the resulting two, fairly thick, logs
were subsequently planed by thin broad adzes—the type most
approaching the fine ceremonial blades.

Besides the piles and the boards a number of, more or less,
thick poles is necessary in the construction of the house, and
a sufficiency of sago leaves is collected to be used for making
the thatch.

The piles and boards of the recently-made houses are
made of the fairly hard Bedila tree. In olden days the much
softer timber of the Dubzna tree was used for boards, and the
piles were made either of J/6da tree wood in the better houses or
of coconut palm trunks in the inferior ones. The thinner poles
and stakes are, and were, made of red mangrove. The pre-
paratory work was by no means easy. On Mailu Island, where
the natives had to fetch everything from the mainland, the

©

wv. tae

527

preparations might (according to my native informants’ esti-
mate) take as much as two to three moons’ time. Of course,
this implies the native rate of working, which is not very fast.

After the material had been collected the natives proceed
to the construction of the house. As mentioned, the first
thing done is the implantation of the six main piles (they are

a ae eg 3
Sl a a
a | | = S
an Ta ENTRY faa TRE
ITN OR
7 ‘~ see Pm eTy Hae rl ia eat || |
SSeS
aati Babs i Titel
ot Dt TATE + 3E
a |

Fig. 5. View or a House in VerticaL SEcTION

from within, showing construction of lower and upper floor.

A. Dou dogoéta (verandah piles).

B. Dogéta (piles of upper floor).

D. Dow bitsi (horizontal supports of the verandah planks).

E. Planks of the verandah or lower floor.

F. Poles on which the upper floor rests (Otw).

G. Planks (Wawd’u) of the upper floor, lashed to the Otu and
a.

H. Abdba, longitudinal pole, parallel to the Otu.

M and N show the mode of lashing the planks to the Otu;
at M holes have been drilled in the planks for the purpose of
the lashing. N indicates an interstice between the planks, which
has been used for passing the cane.

Abd

ao

528

(no) S10} yes 10419 wy ‘1
‘su04yeq joor ‘nunasag “a ‘op
‘(n opp) YAOmoewesy JouuT oy} Jo saoqyzear 10 squy 'q ‘q
‘(ain.Q) 90d oBpir teddy “ny ‘go
‘(nuboqg) efod espta s9mo0'TyT “'g ‘g

‘(‘y) euo Ive OY} ULYY IEYSIY st (y) eftd yuoayz oy,
‘(vi9bvi9y) foor ey} yroddns yorym ‘soprd omy og “yw ‘Ww

‘dOOY GHHOLVHY, AHL JO HUOMANWVUY 9 ‘DIT

529

called Dogéta) in deep holes, about the depth of a man’s

height. 04)

The work of sinking the piles is done by many men, who
help the owner.(5) It is thus done quickly, the work being
finished in about a day. After that the lower platform, or
verandah (Doéu) is erected. The eight or ten short piles (Déu
dogota) are sunk, but only to about half the depth of the
Dogéta. On the slightly concave tops of the Déw dogéta rest
two long poles (Dow bits), running the whole length of the
house, and on those the boards (Déu wawdu) are laid.

Neither are the Vow bits: attached to the piles, nor are the

boards secured in any way to the Bits:. They simply rest one
on top of the other. The boards of the verandah are more-
over much inferior to those of the upper floor.

Standing on this lower platform, the builders construct

the upper floor. This is done, of course, much more carefully,

any insecurity or unsteadiness in this part of the house being
considerably more dangerous a matter than in the case of the
verandah.

The construction of the upper platform is, in principle,
quite identical with that of the lower one, the difference being
that the single joints are fastened together and not merely
superimposed. There are also two longitudinal poles resting
on the concave tops of the six main poles. And on these the
boards are transversely placed and firmly lashed. The two
longitudinal poles (Otw) are not fastened to the main piles,
but rest securely in the carefully cut concavities in the top of
the latter. The boards (IV awd’u) are laid in close juxtaposi-
tion and with their ends well trimmed, so that the upper floor
presents a regular rectangle, bounded on each side by regular

‘straight lines. The fastening of the boards to the Otw is made

by means of another longitudinal pole (Abdba), thinner than
the Ofu, laid on top of the boards, parallel to the Otw. Holes
are drilled in the boards and through them, as well as through
the spaces between any two boards, the Otu and Abdba are
lashed to each other with split lawyer cane (fig. 5).

Thus the lower and upper platforms are ready. The
native architects proceed now to the construction of the roofing
(see fig. 6). Through two pair of holes cut in both platforms

(144)The Motu, in constructing their pile dwellings in the
sea, sink piles by pointing them at the lower end and driving
them into the mud of the seabottom by a rotatory motion. Two
Topes are lashed to the top of the pile, so that the four ends
Sadiate at right angles in poe directions. By pulling on these
four ends the rotatory motion is imparted.

(15)Comp. chap. iv., sec. 5.

| #

-.

530

the two roof-supporting poles (Gé6ragéra) are passed and sunk
into the ground. Standing on the upper platform, the men
can construct the framework of the thatching. In the loftier
houses, however, it 1s necessary for a man to stand on a thick
log of wood—about a metre high—in order to fix the two main
ridge-poles of the roofing. The upper ridge-pole (O’dre) is
much slenderer than the lower one (Dagira). Both poles
are passed through the front pile and are lashed to the
rear one (fig. 6). The front pile is as a rule higher, hence the
sloping profile of the roof. The Dagira (lower and stouter
ridge-pole) is passed through a hole cut in the front Géragéra,

the O’ure (upper ridge-pole) rests on a concavity in the top

of the front pile. Both ridge-poles are very close to each
other, some 10 to 20 cm., only, separating them. The two
poles are, however, not fixed simultaneously. After the Dagira
is put in, and before the O’ure is fixed, the inner frame of
the roof is constructed.

This consists of a set of transversal ribs (technically rafters,
Daelo’u) running from the Dagira down to a longitudinal

pole, parallel to the Dagira, which is fastened to the main

poles about a metre or so below the upper floor (this pole is
also called Abdba—the general name for long, thin mangrove
poles). The rafters lie close to each other, and I counted
fifteen in a house of average size. On these rafters longitudinal
poles (technically roof battens, Deredna) are fixed, running,

of course, parallel to the Dagira and Abdba. There were five -

Dereédanas in the same house in which I found fifteen Dagiras.
This framework of rafters and roof battens, made of fairly
thin, flexible poles of red mangrove, constituted the inner
skeleton of the thatching. The raison d’étre of this double
frame for the roof is, as far as I am able to judge, to give an
additional strength to the sago thatch, which has often to
stand a considerable stress of wind. It is also this form of
construction which enables the natives to give the Gothic arch
profile to their houses. It would be impossible to fix the first
(inner) set of rafters giving them the full curvature; indeed
they are much less bent than the outer set of rafters (called
Léu). These are attached on top between the Dagira and the
O’ure (t.e., between the two ridge-poles), and to the Abdba
below. Thus they start and end at the same points, as the

inner rafters, passing on the outer side of these. Hence the —

greater curvature. The thatching (Ato) made of sago palm
leaves, folded half length and stitched together, is attached

to the outer rafters. The men begin at the top, and for this —

work again require to stand on some elevation (usually a log of
wood). Thus the slopes (Déri) of the roof are made. The

two gables (Babdgu) are made subsequently, the thatch being —

531

fixed to a framework of rafters and battens, the former radiat-
ing from the top of the gable, the latter being placed obliquely
(as in the diagram). The rafters are attached at the top to
the ridge-poles and at the bottom to a horizontal pole (Babdgu
ana ).

The front of the house (/tsdrz) is, as mentioned, higher
than the rear (Dini). The front is also ornamented. Access
to the house is usually gained through the front, on which
side the facilities are much better.

In very small houses access to the lower platform
(verandah) is gained directly by means of a sloping log, which
serves as a ladder. In all the larger houses, however, there
is an intermediary platform (dAvzna dow), or there may be
two, in which case the sloping log leads to the first and lower
one. Such platforms rest on four piles (called Aina déu
dogota), which are usually thick and not very well finished or
deeply sunk. In some houses, though not in all, an oblique
stake, serving as a ladder, is also placed at the rear of the
platform.

The access to the upper compartment is gained from the
verandah by a trap door (Urunéga), an opening in the roof
of the verandah or upper floor some two to three metres from
the front, a ladder leading from the lower to the upper plat-
form. The ladder (Ordbo) consists of a board with pear-
shaped holes cut out.

The house decorations consist of carvings done on
parts, of pendants hung along the eaves, especially on the
front gable, and of pigs’ jaws or fish tails bound to the front
roof pile and to the front Babdagu ana (horizontal pole running
along the thatch eave in the front). The carvings are done on
the front end of the O’ure (top ridge pole) which projects
beyond the front gable, as well as on the ends of the Deredna
(longitudinal roof battens). The carving resembles, roughly,
fish tails and snakes’ heads, but the natives do not so identify
them, saying that they have no meaning, and are only tradi-
tional designs. The outer sides of the six main piles are
carved, the pattern consisting of several parallel rows of four-
sided pyramids. The same “crocodile skin” pattern is carved
on the roof of the verandah (under aspect of the upper floor).
In two or three houses in Vailu village, in one house in Kurére,
and in one house in Dérebai there were large crocodiles carved
at full length of some two to three metres in very deep bas-
relief.

The pigs’ jaws and other remains of feasts are perhaps
the most characteristic decoration in all Western Papuo-
Melanesian tribes.

532

Kinship.—In the house the members of the agnatic
‘‘sreater family’’ live in close contact. The parents are
extremely fond of their children, nurse them carefully, fondle
them and play with them (comp. chap. iii., sec. 4). The
communism in the supply and preparation of food and in the
common meals, the communism in objects of daily use—all
these contribute to the establishment of bonds of kinship be-
tween the members of the household—.e., between the
members .of the agnatic or greater family. Brothers living
together, or a paternal uncle and his nephews living in the
same house were, as far as my observation goes, on much
closer terms with each other than relatives of similar degrees
living apart. This was evident whenever there was a question
of borrowing things, of getting help, of accepting an obliga-
tion, or of assuming responsibilities for each other.

The paternal authority over the males soon becomes very
weak (comp. chap. ii1., sec. 4), but I was not able to ascertain
to what extent this was conditioned by the pre-European
custom of sending the boys to live in the Dubu. The father’s
rights over the female children persist even after their marriage
in the form of the gifts of pigs which he receives regularly,
and which entail the obligation of returning them (comp. chap.
il1., sec. 3).

The bonds of kinship find at the same time a very strong
expression and enhancement in the custom of Vevém, which
entails an extensive communism in food (comp. chap, iil.,
sec. hi).

The classificatory sirens of kinship are very similar in their
main features to those found among the Koita by Dr. Selig-
man.(16) Jn the following table IJ have adopted the mode of
presentation recommended by Dr. Rivers in the ‘‘Notes and
Queries.”’ The letters in parentheses are to be read: —m.s.=
man speaking ; w.s.= woman speaking.

Father = A bd@’2.

Mother = Adé’s.

Son or daughter (m.s. and w.s.)=Oeva.
Elder brother (m.s.) = Uinégt.

Elder brother (w.s.) = Vineégi.

Elder sister (m.s.) = Uinavétsa.

Elder sister (w.s.) =U imavétsa.

Father’s brother (elder or younger) = 46d’7.
Father’s brother’s wife = Adé’t.

Father’s elder brother’s son = UViniégi.
Father’s elder brother’s daughter = hada?

(16) Op. cit., pp. 66 and: 67.

533

Younger brother (m.s. and w.s.)=fau’égi or Ndbu.
Younger sister (m.s. and w.s.) = Rau’avétsa or Nabu.
Father’s younger brother’s son= Rav’ égi or Ndbu.
Father’s younger brother’s daughter = Pav’avétsa or Nabu..
Father’s sister (younger or elder) = Aébo.

Father’s sister’s husband= Ave.

Father’s sister’s son= NVai’éqv.

Father’s sister’s daughter = Vai’avéetsa.

Mother’s sister = Adé’?.

Mother’s sister’s husband = 4 0a’7.

Mother’s sister’s son (elder) = Viniégu.

Mother’s sister’s daughter (elder) = Uiniavétsa.
Father’s father = Ovd’:.

Father’s mother = Ovd’t.

Mother’s father = Ova’.

Mother’s mother = Ovd’2.

Mother’s brother = Ave.

Mother’s brother’s wife = Aibo.

Brother’s child (m.s. and w.s.)=Oeva.

Husband’s brother’s child = Oeva.

Wife’s brother’s child = Oeva.

Sister’s child = Oeva.

Wife’s sister’s child = Oeva.

Mother’s younger brother’s child=NVdbu.

Son’s child (m.s. and w.s.) = Natani.

Daughter’s child (m.s. and w.s.) = Vaténi.

Great grandfather (pat. and mat.; m.s. and w.s.)=

Goina.

Husband=Hme (“My husband” =IJnéme).
Wife=Avétsa (“My wife’ =Inavétsa).

Wife’s father = Lvav’éqi.

Wife’s mother = Lvai’avétsa.

Husband’s father = Fvai’éq.

Husband’s mother = Lvai’avétsa.

Daughter’s husband (m.s. and w.s.) = Botsia.

Son’s wife (m.s. and w.s.) = T'dma.

Wife’s brother (elder or younger) = Naivdagqu.

Wife’s sister (elder) = Vimavéetsa.

Wife’s sister (younger) = Vdbu (not Raii’avétsa).
Sister’s husband (elder or younger) (m.s.) = Naivdgu; also»

sometimes called Goina (term applied to great grandfather).

Elder sister’s husband (w.s.) = Uiniéqu.

Younger sister’s husband (w.s.) = Vdbu.

Husband’s brother (elder) = Vimeégr.

Husband’s brother (younger) = Vdbu.

Elder brother’s wife = Viniavétsa.

Younger brother’s wife=NVdbu (not Paii’avétsa)..

534

Husband’s sister (elder and younger) = Vaivdgu.

Elder and younger brother’s wife (w.s.) = Vaivagu.
Wife’s elder and younger sister’s husband = /tsigoina.
Husband’s elder and younger brother’s wife = Miunigoina.
Son’s wife’s parents= V eam.

Daughter’s husband’s parents = V ednz.

These are the classifactory terms of relationship of the
Mailu. It must be, however, noted that although the term
for elder brother, Uiniégz, for instance, comprises more people
than we would design in our so-called descriptive system, it is
by no means comprehensive of all the members of the village
community, or even of the clan, which would, were it possible
to trace their kinship, fall into the classificatory category of
“elder brothers.” In other words, if we should take the village
community, or the clan, or even the subclan, and ask our
informants (ex hypothest a member of this group) to classify
those men according to their relationship to him, he would be
unable to do it. He would pick out a certain number of men
and design them by appropriate kinship terms. Of the rest
he would say that they are no relations of his. The “classifica-
tory’’ system of kinship does not classify the man’s community
nor his clan, nor even his subclan, according to their degree of
relationship. Only such people as a man is actually able to
place in his pedigree are designed by kinship terms. As the
Mailu man is not able as a rule to trace his genealogy beyond
his grandfather, the range of the classificatory terms is not
very wide.

It is true that in addressing each other the natives use
the terms of kinship within a much wider range, comprising
practically the whole community and, a forteorz, the subclan
and clan. Whoever is not addressed by one of these terms is
spoken at as Gaidi—a word corresponding to the Mailu Turdgu
and meaning “intimate friend.”” It must be noted, however,
that the terms of relationship used in such a broad sense are
really ‘‘terms of address” merely. The difference between their
strict use and their broad use as ‘‘terms of address’’ is essential.
In the first case they express an actual social relationship, which
is rooted in the mode of living (membership of the household
and of the subclan), in the economic relations (comp., e.g., the
Vevéni custom, inheritance, forms of work, etc.), and in cer-
tain ceremonial duties and obligations (comp., e.g., mourning).
As terms of address, the classificatory terms of kinship are only
the expression of a certain feeling of étiquette, which compels
two people engaged in a friendly conversation to exaggerate
the intimacy of their relationship and to consider the use of
personal names as a disrespectful act.

535

Again, it must be emphasized that even within the nar-
rower limits of their application—v.e., as far as they are
traceable genealogically—the terms of kinship do not imply
that the native’s attitude of mind and his social relation to all
the people designed by the same term is exactly identical.
Both in the ideas and feelings of the natives, and in their
customary regulations the “‘own’’ brothers or parents occupy
quite a different position to the cousins or uncles, although the
former are designed by the same words as the latter. Thus,
for instance, in the customs referring to mourning the “own”
brothers would be the more important of the chief mourners,
and they have also the whole benefit of the native rules of
inheritance (comp. chap. iv., sec. 6, and chap. v., sec. 4). The
expression used in Motu to design the actual relationship by
blood, in opposition to the purely titular terms of address,
and also to discriminate the “own” brothers and sisters from
the collateral ones, is: —Bdga (belly) tamona (one), meaning
“born of the same woman.’’ I was told by my own Mailu
informants that exactly the same expression is used in Mailu:
Tsinai (belly) omubua (one).

The general expression for kindred, corresponding to the
Matuan word Vdravara, is in Mailu: Hmegi (men), goina
(great grandfather), which might perhaps be translated:
“people belonging to the ancestor.’’ The relatives by marriage
are called Minimuni (marriage) avira (side) emegi (men).

The real, or own, father is designed by the expression
Aba (father) gubina (chief or master), which may be trans-
lated ‘‘the chief or main father.”’ This expression would be-
used to answer or put a question: ‘‘Who is this man? Is he
your real father?” It would never be used as a term of address..
The father’s elder brother is spoken of and addressed as
Uimabda’1; the younger one as Rai’abd’i. Those terms would
be used only when stress is laid on the distinction, both in
speaking of the father and uncles and in addressing them. If
the father and one of the uncles were present the father
would be addressed as Uniabd’i or Razi’abd’1, according to-
whether he was the elder or younger of the two.

A concrete example, illustrated by the following gene-
alogy, will make it clearer : —

Romari Bar@u

Pudna

536

If Romdri, Pudna’s father, and Bard’u, Romdri’s younger
‘brother, were present, and Pudna were to call out ‘‘Inabim,
my father!’’ both would answer. If Pudna wanted his father
he would then specify his call, and say, “Uiniaba@’i!” (and not
“Abav gubina!”) But if he were asked by someone present,
“Who is that man?’ he would say, if Lomdri was designed,
“Abd gubina”’; if Bar@u was meant, he would say,
“Raw ab@r.”

I asked several of my informants who were a man’s nearest
kinsmen, and all agreed without hesitation that the man’s
own brothers (the sisters were not included) were his nearest—
his real—relatives ; speaking in Motu, they used the expres-
sions: “Vdravara gaubddabada; Vdravara kérikéri.”’ This
view, held privately by individuals, is entirely in agreement
with the “customary or social] view,’’ as it might be called,
embodied in the rules of inheritance and in the mourning cus-
toms (comp. the respective paragraphs :—chap. iv., sec. 6, and
chap. v., sec. 4).

Some of my informants, though not all, also said that the
mother is the nearer relative of the child than the father,
pointing out that the child is born of the mother. This view
is also endorsed by some of the customs (comp, e.g., mourning
customs), though it stands in contrast with the fact that the
man is undoubtedly at the head of the household.

Certain relatives cannot be addressed by their own names,
and their names are taboo when they are not present (comp.
chap. lli., sec. 3). Thus the names of the father and of all
his brothers are taboo (Géra). The same is the case with the
mother and her sisters. In general, the names of all the rela-
tives of all the previous generations (grandfathers, uncles,
aunts: Ovdi, Aibo, Avie) are Gora. Nobody would address
them with their personal names nor pronounce them in
public. The same étequette is applied also to the other
members of the community who belong to generations older
than that of the speaker. It was considered very discourteous
to address such a person by his, or her, personal name.
A classificatory term of relationship would be used in such
cases. Again, if the man was a stranger, some term of
respect was used. The Motuan, and generally Melanesian,
word, 7'aubdda (great) is now used all along the coast as such
a term of respect.

The brothers, sisters, children, and grandchildren were
called, addressed, and spoken of by their personal names.

537
CHAPTER III.

TRIBAL LIFE.

1. Darty LIFE.

Division of Daytime.—The natives divide their day into
several periods, determined, of course, and mostly named, by
the position of the sun.

Morning is called Daba \ ; the time at, and after, sunset,
Valavitsa; evening, Vagaritsa; night, Gdrugubdre. The
other periods are called after the respective position of the
sun (Vina, in Mailu).

Thus, to summarise all the names in their consecutive
order : —

1. Daba aioitetsa or Daba kivonai=early morning.

2. Déba=morning.

3. Nina atsanaravaina=time before mid-day.

4. Nina atsd’i= mid-day and early afternoon—that is,
whilst the sun is high.

5. Valavitsa=late afternoon, about sundown.

6. Vagariutsa=evening, early part of the night.

7. Gdrugubare=deep night.

The Daba and Valavitsa times are the busy ones. The
natives do not like to do any work during the hot hours of the
day, and even during the feasts the mid-day hours are devoted
to siesta. This is, of course, not a hard and fast rule.

Sleeping.—There are no fixed times for going to sleep
or for rising. As a rule, the natives go early to bed and are
early risers. But when there is dancing or night fishing, or
any other nocturnal occupation, they remain up till late into
night.

They sleep, during the cooler season, in the upper part
of their house, under the sago palm thatch. During the
change of the south-east trade wind into the monsoon (October
to December) they spend the hot nights on the lower open
platforms, and very often they sleep under small shelters
erected near the houses. There are no bedsteads in their
houses, only mats spread upon the floor. For pillows they
use short, and rather thin, logs. I never saw any of the carved
wooden pillows, as used on the north-eastern coast.

Toilet, Dress, and Cleanliness.—They have, in general, no
regular times for washing or making their “toilet,’’ but they
bathe fairly often in the sea (coastal natives) or in creeks (in-
land Magi). They also wash with Dehoro, the fluid prepared
by moistening scraped coconut and squeezing out the mess,,

(17)The same term as in Motu.

538

which also plays a very important ré/e in native cookery. The
bathing in the sea or creeks seems to be generally due to the
desire to get cool rather than to a craving for cleanliness. But
undoubtedly they often bathe in order to cleanse themselves,
as, for instance, when they remove the mourning or ceremonial
dirt. Besides these occasions there is no ceremonial bathing,
or no presumption of cleanliness on ceremonial grounds, but
the natives generally rinse their hands and mouths with sweet,
or salt, water after every meal. As a rule, the natives are
fairly clean, and they hardly ever shock the eye or the olfactory
sense, except when they are obliged to keep dirty, as in the
cases just mentioned.

They have, of course, a characteristic smell? but this is
by no means strong or unpleasant. In the way of artificial
scents they use several kinds of aromatic herbs, which they put
in their armlets. The most popular of these has, to the
European nose, a strong and decidedly offensive smell. Some
‘of these herbs are cultivated by the natives in their gardens,
and they are used indiscriminately by both sexes. The testes
of the cuscus are also used as perfume, and are placed in
armlets or necklets.

As mentioned above, they use the coconut to anoint them-
selves, and this gives to the natives one of the predominant,
but by no means unpleasant, smells. They never use pigs’ fat
for anointing themselves, and indeed they seem to have a
certain horror of getting greasy with this fat.

The care of the hair is one of the most important toilet
activities with the natives, and squeezed coconut, which is
smeared all over the body, is especially used as a shampoo.

In mourning the men shave their hair. Otherwise they
let it grow until it forms the large, mop-like chevelure which
is so characteristic of the Papuo-Melanesian. This mop is left
with its natural contour, except when they dress up for
dancing, on which occasions it is bound and decorated in
various ways. Individuals with wavy hair are exceptional,
and I never saw in the Mailu district any person with the
woolly, close-cropped hair characteristic of the Papuans. Nor
is their hair ever plaited with mud or grease, as is done in
some parts of the Territory. m

To keep the hair in order they employ a comb, which they
normally carry in their hair (except when in mourning), thus
using it as a decoration. The comb (Pé’e) consists of a piece
of wood (from 15 in. to 30 in. long). It is split at one end
into several teeth, which are kept apart by a string passed
between them. Another piece of string tied round their base
keeps them together. The other end of the comb serves as a

539

handle, of which the most usual forms are a plain long one,
in which case the comb is called Pé’e gdgi; and a shorter:
carved form called Pé’e viru.

Fie. 7. Native Comp witH Puain Hanpie (Pé’e gdgi).
This is one of the most common forms.

Fie. 8. Pé’e rw: ANOTHER VERY Common ForM oF
Native Come,
showing a characteristic motive in the shaping of the handle.
(“Bird’s head’’ motive imported from the Southern Massim [? ].):

There are other and more ornamental forms of handle
(coming probably from the eastern culture area), having a
long elastie handle-end and decorated with banana seeds 18)
(Gudu) and pandanus leaf pendants, or with the handle
covered with string. But these are very seldom seen, and then
only on festive occasions. The comb is put into the man’s
thick hair close to the temples, in a horizontal plane, the
handle usually pointing forward or slightly to the side. The
comb is so solidly fixed in the hair that it sometimes serves
to support a considerable weight of feather ornaments during
the violent exercise of native dancing. The feather ornaments
worn by the men, as shown in pl. xxxi., fig. 1, are attached
to combs.

Ordinarily the Pé’e is used to comb the hair and keep it
in order, though the men occasionally use it to scratch the
scalp.

Depilation is done by pulling out the facial hair and by
shaving the scalp. The pulling out is done by means of a
small pumice stone (Imita; in Motu, Dahiuru); the hair,
being gripped between its rough surface and the thumb, is
pulled out by a jerk. Another way to perform the operation
is by means of a fibre (Boru; in Motu, Hépo) of a garden

(18) Wild banana (Musa ensete).

540

plant.) A loop of this fibre held close to the hairy surface
is twirled round so that the hair gets entangled, and can then
be jerked out. No hair on the body was removed by the
Mailu. (29)

The shaving is done with thin, sharp obsidian (Nabia)
‘flakes, obtained in the following way. A piece of obsidian is
placed in the hollow of the left hand with an edge pressed
against the palm, near the commencement of the wrist. This
edge is struck with another stone in a plane perpendicular to
it and at a rather sharp angle.

Fug. eae
SHowine MeErHoD oF MAKING OpsIDIAN FLAKES.

Fig. 9. The line A B indicates the position of the edge of
the piece of obsidian, resting against the palm.

Fig. 10. The line C D shows the direction in which the
-striking-stone moves.

Fig. 11. Shows the obsidian core in section, with the
trajectory (C D) of the striking-stone, which moves towards the
edge D

The obsidian splinters and yields, usually, several small,
sharp, thin flakes. These are used as razors, and with them

(19) The Motu of Hanuabada bring the Répo from the gulf as
one of the goods acquired in their annual trading expeditions
(hiri) to the west.

(20) The body hair was not removed by the Motu, but the
natives of Hulda, Kerepinu, and Ardma, occupying the coast
between the Motu and the Mailu, remove their pubic hair by
means of pumice stone.

* © wall

541

shaving is performed apparently with ease by the barber, and
comfort to the person shaven. No equivalent for soap is used.

Recently the introduction of bottles has greatly reduced the
demand for obsidian, which has to be traded from the north-
eastern coast.(2) Conservative experts, however, praise the
superior sharpness and elasticity of the obsidian razor as com-

_ pared with the best flaked bottle glass.

Women, when in mourning, shave their hair, but not
otherwise. In that sex there is a greater variety in the
methods of arranging the hair; for besides being left to grow
as it will, in which case it forms the characteristic mop, it is
plaited with mud and grease. Some women wear it plaited
all over, when their head presents a kind of caput Medusae—
a style called VUrubatiuna. Others leave it alone on the front
and top, plaiting only the occipital locks into curls, which hang

down over the neck. This is, however, a fashion introduced

from the Massim, and is called Povo. The plaiting into locks
seems to be the correct way of treating woman’s hair when it
grows long, and it is connected with the fact that the women
do not wear a comb, nor have | ever seerf=a woman using one
to comb her hair or to scratch her scalp. With the locks

plaited the comb is, of course, unnecessary.

The natives do not use lime for discolouring their hair,
nor are there any other methods of imparting to it an artificial
hue.

The nails are clipped with a sharpened shell, or else are
bitten off. -

The piercing of the septum of the nose is done with a
sharp shell, though they sometimes use a broken ring of

_ tortoise- shell, which, when made to grip the septum, acts like

a spring and ‘works its way through the soft cartilage by force
of elasticity. This last-mentioned method is used when the
child is quite young.

The ear lobes are either perforated with a sharpened shell,
or by the tortoise-shell ring method. In the latter case one

‘Ting is first fixed on the lobe, and when this has worked

through more are added till the opening is fairly large.
Should the lobe break they pare the two ends and join them.

The operation of ear-piercing is performed on all indi-

viduals of both sexes without exception; the nose-piercing,
_ however, is largely neglected. For neither practice was I able

%

to find out any support in the native beliefs.

The hole in the nose septum is used for the insertion of
the nose stick (G6v7), made from the shell of the Giant Clam,
and from other shells, and sometimes of tortoise-shell. This

(21)Comp. chap. iv., sec. 4.

q

542

nose ornament (now nearly in disuse) was apparently worn ow
festive occasions only.

The perforated lobe of the ear (called Ope) is decorated
with split tortoise-shell rings, strung into the lobé one after
the other, thus collectively forming a cylindrical body hanging
beneath the ear conch. Sometimes these tortoise-shell rings
are alternated with perforated discs of the red ground shell,
well known as “native money of the Pacific.” These are placed

Fog i 3:

Ear Lose ATTACHMENTS.
Fig. 12. Ear lobe, decorated with tortoise-shell rings.

Fig. 18. ‘‘Sdpisdpi,’’? red shell discs attached to the ear lobe

by means of tortoise-shell rings.

Fig. 14. White, serrated shell disc, used as a decoration of
the ear lobe.

with their plane perpendicular to that of the tortoise-shell disc,
so that they present their broad surfaces to the eye. Rather
uncommon is a fairly large white shell-disc, with a serrated
external border placed in the lobe.

All of these ornaments, the tortoise-shell rings (Gebére),
the shell-discs (Agéva), and the white, serrated disc (Kure)
are of local manufacture.

The teeth are sometimes artificially blackened to a jet
black colour. To effect this they mix the decayed root of the
Badila tree with the green leaves of some other kind of tree.
This mixture they apply to the teeth with a piece of bast,
allowing it to remain over night. The process is repeated from
time to time.

543

All the women tattoo the face and the body in a pattern
identical with that of the Massim, and undoubtedly borrowed
from them. The tattoo is done by pricking the skin with a
thorn of the sago palm or of the lawyer cane, and introducing
by this means a substance made of charcoal and some other
materials. The tattoo marks show deep blue on the brown
skin. The design is done in a fixed order, as in the Motu
tribe, (22) though apparently the order is not the same in the
two tribes. The first tattoo, which takes place at the age of
four or five, is done in the lower abdominal region and round
the vulva. Then the left hand and forearm are worked over ;
after that the right hand. Both upper arms follow. Then,
just before the swelling of the breasts, this part of the body is
tattooed, and next in order comes the legs. The ornamenting
of the face is connected with a small feast, in which women
only participate. Taro is brought into the house and the girl
sleeps on it. The next day the girl’s face is tattooed, and in
the afternoon the food is eaten. The shoulders of a woman
are tattooed after marriage, and the faces and bodies of the
men are never tattooed.

The dress and ornaments varied with the occasion.
Broadly, one may distinguish three typical forms—the normal
form of dressing, the mourning, and the festive, attire. In
the case of a man the essential article of clothing, the perineal
string or cloth, remains unaltered, the ornaments only being
changed ; these are removed during mourning and increased on
festive occasions. The women have different kinds of grass
petticoats for each of these occasions.

The man’s perineal band consists either of a piece of native
rope (called in this case /vdri), or a piece of cloth (Ldmoa),
beaten out of the inner bark of the paper mulberry tree. Both
are worn in the same way, the cloth automatically rolling up
into a rope-like shape. The string is passed round the body
and between the legs, lying over and between the testicles
and displacing the penis to the left. The prepuce is extended
and passed under the rope, the penis being thus kept in posi-
tion. This arrangement of the genitals is called Bz’.

Nowadays the natives have practically abandoned their
old form of dressing under the stress of missionary influence,
and are clothed in European rags of often indescribable
filthiness, so that one only sees the Biz’i arrangement on old
people or at feasts, when the natives revert to their ancient
fashions. The man’s dress is completed by a pair of
armlets and the comb as described above. The armlets
(Tsadriba; in Motu, Gdna) were plaited with a kind of

ie) Of, O. G. Seligman, op. cit., p. 74.

544

fern vine, which has a very fine brown colour in the finished
article. The better class of armlets had on them designs
interwoven with the golden-yellow cortex of an orchid (Gaile),

CERES AT iP at egad ae KEE BTS ON
GEST OR 14> 7S i Shy ae GI Syne! 117
~AS SE Sey, Oe \ fe 4 7s
slr a ae van i pul aa we AN We >, eee 34 Ao
£ iS i UR ag xy 4 SS ph A aes S aS ua SHER ; uA ee “en
h (tS TESS vy ss 2 St A) ane z sn neal “a y
wy FM SAA, x Bap UM p= HEROS et Pr 7S 8 a a Q°
pe SSW WU URS ire? 44 : . yi Oe a.3 SUS LEO = i
¢ p s hs SE; et Ged sme
bere a. oe ~ "4 ey oe ae sd 7> ASTOR
s ‘ ; . C 2) pe ‘
BOIe ar) “a Re: Us sy [ss Kets pie ead. STH Wn
ie ME” /caaraee ¥* SAS Qnnnds<s . si 2 i — » LZ
es, @ ps 3 ee ine 77 RS S*<-- et Ray. Wang KE Bese
\\7 ¥ Cs Se N) ee »>>y»> yyy Ss rane oN Ss AL 7 OLS CULM
° x" 3 LS +s, 7 At ttl hy CS re. SI [,° ik aes Leg. - fe \
RS eat Sey ASS ERS. ay aR ee Srey
CO tor NON ah Me SS t! pe Zaz its 1H
SANE, , A eae “11141646, Ke > <s NN Ly ope ISS OO WS
2 de SS Yd bap SSS SST Jd, ze ay: i~ Sa SAY J f pitt WHILL
Vay ae ’ Me eRe Sg » PENN peice SSA Gy :
sap as 2 +4yQy Ww SS) MMT SST He bi, Ts Sy PY KR ri XN
x aoe RN gh TS ESS By iad ORR ewe SSO SS.
» vA \ ASS MNS, Yt be => MG LE. Wa LS aA 2a f.
~ LB 4 ALU YS 7 ft hth “=: eRe aS Wr cK >
ae SSP RAY Moss Eh ge Os “z
WK At. 2 Sy ‘ ayo
Fig. 15. Fig. 16.

NatTIvE ARMLETS.
Fig. 15. Plaited and ornamented with yellow orchid straw
in a zigzag line.
Fig. 16. Decorated with yellow orchid straw.

the two most usual designs being in the one case a zigzag line
(called Gaile turi l6bo lébo kao), and in the other consisting
of three or four lines parallel to the edge of the armlet (this
is called Gaile turi lauréro). The armlets, the belt, and
sometimes the perforated lobes of the ears are habitually used
as receptacles for trade tobacco, plants, sticks, string,
and other small articles. Whenever bulkier things have
to be carried for a long distance both men and women use
baskets (comp. chap. iv., sec. 7). The women wear “grass”
petticoats, and this dress is still universally in use, though it
is sometimes supplemented by a singlet worn on the upper
part of the body, or, exceptionally, by a ragged, shapeless
cloak put over everything.

The so-called “‘grass’’ petticoats are made of coconut palm
leaves, which are cut into narrow strips with a small sharp
shell. The narrower and finer the strips the better the quality
and the more festive the garb. The very best examples are
very supple, and have the flexibility of a fine fabric. After
the leaf has been split into a number of strips it is inserted
between two bands of the same kind of native bark (Varu)
as is used for making native rope. These form the top of the

skirt. The bottom is cut into a straight line. Several of such

petticoats are worn one over the other, and the greater the gala
the more petticoats are used, so that a fully-dressed native girl

wre

545

invariably suggests the effect and associations of the crinoline.
The women wear the same kind of armlets as the men.

Meals.—There is only one substantial meal in the twenty-
four hours. It is eaten in the afternoon, at sunset, in the
Valavitsa hours. What remains over is eaten next morn-

‘ing, but this does not constitute a substantial meal and
is eaten cold. There is no meal at mid-day, except during
the period of the change of the south-east trade wind into

_ the north-west monsoon, when this is eaten. [ was not
able to find out the reason for this change of mealtime, but
it was stated as a fact, and I was able to verify it by observa-
tion in December and January.

Nowadays a number of natives have served their terms as
plantation boys, or have been in contact with the Mission, or
served the white man in some other capacity, and the custom
of eating substantially two or three times a day largely pre-
vails over the old arrangement. I was, however, assured by
all my informants that in the olden days a man would never
eat much in the morning or think of eating before sunset. (25)

The inmates of each house eat their meal in common,
sitting on the verandah. Relatives and friends from other
houses are often present, and are invariably invited to partake
of the meal. The men and women eat at the same time, sitting
in one circle—the men in a group near the front of the house,
the women on the women’s side. The food is portioned out
for everybody in a separate dish or basket (see below).

Although friends from the same village are not ashamed,
or afraid, to eat with their hosts, strangers from another tribe
would not partake of the food in the presence of others. Jgua,
a Motu of Hlevdla, who came as my “boy” to Mailu, could
never be induced to eat food given him by any of his numerous
friends in the village. Whenever he happened to assist me
at a native repast he took his share away to eat it in solitude
at his own encampment. I was assured that this was the
right thing to do, and that no native would ever eat publicly

_ im a strange village ; if, however, there were several natives of

one tribe in a strange place they would not be ashamed to eat
in public.

In the olden days, when Diubw houses existed, strangers
were entertained there, and there they got their food. The
Dibu was also the eating-place of the bachelors and of such
married and old men who chose to take their meals there.
Their food was sent by their respective mothers or wives.

Vevéni Custom.—Besides supplying food for its inmates,
every household is obliged to distribute a certain amount of
food to other related families. The amount of food given

(23) This applies also to the Motu.
Ss

546

away, and the number of households to whom it was presented,
varies with the abundance of food cooked that day, but there
is a certain minimum of people who must be thus treated
every day. This custom is called Vevém (in Motu, Hierahia),
and as far as I have been able to ascertain it prevails among
all the Papuo-Melanesians.

This Vevénm food must, in the first place, be sent to the
father’s house, in the case in which the father and son do not
live under one roof. Then come the ‘‘own’’ (blood) brothers,
and afterwards, when food is plentiful, the first paternal and
maternal cousins and the uncle are presented with food. Of
course, the same people return the presents to the donor in
a corresponding degree of frequency and abundance. As a
rule the natives, when asked to which houses they send the
Vevén, give a definite number, which is usually some three to
five, a fact which shows that normally there is a fixed number
of people with whom the interchange of food takes place. If
food is scarce, and both his parents dead, he gives the
Vevén to his elder and younger own brothers, and to his sister,
If he has sufficient food he shares it with his half-brother and
half-sister, of the same father but of different mothers. In
cases of exceptional abundance he sends food to his paternal
and maternal cousins (tribal brothers) in equal shares.

Food: Raw Materials and Preparation of Food.—The
animal food of the natives consists of game, such as pigs,
wallabies, kangaroos, rats, bandicoots, cuscus, and various
birds, and of fishes and shellfish, The inland Magi had a
better supply of land game and the Toulon islanders had a
greater abundance of fish, but all the villagers are both
hunters and fishermen (see chap. iv.). Moreover, fish
seems to be a much more easily and regularly accessible form
of food for those natives who live near the sea than game is
for the inland natives. Pork is derived from two sources—
the wild boar, which is hunted, and the pigs that are bred in
the village. The village pigs, which are the more valued,
are killed only on the occasions of important feasts (cf. chap.
Vij sec PO"

Lae food is undoubtedly far more important in native
households than animal food. In the Mailu district, as in all
wet regions of Papua, the predominant vegetable food consists
of bananas and taro, bananas occupying the first place. Of
these there are very many kinds indigenous to the country, and
now there are, besides, several introduced sorts. There are four
kinds of indigenous taro and four kinds of yams. There is
another tuber, called in Motu Tattu, of which there are several
varieties. Sago grows in many places, and every village pos-
sesses its sago swamp and coconut plantation. Nowadays the

a

’

”

547

introduced sweet potatoes and pawpaw constitute an extremely
important item in native housekeeping.

The bananas are eaten ripe as a fruit, but their chief
culinary use is to be eaten as vegetables, for which purpose
they are used in the green, unripe state. They are not peeled,
but only cleaned and their ends cut off. The taro is cleaned,
scraped, and, when it is very bulky, chopped into large chunks.
The same applies to the yam and Taitw roots, and to the sweet
potato—a recent introduction to Papuan soil. The pawpaw
is also used green, as a vegetable. The scraping of the taro,
yam, and 7'aitw is done with a Cypraea tigris shell (Guna)
cut in half and sharpened. Taro and yams are chopped into
pieces with a pearl shell (J/feleagrina sp.; in Mailu, Ordva)
sharpened into a fine blade. The scraping of bananas is also
performed with a shell, of which two kinds are used, one very
small and called Kw’:’2, and the other slightly larger and
called Vika’i’i:; both are of the same shape.

Bae. 17,

VEGETABLE AND FRu1It SCRAPERS.

Fig. 17. Gina, a vegetable scraper, made of the top half
of a Cypraea shell, sharpened into a blade at the end A.

Fig. 18. A small, naturally sharp-edged, bivalve shell, used
as scraper; called Kw’i’i (smaller species) and Nika’?’i (larger
species).

Cooking and Dishing-wp.—If the food is boiled, both
vegetable and animal foods are cooked in the same pot. There
are three methods of cooking used by the Mailu natives:
boiling, roasting, and baking with hot stones.

Boiling (Dariddri; in Motu, Nadia) is done in one of the
large earthenware pots, which are manufactured on Toulon

Island and in its direct colonies (Domdra, Oraido, and
s2

548

Kurére). Leaves, usually those of the banana, are put at the
bottom of the pot, the food is placed on top of them, and
is again covered with leaves. Some water is poured in, but
not in sufficient quantity to swamp the whole contents of the
pot, so that the process is rather one of steaming than of
boiling. The result is generally very palatable, though not
equally appetising at all times.

The process of boiling does not require more than about
one hour at the outside. It is done on the verandah if there
is no wind, or in the room, when there is too much breeze.
The pot is supported by three stones of regular shape and equal
size, the sticks of firewood being inserted radially into the
spaces between the stones. Sometimes old damaged pots are
used as supports instead of the stones.

After the food has been boiled the solid substance is
distributed into wooden platters or baskets. There are two
kinds of the former, one circular and flat, with a scroll orna-
ment on the upper border ; this is called Gaéba, and is manu-
factured in the Massim area. The best specimens, however,

Fig. 19. Woopren Disx (Gaéba),

used in Mailu but manufactured in the Massim area, especially in
the Trobriand Islands.

549

come from the Trobriands and Woodlark Island, and they are
also manufactured by the Southern Massim. The other form of
wooden platter, called in Mailu 4006ma, is oblong, and may be
described as boat-shaped. They are sometimes manufactured
locally, but their real home seems to be Hood Bay, where they
are made by the AKerepiina. They are also used by the Motu
of Hanuabada, who, however, do not themselves make them,
but trade them from the Hood Bay natives. Their Motu name

Fic. 20. Ostone Woopen Disn (Abdma).

is Dihu.'2% (See pl. xxxii., figs. 1 and 2, where Abdmas of an
exceptionally large size are shown).

The baskets, called Vo’ob6ea, used at times for dishing-up
solid food, are rather roughly made of plaited coconut palm
leaf (comp. chap..iv., sec. 7).

The solid food is eaten with the fingers, or, if it is hot
or bulky, with one-pronged forks, made either of wood or of
a pointed wallaby bone. (2)

The liquid obtained by boil-
ing, called iu (in Motu,
Vasidhu), is ladled out of the
pot by means of the Bio. This is
the half of a coconut shell, with
all the soft material removed from
both the outside and inside, and
sometimes with the brim serrated
by way cf ornamentation. There
is also a slight prominence on one
part of the rim, which serves as
a rudimentary handle.

In the second form of cooking (called Gdbu-gabu; in

Motu, Gdbua) the food is roasted over the fire or placed in
hot ashes.

Hatvep Cocontvt SHELL, Bio,
used as a spoon.

(24) The circular wooden dishes do not reach as far as Hanuabada,
_ where their place is taken by the round earthenware plates called
Kibo, or, if larger, Nd’u, which are manufactured locally.

(2)1 did not make a note of the Mailu names for forks. In
Motu the bone fork is called Diniga and the wooden one Nébo.

550

The third method in use among the Mailu is baking by
means of heated stones (called Ponua; in Motu, Amdo). In
this a layer of stones (not heated) is first put on the bottom
of a hole dug in the ground, and on these some heated stones,
on which the food to be baked is placed; then on the top of
the food more hot stones, and finally a layer of banana leaves.

It is to be noted that the three processes are by no means
used indiscriminately, or side by side. Wherever and whenever
the pot and other requisites are available boiling is much
preferred by the natives. Soup (/iu) is very highly appre-
ciated, and boiled food is considered altogether superior. The
method of baking between stones is said to have been practised
formerly (before the white man’s influence) by all, or nearly
all, the inland M/dq, especially by those on hostile terms with
the Mailu islanders, who had the monopoly in pot-making.
Nowadays, friendly relations and trading having been estab-
lished between all the d/dqi-speaking people, boiling is the
only method of cooking in use, except under special circum-
stances. Baking or roasting is resorted to in cases of
emergency on hunting expeditions, or when on marches, etc.,
water is not available. There is also a series of taboos which,
in certain cases, forbid the use of boiled food and only permit
of roasted or baked nourishment (comp. chap. ii., sec. 5,
and chap. v.).

Sago Dishes and Coconut Cream.—Although the native
food presents a considerable variety, owing to the number of
-available plants, they have no different dishes, in our culinary
sense of the word, and the food stuff retains its name after it
has been cooked. The only exception to this culinary sameness
is the sago, which can be prepared in several ways, thus yield-
ing different dishes called by different names. The sago (Ode;
in Motu, Rdbia) emerges from the manufacturing process as a
dirty white mass of farinaceous nature, wrapped in leaves and
tied up into long, sausage-like parcels about sixty inches in
length and ten inches in diameter (comp. chap. iv., sec. 1).
This mass is sometimes eaten raw, but more usually it is
prepared and cooked. If the finely crumbled material is
boiled into a porridge with green coconut milk and brine
it is called Patstra. In Motu, sago porridge is called Lara,
and is usually boiled in wallaby or fish broth. Slightly larger
pieces of sago, similarly boiled in coconut milk and brine, are
called Géda (in Motu, Bakibdki). Still larger sago dumplings
are called Bina veldru (in Motu, Mdnemdne, but the Motu do
not use salt water in boiling sago) ; and meat patties made of
sago are called Ubiibu. To make these a taro or banana leaf is
taken, some sago is put upon it, then a piece of fish or meat,
this being again covered with sago, and the whole, wrapped

551

in the leaf, is boiled. Gm is a dish prepared of scraped
coconut and pounded sago, mixed together and kneaded into
balls or sausages, which are boiled. Sometimes sago, wrapped
in a taro or banana leaf, is simply baked in the open fire, in
which case it is called Bému. Another kind of sago dish is
called Véva; two small parcels of sago, wrapped in banana
leaf are made, and a large flat stone is heated in the fire.
Then the sago parcels are put on either side of the stone, and

Fig. 23.

WoopEN SPATULAS.

Fig. 22. Géda kdtsi. Wooden spatula, with a
short handle, used for stirring the sago (Géda dish).

Fig. 23. Patsiri kdtsi, wooden spatula, with long
handle, used to stir the sago porridge (Patsiri).
Blade length, 25 cm. Total length, 120 cm. There
are longer specimens in use (comp. pl. xxxii., fig. 2).

552

the whole is wrapped up in a big banana leaf and left until
the sago is cooked. (2) The cooking of sago in the methods
first-mentioned is done in the ordinary clay pots, and in
contrast with the boiling or steaming of the vegetables, which
needs no stirring, the sago boiling requires the constant use
of aspoon. For this purpose large wooden spoons, or, rather,
flat spatulas, are used. Some of these are provided with very
long handles, thus permitting the stirring well away from
the fire (see figs. 22 and 23, and pl. xxxii., fig. 2).

Perhaps the most important seasoning and culinary
ingredient in Mailu cooking, as well as in that of all the
other coastal natives, is the coconut cream, Géro géro (in

Motu, Dehéro). It is the only

AOR egular source of fat in the

ve ne natives’ diet, and it renders his
ae. food both nourishing and palat-

Ge ee able. To obtain it a ripe-coconut

is broken and the interior scraped
with a piece of shell, which
is usually cut into an oval shape
and serrated on one side (see
fig. 24). This instrument is
named Kaikéa.(27) The scrapings
are scaked with water and
squeezed, or they are sometimes
strained through a basket, especi-
ally when the coconut cream
(Dehéro) is manufactured on a
large scale on festive occasions
(see pl. xxxu.., fig. 1), and is eaten
as a sauce practically with all the
solid food, except when the coco-
ae ie nut taboo has to be observed

Aaikoa, a shell, | (comp. sec. 5 of this chapter).
serra eae me a oe pe Fcmietiaes as mentioned orl

Nore ee the food is boiled with Dehéro.

The jungle supplies the natives with a certain amount of
fruit, such as native mangos, mangosteens, a fruit called

Fig. 24. Coconur Scrarer.

(26) The Motu prepare sago by boiling it with ripe bananas
and call it Purirdri. Small dumplings of ripe banana and sago
(Dia), wrapped in banana leaves, are boiled in water and eaten
with Kétara, which is boiled coconut cream (Dehoro). Sago
porridge boiled in Dehdro is named Jdra, as just mentioned.

(27) Besides the serrated pearl shell, other shells are used as
inferior implements, notably a large Venus, called Hira. Nowa-
days natives often use large and complicated scrapers supplied by
the white man’s trade.

553

Gaméla, and sevetal others, the names of which I did not
record, that are eaten raw.

Varcotics.—As narcotics the natives use tobacco and areca
nut. A native tobacco was used before the advent of the
white man, but nowadays twisted trade tobacco—called uni-
versally in Papua Avikw—is exclusively smoked, at any rate
by the coastal natives. They use the often- described method
of smoking through a bamboo pipe (Bdubdu), which is pro-
vided with a small hole to hold a cigarette. The tobacco,
which is cut and kneaded, is rolled into cigarette form in a leaf,
of which there are several kinds, called Vd’pera. The cigarette
is inserted in the hole, and by inhaling at the mouth end the
Baubau is filled with smoke. The smoker then removes the
cigarette and draws in the smoke through the hole jn which
this has been inserted.

As a rule one person—usually a young boy, and in any
case the youngest member of the gathering—performs the
function of filling the tube with smoke and of handing it
round. Smoking is a social business, and whenever there is a
gathering of any kind a Bdubdu is essential. There are at
present scarcely any of the richly ornamented bamboo pipes in
Mailu, as they belong to ‘other parts of the territory. I was
formed that the Mailu know how to ornament the Baubdu,
but evidently they are either only poor experts in the art or
else they do not care very much for it, as I do not remember
seeing a single carved or burned Bdéubdu in Mailu, though
they are plentiful in some other villages.

A social function analogous to that played by tobacco
smoking is that of betel chewing. The ingredients here are: The
areca nut (IWVénz; in Motu, Biatauw), the wood and bark of
betel pepper (in Motu, Pépo), some leaves (betel leaves ?),
and lime. The latter is ‘carried about in the lime gourds which
form one of the most characteristic accessories of a New
; Guinea native. The lime is used by stirring it up with, usually,
a spatula—a kind of wooden knife—or sometimes with a
pointed bone, from which the lime is licked off. Mailu
_ Natives, Raeaber: do not manufacture either the gourds

or spatulas with any really artistic execution, though they
_ possess some of the well-known ebony carvings of the Northern
_ Massim which are used as spatulas. Not only are the spatulas
_ manufactured in the locality poor and without characteristic

features, but the Mailu, in contrast to their neighbours, the
~ Massim of Bénahéna and Sud u, do not really care for the
finer specimens. These two groups, though as a rule unable
_ to produce the fine carvings of the Trobriand islanders, import
_and value them, and are very loath to part with them.

erp eyan:

554

2. VILLAGE LIFE.

The Seasons and their Influence wpon the Social Life
of the Natwves.—The village hfe varies with the seasons.
There is a season for dancing and feasting; much thought is
then given to these activities, and on their advent the whole
character of the village changes. There are times when there
is much fishing and times when hardly a native takes out a
net, though women go out by night and search the reef with
torches for fruttc di mare. The trading expeditions are
carried out at fixed times in the year, and the gardening
activities are, of course, periodical, and regulated by the
seasons. Thus it is necessary to give an outline of a native’s
year and the way in which it is divided. The special activi-
ties (feasts, economic activities, dancing) will be treated in
subsequent chapters; in this paragraph I shall speak of what
may be called the normal village hfe, that is of the aspect of
the village, as it is when there is nothing special going on.

Seasons; Native Division of the Y ear.—The Papuan year
is naturally divided into two halves; the time when the south-

east trade wind is blowing (May till November), and the

summer, during which the north-west monsoon is pre-
valent (January till March), there being about a month’s
interval, during which the wind changes and there is very
little breeze. The trade wind blows steadily, commencing
every day before noon, reaching its climax at about four in
the afternoon, and dying away at night. Any other wind
at that season is exceptional, there being even very little land
breeze at night. The monsoon does not blow steadily, but
it occasionally comes down in violent gusts (called Guba in
Motu). There blows sometimes the southerly wind during
the north-western season, and, as a rule, the land breeze is
fairly strong at night.

All the coastal natives naturally replies their social hfe
with reference to this seasonal bipartition and divide the year
into two halves, viz., in Mailu, Bodéa; in Motu, Laurabdda
(the south-east trade season); and, correspondingly, Avara
and Lahdra (north-west monsoon time, or summer).
Besides these main divisions the Mailu natives have further
subdivisions, distinguishing several seasons or times (Wdna)
in the year. These are named after natural phenomena. The
names of the two main divisions are also derived from the
same source: Bodéa meaning, in the first place, the south-
east trade wind, from which both the south-eastern direc-
tions and the winter season have been named. Avdra was
originally the name of the north-west monsoon, and also
means the north-western direction and north-western season.
As wind names the two words are substantives; in direction

555

and season naming they are used in an adjectival form:
Bodéa atira meaning the south-eastern side or duirectiun,
Bodéa wdna the south-eastern season, A vdra aura the north-
western side or direction, and Avdra wdna the north-west
monsoon season. (28)

The Mailu seasons are not related to the changes of
the moons, though some of my informants designated them as
moons (Dovére). ‘This seems, however, to be due to the

influence of the Motu language, which I used in talking with

ay

the Mailu natives, the Motuans having names for the thirteen

moons (lunar months). (29)

The proper word to designate the Mailu year divisions is
dna (time, season), and not Dovére (moon). These divi-
sions are only loosely defined, being determined by winds,
flowering of certain plants, and by other phenomena which,
though regularly occurring, lack the precision of astronomical
phenomena.

The Mailu natives seem to place the beginning of the
year somewhere about the end of December and the beginning
of January, at least they usually start the enumeration of
their seasons with that time, which is the period when the
first gusts of the monsoon set in.(%°) The season is named

(28) It is the same in the Motuan language. The substantives
Laurabadda and Lahdra mean the south-east trades and the
north-west monsoon respectively; adjectively, the words are
used in Laurabdda kaha, the south-eastern side or direction, and
Lahdra kdha, the north-western direction. Also Laurabdda or
Lahdra néganai, the south-eastern or north-western season;
literally, in the time of the ZLaurabdda or Lahdadra.

(29) The Motu divide their year into 13 moons, the beginning
of the year being somewhere in January. It is determined by
the position of Pleiades, so that the first moon usually falls into
its right place in the astral year.

(30) This coincidence between our, European, beginning of the
year and what I am ealling here ‘‘the native beginning,’
is hardly due to the influence of missionaries or of other white
men. In the mind of the native there is good reason for calling
this time the beginning of the year, for this is the time when they
commence making new gardens—the most important activity among
the majority of the inland tribes, who are agriculturists. Again,
on the sea, this time marks the beginning of the monsoon; the
shorter, but more interesting period. All along the coast this is
also the period when important sailings take place. Thus among
the Motu the Hiri, or great expedition to the gulf, returns with
sago; the Huld’a make their Hiri to Hanuabada and the Mailu
make their departure for Arédma. Again, at that time the big
feast is either over (Southern Massim, Mailu mainland) or
(exceptionally, as in Mailu village) it is in immediate approach.
This change of seasons (December-January) is decidedly much
more likely to appeal to the natives’ imagination than the other
one (April-May).

556

after the wind Avdra kiwanai, which means ‘‘small A vdra.’”
At that period there is little or no day fishing, but at night
the reef is searched with torches. Some sailing and trading
is done, the land breeze at night being favourable to voyages
in any direction along the coast. If the big annual feast is
belated it may fall within this period, in which case there
is much trading and sailing done during the small Avdra.
In any case, the natives sail at this season westwards to Léa ©
to get sago and to Magaubo (Table Point), where they get —
the Akai, a small kind of areca nut. They come back home
easily with the strong monsoon.©!) This season corresponds:
to our months of January and February.

After Avdra kiwonai comes the Avdra ogéda, or big
Avdra, so named after the force of the monsoon. This is also
the real wet season, during which there is not much sailing or
fishing, and the festivities as a rule are over. It comprises,
roughly, the second half of March and April, and towards the
end of it the gardens are being planted.

The next season is called 7'stléwo. It is subdivided into:
T. gogotsa, which means the point, the front, or the begin-
ning of T'silowo; T. ogéda, the big, or full, Tsiléwo; and
7’. lobo, or the breaking up of the 7'siléwo season. This period
is named after the high, rank Lalang grass which covers the
slopes of the hill on Toulon Island and many patches in the
jungle of the district. The grass flowers at about this time
(May and later). The beginning of the TZ'stléwo season is
marked by the appearance of the flowers; then these ripen
into fruit and disperse their fluffy seeds, which marks the
end of the season. On the mainland the natives are engaged
with their gardens, and the Mailu islanders begin their fish-
ing. They go to Magaizbo (Table Point) to catch the Ume
fish, which they smoke. During this season the monsoon
subsides, there is a time of calm, and the south-east trade
wind begins. The same season is also called after the pheno-
menon of the drying of the reef (Lagdru wura=dry reef).
Another characteristic name for this season is Boréwo béuat,
which means blowing the petticoats awry, in reference to the
effect of the first strong gales of the south-eastern breeze.
The Boréwo béuai overlaps the T'siléwo 1ébo—the breaking
up of the 7'siléwo season, which occurs about the middle of
July. After this comes the Viniw season, named after a
tree which sheds its leaves in the middle of winter (July,
August). The next season (September) is called Batu. This
is the name of the characteristic buds of the Vaniw leaves
which begin to appear about a month after the tree has shed

(31)Comp. chaps. iv. and v., where native trading and its
connection with native festivals are described.

=

557

its leaves. The whole of this season is also called sometimes
by the name of Awrdri. This would cover our months of July
(second half), August, and September.

The spring is named after the Lidro tree, which is flower-
ing and fruiting at this time (October till December). This
season is divided into L. gogdtsa, the beginning of the Lidro,
and L. ogéda, the full, or big Lidro. This is perhaps the most
pleasant season, there being no rain or squalls, while the
weather is cool, owing to the continuance of the south-east
wind. It is the best time for sailing, as the prevail-
ing wind will easily carry westward, and the return
journey may be made with the land breeze, or with one of
the first blows of the monsoon. It is the time for dancing
and preparing for the big annual feast, and consequently it is
also the time for love-making. Very often the big feast is
held during the Zidro, as well as all the preparatory sailing
and trading. The natives consider the Lidro as the pleasantest
and most important time of the year, and the word for year
is Lidro. The last part of the Lidro is named Obu, after
the fruit of the Liéro tree, and it is just at the time when this
fruit begins to turn brown and ripe that the 4 vdra (north-
west monsoon) begins to blow.

Normal Life in the Village.—As mentioned above, the
villagers are busiest in the morning and late afternoon. The
mid-day hours are spent in a siesta, unless work is pressing ;
then, as a rule, the village looks dead and deserted. Some
exceptionally industrious women—and usually you see the
same over and over again—will sit the whole day long on the
sand under the house making pots. Or some men will finish
making arm-shells, so as to have something to trade with.
Again during the Lidro and Avdra seasons, when’ there is
much sailing done, the whole male population, at times, leaves
Mailu village, and such villages as Kurére and Lowpom,
where there are many canoes. The women and children follow
the men in great numbers, so that the village is practically
deserted. This is undoubtedly an innovation since, before
the white man’s influence, it would not have been safe to
leave the village defenceless but for the presence of a few
weak people. But even in olden days the intensity of village
life must have varied greatly with the season.

Early in the morning the village is very busy. People eat
their frugal morning meals and prepare for their day’s work.
The time at which they start for their gardens or other work
varies with the distance. On Mailu Island the gardens are
close at hand; in the mainland villages thy are often fairly
remote. The day is usually spent out of the village in one
or other of the economic occupations (gardening, fishing,

558

hunting, sailing), those remaining behind devoting
themselves to siesta. In the afternoon the women return
from the gradens, carrying vegetables and firewood, and water
in water-bottles. An hour or two before sunset the meal is
prepared and put on the fire. In the evening, if it be the
proper season, there is some dancing in the village; otherwise
the people sit in groups and talk. At such times the fronts
of the verandahs are crowded, the men in some houses sitting
on the verandah, in others the women gathering together on
the front.

There is a marked separation of the sexes in the village life.
At daytime, when at work, there is the man’s end of the
verandah—the front; and the women’s—the rear end. Not
that there would be any taboo or even customary restriction
in this respect, but, normally, one sees the men in the front
part and the women busy round the fireplace behind. If
there is anything going on in the street there will be in some
houses women in the front of the verandah; but usually they
keep to themselves. The groups in the street, on the beach,
behind the houses, and on the bush side of the village are
formed by members of one sex only. Men and women con-
verse freely in public and approach each other, but it. is
not the right thing for a boy and girl to talk together in
public for any length of time, and husband and wife do not
associate in the street. When I approached a group of women
my native interpreters and informants usually drifted away,
or sat discreetly at a distance, never freely joining the circle
of women. There is, in fact, a great deal of decorum in the
relation of the sexes in public, a man never paying too much
attention to a woman in public. There is also what might
be called a distinct feeling of decency, without giving this
term its strict, moral European meaning. My informants
would not talk loudly of certain subjects on the verandah,
for fear that women might hear from the adjoining houses,
although hardly any woman was able to understand Motu, in
which the conversation was carried on.2) And once, in the
course of inquiring about man’s dress in olden days, I was
warned not to talk loudly in public about the Bw, or
arrangement of the perineal band; in fact, I was asked not
to say this word loudly, as everybody would be ashamed, and,

(32) Men learn Motu when working in plantations, or when in
jail, or when in contact with the native constabulary. The mem-
bers of the latter all speak Motu, as they are recruited from all
tribes, and had to adopt some common language. Women have
none of those opportunities. Thus Motu has become distinctly
a man’s language. In Mailu few men, especially those under
forty, do not speak it, but there is not a single woman who can
speak this language.

559

indeed, I saw that my informants would feel seriously uneasy
at sucha breach of étiquette. I was told at one time that
men would never mention before women any words or topics
that would be considered indecent in our sense of the term.

The division into clans is quite marked in village life,
members of the same clan associating much more
closely than those of different clans. The people naturally
keep to the neighbourhood of their houses when they go out
into the street or on the beach, and squat down to work or
gossip, or, as is most usual, to do both at the same time.
Unless on business, it is not usual for people to intrude
upon the grounds of another clan. The groups of women
engaged in pottery-making, or the men in making arm-shells,
etc., sit in the portion of street or beach adjoining the houses
of their clan, and the dancers, who for months rehearse the
dance before the feast, do so in front of the houses of the
clan that is giving the feast.

3. SeExuaL LIFE aNnD MARRIAGE.

Sexual Life before Marriage.—The love affairs of the
Mailu youths and maidens are settled in the manner typical
to the Papuo-Melanesians, which has been described by Prof.
Seligman in the case of the Koita.(5) As there are, how-
ever, notable differences in details, the general tone of the
whole proceedings being perhaps slightly stricter and more
decorous in Mailu than amongst the Port Moresby tribes, it
will be necessary to give a full account of the erotic life of
the Mailu.

The boys and girls have perfect freedom to please them-
selves in choosing their lovers and in managing their intrigues.
This does not mean, of course, that there is anything like a
promiscuous intercourse or even anything approaching
licentiousness in sex matters. The stern correctness observed
in public life penetrates into the privacy of love-making. A
girl who changes her lover often is considered decidedly open
to blame; a girl once betrothed is bound to keep chaste, the
same rule of conduct applying to a boy. And far from being
polite and easy-going towards strangers in these matters, as
is the case with the Massim,“4) the Mailu would never allow
a stranger to approach their women. This puritan feature
is shown nowadays in the fact that it is more difficult for a
white man to obtain favours from Mailu women than it is in
any other coastal districts; this was the verdict of all the
competent white Papuans I consulted on the matter. And
when, a few years ago, a beachcomber persuaded a married

(33) Cf. Seligman, ‘‘Melanesians,’’ chap. iv., p. 76.
(34)C. G. Seligman, ‘‘Melanesians,”’ p. 561.

560

Mailu woman to elope with him, public opinion was so strong
that the Mailu village constables handcuffed the man, and
had to suffer afterwards for thus exceeding their powers.

The prenuptial sexual relations are subject to the rules
of exogamy, and clan exogamy regulates both marriage and
extraconnubial intercourse, though not with strict rigidity ;
in fact, there are to my knowledge two cases, one in Mailu
and one in Kuwrére, of endogamous marriage—endogamous
not only with reference to the clan, but even to the subclan.
These two cases refer to rather old men, who, so far as I could
ascertain, had married before the white man’s influence had
made itself felt. They are stamped by the natives as in-
stances of wrong marriage, and it is said that such provoke
both indignation and derision. But apparently there has
been no attempt at interference or punishment in these in-
stances, and when things had settled down the men concerned
seemed to enjoy their due share of public respect.

To return to prenuptial relations, the custom of having
a sweetheart is called Ui’?w. The young man calls his mis-
tress Ui’ avétsa (Avétsa=woman). From the confidences of
several young sparks of the village of Mailu, I have been
able to construct the course of native flirtation. It seems that
the initiative comes from the young girl. A girl who fancies
a boy might ask him for a piece of betelnut or a bit of
tobacco, when they meet casually on the way to the gardens,
or during the dances, or on any other occasion when men
and women come momentarily into contact without
attracting attention, and the boy would naturally grant her
request. After several such hints, the boy would seize the
first opportunity of approaching the girl again on an occa-
sion when he could do so without drawing the eye of public
opinion upon them, and he would then spontaneously offer
her a small gift of Kukw (tobacco) or betel. At this the girl
with ‘‘natural astonishment’’ would ask, ‘“‘Why do you give
me this?’’ to which would reply the boy, ‘‘Because I love
you.’’ And very likely they would arrange, then and there,
for a further meeting. The rendezvous would take place in
the girl’s house at a time which would be sufficiently late
to give an ample margin for all the other inmates to be asleep.
The boy, seeing that all is dark and quiet, would climb up
the verandah and try to find the girl in the appointed cofner,
and she would carefully ascertain by touching his face and
ornaments that it is the right person. They would talk to
each other in undertones, taking great care not to be heard or
detected by the other inmates of the house or by any of the
neighbours. There was some disagreement between my in-
formants as to whether the girl’s family and the neighbours

a -

a

_

561

really do not know—and must not know—what is going on,
or whether they more or less admittedly wink at the pro-
ceedings. I should be inclined to think the latter. Anyhow,
even in the case of detection there would be no punishment
for the offenders, though some fuss and a bit of abuse might
make the next evening unpleasant. The thing is, or ought
to be, kept a secret from the other boys of the village, only
the nearest friend (Gaidi) or friends of the man concerned
being in the confidence.
: Kissing was, of course, not known by the natives of
Mailu before the white man’s advent. I was told, however,
that the younger generatiou Lave acquired that habit from
the Europeans, and that they seem rather to appreciate it.
The usual form of flirting was for the boy to sit close to his
sweetheart, holding her hand or her breast, and talking in
undertones. (55)
It is very characteristic—and the emphatic consensus of
all my informants leaves no doubt on the point—that in
eases when the young man has serious matrimonial plans
there is no sexual intercourse between the two. In that case
the two spend the evening, often late into the night, merely
talking. On the other hand, if the boy does not want to
arry the girl, intercourse takes place, though even in such
‘a case matrimony may evolve in the course of time. Anyhow,
I was assured that the boy not unfrequently plans and sug-
gests marriage when the first rendezvous is appointed, and
that in such a case he would not make any sexual advances. 56)
Moreover, the boy would not pronounce the name of his
ancée in addressing her, which interdiction obtains also
etween husband and wife.

Ww

(35) Among the Motu the right conventional attitude whilst

courting was for the boy to sit on the knees of his mistress
(Sihari).
___‘36) This version is confirmed by the identical state of things
to be found among the Motu, Koita, and Sinaugholo. The boy
would never cohabit with his sweetheart if she was betrothed to
him by the Mdo-héni (Motu language) form of marriage (this
form of marriage is called in Sinaughélo, Kilakaw). If originally
he did not overtly declare his matrimonial intentions, a boy might
have an intrigue with his mistress (Motu, Sihari; Koita, Siar;
Sinaughélo, Kologhdna). He could in course of time make up his
mind and marry her, in which case the marriage form is called in
Motu, Herdhe; in Koita, Iviri; in Sinaughélo, Véga ra-ghoréma.
At any rate, the fact that the time of engagement is free from
prenuptial intercourse stands above doubt in these tribes as well
as in the Mailu. I had exceptionally good information on this
point in the Sinaughdlo, as I was admitted into the confidence of
a smart and fast set of Ligo young men, who discussed matters
among themselves and told their experiences in my presence in
; , Which they all speak as a second mother-tongue.

562

A girl who has had many intrigues is said to be less
desirable as a wife; at any rate, she could not be married by
betrothal (see below).

» If the boy wishes to marry (whether he has treated his
sweetheart as fiancée or as mistress) he makes his appearance
at her house one evening in a noisy and ostentatious manner.
He goes straight to the fireplace, and does not try to conceal
his presence or to keep quiet; good form, however, requires
that the girl’s people should feign sleep. Next day the girl’s
parents go to the house of the father of the boy and, accusing
him of intruding into their home, allude to marriage. As

the boy’s behaviour is an indication of his willingness, there —

is no difficulty in settling matters.

Besides these settled relations between a girl and a boy
there seem to be at times general flirtations amongst a group
of boys and girls, but, so far as I am aware, they only talk,
though they possibly form preferences and arrange for meet-
ings; no licence, however, is incidental to such gatherings.
In such cases some of the girls assemble in the house of one

of them, and the boys try to find it—a search in which they —

do not, of course, meet with great difficulties. The elders,
in all probability, assemble in the upper thatched room while
the young people meet in the verandah.

The only time when there seems to be any licence beyond
the Ui’wi relationships is during the big annual feast (comp.
chap. v.); in fact the dancing, which takes place with in-
creased intensity during the few days of the feast, seems to
be associated with opportunities for short-lived intrigues, and

occasionally there even seem to be features of lcentiousness, —

groups absconding together; but on this point my inform-
ants do not agree. :

I have been told by Mr. Greenaway that the observation
by women of taboos before the feast is associated with the
idea of the preventative properties of those taboos. The young
girls and young married women, as well as the men, abstain
from drinking fresh water and eating boiled food, eating
only roast food and drinking the milk of roasted green coco-
nuts. They also drink and rinse their mouths with salt water.

This, I am told, is supposed to prevent conception, to which —

accident the licence associated with the feasts is thought to
predispose.

Thus the connection between cohabitation and conception
seems to be known among the Mailu, but to direct inquiries
as to to the cause of pregnancy I did not obtain emphatic
and positive answers. The natives—of this I am positive—
do not clearly grasp the idea of the connection between the

two facts, just as they do not grasp the connection between

563

illness, bodily decay, and death. From several informants
I got the answer that possibly the two things are connected ;
but, like Prof. Seligman among the Aoita, I found the firm
belief that it is only continuous intercourse—for a month or
more—that leads to pregnancy, and that one single act is not
sufficient to produce the result. This may explain the ideas
and practices of the preventative taboo just mentioned.

Neither do the natives seem to trouble very much about
the casual connection in point. Ignorant of the physiological
knowledge we possess, they approach in this connection the
standpoint of the Arunta and the many other aboriginal tribes
of Australia, amongst whom Prof. Spencer and Mr. Gillen
have found a complete ignorance on this point, associated
with a belief in totemic incarnation. I was, however, unable
to discover any beliefs in supernatural causes of pregnancy
or magical means to produce or prevent it.

It must be noted that even the taboos before the J/adiuna
(feast) do not mean so much that the natives know the con-
nection in question, as that they are afraid of conception
during the feast time—a fear which might as well be based
on an original belief in supernatural incarnation as on a
knowledge of the real association.

The state of affairs in sex matters seems also to accord
with slackness of native induction. There are very few virgins
among the grown-up marriageable girls, and yet illegitimate
children are rare, if not altogether absent—a somewhat
mysterious state of things, which has been found by Prof.
Seligman to exist among the Southern Massim‘?) With the
assistance of a white resident in the district of over twenty
years’ standing, who is himself married to a native woman of
Mailu village, I inquired into the matter as carefully as I
could. My friend informed me that, in spite of his strenuous
attempts to discover a native preventative of conception, he
failed to find any, and that the natives always told him that
they knew of none. Abortion is undoubtedly practised by
both married and unmarried women; but, as among the
Massim, it is not frequent, especially in the case of the un-
married. It would seem, therefore, that the women have
some means of guarding against an undesired conception.
Thus the matter is obscure, and needs explanation.

(37) ‘Another puzzling feature of the licence undoubtedly per-
mitted throughout the Massim area is the very small number of
illegitimate births which take place. Wherever the confidence of
the natives was gained it was admitted that abortion was
induced, but the most careful inquiries failed to produce evidence
that the practice was as frequent as might be expected consider-
ing the prevailing liberty.’’—Seligman, ‘‘Melanesians,’’ p. 500.

564

There is no licence on the part of married women in any
form or under any circumstance, and adultery was in all
cases considered a serious offence, which was sometimes
punished by death (see chap. lii., sec. 5).

During the menses (called Laro, which means blood) the
woman is isolated, and she usually sleeps in a small temporary
hut erected near the house or in the woman’s corner of the
house. She is never sexually approached during the period.
I was told by one of my informants, a very intelligent and
trustworthy man, that menstruation only takes place just
about new moon. When, however, I tried to check this state-
ment by inquiry of other men, it was neither corroborated
nor denied, they saying that they did not know anything
about this purely feminine subject. But I have reasons to
assume that the statement represents the woman’s view. I could
not, of course, ascertain the actual truth; but even if this
be merely the belief of the Mailu women, it is of great ©
interest. Not one of my informants was aware that pregnancy —
can be diagnosed by the stopping of the menstrual flow; they
were, in fact, very much astonished and genuinely amused
at the idea. This seems to confirm the view, expressed to me
directly by some white men, who were fairly well acquainted
with native women, that much secrecy and reticence obtains
between man and woman in sex matters.

General Remarks about Marriage.—The marriage insti-
tution among the Mailu possesses distinct and, more or less,
independent aspects. It is—in its essential and universal
quality—a contract between two individuals, involving sexual
relations, community of daily life, mutual services of various:
kinds, and, last but not least, community of economic interests
in the fullest sense of that word, as applicable to the native
conditions. On the other hand, marriage involves a series
of mutual obligations between the husband and the wife’s
family. They consist in the exchange of gifts—in the main
of pigs and native ornaments—which form the substance of
the annual feast. This aspect isa prominent Mailu feature of
marriage. The same state of things seems, however, to obtain
among the other Papuo-Melanesians and among the Massim,
though perhaps not with the same distinctiveness. The
regular exchange of gifts is one of the main features of the
Papuo-Melanesian and Massim cultures, as has been fully
recognized by Prof. Seligman.) Now, it is beyond doubt
that this exchange is in nine cases out of ten initiated as
the original price of the bride paid by the bridegroom at
marriage, and subsequently returned to him. Then, in turn,
he has to give a pig when the next opportunity offers, an

(38) ‘‘Melanesians,’’ Massim.

565

so on.(9) Although the balance seems to be always in favour
of the girl’s family—in the sense that they get more—there
is no doubt that this system differs strongly from marriage
by purchase pure and simple, and that one should speak of
bride-price, etc., only in a qualified sense. Under this aspect,
marriage in the Mailu (and other coastal tribes east and west)
acquires a much wider social significance than it would other-
wise possess. It is essentially connected with, and regulates,
the gifts of pigs at the big annual and funeral feasts, and
thus enters as an essential component into an institution which

governs half the public life of the natives. The two aspects.

-

will be described

of marriage—individual and _ public
separately.

Marriage in its Individual Aspect; Marriage Ceremonies.
—Referring to what has been said above concerning the pre-
nuptial relations, it may be stated that there are two forms.
of marriage in the Mailu—marriage by early betrothal, and
marriage evolving from a preconjugal intrigue ( Ui’wi relation-

ship). JI was not able to ascertain whether the natives dis-
-tinguish sharply between these two forms by special names
and differences in the ceremonial.‘ At any rate, there is

(32) The subject is discussed under the next sub-heading.
(40) As stated in a previous footnote, there was a sharp dis-

tinction between the two forms in the Motu, Koita, Sinaughdolo.

The Mdo-héni form (marriage by betrothal) could be contracted
only by a girl who had no previous sexual experiences (called in

Motu, Rami hebou; ‘‘having her grass petticoats unparted’’). A

gitl who has previously had Siharis (lovers) could contract only
the Herdhe form of marriage. The Mdo-héni marriage was carried
out with more preliminaries and much more ceremonial. The
girl was promised when fairly young; in the Sinaughélo tribes,
further inland from the Ligo district, quite small girls might be
betrothed when not more than three to five years old. The

decision in, and the formalities of, the betrothal were mainly

left to the care of the older generation, this being obviously
necessary in the case of very young girls. But with the elder
girls, consent seems usually to be essential. The final, and most
‘important, part of this form of marriage is the presentation of
os of food and native valuables. These are presented by all
the boy’s relations in amounts proportional to the closeness of
their relationship. The Herdhe form of marriage, called also
Headdva-hendo—marriage by stealing—is certainly the less
decorous form, though it was the more frequent before the white
man’s advent. It derives its second name from the circumstance
that a girl thus wedded had usually been previously promised to
another boy. Hence also the difficulties often attending such
marriages. The preliminary ceremonies of betrothal and exchange
of gifts are absent, and only the final one of bridal price takes
place. It is identical with that which occurs in the Mdo-héni
marriages. (This short outline is a very much abridged account
of the excellent information obtained on this subject from a
committee consisting of Ahiiia, a Koita man, a Motu of Gdabagdba,
and several Sinaughdlo men. It will be published in full in
another place.)

,

566

a clear distinction between the engagement (Jl’edn1), when
marriage 1s in view and during which no sexual intercourse
takes place, and the intrigue (U#u1), when the two cohabit
without intention to marry.

The following account refers to the marriage by betrothal,
and I unfortunately failed to inquire what modifications take
place when the second type of relationship evolves into mar-
riage. One thing is certain, however, namely, that the
conspicuous gift, forming the substance of the marriage con-
tract, obtains in both modifications.

The girls are betrothed at an age not earlier than seven
or eight, but usually at about fourteen or fifteen. In the
betrothal, in its proper form, the initiative always rests with
the parents, and very often the inclination of the girl plays
no part in the arrangement. ‘The first agreement is accom-
panied by a small gift, called Odi’ egéri, usually consisting
of some five sticks of tobacco, or, before the advent of the
white man, a corresponding amount of betelnut, some
feathers, etc. There would also be a small feast accom-
panying the Odv’egéri. At the same time the previously
described tattooing of the girl’s face is performed (see sec. 1
of this chapter). This tattoo was a performance necessary
for marriage, and it is always done when a girl is betrothed;
many girls, however, have their faces tattooed without being
promised in marriage. After the preliminary gift there is a
mutual exchange of food presents, in which the balance seems
to be maintained fairly equal on both sides. If the girl’s
clan celebrate a Maduna (big feast) during this period, the
boy’s father supplies the girl’s father with a pig, in account
of the marriage gift to be paid. It may be also added that
such small feasts as that connected with the Odi’egéri gift are

usually performed in connection with a Madina. Such a feast

is held before the men set out on their trading trip west to
fetch pigs.

As mentioned above, both the young man and his fiancée
do not, as a matter of étiquette, cohabit during the time of
their engagement, neither must they have other intrigues;
a girl would even refuse to marry a boy as to whose infidelity
she had got positive knowledge.

After a period of time, varying in length according to
the girl’s age and other circumstances, the actual marriage
takes place. The marriage gift, in the form of pigs and some

articles of native wealth, may have been given during one of

the previous feasts, but according to native custom pigs are
given only at feast time. The actual marriage consists in the
girl’s coming to the bridegroom’s house and eating with him

an act called T'uini daba. The girl usually brings with her 7

567

a few native valuables in repayment (probably only partial)
for the bridegroom’s gifts. She prepares some food—vege-
table and fish only, no pig being boiled on that occasion. The:
food is placed on a dish between the two, and they both par-
take of it, bon ton requiring them to be bashful, and not to
look at each other. It is this eating in common (T'wini daba)
which constitutes the essence of marriage from the ceremonial
point of view.

The marriage is, however, not consummated immediately
after the Twini daba ceremony. The girl returns to her
parents’ house for another week or so, and only after this
interval has elapsed do they cohabit. The two are now mar-
ried, but the mutual exchange of gifts survives the consum-
mation of marriage, and lasts indefinitely.

Relations between a Man and his Wife's Family, as
established by Marriage.—This, as said above, may be sum-
marized in the man’s duty to provide pigs when the clan
of his wife’s family holds a Madina feast and in their duty
to return this gift in a more or less adequate form, when the
man’s Azra (clan) gives a feast. The importance of this
state of things les in the fact that it throws a new light on
“marriage by purchase’’ in general. There is really no
element of barter in the whole proceedings, for it is under-
stood that the gift by the bridegroom, or by his father and
family to the girl’s family will be returned later on—at
least partially. Again the psychological aspect of the ‘‘pay-
ment’’—the term here is, of course, not quite correct—is
also noteworthy. The girl is not estimated as worth so much,
and the corresponding value exacted ; in fact, I think that an
insufficient marriage gift to the girl’s parents would be
accepted without much fuss, though I was not able to get
satisfactory evidence on this point.) On the other hand,
the man and his family were extremely eager to give as much
as possible for the wife, knowing that by so doing the ambi-
tion of his future partner would be gratified, and that his
own prestige in the tribe would be enhanced. This view
would also apply to all his subsequent gifts. Nevertheless, I

(41) In this respect I am in possession of much better informa-
tion concerning the Motu-speaking people of the Central Division,
owing to the fact that I could talk to them in their own language,
for to both Koita and Sinaughélo the Motu is a second mother-
tongue, and also to the fact that my informants were exceptionally
intelligent. I was assured by Ahiviia, Maganiméro—an exception-
ally clever Ligo man—and other authorities that there never were
any quarrels about the final gift offered for a bride. On the other
hand, when the price (Lardha) given for a widow to her deceased
husband’s brothers was paid, there was usually considerable
amount of quarrelling, and even fighting.

. 568

think that the real decorum is observed by givers and receivers
only on the occasion of the first gift. At the feasts there is
always some quarrelling about pigs, though this does not mean
that a man is not eager to do his best in giving them. One
of my friends in Mailu failed, through no fault of his own,
but through the accidental death of his pig, to bring the
necessary gift to a member of his wife’s family; he was
genuinely mortified by this, and he was ashamed to go to the
houses of the Maradibu clan, which was to give the feast.
He told me that no reproaches, still less any quarrelling or
punishment, awaited him, but that he was sorry and ashamed
for his own and his wife’s sake. This is an illustration of
what I gathered from the general accounts and concrete
examples of all my informants. Everyone was proud of
having given so many pigs, and everyone was eagerly anxious
to procure as many animals as possible for the approaching
feast (comp. chap. iv., sec. 4, on ‘‘Trading,’’ and chap. v.,
sec. 3, on ‘‘Feasts.’’)

If a man wants to behave like a gentleman he gives at
least one pig a year. The first goes usually to the girl’s
father, and as a clan very seldom gives a feast every year,
the next pig goes to some other relation of the girl. When
a girl’s clan is again making a M/aduna, the bridegroom gives
a pig to his eledst brother-in-law, and so on. All these indi-
viduals are supposed to return his presents, though it seems

that, as a rule, a man never gets back the same amount of

pigs as he has given to his wife.

In order to complete the account of the relationship
obtaining between a man and his wife’s family, the custom
‘called Lid’s must be mentioned. It comprises a series of
taboos observed by the man, which entail a general avoidance
of some of his relations-in-law, and forbid him to mention
their names. The taboo upon the names cf these people is
analogous to the taboos upon the personal names of the
parents and grandparents, mentioned above (chap. i1., sec. 4).

It is to be noted that the two sets of taboos—the one referring

to the ‘‘own’’ relatives and the other referring to relatives-in-
law—are distinguished by different names. The first is called
by the general term, G'éra, applied to things tabooed or for-
bidden ; and the second by a special name, Lid’i. The father-
in-law (Hvav’égi) and his son-in-law (Botsia) do not address
each other by their names, nor do they pronounce them. Their
names are L7d4’2 to each other, but they may talk to and approach
one another. The same restrictions apply to a man and his
mother-in-law, and also to a woman and both her parents-
in-law. The strongest Lid’i restrictions, however, obtain
between a man and his wife’s elder sister ( Vini’avétsa), this

nate eer witha

‘ ital baad > Pn

:
7
;
2

569

being the same term that a man applies to his own elder sister).
A man is not allowed to approach her, nér even to touch
any object belonging to her, and, especially, would a man avoid
touching her /dmi, or grass petticoat, if it were lying about
the house. He may talk to her, but only from a distance,
and, of course, he does not address her by name, nor does
he pronounce it in her absence. A man can approach his
wife’s younger sister (Vdbu), but her name is equally tabooed
to him. So are a man’s wife’s brothers’ names. The sanc-
tion of Za’: consists in the first place of a general reluctance
to, and intense fear of, infringing the étiquette and doing the
thing in a way that is essentially wrong and unacceptable
by social rules and by the code of manners inherent in all
human beings. This fear is very pronounced among the
natives; they are extremely anxious to do the ‘‘right thing,’’

in which respect they do not differ essentially from the civi-

&

2

lized white man. In order to understand the psychological
background of such purely customary—I might say such
mondaine sanction—one ought to compare it with that of
our own rules of savoir faire, and I think that most men
would much more readily commit acts cf extreme folly than
behave in an outrageously incorrect manner in a drawing-
room or ballroom. To transgress the Lid’1, or any kindred
rule, would be for the native an act as improper as for a
society man to appear in flannels at a ball or to omit his necktie.
at a formal garden party. We very often press the native
for an explicit sanction or reason for some of his customary
rules. ‘‘What, for instance, would happen if a man broke
the Lid’??? No wonder the native can give no answer, or
simply says, ‘“‘Our fathers did so, and so do we.’’ This will
appear much less obscure and specifically ‘‘savage’’ to us, if
we remember that the natives live in very small communi-
ties, and that in consequence the quality and intensity of

their public opinion or social censure is very much the same

as that of a social circle of mutual acquaintances in our own
society. The fear of being ridiculed, of being gauche, or

eccentric, the keen desire to be correct, to do always the right.

thing, to be smart and dernier cri—all these feelings actuate
the natives as they do the white man in reference to his.

social miliew. A white man would be just as much puzzled

if he were asked to adduce the reason, origin, and sanction
of the rigidly observed custom of wearing a white necktie
with his full evening dress and a black one with his dinner

jacket. ‘‘Everybody does it; it is the right thing to do,”’

is alike the answer both of the brown and of the white man,

and neither can produce any other sanction than that it is.

the rule of his social circle. When pressed, my informants.

air

570

said that a man transgressing the Lid’1 unwittingly, for in-
tentionally nobody would dream of doing so, would expect
some kind or other of iliness to befall him.

It is to be noted that Lid’i taboo on relatives-in-law is
much more stringent than the Géra on the names of parents.
Several of my friends did not mind mentioning in my pre-
sence the names of their fathers and grandfathers, acting on
the principle that “‘New Guinea custom has little bearing
upon one’s behaviour towards a white man.’’ But they would
not apply this principle to their father-in-law’s name. Wish-
ing to ascertain the extent of their reluctance, I tried to
tempt Pikana, a particularly greedy and sophisticated middle-
aged Mailu—with the elder and more genuine gentlemen,

such as my friend Papdri, I would not have attempted the ©

experiment—by offering him successively increasing quanti-
ties of tobacco. It was only at five sticks that he began to
waver, which means that his reluctance was very great
indeed.

The parents-in-law belong to the circle of relatives who
receive the Vevéni gift of food (comp. this chap., sec. 1).

Hssentials of Marriage Contract.—Besides its ceremonial
side and its conditions of validity, and besides the general
duties which are imposed upon a man towards his relatives-
in-law, marriage establishes a personal relationship between
husband and wife. And perhaps the most essential data
concerning marriage are those bearing upon the reciprocal
‘duties and privileges, the general character of their feelings
towards each other, and all the facts characteristic of their
respective status. In this place I shall state those details
very briefly, as several of them are described in other para-
graphs (‘‘Domestic Duties,’’ in sec. 1 of this chapter; ‘‘Divi-
sion of Labour,” in chap. iv.). ;

Marriage is in Mailu patrilocal; the woman moves to
her husband’s house, lives with his parents and with his
brothers and their families. In all her domestic duties she
has to co-operate with her mother-in-law and with her sisters-
in-law, and thus she becomes, in this respect, a member of
her husband’s house, and becomes its co-proprietor, in so
far as she continues to live in it, even after his death,
especially if she has children and does not think of marrying
again.

: She works in her husband’s garden, and becomes, in fact,
a co-proprietor of this also, since after her husband’s death
she continues to use the garden for herself and her children.
She even shares her husband’s economic magic, which is a
form of property that is greatly valued (comp. chap. v.,
sec. 2). Whatever he acquires by hunting and fishing, and

mae

571

whatever she acquires, go to their common household, and is:
used by them in common, subject to the deduction of the
levéni and other portions communistically distributed among
various people. They have their meals together, except when
in olden days the man occasionally ate his food at the Diubw.
The two belong to each other exclusively in sexual matters,
though, of course, for adultery the crime and punishment are
much greater in the case of the woman. But it must be
noted that there was no opportunity for a married man to
enter into an intrigue without incurring the blame of public
opinion and without setting at naught his domestic peace.
And, as far as my knowledge goes, the unmarried men would
be very keen to find him out and to set in motion against him
all the adverse forces of offended public opinion for thus.
encroaching upon what they considered to be their own ex-
elusive right. In public the married men shun the other
sex even much more rigidiy than the bachelors.

Husband and wife sleep together round the same fire,
except, again, in those cases when a man slept in the Dubu
in order to observe sex taboos, or when the woman has her
period, or for some other reason.

In the matter of marital authority there seems to be a
great independence on the part of both partners. I was
unable to hear of, or to observe, any evidence that a man ever
tyrannized over or bullied his wife, neither do the men appear
to be often “‘hen-pecked.’? During the many times I sat
and talked with natives in their houses I observed that the
women kept apart, especially if other men besides the owner
of the house were present. But if a woman approached there
was never the slightest sign of shyness or fear in her manner
towards her husband, and I never saw any one of them as
much as rebuked or spoken to unkindly by her husband. On
the contrary, there were present all the signs of friendly and
unconstrained relations between them. And this was, if any-
thing, more pronounced in the case of old couples. As to the
scope of real authority, 7.e., of the limits within which a man
could impose his will upon a woman, I think that these were
very restricted. All the services required by a man from his
wife were strictly regulated by custom, and even the sphere
of their mutual personal contact was defined. Whether a
woman desired it or not, she was usually free from her
husband’s presence, his bad tempers, and of his possibly
arbitrary wishes for the greater part of the day.

The question arises to what extent is the mutual affection
and regard which undoubtedly obtains between the two
partners, due primarily to erotic love. It seems to be beyond
dispute that this feeling exists among the lower races, though

572

neither in their art nor in incidents in their lives could I find
signs of its expression. Nor could I find evidences of what
may be called romantic sentiment. I know, however, of
several instances of acute dislike, in which girls had either
to be actually forced to submit to the affianced husbands or
to run away in order to escape a distasteful match.

On the other hand, strong and decided inclinations exist
of which I could record several instances. So also the
intrigues of married women, which occur fairly frequently,
point to the existence of passions willing to run considerable
risks and able to overcome substantial obstacles.

As it is evident from previous passages, sexual jealousy
is very pronounced, and this sentiment is not based only upon
the sense of ownership established by marriage, since it exists
very markedly in respect to the Ui’wi relationships.

Polygamy is very infrequent; I have only one polygamous
marriage to record amongst the total number of marriages in
the pedigrees of Mailu village. One very strong obstacle to
polygamy would be the duty of providing pigs for the wife’s
family. This duty is onerous enough for a monogamist, and

the obligations of polygamiy would be surely beyond the

powers of an average man.

4. CHILDREN AND THEIR PLAY.

Birth and Infancy.-—The information available on this
heading is unfortunately very scanty. I was not able to speak
with any woman, and men are not good informants on the
‘subject.

What I know about native ideas concerning conception
has been said in the last paragraph. During pregnancy the
woman has to observe a general fish taboo (Oribe téra). If
‘she did eat fish the child would be injured. She can, however,

eat boiled food and drink fresh water. The pregnant woman ~

(Amara ord’) sleeps in the house near her husband, but they
do not cohabit. Sexual connection during pregnancy would
kill a woman. At the birth no man may be present, not even
the husband. He would be too much ashamed to see it. The
mother and the mother-in-law of the puerperient, as well as her
sisters and sisters-in-law, are present, and they act as mid-
wives. There are no specialists in this art in the village. If
twins are born, one, usually the second, is killed as a rule.
The reason given is that a woman cannot properly feed two
infants, and that to carry them about, etc., would give too
much trouble. Infanticide would be practised in the case of
illegitimate children—which, as said before, are extremely
rare. In would be done also in the case of a man deserting his
wife. If a woman had a series of girls, or a series of boys,

573

and she wanted a child of the opposite sex, she would kill a
newcomer if it were of the undesired sex. If the mother dies
in childbed the offspring is buried alive alongside the
mother. The form of infanticide is, as a rule, strangulation
of the baby.

In Mailu, as among all the races on that level of culture,
suckling goes on long after the child is able to eat other food—
till about three to four years after birth.

Tn infancy children are carried about by their mothers
and very often by their fathers. The method of carrying
children by the women is to seat them astride upon the pro-
truding upper edge of the petticoat, the child clasping the
mother’s body with both its legs and the mother holding it
with one arm (see pl. xxxii., fig. 2). Both parents nurse the
child and fondle it. The operations of nose and ear piercing
are performed in infancy (comp. chap. 1i1., sec. 1).

Childhood and Initiation of Boys.—Children live with
their parents. They are very independent, the parents inter-
fering little with their games and inclinations. In fact, I
observed, and my observation was endorsed by Mr. Saville,
that the elders hardly ever give commands to their children,
preferring to ask them to do what they wish, in fear lest
refusal should compromise their authority and _ prestige.
‘Chastisement, in any form, seems never to be used to children,
except perhaps in a fit of impatience.

The stages of childhood and adolescence are marked by
few incidents. At the age of about three to four the girl
gets her first grass petticoat. At a slightly later stage the
process of tattooing (described in sec. 1) begins and ends with
the tattoo on the face which coincides with the marriageable
age.

The boys go about without any garment for a much longer
time. They get their perineal band at the age of about eight
to ten years, and there is a small initiation ceremony (U’au du)
‘connected with this event. The eldest boy is given bis Sthe
(Motu name for perineal band) by his maternal uncle (Aue),
with whom the boy’s father exchanges some gifts. The
younger boys get their Sthzs from the first-born, and there is
no exchange of food. The initiation ceremony seems to have
been more elaborate in former days, when the Dibus existed
and when the white man had not yet suppressed the institution
of head- hunting, with which this ceremony was apparently
‘connected in some way. I was told by Papart, a fairly old man
and the best informant in Mailu, that in the olden days the
initiation was more elaborate, being performed when there
‘was an enemy’s head available. In the preparation of the
head, the boy to be initiated used to lend a hand, and this

."

5

574

formed part of the initiation ceremony. On such, and only
on such, occasions would the ceremony take place in the Dibu.
The boy spent about a fortnight in the)ibw previously to the
ceremony, and was not allowed to leave the place. He had”
to keep the typical taboo—z.¢., abstention from boiled food
and fish—and his food was handed to him by men. If
the boy wanted to leave the Duhbw house for any necessity he
‘could do so by night, or if he did so in the daytime he had to
cover himself compietely with mats; neither was he allowed to
comb his hair.

The boys who were thus undergoing the initiation taboo —
used to remove the skin and flesh of the enemy’s head, which
was part of the process of preparing it for the collection in the
Dibu (described in sec. 6 of this chapter), and very likely boys
at the suitable age would wait until there were a few heads
ready for the head-hunter’s collection. On the other hand, if
such were at hand some boys might be invited to undergo the
initiation, so that the two performances might coincide.

The ceremony itself was performed after the period of the
taboo in the Dibu itself. After that the boy was no more
called Tamaru, but U’du, which corresponds to “young man.”
On the day of the ceremony there was a dance.

At other times the adoption of the perineal band usually
took place on one of the Or6’u (big canoes). In such cases the
ceremony would be connected with the big feast (Madina),
and take place just before, at the time when the canoes had
returned from Ardéma laden with pigs and betel nut for the
feast. The ceremony is always accompanied by a small feast,
for which a pig was killed. The pig is previously given by
the boy’s father to the maternal uncle. In the case of the
perineal band being given by the boy’s elder brother the pig
is killed by the father. |

At the exchange of gifts which takes place between the
father and the maternal uncle it is the latter who profits.

Games and Amusements.—As said above, the children’s
life is fairly free. From the age of about five they play and
roam at will, and the bigger boys and girls may go some
distance away from the village. Even at that stage the
separation of the sexes is marked, for the boys and girls roam
in separate groups, hardly mix in their play, and very often
have altogether different ways of playing. |

Many of the children’s games have a clear educational
value. They consist very often in the imitation of the
activities of their elders, and the children often use toys and
implements made, ad hoc, with a considerable amount of
labour. The elders, usually parents, take part in the play and
teach the children, with evident interest and care, how to sail

575

a toy canoe or use a toy net or fish spear. On Mailu Island
these educational games refer mainly to sailing and fishing, as
might easily be expected in a community of sailors and fisher-
men. But imitation of native dancing—which becomes a very
important activity in the later life—and imitation of spearing
belong to the class of educational plays.

These are children’s games having an educational aspect.
Children also join their parents in their activities, first in play,
then more and more seriously, thus imperceptibly acquiring the
arts of mature life. The girl sits near her mother and watches
her making pottery ; or, with a small stick, imitates her actions
‘in digging the ground, or helps her in peeling the vegetables
and preparing the food. Small girls jcin also their mothers
in searching for frutt: di mare. |

The boys join their fathers on hunting expeditions, and
when they go with them to sea they observe and lend a hand
in managing the big canoes.

Besides these games with an educational aspect there are
a few games pure and simple. Thus catscradles, played all
the year round, especially by women, form a very favourite
pastime. There are also a few games like tug-of-war, etc.,
played by boys and girls separately late in the afternoon and
on clear moonlight evenings. As these correspond in a way to
dancing, the @lder boys do not take part in them; but full
grown-up women enjoy them side by side with small girls.

Toy Boats, and Sailing Games of the Boys.—The play
with boats must be described more fully. There are two kinds
of boats made for the special benefit of boys—small models of
the large, crab-sail double canoes (Oro’u), and small cut-
rigger canoes (called Karo), so small that no grown-up man
could sail in them, but large enough to support one or two
urchins. In these the boys sail, usually within the reef which
Tuns not far from the beach. But sometimes they venture
further out, even in fairly rough weather, in a way that, for
skill and daring, arouses wonder and appreciation even in the
unfeeling breast of a field ethnographer. The time for these
‘escapades is usually at the break of the seasons, when the
south-eastern wind changes into the monsoon, and undoubtedly
they afford the means of learning how to manage a canoe and
a sail, which latter is very often used. They also learn how
to bail out a dug-out when it has sunk by water-logging. They
all swim very well.

The models of the Oré’u are used in play. Whole days
are spent in shallow water by boys in following their canoes as
‘they sail across the small bay in front of the Mailu village
(see pl. xxxiv., figs. 1 and 2). This play with models of the
large boats, called Hde’edé’i, is done during the north-west

_

576

monsoon season, as at that time the Bay of Mailu is absolutely ;
calm. The models are fairly accurate, even in the ornamenta-

tion, with one exception: the big Or6’w consist of two boats
joined by a platform and lashed together (comp. chap. iv.,
sec. 4), while in the model one of the dug-outs is replaced by
an outrigger float. In this way the boys get acquainted with

the construction of the Ord’u, though the models are made by

the elders.

Another sport very much enjoyed by children is fishing with —

a miniature of the 7’dvita ord’ net (called T. 0. kinovoi, which

means a small net of that name), the father showing the boy ©
how to use it. Small fish are caught this way, to the great

delight of the boys. Over and over again I saw boys playing

at fishing in this way for hours together. Miniature models

of the other small nets (G'ébi ordi) are also made. The fishing

corresponds, on a small scale, to the fishing done by the men —

with these nets (comp. chap. iv., sec. 3).

Small fish spears (Udi kinovoi ; udi meaning fish spear) are ;
made for boys. They are taught how to use them, and they —
often set out by themselves for fishing expeditions. Those

toy spears are about two-thirds the size of the real ones, and
they are used by boys eight to twelve years old.

Some skill in throwing spears may also be possibly
acquired by a game (Motu name, Kiki) in which two boys try —

to spear soft thick twigs planted in the sand with small-pointed
sticks (about 40 in. in length).

During the dancing season groups of boys, using small |

bamboos as drums, sometimes perform for hours in imitation
or caricature of the grown-up men’s dance. The nearer the

feast the more zealous grow the boys, who in this respect follow —

the lead of the grown-up men.
The children used also to play a kind of tug-of-war and
several other games, the details of which I failed to record,

though I saw them performed several times. In one a line of -

girls “wind themelves up” into a sort of tangle, which is

afterwards unravelled ; in another two rows of girls face each

other and join their hands. A small girl is taken by the arms;

she is balanced on the joined hands of two girls, and then has”
to spring on to the next pair and so on. These games are

accompanied by songs. a

5. REGULATION OF PusLic Lire; LEGAL INSTITUTIONS;
Gora (Taxoo).

General Remarks.—When dealing with abstract concep-

ticns, referring to social life, such as law, religion, authority,
etc., it is necessary to be extremely careful not to project our

own ideas and associations into native life and thought. One

577

must consider how far our terms—law, legal, criminal and civil
law, etc.—are applicable to native conditions. To use these
terms in the strict sense in which they are defined in jurisprud-
ence would be an obvious mistake. To use them loosely and
without troubling as to their meaning would be essentially
unscientific, because, in the case of the field ethnologist, it
rould show that he has not been considering very carefully
where to look for his facts and how to group them.

It will be desirable to explain the manner in which the
egal aspect of native life was sought for, without, of course,
pretending to give a satisfactory and universally valid defi-

ition of law, etc. A field ethnographer has to describe facts
in their essential aspects; that means to select. And selection
implies the possession of theoretical principles of classification
definite criteria as to what is essential and what is not.

In collecting facts about law and legal institutions the
following considerations have afforded the guiding principles.
In every community there exist fundamental rules which
must be observed. The infraction of these rules is a lurking
emptation, and there are always individuals who succumb.
S a preventative, or reaction, to this there exist some mea-
sures of restriction and redress; broadly speaking, some
restraining forces. To discover the rules, the possibilities of
infringement, the restraining forces, to classify them, follow-
g as closely as possible the conditions of native social life,
and to find out the natives’ own point of view in these
matters—all this constitutes the ethnographer’s task under
the heading of law.

Broadly speaking, the most elementary of the social rules
we identical in all societies: they protect a person’s body
rom injury and they guarantee a certain amount of personal

edom. Murder, bodily hurt, assault, rape, and other
te oa on person or liberty are considered to be wrongs in
i human communities at the top as well as the bottom

f the scale of development. Again, there are everywhere

ome rules protecting a man’s personal property. The in-
ringement of any of these rules is resented by the injured
son and by the social group to which he belongs tau
an, village.

This is one source of criminal law. The other springs
tom the public resentment which follows the violation by
le individual of the essential rules which constitute the given
ial structure, as, for instance, the rules of exogamy or of
eligion, etc.

These facts constitute the basis of criminal law. In this

road sense the conception can be applied to native societies,
"

578

and the distinction between civil and criminal law can be
maintained. Under civil law in a native society we can
understand the set of rules regulating all the normal relations
between persons, as kinship, marriage, economic co-operation
and distribution, trading, etc.; and between persons and
things, property inheritance, etc. Civil law being thus a set
of rules regulating the social mechanism in its stationary,
normal course; criminal law being the safety arrangements,
putting things aright whenever there is any hitch in their
normal course.

Collecting and describing facts from this point of view |
an ethnological inquirer is not likely to violate the conditions
of native life, because the ideas and principles of classifica- —
tion used are sufficiently broad and plastic, though not loose,
to be adapted to any social conditions, and they are not
borrowed from European jurisprudence.

But although this might do justice to native institu-
tions, and might inform the reader as to the legal aspect of
native sociology, it would give no information about native
legal ideas. By discussing matters with intelligent—sometimes
extremely intelligent—natives, and by letting them compare
native social rules with the introduced European system of
administrating justice, I came to the conclusion that the
conception of criminal law, or of civil law, or of the distinction —
between the two, could not find any counterpart in native
ideas, not even in a rudimentary-form. Nevertheless, the
natives use words for forbidden; they have their systems of
taboos, which possess a distinctly legal aspect, though this is
mixed with others as well. In order to do justice to explicit
and fundamental native ideas about rule, prohibition, and
sanction, it will be necessary to describe their system of taboos
and try to distinguish between its legal and non-legal aspects.

Rudimentary Measures, corresponding to Criminal Law.—
The data concerning law will not be described in this section.
Civil law comprises all the rules governing social life.
Those rules, so far as they are known to the writer, are stated,
passim, throughout the description of the activities and
institutions. I have tried also to state their stringency and
universality ; to describe the function and the mechanism by
which they would be maintained if infringed. It would be
mere repetition even to enumerate these details in this place.

In collecting facts relating to criminal law one is con-
fronted with serious difficulties. It is clear from what has
been said above that the ethnographer cannot put his questions
direct, but has to procure a certain number of actual, concrete
facts, draw from them his own inferences, and describe them

579 .

in his own terms. Now it is especially difficult to get authentic
facts referring to crime, such as murder, rape, theft, etc. The
white man’s influence has been operating in the district’ for
over thirty years, and the younger generation of natives are
at present imbued with European ideas of justice—individual
responsibility, value of human life independently of tribe,
clan, etc. And crime, from the point of view of the native
conditions, is certainly less frequent now than it was before.
On the other hand, the native thinks that these topics had
better be avoided, and is extremely careful not to talk too
much about them without obvious necessity, especially to a
man whom he knows to be on good terms with the local
missionary and resident magistrate. Thus accounts of the
little crime that is still going on and tales of the good old
times are not willingly communicated.

For such reasons I was unable to learn much in the way
of authentic stories about murder, adultery, and theft as they
happened in olden days, and about the way in which these
erimes were punished and avenged. I obtained a few hints,
however, which allow me to give a broad outline of the
existing state of things. Murder within the village was
uncommon, but there are cases on record. There were
quarrels at feasts about pigs, and sometimes also over women.
There were resentments in the village, in the clan, and in the
family. Thus, not long ago, an influential and fairly intelli-
gent native killed his own mother, being extremely worried
about a matter with which she had nothing to do, and some-
what annoyed by her request that he should stay at home
and not enter the white man’s service. This modern Orestes
got three years in prison. The natives did not approve of his
action, but when I inquired what would have happened in the
olden days, it was clear that no punishment would have
been inflicted, there being no man or social body whose busi-
ness it would have been to punish the offender. Cases of such
murder within the family or village, undoubtedly closely
allied to the running amok, seem to have occurred in the
past. In a case like that just mentioned, when the victim be-
longed to the man’s own family, and when there was nobody to
resent the loss and the wrong done, the murderer would have
escaped scot free. The public resentment against him would
not have been strong enough to ensure actual punishment,
and if the man had nerve enough to get over the shock, and
live down the subsequent reproachful attitude of his fellow-
tribesmen, he could continue his life in peace and quiet.

As said, there was no central authority which would
Spontaneously and automatically deal with the offender. The

an function did not enter into the duties and privileges of
T

0. 580

the clan chief; but if the injured person belonged to another
clan, or even to another family, the relatives and clansmen
would take things into their own hands. If they were strong
enough, they would kill a man of the offender’s clan or family.
It seems, however, that this sort of justice did not interest
the clan so much as the family in the narrower sense of the
word—the brothers, in the first place, the father, and the first

cousins. If those were not strong enough, they could “hire” —

a man or men by payment of pigs, arm-shells, and food, to do
the business in their place. I gathered that in such a case

matters would be considered as squared, and that it would ©

not be followed by an everlasting vendetta within the village.

Adultery on the part of the woman was punishable by
death, if the couple were caught in flagrante delicto, or if the
husband felt strongly about the matter. Under such circum-
stances he would have been considered to be within his rights,
and would not suffer retaliation. In less flagrant cases of
adultery the whole affair might be settled by payment, the
woman possibly going over to the co-respondent. In that
case the bridal price would have to be repaid to the former
husband, in addition to an atonement gift.

Theft did not seem a very serious offence, except when
things were tabooed (see below). Otherwise the man would

be possibly chaffed and would acquire a bad name for stealing, ~

which is considered rather in the light of a joke than as a
serious shortcoming.

Perhaps the most important of criminal offences, in Mailu
a3 in all other Papuo-Melanesian tribes, was the practice of
evil magic. As far as I could ascertain, however, there were
not many magicians in the Mailu district. Nevertheless,
there were always a few men believed to possess powers for
good and evil, but much moredistinctly for evil (comp. chap. v.).
I do not think, however, that there would be any means of
redress against their evil magic. If attacked by one of them,

people would be much more likely to try to propitiate him by —

gifts. Whether these men, who undoubtedly wielded much
more authority than anyone else in the village, were ever
appealed to for the administration of justice, I am unable to”
say in the case of the Mailu, though I have very positive
confirmatory evidence in the case of the tribes of the Central
Division.

The nature of the punishment for crimes when the —

offender was from another village will be dealt with in the
next section. In this case crime was nearly always evil magic.

Taboo (Géra).—The word Géra means taboo in its most
general sense—i.e., corresponds to the word forbidden. Ti

__

581

one wishes to say that it is not allowed—as used to be the case
in intertribal wars, for instance—to go to another village, one
says this place is Gora. Thus this word is not only applied to
taboos with supernatural sanction, but to all interdictions in
general, even if they be imposed by the nature of things
and not by the will of men. The word (Gora is used also to
denote the signs, usually consisting of coconut leaves, which
were put up i. cannection with taboos. Such signs, however,
do not in all cases imply a taboo. Thus the term Gora has a
wider range than the word taboo. On the other hand, the
most important class of taboos—the food restrictions—are
called Téra. Thus a spot is Gora, the coconut trees are Gora,
fish is Géra—as long as the interdiction refers to fishing. But
the coconuts are said to be 7'dra, so is the fish and any other
form of food. Thus Ama téra means coconut taboo; Orbe
_ téra, fish taboo; Tsebére tora, a taboo on taro.

I shall first describe all the facts comprised within the
mative idea of Gora, and then shortly discuss them.

The most important forms of Gora refer to the coconut.
The coconut stands also in an especially intimate connection
with the Gora institution, since it is used almost exclusively
for the various Gora signs, or, at least, it forms the most
essential and characteristic element of almost all of them.
As mentioned before, the term G'éra applies both to the con-
dition of the coconut plantations for the time being and to
_ the signs which indicate usually this condition. The coconut
palms become tabooed and Géra signs are erected on two
occasions—death and feast.

For some time after the death of a man his own coconuts,

those of his family, and, in certain cases, of the whole clan

I become taboo. But there was a strict distinction between the
trees belonging to the man and his relations (the actual
mourners) and the trees belonging to the other clansmen. In

_ the first place, whereas the former became taboo under any
circumstances, the latter were tabooed only in the case of

an adult and influential male. And then there was a still

More important distinction—the dead man’s own trees and

those of the mourners (the Vandma and Do’d’e people ; comp.

chap. v., sec. 4) were tabooed automatically by the presence

~ the dead man’s body. As will be described in detail here-
after, the body was buried either under the house of the

r deceased or among his coconut palms. The body and the
grave were the symbols of the taboo. They protected the nuts

magically, the dead man’s spirit was angry when anybody

touched them, and he punished the culprit by the same penalty

which was attached to the other (’éras—the man became

582 ;

unlucky in fishing. It is very important to note that the
taboo was called in this case Vehiru, and not Gora. Thus
the dead man’s coconuts were called Nehru dma, and the
grave was said to be the Vebiiru sign. And it was emphatic-
ally affirmed that the presence of the body was quite sufficient
to establish the taboo, and that never were any Gora signs
erected among the trees of the deceased or of the mourners.
But the presence of the body was the conditio sine quad non
of the Veburu. Of this I was able to observe an interesting
concrete case. About four months previous to my arrival at
Mailu village, Bu’a, the former village constable and appar-
ently by far the most influential man in the village, died in
the jail at Port Moresby. His body remained there. As he
was a very important man, not only his relatives, but the whole
clan—and many men from the other clans—observed coconut
taboos on his account. Now, under normal conditions, his
and his mourners’ trees would have been NVehbiuru, and no
Géra would have been placed among his trees. As his body
was not there, however, a Gora had been erected in the middle
of his plantations, and these were said to be Géra, and not
Neburu. Thus his body, and his spirit, being far off, the
Gora, with its inherent magical sanction, had to be erected.
When the body was buried, not in the coconut grove, but
under the house, as was sometimes done in the olden days
(comp. chap. v., sec. 4), it nevertheless acted as a Neburu
token and sign of taboo, because it was near by. As a matter
of fact, the coconut plantations were never far away from
the village.

A Géra was put up by all the other people who mourned
for the man (these were called Magu ragu’d), but were not
the chief mourners (7.e., belonging to the Vandama and Do’d’e
groups). Also by all the other clansmen and tribesmen who
were not mourning, but who wished to honour the deceased
if he was a “big man.” The Gora sign consisted either of a
vertical sapling or of a kind of gallows, composed of two
verticals and one horizontal. Both used to be decorated with
coconut leaves ; in fact, they had to be young leaves of a small
coconut tree. On coconut Gdras the young leaves are said to
refer directly to coconuts. Thus I saw a mixed Gora standing
in the midst of a grove of mixed coconuts and betelnuts. On
it were coconut leaves, which were said to refer to the coco-
nuts, and betelnut stalks as a token of the betel. But it
must be noted that some Gras, having nothing to do with
coconuts, are also decorated with coconut leaves.

When a Géra is to be erected the owner of the palms
gives away a quantity of nuts, to be eaten by the young men }

; 583

and boys of his clan. Then the Gdéra is erected, and the
following spell is pronounced by the owner : —

“Bou éva gora émegi 6m nama ama

spirit this gora man a some coconut

itsis bdna 06% tseiba 66% ore’bre_ tseiba.”’

eat time spirit do(act) spirit angry act
Which in free translation would mean:—“O spirit! When
a man eats this tabooed coconut, O spirit, act; O spirit, be
angry and punish him!” The spirit thus invoked would be

one of the ancestral spirits of the owner. His ré/e in protect-
ing the tabooed coconuts is quite analogous to that of the
recently deceased man towards his Veburu palms. The
spirits in both cases get angry (06's ore’é6re, an expression
used often to design ill-luck in general; in Motu,

Dirava dika)

: spirit bad, angry).

(comp. chap. v., sec. 1), and to prevent the offender from
doing good fishing, particularly with the big nets (Gauma),
but also with the smaller ones (Ord) (comp, chap. iv.,
sec. 3).

Thus in both cases the taboo is enforced by a supernatural
Sanction—by the fear of the evil results, automatically follow-
ing the offence. It is to be noted that no spells are uttered
to the spirit of the deceased in order to make him protect’
his own coconuts; evidently he takes very good care that
nobody touches those which are to be eaten at his feast, or
are at any rate associated with his family’s mourning duties.
On the other hand, the spirit who is not personally interested
in the proceedings must be invoked to play his part. The
réle of both spirits seems anyhow a very impersonal one; they
are merely mechanical factors, bringing about, as an inter-
mediate agency, the evil results inherent in the breaking of
the taboo. They have no initiative in dealing out the
punishment, nor is there anything left to their personal choice,
and, on the other hand, a man violating the taboo would have
no personal fear of the anger of the spirit. The natives are
in general very little afraid of ghosts, though they dread dark-
ness and its evil powers (comp. chap. v., secs. 1 and 2). The
“Men are afraid to break the taboo purely and simply in order
not to lose their fishing capacity, and from any other point
of view the personal insult to the spirit, and its consequent
annoyance, would not apparently matter. No man would with
full knowledge violate a taboo, either a Vebirw or a Géra;
if he unwittingly does so the punishment strikes him in the
same form, without regard to his motives. The culprit would,

584

however, have no other direct social punishment to bear; he
would not be exposed either to ridicule, contempt, or anger.
The prima facie object of the Gora, admitted by the
natives and apparent in its most obvious function, is to prevent
the coconuts from being eaten and then to ensure a plentiful
supply of nuts for the mortuary feasts. It must be remarked,
however, that the Géora arrangement overshoots its mark, as
an enormous amount of nuts become damaged and absolutely
useless before the feast comes on.

So far we have spoken about the Gora and Neburu—+z.e.,
taboos imposed upon coconuts on the death of a man,
symbolized either by the man’s body and grave, or by a special
sign enforced by the man’s own ghost or by a spell-bound
ancestral spirit—both of which, in a purely mechanical and
automatic manner, and unmoved by propitiation or deflected
by wrath or insult, work certain mischief upon the offender.

Similar taboos are imposed when there is a big feast,
independently of the death of anybody of importance. In
that case there is no intrinsic reason why the coconuts should
be respected by the whole village or by a clan, and a substitute
for such a reason is created by erecting a big taboo sign in the
village. This sign is also a Gora, called Téna goéra. The erec- —
tion of the 7'6na goéra is asociated with the construction of a
series of simple Gras in the palmgroves of the people who ©
have to contribute to the feast.

When a big Aaduna feast (comp. chap. v., sec. 3) is to
be held, a few months before the first festivities—z.e¢., roughly
a year or more before the main feast, the T'éna géra is erected
in the village street, in front of the house of the Madina
master. He gives a small feast in his house, and then the
trumpet-shell is blown and an incantation is uttered. In this
they utter the names of different places, where coconuts are
plentiful, and invoke the coconuts to congregate and be plenti-
ful in their village. This is the spell :—

“Gadd@isiu dma ee——e (long drawn)
Bona béna ama ee——e (long drawn)
Géagéa dma ee——e (long drawn)
Dahini dma ee——e (long drawn)

Gdana ama tseri’ dda
Kvara aiba
Woydu ligo woydu lage.”

The first words in the first four lines are names of places >
Ama means coconut; Gdna dma tseri’dda means all coconuts.

I did not obtain the full literal translation of the text,
but the general meaning is obvious; the names of places rich
in coconuts are called out—a kind of sympathetic verbak —

, :

Re
rer
- YOO

a

charm—and all the coconuts are invoked to congregate in
order that the supply at the feast may be plentiful. Subse-
quently the other small Goras are erected in the bush in the
same manner, and the same invocation is addressed to an
ancestral spirit, as is described above for the death Géras.

The Yona gora consists of a fairly high vertical pole, to
which several coconut leaves are fastened.

It is to be noted that the Téna géra is not erected on
every occasion when a feast is given; in fact, it does not seem
_to be a very frequent feature. Whenever there is a fairly
important death in the clan, or in the clans, giving the feast, -
and whenever the feast is at the same time one in the series
of mortuary feasts, there is no 7'éna yéra. For this the
Neburu is sufficient. Nor is it erected on the death of a
village notable.

Thus in the autumn and winter of 1914 there were feasts
im preparation in Awrére, Mdilu, Loupém, and Laruéro.
Amongst these I only saw a Tona géra in Laruéro, where the
feast was to take place in the winter of 1915-16. All the
other places had Vebirus.

It is obvious that the real sanction of the feast Goras,
governed by the main T6na gora, are of the same nature as
the mourning Goéras, since the same invocation is uttered to
the same agencies. But the Téna géra has no such sanction,
and from the nature of its spell it is evident that its function
is rather a magical one, to ensure a plentiful supply of coco-
nuts. In this it is analogous to those other arrangements at
a feast which aim at securing a plentiful supply of pigs for
the feast (comp. chap. v., sec. 3).

Another form of Géra, erected in the street in front of
the master of the feast (Madina) is the Méto géra. It con-
sists of a small square erection, composed of two sticks topped
by a horizontal and covered with young coconut leaves, to
which several of the large white shells (Ovulwm ovum) are
bound. This Géra has nothing whatever to do with coconuts,
except as to the leaves with which it is wrapped. Neither has
it anything to do with any taboo or prohibition. It is simply
a pledge, each shell representing a pig promised to the master
of the feast by one of his relatives or friends. There is no
‘spell connected with it, and it is only a forecast of the future
‘splendour of the feast, which in its preliminaries and arrange-
ments is full of such glorifications. When several clans
arrange a feast a Wéto géra is placed in front of the houses
of head men of each clan.

Besides the coconut, several other articles of food may
Goraed. Betelnut (Wéni) occupies a position in native
fe in many ways analogous to the coconut. At a man’s death

586

the betelnut palms are tabooed along with the coconuts, as.
has been already mentioned. As the groves of these two
palms are usually contiguous, the same Gora spell serves for
both, its comprehensiveness being only expressed by the
attachment to the G'dra sign of a piece of the areca palm.

The Il’éni géra (betel, or areca nut taboo) is, however,
also used in another case. When the nut is deteriorating in
condition and becoming “soft like water,” they try to improve
it by putting on a Gora on the tree. This they do by tying a
stick horizontally to the palm trunk and fastening some croton,
or palm leaves to the point of junction of stem and stick.
There is no spell, nor is there any taboo implied by the Géra,
which is obviously merely a kind of curative charm. It is
simply a magical Géra, and has no legal significance.

Quite similar in its essential is the fish Gora (Oribe gora).
It is put up in the water over the reef, and consists of a
sapling with coconut leaves tied to it. This Gora is erected
upon the decision, or advice, of the old and experienced men

of the tribe. When fish become scarce in any particular place

on the reef or near it the old men, or the head men of the
clan owning rights (purely nominal) over the reef, decide to
erect a Gora on this spot, and fishing there is tabooed for so
long as the Gora is up. It stands for some three to four moons,
and when upon investigation it is found that fish are plentiful
again the fishing is resumed. The Géra would very probably
be put up during a season when, in any case, there would not
be much fishing done, as for instance in the seasons of busy

sailing and trading. This Gora, although it involves a taboo, —

has evidently no legal aspect, and is merely a magical and
economic contrivance. There is a spell uttered when the
Oribe gora is erected, but I am not able to record it.

There are some minor Géras attached to fruit trees, such
as the native mango (Bor6a), a fruit tree called Gaméla, and
several others. They consist of a piece of palm leaf wound
round the stem. They were said to be precautions against
boys climbing the trees and eating the fruit before it was half
ripe. The boys would be afraid to climb a Géra’ed tree.

The men of Mailu Island make no sago palm Goéras in
their sago swamps in Léa (see next chap., sec. 1); but when
the sago is not good, “like water,” the mainland Magi erect
an Odei gora (sago Gora) on the path leading through the
swamp. It is a pole with sago leaves bound to it.

I was informed that such a Géra also constitutes a kind
of mark of proprietorship, but on the whole my information
on this point is defective.

Besides the G'éra there is another method of protecting
property by means of a magical sanction. It is done by means

Jo i

of a conditional curse called Ondga. When an owner is afraid
of his coconuts being stolen, or suspects that they have been
interfered with, he utters a spell and binds the coconuts
together (with a piece of their own fibre, torn off the husks).
The man who has stolen, or who should intend to steal, gets
boils and swellings all over his body, and dies from this com-
plaint, which also is called Ondga. I was not able to record
the spell, nor to obtain any details concerning similar protec-
tive measures which were said to be sometimes applied in the
ease of bananas and taro.

It is obvious that the native classification of facts
embodied in the term Gra is by no means adequate from a
scientific point of view. It brings together those which are
only superficially similar and discriminates. between essentially
kindred phenomena. But this very circumstance makes the

adduced data rather interesting, for undoubtedly such a quaint,

and obviously antiquated, mode of using words and classifying
facts points to a previous state of things which differs from the
present. And linguistic survivals are perhaps the most trust-
worthy, since a word may be used in a somewhat inadequate
sense without practical inconvenience. On the other hand,
a social institution, when its function changes, must either
adapt itself fairly completely to its new form of existence, and
hence vary in its essentials, or it withers and becomes
obliterated. JI will not speculate upon the nature of the
survivals embodied in the Mailu conception of Gora, and I
wish only to point out briefly some of its peculiarities.

Gora, in its broadest and most abstract meaning, means
taboo, rule, prohibition ; it is distinctly the conception cover-
ing what we would cali law in our society. In the more
restricted and concrete sense, it implies a legal arrangement
allowing certain goods to be protected against all consumption,
and thus to be reserved for ceremonial religious purposes. It
is never a symbol of proprietorship or a simple form of protec-
tion of private property, the latter function being performed
by the Ondga. On the other hand, some Géras, the Téna gora
and the fish and betelnut (dras, have a distinct magical
function. One of them, the betelnut Gora, has hardly any
legal aspect; the fish Géra involves a prohibition, and the
Tona géra is, in its legal aspect, only a sign that there are
prohibitory measures elsewhere. The Moto gora has, again,
neither legal nor magical aspect.

A few more words must be said about the previously men-
tioned food taboos, which the natives comprise under another
word, Téra. These taboos are met with on very many sides of
social life—during feasts and economic activities ; in some of the
critical moments of human life, like initiation, puberty, and

o8&

pregnancy ; in relation to some sexual facts, and soon. These
are mentioned in their respective connections, and will be only
enumerated here in brief.

There are no tribal or clan T6ras-—i.e., there is no food
restriction imposed upon the whole village or the whole clan.
There exist, however, individual, hereditary JTéras; those
descending in the male line, are closely associated with
“white” magic, and will be dealt with in chap. v., sec. 2; they
were also obligatory for people practising “black’’ magic and
the healing art.

In addition there are a series of temporary taboos not
attached to the person, to which all men and women are at
times subject. Such are the taboos observed before and during
the feast (see chap. v., sec. 3).

There are the taboos connected with sex practised by
women—the menstruation and pregnancy Tras, and there is
the Zora of initiation.

As the headman of the clan has to undergo the most
strenuous taboos, and to undergo them more frequently than
anyone else (¢.g., at the feast), the Tora is also a means of
social differentiation.

There are also some T6ras observed during certain
economic activities (chap. iv.).

6. WaRFARE: Herap HuntTIna. (42)

The external relations of the Mailu villages with eack
other have been outlined in chap. u1., sec. 1. On the whole,
they were not friendly. The tribe was subdivided into sections,
and each section, comprising several neighbouring villages,
was waging a perpetual war against all the others. Their wars
consisted either of systematically planned and prearranged
raids, or of attacks on stray people whenever the chance
offered. This did not occur very frequently, and though good
care was taken by travellers, hunters, fishermen, etc., to make
the opportunities as rare as possible, there was always the
chance.

(42) The data covered by this paragraph are very scanty and
unsatisfactory. This is partly owing to the intrinsic difficulty —
in obtaining authentic concrete accounts about war and fighting —
in bygone days, and partly to the fact that I was more interested —
in the social constitution of the tribe, and that my inquiries about
war, etc., were less extensive and thorough than on several other
topics.. The type of Mailu fighting seems to be identical with that
of the Port Moresby tribes, of which there are some very goo
accounts collected by Prof. C. G. Seligman in his oft-quoted work:
chap. ix. (Koita), chaps. xli. and xlii. (Southern Massim). Broadly, —
as far as I can judge, these illustrate the fighting methods of all —
the tribes of the southern coast.

589

. The mainland people, especially if a village was situated
_on the border of a ‘“‘confederacy,’’ were obviously exposed to
raids, for whenever the mainland people ventured from their
fortified villages, which were pitched on top of fairly high and
steep hills, down to the sea shore in order to get salt, fish, or
shells, they were exposed to the danger of meeting the dreaded
_ Mailu islanders, who were frequently sailing about, and would
not for anything miss an opportunity of securing a head or
two for their collection in the Débu. On the other hand,
the Mailu people, though practically safe on their own island,
had to go to Léa, near Table Point, in order to procure sago.
They used to hunt,on the mainland near Magubo (Greeniway
Point), and to go on distant trading expeditions, when they
might be blown ashore and wrecked. It was from the main-
land also that they obtained their timber. ‘Thus the occupants
of all of the Mailu-speaking villages were more or less exposed
to the risk of falling amongst their foes in greatly superior
numbers and of being killed.

They used, however, to take their precautions, for when
_ engaged in economic pursuits away from the village and within
the reach of enemies it was customary to station sentries
(Pdéiva) in full armour and war-paint. This they did when
felling trees in the bush, or when getting sago in an exposed
swamp, as was the case when they went to Léa, where they
were liable to be attacked by the Magéri.

The expeditions, or raids, might be carried out either by
sea, which was the only way open to the Mdilu, Louwpom, and
Laruéro villagers, or they were made by land, as between the
mainland Wag.

There were in Mailu special war canoes (Bobore). These
were rather long dug-outs, longer than the usual Gébo canoe
(comp. chap. iv., sec. 4), with an outrigger and float. The
prow (called Bobdore itsdna) was decorated with wooden
carvings; the stern (Aripara) was not decorated. Each
Bobore had its own name and each belonged to a clan or
_subclan. The following are the names of some of the canoes
and the clans to which they belonged :—

Clan name. Subclan. Name of the war canoe.
Mailu village—
Bodéabo Karokéko
ee f{Diadiibu - Dariébu
J \ Banagadiibu Reumdnu
Maradibu Otawdea
hen \ Gominamdnu

-Loupém village—
Gobudibu Loubébe

Boimarai Avaredst

590

When it was decided to make a raid there was a feast and |
a dance—the Dauge dance, as a rule. There were some men
who had the decisive word in war affairs, and these were not
identical with the clan headmen; and upon those going out
to fight there was a taboo imposed called Gébu.

For purposes of defence the mainland people had tree
houses or platforms—I could not definitely settle which—called
Lum. The situation of the villages, which were invariably
perched on the tops of hills, allowed the natives to control the
approaches, and in order to make the defence more
effective they built the tree fortifications on forked branches
of the Bani tree. In these they used to keep plenty of spears
and stones, and, in cases of need, men, women, and children
used to take refuge in them and hail missiles on their adver-
saries. The most effective way of attacking such a fortification
was to cut down the tree. On the average there were about
four such houses in a well-sized Mdgi village, which consisted
of some forty houses. The villages were also stockaded.

Another form of fighting must be mentioned—viz., the
fights and quarrels which seem to have been invariably
associated with the feasts. Squabbles over pigs and women
and personal resentments, assumed naturally an acute form
at feast times, when nerves were highly strung and passions
on the alert. Unfortunately, my informants left me with
general assertions, and I was not able to obtain any concrete
instances.

The weapons in Mailu were identical with those of the
coastal tribes in the Central Division. The heavy wooden
spear, made of one piece, with the point barbed on one side
with fairly large barbs. Sometimes there were two or three
longitudinal barbed ridges running towards the point. There
was also the stone club, but I was not able to ascertain the
specific forms used, as there are now no clubs in the villages,
all having been sold out to curio collectors. .

A broad wooden shield, nearly a square, with rounded
edges and slightly tapering towards the base was used. It had
a handle of rattan cane and was ornamented in front with a
rather broad, belt of plaited cane, ornamented with coloured
feathers at the edges. The shield was called Véts:, and was
made of a soft wood (Una).

An essential part of the war equipment, especially at
times of organized raids, was the war dress. Besides the
perineal band, they used to wear round the loins a piece of
rattan (lawyer cane). The head was decorated with a crown
of cassowary feathers (Guia), or with the feathers of T'si’at (a
bird of paradise). They used also to insert cassowary feathers
in their armlets and in the belt. The face was painted all

591

over, the left side red, the right white. A V-shaped ornament
of these same colours was painted on their breasts; a white
band passing from the front of the right shoulder down to
the sternal notch, when it met a corresponding band in red
(the painting was called Umwu). On the ankles and below the
knees strips of pandanus leaves were bound, and they wore
the boar’s tusk ornament (/J/d’a) suspended from a shell neck-
lace (Aéma). During fights, as during dances, they put the
boar’s tusk into their mouth. Sometimes, as amongst the
tribes of the Central Division, the Musikdka (Motuan name)
ornament—-a flat piece of wood, inlaid with the red seeds of
jequirity, edged with boar’s tusks, and with a pair of eyes
made of shell in the middle—was used as a “mouthpiece” in
fighting. This ornament is well represented in many Museum
collections. |

The Mailu were not cannibals and, except on their island
border, where their neighbours, the Uddma, possibly prac-
tised anthropophagy, they were not in contact with any
cannibal tribe. (4°)

They practised head hunting—that is, the killing of a
human being, man, woman, or child, solely with the object of
securing the victim’s head. The body was left on the spot
where the individual had been killed, and the head was cut
off and taken to the village. The amputation of the head was
done with a bamboo knife (Kdpakdpa), which the warrior
carried suspended from a string round the neck, the knife
hanging down the back. The head was carried to the slayer’s
Diubu, and there boiled in a pot, which was directly afterwards
thrown into the sea. Then the skin and flesh were removed,
and the skull, being thus roughly cleaned, was placed in the
smoke and dried, so as to prevent the putrefaction of the
incompletely removed soft parts. During this time the people
used to prepare a feast, gathering bananas, taro, and cooking
sago, fish, etc. When the skull was sufficiently smoked and
dried it was prepared for hanging in the Dubwu by drilling a
hole in the top of the skull, through which a string was passed.
Then the feast took place, during which a dance, called Ma’o,
was performed. In this the slayer, holding the skull under his
arm, danced ceremonially. -

The homicide had to undergo the usual taboo—that is,
abstention from boiled food and fish—for a time after the

(43)On the west their neighbours were the Aréma people, who
also were not cannibals. On the east their immediate neighbours,
the Bénabéna, were the only Southern Massim who did not adopt
this practice. The line of demarcation between the anthro-
Benseous Massim and. the Bonahéna runs between Fife and

arm Bays. The natives of the former did not eat human flesh,
and the first village in Farm Bay (Savdia) did so.

592

act, and the violation of the taboo was believed to entail the

complaint of abnormally enlarged testicles. During the feast /

he sang a special song, and he had also the right to wear white
cockatoo feathers at the dances—a privilege which was highly
valued, and which is now, in these degenerate days, imp2-
dently assumed .by many a miles gloriosus, who has not even
seen a man speared properly in all his life.

CHAPTER IV.

ECONOMICS.
1. LAND AND GARDENS.
Land Tenure.—There are two forms of land tenure in the

Mailu district. The Mailu islanders (Toulon Island) possess —

only a very limited area for agricultural purposes, and they
have accordingly a modified form of land tenure. Their
gardening and their agrarian laws are of less interest to them
than to those of the mainland Magi, and, having exceptionally
good opportunities and capacity for fishing, they are also much
less dependent on the produce of their soil. On the mainland,

7

AVIA

on the other hand, the question of land tenure is more ~
important, not only because the natives there are nearly ©

entirely dependent upon the produce of the soil, but because
they have to deal with the normal conditions of the

agricultural Papuan—abundance of land at the disposal of a —

fairly small community.

One has to use the legal conceptions of ‘“ownership’’ with —

extreme caution when dealing with native conditions. Owner-
ship in land means with us the exclusive enjoyment of all the
real economic rights and all the privileges and pleasures one

can derive from a certain portion of land, subject to a very —

limited state of control, such as forest and game protection,
mining rights, etc. This form of ownership does not, of
course, exist in New Guinea, and it is not exact either to use
the term loosely or to try to find the nearest approach to the
European state of things in the native conditions. The only

correct course is to investigate all the rights enjoyed exclu-

sively by an individual, or by a social group, with regard to a
particular portion of land. As a matter of fact, in most
tribes those rights are not all concentrated in one and the
same “legal person’’ (social body or individual man). Some

of them are vested in social groups (village community, clan),

others are apportioned to individuals.
This is the reason why the problem of native land tenure,
so extremely interesting from the sociological point of view,

and so important for the administration of the country, has —

ae

593

not been often correctly treated.(44) And in the purchase of
land from the natives there have very often been great and
serious difficulties, leading to loss of time and money on the
one side and to irritation and a feeling of wrong on the other.

The description of the mainland Mailu land tenure will
be given first, as it is the more important. Land ownership,
in our full sense of the word, involves among others the right
to exclude the land from trespass, and the exclusive right to
some of the produce of the soil—such as water, clay, and
minerals. Among the Mailu natives these rights belong to
the village community asa whole. LEach village has around it
an area which forms what may be called its sphere of influence.
On this area strangers could not trespass, on pain of being
immediately seized and killed. Friendly neighbours could go

_ through to the village, but they might not loiter, for fear of

_ being suspected of evil magic and similar crimes. A stranger,

whether friend or foe, is not entitled to any of the produce of
the soil; he could not use a waterhole, or take clay for pot-
tery or red earth for painting, etc. In villages near, or on,.
the sea shore, the adjacent beach and reef belong to this
sphere of influence. The village community is the group in
which these rights are vested, and, on the other hand, these
general rights are not further apportioned and subdivided
among the clans or individuals. This statement refers to the
Mailu natives living on the islands (Toulon, Laruéro, and
Loupom), as well as to the mainland villages.

Between friendly villages their spheres of influence are
divided by recognized boundaries ; but between hostile villages

(44)Even in Prof. Seligman’s treatise, where, as a rule,

everything is stated with admirable accuracy and lucidity, land

tenure is not dealt with in a quite satisfactory manner. Speak-

_ ing of the Koita he says, ‘‘Each man has his share in the Iduhu

_ garden land, which descends to his children,’’ etc. Further

Statements imply also the existence of individual land ownership

_ in a fairly European sense of the word. Now the Koita, as the

Sinaughélo and Mdgi—and I think all the Papuo-Melanesians—
make their gardens not individually, but jointly, the whole clan
making one enclosure, and the ground inside being subdivided
among the clansmen. There was no such thing consequently as

_ exclusive individual claims to any portion of land for gardening

purposes. There was no subdivision of land among individuals,
Save in the exercise of certain purely nominal over-rights. As
the natives, however, attach a great importance to these over-
rights, they very often mention the name of an individual as the
real owner or ‘‘boss” (Biagiina kérikori—‘‘real boss,’’? in Motu).

_ Even the Motu, who possess very little land, have no individual

garden land apportioned to a man hereditarily. This latter state
of things (individual land tenure) I found only on Mailu Island.
Among the Northern Massim, on Woodlark Island, I found a

_ system of land tenure almost identical with that of the Koita and

mainland Mailu.

*

594

there seems to nave been belts of country where nobody would
have liked to venture. ‘4 Again, there were some tracts of
country, or areas of economic importance, where several vil-
lages tried to exercise their economic rights, either in harmony
or in strife. Thus the small island of Abd’u, in Cloudy Bay
(now the seat of the Resident Magistrate of the South-Eastern
Division), has a stone quarry. This seems to have been used
by the Mailu islanders and by the Lowpém people, and by
several other villages near Abd’u (Domara and the non-Mailu
speaking communities in Cloudy Bay). Again the sago
swamps in Léa were used by the Mailu, the Lowpém, and the
Magori (a non-Mdgi village), who were not always on friendly
terms with each other. So also the jungle near Greenaway
Point (Mogttbo) was used by the Mailu for hunting and
getting wood, and it was the garden land of the Lowpém.

Thus, in the use of the most elementary necessities (access
to waterholes, use of wood and clay, and the right of free
passage), the land is open to the members of a village com-
munity to the exclusion of all others. The right to make
gardens is vested in the clan. Each clan makes its gardens
collectively within one enclosure, and each clan has its own
territory where it makes its gardens to the exclusion of the
other clans. This seems to be the general form of garden
land tenure. And my inquiries, made on several points on
the mainland (in Déreba, Borebo, and Banéro), led to the
same conclusion. As this is the general form of land tenure
among the Papuo-Melanesians, it may be assumed to be also
the case among the mainland Mdgi. I had, however, such poor
informants amongst these that I should have treated their data
with extreme caution had they not been confirmed by other
evidence. (46)

In Louwpém I obtained better evidence, but: this instance
seems to be exceptional. The members of the two main clans
of the Loup6m—Boimard and Gobuduibu—make their gardens
communally, each clan making every year its own separate

(45) Since the establishment of European rule things have been
considerably changed in this respect, as the natives are no longer
afraid of raids and ambushes.

(46) The facts obtained about the Papuo-Melanesians of the
Central Division are perfectly convincing and clear. I have visited
a number of native garden lands, discussed the ownership in many
cases of new and old gardens, and drawn sketches of boundaries
and garden sites. I tried the same method of concrete instances
in Mailu district, but my informants spoke Motu poorly and
could hardly understand what I wanted, or else they were sus-
picious. Mr. Armit, the Resident Magistrate at Abd’u, who has
been brought up in Papua, and knows the natives and their
customs intimately, gave me the same statement with regard to
the land tenure in the Mailu district.

595

enclosure. But the soil is not divided between the two clans;
it is used jointly and indiscriminately by both. It must be,
however, understood that though one clan has for a time the
exclusive use of a certain portion of the village lands, this
must not be regarded as establishing a proprietorship. After
two or three years the garden land reverts to the jungle, and

thus again becomes at the disposal of either of the two clans.

Besides the general right to the soil vested in the village
community, and the right to make gardens vested in the clan,
there are some privileges vested in individuals. Such was, for
instance, the right to give permission for hunting in a certain
district, or to give the order for burning grass. There are

many such privileges among the Papuo-Melanesians which,

though absolutely devoid of any economic importance, yet
appeal strongly to personal vanity, enhancing the sense of

_ self-importance, and are, on that account, highly valued by

the natives. It may be said, broadly, that at a native feast
the “master of ceremonies’ does not derive any material
benefit from it ; but yet the privilege of giving a feast is highly
valued by the master, as it greatly contributes to the raising
of his social status.

There is, of course, individual, real property in land in the
case of—first, a man’s own house and the corresponding village
site, and, secondly, his coconut and betelnut plantations.

Thus to summarise this paragraph it may be said that the
village community possesses all the most elementary rights

_ over its territory—thoroughfare, use of water, timber, clay,

and minerals. The right of making gardens is vested in the
clan, whose members make communal gardens on their own
portion of land. Again, there are individual privileges, such
as taking the initiative in hunting, burning grass, etc.

On Mailu Island the land is entirely subdivided amongst
individuals, each man owning his own tract where he and his
wife make the garden. When a man’s children grow up he
apportions to each male his respective plot of ground, which
comes under separate cultivation as soon as the boy marries.
In Mailu, practically all the rights to land are individual and
hereditary. As long as the garden is not planted the natives
walk freely on each other’s ground. Firewood is collected by
each woman on her husband’s ground; clay and waterholes
are used by the whole community jointly.

Garden Making.—It is difficult to give a description of
gardening on Mailu Island as at the present day the gardens
are very much neglected. Mailu village, which was always a
trading community, has still further declined in this direction
since the white man’s rule (comp. sec. 4), and nowadays much

596

vegetable food is imported from the mainland, with a conse-
quent decrease in the interest taken by the natives in their
gardens. Every man grows his coconuts on his own plot of
ground, and cultivates part of it for bananas, taro, and yams.
Low and slender fences are built round the plots in order to
protect them from the wallabies, and as the soil has to lie
fallow for a number of years only small patches are under
cultivation. It would seem that in olden days, before the
white man’s advent, the island could not have been self-
supporting, and this was my first idea, which was confirmed
by the opinion of the Rev. W. J. V. Saville. But all my
native informants, when questioned independently, contra-
dicted this view categorically, all of them affirming that no
trading for vegetable food was carried on with the mainland
villages, and that the island was entirely self-supporting. I
feel convinced that the native information is correct, and it
seems the more probable, as the fish supply on the island is
plentiful and the soil very fertile. Garden making on the island
was not so difficult as on the mainland, as there was neither the
high jungle to remove nor the bulky pig-proof fence to con-
struct. The only hard work in Mailu gardening was the
clearing of the high, dense thickets of Lalang grass (in Mailu,
T'sil6wo). The grass is first burnt, and then uprooted. This
latter was done by means of long, strong, and well-shaped
sticks, pointed at the end. They were made of hard wood, and
called Gebdtsa. The men drive the sticks into the ground
with vigorous blows, and, using them as levers, loosen the
soil and turn up the sods. A row of men, some eight or ten,
each holding a Gebdtsa in either hand, work together, slowly
moving backwards. In this way the ground is thoroughly
broken up in a relatively short time.(47) |

On the mainland the heavy work comprises the burning ~

down of the scrub and the making of the strong palisade which
protects the garden against the intrusion of bush pigs and
wallabies. The big trees and the scrub are cut about mid-

winter, in the Aurdri season. They are left to dry during the —

rainless season of Lidro, and at the end of this, just before the
rains set in (December, January), they are burned. The
fence is made round the cleared area, and consists of strong,
round, vertical stakes, to which horizontal wooden bars are

lashed with lawyer cane. Within this enclosure the ground is

subdivided among the members of a clan, and the different
plots are so grouped that access to each can be obtained

_ (47)1_saw the process in the Kotta tribe. It is well described
in the Rev. H. Newton’s book (op. cit., p. 123), from which I
have borrowed some expressions.

ee Tae ob a z +

od

997

through the ie Diagramatically it may be represented
thus : —

PLAN OF GARDEN.

A. Stile over fence.
A B. Main path.
a, b, c, d, e, f, g. Boundaries of plots.

The planting of the gardens begins in the Avdra kivonat

‘season, at the onset of the heavy rains. No special gardens
are made for taro, yams, and bananas. (48) There is only one
name for garden—Madadva in the Mailu dialect, Zépa in that

of the mainland. Bananas and taro are planted in one place,
yams and sugar-cane in another, the bananas and taro being
planted first and the others afterwards. The garden, and the
taro in particular, had to be watched carefully and weeded.
The yams, and especially the newly introduced sweet potatoes, |
do not require such care, and this is the reason for the great
popularity of the latter among the natives.

The clearing and fencing is done by men; the planting
by both sexes. But all subsequent work, such as weeding, etc.,
is done by women exclusively. One result of this distribution
of work is that an unmarried man does not have a garden.

A new garden is made every year, and the taro and yams
are harvested during the first year. During the next year
or two bananas and sugar-cane are gathered. The banana

bunches are wrapped in leaves when they begin to ripen to

protect them against flying foxes and birds. After three
years the fence decays, the garden is open to wild pigs and
marsupials, and the natives make little more use of it.

If the ground has proved fertile and the crops have been
a success the natives make the next year’s garden near by;
but if the soil has proved to be unsatisfactory or ‘“‘unlucky’’ it
is made at some distance in the scrub. I was not able to find

(48)In the Central Division each of the Kotta: Motu, aha
Sinaughélo clans makes two, or even three enclosures, and special
gardens, designated by special names, are apportioned for bananas,
taro. and yams.

098

that any omens were used in choosing the spot for the garden.
The natives possess a great knowledge of the soil, and know,
by the nature of the wild jungle, whether taro, bananas, or
yams will succeed. The size of the garden depends ceteris
paribus on the amount of yam eyes, taro tops, and banana
seedlings available for planting. They also plant in their
gardens some of the aromatic plants worn in armlets as per-
fumes and for decoration, as well as those yielding the poison
used for stupefying fish. Of recent years they often plant
the introduced pawpaw and pumpkin.

Magic used in garden making will be described in chap v., |
sees e2.

When making new gardens sex taboos are observed, and .
in olden days, when the Diibus were in existence, the men slept
in the Dibu and the women remained in the house. At the
present time the men sleep in a bachelors’ house, or else the
men club together in one house and the women in another.
It is considered that anyone not observing complete sexual
abstinence when taking part in the making of new gardens
would blight the crops.

Another important agricultural activity 1s sago making.
There are sago swamps at the bottom of the deep valleys at
the foot of the hills near the coast, on which the mainland
Magi villages are perched. Thus all the mainland villages
had their sago swamps. One such swamp might be used for
sago-making by several neighbouring and friendly villages.
For example, the villages of Bérebo, Dagobo, Unévi, and
Pedirt make sago in the same swamp, which was situated in
the valley at the foot of their respective hills. In the swamp
there seem to be boundaries between the spheres of influence
of each village, but I was unable by inspection to ascertain
the existence and nature of these boundaries. At any rate,
I was assured that trespass over these boundaries, or disputes
between the villagers about sago have never occurred.

The Mailu islanders had their sago swamp near Magazibo
Point, the tract of country being called Léa. As mentioned
above (chap. iii., sec. 6), they had to be on the watch for the
Magoéri people, and while working the sago had to set scouts
(Paiwa).

The natives distinguish three kinds of sago palms—T'sim,
a not very large tree, with many thorns on the bark; Rdbia,
a big tree, without thorns on the bark; and Wa’éta, a tree of
moderate size, also without thorns. The general name for sago
is, in Mailu, Odé7; in Motu, Rdabia.

The process of making the sago is as follows: —After the
tree has been felled and opened, the pith is pounded, washed,
and shaped into more or less large cakes, or put into vessels. —

Fie. 25. Ota, Saco IMPLEMENT.

A—Stone blade. B, B—Wooden socket in which the blade
rests; the upper portion is loose and the lower forms part of the

handle. C.—Lawyer-cane lashing, which keeps the two sockets
together.

Fig. 26. SwHowine THE Ota TAKEN TO PIECES, AFTER THE
LAWYER-CANE LASHING HAS BEEN REMOVED.

a, Upper, separable portion of socket ; b, lower portion (made in
the body of the handle) ; c, the blade, seen in profile. This is wrapped

im a piece of coconut palm spathe (Niunw) before being fixed in
the socket and lashed with cane.

600

In Mailu the implement used for pounding the sago (called
Ota) consists of a small stone blade, fixed by lawyer cane into
a bent handle (see figs. 25 and 26). After the pith has
been pounded with this implement, it is washed in a trough
formed by the hollowed-out palm trunk; then the women
squeeze the water from the pulp and put the dry material into
dishes, from which it is removed to be wrapped in broad leaves
from trees growing in the swamps, so forming large, cylin-
drical, sausage-shaped bundles.

The Coconut and Betelnut.—The coconut and betelnut
palms were not planted in the gardens, but near the village.

It is characteristic that the natives who, for reasons of a taboo 4

or of a fast, will let hundreds of coconuts waste without making
the slightest attempt to rescue them, and even without showing

very much concern, are extremely economical when planting _

them. They never put the whole, intact nut into the soil,
but use for planting nuts which have begun to sprout, and
which have been treated in the following way:—They first
remove the nut from the husk, so as to leave the upper part
of this, with the attached sprout, in an intact condition. The
nut is, with a great sense of economy, eaten, and the husk,
with its sprout, planted, the result being that the plant grows
much more slowly, bears fruit a few years later, and probably
never becomes as robust a tree as 1f the whole nut were planted,
for, under the native method, the young plant, in its early
stages, 1s deprived of its natural nourishment. No work or
care is subsequently devoted to the growing coconut trees.
The coconut palm is a plant of extreme economic value to
the natives. The Rev. H. Newton, in the book so often quoted
in this article, describes all its different uses among the natives
on the north-eastern coast of New Guinea. (49) Exactly the
same uses are made of the tree and its products among the
Mailu, and I will briefly summarise Mr. Newton’s list, adding
only the specifically Mailu details. The leaves of the palm are
used for plaiting mats (T'sindu). A leaf is split in the middle
and the two halves are plaited together, the split mid-rib
forming a frame. Such mats are used as large trays, or as
doormats and screens. The women’s petticoats are made of
palm leaves (see chap. ili., sec. 1), and there is a form of
basket made of the same material (see sec. 7 of this chapter).
Again, native brooms are made of the young leaves, and the
dry leaf is used as a torch when fishing at night and collecting
fruttc di mare. j
The spathe, or leaf sheath, which is astonishingly like an
artificial fabric, is used for many purposes, such as wrappings

for hafted stone blades and for making the large portfolios

(49) Op. cit., pp. 173 to 182.

601

in which dancing feathers are kept, and it also has its
use in making the sails of toy canoes.
The coconut, in its green, unripe condition, affords an

extremely pleasant drink. In its ripe state it is used in the
form of a coconut cream (see chap. i1., sec. 1), and it is eaten
raw. ‘The hard shell of the ripe nut is used for waterbottles:

and spoons (chap. lil., sec. 1).
The operation of removing the thick outer husk prepara-

_ tory to piercing the shell in order to obtain the kernel is by

no means easy. To do this the native holds the nut between

his feet and uses the long, heavy stick, sharpened at the end,

called Gebdtsa (see above), with which the husk is chopped
off. The husk, which is used as fuel, consists of a thick layer

of fibre, covered with a polished skin. When burnt it yields
an acrid smoke, which is used at the wet season for keeping
off mosquitoes. It is used also for such cleaning and scrubbing

as the natives require, and it affords the best painting charcoal.

- Mixed with salt or fresh water it contributes the black paint

of mourning.

Use made of some Jungle Plants.—Besides the cultivated
plants, the natives utilise the wild jungle plants for many
purposes. 1 am not able to give anything like a complete list
of the forest plants which are used as food or for technical
purposes, but a few examples may, however, be given by way

of illustration.

The high timber was used for dug-outs, which were the
most important structures in the construction of the large and
small canoes. Formerly a much softer timber (Mailu name,
Méda) was used for this purpose, as only stone tools were

_then available, but since they have possessed iron axes they
_ make use of different kinds of harder timber. The same holds

_ them respectively.

good with reference to the house-building material. The bush
furnishes the native with an extremely strong and flexible
lashing in the form of lawyer cane (Oro), which is used either .

‘simply stripped of its thorns or, when finer lashings are

required, it is split.

Material for ropes (V drw) and string (T'dékoz) is furnished
by bush plants, and it is to be noted that the native always
uses the name of the original plant to denote the finished
article. Thus Vdrw and Tékoi are names of plants, which are,
as stated, used also to denote the rope and string made from

2. Hunrine.

As mentioned above, hunting was carried on both by the
mainland M/dgi and by the Mailu islanders, but there was not
much done on the island itself. A few wallabies, which lived
on the grassy slopes of the hills, were hunted from time to

“ee

602

time, and at the end of the dry season, when the grass was
burned, there was a bigger hunt; but there was not enough
game to make it a serious business. The hunting grounds of
the islanders were at Mogtibo Point, on the mainland, opposite
their island, but they were not very good hunters; they did
not use the big nets used for catching boar and wallaby, and
they were thus deprived of the most efficient means of securing
the game. The different clans of Mailu village are said to
have had, even in the olden days, their different hunting
grounds.

Thus the Bodéabo used to hunt in a district called
Bédatimu, the Uruméga in Gebédi, the Maradibu at and
near Mogtibo Point, the Mord’u on Magarida and the Oraido
on Iruna. This statement does not mean, however, that the
clan would hunt by itself, with the exclusion of the others
from the sport and economic advantages; as far as I was
able to ascertain it means only that individual clans used to
take the initiative and invite the others to ee in the
hunt on the clan’s grounds.

Hunting was much more important for the mainland
Magi, who could not depend upon fishing, and these used to
hunt with the large nets. There was, of course, individual
action as well in spearing the wallaby ; but the most important
method was a collective hunt with nets and drivers. There
was only one name used for hunting, or, rather, two words
used indiscriminately—Laiva and Apdna. Hunting con-
nected with grass burning was carried on, but not on a very
large scale, owing to the restricted extent of grassland in the
Mailu district.

The hunting of the larger game was done with nets, of
which there were two kinds. The pig nets (Lé6va) were made
of thin, but strong, rope (Vdru), with very. large meshes, so
that when a pig ran into them it got its head entangled in
them. The wallaby nets (Hw) were made of much thinner
cord, and had fairly small meshes, just large enough to allow
the wallaby to push its head through.

During the hunt the nets were set up by means of sticks
attached to both ends, and there was usually a supporting
stick in the middle. In order to make them more resistant,
strings, passing from the tops of the end supports, were tied
to a log or stone. The pig nets were set so that they joined
each other, end to end, in a curved line, thus presenting a
continuous barrier. The men, armed with spears and with
the hand boar trap ( éna), stood on the inside of the curve,
close to the nets, and the outer ends of the curve were closed
by a line of men, who by shouting and making a noise drove
the pigs on to the line of nets. Charging blindly, they

603

usually did not see them, and ran right into the nets, which
were set up just firmly enough not to fall down when first
struck, and on the struggle of the pig to release itself the net
collapsed and entangled the animal, which was immediately
speared by the men standing near by. Should the pig for
some reason turn upon a man, the above-mentioned trap,
Kona, was used. This consisted of a pear-shaped frame of
strong cane, to which was attached a loose netting with very
large meshes, made of thin, strong rope. The Kéna was held
by the man against the charging boar, which ran its muzzle
and head right into its meshes. The man was able to wrestle
with the animal for some time, but others, coming soon to his
rescue, speared the pig.

The wallaby hunt is conducted in the same way as the pig

hunt, with the exception that the nets are not joined up to
each other, but a space of about one net’s length being left
between every two. In these spaces stand the hunters (see pl.
Xxxix., fig. 2 and diagram on next page). The reason for this
arrangement is that there is no danger of the wallabies charg-
ing through the gaps, as they are too much afraid of the men,
whom a boar would not heed; moreover, the leaving of spaces
between the nets allows the line to extend over a longer
distance.

If such a hunt takes place on grassland, instead of in the
jungle, the grass is burned along a curve, which with the line
of nets forms a closed circuit.

; D

-*

own of KX
16) °
es 0 oO Oo o ome] re
R

DiacRaM oF A Pic Hunt.
A, B, C. Line of nets.
A, D, C. Line of drivers.
aa. Men with spears and Konas waiting for the pigs.

504

" . season for hunting with fire was October and Novem-
ber (Lioro), before the monsoon brought rain, when the grass
was consequently dry. Hunting with drivers was mainly done
in Li6ro and in Avdéra—that is, between the fishing and the
gardening seasons.

The nets, when stretched, are each about 15 m. long and
just over 1 m. high.

- > «
OC *
\
- C-
Pe -
rs ~e
- .
2 bes ~
-
4 ae
- ' .
-

q ‘oO
ae » as AS

D1aGRAM oF A WatuaBy Hunt.
A; BycGy -Line Jol mets:
A, D, C. Line of drivers or of fire.

b, b. Position of two men with firesticks who set the grass
on fire in the direction of the arrows pointing from them.
aa. Men waiting at the nets.

Cassowaries were caught in traps made in the following
way:—A long pole of the 7'suitsa tree was cleft at one end,
and the cleft forced open by a thin piece of wood (Oddava)
thrust into it (see accompanying diagram). Above the angle
where the two jaws of the cleft diverged a young cassowary
was tied. The mother bird, on seeing it, approaches and, ~
pushing out the Oddva, is caught by the neck in the cleft.
When used the pole is held so that the arms of the cleft are in
the horizontal plane and at the height of the adult bird’s
neck.

Cockatoos were caught by finding the hole in a tree where
the birds were nesting, and by tying in front of this a small
framed net (Odi), which is also used for hand fishing. The
net was provided with a contrivance by means of which it
could be slipped off the frame and closed. A man then goes
round the tree and strikes it with a stick, and the bird, thus —

605

‘Dulgovoidde st parq JoyJour oy} pue Ffold9 eyy Jo osur
oy} 38 uo pet} St palq Sunok oyy, ‘ouvyd peqyuozisoy oyy ut yyoTo
ey} jo smel of} YAIM posn uoyM pyoy se ofod yyoQ °Z “SIA

‘peyoeyye SI palq Sunod oY} oLoyYM oov]d oy} SyavuUL x
‘uolzisod ut vappQ ey t Yytm efod yjofo jo ue[q “T “Sq

“SATUVMOSSV() ONIHOLV() 10 GOHLAY, SNIMOHS WVUSVIG

‘gibt

K

pyr

606

frightened, flies out into the net, which is immediately closed
by another man. The white cockatoo (Ordma), the red one
(Urava), the small brown (ro), and the large brown (Bina),
as well as the black (Bebému), were valued for feather orna-
ments.

The bird of paradise (T'sidke) was caught in a snare
(Onigo) set on a branch of a native Ficus (Bani), on the
fruits of which the birds feed.. When the bird walks on this
branch a man standing underneath pulls the snare and catches
the bird.

The cuscus (Ovra) is caught by cutting down the tree in
which it hides.

A word may be said in this place about the breeding of
pigs. Asa rule, the sows only were reared and kept in the
village, and they usually lived within the village enclosure.
But they were allowed outside as well, where they mated with
the wild boars of the jungle. This is alleged as one of the
reasons why the pigs on the mainland in Mailu district were not
nearly as good as those of Aréma, where the Mailu islanders,
who did not breed their own animals, used to provide them-
selves with the material for their feasts. The Aréma pigs had
much better food, as the large coconut plantations there were
used for fattening them. Both sows and boars were kept in
the village, thus precluding the admixture of the inferior,
wild breed of the jungle. The Avrdéma people are also said to
wash their pigs with coconut cream and bathe them, and they
put some leaves as medicine into their food, but they do not
utter any spells nor use any charms.

3. FISHING.

In Mailu Island fishing is the most important economic
activity, this industry having here reached a much more
varied development than amongst the mainland M/dq, and
all that is said in this section applies to Mailu Island. The
mainland J/dgi, who, in order to fish, had to venture down
to the beach from their stockaded villages, and who had to
be always on the alert, had much fewer methods of fishing in
the past, although nowadays, when they live on the beach,
they have probably adopted all, or nearly all, of the Mailu
methods.

To the Mailu islanders the sea and its inhabitants are
objects of the greatest interest. Several times I observed a
great uproar in the village, shouts ringing from one end to
the other, and people hurrying to the beach in the greatest
excitement, the reason being that dugongs were seen in the
shallow water near the reef. Often when I sailed in native
canoes, or in launches, or paddled in a dinghy, I saw the —

607
e

excited and keen interest with which the boys watched fish
moving in the sea. One evening, when I climbed to the top
of the Mailu hill with several natives, they were exclusively
interested in watching the fish which they could see with their
keen eyesight. in the water, some 200 m. below where we
stood. When the women prepare for going out at night with
torches, for the collecting of fish or shellfish, the excitement
is evident during the whole afternoon and evening. (2

Except the collection of frutt: di mare, all the serious
fishing is done by men, who often go out alone, or in twos or
threes, with their fish spears (Udi). This consists of a long
shaft and of a crown-shaped set of slightly barbed prongs,
forming a cone, which has its apex where the crown touches
the shaft, and spreading out towards. the points. They
spear the fish, either from canoes or standing on the reef.
This form of fishing goes on all the year round, and it is
sometimes done by night witha flare. The real fishing season
is Tsiléwo, at the change of the north-west into the south-east
season, and during the first months of the south-east trade
wind. At that time much of the fishing is done with nets.

There are several kinds of nets, adapted to the size of the
fish and to the method of fishing. The smaller kinds are
called Ord’i and the larger Gauma. The former are made of
string (Tdkoi), which is made from thin fibres, twisted by the
palm on the thigh. The Gama are made of the native rope
(Varo), which is prepared from the inner bark of the tree
of that name. This is twisted into a very rough cord, which
is wound round itself so as to form a very strong rope of double
the original thickness. Thick kinds of such ropes are used in
navigation, and a fairly thin sort for net making.

The different sorts of small nets are named after the kind
of fish which is most frequently caught with them. Thus the
net having the smallest mesh and width is called T'dvita orda’t,
‘after the small fish Tavita. The floats (Uto) of this net are
cut out of a very light kind of wood; they are not carved nor
decorated, and have the shape of bovril bottles. The sinkers
(Bov’d@u) are made of conical or spiral shells, which have been
worn down to small, flat discs. by the action of the waves.
The length of the nets, which consist of separable sections, is
of course variable, and sometimes several of them are joined
together. The height of the Tdvita ord’i, when set in the water,
is about 40 cm. Slightly larger is the Lorowdtu ord’, both
being named after the two kinds of fish most frequently caught

(50) The great excitement shown by the women in Bartle Bay
whilst their fishing is in progress is described by the Rev.
Newton (op. cit., pp. 115, 116).

608
with them. The floats of the last-named net are identical in
shape and material with those just mentioned, and their
sinkers are made of a species of Venus shell, called Girz.
Slightly larger again is the Gébi ord1, and still larger the
Dwi ord.

The large Gauma net stands in quite a different position
in the cummunity of nets, for there is some magic connected
with it (comp. chap. v., sec. 2). The Ord’s nets are private
property, and they were kept in houses. The Gasuma, on the
other hand, is the property of the subclan, and it was in olden
days kept in the Dubu. The Gaumas have all their own
names, which are here given : —

Subclan. Gauma name.
W dratsaduibu Lago’amiua
Aritsadibu Goitsie’amita
Bédeadiibu Batsw’amia
Garadibu Goitsieamua
Gonidibu Bénamia
Diadibu M 6guamiua
Botladibu Batsu’amiua
Barwidibu Duamwamiua
Banagadiuibu Ovamia
Maéradibu A giwamia
M 6todiibu Téwada e
M 6raudibu Rirwamia
Mord u Ogobada amiua

a)
..

SNe,

The Gauma, as said above, are made of thin lV dru ropes.

They had large wooden floats and heavy sinkers, made of frag-
ments of large Conus shell (A’’a), and when set in water the

net might be from 2 to 3 m. high. There were two classes of —

this kind of net. The Umegauma, used for catching the big
(me and other large fish, and the dugong net, Op: gauma.
There was only one of the latter in the Mailu village, but
there were several of them in Domadra, at the western end of
the Mailu district. These nets are held in most regard, and
there are customs, taboos, and magic associated with them
(see below). Each such net has got also its own individual
name, but I failed to record that of the one in Mailu.
Various kinds of fishing, both by day and night, are done
with nets, the smaller being used exclusively in shallow water.

1. DAY FISHING.

1. T'dea.—-This is done quite close to the shore, the men,
of course, wading. A large heap of stones (c) is previously
piled-up in the sea, so that a number of small fish may find
shelter and congregate. One man keeps one end of the net

609

fixed on shore, and two, or more, others hold it at different
points, while several men try to drive the fish into the net.
By shouting and splashing the water they frighten the fish
out of the pile of stones, and then, closing upon the net, they
drive the fish into it, swing its free end towards the shore,
and the net, having been thus closed, the men take out the
fish. For this form of fishing the Lorowdétu and Gébi nets are
used.

SAore

~WN
y>
20

YN

a

Q

a

ct as

Frxed sid ’
y of sek 2 /
DracramM or Tdea FisHine.
a. Arrows indicating the direction in which the fish are
driven.
b. Direction in which the free end of the net is moved.
c. Heap of stones.

In 2 the net is closed against the shore.

2. Gébi fishing, in which the net called Géb2 ord’ is used.
—This method is similar to that just described, in so far that
the fishing is done in shallow water and small fish are caught.

a 7
DisGRAM or Gébi FISHING.
a, a, a. Men holding net.
b, b, b. Men driving the fish.

In 2 the net is closed.
Uv

610

The difference is that one end of the net does not touch the
shore. Two or three men hold it away from the land, while
several others drive the fish into it by beating the water with
sticks, screaming, etc. Then the net is closed by bringing the
ends together, and the fish are taken out by hand.

3. Duw1.—This kind of fishing is done further out in the
sea. Some four or five men paddle outside the reef, and when *
fish are seen two men get into the water and swim, holding
the two ends of the Dw’: net; others, also swimming, make a
noise, and so drive the fish into the net, and when they come
in contact with it, it is rapidly raised and both net and fish
are lifted out of the water together, without previous closing
of the latter.

= e c a

DiaGRAM OF Du’i FISHING.
a, Canoe. b: Drivers swimming. c. Net. d. Reef. e. Shore.

4. In the Tavita form of fishing the net is also not closed,
but is lifted as in the method just described. The nets
(Tavita ord’i) employed for it have very small meshes, and
are used in shallow water to catch very small fish.

5. The deep-sea fishing for big fish (Déa), in which the |
Gauima net is used, is always conducted in the daytime and
from a large canoe (Oro’u). These are sailed some distance
outside the. barrier reef which surrounds the island, and pre-
ferably towards an outlying reef. The men scout for the fish,
one of them usually climbing the mast of the canoe to look out.
When they are seen, the net is cast and is held by four men, or
so, as they swim. A few other men, also swimming, drive the
fish towards the net, which is closed upon them by bringing
the two ends together. One end is then moved along the net,
as shown in the diagram, so as to circumscribe the space in
which the fish are confined, and these are then taken out.

611

Sometimes, when fishing is done near the reef, the net men
wade instead of swimming.

a

G
a
s&s 3

/ e zZ
DiaGram or Doa FisHine.
1. Net closed.
2. The end b} is then moved along the length of the net so
that space c, in which the fish are, becomes gradually reduced
in size.

92. NIGHT FISHING.

1. Boni.—This is the form of nocturnal fishing which
corresponds to the 7'dea, day fishing. Stones are piled together
in heaps near the shore, with the object of inducing small fish
to seek shelter therein. Lorowdtuw and Gébi nets, sometimes
several joined together, are attached by one end to the shore,
and the rest of the net is moved by one or more men. Several
men, by holding torches of dry leaves, beating the water with
sticks, and shouting, drive the fish into the net, which is
closed against the shore and the fish taken out by hand (see
diagram of 7'dea fishing).

2. Aviaurii.—In this method the spear is used. A
few men paddle out in a small canoe (Vao’na), in the bow
of which one of them stands, holding a torch in one hand and
a spear in the other. The fish, when they approach the light,
are speared. The fish commonly captured in this way is the
Auvau (in Motu, Korabdda).

A metliod of capturing fish which is still to be mentioned
is that by which they are poisoned, or, rather, stupefied, by
meaus of a plant which is called 7v’a. For this the net is
also used, as well as a heap of stones, to attract the fish. The
leaves of the Tvi’a, which have been previously pressed between
two stones, are bound in a big bundle, which is attached to
the end of a long stick. The bundle is thrust into the heap of
stones, and the men beat the water and shout. The fish, both
frightened and stupefied, swim right into the net and are
easily caught.

The dugong (Halicore dugong) fishing (Wdlowilo) is
always carried out in shallow water, either inside the barrier
reef or near it on the outside. When the animal is seen, the

v2

612

men, to the number of about ten, enter the water and spread
the dugong net. Other men drive the animal against the net,
and when it is entangled its head is held down in the water
until it is suffocated. |
On the return of the fishing party to the village the men

sing the following song, beating the time with the large floats
on the dugong net :—

Pikana au ena vavine

(name) man his’ wife

Ila gorda kaka a katkaw au

food cook eat

Ena vavine ila gorila, ete.

This song was said to be in the Aréma language.

4. TRANSPORT AND TRADING.

Introductory kemarks.—Trading by land did not play a
great part in the economics of the Mailu district, for on the
Mailu mainland these people produced practically the same
articles in all their villages, and there was no occasion for
exchange between them. Moreover, communication was not
easy in the direction parallel to the Main Range, as any village
group would have to deal with hostile neighbours. Travelling
along the beach in a direction parallel to the longitudinal axis
of the continent, which is now regarded as the easiest way of
communication, was also impossible for lack of personal
security. There was, it seems, some trading done in the
transverse direction between the mainland Magi and their
inland neighbours, but I was unable to discover that any really
important article was traded that way, and it seems also clear
that there was no trading route across the Main Range. I
was informed by Mr. Armit (Resident Magistrate at Abdu)
and by Mr. Higginson (Resident Magistrate at Samarai), who
know the Mailu hinterland well, that there is a long gap
between the Uddma (natives of the Mailu hinterland) and the
tribes living on the other side of the Main Range.

Thus trading by land and transport on land do not play
any part in the affairs of the district.

The Toulon islanders are the great trading community of —
this part of the country, and they carry out their business by
sea. They possess well-proportioned sea-going canoes, pro-
vided with the well-known crab-claw sail, which form one
of the most picturesque features on the south coast of Papua.
I am told by sailing experts that the Mailu Oréd’us (called by
the Motu Lugumi) are the best sea-going canoes in the terri-
tory. They are quite as fast and manageable as the Woodlark
canoe (l’dga or Amuiiwa), and as they are able to sail close
to the wind trading expeditions in either direction are possible,

613

From the fact that they are built with two dug-outs instead
of one (as is the case with the l’dga), they are able to stand
heavy weather better than the latter, and they are also able
to carry more cargo.

Description of Native Canoes and of Native Sailing (comp.
pls. Xxxv., XxXxXvi., and xxxvil., also pl. xxvil., fig. 1).—
The hull of the Or0’u consists of two dug-outs joined together
by a set of poles, on which rests a platform. There is no
differentiation between bow and stern, as it is sailed either
way ; but the hull is not bilaterally symmetrical, because one
of the dug-outs is larger than the other, and it is on the larger
one that the mast is fixed; there is also a small lateral
platform on the same side. The dug-out on the mast side is
called 7sébi; the smaller one is called Ldrima, a name also
given to the floats of the small outrigger canoes. The dug-
- outs are at the present time made of the wood of the Wéda,
which is one of the tall, tropical trees with buttressed trunks.
In olden days, before the white man’s implements were in use,
the Z/imo tree, the wood of which is much softer than that of
the Moda, was used for this purpose, as the latter was too
hard for their stone tools. The trees were secured in olden
days on the Bairebo River, which is on the mainland, opposite
Mailu, or in Léa, the district where they used to make sago.
Expeditions in search of this timber consisted of a number of
men, as it. was necessary to be prepared for defence. The tree
was felled, dragged to the water, and brought to Mailu, where
in olden days they were hollowed out with stone tomahawks,
but now the work is done exclusively with steel implements.
The log, after excavation, was provided with a fairly high
gunwale, made of two long planks, placed one on each side,
and two short ones at the ends. The gunwale (Ord’wu tsipa)
is lashed to the dug-out log by means of a fairly thin, but

a COL

c
Fig. 27.

CanoE Making.

Fig. 27. Transverse section of one of the canoes, which forms
the basis of the double canoe (Ord’u). It shows the planks
(a, a) forming the gunwale, and the dug-out log (b) forming
the bottom of the canoe.

614

strong, vine (7'sindre). Holes are made near the upper border
of the dug-out and in the middle of the gunwale plank, and
the vine lashing is passed several times through those two sets
of holes and over the top of the gunwale. These lashing
strands are, nautically speaking, “served’’—that is to say, the
vine is wound round them closely. Some ten or twelve lash-
ings are made on each side.

RS Gate Ce

* zat

Fig. ‘29,

Fig. 28. Shows the manner in which the gunwale plank (a)
is lashed to the dug-out (b). The longitudinal strands of vine ave
shown passing through the holes.

Fig. 29. Shows the way in which the vine is wound round
its longitudinal strands.

This combined structure—dug-out and gunwale—is
strengthened by a set of six ribs (A’e), which are placed in
opposite pairs in the middle and at both ends of the canoe.
The ribs are made of branches of the Vdrw tree, which are
naturally bent to less than a right angle. They are lashed to
the canoe by the 7'sindrw vine in three places, one end being
fastened to the upper edge of the gunwale, the knee to the
top edge of the dug-out log on one side, and the other end to
the top of the dug-out on the opposite side (see fig. 30).

Fie. 30.
Two Pairs or Rips or A Canoe.

In reality the pairs are much further apart, as there are only
three pairs in the whele canoe.

615

The gap between the gunwale and dug-out, as well as any
holes, are caulked with the soft bark of a tree (Aaitsio).

The perpendicular planks ( Biritsa), which close the canoe
at both ends, are carved at the top with a more or less
uniform design, but even the best carving done in Mailu is
of poor quality, as compared with that of the Massim (see
pl. xxxv., fig. 1). The dug-out ends in a pointed horizontal
nose (Oré’udre), which projects for some two or three feet
under the carved part of the Brritsa, and is sometimes orna-
mented (see pl. xxxv., fig. 1).

The carving of the Biritsa, which are made of Méda wood,
seems suggestive of the human face, but the natives do not
endorse this interpretation. These are the essential parts of
the two canoes, which from the hull of the compound canoe,
the Oro’u. |

9) Se a

A <a | Beem AAT I TE A

te a

» <; |e

—— —_— ot — ——s —— oe a eye
F I
Fig. 31. Puan or an O7ro’u.

s A. Tsébi canoe (mast side). This dug-out is the larger of the
wo.

B. Ldrima canoe; it is as a rule the slighter one.

C. Platform (Vavd’o).

D. Abdba.

E, F. O’ao’a.

G. Tsébi wara (in this diagram the Tsébi wara platform is
made exceptionally short; usually it is much longer).

H, I. Iddo.

7 Biritsa.

K. Ore’ uare.

L. Place for mast.

616

The two canoes are joined together by about ten
horizontal poles (Iddo), passing through holes made in the
four gunwale planks, and strongly lashed to them with 7'sindre
vine. They project beyond the gunwales, so that they are
easily seen on both sides of the Or6’u, and their ends are
usually ornamented with streamers of coconut leaf spathe (see
pl. xxxv., figs. 1 and 2). The platform (Vavd’o) of boards
rests on the Jddos, to which it is solidly lashed, and it covers
only the space between the dug-outs—that is to say, it does
not. encroach uvon the latter.

The whole structure is still further strengthened by a
framework of four strong poles. The two longitudinal ones
(O’ao’a) run along the top of the outer gunwales of both
canoes. The transverse poles (Abdba) are broad, flat, and
board-shaped, and run outside the Siritsas.

On the outer side of the 7sébz dug-out a small lateral
platform (T'sébiwdra) is constructed, projecting above the
water (indicated on pl. xxviul., fig. 1). Close to this, and
sometimes partially upon it, the mast (Véa) is erected on
the 7'sébi dug-out. A short log (Dabz) is lashed to two Lddos,
and a young JMaddve tree, about 8-10 metres high, is lashed
to the Ddbi and to the two Zados. The ropes supporting the
mast consist of a fourfold strand of untwisted rattan or lawyer
cane (in Mailu, Vidi; in Motu, Oro).

This passes from one end of the Ldrima dug-out to the
top of the mast, where it is looped: and rests on a piece of
wood stuck through the mast, and from here it descends again
to the other end of the Ldrima. At both ends of the Larima

Canork DetTAILs.

Fig. 32. Showing the manner in which the stays are
fastened to the mast, near its top.

the strands, which are ornamented with streamers of coconut
spathe (.Viinw) are fastened by strong, looped knots. Similar

ee lel

617

streamers are sometimes attached to the top of the mast, and
im some cases the latter is ornamented with cassowary feathers.

Each canoe has one mast and one sail (Véudéw). The sail
is constructed of matting (’ba) made from a freshwater reed.
Narrow strips of this, about 40 cm. broad and 6-10 m. long,
are stitched together with the bark fibre of the dru tree—
the same bark as that: from which the ropes are made—and
needles made of the wood of a palm (G'6ro). The characteristic
crab-claw form of the sail is conditioned by the convex form
of both spars and by the curved line of the upper rim of the
sail.

The boom (/tsd’w) and the yard, or gaff (-ltana’itsau),
are composed of two or more poles of Adke wood, which is
very tough and elastic lashed together with thin I’drw ropes.
The ropes (in Mailu, Déudéw ora’ora) by which the sail is
hoisted pass through a hole in the top of the mast and are
made fast to an Jddo at the base of the mast. Before hoisting
the sail the rope is moistened in order to make it run easily
through the mast hole. The sail is attached to the boom and
gaff by lashings placed about every 50 cm. The gaff, when
hoisted, comes to the top of the mast at about two-thirds of
its (the gaff’s) length. Both boom and gaff are attached to
the bottom of the mast. The sheets (ropes holding the boom)
are tied to the boom at about its middle, and they pass to the
last rear Jddo of the Ldrima. In moderately rough weather

they scandalize (Bddi poa) the sail by folding the bottom apex

of the triangular matting so that the top of the sail comes
much lower. In very rough weather they lower the sail, cast

a. £
Fig. 33. a, Full sail; b, scandalized sail.

it off from the boom and gaff; then they highstop the task of
the sail, putting a short spar across its belly to spread it out.

618

The rudder (Maréva), in most cases made out of an old

leaky dug-out, is a broad board, about 4 to 4°50 m. long, taper-

ing in width towards one end (see fig. 34).

|

ee

Fig. 34. Mariru Rupper.

eS

Typical form of Mailu rudder (Maréva/).

The rudder is lashed to the third Zddo from the stern of
the 7'sébt with a piece of Vdrw rope, and it hangs down by
the side of this canoe and parallel to its side, somewhat after
the fashion of the steering oar of a Viking’s galley. About
1 to 1°20 m. from the top of the rudder two holes are made in
it, one under the other, and through these two loops of rope,
called Maréva doi, are passed, A stick (Maréva déra), about
2°50 m. long, passes through the two loops and serves the
purpose of a tiller in steering (Oma). This can be done by
one man if the weather is not too rough. The steerer stands
with one foot on the 7'sébi and with the other placed on the
rudder half a metre below the lashing, in order to keep it
submerged, as it naturally tends to rise when sailing. By the
movement of the tiller he can rotate the plane of the rudder
and so direct the course of the boat just as is done with an
ordinary rudder, with this difference, that in the case of the
Papuan boat the rudder, from its position not far from
“’midships,’’ serves to some extent as a leeboard, and so
checks leeway. . ,

As mentioned above, these boats are able to sail fairly
close to the wind, making but little leeway. They cannot go
about ship in the ordinary way, as the larger TJ'sébi dug-out
must always be to leeward; in fact, the smaller and lhghter
Ldarvma acts more or less in the same way as the float in a
catamaran, and if too much weight is put on this the craft
capsizes.

In order, therefore, to go about ship, called Déedée, the
natives proceed as follows: —They unship the rudder, lashing
it at the other end of the 7'sébz, and reverse the sail, the bows
of the boat then becoming the stern, and they go off at right
angles to their former course.

If there is no wind, or only a very little, they sometimes

row, the oars being rather large and quite different to the
paddles used for the small boats. The oar is fastened to an
Taddo, and they pull in a sitting position.

619

Ownership of Canoes.—There are usually two owners to
a canoe, called Oro’u gubina égi, and Ldrima gubina égi,
canoe boss man float boss man
meaning the “man controlling the canoe’ and the ‘man con-
trolling the Ldrima.” The first is the chief owner. Nowadays,
when there are at times as many as thirty to forty Oré’uws in
Mailu (they are often traded and thus the number varies), a
man and his younger brother usually own a canoe jointly. In
olden days the Oré’uws were much fewer, and, as far as my
information goes, there was only one in each clan, or, if this
was big enough, one in each subclan. Each clan or subclan
had its own name for its Ord’u. Thus there were two
Oré’us in Loupom, of which Oradorém was owned by the
Gobodibu clan and Avaredsi by the Bo’imard?. In Mailu
I obtained the following names of canoes (though it is not a
complete list) : —

Clan or subclan. Canoe name.
Bodé’abo Kobu
Boiladiuibu Aru’ dbu
Banagadibu Kilapu
Maradibu Lokém
Motsodibu Vé-agqiu’ia
Mora u Aniwuméga

In Laruéra the following were the canoe names: —.

Clan or subclan. Canoe name.
Motsodiuibu Mogqwdanave
Dagedibu Oribega’t
Waratsadiibu Dunari
Bo’idtibu Ldaeaqga’i
Gribaredihu Had no canoe

In this state of things, when each canoe belonged to a
clan or subclan, the headman of the clan or subclan was also
the chief master of the canoe, and his brother or uncle would
be the second owner. As a matter of fact, ownership was in
this case, as in many others, rather a question of a honorific
title than of exclusive usufruct. A big Oré’w could conveni-
ently hold some fifteen or twenty people, and that was as
many as were likely to set-out on any expedition from one
Dibu. On the other hand, the sailing—as far as course,
dates of sailing, etc., were concerned—was a matter regulated
by custom, so that there was really very little scope to exercise
the rights and privileges of ownership in Mailu sailing. 6)

(S)If a man did not possess an Oré’u he could borrow one
(Génade otsdutsa). The price for the journey from Mailu to
Aréma is: one Ahéma (long wooden dish), several coconuts, a
couple of spears, and some food. This would be shared by the
two owners.

620

The crew of the Or6’u consists, at the minimum, of six
men, of whom it takes three to look after the sail in rough
weather. One man can steer in fine weather, but it requires
two or three when it is rough, and one of the crew is sometimes
needed to use the /vdra—a long pole used to push the boat off
the shore or off the reef in the case of traversing a narrow
passage. (52)

Besides the Ord’u, some natives of the district use smaller
double canoes, called Gébo. These resemble the Oré’u, but
are only about half their size, less ornamented, and without
carved Biritsas. They are used for short journeys only.

The Vaéna—a kind of catamaran, or dug-out, with float—
is of the typical Papuan form. There are only a few pecu-
liarities about the attachment of the float to the outrigger,
of which, however, I have not made a record.

Very small dug-outs, used as playthings by boys, have
been mentioned above (see chap. iil., sec. 4).

Trading Hxpeditions.—The Oré’us were the means of
transport on water of Mailu, Laruéro, and Loupém. As a
matter of fact, however, as far as distant sailing was con-
cerned, they appear to have been a monopoly of the Mailu
islanders in the olden days.) Laruwéro was a fairly recent
settlement, and neither it nor Lowpém ever used the big canoes
for distant expeditions or trading voyages. They used them
in rough weather to reach their gardens on the mainland,
where a small dug-out would not have been safe. They also
made short coastal journeys to Déreba, Borebo, etc., but that
was all. The real trading and distant voyages of the district
were done exclusively by the Mailu islanders.

It was necessary that these should be good sailors, as
they were obliged to import many commodities from abroad,
and even to cross from Mailu to the mainland in rough weather
required a good deal of seacraft, as the channel is about five
miles in width and quite unsheltered from either the south-
eastern or north-western winds. Onthe other hand, the
short distance of less than a mile from Lowpém to the main-
land was fairly sheltered, especially in the south-eastern
season.

(52)The platform of the Oré’wu could be covered with a mat
roofing, and the boat was thus made into a sort of dwelling, habit-
able even in rainy weather, and affording protection against the
sun. The boat was used in this manner when beached on some
distant visit. The house-boat figured on pl. xxviii., fig. 1,
remained thus beached and inhabited for weeks in Mailu village.

(53) Domdra, in the west, may have been an exception. The
Mailu also traded their canoes to the Ardma natives.

621

The Mailu, in olden days, seem to have been self-support-
ing, as far as food is concerned (see sec. 1 of this chapter) ;
but they had to procure the sago on the mainland, without
which there could be no feast and no certainty of a sufficiency
of vegetable food. They had also to fetch the timber for
building canoes and houses, and the sago palm leaves for
thatching their roofs. They had to go to the tropical jungle
on the mainland for the different fibres for their string and
ropes, and for the reeds for their matting and basketry. They
had on their island no suitable wood for making spears and
shields, nor the proper stone for clubs and stone axes.
Further, they had neither wild boars on the island, nor could
they rear village pigs, and a Papuan without a pig is a very
incomplete human being. Thus they were, in their require-
ments, a community entirely dependent upon resources from
outside, and they had to get the required commodities either
by robbery, piracy, or trade. As a matter of fact, in olden
days they used to do all these. But I do not think that piracy
and robbery were ever important factors in the economic life
of the Mailu community, and at present they have become
absolutely harmless Philistines under the pressure of law and
the influence of religion.

Their own economic activities on the mainland (sago-
making and hunting) have been previously mentioned. There.
remains to be said a few words about their trading. By their
excellent craft, good training in seamanship, and by their
eminently favourable position, the Mailu islanders were
exceptionally well adapted to become a great trading factor
on the southern coast. They could leave their village without
approaching any hostile settlement, and they had no rivals
equalling them in seamanship anywhere within their sailing
area. In this they seem to have been better off than the trading
communities of the eastern end and the Archipelago (Milne
Bay, Engineer Group, and Louisiades), which must often have
met with disaster from hostile tribes on their trading expedi-
tions. (54)

The Mailu had a clear coast from Swd’w Island on the east,
where their crab-claw boats met the oval-shaped Vdgas (or
Amuiiwas, as they are called in that district) of the Massim,
to Aréma in the west, where the native traders from the Hood
Bay villages, and even the Motuans, met and carried westward
their trading business.

The Mailu were traders in the true sense of the word;
they not only exchanged their own products for the things they
wanted, but they played the part of middlemen, obtaining

(54)Comp. C. G. Seligman, op. cit., chaps. xli. and xlii.

622

some articles in the east and exchanging them in the west
with a great advantage, and wice versa. (55)

As the trading was done seasonally, it will be best to give
an account of the several expeditions conducted annually and,
as a rule, with reference to the native seasons and division of
the year described in chap. lii., sec. 2. As mentioned there,
the season of Avdra ogédda was spent at home, and so was
T'silowo, which was the fishing time. It is in the Auwrdri
season (July-August) that they began the regular series of
trading journeys and the expeditions preparatory for trading.
From the convergence of the statements of all my native
informants it appears certain that this series was usually
carried out in the same order, and that in olden times it did ~
not essentially differ from the present state of things, though
the trade is now carried out more briskly than before, and,
owing to the security from raids, a much larger number of
natives venture to leave the village than would have been then
possible.

As said, the first expedition leaves Mailu in the Awrari
season, going westward to Aréma, in order to bring home a
supply of betelnut, which is plentiful at that time. I could not
ascertain what was the article they exchanged for the betelnut,
but I believe it was chiefly pottery. On this expedition they
fish for the Conus millepunctatus shell all along the barrier
reef from Mailu to Aréma, and they acquire unworked shells
from the Aréma people. In fact, the collecting of these shells
is undoubtedly the most important aim of this expedition, as
it makes possible the subsequent manufacture of arm-shells,
which again are the main article of trade with the Aréma.

In the Ziéro season (late September and October) they go
to Léa to make sago, of which they produce much larger
quantities than their own wants require. The surplus is
traded to the Aréma people on a second expedition, buying
this time small pigs and dogs. Avroma is the chief centre, but
on the way there they trade with the other villages (Démara,
Villeripu, etc.).

After this second expedition to Aréma they sail in the
Iiéro ogéda season (November-December) eastwards to
Bénabéna Island, the village round Mullins Harbour, and
further along the coast as far as Sud’u. There they acquire,
in the first place, arm-shells in return for the small pigs and
dogs which they had obtained in Aréma. These arm-shells
are made in the Southern Massim district and in the Archi-
pelago, the best ones being manufactured in the Trobriand

—_— --—-

(55)Comp. the description of similar communities in the
Massim area, C. G. Seligman, op. cit., pp. 526 to 528, and p. 536,
et seq. ,

623

and Woodlark Islands. The Mailu make arm-shells them-
selves, and they seem to be as good at that industry as any
others. But it pays them to trade the arm-shells down from
the east to Aréma, owing to the difference of prices between
these two districts. The Mailu know also some tricks by which
the market value of a shell can be increased. The value of an
arm-shell is estimated according to the position it is able to
occupy on a man’s arm. The higher up it will go and the
easier it will retain its position on a strong man’s biceps the
more valuable it is, and to this end the Mailu very often
grind down the shells in such a way as to allow them to be
slipped further up the arm.

Besides the arm-shells, the Mailu used to acquire several
other articles of the much superior Massim workmanship,
particularly the exceedingly fine ebony carvings of the
Northern Massim, and the fine, green polished axe blades
coming from Woodlark or the d’Entrecasteaux group.

As the trading routes of the east are essentially connected
with those of the Mailu, and as the general cultural influence of
some of the eastern people upon these natives is unmistakable,
it seems advisable in this place to say a few words about the
trading lines on, and round, the eastern end of Papua, as this
is cut off by a line touching Mullins Harbour on the east and
passing through Cape Vogel, including also those islands of
the adjoining archipelago.

Prof. Seligman has given an excellent account of the
Massim trade routes, as far as they are contained within the

assim area proper. 55) He shows how the main manufactur-
ing area (the Trobriands and Woodlark) used to be in com-
munication with the d’Entrecasteaux group, and with the
trading centres in the Archipelago, such as Tvibetdbe, in the
Engineer group.) Prof. Seligman also traces the lines of
direct communication between Murua (phonetically spelt
Mwuii’a) or Woodlark Island and the Louisiades (58) ; but this
is less important in the present connection. He also shows
how the natives of Milne Bay were in constant communication
with the trading communities of the Archipelago, and were
thus provided with the products of the Northern Massim
(Trobriands and Woodlark), as well as with those of Louisiades
and the d’Entrecasteaux group. “Lastly, the hamlet groups
behind the head of Milne Bay had at least occasional inter-
course with the people in the neighbourhood of Mullins
Harbour on the south coast, and there is reason to believe

(56) Op. cit., chap. xl.
(57) Comp. op. cit., pp. 529, 5380, and pp. 537 to 539.
(58) Ibid., p. 530.

624

that there was formerly a trade route (never perhaps of great
importance) from Mullins Harbour to the head of Milne Bay,
and thence to the north coast in the neighbourhood of
Taupota.’’ 59) And again: “Mailu canoes journey eastwards,
trading with a number of islands on the Massim.”’ (6)

The data collected by Prof. Seligman enable us to connect
the Mailu trading routes with those of the Massim. The
last quoted explicit statements bear directly upon our problems,
and, in fact, they indicate the two main approaches of the
Western Papuo-Melanesian world to the Massim culture area—
Mullins Harbour and the coast between Bénabdéna Island
(entrance to Mullins Harbour) and Suwd’u. As far as I know,
the Mailu canoes seldom go beyond Sud’w even now, and they
hardly ever went any further in the olden days, so that I do
not think it can be said that they used to trade with a number
of the Massim Islands. Had they done so, it would have been
undoubtedly the most important channel through which such
articles as greenstone blades, ebony carvings, fine basketry, and
other products of the Northern Massim and of the d’Entre-
casteaux group would have found their way into the Mailu
and other western districts. As matters stood, it seems that
a much greater amount of articles was traded vd Mullins
Harbour. There seems to have been at least two, or even
more, overland routes to Mullins Harbour from the Massim
area. One is mentioned by Prof. Seligman in the statement
just quoted. It leads from the eastern shore of the deep
inlet to the head of Milne Bay, through an almost completely
flat country. This route passes exclusively through Massim
territory, and does not traverse any of the other tribes. But
although this was a very accessible way, the journey from
Mullins Harbour to Mailu Bay being said to be easy, it was
quite an unimportant route, as is correctly stated by Prof.
Seligman. There was, however, another trading route, start-
ing from the northern and north-western shores of Mullins
Inlet, as well as from the villages on the eastern shore of
Orangerie Bay, and going practically straight, northwards, to
the villages of Bartle Bay. These villages must have carried
on an extensive trade with the d’Entrecasteaux group, though
on this head I did not obtain much information. That con-
cerning the overland trading route seems fairly reliable, as
it was computed from data obtained independently at Mailu,
in the village of Dahwini, Mullins Harbour, in and near Fife
Bay (east of Mullins Harbour), and from two. sets of inland
people—viz., several Magawdru men, whom T examined in the

(59) Op. cit., p. 535.
(60) Ibid., p. 540 .

625

Samarai jail, and a few Borowd’i men, whom I met at a So’:
feast in Sélosilo (between Fife Bay and Mullins Harbour).
The several items of information obtained from these sources
harmonized perfectly.

Starting from the north, there is a place on Goodenough
Island called Siriwadwu, which is—or prehaps it is better to say
was—a great centre for axe-blades, for the industry and trade
in stone implements are rapidly vanishing. I was emphatically
assured by a great number of inmates of the Samarai jail
(belonging to all the different tribes of the eastern end) that
Siriwadwu was the place where the stone blades were made.
Whether it was really another quarrying centre, like Suldga
or Woodlark, or whether it was one of the places where the
blades used to be finally worked up and polished, or whether
it was only a great trading emporium for stone axe3, I am,

_ for the present, unable to decide. Anyhow, it was mentioned

to me as the most northerly point of the great. Mullins Harbour
trading route, where the stone blades were procured. Besides
the stone blades, other articles, such as formed the usual trade

_ circulating throughout the Massim area, were traded by this

route. ‘*) It is to be remembered that this route connected,

in the first place, two Massim districts—that of Bartle

Bay and those of Bonabéna and of the southern shore of
Mullins Harbour.

The articles which passed southwards this way were the
fine ceremonial handles manufactured in their best form in

_ the Trobriands and in Muii’a (Woodlark), and called Diriwa’u

by the Massim of Bénabéna (the usual pattern of these is re-
produced by Seligman, op. cit., pl. lxi.), and Konawé’u, the
heavier form, which is more popular in Woodlark and the

_dEntrecasteaux group (see pl. Ixii. of the same work);

the round carved wooden dishes; the ebony lime
spatulas, and the carved wooden sword clubs (Kerépa);
obsidian (Nabi’a), which was found only in one place on
the d’Entrecasteaux group (Goodenough Island); baskets of
fine workmanship (Pépo) made by the Northern Mas-
sim. How these articles came to the villages in and

near Bartle Bay I cannot say, but it appears from a
_ remark of the Rev. H. Newton that the natives of that district

44

did not do much trading themselves. (62) Thus it is very likely
that the islanders brought them down.

(61) Cf. C. G. Seligman, op. cit., p. 536, where the main trade,

as circulated by the Tribetrbe, is ahumierated.

ae Up the north-east coast there are no sailing

canoes. At Taupota and Wedaw there are just dug-outs, shaped

_ Stem and stern, with an outrigger . . .” (op. cit., p. 41).

626

The mainland people traded chiefly pigs and dogs to those
of the d’Entrecasteaux group, passing on the articles which
they had acquired from the inland natives, such as birds’
feathers, fibre belts, etc. They used to get about four or five
fine greenstone axe-blades for a pig, and for a big piece of
obsidian they paid one plaited fibre belt.

The goods received from the northern islands were further
traded by the Wedd’u and other coastal villagers to the inland
people. The latter exported to the coastal villages such
articles as were not obtainable on the grassy seaboard, and
which could be easily found and manufactured in the mountain
jungle. Amongst these were spears (Avera), fibre belts
(Tairéro), cassowary feather stalks (Dziwéni), cassowary
feathers (Il’aige), and some kinds of baskets (Goba). These
native words were given to me in Samarai in the Wedd’u
language. The Tacréro belts consist of a number of strands
of plaited, brown fern vine. They were manufactured by the
inland tribes on the southern coast—that is, from Gadaisiu
eastwards—and on the northern coast from Cape Vogel east-
wards. As examples of prices it may be quoted that one belt
was paid for a piece of obsidian ; ten spears were given by the
inland people for one clay pot made in /ds7’7ds1, on the coast
east of Cape Vogel; ten cassowary feather stalks were
exchanged for one pot.

I obtained the following names of villages through which
the trading route passed, starting from Bartle Bay and its
neighbourhood and going from north to south. The first
inland village was Geldria—a community often mentioned by
Prof. Seligman and the Rev. H. Newton in their works
referred to. Then in succession came the Magawdru, Maind’u,
Dzbogdana, and Borowdi peoples. These lived inland, north
of Mullins Harbour, and they traded directly with the Mailu.
The Borowdi are always mentioned in Mailu as the people
from whom the greenstone axe-blades come, though it seems
beyond doubt that they did not manufacture them themselves,

but imported them from the great quarrying centres in the

north.

At the point where the trading route reached the Mailu,
around Mullins Harbour, certain complication takes place in
the character of the articles traded. On the way through the
mainland some of the inland produce (feathers, vine belts,
articles of bamboo and other wood, etc.) have joined the
articles sent down from the Northern and North-eastern
Massim. Again, some of the north-eastern produce gets
absorbed by the inland tribes; some is deflected to the east
after reaching Mullins Harbour. It is a noteworthy fact, and

“Fs

627

it shows the great importance of the overland trading route,
vid Mullins Harbour, that many of the coastal villages east
of Bénabéna import the Northern Massim produce vid Mullins
Harbour. Thus in Fife Bay, some fifteen miles east of
Boénabona, I was told that stone axes and ebony carvings came
from the Borowd and other Mullins Harbour tribes. In this
way the overland trading route feeds both the western and the
eastern shores of the southern coast, reckoning from Mullins
Inlet. And there takes place a distinct selection, some articles
being much more appreciated by the Mailu and some by the
Southern Massim. Thus, though the Mailu knew and some-
times used, the ornamental axe-handles in their feast cere-
monials, they never possessed them in any great number, used
them extremely rarely, and did not appreciate them very
much. Again, though one finds many of the fine Trobriand
ebony carvings in Mailu, there is a very marked difference
between the Mailu and the Southern Massim in the apprecia-
tion of these objects, the latter using them much more
frequently, and parting with them much more reluctantly, in
spite of the fact that they are numerous among them.

The main objects of trade which ultimately arrived at
Mailu by this route were, as stated, greenstone axe-blades and
arm-shells. As far as I am able to judge, products of the
mainland hill jungle, such as feathers, bamboos, etc., also
reached Mailu in considerable quantities by that route.

Again, some products of the Southern Massim (Béna-
bé6na) were acquired by the Mailu on their expeditions to the
east; amongst these were the best kind of baskets (Vévo),
round wooden dishes, and carvings in brown hardwood of a
workmanship inferior to those of the Trobriands. From the
Mailu the Southern Massim purchased dogs, small pigs
(imported from Aréma), boars’ tusks, shell discs, and clay
pots (called by the Massim Guréva). The Mailu imported a
number of netted string bags (Motuan name, Kidépa) which
they acquired in Aréma.

To return from this digression to the Mailu trading
proper. The trading expedition to Bénabéna returned about
the beginning of January, after which they set out for their
final expedition to Aréma. On this occasion arm-shells—a
number of which had been in the meantime manufactured in
Mailu and others acquired in the east—were traded for full-
grown pigs. These were brought back and were usually at
once used for the feast (comp. chap. v., sec. 3).

Before the expedition started for Aréma a man—usually
the chief of the subclan—used to make a charm and pronounce
a spell (Vira), in order that the expedition should be

628

successful and that they should sell the arm-shells in a lucra- —
tive manner and bring back many pigs.
The name of the charm was Marivdna déwa-réva (see
pl. xxxviil., figs. 1 and 2). The man who made it remained
within his house for three days, and during that time observed
the usual taboo—that is to say, he abstained from boiled food
and fish, drank no water, and only ate roasted green coconut.
The rite was performed immediately before the departure of
the canoes in front of the house of every man who was about to
sail, by the chief performer, who sometimes had an assistant.
The performers stand in front of the house and, singing |
an incantation, which I was unable to record, they sweep the
platform with long green reeds with a slow swaying motion.
Then they tie the reeds round the central, front post of the
house, which proceeding is said to have some magical influence
upon the arm-shells. The performer sails, as a rule, on the
canoe.
With the return from Aréma the trading activities of the
Mailu are finished for the year; but as there was a big feast
in Mailu practically every year the trading was resumed in
every Aurdrt season, and was intimately connected with all
the preparations for the feast are interwoven with the prelim-
inary festivities—it absorbed the whole social life of the
Mailu for the better part of the year. The trading was essen-
tially seasonal and regular, each expedition forming a step
in a consecutive series of ceremonial transactions and industrial —
activities (making of arm-shells, sago, pottery ; comp. last sec. —
of this chapter), and everything leading up to the final expe- —
dition which brought back the all-important pig supply. The
times of sailing adduced in the above description cover the case
of a rather big feast. If it were a smaller one it would usually —
be held at an earlier date, sometimes as early as December, and —
the two expeditions to Ardéma might in that case be reduced —
to one only. |
On the mainland the feasts were held earlier, in the —
Liéro season. Here the natives did not, of course, make all
the preparations and trading expeditions. They reared their
own pigs or collected them from the neighbouring villages, and —
they made sago from their own swamp. To this subject it
will be necessary to return in describing the feast and the
festive activities in chapter v. The importance of the feast im
the native social life and the great interest they take in 1b
cannot be overrated. The intimate association between the
economic life of the Mailu islanders and their festive activities —
must also be fully realized if one wishes to form a right idea |
of their social life. Although my knowledge of the mainland
Mailu is very limited, I think that their economic life—their

629

agricultural activities—are also strongly interwoven with the
feast. (6)

Among the Mailu the two social phases—the feast and
the trading—are so interdependent that if the feast were
abolished there would be no scope for trading ; if the trading
were suppressed the feast would be impossible.

To return from this digression to the trading pure and
simple, it is certain that the Mailu community was one of the
very important links in the great chain of intertribal trading
which encircled the whole of Papua. There is no doubt,
however, that articles from the Gulf seldom reached the
Massim area and conversely, and it is also a fact that there
was no absolute breach of continuity, no absolute impossibility
that articles, ideas, and customs should travel from the mouth
of the Fly River, and beyond, as far as Woodlark and the
Trobriands and the north-eastern coast. Thus, for instance,
the ceremonial blades of fine workmanship, made in I/uwii’a
and the Trobriands, were to be found all along the southern
coast of the territory, as far, according to Prof. Seligman, as
the Fly River. Nevertheless, there does not seem to have been
any great cultural influence carried by this stream of trade.
The influence of the Gulf culture undoubtedly extended as
far as Port Moresby, and beyond to Hulda and Kerepina;
but it seems to me that it did not even reach Mailu. While
some of the Massim objects seem to travel further, the general
influence of their culture on the Papuo-Melanesians does not
extend beyond the Mailu district.

5. Forms oF Work.

General Remarks.—There seéms to be no doubt that
human communities, standing at different levels of culture
and living under different conditions, differ widely and essen-
tially in the quantity and quality of the work they are able to

(65)Studying the Tdbu feast in the Sinaughdlo tribe I was
able to see that it possesses distinct economic features; it
is closely associated with the native gardening. This feature,
however, is very much obscured among the Koita of the Port
Moresby District, who undoubtedly have accepted this feast from
the Sinaughdlo; comp. C. G. Seligman, op. cit., pp. 145 to 150
and p. 18, where it is stated that ‘‘according to the Sinaughdlo
it was among themselves that the Diubw originated, being adopted
later by the neighbouring tribes.’’ I should add that this
opinion is shared by the Koita and Motu of Gdabagdba, Gaile, and

upuseleia, who acknowledge their indebtedness to the Sinaugholo.
Further, the mythology of the feast and the knowledge of all its
ritual is so much more flourishing among the Sinaugholo that it
seems certain they were the centre from which the feast in its
present form has spread, and among these it is undoubt-
edly connected with gardening activities.

630

perform ; but it is not easy to state, or adequately to charac-
terize, these differences in terms of convincing facts. Mere
general statements that the natives are lazy and slack, or that
they are good workers, have really very little value.

On the other hand, in order to give facts which would
speak convincingly for themselves, it would be necessary to
observe the natives at work for a long time; to study the
conditions under which they are capable of strenuous work ;
to see under what, circumstances they work willingly and
effectively ; to investigate the stimuli to their work, aims,
incentives, and so on. Such a task is, of course, beyond the
capacity of an ambulant ethnologist on a short visit. Much
valuable information on such points could be gathered by those
who have to deal with natives on the plantations, especially
as regards the ways in which the natives are adaptable to
European methods of working. More difficult, perhaps, would
be the attempt to picture the native’s way of working under
his own natural conditions. Knowing how interesting and
important are the problems of labour in modern sociology, it
is possible to appreciate how much we could learn by studying
these facts from the ethnologist’s points of view.

Being unable to do the best under this heading, I must
attempt to take the next best course, and, while avoiding
mere generalizations, to make a few remarks embodying some
of my observations about native ways of working. The natives
are undoubtedly capable of strenuous and continuous exertion.
They are able to dance for six hours at a time, and apparently
to enjoy it, but it must not be imagined that they do it in a
state of trance or that they work themselves up to a high
pitch of nervous excitement. On the contrary, they dance
the same figure over and over again (obviously rehearsing and
practising it), they keep perfectly cool, and there are no signs
of visible exhaustion, either immediately or the day after. I
never had opportunities of watching the natives for any length
of time at any prolonged hard labour, such as strenuous and
continuous paddling or garden work, though I have seen them
doing both in a manner which would not make one suspect
them of slackness or of any lack of efficiency and endurance.
I may, however, refer the reader to the remarks of the Rev.
C. W. Abel,'S4) and especially to the excellent account of

men’s work in the often-quoted volume of the Rev. H.

Newton. (65) Both observers vouchsafe that at times the
native does continuous hard work under his own conditions of
life.
(64)The Rev. C. W. Abel, ‘“‘“Savage Life in New Guinea’’ (see
chap. ‘“‘The Papuan at Work’’).
(65) ‘In Far New Guinea.’’

LS eS! eagiah a Nae ia, ay Aller AAA Ga Ay mie a nly naan ve AN Rig Rg bhp

631

Some of the natives actually like work. One sees a
woman sit day after day making clay pots. I saw perhaps
about a score of women in Mailu busily at work, without any
suggestion of compulsion, throughout hot, muggy days, when
everybody else was trying to take a siesta. Again, one often
sees men working strenuously, keenly, and continually at the
manufacture of arm-shells and of other shell ornaments, or
mending ropes or string. Some of them (both men and
women) will work alone, absorbed in what they are doing—
though, generally speaking, they like to work in groups.
Much heavy, systematic, and tedious work falls on the native
women. They have to bring in water, firewood, and vege-
tables, and to prepare the food, day after day, without respite
or holiday. Their work is undoubtedly more monotonous than
that of the men. Neither men nor women avoid actual hard-
‘ship in work, for they will sit up all night fishing, and at times
of need they do not mind working in the middle of the day,
though, as stated above, they like to have a siesta at that
time (see chap. ili., sec. 2).

All this does not mean that the natives do not understand
“the perfectly aristocratic art of doing absolutely nothing.”
On the contrary, I formed the impression that they have a
great deal of artistic feeling for the beauty of the dolce far
miente. At times they will sit about for hours talking
languidly, looking with vacant eyes at the surrounding world,
when no doubt they are not harassed by the unpleasant feeling
that time rushes on steadily and inexorably. Whenever any-
thing is done by one man there are usually a dozen looking on,
though without keen interest. Whenever canoes return from
a journey the whole villege looks on and watches. Sometimes
several natives will leave the village, perhaps with fish spears
in their hand, perhaps on the way to their gardens, and they
will sit down on the beach for hours slumbering or talking, or
gazing in front of them.

But it would be quite inadequate to call this “laziness.”
This term would be either a flat truism, if it meant that in a
hot, enervating climate, with no incentive to spur him on,
and with all his needs easily satisfied, man does not develop a
feverish activity and keen strenuousness; or it would be
an obviously false statement if it meant anything more or less.
Lazy is an adjective having a meaning or value on a moral
background only, and as such ought to be strictly excluded
from scientific language.

Communal Labour.—Besides these avowedly general re-
marks, there are a few other tangible facts as to native ways
of working that may be adduced. Working single handed,
without adequate tools, the native is often unable to perform

632

some specially hard tasks. Some such he might be able to
do, but it would take him so long a time that the work would —
be rendered tedious or the results be impaired by the action
of the weather, etc. Again, in olden days, it was sometimes
necessary, for reasons of safety, for the natives to do their —
work in rather large numbers. It is no wonder, therefore,
that communal work was a prominent feature of native
economics, and that hardly any of the more difficult and bulky
tasks were performed without appeal to the community for —
help, or, at least, to a part of it. Communal work is also well
in keeping with the general communistic character of the —
native economics (comp. next paragraph). Exactly as in the
consumption of goods the benefit to the owners very often lies
in the honorific title rather than in the amount of his own
individual consumption, so in the labour the owner often seems —
to organize the communal work and subsequent feast, and not —
so much to bear the burden of the greatest amount of work
done.
In olden days, when a big Jlimo tree had to be cut on
the mainland in Baireba, in order to make a dug-out canoe, a
strong force of men used to help the owner of the canoe. Not
only his own relatives (Hmegi goina; in Motu, Vdravdra),
but a number of the clansmen and villagers from other clans —
as well joined in the work. They helped in the cutting down
of a tree, which in the old days, when stone axes were exclu- —
sively used, must have been a rather heavy task. The
dragging down of the tree to the shore was done by a number
of men who, as they hauled on the log by means of strong ©
vines attached to the trunk, sang the refrain “Dewoo, —
deuoo, ai.” Other men acted as scouts and kept watch over ©
the safety of the working party. | . a
After the log was dragged into the village there was a —
feast given by the future owner of the canoe to all those who —
had helped in the work, for which a pig was killed.
The scooping out of the canoe was done by the owner, —
helped by a few of his friends only, but at the final —
trimming of the double canoe (Oré’u) a larger number of —
people took part; that event also was accompanied by a —
feast. (67) .
Again, at some stages of garden making, collective labour
is used. On the mainland each man clears his own portion

(66) Comp. canoe-making on pl. xxxvi., fig. 2. 4
(67) When the sail is sewn together from single strips of

matting a number of men help in the work, who are entertained ©
at a feast by the owner of the Ord’w (or owners, see chap. 1V., —
geo 4). The workers are not decorated at the work or at the
east. 4

633

of the communal garden, as far as the cutting down of the
small scrub is concerned, but in the clearing of the heavy
timber the work is done collectively, all the clansmen working
together and their friends joining them. There is a big feast,
given by the owners, in which all the workers participate.
On Mailu Island the hard task is the clearing of the strongly-
rooted Lalang grass (Tsiléwo), which is done with long sticks
(see sec. 1 of this chapter). The friends and relatives of the
owner of the garden (which on Mailu Island is not communal,
but private, property) join and do the work. In this case
there is, of course, also a feast as a kind of payment for the
work done. Both at work and at the feast the workers wear
festive adornments (do), though not of a very gaudy nature.
They insert Pépe (pandanus streamers)—which look like long
white paper tapes—ainto their armlets, and cockatoo feathers
are stuck in the hair, which is bound up with Pépe so as to
form a chignon. No face or body painting is done. The feast,
for which no pig is killed, is, as a rule, held at the garden, the
owner (or owners, on the mainland) providing bananas, taro,
sago, and fish, if this be available, and making everything
succulent with Dehéro (Motuan name for coconut cream).

There was also a good deal of communal labour done in
connection with the building of a house. ‘&) The big piles:
forming the main framework were brought from the mainland
by the owner, assisted by his family. Then, a great number
of people—practically all the men available in the village—
are summoned to help in the erection of the piles. On this
occasion the Lado, or ceremonial dress, is put on. There is, of
course, a feast, consisting of fish and vegetables, and the future
house is decorated. Several of the subsequent stages are done
by the owner himself, assisted, as usual, by one or more of
his family and near friends. In this way they bring lawyer
cane for lashing, sticks and poles for the thatch frame, and
the sago leaves used for the roof. The latter work is done by
collective labour. The complete house is decorated and a big
feast (UV riuma itsitsi, “house-making feast’’) takes place, but
for this also no pig is killed.

When one of the big nets (Gatima) was made, all the men
of the Dubu (subclan), of course, participated, as the Gaidma
was collective property—7.e., was used in common by all the
members of the subclan, though the headman had a normal
over-right to it. The men do not make any Ldo (adornment).
There is a common feast, in which fish is an essential item.

Sexual Division of Labour.—It is a well-known fact that
among practically all the native races the domain of man’s

(68)Comp. the description of the house and honse building.
chap. fi., sec.

634

and woman’s work is very definitely marked off, and that
no one ever thinks of encroaching upon the sphere of action
of the other sex. This feature is, I think, quite universal.
Among the Papuo-Melanesians and Massim even the details
of the division of labour seem to be identical throughout the
whole area. My inquiries, however, into this matter have not
been sufficiently careful for me to be able to bring any very
interesting facts to light. From my notes, however, as well
as from what J remember having seen, the state of things in
Mailu seems to be, in this respect, identical with what obtains
among the natives of Bartle Bay. These have been described
by the Rev. H. Newton, to whose account the reader ma

be referred. (69) ;

6. PROPERTY AND INHERITANCE.

Introductory Lemarks.—The question of the tenure of ©

property, or real law, is so important that it has been neces-
sary to allude to it on several occasions in preceding para-
graphs. ‘7) In this place some general remarks will be made
and the scattered facts stated elsewhere will be summarized.
What has been said before, in connection with land tenure,
must of course be borne in mind—namely, that “property” or
“ownership” are terms which are used here not in our (modern
European) legal sense, but as short expressions for the sum
of the customary right a man, or social body, enjoys with
respect to a material object.

Communism.—This term is often applied with reference
to the mode in which goods are used by natives of the same
general stage of culture as the Papuasians. Here again
detailed, concrete facts must be given, and the general condi-
tions of native life kept in view, if the term is to have any
meaning at all. The natives of Mailu live in small village
communities, the members of which are in constant mutual
contact and entirely cut off from the outer world, so that
there is no possibility or opportunity of exchanging the
majority of goods in common use. On the other hand, these
goods are quite abundant; food, materials for clothing, fire-
wood, common implements are neither scare nor difficult to
prepare for use. There is then no room for very strong
individual appropriation, and the natives are certainly
extremely liberal and “communistic,” in the sense that a man

(69) Op. cit., chapters on Men’s Work and Women’s Work
(chaps. vill. and 1x.).

(70) Thus in sec. 4 of chap. ii. the rights of a man to his house
were discussed, and again in describing the Gé6ra and Onaga insti-
tutions the problem of property and rights to things had to be
touched upon. The most important form of ‘‘ownership’’—land
tenure—was described in sec. 1 of this chapter, etc.

oo

635

in possession of food or objects of common use readily gives
them away temporarily, and, in the majority of cases, even
permanently ; so also a man in possession of any privileges will
freely share them with others. On the other hand, it must
be emphatically stated that there was no “communism” in the
sense of all men having equal, free, and unconditional access
to all goods and privileges. From many details previously
given the reader will be aware, both that objects of common
use, whether food or implements or what not, did belong to
certain men, who had the right to give them away, and also
that certain privileges, like participation in a hunt or in a
fishing expedition, or a passage on a canoe, had to be granted
by the ‘owner,’ or master, of the given privilege, though
these were granted very easily indeed.

And this right to give away things, to grant access to
privileges, was undoubtedly highly valued by the natives. At
a big hunt, with grass burning, in which I took part, inland
of Port Moresby, on the Lardge River (usually but incorrectly
called La/éki by Europeans), a curious ceremony took place.
In the morning, before daybreak, all the men in the camp.
assembled, and one man, the traditional “owner” of the privi-
lege of communal net hunting and grass burning on that tract
of country, pronounced in a loud voice certain ceremonial
words in a Koita language, which were answered by the loud
acclamation of allthe men. [I was told afterwards by A hiiia—
an excellent informant—that the trend of the harangue was
simply: —“My great grandfather and my grandfather and
my father used to make big hunting on these grounds. Now
I give the order for the hunt. We will hunt to-day.” I did
not take notes of the original text in Koita, but Ahzza’s
information is quite reliable, even when he gives a free version.
I was also told by him that such a formal opening of a hunt
was absolutely essential for its legal constitution. Should any
group of the natives burn grass and hunt that tract of country
without having obtained such a formal consent from the master
—for which the master’s presence was, of course, also neces-
sary—the master’s clan would seriously resent such breach of
étiquette, and, in the olden days, even fights might have
resulted from it.

I am quoting this incident, which I observed among the
Koita, because I was told in Mailu that a similar state of
things obtained there, though I failed to record any of the
details, and I had no opportunities of observing any facts of
that type. The incident quoted is quite characteristic of the
point at issue. The natives indeed have a keen sense of clan
privilege, or village community privilege, which as a rule is
vested in one man—the headman of the village or of the clan,

636

as the case may be. Thus the man giving the order for the
hunt was a Lduhu réhi, a headman of a clan. In Mailu the
Dubu gubina would have to decide when a net (Gauma)

should be used, or when a canoe should sail, and who should ~
take part in the operation. It is characteristic that there is —

only one word for owner, and for headman, chief, or master
(in Mailu, Gubina; in Motu, Biagina). The main psycholo-
gical element in this form of “ownership”’ seems to be rather
the craving for social prominence than desire for a greater
share of material goods. The chief at the annual feast, the
man who makes a big catch of fish, the owner of a pig which

is slaughtered—these do not get a greater share than their —

friends; indeed, in many instances they get much less (comp.,
for instance, sec. 2 of the next chapter, concerning the taboos

inherent to dugong magic). But they play a prominent part —

in the performance; in the first place they divide the goods
to be distributed, and they formally give them away. And

this form of using and enjoying wealth is immensely valued —

by the natives.
Another set of facts must be referred to in discussing

native views concerning property and real rights to things. I ©
mean the magical rights of an economic nature, appertaining ~

to fishing, gardening, and hunting, which are owned by indi-
viduals and used for their own benefit (see chap. v., sec. 2).

It is clear that the natives regard those rights as being of ©
economic value, and the fact that, under modern conditions,
they barter them shows that they even treat them simply as

“goods” —as interchangeable privileges.

Native View of Economic Value.—When discussing

inheritance and marriage gifts with the natives, I was struck

by the fact that I had a tendency to attach the greatest import-
ance to certain classes of goods, whilst the natives seemed to _
pay much more attention to others. In other words, I was —
impressed by the fact that the natives have a scheme of values _

different from our own. Thus, as land on Mailu Island was

allotted to individuals and inherited in the male line, I

used to pay the greatest attention to inheritance in land. The
natives, however, used to pass quickly over this subject and
give me only few details with reference to it, treating it as

altogether unimportant, and dwelling much more upon the ~

distribution of coconut palms and native ornaments.
Consequently I inquired into the subject, and obtained

very clear, definite, and unanimous answers, with which a

number of independent witnesses unhesitatingly concurred.

In the native’s mind, the native ornaments form the most —

important class of property. Over these there is most concern
and discussion when dividing a dead man’s property among his

637

heirs, and on other occasions when property is divided or
exchanged. Arm-shells, shell discs, boars’ tusks, dogs’ teeth,
bird of paradise feathers—these form the class of goods which
loom as the most desirable form of property in the mind of
the native. Pigs come into the same category, though it must
be remembered that the natives of Mailu Island did not rear
pigs extensively, and that these animals were usually disposed
of at a feast, immediately after they had been acquired on
the trading expedition to the west. On the mainland, where
they were reared by the villagers, they were highly valued.
Dogs were also a highly esteemed form of property. After
the native jewellery and the domestic animals, the ownership in
coconut palms was most highly valued. The garden land had,
in a sense, no value on the mainland, where each individual
possessed, by the fact of membership of a clan, the right to
acquire as much garden land as he desired, or, rather, as
much as he and his wife were able to cultivate. The lack of
value in this sense was due to the fact that there was no limit
to the land which might be taken by any individual, and that
no rights in land were ever acquired or exchanged; in fact,
such a proceeding would have no object, and it would only
have been a breach of custom. The land had, however, value
in the sense that the members of a clan, as one social unit,
would essentially resent and oppose any encroachment upon
their territory on the part of outsiders. In spite of this, on
Mailu Island, where land was parcelled out among the indi-
viduals, it does not stand as a very important item in the
native ideas of value. As a matter of fact, there is plenty of
ground on the island, and the main difficulty lies in working
it rather than in obtaining the rights to it.

The ornaments or native trinkets are displayed at feasts,
both on the person and on the house. They are sometimes
produced and shown to friends, and visitors, and people in the
village usually know who has specially fine arm-shells or shell
dises, necklaces, etc. The natives are by no means churlish
and close about lending their ornaments, and at dance or
feast time one often sees ornaments borrowed from relatives
and friends.

Inheritance.—The most desirable part of a man’s property,
the personal ornaments, his wealth (Babadd’u; in Motu,
Kéhu), are inherited by his “own,” as opposed to his classi-
ficatory, brothers only. They share, roughly, in equal parts,
though the eldest brother seems sometimes to get the first pick.
The parents, the sisters, the widow and children of a man do
not get any share in his jewellery. The coconuts are divided
among a man’s brothers and sons. If the latter are young
they do not get very much at the time of death, but they

638

receive their share later on. The house is inherited in the
male line, as stated above, so that if a man dies his eldest son
becomes the ‘‘master’’ or “owner” (Gubina) of the house. If
he is a small child at his father’s death the title is latent (the
father’s younger brother being considered “owner” or
“master” for the time being), but as soon as the boy is grown
he comes into his rights. The right to the gardens, as
frequently stated, is hereditary in the male line—being on
the mainland implicitly included in the clan membership, or
on Mailu Island referring explicitly to the paternal garden
land.

A few concrete examples, accompanied by pedigrees, will
illustrate these general rules. The following is the account,
given me by Omdga, one of the Mailu village constables, of
what happened after the death of his father, Ondga, and the
pedigree shows the relationship of the persons concerned : —

| |
i |
Onaga | Méria | '
oT, O © O w
Boitse Bania Maddo T sara

!
|
‘

| |

|

8 O O
@=0 Wond’i Digu Dagédea
Awari Maré

|
|
|
Kavanai | Omaga
@=0O

Omaga’s father, Ondga, died, leaving two younger
brothers, Bania and T'séra, and two younger sisters, Boitse
and Mado ; as well as five children: the boys Kdvana, Omaga,
and Il’ond’z, and the girls Digu and Dagdea. At the time
of Ondga’s death all his children were young, and his brother
Bania was regarded as “master” of the house, this being then
tenanted by Bania, his wife and child (not mentioned in the
pedigree), Z'sdra, and Ondga’s widow and children.

All the coconut trees left by Ondga were also taken over
by Bania, who subsequently gave some of them to his younger
brother 7'sdra. Bania also took charge of the garden land for
as long as the boys remained young. When Kdvanai married
and thus became a grown man, Bania gave him over the whole
land left by his father and all the coconut palms, except
Tsdra’s share. When Omdga, Kdvanai’s younger brother,

639

grew up and married, the latter gave him his share, both in
garden land and in coconut palms. Again, when the youngest
boy, Wond’i, becomes grown up he will receive his share from
both his elder brothers.

The native ornaments, however, all went to Bania and
Tsdra. Neither Méria, Ondga’s widow, nor his sisters, nor
his children, received any share in his native ornaments.

One other actual pedigree will serve to illustrate further
the general principles of inheritance.

Pedigree.
e
Nudna€=-0 @ Kenéni
| |
e C) @ O
Kavaka Dim Arabu Inamu

When Vudna died, not his sons, Kdavaka and Dini, but
his younger brother, Kenéni, inherited his wealth. Moreover,
as Kdvaka and Dim were grown up when Niudna died, and
had by that time received their shares in coconut palms, all
the remaining coconut trees of Vudna went to Keném. After
Kenéni’s death, however, part of the coconuts, and perhaps
some of his wealth or jewellery would return to Kdvaka and
Dim.

This state of things would lead apparently to a conges-
‘tion of riches, in the form of native ornaments in the hands
of the last survivor of a large family of brothers. It must be
remembered, however, that native ornaments were constantly
manufactured, that they were exchanged or distributed in
‘connection with feasts, ceremonies, marriage transactions, etc.,
‘and that native wealth often changed hands, and so never
‘could accumulate to any large extent. Thus the inheritance
of native ornaments by the deceased man’s brothers—with a
very small share sometimes falling to his paternal first cousins
—did not entail any serious strain in the economic equilibrium
in the village.

There was no special legal mechanism to enforce all the
transactions connected with inheritance. Thus the brothers
hhad to agree upon the division of the wealth; the children

640

had to come to an understanding with reference to the coconuts
and garden land, etc. When the children were minors at
their father’s death, and all their gardens and coconuts were

under the care of their paternal uncle, it was of his free

accord that the latter gave them their due shares, so that they
were consequently entirely dependent upon his good faith.
When I asked Omdga what would have happened if his uncle
Bania would not give him and his brothers their due shares
he was not able to answer. He dismissed the hypothesis, and
said a man would always give his nephews the garden land and
coconuts which belong to them by right. As a matter of fact,
it must be remembered that a man had always enough coconuts
and garden land for his own use. Again, Bania lives in the
same house with Omdga and Kdvana, and their mutual
relations are, to my knowledge, very intimate and extremely
good. So that there was no reason, and no psychological like-
lihood, why any quarrels should arise among the natives in
matters of inheritance in land and coconuts. As to the divi-
sion of wealth among brothers, I received the impression that
the customary rules for division were very definite, in the
sense that all had to receive more or less equal shares, and
that the only deterrent was the fear of incurring the contempt
that would inevitably be shown for any manifestation of
cupidity or act of rapacity.

7. INDUSTRIES.

Introductory Remarks.—In this section I shall enumerate

and briefly describe what may be called the industrial pro-
ducts of the natives, the most important objects in use, and
the articles of trade manufactured locally. The building of
native houses—a very important native craft—has already
been described (chap. i1., sec. 4). The native canoes,
especially the large double canoes with a platform (Oré’us)
are, as has been pointed out before, both objects of extreme
importance in the tribal life of the Mailu islanders and articles

of trade exchanged for pigs in Aréma. Their construction

has been described in a previous section (chap. iv., sec. 4).

We will complete the series by saying a few words about
the following articles: —(1) Pottery—The Mailu pots, being
essential both for use in their own households and as articles
of trade. (2) Arm-shells and other shell ornaments.—These
were indispensable for the Mailu islander as means of acquir-
ing pigs; in fact, they were the standard article given im
exchange for pigs, canoes being paid over only when arm-
shells were short. Though a considerable number of these
articles were imported into Mailu (comp. above, chap. iv.,

sec. 4) the local manufacture was very important, and the

<

641

Mailu also made other shell ornaments. (3) Baskets.—These,
some of which were acquired from the Southern Massim, were
traded to a limited extent ; they were very important in native
life as being the only means of carrying foodstuffs, firewood,
and objects in daily use, when on a journey. (4) Stone
implements were to a great extent imported into Mailu, though
some were locally manufactured, and a few are still made and
used in Mailu. (5) Carvings were never a speciality of the
Mailu, and only very rough and inferior work is produced.

The technological side of the industries here described is
very unsatisfactory, as throughout my work I was concerned
with the social life of the natives rather than with technology.
The following account is meant chiefly to be a survey of those
main economic activities which are directed towards the pro-
duction of objects of use and trade.

Pottery.—This art was the exclusive monopoly of the
inhabitants of Mailu Island, but I am not able to say whether
this was owing to the fact that there was no clay available
anywhere else in the district, or whether this is an example
of the extreme inertia of the natives towards the alteration of
a tribal status sanctioned by tradition. The natives of the
district always state that suitable pottery clay is only available
on Mailu, but this means merely that they do not know of any
other place.

On Mailu Island the clay is obtained in many localities
from deep holes dug in the alluvial flat, behind the village.
It is fairly clean, does not contain many small stones, and is
used without any previous treatment. It is brought into the
village in baskets, plaited of coconut leaves, and it is wrapped
in leaves to keep it moist. It is usually brought in the morn-
ing and used the same day.

The accessories of pottery consist of a ring of banana
leaves, half a coconut shell, a shell of a species of Venus, and
usually a large melon shell (Melo diadema), or, in place of the
latter, another coconut shell, which is used as a receptacle for
water.

, The method of pottery making may be described as a
“method of coiling,” an expression used by Prof. Seligman
with reference to the technique of the Southern Massim. (7)

The clay, as it is brought from the pit, is fashioned into
long cylindrical “fingers’’ or ‘‘sausages,” by rolling between
the two palms (comp. pl. xl., fig. 1, the woman on the right-
hand side). The worker (always a woman) takes a large
handful of clay, kneads it a little, and rolls it into the
desired shape. The “sausages’’ are about the thickness of

(1) Op. cit., p. 25, footnote.
Vv

642

a finger and some 40 cm. long. The first sausage is coiled on
the rim of a half coconut shell, which thus acts as the nucleus
of the pot. The shell is placed in the ring, made of banana
leaves (see pl. xl., fig. 1). After the first sausage is coiled,
the woman joins another toits end. The coiling is done in the
following manner :—The free end of the clay sausage is held
in the left hand, the right hand joining it to the rim by the
pressure of thumb and forefinger (see the woman on the left
of pl. xl., fig. 1). At this stage of the process the successive
coils, though joined to each other and flattened, are to be
seen plainly, as well as the finger marks. The unfinished pot
looks, in fact, as if it were streaked horizontally and-groove
vertically.

The successive coils being placed in broadening circles, the
pot is first shaped into a roughly conical form, and this can
be called the first stage in the process. (See the pots on right
and left on pl. xl., fig. 1).

The next stage consists of the smoothing of the rough
surface, in which process the fissures between the adjoining

7

‘a

coils are obliterated, and in the imparting to the pot its final —

form and ornamentation. The pot is first smoothed and

scraped. This is done by using both the palm and fingers

of the hand and the Venus shell referred to. Usually the shell

is handled with the right hand on the outer surface and the — |

left hand passed inside. The scraping and smoothing by
means of the shell being done upon that part of the clay

surface, which is supported by the open left hand (comp. pl.

xl., fig. 1; the woman in the middle).

‘By the same means (shell and open palm) the final form ~

is imparted to the pot. About one-third of the distance from
the top of pot the original, simple conical shape is altered by
the formation of a waist, immediately below which the pot
bulges, while towards the top is opens out in a conical form.
This last conical portion forms what might be called a broad
rim or lip of the pot (cf. pl. xl., fig. 1; woman in the centre).

After the completion of the upper part of the pot it is
taken out of the coconut shell, which so far has served as its
bottom, and a few coils are put in to cover the hole. These
are smoothed down by tapping the surface of the pot with
the hand and scraping it with the shell. It may be mentioned,
by the way, that the Mailu technique in pottery does without
the heating or tapping which among the Motu forms the
longest stage in their manufacture. In consequence of this
the Mailu pots are said to be of inferior quality and durability.

The pot is now ornamented. Its rim is covered with one
of the traditional ornaments, of which there are some eight

or nine in use among the Mailu, but I failed to record them. —

643

The engraving is done in the soft clay with a thin piece of
wood.

The third and last stage consists in the burning of the
pots, which is done in the afternoon. They are laid on the
sand upon the beach, usually several at a time, the mouth of
the pots being turned to windward. Dry sticks are laid all
round them individually, the greatest amount of fuel being
placed on the weather side, so that the heat may penetrate
well inside the pots.

As mentioned above, pots are made by women exclusively,
who, during their manufacture, are stated to observe a strict.
taboo; that means that they do not eat anything from the
moment they begin their work until the time they have finished
burning the pots. Whether, considering that the natives
hardly ever accepted food during the day, this taboo is very
important, I was unable to ascertain. At any rate, several
informants asserted that it was so, and I received the impres-
sion that pottery is considered to be a serious, and perhaps even
to some extent a sacred, activity. (7)

Arm-shells ‘™) and other Shell Ornaments.—The arm-
shells, with the exception of the strings of shell discs, are the
most highly valued articles of native ornament, and they form
one of the principal means of exchange. They are made of
the shell of Conus millepunctatus, and Mailu was one of the
chief centres of their manufacture. I have heard native
connoisseurs pronounce those made here to be the best, though
possibly this statement may only mean that the best arm-
shells come from the east and that the Mailu were the middle-
men who imported them and sold them to the natives of the
Central District (comp. chap. iv., sec. 4).

The Conus shell (Opi’6pi) is, in harmony with its name,
of an almost perfectly conical shape, and the armlet is made
out of a ring formed by a transverse section of the shell cut
near the base. The “cutting’’ is done by means of a stone.
For this purpose any stone of a fairly small size (about that
of a child’s fist) can be used, provided it has a blunt point.
With this point the manufacturer (always a man) taps the
shell with light blows in quick succession, under which its
rather soft calcareous substance is, one might say, worn away
along the line where the blows are struck. In this manner
the base of the cone is first cut off. Then another similar
cutting is made, parallel to the plane of the first at a distance

(72) This is also the opinion of the Rev. W. J. V. Saville, to whom
I am indebted for having drawn my attention to the pottery

| taboo.

(73)Comp. the description of arm-shells in Seligman, op. cit.,
p- op and pl. lix., where several of them are figured.

644

from it of about one-third of the total length of the shell, and
this second section forms the ring.

The next stage consists of the removal of the outer
surface of this ring and of the polishing of its internal surface.
The former must be rubbed quite clear of all colouring matter,
even to the removal of the punctiform pattern, in order that
the arm-shell should be quite white when finished. The ring
is then polished on the inside, as far as may be—that is to say,
so long as it is not made too thin and weak. The object of
this process is to give the arm-shell the biggest possible aper-
ture, for the larger this is the larger the arm which the
arm-shell is able to fit, and consequently the greater is its
value.

The polishing of the outer surface is done on a broad, flat
piece of sandstone, and a piece of the same kind of stone,
shaped into cylindrical form and pointed at each end, is used
to polish the inside by inserting it within the ring and working
it to and fro. During the polishing process of both inner and
outer surface the shell is kept moistened. ‘%) The same name,
Uri’a, is given to both the flat and the cigar-shaped sandstone,
the name denoting the material and not the form, as is always
the case in native technological nomenclature. The polishing
process is called Ururu. After the arm-shell is ready it is
perforated’in two or three points, near the lateral opening
formed by the lip of the Conus shell, and is ornamented
with shell discs (Sdpisdyi, a universal Papuan term, probably
originally Motuan) and with the black wild banana seeds. (75)

Besides the arm-shells, the Mailu also manufacture the
shell discs called Sdyisdépi, and another kind of red shell discs,
which differs from the former in that they are coloured on
one side only. The Sdpisdpi are worn strung on a string like
Chinese perforated coins, when they collectively form long

cylinders. (76) The Mailu red shell discs are worn fixed by ©

their flat surfaces to a string, thus showing one side only.
Large white shell discs are ground down from the base of the
Conus millepunctatus, and the pearl oyster shell is used to
manufacture an ornament shaped like a half-moon, which is
worn as a breast ornament by men and women, but I failed
to record the technical details of the manufacture of these
last-named objects.

In former times the Conus shell was used to make small
axes (Oba’via). After the upper ring had been detached in

(74) See pl. xl., fig. 2.

(75)Comp. the two arm-shells on the left side of pl. lix. in”

Seligman’s book.
(76) See pl. lx, in Seligman, op. cit.

|
|

645

order to make the armlet, the residual cone was split longi-

tudinally, and small blades could thus be made. This use of

the Conus shell has, however, now been abandoned, and I

‘was unable to purchase any old specimens, though a few were

made for me in the old fashion.

Baskets.—Several forms of baskets, all of local manufac-
ture, were used in Mailu, but I was not able to grasp and
record the technological principles of their manufacture.

Consequently I can only give a general description of their
_basketry and mention the varieties.
| 1. Apdka.—In this, the rudest form, the basket is simply

_plaited from a coconut leaf. The midrib is split longitudinally

and the leaflets interplaited in such a way that the pieces of
‘rib form the rim of the basket. To this a rough handle is
sometimes attached. This form is known all along the
southern coast as far as Port Moresby, and I was told that the
same kind is used in the Gulf and on the Fly River. Among
the Motu it is seldom used, as there the universal use of
the string bag ( Kiapa) eliminates all need of other receptacles.
Among the Mailu the Apdka is used for carrying clay, sand,
wood, shellfish, and all sorts of coarse and dirty materials
in general. It is very easily made, and its manufacture does
not require more than half an hour, but it only lasts for a
short time and is readily thrown aside.

2. Réva.—This kind is similar to the foregoing, being
also made of coconut leaves. It is used chiefly for catching
fish and shellfish in the Rv’: form of fishing, for which women
go out at night with torches of dry coconut leaves (Karéta).
‘It is never used for carrying things.

3. No’obéea.—This is a circular-shaped form of basket,
made of coconut leaves, in a much more elaborate fashion
than is the case with the two preceding kinds. It also is
never used for carrying things, but it often serves as a platter,
Solid food taken out of the cooking pot being placed on this,
or on a wooden dish (comp. chap. ili., sec. 1). The No’ohdea
is also used sometimes as a strainer in the preparation of
onut cream (Dehéro).

4. Névo.—This basket, which is solidly made of some
kind of cane, is the most important form, serving as the general
carrying vessel of the Mailu. It is more or less flat, and has
an oval-shaped mouth. Two strands, attached to one side,
pass through two holes in the opposite side, and are joined
a broad band of bast. The woman carries the basket with
his band across her forehead, the basket resting on her

oulders. In these baskets, and in these alone, heavy loads
of native vegetables and firewood are brought into the village
from the gardens. It is also used on journeys, when the

646

woman carries her own, and her husband’s, personal belongings
(T'6ba). This form is made in Mailu, but it is also imported
from the east, from the Southern Massim of Bénabéna, and
from the neighbouring coast, where they are apparently more
skilful in the manufacture of the Vévo than are the Mailu.
The ovo form of basket is not known to the west of the Mailu
district.

Stone Implements.—At the present day, when steel axes,
adzes, and chisels are used for felling trees and scooping out
canoes, the natives no longer make stone implements. It is
therefore not possible to give an account of this subject from
personal observation ; I was only able to question the natives,
a proceeding which is particularly unsatisfactory when material
objects have to be enumerated and described. The natives,
however, gave me the names, with some details, of the follow-
ing implements.

Y’a.—Stone axes used for felling trees and scooping out
canoes. The stone blades, made of dark-green volcanic tuff,
were imported from the east (comp. chap. iv., sec. 4), and
those used for the first-named work were very large and
strong, and were permanently fixed to their handles. For
scooping out canoes smaller blades were used, which could be
turned in their sockets and thus be fixed at any angle to the
striking plane. This adjustment permitted them to be used
for hollowing out canoes through a fairly narrow opening.

When a blade broke they took it out of the handle and
sharpened it on a broad flat sandstone. Thus in the course of
time the large blades became reduced in size.

Ota is the small blade used in the sago pounder (comp.
chap. iv., sec. 1). This blade was manufactured locally, and
it is still made and used. Unfortunately, I was not able to
observe the process, as the necessary stone comes from Abdu,
and there was none of this in the village during my stay.

The sandstone implement used for polishing the arm-
shells and axe blades, and the implement used for grinding
down the arm-shells from the inside, have been described.

Obsidian flakes, obtained in a manner described above
(chap. iii., sec. 1), were used for shaving and as chisels for
finer carvings, such as those of limesticks.

Carvings.—There were a few objects regularly carved by
the Mailu. Amongst these were the carvings on the vertical
boards closing the dug-outs of both sides in the large double
canoes (comp. chap. iv., sec. 4). So also those on the boards
forming the verandah roofs of the houses, and on the outside
of the piles (comp. chap. ii., sec. 4). The fine carvings on
smaller objects were made in Mailu, in imitation_of those of
the Southern Massim, but were quite inferior to the latter.

647
CHAPTER V.

MAGICO-RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES AND BELIEFS.

1. DreapruL Beines; Spirits; Sorcery.

Fear of Darkness.—It is important to study not only the
ideas of the natives concerning ghosts and spirits, but also
their emotional reactions towards such ideas—not only how
they picture in their minds beneficent or maleficent beings, but
how they behave, and emotionally comport themselves, towards
these imaginary beings which tc them are so real.

Of the natives of Mailu it may be emphatically stated that
they hold in great fear the terrors lurking in the shadows of
night. Nothing would induce a man to venture out alone at
night, even for a few hundred yards from the village. I ob-
served that at dusk the men became very nervous and hastened
towards the village, so that darkness should not overtake them
when alone in the gardens. One of the oldest and wisest men
in the village—in fact, the greatest authority on native lore
and custom—VfPapdri, was quite as unprepared for such risks
as any of the boys and young men. I offered to some young
men who had been much influenced by the white man’s teach-
ings the, to them, large reward of ten sticks of tobacco if they
would walk alone at night about a quarter of a mile from the
village to the Mission Station, but they smilingly declined the
offer. Their fear is greater on a dark than on a moonlit
night, and they are also afraid of darkness in their houses ;
hence the custom of keeping the fire going during the night.
If a man has to leave a house in the night to satisfy a necessity
of nature, he arouses another nerson to keep him ccmpany
on his walk to the garden or to the seashore, a statement which
is confirmed by Mr. Greenaway, who has lived for a long time
amongst and with the natives.

I believe that in this respect the natives of Mailu do not
differ from the other Western P2puo-Melanesians, all of whom
share this intense dread of darkness. On the other hand,
it is interesting to note that the general fear of the night is
not an essential characteristic of this stage of culture or even
of this type of human society, for among the Northern Massim
of Muni’a (Woodlark Island) I found an entirely different
state of things, the men volunteering quite readily to go alone
at night for long distances out of the village.

Nature of the Dreaded Beings; the Bard’w.—Returning
to the Mailu, the next problem is of what kind of maleficent
beings are the natives afraid? We modern Europeans are so
accustomed to associate all dreadful things definitely with the
idea of death, to treat them as ghosts, visitors from the other

648

world, or supernatural beings, that the idea that living mew
should be the object of a superstitious and annihilating fear
seems to us nearly incredible. This was, at least, my own ~
attitude of mind towards the facts I found in Mailu. Yetit —
seems absolutely beyond doubt that the Mailu and, as far as I
know, all the Western Papuo-Melanesians, are exclusively
afraid of evil magicians, as constituting the one and only
dreadful danger threatening them out of the darkness of the
night.

The Bard’u (the exact counterpart of the Vdda of the
Central District) is to the natives a living man, endowed with
the knowledge and powers of making himself invisible, and
of working evil magic with the help of the night and of his
own invisibility.

The Bard’u, as he prowls about at night, invisible, able
to kill his victim and desirous of doing so, is always thought
of as some individual man from a neighbouring village, in
body, not in spirit, nor as his double. When the Bard’u leaves
his abode to go on his nefarious errand, his place in his house
is empty—he goes away bodily. (7) The Bard’u smears him-
self all over with some magical herbs, and mutters some spells
and becomes invisible. Some people say, however, that he is _
only invisible from his front aspect and that he can be seen
from behind, and this is the reason why people see often

ONL ER a

(77)T have dealt on the subject of the Bard’u’s bodily wander- —
ings, because there are several statements about New Guinea
sorcery, showing that there is a kind of emanation, or ‘‘sending,’”
projected from the sorcerer and attacking the victim. Thus, Prof.
Selizman describes the ‘‘sending,’’ emanating from witches, as it
exists in the belief of the natives at Bartle Bay and inland from
there (op. cit., pp. 640-648). It is very important to call atten- —
tion to such differences in belief as exist between that recorded ©
by Prof. Seligman and that found in Mailu. Prof. Seligman’s
statement is extremely detailed and concrete, and seems
to me to be as well established as anything we know about the
Papuasian natives. What I am about to say, consequently, does
not refer to that statement. I have found a remarkable tendency —
among the white observers to introduce into native ideas ©
“spiritual agencies,’’ ‘emanations,’ etc. Thus, some white men, —
who knew Mailu perfectly well, informed me that Bard’u is an evil _
power, projected by the sorcerer. Bard’u is, indeed, the name for — |
the sorcerer’s evil power, but this never wanders about without
its receptacle, and there is nothing of an ‘‘emanation’’ in the
native belief. Again, in Port Moresby, one of my friends, a resi-
dent of long standing in Papua, and a high authority on the
natives, maintained in an argument with me, that Vdda was a
‘‘sending’’? from a sorcerer. A careful subsequent inquiry carrie
out under the patronage of Ahzia, finally convinced both my
friend and myself that Vdda was no ‘‘sending’’ in any sense 0
the word, that it was the sorcerer in his own person, and that
when he went out to kill a man, he had to leave his own abode and —
actually make the journey.

649

mysterious shadows moving in the dark. He can be heard,
however, as he moves about. The Bard’us travel great
distances ; they come like the wind, quickly and invisible, but
as to the exact method of these aerial flights my informants
were unable to give me any details, saying that this was
entirely the concern of the Bard’w, and referring me to such
a one for further information. This, of course, was hopeless,
since a Bard’u is extremely careful in preserving his incognito,
especially to white men. I knew, however, the names of some
men in Mailu who were suspected of belonging to the craft,
and these were precisely the men who would not even give the
popular version of the problem. |

There was some lack of precision in the statements, and lack
of agreement between my informants, when I came to inquire
about the details of the method used by the Bara’u in securing
his victim. In broad outline, the version universally
approved by my informants corresponded exactly with the
description given by Prof. Seligman of the Xoita.(78) The
Bar@u comes to Mailu and finds his victim asleep in the
house. He kills the man and restores him to life again; or
he touches him with a magical substance, when he pines away
and presently dies. Or else a Bard’u, fixing upon two or
three men fishing or walking in the gardens, stuns them with
properly administered blows of a club, but the victim never
knows he has been operated upon by a Bard’u.

In general outline this is the belief universally held.
There were, however, discrepancies among my informants’
statements in respect to details. Thus some said that the
Bard’u opens the man’s body and takes something out of it,
or puts something into it—a version identical again with that
obtained in more detail by Prof. C. G. Seligman among the
Koita. Another of my informants told me that the Bard’u’s
method consists in the touching of a man’s body, or even his
footprints, with some leaves, and then in putting the latter
into a preparation also called Bard’u. The ingredients of this
mixture are salt. water, wild ginger roots, and Gdbuw, the bark
of the native cinnamon tree. Yet another informant said
that sometimes the Bard’u simply touches the victim with his
mixture. (79)

(78) Op. cit., pp. 170 and 171. Cf. also pp. 187 and 188 and
pl. xxxi.

(79) This also corresponds with what Dr. Seligman found to be
the practice amongst the Bard’u of the Milne Bay natives (op.
¢cit., pp. 638 and 639). As the influence of the Southern Massim
‘is strong in Mailu, I am inclined to think that the two above-
“mentioned versions concerning Bard’us may be the outcome of
‘the Massim beliefs superimposed upon the original doctrines
derived from the Western Papuo-Melanesian stock of ideas.

;

650

Again, one of my informants—a very reliable man—
assured me that whenever a Bard’u comes to the village and
enters a house with the intention of killing a man, he always
tries to have connection with some female member of the
household in her sleep—the man’s wife, or his sister or
daughter. The man, bewitched by the ard’u, does not
remember the fact after he awakes; but the woman is
always aware of having been interfered with in her sleep, and
much valuable information as to the crimes committed by
sorcerers, and even as to their identity, is supposed to be
obtained in this way. As to the questions whether the Bard’u
is invisible to the woman, and, if so, how she can recognize
him, my informant could not give me satisfactory answers,
though he did not on that account waver in his belief.

I wish to add that although I was not able to obtain
many esoteric details with reference to the Mailu sorcery, I
have had exceptionally good opportunities of grasping the
general attitude of the native mind towards the question of
night-terrors and sorcery, and of laying bare certain psycho-
logical features of their beliefs, which mere inquiry could not
have elucidated. For some time I was staying in a disused
mission house, not far from the present Mission Station.
Somehow the news spread about that there were ghosts in the
house, and both my cook-boy and some village boys, who used to
come and sleep there, refused to continue to do so, leaving me
to sleep alone. Finding this state of things convenient on
account of the protection it afforded my belongings when I
went with my boy to the village at night, I did not discourage
the belief, nor did I betray any scepticism with regard to it.
One evening, while sitting with my boy and some Mailu men, I
listened to their conversation, carried out in Motu. I found
that they were discussing the question of the ghosts that
haunted my house. Seeing that they took the matter very
seriously and expressed views extremely valuable to the ethno-
logist, because they exemplified the native beliefs on a concrete
basis, I joined the conversation and asked their opinion and
advice with regard to my case. They certainly were under the
impression that I was concerned for my safety, and they gave
me their bond fide view of the matter. I asserted emphatically
that, as a white man, I was afraid only of ghosts, but I added
that, not knowing the habits of the local evil powers, I would
like to know what I had to fear and how I should best protect
myself. It was these questions which elicited most of the
information given above—information which had until then
been withheld from me. I need not add that I was not satis-
fied with one conversation, but subsequently had _ several

651

interviews with various informants, asking for their expert
advice in my difficult position.

I was told, unanimously and emphatically, that ghosts
( Bo’r) are absolutely innocuous ; because they are like a shadow
they cannot hurt. That people should fear beings with no
power to hurt, my informants could not believe, indeed they
seemed amused by the idea. They asserted that the ghost
could not have been a B06”, because a spirit can neither talk
nor make a noise, and it was a public fact that in my house
some noises, as of footsteps and voices, had been heard. My
men advised me, in the first place, not to sleep in the house,
and if I had to remain there not to sleep alone. I remarked
that nobody was likely to risk his life so lightheartedly,
whereupon they warned me of the extreme folly of putting
out my hurricane lamp at night, as I was known to do, which
was a plain invitation to the Bard’u to come and do his hor-
rible work. The most hopeful feature of the whole affair, how-
ever, was that as a white man I was to a great extent, and
perhaps completely, immune from the evil attempts of even
the most skilled and malicious Bard’u. The future has shown
that my Mailu friends were right, since all the attempts of the
Bard@us have failed, so far as concerns myself.

As in all other tribes, the Bard’us are considered in the
Mailu tribe to be the real cause of death. Using Prof.
Seligman’s words:—‘“Except in the case of very old folk,
death was not admitted to occur without some obvious cause,
such as a spearthrust. Therefore when vigorous and active
members of the community die it becomes necessary to explain
their fate, and such deaths are firmly believed to be produced
by sorcery.” In Mailu a Bard’u from another village, always
a hostile one, is suspected of having been the cause of the evil
deed. There are, of course, Bard’us in all villages, even in
Mailu, as mentioned before, though no one will openly admit
it. But these, or even those from a friendly village, would
never be suspected of an attempt against a Mailu citizen. To
the west there were no evil sorcerers, a fact which coincides
also with the generally friendly relations between those people
and the Mailu. On the other hand, the eastern neighbours
of the Mailu were greatly dreaded as highly maleficent
sorcerers. All the villages east of Dérebd are simply
swarming with dangerous Bard’us. These villages had been on
hostile terms with the Mailu in the olden days, and, curiously
enough, the villagers between Port Glasgow and Gadaisiu, in
Orangerie Bay, are considered to be the most atrociously
criminal and the most virulent of sorcerers. As far as it was
possible to ascertain, I found that in the past these villages
had not been on terms of intense hostility with the Mailu;

652

whereas those nearer Mailu (from Dérebdi to Port Glasgow),
which were on terms of acute hostility with the Toulon (Mailu)
islanders, are considered less skilled in sorcery.

The villages most prolific in Bard’us are also remarkable
from the ethnologist’s point of view on account of their mode
of disposal of the dead, which will be described in sec. 4 of
this chapter. The method of discovering the culprit Bard’u
at a man’s funeral will also be treated in that section.

When there is a death in the village, the natives are always
very much affected. They do not leave their houses after dark,
and they sleep up in the room and not on the verandah. I
was inclined to see in this the proof that the natives are, after
all, afraid of the ghosts, despite the emphatic denial of the
fact by the natives themselves. On further consideration,
however, I am inclined to trust the direct native information.
After all, the natives may be instinctively and emotionally
frightened and impressed by death, but their ideas need not
take the shape of fear of ghosts; seeing his work done so
successfully, they may only realize the more intensely the

danger of the prowling Bard’u. This is, however, only specu-—

lative, and further inquiry is necessary before the question
can be settled. I wish to draw attention to an interesting
passage in one of the works of Spencer and Gillen, which
throws some light on the problem under discussion. Speaking
of the Warramunga natives of North-central Australia, the
authors say: —‘““They have a very firm belief in the existence
of evil beings, who are commonly known as Kurdaitcha, and
are supposed to prowl around with the object of killing their
enemies by means of magic.” “The time that immediately
follows upon a death in the camp is one during which the
natives are very excited and very imaginative.” And at one
time, when a death had recently occurred in the camp, the
authors witnessed an armed party setting out to ward off the
malignant sorcerers. (80)

It may be noted that the Kurdaitcha, like the Bard’u,
are always living men who practise sorcery. The excitement
in the camp, psychologically due, if I am right, to instinctive
fear of death, reflects itself in the native mind in ideas of
increased danger from prowling Kurdaitchas.

Spirits of the Dead.—From this somewhat theoretical

digression let us turn to the beliefs of the Mailu. As pointed }

(80) Spencer and Gillen, ‘‘Across Australia,’’ vol. ii., pp. 394
398. I am indebted to Prof. Spencer’s kindness for additional
information on the passages quoted. He informed me that the
case described bears directly upon the question discussed in the
text.

653

out above, the question whether or not the natives are afraid
of the spirits of the deceased, at least immediately after death,
must be left open. The burial practices with reference to the
spirits of the deceased will be discussed later (sec. 4 of this
chapter), but I must confess that I failed to ascertain the
meaning of these practices with respect to the placation or
propitiation of the ghost. In the same measure as I am con-
fident of having grasped clearly the general outline of the
mative mind with reference to sorcery, I feel that I was unable
to penetrate deeply into their eschatological beliefs. My
experience is that direct questioning of the natives about a
custom or belief never discloses their attitude of mind as
thoroughly as the discussion of facts connected with the direct
observation of a custom, or with a concrete occurrence, in
which both parties are materially concerned.

The natives use the following terms covering the connota-
tion of the words spirit and vital principle. Aiaigdve is the
breath, respiration, and it is considered to be the vital prin-
ciple of the living man. Its seat is in the breast, and it ceases
to exist at a man’s death.

The “spiritual part” of a man which wanders to the nether
world ( Biila; see sec. 4) is called Bauegéne. £61 is the spirit
which dwells in the severed and preserved skull. It is this
spirit which is invoked in all incantations (U’ura), and in
the formulas of protection for the Géra (chap. i11., sec. 5, and
chap. v., sec. 2). This also is the spirit with which the family
communicates when the severed head, kept by them in the
house, is consulted or addressed in terms of endearment (comp.
also sec. 4 of this chapter). It seems obvious from the fact
that the skulls are kept in the houses, carried about and, so to
say, fondled, that the B67 cannot be considered to be a dreaded
being. The expression B61 dre dre (corresponding to the
Motu Dirdva dika), which means the “spirit is bad” or angry,
is very often used, but it distinctly does not imply the feeling
of personal fear or awe on the part of the natives. It is an
expression used to denote ill-luck pure and simple.

Karavém; O’o.—There is a belief in maleficent female
beings called Karavéni. These are women from the eastern
villages, about Gadaisiw and O’ibdda. They are associated.
with shooting stars, and whenever such a star falls over a
village a Karavémi, bent on mischief, has landed there.
Whether the woman assumes the form of a star, or whether
she merely travels by means of this aerial locomotion, was
not clear to my native informants, nor, I must confess, to
myself; but one cannot expect clearness or consistence in

654

beliefs, whether savage or not. When a Karavém enters the
body of a person, this latter becomes O’o. Such a person,
without any provocation, without being angry or sorry, simply
because the Karavéni was inside him or her, might be guilty
of any conceivable mischief. Such people in olden days would
kill a man, woman, or child; they would destroy property,
burn a house (which would mean the whole village as well),
chop up a canoe, throw spears at a house, etc. Sometimes they
would come running along to the gardens, frighten people they
met on the way, return in their frenzied state to the village,
and fall down exhausted. Next day they would be quite well
again, as if nothing had happened. Thus I was informed by
the natives about the O’o. As is usually the case, in the
perspective of native narrative and information, things assume
larger dimensions just as they are removed in time. When
I asked about concrete examples of O’o, several cases were
mentioned, amongst which one was fairly recent. A Laruwéro
woman, named Vaila, used to have O’o fits regularly. At
such times she dressed up fantastically, decorating her head
and body with leaves and weeds, and seizing a spear or a drum,
she performed a dance of her own, of which the natives were
very much afraid, but she did not commit any of the crimes
attributed to the-O’o of “olden days.” It is, however, quite
possible that the O’o were not always so harmless. There
occur instances of murder done simply to give vent to a man’s ~
disturbed state of mind, these being undoubtedly related to the
amok psychology. A case in point is the murder of his own
mother by Owdni, a native of Lowpém, which occurred quite
recently (mentioned above, chap. ii., sec. 5). Though the
natives were doubtful whether this was a case of O’o—very
likely there was too much white man’s fuss about the matter
to make it an O’o pure and simple—still, all agreed that an
O’o man would behave just like that, and the Karavéni and
O’o belief undoubtedly covers this region of native psychology.

2. Maaic.

Black Magie.—The only black magic I was able to trace
among the Mailu is the sorcery of the Bard’wu described in the
foregoing section. There is, as far as I could detect, no minor
black magic. None is practised with the remains of food, hair
and nail clippings, or with objects long associated with the
human body. I saw people in Mailu carelessly throwing away
the shaved off, or pulled out, hair, and I was told that nobody
would be afraid of doing so, though on the mainland, especially
towards Gadaisiw, a Mailu man would take precautions, and

655

burn his hair clippings and throw the remains of his food
into the sea. (8)

White Magic, apportioned to Individuals.—Though
there was no minor black magic, there was plenty of white
magic wrought among the Mailu tribe. There were two classes
of it, quite distinct from the ethnologist’s point of view,
though I do not think the natives trouble in any way to classify
their magical store. The first class can be described as the
individual, private, and hereditary magic; this being a form
of individual property of distinctly economic value in the eyes
of the natives (comp. sec. 6 of chap. iv.). The second class is
of public character, consisting of spells and practices known,
if not to everybody, at least to many, and practised more or
less publicly, and more or less for the general benefit. In
both classes I found that economic magic—.e., magic done to
advance gardening, hunting, fishing, and trading—is by far
the most important, though healing ranks among the magic
of the first class, and some spells, not directly economic, con-
cerning wind and weather, are to be found among the second.

Let us describe the magic of the first class—the individual
magic. This form is either entirely, or almost entirely,
universal, in the sense that every grown-up man has his own
monopoly in that line, one man knowing how to make bananas
grow well, the other how to make coconuts thrive, or another
how to make one or other kind of fishing successful, etc. Thus,
while this form of magic is, in a way, universal, it is at the
same time entirely specialistic. But it is not a speciality in
the usual sociological sense of the word, because, as a rule, a
man would not perform his magic for anybody but himself.
Thus it by no means represents a professional capacity. Being
at the same time private property, it is inalienable, though
now the sophisticated natives would attempt to trade in magic,
as will be illustrated below. This magic is transmitted,
hereditarily, from father to son, and the husband always
initiates his wife into his own magic. On the other hand,

(81)I know, though on this point my information is only
superficial, that the inland natives practise the magic of remains.
Thus, in Abd’u jail I watched a number of prisoners from the
various inland tribes at a meal. After they had finished eating
one of them took the food remains, peel, etc., mixed the whole
lot carefully, and threw it away. My attention was directed to
this fact by the Resident Magistrate, Mr. Armit, who also informed
me that this act was a measure of precaution, for when the remains
were mixed no one was able to pick out those which belonged to
a hostile tribe, and perpetrate magic against him. Again, I was
informed by an ie ant Magistrate from the north-eastern
coast that there was a sharp line of demarcation between the
Papuans and Papuo-Melanesians, the latter not practising the
magic of remains, while the former were addicted to that habit,

656

women never inherit magic from their fathers, except when
there is no male issue in the family. It should be remarked
that brothers, especially those living in one and the same
house and forming one household, practise their magic in
common. ‘Thus it would be perhaps more correct to speak of
household magic than of individual magic. On the other
hand, as each of the brothers keeps a nominal overright to one

of the formulas, allowing the other or others to use them —

freely, the term “individual” may be used (c/., the concrete
example given below).
This is the sociological aspect of the individual magic.

Turning now to its technical side, it possesses three essential

elements—the condition of the performer, obtained by the
observation of certain permanent taboos; the use in it of
certain material objects, which, in Mailu, are always leaves
or herbs (except in one case, to my knowledge, noted below) ;
a magical spell, pronounced by the individual during the per-
formance of the magic. All three elements are absolutely and
equally essential for the satisfactory result of the magic. The
magical substance (leaves) must be properly handled and the
spell recited during this performance, and in this consists the
magical act. Again, if the man dared to break his taboo
(Téra), not only would his magic be ineffective, but serious

illness would be his punishment. A man who ate tabooed
food would suffer from an outbreak of sores all over his body,

which was the universal form of punitive illness, except in the
case of the dugong charm to be shortly mentioned, when
swelling of the belly would be the penalty befalling the wrong-
doer. The taboos observed by the various men are not a
secret, and I was able to learn those of a number of men in
the village. But the magical formulas and the names of the
ingredients are kept absolutely secret, and I owe it to the
special kindness and confidence of one of my native friends
that I obtained the esoteric information concerning two magi-
cal procedures. These I shall describe, as well as another case,
in which, though I did not actually obtain the intimate
details, I took part in the negotiations going between my cook
Igua and Pikana with reference to a powerful dugong fishing
charm. In this way I obtained an insight into the way in
which the natives regard the whole affair from the economic
point of view.

To begin with the last-mentioned case, Pikana, the owner
(or, more correctly, Gubina, master) of the only dugong net
in the village, is also the possessor of a dugong magic which
he has inherited from his mother. His maternal grandfather
had no male progeny, so he gave it to his daughter, the mother
of Pikana, who afterwards transmitted it to her sons, Ptkana

Satin tal

be

andl PARP hE eae pene Ha Oe A

657

and his younger and less energetic brother, Wdru. The dugong
net and the dugong charm are inseparable and, from the
manner in which the natives looked at things, I felt convinced
that the charm was by far the more important element of the
two. Another net could have been easily made, but what
would be the good of it—-if the charm was to be kept secret ?
And so Pikana has the monopoly of the net—a monopoly
which is much more a question of honour than of economic
advantage. In order to be competent for his magic, Pikana
has to observe the dugong and turtle taboo permanently, and he
is thus debarred from the very privilege which his monopoly
bestows on his family, his friends, and, undoubtedly, on many
other villagers, since a dugong catch would afford a feast for
many. I am strongly under the impression, however, that
Pikana places immense value on his privilege or monopoly,
and that he would not easily part with either of his properties
—the net or the charm. And this was also the opinion of the
other natives.

This reluctance would, however, apply only to the other
Mailu men. When my boy, /gua, a Motu of Hlevdla, came
to the village, Pikana did not hesitate to enter into negotia-
tions with him with reference to the charm, knowing well that
the Motu have plenty of dugong nets, and charms as well.
Pikana’s charm, which is said to have been imported some-
where from the west (Domdra or Aréma) a few generations
ago, is the only one, as I was assured by several informants,
in which the magical substance consists of stones intead of
herbs or leaves. Pikana has got three stones, which are put in
contact with the net, and then a spell is uttered. One of
these stones, and an incantation as well, was to be sold to my
cook-boy for ten shillings, for which sum of money he applied
to me one day, explaining the whole matter. I expressed my
doubts whether a Mailu charm would act in Hlevdla, to which °
Igua replied by pointing to the frequent cases in which charms
are brought to the Port Moresby villages from the west, where
they act perfectly well. Again I tried to point out the incon-
venience of not eating either dugong or turtle, and of being
exposed to the terrible danger of a “big belly’? should one’s
appetite prove stronger than one’s good sense. This seemed
to make a greater impression upon Jqgua; still, I think he would
have purchased the charm had I not suggested that Pikana
would be very likely to fake a spell and give him a false stone,
and thus avoid the danger of having his magic spoilt, while
at the same time he got money. This conviction prevailed,
the Zgua desisted from his negotiations.

The danger of spoiling the magic by letting anyone else
know the formulas and the nature of the charm is clearly

658

present in the minds of the natives. Thus, as a rule, nobody
would dream of selling his magic, and indeed my other
informants told me that Pikana’s behaviour was quite incorrect:
and exceptional. One of these, whom, before I quite appre-
ciated the situation, I had unwittingly pressed for details of
his magic in the presence of other Mailu men, told me after-
wards that, had he disclosed anything in the presence of others
and had they practised his magic, his previously charmed
banana crops would have been blasted by such an interference,
his own magic having become quite useless. This view was
afterwards confirmed by others. Thus the individual rights
to a form of magic derive their importance, not only from the -
actual economic value of the charm, but from the fear of its
being spoilt altogether by divulgation.

I shall also adduce a concrete instance of the hereditary
way in which charms are transmitted, in order to illustrate
the general principles laid down above.

This is the genealogy of Omaga, one of my informants : —

Onaga @ge—o Méra
|

|

2 :
oe
Kdvana Omaga | |

@e—|O @e—|oO
Awarr Marai Déne Digu Wondit Dagaea

The father of Omdga, Ondga, knew two forms of magic—
a banana charm and a coconut charm. When the eldest son
(Kavanai) had grown up, Ondga taught him the former. He
had previously taught his wife, M/éria, how to make both
charms. As Ondga died before his other children were adult,
it was the mother who imparted to Omdga the knowledge of
coconut magic, which is now his own magic. It is to be noted,
however, that the two brothers, Kdévanai and Omdga, who live
in the same house and keep a common household, have also
their magic in common. Omdga knows and recites his
brother’s formula when planting his bananas. Kdvanai uses
Omdga’s charm for his coconuts. Again there is a small
brother left, Wond’i, who will be taught both formulas when
he grows up. The two females of the family, Digu and
Dagdea, are not instructed in the family magic. As soon as
they marry they will be taught the magical charms of their
husbands. Of course, both brothers have to keep the two-

659

respective taboos (7'ora) if they want to practise the magic.
Again, Pikana and his brother J/dru, who share the same
house, have the same rights to the dugong and turtle magic,
and they both observe the same taboo.

Omdga communicated to me the text of his incantation,
as well as the magical substances and procedure, which I will
give here, with certain omissions immaterial from the ethno-
logical point of view, which will prevent the charm from
being misused by divulgation among the natives through some
white man. (62)

The taboo of Omdga’s own magic is a fish called Urd’o,
which he is permanently forbidden to eat. The magical sub-
stance used by him consists of leaves of one of the native trees
growing on the island, the name of which is taboo (Géra) to
Omdga. A coconut about to be planted, with the young leaves
sprouting, is then doctored by the magical leaves, the latter
being wrapped round the young sprout of the coconut (comp.
planting of coconuts in sec. 1, chap iv.). Then a handful of
the magical leaves is taken, and the spell is chanted into them.
In a free translation, this charm runs thus :—

“Many coconuts they come out ;
The blossom is breaking forth ;
The fruit is swelling ;

The fruit is breaking forth.” ‘%)

After that the palm will grow very quickly and bear
many fruits.

Again, the banana spell, belonging by title to Kdvanai,
but used by Omdga, is performed in a very similar manner.
The taboo to be observed with this spell also refers to a fish,
called Bae. Leaves of a special kind of tree are also used in
this magic. They are put into a bamboo, which is tied to the
mother tree of the banana sucker about to be planted, and
remain there over night. The next morning the man comes
to the garden and digs a hole for the young plant. Holding
this in his right hand and some of the leaves in the palm of
the left, he chants a spell into the latter, then puts the charmed
leaves into the hole and plants the banana sucker over them.

(82) This may seem an unnecessary precaution. Nevertheless,
this pamphlet might fall into the hands of a white man passing
through the district, and unscrupulous enough to divulge the
charm among the natives. There is a class of white men only too
eager “‘to put down the native superstitions.’? I remember myself
aman boasting of having spoilt the results of a series of important
magical ceremonies by publicly violating the drum taboo in an
inland village. He was firmly convinced that he had thus done a
great deal for the cause of the enlightenment of the natives.

_ ‘(85)I am in possession of the original Mailu text, but I only
give the translation for the reason just mentioned.

660

The leaves in the bamboo are not thrown away, but always
brought back to the village and used over and over again.

The formula recited in this case seemed more obscure than
the previous one. After having translated it verbally into
Motu, and then into English, I made the following version : —

“Trembling (or shaking) of banana leaves, come!
Banana flowers hanging down, come.

Big fruit, come!

Many fruits, come!

All the bands of bananas, come!

Much food comes.”

Whether the whole of the invocation, or part of it only,
ought to be translated in the imperative I do not know, but
I think it is certain that all the single words are correctly
translated. It is obviously a ‘sympathetic’ invocation,
enumerating all the various things which are hoped to be
obtained by the recitation of the spell. Needless to add, that
if the magic is properly performed and the taboo strictly
observed the banana crop is splendid.

I have been told by Omdga and other informants that
nearly all the individual magic of this description refers to
economic objects, the only exception being the faculty for
doctoring possessed by some men, which is also a kind of indi-
vidual magic. These men also observe some taboos on that
account, know certain spells, and use herbs. But I was unable
to obtain any satisfactory information on the point, nor do I
know whether such doctors would exert their powers on behalf
of others fora remuneration, or whether, as the others do,.
they would keep their magic to themselves.

Magic of General Usage.—We may now refer to the other —

class of minor white magic—to the spells not monopolized by
individual men.

Here belong in the first place the simple spells or prayers:
uttered on many important and critical occasions, as, for

instance, when they set out on a sailing journey, or when

caught by a stiff gale, during an economic enterprise, as in
the arm-shell selling expedition to Aréma, or when fishing or
hunting.
Such spells, or prayers, were always, as far as I know,.
accompanied by some magico-religious performances. (4)
Thus some betelnut (Wénz), wild ginger root (Ardva;
Motu, Pépo), and native cinnamon bark (G6bw) were usually

(84) I am trying to introduce as few theoretical preconclusions
as possible, and to avoid any definite decision, whether the facts
described ought to be regarded as magical or religious. Following:
Dr. Marett’s advice in the ‘‘Notes and Queries,’’ I will call them.
magico-religious.

661

chewed and spat out. At times some manipulations were-
performed.

It is very important to note that all the formulas include.
an appeal to a spirit (402). I think that the natives never
knew, nor troubled themselves, as to what spirit it was exactly.
It was, however, always an ancestral spirit, and, as far as I
was able to gather, the spirit of some recently dead ancestor,
such as the father or grandfather of the man reciting the spell.

The spell (U’ura) recited when the natives go to catch:
fish and get sago for a small feast, runs as follows : —

“Boi Oo... wutsi éboébo tsibila’i
Spirit O! Do good to me
orebe vamd’i bild’i oba vamanr
fish make catch me shell make catch
billa’t = ganalei’a’a déma oder

me your dance because sago
vamai bildi gana ot’o ode. déma.’’(85)
make me your mourning feast sago because
Which, in a free translation, would run: — .
“O spirit! Make me successful in fishing! Make me-
successful in getting shellfish! Make me successful in making
sago, because of your mortuary feast.” |
I was not able to ascertain in a conclusive manner whether
this U’ura would be recited only when setting out for fishing,
for making sago, for a feast, or on all occasions, but I should.
think the latter was the case.
Again, a pig U’zira was recited to me : —
“Borda adva méraratsiba
Pig two tame me
pitséro dd vatseiba gdna ot’o
restless not make be you _ funeral feast
borat déma _ vai’t gonigont
pig because to-day gentle (soft)
tsiba itsitsi vatseiba 66% dad

be food make be spirit not
uts. o6reére tsiba gdna undri
do evil me your mine
gonim déma.”’
Gentle because.

(85)I am indebted for this and for the following verbatim:
translations to the Rev. W. J. V. Saville.

662

In a free translation: —“Tame my pigs, cause them to
keep still in consideration of your funeral feast pigs! Make
the food (meat) to be soft to-day! Do not be angry with me,
O spirit. Your mind is gentle!”

Unfortunately I failed to inform myself as to the occa-
sions at which this U’ura was recited. It was, however, a
general pig charm, made whenever pigs were ill or difficult to
manage. Very likely it was recited, when pigs were brought to
feast. The references to the funeral feast of the spirits made
in this and in the preceding formula, do not mean necessarily
that the pigs were brought for the man’s funeral feast. It
means merely that the spirit was reminded of his feast in
order to pay more attention to the U’ura.

Again, when the men are sailing, and the sea is very
rough, a charm is uttered. A man stands up, and, taking
hold of the rigging with one hand and waving the billows down
with the other, utters the following incantation : —

““Ovd..., oid... (the terminal vowels being long drawn
out); ladaé..., lailaé; dagana tara a loeba avavai loela
kiavanat audamini biracé oaimoru morue moru bidaaré.”

This incantation is in the Bonabéna language, and I was
not able to obtain a verbatim translation. I was told, how-
ever, that it also includes an appeal to an ancestral spirit. The
incantation was recited to me in a rhythmic sing-song, the
rhythm coinciding with the movements of the hand, every-
thing expressing the calming, smoothing influence which the
spell was supposed to exercise upon the waves.

When the men are sailing, and they are afraid of heavy
rain, they say, holding both hands close to the mouth, with
open palms and stretched fingers : — ,

“Rigirigt eé... (terminal vowels long drawn); gareva
boubow eé...; w*bina rima deua reva é...; guiva lamunama
de? UG TOUR Vew

Then they say 7'fuz... (long drawn), and spread out the
arms to disperse the rain clouds. This incantation is also in
the Bénabéna language. I was told by my informants that
the men between Gadaisiw and Bénabéna, and thereabouts,
are also great wind and weather experts, as they are also
learned in sorcery, and also that the Mailu men never learn,
or purchase, these charms from them. All of these were, as
stated above, uttered with chewing and spitting of betel,
ginger root, and cinnamon.

There are also some incantations against snake bite. Mr.
Greeriaway knew a specialist at Dedéle Point who used to
utter some spell over a stone and then throw it into the grass,
which was said to prevent snakes from biting.

gq

663

The Marivana de’ue reva, or charm, for causing the arm-
shells to be well sold, has been mentioned in sec. 4 of the pre-
ceding chapter (see pl. xxxviil., figs. 1 and 2).

There is a magical ceremony performed in connection with
the big nets (Ume gauma) (comp. sec. 3, chap. iv.). A
number of people go to some place on the barrier reef—usually
to the part called Arvé’u (north-western end of island). Two
men hold a pole (made of the Ana tree), round which one end
of the Gauma is tied. A third man comes and strikes the Ana
with another stick (Launa), and says: —

Orebe vama’t bagia’a
Fish cause tocome here

gaumadra guguovova tsdde

the net we get down
Bot do_ tseiba orebe mint = gabia’r
Spirit not comes fish give here
Oicbe vama’t bagia’s

Fish causetocome here

A’a’ma vatora ode

Water is taken
Mari dadamand vatséna é6de
Village inmates are glad

Bu vagogo ode.
The firewood is cut

This translation (which I obtained through Motu) may be
rendered in a free version : —

“O spirit, cause the fish to come! The net has been sunk ;
(angry) spirit keep away; let fish come to us; the water is
ready (for boiling) and so is the firewood; the villagers are
glad (hoping to get a good catch).”’

Here again the natives were emphatic that this incanta-
tion is directed towards a spirit in order to appease the angry
spirit and to make him favourable.

This charm is connected with divination. After the
incantation has been uttered, they watch the Ana pole, which
supports the net and is held by two men. If it moves the
spirits are well disposed. If the Ana does not stir the fishing
is not undertaken, and the men return to the village. This
custom is known in the Bénabéna and Sud’u villages.

The magical practices, made in preparation for a feast,
and described in the next section, also belong to the same class
of magic as the spells just mentioned.

664
3. THE Feast (Madina).

Sociological Importance of the Feast.—It has been neces-
:sary to make mention several times of the great annual feast
of the Mailu, as it is associated with so many aspects of native
life. It has also been stated that the feast forms a central
feature in the social and mental life of the natives. In this
respect the Mailu do not differ from the other Western Papuo-
Melanesians of the south coast, and, as far as I was able to
-ascertain, from the inland people. (8)

By the expression that the feast is a central feature in the ©
native social life, I wish to indicate that it occupies a great.
part of the activities of the native, both economic and social ;
‘that it is the main object, or, rather, the culminating point
in his hfe’s interest, and that it is a mainstay of the native’s
‘social organization. At the feast and during the feasting
‘season there is an enormous display of all that the Papuan
native really cherishes—drums, ornaments, dancing, fighting,
women, and, above all, pigs. Again, the feast and its pre-
paratory stages are connected, as was shown above, with
marriage and sexual life, with trading (on Mailu Island), and
with agricultural activities (making of sago and making of
‘gardens on the mainland). Certain forms of Géra, or taboo,
‘are exclusively practised in connection with the feast. Again,
as was stated in chap. ii., sec. 3, the organization of the clan
‘is strictly connected with the feast; the main characteristic
differentiating the clan from the subclan being that the former
was a feast clan, Madina duibu. These features will appear
still more clearly in the course of the following description.
In order to see the native life in the right perspective it is
essential to realize this paramount social importance of the
feast, as well as to realize that for the native the feast is one

(85). Cf. C. G. Seligman, op. cit., chap. xii., where the Koita
feast (called Tabu) is described. Prof. Seligman states also that

the big annual feast plays an extremely important réle among

the Sinaughélo, who live inland from Gdbugdbu, some 30 miles
east of Port. Moresby. The Sinaughdlo and kindred peoples stretch
as far east as inland of Cloudy Bay. In Cloudy Bay I had the
opportunity of talking with a native of Kevéri valley, in the
main range, who told me that in their tribe there is an annual
feast of much the same kind as among the coastal Mailu. Again
going east, festive ceremonies of the same type were stated to
exist among the Uddma, inland of Amazon Bay and Port Glasgow,
and among the tribes living inland of Orangerie Bay. At the
big Soi feasts I witnessed, among the Southern Massim between

Farm Bay and Mullins Harbour, the inland people, belonging to — a

a non-Massim stock (the Borowai, Magawaru, etc.), performed a
big Rawa dance. And it was said that they know more about
the sacred dances, Gévi, Rdw’a, and Kébiai, than the coastal people
of that district.

665

of his main objects of life—one of those things that ‘‘keep:
him going,” that make life worth living for him.

The description of the proceedings at, and the preparation
for, the feast given in this section, is not all of the same degree
of accuracy. Certain ceremonies and parts of the preparations
I have seen, but unfortunately I was not able to witness the
main feast in Mailu; and this makes the whole difference in
the description of ceremonial proceedings, for even the
best native informants are essentially unable to give any
consecutive details, and the detailed information of the white
man on such a subject is completely worthless as long as he has’
not observed the facts for the purpose of study. This, I
venture to say, is only possible for a trained observer. I have
witnessed the most important preparatory feast in Kurére
(Mailu district), and I have seen the whole series of prepara-
tions in Mailu village and different stages of it in several
places on the mainland. I have also witnessed two big S6’2
feasts in Zsuddé’u and Tsilotsilo, and one in Nawudpu in its
last stages of preparation. Though the S67 differs from the
Madina on many essential points, I was able to trace both the
similarities and differences, having several Mailu boys with
me. In this way I received a much clearer and more concrete:
impression of the Mailu feast than I would have been able to
obtain from mere narrations. In the course of my account I
shall carefully point out all the deficiencies in my information’
and shall also indicate what I consider to be well established.

The feast is usually called Maduna, which means distri-
bution, the allusion being to the distribution of food which’
forms an essential feature of the proceedings. The word
Mairu, or wealth, is also used at times to denote the big feast.
The smaller preparatory feasts are generally called Kandre or
Gdtsi, each having besides its own specific name. Oi?’o is the
mame of a mortuary feast, which will be described in the
next section.

Connection between a Feast and the Dance performed at
this Feast.—The whole character of the feast, especially in its
magico-religious aspect, depends upon the dance, which is
performed at its main phase.. The most sacred and appropriate:
dance, and that invariably performed when an important
Madina takes place, is the Gévi. For this dance the great
ceremonial platform is created, on which it is performed, and
with this dance are connected the taboos and magical practices,
called Udini. Again, this dance, and this dance only, entails
a series of preparatory feasts. The decoration of the houses
also varies when the G6v7 is given.

Much less ceremony and taboo are associated with the
dances Ravia and Kébiai. These two imply certain taboos

666

von the part of the master of the feast. He, and perhaps two
or three other men, who act as his associates, abstain from
boiled food, fish, and fresh water, eating only roasted foed and
drinking the fluid of roasted green coconut. The same holds
good with reference to the 7'sélo dance, which seems, however,
‘to be of more recent introduction and less often performed
than the two just mentioned.

Practically at all the feasts the women perform their own
‘dance—the Damoréa—whatever others there may be. All the
women who are to take part in the performance are required
to observe the same taboos as the master and his assistants;
there is also the curious observance previously mentioned (chap. -
iu., sec. 3)—v7z., the drinking of salt water by all those men
‘and women who observe the taboos.

The name for the taboo, and for the tabooed people, is, in
the case of Raua, Kébiai, Tsélo, and Damoréa, Gabugabu,
which corresponds to (7dini in the case of the Gévr. But the
fasting does not begin with any feast, as is the case in Udim;
the Gabugdbu people have a good drink of salt water after the
sago 1s brought home and the houses have been decorated
with the big sago sausages, and henceforward they observe the
taboo. (87)

Again, when the Bara is danced there is no taboo what-
‘soever, no preliminary feasts, no observances of a magico-
religious character. I have reason to believe that this dance
has been introduced comparatively recently from the west;
it originates from Aerepinu, and from other tribes round
Hood Bay, and has made its way, in recent times, eastwards as
far as Mailu and westwards to the Sinaugholo, where I had the
pleasure of meeting its pioneer and introducer into the tribe,
the Motu and Koita. It is a lively and varied dance, accom-
panied by extremely poor and uninteresting music, and, in
spite of its apparent variety, it is to the European critic both
decidedly monotonous and greatly inferior to the other dances.
But it is at present immensely popular with the natives, being
much preferred to any other dance; in fact, one may say that
it is the fashion in Papua nowadays.

Changes in Village Life when the Feast approaches.—
Whatever dance is performed, and whatever may be the
differences in the preliminary stages of the feast, they are in
all cases accompanied by an immediate and general quickening

(87) All these dances have been introduced from the east—the
more sacred ones from the inland tribes of Orangerie Bay an
Mullins Harbour, the less sacred (7'sélo and Damoréa) from the
coastal Southern Massim. For the description and general char-
acteristics of these dances, as well as of the others, see next
«chapter, sec. 1.

667

and brightening of the village life. The men, who rehearse
the dance every evening, when they are not away on food
gathering or trading expeditions, decorate themselves more
and more sumptuously and completely. Their numbers
increase, the older men gradually joining in. Drums are hung
on the front parts of the verandahs, and so are arm-shells,
necklaces of Sapisayi and of other shell discs, with pendants
of boars’ tusks, large shell discs, and plates inset with
Jequirity (the “Musihaka”’ of the Central Division). These
ornaments appear on the dancers during the performance. It
is to be noted that when the G'6v7 is performed the drums are
hung in the house of the headman of the clan, who is also
the master of the feast. The houses are also decorated with
streamers of dry pandanus, twigs and palm-leaf ornaments,
which at certain dances are stuck into the belt and armlets.
When the (6v7 is danced, the Od’w leaves, which are also used
in the (/dini magic (see below), are used to decorate the
houses.

A very characteristic feature of the approaching feast is
the display of food, in which the houses of the headmen of all
the subclans are hung with sausages of sago. In the case of
a big Wadiina this decoration is put up as many as four to six
months beforehand. Thus I saw the houses in Kwrére, where a
big feast was about to take place some time in March, decorated
with sago in October. The sago, as packed and prepared in
the Mailu district, goes bad in about four weeks, and the
packages fall to pieces in two months or so; thus, as the final
display ought to be edible, the decoration has to be renewed
three or four times, with the result that immense quantities of
valuable food are wasted. In Mailu village, where the feast:
in February, 1915, was to be a very small one, the sago
appeared at the beginning of January, and would have to be
replaced once only—or even the half-rotten material might be
distributed. A short time before the feast, the bananas are
hung up in long rows in front of the houses of the clan, or clans,
giving the feast. As the bananas are very perishable in the
hot tropical atmosphere, many of them rot before being used,
as I have myself seen in Mailu.

This wasteful display of sago and bananas is parallel to
the accumulation and partial waste of coconuts connected with
the various coconut taboos (G6ra) described in chap. i11., sec. 5.
The coconuts are brought together in the palm groves, and
arranged in neat rectangular figures under the coconut trees,
covering the ground at times for a couple of square metres.
Before their time comes many of the nuts have sprouted to
an extent that they are no longer edible, and the waste.

668

-consequently, in the opinion of the Rev. W. J. V. Saville, is
quite considerable.

Again, the display of pigs during the feast corresponds
‘also to the same psychological attitude of the natives.

The quickening of life in the village is manifested also
by the increase in the intensity of sex life (cf. sec. 3 of chap.
ii.) and by the frequency of small feasts, of a more or less
private character, which are in preference held at that time
(comp. what has been said about small feasts preliminary to
marriage, chap. ii., sec. 3, and during the initiation cere-

mony, chap. ui., sec. 4). During the last few weeks before -

the advent of the feast one frequently sees men boiling sago
and preparing coconut cream, and groups of women unusually
‘busy at cooking, etc.

Series of Minor Feasts and Preparations for a Gévi
Madina.—These general remarks will furnish the broad back-
ground to the details which follow, and they will enable the
reader to sift from the account the features common to all
feasts from those peculiar to the Govt maduna. The latter
is by far the most important in the native’s own eyes and in
that of the ethnologist. It has, therefore, been chosen as the
‘subject of the following description. The other forms of
Madina can be easily realized by the reader by the suppression
of specific details.

As mentioned in the paragraph on taboos (chap. iil. sec.
5), the coconut G'éras, and especially the specific festive Géra,
the Téna géra, are erected a long time before the feast begins,
and, as far as I know, this is the first step in the series of
preparations for the feast. When the coconuts are tabooed
in virtue of death—.e., when they are WVebiiru—the state of
things is to be considered as preliminary to a feast. (88)

The real preparations and the series of preliminary feasts
begin with the Kandre or Gdtsi (small feast), called Maru
amdta. It is held at the beginning of the Awrdrz season
(midwinter) ; that is, roughly, about six months before the
main feast will be given. (89)

At this the Damoréa is danced, as, in fact, it is danced
at practically all the smaller feasts. Women only take part
in it, and they are decorated with strings of shell discs and
wave, as they would wave a fan, the Hldk7, or folded mat of

(88) Of the connection between the ordinary feast and the
mortuary feasts I failed to obtain a clear idea. The little I know
will be said in the next paragraph.

(89) For the description of the native seasons see chap. iil.,

sec. 2.

a
es

669

pandanus leaves.‘ The dance begins, as is always the case
at a small feast, in the afternoon (V alavitsa) and is continued
till daybreak, and at daybreak several pigs, to the number
of twenty or thirty, are killed. If there is a big Maduna in
preparation they are carved on the verandah of the house
of the Madina master (Madina gubina), and the meat distri-
buted amongst those present, each Dubw or subclan of the
villages which had been invited receiving its share. After
this distribution the men of the clan giving the feast bring
some stones and pile them in front of the master’s house. This
is one of the preliminary signs that a G'6vz feast is about to
be held, and the erection of the heap of stones seems to be
the main ceremonial function of the Maidru amdta in the series
of preparatory feasts. But as I have not witnessed this feast
my information may be defective, though I observed the heap
of stones in front of the Madina gubina’s house, close to
féte gora.

This latter sign (/6to géra); comp. chap. ii., sec. 5) is
erected at another small feast, called W/dto bddi, held at the
end of the Awrdri—in the Viniu season. At this feast the
men come dancing into the village from the bush. They
perform a dance identical with that danced during the feast
coming next in the series. As it was in this latter connection
that I saw it I shall describe it presently. They also sing the
same song and, as the whole proceedings are identical, they
very probably bring something—some leaves used in the con-
struction of the /6to gora—to the village ; but, unfortunately,
I did not press that point, and-my informants might very
probably have omitted one of the details of the feast. At any
rate, the most important ceremonial réle of this feast is the
erection of the small gallows, ornamented with the large white
shell called by the natives Wéto (Ovulum ovum). This is a
sign that the G'évz dance will be performed at the Madina.
As previously stated (chap. ili., sec. 5), this Mdéto géra is also
a token that as many pigs are already pledged for the feast
as there are shells on the G‘éra, each shell representing one pig
promised by a man to the Madina gubina (master of the feast).

Whilst they erect the Méto géra they sing the following

incantation : —-
Dart apua’t

dog bite
Bor@a = apua’i
pig bite

(99) In Mailu district women do not use the ceremonial stone
axes, which are an essential accessory of the Damoréa further
east, among the Massim of the southern coast.

670

Nara o6nima apuai

a kind of shellfish bite

Dai onima apuaé
another kind of shellfish bite
Boia onima apua’i

mother of pearl shell bite
A’va onima apuawi
shell bite
Apu garu. rua
bite then shake
A pu gora ews

Tfe!! Tfe!l! Tfe!!

It was stated that the object of this spell was to make
people from other villages bring much food and many pigs to
the feast. The significance of the individual words was
obtained by making the natives translate them into Motu and
so into English. It is impossible, however, to interpret them
into any meaning, and especially into that given by the natives.
As this, however, is the normal state of things with reference
to customary spells, incantations, and songs, there is no reason
to dismiss any part of the information as spurious. At any
rate, several natives were, independently, quite emphatic that
the ultimate aim of the incantation is to increase the pig
supply. Possibly the incantation invokes some calamities on
those who would not keep their pledges.

After this comes the Oitlobo feast, apparently the most
important preliminary one, which certainly contains the
greatest amount of magico-religious element, and probably
even more than the main feast. It marks the beginning of the
fasting or 7dini period, and is held some two months before
the main feast. The Oilobo I saw at Kurére was held just
before Christmas—z.e., at the very end of the Lz6ro, or the
beginning of the Avdra kivonai season—and the main feast
was, both according to the natives and to my own calculations,
to be held at the end of February or the beginning of March.
This feast also is called Boréa evauré, Borda meaning mango.
In the morning of the feast-day a dance called Laige is per-
formed in the village, both men and women taking part in it.
The women hold the previously mentioned H/éhki in their
hands, the men beat the drums and blow the conch shells while
dancing. The ceremonial part of the feast takes place in the
afternoon, during Valavitsa hours; the men dress ceremonially
and go out into the bush. Their decoration includes, in the
first place, the ceremonial blackening incidental to all strict
taboos, as well as to mourning. This blackening is done by

Gi

671

‘the master (or masters, if more than one clan is giving a feast)
of the Madina and by several other men, who play a part
in the feast arrangements and who join, at least partially, in
the fasting. These men also have their heads well decorated
with feathers and ornaments of boars’ tusks, shell plates, etc.,
suspended from a shell-disc necklace. All the other men
taking part in the ceremony are also decorated, but less pro-
fusely, and none of them are blackened. They all wear
armlets and anklets of dry pandanus strips, a sign that they
take an active part in the performance. These men bring back
from the bush the mango saplings and the O’d’wu creepers,
which form part of the pig magic. They come in state,
forming a procession, which is headed by a man blowing the
conch (Bogigi) made of a Triton shell. . He is followed on
both sides by two men, also with conch shells. Behind this
triangle are brought the mango saplings, as many of them as
there are clans performing the G67 dance, or what comes to
the same thing, as many as the platforms that. are to be
erected. The saplings are carried by assistants of the Madina
masters, who take part in the Udini taboo. From the top of
each there descend two streamers of the 0’d’w creeper, the free
ends of the latter being held by men. The master, or masters,
of the feast (Madina gubina) follow the mangoes, each walk-
ing behind the bearer of his sapling. In the feast I witnessed
there were two saplings and two Gwbinas following, as two
clans were to perform the Gv dance at the feast.

This group is followed by a number of men with drums,
who all sing and dance to the beats. Both song and dance are,
as is always the case, called by the same name, Borda evauré
daige—Boréa meaning mango. The song runs :—

“LEa@upaapa ai guri
The pole on the platform it falls

Araw ot ot revo

Modiri hatsi avana
mango mango
Araw ot a revo

Ailopulopo ai gurt
Tree on platform it falls
Arau’ot ot revo

Modiri tsaut tsauto
mango
Giséa tsaue fsauot.’’

This song undoubtedly refers to the mango pole erected
on the (‘6v7 platform ; but the mango saplings which were then
being carried were not placed on the platform, and I could
not get any information as to the reason why this song is sung

672

at that time. As it is, however, sung during a previous feast
(Mairu amdta, see above), there seems to be no doubt that
it is a ceremonial song of special importance, and that it points
to the great part played by the mango in the feast, though
this part, in Mailu at least, seems to be distinctly of the nature
of a survival. (9)

There is a characteristic and somewhat wild dance, to the
accompaniment of the song and drums, in which they take
long, elastic strides, leaping from one foot to another. At
times they bend the knees and body and dance in an almost
squatting position, in which’ position they look rather
demoniacal.. Again, at times the chiefs get in front of the
mango trees, turn round, and dance backwards, looking up
to the mangoes—a movement which, to the observer, seems to
express a kind of adoration of the plants. ;

The song ceases for a short time, and the men dance to
the rhythmic beat of the drums. Then the foremost men blow
the conch. shells and all the others join in a long-drawn
O—o-—o— in tune with the shells, the two sounds blending
perfectly. Then the song is resumed.

Thus, singing and dancing, the men enter the village,
where they are met by a group of women, decorated with
diadems of white cockatoo feathers, and with necklets of shell
discs, in the form of the Bagi and Samariupa of the east
end. (%) The women dance and wave at the men ceremonially
with folded pandanus mats and pieces of native bark cloth (I

(91) For the benefit of those readers who have never done
ethnographical field work, I may add that it is in almost all cases.
quite impossible to obtain from the natives the direct meaning
of, or the reason for, a song or incantation. The answer is always,
“Old custom, handed down by our fathers.’’ Again the literal

translation of a song is very often impossible. Natives use obsolete —

words and phrases; some words here and there are translated,
and these serve to the ethnologist as the clue to the general mean-
ing of the incantation. Compare, for instance, the songs of the
Central and Northern Australian aborigines given by Spencer and
Gillen. The claims of the German missionary Strehlow, who gives
full and extremely consistent translations of songs that the

originators were unable to translate, must, as far as my own ~

experience goes, be received with some reserve. Natives who have
been long under the white man’s training, as Strehlow’s mission
boys undoubtedly were, possess a wonderful ability of adapting
the incongruities of traditional custom and belief to the necessi-
ties of an untrained, and hence too consistent a, white man.
In Mailu there is the additional reason for allowing for a certain
margin of obscurity and ignorance on the part of the natives, as
the Gévi dance and the connected ceremonies are undoubtedly
introduced from abroad (see below, chap. vi., sec. 1).

(92) Wigured on pl. Ix. in Prof. Seligman’s treatise.

me elt ae ee le

dl

673

also saw a few pieces of calico), which action is called Tagdbuw.
The women wait until the men join them, then they dance
backwards, and the whole cortége thus enters the street and
comes right in front of the house of the most important
Madina masters.

Two of the large pandanus mats (Hba) are next spread
in the middle of the street, and all the men participating in
the ceremony squat down. The innermost circle is formed by
the two masters of the feast and by the bearers of the mango
poles and of the O’d’w creepers, as well as by the old men of
the village. This is the preparation for the cutting up of the
mango saplings, Borda pétapéta. It begins by a ceremonial
eating of betelnut, accompanied by a betelnut incantation
(Wéni wira). Some betelnut is produced, and small parts
of it are distributed in an earnest and solemn manner. The
men, holding the pieces of nut in their hand and looking at
them carefully and, one might say, tenderly, and swaying their
bodies rhythmically, sing the following song. After they have
finished it they eat the nut slowly.

1. Royéa bedana = bédasoni — toninamo
(Island of Rogea) betelnut licking the lime spatula
Bedaio aitsert

betelnut — cut into pieces
Tsabiibu A-a-a... (long drawn)
shake him
2. Maivara bedana_ bédasoni
(the locality of Mazvara, in Milne Bay)
(Continued as above.)
oS. Durubi beddana, ete.
Thus several localities, all from the extreme eastern end
of New Guinea, are mentioned, and then the song ends with
the last stanza : —

Taukuripokapoka amubé da
(personal name) you betelnut
Bedai6 aitsert tsabubu

betelnut cutintopieces shake
Aitseri
cut into pieces

Kumakarakedakeda amubé da
(personal name)

Bedaio aitseri tsabubu

Aitseri

This song is addressed to the two legendary men, provided
with the somewhat long names of Kumakarakedakeda and
WwW

674

Taukuripokapoka, who have claims to the first introduction of
betelnut. They lived in Maivara (a community in Milne Bay,
at the eastern end of New Guinea). At that time there was
no betelnut in the country. Then Kumakarakedakeda and
Taukuripokapoka made a big feast, for which all the villages
assembled. They gave betelnut to every village, and are the
patrons of this article.

The song is intended to please these two legendary per-
sons, and at the same time to make the nut plentiful. It is
essential that it should be eaten during the performance. The
natives were, as is usually the case, somewhat vacillating in
giving the why of the custom. But the song is obviously a
betelnut incantation, and all my informants were agreed that,
should the ceremony be omitted, the nuts would suffer.

After the betelnut ceremony is finished there comes the
ceremonial cutting of the mango saplings, called Borda gabi-
gabi, in which they sing a song referring to the cutting of the
mango. During this performance two men take the two young
mango trees in one hand, and small axes (iron ones in the
performance I saw) in the other, and at each phase of the
song they mark the sapling with an axe cut. As the singing
goes on—the same phrases being repeated over and over again,
as is usual in native songs—the performers increase the energy
of the blows. After the song is finished they cut the mango
stakes into pieces about 30 cm. long. These, together with
the O’d’u creepers, are wrapped in the mats on which the
performance took place, and in this way form the pig charm,
the use of which will be described directly. The song, as well
as the cutting of the mangoes and the wrapping of the pieces
in the mats, is called Otlobo, which name is equally applied
to the whole feast.

The song, of which I unfortunately failed to obtain the
translation, runs as follows: —

Oiauguro bawa ewariogodo baiwa
Hwaoi gera gerai a-a-a... (long drawn)
Hwaoi dagobe a-a-a... (long drawn)
Oiau gisoa boi gurr

OQiau modiriva modiri auea

Howuri a-a-a... (long drawn)

The numbers indicate the single phrases, which form dis-
tinct musical units in the singing. The song contains allusions
to the mango (Giuséa, Modiri).

During the singing of this song, as of all those previously
quoted, one old man took the lead. He was not one of the
masters of the feast, and I was told afterwards that he was
the greatest authority on the subject in the village. In the

DOR wWNhr

675

ceremonial songs the men look at each other, sing with much
deliberation, and have the air of acting under a kind of
inspiration to improve the song. The tune of all those I heard,
as well as of the incantation in arm-shell magic that I heard
performed on another occasion (see sec. 2 of this chapter), is
identical, and, as compared with the tunes of some dancing
songs, is strikingly melodious. It ascends in the scale within
an interval approaching about a small terce or augmented
second, and then descends again. The whole proceedings are
very serious and solemn, but there is nothing esoteric about
them. Both women and children of the whole village look on,
though, prompted by their savoir faire, they keep at a distance
from the circle of men, squatting round the mat. But
although not esoteric, the ceremony is nevertheless extremely
serious and important in the eyes of the natives, and not to
be in any way lightly treated. As it was performed late in the
afternoon I was unable to take any snapshots. I offered the
natives exorbitant prices (six sticks of tobacco to each of the
chief actors and three to all the others) if they would
rehearse the performance next morning. I tried also to exert
a certain pressure through the village constable, but all in
vain. The natives did not want to profane the ceremony and
risk the evil results of trifling with a magical performance.
After this there begins the fasting and general taboo on
the part of those who are going to play any réle in the subse-
quent dance and feast. As mentioned above, the general
taboo—7.¢., abstention from boiled food, fish, and fresh water,
as well as the drinking of salt water from time to time—is
observed by both men and women; that is to say, by all the
men who will dance and assist the master at the feast, and
by all the women who will play a certain ceremonial part
(such as that played in the dancing to receive the men during
the Aanare), and by those who will dance the Damoréa. A
specially strict taboo, called Udini, which is also connected
with the feast magic, is undergone by the master of the feast
and a few of his nearest assistants. Thus at the Madina in
Kurére, the Udini was undergone by the two masters of the
clans which danced the G6vi (the third clan, as mentioned
before, danced the Bara); also by two men called Bord’a eva
mim, which means givers of pigs. These men carried the
two mango saplings and cut them up at the Oilobo. At the
main feast they will help in carrying out the distribution of
pigs. All these men are called Udini men (Udini égi).
These, besides observing the above-mentioned food taboos—
and that certainly much more strictly than the other fasters—
blacken their bodies all over; they have to practice complete
sexual abstention, and they sleep in a special place, called
w2

676

Varatséva. In former days, when the Dubus were in existence,
the Udini men slept in these ; nowadays they sleep in the upper -
thatched apartment of a house (comp. description of house,
chap. li., sec. 4). In this room there is a corner set apart, and
it is Géra (tabooed), nobody being allowed to enter it. (9)

The most important element in the arrangement of the
Varatséva is the folded mat (Ha) containing the cut-up
mango and the O’d’u creepers. Besides these, some additional
leaves, possessing magic properties, are usually inserted. Of
such a nature are the leaves of a fruit-bearing tree Gaméla,
of a large tree called Z’0, and some aromatic herbs, called Gau.
All these plants were emphatically affirmed to be Bord’a 1dpa—
pig charm. The Madina master sleeps on the mats. I was
not able to ascertain for certain whether, or how, the articles
of native wealth are displayed in the Varatséva place, though
I was informed that it was decorated with native ornaments.
The three analogous arrangements that I saw in the Southern
Massim district, where the taboo arrangements (called there
Sobd’v’o) are almost identical with those of the Mailu, were
all richly decorated, or, rather, hung over with all sorts of
native jewellery (arm-shells, strings of shell discs, ceremonial
stone axes, etc.).

It is clearly and unanimously understood that the whole
U dint proceedings are a charm for attracting pigs to the feast.
Now, pigs are at the present time reared in all the villages
and brought to the feast, so that it would seem as if the magic
ought to be supposed by the natives to act upon the owners of
the pig, rather than directly upon the animals themselves.
Careful inquiry, however, proved that this is not the case.
The charm is a pig charm, ensuring that plenty of pigs shall
be brought to the feast. The questions as to the modus
operandi of the charm were dismissed as useless sophistications.
Again, a native in the course of discussion pointed out to me
on his own initiative that some pigs in the coastal villages are
practically living in the bush, and that they have to be caught
by their owner before they are brought to the feast. This
informant simply hinted that things are not so simple as I
implied, but he refused to draw any conclusion. It is, there-
fore, clear that the natives universally believe that the Udin

(93) While I was visiting Nawddu, in Farm Bay (in the Sud’u
district of the Southern Massim), I inspected a recently-built house
in which the master of an approaching feast used to sleep. The
natives did not like my entering it, and whilst I approached one
corner which was partitioned off with a plaited coconut mat and
decorated with arm-shells and Bagi (heavy necklaces of ground-
shell discs), I was earnestly requested to keep away. I did not
know at that time the Udini customs, and I was not aware that
the corner was tabooed.

See eC TC errr r—C

er ') OF

sh OG) AG SP RENE

677

magic will secure plenty of pigs, and hence a brilliant feast,
but they do not try to imagine how the magic is acting.

The Main Feast.—As already stated, I have witnessed the
main feast in the Mailu district, though my ideas were greatly
helped by the observation of the big feasts in the Boénabona
district. I am also convinced from what I saw and heard that
the main magico-religious elements are contained in the events
above described—that is, in the preliminary feasts, prepara-
tions, and taboos. There is obviously less belief embodied in
the practices of the feast itself. (%) The S6: feasts which I saw,
and which were undoubtedly identical with the Madina in
the main outlines, had much less of the character of a silent
and concentrated feast than the Ot/obo which I saw in Auwrére.

As mentioned in a previous paragraph (chap. iv., sec. 4),
the natives of Mailu Island, in anticipation of the final feast,
go on expeditions to drdéma in order to bring back pigs, and
shortly after their return the feast takes place. The last days
are spent in collecting as many vegetables, coconuts and other
fruits as possible. Word has previously been sent round fixing
approximately the date of the J/adiina, and great numbers of
matives arrive from various villages. Those living at the
greatest distances—even in olden days people used to come
from as far as Bénabéna and the Massim villages beyond—
usually arrive the earliest, as they want to make sure that
they will not miss the feast. For those at hand this margin
is not necessary. In the Massim district I witnessed both the
arrival of a large number of native canoes for a feast and the
departure of some, and both events were picturesque and
impressive. When the natives leave their village for a feast
they blow the conch shell and shout loudly to announce the
event. The pig, suspended from a pole by its bound feet, is
«carried in a procession and put on board the canoe.

When the feast is imminent the canoes assemble, the
whole horizon being dotted with crab-claw sails, with the oval
sails of the east, and with small dug-outs propelled by paddles
or small mast sails. The long-drawn, penetrating wail of the
conch shell reverberates over the water, and is periodically
interspersed with the wild scream, thrice repeated, with which
the natives wind up the music of the shell. The voices from

(94) These remarks are, of course, only statements of fact.
How far the feast is to be regarded as a mere social revelry, as a
Magical ceremony, or else as a religious ceremony, is a theoreticat
‘question, which it is not necessary to discuss in this place.
need scarcely add that in this question, as in many others, I have
tried to be as unbiassed as is possible for an ethnologist, though,
of course, having theoretical problems constantly in mind I tried
to read in every fact an answer to a general query, which does

“mot necessarily mean ‘‘the confirmation of a preconceived idea.’’

678

the sea are answered from the bush, and the sound of parties
coming from a distance, with the weird O-o-o0! of the shell and
the shrill fui Ti i ae ! of the excited men, growing more
and more distinct as they approach, is singularly impressive.

When they arrive the various parties camp in groups,
usually associating fairly well according to their geographical
distribution. Notwithstanding the ceremonial peace which
should prevail during a feast, the natives seem in olden days
to have been always on the alert and very apprehensive of
possible contingencies, and I believe with good reasons. After
all were assembled the feast began. If I may conjecture from
what I saw during a So: feast and from what I was told by the
natives, the first proceeding would be some dance not of a
ceremonial character, such as the Damoréa of the women and
the Tsélo or Dauge of the men. After that the great cere-
monial dance—which in a solemn J4/adina is always the Govi—
would take place, and on the next day the slaughtering of the
pigs and distribution of the food. But as I never witnessed
a feast it will be safer for me not to attempt a detailed account,
but to confine myself to the enumeration of its essential
elements.

1. Veremonal Hlements.—The feast is the climax and the
object of the fast and of the magical practices embraced by the
native term Udini. The Udini is formally brought to a close
at the feast by the Ud/ini men washing in the sea and partaking
of food. The Gov: dance is also a ceremony in itself, but
unfortunately I was not able to obtain any details on this
point. (9%)

2. Dancing—Besides the ceremonial dance, others are
performed ; I am inclined also, to think that, whatever 1% be,
the principal ceremonial dance may, after it has been danced
for a short time, degeherate into a mere pleasure dance. The
distinction between the two is based upon the fact that the
former is performed by men specially prepared, who would
have been subject to some taboos. As far as I was able to
ascertain, the G'évi is not danced by the master or by any of
the dint men. The non-ceremonial dances would be per-
formed by both sexes, while the ceremonial G'évz would, im
Mailu, be danced by men only. At the dances in which
both sexes take part there is undoubtedly a strongly erotic
element, as mentioned above in sec. 3 of chap. ill.

(95) Tn ‘Matta as Govi is an introduced fants. I hope to be
able to obtain some more precise information concerning it by the
study of the natives inland of Mullins Harbour.

(96) Though, according to Prof. Seligman’s and the Rev. Ha
Newton’s descriptions, the same dance is, in the Massim district,
performed by men and women.

9
sa
£
:
;
e

679°

3. Distribution of Food.—This takes place after the
dance, usually on another day. It is, as far as the interest of
the native goes, undoubtedly the most important part of the
feast. The food (sago and bananas), as already mentioned,
is displayed even at the preparatory stages of the feast, and
the pigs form the general topic of discussion, comparison,
admiration, and boasting. Groups of men and women stand
for hours round the rows of these animals, which, living and
bound, with their feet lacerated by the cruel mode of transport,
and bleeding freely from the wounds, lie in a pitiful condition.
To prevent their untimely death, the owners sprinkle them
with water. I saw all this at the S6z feasts, and as Motu was
the language spoken between some of my boys and the villagers
I could follow parts of the conversation. The above broad
features are, of course, common to the tribes I observed as
well as to the Mailu.

The display of food is further augmented by the piling
up of vegetable food in the street, in front of the houses of
the feast-giving clan, immediately before the distribution,
every man contributing his own share. The coconuts, sago,
taitu, yams, taro, and bananas are, in that order, piled in
heaps upon the ground.

The pigs are killed on platforms, erected on the bush side
of the village, and both their flesh and the other food are
distributed amongst those present, the Iaduna master calling
out the names of the clans which are to receive their respective
shares. 7

These are, so far as I was able to ascertain, the principal
features of the main feast, and in spite of the imperfection
of my account I do not think that any matter of importance
has been omitted. There are, however, some general remarks
still to be made. As previously mentioned, the food aspect
of the feast is extremely important to the natives. Whenever
I discussed the subject with a new informant, and asked him
what the feast was and how it was conducted, I usually got the
long ménus, in which marked enthusiasm was shown in respect
to the beauty of such a collection of fine, large fat pigs from
Aroma. The natives would also speak of all the toils that
must be undergone in order to procure the cherished pigs and
the sago. Again, when, with a number of Mailu boys and
with Jguva, my Motuan valet, I was watching the S06: feasts in
Tsilotsilo and Lsuddu, my companions were indignantly con-
temptuous of their poverty and plainness, and when pressed
to justify their criticism, they pointed out that the quantity
of pigs and of other food killed and cooked and given away
was ridiculously small. “In Mailu,” they said, “the feast is
_ beautiful, lots of pigs are killed and distributed.”

680

case, I learned that the original owner of the pig sent it direct
to the master of the feast, whilst the other party maintained
that it ought to have been given to him.

On a second occasion the quarrel broke out over a curious
custom. When the men bring the pig, carrying it on a long
pole, to present it to the master of the feast or to one of the
submasters (in the Massim area, where this occurred, there are
secondary masters at each feast, though in the Mailu district
there are no such persons), they run at a great speed and bump.
the post against the trunk of a young tree, in preference a
coconut palm. They do this as often as they can, to the
great annoyance of the owner of the tree (and, judging by its
squeals, no doubt to that of the pig). Their object is to
uproot the tree and knock it down, and though this is an
acknowledged custom fights over the performance seem to have
been the rule in olden days. I adduce this Massim custom
as it adds to the general characteristics of the feast, and
indicates channels through which fighting might enter into the
apparently well-regulated course of the feast.

It must be added that all the participants in the feast,
and especially the master and his assistants, are in an
extremely high pitch of nervous excitement. To this contri-
bute the long fasting, the great consumption of betelnut, and,

primarily, the very atmosphere of the feast and the strong ~

feeling of responsibility, to which the master is undoubtedly
subject. All the ceremonial speeches I heard at the two Sos

were spoken with great frenzy, with a quivering voice, foaming ~

mouth, the muscles of the face twitching, and the whole frame
shaking. It looked as if the man wanted to goad the appar-
ently amazed crowd to some wild and desperate act. The
effect, especially at night time, was so strong that I felt
distinctly impressed, in spite of my complete sense of safety
and of my good personal relations with all the performers.

I must say that I did not see any sign of quickening sexual
life at the two So: feasts, and it should be noted that the

Southern Massim are distinctly more lax in sexual matters —

than the Mailu. In the hght of what has been said in par. 3,
chap. ui., this means only that, in public, decorum is main-
tained right throughout the excitement of the feast.

Parts played by Different Social Divisions in the Feast.
Finally, it seems necessary to sum up in a few words the
sociological aspect of the feast—v.e., to show what social
groups come into contact on such occasions, and how they
interact among one another.

The feast is, in some communities of the Mailu district at

least, an intertribal event. Thus at the big Madinas of Mailw

»

”

681

So also the importance of the food is manifest in the
ornamental display of bananas and sago, and in the fact that
all the ceremonial and magical activities connected with the
feast are directed towards the increase of food at the Madina.

Perhaps almost equally fascinating in the eyes of the
natives are the dances. A native dance, with full ceremonial
decoration and, what is still more important, with full cere-
monial setting, is something to be seen and remembered. I
shall never forget the impression I received from a Lauu
dance, performed by some inland people at the feast in
Tsilotsilo, and not the least striking accessory was the great
excitement, mixed with feeling of real fear and awe, on the
part of all those present. The artistic needs of the native are
_ satisfied by the non-ceremonial dances.

Besides the ceremonial ornamentation of the dancers and
of the master of the feast and his assistants, there is at each
a general display of finery. Even on its approach, in Mailu,
all the native ornaments were displayed, and in this way there
were revealed also more than ordinarily fine lime spatulas,
elegant decorated combs, armlets, belts, ear-shells, etc. In
this respect the So: feasts I saw were real ‘‘Vanity Fairs,’’ the
native dandies swaggering about with ebony swords and sticks
{useful in the case of scrimmage), wearing fine necklaces, and
with their faces and bodies painted red, black, and white, in
amore or less fanciful manner. |

Another general feature of the feast was the fighting,
which seems to have been very frequent, though perhaps not
usually resulting in much bloodshed. Fights were almost on
_ the point of taking place at the feasts I witnessed, though the
district was quiet and fairly civilized, and my _ presence
- undoubtedly acted rather as a deterrent. I was told by Mr.
_ Greenaway, who has been present at many Madunas, that
fighting was a regular feature of the feast, and the Rev.
W. J. V. Saville informed me that at a feast in one of the
Mailu villages of Orangerie Bay (eastern part of the Mailu
_ district), at which he was present, a serious fight very nearly
took place between the men of two usually hostile villages,
who faced each other ready for the fray. It was only the
presence of two white men, and their conciliatory efforts, that
prevented an actual outbreak of hostilities. The cause was a
quarrel over a woman, who left her husband and went to her
own community to live with another man.

In a quarrel I witnessed among the Massim, it arose in
one case out of a heated discussion over a pig, two parties
laying hold of the unfortunate animal and nearly tearing it
to pieces in their struggle while each asserted his right to
the squealing victim. As I had to act as an arbiter in this

682

village, people of the Southern Massim district, from Bdéna-
bona, Dahun, etc., used to come, even in olden days, and I
was told that people from Aréma, in the west, occasionally
used to come as guests of the Mailu for the exceptionally
sumptuous feasts. On the mainland the range of invitations
was much more restricted, a few neighbouring villages only
being invited. I failed to ascertain whether the inland people
(Udama, etc.) were accustomed to come to the mainland
Madinas.

The village community amongst which the feast took
place acted collectively as the host—even if the feast was given
by one or by a couple of clans only, and not by the whole
community ; the latter, however, always had a great deal of
work to do in the way of helping the feast-giving clan, and
they would, moreover, undoubtedly share in its glory.

In the larger communities, such as those of Mailu,
Kuréré, Domdra—I think even Derébai—the feast is given
by one or two clans. Thus this year (1914-15) the Madina
in Mailu was given by the Maradubu and Mordw clans; the
previous year by the Uraumoga,; two years ago by the Bodéabo;
three years ago, again by the Maradubu and Mordu, and so on,
by one or two clans in turn. The smaller clans, Maraduibu
and Mordu, which have been weakened by recent emigrations,
naturally combine to give the feast jointly, but I was told
that in olden days, when they were strong, the custom was to
give the feasts independently of each other, just as the two
stronger clans do now. I was also told that when a very big
feast took place in those days the Maradibu and Mordu, on
the one hand, and the Bodéabo and Urumoga on the other,
used to combine in giving it.

As the Maradibu and Mordéu formed the western half of
the village and the Bodéabo and Urumoga the eastern, the
local contiguity of these clans was reflected in their association
as feast-givers.

Again, in the small mainland villages the feast was always:
given, not by a clan, but by a village community. This was.
quite natural, because some of these villages were composed
of some ten to twenty houses, whereas Mailu has, roughly,
eighty houses at present, and must have had more in the past.

Thus the friendly villages, which in the past lived on the
hills about Port Glasgow, Millport Harbour, and Mayri Bay,
used to hold their Madiunas in turn, one or more of the com-
munities each year officiating, independently, as the feast-giver.
In this manner the villages a Borebo, Dagobo, Unévi, Pediri,
Géagéa, and Banéro acted towards one another in respect to
the feast just as the clans in Mailu village do, though among
the Mailu villagers the solidarity in the preparations to the

feast was undoubtedly greater than among the members of
these different communities. I was told, in fact, that this
year three villages (Pediri, Unévi, and Dagobo) were holding
the feast, independently of one another. A few years ago
Borebo gave the feast ; two years ago Banoro, and so on. It
is to be noted, however, that though the whole village per-
formed the J/adiuna at the same time, the single clans acted
as independent units in its ceremonial aspect. Thus in Borebo
five platforms used to be erected for the G6vr, and there were
five masters and five sets of (’dini arrangements. In Géagéa,
where there are six clans, three platforms were erected, two
clans using the same platform : —Oraido with IV aratsadibu,
Uda with Arime; and Dandwa with Bardu. Although, taken
as a whole, a village community acted with relation to the
other communities, in a manner analogous to the clan in the
Mailu village, yet the clan structure within the village
remained, and the part played by the clan and by its master
was to a certain degree the same as in Mailu village, modified
only by the fact that the other clans were active as well.
There was, as a rule, one master of the feast for each
clan giving the Madina. Thus, in the foregoing description,
mention has been made of three masters of the feast in Kurére,
though two only underwent the Udini and performed the
preliminary feasts, as if it was only those two who made the
Gévi madina. Again, in Mailu this year Downa is the master
of the feast for the Maradiubu clan, and Vdrwu for the Mordu
clan. In Mailu, however, when a single big clan performed
the feast, there were always two masters—headmen of two of
the subclans—and no one but a headman of a subclan could
act as the master. Thus at the Madina of last year, given
by the Urumdga clan, both Papdri, the headman of the
Banagadiibu subclan, and Atsil6’1, the headman of Boiladuibu
subclan, acted as masters. Again, when the same clan

_ {Uruméga) made a feast a few years before, Dagdea, headman

of Génidibu, and Api, headman of Garadibu, were the
masters. As there are six subclans in Urwmdéga, there were
three changes of masters for the feast. Analogous conditions
obtained in Bodéabo, and in Maradibu and Mordw before
they were weakened.

The master of the feast has to direct and supervise the
preparations for it; he it is, as we have seen, who plays the
most important part in the proceedings, and who also under-
goes the ceremonial hardships. During the feast also he plays
the most prominent 7dé/e, cailing out the names of the clans
to whom food is given and delivering speeches. These he has
also to make during the preparations. He is, in consequence,

called Obdsa maimai égi, “the speech- making man.” As all

684

the details of the feast are strictly regulated by custom, there
seems to be for the master no scope for much initiative. In
fact, his function seems to be to give utterance to decisions
and orders, which would naturally arise from common consent
as well as from normal routine. But the natives hold in great
appreciation the right of being prominent in the public eye, ©
and the function of the master is consequently highly valued
by a man. Again, there is no doubt that if the master be
influential, his exhortations to the villagers to make and gather
plenty of food (sago, bananas, etc.), his personal power to
make many outsiders bring plenty of pigs, and his personal -
distinction would make the feast much grander and more
successful than in the case of an insignificant person, and the
master, for his part, would certainly reap the main share of
the glory resulting from the success of the feast. But it must
be noted that the master of the feast does not by any means
receive the lion’s share of the food. As far as 1 was able to
ascertain and observe during the S06: feasts, the master is much
less occupied with eating than the others, and if there are
many people to whom some food must be distributed his final
share in its benefits may be next to nothing.

The whole task of the clan at the feast consisted in the
accumulation of the food (sago, garden produce, coconuts,
portions of pigs). The clansmen had to join in the ceremonial
proceedings and observe some light taboos, the strict ones being
assigned to the master and to the men who acted as his
assistants. So also it was the duty of the members of the
clan to watch that the people received their dues in the form
of pigs at the hands of those whose duty it was to give them.

It has been said (chap. ii., sec. 3) that the pigs killed
at the feast were for the most part given on account of mar-

riage ~connections. On the one hand, all those who had +

married a girl of a clan were bound to give pigs when her clan

gave the feast. On the other hand, the clansmen received pigs __

from their fathers-in-law or brothers-in-law in return for the
pigs given before as payment for their wives. At any rate,
the bulk of the pigs consumed at a feast came from outside the —
clan, and I doubt if more than one per cent. came otherwise

than through marriage connections. JI have inquired into

several cases, and drawn up lists of the pigs given, the result
being that I found that all the pigs were given in “payment”
for a wife or “gift.” Some vegetable food is also brought with
them by the men from other villages.

All the food accumulated by the work and care of the
clan, of the village community, and of the members of other

communities who are present at the feast, is divided between

those present. The division is formally directed by the master, —

685

but I think his decisions are regulated by custom and étiquette,
though I failed to inquire into this matter.

Looked at from our standpoint, the feast, in its economic
aspect, might be described as a kind of picnic, organized by
the clan or clans concerned, the expense being more or less
equally shared by all those present, and the credit for success
by the organizers, who have also undoubtedly been put to
the greatest amount of trouble in the proceedings. (97)

4. DreaTH, BURIAL, AND MOURNING.

General Remarks.—Reference has been previously made
to the attitude of the native towards death and the dead, and
in this connection mention has been made in sec. 5, chap. ii1.,
of the réle of the dead man’s spirit in protecting the Neburu
coconuts, and of a similar part played by an ancestral spirit
in reference to Gora. Again reference has been made to this
subject throughout the first two sections of this chapter,
especially in the first. I shall now give an account of death
and burial as [ have been able to reconstruct these events from |
the information gathered from the natives, for I have never
witnessed the scenes occurring after death, nor the burial,
nor the first stages of mourning. Many, indeed, of the old
customs, as they are described in this section, could no longer
be seen by a white man, as they have been abandoned, either in
reality or in pretence, owing to the influence of Government
rules and missionary teaching.

I have seen, of course, all the later stages of mourning,
and I have watched the posthumous wailings in another dis-
trict (Northern Massim, Woodlark Island). I am also con-
vinced that I succeeded in obtaining an entirely trustworthy
account of the facts as the result of independent discussions
with several of my best native informants, who agreed
perfectly in their concrete details. In this I was greatly
helped by the kind suggestions of the Rev. W. J. V. Saville,
who directed my attention to several customs carefully
avoided by the natives. I am also indebted to Mr. Alfred
Greenaway, who, later on, actually forced the natives to tell
me truthful details by shaming them in my presence for their

(97) The data given in this chapter ought to be compared
with Prof. Seligman’s description of the Walaga feast (op. cit..
pp. 589 to 606). Prof. Seligman’s information will throw much
light on many points I was obliged to leave obscure. I had, of
course, at the time to confine myself entirely to what I observed
and to what I could learn from the natives, and it was only on
working up my notes that I realized how many are the correspond-
ences between Prof. Seligman’s facts and my own. I am convinced
that the Mailu Gévi madina and the Walaga are varieties of the
same ceremonial institution.

686

pretended ignorance, thus allowing me a share of the unlimited
confidence he enjoys among them.

It is a well-known feature of the “savage” outlook that
he is not satisfied with what we call natural causes of death.
This means, strictly speaking, that whenever a death occurs
there is the belief that some sorcerer has been the cause of it.
This mental attitude was mentioned when black magic and
sorcery were discussed, and it also influences certain deta.ls
in the native burial customs.

When a man, woman, or child dies the death throws a
more or less large section of the community into mourning,-
and consequently upsets the course of normal village life. In
the case of a child, woman, or insignificant man, the disturb-
ance is slight; but in that of a full-grown and influential man
his death puts its stamp on many aspects of tribal life. [t
has been mentioned above (chap. ii., sec. 5) that the system
of taboos imposed on coconuts varies in name and general
character, according to whether there was an important death
in the clan or not. Again, after the death of a man, a series
of feasts are held, and these are undoubtedly connected with
the big feast (see below). Again, the mourners undergo
certain food taboos which modify the tribal ceremonies, and
so on. Broadly speaking, a death entails more essential
changes in a savage community, relatively to its size, than it
does in those of a higher level of civilization.

The Mourners.—As the principal features of burial and
mourning are the same in all cases, being only in the case
of an influential adult more elaborate and entailing more social
activities, I shall describe such a case, illustrating the general
statements by a concrete example—that of Bu’a, the recently
deceased, influential Mailu village constable, and, according to
my conjecture, the chief Bard’u or sorcerer. The genealogy
given below will serve as a basis for the kinship designations.

The chief mourners are called Nandma. This class con-
sists of the elder brothers (Uin’égi) and sisters (Uimavétsa),
and of the younger brothers (faiu’égi) and _ sisters
(Raw avétsa) in the classificatory sense of the term, which
implies the inclusion of the man’s own brothers and sisters
and his first cousins, male and female; or, as the term cousin
is not unequivocal, the children of both his father’s and
mother’s elder and younger brothers and sisters. But it must
be emphatically remarked that in the case of the Vandma the
classificatory relationship is not extended beyond this limit.
I was assured that the grandfathers or grandmothers (paternal
or maternal), brothers’ or sisters’ grandchildren (=second
cousins) would not be Nandma, and if they were not so in the
case of such an influential man as Bii’a, it settles the matter.

"UOMIOM=S}OP OFT AA ‘Tou =sjop youd

‘eSeLIIVUL JO USIQ=O—@
TONG: Boe 6. VOD) aay 87018 J, Oey
wag aUunDd ninba 4 DAVY | a
O—®@ O=— Oe O=——®e Oe
| DLW J, | DIK) WOT atgdoy V. nd
alpayy php —0qroek) UE LONG png
Payee
nqphny, wauwA — yoqnaney = DYN) |
rm O O O @
20 :
i‘ | 0.04 my | * tod 0
o=—— eo } ; O .
puwoqy | }

688

In the case of Biw’a, his Nandma, or chief mourners,
consisted of:—(1) His four brothers—Kopére, Ldri, Gira,
Tamara; (2) his father’s younger sister’s (T'6ro’s) children—
Budi, Naria, Gotbo, Vaga, Avare; (3) his father’s younger
brother’s (Boru’s) children—Gila, Garuboi, Vainert, Tagabu;
(4) his mother’s elder brother’s (D6bi’s) two daughters—
Oim: and P67; (5) his mother’s younger sister’s two sons—
Kavéka and Dim. The paternal and maternal uncles, as
well as the brothers’ or sisters’ children are not Nandama.

The widow also assumes deep mourning, though she is

not called a Nanama, but a Dod’e. The man’s children do -

not assume the deep mourning of either category, nor would a
man mourn for his children. A mother is subject to deep
mourning for her children, but I failed to record in my notes
whether she belongs to the Vandama or Dod’e class, though I
remember having been informed that the latter is the case.
The name of bereft parents is O’evaétsa. A husband per-
formed also the Dod’e mourning for his wife, and the children
mourn for their mother, as far as I remember, though I again
failed to record the fact.

Besides the chief mourners—the .Vandma and Dod’ e—
there is the class of Mdgu ragud’i people, who keep the Veburu
coconut taboos, perform certain duties during the mourning
feasts and at the burial, and contribute essentially to the

mortuary feasts. The M/dgu ragud’, in the case of an influ-_

ential man like Bu’a, comprises all his clansmen, and many
other people as well. In the case of a less important man the
Magu ragua’i would be some of the members of the subclan
and some of his other friends and relatives—Hméqi goina.

The Mourning.—The first period of mourning, during
which the sorrow is expressed by, loud wailing, weeping upon
the dead, and by other acute symptoms of grief, is called Im
(to cry). During this first phase the Vandma and Dod’e are
in the deepest mourning dress, their hair shaven, their skin
deeply blackened, and the body covered all over with mats,
which are also drawn over the head and conceal the face. If
they require to move they walk about very slowly in a
crouching position, with the mat kept over the head.

The second, much longer, period is called Magu. This
is commenced by the deep mourners some timé after the man’s
death, and it is also observed for some time, though not very
strictly, by the Magu ragua’i. The Magu people—+.e., the
deep mourners in the later stages—smear themselves all over
the body with black (Gurdima; in Motu, Miro), which is
usually burnt coconut fibre, moistened with water and kneaded
into a paste. This pigment is never completely washed off
the body for any length of time during the Mdgu period. But

meet —

pee. ee Sie)

on Le ne eee | eee

689

in order to maintain its brilliancy and blackness it is
periodically renewed. This is always done at some “‘social”
opportunity, such, for instance, as during a visit to a neigh-
bouring village, or when assisting at a small feast or ceremony,
or when returning home from an expedition. Otherwise the
pigment would not be kept quite up to the mark, and the
brown of the skin would be seen through it, making the man |
appear dirty rather than black.

It has been mentioned (sec. 1, chap. 111.) that in mourning
the hair of the head is shaved and that on the face allowed
to grow. This is continued by the deep mourners throughout
the Magu period. The armlets of plaited fern vine, plain, or
ornamented with yellow orchid straw, are thrown away, and
in their place less ornate armlets of plaited string or of plain
white fibre (called Awe-kuwe in the mainland Mailu dialect).
Again, all the finer ornaments made of red shell discs are
removed from the body; a man might also wear a necklet of
string, with one or more white cowrie shells (Ovulum ovum)
suspended from it. The right thing to do was to make up a
necklet comprised of various relics of the dead man; his hair
in the first place, his perineal band, his comb, shell-disc orna-
ments, etc. All such articles were bound together with strings
and formed a fairly bulky ornament. So also plain strings,
called Navanavadra, were worn across the breast..

During deep mourning a man might not dance, nor fish ;
he could, however, work in his garden, and he might do some
hunting, but not much. The coconut taboo observed by the
mourners has been dealt with above in sec. 5, chap. 111.

Weeping for the Dead, and Burial; Mortuary Feasts.—
After this general outline of mourning and of the mourners,
let us turn to the details of the events that occur after a.man’s
death, immediately and later. After a man dies his nearest
relatives, friends, and acquaintances intone the wailing. This
is a weird sound, very highly pitched and monotonously
regular—first a long howl, then three short ones, terminating
in a long one again. I heard this sound once only, in Dikéras
village, Mii’a (Woodlark Island), and for a while, until I
guessed what it was, I was quite puzzled as to whether it
was an extraordinarily loud wailing of children or some strange
howl of Papuan dingoes, or what not. The lamentation of
the nearest relations goes on for a considerable time, though
that of the others soon ceases. The Nandma and Dod’e sit
round the corpse and embrace it, wailing and exclaiming,
“Ina nébu ee...\” (long drawn)—“O my younger brother (or
sister)!’’ or “Jna uini ce...” (long drawn)—‘“O my elder
brother or sister)!’’ They are also said actually to cry and
to be very sad.

690

During this time the mourners (Mdgu ragud’i) supervise
the business side of the mortuary proceedings. I was informed
definitely that these, rather than the deep mourners, manage
things during the first stages of mourning. Thus, immediately
after the man’s death, they bring a certain quantity of
coconuts to be distributed amongst all the houses of the village.
This custom is quite analogous to the small coconut feast,
given by the owner when he wishes to establish a Géra over
his nuts, and this small distribution of nuts after a man’s death
is the beginning of the Veburu, or mortuary taboo on coconuts,
kept when a man dies. Before distribution the coconuts are
piled in front of the dead man’s house. This coconut feast.
is called Léle bau.

The burial took place very soon after the man’s death,
and it was never done at night. Thus if a man died in the

evening, or so late in the afternoon that there was no time

for all the preliminary proceedings, he was buried next morn-
ing. If, however, a man died before noon, or soon after, he:
would be buried the same afternoon. In the case of an
important man there might be greater delay in the burial,
as there was more to be done in the way of preparations.

The corpse was washed with Gérogéro (coconut cream,
of sec. 1, chap. ii.) and decorated, the more valuable orna-
ments being removed before burial. After a time, when the
interment was about to take place, the body was placed upon
a Tsind’u, or large tray of plaited coconut leaf (cf. sec. 7,
chap. iv.), and as a rule two such trays were placed under-
neath and one above the body. A plaited mat (ba) of the
same kind as is used for making sails (sec. 4, chap. iv.) is
used to cover the body, being placed between the 7'send’us,
and the whole of this arrangement is wrapped in a pandanus:
mat (Hlaki). The bundle so constituted is now again put
between two 7'sind’us, and thus placed upon a board—usually
one obtained by breaking up a worn-out canoe. The corpse is
laid upon two poles, to which it is tied, and it is carried by
four men, each supporting one end of the pole. The men who
carry the body (called Gdbi aiar tsid’u) are kinsmen of the
dead man (Hmegi goina), belonging to the Magu ragud’ class ;
but they do not include any of the deep mourners. The body,
thus carried, is brought out of the house and placed in the
middle of the street, the four men holding it on the bier.
The principal Vandma man—the eldest surviving “brother’’
(own or classificatory, as specified above)—addresses the
departed by his name : —

“Matdiu ga aéne
Gana uruira aéni!”’

“

691

which means, in a free translation, “J/atdw come!” They also
exclaim, “Where are you? Are you here? Are you pre-
sent?’ On this the body rocks and sways, which is the sign
that the spirit, B62, is there, and that it is paying attention

to the address.(% Then comes the important part of the

invocation—that in which the spirit reveals the name of the
Bard’u (evil sorcerer) who has killed the deceased. The chief
Nandma again addresses the #6’: (spirit) of the dead man,
enumerating a number of villages of bad repute for harbouring
evil sorcerers : -—

‘““Borowai bard u ba (long drawn)

village name evil sorcerer

Dobuopu bard’u gabd (long drawn)

Manubada bar@u ma

Gadaisiu bar@u ma

Bina bar@u ma

Géagéa barad’u md.”

Ktc., etc.

A long list is thus named—these, of course, being only
Bard@u villages—i.e., such as were on bad terms with the
Mailu. When the name of the village that was guilty of the
murder by sorcery was called out, the man’s £6’ gave sign,
and the body swayed violently. (9%) The name of this proceed-
ing and of the address to the dead man’s spirit is Vdaga.

Then the body is buried (Gurz tsiau). As there are some
differences in the mode of burial, or, rather, of the disposal
of the dead in the various groups of villages in the Mailu
district, it is necessary to speak of these separately. On Mailu
Island, as well as in the adjoining villages of Larudro and
Loupom, and on those of the mainland from a point opposite
Mailu westwards, the body, wrapped up as just described, was
buried, extended on his back in a shallow grave, either under
his house or among his coconuts.

Over the spot, if the grave was dug in the garden, a small
mortuary hut (Kdpa), about two metres long, 1°50 m. high,
and 1 m. wide, was erected, but as such huts are no longer
made on Mailu Island, or, at least, very rarely, I did not
see one. On showing to my informants the grave hut of the
Sud’u natives, as reproduced on the plate facing p. 608 in
Professor Seligman’ s book, they said the Mailu Kdpa was

(98) Cf. sec. 1 of this chapter where the different “spiritual
parts’ of a man are enumerated.

(99) Though this is only a conjecture, I wish to add that it is
probable that the people holding the body were taking a bona fide
part in the ceremony. The nervous tension at such a time must
have been intense indeed, so that it is not surprising that at a
certain moment the men swayed the body and believed it moved

by itself.

692

exactly lke that, except that its roof was made of Tsindu
(plaited coconut leaves), and the upper ridge of the roof was
straight and not curved, just as the horizontal ridge line of
the Mailu house is straight and not concave, as it is in the
Massim house. Sometimes a small fence (Gdna) only was
made over the grave. If the grave had been dug under the
man’s house the place was marked by two pieces of wood.

The mode of burial was to a large extent determined by
the man’s social position, the important men only being
interred under their houses; but it was also influenced by the
season. As the deep mourners had to keep watch near the
man’s grave (see below), it was essential to secure them a
certain minimum of comfort. Thus, in the very hot and dry
season, at the end of Lzdéro and beginning of the small Avdra,
when the heat is at its greatest and the rain has not yet come,
the body would in any case be buried among the coconuts, and
the small Kdpa hut constructed ; but if it was the wet season
the corpse would be placed under the house. As the mourning
was only very strictly kept in the case of important men, it
is natural that in other cases the natives should prefer to bury
the dead in the gardens. ;

As the presence of a dead man in the village was always
a source of some discomfort, it was preferable, for superstitious,
not hygienic, reasons, to have as few burials in the village as
possible, and I think, though I am not quite certain on this
point, that the Adpa (small mortuary house) was made over
the graves of important people, and the Gdna (fence) over
those of all the others. Again, I was told that on the islands
(Mailu, Lowpém, Laruéro), which are considerably drier than
the mainland, the garden burial prevailed, while in the
villages, on the mainland opposite Mailu, such as Déreba,
Wowuéro, Kurére (which is a Mailu settlement), and in others:
to the west, the reverse is the case. The mainland villages to

the east, beginning with Bérebo, Dagobo, and Unévi, as far as

Géagéa, also practised the forms of burial as described, though ©
without the mortuary hut, burying their dead for the most
part under the houses.

They sometimes used to dispose of the bodies on platforms
in crevices of the rocks, in a manner that I will now describe.

This was the exclusive burial practice of the few Mailu villages

situated at the western end of Orangerie Bay, between Port
Glasgow and the village of Gadaisiu, which marks the boundary
between the Mailu and the Massim. I saw such a burial-place,

called Dério, where the three small villages—Oibdda, Nobda1,
and Ori used to lay their dead. It is situated at the mouth

of a creek, quite close to the seashore, where a rock about
50 m. to 75 m. high rises above the sloping bank of the creek,

f

'

©

—_

¢
a

pe Be

ava ssa hik

693

which is clothed with a thick undergrowth that shelters the
crevice. At the top of the bank, where the rocky wall rises,
there are several shallow, but wide, cavities, with a front of
about 30 m. or 50 m. In these there are several ledges and
niches, and, as the rock is overhanging, anything placed under
this shelter is protected from the weather. Here I saw several
small platforms of very frail construction no higher than
150 cm. to 200 cm., about 100 cm. long, and about 60 cm.
wide. On these were placed bundles of human bones, wrapped
partly in the Hlaki, or pandanus mat, and partly in fibre
petticoats, and I was told that the kind of wrapping denoted the
difference between the sexes. The bundles were short, so that
if they were made whilst there was flesh on the bones the body
must have been wrapped in a squatting position, and this my
informants said was actually the case. Some of the platforms
were falling to pieces, and the bundles were on the ground
which was strewn with bones, and a score or so of skulls were
deposited on the ledges. Unfortunately I had only a few
minutes to spare, so that I could neither take a photograph
nor make a careful study of the place.

It is interesting to note that this mode of burial of the
extreme Eastern Mailu cannot be attributed to contact meta-
morphosis induced by the influence of their eastern neighbours,
for the Massim of the eastern half.of Orangerie Bay either
bury their dead or dispose of them in half a cance—the latter
form being apparently the exception. These bury the corpses,
not extended in a supine position lke the Mailu, but in a
squatting attitude, with both hands joined over the feet, the
body being laid on an Hlaki mat spread on the bottom of the
grave and covered with two other mats. Burial took place
under, or near, the house, a small hut being erected over the
grave. (100) Tf the body was buried in a broken boat it was
laid supine.

To return to the Mailu burial practices. After the body
has been laid in the ground, whether under the house or in
the garden, all the people disperse except the mourners. The
deep mourners—the Vandma and Dod’e—are bound to remain
by the grave for a fortnight to a month. The Magu raguar
do some wailing, but they move about, and can remain, or go
and come as their grief and other necessities bid them. The
deep mourners, however, must never move from the place. If
the grave is under the house, they sit there, and at night only
move to the room above or to the verandah. So also, if the
grave is in the garden, the mourners sit there the whole day,
arriving at daybreak and returning to the village at sunset.
As previously mentioned, they sit during the first days of

(100) Comp. Seligman, op. cit., pls. Ixx. and Ixxi.

694

mourning with mats drawn over their heads, they walk slowly,
with their bodies bent, and move from the spot merely when
compelled by natural necessities. They wail and cry and
address the deceased by kinship terms, not by his personal
name. They also talk to him, expressing grief : —

“Aiémt ine; dniént déma; gana urtra; baibai déma; gana
nabu; éna varora; aarti loitsaits:; dadbae kdokdo otsiba.”
Which, in a free translation, means: —“Don’t go; let us go
together to your house (return) ; come back to your younger

brother ; 1f you go, let us go together to another house.” These —

and similar expressions are used, all showing the great grief
and the desire of the bereft ones to keep the deceased with
them.

Some three days or so after the burial the first small feast
(called Ba’u or Baivara tséitse) is given. It consists of vege-
table food, coconuts, bananas, taro, sago, etc., the coconuts
being supplied by people who do not observe the Vebiaru, and
the other food by the mourners. The latter, however, do not
partake of the feast, but only give the food away to others.

After this feast the mourners pull the mat from over
their heads, though they still wear it on their shoulders.

At the expiration of the next eight days or so another
small feast, Déni bd’u, is held, similar in its social aspect and
in the food eaten to the previous feast, and at its close the
mats are thrown away altogether, the wailing ceases, and the
expression of grief becomes less acute. I am inclined to think
that the number of these small feasts which are held depends
upon the status of the deceased person, and that very probably
the one just mentioned is normally the last. Names, however,
for one or two more small Bd’u feasts were mentioned to me
by my informants, which seem to me to have been observed
only in the case of important men. There was, for instance,
the Baiba’e b@u or Baiba’e tseitser, after which the mourners
were said to leave their watch by the grave and to return to
their usual occupations. So also the Arzari tseitser, after
which custom demands that the deep mourners should leave
the village for a time and sail to other places. This custom
was mentioned to me by several informants, and it was said
to have been in the past rigorously observed in the case of
deceased notables.

The account of these feasts is, I fear, not satisfactory, for
IT failed to ascertain what are the beliefs underlying them. I
was, however, told by one of my native friends that the feasts
were in some manner meant to feed the spirit, but my in-
formant was not clear on the matter, and, indeed, confessed
that he did not understand it himself.

ee fe ne ee ee eee ee

| a oe

695

After Life.—I also failed to obtain a satisfactory account
of the beliefs concerning the doings of the spirit B67 during
the wailing and the period after the burial, though I obtained
some hints on the subject and on that of a future life. On
the whole, however, I am not very confident as to the accuracy
of these facts, as I obtained them from one informant only,
and that a Mission boy.) This informant told me, with
reference to the doings of the spirit at and about the time of
death, that when a man is sick his soul wanders on a “‘bridge”
towards the Biila—the place of future life. All the other
spirits try to frighten it away, and if they succeed and the
intruder turns back from the Aiila, then the man does not
die. If, on the contrary, the spirit succeeds in entering the
Biila, the man expires. The Rev. W. J. V. Saville kindly
gave me another account of the Miu/a:—‘The spirit goes to
the south-western end of the Island of Mailu, and sails away
towards the horizon. There is a ladder there, and the soul
descends.”’ This account, apart from the high authority of
my informant, is borne out by the fact that similar ideas
concerning an after-life are entertained by the Motu.

There seems to be a certain amount of doubt as to whether
the idea of Bila is native or due to missionary influence. (2)
I have inquired carefully into this subject, and though I was
not able to obtain details concerning the Biila, my native
informants, without exception and independently, agreed that
both the word Bzila and the belief in it were indigenous, and
that Bila was situated below the earth. One very good
informant told me that it was a big native village on an
underground river called Bomu. Slight variations, or even
substantial differences, in the accounts of such a matter are
not, however, astonishing. An ethnologist from another
planet, for instance, might find it a matter of considerable
discussion if he inquired where we located our heaven or hell.
But though the spirit goes to the Buila, it is not altogether
apart from its body, as both the post-burial wailing and the
following practices testify.

Final Mortuary Feast and Treatment of the Skull.—Some
two or three months after the burial the body was unearthed
and the head cut off, this custom being called Léa b0’o, or
Bo’obé’o. The soft tissues that remained were removed by
boiling the head in a native clay-pot, which was done in the
bush by the man’s wife or mother, and the head was then
dried and placed in a basket, called T'6ba. The baskets were

(101)T have to thank the Rev. W. J. V. Saville for having
helped me in obtaining details about this difficult subject.

(102) Several persons interested in Papuan ethnology and know-
ing the natives, expressed this doubt to me personally.

696

kept in the houses, on shelves under the thatch.) Such a
basket, covered with a piece of matting, was sometimes taken
out of the house and placed near the relatives. A mother
would do so with her child’s skull, or a wife would keep that
of her husband in front of her whilst making pottery or plait-
ing mats. Or, again, a brother’s skull might thus keep
company with a man at work or at rest. Mr. Greenaway tells
me that in olden days, before the natives were scared by
Government rules and Christian preachings, people might be
often seen sitting and looking at these relics with evident
affection, and that they might even talk to them. This was
primarily only the expression of love for the deceased relative,
but sometimes the advice of the deceased in matters of import-
ance might be sought from his skull, though in what way the
natives believed the answer could be conveyed Mr. Greenaway
could not tell me, nor could I ascertain from the natives.

As previously mentioned (sec. 1 of this chapter), the spirit
which went to the Buila is called Baw’ égene; the spirit which
remained in the head is called 46%. That would explain the
dédoublement of the man after his death. It is evident from
the facts given in the first two paragraphs of this chapter that
the prayers (U’vra) were addressed to the B67 exclusively, and
the B62 also watched over the Veburu and Gora (comp. sec. ay
chap. lii.).

To return from this digression concerning the spirit and
after-life to the series of funeral feasts and practices. There
remains one more stage to be described—the big mortuary
feast O#0, which concludes the lesser mourning of the clans-
men, etc. ( Magu raguav), the Neburu state of coconuts, and
the deep mourning of the Vandma and Dod’e. These latter
however, continue the blackening of their bodies and the
shaving ‘of their hair for a considerable time longer. The
O’’o, or main mortuary feast, may take place some six months
or a year after the death, whereas the blackening and hair-
cutting is maintained, by the deep mourners, for two or three
years. The date on which the O7’o is held depends very largely
upon the season in which the death has taken place, upon the
importance of the individual, and upon other feasts. I have
unfortunately failed to obtain quite conclusive information on
the point, but I think that an O70, as a rule, coincides, or,
rather, is identical with either the big feast (Madina) or with
the first preparatory feast (Mairu amdta). However this
may be, it seems that if a man died in the wet season his O#’0
would be performed 1 in the next Aurdri—i.e., about six months

(203) Cosa chap. iii., sec. 6, in reference to the preparation
and preservation of the skulls of enemies. These were placed in
the Dihu, whereas those of relatives were kept in the house.

led le tie teh ie ee

Pe Se ees ~ t

——- =

*
— ~~ Pe

697

later. If the death occurred in the south-east monsoon season
the feast would be performed in the following Avdra. Some-
times, however, a year was allowed to elapse, as will be the
case with #z’a, the often-mentioned late village constable,
who died some time in August, 1914, and whose O#’o will be
performed in the winter (Awrdri), 1915.

The most important ceremonial element in the mortuary
feast is the dance, called Md’o, which is performed by the
mourners. In this the main part was taken by one of the
nearest relatives, either male or female, the brother or the
sister ; sometimes it was the mother, but never the father or
the widow. This performer dances the Md’o holding the dead
man’s head under the arm, and, at the conclusion of the feast,
the mortuary hut was also destroyed.

After this feast the chief mourners still do not relinquish
their black paint, nor do they cease shaving their hair. The
end of their mourning coincides with some feast of the clan,
‘when, by the performance of ceremonial work, the mourners
finally cast off their signs of mourning.

CHAPTER VI.

ART AND KNOWLEDGE.

1. ART.

Decorative Art.—Judged by the average Papuasian
standard, the artistic productions of the Mailu, like that of
the Western Papuo-Melanesians in general, are distinctly
unimportant and unoriginal. (04) Their decorative art is
limited to a few unpainted carvings, of which the designs of
the carved wood Airitsas are, to my knowledge, the only
original motives (see pl. xxxv.; comp. also chap. iv., sec. 4).
The carved decorations on some of the house-posts (comp.
chap. 2, sec. 4) are common to all Western Papuo-Melanesians ;
the motive universally found in the Mailu houses—the parallel

(104) The decorative art of the Southern Massim is definitely
superior, and the Northern. Massim produce really artistic
carvings. So, also, amongst the tribes of the Papuan Gulf their
artistic efforts are far superior to those of the Western Papuo-
Melanesians and much more interesting. Comp. Dr. A. C. Had-
don, ‘“‘The Decorative Art of British New Guinea.’ Prof.
Seligman says, ‘‘The Motu and cognate tribes . ._. are the
poorest artists in the Possession’’ (op. cit., p. 37). I think this
statement may be extended to all Papuo-Melanesians, and the
Mailu are inferior to the Motu even in their tattoo. Comp. what
Prof. Seligman says about the Motuan tattoo on p. 38.

698

rows of pyramids—being also one of the typical elements in
the carvings on the Dubu of the Central District.

The tattoo on women is practically the same as that found
among the Southern Massim of the southern coast. The same
holds good with reference to the decorations on the pottery.
Now, the designs used in tattooing and on the pots have names
among the Southern Massim of which the meaning can be
usually explained ; moreover, they are used in the various other
artistic productions of these natives, such as the ornamentation
on lime spatulas, wooden swords, paintings on houses, ete.
The designs have, therefore, evidently been imported to Mailu
from this district, and not in the reverse direction. This view
is confirmed by the fact that the Mailu natives, when asked
as to the meaning of a pattern, frankly admit that it is “a
Bonabona pattern,’ and beyond this they know nothing
about it.

Again, all the wood carvings done in Mailu, such as the
lime spatulas, sago spoons, and wooden dishes, are evidently
copies, in much inferior workmanship, of the fine carvings
imported from the east, consequently the decorative art of the
Mailu should be studied in connection with that of the Massim,
but as this cannot be done here [ shall limit myself to the above
remarks, (105)

Dances and Songs.—-In these arts the Mailu seem equally
unproductive and unoriginal. All their dances and songs
come either from the east—from the Southern Massim and
the tribes inland; or from the west—from the tribes around
Hood Bay, and chiefly from the village of Kerepiuinu, a great
centre of choreutic art. One or two of the dances have been
borrowed from the inland tribes of the Mailu district. A short
survey of the dances and songs performed at present in Mailu
must here be sufficient, as an adequate description could only
be given after studying them in their own respective homes.
Many of the dances and songs are simply taken over without
taking any trouble as to their meaning, and it would be
interesting to study the process of such borrowing. This would
involve an investigation of the original version, as performed
and interpreted by the people who originated the dance, and
of the copy, as performed by the borrowers.

(105)In order to describe and analyze the decorative art of
Eastern New Guinea, it would be necessary to study it_in its two
main foci—that is, in the Trobriand Islands and in the Louisiades.
As I have as yet been unable to study either of these areas, 1t 1s
impossible at present to undertake the survey indicated. There
is, however, no doubt that both areas mentioned have had para-
mount influence on the art of the whole extreme east of New
Guinea.

7,” « =, ee

7 = f° 7.) Uae

699

The Mailu, when speaking of their dances and songs,.
distinguish between the Madina dances and the Bdra dances,
although, as mentioned, the Bdra may be also performed at
the Madina. All the former, which comprise the G6vi, Raia,
Tsélo, Damoréa, come from the east. Bara is the collective
name given to a group of dances of a similar character, and
introduced from the west (comp. chap. v., sec. 3, where the
difference in the preparatory ritual of the various dances has
been stated).

G'6vi.—As mentioned above (chap. v., sec. 3), this is the
most important and most sacred of the Madina dances, which
must always be performed at a really big and important feast.
I never saw it, and I am consequently unable to describe even
its general character, but from native descriptions and demon-
strations of the steps I may give the following particulars. It
is always performed on a platform, at the middle of which
stand the men with drums, who beat the time and sing the
song. The dancers perform their dance on the four raised
beams, laid on the four sides of the square platform. The
dance consists of steps of a somewhat acrobatic character, the
performer assuming a squatting position and then springing’
up, and in Mailu I was told that the movements are in imita-
tion of the hopping of the kangaroo. In the Southern Massim
district, however, I was informed that the dance represents
the bird of paradise, and this view seems to be borne out by
the fact that the dancers of the G'6vi wear wigs of the feathers
of these birds. As the home of the ('6v is neither Mailu nor
the Southern Massim coast, but the mountain tribes inland of
Orangerie Bay (eastern half) and of Mullins Harbour, it is
only the study of the latter that would enable one to grasp
the real significance of the Gv.

faia.-—In this dance, which comes from the same inland
people as the preceding, the dog is said to be mimicked. I
once saw it performed ceremonially at the S67 in T'silotsilo.
Men wearing large crown-shaped feather ornaments on their
heads, three or four of whom acted as chief performers,
advanced slowly in a large procession. One of the four, who
was said to personate the dog, ran hither and thither with
short steps among the other dancers. The beat of the drums
was slow and regular, and the accompanying chant very mono-
tonous and unmelodious.

T'sélo.—This is derived from the east, though the Mailu
natives were unable to give me the exact locality of origin,
nor could I ascertain this on my visit to the east. I saw this
dance performed several times in Mailu, but never ceremonially
—that is, with full decorations and scrupulous adherence to
all the details of strict performance. The dancers stand in a

700

circle, all holding and beating drums, and one of them begins
a chant, in which the others join. The drums are beaten,
not in a simple, regular rhythm, as is the case in the majority
of dances, but the beats are varied and include fairly complex
rhythmic figures. The song also is exceptionally melodious
and musically interesting, showing rudiments of part singing,
inasmuch as the initial melody is repeated by various singers,
whilst the others sing a monotone in unison, so giving a
harmonic background to the melody. Two of the dancers,
who face each other in the ring, raise their drums and dance
towards each other, in imitation of birds, as I was told.

Damoréa.—This dance, which is also an introduction
from the east,.is perhaps the most popular dance among the
Southern Massim. At any rate, it was that most frequently
performed during the S6’: feasts I witnessed on the southern
coast. In its strict ceremonial setting, it is danced by women
only, though when it is danced for entertainment only the men
join in the singing and drum beating. The decorations for
the Damoréa are sometimes very various. The women wear
crowns of white cockatoo feathers and have the lower parts of
their faces painted white (see pl. xlii., fig 2). Sometimes the
women wear small boards made of some light, soft wood,
painted red, black, and white. They put on, as a rule, all
their most valued ornaments—the arm-shells, the strings of
shell dises, and other necklaces, and in their hands they hold
a pearl shell or a piece of pandanus mat (Hlaki). In the
Massim district the correct thing is to hold one of the cere-
‘monial axe blades, but these are not used by the Mailu. The
dance is performed by two, four, or six women, who usually
dance in couples. The “band,’’ consisting of women who beat
the drums and sing, stand in the middle of a large circle of
spectators, between whom and the band the dancers move.
The music of the Damoréa is like that of the Tsélo, though
simpler and less interesting from the European musical point
of view. I was not able to ascertain the meaning of the songs
or of the dance, though the latter had certainly a pantomimic
character. The various figures were performed with slow,
languid movements, the women, in one, looking down upon the
ground as if searching for something, in another examining
each other’s ornaments.

Darigé.—This is a dance of the inland people of the Mailu
district, with whom it was a war dance, and by my native
informants was not considered to be a Madina dance. I never
saw it performed or demonstrated.

K 6biai.—Imported from the eastern end, and at present
very seldom danced. I was unable to see it performed or
to get any particulars concerning it.

701

All these dances have certain common characteristics,
which differentiate them from the Bara class of dances. The
performers all dance to very slow beats of the drums, and
usually move within a circle or a closed geometrical figure (a
square in the case of the G'6v7). Again, in all of them animals
seem to be imitated, and I was told that this was so in the
case of the Adbiar, though my informants could not say what
animal was imitated. The Damoréa may be an exception. In

all of them, again, as far as I know, there is a band and a few
performers, who dance the steps with pantomimic movements.
Usually the dancers are specially ornamented and have no
drums.

The Bara is quite different. It consists of a succession of
very quick dances, performed to the accompaniment of a loud
beating of drums, without the song, as well as of much slower
dances with a song. Some of the latter are distinctly panto-
mimic, and represent such actions as felling a tree, building a
canoe, making sago, rowing a boat, and the representation of
a thunderstorm, etc. Both the motives and the character of
the pantomime are rather artificial and theatrical. Some
again of the slower figures consist merely of songs, sung to a
rhythmic sway of the body and to a slow beat of the drums
(see pls. xli., xlu., and xlii., fig. 1.06)

2. KNOWLEDGE.

Knowledge of Stars and Weather.—The Mailu natives
have a good practical knowledge of the sea, of its tides and
currents, and of the wind and weather. They are good
seamen, as the sailing of their double canoes requires a certain
degree of seamanship, and this was especially true in the
olden days, when it was often more dangerous to approach the
coast and beach the canoe than it was to face rough weather.
They have a very good local knowledge of the reefs, and native
boys are very useful in the sailing of the white man’s craft;
some of them even are in charge of small sailing vessels and
motor launches. The Mailu are in that respect quite as
skilful as the Motu and the Hulda people.

They do not, however, take any theoretical interest, if I
may so put it, in their surroundings. They have, for

(106)T have had very good opportunities of studing the Bara,
as it was danced practically every evening for weeks before the day
of the Madiuina—which, in fact, was to take place in Mailu a few
days after I was obliged to leave. The Bara I saw danced on the
mainland in Kurére and in Gémoredibu, in the Sinaugholo dis-
trict. As I am at present ignorant, however, as to a number
of its essential features, and as I hope to be able to see it in its
proper home in Hood Bay, I prefer to leave my description for a
future publication.

702

instance, neither “explanatory myths,” nor any other theories
as to the origin or nature of the sea and land, or sun, moon,
and stars. There is, however, a legend concerning the origin
of Mailu Island, which asserts that it was hauled up out of
the sea during a big fishing expedition from Aréma. (107)

Very few stars are differentially named, and among these
the morning star is called Lardmi, and the evening star
Gamovanovano; but they do not know that the same star
(Venus) shines at times before sunrise and at times after
sunset. I also think that when another large planet—J upiter,
for instance—is on the western sky in the evening they give it
the same name. Nothing is known about the nature of the
morning and evening star.

The Pleiades are called Unidra. They are said to be
women, and the three stars of Orion’s Belt are named
Bord’a’éva. These are said to be a man, a pig, and a child.
There must have been some explanatory tales connected with
these constellations, but if so the natives in Mailu have for-
gotten them completely, because even the oldest and wisest
men knew nothing about the subject.

The natives are acquainted with many of the features of
the tides. They know the spring and neap tides, and their
connection with the moon; also the fact that the differences of
level between high and low water is not the same in the two
daily tides, and that, according to the season, this is greater in
day time or at night time. One of the names by which the
south-eastern season (the winter) is known is Lagdru wura,
which means dry reef. It is remarkable that the natives have
different names for the reef by day (Lagdrwu) and by night
(Miuma). The Mma appears in the north-western season
(summer), and during this period the fishing and collecting of
shellfish is done by night. The season for day fishing is when
the Lagdru is dry; that means during the winter or south-—
eastern season. (108)

It has been said that the natives are well acquainted with
the seasonal sequence of winds; in fact, they name the seasons
after the prevailing winds (see chap. iii., sec. 2). The direc-
tions are also named after the winds. Thus, as mentioned

(107) This legend, with several others, has been recorded by the
missionary of Mailu, the Rev. W. J. V. Saville; these, I hope,
will be shortly published by him.

(108) For the information about the tides and the reefs I am
indebted to the Rev. W. J. V. Saville, whose thorough familiarity
with the language, and his long contact with the natives, has
given him an excellent knowledge of many aspects of native life
and psychology.

703

above, the south-eastern direction is*called Bodéa avra—the
side of the trade wind; the north-western direction, Avdra
aura—the side of the monsoon. Again, the north-eastern
direction, from which comes the land breeze, 7'séba, is called
by the same name; the southern is called after Gabina, a light
southerly wind which blows in spells between the monsoons.

There are also weather experts in the village, particularly
an old man, called Papdri, who I very often found foretold
the weather quite correctly.

Knowledge of Disease and Doctrine.—My information on
this subject is very imperfect. The natives seemed particu-
larly reluctant to discuss such matters, perhaps because I was
known as a Dogeta (doctor), in whom they suspected a ten-
dency to interfere with their own practices, or perhaps on
account of some other form of jalousie de métier.

The general term for illness is Mardi, but there are
besides some other names for minor ailments. Thus, Vdra
aia is the name for headache ; Inigégu id raitsera designates
an aching above the eyes, which is believed to be a very bad
complaint. T'sére raitsera is an ailment in which the whole
body is sore—the legs are sore, and the sufferer is not able to
walk ina straight line. Thisis, however, by no means a native
classification of ailment, which I was very anxious to obtain;
but it is a difficult subject, and I was not successful.

The name for a doctor is V’wra, which is also the name
for a magical incantation. A cure is called Awrdro, and there
seems to be only one cure for all ailments. The doctor chews
the bark of the native cinnamon tree (G'dbu ), some betelnut,
and wild ginger root; an incantation is uttered, and the
mixture is spat out. Massage (Pdapapdpa) is always practised
upon the sick person, its ultimate aim being the extraction of
foreign bodies, which, as a rule, are considered to be the cause
of all illness. When the “doctor’’ feels that the foreign body
has been brought near enough to the surface by his treatment
he sucks the affected part, and then, with a retching sound, he
expectorates the object which he is supposed to have sucked
out of the patient’s body. Stones, pieces of bark, small bones,
etc., are thus extracted from the affected part of the patient,
who in consequence iscured. The doctors are usually recruited
from the male section of the population, and I only heard of
one female doctor of repute. The price paid for a cure is
considerable. In olden days it was one large arm-shell—a
piece of native jewellery extremely valued by the natives.
Nowadays the natives will pay as much as ten pounds (English
money) for a good arm-shell, and the average price is one
or two pounds.

704

With better opportunities it would have undoubtedly been
possible to obtain more complete information, but these are
often a matter of good luck in ethnological field work. On
the whole, I think that the art of healing does not play a very
important part in the tribal life of the Mailu natives, just as
their sorcery and magic, to which native medicine is so akin,
are also not very highly developed.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PiatE XXVI.

Map (facing page 503) showing Mailu, or Toulon, Island and
adjacent coast of Papua.

‘Pirate XXVIII.

Fig. 1.—Village of Mailu seen from the north-west.
Fig. 2.—Village of Mailu seen from the east.

Prate XXVIII.

Fig. 1.—Scene on Mailu beach showing a double caroe
(Oro’u) which has been temporarily converted into a house-boat.
Fig. 2.—A section of the village of Bérebo seen from the sea.
Prate XXIX. ;
Fig. 1.—The village street in Mailu looking westwards. The
houses seen here belong to the clans Maradibu and Morau. Some
of them are decorated with rows of sago bundles which, in view
of the approaching feast, hang under the thatch eaves.

Fig. 2.—Western end of Bérebo village, showing the Dubu
sens in its characteristic position in the middle of the street.

PuaTteE XXX.

Fig. 1.—Front view of a house in Mailu, showing the typical
manner in which the natives occupy verandahs, or lower floor of
the -house.

Fig. 2.—Side view of a native house. In front a row of girls
in their gala petticoats.

Prats XXXII.

Fig. 1.—Group of men in gala dress and decorated for the
Bara dance.

Fig. 2.—Woman in mourning petticoat.

Puate XXXII.
Fig. 1.—A man i eng Rates shavings for making coco-
nut cream (Go6rogéro) as moved into the middle of the
street for the convenience of the photographer.

Fig. 2.—Boiling of sago for a small feast. Men are stirrizg
the contents of the pots with long wooden spoons. A temporary

‘WOdVqd WO LSVOK) LNXOVIaY GNV AGNVIST “NOINOT YO “A'IVIY SNIMOHS dV IN

PEAS TEV IT “NIX XX “OA

Voly XCEX:. Plate XX VII.

ig...

0. Ave

DE.S

DELS

Vol. XXXTX., Plate XXVIIL

i

E aygent pp,

h- al

Y -" tang

jy
rd |

Vol.

XXXIX., Plate X XIX.

: yh, Aa

Bigwl,

TED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SA. Alm,

ae

+

.
‘a
Ars
f
'
5
}
;
6

’ os
i
ate ‘
a
’ a a {
'
- . Orie
- :
aoe
roe
baa ae s <2
>
. oe a teak
Oy hg ° Pay
¥ al . : e.
- ; : aan
: ie ,
oh ® ys ae
a | ite
Le od ar
7
; re me
y '
we Bene
i ay rts
4 a) :
ll ic f
ie* é
ache v '
var ol
% el .

i a erm, See
+e Jel i®n 13) Na +

vs

Le Pt es

aia
. Ne
<y g
- 1
7
: \
Pci Poe
tT ee at
" *. =
:
’
™
(
i r
“
*
.
'
®
rs
é
‘
! i
1 4

Vol. c X 4X0X =. Plate XXX.

Liye

Yj

Wifey

Mig
Ze

VAG
WA

Sr
SSN
Ss

SK

SS

ee
SSSR

S

a"

Wao

Pe ts

$
.

ae

ae

WA

RO
SAV
We
Wr ~

SRS

WE
SSS
WK ANATW

BREWS

a

Sn
W WWW
x
‘
WY BABS
BW re SRR AR.
WAG = — —
he
~—
SN = ~
SQWBAQna al
ow
Bes SK ~

i eee? _
fe
—_

Wale Sone late: AAO.

¢

‘+
a

poe

~~ ee eer - a sites is

Vol, XXXIX., Plate XXXIV.

Vig.

Vol. XXXTX., Plate XXXV.

, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADE

ae

r

»

+
°

oy, - -* .
tek bet ee ee at 2 =a, ~

7 “ ; P
-_ iad ’ * . 2 ~ a
? < ; . ; x 7 ; :
ws a ' P . < -
/ \ 2

7 iy * . \ a - s
- . - > é —
~~ . , > :
:
Ce : . £ aa
™ ’ - t ae

‘ i a Cay

®

Vol. XA XIx, Plate XXX Vi.

fy r a %
a a el
¥ ‘
f
,
- }
‘
:
‘
i
Ba
‘ rn iy, EY ie cent 2 a
= fa eon
j
/
P
»
,
,
’
5
‘
*
j
7
‘ lids, soy
‘
“he be
a ee 2
- . - nile mith 4) o> alienate
®
q .

a

Vol. XXAIEX., Plate

XXXVIT.

ot

AXXIX., Plate XXXVIII.

Vol.

Te %; i
: Re
he

4 ”
o le 7

nae

2.

tae.

i>

P ° ——— aR =
v ‘ > . -
. ‘ 7
'
. aa“
. . ‘
. 3 7
go
'
; % a
*
~
. A
2 ‘
.
.

—

Vol. XXXIX., Plate XXXIX.

a |

Mi.

a

ae ame
t

‘

ee

<<
—t Dae vie

4

?
.

/

a

i
HA
oe

» oe

Wol. Rec. Plate: 2h.

Pies.

Fig. 2.

XLI.

XXXIX., Plate

Vol.

*

ca

.
,
tee
is
14
rer
a
‘
‘
dew

Ry

LL a ee Se sorcsx a = SSS eo = SS == == rte

LII.

ate

P|

Vol. XXXIX.,

¢

*.

ncaa ee ee we =>
A a the

.

Plate XLIII.

XXXIX.,

Vol.

SSAA

705

shade, removed for the purposes of photography, has been con-
structed. Only on festive occasions are men concerned with
cooking.

Pirate XXXIII.

Fig. 1.—Group of girls in festive dress. They are wearing
glass beads.

Fig. 2.—Two women in gala petticoats, and one in mourning
petticoat. They show the method of carrrying babies.

Pruate XXXIV.
Fig. 1.—Flotilla of Mailu toy canoes. The boy owners stand
each behind his boat.

Fig. 2.—The toy canoes floating on the small bay in front of
Mailu village. The boys have been grouped together for photo-
graphic purposes; usually they are scattered all over the shallow
water.

PuateE XXXV.
Fig. 1.—Mailu double canoe (Oré’u) beached.
Fig. 2.—Side view of beached Oro’ us.

Pirate XXXVI.
Fig. 1.—An Oroé’u with hoisted sail.

Fig. 2._Scooping out the large logs which are to form the
dug-outs of an Ord’u. To the right an end-on view of a dug-out;
to the left a side view. Over the latter a shade has been erected.
This plate shows the ‘‘backs’’ of Mailu village.

Prate XXXVII.
Fig. 1.—Hoisting of the crab-claw sail.
Fig. 2.—An Oro’u ready to sail.

Prate XXXVIITI.
Fig. 1.—Native dressed, and provided with the magical
requisites, for the performance of arm-shell magic.
Fig. 2.—Arm-shell magic.

PuateE XX XIX.

Fig. 1.—Wrapping a bunch of bananas in leaves to protect
it from flying foxes. (Photograph taken on the Laroge River,
Koita district.)

Fig. 2.—Nets as set for wallaby hunting. The scene is after
the hunt; the men have picked up their spears which, during
the hunt, lie on the ground near at hand. (Photograph taken in
the Koita district.)

PuatE XL.
Fig. 1.—Pot making in Mailu.
Fig. 2.—Final stage in the making of arm-shells; polishing
of the shell.
x

706

PuatE XLI.

Fig. 1.—Group of natives dressed for the Bdra dance and
holding boars’ tusk ornaments in their teeth.

Fig. 2.—A figure of the Bara dance.

PruateE XLII.

Fig. 1—A Bara dance; ready for the quick step which is
danced to the sound of the drums without singing. The houses in the
background are decorated with ‘‘sausages’’ of sago, and bunches
of bananas are seen hanging from posts erected along the street.

Fig. 2.—Dancing the quick step of the Bara.

Pirate XLITT.
Fig. 1—A Pantomime figure of the Bara.

Fig. 2.—Women decorated for the Damoréa dance. (Photo-
graph taken in a Southern Massiim village.)

707

SCIENTIFIC NOTES ON AN EXPEDITION INTO THE NORTH-
WESTERN REGIONS OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

[Read October 14, 1915.]
PuATES XLIV. to LXX.

ContTENTS. Page.
(a) Narrative, by S. A. White, M.B.0.U. ve ere POE:
(b) ABorIGgINES OF THE EveraRD Ranger, by S. A.
White, M.B.0.U. = Rent 5.
LANGUAGE OF THE EVERARD Ranaz Tame, J M:
Black ... 732
(c) MAMMALIA AND Geninis, 2 Bidear R. Watts: F. Ls S. 735
(d) Aves, by S. A. aie. MeBO LW Loot 740
(e) Stomaca Contents or Brirps, by Arthur M. tial
(f) Tincmmriiz, by F. R. Racin. ey =: ae woe OG
(9) Montusca (Pulmonata), by A. R. Riddle ... ee
(h) ARAacHNIDA, by W. J. Rainbow ae eA erie
(i) INsEctTa : —
Coleoptera, by Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S. 793
Lepidoptera, by A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E. - 801
Hymenoptera, by W. M. Weceler ae tte
(7) Botany, by J. M. Black ... Xe oe ‘3 aa Boe

(2) NARRATIVE.
By 8S. A. Waite, M.B.O.U.
Puates XLIV. to LXIV.

Through the courtesy of Sir Richard Butler (the then
Minister for Mines), I was granted permission to accompany
an expedition to the little known north-western corner of
South Australia. This expedition being under the leader-
ship of Mr. R. Lockhart Jack, B.E., I went as a scientist,
but in an unofficial capacity, and took as an assistant collector
and taxidermist Mr. J. P. Rogers. The present notes deal
mainly with the zoological and botanical objects noticed
during the trip.

On June 17, 1914, the expedition left Adelaide by rail,
reaching Oodnadatta, 700 miles to the north, three days
later. We were delayed for a short time at the rail head
owing to the non-arrival of our camel train, but the time
was utilized in collecting around Oodnadatta. Amongst some
rare birds collected were the ‘‘Grey Falcon’? (Valco hypo-
leucus), ‘‘Black-banded Whiteface’? (Aphelocephala mgri-
cincta)—a record for furthest south for the latter.

x2

708

Our party consisted of R. Lockhart Jack, B.E., F.G.S.,
leader; S. A. White, scientist attached unofficially; J. P.
Rogers, S. A. White’s privately-secured assistant and
taxidermist; W. H. Williams and R. Nicholls, prospectors;
J. L. Sullivan, camel man; and two aboriginals, Bob and
Paddy. Our transport animals consisted of sixteen cow
camels, mostly of a light stamp.

_ Our course after leaving Oodnadatta was a north-westerly
one. During the first day we covered thirteen miles over
gently undulating country, the plains being covered in salt-
bush (Atriplex), the bladder saltbush (A. vesicaia), and
in some places old-man saltbush (A. mummularia). The
gentle slopes and ridges have a fair quantity of ‘“‘mulga”’
(Acacia aneura) growing upon them, and on some of the
creek banks stinking acacia (A. cambage:) grew; but
the latter was soon lost sight of, and was only seen once or
twice afterwards. A few unimportant birds were collected
the first day.

Next day was a red-letter one, for we obtained several
specimens of the long-lost “‘Banded Whiteface’ (Xerophila
pectoralis). This bird was named from a single specimen by
Gould in 1871. The type was taken near Port Augusta, but
has long since been lost. The weather became threatening,
thunder rolled all around us, so our leader went into camp
near a creek, the banks of which were lined with gidya, or
stinking acacia, about fourteen miles from our last camp.

Next day travelling was very unpleasant, for a few
points of rain fell in the early morning which just wetted
the surface of the ground, and man and beast carried a big
wad of clay at every step. Cotton bush (Kochia villosa)
was very conspicuous on this part of the journey. We passed
the Murdarinna Waterhole on the Wooldridge at noon, and
went into camp about 4.30, after travelling fourteen miles.
The “Banded Whiteface’? was again met with during
the day. ©

Next day, July 1, a pair of the only lately described
“‘Desert Bushchat’” (Ashbyia lovensis) was taken, and at
4 p.m. we reached Todmorden Station, and were heartily wel-
comed by Mrs. Breaden (Mr. Breaden having passed us on his
way to Oodnadatta). Leaving Todmorden late in the day
we struck out in a westerly direction, following the dry sandy —
course of the Alberga River, and camped at 6 p.m. in thick
mulga at seven miles. Weather quite hot in the daytime,
but bitterly cold at night.

On the following day we met with the ‘‘White-browed
Treecreeper’’ (Climacteris erythrops superciliosa) for the first
time. The mulga round this camp was much larger than

709

usual, owing to the country being flooded at times from the
Alberga River.

& An early start was made next morning, following the

_ Alberga through a mulga country till we reached the junction
of the Coongra Creek, which we followed till 4 p.m., when

we camped in a dense mulga scrub. A good many botanical
and bird specimens were collected during the day. One of
€ our black boys, “‘Paddy,’’ overtook us at this camp, having
left Todmorden cattle station a little before sundown, and
reached us with a mail before midnight, having covered the

_ twenty-seven miles in less than five hours on foot.

_ After another cold night we packed up ready for a start,
but the camels wandered during the night, and the boys did
not bring them in till late. It was 11 a.m. before we made

- a start, and we did not stop till 6.45 p.m. at Lambinna Soak.

Leaving Lambinna we made up over the tableland
country. The gibber plains do not seem so pronounced on
the tablelands as north of Oodnadatta, still there were long
stretches of country covered with small fragments of rock
polished by the action of wind and sand and coloured brown
by the effect of oxide of iron, on which the sun’s rays shone
so brightly that it pained one’s eyes. Birds were very scarce
here, and only a few specimens of the more common varie-

_ ties were collected. The “‘Cinnamon Ground Bird” (Samuela

cinnamonea) was met with at times. On reaching Yoolper-

lunna Creek we camped at a waterhole, and here we met with

“Western Ground Cuckoo-Skrikes’’ (Petropodocys maxima).

They came to the waterhole in the evening to drink. It was

at this camp that the first specimen of a species of J/alurus

was secured, which came between J/. melanotus callainus and

M. m. whitei; it will be found under the former name in

the list of birds.

After leaving here our course took us over rough stony
tablelands. During the afternoon we emerged on to a very
fine plain dotted over with clumps of mulga and low bushes
of Hremophila, sp.; the latter was out in blossom, which
attracted a good many ‘‘Singing Honey-eaters’’ (Meliphaga

sonora). Another half-day’s travelling took us off the stony
tablelands, and we entered upon the best piece of country
we had seen west of Todmorden; plenty of good fresh salt-

_ bush, and the mulga looked healthy and green. Low hills

showed up at some little distance on either side, upon which
grew a quantity of mulga; the soil seemed deep, and of a red
sandy nature. We reached Wantapella Swamp, which at

_ the time of our visit was quite dry, and had been so for many

years. It is a large depression about two miles long by a

mile wide, and the surface was sunbaked and cracked; it

we

=

wa

710

was more or less covered by large bushes, up to 8 or 10 feet
high, of a prickly plant, Chenopodium nitrareum. This was
the home of the ‘‘White-winged Wren”’ (Hallorms cyanotus),
also that sweet songster, the ‘‘Redthroat’’ (Pyrrholaemus
brunneus). This was the furthest west we met with the
‘‘Banded Whiteface.’’ This is no doubt due to the change
of country which takes place a short distance west of this
spot. A small covey of ‘‘Australian Dotterel’”’ (Peltohyas
australis) was met with, and several ‘‘Australian Bustards’’
(Austrotis australis) were seen. Here, owing to a day’s delay
(for adjusting loads, etc.) a fair number of birds, insects, and
botanical specimens were procured.

Leaving Wantapella Swamp and travelling in a north-
westerly direction the Indulkana Range soon showed up, with
the mount of the same name forming the termination at the
eastern end. The country was fairly flat, of a red sandy
nature, with open mulga and saltbush plains. We passed
right under Mount Chandler and along the northern side of
the range, going into camp just outside the gorge in which
Indulkana Springs are situated, with the high rugged range
overshadowing us. Just after reaching this range a new grass
wren (Diaphorillas, sp.) was met with, and other birds were
procured. We passed through much bluebush (Kochia
ervantha) near the range.

Early next morning our leader, Williams, and the writer
took two camels, with two 25-gall. casks on each animal, up
a deep stony gorge, at the head of which the springs are
situated. We filled the casks at the largest spring, round
which a quantity of rushes was growing. The water was of
fairly good quality. There were several other springs, but
some of them were quite salt. After the casks were filled I
walked to the top of the gorge and found that the water,
after heavy rains, must rush down with great force amongst
huge boulders from a small catchment on the top of the
range. The native fig (Micus platypoda) and Murray
pine (Callitris robusta) were met with for the first
time in this gorge. Leaving the Indulkana Range we took
a little more westerly course across a saltbush plain, crossed
the Indulkana Creek where the country began to change,
granite beginning to make its appearance. Many cork trees
(Hakea lorea) in full blossom were passed, and a fair amount
of bluebush and cottonbush (Kochia villosa). Many
tracks of kangaroos were seen, and wild dogs were numerous.

The following day we passed over fairly level country,
thick mulga, a little grass but no bush, crossed several stony
ridges, mostly covered with broad- leafed mulga (Acacia
kempeana) and a few ‘‘cork trees.’’ Saw for the first time

ThA

large yards made of brush that were game-traps c:nstructed
by the natives, and were in some instances of great extent.
At seven miles met with huge granite outcrops in the shape
of boulders piled one upon the other, amongst which the
native fig was growing. The eastern side of this granite
outcrop was followed, and here was procured the ‘‘Pied
Honey-eater’’ (Certhionyx variegatus) for the first time.
Our camp at the end of the range was situated under a big
mass of granite boulders amidst a thicket of bright flowering
wattle trees (Acacia doratozlon), the flowers and leaves of
which yielded a good many small insects, and some land shells
were found amongst the debris at the foot of the fig trees.
A great many reck wallabies came out at sundown on the
western side to bask on the rocks heated by the afternoon
sun. Amongst the granite boulders grew a beautiful shrub
covered in a wealth of glorious blossoms, some of the bunches
of which were 8 to 10 inches in length, of a light-cream
colour outside and dark-brown centre. Various travellers
and explorers seem to have identified this plant as Tecoma
australis, but Mr. Black correctly thinks that this is a mis-
take, for the flowers and bunches are much larger than those
of that species; and if it were 7. australis, growing in such a
dry country, it.should be much smaller. Although it is often
stated that the natives procure their spear-shafts from this
plant, I never once (although hundreds of shrubs were
examined) saw a stem straight or long enough for that pur-
pose. It may be the plant throws up long shoots during good
seasons. This shrub was never found upon the plains or level
country, but grew amongst the rocks, from 10 to 15 feet tall,
showing no signs of a creeping habit. It is gorgeous when in
full flower, and the time of our visit seemed its flowering
season, for hardly a plant was observed that was not covered
with great bunches of flowers, and the ground beneath was
strewn with quaint boat-shaped seed-cases of the previous
season. Mr. Black places it as Tecoma ozley:. Our course
now lay north of west, and our caravan was soon swallowed
up in a dense mulga scrub. Kangaroo tracks were very
numerous, but the animals themselves were seldom seen.
Reached a rough and rugged range at 4 p.m., and when on
top sighted the Musgrave Ranges at sixty miles. The country
now gradually sloped to the west, and from three to four
miles we passed through saltbush and bluebush, with a little
mulga, then big mulga appeared, with a great quantity
of old dry grass amongst it. A bitterly cold wind blew from
the east all day, but died away at sundown, and set in for a
freezing night. Birds were very scarce in this country, still
sufficient were obtained to keep us busy each evening.

712

Next morning found everything frozen hard. We were
scon packed up, camels loaded, and on the move again, pass-
ing through thick mulga and dry grass; later more open
mulga, with ironstone ridges, on which grew a quantity of
bluebush. On the flats native willow (Acacia salicinap
and a few cork trees grew. Passing over claypans and on to
rising ground, which was covered in a mass of Hremophila
gilesii, we camped in a dense mass of mulga.

When the boys came in with the camels next morning
they reported having seen ‘‘big smoke’’ on the rocky range
to the east, and added ‘‘Blackfellow bin makim fire.’’ Pass-
ing on through dense mulga growing on reddish sandy loam,
a good many bustards were seen where open patches occurred,
but these fine birds were very wild. Smoke was seen rising
from isolated masses of granite away to the north. At
2.25 p.m. our‘boys became very excited upon discovering
the tracks of wild natives, and it was very noticeable that
the boys did not talk to one another nearly as much as usual,
and were keeping a sharp look-out all round them. Passed
over undulating sandy country covered in mulga, and here
and there a native willow. Reaching the top of the last
sandhill, the Musgrave Ranges loomed up in all their
grandeur, partly enveloped in blue mists. Huge masses of
granite rose to the north of us on comparatively level ground.
Emerging from mulga scrub on to open loose sandy country,
came upon a fine rockhole containing several hundreds of
gallons of water. Moving on a little distance from the water
we camped, and spent a very cold night; everything frozen
by the morning. Bird life was very scarce, also insects, but
a number of botanical specimens were taken, amongst which
was a new T'oxanthus which Mr. Black has described as T.
whiter, a most striking little plant with bright yellow flowers.

Leaving here we passed through large and dense mulga
growing on low sandhills, then over hard red sandy loam,
covered in dense mulga, all the lower branches of which were
dead, and only the very top showing signs of life; everything
-in a very dry state, so that it crumbled away on being
touched. Here there were numerous holes, excavated up to
4 feet deep, under the mulga trees, these having been made
by the natives digging for the ‘‘Sugar Ant’’ (Jelophorus
inflatus). These insects are greatly relished by the natives,
who pick up the insect with thumb and forefinger, placing
the inflated abdomen in the mouth, which is bitten off, and
the remainder of the insect’s body is thrown away. Judging
by the number of these holes the much-sought-after insect
must be very numerous all over this country, and are called
‘“‘woma’’ by the Everard natives. Coming out upon a large

713

open plain we found it covered with a thick mass of porcupine
grass (Triodia); it was so thick that we had difficulty in get-
ting the camels to face it. After about five miles of this
prickly plant we entered the densest mulga we had yet
attempted to penetrate; it was a difficult matter to find a
place clear enough to camp upon. The night was bitterly
cold, and everything was frozen hard. Birds were very
searce. A few blue grey-backed Acanthizas were the only
ones found in the desolate scrubs, and this Acanthiza I have
described as 4. marianae. At this camping place another
new bird was procured in the ‘“‘Musgrave Flyeater’’ (2thel-
ornis culicivorus musgravi).

Next day we wound our way amongst the foothills of
the Musgrave Ranges, with the main range looming up to the
“north of us. It was most disappointing country, dry and
dismal, hardly any animal life to be seen or heard till our
camels climbed over a saddle in an outlying range and we
descended into Glen Ferdinand. As soon as we crossed this
ridge we found a great change in Nature’s face; a wide
valley swept down between two high ranges, the surface of
the soil was covered with yellow and white blossoms of ever-
lastings (Myriocephalus stuarti:), which were 8 to 10 inches
high, in spite of the dryness of the sandy soil. Down the
centre of the glen a creek found its way marked by fine red-
gums (Lucalyptus rostrata). Bird life became at once more
plentiful, and a bird was secured which appeared to be the
“Grey-headed Honey-eater” (Lichenostomus kertlandi), but
later found it was a much brighter-plumaged species, especi-
ally on the throat, where the yellow was much brighter; the
ear-coverts were also much darker. Many botanical specimens
were taken, and we went into camp a few miles up the glen.
The tracks and signs of natives were seen about, but they
may have been of some time standing. Our boys would insist
that ‘‘wild blackfellow a little bit close up.’’ Subsequent
events showed this was not the case, and only illustrates how
unreliable in such matters the partly-civilized native is.

As we proceeded north, up the glen, it gradually became
narrower; at first great masses of boulders, piled one upon
the other, were dotted about like islands, and to add to their
beauty many pines (Callitris robusta) filled up the spaces
between the boulders, their thick bluish-green foliage forming
a strong contrast to the red granite. At one place some pine
pollen, carried on a gentle breeze, bore a deceptive resem-
blance to smoke. The glen became narrower as we went on till
there was hardly room for the camels to find their way
between the ranges on either side of the creek, till at last
they had to take to the bed of the creek itself, which was

714

thickly lined with ti-tree (Melaleuca glomerata). Mount
Ferdinand, 4,000 feet, towered above us. A great mass of
old-man saltbush surrounded the tree marked by Ernest Giles,
the explorer, in 1873; the “‘E. G.’’ was plainly seen, but,
unfortunately, the blaze on the tree faced south, and it was
almost impossible to get a good photo. One of our greatest
disappointments came to us here, for the waterhole marked
‘‘Krnabella’’ on the map, and which Giles said was perman-
ent, and which Hiibbe stated ‘‘would float a ship,’’ was quite
dry, and had been for years. There was a gumtree, five
years old at least, growing in the hole which once contained
water.

The party now broke up—two went in search of Harris
Spring, which was found to be dry; our leader (Mr. Jack)
and myself searched to the north without success.

Next day we followed down Tietkens Creek and dug out
many soakages and native wells without finding any water.
We now traversed a dense mulga scrub, and after another
day reached the rockhole, the last water which we had left
some time previously.

The following day after our arrival on this water our
leader, with Mr. Rogers and a black boy, with three camels:
started off for the south side of the Musgrave Ranges. This
enabled me to do some collecting amongst the birds, and
numerous plants and insects were obtained; also some inter-
esting photographs were taken of ants’ nests, native shelters,
and plants. While sitting at the rockhole late at night, out
of the darkness came the unmistakable call of parrots; hopes.
were entertained that they were the ‘‘Night Parrot’’ (Geop-
sittacus occidentalis). After flying round once or twice (they
could not be seen, only heard) it was noted by the starlight
reflecting in the water that they had settled on the edge of
the rock. A shot was fired and one bird secured, which
proved to be the ‘‘Blue-vented Parrot’’ (Neopsephotus
bourki). It is probable that these birds come in after dark
to avoid the hawks, which are always waiting round the
waterholes for small birds to come in to drink.

Trouble in getting water compelled us to fall back on
Moorilyanna Native Well, but there might have been another

water no great distance off, for although birds were very —

scarce, a fine bronze-winged pigeon (Phaps chalcoptera) was
seen, and these birds are never found very far from water.
A large flock of ‘‘White-browed Wood Swallows’? (Campbell-
ornis superciliosus) passed over the camp travelling south.
A little to the north-east of our camp, in a slight depression,

i ie

.was found a small clump of gum-like wattles (Hucalyptus —

oleos), with very rough reddish bark a long way up the trunk

;

:

715

and main stems. Several specimens of the southern ‘‘Yellow-
fronted Honey-eater”’ (Lichenostomus plumulus ethelae) were
found amongst these trees. Going slowly back through the thick
mulga, a small party of Blue-vented Parrots was flushed from
the dry grass; the birds were very shy, and only one was
obtained, the others flew like arrows away for miles.

At last we reached the native well, and collected there
for a few days. Upon Mr. Jack’s return he reported seeing
a small pigeon, which, from his description, appeared to have
been the ‘‘White-bellied Plumed Pigeon’? (Lophophaps

_ plumifera leucogaster). A few wallaby skins were added to

the collection. Some strange and interesting native paintings
were seen and photographed, as well as a small cave which had
been used for ceremonial purposes. It was decorated with
paintings inside, and around the entrance numerous fires had
been lit. Down the ledge of rock, in front, a mass of
dried blood was adhering, which had every appearance of
being human, and our boys said it was so.

We left this fine wel! on a south-westerly course towards
the Everard Range, which could be seen in the dim distance.
The first day we passed through a mulga and grass country,
with rocky outcrops occurring very frequently. This class
of country was decidedly poor and dry; very little was ccl-
lected, and we camped amongst a vast mass of dead mulga.

Next day passed through dead mulga, and at 3 p.m.
entered in between two high ridges; a large fire was seen out
on the low country, showing we had entered upon the natives’
district, and that there was water in the locality. Our leader
took Williams and Bob, with two camels, and struck out
north-westerly to examine a soak and rockhole in the heart of
the ranges. Mr. Jack and party, in returning, struck our
tracks and reached camp after dark, stating they had found
a rockhole containing about 100 gallons of water, and from
tracks they had seen they were sure that a native with his
wife and one child were camped near the water, but hearing
the white party approaching had made off. Mr. Rogers
reported having found a freshly-built bower birds’ play-
ground in a deep gorge not far from our camp.

Next morning we paid it a visit and saw a beautiful
male ‘‘MacDonnell Yellow-spotted Bower Bird’’ (Chlamydera
maculata macdonnelli). Photographs were taken of the
bower, which was neatly constructed beneath a native figtree,
with a large heap of bleached snail-shells and a smaller one
of green solanum berries outside the entrance. We passed
great masses of rounded granite, quite destitute of vegeta-
tion, but in the cracks and gullies wild figs and other shrubs
grew. On the southern aspect of some of these masses of

716

granite quite a quantity of beautiful Hibhertia glaberrima
grew, making a golden sheen with their bright-yellow flowers,
and the pink flowers of Ruelingia myniflora were also very
striking. Native tracks were very numerous, and only a few
hours old in some instances, and although we had not seen
any of the dusky inhabitants, there was not the slightest
doubt we were being watched from the rocky heights.
Passing in between the main range we entered a very
fine valley, 1,000 yards across at the entrance, with fine bold
granite rocks on either side. Saw a pair of Crow-Shrikes,

but in spite of all our efforts we failed to secure either of.

them. The valley we passed up was a lovely one, even after
such a prolonged drought, and in a good season it must be
very beautiful. A good many botanical specimens were col-
lected before we camped at no great distance from Mount
Illbillie (3,000 feet) amongst some fair-sized redgums.

Next morning we all went up to the rockholes to assist
in watering the camels. There was a series of them, round
holes worn out of the granite, and in times of rain the water
ran from one to the other. We bailed from one hole into the
other, and from the lowest one into the tarpaulin at the foot of
the rock, which was situated in a narrow passage with high
rocks on all sides and a narrow entrance. Many photographs
were taken and birds obtained. Amongst the latter were
honey-eaters resembling Keartland’s bird, ‘‘Buff-throated
Grass Wren’ (Diaphorillas textilis purnelli), which were most
difficult to secure, as they seldom took to the wing, but passed
from one bunch of porcupine grass to another like mice, their
mottled rufous colour harmonizing so well with the red
granite that it was most difficult to pick them out. Here
there were some fine blood-wood trees (Hucalyptus terminalis }
bearing fruit of exceptionally large size.

We passed out of these ranges to the west, and were just
approaching a narrow neck where the ranges on either side
converged towards each other, when we heard loud ‘‘yack-
ing’’ calls, which greatly resembled those of a species of
baboon found in Africa. Our boys answered the call, and
in a very short time we saw a party of six natives running
after us. They were armed with three or four single-barb
spears each, a spear-thrower which they called ‘‘Mooro,’’ a
yam-stick, ‘‘Wanna’’; also a food and water bowl, ‘‘Wera.’”
They were finely-developed men, well nourished and deve-
loped, stood 5 feet 10 inches or over in height, and in almost
a nude condition, for all that was upon their bodies was a
thin twisted hair-cord round the waist, and eagle-down (either
white or coloured with red ochre) attached to the pubic hairs,
but in no way sufficiently, or is it intended, to cover the

Dy

717

person. Their chests and arms were covered with red ochre,
and a line of white down, attached by means of human blood,
formed a half-circle, extending from one arm-pit to the other.
The hair was tied back, in some cases forming a long chignon,
and decorated with hawk’s feathers (leracidea berigora ). Two
of these men carried fire-sticks, which they waved to keep
alight. They held a round green object between their lips,
which at first sight appeared to be a green Solanum fruit,
but afterwards was found to be a ball of native tobacco (a
new variety named by Mr. Black Nicotiana suaveolens excel-
stor), which stained their lips a yellowish-green colour; in
fact, one or two of these natives had the liquid running down
the corners of their mouths and over their lips, giving them
a decidedly savage appearance. After taking some photo-
_ graphs and giving these natives some presents, we moved on,
with them in close attendance. As soon as we got outside
the neck they began firing the porcupine grass, and, upon
making enquiry, signified by signs that they were letting
their people know in which direction we were travelling.

We were following a fair-sized creek, sometimes along
the dry sandy bed and at others through great masses of
porcupine grass (commonly but erroneously called spinifex).
This has proved to be a new species, and will be found in
Mr. Black’s paper under Triodia aristata. Redgums lined
the dry watercourses, but not one was of any great size. This
class of country continued till we got clear of the main
ranges, when we left the creek and struck out over level
country covered by mulga, with high rugged detached hills,
on which grew porcupine grass. During the afternoon our
course was through similar country, in which innumerable
holes showed where the natives had been digging out the
sugar-ants. When these holes were pointed out to the natives,
who were in close attendance, they would nod their heads and
say ““Woma,’’ meaning sugar-ant. While out collecting
during the day I was followed all the time by several natives,
all in single file, who placed their feet in my footprints, and
thus avoided the prickly-burrs which strewed the sandy soil,
as my boots had the effect of pressing the sharp thorny seeds
deeply into the sand. The natives drew my attention to any
object of interest by a ‘‘hm, hm,’ sounded through the nose,
and on looking round the nearest native pointed to a high
point in the range and said ““Carmeena” (the name of the
mountain), and pointing downwards, meaning at the foot,
repeatedly said ‘‘Carmen,’’ meaning tobacco, which was grow-
ing at the foot of the range. Another time he pointed to a
rounded hill and said ‘‘Punderanna coppe,’’ the last word
meaning water. At other times they pointed to a dog’s tracks

718

in the sand, with the “‘hm, hm’’ again, adding ‘‘papa,’’
meaning wild dog. In one case, when they wished it under-
stood that the dog in question had pups, and their meaning
was not at once grasped, one native went down on all fours,
and tugging first at one nipple, then at the other, to show

that it was a she-dog suckling young. Towards evening some ~

of the natives became very excited, calling ‘‘Teeta,’’ ‘‘Teeta,”’
‘““Coppe,’’? and going in the direction they indicated,
through a dense mulga scrub, a high turtle- backed
hill (like the half of a huge granite boulder thrust up through
the sandy soil) was reached. The natives made for the steep
side of the granite rock, and with their bare feet soon climbed
12 or 15 feet up, and throwing themselves down upon the
rock were soon drinking from a rockhole, several feet deep,
fed by the sloping sides of the great granite mass,

Next morning J paid a visit to the natives’ camp. They
were a splendid lot of fellows, good tempered, civil, and with-
out a doubt very well disposed towards the white man. Some
photographs were taken, and many little presents bestowed,
before they left to go back to their own district, which seemed
to be the north side of the Everard Range. One man only
went on with us; he was a really fine specimen, about 40 or 45
years of age, some 6 feet in height, broad-shouldered and well
nourished, good tempered, and always anxious to explain any
matters of interest, and I could not move anywhere without
being followed by him. His quick eyes could pick out a bird,
mammal, or insect long before mine. To see his lithe, nude
body passing noiselessly through the scrub, every muscle work-
ing to perfection, was an interesting sight, especially when in
the attitude of stalking game.

Making a start from ‘‘Teeta’’ rockhole we took a westerly
course between two high and rugged granite ranges, and
before long were making the best way we could through very
dense mulga. After rains great quantities of some plants,
bearing edible seeds, must be prevalent through this country,
for large grinding-stones belonging to the natives were seen
in many places; so large, indeed, that they must have given

considerable trouble to carry. We walked for hours through ~

the dense mulga and never saw a living thing. At 5 p.m.
we emerged from the mulga country into a sandhill country,
with thick mulga on the flats, some of the trees being of fair
size. Bird life, and indeed all other kinds of life, were very
scarce in this region. Cinclosoma castanotum dundasi was
met with for the first time, and seems only to be found in the
sandhill country. Continuing on our westerly course the sand-
hills became more pronounced, and were covered with thick
scrub in places. A beautiful little heath-like shrub,

as

719

Thryptomane maisonneuow, covered with small flowers (dark-
red and white), made its appearance. There are three species
of mulga (Acacia) growing on this sandy ground, but unfor-
tunately the state of the country was so very dry that few of
these interesting shrubs were in flower. When crossing a
higher sand-ridge than usual, a dark line showed up in the
distance crossing our course from north to south, and our
field-glasses showed it to be a bank of redgums, a feature that
always marks one of the watercourses in that country, and this
one could be none other than the Officer Creek, which has its
source in the Musgrave Ranges, and winding out into the
sandhill country loses itself amidst the dry sandy plains to the
south. The sandhills took us right up to the Officer Creek,
but the country improved somewhat before reaching its dry
bed, and quite a crop of everlastings (Myreocephalus stuartiz)
lined the banks. Our camels were continually breaking their
nose-lines as they made frantic attempts to get a mouthful of
them as they passed along. Our leader followed the dry
watercourse towards the Musgrave Ranges. The banks of this
river only average 5 or 6 feet in height, and the absence of
logs or large deposits of debris, as well as the very fine sand
in the bed, would lead one to suppose that during flood-time
there would not be any fast-running stream such as there is
at the same distance from the MacDonnell Ranges, this being
due no doubt to the level nature of the country through which
the Officer runs. The first night we spent on this course was
near a native well in the bed of the river; the sand had been
thrown out for several feet, but there was no water in it.
After the camels had been unloaded our leader, with other
members of the party, put the well down much deeper, when
a little water was obtained, but not sufficient to water the
camels. Birds were much more numerous along this water-
course, and during our journey along it quite a number were
secured. Many indications were seen of natives having visited
this locality. On the day we left the Officer Creek to go east
the wild native from the Everards pointed along the ground,
east and west, where the camel-pad made by the Elder Explor-
ing Expedition, twenty or more years previously, could be
plainly seen. The country was in a very dry state, and not
a drop of water existed anywhere.

We had now reached our furthest west, and the sun went
down at our backs that night for the first time on our home-
ward track. Our course took us over low sandhills and
through thick mulga scrub till we sighted some isolated masses
of granite, which indicated that we were approaching the
Everard Range again. Following a long outlier from the
range we tried to get through a gap with the camels, but

720

failed. A northerly course was then taken, and we camped
on the most north-westerly corner of the Everard Range.
This camp is very fresh in the memory, for it is a most pic-
turesque spot, situated on sloping ground, with a great mass
of red granite as a background on the south and east; but
away to the north and west the view was most extended, in
which direction we looked over a sea of sombre-coloured mulga
scrub, with granite outcrops in the forms of great red boulders
here and there in the foreground. Away to the north and west
the fine Musgrave Ranges loomed up on the skyline in a mass
of purple mist. After finding an opening through the range
we travelled south amidst most picturesque scenery till we
reached the turtle-backed rock of ‘‘Teeta’” rockhole. Being
anxious to work this locality, and also spend some little time
with the natives learning something about their customs, it
was agreed that I should remain on the waterhole for a
few days, then move on to Carmeena rockhole to meet
Mr. Jack. |

The days spent rambling through the ranges with my
native companion were very interesting on account of the
grand scenery, the solitude, and the expectation each day of
finding something new. Enough also had been learned of
the natives’ ways and language to understand my aboriginal
companion fairly well. He tock me to ceremonial grounds
and explained many of their ceremonies, as well as plants,
insects, birds, and many other things, till the time came to
move on to Mount Carmeena. The native now took the lead,
and passed down a wide valley or plain thickly covered in
mulga between granite ranges. I wanted to push on to where
the map showed the waterhole, but the native insisted that I
was passing the water, and said most emphatically “Carmeena
Coppe,’’ and proceeded to a fine series of rockholes. Just at
the foot of the rockholes a great mass of giant tobacco grew.
Some of these bushes were from 5 to 6 feet high, and all out
in a mass of white flowers. Mr. Black has described this
plant as a new variety of Vicotiana suaveolens. Typical speci-
mens of V. suaveolens were taken within a short distance of
the giant variety, which not only has a different growth, but
the leaves are of a different texture. Near these rockholes
there were some very fine bushes of Acacia strongylophylla
which were in full flower. Over low bushes and down rocks
a creeper with scarlet berries, MWclothria maderaspatana, made
a beautiful show. On one side a great mass of native figs
(some trees of very large size) made quite a pretty arbour,
amidst which camp was made. The native now set about
fulfilling a promise to collect as many of his countrymen and
women as possible, and straight away sent up smoke signals.

721

It was not very long before about thirty men put in an appear-
ance in answer to the smoke message. He was very proud to
be able to introduce me to his people, and lined them up to
be photographed. There were some men well up in years, but
not very old men; men in their prime down to children eight
or ten years of age. All these natives were well grown and
nourished; some were exceptionally tall, many being 6 feet
or over in height.

The next day I went out hunting with a party of the
natives, which seemed to please them very much, and obtained
their confidence to that extent that they sent for some of their
women folk, and the following day, under escort of three of
the elders of the tribe, was permitted to pay a visit to the
women’s camp. There were sixteen women of varying ages
and a few small girls. The women were from the ages of
eighteen or twenty to forty-five or fifty, but no aged ones.
Some photographs were taken and presents made, the children
much enjoying the sweets given them. The women, like the
men, wore no clothing, and there were several children in
arms—all females with the exception of one. All those women
who had no children carried a live wild dog round their waist.
Several evening entertainments or corroborees were given by
these natives; some of which were of a very weird nature. The
stay at the foot of Mount Carmeena was all too short; still
the country for many miles round was well worked, yielding
much in bird and botanical specimens. For the first time
specimens of the Crow-Shrike were obtained here; the bird is
a large one, with a very strong bill. From all appearances
it comes between the western form, Neostrepera versicolor
plumbea, and the Eyre Peninsula one, V. v. intermedia.

Our party being re-united we travelled east, between great
parallel masses of granite; the plain between was covered (in
some places very thickly) with mulga, and here and there
a few cork trees. In places redgums appeared marking the
short course of a creek as it came out of the ranges. We were
escorted by a number of the natives. The remainder, with
their women folk, had gone off in another direction. We at
last left the ranges and plunged into dense scrub. While
amongst the ranges the mulga was fresh and healthy, there
were many green bushes amongst the rocks, and many com-
paratively open spaces; but as soon as we left the ranges the
mulga became very dense—a great part of it was dead, and
that which still lived only showed life at the extreme top. All
the natives, with the exception of three, departed when we
left the ranges behind, and these were sent back after two
days. It was quite sad saying good-bye to the last of these
simple-minded people who had been so very friendly and well

722

disposed towards us, especially the old man who had followed
me over so many miles of country and given so much infor-
mation.

The weather had been changing for the last few

a ie

days, and summer began to make itself felt, the heat

being distressing in the dense scrub. Passing over sandy
country covered in thick mulga, we at last sighted Schneider
Hill, when our course was changed somewhat, and we passed
through a very dense scrub, where little or no bird life was

to be found. Very soon Chambers Bluff, in the Indulkana

Range, came in sight, and Mount Johns could be seen in the

blue mists to the south-east. We still struggled on through

dense, dead, and leafless mulga till we crossed the Amma-
roodina Creek, when the country became more open. As soon
as we reached the tableland country the birds became more
numerous; it was not long before A phelocephala pectorahs
and A. nigricincta, also Calamanthus campestris isabellinus
were met with, as well as many more common species. One
night at 9 p.m. we went into camp at Wantapella Swamp.

Leaving there we took a northerly course till we struck
the Indulkana Creek. All this country was in a very dry
condition ; vegetation consisted of stunted mulga, needle bush
(Hakea), cork trees, and Grevillea.

For the first day or two we followed the dry sandy bed

of the Indulkana Creek, then our course took us away from

it at times to strike it again at a bend. Bird lfe—in fact,
all. animal lfe—was very scarce through this country. Pass~.

ing to the north of Mount Mystery and following the Alberga.
at a distance we reached the Lambinna Native Well. We
travelled along very quickly now, which gave little time for
collecting, yet we were successful in securing a few specimens.
each day. We were most kindly received at Todmorden cattle
station by Mr. and Mrs. Breaden.

I left next morning at daylight with Mr. Breaden to
drive into Oodnadatta, reaching the head of the railway line
the same day, arriving home on September 3.

Taking into consideration the great dryness of the
country (a fall of rain not having taken place for at least
nine years), and the fact that bird or other life is never
numerous at the best of times, my work was very successful.
I have the honour to be the first to make an ornithological
reconnaissance of the Far North-west of South Australia.

The expedition yielded ninety-four species of birds, of which —

five are new.

In spite of the dryness of the country I was able to collect
nearly 200 species of plants, which have been dealt with by
Mr. J. M. Black, who has described many new to science.

Vol. XXXIX., Plate XLIVe

QUE y! |

=
I

seats ay A

|
Srv;
a

A STRALIAN

IE

MAP OF

SOUTH AUSTIRALIA

SHOWING

Area collected over by Capt.S.A.White
YJ)!

SCALE
SM (umber

Mits. 20106 20 40 60 6 Mnee

1914 :
ie ee Maes oes

SE Rioh eee Z (36am

HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBL ISHERS ADELAIDE, 50, AUS.

bel
FEL

, | TLIHM V's 1409 A
dag faaing poorbozoay) ay) yne pe Ehae aynoy

aa |

INGHAM L PRIN 5
6 IMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO
, 50

SSEY & GILL

Vol. XXXIX., Plate XLVI.

ee
ott 5 Bay, aa viele

= 0 EE ee — A

Sas at)

Fig. 2.

aoe

} =
' ‘
i
*
‘
y
a
na
fi
i
9 4
t
i! %
,
i
; 26
ces
r
i
i .
sy
a
ADS
re 3 \
F
vane U
Ned
Vo &
$
a f
2
¢
“3
A
vee
fare
*%
1 q 4 J r
| a
as
t
+ r
fie
vA
lg
fy ‘
i
Hy 4h
ae < V
ie
eels
| %
t a

© "Ss
-
7
j
'
=e a
v
Y & ’
'
.
i
.
« «
w
' “ j i
’
oem ~ we -*
> fe wh paren «

Vol. XXXIX., Plate XLVII.

Kio. 1,

.

b.a,%

Vol, SAXIX.; Plate XLVII.

oe calm

ee ee

Vol. XXXIX., Plate’ XLIX

Ww

Vol. XXXIX., Plate L

4 % Pe i : :
- 7 ‘ rt bee
* g
i < r
, 1 ; : : 14
a
= ‘ : \ ;
a
‘
r
7 '
t
1 ; ‘
Ce a ey ae ire aS SE Ee Sil SP ee Soe Sa ie ee ee eee i
Ee ee ae Soe Sewers ele, et PRE eke Eh hake ee ee ee

Vol.

XXXIX.,

Plate Li.

Vol. 3 Le, Plate GIT.

Vol. XXXIX., Plate LITI.

Ole Ree esate cal,

AUS.

AITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELA DE, SO. AL

at

7

3

~~ ore

heme

Sa i wll a SEP pe pa Dias et el a ape pi lacs atlas ba a easiness SUT EoD

ue= =

wee Ob te eter eo

Sm 2 he MH ED

> . o.
‘ * > - -
* ‘
ae a
tes - > A? i
——
-<
‘
rf - . a
' - -
a * - e , > =
Re east 7“
<2) e ;
> <
Re ta
2
=
* d Pa
we ;
.
. -< le
wos
a -
- “*
J ‘
as
a =,
‘
*
=
x . -
Oa *
. ‘> t
— 7 a

_ . . 7
ars ie ar ad

Sea te Ee

Vol) XXX. . Plates LV.

”

&

Vol.

XXXIX., Plate LVI.

Vol. XXXIX., Plate LVII.

Y
]
%

WE

ti)

Vol. XXXIX., Plate LVIII.

4

%, Hs bis y
Le 3 i

et:

ger 4

Wen,

tj

LIYE il

Mii

Vol. XXXIX,,

Plate

LIX.

Vol. XXXIX., Plate LX.

Als LIMITED, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, $0. AUS,

4 P40 ag 1” ee a fi
i ey) _ bs a . ' =“

| Rtg a “Boe ;
: ‘ : " 2), 0 ee 1 Gag in al ka

. es is 2 é “3 gees

ee
»

Vol. XXXIX., |

Plate: Ix ft.

’ a. J
. ae sale La ie
‘ _— 7
ve

Vol. XXXIX., Plate LXIT.

7 , .
wr Maal
7 ‘ y se -
@ ts 7
5 , a
0
'
‘
‘
f f
‘
* ‘ al
.
“4
.)
>
’
= 4
;
ad

Vol. XXXIX., Plate LXIII.

4
ty

Ui

oe gel ihe

HUSSEY & GILLINGHAM MITEDO, PRINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAINFE. SN 41m,

’
> re
es
«
<
.
.
> s.
i«¢
;
’
j
'
,
r -
'
‘ .
Ai =
‘
p ‘
E iy
i ‘fiona
« > -
ot yp Oe Fae
: 4 ,
,
Wei
- :
: :
a? ¢
at
é 9 *
~ " r
ft ry “ a
'
Loe } 7 poke >
, ‘ Pike -
; ;
a * Ad
i ; f a er
% ¢ ‘ i
= 4
. ’
’ ~
'
4
< . iss
/
yp
a 74
* ‘ .
>

3s ‘

‘ F
ce ) F Weed
oat D “iy. fore ‘

¥ Le aq

ol ee S.A aoe We ony toed S

t 1 ye Fee oS aay shay Ree WH ged in eee
Peay ne re PAD *
a Aba ath TAs aa
j ,
i , 7
te et . ie
& / 4
. fm By 9 oh
vA ‘
‘ ° bo # < é oo ¢ a 7
y { %) Tart har "
J 7 very
F Te, te *
\ 2
} . ai [Ant
7 ‘
' ¢ ‘
- rs to
aus , >
i . tA A ( i;
Ly ba J \s oy.
pr ae Saat
\ hu sa PP,
ry i i yr a ap
iW ray ae ue
ar ‘ 7
P= 2
’ Panes ae
v7 *, % : ‘ie
' / 2
°
i f =)
Pa t
{i WE oe

fi -
: . of ey ae
ae am
Py) Ge ee
Se wed beet OOS Ky
i

nO

Vol. XXXIX., Plate LXIV.

Se

td a *
«0 of om ole wh (nnd sage tog
‘a

ol. XXXIX., Plate LXV.

SHERS ADELAIDE, S

Caen

-— So

Vol. XXXIX., Plate LXVIIT.

fr aeell (c tyey a
AVANT | \ ts = ye

it i ih i U/l

il ik j a i hn

\ sa as

0 AINTERS & PUBLISHERS ADELAIDE, SO. AUS

ee

Plate LXIX.

XXXIX.,

Vol.

ylindriceps spn.

Plerigeron

/
| Toxanthus Whitei a s
/

———— wtp > =
u ns we i ‘
2 - “-
’
’
> -
“
’
ts
’
4
'
.
,
‘«
:
eeu 5 fj
a owe wl

Plate LXX.

XXX:

Vol.

.

T irritans

Triodia

wri
A tr hy
OES Se —
ead Ul
7 : a3 Os > p

4
or
A

suaveolens, Lehn.

artislala sp.n.

Lor.

ls

‘//var.n. @C

723

Owing to the prolonged drought mammals were scarce ;
those collected haye been dealt with by Mr. Edgar R. Waite.

Reptiles were not nearly so numerous as on our expedi-
tion of the previous year; the selection secured this time has
been worked out by Messrs. Waite and Zietz.

The work in connection with the insects has been under-
taken by Mr. Arthur M. Lea and others. In this branch
there is much new to science. Out of thirty species of ants
collected, something like twenty are new species or sub-species.

There are also many new spiders in the collection, which
have been worked up by Mr. W. J. Ranibow, of Sydney,
some of which are of special interest.

To all the above-mentioned gentlemen my sincere thanks
are due for adding to the value of this work.

In conclusion, my thanks are tendered to the leader of
the expedition (Mr. Jack) for many kindnesses shown and
assistances rendered during a very arduous journey through
an almost waterless region. I pay a very strong tribute to
my assistant (Mr. J. P. Rogers) for the great interest he took
in the work and for his loyalty under very trying
circumstances occasioned by the great drought.

The whole of the collection, with the exception of the
birds, has been donated to the South Australian Museum.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

PuatE XLIV.
Map (facing page 707) of South Australia showing area
collected over by S. A. White.
Piatt XLV.
Map (facing page 707) showing route traversed with the
Geological Survey Expedition.
[The following plates are from photographs taken by S. A. White.]
Pruate XLVI.

Fig. 1.—Glen Ferdinand, Musgrave Ranges, looking south-
west

‘ Fig. 2.—Undulating sandy plain, with the Musgrave Ranges
in the distance—Mount Ferdinand the highest peak.
Pratt XLVII.

Fig. 1.—Glen Ferdinand, with creek and the Pinnacles (Mus-
grave Ranges) in the distance.

_ Fig. 2A ridge in the Musgrave Ranges covered with
Triodia aristata—the home of the Buff-throated Grass-Wren.
Purate XLVIII.
Fig. 1—View in the Everard Range, near its centre,
looking east.
Fig. 2.—View of the Divide near the head of the main valley
of the Everard, near Mount Illbillie, looking west.

724

Pratt XLIX.

Fig. 1.—Main Valley of the Everard Range (as in fig. 2,
pl. xlviii.), but looking east.

Fig. 2.—Carmeena rock-holes, at the foot of Mount Car-
meena. Carmen is the native word for tobacco, and the locality
takes its name from a patch of the native tobacco plant which is.
seen in the foreground.

Pirate L.

Fig. 1.—Near view of one of the rock-holes shown in the pre-
ceding (pl. xlix., fig. 2).
Fig. 2.—Watering camels at a rock-hole in an isolated granite
boss, Everard Range.
Pirate ‘LI.

Fig. 1.—Watering camels at rock-holes, near Mount Illbillie,
Everard Range.
Fig. 2.—Nearer view of rock-holes seen in fig. 1.

Pirate LII.
Fig. 1.—Centre rock-hole in the series of rock-holes as above
m field, pla ar.
Fig. 2.—A group of aboriginals in the Everard Range.

Prate LITT.
Fig. 1.—Aboriginals signalling from the summit of granite
boss shown in fig. 2, pl. 1.
Fig. 2.—Aboriginals of the Everard Range decorated with
down of the eagle.
Prats LIV.

Fig. 1.—A group of aboriginals in camp, Everard Range.
Fig. 2.—An aboriginal who voluntarily accompanied the
Expedition through the Everard Range.

Pratt LV.
Fig. 1.—An aboriginal of the Everard Range throwing a
spear.
Fig. 2.—An aboriginal using the mira in throwing a spear.

Pratt LVI.

Fig. 1.—A young man of the Everard Range tribe.

Fig. 2.—An aboriginal with head-dress decorated with hawks”
feathers, Everard Range.

Prats LVII.

Fig. 1.—Aboriginal boy of the Everard with reed penetrating:
the septum of the nose, this being the first stage in the rites of
initiation,

Fig. 2.—A group of aboriginal women of the Everard Range,
showing the strange practice of nursing the dingo.

Pirate LVIII.
lig. 1.—Middle-aged woman of the Everard Range tribe.
Fig. 2,—Middle-aged woman of the Everard Range tribe. At
the side a mother is seen giving her child the breast.

725

Pirate LIX.
Fig. 1.—Young mother nursing her first child. .
Fig. 2.—Young mother with baby.

Pirate LX.
Fig. 1.—Little girl of Everard Range tribe.
Fig. 2.—A cave in the granite used as an aboriginal rock-
shelter, Everard Range.
Pruate LXI.

Fig. 1.—Natives’ shelter in the mulga scrub, Musgrave
Ranges.
Fig. 2.—Native paintings on granite rock at Moorilyanna

Soak.
Pirate LXII.

Fig. 1.—A ceremonial cave containing native drawings, and
the entrance covered with dried layers of human blood.

Fig. 2.—The cork tree (Hakea lorea).
Prats LXITI.

Fig. 1.—The native fig (Ficus platypoda).
Fig. 2.—The native tobacco tree (Nicotiana suaveolens).

Pirate LXIV.
Fig. 1.—A group of Senecio magnificas, growing near Car-
meena rock-hole, Everard Range.

(6) THE ABORIGINES OF THE EVERARD RANGE.
By 8S. A. Wuitt, M.B.O.U.

The Everard Range is situated about 300 miles west
of Oodnadatta, and extends from east to west for about fifty
miles, the western end nearly reaching to Officer Creek. It
consists of ridges and isolated boulders of granitic rock, of
a reddish-brown colour. Mount Illbillie (3,000 ft.) 1s the
highest point. Fine wide valleys intersect these high ridges,
and amongst the rocks large rockholes are to be found, capable
of retaining water for some considerable time.

In and around the range dwells a fine race of people,
well grown, well nourished, and well disposed towards white
men. It is divided into many parties, or tribes, each one
having its own allotted district. Owing to the nature of the
country and the great dryness, also the uncertainty of food
supply, these tribes are broken up into still smaller parties,
which in some cases were not more than a man and wife with
one or two children. Nothing has been written, as far as I
can ascertain, about these people, with the exception of that

726

by Mr. Richard Helms, who accompanied the Elder Exploring
Expedition, 1891-2, and he only speaks of seeing two or three
Everard men when passing by the ranges. So I hope the
following notes may be of scientific interest.

Quite a, number of both sexes and all ages were met with,
and I was able to spend several days (without any white
companion) in their camps, which enabled me to gather much
information that otherwise could not have been obtained. Both
men and women were well grown and nourished. Most of the
men bore many scars upon the chest, shoulder blades, back, and
arms. The women also have these scars, but in a lesser degree.
Both sexes are destitute of covering, moving about in a nude
state ; the men very often have a twisted hair-cord round their
waists, which acts as a means of carrying small articles, and
also when drawn tightly round the body will reduce the pangs
of hunger. They do not try to cover the person in any way,
but the men, both young and middle-aged, were often seen
with eagle-down twisted into the pubic hairs ; in some instances
it was left the natural colour, while in others it was stained
with red ochre; this ornamentation did not in any way cover
the penis, nor was it intended to do so, I am sure.

The young bucks spend much of their time in the braiding
of their hair, which is drawn tightly back from the forehead,
then done up in a chignon and bound tightly together with ~
human-hair string, often being decorated with brown hawks’
feathers. This chignon stands out ten or twelve inches at the
back. In most cases the women’s hair was fairly short; this
being due, most likely, to their having to supply the material
for hair string. In many cases the young women brought the
hair forward and tied it up in a small knob over the forehead,
with many bands of hair string bound round and round the
head.

It was very surprising to find that many of the women
carried live wild dogs round their waists—the fore paws and
nose being grasped in one hand, while the hind paws and tail
are in the other; the extremities of the dogs, in some cases,
almost meeting in front. As far as the limited knowledge of
the language would allow, it was ascertained that all women
who were barren or had ceased bearing children were required
to nurse a dog in this way.

There were a good many children in arms, which were all
females with the exception of one; these children, as well as
others of various ages, were all well nourished, being plump,
and jolly.

All the men are circumcised after the age of about eighteen
or nineteen years. One example of slitting the urethra came
under notice, but this does not seem a regular custom. They

727

all have the septum of the nose pierced, to carry the wing-bone
of a bustard or an ornamental stick. This operation is per-
formed at a very early age (see pl. lvii., fig. 1), and seems to be
the starting-point at which the initiation rites begin. No very
old men or women were seen, nor were there any cripples, and
every effort failed to gain information as to what becomes
of the aged members of the tribe, for they avoided every
question put to them and showed a strong dislike to discuss the
question. J am strongly of the opinion that they kill and eat
their old people and destroy all deformed children. They are
very fond of relating how the Musgrave natives (for which
they show great fear and call ““Mamoo,” always repeating the
word in an awe-inspiring tone) have killed and eaten their
men and women, and great pains were taken on one occasion
_ to point out where one of their women and a child were killed
by the “Mamoo,”’ and a short way off the ashes of a fire were
shown as the place where the woman and child were cooked
and eaten. There were some particles of bones about, but if
human or not I could not say. There is no doubt in my mind
that they do eat one another. .

Many of the women were of quite graceful form, and the
distended abdomen, so common amongst the Australian
natives, was almost absent amongst these people, showing that
their food supply must be regular and good.

The men smear their bodies with red ochre, and the
young bucks have their chests decorated with the white down
from the wedge-tailed eagle in the shape of a crescent, which
extends from one armpit, round the chest, to the opposite
armpit ; the down is stuck by the agency of human blood.

The men use the native tobacco (Nicotiana suaveolens,
var. nov. excelsior),“ which grows very abundantly in one
locality at least. The leaves of this plant (which often attain
the length of 8 to 10 inches) are rolled up into a ball and used
as a narcotic, allowing it to rest between their lips and turning
it over occasionally by means of the tongue, which causes a
yellowish green juice to cover the corners of the mouth and
lips. The women were not seen using it at any time.

Ieapons and Utensils.—The principal weapon is the
spear, called “ooruta,” which is mostly of a single barbed
variety, the head, which is attached to the shaft by means of
tendons and sinews, is flat and made from mulga wood, with
a curved tooth or barb of the same material, also bound on
by means of sinews; the shaft, which is nearly always in two
‘pieces, is from 9 ft. to 9 ft. 6 in. long. They hunt the
kangaroo, wallaby, and rabbit, etc., also fight, with this spear.

)See Mr. Black’s paper on Botany, p. 835.

728

A thick mulga stick is also carried, called ‘“‘wanna.”’ This is
from 2 ft. to 3 ft. long, sharpened at one end and hardened by
fire, and is used for many purposes, but principally for digging
out food. They use a small wooden food-and-water bowl, —
about 1 ft. long by 3 in. or 4 in. broad, called “wera’’ ; more
often it is used as a scoop to remove earth and sand, after it -
has been loosened by the ““wanna,’’ when in search of rabbits,
lizards, etc. A spear-thrower, which they call “mira,” is very
different to any other I have ever seen. It is deeply concave —
on the upper side; in this hollow the spear rests. The peg
or tooth which takes the weight of the spear when thrown is
bound on by sinews and resin. At the handle-end a piece of
flint, of a chisel shape, is cemented in very firmly by means
of porcupine grass resin. All these articles were carried by
the men. Boomerangs are not made or used by them. A
large food-and-water bow! cut out of wood, called “mika,” is
used by the women, and is generally large enough to hold a —
big child ; the children are often placed in these large wooden ~
dishes or bowls and then stuck up in the fork of a tree, with a
bunch of leaves over the top to keep the sun off the child
while the mother hunts for food.

| Food.—The supply, even in the Everard Range (which
is arich country compared with some), must vary considerably.
Kangaroos are plentiful in some districts. These animals shift
about according to rainfall. Amongst some of the great piles
of granite rocks, as at Moorilyanna native well, rock wallabies
are numerous, and the favourite time for the natives to hunt
them is just after sundown, when the marsupials come out on
the rocks, which have been heated by the afternoon sun. Emu
eggs in season yield an excellent food. Numerous species of
lizards are prized by the natives as an item of food. Nearly
all their food is cooked in their usual excellent manner—
namely, in the sand, which retains the full flavour of the
game. Of vegetable foods I saw little, owing to the prolonged
drought ; but in good seasons there must be great quantities
of edible seeds, for large grinding-stones are found very
frequently all over the country near the ranges, and by their
concave surfaces they must have been used for grinding pur-
poses for many years. The fruit of the native fig (Ficus
platypoda), and called by the natives “Elie,” was eaten by
them. The wild dog, or dingo, is much relished by the natives
as an article of diet, and rarely an old camping-ground came
under notice without there being many dingo skulls and bones’
scattered around; yet the natives domesticate and fondle over
their dog pets. Sugar ants (Melophorus inflatus), called by
these natives “woma,” are much relished. They dig large pits
up to 4 ft. or 5 ft. deep in search of the ants; grasping them by

4
A

’

}

#

729

the forepart of the body they bite off the inflated abdomen,
which contains the sweet fluid: One of their, if not the chief,
foods is their “margu,” being the larvae of a big moth found
in the roots of the broad-leafed mulga (Acacia hempeana).
The natives seem to detect the grub at the roots by the foliage
of the tree, and at once strike the ground with their pointed
stick, “wanna,’’ to find the position of the root. Having
ascertained this, they soon loosen the earth around and thrust
the pointed end of the stick under the root and pressed up
sufficiently to be grasped by the hands and forced away from
the stem, and at the junction of stem and root the large grub
is invariably found. It is sometimes eaten raw by biting off
the head and squeezing the contents into the mouth, but they
are more often placed in the hot ashes for a few minutes, when

_ the skin is roasted like parchment and the contents attain the

consistency and colour of the yolk of an egg, and is of a nutty
flavour.

Water supply.—During good seasons no doubt there are
many clay-pans and swampy places, also temporary streams,
which would allow the natives to hunt over a large extent of
country ; but in dry times, such as it was during this expedi-
tion, they are dependent on rock-holes and native wells, the
latter being rare and generally shallow dug-outs close to
shelving rocks, the catchment holding the water under the
sandy soil. The rock-holes are a great feature of this granite
country, many being large cisterns, capable of holding
hundreds of gallons, while others would only hold a pint or
so. To prevent birds and other things getting into the water
the natives put boughs and sticks into it, which often discolours
and gives the water a bad taint; in some instances sand is
placed in the holes to prevent evaporation.

Native Art.—If anyone could see these natives decorated
for ceremonial purposes it would be admitted at once that
they possess much decorative skill, the lines upon their bodies:
being beautifully executed and some of them of striking
design. Their rock paintings are very strange, and if the
language had been better known much interesting information
in connection with these could have been obtained. Red and
white were the principal colours, but often designs were made
in black. Emu tracks are very often reproduced, also the
rough representation of the human form; one painting was
described to me as a hunting sketch, the emu tracks represent-
ing a bird going in a certain direction; then other tracks
having been seen an old and a young man had gone one way,
while an old man and two young ones had gone another
way, this painting having been executed to depict a certain
hunt.

730

Personal characteristics.—They are a good-natured,
happy-go-lucky people. Of course, their characters are as
varied as those of the white race; there are cheerful as well
as sullen individuals. But, taking them on the whole, they
are a happy people, extremely fond of their children ; two or
three big children have often been seen to throw their arms
around their mother and caress her. The men give up much
of their time to entertaining the boys and girls; but whatever
the amusement may be it 1s always in the form of an educa-
tional matter. For instance, at night they will smooth the ©
sand down in the firelight, and a man will make different
tracks of birds, mammals, insects, etc., with a piece of stick,
then there will be a guessing competition, and if one of the
youngsters make a ‘‘howler”’ they will all chaff him about it.
At an early age the girls follow their mothers out hunting for
food, and are soon drawn into the almost incessant work of
food hunting, which is looked upon as a woman’s work. The
boys follow their fathers, and when quite young are started to —
make toy spears and trained how to throw them, the favourite
target being a white ants’ nest or hill. These dark reddish-
brown masses of clay have been seen covered with shattered
spears, their points having pierced the hard outside covering.
Their hair is dark and coarse; some long and vigorous beards
were seen, yet in some instances the face was almost destitute
of hair. Some of their bodies were very hirsute—legs, arms,
and chests being covered with long dark hair. They sleep
upon the bare ground in a row, with a small fire between each
pair ; more than twenty have been seen in a line, thus one fire
does for two men. They were quite without covering, and
the fires required replenishing every little while throughout
the night. One of the natives who accompanied us acquired
some cast-off clothing, and he was seen wearing it all through
the heat of the day, but when the severe cold set in at night,
and he lay down between two fires, he divested himself of all
clothing.

Shelters.—During wet or inclement weather shelters are
put up, principally for the mothers and young children. This
is done by placing two forked sticks together, with a third.
leaning away from the weather side, forming a triangle;
against this boughs are placed, then porcupine or other grasses
are heaped up. Many of these shelters are seen in different
stages of decay near good watering-places, but never close up
to the water, for the natives always form their camps out of
sight, if possible, so that they do not disturb the game or reveal
their presence to other natives. Many travellers say that
these shelters made by other tribes are not used the second
time, because it is easier to construct new ones; this has not

731

been my experience, for I have always found that superstition
has been the chief cause, and have been told time after time
by the natives that as soon as they vacate a dwelling the evil
spirit takes up his abode therein, and they cannot be induced
to enter the shelters again under any consideration.

Fire Sticks.—They always carry a lighted stick, or one or
two if there is a large party on the move, taking it in turns to
carry the torch, which is swayed about to keep it burning.
This points to the fact that the process of making fire is a
difficult one, and that they go to great pains to avoid it. Upon
being requested to make fire, an old native took his spear-
thrower and struck a piece of hard stone with the chisel-shaped
flint attached to the handle-end of the ‘“‘mira’’; sparks were
certainly produced, but he had no tinder, nor did he show how
the sparks were caught. Many of the men and women had
large scars upon their bodies, in some instances quite raw cnes
were seen upon the children. Upon making inquiry, it was:
found that this was caused through the agency of fire by rolling
on to the embers during sleep.

Ceremomal Dances.—I was present at several of these,
which were quite new to me, not having seen the same per-
formances with any other tribe. One had only three dancers
(young men of twenty-five to thirty) ; their hair was bound up
with hair string and protruding a great distance at the back,
being decorated with hawks’ feathers; their bodies were red-
dened with ochre, and two half-circular lines of white down
from the wedge-tailed eagle adorned their chests; large tufts
of white down were attached to the pubic hairs, a wand was
earried made from a straight gum-bough, and was about
4 ft. 6 in. long, a bunch of leaves being left at the top, and
from that down the bark was stripped off clean, the bare wood
being smeared with human blood, and evidently while the
blood was wet three rings of white down had been stuck on.
The women, men, and children sang a low, monotonous song,
almost in a whisper at first, but after a time it swelled in
volume and became louder and louder, many of the singers
keeping time by beating the ground with their short-pointed
sticks. When the song had reached its highest pitch the three
performers dashed out of the scrub (which was wrapped in
darkness) into the bare space in front of the fires and singing
loudly, keeping time by stamping the ground with great force
with the right foot. They stood in the same place for some
time, and soon had a hole stamped in the sandy soil 8 in. or
10 in. deep. The song died away in cadence and became lower
and lower. The performers had been facing the east; they
now turned to the west, still stamping vigorously, this time
with the left foot. When the song had died down to a mere

732

whisper the performers rushed back into the darkness. This
was repeated many times, and the last time, when the chanting
‘or singing had died gently out, the men lay flat down with
their faces to the ground, and this was the finale.

In conclusion, I must say that the Everard natives are
the finest that it has ever been my fortune to meet, but the
hundreds of miles of arid country will not protect these fine
people much longer, for white men are pushing further out
each year, and will very shortly come in contact with this wild
race ; then customs, traditions, everything, will be lost beyond —
recall. All this information should be obtained before it is
too late.

Language of the Everard Range Tribe.
By. J. M. Brack.

A small list of words in the language of the Everard Range
natives was compiled by Capt. White, and has been entrusted
to me for phonetic expression. The difficulty of obtaining
the words was considerable, because the tribe is quite un-
touched by white influences and knows no English. A black
boy from Ocdnadatta and another from the Alberga, who
accompanied the expedition, were useless as interpreters.
The only word which they seemed to have in common with
the Everard men was wi:ra, the wooden bowl for food, and
this discovery created surprise on both sides.

The alphabet used is that of the International Phonetic
Association, and the characters which require explanation
are as follows:

u when long, sounds like oo in “‘boot’’; when short, like
oo in ‘‘foot.”’

9 is the English o in “‘not.”’

a when long, is the English a in ‘‘father’’; when short,
it is the Scottish a in ‘‘man.”’

a is a sound half-way between a in ‘‘father’’ and the
English a in ‘‘man’’; it is the French sound which is heard
long in “page” and short in “‘patte.”’

0 is the English sound heard in “‘butter’’ [‘bata]

e sounds nearly as in the English ‘‘they.’’

e is the open English e in ‘‘bed.’’

i is a close sound very nearly equal to English ee in
“‘meet.’’ It may be long or short.

i is the open sound heard in English ‘‘fit,’’ ‘’very’’ [fit,
veri]. It is always short.

‘ )

al=y in “‘my

onal Pig ee

Li

733

A long vowel is indicated by the sign [:] placed after it,

but it should be remarked that the vowels here, as in other

_ Australian languages, differ rather in quality than in quan-

tity; that is to say, they are distinguished rather by their
articulation than by their length. The stressed or accented
syllable is indicated by the sign |'| placed before it; so that,
for example, the accentuation of the English words ‘‘instance”’

'and ‘

in

‘exact’? would be shown thus [’instons, eg’ zaekt].
Of the consonants it need cnly be said that }=English y

Syoung >; y=7g in ‘‘singer’’; 0=th in “‘thin.’’

al’kaka, general name for ant.

ando'grinijo, name of one of the clans of the tribe.

‘bi:a, snail-shell.

iiriicn. brown hawk /Jeracidea Rerigena )

‘e: bo, stone.

‘elga, wireworm (Larva of T'enebrionidae, sp.).

ge’ronkibi, black-eared cuckoo (Owenavis osculans ).

1:bru, rock-pigeon (Lophophaps plumifera leucogaster ).

‘1: bi, breast.

‘1:li, native fig-tree (Licus platypoda).

‘Impu, trap-door spider.

‘kapi, water.

ka'titi, teeth.

‘kaman, giant tobacco (Vicottana suaveolens, var.
excelsior ).

‘kaljo, emu (Dromoeus novae-hollandiae ).

‘kulbi, rock-painting.

kom'pomb:ri, cockroach (A namessa lindsay).

kon'taltabu, ant lion (Myrmeleonidae, sp.).

‘maira, hand.

mai’@ends, spinifex snake (Demansia modesta).

‘magu, large grub found in the roots of mulga (often
called ‘‘witchita,’’ after its name in another
aboriginal language).

ma’mu:, the Musgrave Ranges tribe (of whom the
Everard tribe express great fear).

mai lalearili, blue wren (Malurus melanotus callainus).

me : bain, kangaroo (Macropus rufus).

‘mini’mini, white-face (A phelocephala castaneiventris
whiter).

‘milgen, sharp bone used as a needle.

‘milks, red-backed ground thrush (Cinclosoma casta-
notium dundasi).

‘mu :ki, mouse.

‘mu:ru, spear-thrower (wommera).

mu :ra ‘dinua, small striped lizard.

‘nokem, egg.

734

‘panpan, fly (insect).

‘papa, dog. (When emphasis was laid on this word, ir
pointing to the animal, the vowels were lengthened
[pa:pa:] and equal stress was placed on both
syllables.)

‘po:lin, thrush (Colluriocinela rufiventris whitei).

pi:lel, black magpie (Strepera, sp.[?]). Evidently an
imitation of the bird’s cry. The two syllables
have almost equal stress; the first has a rising
tone, the second a falling one.

‘pilbom ‘pilbam, singing honey-eater (M/eliphaga sonora).

tel’bangi, white-eyebrowed wood swallow (Campbellornis
superciliosus ).

tey'gili, grass wren (Diaphorillas textilis purnelli).

titi’ ara, spiny-cheeked honey-eater (Acanthagenys rufo-
gularis cygnus ).

ti’ti:9, rockhole.

tu’ tambi, rock lizard (A mphibolurus rufescens ).

Cus kliga, Acacia strongylophylla.

‘dadi, common spotted lizard (Amphibolurus reticulatus ).

u'ru:ta, spear.

Uw, yes.

‘wana, yamstick.

walja, head.

waru, fire.

wata, spearhead.

wi:ra, wooden bowl.

welda, wedge-tailed eagle (Uroetus audaz).

‘wotarill, yellow-throated minah (J/yzantha flavigula).

‘woma, sugar ant (Melophorus inflatus ).

Some of these words are the same as those collected by
R. Helms during the Elder Expedition of 1891 among the
tribes of the Everard and Blyth Ranges, who evidently speak
the same language. For purposes of comparison these words
are given in Mr. Helms’ spelling :—pia, shell (this evidently
=hbi:a, given above for ‘‘snailshell’’) ; 1bi, breast; kapi, water;
karditti, teeth; kaleya, emu; kulbi, rockpainting; kumbum-
beri, cockroach; maira, hand; meru, spear-thrower; nokum,
egg; papa, barking of a dog; wanna, yamstick; wera, wooden
bowl; wilda, eagle; 6, yes. The difference of meaning
given to the word ‘‘papa’’ is curious, but some light is thrown
on the subject by the vocabulary of the Parnkalla (Eyre
Peninsula) language, published by the Rev. C. W. Schiir-
mann in 1844, where ‘“‘pappa’’ is given as meaning a young
animal, whelp or pup. The following words, taken from the
voc abulary of the Lake Amadeus and George Gill Range
aborigines, which was published by Mounted Constable

/
!
/
/
/

735

Willshire in 1891, show that the language spoken there is the
same as that of the Everard tribe:—ippee, breasts; cobbie,
water; curlier, emu; murra, hand; mear-roo, spear-thrower ;
puppa, dog; warroo, fire. Mr. Willshire’s spelling has been
retained. The language of the Everard Range tribe has,
therefore, a fairly wide area in our North-West, in the south-
western corner of the Northern Territory, and probably
extends some distance into Western Australia. It has a
elese affinity to the Parnkalla, in Eyre Peninsula, and this
' again is one of the great family of languages which are (or
were) spoken from Cape Jervis northwards along the coast,
on Yorke Peninsula, and thence into the Far North, follow-
ing generally the line of the Flinders Range, and which are
linguistically well marked off from most of the native tongues
spoken to the east of them, from the Murray mouth right
up to Cooper Creek and the Finke River.

(c) MAMMALIA AND OPHIDIA.

By Evear R. Waitt, F.L.S., Director, South Australian
: Museum.

[Contribution from the South Australian Museum. |

The mammals and snakes obtained during the expedition
are few in number and, are well known from Central Aus-
tralia. Occasion has, however, been taken to _ redescribe
Acanthophis pyrrhus, Boulenger, of which several specimens
are in the collection of the South Australian Museum. Field
notes supplied by Captain White are appended within
brackets.

Mammalia.

MURIDAE.

ASCOPHARYNX CERVINUS, Gould.

Hapalotis cervinus, Gould: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 127,
and Mamm. Aust., iii., 1863, pl. x.; Spencer: Rep. Horn. Exp.
Cent. Aust., ii., 1896, p. 11.

Conilurus cervinus, Ogilby: Cat. Aust. Mamm., 1892, p. 120.
- Thylacomys cervinus, Waite: Proc. Roy. Soc., Vict., x.,
1898, p. 122, pl. vi., fig. 3

Ascopharynz cervinus, Waite: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), v.,
1900, p. 223.

Notomys cervinus, Thomas: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xvii.,
1906, p. 83.

Seven specimens were obtained at Wantapella Swamps
and one at Indulkana, July, 1914. The gular pouch is pre-
sent in all specimens of both sexes, and, as far as known, the

736

pouch occurs only in this species of Australian Muridae. Mr.
Oldfield Thomas does not regard the possession of the pouch
as a character of generic import, and therefore assigns the
species to ane genus NVotomys, in which he also includes JV.
mitchell, N. longicaudatus, and NV. richardson.

In the interesting introduction to his “Index generum
Mammalium,’’ Palmer cites the case provided by the
nomenclature of the genus as an example of confusion arising
from a misprint. He writes: —‘“Waite, in proposing the —
name J'hylacomys for an Australian mouse, called attention
to an obscure name given by Owen many years previously to
a group of marsupials, but contended that because the latter
was spelled Thalacomys (an obvious misprint), it did not pre-
occupy his name. Subsequently it was shown that Owen’s
name was in reality first printed Thylacomys, but it appeared —
in one publication and the description in another, so that the
name might be considered a nomen nudum. It had, however,
been used afterwards in correct form in connection with a
marsupial prior to its application to a mouse. Waite, there-
fore, admitted that his Thylacomys was preoccupied, and
replaced it by a new name. Thomas, while admitting the
claims of Owen’s name, with characteristic caution preferred
to adopt the evident misprint, Thalacomys. which was pub-_
lished with a description, instead of the correct and really
earlier Thylacomys.”’

[This wonderful little rat was seen more than once at
mid-day in the mulga scrub. When alarmed it places its tail
over the back and head and moves on its hind legs only.
When in full flight it is difficult to ascertain what the moving
object really is, appearing as little more than a blur. On one
occasion with two companions I chased one of the rats round
and about the bushes, finally running it to earth in a small
burrow. We dug it out in company with two large lizards.
The natives use the tip of the tail as an ornament. |

In this connection it may be mentioned that the tails
used in all ornaments from Central Australia preserved in
the South Australian Museum are those of the Rabbit
Bandicoot (Peragale lagotis ).

Mus HERMANNSBURGENSIS, Waite.
Mus hermannsburgensis, Waite: Rep. Horn Exp. Cent. Aust.,
i1., 1896, p. 405) pl. ‘xxvii by,
Seven examples taken at Carmeena, Everard Range.
[The mouse is not very common, but is found among the
granite boulders in the Everard Range; it is known to the
natives as “Menkie.’’ |

Ee Palmer: U.S. Dept. Agric., N. Amer, Fauna, No. 23, 1904,
p. 27

137

MARSUPIALIA.

. PETROGALE LATERALIS, Gould.

Petrogale lateralis, Gould: Mon. Macrop., 1842, pl. xxiv.

Of the six specimens obtained, five were taken at a native
well at Moorilyanna and one at the Granite rocks.

[Rock wallabies are very numerous in places among the
great granite boulders, where they hide all day. At sundown
they come out and bask on the western side of the boulders
which has been warmed by the afternoon sun. At this time they
may be somewhat easily approached, as they are engaged in
cleaning their fur after the manner of a cat. Their flesh is
not so good to eat as that of the brush wallaby. |

Ophidia.
DEMANSIA MODESTA, Giinther.

Cacophis modesta, Giinther: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), ix.,
1872, p. 35, pl. iii., fig. c.

Furina ramsayi, Macleay: Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., x
1885, p. 61. |

Diemenia modesta, Boulenger: Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus., i1i.,
1896, p. 324.

Demansia modesta, Waite: Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xxxviii.,
1914, p. 445, fig. 2.

Several young examples were secured on the Everard and
Musgrave Ranges. In all the frontal shield is broader than
the supraocular. Boulenger states it is not so.

[The little banded snakes were often seen on the sand
during the heat of the day, and despite their agility the
camels frequently trod upon them. |

ape

PSEUDECHIS AUSTRALIS, Gray.

Naja australis, Gray: Zool. Mise., 1842, p. 55.

Pseudechis australis, Giinther: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3),
Xii., 1863, p. 362; Waite: Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xxxviii., 1914,
p. 445, fig. 1.

The only specimen preserved is a very large one, perhaps
the largest recorded, totalling 1,640 mm. in length, of which
the tail measures 200 mm. There are 205 ventrals and 42+ 11
pairs of subcaudals; the anal is divided, and there are twenty
scales round the body, the even number being unusual.

(This specimen is the largest snake I have seen in the
interior. It was basking upon some dead branches, and when
disturbed became very savage, making repeated attempts to
strike. |

ACANTHOPHIS PYRRHUS, Boulenger.

Acanthophis pyrrhus, Boulenger: Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7),
ii., 1898, p. 75.

A single small specimen received from the Everard
Range suggested an examination of all the examples ot

Y

738

Acanthophis from Central Australia preserved in the South
Australian Museum. The Death Adder is known to be a
very variable species, and there has been an inclination to
regard A. pyrrhus merely as a particularly ruddy form of
A. antarctica. Having, however, nine specimens for study, I
find that the characters are quite constant, that the species is
well founded, and that all our Central Australian examples
prove to be referable to this form.

Description.—Rostral fully twice as broad as deep ; inter-
nasals slightly longer than broad ; prefrontals four, as long as
the internasals; frontal one-half longer than broad, as long
as the internasals and prefrontals together, equal to or longer
than the parietals, and as broad as the supraoculars. Eye
surrounded by six scales, one preocular, one supraocular, two
suboculars, and two postoculars. Nasal long and undivided,
in contact with the rostral, internasal, outer prefrontal, pre-
ocular and the first three labials. Temporals, 2+4. Six
upper labials, the third larger than the fourth, the fifth the
largest. With exception of the labials all the upper head
shields are very rugose. Four lower labials in contact with
the anterior chin shields, which are expanded and longer than
the posterior pair. Scales in 21 rows, dorsals strongly, laterals
feebly keeled. The anal is entire, and the number of ventral
plates, etc., is shown below, the specimen described being
lettered a. Colour bright orange-red, with dark cross-bars
above, formed of three longitudinal scales, each bar separated
by a similar interspace ; end of tail, including the spine, dark-
grey with black bands. Lower surfaces yellow, the two lower
rows of lateral scales each with a black spot, especially con-
spicuous in the anterior part of the body.

It will be noticed that the description agrees quite well
with that of the type specimen, excepting as regards the
number of temporal shields: Boulenger renders them as
3+4, but in all our nine examples the anterior shields are
but two in number.

DETAILS OF NINE SPECIMENS.

a b ¢ d € Jiae-g h
Ventral shields 149 | 147 | 147) 153} 155] 142| 142; 152) 141
Sub - caudal
shields —...._ (26 + 24/25 + 22/13 + 34/26 + 24/30 + 28/29 + 29/29 + 23/27 4 28/05 + 28
Total length in

mm. 690 | 545 | 540} 490] 487] 390] 345) 290] 210
Length of tail

in mm. ii 90 87 83 67 86 69 50 50 34

739

Localities :—
a, c, e—Central Australia, coll. R. T. Mitchell, 1897.
b—Finke River, coll. C. Winnecke, 1896.
d—Barrow Creek, coll. Thos. Hanley, December 24, 1907.
f, 9, h—Barrow Creek, coll. F. R. W. Scott, September 24, 1908.
i—Everard Range. coll. Capt. S. A. White, July, 1914.

[The pink adder was found under a bush of porcupine
grass (Triodia); it showed fight and flattened out its neck
to a surprising extent. The natives expressed great fear of
the snake, and called it ‘‘Mythunda.’’|

I have pleasure in acknowledging assistance rendered by
Mr. Herbert M. Hale in the preparation of the drawings
accompanying this paper.

‘

Mie. 1c.
Head in profile.

y2

740

(2) AVES.”)
By 8S. A. Wurtz, M.B.0.U.

Order CASURIIFORMES.
Family DROMICEIIDAE.
DROMICEIUS NOVAE-HOLLANDIAE, Latham (Emu).

Owing to the country being in such a very dry state these
birds must have shifted to where food and water were more
plentiful. Emu tracks were seen in the sand and soft earth
in many places. Two or three bunches of feathers were seen
with the natives, who gave me to understand when rain fell
emus would be plentiful. The natives are fond of depicting
this bird in their drawings, and hardly a series of drawings
was seen without numerous sketches of emu tracks and eggs.

Order GALLIFORMES.
Family MEGAPODIIDAE.
LeEIPoa OCELLATA, Gould (Western Mallee Fowl).

LT am induced to put this down to the western form
(although I have not handled the bird), because all the north-
western birds are more closely allied to the western forms.
Old nesting mounds were seen. It can be well understood
that this bird would move off to better-watered country, for
during the last drought, which covered such a long period,
there would not have been sufficient moisture to incubate their
eggs.

Order TURNICIFORMES.
Family TURNICIDAE.
AUSTROTURNIX V. VELOX, Gould (Little Quail).

While passing through some high kangaroo grass (Anthis- _
tiria ciliata), close to Tietkens’ Birthday Creek, several quail —
were flushed, and although the birds were not handled I feel
sure they were of the above species. The only other occasion
upon which they were seen was when we were passing through
the foothills of the Musgrave Ranges. The country was in
too poor a state for these birds; the grasses not having seeded
for years, the quail had probably migrated to better country.

Order COLUMBIFORMES.
Family COLUMBIDAE.
STICTOPELEIA C. CUNEATA, Latham
(Eastern Spotted-shouldered Dove.)

This bird was very plentiful along the Alberga and other
creeks till we reached about a hundred miles west of Oodnadatta ;

(1) The nomenclature of this section (Aves) is after Gregory
M. Mathews, F.R.S., ‘‘A List of the Birds of Australia, 1913.”

74)

then it disappeared altogether, and from what I could
gather from the natives it is not found either in the Musgrave
or Everard Ranges.

PHAPs Cc. CHALCOPTERA, Latham (Bronze-winged Pigeon).

At one or two of the rock-holes these fine pigeons came in
to drink in the dusk of the evening; in fact, there were some
instances when it was quite dark, and they could only be
identified by the sharp clapping noise made by the wings. In
every case they were found to be very timid.

LOPHOPHAPS PLUMIFERA LEUCOGASTER, Gould
(White-bellied Plumed-Pigeon).

There is not the slightest doubt that this bird inhabits the
Musgrave Ranges, although I did not see the bird there myself.
Mr. Jack, after one of his flying trips to the southern side of
the ranges, reported having seen a small party of pigeons, and
from the description of colour and flight there is little doubt
it was this bird. They were met with in large parties in the
Everard Range. Whenever we came to a rock-hole there was
sure to be a party of these little pigeons close by. Morning
and evening they were found a few hundred yards out upon the
plain, feeding amongst the low bush. As soon as disturbed,
they made for the rocky sides of the range in a series of short
flights, rising quickly, often with a clapping of wings, which
were beaten very rapidly at first to attain an elevation of about
twenty feet, when the wings are spread out, slightly drooping
at the tips; in this position they are kept rigid till the bird’
floats in a most graceful manner to the ground. As soon as the
bird alights upon its feet it runs very rapidly over the ground,
with crest erect, and should it find it is being followed it will
again rise upon the wing and repeat the performance till the
granite rocks are reached, where the bird harmonizes so with
its surroundings that it is soon lost to sight. When the pigeon
alights upon the rocks it runs very rapidly, bobbing its head
up and down, causing the graceful plume upon the head to
wave in a very pleasing manner. The eggs, which are two in
number, are laid on the bare: sand, and formed round,
‘somewhat to the shape of the bird’s body. The situation
selected is generally under a low bush. One day my assistant
came upon a broody bird, and when several yards off the bird
ran out to meet him, with feather fluffed out in a great rage,
following the intruder until he was some distance from the
nest. Strange to say, this proved to be a male bird. The
roosting-place is upon the ground, under the leeside of a low

bush, several squatting close together. From the quantity of

742

excreta seen they must frequent the same roosting site for
months at a time. Their flesh is white, tender, and of excel-
lent flavour. From specimens taken they seem more robust
and stronger-marked birds than those we collected in the
central regions the previous year. The natives call this bird

“Ebr.”

OcYPHAPS L. LOPHOTES, Temminck (Crested Pigeon).

These beautiful pigeons were found fairly numerous near
water-holes on the Alberga, but became less numerous as we
worked west. A number came in to water at Wantapella
Swamp each morning and evening; disappearing as we entered
granite country. They are a much more trustful bird in com-
parison with the Bronze-wing (Phaps c. chalcoptera), and
when a party of these birds are moving over the ground in
search of food, raising and lowering their beautiful crests, it is

a very pretty sight.

Order PODICIPIFORMES.
Family PODICIPIDAE.

POLIOCEPHALUS P. POLIOCEPHALUS, Jardine and Selby
(Hoary-headed Grebe).

After leaving Todmorden and travelling up the Alberga
River, we met with these birds in most of the water-holes.
They were not plentiful; two or three were the most seen at
one water-hole. They showed no variation from the southern
bird.

Order CHARADITFORMES.
Family VANELLIDAE.
Lospipyx NOVAE-HOLLANDIAE, Stephens (Spur-winged Plover).

If this bird be a resident in the north-western corner of

the State I was unable to ascertain, but the call was heard on
several occasions at night during the first part of the journey.

Family CHARADRIIDAE.
ELSEYA M. MELANOPS, Vieillot (Black-fronted Dotterel).

Like the grebes, a few of these birds were seen at all the
waters along the Alberga, but as soon as the last water-hole
was left behind us these birds were not seen again. There is
no doubt they breed in the interior, for a female bird went
through all the antics of a wounded bird to entice me away
from young and eggs; she fluttered along the ground a few paces
in front of me, rolling over on her side at times, as if
exhausted with her struggles.

743

Family GLAREQOLIDAE.
PELTOHYAS A. AUSTRALIS, Gould (Australian Dotterel).

While travelling over a very stony tableland a party of
these interesting birds was met with; they were running over
the stony ground very rapidly, and their colouration har-
monized so well with the gibber stones around them that when
stationary it was almot impossible to tell bird from stone.
After the first shot they made off very quickly. Those
specimens secured were all males. Although a sharp look-out
was kept for these birds, they were not again seen. What
they can get in the shape of food on the fearfully dry gibber
plains or stony desert country is a wonder, but when the
stomach contents have been worked out this may throw some
light upon the subject.

Family BURHINIDAE.
BuRHINUS M. MAGNIROSTRIS, Latham (Eastern Stone Plover).

The bird was not actually seen, but that is only natural,
for they keep very close to the ground when danger is near,
and their colouration is so like their surroundings that it defies
detection at times. Their unmistakable cry was heard on
more than one occasion at night time.

Family OTIDIDAE.
AUSTROTIS A. AUSTRALIS, Gray (Australian Bustard).

This fine bird was not at all numerous, a fact due to the
great drought, no doubt. In places where a few light showers
had fallen and the herbage made its appearance some of the
bustards had collected, but were extremely shy, and were
seldom seen before they were on the wing. It is a great
wonder how such heavy birds can rise upon the wing amongst
the thick mulga where they often are to be found. In several
places feathers were seen, showing where the natives had made
a capture.

Order PSOPHIFORMES.

Family ARDEIDAE.
NoTOPHOYX NOVAE-HOLLANDIAE, Latham

(White-fronted Heron).

It was not unusual to meet with this bird near the large
water-holes which last for many months after the river ceased
to run. This was especially noticeable on the Alberga. The
birds were either flushed from the edge of the water, where
they were in quest of food, or they were seen perched in the
big gums near the river. As soon as we left the Alberga and
_ entered the dry country these birds were not seen.

144

Order ANSERIFORMES.
Family ANATIDAE.
VIRAGO GIBBERIFRONS, Miiller (Grey Teal).

A few were met with on the water-holes while we were
travelling along the Alberga ; never in any numbers.

Order ACCIPITRIFORMES.
Family FALCONIDAE.
ACCIPITER C. CIRROCEPHALUS, Vieillot

(Collared Sparrow-Hawk).

This was a rare bird in the country travelled through.
One or two solitary birds were observed near watering-places,
where they kept watch for small birds as they came to drink.

URoaETus a. AUDAX, Latham (Wedge-tailed Eagle).

These eagles were seldom seen. One or two were met with
flying high over the ranges. They are much sought after by
the natives for the down, which is used for ornamentation of
both the human body and ceremonial sticks.

HALIASTUR SPHENURUS, Vieillot (Whistling Eagle).

A few birds were seen in the large gums along the Alberga
River. After the large water-holes were left this bird was not
again seen.

Falco L. LONGIPENNIS, Swainson (Little Falcon).

Was not found a plentiful bird anywhere. A solitary
bird or a pair would be met with at water-holes, where they
preyed upon small birds, such as finches, which came to water.
On several occasions it was seen to sweep on very swift wing
through a flock of Chestnut-eared Finches (Taeniopyja
castanotis), seize a finch, fly with it to a dry muleee and
return in a few moments for another.

FaLco HYPOLEUCUS, Gould (Grey Falcon).

A pair of these birds were met with near Oodnadatta on
June 23. They were hopping and dodging round a thick bush,
and after observing them for a while it appeared that they
were after a Black-and-white Fantail (Lewcorcirca t. tricolor),
which they at last captured and killed. This falcon was not
again seen during the Expedition.

[ERACIDEA B. BERIGORA, Vigors and Horsfield
(Striped Brown Hawk).

This is the most common of the hawk family in the central
regions. They were met with along the dry water-courses and

745

out in the thick mulga, as well as in the ranges. Specimens
examined do not show any variation to those collected north of
Oodnadatta the previous year. They are a much lighter bird
to those found further south.

CERCHNEIS C. CENCHROIDES, Vigors and Horsfield
(Nankeen Kestrel).

This very useful bird was not plentiful ; still it was widely
distributed, and seldom many days passed without meeting
with a pair. Habits seem the same as those found south, and
food consists chiefly of small reptiles, mice, and insects.

Order STRIGIFORMES.
Family STRIGIDAE.
SPILOGLAUX BOOBOOK MARMORATA, Gould (Marbled Owl).

These owls were often met with in thick-foliaged trees near
the water-coures, also among the big masses of rock in the
ranges. AJ] species handled show a great deal more white in
comparison to those found in the coastal area.

_ Order PSITTACIFORMES.
Family CACATOIDAE.
EOLOPHUS R. ROSEICAPILLUS, Vieillot (Rose-breasted Cockatoo).

These birds were in great numbers about the township of
Oodnadatta. All day long they were hunting about in the
stockyards and sand and stony streets for food. When dis-
turbed they would rise in a great flock and alight a few yards
further on. They were not seen again until the Officer Creek
was reached, when a few birds came under notice.

LEPTOLOPHUS A. AURICOMIS, Swainson (Cockatoo Parrot).
One or two small parties of these birds were seen on the
wing while the Expedition followed up the Alberga River, and

after leaving the dry water-course they were not met with.

BARNARDIUS ZONARIUS MyRTAE, (2) subsp. nov.
(Central Australian Yellow-banded Parrot).

Head and upper part of the neck black; feathers on the
cheeks tipped with bright-blue; a broad crescent of bright
yellow across the back of the neck; chest and back bright
green, rump and upper tail-coverts bright yellowish-green ;
primaries brownish-black; the basal half external margin

(2) Named after Mrs. Morgan, the wife of Dr. A. M. Morgan,
of Adelaide.

746

bright blue ; secondaries, internal half brownish-black, external
bright bluish-green ; wing-coverts rich greenish-yellow; two
central tail feathers bluish-green, next two bluish-green tipped
with light-blue, the remainder having their basal half dark
blue ; the remainder light-blue ; abdomen bright yellow ; under
tail coverts bright yellowish-green ; iris brown; feet ashy-grey;
bill buish-white.

Type.—A male, collected by S. A. and E. R. White at
Horseshoe Bend, Finke River, Central Australia, on August
8, 1913; now in the Wetunga Collection. Female differs in
being of a much paler colouration.

Differs from B. zonariuws in having a much brighter
colouration throughout, and in being a somewhat larger bird;
the feathers of the chest and back, instead of being a dark
green with an olive tinge are of a bright green ; the rump and
upper tail-coverts are of a bright yellowish-green. Its range
extends from Oodnadatta north to the MacDonnell Ranges and
west to the Musgrave and Everard Ranges. This bird was
met with on all the dry water-courses throughout the expedi-
tion. They were often found feeding under the acacia trees
upon the fallen seeds of that tree. They were breeding at

Wantapella Swamp in July, one nest having large young ~

low down in a hollow red-gum. Their note and habits differ
little from B. zonarius. The size and colouration is the same
all over the central region.

PSEPHOTUS VARIUS ROSINAE, Mathews
(Southern Many-coloured Parrot).
Ref. Nov. Zool., vol. xviiil., p. 277, 1912.

Very plentiful in districts where water was found. They
were often flushed from the ground amongst the mulga, where
they were searching for the seed of that tree. In several cases
the male birds had dark brick-red shoulders in place of the
bright yellow. Probably this is not consistent, consequently
IT am not classing it as a new variety.

NEOPSEPHOTUS BOURKII, Gould (Blue-vented Parrot).

This beautiful little parrot was first met with at Flat
Rock Hole, where it came in to drink up to nine o’clock at
night. Flying round several times in small parties of four or
five birds, they uttered a plaintive little whistle, at times almcst
warbling. They alighted on the bare rock and walked to the
water’s edge. It is quite possible these birds have made it a
practice to come to water late owing to birds of prey as a rule
watching watering-places both morning and evening. Later
on a small covey of these birds was flushed from amongst the

747

dry grass, when the camels were passing through some open
mulga country. They rose quickly, alighted on a dead mulga
for a few seconds, then flew away swiftly out of sight. The
crops of the specimen procured were very distended with small
grass seeds.

MELOPSITTACUS UNDULATUS, Shaw and Nodder
(Warbling Grass Parrot).

Near a small rock-hole in Tietkens Creek (the hole only
contained a few gallons of water) grew a few fine red-gums
(Eucalyptus rostrata); in one of these a small party of the
above parrots were chasing one another in and out the hollow
limbs, as if preparing to nest. This was the only occasion on
which these birds were seen.

Order CORACIFORMES.
Family PODARGIDAE.
PoDARGUS STRIGOIDES, Latham (Tawny Frogmouth).

Very few were seen. Examined one very closely while it
was brooding on a nest, and it did not show any variation to
the birds found in the middle-north.

AEGOTHELES CRISTATA, White (Owlet Nightjar).

Only one specimen was taken. Upon comparison it was
found to mostly resemble specimens collected at Laura, South
Australia.

Family ALCEDINIDAE.
CYANALCYON PYRRHOPYGIUS, Gould (Red-backed Kingfisher).

Not often met with, and seems to be able to exist without
water, for they were met with in the dryest parts of the
country. Their call is a very harsh, discordant one, usually
uttered from the top of a dead tree, where they will sit almost
motionless for hours. Food seems to consist principally of
grasshoppers and such like insects ; small lizards are sometimes
eaten.

Order COCCYGES.
Family CUCULIDAE.
HETEROSCENES PALLIDUS, Latham (Pallid Cuckoo).

Not plentiful. The specimens of females taken show a
great deal of rufous colouration on back and wings. From the
observations made they confirm my opinion that the female
does not make that scale-like call of the male.

748

OWENAVIS oscuLANS, Gould (Black-eared Cuckoo).

Quite a number of these birds were met with, and their
plaintive call of one note was often heard in the dry mulga
scrub.

NEOCHALCITES BASALIS, Horsfield

(Narrow-billed Bronze Cuckoo).

Only one bird was seen, which was taken, and it shows
little or no variation to birds found further south.

Order PASSERIFORMES.
Family HIRUNDINIDAE.
HIRUNDO NEOXENA, Gould (Welcome Swallow).

A few seen round the homestead at Todmorden and a few
in the ranges.

CHERAMOECA LEUCOSTERNUM STONEI, Mathews
(Black-and-white Swallow).

This bird was often met with during the journey ; in many
cases 1t was nesting in the banks of dry water-courses. The
tunnels to the nest varied in length according to the softness
of the material through which they had to work. Skins:
showed no variation to those found round Adelaide.

Family MUSCICAPIDAE.
WHITEORNIS GOODENOVII, Vigors and Horsfield
(Southern Red-capped Robin).

A common bird in the mulga scrubs. No signs of nesting
were seen ; possibly it was too early, or owing to the drought
they had deferred their nesting until such time as rain fell.
Quite as many birds were found without the red feathers on
the throat as with them, both in the same locality, which makes
I’. g. ramsayi a very doubtful subspecies.

MELANODRYAS CUCULLATA VIGORSI, Mathews
(Southern Hooded Robin).

Found all over the country traversed. The only variation
with specimens taken further south is that the northern bird
has a more slender bill, and this is consistent, for all skins
collected north of Oodnadatta in 1913 show the same charac-
teristic. These birds in the north-west have a most remarkable
call, being identical with the Red-rumped Kingfisher ; in fact,
so much so that the latter bird was hunted for on hearing the
call, and it was some time before this peculiar occurrence was
iliscovered.

749

SMICRORNIS BREVIROSTRIS MATHEWSI, subsp. nov.
(Central Australian Tree-Tit).

Differs from S. brevirostris in being much lighter on the
back, and the yellow of the breast and abdomen being much
brighter, the ear-coverts being of a much darker buff and
larger. Differs from S. 4. flavescens in having a much deeper
yellow breast, much larger ear-coverts of a darker buff, and
colouration of the back much darker. Most resembles S. 0.
melvillensis, but differs in having a rich yellow breast and
abdomen, while the Melville Island bird is almost white under-
neath.

Type.—A female collected at Wantapella Swamp by
S. A. White on August 18, 1914, and now in the Wetunga
Collection. The sexes are alike.

Range.—From Oodnadatta north to the MacDonnell
Ranges and west to the Musgrave and Everard Ranges. Only
met with on or near the water-courses ; have never seen it far
from the red-gum trees. It spends most of its time hunting
amongst the foliage of this tree, and utters a very loud call
for so small a bird. Builds a suspended dome-shaped nest,
constructed chiefly of cobwebs and small dry leaves, with a
little dry grass and leaves, interwoven with a few soft particles
of bark, and lined with feathers. Shows no variation with
specimens procured north of Oodnadatta the previous year.

ETHELORNIS CULICIVORUS MUSGRAVI, %) Mathews
(Musgrave Fly-eater).

Not having sufficient material for comparison, the speci-
mens were forwarded to Mr. G. M. Mathews, of England, and
he has described this bird as above. It was only found in one
locality, amongst the thick mulga at the foot of the Musgrave
Ranges. Like many other members of the genus, it possesses
a beautiful low, sweet note, but for which it would hardly be
discovered. The colouration of its plumage is of the same
dull hue as the bird’s surroundings.

LEWINORNIS RUFIVENTRIS MAUDEAE, (4) subsp. nov.
(Central Australian Rufous-breasted Thickhead).

Crown of the head and all the upper-surface bluish-grey,
becoming much lighter on the rump and upper tail-coverts;
feathers of the head, back, and mantle having a faint dark
line down the centre; ear-coverts and lores, also band around
the chest (the latter extending upwards on either side of the

(3) Austral Avine Record, vol. ii., No. 7, p. 130.

(4) Named after Mrs. H. L. White, ‘‘Belltrees,’’ New South
Wales.

750

ear-coverts) black ; throat and abdomen white ; breast, flanks,
and under tail-coverts washed with rufous; upper-surface of
tail greyish-black, edged and tipped narrowly with grey, under-
surface of tail dark-grey; primaries greyish-black, very nar-
rowly margined externally with light-grey ; secondaries and
wing-coverts greyish-black, deeply margined, and the latter
tipped with light-grey ; iris reddish-brown ; bill and feet black.

Type.—A mature male collected on the Officer Creek,
west of the Everard Range, on August 6, 1914, by S. A.
White, and now in the Wetunga Collection.

Range.—Extending from Oodnadatta north to the Mac-
Donnell Ranges and west to the Musgrave and Everard
Ranges. Differs from L. 7. wnornatus in being much lighter
above, the light margins of the secondaries being much deeper,
in some cases half the width of the feather, being of very light-
grey ; the breast only having a wash of rufous colour and the
abdomen being white, the bill being much narrower and not
nearly so robust.

This bird was met with all over the country between the
head of the line and the Musgrave Ranges. Its note is not
nearly so melodious as the southern bird, although several
notes are in common. Specimens secured are without doubt
the same as those collected between Oodnadatta and the
MacDonnell Ranges during my expedition the previous year.
Birds, even in the second year, although they have the rufous
wash and black band (the latter not so pronounced), and have
lost the striation of the feathers, do not develop the black ear-
coverts and lores till the third year at least.

Levcorcirca TRIcoLoR, Vieillot (Black-and-white Fantail).

This bird was widely distributed, but nowhere plentiful.
On one occasion a Grey Falcon was seen to chase’one of these
harmless birds round and through a bush till it was captured.
There seems to be little or no difference between this bird and
those found further south.

Family CAMPOPH AGIDAE.
PTEROPODOCYS MAXIMA, Riippell (Ground Cuckoo Shrike).

Only met with at one locality—at a large water-hole in
the bed of a creek about fifty miles west of Oodnadatta. The
birds came in to drink at sundown, were easily distinguished
by their strange call, and were very shy. :

CoRACINA NOVAE-HOLLANDIAE MELANOPS, Gmelen
(Black-faced Cuckoo-Shrike).
A common bird, often seen in the scrub, as well as in the
open and along the water-courses. They seem to feed upon
many berries as well as insects.

santiair “%

™

751

LALAGE TRICOLOR, Swainson
(White-shouldered Caterpillar-eater).

Quite numbers of these birds were met with; sometimes
a small party would be seen in close attendance upon flowering
shrubs, where they preyed upon many flying insects attracted
by the flowers. Although numbers came under observation,
not one was seen in full breeding plumage. Had all the
appearance of travelling south.

Family TIMELIIDAE.
CINCLOSOMA CASANOTUM DUNDASI, Mathews
(Chestnut-backed Ground-Bird).
Only met with in the sandy country between the Everard
Range and the Officer Creek. Fully-fledged young were taken
in August, also eggs.

SAMUELA CINNAMONEA, Gould (Cinnamon Ground-Bird).

On the outward journey these birds were rather plentiful
on the stony tablelands, but upon our return, in the same
locality, not a bird was to be seen. I have never seen this bird
in the sandhill country. It will be seen by Mr. Lea’s
examination of stomach contents that the birds are great
seed-eaters.

MORGANORNIS SUPERCILIOSUS, Vigors and Horsfield
(White-browed Babbler).

Very plentiful; enjoys a great range. Many specimens
were taken of a dark-red colour, caused by bathing and then
fluttering in the red dusty soil. Many nests were seen, some
containing eggs, others young birds.

CALAMANTHUS CAMPESTRIS ISABELLINUS, North (Desert Wren).

Only met with at odd times amongst the saltbush up to
Wantapella Swamp, but after entering the granite country
they disappeared. Very shy and difficult to procure, passing
from one bush to the other with great rapidity.

PTENOEDUS MATHEWSI ViIGorSI, Mathews
(Eastern Rufous Song-Lark).

One specimen taken at Wantapella Swamp. The bird

was very silent.
Family TURDIDAE.

PAREPTHIANURA TRICOLOR, Gould (Tricoloured Chat).

Large flocks were met with, composed of birds in all stages
of plumage. At the first part of the journey it was rare to

752

see a bird in full breeding plumage, but on the way back it
was common to see such. They showed a preference for open
scrub country. Had every appearance of migration, probably
due to food supply.

AUREPTHIANURA AURIFRONS, Gould (Orange-fronted Chat).

Not so plentiful as the last species, and seems to prefer
the open saltbush plains to bush land.

ASHBYIA LOVENSIS, Ashby (Desert Bush-Chat).

These birds are so like the Pipit in habits that they were
taken for such until handled. They ran along in front of me,
bobbing their tails up and down, giving forth a sharp note
very like the warning note of the Pipit, but not quite so loud.

Family SYLVIIDAE.
ACANTHIZA PUSILLA CONSOBRINA, Mathews
(Pale Red-rumped Tit).
Often met with, and seems to have a great range. It
seems to show a preference for open scrub country, and pos-
sesses a lovely little song, not loud but very sweet.

ACANTHIZA MARIANAE, ©) §. A. White (Everard Range Tit).

After entering the granite country west of the Indulkana
Range this new Acanthiza was met with. It was fairly plenti-
ful in the thick mulga scrubs, which extend between the
Everard and Musgrave Ranges. In some cases this was the
only bird to be found in these dense, waterless solitudes. The
dry, lifeless scrubs seem to affect these little birds, for not
once did I hear them burst out into song ; a feeble little chirrup
seems to be their usual note, even at nesting time. It seems
to spend most of its time hopping silently about amongst the
lower branches of the mulga, which its colouration so resembles,
peering behind every piece of bark and into every nook and
corner in search of insects, moths, and spiders; the latter must
be drink as well as food. Although the bird resembles
A. uropygialis condora somewhat in size and colouration of
under-surface, the bill of this new bird is thicker and is of
quite a different shape, and the blue-grey of the upper-surface
is unlike any other member of the genus in Australia. The
upper-surface harmonizes so well with the bark of the mulga
trees that it would be very difficult from overhead to pick this
little bird out when sitting on the blue-grey bark of the mulga.

(5) White, Sed South Australian Ornithologist, vol. ii.,
No. 2,.1915.

753

ACANTHIZA UROPYGIALIS CONDORA, Mathews
(Pale Chestnut-Rumped Tit).

This was a common bird, found in nearly every situation.
Very sprightly, moving about amongst the foliage of mulga,
acacia, and other shrubs with great alertness, uttering a sharp
little note, lke chit, chit, chit, nearly all the time. When
resting one or two will sit on a bough close to one another, and
evidently the male birds break out at times into a short but
melodious and soft song. I discovered a nest of this bird at

- Moorilyanna Native Well. It was placed in a stump six

inches from the ground, and was composed of bark, grass, and
cobwebs ; lined with wallaby fur and feathers. The eggs were

three in “number, ground colour white, spotted with reddish-

brown, more thickly at one end. This is the first nest taken
of this species, and was described by H. L. White, of .“Bell-
trees,” New South Wales, in the “Emu,” vol. xv., part 1,
p- 35, July, 1915.

ACANTHIZA IREDALEI MORGANI, Mathews
(Southern Thin-billed Tit).
This is a very rare little bird, and was only seen on two

occasions. Note and habits seem very like other members of
the genus.

GEOBASILEUS CHRYSORRHAUS ADDENDUS, Mathews
(Port Augusta Yellow-rumped Tit).

Met with in small parties, both in the Musgrave aiid
Everard Ranges. When flying they were very conspicuous
with their light-yellow breast and bright-yellow rumps. Skins
taken agree well with those collected in the type locality ; note
does not differ from the coastal forms.

PYRRHOLAEMUS BRUNNEUS, Gould (Red Throat).

In many localities it was numerous; showed a decided
preference to the western or south-western slopes of ranges,
where it kept very close to the low bushes. A great songster,
and if not disturbed will mount to the top of a bush and pour
forth song after song. Mr. Lea’s examination of stomachs
shows that this bird eats quite a quantity of seeds, which is
certainly remarkable.

MALURUS MELANOTUS CALLAINUS, Gould (Turquoise Wren).
Met with for the first time during the trip eighty miles
west of Oodnadatta, after which it was seen in many localities,
but not in any numbers. Upon comparison, I find that this

754

bird really comes between M. callamus and M. white,
approaching the first-named more closely; yet the shade of
blue on head and mantle does not agree with either.

HALLORNIS cyanotus, Gould (White-winged Wren).

This is a true saltbush bird, and is seldom seen away from
it. A very wide distribution, but not numerous. Specimens
taken show little or no variation.

DIAPHORILLAS TEXTILIS PURNELLI (6)
(Buff-throated Grass-Wren).

Very numerous amongst the porcupine grass growing on.
the foothills of the Musgrave and on the Everard Ranges.
Found it very difficult to obtain specimen, for they kept so
close to cover that they would allow themselves to be trampled
on almost before making off. The female shows a great deal
more rufous colouration on the flanks than the male. Their
colouration harmonizes most wonderfully with the reddish- —
brown granite. Just before sundown the male bird will sit
upon a bare rock and sing a sweet little twittering song, but:
at the slightest sound darts like a mouse to cover.

EYyRAMYTIS, sp (2).

A bird of this genus was met with near Indulkanna
Springs, which was taken at the time for /. goyderi, but since
then Gould’s plate of the latter bird having been examined
it is easily seen that the skins in the Adelaide Museum labelled
E. goyderi are not that bird, but agree fairly well with this
doubtful species.

Family ARTAMIDAE.
CAMPBELLORNIS PERSONATUS MUNNA, Mathews
(Masked Wood-Swallow).

Several large flocks were met with travelling south im

company with C. swperciliosus.

CAMPBELLORNIS SUPERCILIOSUS, Gould
(White-browed Wood-Swallow).
Appeared to be travelling south with C. p. munna.

i

AUSTRARTAMUS MELANOPS (Black-faced Wood-Swallow).

Thinly scattered all over the country; not nearly so
plentiful as further south.

(6) Mathews, A. A. Record, vol. i1., No. 5, p. 99.

755

Family PRIONOPIDAE.
COLLURICINCLA RUFIVENTRIS WHITEI, Mathews
(Southern Buff-bellied Shrike-Thrush).

Fairly plentiful near water. There seems little or no
difference between this and the southern bird. A nest was
observed in course of construction ; it was composed of strips
of bark and placed in a stump five feet from the ground.

GRALLINA cyanoLEucA, Latham (Magpie Lark).

Observed once or twice at water-holes while travelling
along the Alberga River, but did not again appear in the dry
country.

Family LANITDAE.
CRACTICUS NIGROGULARIS MELLORI, Mathews
(Southern Black-throated Butcher-Bird).

A few met with along the dry water-courses. Their
beautiful carol was heard night and morning. A very early
bird, and at times very noisy. Skins collected and compared
with those from the central districts show no variation.

BULESTES TORQUATUS ETHELAE, Mathews
(Southern Butcher-Bird).
Very rare ; only one or two seen.

OREOICA CRISTATA CLELANDI, Mathews (Crested Bell-Bird).

Found all through the country, but one could not say
they were plentiful. One of their notes resembles the camel
bell most wonderfully. Often to be seen searching over the
ground for food, when they hop along rapidly, but when
alarmed stand motionless, and are difficult to detect amidst
their grey surroundings. They are wonderful ventriloquists.

Family PARIDAE.
APHELOCEPHALA CASTANEIVENTRIS WHITEI, (7) Mathews
(Whiteface).

This subspecies, which we discovered the year previous to
this expedition, was plentiful all through the country. Took
a nest in the Everard Range, on August 8, 1914; it was com-
posed of grass and twigs, lined with animal fur, and placed
in a hollow mulga. The eggs were three in number, almost
round, the ground-colour greyish-white, spotted all over with
dark-red or purple markings. These are the first eggs taken of
this subspecies, and were described by H. L. White, ‘““Emu,”’
vol. xv., part 1, p. 36.

(7) A. A. Record, vol. ii., No. 5.

756

APHELOCEPHALA PECTORALIS, Gould
(Chestnut-breasted Whiteface).

The rediscovery of this bird was a great surprise, John
Gould having described it in 1871, and it had not been seen
since. It was met with in small parties on the tablelands or
gibber country, about fifty miles west of Oodnadatta, and
continued to do so off and on till we entered the granite
country west of the Indulkana Range, and this range may form

é 4

4

a
j
4

the westerly limit. 'They were hopping about on stony ground ~

in search of seeds. When alarmed they flew into a bush (if
one was near), then off to some little distance to alight upon
the ground, where they moved about very quickly. When on

the wing they uttered a twittering note. A good series of —

species was collected—adult males and females, as well as
immature birds. Rain having fallen lightly over a restricted
area a few weeks prior to our visit, these birds had nested and
brought up their young, having quite a number with them.
In some cases the young birds had a few dark spots appearing
on the faint buff band which crosses the breast.

APHELOCEPHALA NIGRICINCTA, North
(Black-banded Whiteface).

Numbers of these birds were met with on the stony table-
lands, often in company with A. pectoralis, and, like that bird,
were not seen after entering the granite country, although A. c.
whiter was plentiful everywhere.

SPHENOSTOMA CRISTATUM PALLIDUM, Mathews
(Pale Wedgebill).
Scattered throughout the country visited ; were met with

in very dry localities. They move very rapidly over the
ground in long hops, taking flight every little while to a low

bush, and while on the wing invariably spread out the tail, —

and when they alight hop from branch very quickly with crest
erected. Specimehs taken near the Musgrave Ranges are very
light in colouration.
Family SITTIDAE.
NEOSITTA PILEATA TENUIROSTRIS, Gould
(Slender-billed Tree-runner).

Small parties were met with in the mulga scrubs, where
they were searching for insects in the crevices and behind the
trunks and branches. Specimens do not show any variation
to birds found further south.

757

Family CERTHIIDAE.
CLIMACTERIS ERYTHROPS SUPERCILIOSA, North
(White-browed Tree-creeper).
Was not met with till sixty miles west of Oodnadatta, but

after that it was plentiful in some localities. Generally met
with in pairs, but no nests were seen.

Family DICAEIDAE.

AUSTRODICAEUM HIRUNDINACEUM, Shaw and Nodder
(Mistletoe Bird).

Very few of these little birds came under notice; this is:
no doubt due to the scarcity of the parasitic plant, Lorenthus.

PARDALOTINUS RUBRICATUS PALLIDUS, Campbell
(Pale Red-browed Pardalote).

Met with on nearly all the dry water-courses along which
red-gums grew. Their note is a double one, quickly repeated.
Specimens collected are much paler in every respect to those
taken the year before in the central regions.

PARDALOTINUS STRIATUS FINKET, (8) Mathews
(Central Australian Pardalote).

A few of these birds were met with amongst the gum-tree
tops along the dry water-courses. On comparison with the
skins taken in Central Australia, 1913, they agree in every
respect.

Family MELIPHAGIDAE.

GLICIPHILA ALBIFRONS, Gould (White-fronted Honey-eater).

Quite a number of these birds had congregated in several
localities visited ; this was due to the fuchsia bushes (Hromo-
phila) being in full flower. They are very timid, and darted
about amongst the bushes in a most erratic manner. The note
is mournful and long-drawn.

CERTHIONYX VARIEGATUS, Lesson (Pied Honey-eater).

This rare honey-eater was first met with amongst the
granite boulders at Moorilyanna Native Well, and attracted
attention by its strange movements. Hopping on the ground
round a mulga bush, it climbed up the stem after the manner
of a parrot, till it was about two feet from the ground, when
it hung head downwards for a minute or more; then it let go
and fell to the ground, hopped round the bush, and again
repeated the performance.

(8) A. A. Record, vol. ii., No. 5.

758

MELIPHAGA sonorA, Gould (Singing Honey-eater).

A very common bird all over the country traversed. The
large series of skins taken agrees well with the coastal form, yet
the note of the interior bird is a very distinctive one, and not ~
once did we hear any of the notes common to coastal birds.
One of the most common calls of this interior bird is made
when passing from one flowering tree or shrub to another, and
sounds like “perisimo, perisimo,’’ repeated many times, but
none of the full, hquid, and sonorous notes we are so used to
hearing in the south.

LICHENOSTOMUS KEARTLAND!I, North
(Grey-headed Honey-eater).

Met with in the Musgrave and Everard Ranges, where it
was fairly plentiful. It possesses that erratic flight and
manner so common to members of the same family. The note
is rather feeble, the most common one being an alarm note,
uttered many times, like “chit, chit, chit.” Found fully- —
fledged young, with the parent birds, in the Everard Range.
Upon comparing the birds with skins taken in the type locality
I find that the birds from the Musgrave and Everard Ranges
are much brighter, especially the yellow on the breast and
throat.

LICHENOSTOMUS PLUMULUS ETHELAE, Mathews

(Southern Yellow-fronted Honey-eater).

In some localities these birds were very numerous and are
very like P. ornata in habits and call, many of the notes being
the same at Wantapella Swamp. Young birds just away~
from the nest were met with, and their breasts were covered
in a light-yellow down. I found this the case with nestlings
a few days old.

PTILOTULA PENICILLATA LEILAVALENSIS, North
(Cloncurry White-plumed Honey-eater).

The bird was found on all the dry water-courses and in
the ranges where the red-gum was growing. Its habits and
note seem identical with the southern form, P. penicillata.
I feel very uncertain about this bird being the Cloncurry
variety, for it shows a dark line alongside the white ear-covert,
but not having seen North’s type I am allowing it to appear
as above.

MYZANTHA FLAVIGULA, Gould (Yellow-throated Miner).
A very common bird near all water, and, like other
members of the genus, very noisy and restless. They have a
habit of congregating in a party of a dozen or more on a limb,

759

all calling as loudly as they can; then one bird will fly off to
another tree, and all will follow one after the other. The
skins procured agree with those collected between Oodnadatta
and the MacDonnell Ranges.

ACANTHOGENYS RUFOGULARIS CYGNUS, Mathews
(Southern Spiny-cheeked Honey-eater).

Wherever we met with flowering trees and shrubs this bird
was fairly plentiful. No difference can be detected between
this and the southern bird.

Family MOTACILLIDAE.
ANTHUS AUSTRALIS ADELAIDENSIS, Mathews (Southern Pipet).
These birds were often met with in pairs on the saltbush

plains and open patches in the mulga. Im one instance they
were found breeding.

Family PLOCEIDAE.
TAENIOPYGIA CASTANOTIS, Gould (Chestnut-eared Finch).
These birds congregated night and morning in great
numbers at some of the waters, and the ground under the

bushes and around the watering-places was white with excreta
of these finches.

EMBLEMA PIETA ETHELAE, (9) Mathews (Painted Finch).

This is a very rare and shy bird. Seen once or twice in
the deep gorges of the Musgrave Ranges, and seemed to be
feeding upon the seed of the porcupine grass.

Family COVIDAE.
CORVUS CORONOIDES PERPLEXUS, Mathews (Southern Raven).
Numbers of these birds were seen. They are very
puzzling, for skins were collected with white basal half to
feathers, while others had these black. The majority had
white eyse, a few having hazel or light-brown eyes.

NEOSTREPERA VERSICOLOR PLUMBEA, Gould
(Leaden Crow-Shrike).

This is a record for this bird to be found in South Aus-
tralia, but it is only an overlapping of a western form. Met
with in the Musgrave and Everard Ranges, and was heard of
on the Alberga River at Lambinna Soak. Not plentiful; very
shy and wary. A pair was nesting in the Everard Range in
August.

(9) A. A. Record, vol. ii., No. 5.

760
(e) STOMACH CONTENTS OF BIRDS.
By Arruur M. Lea, F.E.S., Museum Entomologign
[Contribution from the South Australian Museum. |

The stomachs brought back by Captain White were nearly
all of small birds, and many contained specimens of insects, or
fragments of same, that certainly belong to undescribed
species. Some of them contained amazing numbers of ants;
in fact, ants appear to be the staple food of many Central
Australian birds, and they bulk largely in most stomachs.
Most of the seeds found in the stomachs were sent to Mr. J. H.
Maiden (Government Botanist of New South Wales), and we
have to thank him for all the botanical names given in
brackets; these, he writes, were from determinations by his
assistant (Mr. Carne).

In the following list only the technical names of the birds
are given, the popular ones will be found in Captain White’s
own paper ; they are in the same sequence : —

Peltohyas australis.—Two caterpillars ; head and abdomen
of small male ant; vegetable matter; many small pebbles.

Cerchneis cenchroides.Y0—Some fine grit.

Neopsephotus bourki.—Crop—Distended with hundreds
of small round seeds; a few larger seeds. Stomachs (1)—A
few of the round seeds as in crop, and some fine grit. (2)—As
first stomach.

Cyanalcyon pyrrhopygius.—Four lizards, or remnants of
same (one Lygosoma lesueurn, two Amphibolurus reticu-
latus'2) ).

Heteroscenes pallidus.—Two wingless grasshoppers (7ri-
gomiza) ; two heads and other parts of another species of grass-
hopper ; many other fragments of insects.

Neochalcites basalis.—Large hairy caterpillars; three
small caterpillars ; fragment of beetle ; small amount of grit.

Whiteornis goodenovw.—(1)—Six caterpillars, fragments
of scutellerid bug ; fragments of small weevil (Desiantha | 1)) ;
small beetle (Formicomus); head of small ant (Pheidole,
soldier) ; many other fragments of insects. (2)—Eleven cater-
pillars; chinch bug (NVysius vinitor); larva of ant-lion ; bits
of small weevils ; head of meat-ant (Iridomyrmex detectus, var.

(1) In this stomach there were four nematode worms, one with
its head buried in the stomach wall; they are evidently true
stomach parasites, and the first I have ever seen from a bird,
although in the intestines and elsewhere in many birds nematode
and tapeworms are abundant.

(2) Identifications by Mr. F. R. Zietz.

761

viridiaeneus); ichneumon fly; head of small bee; many other
fragments of insects. (3)—Twenty heads and other frag-
ments of scutellerid plant bugs; head of small ant (Pheidole,
soldier). (4)--Eleven caterpillars; bits of thin reed-bugs ;
bits of several species of small weevils. (5)—Heads of three
jassid bugs; several plant bugs; bits of three spiders; many
other fragments of insects.

Melanodryas cucullata vigorsi.—(1)—One large and six
small caterpillars; bits of large wingless grasshopper ; bits of
weevil (Polyphrades); other fragments of insects. (2)—
Seven caterpillars ; bits of young grasshopper ; numerous small
weevils (7vtonia) and bits of same; meat-ant (Iridomyrmex
detectus); many other fragments of insects.

Smicrornis brevirostris mathewsi.—Head of minute
chaleid wasp; many very minute fragments of insects.

Lewinornis rufiventris maudeae.—(1)—Small cockchafer
beetle (Liparetrus); bits of longicorn beetle (Symphyletes) >
bits of meat ant (Zridomyrmex detectus, var. viridiaeneus) ;
head of male ant; bits of plant bugs; many fragments of
insects. (2)—Ichneumon fly; numerous small weevils (Poly-
phrades); bits of plant bugs; many fragments of insects.

Leueorcirca tricolor.—Common blow-fly and parts of two
others ; small fly ; two carrion beetles (Saprinus cyaneus); two
small jassid bugs; larval ground bug; small bit of ant.

Pteropodocys maxima.—Remains of at least six species.
of grasshoppers; larva of mantis; larva of very small mantis
(Hlaania); larva of walking-stick insect (Cyphocrama cor-
nuta); of another species (Bacteria [?]); very young larva of
another species; small pebble.

Coracina novae-hollandiae melanops.—(1)—Bits of two
weevils (Polyphrades); several lerp scales; thirteen six-lobed
yellow berries (Loranthus exocarpi); some slimy material,
probably from berries; bits of leaves. (2)—Weevil (small
Oryops); bits of other weevils (probably Gonipterus and
Polyphrades); eight subelliptic seeds (Melothria maderaspa-
tana | ?)). .

Samuela cinnamonea.—(1)—Many small caterpillars ;
two brown seeds; one smaller brown seed; one still smaller
brown seed; one black seed (Portulaca oleracea); hundreds
of thin pale seeds (a grass); much small grit. (2)—Elytron
and abdomen of carabid beetle; a few black seeds (Portulaca
oleracea); many reddish-brown seeds (Hibiscus); very many
small reddish seeds (Setaria viridis); much small grit. (3)—
Head of small ant, long reddish seed (Hrodiwm cygnorum);
many curved brownish seeds (Legume); fourteen kidney-
shaped seeds (Caryophyllaceae[%]); many small red seeds ;

762

much small grit. (4)—Many of the three first kinds of seeds as
in the third stomach ; much small grit ; no insect remains. (5)—
Thorax of ant; many of the three first kinds of seeds as in the
third stomach ; three other seeds (//ibiscus); growing seed (1) ;
much small grit. (6)—Many of the three first kinds of seeds
as in the third stomach ; four other kinds of seeds ; much small
grit; no insect remains.

Morganorms superciliosus.—(1)—Wattle beetle (Calo-

mela); leaf-eating beetle (Paropsis of the verrucosus group); —

scutellerid plant bug; many minute fragments of beetles and
of plant bugs. (2)—Nuine caterpillars; six heads and many
fragments of scutellerid plant bugs; fragments of Paropsis of
verrucosus group; elytra of small leaf-eating beetle ( Ditro-
pidus); many other fragments of insects.

Calamanthus campestris isabellinus.—(1)—Small curious
pirate bug ; two heads of small ants (Pheidole, soldier) ; many
minute fragments of insects; four curled black seeds (Portu-
laca oleracea); nine small yellowish seeds (Setaria viridis);
many minute reddish seeds (Caryophyllaceae | ?}) ; bit of grit.

(2)—Young ground cricket (Gryllus); elytra of small carabid ©

beetle ; six heads of small ants (Pheidole, soldiers) ; sugar ant
(Camponotus); falcis of spider ; same kinds of seeds as in first
stomach.

Parepthianura tricolor.—(1)—Crammed with minute
reddish seeds (Caryophyllaceac); one small dark _ seed
(Panicum { ?]); small amount of grit; no insect remains. (2)—
Twenty-seven small grubs; small flat seed (Chenopodiaceae) ;
‘some small grit.

Aurepthianura aurifrons.—(1)—Forty-eight small cater-
pillars or heads of same; larval jassid bug ; young grasshopper ;
elytron of small weevil. (2)—EHight small caterpillars; parts
of at least thirty small weevils (probably all of genus Poly-
phrades). (3)—Heads of two ants (Pheidole, soldier, and
probably male of same species); elytron of small ladybird
(Rhizobius|?]); many smail rough black seeds.

Acanthiza marianae.—Leaf-eating beetle (Ditropidus);
large thrips (Idolothrips spectrum); head of small jassid bug ;
small chalcid wasp; part of cephalothorax of spider; many
minute fragments of insects.

Acanthiza uropygialis condora.—(1)—Lace bug; wings,
heads, etc., of male ants; two lerp scales; elytron of weevil ;
legs of spider; many other fragments of insects; four dark-
brown seeds (Portulaca oleracea). (2)—Caterpillar ; two leaf-
eating beetles (Ditropidus) and bits of three others; bits of
spiders. (3)—Four very young grasshoppers; bits of jassid
bugs. .

763

Geobasileus chrysorrhaus addendus.—(1)—Two caterpil-
lars ; elytra of small beetle (/ormicomus); some minute frag-
ments of insects. (2)—Four caterpillars ; bits of weevil; larva
of water bug; small jassid bug; many minute fragments of
insects. (3)—Four caterpillars; small weevil (Desiantha);
three small jassid bugs; many minute fragments of insects.
(4)—Many small caterpillars: head of small scutellerid bug.

Pyrrholaemus brunneus.—(1)—Two small rat-tailed mag-
gots; head of blow-fly; young grasshopper; head of minute
weevil; two rough black seeds; many small curved seeds.
(2)—Fragments of young grasshoppers; small caterpillar ;
head of male ant; head of small butterfly ; dirty straw-coloured
seed (Setaria viridis). (3)—Three caterpillars; bits of two
small butterflies ; many minute pale seeds (Pamcum effusum) ;
bits of two berries (Hnchylaena tomentosa|?]). Many small
caterpillars and one large one; remains of young grasshopper ;
heads of two small butterflies; larva of ant-lion® ; many
minute pale seeds (Panicum effusum|?]). (5)—Nine cater-
pillars ; two small moths; head of small ant; bits of two small
spiders ; some fragments of insects; eleven ribbed brown seeds
(Scirpus); three thin pale seeds (a grass). (6)—Many minute
fragments, probably of small beetles and ants ; some small grit ;
one small pale seed (Panicum effusum | ?}).

Malurus melanotus callainus.—(1)—Caterpillar ; sixteen
small black ants and remnants of many others; many small
black seeds (Portulaca oleracea); two slightly larger dark-
brown seeds; small grit. (2)—Numerous fragments of two
species of small ants (Iridomyrmex); small ant (Meranoplus) ;
fragments of other genera of small ants; small stone-fly
(Veuroptera); similar seeds to those of first stomach. (3)—
Many fragments of small ants, mostly of genus Iridomyrmex ;
portion of head of larger ant ; several small black seeds (Portu-
laca oleracea ).

Diaphorillas textilis purnelliir(1)—-Bits of several
species of ants, including Lctatomma metallicum; many
minute fragments of insects; many brown seeds (Hibiscus);
some small grit. (2)—Innumerable very minute fragments of
msects (A phides|?]); seven rounded blackish seeds; three
curved black seeds (Composite); five thin reddish seeds
(Erodium cygnorum); one pale seed similar in appearance to
that of passion fruit ; two rounded brownish seeds (Melothria
maderaspatana{*]); one minute pale seed (Setaria viridis).

(5) This is a most curious specimen; it is thickly covered with
small clubbed hairs, suggestive of the sticky ones of Droseraceous.
plants. A similar larva was seen in a stomach of Neopsitta
pileata tenuirostris.

764

(3)—Innumerable fragments as in first stomach ; fragments of
male ants; two small beetles near Caediomorpha; twenty
triangular black seeds; two round blackish seeds; small grit.

Hyramytis, sp.{?].—Fragments of small weevil; many
shining black seeds; many small reddish seeds (Caryophyl-
laceae); nine pale seeds (Setaria viridis); fine grit.

Austrartamus melanops.— Bits of carabid beetles
(Dicrochile goryi and Chlaemoidius herbaceus); male of green-
head ant (Hctatomma metallicum); soldiers and many
workers of small ants (Pheidole); bits of sugar ant (Campono-
tus, soldier); head of small bee; bits of plant bugs; many
other fragments, mostly of ants.

Colluricincla rufiventris whiter.—(1)—Seven caterpillars ;
three young grasshoppers; elytra of two weevils (Poly-
phrades | ?]); legs of larger weevil (Leptops|?%]); bits of plant
bugs; many fragments of insects. (2)—Twelve caterpillars ;
grasshopper (Choriphistes cyanopterus); nine young grass-
hoppers or parts of same; fragments of land-shell.

Oreoica cristata clelandi.—(1)—Bit of elytron of longi-
corn beetle (Symphyletes); fragments of ants, of weevils, and
of spiders; reddish seed (Hrodium cygnorum); hundreds of
thin straw-coloured seeds (grass); bits of berries (?). (2)—
Several soldiers and workers of white ants; bits of many sting-
ing ants (Hctatomma or aliied genus); many fragments of
insects ; some vegetable matter; two buds of plants (?).

Aphelocephala castaneiventris whiter.—(1)—Large cater-
pillar ; nineteen grain-like seeds and fragments of many others
(Setaria viridis); small amount of grit. (2)—Muinute frag-
ments of weevils ; many small grain-like seeds (Setaria viridis) ;
two pale brownish seeds (Caryophyllaceae); three small red-
dish seeds (Caryophyllaceae); very fine grit.

Aphelocephala pectoralis.—(1)—Caterpillar ; remains of
many small weevils (Polyphrades|%]); three thin pale seeds
(Pamcwm); many small rounded seeds; small grit. (2)—
Bits of minute beetle (Yormicomus); eight thin pale seeds
(grass); one flat pale seed; many minute black seeds (Por-
tulaca oleracea) ; many minute reddish seeds (Setaria viridis);
one somewhat larger reddish seed (Caryophyllaceae); two
granular black seeds; small grit. (3)—Fourteen small pale
seeds (Setaria viridis); one very small reddish seed (Caryo-
phyllaceae); eight thin pale seeds (Panicum) ; small grit ; no
insect remains. (4)—Bit of scutellerid bug; many small
grain-like seeds; five smaller pale seeds; one small pale seed
(Portulaca oleracea); one long reddish seed (Brodium
cygnorum); small grit. (5)—Crammed with small pale seeds
(Caryophyllaceae); slight amount of grit; no insect remains.

765

A phelocephala nigricincta.—Bit of abdomen of ant ; about
twenty seeds of grass; many minute reddish seeds (Setaria
viridis); small amount of grit.

Sphenostoma cristatum pallidwm.—(1)—Stomach filled
with small reddish seeds (Caryophyllaceae) and some fine grit ;
bits of legs of small plant bugs. (2)—Seeds and grit as in first
stomach ; no insect remains.

Veositta pileata tenwirostris.—(1)—Two caterpillars ;
larva of ant-lion; fragments of at least eighteen small weevils
(Xeda). (2)—Young grasshopper (Choryphistes); twenty-
three small weevils (Xeda) or fragments of same; legs of
spider.

Climacteris erythrops superciliosa. — (1) — Numerous
minute ants (Jridomyrmex gracilis spurcus); two heads of
sugar ants (Camponotus); part of small weevil (Polyphrades).
(2)—Very many minute ants (J. g. spurcus); numerous meat
ants (Iridomyrmex detectus, var. viridiaeneus); head of ant
(Podomyrmex bimaculata) ; bit of small weevil (Polyphrades) ;
caterpillar. (3)—Over 500 minute ants (J. g. spurcus); many
meat ants (J. d. viridiaeneus); head of small sugar ant
(Camponotus ).

Pardalotinus rubricatus pallidus.—(1)—Fragments of a fly
(blowfly [?]); fragments of lerp scales. (2)—Small bee; two
female thynnid wasps; bits of syrphus fly; remnants of lerp
scales.

Pardalotinus striatus finke:—Part of head of fly; bits of
spiders ; many fragments of insects.

Gheiphila albifrons.—¥Fragments of small bees and prob-
ably of other small Hymenoptera.

Certhionyx variegatus.—Over one hundred small cater-
pillars ; wattle beetle (Calomela).

Meliphaga sonora.—Small ichneumon fly; many minute
fragments, mostly of ants.

Lichenostomus plumulus ethelae.—-(1)—-Many fragments
of very small bees; down-like feathers. (2)—Bits of small
weevil (Gerynassa|?]); bit of small carabid beetle; head of
jassid bug; small moth; small ichneumon fly; many minute
fragments of insects. (3)—Bits of small and medium size
ants; head of small bee; many fragments of insects. (4)—
{Young bird). Ten caterpillars; three jassid bugs; young
grasshopper ; heads of blow-flies; lerp and several lerp scales ;
many spiders; many fragments of insects.

Ptilotula penicillata leilavalensis.—Two caterpillars ;
small moth; bits of small weevil (Welanterius); bits of two
Species of small ants; head of small male ant; fragment of
coreid bug; many other fragments of insects.

766

Myzantha flavigula.—(1)—Small caterpillar; bits of

ae

weevil (Gonipterus or Oxyops); bits of leaf-eating beetle —

(Paropsis of the verrucosus group); head of ant; falcis of
spider. (2)—Four caterpillars; two weevils (small Oxyops).

Acanthogenys rufogularis cygnus.—Many fragments of
weevils (Polyphrades and Titima); small jassid bugs; many

other fragments of insects.

Anthus australis adelaidensis. — (1) — Two — small
weevils (Zutinia) and fragments of many others; bits

of a somewhat larger weevil (Polyphrades|?]|; bits of —

a young grasshopper; fragments of plant bugs: some
small grit. (2)—Twenty-six heads and many frag-
ments of small ants (Pheidole, soldiers); several heads of
small ants (Lridomyrmex); head of sugar ant (Camponotus,
soldier) ; thorax and wings of male ant; young grasshopper ;
many fragments of insects; small flat seed (Portulaca
oleracea). (3)—Two large caterpillars; one small one; two
heads of small pirate bugs; other insect fragments. (4)—
Two young grasshoppers; heads and fragments of many small
weevils (Zitenia); elytra of somewhat larger weevils
(Prosayleus[{%]); fragments of plant bugs; elongate black
seed ; small amount of grit.

Neostrepera versicolor plumbea—(1)—lLizard (Tym- —

panocryptus lineata); three small ants (Iridomyrmes
nitidus); fragments of amycterid weevil, of cockroach, and of
spider. (2)—Fragments of amycterid weevil (Sclerorhinus);
falces and legs of spider; fragments of cockroach.

(f) LACERTILIA.
By F. R. Zierz.
[Contribution from the South Australian Museum. |

The collection contains 130 specimens, comprising 19
species. Most of them are met with generally in the interior,
and were previously recorded by the Elder and Horn Expedi-
tions. Of special interest is the rediscovery of Amphibolurus
rufescens, first collected by Mr. R. Helms on the Elder Expedi-
tion in 1891. Field notes by Captain White are appended
and enclosed in brackets.

(4) Identification by Mr. F. R. Zietz.

767
GECKONIDAE.

CERAMODACTYLUS DAMAEUS, L. and F.

Between Everard and Indulkana Ranges; Wantapella
Swamp.

HETERONOTA BYNOEI, Gray.

Moorilyanna Native Well; between Everard and Mus-
grave Ranges; Tablelands, 100 to 200 miles north-west of
Oodnadatta. [Generally found under stones, sometimes under
bark or logs. |]

DIPLODACTYLUS CILIARIS, Boulgr.

Wantapella Swamp; from Musgrave Ranges to Mooril-
yanna Well; from Flat Rock Hole to Musgrave Ranges. [They

were fairly numerous, and found under bark and in hollow

branches of the mulga. When captured, they rubbed their
tails against the hand and emitted a sticky and most objection-
able smelling exudation from their caudal spines. |

GEHYRA VARIEGATA, D. and B.

Everard Range; Wantapella Swamp; from Musgrave
Ranges to Moorilyanna Native Well. This appears to be one
of the commonest species, twenty-six specimens having been
collected. [Found under bark and stones, sometimes in hollow
logs. Their colouration closely resembles that of their sur-
roundings. |

PYGOPODIDAE.

DELMA FRASERI, Gray.
Between Musgrave and Everard Ranges.

LIALIS BURTONII, Gray.
Indulkana, Everard Range.

AGAMIDAE.

AMPHIBOLURUS MACULATUS, Gray.

Between Everard and Indulkana Ranges; Wantapella
Swamp. [It is very quick in its movements, and is mostly
found amongst the Porcupine grass. When basking in the
sun its bright colouration is well shown, the black patch on
the throat being very conspicuous. |

AMPHIBOLURUS RETICULATUS, Gray.

Musgrave and Everard Ranges; Wantapella Swamp.
{Although thirty-two specimens of this lizard were captured,

768

it was not found to be so numerous as on my trip from Oodna-
datta to the MacDonnell Ranges during the previous year. It
burrows in the sand, and is often seen looking out of the
burrow, evidently watching for prey. It is not so fleet as other
members of this group, and often falls a victim to hawks. |

AMPHIBOLURUS RUFESCENS, S. and Z.

Three adult specimens of this little-known lizard were
collected, two at the Everard Range and one at Wantapella
Swamp. The type, an adult, and also two immature speci-
mens, were taken by Mr. R. Helms on the Elder Exploring
Expedition in 1891, at Mount St. Thomas, Birksgate Range,
about 100 miles west of the present record. Two of the recent
specimens have complete tails, and thus enable me to give the
correct caudal measurements, the tail in the type being in-
complete. Unfortunately the largest specimen collected by
Captain White also has a damaged tail, a portion of it being
reproduced ; it would have been much longer if uninjured.
The number of femoral pores varies, but in all other respects
these specimens agree with the type. To my knowledge only
six examples are known to science, and they are contained in
the South Australian Museum collection.

a b C | Type
Tetal length... re 245 mm. 282 mm. | 265 mm. | 228 mm.
Head a... i Be 27 mm. 25 mm. | 22 mm. | 22 mm
Body7) 82. De he 70 mm. 67 mm. | 56 mm. | 66 mm.
Tail ais Hoe Beh 148 mm. 190 mm. | 187 mm. | 140 mm.
(incomplete) (incomplete)
Width of head .. oe 18 mm. 18 mm. 17 mm. 18 mm.
Front leg ise se 38 mm. 38 mm. | 36 mm. 35 mm.
Hind leg ee ner 84 mm. 80 mm. | 76 mm. | 78 mm.
Fem. and Preanal Pores| 24 dex. 21 sin.| 28-28 31-31 29 — 29

[This lizard was found on or near red granite rocks, and
its colouration harmonizes wonderfully with its surroundings.
It is such a fast runner that the only way to procure specimens
was to shoot them. When running it carries its body erect,
touching the ground with the hind feet only, and maintaining
its balance with the long slender tail. ]

1) Proc. Roy. Soc., S.A., xvi., 1898, p. 164, pl. vi., figs.
2 and 2a.

. 769

AMPHIBOLURUS BARBATUS, Cuv.
Vaughan Hill; Everard Range.

TYMPANOCRYPTIS LINEATA, Peters.

| Everard and Indulkana Ranges. [Found on the sandy
plains and in mulga scrub, under stones and also in burrows,
tc which it retreats when danger threatens. |

'TYMPANOCRYPTIS CEPHALUS, Giinth.
Oodnadatta to Todmorden; Everard Range.

VARANIDAE.

VARANUS GILLENI, L. and F.

| Wantapella Swamp; between Everard and Musgrave
af; nges.

SCINCIDAE.

EGERNIA WHITII, Lacép.

Oodnadatta ; Wantapella Swamp; Musgrave Ranges.

HINULIA LESUEURII, D. and B.

Everard and Musgrave Ranges.

HINULIA FASCIOLATA, Giinth.

Everard Range ; Wantapella Swamp.

RHODONA GERRARDI, Giinth.
Musgrave Ranges to Moorilyanna Native Well.

RHODONA BIPES, Fischer.
Tablelands 100 to 200 miles west of Oodnadatta.

ABLEPHARUS LINEO-OCELLATUS, D. and B.

= Moorilyanna Native Well to Everard Range.
Zz

770

(7) MOLLUSCA (Pulmonata).
By A. R. RIppDLe.

Of the shells secured by Captain White, at least three
species are represented. The writer is indebted to Dr. J. C.
Verco for the opportunity of examining types and other
specimens in both his own and the Museum collections, and
also to Mr. C. Hedley, Assistant Curator and Conchologist to —
the Sydney Museum, for the opportunity of consulting the
literature in that institution, as well as placing under contri- —
bution his own expert knowledge of Australian land shells.

XANTHOMELON PERINFLATUM, Pfeiffer.

Helix perinflata, Pfeiffer: P.Z.S., 1863, p. 528.

Xanthomelon perinflatum, Eaitieg: Rpt. Horn Sc. Exp. to
Cent. Aust., 1896, pt. 1., p. 224.

The specimens obtained comprise both live and dead shells.
The live shells show but very faintly the broad rufous band,
just above the periphery, which was a marked feature in many
of the Elder Expedition shells.

Captain White writes: —‘‘The dead and bleached shells
of this species were very numerous all through the country,
between Moorilyanna Native Well and the Musgrave and
Everard Ranges, more especially on the rising ground near
those ranges. Where the shells occurred in large numbers
quantities of leaves and dried herbage were found among
them, which suggests that during good seasons a creeping
herbage covers the ground into which the snails make their
way. Live shells were taken in Glen Ferdinand (Musgrave
Ranges) and in the Everard Range. In both cases they were
found sealed with the epiphragm, lying under debris in creek
beds. This shell, no doubt, provides an article of food for
the natives, as large quantities were found heaped up near
the remains of old fires. This species is also collected in great
numbers by the Bower-bird (Chlamydera maculata macdon-
nelli) in the Everard Range, and is found heaped up at the
entrance to their play-houses.”’

Among the shells is a single immature specimen, the
identification of which is somewhat uncertain. It shows a
close likeness to the immature shells in a series of X. perin-
flatum in the Adelaide Museum collections, but the slight
callus on the columella is brownish.

Bednall,) in the Elder Expedition results, gives an
account, under Helix perinflata, of some dwarf shells resemb-
ling H. flindersi, but lacking the colour-band of that species.

(1) Vide Bednall: Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xvi., p. 62.
(2) Loc. cit., supra.

ge:

“The shell is of a uniform greenish hue, with a shining vitreous
appearance.’ This description fits the present specimen very
well.

The specimen was taken with Xanthomelon adcockianum
and Chloritis squamulosa.

XANTHOMELON ADCOCKIANUM, Bednall.

Hadra adcockiana, Bednall: 1894, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol.
xvill., p. 190.

Xanthomelon adcockiana, Hedley: 1896, Rpt. Horn Sc. Exp.,
pt. ii., p. 224.

The writer proposes to place under this head three some-
what immature shells taken with Chloritis squwamulosa. They
agree almost entirely with Tate’s “Forma typica,” 3) one of
_ the three groups into which he subdivided this species. Prob-
ably the immaturity of the present shells accounts for the
slight differences. Compared with the Adelaide Museum
specimens, determined by Mr. Bednall, they agree well,
although they are slightly more elevated. They have not,
however, tne height of X. everardensis. In common with the
Museum specimens, they are of ight-yellow to yellowish-green
colour, with well-defined narrow fuscous bands. The type,
however, was opaque-white with fuscous bands.

They were taken at Moorilyanna Native Well, under native
fig trees (Ficus platypoda).

Captain White writes:—“Great quantities of fallen
leaves and fruit had collected between the rocks, and it was
under this debris that the shells were taken.”’

CHLORITIS SQUAMULOSA, Tate.

Hadra squamulosa, Tate: 1894, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol.
XViii., p. 193.

Chloritis squamulosa, Tate: 1896, Rpt. Horn Sc. Exp., pt.
i, p. 193, pl. xviii., fig. 10.

Xanthomelon squamulosa, Hedley: 1896, Rpt. Horn Sc. Exp.,
pt. ii., p. 225.

One live specimen only was obtained with the X.
adcockianum. The shell is larger than the type, and measures
17 mm. (greatest diameter) by 9 mm. (height). The reference
of this species to Xanthomelon in 1896, by Mr. Hedley, was
done on the evidence derived from an imperfect dissection sent
by Prof. Tate. Ina recent communication, Mr. Hedley states
his preference for Chloritis, and mentions the possibility of an
error having been made in the labelling of the dissection in
question.

= Vide Tate: Rpt. Horn Sc. Exp., pt. ii., p. 198.
Z ’

772,

(hk) ARACHNIDA.

By W. J. Rainsow, Entomologist to the Australian Museum,
Sydney.

Puates LXVII. ann LXVIII.

At the request of Captain S. A. White I have examined
a collection of Arachnida made by him during an expedition ©
to Central Australia. Naturally, the collection—small though
it be—contains some novelties; and descriptions of, and notes
upon, these will appear in the following pages of this paper.
Some of the forms collected, of course, call for no special
comment. Very little has hitherto been made known by
naturalists of the Arachnid fauna of the interior of this conti- |
nent; but this is not much to be wondered at when we
consider the arid nature of the country and the difficulties
and hardships of travel.

In 1896 Mr. H. R. Hogg, M.A., worked out the Araneidae
of the Horn Exploring Expedition in the “Report of the Work
of the Horn Scientific Exploring Expedition to Central Aus-
tralia, Part ii., Zoology” ; later, Embrik Strand, in “‘Zoologis-
chen Jahrbiichern,’’ 1913, contributed an interesting addition
to our knowledge of this branch of our endemic fauna—a paper
in which he not only recorded some species already described,
but gave descriptions of forms new to science ; finally, in 1914,
my esteemed friend, Dr. R. H. Pulleine, of Adelaide, in the
‘‘Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia,”’ vol.
Xxxvill., published a brief list of a small collection of Arane:dae
made by Captain 8. A. White. Each of the papers referred
to above are of value, inasmuch as they extend our knowledge
of range and distribution. Some of the species enumerated by
these authors are also recorded below, as they form part of the
collection submitted to me; but in addition to these some new
genera and species are defined. The new material includes
some particularly interesting forms, such as Aganippe white,
in the Avicularidae; Argyrodes binotata, in the Theridudae;
two species of Argiopidae, for which I propose the names of
Dolophones wntricata and D. thomisoides; and two Thomisidae
—Timarus punctatus and Diaea pulleinei.

Of great interest is the announcement of the occurrence
of the family Prodidomidae in Australia. The species referred
to, while being a true Prodidomid, renders the creation of two
subfamilies, as well as that of a new genus and species, neces-
sary, and fuller details of this interesting fact will be found a —
little further on in this paper. Another interesting species,

773

and one that I propose to call Lycosa nigropunctata, was also
collected by Captain White. This is one of those Lycosids,
the females of which make a lid or trap-door to their burrows.
Finally, I record a new genus and species of the family
Oxyopidae, for which I propose the name Pseudohostus
squamosus, and to the notes upon this I refer the student. In
the following pages there are enumerated two scorpions and
twenty-nine spiders, and of these latter eleven are recorded
as new, whilst one is the description of what I take to be the
male of a previously known species—vwiz., Hchemus griseus, L.
Koch. Two new subfamilies and two new genera are also
defined.

Some of the material obtained by Captain White was too
immature to be of value, but this is always so in collections
of this branch of the fauna, and some were damaged. This
latter contingency, as pointed out by Dr. Pulleine in his paper
already referred to, could not possibly be avoided, owing to
the softness of the animals’ bodies, the roughness of the country
over which they had to be conveyed, and the manner of their
transport.

Suborder SCORPIONIDAE.

Family BUTHIDAE.

ISOMETROIDES (?) vEscus, Karsh.

Tsometrus vescus, Karsh: Schrift. der Ges. nat. Freunde,
1880, p. 56.

Isometroides wescus, Karsh: Keys, in Die Arach. des Aust.,
Bupp!l., 1884, p. 17, pl. 11., fig. 3.

/iab.—Everard Range to Wantapella Swamp.

.Vote.--Karsh’s paper is inaccessible to me, but Keserling
gives 2 lengthy description and a figure in his supplement to
Ludwig Koch’s monumental work. Unfortunately the latter
author’s specimen (which is in the collection of the University
of Berlin, and is vaguely labelled ‘‘Australie’’) was damaged,
for the writer says:—‘“Sturnum und Kamme fehlen leider
dem vorliegenden Exemplare.’’ Consequently I must let
Captain White’s specimen (of which only one example was
taken) remain for the present as quoted above. J. vescus is
the type of the genus. r

Family SCORPIONIDAE.

Uropacus woopwarpt, Poc.
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), xii., 1893, p. 322, pl. xiv., figs. 8
and 9; op. cit. Ci),° 41: LOS; “p: e3.
Hab.—Musgrave Ranges and Oodnadatta to Todmorden ;
originally recorded from the Darling Range, Western Aus-
tralia.

174

Suborder ARANEIDAE.

Family AVICULARIDAE.

The collection contains only one trap-door spider, and
this I have named Aganippe white, in honour of Captain
White, the collector. The genus Aganippe, O. P. Cambr., is
exclusively Australian, and the form described below makes
the seventh species known to naturalists.

AGANIPPE WHITEI, 0. sp.
PL ixvn,,, igs. dsand 2.

Q. Cephalothorax (not including falces), 8°5 mm. long,
6 mm. broad; abdomen, 13°4 mm. long, 7°5 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax yellow-brown, smooth, shining. /ars
cephalica arched, raised, sloping backwards to thoracic fovea;
sides darker than summit; a few scattered, short, bristly
hairs are distributed over the surface, in addition to which
there are also two or three long ones at rear of eyes; running
down the middle there is a finely pencilled dark line, upon
which are a few short adpressed black hairs, and this line is
bifurcated in front; ocular area broader than long; 1mme-
diately in front of caput, and between the front eyes, there is
a group of long, coarse, black bristles (fig. 1) ; clypeus broad,
pallid, indented at middle. Pars thoracica arched, broad ;
thoracic fovea deep, procurved ; marginal band broad, pallid,
fringed with short dark hairs. yes in three series of (reading
from the front) 2, 2, 4; the two front eyes and lateral eyes of
rear row large and of equal size; anterior median eyes con-
siderably smaller, while the posterior median pair are minute;
anterior eyes separated from each other by a space equal to
once their individual diameter, and the front median pair
from each other by a space equal to about one-half their
individual diameter ; posterior median eyes widely separated
from each other (fig. 1). Legs concolorous with cephalothorax
short, tapering ; third and fourth pairs strongest ; tarsi of first
and second pairs scopulated; each leg densely clothed with
long coarse hairs, and armed with strong black spines ; superior
claws long and serrated; inferior claw minute. Relative
lengths, 4, 1,2, 3. Palpi long, similar in colour, clothing, and
armature to legs; tarsi scopulated. Falces rather darker than
cephalothorax, porrected, arched, clothed with coarse hairs
or bristles, and each furnished with a rastellum,; outer angle
of the furrow of each falx armed with ten strong teeth and
the inner angle with eight ; intermediately between these two
rows there are, at the base, three small teeth (fig. 2); fang
long, shining, almost black, well curved. MJazillae reddish-
brown, hairy, apices widely divergent ; inner angles fringed

775

with long yellowish hairs. Labiuwm concolorous, arched, hairy,
broader than long, submerged. Sternwm yellow-brown, pyri-
form, narrowest in front, arched, clothed with long coarse
bristles; s¢g://a moderately large, removed from margin, not
distinct. Abdomen elongate, somewhat obovate, yellow-
brown, faintly mottled, pilose, and furnished with a few
adpressed bristles on upper surface; a distinctly visible
yellowish tapering line or bar runs down the middle, and this
median line is broadest in front; towards anterior extremity
of this bar there is on each side a large but faintly-defined
round spot; near posterior extremity there are four pairs of
short, faintly distinguishable lateral transverse bars, and these
are directed downwards, each pair describing a chevron broken
at the centre; at anterior extremities the abdomen is some-
what darker in colour; inferior surface pilose, dull yellow,
clouded with somewhat darker patches. Spinnerets short,
yellowish, hairy ; superior mammillae stout, first joint as long
as second and third combined; third joint minute, dome-
shaped ; inferior mammillae very short and separated from each
other by a space equal to about once their individual length.

Hab.—Between Musgrave and Everard Ranges.

Family DICTYNIDAE.
AMAUROBIUS RoBUSTUS, L. Koch.

Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1872, p. 331, pl. xxxvi., figs. 5
and 5a.

Hab.—Wantapella Swamp, South Australia. Ranges
from Northern Queensland to Western Australia.

Vote.—A. rubustus is evidently a variable species, which
one would naturally expect from its being so common and so
widely distributed. During the last twenty-five years I have
examined very many specimens, but cannot recall one which
did not differ in abdominal ornamentation from Koch’s figure.
Captain White’s specimen shows (when in alcohol) distinct
chevrons. ; |

Family PRODIDOMIDAE.

One of the most interesting specimens collected by Captain
White is a species which I take to be representative of the
above family. This family is a very small one, and its range,
according to Simon, is as follows :—

Prodidomus, Hentz.: “Regio mediterranea calid., Hispania
merid., Barbaria, Egyptus et Syria; Africa austr.; Arabia

) Simon: Hist. Nat. des Araign., i., 1892 (1893), pp. 337
and 338.

776

merid.; India orient.; Nova-Caledonia; America sept. et
merid.; Venezuela.” .

Eleleis, Simon: ‘‘Africa max. australis.”

Zimiris, Simon: “Arabia merid.; India; et fortasse
Malaisia.”

In the “Proceedings of the Californian Academy of
Sciences,’’ 3rd series, i., No. 7, 1898, p. 225, Nathan Banks
described a Mexican species, for which he proposed the name
Zimiris pubescens. This Simons considers to be the type of
another genus, to which he gave the MS. name Veozimiris.@

Taking into consideration the distribution of the family
as thus defined, it is only natural to suppose the possibility
of its occurring in Australia. The form described below differs
essentially from any of the species recorded to the genera
above quoted. If my determination as to its systematic posi-
tion be correct, then, for the convenience of classification, two
subfamilies will have to be created, as well as a new genus.
For the reception of the genera above quoted I propose the
subfamily Prodidominac, and for the genus hereunder
described Cryptoerithinae.

In speaking of the Prodidomidae, Professor Comstock
says (5): —-““The prodidomids are two-clawed, eight-eyed spiders,
with dissimilar eyes in three rows, and very robust chelicerae,
which are furnished with very long and slender claws’’ [fangs.
—W.J.R.]. The species described below, while displaying
these points in the main, presents certain features widely
distinct. In all Prodidomids hitherto known the eyes are
arranged in three rows, reading from the front of 4, 2, 2, while
in the species now under study, and for which I propose the
name Cryptoerithus occultus, the formula is 2, 4, 2. Another
point of interest is that instead of six spinnerets there are only
four, of which two are extremely minute, and are ensconced
in a deep pit or depression at the posterior extremity of the
abdomen, and two very long, cylindrical ones situated on the
underside, and at some little distance from the extremity.
The latter pair are placed close together and almost touch each
other; the minute pair, on the other hand, are decidedly
difficult to’trace, and this difficulty is increased owing to the
abundance of comparatively long hairs within the cavity, and
which surround them. In outline the cephalothorax is some-
what like H/eleis, Sim.

Simon, in his monumental work, gives a lucid outline
of the Prodidomidae, and to this the student is directed. I

(2)Simon: op. cit., ii., 1897 (1903), p. 984.
(3) Comstock: ‘The Spider Book,’’ 1912, p. 308.
(4)Simon: op. cit., pp. 332-336.

fs of

give herewith a few points defining the two subfamilies as I
understand them :—

Cephalothorax oval, obtuse in front, obtusely
truncated at rear, and having a small
median hollow depression; ocular area
longer than broad. Eyes, eight; in three
rows of 4, 2, 2. Legs: in Prodidomus and
Eleleis, short; in. Zimiris, the metatarsi
and tarsi scopulated. Falces robust, con-
vex at base; apices attenuated and
divergent. Jabiwm free, short, flat, apex
attenuated, obtuse or truncated. Sternum
fiat, broadly oval, anterior angle rounded,
posterior extremity acuminate, and term-
mating between fourth pair of coxae.
Abdomen oval. Spinnerets, six eS thins

Cephalothorax obovate, obtuse in _ front;
ocular area longer than broad; median
fovea elongate, and having the appear-
ance of a sharp deep cut. Eyes, eight;
in three rows of 2, 4, 2. Falces moder-

: ately long, robust; fang long. Legs long.

3 Mavrillae robust, arched, apices obtuse and

P inclining inwards, acuminate, rounded at

heel. Labium free, rather longer than

broad, acuminate, coniform. Sternum
somewhat cordiform, anterior extremity
acuminate, and terminating — between
fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen oval.

Spinnerets, four; superior pair minute, and

located within a deep recess or pit at pos-

terior extremity i abdomen; _ inferior
mammillae very long, cylindrical, two-
jointed, basal joint minute ... ....... .... ORYPTOERITHINAE

‘I

MM 7

PRODIDOMINAE

———

we

T?> @e *

: Subfamily CRYPTOERITHINARE, n. subf.

CRYPTOERITHUS,() n. g.

. Pi iewi., nes. 3. 4, and 5.
% Cephalothorax obovate, arched, anterior extremity obtuse,
narrow, posterior extremity truncated. Pars cephalica not
raised; ocular area longer than broad. Pars thoracica broad,
radial grooves not distinct ; median fovea a longitudinal slit.
Hyes, eight, arranged in three rows of 2, 4, 2 (fig. 3). Legs
long, tapering, hairy, bespined. Relative lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3.
Palpi moderately long. Falces moderately robust and
moderately long; fang long. Mazillae not long, robust,
arched, apices obtuse and inclining inwards. Labiwm free,
short, slightly arched, apex acuminate, rather longer than
broad, coniform. Sternum large, broad, slightly arched,
somewhat ccrdiform, anterior angle rounded, posterior
extremity acuminate and terminating between posterior coxae,

kpyrtw=to hide; €pios=a spinner.

778

which latter are much longer than their neighbours. Abdomen
oval. Spunnerets, four. Superior pair minute and located in
a deep posterior abdominal depression; inferior pair long,
cylindrical.

CRYPTOERITHUS OCCULTUS, n. sp.

Q. Cephalothorax, 155 mm. long, 1'2 mm. broad;
abdomen, 2°5 mm. broad, 1°6 mm. long.

Cephalothorax yellow, obovate, arched, moderately
clothed with long black hairs. Pars cephalica sloping forward,
not higher than thoracic segment, obtuse in front, arched,
segmental groove faintly distinct; ocular area broader than
long ; clypeus not deep. Pars thoracica broad, convex, sloping
sharply to the rear, posterior angle truncated and indented ;
median fovea elongate, and having the appearance of a sharp,
deep cut; marginal band narrow, thickly fringed with short
black hairs (fig. 3). Hyes, eight; arranged in three rows of
2, 4, 2; large, compactly grouped ; median pair (second row)
slightly the largest of the series; anterior eyes separated from
each other by a space equal to about twice their individual
diameter ; second row slightly recurved ; of this row the median
eyes are separated from each other by a space equal to about
half their individual diameter ; lateral eyes are seated close
to their inner neighbours, but do not touch; posterior pair
wedge-shaped, obliquely placed, the points nearly meeting
(fig. 3). Legs concolorous with cephalothorax, long, tapering,
hairy, armed with moderately long and short strong spines;
fourth pair of coxae much the longest ; tarsi two-clawed ; claws
small and obscured by tufts of spatulate hairs. Relative
lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palm concolorous with legs, moderately
long, and similar in clothing and armature. Falces concolorous
with palpi, moderately robust, tapering, arched, hairy; fang
long. Mazillae pale yellow, almost white, arched, obtusely
acuminate, bulging at base, apices inclining inwards and
fringed with pale hairs ; heel rounded ; a few long, stiff bristles
distributed over the surface. Jahiwm concolorous with
maxillae, rather longer than broad, free, slightly arched,
apex obtuse; a few stiff, bristly hairs present. Sternwm
somewhat cordate, concolorous with labium, arched, anterior
angle curved, posterior extremity acuminate and terminating
between fourth pair of coxae; a few long, dark bristles spread
over surface; margin reddish-brown; in front of each coxa
there is a deep, lateral groove, extending well inwards and
concolorous with margin. Abdomen oval, overhanging base of
cephalothorax, strongly arched, yellow, clothed with short,
sooty, adpressed hairs; posterior extremity deeply indented
(fig. 4). Hpgynuwm a transverse plaque with two transversely
oval pits (fig. 5). Spinnerets, four; superior mammillae

779

minute, surrounded by dark, coarse hairs, and concealed
within a deep recess or pit at posterior extremity of abdomen ;
inferior mammillae placed closely together, long, cylindrical,
hairy, apices obliquely truncate (fig. 4).

Hab.—Flat Rock Hole, Musgrave Ranges, July 13, 1914.

Family DRASSIDAE.

EcuEMuS (?), Sim.

Hemicloea longipes, Hogg: Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., i1.,
Zool., 1896, p. 337.

Two specimens of what appear to be examples of this
genus are included in the collection—one, an immature female,
and which it is not possible to determine specifically with
safety ; and the other a mature male. Both examples are from
the same locality, and may possibly be one and the same
species. Only two forms of Hchemus(?) have been described
from Australia, viz., LZ. (?) (Drassus) dilutus, L. Koch, from
Rockhampton, Northern Queensland, and H.(?) (D.) griseus,
L. Koch., ‘““Neuholland.”’ Both of these were females, and
the first-named was immature. In the absence of an adult
female, one cannot say with exactitude whether the mature
male in this collection 1s a new species or whether it may not
be the unknown male form of #. (D.) griseus, but to that
species for the present I associate it, and hereunder give a
description.

Hab.—Everard Range.

ECHEMUS (?) (Drassvus) (1?) eriseus, L. Koch.
Piguxvin:;. fig... 6:

Drassus griseus, L. Koch: Die Arach. des Aust., i., 1873.
meee, plo xxx., fig. 8.

dg. Cephalothorax, 3°55 mm. long, 2°55 mm. broad;
abdomen, 4 mm. long, 2 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax ovate, yellow, shining, smooth, arched.
Pars cephalica sloping forward, obtuse in front, moderately
clothed with fine hoary hairs; thoracic segment very faintly
defined ; ocular area broader than long, space between eyes
dark-brown ; clypeus narrow, deep, and fringed with pale hairs.
Pars thoracica highest at median fovea, which latter is a long,
deep, narrow cleft, and very distinct, no radial grooves pre-
sent, posterior angle indented, surface moderately clothed with
fine silky hairs ; marginal band rather broad, fringed with long
fine hairs. Hyes large, arranged in two rows of four each;
both rows strongly recurved, the rear especially so; anterior
median eyes dark, all others of a pearl-grey lustre; rear
median eyes largest of the group, elliptical, seated obliquely,
their rear extremities almost touching. Legs concolorous with

780

cephalothorax, long, tapering, clothed with fine hairs and
armed with strong spines. /alpi moderately long, similar in
colour and clothing to legs, heavily spined; genital bulb well
developed, complicated (fig. 6). Falces concolorous with
cephalothorax, moderately strong, arched, tapering, hairy;
outer angle of the furrow of -each falx armed with two large
teeth and one small one, and the inner angle with two large
teeth ; fang short, well curved. Mazillae concolorous with
falces, long, arched, apices obliquely truncated and inclined
inwards ; inner angle of apices white, heel rounded ; a number
of coarse black bristles spread over surface. Labium yellow,-
angles and apex white, arched; apex truncated and slightly
concave at middle; surface similar in clothing to maxillae.
Sternum pyriform, yellow, anterior angle rounded, apex
acuminate and terminating between fourth pair of coxae,
arched and clothed with coarse black bristles. Abdomen
elliptical, slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax, arched,
yellow, clothed with black hairs. Spinnercts yellow, elongate,
cylindrical, grouped closely together; hairy.
Hab.—Moorilyanna Native Well, July 2, 1914.

LAMPONA PUNCTIGERA, Simon.
Die Fauna Sud-west Aust., 1., 1908, p. 399.
Hab.—Moorilyanna Native Well, July 2, 1914. Widely
distributed in Northern Australia.

Family ZODARIIDAE.
STORENA FORMOSA, Thor.
Oefv. Kong]. Vet. Akad., Forh., 1870, n. 4, p. 874; L. Koch:
Die Arach. des Aust., i., 1872, p. 314, pl. xxv., fig 5d.
Hab.—-One mature female from ninety miles west of
Todhunter, July 8, 1914; and one immature female from
under bark, Flat Rock Hole, Musgrave Ranges. A widely
distributed species.
Family THERIDIIDAE.

ARGYRODES, Sim.

Only one species of this family was collected, and that the
male of an undescribed Argyrodes. In my “Census of
Australian Arancidae” (6) only three species were recorded ;
since then I have described another, “?) while at the present
moment several distinct forms are in my hands and are await-
ing publication.

The specimen obtained by Captain White is an exceedingly
small one, but very distinctly marked, and may be easily

(©) Rainbow: Rec. Aust. Mus., ix., No. 2, 1911, p. 166.
(7) Rainbow: Mem. Queens. Mus., i., 1912, p. 193, figs. 3 and 4.

781

picked out from its congeners by its ovate abdomen, which
latter in most species is gibbous; this part of the body is
yellowish-brown and ornamented by two reticulated silvery
spots.
ARGYRODES BINOTATA, 0. Sp.
Pe. txvii., fies. 7 and 6.

3d. Cephalothorax, 1 mm. long, 0°7 mm. broad ; abdo-
men, 1°5 mm. long, 0°7 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax shining, ovate. Pars eee dark
brown, arched, high, retreating rearwards, sides declivous ;
ocular area broader than long ; clypews produced, slightly cleft.
Pars thoracica arched, dark brown in front, yellowish behind,
radial grooves present ; marginal band narrow. Hyes equal in
size; distribution normal. Legs moderately long and
moderately strong, tapering; femur of leg 3 dark-brown, but
in legs 1, 2, and 4 white; metatarsi and tarsi yellow; each
limb pilose and armed with fine spines. Relative lengths,
1, 4, 2, 3. Palpi short, strong, pilose, yellow-brown; genital
bulb large, well developed, complicated (fig. 7). Falces con-
colorous with pars cephalica, arched, pubescent. Mazillae
and /abiwm concolorous with falces; normal. Sternum con-
colorous with foregoing, elongate, triangular, arched.
Abdomen ovate, overhanging base of cephalothorax, arched,
pubescent, yellowish-brown, upper-surface ornamented by two
large, irregularly shaped, reticulated silvery spots (fig. 8).

Hab.—Everard Range, August 14, 1914.

Family ARGIOPIDAE.

NEPHILA EREMIANA, Hogg.
" -?- Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zoology, 1896, p. 318, pl. xxiv.,,
g. 3.
Hab.—Female examples, ranging in development from
immature to mature, were collected at the following localities:
—Ninety miles west of Todmorden, July 8, 1914; Flat Rock
Hole, Everard Range, July 22,-1914; and (no date recorded)
between Oodnadatta and Todmorden.

DoLoPHONES, Walk.

Two distinct species of this genus were obtained, the first
being represented by two examples, of which one is adult and
the other immature, whilst the second species is represented
by three specimens, none of which have reached the adult
stage. Both species are of striking appearance, and each is
undescribed. The spiders of this genus are noted for their
flattened abdomen, which latter are always more or less

782

intricately marked. Conspicuous in the abdominal markings
or ornamentation of the species are a varying number of
cicatrose depressions or pits,“and in the two forms now under
review this feature is, as usual, most marked. For one of
these new forms I propose the name Dolophones intricata, in
allusion to its intricate ornamentation, and for the other,
which displays a remarkable but superficial resemblance to
certain. Thomisidae, I propose the name D. thomisoides.

DOLOPHONES INTRICATA, Ni. sp.
Pl. lxvii., figs. 9 and 10,
Q. Cephalothorax, 3°4 mm. long, 3°6 mm. broad;
abdomen, 5'1 mm. long, 81 mm. broad (fig. 9).

_ Cephalothorax broadly ovate, much broader than long,
dark brown generally, pilose, posterior extremity yellowish.
Pars cephalica arched, truncated, recurved in front, broad,
segmental groove distinct, a few short, fine hoary hairs spread
over surface; ocular area broader than long; clypeus broad,
not deep. Pars thoracica broad, strongly arched, radial
grooves indistinct, a few hoary hairs spread over surface;
marginal band broad, pilose, yellowish. Hyes normal. Legs
moderately long, strong, tapering, dark brown with yellowish
markings, pilose, armed with numerous long, strong spines.
Relative lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3. Palg short, strong, tapering,
similar in colour, clothing, and armature to legs. Falces
short, strong, arched, hairy, yellow at base and for about
one-half their length thence, dark brown. Mazillae normal,
outer angles and base yellowish, inner angles and apices pallid.
Labium normal ; apex pallid, the remainder yellow. Sternum
oval, yellow, slightly arched. Abdomen overhanging base of
cephalothorax, transversely oval, pilose, upper-surface convex,
anterior angle truncated, wavy in outline, posterior extremity
obtuse; general colour dark brown, with yellowish markings
and cicatrose depressions ; scheme of ornamentation intricate ;
inferior surface concave, grey, corrugated, corrugations lateral.
Eymgynum broad, with deep lateral pits, between which there
is a long, convex, spatulate process (fig. 10).

/1ab.—Oodnadatta to Todmorden (no date), and Car-
meena, Everard Range, August 14, 1914.

DOLOPHONES THOMISOIDES, Nn. sp.
Pl ixyaniky Mie ihe
The description which I give hereunder is drawn from the
oldest and largest of the three examples collected, and which
is apparently almost adult. Personally I avoid describing
immature forms as a rule, but there are times when one may

783

with propriety depart from a set custom, and the present
instance is, to my mind, a case in which such a departure is
justified, The laterigrade grouping of the legs and the general
appearance of the caput and falces are the main points that
suggest a Thomisid appearance.

Q. Cephalathorax, 16 mm. long, 2 mm. _ broad;
abdomen, 2°3 mm. long, 5°2 mm. broad.

Gephalothoraz broadly ovate, broader than long. ars
cephalica pilose, arched, sides declivous, truncated in front,
hoary with yellowish markings ; ocular area broader than long ;
clypeus narrow, not deep. Pars thoracica broad, arched,
pilose, yellow, with median and lateral white spots; radial
grooves faintly discernable; marginal band narrow, white
(fig. 11). Ayesnormal. Legs moderately long, robust, pilose,
white with yellow annulations, armed with numerous
moderately long and moderately strong spines; underside of
legs pale yellow. Relative lengths, 4, 1, 2, 3. Palpi short,
robust, similar in colour, clothing, and armature to legs.
Falces short, pilose, white, arched. Mazillae and labium
normal, white. Sternwm broadly oval, white, arched.
Abdomen broadly ovate, boldly overhanging base of cephalo-
thorax, wavy in outline, anterior angle truncated, upper-
surface convex, pilose, yellowish-grey, ornamented with white
markings and black spots, margin lighter in colour than the
median area; inferior surface concave, light grey, corrugated,
corrugations marked with dark-brown spots. On the younger
forms the abdominal markings show some variation, but
naturally such are not constant.

Hab.—Moorilyanna Native Well. The three examples of
D. thomisoides were included among some specimens of
Thomisidae, and the dates on the collector’s label in the tube
reads “July 28, 29, 30, 1914.”

Family THOMISIDAE.

Several specimens, and these representing three genera,
were collected by Captain White—namely, Tmaris, Diaca, and
Stephanopsis—-and it is curious to note that the majority of
these are immature.

Of the genus 7'’maris there are two species, one of which
(consisting of only one specimen) is not only immature, but
too damaged for specific determination; nevertheless, I am
confident it is distinct from the one for which I propose the
name 7’. punctatus. As no species of its genus has, up to the
present moment, been described or recorded from Central
Australia, it is quite probable it is also an undescribed form,
but before naming it I await further and more perfect

784

examples. 7’. punctatus is a male, and not quite fully
developed. Likewise, of the genus Diaea there are again only
two species, one of which is probably D. punctata, LL. Koch,
and the other, which is certainly new, I propose to name
L. pulleimer, in honour of my esteemed friend, Dr. Pulleine,
of Adelaide. The two half-grown examples of Stephanopsis
appear to be undoubtedly referrable to O. P. Cambridge’s
S. altifrons, }

TMARUS PUNCTATUS, N. sp.

Pl. lxvis., fies: 12-and 12:

¢. Cephalothorax, 1:4 mm. long, 1 mm. broad;
abdomen, 2°5 mm. long, 1°4 mm. broad.

Cephalothoraz obovate, grey. Pars cephalica strongly
arched, not higher than thoracic segment, front and sides
declivous, grey with a few black spots, and having a few long
bristly hairs. Ocular area broader than long; clypeus deep,
fringed with hairs. Pars thoracica strongly arched, sides
rounded and declivous, posterior angle declivous and indented ;
upper-surface grey, with yellowish and white markings, and
furnished with a few long bristly hairs; sides grey, with
yellowish markings; posterior angle yellowish ; marginal band
broad, grey. Hyes distributed normally ; each eye seated upon a
slightly elevated tubercular eminence ; front lateral eyes largest, ©
and rear lateral eyes much the smallest. Legs moderately
long and moderately strong, tapering, pilose, spined, upper-
surfaces yellowish-grey, lower-surface light-grey, annulated ;
first and second pairs equal in length, third pair short, fourth
pair missing. /Palpi similar in colour, clothing, and armature
to legs; short. Falces moderately long, arched, tapering,
grey, pilose. JMJaaillae and labium grey; normal. Sternwm
grey, arched, pilose, cordate, with lateral extensions, the
points of which terminate between the coxae; posterior
extremity acuminate and terminating between fourth pair of
coxae. Abdomen elongate, obovate, arched, overhanging base
of cephalothorax ; superior surface grey, with large and small
black spots and lateral black markings near posterior
extremity; at anterior extremity there are two submedian
protuberances, while the posterior extremity is strongly
humped (figs. 12 and 13) ; sides grey, striate-punctate ; inferior
surface light grey, relieved by a median and elongate patch of
yellow-grey with black lateral spots; this patch extends from
the rima epigasteris to near spinners; in front of rama epigas-
teris there is a large dark-brown patch, broader than long and
uneven in outline.

/Tab.—Moorilyanna Native Well, ‘July 28, 29, and 30,
1914.” Immature.

~_— a an &
= ae,

785
Diaza (?) Puncrata, L. Koch (immature).

Die Arach. des Aust., ii., 1876, p. 819, pl. Ixx., figs. 6 and 6a.

Hab.—Between Todmorden and Wantapella Swamp,
July, 1914.

DIAEA PULLEINEI, 0. sp.
Pl. Ixviii., figs. 14 and 15.

¢. Cephalothorax, 1 mm. long, 1 mm. broad ; abdomen,
1:3 mm. long, 1 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax arched, broad, furnished with long bristles.
Pars cephalica yellow, truncated in front, not higher than
thoracic segment ; ocx/ar area much broader than long ; clypeus
deep. Pars thoracica yellow, with broad reddish-brown lateral
bars extending from ocular region to posterior angle; sides
rounded ; marginal band narrow. Fyes normally distributed,
black ; each poised at the summit of a hoary tubercle. Legs
rather long, strong, yellow, with reddish-brown annulations,
hairy, spined. Relative lengths, 1, 2, 4, 3. Palm short,
yellow, similar in clothing and armature to legs, genital bulb
rather large, no apophesis present (fig. 14). Falces short,
yellow, hairy, not strong, arched, coniform. Mawilae and
labium -normal, hairy, yellow. Sternwm concolorous with
foregoing, shield-shaped, surface rather flat, sides arched,
moderately hairy. Abdomen ovate, hairy, arched, overhang-
ing base of cephalothorax, yellow; upper-surface ornamented
with white and brown spots; at the middle there is a broad,
broken, transverse brown bar; just below the latter, and
extending towards the spinnerets, there are two brown bars,
which are wavy in outline, retreating and converging inwards,
but the apices do not meet (fig. 15); ventral surface yellow,
with reddish-brown median and lateral bars; the latter are
linked together by a procurved transverse bar immediately in
front of the spinnerets.

Hab.——Moorilyanna Native Well, ‘“‘July 28, 29, and 30,
1914.”’

STEPHANOPSIS ALTIFRONS, O. P. Cambr.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., i11., 4, 1869, p. 61, pl. v., figs. 33 to 39;
oe os Die Arach. des Austr., i., 1874, p. 495, pl. xxxviii.,

an

Hab.—Moorilyanna Native Well, “‘July 28, 29, and 30,
1914.”” Immature.

Family CLUBIONIDAE.
ISOPEDA CONSPERSULA (7?) (¢), Strand.
Zool. Jahb., 1913, p. 610.
Hab.—Everard Range, “up to August 14, 1914.” Only
one specimen, and that an immature form of what I take to
be the above species.

786

ISOPEDA LEISHMANNI, Hogg.

Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1902, p. 437, fig. 90.

Hab.—Flat Rock Hole and Wantapella Swamp, Everard
Range. Several specimens of this species were obtained, from
which it is apparent that J. leishmanni is a somewhat variable:
form, both in size and general appearance.

CLUBIONA ROBUSTA, L. Koch.
Die Arach. des Aust., i., 1878, p. 417, pl. xxxiiL,. figs. J)
2a, 2b, 3, 3a, 3b.
Hab.—Moorilyanna Native Well, end of July, 1913,
male; Flat Rock Hole, Everard Range, July 30, 1914.

male and female.

CHIRACANTHIUM(?) PENNULIFERUM (<d), Simon.
Die Fauna Sud-west Aust., 11., 1909, p. 162.
Hab.—Flat Rock Hole, Everard Range, July 30, 1914.
A single specimen, an immature male, and in all probability
referrable to Simon’s species.

MITURGA LINEATA, Thor.

Oef. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Férh., 4, 1870, p. 376; L. Koch=
Die Arach. des Aust., 1., 1872, p. 351, pl. xxvii., figs. 6, 6a,
7a-7e.

Hab.—Kverard Range to Wantapella Swamp. Two
specimens.
Family PISAURIDAE.

DoLoMEDES FAceETUS, L. Koch. .
Die Arach. des Aust., ii., 1876, p. 869, pl. Ixxiv., figs. 5,
5a, ob.
Hab.—-Everard Range, “Up to August 14, 1914.” Two
specimens of this widely distributed species were obtained.
D. facetus occurs in New Zealand and on the Island of Upolu.

Family LYCOSIDAE.

LycosaA LEONHARDII, Strand.
Zool. Jahrb., 1913, p. 618.

/1ab.—Everard Range to Wantapella Swamp. One
female specimen ; immature.

Lycosa(?) Topaziopsis, Hogg.
;' Rep. Horn Expl. Exped., ii., Zool., 1906, p. 347, pl. xxiv.,
ig. 14.
/lab.—Between Musgrave Ranges and Everard Range.
One specimen, immature and in bad condition.

787

Lycosa (?) IMMANSUETA, Simon.
Die Fauna Sud-west Aust., ii., 1909, p. 183, fig. 1.

Hab.—Todmorden, ninety miles west of Oodnadatta,
July, 1914. Two female specimens, one adult and damaged
and one about half-grown. Although I have inserted a (?)
in connection with these specimens, I think, notwithstanding
that the adult is damaged, there can be little doubt as to the
correctness of the determination ; indeed, the eprgynum would
seem to bear out this view, although it is unfortunately some-
what distorted.

Lycosa NIGROPUNCTATA, Nn. sp.
Pls layin: figs<16 and 17.

@. Cephalothorax, 6 mm. long, 5 mm. broad ; abdomen,
72 mm. long, 5 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax obovate, pilose. Pars cephalica arched,
raised, orange-yellow, with dark-brown spots, truncated in
front, thoracic segment well defined, sides declivous; ocular
area jonger than broad, clothed with long black hairs, which
impart a dark appearance; eyes fringed with grey; clypeus
deep, pilose, and furnished with three or four black bristles
below front row of eyes. Pars thoracica broad, arched, median
and lateral grooves well defined, dark; marginal band broad,
yellow, spotted with black, fringed with fine hairs. Hyes in
three rows of 4, 2, 2; anterior row very slightly procurved,
small, lateral eyes smallest; the pair constituting the second
row are not only large, but are also slightly larger than their
near neighbours ; eyes of second row separated from each other
by a space equal to fully once their individual diameter, and
those of the third row by a space equal to fully twice their
individual diameter. Legs long, strong, yellow, hairy, spined,
tarsi scopulated, superior claws long. Relative lengths, 4, 1,
2,3. Palpi long, similar in colour, clothing, and armature to
legs. Falces long, strong, tapering, well arched, hairy, yellow,
inner margins fringed with coarse black hairs; fangs long,
dark-brown. Mazillae yellow, long, arched, clothed with long
coarse hairs or bristles, rounded at heel, apices broad, inclining
inwards, inner angles obliquely truncated. Labiwm yellow,
but darker than maxillae, darkest at base, short, broad, well
arched, apex truncated, slightly indented at centre, fringed
with dark hairs. Sternuwm broad, truncated in front, well
arched, dark brown, margin yellow, densely clothed with dark
hairs. Abdomen ovate, hairy, overhanging base of cephalo-
thorax, upper-surface yellow and having several slightly darker
yellow, broad, transverse, curved bars; these latter are well
curved, and do not suggest eschelons; distributed over the
surface there are a number of large and small black spots;

788

sides yellow, mottled with numerous pale-yellowish spots ;
inferior surface concolorous with sides, but having in addition
a broad, longitudinal, median smoky bar, which latter ter-
minates some little distance from the spinnerets (fig. 16).
Hpigynum simple, composed of two widely separated, obliquely
directed oval pits (fig. 17). Spinnerets short, yellow, and
clothed with yellow and dark hair.

Hlab.—Flat Rock Hole, Musgrave Ranges, July 24, 1914.
Two specimens, one mature and the other half-grown. In
reference to the larger specimen the collector’s note reads,
“Out of hole with trap-door.” The trap-door, a specimen of
which was enclosed, is of the wafer type, and is made up of
layers of silk, in the meshes of which fine gravel has been
incorporated ; it has a circumference of 42 mm. A _ third.
specimen, also from Flat Rock Hole, but without date, is
considerably smaller than the one described and figured as
the type; further, the black abdominal spots are very small
and very few in number, and the transverse bars are absent,
but the egigynum is fully developed and is exactly like the
form described and figured herewith. Apparently the species
is variable.

Family OXYOPIDAE.

Amongst the material collected by Captain White there
are a number of small spiders which, on account of the large
size of the second pair of eyes, suggest affinity to Simon’s genus.
Hostus; in fact, when I first examined them I thought I
should have to record the occurrence of that Madagascan genus:
in Australia. A closer examination, however, when engaged
upon the task of preparing the present paper, brought to light.
characters excluding this species from that and every other-
genus included in the family Oxyopidae. The family is well
distributed over the globe, but it is a small one, consisting of
(including the new genus described below) only eleven genera.
The majority of the species—and they are not many—are
remarkable for their beauty and gracefulness, the compactness .
of the grouping of the eyes, length of maxillae and labium,
and also for their long legs. In the species now under review
the eyes, as already pointed out, bear a superficial resemblance -
to those of the Madagascan genus, but contrary to that or any
other Oxyomd, the labium, instead of being truncated, is.
coniform, and therefore has the apex obtusely pointed, while
the legs are only moderately long. It is for the reason of its
somewhat superficial resemblance to Simon’s genus, quoted
above, that I propose for the reception of this interesting
Araneiad the generic name Pseudohostus, the description of ©
which I append herewith.

789

PSEUDOHOSTUS, Nn. g.
Pl. Ixviii., figs. 18 and 19.

Cephalothorax oval, massive, segmental groove separating
pars cephalica from pars thoracica faintly defined. Pars
cephalica strongly arched, obtusely truncated; ocular area
broader than long; clypews deep. Pars thoracica strongly
arched, broad; median and radial grooves faintly defined ;
sides and posterior area steep. Hyes, eight, distributed over
three rows of 2, 2, 4; anterior eyes minute, second pair largest,
and also somewhat larger than those forming the rear row;
posterior eyes of equal size, and forming a strongly procurved
row (fig. 18). Legs not strong, only moderately long, armed
with long, fine spines, not scopulated; claws, three; superior
claws long, well curved, weak, furnished with numerous long,
fine teeth. Relative lengths, 1,2=4,3. Palpi short. Falces
rather long, coniform; fang short, weak. Mavzillae long,
apices converging inwards, truncated, acuminate, heel rounded
(fig. 19). Labium long, coniform (fig. 19). Sternwm elongate,
truncated in front, acuminate at rear, and terminating
between fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen ovate. Spinnerets
compactly grouped, uniarticulate, cylindro-coniform.

PSEUDOHOSTUS SQUAMOSUS, N.. sp.
Pl. lxvin., figs. 20 and 21.

Q. Cephalothorax, 177 mm. long, 14 mm. broad;
abdomen, 2°5 mm. long, 1°7 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax oval, smooth, shining, furnished with a
few short hairs, and, when not rubbed, a profusion of white,
elliptical scales; yellow, with dark markings, the latter
variable. Pars cephalica strongly arched, sides declivous,
obtuse in front, junction with thoracic segment faintly defined ;
ocular area broader than long, hairy; clypeus narrow, but
very deep. Pars thoracica broad, strongly arched, sides and
posterior area very steep, radial and lateral grooves faintly
defined ; marginal band broad, pale yellow. Hyes black; in
three rows of 2, 2, 4; anterior pair widely removed, minute ;
second pair largest of the series, and separated from each other
by a space equal to fully twice their individual diameter ; the
four constituting the third row form a strongly procurved line,
and widely removed from each other; each lateral eye of this
row is separated from its inner neighbour by three times its
individual diameter, and the two median eyes from each other
by a space equal to about two and a half diameters (fig. 18).
Legs moderately long, yellow, tapering, hairy, armed with
long, fine spines, tarsal joints not scopulated. Relative
lengths, 1, 2=4, 3. Superior claws long, well curved, and

790

furnished with a large number of long, fine, parallel teeth.
Palpi not long, similar in colour, clothing, and armature to
legs. Falces yellow, moderately long, coniform, hairy; fang
‘short and weak. Mazillae long, yellow, arched, moderately
hairy, apices truncated, inner angles acuminate, inclining
inwards and fringed with dark hairs; heel rounded (fig. 19).
Labium concolorous, long, coniform moderately hairy (fig. 19).
Sternum concolorous also, elongate, truncated in front, arched,
moderately hairy, apex obtusely acuminate and terminating
between fourth pair of coxae. Abdomen ovate, slightly over-
hanging base of cephalothorax, strongly arched, pubescent,
‘and, when not rubbed, clothed with numerous white elliptical
scales ; the general colour of the superior surface is yellow, with
dark markings, but the latter vary in size, form, and
distribution in different individuals; inferior surface yellow,
with more or less intense dark markings, the surface pilose,
‘and carrying scales similar to those already described (fig. 20).
Epgynum: This organ consists of two circular depressions
(fig. 21), but the latter are so densely clothed with hairs and
‘scales that they are exceedingly difficult to locate. Spinnerets
yellow, hairy, compactly grouped, uniarticulate, cylindro-
conical ; in front of inferior mammilae there is a small, obtuse
-colulus.

Hab.—Mcorilyanna Native Well, July 28, 29, 30; Flat
Rock Hole, Musgrave Ranges, July 30, 1914. The series
collected embraces individuals of different ages and different
stages of growth, and these display considerable colour
variation.

Family SALTICIDAE.

Of this family five species were collected, and the majority
of these were immature or more or less damaged. Two of the
five species are apparently new, and so are herewith described.
‘None call for special comment.

CosMOPHASIS (7) BITAENIATUS, Keys.

Sobara bitaeniata, Keys, in lu. Koch: Die Arach. des Aust.,
ii., 1882, p. 1365, pl. exv., figs. 8, 8a to 8d; 9.

Hab.—Flat Rock Hole, Musgrave Ranges, July, 1914.
An immature male of what may in all probability prove to
be the above species.

PySTIRA ORBICULATA, L. Koch.

Hasarius orbiculatus, I. Koch: Die Arach. des Aust., 11.,
1881, p. 1285, pli iex., figs.1 ly da; 16,25 2a ee Ze:

/1ab.—Flat Rock Hole, Musgrave Ranges, July, 1914.
Two specimens, both immature.

col

HASARIUS, sp.

Hab.—Two specimens from Flat Rock Hole, July, 1914,
and one from Moorilyanna Native Well, July 28-30, 1914.
Each of these belong, apparently, to the same species, but are
too immature for description.

SERVAEA OBSCURA, N. sp.
Pio hopin, Sie: 22.

@. Cephalothorax, 2°2 mm. long, 1°8 mm. broad ;
abdomen, 3°6 mm. long, 2°2 mm. broad.

Cephalothoraz ovate, nearly parallel-sided, chocolate-
brown, shining. Pars cephalica rather flat, not impressed,
inclined forward, sides declivous; ocular area broader than.
long, each eye fringed with tawny and hoary hairs; clypeus.
not deep, fringed with rather long hairs. Pars thoracica
furnished with a few white and tawny adpressed scales, and
marked by a large but not well-defined depression, sides.
declivous, sloping sharply rearwards, and retreating laterally-
to posterior angle; marginal band broad, yellow. FHyes in
three rows of 4, 2, 2. Front row recurved ; median anterior-
pair much the largest of the entire series, intermediate pair-
(second row) minute, posterior eyes somewhat smaller than
front lateral eyes. Legs short, robust, hairy, armed with long,
very fine spines; coxae and base of each femur pale yellow ;
from thence upper-surface and sides of each leg yellow, with
dark-brown annulations; inferior surface of each yellow.
Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. Palm short, robust, similar in
colour and armature to legs. Falces not long, robust, arched,
concolorous with cephalothorax, hairy, almost geniculate.
Mazxillae and labiwm yellowish, normal. Sternum elongate,
brown, arched, clothed with long hoary hairs. Abdomen
ovate, slightly overhanging base of cephalothorax, arched,
superior surface and sides chocolate-brown, slightly pubescent,
and having a number of white and tawny scales; these latter,
like those on cephalothorax, le flat upon the surface, are
elliptical, and each one has a distinctly raised ridge or “mid-
rib” running down the centre, and is finely and laterally
striated ; inferior surface yellow-brown and furnished with
hoary scales. [All three specimens have apparently been
rubbed, and so have lost a large number of their scales. |
Epigyunum small, difficult to locate owing to preponderance
of scales ; it consists of two circular depressed discs, the edges
of each of which are raised so as to form a ridge (fig. 22).

Hab.—Flat Rock Hole, Musgrave Ranges, July, 1914.

792

TRITE ORNATA, 0. sp.
Pl. Ixviui., figs. 23 and 24.

Q. Cephalothorax, 2°2 mm. long, 1°5 mm. broad;
abdomen, 2°3 mm. long, 1°5 mm. broad (fig. 23).

Cephalothorax ovate, elongate. Pars cephalica golden-
yellow, flat, slightly inclined, sides steep, pubescent, with fine
hoary hairs, interspersed by stiff black hair ; ocular area longer
than broad, eyes ringed with black; clypeus not deep. Pars
thoracica arched, bright yellow, pubescent, clothed with hoary
hairs interspersed with stiff black hairs, retreating laterally
and sloping posteriorly ; marginal band yellow. Hyes in three
rows of 4, 2, 2; front row recurved, median pair of this row. —
larger than their lateral neighbours; those of the second row
minute, and seated near to. their anterior lateral neighbours ;
rear pair of eyes slightly larger than the anterior laterals.
Legs yellow ; first pair exceedingly robust; hairy, and armed
with spines, those on the first pair being much the strongest.
Relative lengths, 1, 4, 2, 3. In the type, which is mature,
only one leg, and that of the first pair, is present, all the others
having been broken off and lost; but in an immature form the
ambulatory hmbs are intact. Jalpi short, similar in colour
and armature to legs. /alces yellow, arched, coniform, hairy.
Maxillae and labium yellow, normal. Sternwm elongate,.
arched, obtusely acuminate and attenuated in front,
moderately hairy. Abdomen ovate, arched, slightly overhang-
ing base of cephalothorax, hairy; superior surface and sides
yellow, with dark median and lateral markings; inferior
surface has a broad, median yellow band, transversely striated,
and relieved by pale-yellow spots between striations; this band
extends from the rima epigasteris to the spinnerets; laterally
the abdomen (ventral surface) is white and reticulated by dark
yellow markings. Mpigynum transverse, broader than long,
situated on a dark-yellow field; it is bisected, and each half
presents an appearance suggestive of a square, at the outer
extremity of the lower arm of each of which there is a large
oval depression (fig. 24).

3. An immature example of this sex is also included in
the collection, and bears the same locality and date as that of
the two females. It agrees in colour and clothing to the form
described above, and is also very similar in abdominal orna-
mentation. As the palpal organs are not uncovered further
description is unnecessary.

H1ab.—Flat Rock Hole, Musgrave Ranges, July 23, 1914.
One mature female (damaged) and one immature female
(intact), together with an immature male example, all from
same locality and collected on the same date.

vf sti Maeda”

793
DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
Pruate LXVII.

Fig. 1. Aganippe whitei; eyes.
ahi: f 44 scheme of dentition.
» 93 Cryptoerithus occultus; cephalothorax.
——. % bs J abdomen in profile.
29 «+O ”? k 479 epigynum.
» 6. Echemus(?) griseus; male, palpus from above.
» ¢. Argyrodes binotata; male, palpus from above.
nro. * af abdomen. .
» 9. Dolophones intricata.
af. 10: “ * epigynum.

Prate LXVIII.

Fig. 11. Dolophones thomisoides.
», 12. Tmarus punctatus.

aa Jo. aaa as abdomen in profile.

5, 14. Diaea pulleinei; male, palpus from beneath.

29 15. 9 aes:

» 16. Lycosa nigropunctata.

9 17. » 9 epigynum.

», 18. Pseudohostus squamosus; eyes.

“ai Ls * er maxillae and labium.
ps0), +9 ip in profile.

ie ie eplgynum.

7) ae
22. Servaea obscura; epigynum.
,, 28. Trite ornata; in profile.
aoe 2 es eplgynum.

(‘) INSECTA.
By Artuur M. Lea, F.E.S., Museum Entomologist.

[Contribution from the South Australian Museum. |

The collection of invertebrates brought back by Captain
White consisted altogether of 1,653 specimens; of the true
imsects, the:ants have been worked out by Professor Wheeler
(of Harvard University), the moths by Dr. Turner (of Bris-
bane), and the beetles by myself; the bugs have been sent to
Mr. Distant (of the British Museum), but the manuscript
relating to same has not yet been received. Of the other
insects, the Orthoptera are represented by 27 species, the
Neuroptera by 6 species, the Diptera by 4 species, and the
Hymenoptera (other than ants) by 3 species.

Probably, so far as the insects are concerned, a worse
time could not have been selected for collecting ; nevertheless,
some very interesting species were obtained, and the large pro-
portion of new forms amongst the ants indicates how little
is known of these interesting insects from the dryer parts of
Australia. Of the beetles, the most interesting species are a

794

‘representative of a new genus of weevils and a large ground-
beetle, //yperion schroetteri; the latter hitherto has been sup-
posed to be confined to the heavily-timbered districts of
Eastern Australia, most of the specimens known having been
obtained from the pipes of iron-bark trees and other large
species of Hucalyptus, so that its occurrence in the vicinity of
Oodnadatta is noteworthy. One very satisfactory feature of
the collection is the perfect condition of most of the specimens,
other than those of which only fragments were seen.

Coicoptera.

GARABIDAE. —Calosoma_ schageri, Er. Wantapella,
Everard Range. C. walker1v, Waterh. Everard Range. —
Chlaenioidius herbaceus, Chaud. Todmorden. Chlaenius
australis, Dej. Todmorden. FHuryscaphus waterhousei, Macl.
(fragments). Everard Range. Hyperion schroettert, Schreib.
Oodnadatta. Philophlaeus planus, Chaud. Oodnadatta.
Philoscaphus tuberculatus, Macl. (fragments). Everard
Range. Phlaeocarabus crudelis, Newm. Todmorden to
Wantapella. Platynus margimicollis, Macel. Everard
‘Range. Scaraphites rotundipennis, Dej. Oodnadatta.

DytiscipaE.—Antiporus gilberti, Clark. Moorilyanna
Eretes australis, Er. Flat Rock Hole. Necterosoma pemetl-
latum, Clark. Everard Range.

HypropHiLipaE.—Philhydrus andersoni, Blackb. Flat
‘Rock Hole, Todmorden.

HiIstTERIDAE.—Saprinus cyanellus, Mars. Everard Range.

NitipuLipaE.—Haptoncura lindensis, Blackb. Wanta-
pella. Thalycrodes australe, Germ. Tcdmorden.

CotypripAE.—itoma hilaris, Blackb. Everard Range.

SCARABAEIDAE.—-l noplognathus macleayr, Blackb. (frag-
ments). Everard Range. //aplonycha testace:ipenms, Macl.
Oodnadatta. Heteronyx alienus, Blackb. Flat Rock Hole.
Semanopterus rectangulus, Blackb. Oodnadatta to Todmor-
‘den. Trox litigiosus, Har. Musgrave and Everard Ranges.
T. quadridens, Blackb. Musgrave and Everard Ranges,
Moorilyanna.

BoprestipaE.—Chalcophora angulinennis, Blackb. (frag-
ments). Everard Range.

ELatERIDAE.—Monocrepidius nitidulus, Cand. Tod-
morden.

BostrycutpDaE.—Bostrychopsis jesuita, Fab. Flat Rock
Hole.

TENEBRIONIDAE.—Caedius sphaeroides, Hope. Mooril-
yanna. Chalcopterus tinctus, Blackb. Moorilyanna to Everard
Range. //ypaular orcus, Pasc. Indulkana, Wantapella, Mus-
grave Ranges. Pterohelaeus fraternus, Blackb. Todmorden,

795

Everard Range. Saragus pascoci, Macl. Everard Range.
S. strigiventris, n. sp. Seirotrana parallela, Germ. Oodna--
datta. Triboliwm ferrugineum, Fab. Wantapella.

PepitipaE.—Fgestria sulcicollis, Blackb. Moorilyanna.

CuRCULIONIDAE. — Acantholophus simulator, Ferg.
Oodnadatta. Acherres granulatus, Ferg. Flat Rock Hole.
Auletes tibialis; n. sp. Cisowhitea longicollis, n. sp. EHpamae-
bus ziczac, Lea. Moorilyanna. Glaucopela fasciata, n. sp.
Leptops contrarius, Blackb. Musgrave to Everard Ranges..
Molochtus tibialis, Sloane. Everard and Musgrave Ranges,.
Moorilyanna, Wantapella. Myrmacicelus milosicornis, n. sp.
Polyphrades satelles, Blackb. Musgrave to Everard Ranges.
Sclerorhinus eldert, Sloane. Musgrave and Everard Ranges,
Flat Rock Hole. Xeda fasciata,n. sp. |

CERAMBYCIDAE.—Phoracantha. posticalis, Blackb. Oodna-
datta. P. recurva, Newm. Everard Range, Oodnadatta,
Sympetes collaris, Don. Flat Rock Hole.

CHRYSOMELIDAE.—Diandichus analis, Chp. Everard
Range. Ditropidus whiter, n. sp. Paropsis beata, Newm.
Oodnadatta. P. lateralis, Blackb. Wantapella, Everard
Range.

CoOcCINELLIDAE.—Scymnus meyricki, Black.. Mooril-.
yanna.

SARAGUS STRIGIVENTRIS, N. sp.

Black; margins of head, prothorax, and elytra obscurely
diluted with red; antennae, palpi, and tarsi castaneous.

Head with dense but rather small punctures between eyes,
much smaller elsewhere. Antennae passing base of prothorax,
third joint almost as long as fourth and fifth combined. Pro-
thorax at base about four times as wide as median length,
rather strongly convex, front angles rounded and produced to-
widest part of head ; margins rather wide in front and gently
upturned, increasing in width to base, and there turned down ;
with minute scattered punctures, slightly more conspicuous
on sides than elsewhere. Scutellum almost twice as wide as”
long. Llytra as wide as long, rather strongly convex, outlines
continuous with those of prothorax; with numerous rows
(about twenty on each elytron) of distinct but rather small
punctures, the interspaces with very minute ones; margins”
wide at the base and narrow posteriorly, feebly wrinkled and
with very small punctures ; epipleurae widely concave at base,.
and gently so at apex. Metasternum granulate at sides.
Abdomen rather densely punctate and longitudinally strigose.
Length, 103-12 mm.

Hab.—Everard Range. Type, I. 5181.

The specimen taken by Captain White is subopaque and’
without legs or antennae, but it was obtained in that condition..

796

A specimen from Eyre Sand Patch (from Blackburn’s collec-
tion, taken by W. Graham) is, however, in perfect condition,
and is rather highly polished. In general appearance the
species is like pascoez on a greatly reduced scale.

EGESTRIA SULCICOLLIS, Blackb.

There are two co-types of this species in the Museum, both
labelled as from Ayers Rock (the type locality). The original

description is misleading, as the prothorax was described as

“longitudinaliter subtiliter valde perspicue canaliculato” ; as a
matter of fact the prothorax of the male co-type (the other is
reversed) has been scratched down the middle, giving it, to a
certain extent, a grooved appearance. The hind tibiae of the
male are remarkable, and were not even mentioned ; commenc-
ing at the base of each there is a conspicuous flange-like process
(lightly concave on its upper-surface), that abruptly terminates
at the basal third; where it ends inwardly there is a smaller
semi-erect process, that can be easily overlooked from certain
directions ; but the two from many directions are extremely
conspicuous ; the female hind tibiae are not remarkable. Two
males and one female were taken by Captain White at
Moorilyanna.
XEDA FASCIATA, N. sp.

Black; antennae (club slightly infuscated) and legs
(femora almost black) reddish. -Moderately densely clothed
with scales.

Head with rather dense, partially concealed punctures.
Eyes subtriangular, rather closely approaching each other.
Rostrum slightly shorter than prothorax; with rather coarse
punctures in irregular grooves behind antennae, punctures
much smaller in front of same. Scape inserted about one-third
from apex of rostrum, about half as long as funicle and club
combined ; first joint of funicle as long as two following com-
bined. Prothorax lightly transverse, sides almost evenly
diminishing in width from base to apex, the former almost
twice the width of the latter ; with dense, partially concealed
punctures. Hlytra almost parallel-sided to near apex; with
rows of subquadrate punctures in rather shallow striae, the
punctures becoming smaller, but the striae deeper, on apical
slope; interstices with rather dense more or less concealed
punctures. Under-surface with dense normally concealed
punctures. Legs moderately long ; femora rather stout, eden-
tate. Length, 34 mm.

Hab. —Moorilyanna. Type (unique), I. 5186.

About the size of notabilis, and the derm similarly
coloured, but the elytral setae much shorter and less conspicu-
ous; on that species they are conspicuous from any direction,

797

but on the present species they are visible only from the sides
and scarcely elevated about the general clothing. On the
type the clothing on the upper-surface is subdepressed, and
consists of rather thin scales or stout setae, white and conspicu-
ous in places, black or sooty-brown in others, the derm beneath
the latter at first glance appearing to be glabrous; on the
head the scales are mostly dark; on the prothorax a large
portion of the disc and a fairly large spot on each side are
clothed with dark scales, elsewhere the scales are white or
whitish ; on the elytra most of the clothing is dark, but there
is a rather conspicuous white fascia across the summit of the
apical slope, an interrupted one at the apex, and remnants of
others across the middle and at the base; on the under-surface
the scales are snowy, and closely applied to the derm, but on
the second abdominal segment there is a conspicuous median
yellowish spot ; on the legs the scales and setae are white. The
type is probably a male, and the conspicuous abdominal spot
is probably confined to that sex.

GLAUCOPELA INTERIORIS, N. sp.

Reddish-castaneous; metasternum deeply infuscated.
Rather densely clothed with depressed scales vary:ng from
white to dark-brown.

Head with dense, concealed punctures. Eyes separated
less than width of rostrum at base. Rostrum about the length
of prothorax, moderately curved; with minute punctures
except at base, where they are coarse but concealed. Antennae
inserted at about basal two-fifths of rostrum, scape scarcely
half the length of funicle; basal joint of funicle about as long
as the three following combined. Prothorax moderately
transverse, base truncate, sides gently rounded from base to
in front of middle, and then strongly decreasing in width to
apex ; punctures dense but almost entirely concealed. Flytra
not much wider than prothorax, almost parallel-sided to near
apex ; with regular, narrow striae, containing deep punctures;
interstices with dense, concealed punctures. (nder-surface
with dense, concealed punctures. /eqs moderately long ; front
coxae lightly separated; femora rather stout, edentate.
Length, 22 mm.

Hah.—Flat Rock Hole. Type (unique), I. 5185.

According to Blackburn’s table this species (if not referred
to a new genus) should be placed in G/aucopela, but its rostrum
is longer in proportion than in any species previously referred
to that genus; the front sides of the prothorax are obliquely
cut off as on all the species of Glaucopela, and very different to
those of (ydmaea and Dicomada, to which genera, at first
glance, it appears to approach. The polished rostrum, clothed

798

only about the extreme base, appears to indicate that the type
is a female. The tip of the club is slightly infuscated. Nearly
all species of the genus have variable clothing ; on the type,
evidently in perfect condition, the scales on the head are almost
entirely white and fairly dense ; the rostrum is glabrous except
at the extreme base; on the prothorax each side is densely
clothed with white scales, elsewhere dark chocolate-brown
scales are dense, but mixed with a few pale ones; on the elytra —
the white scales are denser on the apical slope than elsewhere,
on a dilated space on the suture before same they are dark,
on other parts of the elytra the scales have a somewhat
mottled or feebly lineate appearance; on the under-surface
and legs the scales are silvery, but with a rosy flush in places,.
and slightly greenish on and about the coxae.

MyYRMACICELUS PILOSICORNIS, 0. sp.

Deep black.

Head with minute punctures. Eyes large and close
together. Rostrum lightly curved, about as long as front
femora; with dense and rather fine punctures, larger on sides
at base than elsewhere. Antennae with apical two-thirds
clothed with conspicuous and rather long hairs; scape short;
first joint of funicle distinct but transverse, the others very
short and closely applied; club longer than funicle and scape
combined. Prothorax much longer than wide, sides rounded
on apical two-thirds ; disc with small but sharply defined punc-
tures, becoming larger on sides; base depressed, narrow, sub-
opaque, and with crowded punctures. H/lytra subopaque and
finely shagreened; with very feeble remnants of striation.
Legs rather long and stout; claw joint projecting well beyond
lobes of third. Length, 34-4 mm.

Hab.—F¥F lat Rock Hole. Type, I. 5183.

The subopaque elytra and base of prothorax, with the very
different clothing of antennae, readily distinguishes from all
previously described species of the genus.

—~

AULETES TIBIALIS, N. Sp.

Deep black, but in places with a vague brassy gloss; knees
and tibiae more or less reddish. Upper-surface with moder-
ately long and almost uniform ashen pubescence, becoming
shorter on under-surface.

Head evenly convex; with moderately dense and small,
but sharply defined punctures. Eyes very prominent. Ros-
trum rather long, slightly dilated to apex; with fairly coarse
punctures and an impressed line at base, elsewhere with much
smaller punctures. Antennae long and thin, inserted almost
at extreme base of rostrum. Prothorax almost as long as

799

wide, sides gently increasing in width from apex to near base,
and then suddenly narrowed; with dense and fairly coarse
punctures. Hiytra not very wide, each with a narrow sutural
stria; with dense punctures, small and rugose posteriorly ;
some large ones on basal third. Length, 24 mm.

Hab.—Flat Rock Hole. Type (unique), I. 5184.

A deep-black species, larger and more regularly clothed
than uniformis, with narrower elytra and shorter and almost
straight rostrum ; ¢mitator is a smaller species, with darker
tibiae, shorter rostrum, and sparser clothing. On the basal
third of each elytron there are some fairly large punctures,
forming short irregular rows (about four) on the sutural half ;
immediately behind the shoulders there are some similar punc-
tures, but with the linear arrangement less conspicuous.

CISOWHITEA, n. g.

Head small, concealed from above. Eyes lateral, coarsely
faceted. Rostrum long, rather thin, almost straight ; scrobes
invisible from above. Antennae inserted almost in exact
middle of sides of rostrum ; scape about half as long as funicle
and club combined, first: joint of funicle as long as two follow-
ing combined, the others short; club rather short. Pro-
thorax subconical, front rather strongly produced, ocular lobes
feeble. Scutellum apparently absent. LHlytra distinctly wider
than prothorax, elongate subcordate, each separately rounded
at base. Pectoral canal deep and moderately wide, leaving
four front coxae exposed internally, and ending as a slight
notch in metasternum. Metasternum moderately long; epi-
sterna narrow. Two basal segments of abdomen elongate.
Legs not very long ; femora stout, edentate, not grooved ; tibiae
bisinuate on lower-surface, apex with a short stout spur ; tarsi
rather short, third joint moderately bilobed but not wider than
the preceding ones, claw joint moderately long. Densely
squamose.

A very curious genus of the (ryptorhynchides; the type
in general appearance from above appears to belong to the
vicinity of Achopera, but the pectoral canal is very different
to that of any of the allies of Chaetectetorus, except Derctiosus,
whose legs and prothorax are very different ; for the present,
however, it may be referred to the vicinity of that genus. The
structure of the under-surface is distinctly suggestive of
affinity with Wicroberosiris, but it differs in its head concealed
from above, prothorax longer than wide, with the sides scarcely
rounded, but obliquely decreasing in width from base to apex ;
the tarsi are very different, the third joint being no wider
than the preceding ones (instead of much wider, as in that
genus), and the claw joint is almost as long as the others

800

combined, instead of much shorter. I have not made certain,
but believe the type to be winged, and a male.

CISOWHITEA LONGICOLLIS, n. sp.

Black ; antennae of a dingy-red, club and rostrum darker.
Densely clothed.

Rostrum about as long as prothorax, very feebly diminish-
ing in width from base to apex; apical half without distinct
punctures. Prothoraa distinctly longer than wide, apex about
half the width of base. Hlytra about one-third wider than
prothorax, and about twice as long, sides evenly decreasing in
width from near base. Length, 3 mm.

Hab.—Moorilyanna. Type (unique), I. 5187.

The clothing is so dense that, except for the apical half of
rostrum (which is entirely glabrous), the antennae and claws
(which are sparsely clothed), the derm is everywhere concealed ;
it consists of soft scales, closely applied to the derm, and on
the upper-surface varying in colour from almost white,
through fawn, to sooty-black ; the whitish scales are irregularly
distributed, but form fairly distinct patches on each side of
base of prothorax (continued on to shoulders), and a slight
fascia at summit of apical slope; in addition, there are stout
scales rising above the surface, fairly dense on prothorax, and
forming a regular series on each interstice of elytra, but similar
in colour to the other scales amongst which they are set. On
the under-surface (including the whole of the pectoral canal)
the scales are white; on the legs they are mostly white, but
the femora are feebly ringed, and the upper parts have a
speckled appearance; on the head the scales are mostly dark,
irregularly changing to white on the rostrum. The type has
not been abraded, so that the description of the sculpture will
need amplification when a specimen is available for that pur-
pose ; punctures appear to be faintly indicated on the head and
prothorax, and they are probably dense there and on the
elytra; the elytral striae appear as very narrow lines, but on
abrasion would probably appear much wider, and to be sup-
plied with large punctures. From some directions the base of
the prothorax appears to be truncate, but from others feebly
produced in the middle. Seen from the side the upper edge
of the rostrum appears to be almost level from apex to base,
and to suddenly slope downwards from level with the middle
of the eye; but this appearance is certainly enhanced by the
clothing.

DITROPIDUS WHITEI, n. sp.

Brassy ; appendages more or less brassy-black, but three
basal joints of antennae and tips of mandibles obscurely
diluted with red. Clothed with fine whitish pubescence,

801

- moderately dense on head, sides of prothorax, pygidium, and
under-surface, very short and rather indistinct, but almost
evenly distributed on elytra and disc of prothorax, and dense
on flanks of metasternum.

Head with rather dense but partially concealed punctures.
Antennae slightly passing base of prothorax. Prothorax with
dense punctures, except for a short, shining, median line, to-
wards sides and base, with a tendency to become obliquely or
longitudinally confluent. Hlytra slightly narrower than
widest part of prothorax ; with oblique rows of distinct but not
very large punctures, larger behind shoulders than elsewhere ;
interstices with rather dense, small punctures, having a ten-
dency in places to become confluent. Legs short and stout.
Length, 4 mm.

Hab.—Flat Rock Hole. Type, I. 5182.

In general appearance fairly close to pubicollis, but
prothoracic punctures much more distinct, median line of the
head less distinct, legs entirely black, and antennae almost so.
The elytral pubescence, although extremely short, is fairly
distinct from certain directions, although from others appear-
ing like fine dust. The species occurs also at Leigh Creek
(Blackburn’s collection), Cue (H. W. Brown), and Fraser
Range (Elder Expedition). Some of the specimens have an
irregular bluish or purplish gloss in places, but this may be
due to grease; one has five basal joints of antennae reddish.

Lepidoptera.
Suborder HETEROCERA.
By A. JEFFERIS TuRNER, M.D., F.E.S.

The following species of Lepidoptera were taken by
Capt. S. A. White in Central Australia ‘‘from Oodnadatta.
to the Musgrave and Everard Ranges’’ :—

Family NOCTUIDAE.

Neocleptria punctifera, Wik., three examples.

Euxoa radians, Gn., five examples.

One species undetermined, represented by a solitary
example in poor condition. It probably represents a new
genus allied to Calophasidia, Hmps.

(1) A specimen from Fraser Range was identified by the late
Rey. T. Blackburn as cistellus; but that species is entirely
glabrous on the upper-surface (in the original description no
clothing of any kind was mentioned), and differs in other respects.

AA

802

Family LYMANTRIADAE.

Anthela rubicunda, Swin., one male example.

Family GEOMETRIDAE.

Taxeotis, sp. One female example.

Boarmia, sp. One male example, somewhat rubbed,
which I am unable to identify.

HARPAGOCNEMA, nh. gen. (dprayoxvypos, with hooked shins).

Frons with well-marked rounded prominence. Tongue
well developed. Palpi moderately long (2), porrect; second
joint thickened with scales beneath; terminal joint short,
obtuse. Antennae of male shortly bipectinate, towards apex
simple. Thorax with a sharp keel-shaped anterior crest, its
apex: bent forwards; beneath densely hairy. Abdomen
smooth. Anterior tibiae very short with two stout horny
apical hooks, the inner hook long, the outer very short. Pos-
terior tibiae of male not dilated. Forewings narrow-elongate ;
in male without fovea; 10 and 11 long-stalked, not
anastomosing. Hindwings much broader than forewings
(over 2); cell long (4).

One of the Chlenias group, apparently near Capusa, but
very distinct in the stalking cf veins 10 and 11, hooked
anterior tibiae, sharp anterior thoracic crest, and pectinations
of male antennae.

HARPAGOCNEMA EREMOPLANA, 0. Sp.

(€pnpomAavos, wandering in the desert).

3, Q; 39-42 mm. Head, thorax, and palpi dark-grey,
irrorated with whitish; centre of face brownish-ochreous.
Antennae ochreous-fuscous; pectinations in male 2, apical
s simple. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, irrorated with grey.
Legs whitish, irrorated with dark-fuscous; anterior pair dark-
fuscous. Forewings narrow-elongate, costa gently arched
towards apex, apex subrectangular, termen rather obliquely
rounded, finely dentate; dark-grey, with some whitish irror-
ation and some blackish streaks on veins; a blackish streak
on dorsum from near base to tornus; cilia grey. Hindwings
with termen doubly sinuate; whitish, with grey streaks on
veins; a grey discal spot beyond middle; a dark-grey suffusion
at apex; cilia whitish, at apex grey.

Two examples.

“a

803

Family EUPTEROTIDAE.

Ochrogaster contraria, Wlk., one example.

Family LASIOCAMPIDAE.

EREMAEA, n. gen. (épynmatos, of the desert).

Head with dense anteriorly projecting hairs. Palpi
short, porrect, densely hairy, not reaching pees frons.
Forewings with 2 from about middle of cell, 3 from #, 4 and 5
from near angle, 6 from near upper angle, 7 and 8 connate
or short-stalked, 9 and 10 stalked, 11 from before’ middle.
Hindwings with cell open between 4 and 6, discocellular
being obsolete ; 7 from near base of cell, 8 anastomosing with
7 near its origin, precostal spur obsolete. Abdomen with
large terminal tuft of long hairs in male.

This distinct and interesting genus belongs to the Creza-
Pinara group.

EREMAEA ZONOSPILA.
Bombyz zonospila, Low.: Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1903, p. 150.

¢, 38 mm. Head and thorax pale-grey; palpi and
lower edge of face blackish. Antennae grey-whitish; pectin-
ations in male extremely long (12), ochreous. Abdomen
fuscous; base and apical tuft pale-grey. Legs grey. Fore-
wings elongate, costa straight, apex rounded, termen rounded,
moderately oblique; pale-grey, with two lines of blackish
dots more or less confluent, first from 4 costa to dorsum before
middle, second from # costa to dorsum beyond middle, the
two lines converging; the first line edged posteriorly and the
second anteriorly with orange-ochreous dots; cilia pale-grey.
Hindwings with termen strongly rounded ; fuscous; cilia
pale-grey.

Two male examples. The type is from Eucla, South
Australia. Trey:

Family PYRALIDAE.

Subfamily PHYCITINAE.

Crocydopora cinigerella, W\k., two examples.
Etiella behri, Zel., one example.

TYLOCHARES GONIOSTICHA, n. Sp. (ywvioortxos, With angled line).

3¢,20mm. Head fuscous, with some whitish irroration.

Palpi whitish irrorated with grey, with a fuscous ring at the

apex of each joint, and a fourth on middle of second joint.
AA2

804

Antennae fuscous; in male thickened, without sub-basal tuft.
Thorax fuscous with some whitish irroration. Abdomen
ochreous-fuscous; tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous, with
fine whitish irroration. Forewings narrow, costa gently
arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen rounded, scarcely
oblique; fuscous-grey with some patches of brownish suffusion,
towards base and apex rather thickly irrorated with whitish ;
a tuft of raised scales in middle at 4 followed by a brownish
suffusion ; an irregularly dentate dark-fuscous transverse line
at 4, edged anteriorly with whitish; a second: tuft of raised
scales on fold immediately following first line; a brownish
spot in disc beyond middle edged anteriorly and posteriorly
with dark-fuscous; a second dark-fuscous line, edged pos-
teriorly with whitish, from # costa, at first inwards, then
bent outwards, and forming a very sharp prominent tooth
in disc, above tornus obscured by a brownish suffusion; a
terminal series of dark-fuscous dots; cilia grey, irrorated with
white. Hindwings with termen slightly sinuate; whitish,
with slight grey suffusion on apex and termen; cilia whitish.

This species should be easily distinguished by the raised
tufts and sharply-angled posterior line of forewings.

One example, in good condition.

Subfamily PYRAUSTINAE.

Sceliodes cordalis, Dbld., one example.
Loxostege affintalis, Led., nineteen examples.
Metasta, sp., one example.

Metasia, sp., one example.

Nomophila noctuella, Schiff., two examples.
Scoparia schizodesma, Low., one example.
Scoparia, sp., three examples.

Family TINEIDAE.
Subfamily OKCOPHORINAE.

Macrobathra alternateila, Wlk.(?), one imperfect ex-
ample, with the tornal spot obsolete; probably referable to
this species.

Nephogenes, sp., one example.

Nov. gen., et sp.(1), two wasted examples.

Philohota, sp., one wasted example.

Heliocausta, sp., one example.

Subfamily XYLORYCTIN AE,
Procometis, sp., one example.

805

riymenoptera.
By Witi1am Morton WHEELER.
[Contribution from Harvard U niversity.]
PuaTEs LXIV. tro LXVI.

Family FORMICIDAE.
Subfamily PONERIDES.
1. Myrmecia vINDEX, F. Smith, var. DESERTORUM, n. var.
Worker.—Length, 15-17 mm. |
Resembling the var. nigriceps, Mayr., in colouration, but
with the red of the thorax and pedicel a shade more yellowish,
and more like the typical vindezx in size and pilosity, the latter
being conspicuously more abundant than in nigriceps, especially
on the thoracic dorsum. The sculpture of the thorax is also
distinctly feebler and the surface more opaque than in this
variety and the typical form.
Four workers from Todmorden.

2. RHYTIDOPONERA CORNUTA, Emery, subsp. Taurus, Forel.
A single worker from Moorilyanna, agreeing very closely
with a co-type in my collection.

3. RHYTIDOPONERA (CHALCOPONERA) METALLICA, F.. Smith, var.
PURPURASCENS, N. var.

Worker.—Length, 7 mm.

Differing from the typical metallica from Eastern Aus-
tralia in colour, the head, thorax, petiole, and gaster being
deep metallic-violet, with the legs, mandibles, and a large
spot on the vertex purplish-brown, and the antennae black.
The sculpture is very much like that of the typical form,
except that the rugosity on the pronotum is somewhat more
irregular and the fine rugae are more nearly of the same
character on the first and second gastric segments.

A single worker from Moorilyanna.

4. BoTHROPONERA PILIVENTRIS, F. Smith.
A single worker, taken between the Musgrave Ranges
and Moorilyanna.

5. LepTroGENys (LOBOPELTA) CONIGERA, Mayr., var. CENTRALIS,
n. var.
WVorker.—Length, 65-7 mm.
Differing from the typical form and the var. adlerzi,
Forel, of Queensland in the following characters: —The head

806

is somewhat broader in the region of the eyes, and these are
decidedy more convex; the epinotum is much less angular,
more rounded, and sloping ; the petiole in profile lower in front
and with a more evenly-rounded slope rising to the highest
point at the posterior end of the segment; the petiole, the
penultimate antennal joints, and the hairs on the body are
decidedly longer than in adlerz.

¢.—Length, 6°5 mm.

Head, including the eyes, broader than long; eyes very
large; cheeks extremely short. Mandibles very small, far
from meeting, with rounded, edentate tips. Clypeus very
convex, but not carinate, with broadly-rounded anterior
border. Antennal scape as long as the second funicular
joint; first funicular joint longer than broad. Thorax
through the wing insertions about as broad as the head
through the eyes; mesonotum without Mayrian furrows, con-
vex, broadly elliptical, a little longer than broad, not concealing
the pronotum when seen from above. Epinotum rather long,
in profile sloping, the base about twice as long as the declivity.
Petiole similar to that of the worker, but proportionately
shorter. Gaster and legs slender. Head and thorax sub-
opaque, punctate-rugulose; gaster more shining, distinctly
shagreened. Hairs and pubescence grayish, more abundant
and the hairs shorter than in the worker. Head, thorax,
petiole, and gaster black ; antennae dark brown ; genitalia and
legs brownish-yellow. Wings grayish-hyaline, with brown
veins and apterostigma.

Described from a single male and eleven workers taken at.
Moorilyanna.

6. ODONTOMACHUS HAEMATODA, L., subsp. cor1aRius, Mayr.
A single large worker, measuring 115 mm., from
Moorilyanna.

Subfamily MYRMICIDES.

7. PopoMyrMa BIMACULATA, Forel.

Two workers from Flat Rock Hole in the Musgrave
Ranges, agreeing very closely with Forel’s description of the
typical form from Kalgoorlie, Western Australia.

8. MonomorRIUM ROTHSTEINI, Forel, var. TOSTUM, n. var.

Vorker.—Length, less than 2 mm.

Differing from the typical form and the vars. humilior,
Forel, and /eda, Forel, in colour; the head, petiole, and post-
petiole being dark castaneous-brown; the thorax, antennae,
and legs reddish-brown; the gaster black. The nodes of the
petiole and postpetiole are lower than in the type and more

807

as in the var. huwmilior. The posterior margin of the head is
distinctly excavated, the node of the petiole is more pointed
than in the type, the epinotum proportionately smaller and
more rounded and somewhat smoother and more shining
above.

Two workers from the Everard Range.

9. Monomorium (HoOLCOMYRMEX) WHITEI, n. sp.

? Pie. ixiv., fig..2, and Ixvi., fic. 1.

Worker major.—Length, 4-4°5 mm.

Head very large (1°3 mm. broad), subrectangular, as
broad as long, nearly as broad behind as in front, with much-
rounded posterior corners, straight, subparallel sides, and the
posterior margin distinctly and acutely excised in the middle.
Mandibles large and very convex, with four large, subequal
teeth. Clypeus broad, its anterior border deeply excised in
the middle, with two sharp carinae, each prolonged into a
strong, acute tooth, which is flanked by a somewhat shorter
and blunter lateral tooth. Frontal carina short and promi-
nent; frontal area large, impressed, with a short median
carinula behind; frontal groove distinct nearly as far as the
middle of the head. Eyes very large, flat, nearly as long as
the cheeks, in front of the median transverse diameter of the
head. Antennae slender, 12-jointed; scapes curved at the
base, slightly thickened at their tips, which extend a little
beyond the posterior orbits; funiculi without a clava, all the
joints longer than broad; joints 7-10 subequal, terminal
shorter than the two penultimate joints taken together.
Thorax broadest through the pronotum, where it is scarcely
more than half as broad as the head. Pronotum very convex,
almost conical in profile; mesonotum straight in profile,
sloping backward to the mesoépinotal suture, which is dis-
tinctly impressed. Promesonotal suture obsolete. Epinotum
about two-thirds as broad as the pronotum, longer than broad,
with subparallel sides; in profile with feebly and evenly con-
vex base one and a half times as long as the slightly concave
declivity, the two surfaces separated on each side by a distinct
but blunt tubercle continued backward as a slight ridge.
Petiole pedunculate, from above twice as long as broad through
the node, which is rather high and conical, with very similar
anterior and posterior surfaces, the former rising rather
abruptly from the peduncle. Postpetiole from above somewhat
broader than the petiole, about one and a half times as long
as broad, in profile convex and rounded, but much lower than
the petiolar node. Gaster large, broadly and regularly ellip-
tical, somewhat flattened dorsoventrally. Legs rather long.

808

Surface of body, especially of the gaster, shining. Man-
dibles coarsely and rather obliquely rugose, and coarsely
punctate along their borders. Head very finely and densely
longitudinally striate and sparsely punctate, posterior corners
a little smoother and more shining. Thorax, petiole, and post-
petiole very finely and densely punctate and feebly rugulose
on the epinotum; pronotum somewhat smoother and more
shining on the middle above. Gaster and legs glabrous,
shining, with fine, scattered, piligerous punctures. Hairs
yellowish, coarse, bristly, rather long, erect, and moderately
abundant on the body; shorter, oblique, and more numerous
on the legs. Gula without a psammophore. Ferruginous-red ;
clypeus, frontal area, extreme anterior corners of the head,
and the mandibular teeth black ; gaster and legs paler than the
remainder of the body, yellowish-red.

Described from four specimens taken at Flat Rock Hole
in the Musgrave Ranges.

This species is very peculiar in having large eyes and
two pairs of powerful teeth on the clypeus. The subgenus:
Holcomyrmex was supposed to be confined to North Africa,
Asia Minor, and the Indian Region till Viehmeyer recently
described from a worker minor a species (H. foreli) from
Killalpaninna, South Australia. Although I have seen only
major workers of H. whitei, I do not believe that they can be ©
co-specific with forelz, for this form has no teeth on the clypeus,
the gula bears a psammophore, the head is not sculptured
above and behind, and the colour is very different, being
described as chestnut-brown, with the head and gaster darker,
the segments of the latter bordered with yellow, ete. Z.
whiter is undoubtedly a harvesting ant, like its North African
and Indian congeners. The nests, of which Captain White
secured an interesting photograph, are craters of a very pecu-
liar, chimney-like form.

10. CREMATOGASTER WHITEI, N. Sp.

Worker.—Length, 2 mm.

Head slightly broader than long, convex above, sub-
rectangular, as broad in front as behind, with rather convex
sides, rounded posterior corners, and feebly excised posterior
border. Mandibles narrow, apparently 4-toothed. Clypeus
very convex, with nearly straight anterior margin. Frontal
area and groove absent; frontal. carinae very short. Hyes
moderately convex, their anterior orbits at the middle of the
sides of the head. Antennae 11-jointed; scapes reaching
a little beyond the posterior orbits; funicular joints 2-7 small,
as broad as long; club 2-jointed, its basal about half as long

SOS

as its terminal joint. Thorax very short and robust, nowhere
marginate; pronotum and mesonotum together as broad as
long, not separated by a suture and without a median carina,
trapezoidal, rapidly tapering behind, with rounded humeri ; in
profile about as long as high, somewhat flattened dorsally ;
mesoépinotal constriction narrow and pronounced. Epinotum
short, broader than long, with the base flat and shorter than
the declivity, the spines as long as the base, slender, parallel,
acute, directed backward, and very slightly upward. Petiole
a little longer than broad, a little broader in front than
behind, with broadly-rounded anterior corners and straight
sides. Postpetiole transverse, convex, without any trace of a
median furrow, but distinctly emarginate behind. Gaster
large, with straight anterior border. Legs rather slender.

Head, thorax, and pedicel opaque ; mandibles very finely
and densely longitudinally striated ; head, thorax, and pedicel
very finely, densely, and uniformly punctate; clypeus, front,
and cheeks also finely longitudinally rugulose. Gaster shining,
very finely and superficially reticulate. Hairs white, long,
and erect on the clypeus and venter, short and almost absent
on the upper-surface of the body, very minute, scattered and
appressed on the scapes and legs. Pubescence very sparse and
rather long, most distinct on the gaster. Dark-brown; gaster
black ; mandibles, antennae, and legs brownish-yellow, middle
portions of femora and tibiae brown.

Described from a single worker taken in the Everard
Range.

This species is easily distinguished from any of the other
known Australian species of the genus by its peculiar sculpture.
It seems to resemble (. mjéberyi, Forel, from Kimberley,
North-western Australia, judging from the description; but
this species has a three-jointed antennal club, the head is
smooth and shining, and the mesonotum has a median longi-
tudinal impression.

11. CREMATOGASTER LONGICEPS, Forel, var. CURTICEPS, n. var.

Worker.—Differing from the typical longiceps in the
shape of the head and in its much darker colour. The head is
only as long as broad and very nearly rectangular, with
straight, parallel sides and very feebly concave posterior
border. Above it is very shining, but covered with minute,
scattered punctures. The body is reddish-brown throughout,
except the gaster, which is black. The absence of pilosity is
as conspicuous as in the type. There are, however, several

- long, slender hairs on the gula and clypeus, and the pubescence
on the head and gaster is rather long, but very dilute.

810

Sixteen workers from Ellery Creek in the MacDonnell
Ranges. The typical longiceps is also taken in Central Aus-
tralia (Tennant Creek).

12. CREMATOGASTER XEROPHILA, Nn. sp.

Worker.—Length, 2°5-2°8 mm.

Head subrectangular, very little broader than long, with
straight, parallel sides and posterior border. Eyes rather
convex, behind the median transverse diameter of the head.
Mandibles narrow, apparently 4-toothed. Clypeus very con-
vex, with straight, entire anterior margin. Frontal carinae
extremely small; frontal area distinct, triangular; frontal
groove short and rather indistinct. Antennae 11-jointed;
scapes reaching a little beyond the posterior border of the
head ; funiculus with a 2-jointed club; joints 3-8 as broad as
long. Thorax rather small and narrow ; promesonotal suture
indistinct or obsolete; pronotum and mesonotum bluntly
margined on the sides, together as broad as long, with broadly-
rounded humeri, rapidly narrowing behind to the mesoépinotal
constriction, which is pronounced. In profile the dorsal sur-
face is flattened and the mesonotum without a carina, falling
rather abruptly behind to the mesoépinotal suture. Epinotum
with a very short base and a large, concave declivity between
the spines, which are broad at the base, rapidly tapering and
acute, as long as the base of the epinotum, laterally compressed
and directed outward, upward, and backward. Petiole dis-
tinctly longer than broad, as broad behind as in front, with
straight parallel sides, much rounded anterior and slightly
rounded posterior corners. In profile it is wedge-shaped,
narrow in front, with straight ventral and dorsal surfaces.
Postpetiole globose, as broad as the petiole, without a trace of
a longitudinal furrow or posterior emargination. Gaster
acutely pointed, with straight anterior border.

Shining ; mandibles and clypeus longitudinally rugulose ;
cheeks and sides of front finely striated, remainder of head
glabrous, with fine, scattered, piligerous punctures. Thorax
more opaque, its sides finely and densely punctate-rugulose,
upper-surface of pronotum and mesonotum very coarsely and
reticulately rugose. Concavity of epinotum shining, super-
ficially and finely punctate. Petiole, postpeticle, and gaster
smooth and shining. Hairs yellowish, sparse, slender, and
tapering, erect on the body, short and appressed on the
appendages. Anterior surfaces of the antennal scapes with a
few erect hairs. Pubescence absent on the body. Chestnut-
brown; head and gaster blackish; femora and tibiae darker
than the thorax. In one specimen the thorax is as dark as the
head. Described from five workers taken at Moorilyanna.

811

This species is quite distinct from any of the described
Australian Crematogasters in the shape of the petiole and the
very pronounced sculpture of the thorax.

13. CREMATOGASTER XEROPHILA, var. EXIGUA, Nn. var.

Worker.—Length, 15-17 mm.

Differing from the typical form in its smaller size, in the
shorter antennal scapes, which scarcely reach beyond the
posterior border of the head, and the differently shaped petiole
and postpetiole. The petiole is scarcely longer than broad
and a little broader behind than in front; the postpetiole has a
distinct trace of a longitudinal furrow. The median funicular
joints are a little more transverse. The head, scapes, and
gaster are black, the thorax, petiole, and legs brown, the
funiculi yellowish-brown.

Two workers from Moorilyanna.

Subfamily DOLICHODERIDES.

14. IRIDOMYRMEX DETECTUS, F. Smith, var. VIRIDIAENEUS,
Viehmeyer.

This very handsome variety of one of the commonest
Australian ants was recently described from Killalpaninna,
South Australia. The body of the worker is deep metallic-
green, sometimes with aeneous or violet reflections on the
gaster. The mandibles, anterior border of head, antennae,
and tarsi are ferruginous, the legs purplish-red. Among the
material collected by Captain White are three workers from
the Everard Range, one from Flat Rock Hole in the Musgrave
Ranges, and a dealated female from Todmorden. The female
is poorly preserved and very greasy, but seems to agree very
closely in size, structure, and colouration with the female of
the typical detectus. According to a note accompanying the
specimens the nest of the var. viridiaeneus has a slit-shaped
orifice.

15. IRIDOMYRMEX DISCORS,: Forel, var. AENEOGASTER, Nn. var.

Worker.—Dviffering from the typical discors in colour and
pubescence.

The head and thorax are deep-red, the antennae and legs
dark-brown, the gaster with bronzy- instead of metallic-green
reflections. The pubescence covering the body and appendages
is decidedly more abundant, so that the whole surface seems
to be more opaque. The head is shaped much as in the type,
and is, if anything, a little larger and broader behind,
approaching the condition in the subspecies occipitalis, Forel,

812

but this and its var. exilior, Forel, are even paler in colour
than the typical discors. 'The new variety is very close to var.
obscurior, Forel, from Victoria, in pubescence, but this form
is brownish-yellow, with the head and gaster brown, the latter
with feeble metallic-green reflections.

A single worker from Flat Rock Hole in the Musgrave
Ranges.
16. [RIDOMYRMEX CYANEUS, n. Sp.

W orker. —Length, 1°5-1'7 mm.

Head. a little longer than broad, as broad behind as in

front, broadest in the middle through the convex sides. Pos-
terior border nearly straight: Eyes rather large, feebly con-
vex, in the median transverse diameter of the head. Mandibles
small, retracted under the clypeus, which is very convex, with
feebly and sinuately excised anterior border. Frontal area
distinct, triangular; frontal carinae short; frontal groove
absent. Antennal scapes extending to the posterior border
of the head, funicular joints 2-10 slightly broader than long,
first joint three times as long as broad. Thorax much nar-
rower than the head, rather short; pronotum convex, evenly
rounded, as broad as long; mesonotum a little broader than
long, sloping, straight in profile; mesoépinotal constriction
short and deep; epinotum with a very convex, almost conical
base, rising rather abruptly from the mesoépinotal suture and
falling behind into the rather steep and straight declivity.
Petiole inclined forward, elliptical from behind, with rounded,
entire apical border, narrower than the epinotum and about
half as high. Gaster of the usual shape. Legs rather slender.

Surface of body shining, very finely but distinctly
shagreened. Hairs whitish, absent except on the clypeus;
pubescence extremely fine and appressed, visible only on the
appendages. Body deep metallic-blue, antennae and legs
piceous-black.

Two workers, one from Black Rock Hole in the Musgrave
Ranges and one from Moorilyanna.

This species resembles 7. innocens, Forel, in the shape of
the thorax and petiole, but the head is of a very different
shape, the antennal scapes and mesonotum are much shorter
and the body is pilose and metallic.

17. IRIDOMYRMEX RUFONIGER, Lowne, var.

A single worker from Moorilyanna is very clcse to the var.
domesticus, Forel, but is smaller (25 mm.). It may represent
a distinct variety, but the material is insufficient to justify the
introduction of a new name.

813

18, IRIDOMYRMEX GRACILIS, Lowne, supsp. SPURCUS, n. subsp.
lVorker.—Length, 2°4-2°6 mm.
Differing from the typical gracilis in its much smaller size,

in lacking all metallic reflections, and in having the petiole

much more compressed anteroposteriorly, and therefore more
acute at the apex. The pilosity and pubescence are somewhat
less abundant, and the surface of the body is therefore more
shining.

Three specimens, taken at Moorilyanna. These are not
well preserved. More satisfactory material may show that
this form is really a distinct species.

Subfamily CAMPONOTIDES.

19. MELOPHORUS LATICEPS, Ni. sp.
Pir ixvii, fig: 2.

@. Length, 8 mm.

Head, excluding the mandibles, nearly twice as broad as
long, subrectangular, with rounded posterior corners and
nearly straight posterior border. Eyes small, convex, just
behind the median transverse diameter of the head. Ocelli
very small and close together. Mandibles large, with oblique,
coarsely 4-toothed blades, which are curiously prismatic, with
two flattened planes on their upper-surfaces, meeting at an
angle formed by a coarse ridge from the base to the third tooth
from the apex. Clypeus very short and broad, feebly convex,
with straight, entire anterior and curved posterior border.
Frontal carinae very small; frontal area large but indistinct ;
frontal groove distinct, especially just in front of the ocell1.
Antennae slender, scapes not reaching to the posterior border
of the head ; first funicular joint as long as the three succeed-
ing joints together; joints 2-5 nearly twice as long as broad,
remaining joints shorter, except the last, which is twice as long
as the penultimate. Thorax very short and thickset, less than
one and a half times as long as broad, and but little longer
than high. Mesonotum evenly convex, nearly one and two-
third times as broad as long. Epinotum very short, steep in
profile, without distinct base and declivity, rounded and
slightly convex above, more flattened below. Petiole small,
thickened below, rapidly attenuated and narrowed above
where the compressed border terminates in two flat teeth.
Gaster large, broadly elliptical, somewhat flattened above.
Wings as long as the body (8 mm.).

Very smooth and shining; mandibles coarsely and regu-
larly longitudinally rugose; gaster finely shagreened. Gula
and clypeus with very long, curved, yellow hairs, forming a
distinct psammophore. Hairs shorter and very sparse on the

814

remainder of the body; legs with abundant, short appressed
hairs; those on the scapes similar, but even shorter. Man-
dibles deep-red; head, thorax, and petiole bright yellowish-
red ; gaster black; anus, transverse bands on the venter, the
legs, and antennae yellow. Wings distinctly yellowish, with
pale-brown veins and apterostigma.

A single specimen, taken between Todmorden and Wanta-
pela. This may be the hitherto unknown female of J/.
wheelert, Forel, originally described from Tennant Creek,
Central Australia.

20. Camponotus (MyrmoTuRBA) MACULATUS, Fabr., subsp.
NOVAE-HOLLANDIAE, Mayr.

Numerous workers from Flat Rock Hole in the Musgrave
Ranges. These are a little more hairy and somewhat larger
than specimens from New South Wales, but hardly represent
a distinct variety.

21. Camponotus (MyrMorTuRBA) MAcCULATUS, Fabr., subsp.
piscors, Forel.

One major and three minor workers from Flat Rock Hole
in the Musgrave Ranges agree very closely with Forel’s descrip-
tion of specimens from Pera Bore, New fouth Wales. The
thorax of the major is much like that of the var. laetus, Forel,
from Tennant Creek, Central Australia, but the colour is that
of the typical form of the species.

22. CaMPONOTUS (MyRMOTURBA) LATRUNCULUS, Ni. sp.
Pi,. Ixyaiy es. Sane Ac

Worker major.—Length, about 9 mm.

Head large, not longer than broad, broader behind than
in front, very convex above, with the posterior border nearly
straight and the sides convex. Eyes rather large and convex.
Mandibles convex, 6-toothed. Clypeus feebly, but distinctly,
carinate, its anterior border projecting as a short, rather nar-
row lobe, with straight median border and the sides rather
broadly emarginate. Frontal area distinct, transverse,
diamond-shaped; frontal groove distinct, frontal carinae
moderately far apart, curved and diverging behind. Antennae
rather slender, scapes extending about one-fifth their length
beyond the posterior border of the head. Thorax robust, with
distinct promesonotal and mesoépinotal sutures, pronotum as
broad as long, convex, rounded above; mesonotum also con-
vex, continuing the curve of the pronotum. There is a
distinct but slight constriction of the thorax at the mesoépi-
notal suture, behind which the rather narrowed and only

815

slightly compressed epinotum descends with a rounded slope,
lacking a distinct base and declivity. Petiole small and nar-
row, in profile cuneate, with convex ventral and anterior and
flat posterior surface; apical border rather sharp, bluntly
pointed when seen from behind. Gaster broadly elliptical.
Legs rather slender, hind tibiae cylindrical.

Smooth and shining; mandibles sparsely and not very
coarsely punctate; remainder of body finely shagreened ;
cheeks and gaster sparsely punctate. Hairs yellow, erect,
sparse on the body and along the flexor surfaces of the femora
and at their tips. Hind tibiae with several rows of bristles
on their flexor surfaces. Pubscence very fine and dense,
visible only on the sides of the thorax and on the appendages.
Chestnut-red ; antennal scapes blackish; gaster black, with
yellowish margins to the segments. Legs yellowish-brown.

A single specimen from Todmorden.

I am unable to refer this ant to any of the Australian
species described by previous writers. The thorax feebly
approaches that of C. (Myrmosphincta) intrepidus, Kirby, in
shape, but the form of the head and clypeus show that it
belongs more properly in the subgenus Myrmoturba.

23. CaMPONOTUS (MyYRMOGONIA) EREMICUS, N. sp.
Pl. Ixvi., figs. 5 and 6.

Worker major.—Length, 7 mm.

Head trapezoidal, longer than broad, broader behind
than in front, with straight, transverse posterior border and
-feebly convex cheeks. Eyes large, convex, their anterior
orbits at the middle of the sides of the head. Mandibles
6-toothed, their outer margins straight at the base, strongly
convex at the tips. Clypeus strongly carinate, its anterior
border not produced or lobed, feebly and sinuately excised in
the middle. Frontal area small, triangular, indistinct;
frontal groove distinct; frontal carinae closely approximated
anteriorly, curved, and more diverging behind. Antennae
slender, scapes reaching about two-fifths of their length beyond
_ the posterior corners of the head. Pronotum as broad as long,
flattened above, with a sharp semicircular ridge around its
anterior surface, and extending back to the middle of its
sides. Promesonotal suture pronounced ; mesoépinotal suture
absent, the mesonotum and epinotum together twice as long
as broad, so compressed laterally as to be reduced dorsally to
a rather sharp, blade-like edge. In profile the mesoépinotum
is as high as long, the dorsal edge feebly and evenly convex
and as long as the declivity, which is abrupt and feebly con-
cave. Petiole rather narrow, cuneate in profile, thick below,

with a distinct ventral protuberance, feebly convex anterior

816

and straight posterior surface, and sharp apical border, which
seen from behind is rounded and entire. Gaster of the usual)
shape. Legs rather slender; tibiae cylindrical.

Shining ; thorax slightly more opaque. Mandibles rather
coarsely punctate; head and thorax densely punctate-reticu-
late, gaster very finely, transversely rugulose. Hairs erect,
short, very sparse, present only on the mandibles, clypeus,
_ front, and venter. Femora with a few bristles at their tips;
tibiae with a sparse row of bristles along their flexor surfaces.
Pubescence absent on the body, very short, sparse, and
appressed on the tibiae and scapes. Black; mandibles,
clypeus, cheeks, and front deep-red; antennae and tarsi
reddish-brown; coxae, femora, and tibiae yellow; knees
infuscated.

Worker minor.—Length, 5°5-6 mm.

Body slender; head subrectangular, about as_ broad
behind as in front, nearly one and a half times as long as
broad, with straight posterior and lateral borders. Eyes large
and prominent, situated at a distance less than their length
from the posterior corners of the head. Clypeus carinate, its
anterior border entire, subangularly produced in the middle.
Antennae very slender, reaching nearly half their length be-
yond the posterior corners of the head. Thorax very long,
narrow, and low, less compressed behind than in the major
worker, in profile evenly rounded, highest in the middle,
pronotum not marginate in front and on the sides, epinotum
without distinct base and declivity, but merely continuing the
gentle curve of the mesonotum. Petiole with its anterior sur- _
face more convex and its upper-border more transverse than in
the major worker. Gaster small and narrow.

Sculpture much as in the major worker, but thorax more
shining and cheeks sparsely and feebly foveolate. Pilosity
much more abundant than in the large worker. There are
very sparse, erect hairs on the whole upper-surface, including
the petiole, and also on the gula. The head is covered with
sparse and rather long yellowish pubescence. Head and
thorax brown, petiole and gaster black; scapes and legs,
except the tarsi, yellow, the latter and the anterior half of
the head pale-brown.

Described from a single major and three minor workers
from the Everard Range. As all of these specimens were
glued on the same card it would seem that they must have
been taken from the same nest. The major and minor workers,
however, differ in so many important particulars as to suggest
some Coubt as to their being co-specific.

This species is very closely related to O. (Myrmogoma)
michaelsent, Forel, from South-western Australia, judging

817

from Forel’s description, but differs in so many details of
structure, sculpture, and colour that I have felt constrained
to describe it asnew. It is more easily distinguished from the
other Australian species of the subgenus Myrmogonia: evae,
Forel ; oetkeri, Forel; adami, Forel; lownei, Forel; gibbinotus,
Forel; and rubiqinosus, Mayr.

24. CaMponoTUS (DINOMYRMEX) SUBNITIDUS, Mayr.

To this species I refer a single minor worker taken between
Todmorden and Wantapella. It is, however, even less
pilose than the typical swhnitedus, and probably represents a
distinct variety, which cannot be satisfactorily described till
the worker major is brought to light.

25. Camponotus (MyYRMAMBLYS) AUROFASCIATUS, N. sp.
Pix, Bo: 1:

Worker (medio | ? |})—Length, 5-5°5 mm.

Head strongly trapezoidal, very slightly longer than
broad, broader behind than in front, with straight posterior
border and sides and rather sharp posterior corners, convex in
the middle above, feebly depressed behind. Eyes moderately
large, convex, nearly circular, well behind the median trans-
verse diameter of the head. Mandibles with rather straight
external borders, 6-toothed. Clypeus distinctly but bluntly
carinate, with feebly rounded, entire anterior border. Frontal
area obsolete, frontal groove distinct, frontal carinae approxi-
mated anteriorly, curved and diverging behind. Antennae
long, scapes extending nearly half their length beyond the
posterior border of the head. Thorax through the pronotum
nearly as broad as the head, rapidly narrowed and laterally
compressed behind, so that the mesonotum and epinotum are
reduced above to a rounded ridge. Pronotum broader than
long, flat above, anteriorly and laterally distinctly submar-
ginate. In profile the thorax is highest in the mesonotal
region and the dorsal outline is an even curve continued over
the epinotal base, which is fully three times as long as the
declivity. The angle separating the base from the declivity
is rounded and obtuse. Promesonotal suture distinct, that
between the mesonotum and epinotum obsolete. Petiole
thick and rather narrow, very convex in front, flat behind,
with blunt, evenly-rounded, and entire apical border. Gaster
broadly elliptical, rather flattened. Hind tibiae slightly
compressed.

Opaque and very densely and finely punctate; mandibles
slightly shining, with numerous large, elongate punctures
Clypeus and cheeks with a few sparse, shallow foveolae. The

818

dense punctuation of the gaster is distinctly finer than that of
other portions of the body. Hairs golden-yellow, erect,
moderately long, not abundant, rather obtuse, most conspicu-
ous on the upper-surface of the head, epinotum, and gaster.
Pubescence yellow, very sparse, and rather long, distinct on
the head, especially on the clypeus, gaster, and appendages.
Tips and flexor surfaces of femora with a few long, erect hairs.
Black; apical portions of mandibles deep-red; each gastric
segment with a conspicu a dull-golden band on its posterior
border.

Described from six workers, five from the Musgrave
Ranges and one from Moorilyanna. This beautiful species is
readily distinguished by its peculiar head, very opaque surface,
and the unusual banding of the easter.

26. Camponotus (MyrmospHIncta [ ? ]) WHITEI, n. sp.
Pl. Ixvi., fig. 8.

Worker (minor |? ])—Length, 4°5-5 mm.

Head trapezoidal, deepest in the frontal region, a little
longer than broad, slightly broader behind than in front, with
straight sides and feebly concave posterior border. Eyes
moderately large, very convex, nearly circular, distinctly
behind the median transverse diameter of the head. Man-_
dibles with slightly convex external borders and _ oblique,
6-toothed apices. Clypeus strongly carinate, rather convex,
with entire anterior border, subangularly produced in the
middle. Frontal area rather large, triangular ; frontal groove
lacking; frontal carinae approximated in front, curved out-
ward in the middle, and again approximated behind. An-
tennae rather long and stout; scapes surpassing the posterior
border of the head by fully two-fifths their length. Thorax
rather long, nearly as broad as the head through the pronotum,
which is flattened above, bluntly marginate anteriorly, and
seen from above a little broader than long. Promesonotal
suture pronounced. There is a deep, saddle-like impression in
the region of the mesonotal suture, which is obsolete, and the
thorax is also laterally compressed in this region, The
epinotum is very convex and rounded, and resembles somewhat
that of a Dolichoderus, but in profile the base passes without
an angle into the vertical, slightly concave declivity of about
the same length. Petiole nodiform, seen from above regularly,
transversely elliptical, and about twice as broad as long, in
profile less than twice as high as long, the node with three
surfaces, a short vertical anterior, a horizontal rounded dor-
sal, and a vertical posterior surface. Gaster rather small,
broadly elliptical. Tibiae cylindrical.

819

Mandibles shining, very coarsely punctate. Remainder of
body, including the appendages, opaque; head, thorax, and
petiole densely and beautifully coarsely punctate, the punc-
tures being somewhat smaller on the upper-surface of the
head and somewhat larger on the mesopleurae. Gaster and
legs very minutely and densely punctate. Hairs whitish,
erect, blunt, but not very stiff, rather long but not abundant,
most conspicuous on the front, epinotum, and first gastric
segment. Legs and scapes with more numerous, more pointed,
shorter, and suberect hairs. Deep castaneous-red, mandibles
and legs paler, upper-surface of head and thorax somewhat
darker, gaster black, with narrow, sordid, yellowish margins
to the segments.

This beautiful species, described fom two specimens, was
taken at Flat Rock Hole in the Musgrave Ranges. I have
placed it in the subgenus Myrmosphincta with many misgiv-
ings. It would seem to belong more properly in Orthonoto-
myrmex, near mayri, Forel, on account of the peculiar struc-
ture of the thorax and petiole, but this subgenus, though
confined to the Old World, is not known to be represented in
Papua or Australia.

27. Camponotus (Myrmospuinceta [?]) LEAE, n. sp.
SES bey, fel 9,

Worker minor.—Length, 4:5 mm.

Head, including the mandibles, subelliptical, longer than
broad, with straight, subparallel sides, slightly broader behind
through the eyes than at the mandibular insertions. Behind
the eyes, which are very convex and hemispherical, the head
narrows rapidly to a short occipital border, so that it has no
posterior corners. Mandibles with straight external and
oblique apical borders, the latter armed with at least five coarse
teeth. Clypeus convex, strongly carinate, its anterior border
slightly impressed in the middle. Frontal area triangular,
distinct, impressed ; frontal groove replaced by a rather strong
raised line or ridge; frontal carinae not widely diverging
behind. Antennae long, scapes extending nearly half their
length beyond the posterior border of the head; all the funi-
cular joints decidedly longer than broad. Thorax long and
slender; seen from above the pronotum is as broad as long, a
little narrower than the head, with rounded, sloping humer1 ;
the mesonotum and epinotum narrower, with subparallel sides,
the mesonotum as long as the epinotum, but the suture
obsolete between them; promesonotal suture well developed.
In profile the upper-surface of the mesonotum is straight and
slopes gradually to the base of the epinotum, where the thorax
is feebly but distinctly constricted. In profile the base of the

820

epinotum is horizontal and only slightly convex, more than
twice as long as the sloping declivity into which it passes
through a very obtuse angle. Petiole of extraordinary shape,
longer than high, anteriorly and posteriorly cylindrical, but
surmounted in the middle by a thick node which, viewed
from above, is nearly circular, but is diamond-shaped in pro-
file, its anterior surface being straight and inclined obliquely
upward and forward, the dorsal surface horizontal and very
feebly convex, and the posterior surface straight and inclined
obliquely backward and downward and parallel with the
anterior surface. The ventral surface is almost straight.
Gaster broadly pyriform, narrowed, and rather pointed in
front. Legs slender; tibiae cylindrical.

Opaque, except the gaster, which is distinctly shining.
Mandibles very finely shagreened and coarsely punctate.
Head, thorax, and petiole uniformly and densely punctate,
legs and gaster coarsely, transversely shagreened. Hairs white,
long, slender, pointed, and erect, most abundant on the upper-
surface of the head, epinotum, petiole, and gaster, somewhat
shorter on the scapes and legs. Deep-red; mandibles and
femora more yellowish-red ; mandibular teeth, anterior cor-
ners of head, front, and vertex between the carinae and eyes
and back as far as the occipital border, articulations of anten-
nal funiculi, the whole gaster, basal portions of petiole, coxae,
and apical third of femora, black; tibiae and tarsi reddish-
brown, the tips and bases of the tibiae darker.

Described from two specimens taken at Flat Rock Hole
in the Musgrave Ranges.

This remarkable species, easily distinguished by its
singular thorax and even more singular petiole and striking
colouration, 1s quite as difficult as the preceding species to
assign to any of Forel’s subgenera of Camponotus. IT have placed
it in Myrmosphincta with a query because the thorax is
distinctly constricted, and because there seems to be no place

for it in any of the other subgenera. Whether or not —

it should constitute the type of a new subgenus can be deter-
mined only after the discovery of the major worker.

28. CALOMYRMEX SPLENDIDUS, Mayr., subsp. PURPUREUS,
Mayr., var. SMARAGDINUS, Emery.

A single worker from Flat Rock Hole in the Musgrave
Ranges.

29. CALOMYRMEX SPLENDIDUS, Mayr., subsp. PURPUREUS,
Mayr., var. EREMOPHILUS, n. var.

Worker.—Differing from the preceding variety in the
colouration of the legs and the antennae, which are black

821

instead of red, without metallic reflections. The head and
thorax are beautiful metallic green, the gaster black, the
mesopleurae and fore coxae metallic-purple as in the var.
smaragdinus.

Seven workers, four from the Everard Range and three
from Flat Rock Hole in the Musgrave Ranges.

30. PotyrHacnis (CAMPOMYRMA) LONGIPES, Nl. sp.
Pls. lxv., figs. 1 and 2, and lxvi., fig. 10.

Worker.—Length, 9-10 mm.

Head subrectangular, excluding the mandibles, a little
broader behind than in front, with straight sides and rather
sharp, distinctly marginate posterior corners, the occipital
region convex in the middle, the frontal region convex, and
the vertex rather flat. Eyes large and convex, situated a
distance about equal to their longest diameter from the pos-
terior corners of the head. Mandibles with moderately convex
external and 5-toothed apical borders. Clypeus distinctly
carinate, produced in the middle as a rounded lobe, bearing
at its edge a row of regular, fine, acute teeth, its sides broadly
excised. Frontal area small, triangular, impressed; frontal
groove distinct ; frontal carinae closely approximated in front,
gradually diverging behind, nearly straight. Antennae very
long and slender, scapes reaching fully half their length
beyond the posterior border of the head; first funicular joint
‘more than five times as long as broad, remaining joints grow-
ing successively shorter. Thorax long, its dorsal surface
flattened and but slightly convex in profile, very sharply
marginate on the sides, so that the pleurae are slightly con-
cave, the margin rather deeply incised at the pronounced
promesonotal and only feebly indented at the distinct meso-
épinotal suture. Pronotum as long as broad, a little narrower
behind than in front, its anterior corners in the form of small
acute teeth, which are as long as broad at their bases. Meso-
notum a little longer than broad, narrower behind than in
front, with evenly rounded anterior and lateral borders; base
of epinotum longer than broad, rather narrow, especially
behind, where it is produced into two parallel, flat, blunt
teeth, which are longer than broad at their bases, as long as
their distance apart, and directed backward and upward. The
small notch-like space between the teeth is not marginate.
Declivity of epinotum shorter than the base, sloping, feebly
convex. Petiole thick at the base, when seen from above as
long as broad, with convex anterior and posterior surfaces, the
apical border compressed and bearing four long, slender, acute
spines, directed upward and backward, the inner pair approxi-
mated and shorter, so that an imaginary line joining the tips

822

of all four spines would be straight. Ventral surface of
petiole distinctly concave. Gaster broadly elliptical, convex
above and below, first segment occupying nearly half of its
surface. Legs very long and slender; tibiae cylindrical.

Mandibles lustrous, very finely and densely striated ;
remainder of body subopaque ; head, thorax, and petiole very
finely punctate-rugulose, the rugules distinctly longitudinal
and regular on the posterior portion of the head and on the
thoracic dorsum. Gaster and legs very densely shagreened,
and covered with small, sparse, piligerous punctures. Hairs
yellowish, erect, short, and sparse, almost absent on the upper-.
surface, except on the clypeus, mandibles, and gaster; very
distinct, more abundant, shorter, and bristly on the scapes
and legs; pubescence absent except on the venter, where it is
yellowish, long, sparse, and appressed. Black; mandibles and
apical halves of the funiculi brownish-red ; legs, including the
coxae, brownish-yellow, with the tarsi and basal half of the
tibiae black.

Described from twenty-four workers taken in the Everard
Range. .

This species, though apparently related to P. (C.) frog-
gatti, Forel, and pyrrhus, Forel, is readily distinguishable
from these and all other known Australian members of the
subgenus, by its regularly dentate (not crenate) clypeus, very
long appendages, and the shape of the petiolar and epinotal
spines. It appears also to be very distinct in its habits. Like
the other species of Campomyrma, it lives in the ground, but
Captain White’s photographs show that instead of nesting
under stones, like P. femorata, F. Smith, micans, Mayr., and
sydneyensis, Mayr., of Eastern Australia, it builds a beauti-
fully regular crater, the rounded, exposed surfaces of which it
thatches with a layer of mulga leaves.

31. Potyruacuis (CAMPOMYRMA), sp.

A single dedlated female specimen, measuring about 65
mm., from the MacDonnell Ranges, evidently belongs to a
species allied to leae, Forel, or micans, Mayr., but as the
females of the great majority of Australian Campomyrmas
are quite unknown I refrain from describing it at the present

time.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
[Plates lav. and lxvi. are from photographs taken by S. A. White.]
Pirate LXIV.

Fig. 2.—Several ants’ nests, constructed of clay, belonging
to a new species, Monomorium (Holcomyrmex) whitei, Wheeler.

823

Pratt LXV.
Fig. 1.—-An ants’ nest, covered with mulga leaves, belonging
to a new species, Polyrhachis (Campomyrma ) “longipes, Wheeler.
Fig. 2.—The same at nearer view.

Pirate LXVI.

1. Monomorium (Holcomyrmex) whitei, Wheeler.
» 2. Melophorus laticeps, Wheeler, head.
» 3 Camponotus (Myrmoturba) latrunculus, Wheeler, head.
4, os - ss W heeler, side
view of thorax.

Fig.

>

ae aes (Myrmogonia) eremicus, Wheeler, head.

Oo ~ re A Wheeler, side
view of thorax.

i “4; cs (Myrmamblys) aurofasciatus, Wheeler.

See oe (Myrmosphincta [?]) whitei, Wheeler.

~m E leae, Wheeler.

= 30 Polyrhachis (Campomyrma) longipes, Wheeler.

(j) BOTANY.
By J. M. Brack.
Phates LXIX. anp LXX.

This list comprises 200 species collected by Capt. White.

The following have been previously recorded for Central
Australia (Northern Territcry), but not for South Austraha
Proper :—Swainsona canescens, Acacia cibaria, Hucalyptus
‘pachyphylia, Olearia Ferresu, Calotis Kemper, Helipterum
Charsleyae, and H. Fitzgibbonu. New species for Tate’s
“Central District’ (in the north-western corner of which are
situated the Musgrave and Everard Ranges) are :—Fragrostis
lacunaria, FE. Brown, Cyperus exaltatus, Bassia longicuspis,
Chenopodium microphyllum, Haloragis odontocarpa, Myo-
porum deserti, Waitsia corymbosa, Podocoma nana, Helip-
terum Tietkensui, and Gnaphalium japonicum.

Four species are described which are believed to be new
to science (in the genera T'riodia, Menkea, Pterigeron, and
Loranthus), and also a variety of the Native Tobacco
(Nicotiana suaveolens).

Only two botanical collections of importance have been
previously made in the region between Oodnadatta and the
Musgrave Ranges. The first was that of Ernest Giles in his
exploration of 1876, and the second was that of R. Helms,
collector to the Elder Expedition of 1891. Giles’ plants
were dealt with by Baron von Mueller in the ‘‘Journal of
Botany,’’ xv., 269-281, 300-6, 344-9 (1877), and Helms’

824

specimens (phanerogams and vascular cryptogams) were
identified by Mueller and Tate in the Transactions of this
Society, xvi., 333-83 (1892).

The positions of the minor localities mentioned in this
report are as follows:—Coongra Creek, a branch of the
Alberga Creek; Indulkana Springs, in the Indulkana Range,
at the head of the Indulkana Creek; Lambinna Soakage, on
the Alberga, about 40 miles west of Todmorden Station;
Flat Rock Hole, about 16 miles east of the Musgrave Ranges;
Moorilyanna Native Well, between the Musgrave Ranges and
the Indulkana Range; Mount Carmeena, the second highest _
peak of the Everard Range; Mount Illbillie, highest peak in
the Everard Range; Wantapella Swamp, just south of the
Indulkana Range ; Vaughan Hill, south of Alberga Creek, near
Lambinna Soakage.

The additions between brackets are Capt. White’s field
notes.

PoLyPopIAcEAE.—WNotholaena vellea, R. Br. Glen Fer-
dinand, Musgrave Ranges; Indulkana Springs and 15 miles
west thereof. [A few plants here and there amongst the rock
in the most protected places had resisted the drought. |
Cheilanthes tenuifolia, Swartz. Moorilyanna Native Well.
[Found amongst all the granite outcrops and _ ranges. |
Grammitis Reynoldsu, F. v. M. Mount Illbillie, Everard
Range. [A few specimens found in damp places. |

ConIFERAE.—Callitris robusta, R. Br. ‘‘Murray Pine.”’
Tietkens’ Birthday Creek, Musgrave Ranges. [First met with
in the Indulkana Range at Indulkana Springs. Growing in
great quantity amongst the rocks in Glen Ferdinand; also -
met with in the Everard Range. It does not grow to any-
thing like a fair-sized tree. |

GRAMINEAE.—Panicum gracile, R. Br. Moorilyanna
Native Well. [Not often seen.] P. lewcophaeum, H. B. et K.
Moorilyanna Native Well. [Found growing amongst the
rocks; much eaten down by mammals.] WNewrachne Mitchel-
liana, Nees. Moorilyanna Native Well. Hriachne ovata,
Nees. Forty miles west of Oodnadatta. JF. pallida, F. v. M.
Musgrave Ranges. [A very common erect grass growing in
valleys between the ranges.]| These two determinations are
not altogether satisfactory, and it is evident from these and
other Northern specimens that the genus Hriachne requires a
careful revision. Danthonia bipartita, F. v. M. Twenty
miles east of Musgrave Ranges; Everard Range. [Not a
common grass; much relished by stock.] Pollinia fulva,
Benth. Twenty miles west of Lambinna Soakage ; Moorilyanna
Native Well. [Often met with along watercourses and around
waterholes; growing to the height of 5 or 6 feet at times. |

825

Diplachne loliiformis, F. v. M. Glen Ferdinand. Stunted
specimens under 10cm. high. Pappophorum nigricans, R. Br.
Moorilyanna Native Well; Musgrave Ranges and 10 miles
east thereof. [A common grass, west of Wantapella Swamp ;
stock seem to like this grass when it is young.] P. avenaceum,
Lindl. Wantapella Swamp. [Not a common grass; only
found in this one locality.] Anthistiria ciliata, L. ‘‘Kangaroo
Grass.’’ Musgrave and Everard Ranges. [No doubt
owing to the long drought, this grass was very stunted; in
places and where the rain had fallen it was 2 to 3 feet high;
sometimes found on very stony ground.|] Aristida arenaria,
Gaud. Moorilyanna Native Well.

Triodia aristata, sp. 7. (tab. Ixx.). Gramen caespitosum
glabrum rigidum, foliorum laminé wmvolutad pungente,
vagind subturgidd striata, ligula in circulo brevissimo piloruwm
conversd, paniculd angustd, glumis vacuis 12-138 mm. longis
carinatis 3-5-nerviis longe acuminatis, spiculis compressis
5-6-floris, glumd floriferd 9 mm. longé bifida et inter lobos
acutos aristam 2-3 mm. longam gerente deorsum 9-nervid,
nervis ternatim congregatis villosis. ‘‘Porcupine Grass.’’
Nearest to 7. irritans, R. Br., but differs in the longer, almost
awned outer glumes and in the acute lobes of the flowering
glume with the midnerve excurrent in an awn which is twice
as long as the lobes. An exactly similar specimen is in the

Tate Herbarium, placed under Schedonorus littoralis, Beauv.,
_ to which it bears considerable resemblance, especially as this
Triodia, at least when dried, is straw-coloured. 'Tate’s speci-
men is unlabelled, but a loose label in the folic is marked
“Mt. Aroona, 30/8/83.’’ This place is near the eastern shore
of Lake Torrens, and very probably the specimen was gathered
there. [Grew in very large bushes on the sandy flats between
the ranges. |

EHragrostis eriopoda, Benth. Everard Range and _ sur-
rounding country. [A very common grass all over the granite
country ; too hard and wiry to be of much good.| J#. falcata,
Gaud. Forty miles west of Oodnadatta. A starved specimen
with panicle only 15 mm. long. F#. chaetophylla, Steud.
Tietkens’ Birthday Creek. [Seems to be a common grass in
the Musgrave Ranges.| 2H. Brownu, Nees. Wantapella
Swamp. Spikelets 10-25 mm. long, flowers 20 to over 50.
{This pretty little grass was seen growing on the hard soil near
claypans.| FZ. pilosa, Beauv. Flat Rock Hole and Mooril-
yanna Well. [Only saw this plant growing in one locality on
a large claypan, which must be a small lake after rain. ]}
EB. lacunaria, F. v. M. Mboorilyanna Native Well. [A
common grass amongst the granite rocks; a good fodder
grass.| Stipa scabra, Lindl. Musgrave Ranges. Leafblades:

826

very rough with short, stiff hairs. [This grass is not plentiful
anywhere ; we saw more of it in the Musgrave Ranges than
anywhere else; stock seem to relish it.] Bromus arenarius,
Labill. Everard Range. [This good fodder grass was not —
met with in any quantity, and only seen in the Everard
Range. |

CYPERACEAE.—CUyperus fulvus, R. Br. Mount Illbillie
and elsewhere in Everard Range; Moorilyanna Native Well.
[A common plant in watercourses and low ground.| C.
exaltatus, Retz. Neales Creek. Some of the primary rays
16 cm. long. [Great masses found near waterholes which
hold for some time ; attains the height of 6 feet.] C. rotundus,
L. var. pallidus, Benth. ‘‘Nut Grass.’’ Twenty miles west
of Lambinna Well; Coongra Creek. [Found in very dry
watercourses.| C. difformis, L. Neales Creek. [Only ob--
served in the Neales Creek ; it was growing on flooded ground,
and attained the height of 12 to 24 inches. |

JUNCACEAE.—Xerotes leucocephala, R. Br. Lambinna
Soakage. [Only met with at Lambinna Soakage, in the sandy
bed of the Alberga. |

Lin1acEAE.—There is a small liliaceous plant from Lam-
binna Soakage, in bud only. Leaves narrow-linear ; perianth-
segments narrow, 3-5-nerved; anthers much longer than fila-
ments; style undivided; 2 ovules in each cell of ovary.
Perhaps a new species of Chlorophyton.

UrtTiIcacEAE.—/icus platypoda, Cunn. ‘‘Native Fig.”
Everard Range; Moorilyanna Native Well. [First seen at
Indulkana Springs. Never seen more than a few yards away
from rocks. In the Everard Range the trees grew to great
size; some were from 10 to 13 yards across and 12 feet high,
branches resting on the ground. Natives eat the fruit. |]
Parietaria debilis, Forst. Moorilyanna Native Well. [A
soft bright-green plant, very delicate; growing in the deep
cracks between the granite boulders. |

PROTEACEAE.—G'revillea nematophylla, F. v. M. Forty
miles west of Oodnadatta. Hakea lorea, R. Br. ‘‘Corkbark
Tree.’’ Sandy country west of the Everard Range. Capt.
White’s specimens are in flower and are dated 6/8/14. In
November of the same year I received from Miss Staer speci-
mens gathered at some point west of Oodnadatta and showing
ripe and half-ripe fruits. As supplementary to Bentham’s
description (Fl. Aust., v., 496) and Bailey’s (Queensl. FI.,
1346) it may be noted that the ovary in the flower is almost
glabrous, but the young fruit, which is subconical in shape
with an incurved point, is hoary with a very fine, close
tomentum. This wears off later, and the ripe capsule is
lanceolate-ovoid, subcompressed, 30-45 mm. long by 17-20 mm.

827

broad, more or less curved at the apex and sometimes shortly
beaked. The leaves are all simple and vary from 25-45 cm.
in length, are at first pubescent but become glabrous with
age. The bark is corky. [A common tree throughout the
country, and known as the ‘‘Cork Tree’’ owing to the cork-like
bark. The natives north of Oodnadatta make shields from
the wood on account of it being very light and soft. This
tree is very twisted in shape, and the fruits are clustered in
great bunches. The flowers contain much honey, for which
the ants climb up the trunk in millions; it also affords food
to honey-eating birds. |

LORANTHACEAE.—JLoranthus pendulus, Sieb. Officer
Creek, west of Everard Range. [Quantities of this parasitical
plant were found growing upon the mulga.] ZL. Quandang,
Lindl. Moorilyanna Native Well. [This species was not
nearly so plentiful as the others.] LZ. linearifolius, Hook.
Moorilyanna Native Well. [This was the only locality where
1 saw this small species; it was growing on the mulga (Acacia
aneura).| L. exocargi, Behr. Twenty and 40 miles west of
Oodnadatta; 15 miles west of Indulkana Springs. [Numbers
of large bunches were found on the mulga trees. |

SANTALACEAE.—Santalum lanceolatum, R. Br. Oodna-
datta. [A pretty shrub bearing a quantity of dark berries;
grows on flooded ground.| Jusanus acuminatus, R. Br.
‘“‘Quondong.’’ Leaves thick, with prominent lateral nerves.
| Very few of these shrubs were seen during the trip; owing
to the drought, most of them had not fruited for years. |

CHENOPODIACEAE.—Chenopodiwm nitrareaceum, F. v. M.
Wantapella Swamp. Seed horizontal, as shown on pl. 28.
of Mueller’s ‘‘Iconography of Australian Salsolaceous Plants,”’
although it is described as vertical in all the diagnoses which
I have seen. [Large bunches, round in shape, up to 8 or
10 feet high, growing all over the depression known as Wanta-
pella Swamp; it seems to be eaten by stock.| Ch. cristatum,
F.v.M. Mount Illbillie. Dwarf specimens with procumbent.
stems not more than 2 cm. long. Ch. microphyllum, F. v. M.
Musgrave Ranges. Leaves larger than usual (5-10 mm. long) ;
seed black, shining; in the only flower in which I found
stamens there were five of them. [Only met with in Glen
Fedinand.| Aochia sedifolia, F.v. M. ‘‘Bluebush.’’ Ninety
miles west of Todmorden Station; between Moorilyanna
Native Well and Everard Range. Differs from the type in
having the white hairs of the tomentum stellate instead of
simple or forked. <A similar specimen has been sent me from
Mount Gunson by Mrs. Beckwith. In Captain White’s
specimens the connivent lobes are often raised above the
rather narrow wing so that the summit of the fruiting

828

perianth is convex, showing an approach towards A. pyra-
midata. I would suggest calling this var. stellulata. K.
villosa, Lindl. ‘‘Cotton Bush.’’ Moorilyanna Native Well;
Flat Rock Hole, Musgrave Ranges; Wantapella Swamp;
Lambinna Soakage. [Found in patches all through the
country, but very little west of Indulkana Springs. Good
fodder for all stock.] K. decaptera, F. v. M. Moorilyanna
Native Well. [Not a common plant in this locality; a few
bunches growing at the foot of the granite rocks.| XK.
aphylla, R. Br. Thirty-five miles west of Moorilyanna Native
Well. K. errantha, F. v. M. Indulkana Springs and 15
miles west thereof. There are some puzzling points about
these specimens and about similar ones received from Arka-
ringa through Miss Staer. All the flowers I have examined
are female; even in the youngest I could find no sign of
stamens. The fruit is obliquely placed within the perianth
and the radicle is always descending. The horizontal wing
of the perianth has 5 broad lobes, hidden (as are also the
5 short lobes covering the fruit) among the dense wool.
Similar specimens collected by Helms in 1891 at Arkaringa
are in the Tate Herbarium labelled ‘‘Bassia Dallachyana=
Kochia ervantha.” [A common plant about Indulkana
Springs, but is not found far west from that point.] A triplex
vesicaria, Hew. ‘‘Bladder Saltbush.’’ Forty miles west of
Oodnadatta; Indulkana Springs; Lambinna Soakage;

Moorilyanna Waterhole. [A common plant; many fine plains ~

are covered with this good fodder.| A. mummularia, Lindl.
Indulkana Springs. [Very large bushes of this plant were
often seen in the ranges.]| A. spongiosa, F. v. M. Fifty
miles west of Oodnadatta, and at Oodnadatta. [This plant
does not extend very far west of Oodnadatta.] Rhagodia
spinescens, R. Br. Fifty miles west of Oodnadatta. Zh.
nutans, R. Br. Everard Range; Moorilyanna Native Well.
[Not often found; generally growing up in the shelter of
some other plant, and made conspicuous by its bright red
berries.| Bassia quinquecuspis, F. v. M., var. villosa, Benth.
Wantapella Swamp. B. Birchii, F. v. M. Glen Ferdinand.
Agrees with specimens in the Tate Herbarium of B. Cor-
nishiana, F. v. M., which was afterwards reduced to a variety
of B. Birchw. The fruiting perianth, however, resembles
rather that of B. echinopsia in the illustrations of Mueller’s
“‘Salsolaceous Plants’’ than that given for B. Birchii. The
2 shorter spines of the 5 are united towards their base, and
the summit and tube of the perianth are sharply ridged
between them. [A quantity of this bush was growing in the
glen.| B. longicuspis, F. v. M. Fifty miles west of Oodna-
datta. Fruiting perianth broad and gibbous at base, 2-lobed

829

on the anterior side where it sits on the branch; spines 4-5,
the longest two often 25 mm. long. [A common bush on
the stony tablelands; much relished by camels.] B. para-
doxa, F.v. M. Everard and Musgrave Ranges. [Plentiful;
the sharp-spined fruits gave much trouble to man and beast. |
Salsola Kali, L., var. strobilifera, Benth. Twenty miles west
of Oodnadatta; Moorilyanna Native Well. [Found through-
out the country; much relished by camels.] “Lnchylaena
tomentosa, R. Br. Wantapella Swamp. [Growing on ground
subject to floods. |

AMARANTACEAE.—A muarantus Mitchell, Benth. Indul-
kana Springs. Alternanthera triandra, Lam. Moorilyanna
Native Well. [Found growing amongst the granite rocks. |
Trichinium incanum, R. Br. Mount Illbillie. I do not see
_ how it is possible, at least in dealing with South Australian
and Central Australian specimens, to keep 7’. incanum, R. Br.,
and T. obovatum, Gaud., separate, and Brown’s name is, of
course, the prior one. The distinctions laid down by Bentham
(Fl. Aust., v., 218 and 221) do not hold good in the speci-
mens I have seen. The bracts are never really glabrous, but
are always woolly at base and beset with very short glandular
hairs in the upper part or they are woolly all over. Where
they are most glabrous in appearance the flower-spikes are
often cylindrical and 25 mm. long, while on globular spikes
the bracts may be densely woolly. The hairs (except the
minute glandular ones) are stellately branched ; that is to say,
the barbs are arranged in several whorls around the axis of
the hair, and are much shorter on the hairs of the bracts
and bracteoles than on those of the leaves and branches. The
hairs themselves vary much in length. Bentham makes
*““bracts glabrous or nearly so’’ one of the leading characters
of T. obovatum, but Gaudichaud himself says ‘‘bracteis
puosiusculis,’’ and his figure shows them pubescent. Var.
grandifiorum, Benth. Five miles west cf Todmorden Sta-
tion; Glen Ferdinand. Perianth 12-15 mm. long; bracts
and bracteoles straw-coloured, glandular-hairy in the upper
part. [Met with on tablelands and also in the sandy valleys
_ of the ranges.] T. alopecuroideum, Lind]. Between Mooril-
yanna Native Well and Everard Range. T7. exaltatum, Nees.
Vaughan Hill, 70 miles west of Todmorden Station; Wan-
tapella Swamp. [This plant was not nearly so plentiful as we
found it north of Oodnadatta the previous year (1913).] T.
helipteroides, F. v. M. Everard Range; Musgrave Ranges;
Vaughan Hill. [Quite a quantity of these bright little
flowers were seen in the valleys of both ranges; not nearly so
plentiful on the tablelands.] 7. corymbosum, Gaud. East
of Everard Range. [It was only in the vicinity of the Everard

830

Range that this plant was met with, growing in the thick
mulga scrub. |

AIzoacEAE.—T'rianthema crystallina, Vahl. Lambinna
Soakage; Wantapella Swamp. [Seen on country subject to
flooding. |

PoRTULACACEAE.—Calandrimia ptychosperma, F. v. M.
Glen Ferdinand.

CARYOPHYLLACEAE.—Polycarpaea corymbosa, Lam. Coon-
gra Creek. [Only observed this plant in the one locality. ]

CRUCIFERAE.—Stenopetalum lineare, R. Br.(?) Between
Flat Rock Hole and Moorilyanna Native Well. This may
be a small hairy form of this species, of which it has the
flowers and short pedicels. The leaves are mostly radical,
pinnatisect with narrow lobes and more or less tomentose with
branched hairs. The specimens are only about 12 cm. high.
S. nutans, F. v. M. Glen Ferdinand and Moorilyanna Native
Well. [Growing in small colonies.| Blennodia_ trisecta,
Benth. Ninety miles west of Todmorden Station. Pods more
swollen than usual. [Often met with in dry watercourses. |
B. canescens, R. Br. Near Todmorden Station; Tietkens’
Birthday Creek. [Where a shower of rain had fallen a week
or so previous to our visit quite a quantity of this plant had
sprung up from the sandy soil. |

Menkea hispidula, sp. n. (tab. Ixx.). Herba annua
nana (specuminibus nostris 2-3 em. altis), omnino pilis
patentibus instructa, folus lineari-oblongis obtusis integris vel
paucidentatis radicalibus in petiolum angustatis, petalis luteis
sepala patentia triente swperantibus, siliculis ovoideo-globosis
pubescentibus pedicello paulo brevioribus. Fifteen miles west
of Indulkana Springs. This species differs from all others in
its minute size and stiffish spreading hairs. The pods probably
resemble those of MZ. sphaerocarpa in shape, but as none are
quite ripe and the specimens are in poor condition, it is impos-
sible to say to what extent they may be compressed or
globular. Two similar specimens are in the Tate Herbarium
labelled ‘‘Capsella cochlearina, var. ochrantha, from the
Upper Arkaringa, Helms, 20/5/91.’’ They certainly do not.
belong to Capsella, as the ovary has no septum and contains.
over 60 ovules. One of our specimens (gathered July 12,
1914) has a ripening capsule with the numerous seeds:
arranged as in Menkea. Apart from the number of seeds,
these specimens bear a considerable resemblance to the descrip-
tion of Capsella villosula, also collected by Helms on the
Arkaringa Creek and described as a new species by Mueller
and Tate, but of which the Tate Herbarium contains no:
specimen. In the report of the Elder Expedition (Trans.
Roy. Soc., S.A., xvi., 335) both C. cochlearina, var.

831

ochrantha, and C. villosula are mentioned. Lepidium
rotundum, DC. Everard Range. [Found all over the
country, varying much in size according to the rainfall.] JL.
phlebopetalum, F. v. M. Fifty miles west of Oodnadatta.
L. papillosum, F. v. M. Glen Ferdinand. [Quite common
in the Glen, but did not observe it elsewhere. |
PiTTOSPORACEAE. — LPittosporum phillyraeoides, DC.
Everard Range; Wantapella Swamp; and 20 miles east of’
Musgrave Ranges. There is also a specimen from the Everard
Range with leaves much smaller and appressed-hairy below,
the pedicels and branchlets hoary and the flowers mostly
terminal. There is no fruit. This is perhaps the variety
from the Upper Arkaringa Valley referred to by Mueller and
Tate (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xvi., 336), but the leaves of
‘Capt. White’s specimen are acute and hooked, as in the type.
[Not a common shrub; generally found near granite outcrops
or in the ranges. They were nearly all in fruit at the time of
‘our visit, and never attaining more than 10 or 12 feet.]
LecuminosaE.—Indigofera brevidens, Benth. Mooril-
yanna Native Well. [A common plant, growing in some
instances into a large bush.] J’soralea patens, Lindl. Glen
Ferdinand. [Fine bushes, up to 5 feet in full bloom.]|
Crotalaria dissitiflora, Benth. Mount Carmeena. [Generally
found growing in the loose sand of the dry watercourses. |
Clianthus Dampiert, Cunn. ‘Sturt Pea.’’ Between Everard
Range and Wantapella Swamp. [The country as a whole was
far too dry for this beautiful plant, but where a thunderstorm
had passed in one or two places we observed great masses in
full bloom.| Swainsona canescens, F. v. M. Glen Fer-
dinand. 98. oligophylla, F. v. M. Wantapella Swamp.
{Only seen once or twice; this is owing to the drought most
hikely.| S. microphylla, A. Gray. Tietkens’ Birthday Creek.
S. lessertuifolia, DC. Glen Ferdinand and Moorilyanna
Native Well. Villous specimens; long white hairs mixed with
the black ones of the calyx. [This pleasing little plant was
very plentiful where a shower or two of rain had fallen. |
‘Glycine sericea, Benth. Moorilyanna Native Well. [Found
creeping over the rocks and bushes.|] TZvrigonella suavissima,
Lindl. Wantapella Swamp. [Only met wth in the one
locality.] Cassia Sturtii, R. Br. Ten miles west of Mooril-
yanna Native Well. [A great quantity of this pretty shrub
was met with east of the Musgrave Ranges.] C. artemisioides,
Gaud. Everard Range and Flat Rock Hole. [Many of these
bright-flowering shrubs were met with, and brightened the
sombre bushland.] C. Sophera, L. Moorilyanna Native
Well. [A great many large bushes were growing round the
Native Well; most of the leaves had fallen, and only the

832

seedpods remained.] Acacia cibaria, F, v. M. Officer Creek,
Indulkana Springs, and Everard Range. In flower only;
phyllodia 9-13 cm. long. [Not nearly so plentiful as the
common mulga (A. aneura). A. doratoxylon, Cunn.
Moorilyanna Native Well. MRhachis of flower-spike golden-
pubescent. [Large bushes up to 15 feet high grew under the
sheltered south side of the huge granite boulders; in full
‘blossom.| There are also specimens of a species near A.
cy perophylla, F. v. M., gathered in the Musgrave Ranges, but
the phyllodes are more slender and the branches lack the
reddish tinge of the ‘‘Red Mulga.’’ There are neither flower
nor fruits. <A. strongylophylla, F. v. M. Everard Range.
[This beautiful shrub was only met with in the Everard
Range, from 3 to 8 feet high; they were shapely bushes,
covered in golden blossom.|] A. tetragonophylla, F. v. M.
Thirty miles west of Oodnadatta and 20 miles east of Mus-
grave Ranges. [Although generally dispersed, it is not a
common shrub.] A. salicona, Lindl. ‘‘Native Willow.’’
Oodnadatta. [Fine trees of this beautiful drooping species
were met with all through the country.] <A. aneura,
F.v.M.(?) Flat Rock Hole. In leaf only and the phyllodia
unusually narrow (scarcely exceeding 1 mm. in breadth).
‘‘Round-leaved Mulga”’ is the local name. [I am firmly of
the opinion that this is a distinct form from the common
mulga. The two are often intermingled, but many isolated
colonies of the round-leafed form were met with. I am sure
there are three, if not four species of mulga in the north-west
country, but unfortunately hardly any were bearing flowers
or pods. |

GERANIACEAE.—Lrodium cygnorum, Nees. Glen Fer-
dinand and 15 miles west of Indulkana Springs. [Owing to
the dryness of the country very little “‘geranium’’ was seen;
in some places much dried and blackened remains of this
plant indicated a thunder-burst some time before. |

ZYGOPHYLLACEAE.—Zyyophyllum iodocarpum, F. v. M.
Glen Ferdinand. [Only met with this plant once in the Mus-
grave Ranges.| Z. fruticulosum, DC. East of Everard
Range. Petals only 4 mm. long, fading from yellow to white.
[Not a common plant; growing on the sandy soil.] Z. apicu-
latum, F. v. M. Indulkana Springs. Tribulus terrestris, L.
Glen Ferdinand.

RvutaceaE.—Lriostemon linearis, Cunn. Between Mooril-
yanna Native Well and Everard Range. [Only met with the
once; a good-sized bush, covered in blossoms. |

EvuPHoRBIACEAE.—WHuphorbia Drummondu, Boiss. Fif-
teen miles west of Indulkana Springs; 40 miles west of Oodna-
datta and Glen Ferdinand. [Grows very close to the ground ;

833

very conspicuous on account of its bright-red colour; supposed
to be poisonous and to kill stock.] 2. eremophila, Cunn.
Moorilyanna Waterhole.

SAPINDACEAE.—Dodonaea microzyga, F. v. M. Indul-
kana Springs. [Only seen in this locality; growing amongst
the rocks.] D. wiscosa, L. Mount Illbillie; Indulkana
Springs; Glen Ferdinand and between Moorilyanna Native
Well and Everard Range. Foliage and fruits very sticky;
style 10-12 mm. long and persistent on many of the fruits,
even when half-ripe. [A very marked feature of the vegeta-
tion growing amongst the granite rocks. Some of the bushes
were very wide-spreading, the leaves were of a bright-green
with a varnish-like coating, which made them glisten in the
sun.

Be i athastriim spicatum, A. Gray. Ninety
miles west of Todmorden Station. Svda petrophila, F. v. M.
Moorilyanna Native Well. Hibiscus Pinonianus, Gaud.
Everard Range. Only the upper leaves are present, and
these are tripartite, as are those of some specimens from Bar-
row Range, Western Australia, in the Tate Herbarium. JH.
Farrage, F.v. M. Mount I[llbillie. In fruit only; the seeds
glabrous and slightly wrinkled. [A few large plants were
growing amongst the tobacco plants close to the granite
rocks.| Abutilon tubulosum, Hook. Everard Range.
[Rather a striking plant, with large yellow flowers; only
found growing in the ranges, and not common. |

STERCULIACEAE.—Luelingia magniflora, F. v. M. Mount
Illbillie and Everard Range. [This is a most beautiful plant,
growing in great masses up to 4 feet high, and covered in
dark-red blossoms; plentiful in the Everard Range, growing
on the shaded (south) sides of the great masses of granite. |

DILLEentacEeaE.—HAibbertia glaberrima, F. v. M. Mount
Illbillie and other parts of the Everard Range. Our speci-
mens agree with those similarly named from the Everard
Range (Helms) and Mount Olga (Giles) in the Tate Her-
barium, but in the flowers examined I only found 90-130
Bienes and no staminodia. The leaves are 5-12 cm. long,
and therefore much longer than in the descriptions of either
Mueller or Bentham.

FRANKENIACEAE.—-l'rankenia pauciflora, DC. Between
Everard Range and Wantapella Swamp. [Not a common
plant; generally found on the stony sides of hills or on the
tablelands.] Var. serpyllifolia, Benth. East of Everard
Range. [Only met with in one place. |

MyrtaceaE.—Thryptomene Maisonneuvun, F. M.
Sand ridges on Officer Creek. [This beautiful little shen was
in full blossom; it seems confined to the sandhill country. |

BB

834

Melaleuca glomerata, F. v. M. Glen Fedinand and near
Mount Illbillie. [This plant was found on nearly all the dry
creeks in the ranges; in some places it was very thick. |
M. Preissiana, Schau. Glen Ferdinand. No flowers, and
fruits smaller than usual. [The creek at the top end of the
Glen was lined with the shrub.] Hucalyptus oleosa, F. v. M.
Between Moorilyanna Native Well and Musgrave Ranges; 20
miles east of Everard Range; near Mount Illbillie. A broad-
leaved form, in fruit only. [A small colony of about half a
dozen trees resembling mallee in growth was met with in a
small depression in the country, the rough reddish-brown bark
extending some distance up the main branches. These trees
had such broad leaves that I took it to be a distinct variety
from those met with in the Everard Range.| 4. pachyphylla,
F. v. M. Near Mount [llbillie. In fruit only. [Only
observed in the one locality; a few rather stunted trees grow-
ing between the ranges.] FH. terminalis, F. v. M. ‘‘Blood-
wood.’’ Everard Range. Ripe fruits urn-shaped, 25-28 mm.
long. [This is a common species in the ranges, but I have
not met with it any great distance from them on the open
country.| #. rostrata, Schlecht. ‘‘Red Gum.’’ Between
Indulkana Springs and Moorilyanna Native Well. [Every
watercourse throughout the country was lined more or less
by these trees. Although there were some good healthy
specimens in many places, they did not attain the size of those
growing on the watercourses towards the MacDonnell Ranges. |

HaLoraGIDAcEAE.—AHaloragis odontocarpa, F. v. M.
Officer Creek. [Growing in the sandy bed of the creek. |

UMBELLIFERAE.—Didiscus glaucifolius, F. v. M. Indul-
kana Creek and 20 miles west of Lambinna Soakage. [Great
masses of this plant were met with in full blossom in the
sandy watercourses.]| Hydrocotyle callicarpa, Bunge. Everard
Range.

ASCLEPIADACEAE. — Sarcostemma australe, KR. Br.
Vaughan Hill. [This strange plant seems to be confined to
the stony tablelands and rocky ridges. |

OLEACEAE.—Jasminum lineare, R. Br. Everard Range
and Glen Ferdinand. [This plant is of creeping habits, and
was often seen twining amongst the mulga and other shrubs
in the ranges. |

CONVOLVULACEAE. — Convolvulus erubescens, Sims.
Wantapella Swamp. [Often met with both in the ranges and
on the plains. |

BorAGINACEAE.—-T'richodesma zeylanicum, R. Br. Mount
[lbillie. [Growing in masses close up to the rocks, with a
southern aspect. The clusters of blue flowers were very
effective.| Heliotropium asperrimum, R. Br. Musgrave

835

Ranges and 20 miles west of Lambinna Soakage. [Quite large
bushes were found in the dry sandy beds of watercourses; the
flowers had a beautiful scent like the cultivated species. |

VERBENACEAE. — Verbena officinalis, L. Wantapella
Swamp. Carpels reddish-brown, with 4-5 longitudinal ridges
on the back. |

LABIATAE.—Mentha australis, R. Br. Neales Creek.
Teucrium racemosum, R. Br. Forty miles west of Ood-
nadatta.

SOLANACEAE.—Solanum ellipticum, R. Br. Fifty miles
west of Oodnadatta; Glen Ferdinand. [Not a common plant;
met with in two localities.] S. Sturtianum, F. v. :
Vaughan Hill. [Only met with in the one locality.] 8S.
petrophilum, F.v.M. Mount Ilbillie. [This was a common
plant in the Everard Range, growing low down amongst the
rocks.| Datwra Leichhardtu, F. v. M. Mount TIllbillie.
Nicotiana suaveolens, Lehm. ‘‘Native Tobacco.’’ Glen Fer-
dinand and 20 miles west of Lambinna Soakage. [A common
plant, growing near or in all the ranges, occasionally found in
the thick mulga or along watercourses; natives do not seem to
make any use of this plant. |

Nicotiana suaveolens, Lelm., var. n. excelsior (tab. 1xx.).
Variat a forma tyycad altitudine majore (1-2 m.), epdermide
fere glabra, folus magnis wm alas longas decurrentibus, calyce
25 mm. longo pilis glandulosis consperso, lobis lineari-
subulatis ciliatus, corolla 5-6 cm. longd, capsulad via tubum
cealycis aequante, seminibus magnis foveolatis. ‘‘Giant
Tobacco.” Mount Carmeena, Everard Range. Mentioned
by R. Helms in the report of the Elder Expedition (Trans.
Roy. Soc., S.A., xvi., 248, 293, 317, and 320). He says the
plant was called (in 1891) ‘‘okiri’’ by the Everard Range
tribe and “‘pulanda’’ by the Blyth Range tribe, but Capt.
White found that the natives of the Everard Range now call
it “kaman,’’ and Mount Carmeena was named after the
tobacco. Specimens collected by Helms, and similar to ours,
are placed in the Tate Herbarium under JV. suaveolens, and
the plant is listed in Mueller and Tate’s report without any
reference to its structural peculiarities, but it seems to me
to constitute at least a well-marked variety of this poly-
morphous species. It is noteworthy that ordinary specimens
of V. suaveolens brought from drier parts of the same region
and mentioned above do not approximate to var. excelsior at
all. They are short (not over 30 cm. high), small-flowered,
and with very hairy stems and pedicels. [There is not the
slightest doubt that this plant is a distinct variety of JV.
suaveolens. I collected specimens of the latter not far from
where the giant variety was growing. The natives roll the

BB2

836

leaves of this plant into a round ball and hold it between
the lips, twisting and turning it round by means of the
tongue. Natives value the plant much, and when the camels
approached it became very excited and pulled up the plants
and placed them up on the rocks out of reach of the dreaded
animals. |

SCROPHULARIACEAE.—Leplidium Muelleri, Benth. Fifty
miles west of Oodnadatta, July 1. Mostly in fruit, with a
few flowers. The capsules are ovoid but obtuse, not acute as
described in Fl. Aust., iv., 500, and in Tate’s Handbook, 153.
When ripe they open in 4 valves from the the base.
Moorilyanna Native Well, July 7. In flower only. [Plen-
tiful in some localities, growing round claypans. |

BIGNONIACEAE.—T'ecoma Ozleyi, Cunn. Glen Ferdinand;
granite rocks near Moorilyanna Native Well. Usually placed
under 7. australis, R. Br., but seems to be specifically dis-
tinguished by larger flowers (calyx 4-5 mm. long, corolla
25 mm. long, longitudinally red-streaked inside), leaflets
narrow and more numerous (7-9) and without any
gloss on the upper face. T. Ozleyt is a degen
plant growing in country with an average rainfall
of 5 to 10 inches, while 7. australis grows in the eastern
coastal lands with a rainfall of 30 to 60 inches. [This is cer-
tainly not 7’. australis, for this plant grows in the most arid
situations and does not take the habit of that species. The
great bunches of flowers are very many times larger than
those of 7. australis. Although it is often stated that the
natives make their spear-shafts from this plant, I did not see
any shoots fit for this purpose, nor did I see one instance
where the natives had cut any branches for that purpose. |

ACANTHACEAE.—Justicia procumbens, L. Glen Fer-
dinand. [Low bush, 10 or 12 inches high; not a common
plant. |

MyoporacEaE.—Myoporum deserti, Cunn. Everard
Range. [Not a common tree; a few were met with in the
ranges attaining the height of 10 to 15 feet, and were im
fruit at the time of our visit.] Hremophila latifolia, F. v. M.
Moorilyanna Native Well. Young leaves and calyx very
sticky or glossy; leaves narrow and almost entire in our speci-
mens, which are in flower only (collected July 13). JA
number of large bushes of a very bright-green were growing
on the sheltered sides of the rocks.] 2H. neglecta, J. M.
Black. Indulkana Springs and 15 miles west thereof. Since
describing this species (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xxxvili., 469)
I have seen the drawings of Z. viscida, a Western Australian
species, in Mueller’s ‘‘Myoporinous Plants of Australia,’’ and

837

was struck by the resemblance to FH. neglecta in several
respects. Professor Ewart kindly compared the latter with
specimens of H#. viscida in the National Herbarium of Vic-
toria, and writes:—‘‘The specimen of EF. neglecta seems to
come very close to, if not to be the same thing as Z. viscida,
Endl. For complete certainty, however, a fruiting specimen
would be necessary in order to see if the characteristic enlarge-
ment of the calyx-lobes takes place.’’ Later he wrote :—
“‘The Elder Expedition specimen named #. Duttonii in our
herbarium seems to me to belong to #. wisctda, and shows
the characteristic enlargement of the calyx-lobes.’’ It should
be observed, however, that the ovary of F. viscida is
described by Endlicher as villous, and is so depicted in
Mueller’s plate (which is said to be drawn from one of
Endlicher’s specimens out of the Botanic Museum of Vienna),
while the ovary of /. neglecta is glabrous and shining. The
specimen from Indulkana Springs shows that the corolla may
attain a length of 30 mm. J#. vwiscida is mentioned in
Mueller and Tate’s report of Tietkens’ expedition into Central
Australia, 1889 (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xiil., 105) as having
been gathered between Mount Connor and Basedow Range.
None of Tietkens’ specimens are in the Tate Herbarium; they
are probably in Melbourne, and I do not know whether Pro-
fessor Ewart refers to them in his above remarks, or to
specimens of 2. viscida obtained from Western Australia,
where the type was gathered by Roe. It is quite possible
that Tietkens’ Central Australian plant is 7. neglecta rather
than #. viscida. Since writing the above I have received the
following reply from the Director of the Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew, to whom a specimen of FZ. neglecta was sent :—
“‘There are no specimens of Hremophila wiscida, Endl., at
Kew, but judging from Endlicher’s original description, from
that given by Bentham in his ‘Flora Australiensis,’ and from
the figure published by F. von Mueller, it is not the species
now described and figured as /’. neglecta. In particular the
glabrous ovary and style of /. neglecta and the shape of the
anterior corolla-lobe are sufficient to distinguish the species
from F. viscida, Endl. The specimen of #. ~negle cta has not
been matched with any specimen preserved in the Kew Her-
barium.” [Found as far west as the Musgrave Ranges.| #.
Latrohber, F.v. M. Musgrave Ranges. At Lambinna Soakage
and 15 miles west of Indulkana Springs were also gathered
specimens of the hoary variety first described by Mueller and
Tate as 2. Tietkensii, but afterwards recognized as a ‘‘broad-
leaved, canescent variety’? of H. Latrobeir. [Often found
growing amongst the rocks on the sides of the ranges, and
sometimes attaining the height of 10 or 12 feet.] F. Gilesit,

838

F.v. M. Flat Rock Hole east of Musgrave Ranges. [Not
nearly so robust a shrub as other members of the genus, and
it seems to prefer the sandy soil.] H#. Freelingu, F. v. M.
Twenty miles west of Ocdnadatta; Moorilyanna Native Well
and between that spot and the Everard Range. [Grows into
a very compact bush, in small colonies generally, on stony
ground.| #. longifolia, F. v. M. Everard Range and
Moorilyanna Native Well. [This plant has quite a drooping
habit ; it grows much more slender and higher than the other
species.] H. Brownu, F. v.¢ M. Twenty miles west of
Oodnadatta and Wantapella Swamp. [This species seems to
prefer low localities subject to flooding; the bush is large
and rigid.| #H. Paisleyt, F. v. M. East of Everard Range.
The calyx segments are broader than those of the Central
Australian specimens, spatulate in shape, slightly overlapping
in the upper part, and strongly ciliate; pedicels in 2’s and
3’s. [Not so robust as many other members of the same
genus.]| #. Willsu, F. v. M. Glen Ferdinand. Leaves
3-4 cm. long. Pholidia scoparia, R. Br. Wantapella Swamp.
[Only seen in one locality; the stock seem to eat this bush. |

RuBracEAE.—Pomaz wmbellata, Soland. Mount Illbillie.
[Not a common shrub ; growing high up in the rocks. |

CucuRBITACEAE. — Melothria maderaspatana, Cogn.
Mount Carmeena and Coongra Creek. [Often met with
creeping over shrubs or rocks; where water had lately flowed
the plant was covered in bright-red berries. |

CaMPANULACEAE.—IVahlenbergia gracilis, DC. Indul-
kana Springs. Jsotoma petraea, F. v. M. Mount Carmeena.
and Officer Creek.

GoopDENIACEAE.—Goodenia glauca, F.. v. M., var.
sericea, Benth. Fifty miles west of Oodnadatta. G. cyclop-
tera, R. Br. Officer Creek. Velleya paradoxa, R. Br. Hast
of Everard Range. Brunonia australis, Smith. “Native
Pincushion.’’ Bed of Officer Creek and Lambinna Soakage.
Luxuriant specimens with very silky leaves. [Not often
seen; in both instances it was growing in dry watercourses.
Very attractive with its cornflower-blue.| Scaevola humilis,
R. Br. Glen Ferdinand.

CompositaE. — Olearia Ferresii, F. v. M. Everard
Range. Viscid and strong-scented even in the dried state.
O. megalodonta, F. v. M. Everard and Musgrave Ranges.
This stiff shrub, with its ray-flowers in 2 rows and its com-
pressed achenes, is very near the genus /elicia. The heads
vary somewhat in size, the ray-flowers number 35-50, and the
inner flowers about 70. I could find no short outer bristles
of the pappus. [Flowers bright-blue. |

839

Pterigeron cylindriceps, sp. ”. (tab. Ixix.). Herba
erecta, pilis glandulosis conspersa, foliis obovatis vel oblongis
in petiolum brevem angustatis crenato-dentatis 6-10 mm.
longis, involucro ante floritionem oblongo-cylindrico circiter
20 mm. longo inter folia floralia sessili, bracteis herbaceis
acutis sursum purpurascentibus interioribus glabris lanceo-
Jatis 18 mm. longis, floribus exterioribus filiformibus
numerosis brevissime ligulatis (ligula vix 1 mm. longa),
interioribus circiter 15, pappi setis barbellulatis, achaenuws
tenuibus pubescentibus. Fifty miles west of Oodnadatta and
at Moorilyanna Waterhole. Nearest to P. adscendens, but
differs in the longer and cylindrical head, the almost glabrous
involucre, and the much more numerous flowers in each head.
A similar specimen from Mount Parry is placed in the Tate
Herbarium under P. liatroides.

P. adscendens, Benth. Fifty miles west of Oodnadatta.
Dwarf specimens 2-5 cm. high. Minuria leptophylla, DC.
Everard Range and Wantapella Swamp. [A not uncommon
flower of a bright-blue colour.] J. denticulata, Benth.
Moorilyanna Native Well. [Found growing at the foot of
the granite rocks and boulders.] Podocoma nana, Ewart and
White. Glen Ferdinand and Everard Range. The ripe
achenes have a beak 5 mm. long; pappus 9 mm. long, con-
sisting of about 15 long unequal bristles and an outer row
of several short bristles. Recorded also from Mount Lynd-
hurst (M. Koch) and Torrens Plain (R. Tate). Professor
Ewart kindly confirmed the determination. [A very common
plant which varied much in size, no doubt according to the
amount of moisture in the locality where it grew. Found on
sandy soil, also around claypans.| Brachycome ciliaris, Less.,
var. glandulosa, Benth. Glen Ferdinand. I feel some doubt
about this determination, the achenes not being quite ripe.
The specimens are perennial, the leaves with narrow, distant
teeth, and the involucral bracts very blunt, with scarious,
purplish, jagged margins. I have a similar specimen from
Miss Staer, gathered near Oodnadatta. Calotis Kempei,
F.v.M. Twenty miles west of Lambinna Soakage; Tietkens’
Birthday Creek; also from near Oodnadatta (Miss Staer).
Leaves vary from obovate-cuneate to lanceolate. Some of
the ripe achenes on one specimen bear a single barbed awn
- in addition to the inrolled pappus-crown, thus showing a
tendency towards (’. dentexz, R. Br. [Not a common plant;
only observed once or twice during the trip.] Calotis
Jatiuscula, F. v. M. et Tate. Moorilyanna Native Well and
50 miles west of Oodnadatta. [Not a common plant; rarely
seen.] (. cymbhacantha, F. v. M., var. pumila, Benth. Glen
Ferdinand and claypan between Flat Rock Hole and

840

Moorilyanna Native Well. |Not common; growing in small
colonies.]| Sveyesbeckia orientalis, L. Moorilyanna Native
Well. [Growing 8 or 12 inches high in the shelter of the
rocks.]| Craspedia chrysantha, Benth. Fifty miles west of
Oodnadatta. Calocephalus platycephalus, Benth. Everard
Range and east thereof; 20 miles west of Lambana Scakage ;
Indulkana Creek. Myriocephalus Stuartu, Benth. Oodna-
datta; Everard Range; and 35 miles west of Moorilyanna
Native Well. Some specimens only 6-7 cm. high. [Found
all over the country ; in some instances in very large masses. ]
M. Rudallu, Benth. Moorilyanna Waterhole. [This was.
the only locality in which the plant was seen.] (Gnephosis
cyathopappa, Benth. Everard Range. In bud only.
Angianthus pusillus, Benth.(?) Between Flat Rock Hole
and Moorilyanna Native Well. The specimens are dwarf,
and the heads so young that only the bracts are recognizable.
[Grew in tufts low to the ground, like moss.| Jzto0laena
leptolepis, Benth. Forty miles west of Oodnadatta;
Everard Range; Wantapella Swamp. [This plant was plen-
tiful nearly all over the country, and grew on tablelands
and sandy country alike.] Rutidosis helichrysoides, DC.
Mount Carmeena. [This handsome plant was growing along
the south side of the range, attaining the height of 2 to 3
feet. |

Toxanthus Whitei, sp. . (tab. lxix.). Herba parva
annua albo-lanata 6-10 ecm. alta, caulibus gracilibus
ascendentibus saepe simplicibus, folis angusto-linearibus
mollibus 5-10 mm. longis, capitulis terminalibus 40-50-floris,
involucri bracteis 11-138 linearibus rigidis glanduloso-
puberulis scarioso-marginatis 5 mm. longis, corolla luted
recurvad 5-dentatd, achaenio (immaturo) papilloso rostrato.
Everard Range and claypan between Flat Rock Hole and
Moorilyanna Native Well. Clearly distinguished from the
two other known species of Joxvanthus by the more erect
growth, the numerous bright-yellow flowers, and the greater
number of involucral bracts. Named after the collector,
Capt. S. A. White. [Only a few plants were seen, and these
seemed to have come up after a very light shower which fell
over a restricted area, The stems grow close to the ground
until the buds begin to appear, when they curved upwards. |
Podolepis canescens, Cunn. Everard Range and between
Moorilyanna Native Well and the Musgrave Ranges. [Quite
a common flower; growing on the sandy soil.]| P. Svemssenia,
F.v.M. Wantapella Swamp; Everard Range; and 20 miles
west of Lambinna Soakage. [A common little plant, growing In
great masses in the sandy country.] Schoenia Ayers, J. M.
Black (Helichrysum Ayersii, F. v. M.) Musgrave Ranges

— a wage

Se ee ee

841

and 10 miles east thereof. If Schoenia is maintained as a
genus distinct from //elichryswm (and this is the course taken
by Bentham in the ‘‘Flora Australiensis,’’ by Bentham and
Hooker in “Genera Plantarum,” and by Engler and Prantl
in the ‘‘Natiirliche Pflanzenfamilien”), then /7. A yersii must
go along with S. Cassiniana. Besides the compressed achenes,
it has the undivided style of the inner flowers which char-
acterizes the genus Schoenia. [Very plentiful throughout
the country traversed.] S. Cassiniana, Steetz. Mount Car-
meena and between Moorilyanna Native Well and Everard
Range. [In some localities this bright-flowering plant covered
acres of ground amongst the mulga. ] Helichrysum apicu-
latum, DC. Glen Ferdinand. [This grows into quite a
_large bush at times.] H. podolemideum, F. v. M. Wanta-
“ pella Swamp and Officer Creek. The form with white rays
to the inner involucral bracts. [Not often seen; compact
growth ; very attractive, with bright-yellow flowers and almost
white leaves.| H. bracteatum, Willd. Mount Carmeena.
[Not common; some fine plants seen in this locality.]| A.
Lawrencella, F. v. M. Ninety miles west of Tcdmorden
Station; 35 miles west of Moorilyanna Native Well. [A
common flower all through the country.| Helipterum
Charsleyae, F. v. M. Forty miles west of Oodnadatta and
gad dee Swamp. [Found plentifully till granite country

vas entered; it then disappeared.] H. floribundum, DC.
sage! Range; Officer Creek. [A very common plant;
growing in great masses in many localities; found every-
where.| H. Pitzgibbonu, F. v. M. East of Everard Range.

. {Often met with in the vicinity of the Everard Range; grow-

ing closely to the ground.| HA. pterochaetum, Benth. Indul-
kana Springs and 15 miles west thereof; Glen Ferdinand.
{Found in many places, but not plentiful. ] H. stipitatum,
F. v. M. Between Moorilyanna Native Well and Musgrave
Ranges; Everard Range. [Very plentiful in places, turning
the sand into a cloth of gold, they grew so thickly.] JH.
strictum, Benth. Fifty miles west of Oodnadatta and 50
miles west of Todmorden Station ; Lambinna Soakage. [Plen-
tiful; varies much in size according to the amount of
moisture.| H. Tietkensu, F. v. M. Between Moorilyanna
Native Well and Everard Range; Glen Ferdinand; Indulkana
Creek. Only young plants (1/8/14), much resembling
Gnaphalium luteo-alhum. {Growing in colonies, with many
miles between each colony.] JWaitzia corymbosa, Wendl.
Between Moorilyanna Native Well and Everard Range.
{Not a common flower; very striking, with its deep-orange
colour amongst the sombre mulga.| Gnaphalium japonicum,
Thunb. Everard Range. [Great quantities of this plant

842

grew in places amongst the ranges, giving the landscape a
silvery sheen.| Senecio Gregoru, F. v. M. Fifty miles west
of Oodnadatta; Officer Creek. [This was a common flower
all through the country.] S. magnificus, F. v. M. Mount
Carmeena and Glen Ferdinand. [This plant grew very
luxuriantly in some places; at Mount Carmeena it reached
5 feet 6 inches, with large heads of flowers. ]

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

PuateE LXIX.

Toxanthus Whitei, n. sp. 1, flower. 2, two of the involucral
bracts. :
Pterigeron cylindriceps. n. sp. 8, style. 4 and 5, outermost
and innermost involucral bracts. 6, outer flower.

Prats LXX.
Menkea hispidula, n. sp. .1, replum and seeds. 2, ovary.
3, flower. 4, petal. 5, stamen.
Triodia aristata, n. sp. 6, flowering glume, with that of
T. irritans for purposes of comparison. 7, spikelet.
Nicotiana suaveolens, Lehm., n. var. excelsior. 8, calyx and
capsule. 9, seed.

feel: OF PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Royal Society of South Australia

(Incorporated)

FoR 1914-15.

ORDINARY MEETING, NovEMBER 12, 1914.

THe Presipent (J.C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair.

THE Hon. Secretary read a protest against the destruc-
tion of Louvain by the German army, signed by representatives
of Universities, Colleges, Academies, Learned Societies, Libra-
ries, and Museums in the United Kingdom, and a letter
requesting the co-operation of this Society, and reported that
by direction of the Council a similar protest had been signed
by the President and Secretary, and forwarded to the Govern-
ment for transmission to the German Imperial Government
and to the Hague Court.—/esolved, “That the action of the
Council be endorsed.”’

Mr. 8. Dixon moved, Dr. PULLEINE seconded, “‘That there
be recorded on the minutes a vote of thanks to the Legislative
Council for rejecting the Bill for The Animals’ Protection
Amendment Act.” Mr. W. Rurr moved and Mr. W.
Howcuin seconded an amendment, “That the Royal Society
of South Australia (Incorporated) records its gratification at
the rejection of the Bill for The Animals Protection Amend-
ment Act.” The amendment was carried.

Professor KErr GRANT showed a small lantern, with
projection, electric-arc lamp, and translucent screen, for use
in illustrating papers to small audiences, purchased by direc-
tion of the Council for the use of the Society and its Sections.

A letter was read from the Royal Zoological and Acclima-
tisation Society of Victoria re introduction of a Bill prohibiting
the possession of the feathers of certain scheduled birds. This
was referred to the Council for consideration and action.

Exuisits.—Dr. Pu.ieine exhibited a lemon-shaped
object, supposed to be carved from the head of a Tridachna,
and used as a sorcerer’s stone in the Solomon Islands; also
some live spiders (Gasteracanthae) from Talia, Eyre Penin-
sula. Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited a drawer of cockchafer
beetles, including a bright-green species that had recently
appeared in several South Australian orchards, and had been

doing serious injury to the same. Mr. H. H. D. Grirrita

844

exhibited a small living snake, recently captured at Brighton.
Mr. A. G. Epaquist exhibited two ants, one of which he had
found carrying the other during a migration from one nest to
another.

Parer.—“South Australian Holothuroidea, with descrip-
tions of New Species,” by E. C. Josuua and E. Creep (com-
municated by Dr. E. C. Stirling, C.M.G., F.G.S.).

OrpDINARY MEETING, APRiL 8, 1915.

Tue Presipent (J.C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair.

PRESIDENT’S REPORT.—THE PRESIDENT reported the
return of the Hon. Treasurer (Mr. W. B. Poole) from his
vacation in Europe; also the publication of the narrative of
the expedition of our Fellow, Sir Douglas Mawson, to
Antarctica; also the death of Mr. T. R. Scarfe, who, by his
anonymous gift of £1,000 to the Endowment Fund of the
Society, had rendered valuable aid to its work; also his own
appointment, as President of this Society, upon the recently
constituted Board of Visitors to the Adelaide Observatory.
He also drew attention to an album of photographs of South
Australian orchids, prepared from drawings by our Hon.
Fellow, J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S.

He then vacated the chair, which was taken by Professor
E. H. Rennie, M.A., D.Sc., Vice-President.

Mr. A. M. Lea drew attention to the republication, with-
out acknowledgment, in the Transactions of another Society,
of nine plates already published in this Society’s Transactions.
Resolved, “That the matter be referred to the Council.”

Exuisits.—Captain S. A. Wurte exhibited fulgurites
from his estate at Fulham, taken from the sandhills 20 feet
below the original natural surface. Mr. Howcnin remarked
that fulgurites, though rare in southern Australia, were more
frequent in New South Wales and in Central Australia, and
that the alkaline element in the sand provided the flux neces-
sary for fusion. Mr. J. G. O. Tepper believed that the
lightning followed the deep roots of sedges to the underlying
water. Captain WHITE also exhibited two small tits (Acan-
thiza marianae, n. sp.) from the Everard Range.

Parers.—‘‘A Geological Sketch-Map, with Descriptive
Notes on the Upper and Lower Torrens-Limestones in the Type
District,” by Watter Howcntn, F.G.S. ‘“Circum-elongation
Observations for Azimuth,’’ by Professor R. W. CHAPMAN,
M.A.,B.C.E. ‘The Haematozoa of Australian Birds, No. 3,”
by J. Burton Crevanp, M.D., Ch.M. “Notes on Australian
Eumolpides (Coleoptera Chrysomelidae), with Descriptions of
New Species,’’ by Anruur M. Lua, F.E.S. ‘An Insect-catching
Grass (Cenchrus australis, R. Br.),” by ARTHUR M. LEA, —

845

F.E.S. “Synonymic Notes on a Recent Catalogue of Cicadidae
in the South Australian Museum,’ by Howarp Asuton
(communicated by A. M. Lea, F.E.S.). “A Further Com-
parison of the Sizes of the Red Cells of some Australian
Vertebrates,” by J. Burton CieLanp, M.D., Ch.M. “Notes
on the Amycterides in the South Australian Museum, with
Descriptions of New Species, Part II.,” by Eustace W.
Frerevuson, M.B., Ch.M.

ORDINARY MEETING, May 13, 1915.

THe Presipent (J.C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair.

With reference to the republication without acknowledg-
ment of plates already published in the Society’s Transactions,
the Council reported as follows: —‘‘That the Council recom-
mend that no action be taken in the present case; that a
sub-committee, consisting of the President, the Editor, Prof.
Chapman, and the Hon. Secretary, consider By-law Section
III., and report to the Council what, if any, alterations in the
same are advisable.”’

Nomination.—D. F. Laurie, Department of Agriculture,
was nominated as a Fellow.

Exuisits.—Mr. E. R. Waite exhibited casts of a shark
and a snake, the former in plaster and the latter in gelatine
containing some sawdust. He had introduced the practice of
using painted casts in lieu of stuffed specimens twenty years.
ago in Sydney, plaster being used where rigidity 1s needed
and gelatine where flexibility is desirable, so that the specimens.
may be placed in natural positions. He had been obliged to
modify the gelatine formula to cope with the extremes of
temperature in Adelaide. Mr. A. M. Lea showed living
specimens and pupa cases of Papilio anactus from the experi-
mental farm at Berri, this being its first record as South
Australian ; also a beautiful tiger beetle from Adelaide, which
fed after dark upon flies, consuming the hard as well as the
soft parts ; also the larva of a praying mantis; also a majority
of the insects collected by Captain S. A. White on his recent:
trip to the Everard and Musgrave Ranges. Mr. Epwiw
Asusy exhibited a moth of an unknown gpecies; also a very
large and perfect specimen of the rare shell Voluta bednalli;
also the following birds from near Pine Creek, Northern
Territory, with related species from other localities for
comparison, viz. :—Seiswra inquieta nana, Gould (Little Rest-
less Fly-catcher) ; Cissomela pectoralis, Gould (Banded Honey-
eater), a series showing all steps of plumage from the immature
cinnamon-coloured to the adult black-and-white ; Conopophila
rufugularis, Gould (Red-throated Honey-eater), Stigmatops
indistincta media, Mathews (Wyndham least Honey-eater) ;

846

Dulciorns alistert mayi, nov. sp. (Northern Territory Grass-
bird) ; Microphilemon orientalis sordidus, Gould (Little Friar-
bird); Pardalotus melanocephalus melvillensis, Mathews
(Orange-rumped Pardalot); Cracticus mgrogularis picatus,
Gould (Pied Butcher-bird); Psephotus dissimilis, Collet
(Black-hooded Parrot), which nests in the tall spire-like nests
of termites. Captain S8. A. WuiTe exhibited several bezoars,
eight from the paunch of a wether, one large one from a sheep,
one from a young cow, which was soft and fibrous inside, with
a hard, shiny coating; and one of medium size, soft and
fibrous, from the stomach of a sheep. Also three birds, w/z. :
—Upupa africans (Crested Hoopoe), from near Colesberg,
Cape Colony, but rarely seen in that district ; it hunts on the
ground for insects, which form its entire food ; its flight is low
and undulating, and its call “Hoop, hoop, hoop” ; Geocolaptes
olivaceus (Ground Hopper), which, although a true wood-
pecker, has adapted itself to a treeless country, using its stiff
and spine-like tail feathers as an aid in hopping up perpen-
dicular rocks; its cry is very harsh; it congregates in small
parties in the winter, then pairs off and nests in holes bored
in a bank or between rocks, laying a pure white round egg.
Pezoporus terrestris (Ground Parrot), from Mallacoota Inlet,
Victoria ; now extremely rare, although very numerous in the
Adelaide plains about 1860-70; it is closely allied in habits,
colour, and structure to Geopsettacus occidentalis (Night
Parrot), now almost extinct, which, however, is found in the
dry interior, while the Ground Parrot inhabits swampy coun-
try. Mr. A. R. Rrpp ie showed various formes of gypsum from
Yorke Peninsula, including simple and twin crystals from the
mud under the salt lakes ; seed gypsum, being small weathered
crystals found in large banks; and solid gypsum from continu-
ous horizontal beds underlying the surface soil; also a calcite
breccia formed in rock fissures, and washed up on the beach
at Marino.

Papers.—“‘On the Occurrence in South Australia of Two
Previously Unrecorded Ferns (Filices), with Notes on their
Probable Origin,” by Epwin Asuspy, M.O.B.U. In the dis-
cussion which followed, transport of the spores by wind or
birds was suggested as another possible origin. ‘‘Additions to
the Flora of South Australia, No. 8,’’ by J. M. Brack. “On
Two New Species of Lewcopogon,” by Ewin CHEEL, Botanical
Assistant, National Herbarium, Sydney (communicated by J.
H. Maiden, F.L.S., F.C.S.).

ORDINARY MEETING, JuNE 10, 1915.
Tue Prestpent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the

chair.

847

NomrnatTion.—-Alan Rowe, 10, Boskenna Avenue, Nor-
wood, was nominated as a Fellow.

Evection.—D. F. Laurie, Department of Agriculture,
was elected a Fellow.

Exuipits.—Mr. W. Howcuin, F.G.S8., exhibited a group
of pseudo-fossils, inorganic objects that have taken the form of
certain fossils, and have been mistaken for such. (1) A frag-
ment of limestone from Flinders Range, uniformly covered
with small pittings. that resemble a perforate coral. It was
not a coral, the pittings being caused by a small circular lichen
that had eaten its way into the stone. (2) A lenticle in a
fine-grained biotite schist, which in form suggested a bivalve
shell (Unio). It was not a shell, but was formed by local
segregation under pressure. (3) A supposed fragment of a
reptilian jaw with two teeth in situ, received, together with
the preceding, from Kalgoorlie, Western Australia. It was
not of organic origin, but consisted of siliceous slate carrying
two elongated nodules of the same material, set side by side.
(4) A supposed fossilized fir cone, picked up under a group of
fir trees growing in the ground of Holy Trinity Church, North
Terrace, over twenty years ago. The specimen was only a cast
in hydraulic coment, probably made in sport by some humorous
workman. Dr. PULLEINE showed a lump of cork-hke bark of
a species of Ficews, containing the nest of a trap-door spider
formed in a shallow depression in the bark. As the bark
contained several knots of similar appearance, the nest was
well concealed. The specimen came from Samarai, Papua.
Captain S. A. Wu1Te showed a fork of Daphnandra micrantha,
Benth., a tree which grows up to over three feet in diameter
in the coastal scrubs of New South Wales, and which sheds
its limbs as other trees do their leaves. The peculiar socket-
joints were first recorded by S. W. Jackson in 1911. Also a.
number of the ejecta of the Marked Owl (Tyto alba), from

“Fulham. Each lump of the ejected indigestible food con-
tained the skull of a bird, usually a sparrow, occasionally a
starling, but never a native bird. The indigenous birds
apparently concealed themselves from their natural foe, while
the imported birds became its victims. The destruction of
these owls was therefore a great mistake. Mr. A. M. Lea
exhibited a drawer of insects recently obtained from Mr.
Horace W. Brown, mostly from the Cue district of Western
Australia, including some very showy beetles and grass-
hoppers, and a minute beetle taken from an ants’ nest. Mr.
A. R. RippLe showed a pseudo-fossil mushroom. These fungi,
which are found in many sandy districts, exude, when living,
a sticky substance, which causes the sand to become cemented
to them ina thick mass. They are popularly known as “stony
fungus.”

848

Papers.—-“The Lepidoptera of Broken Hill, New South
Wales, Part 1,” by Oswatp B. Lower, F.Z.8., F.E.8. “A
Supposed Incidental Occurrence of a Sucker Fish (Echeneis
australis, Bennett) in South Australian Waters,” by Epcar
R. Waite, F.L.S. The discussion on the latter was postponed
until the next meeting.

OrpINAaRY MEETING, JuLy 8, 1915.

THE PRESIDENT (J.C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair.
E.ection.—Alan Rowe, journalist, 10, Boskenna Avenue,
Norwood, was elected a Fellow.

Proressor W. H. Bracc.—Tue Presipent referred to

the work done by Professor Bragg and his son, Mr. W. L.
Bragg, in connection with molecular physics. Professor Bragg
was from 1886 to 1910 a Fellow of this Society, and is now an
Honorary Fellow. Their joint work has been recognized by
the Colombia University, New York, by the presentation to
them of the Barnard Gold Medal, awarded once in five years
for discoveries in physical or astronomical science.
Exuisits.—Dr. R. 8. Rocers exhibited a growing orchid
(Pterostylis concinna, Br.), said to exist in South Australia,
but of which he had never seen a specimen collected in this
State. The one shown was found in Victoria. Professor
Osporn showed again the bezoars from the paunches of sheep
and a cow, exhibited by Captain S. A. White on May 13. Ue
had critically examined them, and only one was found to be
composed of hair. The others were of two types, one consist-

ing of very loose fibrous material, which proved to be lignified —

vegetable matter, and the other of similar material mixed with
a considerable amount of sandy clay. Captain S. A. WHITE
exhibited the following birds, referring shortly to their habits:
—Promirops cafer (Cape Long-tailed Sugar-bird), from South
Africa; Anthobaphis violaceae (Orange-breasted Sunbird),
from French Hoek, Hottento-Holland Mountains, South
Africa ; Vectarimia famosa (Malachite Sunbird), from Sea-Cow
River, South Africa; Cimyris kirki (Kirk’s Sunbird), from the
island of Lamu, East Africa; Cimyris gutturalis (Scarlet-
chested Sunbird), from the foot of Mount Kilamanjaro,
Centra] Africa ; Cimyris leucogueler (White-breasted Sunbird),
from Somaliland; and one not identified, taken near the
caravan route to Lake Nyanza, 100 miles from Pomba Bay,
Central Africa. Also a stone nest-egg, which had been swal-
lowed by, and had caused the death of, three brown snakes.
Also a shell, brought up in the net of the trawler ““Endeavour”’
off the north coast of Queensland, from a depth of fifty
fathoms. This was pronounced by the PresipENT to be a
young Pleuronectes japonica, frequently found of a much

dé

OG EA 0

re a a eed oe ne ee i ae ta

849

larger size in deep water south of Albany, Western Australia.
Mr. A. M. Lea showed two cases of large and beautiful
butterflies and moths from Northern Queensland. Also a
Marked Owl (Tyto alba) and its ejecta, shown by Captain
White at the last meeting. Upon careful examination these
proved that the bird consumed, not only sparrows and
starlings, but in still larger numbers mice, as well as bats,
frogs, and jew lizards. Steps were being taken to make widely
known the value of this bird to orchardists and agriculturists.
Mr. J. M. Buack exhibited Xantheriwm canadense, Milt., a
noxious burr found near Renmark, and now spreading rapidly
down the Murray Valley. Mr. A. G. Epquist showed some
photographs of lightning flashes. Owing to a slight movement
of the camera they showed clearly the phenomenon of multiple
flashes, the main discharge being followed by several residual
discharges. in the identical irregular path of the first. They
also showed in some cases the reversal from a positive to a
negative picture, caused by over-exposure.

Paper.—Mr. E. R. Warts, F.L.S., read the paper, laid
on the table at the last meeting, on “The Supposed Incidental
Occurrence of a Sucker Fish (Remilegia australis) in South
Australian Waters,”’ and exhibited the fish, a cast of the same,
and the mould from which the cast was prepared. This
animal is used by the aborigines in Torres Straits for fishing
by attaching a string to its tail.

OrpinarRy Meetine, Avucust 12, 1915.

Tue PrEsIDENT (J.C. Verco, M.D.; F.R.C.S8.) in the chair.

Late W. T. Bepnatt.—THE PRESIDENT referred sympa-
thetically to the death of Mr. W. T. Bednall, who was from
1893 to 1903 a Fellow of the Society, and who had done good
work in Malacology.

J. H. Marpen.—He also congratulated Mr. J. H. Maiden,
F.L.S., F.C.8., upon the receipt by him of the Linnean

Medal of the Linnean Society of London.

Paper.—‘A List of Foraminifera and other Organic
Remains obtained from Two Borings on the Lilydale Sheep
Station,” by Watter Howcuin, F.G.S.

Pusiic Lecture, AucustT 12, 19]5.

THe Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

A public lecture on ‘‘The D’Entrecasteaux and Louisiade
Archipelago, South-eastern Papua,’’ was given by Mr. E. R.
Srantey, Government Geologist, Papua. The lecture was
illustrated by lantern slides and specimens of native clothing
and implements.

850

ORDINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 9, 1915.

Wa.LtER Howcuin, F.G.S., Member of Council, in the
chair.

Nomination. — Alan P. Dodd, Kuranda, Northern
Queensland, was nominated as a Fellow.

ExuHisits.—Mr. Epwin Asusy exhibited the following
birds, collected by himself on June 12 last, at Woodford, in
the Blue Mountains, New South Wales: —Pycnoptilus Ta
floccosus, Gld. (Pilot Bird); a species keeping to the deep
gullies, running about amongst the ferns like a mouse, and
seldom using its wings. Pachycephala p. pectoralis, Lath.
(White-throated Thickhead) ; no males being seen, it is just
possible that this species in winter keeps lower down the
range. WHopsaltria a. australis, White (Yellow-breasted
Robin) ; these lovely birds, with their brilliant yellow breasts,
were very numerous and tame, especially on the tops of the
ridges, where it was more open. Origma solitaria, Lewin
(Rock Warbler); several of these interesting little birds were
seen running over the rocks; they are confined to New South
Wales. Acanthorista t. tenwrostris, Lath. (Spinebill); the
commonest birds in the locality, gathering honey by means of
their long bills from the tubular flowers of MHpacris and
Styphelias ; they have a very sweet song; for purpose of com-
parison specimens of the various subspecies from Tasmania,
Victoria, South Australia, and Western Australia were
shown ; also Acanthiza pusilla and Acanthiza lineata from the
same locality. He also exhibited two species of ferns in pots,
viz., Ophioglossum lusitanicum, not vulgatum as recorded in
Tate’s handbook; the frond with fructification resembles the
tongue of a serpent, whence its name, “Adder’s Tongue”’ ; the
other was an allied species, Botrychiwm ternatum (Moon-wort),
from near Sydney. Professor OsBorn exhibited living speci-
mens of the fern Ophioglossum lusitanicum, collected at Mount
Breckan, Victor Harbour, and drew attention to its method
of vegetative reproduction, as shown in a series of specimens
with the root buds in various stages. Dr. PuLLEINE showed
benams (polished axes of greenstone used in the purchase of
canoes), adzes of 7'idachna shell, and stone club-heads from
Papua; a primitive stone axe from the Darling district; a
supposed axe of quartzite from near Petersburg, South Aus-
tralia; a late neolithic axe from Sweden; a stone axe from
lake dwelling, Zurich ; a small axe from the Amazon district ;
a tiny axe or chisel from Jena, Germany ; and one of nephrite
from New Zealand, worn as an earring when not in use.
Mr. A. P. Rippte showed a so-called “coal apple” from the
Burwood seam of the Newcastle collieries, New South Wales,
stated by Mr. Howcurn to be a segregation of a hydro-carbon

fie
.
}
f

851

variety of coal, found in fine-grained homogeneous seams, and
known as “‘cat’s head” in the North of England; also a series
of chitons from different depths of water near South Head,
Sydney, each species collected in shallower water than usual ;
he suggested that the modification of habitat might be due to
the fact that the specimens were collected in winter. Captain
S. A. Wuite showed the following African game birds: —
Black-bellied Bustard (Lissotis melanogaster); Blue Bustard
(Trachelotis caerulescens), called by the Dutch settlers
“Knoshaan,’’ meaning “scolding cock,’’ because these birds,
when flushed, fly off uttering a harsh note, resembling the
words “kuk-pa-wow” repeated several times; Red-winged Par-
tridge (Francolinus levaillanti), which lie very close, and
when flushed usually fly a long distance, almost always out of
sight, before they settle; Grey-winged Partridge (Francolnus
africans), a bird generally found in the mountains in coveys
of from a dozen to twenty birds; Sand Grouse; Blue or Rock
Pigeon (Columba phaconota), resembling (. livia, which
inhabits the coast of Britain and the islands also of North
Africa, breeding in the crevices of rocks, as it also breeds in
the rocks and caverns facing the sea as far south as Cape
Colony, and could, no doubt, like the European bird, be easily
domesticated. Lemon-collared Turtle Dove (Turtur cagcola),
found all over southern Africa; Senegal Turtle Dove (Turtur
senegalensis), whose sweet cooing is at times like a musical
laugh, from which it is often called the “Laughing Dove” ;
Long-tailed Dove (Oena capensis), which frequents the cattle
kraals in search of corn, and is thought much of by the natives.

PapPEerRS.—“Fungi New to South Australia,’ by Professor
Osporn, M.Sc. ; “The Possibility of a Continuation of Adverse
Seasons on Land having a Deterrent Influence on Ocean Life,”
by W. G. Ranpatu (communicated by Walter Rutt).

ANNUAL MEETING, OcToBER 14, 1915.

THE PRESIDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

Evection.—Alan P. Dodd, Kuranda, Northern Queens-
land, was elected a Fellow. -

The Annual Report and Balance-sheet were read and
adopted.

By-taw, Secrion III., as amended by the Council, was
submitted for approval, and was referred back to the Council
for reconsideration of sundry points.

ELEcTION oF Orricers.-—President, J. C. Verco, M.D.,
F.R.C.S.; Vice-Presidents, Professor E. H. Rennie, M.A.,
D.Sc., F.C.S., and Lieut.-Colonel R. 8. Rogers, M.A., M.D.;
Hon. Treasurer, W. B. Poole; Members of Council, Professor

852

T. G. B. Osborn, M.Sc., and Samuel Dixon; Hon. Auditors,
W. L. Ware, J.P., and Howard Whitbread.

Papers.—‘Fishes of the South Australian Government
Trawling Cruise, 1914,’’ by Epcar R. Waite, F.L.S., and
AtLAaNn R. McCuntiocu; “A Revision of the Genus Aracana and
its Alles,” by Attan R. McCuttocn and Epcar R. Waite,
F.L.S.; “Australian Hymenoptera Proctotrypoidea, No. 3,’”
by Auan P. Dopp; “Natural History Notes gathered on an
Expedition to the Everard and Musgrave Ranges,” by Captain
S. A. WuitTE, M.B.0.U., and Orners ; “The Natives of Mailu,
Papua: Preliminary Results of the Robert Mond Research
Work in British New Guinea,”’ by B. Matinowsx1, Ph.D.
(Cracow) (communicated by Dr. E. C. Stirling, C.M.G.,
ER):

ree Cae E. R. Waite, F.L.S., exhibited a long-
tailed mouse with a pouch on the throat, a death adder, and a
young banded-snake, all illustrating Captain White’s paper.
Mr. A. M. Lea showed a tray of Australian Cicadidae, and a
collection of insects from the Daly River, Northern Territory,
trapped by a plant apparently allied to the Drosera.

ANNUAL KEPORT, 1914-13

The Council is pleased to be able to again present a
favourable report upon the year’s work of the Society. The
annual volume of Transactions will contain papers of varied
interest, including further contributions to Geology by Mr.
Walter Howchin, to Entomology by Mr. A. M. Lea, and to:
Ichthyology by Mr. E. R. Waite, and the first of a series of
papers on the Lepidoptera of Broken Hill by Mr. O. B. Lower.
A valuable feature will be a series of papers embodying the
scientific results of Captain S. A. White’s observations while:
attached as a representative of this Society to the expedition
led by Mr. R. L. Jack, Assistant Government Geologist, to:
the Musgrave and Everard Ranges, to which reference was:
made in the last annual report. A lengthy paper by Dr.
Malinowski, on “The Natives of Mailu,”’ being the preliminary
results of the Robert Mond Research Work in British New
Guinea, is an important contribution to our knowledge of
Papuan ethnology.

The evening meetings have also afforded opportunity for
the exhibition of a large variety of objects of scientific interest,
and on one evening a public lecture on the D’Entrecasteaux
and Louisiade Archepelago, illustrated by numerous lantern
slides, was given by Mr. E. R. Staaley, Government Geologist,
Papua.

+1 Us a Ate >

853

The promised Bill for the preservation of Native Fauna
and Flora in the western portion of Kangaroo Island has been
still further deferred in consequence of the economic stress due
to the late drought and the present deplorable war. It is
greatly to be feared that this continued postponement will
prove fatal to the Society’s efforts to prevent the entire destruc-
tion of many interesting forms of life. ;

The Government, having established a Board of Visitors
to the Adelaide Observatory, has appointed the President of
this Society as one of its members.

Three of our Honorary Fellows have during the year
received recognition of the value of their work from other
scientific bodies. Professor W. H. Bragg, now of the Uni-
versity College, London, who commenced his investigations
into the phenomena of radio-activity while on the staff of the.
University of Adelaide, has, in conjunction with his son, been
awarded the Barnard Gold Medal of the Colombia University,
New York; Mr. J. H. Maiden has been honoured with the
Linnean Medal of the Linnean Society of London: and Pro-
fessor David has received the Wollaston Medal, the highest
award in the gift of the Geological Society of London, for his
important contributions to the geology of Australia and
Antarctica.

The Library has increased considerably during the year,
principally through exchange of our publications for those of
other bodies, but to some extent through free donations,
including a set of fifty-nine volumes of the “Actes de la
Société Linnéenne d’Histoire Naturelle de Bordeaux,” pre-
sented by our President, and one folio publication of special
interest to Australians, which was presented by the Royal
Society of London. This is “Illustrations of Australian
Plants, collected in 1770 by Banks and Solander during
Captain Cook’s voyage round the world,’’ now reproduced for
the first time. The binding of the Library has been continued
and is still in hand. For this the Society has gratefully to
thank the President for the financial aid already given and
promised. |

The question of the copyright of the Society’s publica-
tions, which was somewhat indefinite, has been considered by
the Council, who has repealed Section III. of the By-laws and
replaced it by another, which, in accordance with Rule 44,
will be presented to this meeting for approval.

The present membership of the Society comprises 10
Honorary Fellows, 6 Corresponding Members, 77 Fellows, and
one Associate.

Jos. C. Verco, President.
Water Rutt, Hon. Secretary.

September 30, 1915.

6 OT 9

IT &T 821

0 0 06
L 6T OIG

pr GT sornqpoory d1]qn sosuodxty
OTe a OOURINSUY]
Ok? BUIST}IOAPW OO eT
6) 2) Sh = ATOUOLY (Want Oe — OFTTAN ureydey
-B]9 puv ‘s03B480q ‘Bulgulid 0 0 OOT OO1dA “AG
Pa wo: sulyysry pue surursg —SUOI}P RUNG,
9 ¢ 98 (utequB'y o-L- SIL
puv soapeyg Yyoog) surystusn qT 8 2 SOL pung JuowWMOpU WOAF 49010]UT
—setrpung “ G 6 oe “* gsoreyuy YuVg ssuravg
el eS ~ a fe sUOT eet hd oer
S. Be syoog Jo oSULLIVD pur oseyoind Dog he 9 UNO, TOLETS SNY Se eat ee ae ee
o- & “ONT _ourpulg Oem eCoe a
a» OS “+ SumssyT puv “durareo 0 0 OST suOKesySeAuT SyyUETOg
"sayy SBurnBopeyeg «= ‘uelreaqry ; [gest sq10doy SulyulIg — 10,
: : Chey? | Glee 3 SUOTIALIOSqNg ud
—AIBIQT
ee aad —USWIUIOAOY) WIOIZ SzURID
UO0T}IOG S}ST[VINIeN prety Op 3uery “© | 9 BI TOL ———
Oi B= ita id UOTJIGG [BVOISOOORTL IL
SuLyslpqnd 0 GTI 02 UOC eS = at ee Eb toue
G OT ICT Surqutag —suorzdriosqng
—suororsuery <q | 9 FV 18Z ee: “' PIGBL ST 19qo19Q souR[eg
ce pe er Pie te ge ee Se

‘GT-PIG[ BWOL WHOLIGNAdXG GNV WONAAAY

(qHLVUOdYOOND VITVULSOV HLAOS AO ALWIOOS TVAOU

OL

‘GI6L “ph 10q0900 “opre[opy
‘dVAUsLIH AA TUVMOPT

i Ks {
3 sLopIpNP “UOT , ‘aa AA “TT “AV
‘MaInsvaL], “UOFT “A100 “| AV —00.1.100 oq 0} punojy puv poyIpny
9 8 @89'°CF 9 8 Bo CF
ae J pear
OL OL vr. ou yunovoy yueg ssutarg ‘
0.0 GY ; F800 48 6 & V6 ,
49048 a8 G JUSUUIOACH “W'S OSPF ‘ raise ieee te qso10juy yurg ssurarg ‘
0 OL 266‘T +2 S1S00- e 0 0 GL ~~ ¥YooS JuSWIUIOAOYH UO 4so10}UT ie
49019 %Fe Juowmulaa0yg “W'S OOO'SE ‘ 9 21 OT °'7 390%G GusurureAeyy) ao qso.roquy “
ed. BOE 2 “* Junoooy onudsAdyY OF JofsuBiy, ne 7 G gers: aouvleg OF,
‘0€ tequrezdeg—CI6T "[ 10q0PO—FI6L
ps F ‘pS F pis §F “p's F

(POL “90 PLY°SR “IVLdvO)

‘GNOW LNANMOGNG
‘GIGL ‘Ff 10G9}99 ‘oplefopy
-sL04pNP -woH | bin eo eae

“LAINSDALT, “UOT, “XI00g “| “MA
—001.100 04 0} Puno} puv pozIpny

8 OL LBL

8 OL LBLF
G GL &SI€

9 Ort <c “ puey ul yseg

$s “' BISRBaysny jo yurg
pees 5 eh yurg ssurarg
LG) ‘Og (UWL04a06 : ‘9a IB] e t

ne re

856

DONATIONS’ TO THE LIBRARY

FOR THE YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 1915.

TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, ETC.,

presented by the respective governments, societies, and

editors.

AUSTRALIA.

AuSTRALIA. bureau of Census and Statistics. Census of the
Commonwealth, vol. 2-3. Melb. 1911.

Official year book, no. 8. Melb. 1915.

——- Bureau of Meteorology. Monthly report, vol. 3,
no. 2-8. Melb. 1914.

Results of rainfall observations made in

Queensland up to 1913. Melb. 1914.

Department of Trade and Customs. Fisheries.
Zoological results of the fishing experiments carried out
by F.I.8. “Endeavour,’’ vol. 2, pt. 5; 3, pt. 1-4, and
suppl. Melb. 1914-15.

— Federal handbook. Melb. 1914.

AUSTRALASIAN INSTITUTE oF Mininc ENGINEERS. Proceed-
ings, n.s., no. 6-18, and suppl. Melb. 1912-15.

NorTHERN TERRITORY. Bulletin, no. 11. Melb. 1915.

NEW SOUTH WALES.

AUSTRALIAN Museum. Records, vol. 10, no. 9-10. Syd.
1914.

——— Report of the trustees, 1914. Syd.

——— Special catalogue, vol. 4, pt. 5. Syd. 1914.

LinNEAN Society oF New SoutH Wates. Abstract of pro-
ceedings, no. 323-331. Syd. 1914-15.

-_—— Proceedings, vol. 39, pt. 3-4; 40, pt. 1-2. Syd.
1914-15.

Maipen, J. H. Critical revision of the genus eucalyptus, pt.
22-23. Syd. 1914-15.

—— — Forest flora of New South Wales, vol. 6, pt. 5. Syd
1914.

Naturatists’ Society oF New Sovutn Wates. Journal:
Australian Naturalist, vol. 3, pt. 5-7. Syd. 1915.

857

New Sourn Wates. Botanic Gardens and Government
Domains. Report, 1913. Syd. 1914.

Bureau of Microbiology. Report, 1912. Syd. 1914.

Department of Agriculture. Agricultural gazette of

New South Wales, vol. 25, pt. 10-12; 26, pt. 1-9.

Syd. 1914-15.

Science bulletin, no. 2,11-12. Syd. 1914-15.

Department of Mines. Report, 1914. Syd. 1915.

Geological Survey. Geology of the Vegetable

Creek tin-mining field. Syd. 1887.

- Mineral resources of New South

Wales, no: 19. Syd. 1915.

Records, vol. 4, pt. 1-4; 5, pt. 1, 4.

—_—__—_—

Syd. 1894-98.
Department of Public Health. Report, 1913. Syd.
1915.

Public Library. Report, 1913-14. Syd. 1914.

Royat Society or New Sout Wates. Journal and proceed-
ings, vol. 48, pt. 1-4. Syd. 1914-15.

Royat Zoo.tocicat Society or New Sourn Wates. Austra-
lian zoologist, vol. 1, pt. 2. Syd. 1915.

SypnEy University. Calendar, 1897, 1915. Syd.

QUEENSLAND.

QUEENSLAND. Department of Mines. Geological survey pub--
lications, no. 227, 243, 245-249, 251. Brisb. 1914-15.

QUEENSLAND Museum. Memoirs, vol. 3-4. Brisb. 1915.

Roya Society oF QUEENSLAND. Proceedings, vol. 26; index,
vol. 1-25. Brisb. 1914.

SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

Pustic Lisrary, Museum, anp ArT GALLERY OF SOUTH

Australia. Alphabetical list of serial publications.

Adel. 1914.

Report of Board of Governors, 1913-14.

RoyaL GEoGRAPHICAL Society or AusTRALASIA (SouTH AUs-
TRALIAN BrancH). Proceedings, vol. 15. Adel. 1915.

Soutu AustraLia. Department of Mines. Review of mining
operations in South Australia, no. 20-21. Adel.
1914-15.

—— —— Geological Survey. Bulletin, no. 4. Adel.
1915.

—_——_

Government Geologist’s report, 1914.
Woods and Forests Department. Annual progress:
report, 1913-14. Adel. 1915.

858

SoutH AUSTRALIAN ORNITHOLOGIST, vol. 2, pt. 1-3. Adel.
1915,

SoutH AUSTRALIAN ScHOOL OF MINES AND INDUSTRIES.
Annual report, 1914. Adel. 1915.

TASMANIA.
Roya Society or Tasmania. Papers and proceedings, 1914.
Hobart, 1915.
Tasmania. Department of Mines. Geological Survey. Bul-
letin, no. 18-20 (and maps), 22. Hobart. 1914-15.
Record, no. 2-3. Hobart. 1914-15.
Report, no. 1-6. Hobart. 1910-15.

VICTORIA.
Royal GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF AUSTRALASIA (VICTORIAN
Brancn). Transactions, vol. 31, pt. 1. Melb. 1914.
Royat SociEty oF Victoria. Proceedings, vol. 27, pt. 1-2.
Melb. (1914;
Victoria. Department of Agriculture. Journal, vol. 12,
pt. 10-12; 13, pt. 1-9. Melb. 1914-15.
Department of Mines. Bulletin of the Geological
Survey, no. 34-35. Melb. 1914.
Records of the Geological Survey, vol. 3, pt. 3.
Melb. 1914.
-_—— National Museum. Memoirs, no. 1, 6. Melb.
1906-15.
Victorian year book, vol. 34. Melb. 1915.
VICTORIAN NATURALIST, vol. 31, no. 6-12; 32, no. 1-5. Melb.
1914-15.
WESTERN AUSTRALIA.

NaturaL History and ScrencEe Society. Journal, vol. 2,
pt. 1; vol. 5.) Perths9 1904-14,

WEsTERN AusTRALIA. Geological Survey. Bulletin, no.

56-59, 61-62, 65. Perth. 1914-15.

- Perth Observatory. Astrographic catalogue, vol. 1-4,

9-12. Perth. 1911-14.

Meridian observations, vol. 3-6. Perth.

1909-13.
ENGLAND.

BritisH Museum (Naturat History). Catalogue of the
Lepidoptera Phalaenae, vol. 13, and plates. Lond.
193i:

Catalogue of ungulate mammals, vol.2. Lond. 1914.
Illustrations of Australian plants collected in 1770
during Capt. Cook’s voyage round the world in H.M.S.
“Endeavour,” by Joseph Banks and Daniel Solander.
Lond. 1900-05.

859

CAMBRIDGE PHILOSOPHICAL Society. Proceedings, vol. 18, pt.

1-2. Camb. 1914-15.

Transactions, vol. 22, no. 5-7. Camb. 1914-15.

CAMBRIDGE UNIveERsSITy. Report of the Library Syndicate,.
1914. Camb. 1915.

-_—— Solar Physics Observatory. Report to the Solar
Physics Committee, 1914-15. Camb. 1915.

ConcHoLoGicaL Society. Journal of conchology, vol. 14, no.
een. ond. 1914-15.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SociETy. Transactions, 1913. Lond. 1914.

GEOLOGICAL SociETy or London. Quarterly journal, vol. 70,
pt. 3-4. Lond. 1914-15.

IMPERIAL INSTITUTE. Bulletin, vol. 12, no. 3-4; 13, no. 1-2.
Lond. 1914-15.

LINNEAN SociETy or Lonpon. Journal: botany, no. 287-8.
Lond. 1914-15.

Journal: zoology, no. 209, 218, 219. 1914-15.

List, 1914-15. Lond.

Proceedings, 1913-14. Lond.

Transactions: botany, ser. 2, vol. 8, pt. 7. 1914.
Transactions: zoology, ser. 2, vol. 16, pt. 4-5; 17, pt. 1.

1914.

MANCHESTER FiIeLpD NATURALISTS’ AND ARCHAEOLOGISTS”
Society. Report, vol.55. Manch. 1915.

MANCHESTER LITERARY AND PHILOSOPHICAL SocrETY. Memoirs.
and proceedings, vol. 45, pt. 2; 48, pt. 2; 50, pt. 3;
58, pt. 2-3. Manch. 1901-15.

NationaL Puysicat LasporaTtory. Collected Researches, vol.

11-12. Teddington. 1914-15.

- Report, 1913-15. Teddington. 1914-15.

NortH oF ENGLAND INSTITUTE oF MINING AND MECHANICAL
ENGINEERS. ‘Transactions, vol. 63, and report. New-
castle. 1912-13.

OxrorD UNIVERSITY Press. Periodical, no. 77-82. Oxf.
1914-15.

Royat Boranic GarpEns, Krew. Bulletin, 1914. Lond.

Royat Cotonrat Institute. United Empire, vol. 5, no.
222, 6, no. 1-6... Lond. 1914-15.

Royat GeocraPuicat Society. Geographical journal, vol. 44,
no. 3-6; 45, no. 1-6; 46, no. 1-2. Lond. 1914-15.

Yearbook and record, 1914. Lond. 1915.

Royat Microscopicat Society. Journal, 1914, pt. 4-6; 1915,
pt. 1-4. Lond. 1914-15.

Royat Society. Proceedings, ser. A, no. 622-632; ser. B,
no. 600-610. Lond. 1914-15.

Yearbook, 1915. Lond. 1915.

Royat Societies Crus. [Objects, rules, list, etc.] Lond-
1914. .

860

SSotrar Puysics Commirree. Areas of calcium flocculi on
spectroheliograms, 1906-1908. Lond. 1914.

1. Comparison of the spectra of Rigelian, Crucian and
Alnitamian stars. 2. Discussion of the line spectrum.
of a Orionis. 3. Spectrum of y Cassiopeiae. Lond.
1914.

On some of the phenomena of new stars. Lond. 1914.
‘THomas, N. W. Specimens of languages from Southern

Nigeria. Lond. 1914.

IRELAND.

Royat Dusuin Society. Economic proceedings, vol. 2, no.

8-9. Dublin. 1914.
Scientific proceedings, n.s., vol. 1, pt. 2-3; 2, pt. 1-6;
3, pt.5; 4, pt. 5-6; 14, pt. 17-23. Dublin. 1878-1914.
—— Scientific transactions, ser. 2, vol. 1, pt. 1-12, 15-19,
22; vol. 2; 3, pt. 4-6; 4-5, indices. Dublin. 1877-96.

RoyaL IrtsH AcapEMy. Proceedings, vol. 31 (completed) ;
vol. 32, sect. A, no. 2-4; sect. B, no. 4-6; sect. C, no.
10-16. Dublin. 1914-15.

SCOTLAND.
GEOLOGICAL Society oF Guascow. ‘Transactions, vol. 15,
pt. 2. Glasg. 1915.
Roya Puysicat Society or EpinsuRGH. Proceedings, vol.
19, no. 6-7. Edin. 1914-15.
‘Royvat Society oF Epinspuren. Proceedings, vol. 34, pt. 3;
30, pt. Le. din. oie ie.

ARGENTINE.
UNIVERSIDAD NACIONAL DE LA Puata. Annuario, 1914-15.
Serie fisica, vol. 1, entr. 1-3. La Plata. 1914-15.
Serie matematica, vol. 1, entr. 1. 1914.
Serie técnica, vol. 1, entr. 1. 1915.

BELGIUM.
OBSERVATOIRE RoyAL DE BEtGiquE. Annales astronomiques,
tom. 14, ‘fase-1.’ > Brox. tas: ;
Socifitkh ENTOMOLOGIQUE DE BELGIQUE. Annales, tom. 42-43,
57. Brux. - T898-1913-
Sociité RovaL DE BoTANIQUE DE BELGIQUE. Bulletin, tom.
526° Brum” TO13-14,

BRAZIL.
Instituto OswaLpo Cruz. Memorias, tom. 6, fase. 3. Rio
de Janeiro. 1914.
“OBSERVATORIO NacIonAL DO Rio DE JANEIRO. Annuario,
anno, 31° WUeiD:

é ak i

861

CANADA.

Canapa. Department of Mines. Geological Survey Branch.
Memoir, no. 19-20, 30, 38, pt. 1-3, 39-42, 46-47, 49,
53-54, 56, 59, 61-62, 64-65, 69, 75. Ottawa. 1913-15.

Publications, no. 1359, 1441, 1459,

1467, 1476, 1482-3, 1492, 1501, 1503, 1508, 1513, 1516,

1533, 1535, 1542. Ottawa, 1913-15.

Mines Branch. Bulletin, no. 9. Ottawa.

1914.

Publications, no. 203, 209, 222, 245,
279, 299, 305, 309, 320, 322, 333. Ottawa. 1913-15.

CanapDiAN InsTITUTE. Transactions, vol. 10, pt. 2. Ottawa.
1915. =

CANADIAN RECORD OF SCIENCE, vol. 9, no. 6-7. Montreal.
1914-15.

Royat Society oF CanapDa. Proceedings and transactions,
3rd ser., vol. 8. Ottawa. 1914.

DENMARK.

K. Danske VIDENSKABERNES SELSKABS. Oversigt, 1914, no.
3-6; 1915, no. 1. Cpng. 1914-15.

Skrifter: nat. og math., Afd. 11, n. 4-5; Afd. 12,

a. 12 Cpne.. 1914.

FRANCE.

FEUILLE DES JEUNES NATURALISTES, no. 524-528. Par. 1914.

SocrrTE ENTOMOLOGIQUE DE FraNcE. Annales, vol. 83, trim.
Seer ar, 1914:

matictin, 1914, no. 13217: 1915, no. 7-12. Par.

Sociéte LINNEENNE DE BorpEaux. Actes, tom. 1-59. Bor-
deaux. 1826-1904. Presented by Dr. J. C. VERCO.

SocrETE LINNEENNE DE NoRMANDIE. Bulletin, sér. 4, tom. 1.
Caen. 1888. |

SocifTE DES ScIENCES NATURELLFS DE L’OUEST DE LA FRANCE.
Bulletin, tom. 3, trim. 3-4. Caen. 1913.

HOLLAND.
Muste Treyter. Archives, ser. 3, vol. 2. Haarlem. 1914.
TEYLER’S GopGELEERD GrnootscuaP. Verhandelingen, vol.
19. Haarlem. 1914.

INDIA.
Inpia. Board of Scientific Advice. Report, 1912-13, 1913-14.
Caleutta. 1914-15. .
Department of Agriculture. Memoirs: bacteriological
ser., vol. 1, no. 3-5. Calcutta. 1919.

862

India. Department of Agriculture. Botanical ser., vol. 6,
’ one, By. 7) mesgbeds 914i as
Chemical ser., vol.°3, no. 93 4; no, Tage

1914-15.

Report, 1913-14. Calcutta. 1915.

-——— Geological Survey. Memoirs, vol. 40, pt. 1-2; 41,
pt. 1; 42, pt. 1. Calcutta. 1912-14.

Palaeontologia Indica, ser. 15, vol. 4, no. 5;

n.s.; yol. 5,-no, 2. “Calentta.- 1914-15;

— Records, vol. 44, pt. 2-4; 45, pt. 2; 46.
1914-15. :

———— Pusa Agricultural Research Institute and College.
Report, 1913-14. Calcutta. 1914.

Inp1an Museum. Records, vol. 8, pt. 5-6; 10, pt. 2-3, 6.

Calcutta. 1914.

- Report, 1913-14. Calcutta. 1914.

Mapras FISHERIES Bureau. Bulletin 7. Madras, 1914.

PEAY.

SocretTA [TaLIANA DI ScrENzE Naturati. Atti, vol. 53, fase.
2-4: 54, fase. 1. “Pavia. “1914-15:

SocreTA Toscana Di ScrenzE Narturati. Atti: processi
verbali, vol. 8, p. 49-89; 9, p. 243-262; 13, p. 89-122 ;
23, no. 3-5. Pisa. 1892-1914.

Torino, R. Universita pi. Museo di Zoologia. Bolletino,
Wol>, 29) « Forimo:/ yore.

JAPAN.

Formosa. Bureau of Productive Industries. Icones of the
plants of Formosa, vol. 4. Taihoku. 1914.

ImpeR1AL AcaDEMy. Proceedings, vol. 1, no. 4. Tokyo. 1914.

JAPAN. Imperial Earthquake Investigation Committee. Bul-
letin, vol. 6, no. 35°7, no. 1;°8, no. 1. ~“Tekyo:” 43m

Kyoto ImperiaL University. ~College of Hngineering
Memoirs, vol. 1, no. 1-2. Kyédto. 1914-15.

——- College of Science. Memoirs, vol. 1, no. 1-2. Kyoto.
1914.

Touoxu ImpEeriaL UNIvERSITY. Science reports, lst ser., vol.
3, no. 5-6; 4, no. 1-2; 2nd ser., vol. 2, no. 1-2. Sendai.
1914-15.

ToHoOku MATHEMATICAL JOURNAL, vol. 6, no. 2-4; 7, no. 1-43
8, no. 1. Sendai. 1914-15.

Toxyo ImpeRIAL University. College of Science. Journal,.
vol. 29, art. 13°35, art: 8; 36)-art, 6-65 37, nee
Tokyo. 1914.

te- res Beet taeg. 84 = —_~ va

863

JAVA:
K. NATUURKUNDIGE VEREENIGING IN NEDERLANDSH-INDIE.
Natuurkundig Tijdschrift, deel 73. Batavia. 1914.

NepERLANDSH Oost-InpIz. J//oofd-bureau Mijnwezen.
wearnoes, 1912. Batavia. 1914.
MEXICO.
Socr—epaD CrEnTiFica “Antonio AuzaTE.’?’ Memorias y

revista, tom. 2; 6, no. 1-10; 7, no. 5-10; 8, no. 5-12;
Beene; 19, no. i. Mexico. 1888-1902.

NEW ZEALAND.
New Zeavanp. Department of Mines. Palaeontological
Belieun, no. 2-3. Well. 1914-15.
Dominion Museum. Bulletin, no. 3-4. Well.
1911-12.
——- Mimstry for Internal Affairs. Illustrations of the
New Zealand flora, vol. 1-2. Well. 1914.

“New ZEALAND INSTITUTE. Manual of the New Zealand

coleoptera, pt. 1-2. Well. 1880-81.
Transactions, vol. 18, 46-47 ; index, vol. 1-40. Well.
1886-1915.

NORWAY.
Bercens Museum. - Aarbog, 1914-15, pt. 2. 1915.
Aarsberetning, 1913. Bergen. 1914.
K. Norske VIDENSKABERS SELSKABS. Skrifter, 1913.
Trondhjem. 1914.
STAVANGER Museum. Aarshefte, 1913. Stavanger.

PERU.

{CUERPO DE INGENIEROS DE Minas. Boletin 81. Lima. 1915.
Soctepap GEOGRAFICA DE Lima. Boletin, tom. 29, trim. 3-4.
Lima. 1914.

RUSSIA.
Société IMpERIALE DES NaTURALISTES DE Moscovu. Bulletin,
1913, no. 4; 1914. Moscou. 1914-15.

SWEDEN.

ENTOMOLOGISKA F6rENINGEN 1 Stocxsotm. Entomologisk
Tidskrift, arg. 35. Upsala. 1914.

GEOLOGISKA FORENINGEN 1 SrockHoLtm. Forhandlingar, Bd.
36. Stockholm. 1914.

K. VitrerHETS HistorIrE ocH ANTIKVITETS AKADEMIEN.
Fornvannen, 1913. Stockholm. 1914.

iueerttt. vol. 20; no, 1; 21, no. 1. 1914.

Recta SocieratTis ScrENTARUM UPSALIENSIS. Nova acta, ser.
4, vol. 3, fasc. 2. Upsala. 1914.

864

SWITZERLAND.

SocittE DE PHYSIQUE ET D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE. Comte
rendu des séances, vol. 31. Geneve. 1915.

SocréTs VAUDOISE DES ScIENCES NATURELLES. Bulletin, no-
184. Lausanne. 1914.

UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA.

AtBaNy Museum. Records, vol. 3, pt. 2. Grahamstown.
1945.

DurBan Museum. Annals, vol. 1, pt. 2. 1915.

Report, 1914. Durban. 1915.

GEOLOGICAL SocreTy or SoutH Arrica. Transactions and
proceedings, vol. 1-16; 17, p. 1-84. Johannesburg.
1895-1915.

Roya Society or Soutn Arrica. Transactions, vol. 4, pt. 3;
5, pt. 1. Cape Town... d&t5. .

SoutH AFRICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF
SciENcE. Journal of science, vol. 10, no. 13-14; II,
no. 1-10; 12, no. 1. Cape Town. 1914-15.

South Arrican Museum. Annals, vol. 9; pt. 4; 10, pt.
11-12 ; 12, pt. 2; 13, pt. 4; 14, pt. 1; 15, pt. 1. Cape
Town:. 1914-15.

—— Report, 1914. Cave Town. 1915.

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

ACADEMY OF NaTuRAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Proceed-
ings, vol. 66; 67, pt. 1. Phil. 1914-15.

ACADEMY OF SCIENCE OF St. Louis. Transactions, vol. 2-3;
15, no. 1. St. Louis. 1863-1905.

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Proceedings,
vol. 50, no. 1-32--Phal-~ 1914.

AMERICAN GEOGRAPHICAL SocrtETy. Bulletin, vol. 45, no. 7;
46, no. 6, 9-12; 47, no. 1-8. N.Y. 1914-15.

AmeERIcAN Microscopicat Society. Proceedings and trans-
actions, vol. 4-5, 7-16, 18-33. Decatur, Ill. 1882-1914.

AMERICAN MusEeum or Naturat History. Anthropological
papers, vol. 11, pt. 5-10; 14, pt. 1; 15, pt. 1; 16, pt. T-
N.Y. 1914-15.

-——— Bulletin, vol. 25, pt. 2; 33. 1914-15.

——- Guide leaflets, no. 34, 38-42. 1911-15.

-—_—— Journal, vol. 14, no. 6-8; 15, no. 1-5. 1914-15.

—— Memoirs, n.s., vol. 1, pt. 5. 1914.

Report, vol. 45-46. 1914-15.

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL Society. Proceedings, no. 213-215.
Phil.. 1914,

865

ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA. American journal
of archaeology, vol. 18; 19, no. 1-2. Concord, N.H.
1914-15.
Art and archaeology, vol. 1; 2, no. 1. 1914-15.
Boston Socitery oF Naturat History. Memoirs, vol. 1; 2
(exc. pt. 1, no. 1); 3, no. 2-5, 8-10; 5, no. 8-9; 8, no. 1.
Bost. 1866-1914.
Proceedings, vol. 14-19; 22, pt. 2-3; 30, pt. 3-7; 31,
meee ee no. 15; 35, no. 1.” 1870-1914.

BrookityN INstTituTE oF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Museum
quarterly, vol. 1. Brooklyn. 1914-15.

Science bulletin. vol. 2, no. 3-4. 1914.

CaLIFoRNIA ACADEMY OF ScriENCES. Proceedings, 4th ser.,

vol. 4, p. 15-160; vol. 5, p. 1-31. San Fran. 1914.

- Third ser.: zoology, vol. 4, no. 4-5. 1906.

CaLiForRNia. State Mining Bureau. Bulletin, no. 68-69, and
map folio. Sacramento. 1914-15.

Mines and mineral resources of San Diego and
Imperial counties. 1914.

CALIFORNIA UNIVERSITY. Publications in American archae-
ology, vol. 1; 2, no. 1-4. Berkeley. 1903-05.
Botany, vol. 1, p. 1-140; 2, no. 14-15; 4, no. 18, index,

ee. 3, Ho. 1-3, 6; 6, no. 1-6, 1902-15.

Geology, vol. 7, no. 11-12, 21-22, index, etc.; 8, no.
2-3, 1. -°1913-14.

Zoology, vol. 1, no. 4-7; 3, no. 12, 14; 4, no. 1-2;
meters, 6) 7, no. 3-6;-11, no: 9-11) 14; 12,:no. 1-3;
13, no. 6-7; 14, no. 1. 1903-14.

Agricultural Experiment Station. Bulletin, no. 188-
227, 229-241, and 77 back numbers. 1884-1913.
Circular, no. 68-98, 100-114, and 48 back
numbers. 1903-14.

- Report, 1888-1901, 1912-14. 1890-1914.
Cuicaco ACADEMY oF SciENCcES. Bulletin, vol. 1, no. 1-10;
emo. 2, 4; 3, no. 6-10; 4, no. 1-2.'. Chic... 1883-1913.

Natural History Survey. Bulletin, no. 3, pt. 2; no. 5.
1902.

Special publication, no. 1. 1912.

CInciNNATI SocrETy oF Naturat History. Journal, vol. 21,
oe 5 E914,

ConNECTICUT ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES. Memoirs,
vol. 3. New Haven. 1911.

Transactions, vol. J-3; 4, pt. 1-2; 5-11. 1866-1903.
Presented by Yale University.

Denrtson University. Scientific Laboratories. Bulletin, vol.
17, art. 8-10. Granville, O. 1914.
CC

866

Frie.p Museum or Narurau History. Anthropological ser.,
vol. 13, no. 2; 14, no. 1. Chic. 1914-15.

—— Botanical ser., vol. 2, no. 9-10. 1913-14.

—— Geological ser., vol. 5, no. 1. 1914.

—— Ornithological ser., vol. 1, no. 8-9. 1915.

—— Report ser., vol. 4, no. 4-5. 1914-15.

Zoological ser., vol. 10, no. 10-12. 1914.

FraNKuLIN Institute. Journal, vol. 73-74, 124, 126-131,
133-165, 172-3, 177-9; 180, no. 1-2. Phil. 1877-1915.

Hawattan ENToMoLoGiIcAL Society. Proceedings, vol. 1-2;
3, no. 1-2. Honolulu. 1905-15.

Iuuinots. State Laboratory of Natural History. Bulletin,

vol. 10, art. 5-6. -Urbana. 1914-15,

Jouns Hopkins University. American chemical journal,
vol. 39, index, ete.; 40, no. 1. General index, vol.
1-10; 21-50. Balt. 1890-1914.

—— Circular, 1904, no. 1, 4, 6; 1913, no. 10; 1914, no.
1-10 $ TOYS, nosis ‘1904-15:

——— Studies in historical and political science, ser. 1, no.
1-12; 2; no.-1-4; 10; no. VY; 145 no: 9-103 32, nese
Balt. 1882-1914.

Kansas Acapemy OF SciENCE. Transactions, vol. 26. Topeka.
1914.

Kansas UNIversity. Bulletin: humanistic studies, vol. 1,
no. 2-3. Lawrence. 1914.

-- - Science bulletin, vol. 7, no. 1-17; 18, no. 1-10. Law-
rence. 1913-14.

Lextanp StanrorD Jr. UNIVERSITY. University ser., no. 1-2,
13-18. 1908-14.

Lovistana State Musreum. Report, 1912-14. Baton Rouge.

MaryvLanp GeEoLocicaL Survey. Report, vol. 1-3. Balt.
1897-99.

Minnesota University. Annual report, vol. 1, 3, 8, 15-16,
18-24. Minneapolis. 1872-98.

—— Current problems, no. 1-4. 1913-15.

——— President’s address, 1911-12.

———— Studies in biological sciences, no. 1. 1913.

——— Studies in engineering, no. 1. 1915.

--—_— Studies in language and literature, no. 1. 1914.

—-——- Studies in the social sciences. no. 4. 1915.

——— Agricultural Experiment Station. Bulletin, no. 122,
130, 132, °.134-138,? 140-141; -\4s-i47) se Pak
1913-15.

-———— Minnesota Geological Survey. Botanical studies, vol.
1-3; 4, pt. 1-3. Minneapolis. 1894-1914.

—_——. ——— . Bulletin, now i4-5) 7-8).10-12> see9=191 3:

ee ee es ee Baek ut toy

a a ee eS eee eel eS SO

—---- - -”

“ 4

867

Minnesota University. <A/innesota Geological Survey.
Geology of Minnesota, final report, vol. 1-5. 1884-1900.

Minnesota plant studies, no. 1, 3-5. 1909-13.

———— ——-— Reports of the survey: botanical ser., no. 1, 3,
8-9. 1892-1912.

Zoological ser., no. 2-5. 1895-1912.

Missourrt BorantcaL GarRDEN. Report, vol. 1. St. Louis.

1890.
NatTionaL ACADEMY OF ScrENCES. Memoirs, vol. 12, no. 1.
Wash. 1914.

—— Meteor Crater in northern central Arizona. 1909.

Proceedings, vol. 1, no. 1-4, 6-8. 1915.

New York ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Annals, vol. 23, p. 145-
353; 24, p. 1-443. N.Y. 1914-15.

New York Pusiic Lisrary. Bulletin, vol. 1; 2, no. 3-4, 11;
Semone; £o, no. 9-12; 19, no. 1-6,.8. 1897-1915.

New York Zootocicat Society. Zoologica, vol. 1, no. 17-20.
1914-15.

OBERLIN CoLLEGE. Laboratory bulletin, no. 2, 4-5, 7-8.
Oberlin, O. 1892-97.

—— Wilson bulletin, vol. 4, no. 1-2; 6, no. 1-3, 5, 10-11,
15,31 ; 26; no. 3-4; 27, no. 1-2. 1892-1915.

PuHILipPINE Is~tanps. Philipmne Library. Bulletin, vol. 3,
no. 1, 3-9. Manila. 1914-15.

PorTLAND Society or Naturat History. Journal, vol. 1,
no. 1. Portland, Me. 1864. |

Proceedings, vol. 1; 2, pt. 3-9; 3, pt. 1. 1862-1914.

ROCKEFELLER INSTITUTE FOR MeEpiIcat RESEARCH. Studies,

| vol. 18-20. N.Y. 1914-15.

SmiTHSONIAN INstTiITuTION. Annual report, 1913. Wash.

Bureau of American Ethnology. Bulletin, no. 46,

56, 58. Wash. 1914-15.

Unitep States. Department of Agriculture. Bulletin, no.
feeeeeu. §26, 144-5,,139, 149, 157, 166, 185. Wash.
1914-15.

1914.

_—

Farmers’ bulletin, no. 589, 597, 606, 622.

Journal of agricultural research, vol. 2, no.
5-6; vol. 3, no. 1-0; 4, no. 1-5. 1914-15.
North American fauna, no. 24,. 35-36.

1904-14.

Yearbook, 1902, 1912, 1914.

Bureau of Biological Survey. Bulletin, no.
33, 42, 75, 88, 90,103. 1914.

Bureau of Entomology. Technical ser., no.
17, pt. 2; no. 27, pt. 2. 1914-15.

Geological Survey. Annual report, vol. 35. 1914.

868

Unrtrep States. Geoloyical Survey. Bulletin, no. 540-1,
543, 546-554, 556-8, 561-2, 564, 570-2, 574-7, 579, 580:
A-K, 581 A-D, 583-6, 588, 590, 592, 599, 600. 1914.

Geologic folio, 190-194. 1914.

Topographic atlas, 74 sheets.

Mineral resources of the United States, 1912,.

pt. 1-2; 1913, pt. 1, 1-12, 14-26 A, pt. 2, 1-18, 20-35.

1912-14.

Professional paper, 76, 80-86, 90 A-H.

1913-14.

Water-supply paper, 309, 321-330, 335-6, 339,

340 A-E, 344, 345 A-G, 346-8, 363-4, 366. 1914.

Inbrary of Congress. Report, 1914.

Unitep States Narronat Museum. Annual report, 1913-14.

Wash. 1914.

- Bulletin, no. 50, pt. 6; 71, pt. 5; 84-90. + 1914-15.

Contributions from the National Herbarium, vol. 17,

pti.) h915,

Proceedings, vol. 46. 1914.

Special bulletin: American hydroids, pt. 3. 1915.

WaGner Free INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE OF PHILADELPHIA..
Transactions, vol. 7, pt. 3. Phil. 1914.

Wasuinctron University, Sr. Lours. Studies, vol. 2, pt. I,.
no. 1; vol. 2, pt. 2,;:no..1. St. Louis. 1914.

YaLE University. Science and religion, by C. J. Keyser.
New Haven. 1914.

—-— Transactions of the Connecticut Academy, vol. 12-15.
_1907-09.

869

Piet OF MEMBERS

AS EXISTING ON

SEPTEMBER 30, 1915.

Those marked with an asterisk have contributed papers pub-
lished in the Society’s Transactions.

Any change in address should be notified to the Secretary.

Nore.—The publications of the Society will not be sent to
those whose subscriptions are in arrears.

‘Date of
‘Election.

1910.

1893.
1897.

1890.

1905.
1905.

1892.
1898.
1894.
1912.

1881.

1913.
1909.
1893.
1905.
1908.

1895.
1902.
1908.
1907.
1909.

1912.

Honorary FELuows.

*Braec, W. H., M.A., F.R.S., Professor of Physics,
University College, London (Fellow 1886).

*Cossman, M., Rue de Maubeuge, 95; Paris.

*Davip, T. W. EpvaewortH, C.M.G., B.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.,
F.G.S., Professor of Geology, University of Sydney.

*ETHERIDGE, Ropert, Director of the Australian Museum
of New South Wales, Sydney.

Git, THomas, I.S.0., Under-Treasurer, Adelaide.

*Hepiey, Cuas. H., Naturalist, Australian Museum,

Sydney.

*Marwen, J. H., F.L.S., F.C.S., Director Botanic Gardens,
Sydney, New South Wales.

*Meyrick, E. T., B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Tohrnhanger, Marl-
borough, Wilts, England.

*Witson, J. T., M.D., Ch.M., Professor of Anatomy,
University of Sydney, New South Wales.

*“Trrrer, J. G. O., F.L.S., Elizabeth Street, Norwood
(Corresponding Member 1878, Fellow 1886).

CoRRESPONDING MEMBERS.

Battty, F. M., F.L.S., C.M.G., Colonial Botanist, Bris-
bane, Queensland.

*Carter, H. J., B.A., Darling Point, Sydney.

*Jouncock, C. F., Clare.

*Stretton, W. G., Palmerston, Northern Territory.

Tuomson, G. M., F.L.S., Dunedin, New Zealand.

. *WootnoueH, Watrer Grorce, D.Sc., F.G.S., Professor in

Geology, University of Perth (Fellow 1902).

FELLOWS.

*AsHBy, Epwin, M.O.B.U., Blackwood.
*Baxer, W. H., F.L.S., Glen Osmond Road, Parkside.
*Benson, W. Nort, B.Sc., University, Sydney.
*Buiack, J. McConnetxz, 1, Brougham Place, North Adelaide.
BrapLey, Epear J., C.E., Hydraulic Engineer’s Depart-

ment, Adelaide.
*Brovenuton, A. C., Young Street, Parkside.

1911.
1883.

1893.
1906.

1907.

1904.
1910.

1879.
1895.

1907.
1912.
1914.
1914.

1912.
1887.

1911

1902.
1914.

19
1904.

1880.

1910.
1904.
1896.
1913.
1891.
1883.

1b SM Ee
1912.

1893.
1910.

1915.

1897.
1884.
1888.
1914.
1905.

1874.

1907.

870

Brown, Evaar J., M.B., D.Ph., 3, North Terrace.

“Brown, H. Y. L., F.G.S., 286, Ward Street, North
Adelaide.

Brummitr, Rospert, M.R.C.S., Medindie

Bunpeéy, Miss Exvten Mitne, 148, Molesworth Street,
North Adelaide. :

*CuapMaNn, R. W., M.A., B.C.E., Professor of Mathematics
and Mechanics, University of Adelaide.

Curistiz, W., 49, Rundle Street, Adelaide.

"Crark, HE. V., B.Sc., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering,
University of Adelaide.

*CLELAND, W. L., M.B., Ch.M., J.P., Beaumont.

*CLELAND, JoHn B., M.D., Government Bureau of Micro-
biology, Sydney, New South Wales.

*Cooxr. T. W., D.Sc., Lecturer, University of Adelaide.

Corzsin, H., B.Sc., Forest Department, Adelaide.

Cornisu, H. M., Coast View, Adelaide Road, Glenelg.

DarrocH, D. G., Australian United Paint Co.. Port
Adelaide.

Drsmonp, J., Currie Street, Adelaide.

*Drxon, SAMUEL, Bath Street, New Glenelg.

Dutton, H. H., Anlaby.

Epnaquist, A. G., Tate Terrace, Croydon.

Frrevson, E. W., M.B., Ch.M., Gordon Road, Roseville,.
Sydney.

GittEesPir, H. R., Adyar, Madras Presidency, India.

Gorpon, Davin, c/o D. & W. Murray, Gawler Place,

- Adelaide.

*Goyper, Grorer, A.M., F.C.S., Gawler Place, adelaide.

*“Grant, Kerr, M.Sc., Professor of Physics, University of
Adelaide.

GrirritH, H., Henley Beach.

Hawker, E. W., F.C.S., East Bungaree, Clare.

Henpry, Jamses,c/o A. M. Bickford & Sons, Currie Street,
Adelaide.

*“Hotrzs, Macezor,° 1:50.) ( Fic8., 2 RiGs.. 8 nee
Director Botanic Gardens, Adelaide.

“Howcuin, Water, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and
Paleontology, University of Adelaide.

Hvueues, Hersert W., Booyoolie, Gladstone.

Jack, R. L., B.E., Assistant Government Geologist,
Adelaide.

James, Tuomas, M.R.C.S., Moonta.

*Jounson, E. A., M.D., M.R.C.S., 295, Pirie Street,
Adelaide.

Lauriz, D. F., Agricultural Department, Victoria Square.

*Lea, A. M., F.E.S., South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

Lennon, A. A., M.D. (Lond.), M.R.C.S., Lecturer in
Obstetrics, University of Adelaide, and Hon.
Physician, Children’s Hospital, North Adelaide.

*LoweER, Oswatp B., F.Z.S., F.E.S. (Lond.), Broken Hill,
New South Wales.

Matuews, G. M., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Langley
Mount, Watford, Herts, England

*Mawson,~ Srr Doveras, .Sc., B.E., Lecturer 2
Mineralogy and Petrology, University of Adelaide-

Mayo, Gro. G., C.E., England.

Mexroset, Rosert THomson, Mount Pleasant.

1897.

1907.
1913.

1886.

1911.
1908.

1907.

1885.

1913.
191).

1905,

1869.
1914.
1891.
1893.
1871.

1906.
1910.

1881.

1907.
1897.

1894.
1878.

1883.
1914.
1912.
1878.
1859.
1907.
1904.
1912.

1912.

1904.

871

*Morean, A. M., M.B., Ch.B‘, Angas Street, Adelaide.

Mveckst, Hveo C. E., Grenfell Street, Adelaide.

*Osnorn, T. G. B., M.Sc., Professor of Botany, University
of Adelaide.

Pootr, W. B., Savings Bank, Adelaide.

Pootz, T. 8., B.A., LL.B., Register Chambers, Grenfell
Street.

Pork, Wirii1aM, Eagle Chambers, King William Street.

PULLEINE, Masor R. H., M.B., North-terrace, Adelaide.

*Renni£E, Enywarp H., M.A., D.Sc. (Lond.), F.C.S., Pro-
fessor of Chemistry, University of Adelaide.

Rippre. A. R., Yorketown, Yorke Peninsula.

Roacu, B. S., Education Department, Flinders Street,
Adelaide.

*Roegers, Lirvut.-Cot. R. S., M.A., M.D., Flinders Street,
Adelaide.

*Rurr, Water, C.BH., College Park, Adelaide.

Saunprrs, M. E., Wood Street, Muillswood.

Serway, W. H., Treasury, Adelaide.

Simson, Aveustus, Launceston, Tasmania.

SmirH, Rospert Barr, Adelaide.

Snow, Francois H., National Mutual Buildings, King
William Street.

*“StantEy, E. R., Government Geologist, Port Moresby,
Papua.

*“Stiztine, Epwarp C., ©,M.G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S.,
¥.R.C.S., Professor of Physiology, University of Ade-
laide, Hon. Curator of Ethnology, South Australian
Museum.

Sweetarrtn, H. A., M.D., Park Terrace, Parkside.

*Torr, W. G., LL.D., M.A., B.C.L., Brighton, South Aus-
tralia.

*“Turner, A. Jerrerts, M.D., F.E.S., Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane, Queenstand.

*Verco, JoserH C., M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C.S., Lecturer on
the Principles and Practice of Medicine, University
of Adelaide, and Consulting Physician Adelaide Hos-
pital and Children’s Hospital.

Warnweicnrt, EH. H., B.Sc. (Lond.), McLaren Vale.

*Warte, EK. R., F.L.S., Director South Australian Museum.

Warp, Leonarp Keira, B.A., B.E., Government Geologist,
Adelaide.

Ware, W. L., King William Street.

Way, Rieut Hon. Sir Samven James, Bart., P.C., D.C.L.,
Chief Justice and Lieutenant-Governor of South Aus-
tralia, Adelaide.

Wess, Noex A., Barrister, Waymouth Street, Adelaide.

Wuitsreap, Howarp, c/o A. M. Bickford & Sons, Currie
Street, Adelaide.

*Wauite, Captain S. A., M.O.B.U., ‘‘Weetunga,” Fulham,
South Australia.

*Zietz, F. R., South Australian Museum.

ASSOCIATE.

Rosrnson, Mrs. H.R , ‘‘Las Conchas,’’ Largs Bay, South
‘Austrailia.

872

APPENDICES.

FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION

OF THE

Royal Society of South Australia (Incorporated). -

THIRTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
COMMITTEE.

For THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 21, 1915.

Your Committee reports with gratification that this
Section of the Royal Society has experienced another very
successful year. The monthly meetings and the field excur-
sions held during the period under review have been excellently
attended, and members have displayed the keenest interest in
the affairs of the Section.

Your Committee decided to continue again this year a
winter series of popular evening lectures, to which the general
public was invited. The results have been very gratifying,
the total attendances being considerably over a thousand. The
attendances at the excursions have lkewise been most satis-
factory, the average being 32. The year was opened with a
membership of 111. To this number 22 new members have
been added ; resignations total 9, leaving us with a roll of 121.
The Committee desires to express its appreciation to the gentle-
men who lectured before the Society and to those who acted
as leaders of the excursions held during the year.

Early in the year your Committee, realizing the value
a small lantern would be to the Section if installed in the
Royal Society’s room, placed an application before the parent
society. It is pleased to state that its request was granted
and that the lantern has since proved very serviceable.

The last annual meeting was held on Tuesday, September
15, 1914, when the following officers were elected for the
ensuing year:—Charman, Captain S. A. White, M.B.O.U..,.
R.A.O.U.; Vice-Chairmen, Mr. W. J. Kimber, Professor T.

873

G. B. Osborn, M.Se.; Hon. Treasurer, Mr. B. B. Beck;
Hon. Librarian, Miss I. Roberts ; Hon. Secretary, Mr. Percival
Runge: Hon. Assistant Secretary, Miss E. Hocking ; Com-
mittee—Dr. R.S. Rogers, M.A., Mr. J. W. Mellor, R.A.O.U.,
Mr. E. H. Lock, F.R.H.S., Mrs. R. 8. Rogers, Mr. W. H.
Selway, Mr. R. Llewellyn, Mrs. J. F. Mellor, and Mr. A. R.
Riddle: Awditors, Messrs. Walter D. Reed and A. W.
Drummond.

The retiring president, Mr. E. H. Lock, F.R.H.S., then
delivered a most instructive and interesting address on ‘“Drama
in Nature.’’ His discourse was much appreciated by the
large audience present.

On October 20, 1914, an Exhibit Evening was held, and
a fine collection of material was tabled by members. Mr. A.
M. Lea exhibited two cases of New Zealand insects. A New
Zealand chiton, of unusual dimensions, was shown by Mrs.
Mellor, while a number of mineralogical specimens were shown
by Mr. P. H. E. Runge (Hon. Secretary). Mr. W. J. Kimber,
with the aid of specimens, gave many interesting facts about
“The Life History of the Hermit Crab,” and Captain White
(Chairman) laid out on the table a beautiful collection of
South African birds.

April 20, 1915.—This, the first of the winter series of
monthly meetings, was devoted to exhibits. Mr. R. Llewellyn
exhibited a beautiful collection of cowrie shells, including many
species obtained in various parts of the world. A collection of
fossil shells, obtained at a depth of 400 feet during boring
operations on the Adelaide plains, was exhibited by Mr.
Ising. At the Chairman’s request, Mr. Riddle explained the
geological significance of the deposit. Mr. A. R. Riddle
exhibited a collection of gypsum obtained from Yorke Penin-
sula. Many of these showed great variations in twinning,
whilst others, which simulated true twin crystals, were simply
intergrowths. The massive form from Marion Bay, as well
as the granular variety or “‘seed gypsum,’’ from the immense
deposit at Lake Fowler, were shown. On behalf of Miss
Roberts, Mr. Riddle exhibited a so-called ‘fossil mushroom”
from Brown’s Well. Far from being a fossil, the specimen was
quite a present-day form known as Laccocephalum basilam-
loides. This fungus grows in sandy soil, and by reason of its
hyphae being glutinous, the sand grains become cemented
together. This, together with the woody nature of the fungus,
gives the “fossil’’-like appearance. Captain White (Chair-
man) exhibited a number of South African birds, and referred
to their nesting and other habits. His remarks were illustrated
by a number of beautiful slides taken in South Africa. Mr.
A. M. Lea, F.E.S., gave several interesting facts about a

874

number of Australian and New Guinea insects and showed a
large number of specimens. Mr, P. Runge (Hon. Secretary)
also displayed a number of geological specimens from this and
other Australian States. These included samples from a
mineral oil bore in the South-East, among which were sharks’
teeth, black sands, flints, and consolidated shell-grit. Several
cut garnets, commonly termed Australian rubies, were shown
by Mrs. J. F. Mellor, and their occurrence, composition, and
differences from the true Oriental ruby were explained by Mr.
Runge.

On May 18, 1915, the winter series of monthly lectures
was inaugurated by Captain White, M.B.O.U., R.A.O.U., ©
who before a large audience lectured upon “From Cape Town
to Lomate Land with the Camera.’’ With the aid of about
200 views, all taken by Captain White while on a big-game
hunting expedition in East and Central Africa, the lecturer
described much of interest concerning Cape Town, and then
spoke of his journey northwards, when Port Elizabeth, Dur-
ban, Delagoa Bay, and the interesting Portuguese town of
Lorenzo Marques were visited. Mozambique, depicted by
many beautiful slides, was the next port of call, and later the
town of Dar-es-saalem, the principal port of the late German
East African settlements, was reached. From here the journey
to Zanzibar was taken, and a considerable time spent upon the
island, Many beautiful views, illustrating the scenery, the
fauna and flora, and the natives were shown. Mombassa and
Malinda were next visited, and then the Lamu Archipelago.
The travellers continued northwards to the village of Mar-
tironi, and journeyed overland through jungle and forests
inhabited by big game and strange and beautiful birds, many
of which were secured. On the return trip Mount Kili-wan-
jaro was visited, where many different races of people were
encountered. Slides of these, as well as the flora and fauna
of this part of the country, were shown.

On June 17, 1915, Mr. A. R. Riddle lectured before a
large audience on “Salt, the Industry, and the State.” Of
the State’s mineral resources, the production of salt had pro-
duced wealth to the extent of £346,000 in the last ten years ;
thus it ranked next to copper as a source of mineral wealth in
South Australia, He stated that until recently the salt
lagoons within a few miles of Yorketown had been responsible
for nearly all the South Australian supply. At Port Augusta
a company had commenced operations with the object of
obtaining salt by the evaporation: of sea water. With ideal
natural evaporating pans, the low rainfall, and the high
evaporation, the venture compared favourably with that of the
Cheetham Salt Company in Victoria, which produced from

ight aes

875

30,000 to 40,000 tons annually by this process. All the other
salt-producing areas in South Australia were discussed. Mr.
Riddle illustrated his lecture with a fine series of slides, which
portrayed the salt and gypsum deposits, together with their
associated geological features.

On July 22, 1915, an interesting lecture, illustrated by a
large number of lantern slides, on the subject of ‘““Forestry’’
was delivered before a large audience by Mr. Walter Gill,
F.L.S. The lecturer first dealt with the economic importance
of South Australian timbers, and stated that during the last
few years 5,000 acres had been planted with 2,600,000 trees,
mainly pines, of which 90 per cent. were alive. Hardwood
required at least sixty years to mature for most purposes,
whereas pines required only half that time. Planting had
been carried out in Wirrabara, Kuipto, and Second Valley
Forests, as well as in the South-eastern Forests of Penola,
Caroline, and Mount Burr, all of which are in a highly satis-
factory state of development. Extensive work had also been
done in regenerating some of our native timbers, notably the
stringy bark, the value of which had long been recognized.
Mr. Gill illustrated his lecture by a fine series of lantern
slides.

On August 19, 1915, before a large audience, Mr. L. H.
Howie, by means of the episcope, showed on the screen a large
number of oil and water-colour sketches of South Australian
scenes, many of which were of localities visited by the Section. .
Over 100 views were shown and great interest was displayed in
the collection.

EXCURSIONS.

The greatest number that attended an excursion was sixty
and the lowest twelve, with an average attendance of thirty-
two.

On September 26, 1914, the first excursion took place
under the leadership of Professor T. G. B. Osborn, M.Sc.
A visit was made to the Torrens Gorge, but owing to the dry
conditions of the country specimens were scarce. Nevertheless,
a good many interesting plants were collected, which formed
the subject matter of an instructive address by the Professor.

On October 14, 1914, Barossa Reservoir was visited.
Under the leadership of Mr. J. W. Mellor the members were
afforded an opportunity of studying the bird life of the district.
The extreme dryness of the season interfered with the usual
habits of the birds, and only a limited number were met with.
Those members with geological interests were entrusted to
Mr. Riddle’s leadership. After a good deal of country had
been examined and specimens collected, Mr. Riddle discussed
the neighbourhood and gave a survey of the work that had

876

been done by Mr. Howchin and others as to the origin of the
great alluvial deposits.

On October 3, 1914, the Chairman (Captain White,
M.B.O.U., R.A.O.U.) invited the members to view a large
collection of natural history specimens that he had brought
back from the Musgrave and Everard Ranges, in the north-
west of South Australia. They included a large collection of
reptiles, containing many rare snakes and lizards, several
specimens of mammals, land shells, birds’ eggs, spiders, and
insects, many of them new to science. Particular interest was
attached to a collection of ants, including thirty species, of
which quite twenty were new to science. The botanical collec-
tion was also large and varied, covering more than 200 species,
many of which were also new discoveries. The largest division
comprised a unique collection of birds’ skins—some also new
to science. Amongst the new finds one of the most notable
was the rediscovery of Xerophila pectoralis, Gould’s long-lost
type, described in 1871 from a single specimen. A number of
native weapons and utensils were also among the exhibits.

On November 24, 1914, under the leadership of Dr. W.
G. Torr, assisted by Mr. W. J. Kimber, Marino was visited
for the purpose of studying chitons. After collecting a
number of specimens for reference, Dr. Torr spoke of the work
that had been accomplished in connection with this section of
the Mollusca, and remarked that chitons were found in almost
every part of the world. By diagrams drawn on the sand
the interesting and complicated structure of these creatures
was shown. So far sixty-two species have been recorded for
South Australia, and a list of these has been published by
Dr. Torr in the Royal Society’s Proceedings.

On December 5, 1914, the annual social outing took place
at Scott Creek, Mount Lofty. A very enjoyable afternoon
was spent, through the kind hospitality of Mr. E. H. Lock,
F.R.H.S., who entertained members at tea.

On February 6, 1915, under the leadership of Mr. W. J.
Kimber, St. Kilda Beach was visited. This locality proved
of much interest, particularly as the tide was low, exposing
the mangrove-fringed mud and sand flats. Mr. Kimber
- described to members much of the life history of the specimens
discovered. A semi-fossil shelly deposit was also examined
and found to contain Columbella bidentata, which is now rarely
found in South Australia. Several species of Capulus were
also found, including C. violaceus, a shell uncommon on mest
of our beaches.

On March 6, 1915, a dredging excursion was conducted
off the Semaphore, under the leadership of Dr. R. H. Pulleine
and Mr. W. J. Kimber, when many interesting forms of

877

sea-life were secured. They included crustacea, brightly-
coloured sponges and seaweed, hydromedusa, starfish, sea
urchins, and marine worms.

On April 24, 1915, a botanical excursion was held at
Aldgate, under the leadership of Mr. W. H. Selway. The
gardens of Mr. W. H. Bagot were visited, and a study made
of the large collection of European trees growing there. A
visit was also made to Mrs. Caley Smith’s Nursery, where a
very great variety of dahlias, mostly in full bloom, was
inspected. Mr. Selway, with the aid of specimens collected,
addressed the members on the subject of ‘Leaves and their
Life History,’ with special reference to “autumn tints.’”’ He
first dealt with the development of the young bud and then
the history of the young leaf, the various positions it assumes,
and its process of sugar manufacture. The function of the
stomata, the action of the protoplasm, and the colouring pro-
perties of the chlorophyll were also pointed out. The varying
venation of the leaves, their shape, variety, and colour, as
well as the causes for their autumnal colouring, were
explained.

On May 10, 1915, under the leadership of Mr. A. R.
Riddle, an excursion was made to the valley of the Sturt
River, primarily to study the Cambrian glacial beds. Just
above these, in the Cambrian series, the Tapley Hill ribbon-~
slates are well seen in a quarry which was visited. Further up
the valley the almost unique glacial beds come into view.
Mr. Riddle said the beds were of exceptional interest, and
that for most of the knowledge which we to-day possess
respecting them tribute must be paid to the pioneering indus-
try of Mr. Howchin. Im addition to the many glacial
phenomena, the general physiographic features were made the
subject of short lecturettes from Mr. Riddle. At a waterfall
some interesting pot-holes were observed in the rock, and in
the bottom of the holes were noticed the small stones which,
under the movement caused by the water swirling around,
were slowly making the holes larger.

On June 7, 1915, a whole day’s excursion was held at
Forest Range, but owing to the inclemency of the weather
little field work was done. The leader, Mr. E. H. Lock,
F.R.H.S., contributed a paper upon “The Commercial Value
of our Stringybarks,” and much valuable information was
gathered from it.

On June 28, 1915, a geological excursion was made under
the leadership of Mr. P. H. E. Runge (Hon. Secretary) to
Williamstown. The journey was taken to Gawler by train
and then by motor through Williamstown to the site of the

878

Warren Reservoir. Here an inspection was made of the works
that were in progress and of the interesting contorted rocks
exposed in the wall of the excavations. The pipeclay deposits
and the rutile mines existing in the neighbourhood were also
examined. From these and other sources good collections of
specimens were made.

On July 24, 1915, Morialta Gorge was visited, and under
the leadership of Mr. A. G. Edquist a physiographical study

of the features of the gorge was made. The two distinct types,

of scenery which characterize the gorge—the softly- rounded
hills at the entrance and covered with a wealth of green turf,
and its rugged and almost barren type of scenery that abounds
further up the gorge—were pointed out. It was also shown
what a great part the rainfall, dip of strata, jointing and
composition of rocks played in the moulding of the scenery.
Mr. Edquist explained that the marked change in the flora was
due to the nature of the rocky subsoil. Certain communities
of plants preferred the clays and loams derived from argillace-
ous rocks, others enjoyed the calcareous loams derived from
the thick stratum of dolomitic limestone, while a third class

flourished on the light sandy soils derived from the quartzites

which gave rise to the gorge. At the entrance of the gorge,
where the dense quartzite rocks lhfted themselves to a height
of several hundred feet, the junction of the hard and soft rocks
was pointed out, and they marked the position of the original
waterfall.

On August 21, 1915, an excursion was made to Snowden
Beach, near the Outer Harbour, under the leadership of Mr.
W. J. Kimber. After a good collection of marine mollusca
had been gathered from the long strip of narrow beach, Mr.
Kimber, by a series of short discourses, mentioned many
interesting facts about their habits. The differences between
the carnivorous and vegetarian mollusca were explained and
the methods of attack used by the univalve shells upon the
bivalve shells were demonstrated. A piece of a Cypraea thersites
was taken, showing that this beautiful cowrie, though not
suspected previously, lives in the adjacent waters. Specimens
of Pinna inermis, with Capulus australis and Ostrea angast
attached, were also found.

On September 11, 1915, Mrs. R. 8. Rogers lead a walking
excursion from Upper Sturt to Belair, with the object of
studying the various species of wattles. The display was some-
what disappointing, the season being rather advanced. How-
ever, this was more than compensated for by the abundance

of other flora, notably orchids, of which eleven species were
taken.

il

879

NEw DISCOVERIES BY MEMBERS.

During the North-western Scientific Expedition, Captain
White, M.B.O.U., R.A.O.U., discovered five new birds,
twenty new varieties of ants, several new plants, and some
new spiders (not yet classified).

S. A. Wuite, Chairman.
Percival Runce, Hon. Secretary.

September 21, 1915.

TWENTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
NATIVE FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION
COMMITTEE OF THE FIELD NATURALISTS’
SECTION OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH
AUSTRALIA FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEM-
BER 21, 1915.

During the year several correspondents have communi-
cated with the Committee pointing out that the destruction of
native bird life continues, particularly in the Meningie and
the Lake districts. The matter was placed in the hands of
the Hon. Secretary (Mr. P. Runge), and enquiries were made
from the Protector of Aborigines and other gentlemen con-
cerned. Afterwards it was placed in the hands of the
President of the P.A.O.U., and is being attended to.

Mention was made in the last annual report that the
“Toolach,’’ or brush kangaroo, whose fur is of exceptional
value, was believed to be, for want of proper protection,.
extinct. However, during the year a few of these native
animals have appeared on a station in the South-east. If any
of these can be secured alive it is intended to place them on
the Kangaroo Island Reserve, providing that their proper
protection is assured.

The Chairman of the Committee (Mr. Edwin Ashby) has
been again in communication with the State Government con-
cerning the Bill prepared for the purpose of the establishing
of Flinders Chase and investing it in trustees as a National
Park and a Fauna and Flora Reserve. The Bill was prepared
nearly two years ago by the Parliamentary draughtsman to be
introduced into the House, but it is now feared that owing to
the war and national stress the financial suggestions it embodies
may defer its introduction indefinitely, and rather than this

880

should happen the Committee would sooner that it be modified.
At the request of the Parliamentary draughtsman our Chair-
man went through the draft Bill on two occasions and made
such recommendations as seemed advisable.

The Chairman also received a letter from Mr. W. H.
Strawbridge in reference to the matter last May. He sug-
gested that Western River should be included in the Reserve,
as the mouth of the river is one of the few possible harbours
at that end of the island. The locality is well suited to the
needs of the lyre bird and other fauna. Information hass
reached the Committee that all the protection of the fauna at _
the western end of Kangaroo Island is in abeyance, as it is
under “Military Law.” If this is correct, it is felt that some
action might be taken in approaching the Federal authorities
to protect the fauna.

Although the Committee has no quite recent information
of the destruction of the native fauna on Kangaroo Island, it
is said to be still going on, and it feels that some definite
action should be taken by the State Government to prevent
the extinction of so many of our native fur-bearing animals.

Epwin Asusy, Chairman.
PercivaL Runce, Hon. Secretary.

September 21, 1915.

fcwaow ‘aay ‘d wav A,

‘SLOPIPN

| ‘dNOWWOUG ‘ ‘'V ‘GI6L ‘LT Jequieydeg
‘qoo1109 PunoOy puv pozJIpny
‘DIL “SOL PF plvVamio 7 JYSNOIg oouvleg
OL PL 6&F ae ae a Ol FL Gee cleats
LE OL. F PAIVMIOJ poliivo oduvpeg ‘
0 al 0 eee see tee ALOYOOLY ia
Lb ‘ojo ‘soseysog ‘‘
Bock ek syuowmysorfeyy *
j- OL 1 SIOALIG 0} sdiy, ‘ Q. - Be (Ve so1e jy uosanoxg =“
Oo = Le * STOUUBOIG Puv SAOJOY JO OATH, OF, , Oo & voureg jripatg Ag
D's F yO Bs 3
‘JUNOIIP UWOisInoey
L VI 86 L VI &6F Ss
L 61% soueleg © :
0 SL OO AJoLNOg [VAOY 0F oONp yunowWYW OF, ae 3 ie 4 yueg ut souvpeg Ag
“Dp "Ss ~“F *SALLIIIAVIT ‘D's -¢ *SLASSV
3 “salguiqnuvy pun syassp fo puama ops
OL 9 {Le OL 9 22g
Lee FIpHxyy oF oouvpeg
6 SLI aiupurg pue spreg ep Oley. Averquy ‘‘
Go Ft SulstpIoApy ‘
L. 0-4 eucydofay, *
a Pas usroyuey pue Tey jo orp,“ O: tO. *OR “* GIGL tof Ayoroog [ekoy woay gueryg *
ae Syo1008 esoy, 04 pred suotydLiosqng sioquieyy * Oi. ; qunoooy Surjulig uo oyeqoy *
Aa Te ee ““«- - gosvjsog * 0 Sl 0z suorydriosqng S109 quo fl -
OL TL OF PIGL “Funosor wagsiHay mh a@ 6d. OO “ qsoroquy yuvg
BS <9 eI wee 7.” y Bien MOLOE LIER Shou 00 PIGL ‘Ayotoog [edoy wor JUBID ©
. ot ALOUOTYVIG OF, eT a plVeM1of FYSNOIG souvpVg FIpxty Ad
ps F ‘AUALIGNAAKA jak Be *SLdIAOdU
‘GI6L ‘0G saquajiday papua woo xX s0f aunzrpuadegy puv s3drad0I7 {0 2UWawazn2g
TOO IVAOY AHL 40 NOMLOIG ,SISTIVUOLVN GTENE = .

882

MALACOLOGICAL. SECTION

OF THE

Boval Society of South Australia (Yncorporated).

ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE YEAR 1914-1915.

Eight meetings were held during the year. There are
twelve members on the roll. The members are: —Dr. Verco,
Dr. Pulleine, Mr. W. Howchin, Miss Robinson, Mrs.
Robinson, Miss Stenhouse, and Messrs. E. G. Saunders, W. J.
Kimber, Walter Reed, Errol Hanley, F. L. Saunders, and
Dro Tart,

During the year over seventy species of shells have been
identified and classified, pertaining to the following genera : —
Turritella, Vermuicularia, Siliquaria, Lippistes, Sequenzia,
Bittium, Trifora, Cerithiwm, Potamides, Batillaria, Cerithi-
opsis, Cypraea, Trivia, Erato, Ovula, Cassis, Cassidea,
Cymatium, Colubraria, and Argobuccinum.

Dr. Verco is elected President for 1915-16 and Dr. Torr
Secretary and Treasurer.

RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE FOR THE YEAR 1914-15.

Receipts.
& 8. de
To Subscriptions eee a a ne as ee
», Debit Balance ie : Ute SES
4 Sok
Expenditure.
B- 8. de
By Debit Balance, 1913-14 is ma Met, | habe vest
,, Subscriptions to Royal Society ae: Jee MGT ees
£1 “hy Gl.

Wit11aAmM G. Torr, Secretary and Treasurer.

883

mie R AL INDEX,

[Generic and specific names printed in italics indicate that the
forms described are new. |

Ablepharus lineo-ocellatus, 769.

Aborigines of Everard Range, 1725;
language of, 732.

Acanthaceae, 836.

Acanthiza iredalei morgani, 1753;

marianae, 752, 762; pusilla conso-

brina, 752; uropygialis condora,
753, 762.
Acanthogenys rufogularis cygnus,
59, ‘766

Acantholophus, 57, 59; A. alpicola,
71; browni, 66; halmaturinus, 69;
seaphirostris, 73; simulator, 10;
tennantensis, 68.

Acanthophis pyrrhus 737.

Acanthoserphus, 384; A.
385.

Accipiter c. cirrocephalus, 744.

Achaea janata, 370.

Acherres, 63; A. granulatus, 84;
latus, 83; pilosus, 84.
Acidopria unidentata, 431.
Aclista australiensis, 394;

tasmanica, 395

Acontianae, 369.

Actinonema rosae, 355.

Aedriodes, 63.

Aegotheles cristata, 747.

Agamidae, 767.

Aganippe whitei, 774.

Agaristidae, 362.

Agetinus, 235, 262; table of species,
262; A. abjectus, 269; admirabilis,
266; aequalis, 264; cacozelus, 270;
cicatricosus, 267; compositus, 269;
confluens, 266; croesus, ;
hackeri, 268; juvencus, 271; nitt-
divirgatus, 270; obliquus, 265;
subcostatus, 263.

Agrotinae, 362.

Agrotis compta, 362; spina, 363.

Aizoaceae, 830.

Alcedinidae, 747.

Alexirhea, 62.

Alittus, 235, 273; table of species, 273 ;
A. foveolatus, 273; macleayi, 275;
micans, 274; rugipennis, 276;
scutellaris, 274.

Alternaria solani, 356.

Amarantaceae, 95, 829

Amata clementsi, 558; magistri, 358;
xanthosoma, 5

Amatidae, 358.

albicoxa,

leai, 394;

Amaurobius robustus, 775.
Amelora polychroa, 383.
Amorphorhinus, 63; A.

muriceus, 89.
Amphibolurus barbatus,

769; macu--

latus, 767; reticulatus, 767; rufus-
cens, 768.
Amphicrossa hemadelpha, 383.
Amphihelia striata, 351.
Amphistegina lessonii, 349; 350.
Amycterides,
Anatidae, 744.
Angelia callisarca, ©8381; crypsi-

gramma, 881; eurypsamma, 881;
haplochroa, 382; heteropa, 381;
philocosma, 381; platydesma, 381;
stenoscia, 582; tephrochroa, 580.
Annual meeting, 851; Report, 852;
Balance-sheets, 854.
Anomalina ammonoides, 349; grosse-
rugosa, 3849.
Anoplocapros, 479; A.
474, 480; lenticularis, 479.
Anteris nigriscutellum, 448.
a australis adelaidensis, 759,

gtbbosus,

Anua tirhaca,

parcemacula, 370;

Aphelocephala castaneiventris whitei,
fob, 164; nigricincta; 756, 7655
pectoralis, 756, 4.

Aracana and its allies, 477, 483, 484;
A. aurita, 475, 484, 486 ; flavigaster,
491 ; ornata, 489 ; spilogaster, 487 ;
spilogaster var. spinoissima, 488;
var. angusta, 488.

Arachnida (White’s Expedition), Pre:

Arctiadae, 359.

Ardeidae, 743.

Ardices clatignyi, 361.

Argiopidae, 781.

Argyrodes, 780; A. binotata, 781.

Ariathisa adelopa, 374; adelphodes,
367; angasi, 366; atmoscopa, 367 ;
atra, 367; capularis, 367; chryso-
spila, 366; coelenoptera, 365: con-
finis, 367, 374; cornuta, 566;
endesma, 366; etoniana, 367 ;
euchroa, 3066; flexirena, 367;
gypsina, 366; heterogama, 367,
374; hydraecioides, 367; inter-
ferens, 567; microdes, 367; micro-
spila, 367; monochroa, 367; para-
gypsa, 306; paratorna, 567;
tortisigna, 366

884

Armactica conchidia, 369.

Artamidae, 754.

Asclepiadaceae, 834.

Ascochyta corticola, 555.

Ascopharynx cervinus, 735.

Ashby, E., Unrecorded ferns, 100.
Exhibits: moth, shell, and birds,
845; birds and ferns, 350.

Ashbyia lovensis, 752.

Ashmeadopria, 438 ; table of species,

438; A. acuta, 439 ; laeviventris,
440 ; nulchrithorax, 439; = rubri-
thorax, 438.
Ashton, H., Synonymic Notes on
Cicadidae,

Aspidium molle, 100; unitum var.
propinquum, 101.

Asthena pulchraria, 375.

Asura lydia, 360.

Atopomycterus nicthemerus, 476.

Atychoria, 63.

Auletes tibialis, 798.

Aurepthianura aurifrons, 752, 762.

Austrartamus melanops, 754, 764.

Austrodicaeum hirundinaceum, 757.

Austrotis a. australis, 743.

Austroturnix v. velox, 740.

Aves (White’s Expedition), 740.

Avicularidae,

Azimuth, Circum-elongation observa-
tions for, 44.

Barnardius zonarius myrtae, 745.

Baryconus albicoxa, 446; magnificus,
445; perpulcher, 447: substriati-
ceps, 446; superbus, 445.

Bassia inchoata, 94.

Bednall, W. T., Death of, 849.

Belytidae, 389: table of genera, 389.

Berycidae, 461.

Bignoniaceae, 856.

‘Biloculina depressa, 348; ringens,
348.
Birds (White’s Expedition), 740;

contents of stomachs, 760;
vation of, 843.

Black, J. M., Additions to flora of
South Australia, 94; Botany of
White’s Expedition, 825; language
of Everard Range tribe, 732. Ex-
hibits: noxious burr, 849.

Boraginaceae, 834.

Bostrychidae, 794.

Botany (White’s Expedition), 823.

Bothriopria, 406; table of species, 406 ;
B. atra, 408; aureipes, 409; leai,
407; infuscipes, 409 ; splendida,
406; unicolor, 407; victoriae, 408.

Bothroponera piliventris, 805.

Brachymycterus, 63,87; B. auritus, 88.

Bragg, Prof., congratulated, 848.

Broken Hill, Lepidoptera of, 357.

Bubaris, 62.

Buciaria bipartita, 362.

Bulestes torquatus ethelae, 755.

preser-

Bulimina elegantissima, 348.
Buprestidae, 794

Burhinidae, 743.

Burhinus m. magnirostris, 743. *

Buthidae, 773.

Cacatoidae, 745.

Cacellus regalis, 445.

Calamanthus campestris isabellinus,
751, 762.

Calathusa aethalistis, 372; hemiscia,
A, ischnodes, 371; thermosticha,

Callanthias allporti, 464.

Calomyrmex splendidus, subsp. pur-
pureus, var. smaragdinus, 820,
var. eremophilus, 820.

Campanulaceae, 838.

Campbellornis personatus munna,
754; superciliosus, 754.
Camponotus aurofasciatus, 817;

eremicus, 815; Jlatrunculus, 814;
leae, 819; maculatus, subsp. novae-
hollandiae, 814; subsp. discors,.
814; subnitidus, | 817; whitei, 818.
Campophagidae, 7
Cantherines ayraudie, 472;
latus, 473; hippocrepis,
mosaicus, 472; setosus, 472.
Caprichthys, 432 « C. gymnura, 482.
Caprimima procrena, 359.
Cepropyess 478: C. unistriata, 474,

Carangidae, 464.

Caranx georgianus, 464.
Carcharhinidae, 460.

Cardiopria, 429; C. ventralis, 429.
Cardita scabrosa, 351.
Caryophyllaceae, 95, 830.
Cassidulina subglobosa, 348.
Castulo gratiosa, 561; laeta, 361.
Catocalinae, 369

Caudina chilensis, 21.

Celama: albalis, 359.

granu-
472 ;.

Cenchrus australis, 92.

Cerambycidae, 795.

Ceramodactylus damaeus, 767.

Ceraphronidae,

Cerchneis ec. cenchroides, 745, 760.

Certhiidae, 757.

Certhionyx variegatus, 757, 765.

Chapman, R. W., Circum- elongation
observations for Azimuth, 44.

Charadriidae, 742.

Chasmina pulchra, 368.

Cheel, E., New species of lLeuco-
pogon 98.

Cheilodactylidae, 464.

Chelidonichthys kumu, 469.

Chenopodiaceae, 94, 827.

Cheramoeca leucosternum stonei, 748.

Chiracanthium (?) pennuliferum, 786..

Chlenias arietaria, 383; banksiaria,
383; heteromorpha, 383; melan-
oxysta, 383; serina, 383.

Chloridea obsoleta, 362.

Chloritis squamulosa, 771.

Chrysomelidae, 102, 795.

Cicadidae, Synonymic Notes on, 91.

Cinclosoma casanotum dundasi, 751.

Cintractia sorghi-vulgaris, 3554.,

Cirphis ciliata, 563; leucosta, 363;
Se 363; uda, 363; unipuncta,

Cisowhitea, 799; C. longicollis, 800.

Clavulina parisiensis, 348. -

Cleland, J. B., Haematozoa of Aus-
tralian Birds, 25; Red cells of
some Australian Vertebrates, 38.

Cleorina, 166; C. pulchella, 166;
purpurea, 166.

Cleptor, 301; table of species, 502;
C. apicistriatus, 313; bigener, 309;
caeruleus, 307; chloropterus, 313;
coriaceus, 316; electus, 315; globu-

lus, 308; goudiei, 317: haroldi,
304; inermis, 303; laevicollis, ola
minutus, $810; multicolor, 504;

pallidiventris, 314; paradoxus, 516;
rufimanus, 304; semiviridis, 309;

simplicipennis, 515; striatzpectus,
307; swbhumeralis, 306; tersus, 311.
Climacteris erythrops_ superciliosa,

757, q

Clubiona robusta, 786.

Clubionidae, 785.

Coccinellidae, 795.

Colaspis mutica, 277.

Colaspoides, 278; table of species,
279; C. acervata, 296; anomogastra,
290; bicarinata, 288; complicata,
284; erassipes, 297; doddi, 296;
elegantula, 289; foveiventris, 294;
frenchi, 282; haemorrhoidalis, 293:
heroni, 289 ; hoblerae, 285 ;
howensis, 280; mimeta, 291;
norfolcensis, 281; pallidula, 295;

parvidens. 500; prcticornis, 287;
pictipes, 298; poeciloderma, 292;
quieta, 283: rara, 283: rectilatera,
285; similis, 299; suavis, 295;

tarsalis, 286.
Colasposoma sellatum, 278.
Coleoptera (White’s Expedition), 794.
Colletotrichum lindemuthianum, 356.
Colluricincla rufiventris whitei, 755,

764.

Colochirus doliolum, 21; quadrangu-
laris, 21.

Columbidae, 740.

Colydiidae, 794.

Compositae, 96; 838.

Coniferae, 824.

Conostigmus pretiosus, 454.

Convolvulaceae,

Copyrights of the Society, 844, 845.

Pie Saag novae-hollandiae melanops,
50, ;

Cornuspira involvens, 348.

Corvus coronoides perplexus, 759.

Cosmodes elegans, 364.

Cosmophasis (?) bitaeniatus, 790.

Cosymbia penthearia, 379.

Covidae, 759.

Cracticus nigrogularis mellori, 755.

Creed, E., and E. C. Joshua, South
Australian Holothuroidea, 16.

Crematogaster longiceps, var. cur-
ticeps, 809; whitei, 808; xerophila,
810; xerophila, var. exigua, 811.

Cremnophora angasi, 361.

Bs ea cultrata, 348; gibba,

8.

Cruciferae, 830.

Cruria donovani, 362.

Cryptoerithinae, TTT.

Cryptoerithus, T7177; C. occultus, 778.

Cryptoserphus nigriscutum, 388; niti-
dus, 388.

Ctenosia infuscata, 359.

Cubicorrhynchus, 59, 60; C. awreoma-
culatus, 80: curvipes, 76; quadrati-
collis, 19; rectipes, 82; strigicollis,
77; substrigosus, 719.

Cuculidae, 747.

Cucullothorae, 88; C. horridus, 89.

Cucumaria inconspicua, 17; mutans,

18; squamata, 17; striata, 18.
Cucurbitaceae,

Cudnellia,~ 532';)..C:- apicalis, ~635 >
canaliculata, 354; insularis, 334.

Curculionidae, 57, 795.
Cyanaleyon pyrrhopygius,
Cyperaceae, 826.
Cyttidae, 465.

Cyttosoma boops, 465.

747, 760.

Dactylosparus macropterus, 464.
Darantasia perichroa, 377.
Dasyatidae, 460.

Dasyatis brevicaudatus, 461.
Dasygaster eutherma, 363.
Dasypodia selenophora, 371.
Delma fraseri, 767.

Demansia modesta, 737.
Dentalium mantelli, 551.
Dermorhytis, 320.

Diaea(?) pulleinet, 785; punctata,
785.

‘Dialeptopus, 63.

ee textilis purnelli, 754,
63.

Diapria (?) coccophaga, 443.
Diapriidae, 397; table of genera, 397.
Dicaeidae, 757.

Diceratucha xenopis, 377.
Dichromodes, é
Dictynidae, 1775.
Dilleniaceae, 833.
Diodontidae, 476.
Diphoropria rufipes, 443.
Diplodactylus ciliaris, 767.
Discorbina tabernacularis,

349 ;
turbo, 349.

886

Disogmus nigerrimus, 386.

Ditropidus whitez, 800.

Dodd,
optera, 584. Errata, 454.

Dolomedes facetus, 786.

Dolophones, 781; D. intricata, 782;
thomisoides, 782.

Donuca spectabilis, 370.

Drassidae, 1779.

Dromiceiidae, 740.

Dromiceius novae-hollandiae, 740.

Dytiscidae, 794.

Earias huegeli, 369; ochrophylla,
509; parallela, 369.

Echemus. (?) griseus, 779.

Echeneis australis, 540.

Ectopatria aspera, 363.

Ectropis hieroglyphica, 380; plectro-
neura, 380; pristis, 380.

Edquist, A. G., Exhibits: ants, 844;
photographs of lightning, 849.

Edusa, 191; table of species, 193; E.
abdominalis, 209; araeoceroides,
207; atrichia, 212; aureorufa, 218;
aureoviridis, 201; blackburni, 205;
chalcea, 252; chlorion, 224; chloro-
phana, 215; chrysura, 200; cly-
pealis, 208; discicollis, 233; dispar,
229; distincta, 204; diversicollis,
202; evanescens, 200; flavicornis,
222; flavipes, 214; froggatti, 202;
fusca, 207; germari, 199; groffithi,

226; heterodoxa, 216; impressi-
ceps, 229; marginicollis, 217;
melanoptera, 219; melanosoma,

205; metallica, 230; meyricki, 204;
mira, 225; montana, 205; montze-
cola, 210; niveosquamosa, 225;
pallidiventris, 206; palpalis, 227;
pavens, 202; perplexa, 203; plicata,
213; podagrosa, 215; posthumer-
alis, 223: puberula, 201: rufilabris,
211; securigera, 254; sericea, 228;
setipennis, 221; spinicollis, 204;
submaculata, 218; suturalis, 200;
tridens, 220; turneri, 262; ursa,
220; wirgatipes, 231; viridicollis,
199; viridifrons, 221; viridilatera,
223; viridimetallica, 215; viridi-
pennis, 200; ziczac, 206; zetzi, 217.

Edusoides pulcher, 277.

Egernia whitii, 769.

Egestria sulcicollis, 796.

Elateridae, 794.

Elseya m. melanons, 742.

Emblema pieta ethelae, 759.

Emmiltis argillina, 378; cosmadelpha,
578; trissodesma, 578.

Empusa muscae, 455.

Entomacis, 399; table of species, 400;
E. australis, 400; elegans, 401;
monilicornis, 400.

Entorrhiza solani, 354.

P., Australian Hymen- -

Kois albicostata, 377; stenozona, 378.

Eolophus r. roseicapillus, 745.

Erato minor, 351.

Hremaea, 803; KH. zonospila, 803.

Kremochroa alphitias, 364; macropa,
Bay paradesma, 364; thermidora,

Kremophila neglecta, 96.

Erysiphe graminis, 354.
Erythrichthyidae, 464.
Ethelornis culicivorus musgravi, 749.
EKublemma anachoresis, 368; cochy-
lioides, 368: dubia, 368; rivula, 368.
Euchloris albicosta, 379; vertum-
naria, 379.
Fucolaspis, 318; F.
tricolor, 318.
Eugaleus australis, 460.
Kuhoplopria, 414; table of species,
© 415; H. carinatifrons, 415; emarg-
pennis, 416; lativentris, 416.
Eulocastra eurynipha, 368.
Hupichehy saliaris, 363; sepultrix,

tranquilla, 320;

Eumicrosoma, 452.

Kumolpides, Notes on Australian,
102; table of genera, 106; cata-
logue, 109.

Euomus, 62.

Euphorbiaceae, 832.

Eupterotidae, 803.

Eustrotia amorpha, 368; ritsemae,
508.

Euxoa infusa, 362; porphyricollis,

562; radians, 362; reclusa, 362.
Everard Range, Aboriginals of, 725.
Expedition to North-west Region of

South Australia, 707.

Eyramytis, 754, 764.

Falco hypoleucus, 744; 1. longi-
pennis, 744.

Falconidae, 744.

Ferguson, E. W., Notes on Amye-
terides, 57.

Ferns, previously unrecorded, 100.

Field Naturalists’ Section, 872.

Fishes of 8. Aus. Government Traw-
ling Cruise, 455.

Flora of South Australia, Additions
to, :

Foraminifera from Lilydale borings,

Formicidae, 805.
Frankeniaceae, 833.

Fungi, South Australian, 352.
Fusicladium eriobotryae, 356.

Galeorhinidae, 459.

Galeorhinus antarcticus, 459.
Galesus assimilis, 441; atricoxa, 440.
Garabidae, 794.

Geckonidae, 767.

Gehyra variegata, 767.

‘}.. =

Geloptera, 235, 236; table of species,
237; G. angulicollis, 259; armiven-
tris, 241; basiventris, 248 ; bidenti-
media, 250; coatesi, 245; composita,

246; concinna, 258; eluta, 247;
geniculata, 239; hardcastler, 256:
igneonitens, 255; illidget, 260;
inaequalis, 240; intercoxalis, 245 ;
jugularis, 240; Jatericollis, 257;
lateridens, 260 ; mediofusca, 241;
microcalla, 255: minima, 254,
miracula, 251: nodosa, 239;- orien-
talis, 242; pallipes, 254; porosa,
250 ; punctatissima, 252; rhae-
bocnema, 249; scitula, 246; semi-
striata, 249 : setifera, 243 - ’striati-
pennis, 252; tetraspilota, 253;
tibialis, 258; tuberculata, 239;
tuberculiventris, 244; uncinata,
244.

Geobasileus chrysorrhaus addendus,
753,

Geology of Torrens-limestones
type district,

Geometridae, 802.

Geometrina, 375.

Geraniaceae, 832.

Glandulina aequalis, 348.

Glareolidae, 743.

Glaucopela interioris, 797.

Gliciphila albifrons, 757, 765.

Gloeosporium mezerei, 356;
sequum,

Goo eniaceae, 838.

Goodia, 95

Grallina cyanoleuca, 755.

Gramineae, 94,

Grammodes ocellata, 370;
370; pulcherrima, 370.

Grass, Insect-catching, 92.

Griffith, H. H. D., Exhibit:
844.

Griffithia helipteroides, 97.

Gypsina globulus, 349; vesicularis,

349.

in

nervi-

oculicola,

snake,

Haematozoa of Australian birds, 25.
Halaelurus (see Scylliorhinus).
Haliastur sphenurus, 744.

Hallornis cyanotus, 754.

Halone sejuncta, 359; sinuata, 359.
Haloragidaceae,
Halteridium, 28.

Haplophragmium latidorsatum, 348.
oo” taaolaaie 802; H. eremoplana,

Hasarius, 791.

Hemilexis truncata, 401.
Hendersonia scerpicola, 355.
Herniaria hirsuta,
Heterocera, 801.
Heterodontidae, 459.
Heterodontus philippi, 459.
Heteronota bynoei, 767.
Heteroscenes pallidus, 747, 760.

88

(

Hinulia fasciolata,
769.

Hirundinidae, 748.

Hirundo neoxena, 748.

Histeridae, 794.

Histiopteridae, 465.

Holothuria hartmeyeri, 17.

Holothuroidea, South Australian, 16.

Hoplogryon castaneithoraz, 450 ; F
fusicoxa, 450.

Hoplopriella, 416; table of species,
LY a gi 2 abnormipennis, 421 ;
bicoloricornis, 419; concoloricornis,
423 ; fuscitegula, 423 ; longiventris,
420; maculosa, 419; parvipunctata,
422; punctaticeps, 425; rubrinotum,

769; lesueurii,

421; simulans, 424; sulcaticeps,
425; tasmanica, 422; tricarinata,
424.

Howchin, W., Geological Map of
Torrens-Limestones, 1. Foramini-

fera from Lilydale borings, 344.
Exhibits: pseudo-fossils, 847.
Hybernia aneeens 580.
Hyborrhynchus,
Hydriomena oonipha. 576; cry-
eropa, 376; imperviata, 376;
mecynata, 375: pentodonta, 576;

subochraria, 376; suberectaria, 376;
uncinata, 375.
Hydrophilidae, 794.
Hymenoptera, Australian,
(White’s Expedition), 805.
i teas occultaria, 379.
Hypoderes, 2
Hypoperigea tonsa, 367.
Hypycnopa delotis, 376.

584 ;

Teracidea b. berigora, 744.

Ilema replana,

Insecta (White’s Expedition), 793.

Iridomyrmex cyaneus, 812; detectus
var. viridiaeneus, 811; discors var.
aeneogaster, 811; gracilis subsp.
spurcus, 813; rufoniger,

Isometroides (?) vescus, 773.

Isopeda conspersula, 785; leishmanni,
786.

Joshua, E. C., and E. Creed, South
Australian Holothuroidea,
Juncaceae, 826.

Kathetostoma nigrofasciatum, 469.
Kentrocapros, 492

Labiatae, 835.

Lacertilia (White’s Expedition), 766.

Lagena_ distoma, ; hexagona,
548 ; marginata, 548.

Lalage tricolor, 751.

Lampona punctigera, 780.

Language of Everard Range tribe,

732.
Laniidae, 755. .

888

uEantern, purchase of, 843.
eine exempta, 364; exigua,
ee eee ae 803.

Lea, A. M., Insect-catching grass,
92; Australian Humolpides, 102;
stomach contents of birds (White’s
Expedition), 760; Insecta, Coleop-
tera (White’s Expedition), 793. Ex-
hibits: insects, 843, 845, 847, 849, 852.

Leatopria, 426; L. termitarii, 427.
eguminosae, 95, 861.

Leipoa ocellata, 740.

Lepidocolaspis, 331; L. acanthomera,
4

Lepidoptera of Broken Hill, 357;
(White’s Expedition), 801.

Leptogenys conigera var. centralis,
805.

Leptolophus a. auricomis, 745.

Leptomeris hypochra, 378; lydia,
878; optivata, 378; rubraria, 378.

Leucocytozoa, 350.

Leucopogon, New species of, 98; L.
clelandi, 98; intermedius, 99.

Leucorcirca tricolor, 750, 761.

Lewinornis rufiventris maudeae, 749,
761.

Lialis burtonii, 767. °

Library, Donations to, 856.

Lichenosthomus _ keartlandi,
plumulus ethelae, 758, 765.

Liliaceae, 826.

Lilydale, Foraminifera from, 344.

Limopsis insolita, 351.

Lobibyx novae-hollandiae, 742.

Lophophaps plumifera leucogaster,
741.

758 ;

Loranthaceae, 827.
epieeye Protest against destruction
of,
Lower, °. B., Lepidoptera of Broken
Hill, oof.
Loxotropa, 432; table of species, 432;

bicolor, 435 : fuscinotum, 434;
graciliventris, 433 ; grandiceps,
ea pubescens, 434 : quadriceps,
433.

Lucina affinis, 351.
Lycosa leonhardii, 786; (7?) topaz-

iopsis, 786; (?) immansueta, 787 ;
nigropunctata, 787.
Lycosidae, 786.

Lygocerus albovarius, 453:
tus, =

Lymantriadae, 802.

untlinea-

Macrotelets aucipunctata, 444.

aiden it. congratulated, 849.

Mailu (New Guinea), Natives of, 494;
art and knowledge, 697 ; economics,
592; geography, 503; magico- -reli-
gious activities and beliefs, 647;
social divisions, 509; tribal life,

-

Mnincological Section, 882.
Malinowski, Natives of Mailu
(New Guinea), 494.

ae melanotus callainus, 753,
Malvaceae, 833.

Mammalia (White's ye - Reprmed 735.

Marginulina costata,

Marsupialia, 737.

McCulloch, A. R., and E. R. Waite,
Revision of Aracana and its allies,
477.. (See Waite and McCulloch.)

Megapodiidae, 740.

Melanegis, 63; M. halmaturina, 86.

i tha a cucullata vigorsi, 748,

4s igang mesoleuca, 362; pallida,

Meliphaga sonora, 758, 765.

Meliphagidae, 757.

Melophorus /daticeps, 813.

Melopsittacus undulatus, 747.

Members, List of, 869

Menkea hispidula, 830.

Meuselia aureipes, 393.

Microfilariae, 32.

Micropia rhodocentra, 364.

Microteleia pulchricorpus, 449.

Miliolina agglutinans, 348; cuvier-
iana, 348; ferussacii, 348; oblonga,
348; seminulum, 348 : undosa, 348;
venusta, 348; vulgaris, 348.

Miturga lineata, 786.

Mocis alterna, 370.

Mollusca (Pulmonata—White’s Expe-
dition), ‘

Molochtus, 59; M. hercules, 74.

Monacanthidae, 472.

Monoctenianae, 377.

Monomorium rothsteini, var. tostum,
806; whitei, 807.

Morganornis superciliosus, 751, 762.

Motacillidae, 759

Muridae, 735.

Muscicapidae, 748.

Mus hermannsburgensis,

Myoporaceae, 96, 836.

Myrmacicelus pilosicornis, 798.

Myrmecia vindex var. desertorum,
805.

Myrtaceae, 833.

Mythites, 62.

Myzantha flavigula, 758, 766.

736.

‘Native fauna and flora Protection
Committee’s Report, 879.

Neobetyla, 396; MN. aurea, 397;
pulchricornis, 397.

Neochalcites basalis, 748, 760.
Neocleptria punctifera, 362.
Neoplatycephalus,

Neopria, 429; table of species, 430;
a erythrothoraa, 430; sordida,
431; tritoveata, 430.

Neopsephotus bourkii. 746, 760.

Neosebastes thetidis, 466. i
Neositta pileata tenuirostris, 756,
765.

Neostrepera versicolor plumbea, 759,
766.

‘Nephila e¢remiana, 781.

Neurogalesus, 411; table of' species,
12: N: carinatus, 412; disstmilis,
413; grandis, 413: huckeri, 413 ;
rubripes, 414,

New Guinea’ (See Mailu).

Nicotiana suaveolens var. ¢«ceélsior,

Niguza Jabroscopa, 369; aniso-
gramma, 370.

Nitidulidae, 794.

Noctuidae, 801.

Noctuina, 362. ;

Nodosaria’ (Glandulina) acqiualis,
348: costulata, 348; cbliqua, 348;
scalaris, 348 ; ‘soluta, 348.

Nolinae, 359.

Nonionina dépressula, 349:
catula; 349.

Notophoyx novae-hollandiac, 743.

‘Nubecularia lucifuga, 348.

umbili-

Ocyphaps |. lophotes, 742.
Odontacolus Jaeviventris, 451.

Odontomachus haecmatoda — subsp.
coriarius, 306.

Oleaceae, 834. ‘ ;
Omphalectis acontoura, 365; exun-
dans, 364: florescens, 364; helio-
sema, 364; melodora, 364; meta-
neura, 365; nuna;, 364; sarco-
morpha, 305°; spodochroa, 366 ;

petrodora, 365
Oospora scabies, 356.
Operculina complanata, 349.
— (White’s Expedition), 735,
73

eee dae. 464.
plegnathus woodwardi,; 4064.
Orectolobidae, 459
Oreoica cristata clelandi, 755, 764.
South Australian

Osborn, T. G. B.,
Fungi, 352. Exhibits: bezoars,
848; fern, 850.

Osteodes procurata, 379.

Ostraciidae, 474

Otididae, 743.

Owenavis osculans, 748.
Oxyopidae, 788.

Pachytyla doliopa, 380.

Pantolutoidea, 390; P. castaneicor-
pus, 392; nigricans, 392; rufinotum,
391: splendida, 391.

Pantolytomyia, 395; P. ferruginea,
396.

Papua, lecture on, 349 : (see Mailu)..

Paramelora_ lychnota,. 383; zopho-
desma, 383.

889

Paramesius, 403’; tabl¢ of species; 403 ;°
P. angusticornis, 405; auréicorpus,
403; grandipennis, 404; Jleander,
403; punctatus, 404: .

Parascyllium ferrugineum, 459:

Paratrachichthys trailli, 463:

Pardalotinus rubricatus ‘pallidus, 757,
765; striatus finkei, 757, 765,

Parepthianura tricolor, 751, 762.

Paridaé, 755:

Pasiphila filata, 375:

Pataeta carbo, 368;
568.

Paurocoma molybdina, 380.

Pectinella griffithii, 94.

Pedilidae, 795. ;

Peltohyas a. australis, 743, 760.

Peneroplis arietinus, 348.

Pentaceropsis recurvirostris, 465.

Pentellina angularis, 348, 349.

Perigea confundens,

Peripyra sanguinipuncta, 363.

Peronospora schleideni, 355.

Persectania ewingii, 363.

Petrogale lateralis, 737.

Phaenopria semicastanea, 44y.

Phaenoserphus intrudens, 589.

Phaps c. chalcoptera, 741.

Phragmatiphila truneata, 368.

Phrissogonus laticostatus, 375.

Phyllophorus ventripes, 19.

Phytometra argentifera, 371;
cytes, 371; subsidens, 371.

Pimelea continua, 96.

Pisauridae, 786. .

Pittosporaceae, 831.

Placotrochus deltoideus, 351.

Plagiogeneion miacrolepis, 464.

Ne dake (Sigmoilina) sigmoidea,

8

conspicienda,

chal-

Planorbulina acervalis, 349 ; larvata,
349; mediterranensis, 26
| Plasmodium biziurae, 27; passeris,

28.

Platycephalidae, 466.
Platycephalus conatus, 466.
Platyscelio mirabilis, 444.
Ploceidae, 1759.
Podargidae, 747.
Podargus strigoides, 747:
Podicipidae, 742.
Podomyrma bimaculata, 806..
Polia consanguis,

Poliocephalus: p: poliocéphalus; 742.
Poliodule xanthodelta,

fon

Polydesma aglossoides, 371; ignei*
picta; 371. lawsoni, 371; sub-
murina, 371. <

Polydiapria, 427 ; Ee atriceps, 428 ;

Polymorphina_ communis, 349; ele-
gantissima, 349: ee 349; prob=
ee ah elk ey 34

Polypodiaceae, 82 ? 1 casant I

Polyprid. 410; P. nigripentiis Ak

Polyrhachis longipes. e>,

890

Polystomella craticulata, 349; crispa,
349; macella, 349; verriculata, 349,
550.

Poronia punctata, 354.

Portulacaceae, 830

Potamogetonaceae, 94,

‘Prionopidae, 755.

Pristiophoridae, 460.

Pristiophorus nudipinnis, 460.

Proceedings, Abstract of, 843.

Proconis eulopha, 574.

Proctotrypes australiae, 387; jan-
thinae, 387. °

Proctotrypidae, 384;. table of genera,
384

Prodidomidae, 775.

Prometopus horologa, 564.

Propatria mundoides, 363. |

Propentapria, 425; P. multifoveata,
426.

Prorocopis adelopis, 373; euxantha,
373; hypoxantha, 373; leucocrossa,
373; melanochorda, 875; stenota,
375; symmopa, 375.

Proteaceae, 826.

Proteuxoa mniodes, 363.

Proxenus tenuis, 567.

Prypnocolaspis, $21; P.
321; submetallica, 322.

Psephotus varius rosinae, 746.

Pseudechis australis, 737. .

Pseudocucumis bicolumnatus, 19.

Pseudohostus, 789; P. squamosus,
789.

Pseudolabridae, 466.

Pesudolabrus tetricus, 466.

Pseudopeziza medicaginis, 555.

Pseudoterpna argyraspis, 379.

Psilommella, 392; P. petiolata, 392.

Ptenoedus mathewsi vigorsi, 751

Pterigeron cylindriceps, 8839.

Pteris tremula, 100.

Pteropodocys maxima, 750, 761.

Pterygotrigla polyommata, 468.

latibasis,

Ptilotula penicillata leilavalensis,
758, 765. -
Puccinia dampierae, 353; epilobii-

tetragoni, 353; hederaceae, 353;
helianthi, 353; hypochoeridis, 353;
juncophila, 353; morrisoni, 354;
poarum, 354; tasmanica, 554;
tetragoniae, 354; thuemeni, 354.
Pulleine, R. H.,. Exhibits: native
implements, 850; sorcerer’s stone,
843; spiders, 843, 847.
Pullenia sphaeroides, 349.
Pultenaea cymbifolia, 96.
Pulvinulina elegans, 349; oblonga,
349; scabricula, 349, 350; tumida,
349.
Pygopodidae, 767.
Pylarge episcia, 378. af
Pyralidae, 803.
Pyrrholaemus brunneus, 753, .763.
Pystira orbiculata, . 790.

*

Rainbow, W. J., Arachnida (White’s
Expedition), 772.

eign nitidus, 335; parvicollis,

Rhodona bipes, 769; gerrardi, 769.

Rhyparida, 111: table of species, 112;
R. aeneotincta, 130; alcyone, 148;
allent, 146; amplicollis, 130;
angusticolliz, 147; apicalis, 122;
apicipennis, 133; atra, 149; aus-
tralis, 119; basalis, 127; basipennis,
158; bimaculicollis, 139; bivitti-
collis, 163; brevilineata, 125;
brevis, 137; caeruleipennis, 151;
carteri, 151; clypeata, 124; com-
mutabilis, 165; copei, 145; cras-
sipes, 140; decipiens, 150; didyma,
118; dimidiata, 126; discopunctu-
lata, 129; elliptica, 135; flava, 131;
flavipennis, 156; flavolatera, 152;
fulvolimbata, 122; fuscosuturalis,
163; grandis, 127; halticoides, 156;
herbacea, 129; Aumeralis, 160;
insulicola, 154; interioris, 128;
limbatipennis, 124; maculicollis,
128; mastersi, 128; mayae, 133;
medionigra, 136; mediorufa, 149;
mediovittata, 154; megalops, 132;
melvillensis, 142; militaris, 143;
minuscula, 164; morosa, 125;
nigrocyanea, 121; nitida, 121;
ophthalmica, 141; ovata, 158;
pallidula, 162; parvicollis, 134;
pilosa, 132; platyderes, 138;
polymorpha, 143; posticalis, 130;
prosternalis, 138; punctulata, 131;
rufa, 121; ruficeps, 142; ruficollis,
120; semiflava, 160; seminigra,
159; subangulata, 139; tenuis, 164;
tetraspilota, 147; triangulifera,
153; trimaculata, 125; tropica,
157; uniformis, 129; vagans, 161;
vartipennis, 155; vulnerata, 148.

Rhytidoponera cornuta subsp. taurus,
sd metallica var. purpurascens,

5.

Riddle, A. R., Pulmonata, 770; Ex-
hibits: gypsum, 846; fungus, 847;
*Scoal-apple’’ and chitons, 3850.

Roeselia lugens, 359.

Rogers, S. Exhibits: orchids,

Rotalia orbicularis, 349: papillosa
var. compressiuscula, 349, 350;
a 349, 350; soldanil,

Rubiaceae, 838.

Rutaceae, 832.

Salticidae, 790.
Samuela cinnamonea, 751, 761.

| Sandava xylistis, 371

Santalaceae, 827.
Sapindaceae, 833.
Saragus strigiventris, 795.

tae ss ea

891

Scarabaeidae, 794.

Scarfe, T. R., Death of, 844.

Scelio australis, 449.

Scelionidae, 443.

Scelodonta, 167;
simoni, 167.

Scincidae, 769.

Scioglyptis trisyneura, 380.

Sclerotinia libertiana, 355.

Scoliacma bicolor, 359.

Scorpaenidae, 466.

Scorpionidae, 773.

Scrophulariaceae, 836.

Scylliorhinidae, 459.

Seylliorhinus analis, 459.

Selidosema acaciaria, 380; argoplaca,
380; diagramma, 380; excursaria,
380; suasaria, 380.

brevipilis, 168;

. Senecio odoratus var. obtusifolius, 96.

Septoria petroselini, 355; petroselini

var. apii, 355; rubi, 355; tritici,
355.

Serranidae, 464.

Servaea obscura, 791.

Sigmoilina sigmoidea, 348.

Sittidae, 756.

Smicrornis brevirostris subsp.

mathewsi, 749, 761.
Solanaceae, 835. :
Solenopsiella, 428; S. distincta, 428.
Sphaerotheca pannosa, 354. ;
Sphenostoma cristatum pallidum,
756, 765.
Spiloglaux boobook marmorata, 745.
Spilomicrus gracilis, 402; quadriceps,

Spiroloculina grata, 348; tenuis, 348.
Spodoptera mauritia, 364. ;
Sporobolus virginicus var. pallidus,

94.
Squalidae, 460.
Squalus fernandinus, 460.
Squatina australis, 460.
Squatinidae, 460.
Stanley, E. R., Lecture on Papua,
849.
Stephanopsis altifrons, 785.
Sterculiaceae, 3833.
Stichopus ludwigi, 17.
Stictopeleia c. cuneata, 740.
Storena formosa, 780.
Strigidae, 745.
Stylaclista, 389; S. notabilis, 390.
Sucker fish, 340.
Svlviidae, 752.

Taeniopygia castanotis, 759.

Taphrina aurea, 354.

Tarache clerana, 368; hieroglyphica,
368; nivipicta, 368.

Tathorhynchus exsiccata, 371.

Taxeotis delogramma, 377; exsect-
aria, 377; intextata, 377; phaeopa, |
377; xanthogramma, 377.

Tenebrionidae, 794.

Terillus, 235, 261; rotundicollis, 261.

Tetralophus, 64.

Tetramopria Jlongiciliata, 442;
chra, 443.

Tetraodon armiilla, 475.

Tetraodontidae, 475.

Textularia agglutinans, 348; agglu-
tinans var. porrecta, 348; gibbosa,
548; gramen, 348

Thalainodes allochroa, 383,
nycha, 383; tetraclada, 383.

Thallarcha albicollis, 360; catasticta,
560; jocularis, 560; rhaptophora,
560; sparsana, 360.

Theridiidae, 780.

Thomisidae, 783.

Threlkeldia obliqua, 95.

Thymelaeaceae, 96.

Thyone nigra, 20; vercoi, 19, 22.

Thrysites atun, 465. ~

Timeliidae, 751.

Tineidae, 804.

Tmarus punctatus, 784.

Tomyris, 169; table of species, 170; T.
aerata, 187; apicicollis, 175; aurea,
189; aureoviridis, 1717; compacta,
185; curnow1, 188; distributa, 189;

pul-

paro-

dumbrelli, 176; elegantula, 173;
extlis, 182; femoralis, 183; fovei-
ventris, 187; foveolata, 173; fugi-
tiva, 174; gracilicornis, 190;
illaetabilis, 181; ineisa, 186; tn-
conspicua, 184; insignis, 173;
trrasa, 190; longa, 177; mediana,

175; picticornis, 170; pulcherrima,
188; pusilla, 172; queenslandica,
178; sculpticollis, 185; similis, 190;
soror, 181; sublaeta, 180; tantzlla,

17953 teppert, 179;° villosa, 164;
wiburdi, 178.
Toxanthus whitei, 840.
Trachichthodes gerrardi, 463; _ line-

atus, 461.

Trichinium Whitei, 95.

Trichiuridae, 465.

Trichopria, 435; table of species, 435:
T. weuminata, 436; affinis, 437;
atricorpus, 436; Jlongiclava, 437;
nigricorpus, 435.

Triglidae, 468.

Triloculina cuneata, 548; tricarinata,
548; trigonula, 348.

Triodia aristata, 825.

Trissoleus cortaceus, 451.

Tritaxia tricarinata, 348.

Trite ornata, 792.

Trochodota allani, 21.

Truncatulina haidingerii, 349; loba-
tula, 349; reticulata, 349; tenui-
margo, 9549; ungeriana, 349;
wuellerstorfi, 349.

Trypanosomes, 31.

892

T'rypocolaspis, 323; table of species,

aaa; 7'. biimpressa, 524; multi-
carinata, 330; multiseriata, 529 ;
obscuripes, 326 ; punctatostriata,

327; sinuata, 528; ventralis, 328.
Turdidae, 751.
Turner, A. J., Lepidoptera (White’s
Expedition), 801.
Turnicidae, 740.
Turritella aldingae, 351.
Tylochares goniosticha, 803.
Tympanocryptis cephalus, 769;
ata, 769.

Umbelliferae, 834.

_Uranoscopidae, 469.

Uroaetus a. audax, 744.

Urodacus woodwardi, 773.

Urolophus cruciatus, 460.

Uromyces fusisporus, 353; microtidis,
553; striatus, 353; tricorynes, 353.

Uromycladium simplex, 353.

Urticaceae, 826.

Utetheisa pulchella, 361.

Vanellidae, 742.
Varanidae, 769.
Varanus gilleni,
Verbenaceae, 835.
Verneuilina triquetra, 348.
Vertebrates, Red cells of, 38:
Virago gibberifrons, 744.

line-

769.

Waite, E. R.,
Mammalia and Ophidia (White’s
Expedition), 735. Exhibits: casts

of fish and reptiles, 845, 852; sucker

fish,
— and A. R. McCulloch,

Fishes of Government trawling
cruise, 455. (See McCulloch’ an
Waite.)

Wheeler, W. M., Formicidae (White’s
Expedition), 805.

Whiteornis goodenovii, 748, 760.

White, S. A.,

grave and Everard Ranges, 707;
Notes on Aborigines, 725; Notes —
on Birds, 740. Exhibits : fulgurite,
844; bezoars, 846; birds, 844, 846, —
847, 848, 851.

Xanthodule ombrophanes, . 359 ;
semiochrea,

Xanthomelon adcockianum, ‘771 ;

perinflatum, 770.
Xanthorhoe hyperythra, 377;

delpha, 577; subidaria,
Xeda fasciata, 796.
Xenochlaena porphyropa, 379.

para-

Zanclistius elevatus, 465.
Zia tactalis, 359. :
Zodariidae, 780.
Zygophyllaceae, 832.

[nets State Laboratory of Natweal Elstery

Library

Sucker fish, 3405 ©

Expedition to Mus-—

ae ey oL. xx xIx.

Ee [Wir Seventy Puares anv Firry Freurus on tHe TExT |
_—CS EDITED BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S.,
Pui, = Assistep py ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S.

Se Adelaide : ere
-PusLisHED BY THE Socirry, Royat Society Rooms, Nortu TERRACE. A
phe | DECEMBER, 1915. |

Printep sy Hussey & GintincHam Limirep, 106 anv 108, Curriz
Taek Srreet, ADELAIDE, Sours AUSTRALIA,

_ Parcels for transmiesion to the Royal Society of South Aus-| - se
tralia from the United States of America can be forwarded
through the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. teen a: dea

5 BS me :
5 . . r ee Sie (Soe

. PS 5
~ <a e So -o a he "ii tee

.

——e,

J
# j
;
‘
« 2 ;
i
* »
s
hy
? '
4
id
|
-
<
‘ b
.
be]
»
*
‘
Ys
<7
.
=
- c a
‘
: ~
F
7
=
/
‘
F
* -
4
foe
'
if
<n

LSPA ERGUSON, Dr. EK. W.: Notes on the Amycterides in the South Australian —

eck Lea, A. M.: An Insect-catching Grass. Plate ib Rey 92
| BLACK, J. M.: Additions to the Flora of South Australia, No. 8. Plate 3 x, :

‘ x Lea, A. M.: Notes on Australian Eumolpides (Coleoptera Chrysomelidae), ee

a ‘Howcnin, W.: A List of Weramiidtors and other Organic Remains

--MoCurtocn, A. R., and E. R. Warre: A Revision of the Genus Aracana @

ae) (a) Narrative, by S. A. Wuite ...

So Sal oy (b) Aboriginals of the Everard Range, by s. ike Waite ... ee
a Ma Language of the. Everard Range Tribe, by J. M. Bae a
5 . (c) Mammalia and Ophidia, by BE. R. Ware * ar

~Cietanp, Dr. J. Burton: The Haematozoa of Australian Birds.—No. 3

nc oe Waite, EK. R.: A Supposed Incidental Occurrence of a Sucker Fish in :

- Ossorn, Pror. T. G. B.: Some New Records of Fungi for South Australia

= .Lowzsr, 0. B.: The Lepidoptera ot Broken Hili (New South Wales).—Part I.
Dopp, A. P.: Australian Hymenoptera Proctotrypoidea.—No. III.

— -‘Wartr, EK. R., and A. R. McCuttocnu: The Fishes-of the South ‘Aue

ne Waite, S. A., and Others: Scientific Notes on an Expedition i into the

a
» 4
» =

See 2 eee
ee 6) N T E N 1 S. - ike 2

One W.% A Geological Sketch-Map, with Descriptive Notes on th
Upper and Lower 'lorrens-Limestones in the Type District. Plate
Josuua, E. C., and EK. Creep: South Australian Holothuroidea, ae
Descriptions of New Species. Plates ii, to iv.

CieLanp, Dr. J. Burton: A Further Comparison of the Sizes of the Red =
Cells of some Australian Vertebrates a
CHAPMAN, \ Pror. R. W.:*Circum-Elongation Observations for Azimuth ... a

Museum, with Descriptions ot New Species.—Part I].

ASHTON, Howarp: Synonymic Notes on a Recent Catalogue of Cicadidae -
in the South Australian Museum

CHEEL, H, : On two New Species of Leucopogon

Asuspy, Epwin: On the Occurrence in South Australia of two Previously
Unrecorded Ferns
with Descriptions ot New Species. Plates v. to villi... 4
Australian Waters. Plate xi.

obtained from Two Borings on the Lilydale Sheep-station

tralian Government Trawling Cruise, 1914. Plates xii. to xv.

and its Allies. "Plates xvi. to XXV. ...
Mattinowsk1, Dr. B.: The Natives of Mailu: ‘Preliminary “Results of the
Robert Mond Research Work in British New Guinea (communicated
by Dr. E. C. Stirling). Plates xxvi. to xl. —

North-western Regions of South Australia. Plates xliv. to lxx

(d) Aves, by S. A. Wuire ae.
(e) Stomach Contents of. Birds, ‘by A. “M. Lra
(f) Lacertilia, by F. R. Zrerz ...

(g) Mollusca (Pulmonata), by A. R. Rapp tes
(h) Arachnida, by W. J. Rainsow Be eae ce
(i) Insceta : z

Coleoptera, by A. M. Lua ;
Lepidoptera, by Dr. A. J. Porat ae vive
Hymenoptera (Formicidae), by Rat M. Wanna ON we
_ (i) Botany, by J. M. Buack ... ; Pigt aee
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS ... int A aie oe Ye is See
ANNUAL Report oe vay bad a ve 3 a, oti
BALANCE-SHEETS : ve Pe iis os AG Ae Ser
Donations T0 LaBRARY iy nibs a Ses iy. ov
List oF MEMBERS ... ate fe vt i if Pe es
APPENDICES : toy
Field Naturalists’ Section: Annual ney etc. ..
Twenty-seventh Annual Repsrt of the Native Fauna and Flora Pies
tection Committee of the Field Naturalists’ Sore e any. Roya.

Society
Malacological Section : Annual Report, ete. - city ae a: :
INDEX eee een eee . eee eee sae

ey

, oo

aan

‘
)

\\

\

PAGED yp SER)

SS Ko Sane FD
La 0 ; 2 Sn ROS
aN: = ‘ al. ae a i 7 Z s - c : A uy a! ch} ives,
ON Fe foe NS +5 : \e ey ae - i A
j 'S/ fm, \2\ i>

<i
Wen
<

ea Os Ay

ike hy _

a tt. a ~

at
Ew A

S

f

a —
a Bee

>

(On F Sand

+

¥/\ ree Ly : Mf ; ¥ Se Hgeelay

4

VO Y . ~ y, pte
Vio AvannQ 1% , 2 AS\/oP sys eee ash ae
Ms IBAB HSL yr OUND Fete) + Di eed 1c

> r re >
ah. _ ee,

a a hr ‘“
Shh as L1G) ak Ener.
I Olay oY WADERS ze

he + ~~. ot'ee @y Na
a\ee
oar
pol
A4

Vos , aes e
yo +i.
. eo

Fa ok Ne Je Z \ ,

: f a tip se A

e —— ss
I UL Ry =

ae
y ice, 2 2 Ne a
nt 4 pape LI SCrr : ¢ ‘ Pane) <A Noli aan®,

a

eel

a <

eo a:
| \ a Souataias Teac ylides s - » SC URgoar SHE uot
&

. 2 , Prete . ; vn, BN Aya
oy - A ok i | ay | as Y .

i

a* =

[tae pam OS ue BNO Ke

“HNN